Table of Contents

As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on September 26, 2019

Registration No. 333-      

 

 

 

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C. 20549

 

 

FORM F-1

REGISTRATION STATEMENT

UNDER

THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933

 

 

ECMOHO Limited

(Exact name of Registrant as specified in its charter)

Not Applicable

(Translation of Registrant’s name into English)

 

 

 

Cayman Islands   5961   Not Applicable

(State or other jurisdiction of

incorporation or organization)

 

(Primary Standard Industrial

Classification Code Number)

 

(I.R.S. Employer

Identification Number)

3F, 1000 Tianyaoqiao Road

Xuhui District

Shanghai, 200030

The People’s Republic of China

+86 21 6113 2270

(Address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of Registrant’s principal executive offices)

Corporation Service Company

1180 Avenue of the Americas, Suite 210

New York, NY 10036-8401

+1 800 927 9801

(Name, address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of agent for service)

 

 

Copies to:

 

Ching-Yang Lin, Esq.

Sullivan & Cromwell LLP

28th Floor

Nine Queen’s Road Central

Hong Kong

+852 2826 8688

 

James C. Lin, Esq.

Li He, Esq.

Davis Polk & Wardwell LLP

18th Floor

The Hong Kong Club Building

3A Chater Road

Hong Kong

+852 2533 3300

 

 

Approximate date of commencement of proposed sale to the public: As soon as practicable after this registration statement becomes effective.

If any of the securities being registered on this Form are to be offered on a delayed or continuous basis pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act of 1933, check the following box.  ☐

If this Form is filed to register additional securities for an offering pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.  ☐

If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(c) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.  ☐

If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(d) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.  ☐

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is an emerging growth company as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act of 1933. Emerging growth company  ☒

If an emerging growth company that prepares its financial statements in accordance with U.S. GAAP, indicate by check mark if the registrant has elected not to use the extended transition period for complying with any new or revised financial accounting standards† provided pursuant to Section 7(a)(2)(B) of the Securities Act.  ☐

 

The term “new or revised financial accounting standard” refers to any update issued by the Financial Accounting Standards Board to its Accounting Standards Codification after April 5, 2012.

 

 

CALCULATION OF REGISTRATION FEE

 

Title of each class of
securities to be registered
  Proposed
maximum
aggregate
offering price(3)
  Amount of
registration fee

 

Class A ordinary shares, par value US$0.00001 per share(1) (2)

  US$150,000,000   US$18,180

 

 

(1) American depositary shares issuable upon deposit of the ordinary shares registered hereby will be registered under a separate registration statement on Form F-6 (Registration No. 333-            ). Each American depositary share represents                  Class A ordinary shares.

(2) Includes Class A ordinary shares initially offered and sold outside the United States that may be resold from time to time in the United States either as part of their distribution or within 40 days after the later of the effective date of this registration statement and the date the shares are first bona fide offered to the public, and also includes Class A ordinary shares that may be purchased by the underwriters pursuant to an over-allotment option. These Class A ordinary shares are not being registered for the purpose of sales outside the United States.

(3) Estimated solely for the purpose of determining the amount of registration fee in accordance with Rule 457(o) under the Securities Act of 1933.

The Registrant hereby amends this Registration Statement on such date or dates as may be necessary to delay its effective date until the Registrant shall file a further amendment which specifically states that this Registration Statement shall thereafter become effective in accordance with Section 8(a) of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or until the Registration Statement shall become effective on such date as the Securities and Exchange Commission, acting pursuant to such Section 8(a), may determine.

 

 

 


Table of Contents

The information in this prospectus is not complete and may be changed. We may not sell these securities until the registration statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission is effective. This prospectus is not an offer to sell these securities and we are not soliciting offers to buy these securities in any state where the offer or sale is not permitted.

 

Subject to Completion, Dated

                American Depositary Shares

 

LOGO

ECMOHO Limited

Representing              Class A Ordinary Shares

This is an initial public offering of American depositary shares, or ADSs, of ECMOHO Limited.

ECMOHO Limited is offering              ADSs to be sold in the offering. Each ADS represents Class A ordinary shares, par value US$0.00001 per share.

Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for the ADSs or our shares. It is currently estimated that the initial public offering price per ADS will be between US$             and US$             . We have applied to list the ADSs on the NASDAQ Global Market under the symbol “MOHO”.

We are an “emerging growth company” as defined under applicable U.S. securities laws and, as such, we are eligible for reduced public company reporting requirements.

Investing in our ADSs involves risks. See “Risk Factors” beginning on page 17 to read about factors you should consider before buying the ADSs.

Neither the Securities and Exchange Commission nor any other regulatory body has approved or disapproved of these securities or passed upon the accuracy or adequacy of this prospectus. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.

 

     Per ADS      Total  

Initial public offering price

   US$                    US$                

Underwriting discounts and commissions(1)

   US$        US$    

Proceeds, before expenses, to us

   US$        US$    

 

(1)

For a description of compensation payable to the underwriters, see “Underwriting.”

The underwriters have the option to purchase up to              additional ADSs from certain selling shareholders at the initial public offering price less the underwriting discounts and commissions within 30 days from the date of this prospectus.

Upon the completion of this offering, our outstanding shares will consist of Class A ordinary shares and Class B ordinary shares. Holders of Class A ordinary shares and Class B ordinary shares have same rights except for voting and conversion rights. Each holder of our Class B ordinary shares is entitled to ten votes per share and each holder of our Class A ordinary shares is entitled to one vote per share on all matters submitted to them for a vote. Our Class B ordinary shares are convertible at any time by the holder thereof into Class A ordinary shares on a one-for-one basis, while Class A ordinary shares are not convertible into Class B ordinary shares under any circumstances. We will be a “controlled company” under the NASDAQ Stock Market Rules because our co-founders, Ms. Zoe Wang and Mr. Leo Zeng, will beneficially own, in aggregate, 100% of our issued Class B ordinary shares. These Class B ordinary shares will constitute approximately      % of our total issued and outstanding share capital and      % of the aggregate voting power of our total issued and outstanding share capital immediately after the completion of this offering, assuming the underwriters do not exercise their over-allotment option.

The underwriters expect to deliver the ADSs against payment in New York, New York on             , 2019.

 

UBS Investment Bank    CICC

Prospectus dated             , 2019


Table of Contents

LOGO


Table of Contents

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

     Page  

Prospectus Summary

     1  

Risk Factors

     17  

Special Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements

     57  

Use of Proceeds

     58  

Dividend Policy

     59  

Capitalization

     60  

Dilution

     62  

Enforceability of Civil Liabilities

     64  

Corporate History and Structure

     66  

Selected Consolidated Financial and Operating Data

     71  

Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

     75  

Our Market Opportunities

     96  

Business

     100  

Regulation

     114  

Management

     132  

Principal and Selling Shareholders

     138  

Related Party Transactions

     141  

Description of Share Capital

     143  

Description of American Depositary Shares

     153  

Shares Eligible for Future Sale

     165  

Taxation

     166  

Underwriting

     173  

Expenses Relating to this Offering

     184  

Legal Matters

     185  

Experts

     186  

Where You Can Find Additional Information

     187  

Index to Consolidated Financial Statements

     F-1  

You should rely only on the information contained in this prospectus or in any related free writing prospectus that we have filed with the SEC. We have not authorized anyone to provide you with information that is different. This prospectus may only be used where it is legal to offer and sell these securities. The information contained in this prospectus is current only as of its date.

Until             , 2019 (the 25th day after the date of this prospectus), all dealers that effect transactions in these securities, whether or not participating in this offering, may be required to deliver a prospectus. This is in addition to the dealer’s obligation to deliver a prospectus when acting as underwriters and with respect to their unsold allotments or subscriptions.

Neither we nor any of the underwriters has done anything that would permit this offering or possession or distribution of this prospectus or any filed free writing prospectus in any jurisdiction where action for that purpose is required, other than in the United States. Persons outside the United States who came into possession of this prospectus or any filed free writing prospectus must inform themselves about, and observe any restrictions relating to, the offering of the ADSs and the distribution of this prospectus or any filed free writing prospectus outside the United States.

 

i


Table of Contents

PROSPECTUS SUMMARY

The following summary is qualified in its entirety by, and should be read in conjunction with, the more detailed information and financial statements and notes appearing elsewhere in this prospectus. In addition to this summary, we urge you to read the entire prospectus carefully, especially the risks of investing in the ADSs discussed under “Risk Factors” and information contained in “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” before deciding whether to buy the ADSs. This prospectus contains information from an industry report, dated June 2019, commissioned by us and prepared by Frost & Sullivan (Beijing) Inc., Shanghai Branch Co., or Frost & Sullivan, an independent market research firm, to provide information regarding our industry and our market position in the PRC.

Our Mission

Our mission is to improve the health and well-being of consumers in China. We strive to achieve our mission by empowering consumers with access to quality products and trustworthy content to better address their health and wellness needs and those of their families.

Our Business

We are one of China’s leading integrated solution providers in the rapidly growing non-medical health and wellness market. As an integrated solution provider, we act as the bridge between brand owners and Chinese consumers by marketing and distributing health supplements and food, mother and child care products, personal care products, household healthcare equipment and other health and wellness products. Through over seven years of operation, we have built an ecosystem where Chinese consumers are provided with customized health and wellness solutions that include quality products and trustworthy content.

We ranked first in China’s non-medical health and wellness integrated solution industry in terms of revenue in 2018 with a market share of 2.6%, according to Frost & Sullivan. The non-medical health and wellness integrated solution industry is the fastest growing segment within China’s health and wellness market, according to the same source. Leveraging our strong relationships with leading health and wellness brands home and abroad, comprehensive online channel coverage, loyal customer base, proven content generation and distribution capabilities, deep industry knowhow and extensive consumer data, we believe we are well positioned to solidify our leading position in China’s highly fragmented non-medical health and wellness integrated solution industry and to serve China’s broader health and wellness market.

As of June 30, 2019, we sourced around 5,000 SKUs of quality health and wellness products from around 40 brand partners, including Abbott, Gerber, Perrier, Puritan’s Pride and Wyeth Nutrition, and offered them to consumers through various online and offline channels, including major e-commerce platforms, such as Tmall and JD.com, social e-commerce platforms, such as Pinduoduo, Yunji and Little Red Book, as well as other online and offline retailers. We also provide value-added services, such as designing and operating online stores and organizing online and offline marketing campaigns, to our brand partners to help them extend their consumer outreach.

In addition, as consumers in China are increasingly seeking higher quality health and wellness products, we believe there is a growing need for trustworthy health and wellness content that guides consumers to reliable products that suit their own health and wellness needs. To address this growing need, we partner with over 1,100 healthcare experts and KOLs to generate health and wellness content, combined with product recommendations, and distribute such content to consumers through multiple online and offline channels. In the month of June 2019, we, together with these healthcare experts and KOLs, generated over 2,000 health and wellness articles.



 

1


Table of Contents

We optimize our brand partner and product portfolio from time to time by selecting brands and products that best address consumer needs in China based on the analysis of our 7.2 million paying consumer profiles and our market insights. Such market insights into Chinese consumer demand are in turn valued by our brand partners. We also have two proprietary brands, KGC and HST, which address the underserved demand for household healthcare equipment and traditional Chinese herbal tonics.

We have developed XG Health platform, an integrated family health management and service platform, which was launched in April 2019. XG Health offers consumers a rich array of health management plans, prepared by doctors and nutritionists, as well as health and wellness products. Consumers may also reach out to the healthcare experts on XG Health for further inquiries and receive customized non-medical health and wellness recommendations. In addition, we have rolled out a pilot program to partner with specialty stores in “lower-tier” cities, townships and rural area in Anhui Province in China, which may source health and wellness products from us through XG Health and host health and wellness presentations given by healthcare experts we work with. As of August 31, 2019, 149 specialty stores had sourced products from us through this program.

Our net revenues grew by 102.6% from US$98.2 million in 2017 to US$199.0 million in 2018, and by 111.9% from US$71.4 million in the first six months of 2018 to US$151.3 million in the first six months of 2019. Our net income attributable to ECMOHO Limited grew by 117.9% from US$2.8 million in 2017 to US$6.1 million in 2018, and by 63.6% from US$1.1 million in the first six months of 2018 to US$1.8 million in the first six months of 2019.

 

Our Market Opportunities

China’s health and wellness industry, which encompasses both medical and non-medical services and products related to the maintenance, recovery and enhancement of health, grew at a total CAGR of 13.0% over the period 2014 to 2018, while China’s non-medical health and wellness sector grew at a CAGR of 16.8% over the same period. The non-medical health and wellness integrated solution industry is the fastest growing market segment within China’s health and wellness market. According to Frost & Sullivan, this market segment grew at a CAGR of 50.9% over the period 2014 to 2018, and is expected to continue to grow at a CAGR of 20.3% between 2018 and 2023.

Several factors generate market opportunities and promote growth in the PRC health and wellness industry, including:

 

   

the rising spending power and health awareness of Chinese consumers;

 

   

the increasing life expectancy combined with an aging population;

 

   

the prevalence of health issues and chronic diseases;

 

   

increased demand for better health and wellness products;

 

   

the emergence of “lower-tier” cities, townships and rural areas in China as core drivers of the health and wellness integrated solution market; and

 

   

market deficiencies and consumer mistrust of incumbent health and wellness product and service providers.

Our Strengths

We attribute our success to the following strengths:

 

   

a leading integrated solution provider in China’s rapidly growing non-medical health and wellness market;



 

2


Table of Contents
   

strong ability to generate and distribute health and wellness content, leading to a loyal customer base;

 

   

new retail model empowered by comprehensive channel coverage;

 

   

strong relationships with leading health and wellness brand owners from around the world;

 

   

key market insights and precision marketing based on extensive consumer data and strong data analytics; and

 

   

visionary management team with substantial industry experience.

Our Strategies

To further grow our business and enhance our competitive position, we intend to pursue the following strategies:

 

   

expand our product and service offerings;

 

   

expand our offline channel coverage;

 

   

expand our content generation and distribution program;

 

   

continue to invest in our consumer profiling and data analytics capabilities; and

 

   

pursue strategic collaboration, investment and acquisition opportunities in order to expand our product and service offerings, extend our geographic reach and enhance our technological capabilities.

Our Challenges

Our business and successful execution of our strategies are subject to certain challenges, risk and uncertainties, including:

 

   

the uncertainties in the continued growth of the e-commerce market or the health and wellness industry in China;

 

   

our ability to manage the expansion of our business and implement our business strategies;

 

   

our ability to anticipate changes in customer and consumer preferences;

 

   

our ability to maintain and develop favorable relationships with e-commerce channels, brand partners, content generators and other third parties involved in our ecosystem;

 

   

our ability to compete effectively against other e-commerce companies, offline competitors or new entrants to the health and wellness market;

 

   

our ability to obtain additional capital on acceptable terms as and when required;

 

   

regulatory changes in the PRC and compliance with such regulations; and

 

   

our ability to effectively manage our inventory and warehousing capabilities.

We also face additional risks, uncertainties and challenges that may materially affect our business, financial condition and results of operations. You should consider the risks discussed in the section headed “Risk Factors” and elsewhere in this prospectus before investing in us.



 

3


Table of Contents

Corporate History and Structure

Our business commenced its operations in December 2011, when our co-founders, Ms. Zoe Wang and Mr. Leo Zeng, established our predecessor, Shanghai ECMOHO Health Biotechnology Co., Ltd., or ECMOHO Shanghai, incorporated under the laws of the PRC, with the goal of improving the health and well-being of Chinese consumers.

In May 2013, we became the exclusive distributor and brand manager in China of our first international brand partner, Puritan’s Pride, a U.S.-based manufacturer of vitamins, minerals, herbs and other nutritional supplements. We remain Puritan’s Pride’s exclusive distributor and brand manager in China as of today.

In January 2014, we commenced operation of the Puritan’s Pride cross-border flagship store on Tmall Global.

In July 2016, we began working with Gerber Baby Products, an established U.S.-based manufacturer and distributor of infant healthcare products.

In September 2017, we began working with Wyeth Nutrition, an established international brand that focuses on nutrition products for mothers, infants and young children.

In June 2018, ECMOHO Limited was incorporated under the laws of the Cayman Islands, and ECMOHO (Hong Kong) Health Technology Limited, or ECMOHO Hong Kong, was incorporated under the laws of Hong Kong and wholly owned by ECMOHO Limited. In July 2018, ECMOHO Hong Kong acquired 97.5% of the equity interest of ECMOHO Shanghai from our co-founders and certain other shareholders of ECMOHO Shanghai. See “Related Party Transactions – Other Transactions with Related Parties – Transactions with our co-founders”.

In April 2019, we launched XG Health, our proprietary integrated family health management and service platform, which offers consumers a range of health and wellness products and rich content.

In June 2019, ECMOHO Hong Kong, through an onshore subsidiary, entered into an agreement to acquire the remaining 2.5% of the equity interest of ECMOHO Shanghai from its minority shareholders.



 

4


Table of Contents

The following diagram illustrates our corporate structure and the place of incorporation of each of our Company, significant subsidiaries, VIEs and VIE Subsidiary as of the date of this prospectus:

 

LOGO

 

(1)

Contractual arrangements include an exclusive technology consulting and service agreement, powers of attorney, an equity pledge agreement, an exclusive call option agreement and spousal consent letters.

(2)

Shanghai Yibo Medical Equipment Co., Ltd. is our variable interest entity in China and is 50% owned by Ms. Wang and 50% owned by Mr. Zeng, our co-founders.

(3)

Yang Infinity (Shanghai) Biotechnology Co., Limited is our variable interest entity in China and is 50% owned by Ms. Wang and 50% owned by Mr. Zeng, our co-founders.



 

5


Table of Contents

Substantially all of our revenues are generated by our PRC and Hong Kong subsidiaries and substantially all of our assets are held by our PRC and Hong Kong subsidiaries. We hold our Internet Content Provider Licenses, or ICP licenses, through Shanghai Yibo and Yang Infinity, our VIEs, to engage in value-added telecommunication business. Our VIEs and VIE Subsidiary have not generated meaningful revenues. For a description of our contractual arrangements with our VIEs and their shareholders, see “Corporate History and Structure”. The shareholders of Shanghai Yibo and Yang Infinity, Ms. Zoe Wang and Mr. Leo Zeng, may have potential conflicts of interest with us. See “Risk Factors — Risks Related to Our Corporate Structure — The shareholders of our VIEs may have potential conflicts of interest with us, which may materially and adversely affect our business and financial condition.”

Upon the completion of this offering, our outstanding shares will consist of Class A ordinary shares and Class B ordinary shares. Holders of Class A ordinary shares and Class B ordinary shares have same rights except for voting and conversion rights. Each holder of our Class B ordinary shares is entitled to ten votes per share and each holder of our Class A ordinary shares is entitled to one vote per share on all matters submitted to them for a vote. Our Class B ordinary shares are convertible at any time by the holder thereof into Class A ordinary shares on a one-for-one basis, while Class A ordinary shares are not convertible into Class B ordinary shares under any circumstances. We will be a “controlled company” under the NASDAQ Stock Market Rules because our co-founders, Ms. Zoe Wang and Mr. Leo Zeng, will beneficially own, in aggregate, 100% of our issued Class B ordinary shares. These Class B ordinary shares will constitute approximately      % of our total issued and outstanding share capital and % of the aggregate voting power of our total issued and outstanding share capital immediately after the completion of this offering, assuming the underwriters do not exercise their over-allotment option.

Corporate Information

Our principal executive offices are located at 3F, No. 1000 Tianyaoqiao Road, Xuhui District, Shanghai, 200030, the People’s Republic of China. Our telephone number at this address is +86 21 6113-2270. The office of the Company is at the offices of Hermes Corporate Services Ltd., Fifth Floor, Zephyr House, 122 Mary Street, P.O. Box 31493, George Town, Cayman Islands.

Investors should submit any inquiries to the address and telephone number of our principal executive offices. Our corporate website is www.ecmoho.com. The information contained on our website is not a part of this prospectus. Our agent for service of process in the United States is Corporation Service Company, located at 1180 Avenue of the Americas, Suite 210, New York, NY 10036-8401.

Implications of Being an Emerging Growth Company

As a company with less than US$1.07 billion in revenue for our last fiscal year, we qualify as an “emerging growth company” pursuant to the Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act of 2012, or the JOBS Act. An emerging growth company may take advantage of specified reduced reporting and other requirements compared to those that are otherwise applicable generally to public companies. These provisions include exemption from the auditor attestation requirement under Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, or Section 404, in the assessment of the emerging growth company’s internal control over financial reporting. The JOBS Act also provides that an emerging growth company does not need to comply with any new or revised financial accounting standards until such date that a private company is otherwise required to comply with such new or revised accounting standards. We have elected not to “opt out” of such extended transition period, which means that when a standard is issued or revised and it has different application dates for public or private companies, we will adopt the new or revised standard at the time private companies adopt the new or revised standard and will do so until such time that we either (i) irrevocably elect to “opt out” of such extended transition period or (ii) no longer qualify as an emerging growth company.



 

6


Table of Contents

We will remain an emerging growth company until the earliest of (a) the last day of the fiscal year during which we have total annual gross revenues of at least US$1.07 billion; (b) the last day of our fiscal year following the fifth anniversary of the completion of this offering; (c) the date on which we have, during the preceding three-year period, issued more than US$1.0 billion in non-convertible debt; or (d) the date on which we are deemed to be a “large accelerated filer” under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or the Exchange Act, which would occur as of the end of our fiscal year if the market value of our ADSs that are held by non-affiliates exceeds US$700 million as of the last business day of our most recently completed second fiscal quarter. Once we cease to be an emerging growth company, we will not be entitled to the exemptions provided in the JOBS Act discussed above.

Conventions that Apply to This Prospectus

Unless we indicate otherwise, all information in this prospectus reflects no exercise by the underwriters of their option to purchase up to an additional              ADSs representing             Class A ordinary shares from the selling shareholders.

Except where the context otherwise requires and for purposes of this prospectus only:

 

   

“we,” “us,” “our company” and “our” refer to ECMOHO Limited, a Cayman Islands exempted company (or its predecessors as the context requires) and its subsidiaries, the consolidated affiliated entities and their respective subsidiaries;

 

   

“ADRs” refers to the American depository receipts, which, if issued, evidence our ADSs;

 

   

“ADSs” refers to American depositary shares, each of which represents Class A ordinary shares;

 

   

“brand partners” refers to owners of non-proprietary brands represented in our brand portfolio, each of which is managed by a dedicated operations team;

 

   

“CAGR” refers to compound annual growth rate;

 

   

“China” or “PRC” refers to the People’s Republic of China, excluding, for the purpose of this prospectus only, Taiwan, Hong Kong and Macau;

 

   

“Class A ordinary share” refers to a class A ordinary share in the capital of our Company, with a par value of US$0.00001 per share;

 

   

“Class B ordinary share” refers to a class B ordinary share in the capital of our Company, with a par value of US$0.00001 per share;

 

   

“ECMOHO Hong Kong” refers to ECMOHO (Hong Kong) Health Technology Limited, a limited company established under the Laws of Hong Kong;

 

   

“ECMOHO Shanghai” refers to Shanghai ECMOHO Health Biotechnology Co, Ltd., a limited liability company established under the Laws of the PRC;

 

   

“EIT Law” refers to the Enterprise Income Tax Law of the PRC;

 

   

“Frost & Sullivan Report” refers to an industry report commissioned by us and prepared by Frost & Sullivan, an independent market research firm, which contains data regarding the markets in which we operate;

 

   

“integrated solution provider” refers to entities that provide services connecting producers with consumers by combining global sourcing capabilities with local distribution channels and coverage. Such providers typically offer integrated solutions consist of one-stop IT solutions, online and offline store operations, digital marketing, warehousing and logistics, and customer management;



 

7


Table of Contents
   

“KOLs” refers to key opinion leaders who have extensive experience or industry insights in the various subsectors of the health and wellness industry;

 

   

“major brand partners” refers to our brand partners whose products contributed over US$10.0 million to our product sales revenues in the designated period;

 

   

“new tier one cities” refers to Hangzhou, Suzhou, Chengdu, Wuhan, Nanjing, Tianjin, Ningbo, Chongqing, Xi’an, Wuxi, Qingdao, Changsha, Zhengzhou, Dongguan and Shenyang;

 

   

“ordinary shares” as of the date hereof refers to our ordinary shares comprising Class A-1 ordinary shares, Class A-2 ordinary shares, Class A ordinary shares and Class B ordinary shares, each class having par value US$0.00001 per share, and upon and after the completion of this offering, to our Class A and Class B ordinary shares, par value US$0.00001 per share;

 

   

“our variable interest entities” or “our VIEs” refer to Shanghai Yibo and Yang Infinity;

 

   

“our VIE Subsidiary” refers to Yinchuan Xianggui Internet Hospital Co., Ltd.;

 

   

“paying consumers” means consumers who purchase products directly from the online flagship stores we operate on third-party e-commerce platforms or from our proprietary XG Health platform, and does not include any consumers who purchase from retailors that source products from us;

 

   

“repeat purchase rate” of a certain period refers to the percentage of paying consumers in that period who had made more than one purchase with us in such period or in prior periods;

 

   

“RMB” or “Renminbi” refers to the legal currency of China;

 

   

“Shanghai Yibo” refers to Shanghai Yibo Medical Equipment Co., Ltd.;

 

   

“SKU” refers to stock keeping unit, which, for the purpose of this prospectus, can be a combination of other stock keeping units;

 

   

“tier one cities” refers to Beijing, Shanghai, Guangzhou and Shenzhen;

 

   

“tier two cities” refers to Wenzhou, Hefei, Fuzhou, Foshan, Jinhua, Jiaxing, Quanzhou, Harbin Nantong, Xiamen, Jinan, Dalian, Changzhou, Taizhou, Shaoxing, Shijiazhuang, Kunming, Nanchang, Changchun, Xuzhou, Huizhou, Taiyuan, Yantai, Nanning, Weifang, Guiyang, Baoding, Zhongshan, Lanzhou and Urumqi; and

 

   

“US$” or “U.S. dollars” refers to the legal currency of the United States;

 

   

“Xianggui Shanghai” refers to Xianggui (Shanghai) Biotechnology Co., Ltd.; and

 

   

“Yang Infinity” refers to Yang infinity (Shanghai) Biotechnology Co., Limited.

Our reporting currency is the U.S. dollar. This prospectus contains translations of certain foreign currency amounts into U.S. dollars for the convenience of the reader. Unless otherwise stated, all translations of Renminbi into U.S. dollars were made at RMB6.8632 to US$1.00, the exchange rate set by the People’s Bank of China on December 31, 2018. We make no representation that the Renminbi or U.S. dollar amounts referred to in this prospectus could have been or could be converted into U.S. dollars or Renminbi, as the case may be, at any particular rate or at all. On June 30, 2019, the exchange rate set by the People’s Bank of China was RMB6.8747 to US$1.00.



 

8


Table of Contents

The Offering

 

Offering Price

We currently anticipate that the initial public offering price will be between US$                and US$                per ADS.

 

ADSs Offered by Us

            ADSs

 

ADSs Outstanding Immediately After This Offering

            ADSs (or                ADSs if the underwriters exercise in full their option to purchase additional ADSs).

 

Ordinary Shares Outstanding Immediately After This Offering

             Class A ordinary shares and                Class B ordinary shares.

 

The ADSs

Each ADS represents                Class A ordinary shares.

 

  The depositary will be the holder of the Class A ordinary shares underlying the ADSs and you will have the rights as provided in the deposit agreement among us, the depositary and the holders and beneficial owners of the ADSs.

 

  We have no plan to declare or pay any dividends in the near future on our shares. If, however, we pay dividends on our Class A ordinary shares, the depositary will pay you the cash dividends and other distributions it receives on our Class A ordinary shares after deducting its fees and expenses in accordance with the terms set forth in the deposit agreement.

 

  You may surrender your ADSs to the depositary to withdraw Class A ordinary shares underlying your ADSs. The depositary will charge you a fee for such an exchange.

 

  We may amend or terminate the deposit agreement without your consent. If you continue to hold the ADSs after an amendment to the deposit agreement, you agree to be bound by the deposit agreement as amended.

 

  To better understand the terms of the ADSs, you should carefully read the “Description of American Depositary Shares” section of this prospectus. You should also read the deposit agreement, which is filed as an exhibit to the registration statement that includes this prospectus.

 

Ordinary Shares

Upon the completion of this offering, our outstanding shares will consist of Class A ordinary shares and Class B ordinary shares. Holders of Class A ordinary shares and Class B ordinary shares have same rights except for voting and conversion rights. Each holder of our Class B ordinary shares is entitled to ten votes per share and each holder of our Class A ordinary shares is entitled to one vote per share



 

9


Table of Contents
 

on all matters submitted to them for a vote. Our Class B ordinary shares are convertible at any time by the holder thereof into Class A ordinary shares on a one-for-one basis, while Class A ordinary shares are not convertible into Class B ordinary shares under any circumstances. For a description of Class A ordinary shares and Class B ordinary shares, see “Description of Share Capital.”

 

Over-Allotment Option

The underwriters have an option, exercisable for 30 days from the date of the prospectus, to purchase up to                  additional ADSs from the selling shareholders at the initial public offering price, less underwriting discounts and commissions, solely for the purpose of covering over-allotment.

 

Use of Proceeds

We estimate that we will receive net proceeds of approximately US$                 million from this offering, after deducting the underwriter discounts, commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us. We intend to use our net proceeds from this offering for (i) working capital to expand our product and service offerings; (ii) payment for a portion of the consideration of the purchase of shares from a minority shareholder of ECMOHO Shanghai; (iii) repayment of certain short-term borrowings; and (iv) general corporate purposes and potential acquisitions, investments and alliances. We have no present commitments or agreements to enter into any acquisitions, investments or alliances. See “Use of Proceeds” for more information.

 

  We will not receive any of the proceeds from the sale of ADSs by the selling shareholders.

 

Lock-up

We, [our executive officers, directors and shareholders] have agreed with the underwriters not to sell, transfer or dispose of any ADSs, ordinary shares or similar securities for a period of 180 days after the date of this prospectus. See “Shares Eligible for Future Sale” and “Underwriting” for more information.

 

Risk Factors

See “Risk Factors” and other information included in this prospectus for a discussion of the risks you should carefully consider before deciding to invest in our ADSs.

 

Payment and Settlement

The underwriters expect to deliver the ADSs against payment therefor through the facilities of the Depository Trust Company on                , 2019.

 

Depositary

Citibank, N.A.

 

Proposed Trading Symbol

MOHO.


 

10


Table of Contents

Summary Consolidated Financial and Operating Data

The following summary consolidated statements of comprehensive income data and summary consolidated statements of cash flows data for the years ended December 31, 2017 and 2018 and summary consolidated balance sheets data as of December 31, 2017 and 2018 have been derived from our audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. The following summary consolidated statements of comprehensive income data and summary consolidated statements of cash flow data for the six months ended June 30, 2018 and 2019 and summary consolidated balance sheet data as of June 30, 2019 have been derived from our unaudited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus and have been prepared on the same basis as the audited consolidated financial statements. In the opinion of management, the unaudited data reflects all adjustments, consisting only of normal recurring adjustments, necessary for a fair statement of the financial information in those statements.

You should read this “Summary Consolidated Financial Data and Operating Data” section together with our consolidated financial statements and the related notes and “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” included elsewhere in this prospectus. Our consolidated financial statements are prepared and presented in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States, or U.S. GAAP. Our historical results are not necessarily indicative of results expected for future periods.

Summary Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income Data

 

     Year ended December 31,     Six months ended June 30,  
     2017     2018     2018     2019    

 

 
     Amount     % of
total net
revenues
    Amount     % of
total net
revenues
    Amount     % of
total net
revenues
    Amount     % of
total net
revenues
 
                             (unaudited)  
     (in thousands of U.S. dollars, except for share, per share data and percentages)  

Net revenues:

                

Product sales

     95,573       97.3     176,098       88.5     66,326       92.9     139,912       92.5

Services

     2,665       2.7       22,917       11.5       5,038       7.1       11,413       7.5  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total net revenues

     98,238       100.0       199,015       100.0       71,364       100.0       151,325       100.0  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total cost of revenue

     (69,124     (70.4     (140,153     (70.4     (48,877     (68.5     (115,433     (76.3
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross profit

     29,114       29.6       58,862       29.6       22,487       31.5       35,892       23.7  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating expenses:

                

Fulfillment expenses

     (6,217     (6.3     (13,097     (6.6     (4,969     (7.0     (8,448     (5.6

Sales and marketing expenses

     (15,529     (15.8     (27,462     (13.8     (12,429     (17.4     (19,111     (12.6

General and administrative expenses

     (4,004     (4.1     (9,069     (4.6     (3,184     (4.5     (4,441     (2.9

Research and development expenses

     (485     (0.5     (1,669     (0.8     (673     (0.9     (899     (0.6
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

     (26,235     (26.7     (51,297     (25.8     (21,255     (29.8     (32,899     (21.7
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating income

     2,879       2.9       7,565       3.8       1,232       1.7       2,993       2.0  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Finance expenses, net

     (145     (0.1     (926     (0.4     (217     (0.2     (1,109     (0.8

Income before income tax expenses

     2,804       2.9       6,567       3.3       1,111       1.6       2,095       1.4  

Income taxes expenses

     (80     (0.1     (417     (0.2     (78     (0.2     (376     (0.3
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income

     2,724       2.8     6,150       3.1     1,033       1.4     1,719       1.1
  

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

   

Less: Net income/(loss) attributable to the non-controlling interest shareholders and redeemable non-controlling interest shareholders

     (101       26      

 

(99

   

 

(94

 

Net income attributable to ECMOHO Limited

     2,825         6,124         1,132         1,813    
  

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

   


 

11


Table of Contents
     Year ended December 31,      Six months ended June 30,  
     2017      2018      2018      2019    

 

 
     Amount     % of
total net
revenues
     Amount     % of
total net
revenues
     Amount     % of
total net
revenues
     Amount     % of
total net
revenues
 
                               (unaudited)  
     (in thousands of U.S. dollars, except for share, per share data and percentages)  

Less: Accretion on Round A convertible redeemable preferred shares to redemption value

     (1,559        (1,018        (841        —      

Less: Accretion on Round B convertible redeemable preferred shares to redemption value

     (2,413        (1,575        (1,291        —      

Less: Accretion on Series A convertible redeemable preferred shares to redemption value

     —            (445        —            (608  

Less: Accretion to redemption value of redeemable non-controlling interests

     —            (130        —            (312  

Less: Extinguishment of convertible redeemable preferred shares

     —            (24,764        —            —      
  

 

 

      

 

 

      

 

 

      

 

 

   

Net (loss)/income attributable to ECMOHO Limited’s ordinary shareholders

     (1,147        (21,808        (1,000        893    
  

 

 

      

 

 

      

 

 

      

 

 

   

 

     Year ended December 31,      Six months ended June 30,  
     2017      2018      2018      2019  
     Amount     % of
total net
revenues
     Amount     % of
total net
revenues
     Amount     % of
total net
revenues
     Amount      % of
total net
revenues
 
                               (unaudited)  
     (in thousands of U.S. dollars, except for share, per share data and percentages)  

Comprehensive income attributable to ECMOHO Limited

     3,618          5,454          942          1,534     
  

 

 

      

 

 

      

 

 

      

 

 

    

Net (loss)/earnings per share attributable to ECMOHO Limited’s ordinary shareholders

                    

—basic

     (0.01        (0.26        (0.01        0.01     
  

 

 

      

 

 

      

 

 

      

 

 

    

—diluted

     (0.01        (0.26        (0.01        0.01     
  

 

 

      

 

 

      

 

 

      

 

 

    

Weighted average number of Ordinary Shares

                    

—basic

     81,162,400          84,970,000          81,162,400          90,681,400     
  

 

 

      

 

 

      

 

 

      

 

 

    

—diluted

     81,162,400          84,970,000          81,162,400          111,584,966     
  

 

 

      

 

 

      

 

 

      

 

 

    

Pro forma net earnings per share attributable to ECMOHO Limited’s ordinary shareholders

                    

—basic

                    0.01     
                 

 

 

    

—diluted

                    0.01     
                 

 

 

    

Pro forma weighted average number of Ordinary Shares

                    

—basic

                    118,956,415     
                 

 

 

    

—diluted

                    119,523,881     
                 

 

 

    


 

12


Table of Contents
(1)

The unaudited pro-forma earnings per share for the six months ended June 30, 2019, giving effect to the assumed conversion of all the convertible preferred shares into ordinary shares as of the issuance dates at the conversion ratio of one-for-one and the weighted average number of the convertible preferred shares during the six months ended June 30, 2019.

Summary Consolidated Statements of Cash Flow Data

 

     Year ended December 31,     Six months ended
June 30,
 
     2017     2018     2018     2019  
                 (unaudited)  
     (in thousands of U.S. dollars)  

Net cash used in operating activities

     (2,444     (40,756     (3,548     (12,725

Net cash used in investing activities

     (492     (1,748     (513     (354

Net cash provided by financing activities

     1,567       44,036       3,145       16,532  

Cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash at beginning of the period

     12,079       10,689       10,689       12,965  

Cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash at end of the period

     10,689       12,965       9,797       16,162  

Summary Consolidated Balance Sheets Data

 

     As of December 31,     As of June 30,     Pro forma(1)
As of June 30, 2019
 
     2018     2019  
                 (unaudited)  
     (in thousands of U.S. dollars)  

Current assets:

      

Cash and cash equivalents

     10,336       11,662       11,662  

Accounts receivable, net

     33,840       59,031       59,031  

Inventories, net

     53,683       43,901       43,901  

Total current assets

     111,747       130,355       130,355  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total assets

     117,772       139,459       139,459  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total current liabilities

     74,829       93,525       93,525  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total liabilities

     75,148       95,545       95,545  

Total mezzanine equity

     74,847       69,151       —    

Total shareholders’ (deficit)/equity

     (32,223     (25,237     43,914  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(1)

The unaudited pro-forma balance sheet as of June 30, 2019 assumes the completion of the initial public offering on such date and the conversion thereupon of all outstanding convertible preferred shares into ordinary shares at the conversion ratio of one for one.



 

13


Table of Contents

Summary Quarterly Financial Data

The following table sets forth our unaudited consolidated quarterly financial data for the periods indicated. You should read the following table together with our consolidated financial statements and the related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus. We have prepared the unaudited consolidated quarterly financial information on the same basis as our audited consolidated financial statements. In the opinion of management, the unaudited consolidated quarterly financial information reflects all adjustments, consisting only of normal recurring adjustments, necessary for a fair representation of our results of operations in the quarters presented.

 

    Three months ended  
    March 31,
2017
    June 30,
2017
    September 30,
2017
    December 31,
2017
    March 31,
2018
    June 30,
2018
    September 30,
2018
    December 31,
2018
    March 31,
2019
    June 30,
2019
 
                            (unaudited)                          
    (in thousands of US dollars)  

Net revenues:

                   

Product sales

    15,205       18,484       22,761       39,123       26,487       39,839       44,130       65,642       58,271       81,641  

Services

    270       460       897       1,038       1,718       3,320       4,629       13,250       5,591       5,822  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total net revenues

    15,475       18,944       23,658       40,161       28,205       43,159       48,759       78,892       63,862       87,463  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total cost of
revenue

    (10,648     (12,721     (16,638     (29,117     (19,297     (29,580     (34,521     (56,755     (47,394     (68,039
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross profit

    4,827       6,223       7,020       11,044       8,908       13,579       14,238       22,137       16,468       19,424  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating expenses:

                   

Fulfillment expenses

    (1,035     (1,359     (1,443     (2,380     (1,262     (3,707     (3,300     (4,828     (3,876     (4,572

Sales and marketing expenses(1)

    (2,767     (3,446     (3,745     (5,571     (5,558     (6,871     (6,467     (8,566     (9,157     (9,954

General and administrative expenses(1)

    (829     (976     (989     (1,210     (1,483     (1,701     (2,419     (3,466     (2,207     (2,234

Research and development expenses

    (63     (89     (154     (179     (322     (351     (365     (631     (471     (428
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

    (4,694     (5,870     (6,331     (9,340     (8,625     (12,630     (12,551     (17,491     (15,711     (17,188
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating income

    133       353       689       1,704       283       949       1,687       4,646       757       2,236  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Finance expenses, net

    (15     (9     (43     (78     (81     (136     (211     (498     (505     (604

Income before income tax expenses

    186       234       812       1,572       521       590       1,537       3,919       446       1,649  

Income taxes (expenses)/profit

    (19     (24     (53     16       (54     (24     (132     (207     (150     (226
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income

    167       210       759       1,588       467       566       1,405       3,712       296       1,423  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(1)

Share-based compensation expenses were allocated as follows:

 

    Three months ended  
    March 31,
2017
    June 30,
2017
    September 30,
2017
    December 31,
2017
    March 31,
2018
    June 30,
2018
    September 30,
2018
    December 31,
2018
    March 31,
2019
    June 30,
2019
 
                            (unaudited)                          
    (in thousands of US dollars)  

Sales and marketing expenses

    —         —         —         —         —         —         —         112       72       94  

General and administrative expenses

    —         —         —         —         —         —         —         245       253       249  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

    —         —         —         —         —         —         —         357       325       343  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 


 

14


Table of Contents

Summary Operating Data

 

     Year ended December 31,     Six months ended
June 30,
 
     2017     2018     2019  

Number of cumulative paying consumers at the end of the respective periods

     4.6 million       6.3 million       7.2 million  

Repeat purchase rate

     32     34     35

Number of brands at the end of the respective periods

     41       76       62  

Number of brand partners at the end of the respective periods

     23       52       39  

Number of major brand partners at the end of the respective periods

     2       5       6  

Revenue contribution of major brand partners(1)

     38     53     61

 

(1)

Refers to the percentage of the net revenues of a given period contributed by the products sourced from the major brand partners as of the end of such period.

Non-GAAP Measures

Adjusted Net Income

We use adjusted operating income and adjusted net income, each a non-GAAP financial measure, in evaluating our operating results and for financial and operational decision-making purposes. Adjusted operating income represents operating income excluding share-based compensation expenses. Adjusted net income represents net income excluding share-based compensation expenses. These adjustments have no impact on income tax.

We believe that adjusted operating income and adjusted net income help identify underlying trends in our business that could otherwise be distorted by the effect of certain expenses that we include in operating income and net income. We also believe that adjusted operating income and adjusted net income provide useful information about our operating results, enhance the overall understanding of our past performance and future prospects and allow for greater visibility with respect to key metrics used by our management in its financial and operational decision-making.

 

     Year ended
December 31,
     Six months
ended June 30,
 
     2017      2018      2018      2019  
     (unaudited)  
     (in thousands of US$)  

Adjusted operating income

     2,879        7,922        1,232        3,661  

Adjusted net income

     2,724        6,507        1,033        2,387  

The non-GAAP financial measures are not defined under U.S. GAAP and are not presented in accordance with U.S. GAAP. They should not be considered in isolation or construed as alternatives to net loss or any other measure of performance or as an indicator of our operating performance. Investors are encouraged to review the historical non-GAAP financial measures in light of the most directly comparable GAAP measures, as shown below. The non-GAAP financial measures presented here may not be comparable to similarly titled measures presented by other companies. Other companies may calculate similarly titled measures differently, limiting their usefulness as comparative measures to our data. We encourage investors and others to review our financial information in its entirety and not rely on a single financial measure.

 



 

15


Table of Contents

The table sets forth a reconciliation of our adjusted operating income and adjusted net income in the years presented to the most directly comparable financial measures calculated and presented in accordance with U.S. GAAP, which are operating income and net income:

 

     Year ended
December 31,
     Six months
ended June 30,
 
     2017      2018      2018      2019  
     (unaudited)  
     (in thousands of US$)  

Operating income

     2,879        7,565        1,232        2,993  

Add: share-based compensation expenses

     —          357        —          668  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Adjusted operating income

     2,879        7,922        1,232        3,661  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net income

     2,724        6,150        1,033        1,719  

Add: share-based compensation expenses

     —          357        —          668  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Adjusted net income

     2,724        6,507        1,033        2,387  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 


 

16


Table of Contents

RISK FACTORS

An investment in our ADSs involves material risks. You should carefully consider the risks and uncertainties set forth below, as well as all of the other information included in this prospectus, before deciding to invest in our ADSs. The occurrence of any of the following risks could materially and adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects. In any such case, the market price of our ADSs could decline and you could lose all or part of your investment.

Risks Related to Our Business and Industry

If the e-commerce market or the health and wellness industry in China does not grow, or grows more slowly than we expect, demand for our products and solutions could be adversely affected.

Continued demand for our products and solutions depends on whether the e-commerce market and the health and wellness industry in China will continue to grow. The long-term viability and prospects of the online retail business in China remain relatively untested. Our future results of operations will depend on numerous factors affecting the development of the e-commerce industry in China, which may be beyond our control, including:

 

   

the penetration rates of internet services, personal computers and mobile connectivity;

 

   

the trust and confidence level of e-commerce consumers in China, as well as changes in consumers’ demographics and preferences;

 

   

whether alternative retail channels or business models that better address the needs and preferences of consumers emerge in China; and

 

   

the development of fulfillment, payment and other ancillary services associated with online purchase.

Additionally, our future results of operations will depend on numerous factors affecting the development of the health and wellness industry in China, including:

 

   

changes in the spending power of Chinese consumers;

 

   

the prevalence of health issues and chronic diseases among Chinese consumers; and

 

   

the ongoing health and wellness market deficiencies and consumer mistrust of incumbent health and wellness product and service providers. See “Our Market Opportunities”.

If consumer utilization of e-commerce channels in China does not grow, or grows more slowly than we expect, demand for our products and services would be adversely affected, our revenues would be negatively impacted and our ability to pursue our growth strategies would be compromised.

We may not be able to effectively manage the expansion of our business or optimally implement our business strategies.

To realize our mission of providing comprehensive health and wellness solutions to our consumers, we have expanded our business, and plan to continue expanding our business. We have been widening our relationships with existing brand partners to include more offerings, procuring new brand partners with different products, improving our logistic and fulfillment capabilities to support our expanded offering and growing through acquisitions of complementary businesses. This expansion has contributed to a heightened level of complexity of our business, in terms of both the type and scale of our operations, which may place a significant strain on our operational, financial and technical resources and increase demands on our management and employees. We cannot assure you that we will be able to manage our expansion successfully, and failure to do so may materially and adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

 

17


Table of Contents

We are also continuously executing a number of growth initiatives, strategies and operating plans designed to enhance our business, including launching various new services, such as our XG Health platform, an integrated family health management and service platform. The anticipated benefits from these efforts are based on assumptions that may prove to be inaccurate. Moreover, we may not be able to successfully complete these growth initiatives, strategies and operating plans and realize all of the benefits that we expect to achieve, such as expanding our product and service offerings, expanding our offline channel coverage, and strengthening our XG Health platform, or it may be more costly to do so than we anticipate. In addition, profitability, if any, in the new areas that we expand into may be lower than in our existing business, and we may not be successful enough in these newer areas to recoup our investments in them. If any of these circumstances were to occur, our business, financial condition and results of operations may be materially and adversely affected.

If we fail to anticipate evolving consumer preferences for health and wellness products and/or fail to cater effectively to consumer demands, our ability to attract and retain customers may be materially and adversely affected.

Our ability to attract and retain our consumers depends largely on our ability to offer health and wellness products that they find attractive. The success of our business relies on our ability to anticipate changes in consumer preferences, demographic shifts in our consumer base and broader evolving trends in the industry, and to respond to such changes in a timely and cost-effective manner. If we rely on misleading industry intelligence or consistently misinterpret the consumer data we collect, we may fail to cater to the preferences of our consumers or fail to continue to retain our consumers. Consequently, our business, financial condition and results of operations may be materially and adversely affected.

Our success depends on our ability to maintain relationships with existing brand partners, and develop relationships with new brand partners.

Our success is closely tied to our relationships with our existing brand partners, who supply the products that we sell through various platforms. We also identify and target potential new brand partners whose products complement our established inventory or that represent new opportunities for us to meet consumer demand. Many of our brand partners deal with us on a non-exclusive basis, and a number of our brand partner relationships are relatively recent, having been established over the last three years. Because of these factors, we face, and expect to continue to face, constant and intense competition for the business of our brand partners from other Chinese distributors in the health and wellness market. Our relationships with our brand partners may weaken and we may lose our market share if our competitors offer their services to them. The e-commerce market is characterized by rapid technological developments and frequent changes in regulation, specifications and other requirements for how our brand partners should sell their merchandise through particular channels. This could negatively affect our ability to retain existing brand partners and attract new brand partners, our future financial and operating results, and our potential for growth. If we are unable to maintain these relationships or enter into advantageous new arrangements through our targeted approaches to specific potential brand partners, our ability to attract new brand partners may decrease.

In addition, a small number of brand partners contribute a significant portion of our total revenues. For example, in 2018 and the six months ended June 30, 2019, the single largest brand partner in terms of the revenue contribution of its products accounted for 14.6% and 14.8%, respectively, of our total revenues. In the same periods, the ten largest brand partners in terms of the revenue contribution of their products, in the aggregate, accounted for 67.6% and 75.5%, respectively, of our total revenues. Moreover, five of the ten largest brand partners in terms of revenue contribution in the six months ended June 30, 2019 are under the common control of a global food and beverage company. While our relationships with these five brand partners were developed independently and they are each managed by a dedicated operations team, we cannot assure you that failure to maintain a satisfactory relationship with one of these brand partners will not adversely affect our reputation with the other brand partners under common control. Furthermore, the loss of one or more of our largest brand partners may result in a material and adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operation.

 

18


Table of Contents

In such a rapidly changing market, the needs of our brand partners are also constantly evolving to keep pace with consumer demands. If we fail to respond to the evolving needs of our brand partners, our continuing relationships with existing brand partners, our reputation and the demand for our services may be adversely affected. This may have a material and adverse impact on our business, financial position and results of operations.

We may be unable to compete effectively against stronger and better-resourced e-commerce companies, offline competitors or new entrants to the health and wellness market, and may lose market share as a result.

The health and wellness market is intensely competitive in China. We may not be able to command the same price for our services and solutions or we may face a decrease in our market share, which may affect our future financial and operating results, and our ability to grow our business. In addition, competition may intensify if our competitors increase their resources and product range and if established companies in other market segments or geographic markets expand into our market segments or geographic markets. If we cannot compete successfully, our business, financial condition and operating results could be materially and adversely affected.

We face competition in a number of areas. We compete to attract, engage and retain consumers based on the variety, value and personalization of the products and services we offer, and overall user experience and convenience. We compete to attract and retain brand partners based on our scale of operation and the capability of engaging consumers, the sales and growth solutions offered to brand partners as a result of our consumer and industry analysis and the efficiency of our logistics infrastructure in facilitating the delivery of our brand partners’ products to consumers. We also compete for experienced and effective talent and personnel, who serve critical functions in the development of our products and our ecosystem.

Our ability to compete effectively depends on a number of factors, some of which may be beyond our control, including brand partners choosing to develop in-house e-commerce platforms or infrastructure, offline competitors with a broader product range, e-commerce channels deciding to directly compete with us and consolidations within the Chinese health and wellness industry that may result in stronger competitors.

If we are not able to compete effectively, we may lose market share and face a decrease in consumer engagement and sales, which could materially and adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations as well as our reputation.

Some of our current or future competitors may have, or may develop, greater brand recognition, better supplier relationships, larger customer bases or greater financial, technical or marketing resources than us. Any smaller companies or potential new entrants to the Chinese health and wellness market may be acquired by, receive investment from or enter into strategic relationships with well-established and well-financed companies or investors which may enhance their competitive positions. Some of our competitors may be able to secure more favorable terms from suppliers, devote greater resources to marketing and promotional campaigns, adopt more aggressive pricing or inventory policies and devote substantially more resources to their technology and infrastructure systems than us. We cannot be certain that we will be able to compete successfully against current or future competitors, and competitive pressures may have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

We may need additional capital but may not be able to obtain it on acceptable terms, or at all.

In order for us to grow, we need significant amount of working capital to fund our inventory. In addition, we may require additional capital in case of operating losses as well as any investments or acquisitions we may decide to pursue. For example, the net cash we used in operating activities reached US$40.8 million in 2018 and US$12.7 million in the first six months of calendar year 2019. Such amount may continue to increase due to the expansion of our business and the corresponding increase in inventory. See “— If we fail to effectively manage our inventory, our reputation, results of operations and financial condition may be materially and adversely affected”.

 

19


Table of Contents

If our cash resources are insufficient to satisfy our cash requirements, we may seek to issue additional equity or debt securities, including convertible notes, or obtain new or expanded credit facilities.

Our ability to obtain external financing in the future is subject to a variety of uncertainties, including our future financial condition, results of operations, cash flows, share price performance, liquidity of international capital and lending markets and the PRC governmental regulations over foreign investment and the health and wellness industry. Any debt financing, if available, may involve restrictive covenants and could restrict our operational flexibility and reduce our profitability. In addition, incurring indebtedness would subject us to increased debt service obligations. There can be no assurance that financing would be available in a timely manner or in amounts or on terms acceptable to us, or at all. Any such failure could severely restrict our liquidity as well as have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations. Moreover, any issuance of equity or equity-linked securities could result in significant dilution to the interests of our existing shareholders.

If we are unable to obtain increased financing, any resultant cash flow shortage may materially affect our ability to procure products from our brand partners and meet our financial obligations, which may damage our reputation and brand partner relationships. Such damage to our reputation or relationships would have a material and adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

We depend on key management as well as experienced and capable personnel generally, and any failure to attract, motivate or retain our staff could hinder our ability to maintain and grow our business.

Our future success depends substantially upon the continued service of our key executives and other key employees, particularly our co-founders, Ms. Wang and Mr. Zeng. If we lose the services of any member of management or key personnel, we may not be able to locate suitable or qualified replacements, and may incur additional expenses to recruit and train new staff, which could severely disrupt our business and growth.

The size and scope of our ecosystem also require us to hire and retain a wide range of experienced and capable personnel who can adapt to a dynamic, competitive and challenging business environment. We will need to continue to attract and retain experienced and capable personnel at all levels as we expand our business and operations. Competition for such talent is intense, and the availability of suitable and qualified candidates in the PRC is limited. This high level of competition could compel us to offer higher compensation and other benefits to attract and retain the right candidate. Even if we were to offer higher compensation and other benefits, there is no assurance that these individuals will choose to join or continue to work for us. Any failure to attract or retain key management and personnel could severely disrupt our business and growth.

We are subject to evolving regulatory requirements, non-compliance with which, or changes in which, may adversely affect our business and prospects.

As a provider of an e-commerce platform for health and wellness products, we are subject to legal and regulatory requirements applicable to multiple industries in the PRC. These industries primarily include the internet and health and wellness industries. We have been subject to penalties by PRC regulatory authorities in the past due to our failure to comply with their requirements, including those in relation to pricing.

The regulations to which we are subject in this area are new and evolving. As a result, the interpretation of these laws and their enforcement is often uncertain. Predicting the application of these laws can be difficult, and unexpected outcomes in the interpretation and enforcement of the applicable regulations may have an adverse impact on our business and operations. Additionally, any future changes in regulation may render our business non-compliant or require changes to our business practices or licensing arrangements to ensure compliance. These changes may involve significant costs, which in turn may adversely affect our business and prospects.

Various regulatory authorities of the PRC government regulate value-added telecommunications services, food business, pharmaceutical operations and services, online drug and medical device operations and online

 

20


Table of Contents

trading and e-commerce. Violations of regulations may lead to the imposition of significant penalties which may affect our business, operations, reputation and financial prospects. In respect of the healthcare industry, in particular, any violation of the relevant laws, rules and regulations may result in harsh penalties and, under certain circumstances, lead to criminal prosecution. See—“Regulation” for details.

As we introduce new products and services to our customers, we may be required to comply with additional laws and regulations that are yet to be determined. To comply with such additional laws and regulations, we may be required to obtain necessary certificates, licenses or permits, as well as expend additional resources to monitor regulatory and policy developments. Our failure to adequately comply with such additional laws and regulations may delay, or possibly prevent, some of our products or services from being offered to users, which may have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Additionally, the PRC has enacted laws and regulations governing internet access and the distribution of products, services, news, information, audio-video programs and other content through the internet. The PRC government has prohibited the distribution of information through the internet that it deems to be in violation of PRC laws and regulations. If any of the information disseminated through our marketplaces and websites were deemed by the PRC government to violate any content restrictions, we would not be able to continue to display such content and could become subject to penalties, including confiscation of income, fines, suspension of business and revocation of required licenses, which could materially and adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations. See—“Regulation” for details.

We may be subject to claims under consumer protection laws, including health and safety claims and product liability claims, if property or people are harmed by the products sold on our platform.

Due to several high-profile consumer complaint incidents that have occurred in China in recent years and attendant media and advocacy group attention, there has been increased governmental focus in the PRC on consumer protection. Operators of e-commerce marketplaces and platforms are subject to certain provisions of consumer protection laws even where such operator is not the seller of the product or service purchased by the consumer. In addition, if we do not take appropriate remedial action against sellers or service providers for actions they engage in that we know, or should have known, would infringe upon the rights and interests of consumers, we may be held jointly and severally liable with the seller or service provider for such infringement.

Moreover, applicable PRC consumer protection laws hold that trading platforms will be held liable for failing to meet any undertakings such platforms make to consumers with regard to products listed on their websites. Furthermore, we are required to report to the State Administration for Market Regulation, or the SAMR, or its local branches any violation of applicable laws, regulations or SAMR rules by sellers or service providers, such as sales of goods without proper license or authorization, and to take appropriate remedial measures, including ceasing to provide services to such sellers or service providers. If claims are brought against us under any of these laws, we could be subject to damages and reputational damage as well as action by regulators, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

We do not maintain product liability insurance for products and services transacted on our platform, and any other insurance policies may not cover us, adequately or at all, for any liability we may incur. Even unsuccessful claims could result in the expenditure of funds and management time and resources and could materially reduce our net income and profitability.

If counterfeit products are distributed by us, our reputation and financial results could be materially and adversely affected.

We source health and wellness products from reputable brand partners. However, their measures of safeguarding against counterfeit products may not be adequate. In addition, we engage third-party warehousing

 

21


Table of Contents

and logistics service providers and third-party couriers to conduct product fulfillment, and we may not be able to detect and prevent all potential instances of misconduct or negligence committed by them or by our employees involved in the fulfillment process. If counterfeit products are distributed by us, we may suffer reputational damage. If we are deemed to have participated or assisted in infringement activities associated with counterfeit products, we may be subject to sanctions under applicable laws and regulations, which may include injunctions to cease infringing activities, rectification, compensation, administrative penalties and even criminal liability, depending on the gravity of such misconduct. Furthermore, counterfeit products may be defective or inferior in quality as compared to authentic products and may pose safety risks to consumers. If consumers are injured by counterfeit products distributed by us, we may be subject to lawsuits, severe administrative penalties and criminal liability. See “– We may be subject to claims under consumer protection laws, including health and safety claims and product liability claims, if property or people are harmed by the products sold on our platform.”

If we fail to effectively manage our inventory, our reputation, results of operations and financial condition may be materially and adversely affected.

In order to operate our business effectively and meet our consumers’ demands and expectations, we must maintain a certain level of inventory to ensure prompt deliveries when required. We determine the levels of inventory we hold on the basis of our experience, assessment of consumer demand in a certain period of time and the lead time required to have the inventory in our warehouse.

We forecast consumer demand by relying on a number of factors, including:

 

   

the purchase history of consumers;

 

   

performance metrics from our customers, especially third-party e-commerce channels;

 

   

market intelligence, including intelligence on product innovation and introduction;

 

   

changes in consumer spending patterns; and

 

   

event-driven factors, such as cyclical demand for preventative products.

We use such metrics to forecast consumer demand more accurately and thereby optimize our inventory management in terms of product portfolio and volume.

However, forecasts are inherently uncertain, and demand for products can change significantly between the inventory order date and the projected sale date. In addition, the acquisition of certain types of inventory may require significant lead time and prepayment and they may not be returnable. Moreover, we normally do not have the right to return unsold items to our suppliers, save for in a limited range of circumstances, such as in the case of quality defects, as set out in our supply agreements.

If we overestimate demand for our products, we may be exposed to increased inventory risks due to accumulated excess inventory. Prolonged periods of excess inventory may lead to pressures on our warehousing system and fulfillment capabilities, increases in inventory holding costs and the risk of inventory obsolescence. In addition, if we fail to manage our inventory effectively we may experience a decline in inventory values and significant inventory write-downs or write-offs due to product expiration. Moreover, we may be required to lower sale prices in order to reduce inventory levels, which may lead to lower gross margins. Conversely, if we underestimate demand for our products, or if our brand partners fail to supply quality products in a timely manner, we may experience inventory shortages, which might result in lost revenues and diminished consumer satisfaction, which could harm our business and reputation.

Any of the above may materially and adversely affect our results of operations and financial condition. As we plan to continue to expand our product offerings, we may continue to face challenges in effectively managing our inventory.

 

22


Table of Contents

Any interruption in our product inventory or fulfillment operations may have an adverse impact on our business.

Our ability to process and fulfill orders accurately depends on the efficient operation of our fulfillment and logistics network and our ability to accurately take orders through the various platforms on which we distribute products and our ability to fulfill such orders. Our fulfillment and logistics infrastructure, including our warehousing facilities and transportation services, may be vulnerable to damage caused by fire, flood, power outage, telecommunications failure, break-ins, earthquake, human error and other events. If any of our fulfillment and logistics infrastructures were to be rendered incapable of operations, then we may be unable to fulfill any orders. We do not carry business interruption insurance, and the occurrence of any of the foregoing risks could have a material adverse effect on our business, prospects, financial condition and results of operations.

Our results of operations are subject to fluctuations due to the seasonality of our business and other events.

We have experienced and expect to continue to experience seasonal fluctuations in our financial performance. These seasonal patterns have caused and will continue to cause fluctuations in our operating results. Historically, we have recorded stronger performance in the fourth quarter, primarily because consumers increase their purchases during e-commerce festivals in China, such as the periods around Singles Day (which is an online sales promotion event that falls on November 11 of each year) and Double Twelves (which is another online sales promotion event that falls on December 12 of each year). In addition, we generally experience a lower level of sales activity in the first quarter due to the Lunar New Year holiday, during which the volumes of online purchases and logistical operations drop significantly due to vacations and business closures.

In anticipation of increased sales activity prior to shopping festivals, we increase our inventory levels and incur additional expenses such as procuring additional working capital and increasing the size of our workforce on a temporary basis. If our seasonal sales patterns become more pronounced in the future, this may strain our personnel, customer service operations, fulfillment operations and shipment activities and may cause a shortfall in revenues compared to expenses in a given period. As a result, our financial results may be materially and adversely affected. In addition to increasing our own inventory levels, we also rely on our brand partners to increase their inventory levels to match projected seasonal demand. If we and our brand partners do not increase inventory levels for popular products in sufficient amounts or if we are unable to restock popular products from our brand partners in a timely manner, we may fail to fulfill customer demand. This may harm our reputation and damage the trust that consumers have in our business, which is a key part of our business model. As a result, we may experience a material and adverse effect on our financial conditions and results of operations.

Our dependence on a small number of e-commerce channels could adversely affect our business or results of operations.

We depend on a small number of e-commerce channels to sell products to consumers. As a result, we derive a substantial portion of our revenue from activity on these channels. For example, sales on Alibaba’s Tmall platform contributed 34% of our total net revenue for the year ended December 31, 2018 and 21% of our total net revenues for the six months ended June 30, 2019.

If the sales on e-commerce channels in China do not grow or grow more slowly than we expect, demand for our products would be adversely affected, our revenues would be negatively impacted, and our ability to pursue our growth strategy would be compromised. Moreover, if the e-commerce channels that we rely on are not successful in attracting consumers or their reputations are adversely affected for any reason, we may experience reduced demand for our products.

Our business may be harmed if the e-commerce channels we rely upon decide to make significant changes to their respective business models, policies, systems or plans. Currently, large e-commerce channels influence to a certain extent terms that affect our profitability and financial condition, including the return policies we offer and the sharing of marketing expenses and payables or receivables between the e-commerce channels and us. We may not be able to negotiate such policies or agreements on terms most favorable to us in the future.

 

23


Table of Contents

In addition, we cannot guarantee that we will be able to access such e-commerce channels in the long term. If we fail to maintain our relationships with such channels, they may decide at any time and for any reason to significantly limit our ability to integrate our solutions with their platforms. Given that online retail in China is dominated by a few large e-commerce channels, we may not be able to adapt or build new relationships on terms favorable to us with any other emerging channels.

Any of the above may adversely affect our revenue, financial condition and results of operations.

We use third-party couriers to deliver orders. If these couriers fail to provide reliable delivery services at commercially acceptable terms, our business and reputation may be materially and adversely affected.

We maintain cooperation arrangements with third-party couriers to deliver our products to our customers. We rely on a select number of third-party delivery services, for example Cainiao, the primary deliverer of cross-border sales through the Tmall platform. In 2018 and the six months ended June 30, 2019, Cainiao was paid 39% and 32%, respectively, of our third-party delivery fees, and the goods delivered by Cainiao accounted for 19% and 12%, respectively, of our revenue in the same periods. As such we may face adverse consequences if there are interruptions to, or failures in, these third parties’ delivery services. Such interruptions or failures could prevent the timely or proper delivery of our products to consumers, eroding consumer confidence and reducing repeat orders. These interruptions may be due to events that are beyond our control or the control of these delivery companies, such as inclement weather, natural disasters, transportation disruptions or labor unrest. While we may claim compensation for disruptions under our standard agreements with third-party delivery services, such claims are subject to a complicated review process and we cannot provide assurance that any compensation payments would make up for the lost consumer goodwill. Also, any significant increase in delivery fees charged by these third parties may result in significant increase in our online distribution expenses. If we fail to find other reliable third-party couriers at commercially acceptable terms, our profitability may be harmed.

In addition, if our third-party couriers fail to comply with applicable PRC rules and regulations, our delivery services may be materially and adversely affected. We may not be able to find alternative delivery companies to provide delivery services in a timely and reliable manner, or at all. Delivery of our products could also be affected or interrupted by the merger, acquisition, insolvency or government shut-down of the delivery companies we engage to make deliveries. If our products are not delivered in proper condition or on a timely basis, our reputation could suffer and we may experience a material adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations.

We have adopted favorable return policies with certain customers and a higher-than-expected rate of returns could materially and adversely affect our results of operations and financial condition.

In certain instances, we sell the products of our brand partners to third-party e-commerce platforms, which in turn sell those products to consumers. We have adopted contractual product return policies with certain of these third-party e-commerce platforms. These return policies are generally favorable to the third-party e-commerce platforms, and provide in certain cases that products may be returned in unlimited quantities and without cause, albeit subject to a limited return period. If we experience a higher-than-expected rate of returns from these third-party e-commerce platforms, this may result in wastage, overstock and monetary loss, which may materially and adversely affect our financial condition and results of operations.

In addition, we may from time to time be required to amend our existing return policies or implement new return policies pursuant to changes in applicable laws and regulations, which may lead to a larger group of customers being able to take advantage of our return policies, potentially resulting in increased costs. If our return policy is misused, we may experience significantly increased costs which may materially and adversely affect our financial condition and results of operations. If we seek to set limits on such return policies in order to reduce costs, the reaction from our customers may be negative, which may materially and adversely affect our reputation, and results of operations.

 

24


Table of Contents

Any damage to our reputation, including negative publicity against us or our brand partners, may materially and adversely affect our business operations and prospects.

We have cultivated a reputation of trustworthiness and excellence among our brand partners and the consumers. We believe that our reputation is a key reason for consumers to make purchases, and for brand partners who choose us to distribute their products and provide them with market insights and strategies. As a result, we depend on our reputation for the continued success of our business operations and for generating revenue. However, we cannot be certain that we will be able to maintain our positive reputation in the future. Our reputation may be materially and adversely affected by a number of factors, many of which are beyond our control, including:

 

   

negative developments or events relating to our proprietary products or the products of our brand partners which are sold on our platform, or which we provide to third-party e-commerce sites, including with respect to their efficacy or side effects;

 

   

lawsuits and regulatory investigations against us or otherwise relating to products associated with us or our industry in general;

 

   

improper or illegal conduct by our employees or brand partners that is not authorized by us; and

 

   

adverse publicity associated with us, our products or our industry, whether founded or unfounded.

Any damage to our reputation as a result of these or other factors may cause our products to be perceived unfavorably by consumers, existing or potential brand partners or the Chinese health and wellness market in general, which may materially and adversely affect our reputation, results of operations and financial position.

If our brand partners develop sophisticated knowledge of the Chinese health and wellness market, or increase their in-house e-commerce capabilities, demand for our solutions and services may be adversely affected.

Our brand partners value our solutions and services because of our ability to assist with marketing their products to the Chinese health and wellness market. This ability is founded on our extensive experience in, and local knowledge of, the Chinese health and wellness market, and our technical proficiency in connecting our brand partners to end consumers in China. If our brand partners significantly develop their local expertise and market knowledge, or choose to sell their products directly through third-party e-commerce platforms, our solutions and services may become less important or attractive to our brand partners, and demand for our solutions and services may decline. This may cause a decrease in customer retention and revenue, materially and adversely affecting our business, financial condition and results of operations.

We may be liable for any false or misleading statements or representations made by the healthcare experts on our XG Health platform.

We may be held liable for any false or misleading statements or representations made by the healthcare experts on our XG Health platform. When these healthcare experts publish health management plans, respond to consumer inquiries and make health and wellness recommendations, they may make false or misleading statements or representations in relation to the suitability, effectiveness, use or potential side effects of such plans or products. These healthcare experts may also be negligent in their observations or fail to specify that their recommendation is general in nature and may not apply to the circumstances of particular consumers. We may not always have appropriate disclaimers in place on our XG Health platform.

We may be subject to legal proceedings and claims from time to time where these statements or representations are found to result in harm to our customers. These claims and legal proceedings may be expensive and time-consuming to investigate and defend and may divert resources and management attention from the operation of our business. Although these claims may not be successful, they may harm our reputation and reduce our ability to attract customers and users.

 

25


Table of Contents

Changes in international trade policies and international barriers to trade, or the escalation of trade tensions, may have an adverse effect on our business and expansion plans.

Recent international trade disputes and the uncertainties created by such disputes may disrupt the transnational flow of goods and significantly undermine the stability of the global and Chinese economy, thereby harming our business.

Changes to trade policies, treaties and tariffs in the jurisdictions in which we operate, or are contemplating operating, or the perception that these changes could occur, could adversely affect the financial and economic conditions in such jurisdictions, as well as our international and cross-border operations, our financial condition and results of operations. The U.S. administration under President Trump has advocated greater restrictions on trade generally, imposed and significantly increased tariffs on certain goods imported into the United States, particularly from China, and has recently taken steps toward restricting trade in certain goods. Among the goods currently subject to tariffs are items which form part of the healthcare and supplement supply chain, including certain chemicals used in the manufacture of healthcare supplements. These trade developments could materially impact our business as certain of our brand partners are based in the United States, and thus may face increased difficulty in sourcing base ingredients for their products, or cost-effectively developing new products with restricted or more expensive base ingredients. As a result, we may face an increase in our operating costs as our suppliers raise their prices to absorb their increased costs, or an inability to meet the demands of the consumers who purchase from us, and a resulting decrease in our profits.

The PRC has taken several measures in response to these U.S. administration trade policies. For example, the PRC has increased tariffs on certain goods from the United States, the total value of which is US$110 billion.

Such tariffs could have an adverse effect on our ability to source products from certain of our United States based partners, either at an acceptable cost or at all, to sell in China. If the products of our brand partners become subject to increased tariffs or other trade barriers, the resultant increase in cost or difficulty of importation may force us to find alternative providers of comparable products. We cannot be certain that these alternative providers would be acceptable to Chinese consumers, given that the level of trust in the brands that we supply is a primary driver of purchasing decisions made by Chinese consumers. As a result, we may experience a decrease in demand, and a material and adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations.

Therefore, any escalation in existing trade tensions or the advent of a trade war, or news and rumors of the escalation of a potential trade war, could affect the supply chains of participants within our ecosystem, increase their and our costs and have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations and, ultimately, the trading price of our ADSs.

Exchange rate fluctuations may negatively affect our results of operations.

We source our products from brand partners globally. We purchase these products primarily using U.S. dollars, and these products are ultimately sold to the Chinese domestic market, whose participants primarily make their purchases in Renminbi. There is ordinarily a temporal gap between the point at which we purchase products and the point at which we receive payment for the products sold. As a result, we are subject to the fluctuations of the currency exchange markets, particularly in the value of RMB to the U.S. dollar. If the value of Renminbi declines during the temporal gap relative to the U.S. dollar, we may face a lower profit margin, or in some cases a loss, on the products sold.

In addition, substantially all of our operating expenses are denominated in Renminbi, and a significant portion of our financial assets are also denominated in Renminbi while a significant portion of our debt is denominated in U.S. dollars. We are a holding company and we rely on dividends paid by our operating subsidiaries in China for our cash needs. Any significant revaluation of the Renminbi may materially reduce any dividends payable on our ADSs in U.S. dollars. To the extent that we need to convert U.S. dollars we receive

 

26


Table of Contents

from this offering into Renminbi for our operations, appreciation of the Renminbi against the U.S. dollar would have an adverse effect on the Renminbi amount we would receive. Conversely, if we decide to convert our Renminbi into U.S. dollars for the purpose of making payments for dividends on our Class A ordinary shares or ADSs or for other business purposes, appreciation of the U.S. dollar against the Renminbi would have a negative effect on the U.S. dollar amount we would receive. As such, currency fluctuations may materially and adversely affect our financial condition and results of operations.

Any failure to comply with PRC regulations regarding advertising may subject us to civil claims, fines and other legal or administrative sanctions.

PRC advertising laws and regulations require the content of advertisements to be fair, accurate, not misleading and in full compliance with applicable laws. The Provisional Regulation on the Release of Food Advertisements, released by the SAIC on December 30, 1996 and amended on December 3, 1998, prohibits advertisers from expressly or impliedly indicating the healthcare effects of ordinary foods. In addition, the content of healthcare food advertisements must follow the specifications and the label approved by the health administrative authorities of the State Council. We have made efforts to ensure our advertisements and related advertising practices are in compliance with applicable regulations. However, we cannot assure you that we have fully complied with the requirements of PRC regulatory authorities or will be able to fully comply with the requirements of PRC regulatory authorities regarding advertising. If we are found in violation of applicable advertising laws and regulations, we may face serious penalties including fines, revocation of our business licenses and discontinuance of our advertising activities. As a result, we may not be able to publish new advertisements in a timely manner, and our turnover and reputation could be materially affected. Moreover, governmental actions and civil claims may be filed against us for misleading or inaccurate advertising. We may have to spend significant resources in defending against such actions, and these actions may damage our reputation, result in reduced turnover, and negatively affect our results of operations.

We may not be able to conduct our marketing activities effectively, properly, or at reasonable costs.

We conduct a variety of marketing and brand promotion efforts designed to enhance our brand recognition and increase sales of our products. However, our brand promotion and marketing activities may not be well received and may not result in the levels of sales that we anticipate. Additionally, marketing approaches and tools in the Chinese health and wellness market are continually evolving, which may further require us to experiment with new marketing methods to keep pace with industry developments. Failure to refine our existing marketing approaches or to introduce new marketing approaches in a cost-effective manner may materially and adversely affect our financial condition and results of operations.

We are subject to limitations in promoting our products, which may have an impact on our business operations.

We are subject to certain limitations in promoting products. The healthcare experts we work with and other relevant parties in the provision of our health and wellness content may have to comply with rules and regulations that restrict the promotion or dissemination of certain healthcare related information, such as information on the professional healthcare services and practice provided by licensed medical practitioners. Such restrictions may affect our ability to further enhance our brand recognition or secure new business opportunities in the future.

There can be no assurance that our existing practices of monitoring our content dissemination process and publication would continue to be effective and would comply fully with laws and regulations. Should there be any change in the relevant rules and regulations, or change of interpretation thereof, we, the healthcare experts we work with and other relevant third parties may be regarded as breaching the relevant rules and regulations and may be subject to regulatory penalties or disciplinary actions, which may materially and adversely affect our business and reputation.

 

27


Table of Contents

Our own information technology systems and infrastructure could fail or be subject to disruption.

Our platform depends on the efficient and uninterrupted operation of our computer and communications systems. Substantially all of our computer hardware and our cloud computing services are currently located in China. In addition, we retain substantial quantities of data relating to transactions, consumer information and other data that enables the operation and management of online stores. Although we have prepared for contingencies through redundancy measures and disaster recovery plans, such preparation may not be sufficient and we do not carry business interruption insurance.

Despite any precautions we take, the occurrence of a natural disaster, such as an earthquake, flood or wildfire, or other unanticipated problems at our facilities in China, including power outages, telecommunications delays or failures, break-ins to our systems or computer viruses, could result in delays or interruptions to our website or other portions of our platform, loss of data and significant business interruption. Any of these events could damage our reputation, significantly disrupt our operations and subject us to liability, which could adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Security breaches and attacks against our systems and network, and any potentially resulting breach or failure to otherwise protect confidential and proprietary information could adversely affect our business, reputation, financial condition and results of operations.

Any failure to maintain the satisfactory performance of our XG Health platform could materially and adversely affect our business and reputation.

The satisfactory performance, reliability and availability of our XG Health platform are important to our success. Certain adverse technological events may, individually or collectively, materially and adversely affect our business, reputation, financial condition and results of operations. Such adverse events include, but are not limited to, system interruptions caused by latent flaws in the technology underpinning our platform, communication and system failures including failure of third-party platform or payment systems on which we rely, errors encountered during system upgrades or system expansions, computer viruses, hacking or other attempts to harm our systems. We can provide no assurance that our current security mechanisms will be sufficient to protect our systems from such adverse events. Any such adverse events could materially and adversely affect our business, reputation, financial condition and results of operations.

We may experience system interruptions if too many consumers attempt to access our XG Health platform within a short period of time due to promotions or other increases in demand. Such interruptions may make our platform unavailable or cause our platform to perform sub-optimally, which may prevent us from transmitting orders to our fulfillment operations, reducing the volume of transactions on our platform as well as its attractiveness to consumers. As a result, we may experience a material and adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations due to lost revenue.

In order to support our business and facilitate its growth, we must continue to improve the technology underpinning our platform and ensure that timely upgrades are carried out in accordance with our improvement strategies. Despite our best efforts, we cannot be certain that we will be successful in executing these system upgrades and improvement strategies. In particular, our systems may experience disruptions during upgrades, and the new technologies or infrastructures may not be fully integrated with the existing systems on a timely basis, if at all, or compatible.

 

28


Table of Contents

Our business generates and processes a large amount of data, and the improper use or disclosure of such data could harm our reputation as well as have a material adverse effect on our business and prospects.

Our business collects and processes a large quantity of personal, transaction and behavioral data. We face risks in the handling and securing of these large volumes of data. In particular, we face a number of challenges relating to data from transactions and other activities on our platform, including:

 

   

protecting the data in and hosted on our system, including against attacks on our system by outside parties or fraudulent behavior by our employees;

 

   

addressing concerns related to privacy and sharing, safety, security and other factors; and

 

   

complying with applicable laws, rules and regulations relating to the collection, use, disclosure or security of personal information, including any requests from regulatory and government authorities relating to such data.

Any systems failure or security breach or lapse that results in the release of user data could harm our reputation and brand and, consequently, our business, in addition to exposing us to potential legal liability.

As we expand our operations, we may be subject to additional laws in other jurisdictions where our brand partners, consumers and other participants are located. The laws, rules and regulations of other jurisdictions may impose requirements and penalties that are more stringent than, or conflict with, those under PRC law, compliance with which could require significant resources and costs. Our privacy policies and practices concerning the collection, use and disclosure of user data are located on our websites and on our XG Health platform. Any failure, actual or perceived, by us to comply with our posted privacy policies or with any regulatory requirements or privacy protection-related laws, rules and regulations could result in proceedings or actions against us by governmental entities or others. These proceedings or actions may subject us to significant penalties and negative publicity and require us to change our business practices. Any such occurrence could increase our costs and materially and adversely affect our reputation, financial condition and results of operations. See—“Regulation” for details.

If the contents we distribute or the online interaction we offer are deemed by the relevant authorities in the PRC to be in the nature of medical rather than non-medical, we may be subject to additional regulations and incur substantial compliance cost, and our business prospects, results of operations and financial conditions may be adversely affected.

The distribution of medical information and medical advertisements are subject to PRC regulations. Any website operator that provides medical information services must obtain certain licenses and approvals by relevant authorities before engaging in such businesses in the PRC. We believe it is improbable for PRC governmental authorities to deem the contents distributed by us to be medical information or medical advertisements, and we have not been subject to any regulatory authority’s inquiries or investigations in connection with the content displayed on our platforms. However, if certain information displayed on our XG platform or otherwise distributed by us is considered medical information or medical advertisement by relevant authorities, it will subject us to additional regulations. As a non-medical health and wellness integrated solution provider, we do not possess the required licenses or approvals. Consequently, if required by relevant authorities, we may need to scale back, rearrange or alter the content of information displayed on our platforms.

In addition, online medical consultation in the PRC requires medical service providers to be associated with approved physical hospitals and such providers to obtain regulatory approvals and licenses. We have not yet acquired or established a hospital, and thus are not licensed to provide online medical consultation. If certain consultation services offered on our XG platform is considered online medical consultation by relevant authorities, such services may be suspended until we acquired or established our own hospital and obtained necessary approvals and licenses.

 

29


Table of Contents

Therefore, if the contents we distribute or the online interaction we offer are deemed to be in the nature of medical, our business model may be affected, and substantial compliance cost may be incurred. As a result, our business prospects, results of operations and financial conditions may be adversely affected.

Substantial uncertainties exist with respect to the PRC Cyber Security Law and cybersecurity regulations, including any impact it may have on our business operations.

On November 7, 2016, the PRC enacted its Cyber Security Law, which took effect on June 1, 2017, to establish more stringent requirements applicable to operators of computer networks, especially to operators of networks which involve critical information infrastructure. Because of its exceptional breadth in scope, ambiguous requirements and broadly defined terminology, we are concerned about the law’s potential impact on our operations in China, particularly in relation to the safeguarding of user information. The Cyber Security Law contains an overarching framework for regulating internet security, protection of private and sensitive information, and safeguards for national cyberspace security and provisions for the continued government regulation of the internet and content available in China. The Cyber Security Law emphasizes requirements for network products, services, operations and information security, as well as monitoring, early detection, emergency response and reporting.

Despite the law having taken effect, there remains a high degree of uncertainty in its interpretation and enforcement, especially in terms of protection of personal information. This uncertainty presents a risk for us due to the large volume of personal data that we collect through our various touchpoints. As it is not clear what the law will require in a given scenario nor how these requirements may be interpreted, we cannot assure you that we would be able to comply with such requirements in a timely manner. Failure to comply may lead to fines, orders of rectification, confiscation of illegal gains, revocation of the business permit or license and other government actions, which may materially and adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Further, as the legal and regulatory framework for the protection of information in cyberspace in China continues to evolve, we may be required to adjust our business practices or incur additional operating expenses, which may adversely affect our results of operations and financial condition.

The successful operation of our business depends upon the performance and reliability of the internet and telecommunications infrastructures in China.

Our business depends on the reliable performance of the Internet and telecommunications infrastructures in China. Almost all access to the internet is maintained through state-owned telecommunication operators under the administrative control and regulatory supervision of the Ministry of Industry and Information Technology of China. In addition, the national networks in China are connected to the internet through state-owned international gateways, which are the only channels through which a domestic user can connect to the internet outside of China. We may not have access to equivalent or sufficient alternative networks in the event of disruptions, failures or other problems with China’s Internet infrastructure. As this vital infrastructure is state-owned, we are subject to governmental policy which may disrupt supply, and may have fewer avenues of recourse to remedy any losses caused by disruption pursuant to governmental policy. In addition, the internet infrastructure in China might not support the demands associated with continued growth in internet usage.

The failure of telecommunications network operators to provide us with the requisite bandwidth could also interfere with the speed and availability of our websites. We have no control over the costs of the services provided by the national telecommunications operators. If the cost of telecommunications and internet services rise significantly, or if the telecommunication network in China is disrupted or fails, our gross margins could be adversely affected. Technical limitations on internet use could also be developed or implemented. For example, restrictions could be implemented on personal internet use in the workplace in general or access to our platform in particular. This could lead to a reduction of consumer activity or a loss of consumers altogether, which in turn could have an adverse effect on our financial position and results of operations. In addition, if internet access fees

 

30


Table of Contents

or other charges to internet users increase, our user traffic might decrease, which in turn could significantly decrease our revenues and have a material and adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations.

A severe or prolonged downturn in the global or Chinese economy could materially and adversely affect our business and our financial condition.

The global macroeconomic environment is facing challenges, including, amongst other things:

 

   

the political and economic tensions between the United States and China; and

 

   

the increased uncertainty in the wake of the “Brexit” referendum in the United Kingdom in June 2016, in which the majority of voters voted in favor of the United Kingdom’s exit from the European Union;

Our business and operations are primarily based in China and substantially all of our revenues are derived directly and indirectly from our operations in China. Accordingly, our financial results have been, and are expected to continue to be, affected by the economy in general and the health and wellness market in China in particular. Although the economy in China has grown significantly in the past decades, it is still facing difficulties and has experienced inconsistent growth in recent years.

Economic conditions in China are sensitive to the global economic conditions described above, changes in domestic economic and political circumstances and the expected or perceived overall economic growth rate in China. Any prolonged slowdown in the global or Chinese economy may have an adverse impact on the levels of disposable income of Chinese consumers, and impede the growth of the rising Chinese middle class. As a result, demand for our products, which is strongly driven by members of the Chinese middle class, may be negatively affected. Such a decrease in demand may have a material and adverse impact on our business, results of operations and financial condition.

We may be the subject of anti-competitive, harassing, or other detrimental conduct by third parties including complaints to regulatory agencies, negative blog postings, and the public dissemination of malicious assessments of our business that could harm our reputation and cause us to lose customers and revenues and adversely affect the price of our ADSs.

We may be the target of anti-competitive, harassing, or other detrimental conduct by third parties. Such conduct includes complaints, anonymous or otherwise, to regulatory agencies. We may be subject to government or regulatory investigation as a result of such third-party conduct and may be required to expend significant time and incur substantial costs to address such third-party conduct, and there is no assurance that we will be able to conclusively refute each of the allegations within a reasonable period of time, or at all. Additionally, allegations, directly or indirectly against us, may be posted in internet chat-rooms or on blogs or websites by anyone, whether or not associated with us, on an anonymous basis. Consumers value readily available information concerning retailers, manufacturers, and their goods and services and often act on such information without further investigation or authentication and without regard to its accuracy. The availability of information on social media platforms and devices is virtually immediate, as is its impact. Social media platforms and devices immediately publish the content their subscribers and participants post, often without filters or checks on the accuracy of the content posted. Information posted may be inaccurate and adverse to us, and it may harm our financial performance, prospects or business. The harm may be immediate without affording us an opportunity for redress or correction. Our reputation may be negatively affected as a result of the public dissemination of anonymous allegations or malicious statements about our business, which in turn may cause us to lose market share, customers and revenues and adversely affect the price of our ADSs.

Our business may be materially and adversely affected by adverse news, scandals or other incidents associated with the general health and wellness industry.

Incidents that inspire doubt as to the quality or safety of health and wellness products manufactured, distributed or sold by other participants in the general health and wellness industry in China or around the world,

 

31


Table of Contents

particularly those who primarily operate in the e-commerce space, have been, and may continue to be, subject to widespread media attention. Such incidents may damage the reputation of not only the parties involved, but also the health and wellness industry in general, even if such parties or incidents have no relation to us, our management, our employees, our brand partners, our platform or the third-party e-commerce websites through which we also market products. There may also be a decrease in consumer demand for healthcare related products if these negative incidents diminish the trust of consumers in the Chinese health and wellness market. Such negative publicity, and any resultant decrease in demand for our products and services, may adversely affect our reputation and business operations. In addition, incidents not related to product quality or safety, or other negative publicity or scandals implicating us or our employees, regardless of merit, may also have an adverse impact on our reputation, financial condition and results of operations.

We may not be able to protect our intellectual property rights.

We rely on a combination of trademark, fair trade practice, patent, copyright and trade secret protection laws in the PRC and other jurisdictions in which we hold intellectual property rights, as well as confidentiality procedures and contractual provisions with employees, suppliers and third parties, to protect our intellectual property rights.

Intellectual property protection may not be sufficient in the PRC or in the other jurisdictions in which we hold intellectual property. Confidentiality agreements may be breached by counterparties, and there may not be adequate remedies available to us for any such breach. Accordingly, we may not be able to effectively protect our intellectual property rights or to enforce our contractual rights in the PRC or elsewhere. In addition, policing any unauthorized use of our intellectual property is difficult, time-consuming and costly, and the steps we have taken may be inadequate to prevent the misappropriation of our intellectual property. In the event that we resort to litigation to enforce our intellectual property rights, such litigation could result in substantial costs and a diversion of our managerial and financial resources. We can provide no assurance that we will prevail in such litigation. In addition, our trade secrets may be leaked or otherwise become available to, or be independently discovered by, our competitors. Any failure in protecting or enforcing our intellectual property rights could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

We may be accused of infringing intellectual property rights of third parties and content restrictions of relevant laws.

Third parties may claim that the technology used in the operation of our platforms infringes upon their intellectual property rights. Although we have not previously faced material litigation involving direct claims of infringement by us, the possibility of intellectual property claims against us increases as we expand. Such claims, whether meritorious or not, may result in injunctions against us, payment of damages and expenditure of significant financial and management resources. If we are found to have infringed the intellectual property rights of third parties in the future, we may need to obtain licenses to continue to operate our platforms and such licenses may not be available on terms acceptable to us or at all. These risks are amplified by the increase in the number of third parties whose sole or primary business is to assert such claims.

We may from time to time become party to litigation, other legal or administrative disputes and proceedings that may materially and adversely affect us.

In the course of our ordinary business operations, we may become a party to litigation, legal proceedings, claims, disputes or arbitration proceedings from time to time. We are currently involved in several lawsuits. For example, in March 2016 we entered into a cooperation framework agreement to establish a joint venture with Shanghai Heng Shou Tang Health Food Co. Ltd., Shanghai Heng Shou Tang Pharmaceutical Co., Ltd. and Mr. Wei Song, or our joint venture partners. As part of the agreement, Shanghai Heng Shou Tang Health Food Co. Ltd. and Shanghai Heng Shou Tang Pharmaceutical Co., Ltd. agreed to contribute their ownership in a number of trademarks to the joint venture. However, only a portion of such trademarks have been transferred to

 

32


Table of Contents

us to date. In October 2018, we filed a civil claim against the joint venture partners in the Shanghai Xuhui People’s Court to enforce the transfer of the remaining trademarks, claim damages in the amount of RMB7.19 million (US$1.05 million) and request that Shanghai Heng Shou Tang Health Food Co. Ltd. and Shanghai Heng Shou Tang Pharmaceutical Co., Ltd. be enjoined from using the brand name “Heng Shou Tang” in all categories. In January 2019, the joint venture partners filed a counterclaim to rescind the agreement and allege damages in the amount of RMB3.25 million (US$472.7 thousand). In July 2019, the Shanghai Xuhui People’s Court ruled that we shall pay damages in the amount of RMB3.25 million (US$472.7 thousand) to the joint venture partners for breaching our contractual obligation to contribute capital to the joint venture, and that the joint venture partners shall continue to perform their contractual obligations by transferring the remaining trademarks to the joint venture and cease to use the brand name “Heng Shou Tang” in all categories. Both we and the joint venture partners have appealed against this ruling. We cannot assure you that the dispute will be resolved in our favor. In the case of an adverse judgment in the appeal, we may be required to cease using the relevant trademarks or pay the monetary damages, and the joint venture may be dissolved, which may adversely affect our results of operations.

Were any proceedings, claims, disputes or arbitration to arise, these may distract our senior management’s attention and consume our time and other resources. In addition, even if we ultimately succeed in such proceedings, there may be negative publicity created in the course of or surrounding that proceeding, which may materially and adversely affect our reputation. In the case of an adverse verdict, we may be required to pay significant monetary damages, assume significant liabilities or suspend or terminate parts of our operations. As a result, our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects may be materially and adversely affected.

Future strategic alliances or acquisitions may have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

We plan to expand our business both geographically and in terms of the products and services that we offer to our customers and brand partners. In pursuit of this strategy, we may enter into strategic alliances, including joint ventures or equity investments, with various third parties to further our business purpose from time to time. These alliances could subject us to a number of risks, including risks associated with sharing proprietary information, non-performance by a third party and increased expenses in establishing new strategic alliances, any of which may materially and adversely affect our business. We may have limited ability to monitor or control the actions of these third parties and, to the extent any of these strategic third parties suffers negative publicity or harm to their reputation from events relating to their business, we may also suffer negative publicity or harm to our reputation by virtue of our association with any such third party.

In addition, when appropriate opportunities arise, we may acquire additional assets, products, technologies or businesses that are complementary to our existing business. In addition to possible shareholders’ approval, we may also have to obtain approvals and licenses from relevant government authorities for the acquisitions and to comply with any applicable PRC laws and regulations, which could result in increased delay and costs, and may derail our business strategy if we fail to do so. Any international operations that we absorb as part of any acquisitions may give rise to risks and challenges that could adversely affect our business, such as compliance with international legal and regulatory requirements, further management of fluctuations in currency exchange rates or competition from local incumbents with superior local market knowledge and competitive advantages. Moreover, we cannot be certain that any international expansion efforts can be completed as planned or achieve the intended results, or that any negative results from acquired interests would not affect our business as a whole.

Furthermore, past and future acquisitions and the subsequent integration of new assets and businesses require significant attention from our management and could result in a diversion of resources from our existing business, which in turn could have a material adverse effect on our business operations. Acquired assets or businesses may not generate the financial results we expect. Acquisitions could result in the use of substantial amounts of cash, potentially dilutive issuances of equity securities, the occurrence of significant goodwill

 

33


Table of Contents

impairment charges, amortization expenses for other intangible assets and exposure to potential unknown liabilities of the acquired business. Moreover, the costs of identifying and consummating acquisitions may be significant. Furthermore, our equity investees may generate significant losses, a portion of which will be shared by us in accordance with U.S. GAAP. Any such negative developments could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Increases in labor costs in the PRC may adversely affect our business and results of operations.

The Chinese economy has been experiencing increases in inflation and labor costs in recent years. As a result, average wages in China are expected to continue to grow. In addition, various PRC laws and regulations designed to enhance labor protection require us to pay certain statutory employee benefits, including pensions, housing funds, medical insurance, work-related injury insurance, unemployment insurance and maternity insurance to designated government agencies for the benefit of our employees. The relevant government agencies may examine whether an employer has made adequate payments of the requisite statutory employee benefits, and those employers who fail to make adequate payments could be subject to late payment fees, fines and/or other penalties. As the interpretation and implementation of these laws and regulations are still evolving, our employment practices may not at all times be deemed to be in compliance with the applicable laws and regulations. If the relevant authorities determine that we should make supplemental social insurance and housing fund contributions and that we are subject to fines and legal sanctions, our business, financial condition and results of operations could be adversely affected. We expect that our labor costs, including wages and employee benefits, will continue to increase. Unless we are able to pass on these increased labor costs to our customers by increasing the prices of our products and services, our financial condition and results of operations could be adversely affected.

In addition, we may face labor unrest if our employees form the view that we do not pay them adequately or provide adequate working conditions. Such labor unrest may take the form of labor disputes, strike actions or protests against us. This may have a negative impact on our reputation and cause a loss of public trust in our company. If this were to occur, such loss of trust may materially and adversely affect our financial condition and results of operations.

If we fail to maintain proper and effective internal controls, our ability to produce accurate financial statements on a timely basis could be impaired.

As a result of the initial public offering, we expect to become subject to the reporting requirements of the Exchange Act, the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 and the rules and regulations of the NASDAQ. The Sarbanes-Oxley Act requires, among other things, that we maintain effective disclosure controls and procedures and internal controls over financial reporting. Following our initial public offering, we will be required to perform system and process evaluation and testing of our internal controls over financial reporting to allow management to report on the effectiveness of our internal controls over financial reporting in our Form 20-F filing for that year, as required by Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act. In addition, when we cease to be an “emerging growth company” as the term is defined in the Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act, our independent registered public accounting firm must attest to and report on the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting. Our management may conclude that our internal control over financial reporting is not effective. Moreover, even if our management concludes that our internal control over financial reporting is effective, our independent registered public accounting firm, after conducting its own independent testing, may issue a report that is qualified if it is not satisfied with our internal controls or the level at which our controls are documented, designed, operated or reviewed, or if it interprets the relevant requirements differently from us. This will require that we incur substantial additional professional fees and internal costs to expand our accounting and finance functions and that we expend significant management efforts. We may experience difficulty in meeting these reporting requirements in a timely manner.

In the course of preparing and auditing our consolidated financial statements for the years ended December 31, 2017 and 2018, we and our independent registered public accounting firm identified one material

 

34


Table of Contents

weakness in our internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2018. In accordance with U.S. GAAP and financial reporting requirements set forth by the SEC, a “material weakness” is a deficiency, or a combination of deficiencies, in internal control over financial reporting, such that there is a reasonable possibility that a material misstatement of our company’s annual or interim consolidated financial statements will not be prevented or detected on a timely basis.

The material weakness identified relates to our lack of sufficient financial reporting and accounting personnel with appropriate knowledge of U.S. GAAP and SEC reporting requirements to formalize key controls over financial reporting and to prepare consolidated financial statements and related disclosures. Neither we nor our independent registered public accounting firm undertook a comprehensive assessment of our internal control under the Sarbanes-Oxley Act for purposes of identifying and reporting any weakness in our internal control over financial reporting. We are required to do so only after we become a public company. Had we performed a formal assessment of our internal control over financial reporting or had our independent registered public accounting firm performed an audit of our internal control over financial reporting, additional control weaknesses may have been identified. To remedy our identified material weakness subsequent to December 31, 2018, we plan to undertake steps to strengthen our internal control over financial reporting, including: (i) implementing regular and continuous U.S. GAAP accounting and financial reporting training programs for our accounting and financial reporting personnel, (ii) establishing effective oversight and clarifying reporting requirements for non-recurring and complex transactions to ensure consolidated financial statements and related disclosures are accurate, complete and in compliance with SEC reporting requirements, (iii) preparing comprehensive accounting policies, manuals and closing procedures to improve the quality and accuracy of our period-end financial closing process and (iv) preparing comprehensive accounting policies, manuals and closing procedures to improve the quality and accuracy of our period-end financial closing process. However, we cannot assure you that we will remediate our material weakness in a timely manner.

In addition, our internal control over financial reporting will not prevent or detect all errors and all fraud. A control system, no matter how well designed and operated, can provide only reasonable, not absolute, assurance that the control system’s objectives will be met. Because of the inherent limitations in all control systems, no evaluation of controls can provide absolute assurance that misstatements due to error or fraud will not occur or that all control issues and instances of fraud will be detected.

An occurrence of a natural disaster, widespread health epidemic or other outbreaks could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Our business could be materially and adversely affected by natural disasters, such as earthquakes, wildfires or floods, the outbreak of a widespread health epidemic or other events, such as wars, acts of terrorism, environmental accidents, power shortage, labor unrest or communication interruptions. The occurrence of such an event in China or elsewhere could materially disrupt our business and operations. Such events could also cause a temporary closure of the facilities we use for our operations, which would severely disrupt our operations and have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations. Our operations could be disrupted if any of our employees were suspected of having any of the epidemic illnesses, since this could require us to quarantine some or all of such employees or disinfect the facilities used for our operations. In addition, our revenue and profitability could be materially reduced to the extent that a natural disaster, health epidemic or other outbreak harms the global or Chinese economy in general. Our operations could also be severely disrupted if our users or other participants were affected by such natural disasters, health epidemics or other outbreaks.

We may not have sufficient insurance coverage.

We have obtained insurance to cover certain potential risks and liabilities, such as property damage. However, insurance companies in China offer limited business insurance products. As a result, we may not be able to acquire any insurance for certain types of risks such as business liability or service disruption insurance

 

35


Table of Contents

for our operations in China, and our coverage may not be adequate to compensate for all losses that may occur, particularly with respect to loss of business or operations. We do not maintain business interruption insurance or product liability insurance, nor do we maintain key-man life insurance. This could leave us exposed to potential claims and losses. Any business disruption, litigation, regulatory action, outbreak of epidemic disease or natural disaster could also expose us to substantial costs and diversion of resources. We cannot assure you that our insurance coverage is sufficient to prevent us from any loss or that we will be able to successfully claim our losses under our current insurance policy on a timely basis, or at all. If we incur any loss that is not covered by our insurance policies, or the compensated amount is significantly less than our actual loss, our business, financial condition and results of operations could be materially and adversely affected.

Failure to renew our current leases or locate desirable alternatives for our leased properties could materially and adversely affect our business.

We lease properties for our offices and the warehousing facilities that we operate. We may not be able to successfully extend or renew such leases upon expiration of the current term on commercially reasonable terms or at all, and may therefore be forced to relocate our affected operations. This could disrupt our operations and result in significant relocation expenses, which could adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

In addition, we compete with other businesses for premises at certain locations or of desirable sizes. As a result, even though we could extend or renew our leases, rental payments may significantly increase as a result of the high demand for the leased properties. Moreover, we may not be able to locate desirable alternative sites for our current leased properties as our business continues to grow and failure in relocating our affected operations could adversely affect our business and operations.

Certain of our leasehold interests in leased properties have not been registered with the relevant PRC governmental authorities as required by relevant PRC laws and some of our leased properties have title defects.

We have not registered certain of our lease agreements with the relevant government authorities. Under the relevant PRC laws and regulations, we may be required to register and file with the relevant government authority executed leases. The failure to register the lease agreements for our leased properties will not affect the validity of these lease agreements, but the competent housing authorities may order us to register the lease agreements in a prescribed period of time and impose a fine ranging from RMB1,000 (US$145.5) to RMB10,000 (US$1,454.6) for each non-registered lease if we fail to complete the registration within the prescribed timeframe.

In addition, the actual use of some of our leased properties was inconsistent with the planned use on the property ownership certificates. If relevant government authorities require the lessor to correct such inconsistency or request land resumption, we may be unable to continue to lease such properties and as a result we may be forced to relocate the properties and incur additional expenses relating to such relocation. If we fail to find suitable replacement sites in a timely manner or on terms acceptable to us, our business and results of operations could be materially and adversely affected.

Risks Related to Our Corporate Structure

We are a “controlled company” within the meaning of the NASDAQ corporate governance requirements, which may result in public investors having less protection than they would if we were not a controlled company.

Immediately after completion of this offering, our co-founders, Ms. Zoe Wang, who serves as our Chief Executive Officer, and Mr. Leo Zeng, who serves as our Chief Operating Officer will collectively hold             %

 

36


Table of Contents

of the total voting rights in our company, assuming the underwriters do not exercise their option to purchase additional ADSs, and we are, and expect to continue to be immediately after the completion of this offering, a “controlled company” as defined under the NASDAQ Stock Market Rules. As a controlled company, we rely on certain exemptions that are available to controlled companies from the NASDAQ corporate governance requirements. Examples of the requirements from which we are exempt include the requirements that:

 

   

the majority of our board of directors consists of independent directors;

 

   

our compensation committee be composed entirely of independent directors; and

 

   

our corporate governance and nominating committee be composed entirely of independent directors.

We are not required to and will not voluntarily meet these requirements. As a result of our use of the “controlled company” exemption, our investors will not have the same protection as they would if we were not a controlled company.

In addition, Ms. Wang and Mr. Zeng have, and are expected to continue to have immediately after completion of this offering, decisive influence in determining the outcome of any corporate transaction or other matter submitted to the shareholders for approval, including mergers, consolidations and the sale of all or substantially all of our assets, election of directors and other significant corporate actions. Without the consent of Ms. Wang and Mr. Zeng, we may be prevented from entering into transactions that could be beneficial to us. The interests of Ms. Wang and Mr. Zeng may differ from the interests of our other shareholders.

If the PRC government finds that the agreements that establish the operating structure for some of our operations in China do not comply with PRC regulations relating to the relevant industries, or if these regulations or the interpretation of existing regulations change in the future, we could be subject to severe penalties or be forced to relinquish our interests in those operations.

Under current PRC laws and regulations, foreign investors are generally not allowed to own more than 50% of the equity interests in a value-added telecommunication service provider and any such foreign investor must have experience in providing value-added telecommunications services overseas and maintain a good track record.

We are a Cayman Islands holding company and our PRC subsidiaries are considered foreign-invested enterprises, directly or indirectly. Accordingly, none of these PRC subsidiaries is eligible to provide value-added telecommunication services in China. We do not currently provide value-added telecommunication services because our sales of goods purchased by us does not constitute providing value-added telecommunication services. Our PRC variable interest entities, Shanghai Yibo Medical Device Co., Limited, or Shanghai Yibo, and Yang Infinity (Shanghai) Biotechnology Co., Limited, or Yang Infinity, however, each hold an ICP license and may develop e-commerce platforms for other trading parties.

We entered into a series of contractual arrangements with Shanghai Yibo, Yang Infinity and their shareholders, which enable us to:

 

   

exercise effective control over Shanghai Yibo and Yang Infinity;

 

   

receive substantially all of the economic benefits of Shanghai Yibo and Yang Infinity; and

 

   

have an exclusive option to purchase all or part of the equity interests and assets in Shanghai Yibo and Yang Infinity when and to the extent permitted by PRC law.

Because of these contractual arrangements, we are the primary beneficiary of Shanghai Yibo and Yang Infinity and hence consolidate their financial results as our variable interest entities, or VIEs. For a detailed discussion of these contractual arrangements, see “Corporate History and Structure”.

 

37


Table of Contents

In the opinion of Commerce & Finance Law Offices, our PRC counsel, the ownership structure of our variable interest entities, currently do not, and immediately after giving effect to this offering will not, result in any violation of the applicable PRC laws or regulations currently in effect; and the agreements under the contractual arrangements among us, our variable interest entities and their shareholders, are governed by PRC laws or regulations, and are currently valid, binding and enforceable in accordance with the applicable PRC laws and regulations currently in effect, and do not result in any violation of the applicable PRC laws or regulations currently in effect.

However, our PRC counsel, Commerce & Finance Law Offices, advised us that there are substantial uncertainties regarding the interpretation and application of current and future PRC laws, regulations and rules and there can be no assurance that the PRC government will ultimately take a view that is consistent with the opinion of our PRC counsel. If the PRC government finds the agreements that establish our internet-based business do not comply with PRC government restrictions on foreign investment in the aforesaid business we engage in, we could be subject to severe penalties, including being prohibited from continuing operations.

If we or our VIEs are found to be in violation of any existing or future PRC laws or regulations, or fail to obtain or maintain any of the required permits or approvals, the relevant PRC regulatory authorities would have broad discretion to take action in dealing with such violations or failures, including:

 

   

revoking the business licenses and/or operating licenses of our VIEs;

 

   

shutting down our website, or discontinuing or restricting the conducting of any transactions between certain of our PRC subsidiaries and VIEs;

 

   

imposing fines, confiscating the income from our VIEs, or imposing other requirements with which we or our VIEs may not be able to comply;

 

   

requiring us to restructure our ownership structure or operations, including terminating the contractual arrangements with our VIEs and deregistering the equity pledges of our VIEs, which in turn would affect our ability to consolidate, derive economic interests from, or exert effective control over our VIEs and VIE Subsidiary; or

 

   

prohibiting or restricting our use of the proceeds of this offering to finance our business and operations in China.

The imposition of any of these penalties would result in a material adverse effect on our ability to conduct our business. In addition, it is unclear what impact the PRC government actions would have on us and on our ability to consolidate the financial results of our VIEs and VIE Subsidiary in our consolidated financial statements, if the PRC government authorities were to find our legal structure and contractual arrangements to be in violation of PRC laws and regulations. If the imposition of any of these government actions causes us to lose our right to direct the activities of our VIEs and VIE Subsidiary or our right to receive substantially all the economic benefits and residual returns from our VIEs and VIE Subsidiary and we are not able to restructure our ownership structure and operations in a satisfactory manner, we would no longer be able to consolidate the financial results of our VIEs and VIE Subsidiary in our consolidated financial statements. Either of these results, or any other significant penalties that might be imposed on us in this event, would have an adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations.

Any failure by our VIEs or their shareholders to perform their obligations under our contractual arrangements with them would have a material adverse effect on our business.

Although substantially all of our revenues are generated by our PRC and Hong Kong subsidiaries and substantially all of our assets are held by our PRC and Hong Kong subsidiaries, we have relied and expect to continue to rely on contractual arrangements with Shanghai Yibo,Yang Infinity and their shareholders to hold our Internet Content Provider licenses, or ICP licenses, to enable us to manage value-added telecommunication business. For a description of these contractual arrangements, see “Corporate History and Structure”. These contractual arrangements may not be as effective as direct ownership in providing us with control over our VIEs.

 

38


Table of Contents

If our VIEs or their shareholders fail to perform their respective obligations under the contractual arrangements, we may have to incur substantial costs and expend additional resources to enforce such arrangements. We may also have to rely on legal remedies under PRC law, including seeking specific performance or injunctive relief, and claiming damages. We cannot assure you such remedies will be effective. For example, if the shareholders of our VIEs were to refuse to transfer their equity interest in our VIEs to us or our designee when we exercise the purchase option pursuant to these contractual arrangements, or if they were otherwise to act in bad faith toward us, we may have to take legal actions to compel them to perform their contractual obligations.

All the agreements under our contractual arrangements are governed by PRC law and provide for the resolution of disputes through arbitration in China. Accordingly, these contracts would be interpreted in accordance with PRC law and any disputes would be resolved in accordance with PRC legal procedures. The legal system in the PRC is not as developed as in some other jurisdictions, such as the United States. See “Risks Related to Doing Business in the People’s Republic of China—There are uncertainties regarding the interpretation and enforcement of PRC laws, rules and regulations”. Meanwhile, there are very few precedents and little formal guidance as to how contractual arrangements in the context of a VIE should be interpreted or enforced under PRC law, and as a result it may be difficult to predict how an arbitration panel would view such contractual arrangements. As a result, uncertainties in the PRC legal system could limit our ability to enforce these contractual arrangements. Additionally, under PRC law, rulings by arbitrators are final, parties cannot appeal the arbitration results in courts, and if the losing parties fail to carry out the arbitration awards within a prescribed time limit, the prevailing parties may only enforce the arbitration awards in PRC courts through arbitration award recognition proceedings, which would require additional expenses and delay.

Our VIEs each hold an ICP license. In the event we are unable to enforce our contractual arrangements, we may not be able to exert effective control over our VIEs or to conduct the relevant businesses. As a result, our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects would be adversely affected.

The shareholders of our VIEs may have potential conflicts of interest with us, which may materially and adversely affect our business and financial condition.

The shareholders of our VIEs, Ms. Zoe Wang and Mr. Leo Zeng, may have potential conflicts of interest with us. These shareholders may breach, or cause our VIEs to breach, or refuse to renew, the existing contractual arrangements we have with them and our VIEs, which would have a material adverse effect on our ability to effectively control our VIEs and VIE Subsidiary and receive substantially all the economic benefits from them. For example, the shareholders may be able to cause our agreements with our VIEs to be performed in a manner adverse to us by, among other things, failing to remit payments due under the contractual arrangements to us on a timely basis. We cannot assure you that when conflicts of interest arise, any or all of these shareholders will act in the best interests of our company or such conflicts will be resolved in our favor.

PRC regulations of loans to PRC entities and direct investment in PRC entities by offshore holding companies may delay or prevent us from using the proceeds of this offering to make loans or additional capital contributions to our majority owned subsidiary, Shanghai ECMOHO Health Biotechnology Co. Limited, or ECMOHO Shanghai.

We may transfer funds to our majority owned subsidiary, Shanghai ECMOHO Health Biotechnology Co. Limited, or ECMOHO Shanghai, or finance ECMOHO Shanghai by means of shareholder loans or capital contributions upon completion of this offering. Any such loans to ECMOHO Shanghai, which is a foreign-invested enterprise, cannot exceed statutory limits, which is the cross-border financing risk weighted balance calculated based on a special formula or the difference between the registered capital and the total investment amount of such subsidiary, and shall be registered with the State Administration of Foreign Exchange, or the SAFE, or its local counterparts. Furthermore, any capital contributions we make to ECMOHO Shanghai shall be approved by MOFCOM, or its local counterparts. We may not be able to obtain these government registrations or

 

39


Table of Contents

approvals on a timely basis, if at all. If we fail to receive such registrations or approvals, our ability to provide loans or capital contributions to ECMOHO Shanghai in a timely manner may be negatively affected, which could materially and adversely affect our liquidity and our ability to fund and expand our business.

On March 30, 2015, SAFE promulgated the Notice on Reforming the Administration of Foreign Exchange Settlement of Capital of Foreign-invested Enterprise, or SAFE Circular 19, which launched a nationwide reform of the administration of the foreign exchange settlement of the capital of Foreign-invested Enterprises, or FIEs, and allows FIEs to convert their foreign currency capital contribution into Renminbi funds at their discretion, but continues to prohibit FIEs from using the Renminbi fund converted from their foreign currency capital contribution for expenditure beyond their business scopes, providing entrusted loans or repaying loans between nonfinancial enterprises. On June 9, 2016, SAFE promulgated the Circular on Reforming and Regulating Policies on the Management of the Settlement of Foreign Exchange of Capital Account, or the SAFE Circular 16. SAFE Circular 16 reiterates some of the rules set forth in SAFE Circular 19, and also prohibit FIEs from using such Renminbi fund to provide loans to persons other than affiliates unless otherwise permitted under its business scope. Violations of these Circulars could result in severe monetary or other penalties. SAFE Circular 19 and SAFE Circular 16 may significantly limit our ability to use Renminbi converted from the net proceeds of this offering, which may adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Contractual arrangements in relation to our VIEs may be subject to scrutiny by the PRC tax authorities and they may determine that we or our VIEs owe additional taxes, which could negatively affect our financial condition and the value of your investment.

Under applicable PRC laws and regulations, arrangements and transactions among related parties may be subject to audit or challenge by the PRC tax authorities. We could face material adverse tax consequences if the PRC tax authorities determine that the contractual arrangements among ECMOHO Shanghai, Shanghai Yibo and the shareholders of Shanghai Yibo, or those among Xianggui Shanghai, Yang Infinity and the shareholders of Yang Infinity, were not entered into on an arm’s-length basis in such a way as to result in an impermissible reduction in taxes under applicable PRC laws, rules and regulations, and adjust Shanghai Yibo’s or Yang Infinity’s income in the form of a transfer pricing adjustment. A transfer pricing adjustment could, among other things, result in a reduction of expense deductions recorded by Shanghai Yibo and Yang Infinity for PRC tax purposes, which could in turn increase their tax liabilities. In addition, the PRC tax authorities may impose punitive interest on Shanghai Yibo or Yang Infinity for the adjusted but unpaid taxes at the rate of 5% over the basic RMB lending rate published by the People’s Bank of China for a period according to the applicable regulations. Our financial position could be materially and adversely affected if our VIEs’ tax liabilities increase or if they are required to pay punitive interest.

Our current corporate structure and business operations may be affected by the newly enacted Foreign Investment Law.

On March 15, 2019, the National People’s Congress promulgated the Foreign Investment Law, which will become effective on January 1, 2020 and replace the Sino-Foreign Equity Joint Venture Enterprise Law, the Sino-Foreign Cooperative Joint Venture Enterprise Law and the Foreign Owned Enterprise Law as the legal basis for foreign investment in the PRC. The Foreign Investment Law stipulates three forms of foreign investment, which do not include contractual arrangements. Notwithstanding the above, the Foreign Investment Law provides that a foreign investment includes foreign investors investing in China through “any other methods” under laws, administrative regulations, or provisions prescribed by the State Council. It is possible that future laws, administrative regulations or provisions prescribed by the State Council may regard contractual arrangements as a form of foreign investment, at which time it will be uncertain whether contractual arrangements will be deemed to be in violation of the foreign investment access requirements and how such arrangements will be treated by relevant PRC authorities. There is no guarantee that the contractual arrangements in relation to our VIE and our business will not be materially and adversely affected in the future due to changes in PRC laws and regulations. If future laws, administrative regulations or provisions prescribed by the State Council mandate further actions

 

40


Table of Contents

by companies with existing contractual arrangements, we may face substantial uncertainties as to the timely completion of such actions. In those cases, we may be required to unwind the contractual arrangements and/or dispose of our VIEs, which could have a material and adverse effect on our business, financial condition and result of operations.

Risks Related to Doing Business in the People’s Republic of China

Changes in the political and economic policies of the PRC government may materially and adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations and may result in our inability to sustain our growth and expansion strategies.

Most of our operations are conducted in the PRC and substantially all of our revenue is sourced from the PRC. Accordingly, our financial condition and results of operations are affected to a significant extent by economic, political and legal developments in the PRC.

The PRC economy differs from the economies of most developed countries in many respects, including the extent of government involvement, level of development, growth rate, control of foreign exchange and allocation of resources. Although the PRC government has implemented measures emphasizing the utilization of market forces for economic reform, the reduction of state ownership of productive assets, and the establishment of improved corporate governance in business enterprises, a substantial portion of productive assets in China is still owned by the government. In addition, the PRC government continues to play a significant role in regulating industry development by imposing industrial policies. The PRC government also exercises significant control over China’s economic growth by allocating resources, controlling payment of foreign currency-denominated obligations, setting monetary policy, regulating financial services and institutions and providing preferential treatment to particular industries or companies.

While the PRC economy has experienced significant growth in the past four decades, growth has been uneven, both geographically and among various sectors of the economy. The PRC government has implemented various measures to encourage economic growth and guide the allocation of resources. Some of these measures may benefit the overall PRC economy, but may also have a negative effect on us. Our financial condition and results of operation could be materially and adversely affected by government control over capital investments or changes in tax regulations that are applicable to us. In addition, the PRC government has implemented in the past certain measures, including interest rate increases, to control the pace of economic growth. These measures may cause decreased economic activity, which in turn could lead to a reduction in demand for our services and consequently have a material adverse effect on our businesses, financial condition and results of operations.

There are uncertainties regarding the interpretation and enforcement of PRC laws, rules and regulations.

Most of our operations are conducted in the PRC, and are governed by PRC laws, rules and regulations. Our PRC subsidiaries are subject to laws, rules and regulations applicable to foreign investment in China. The PRC legal system is a civil law system based on written statutes. Unlike the common law system, prior court decisions may be cited for reference but have limited precedential value.

In 1979, the PRC government began to promulgate a comprehensive system of laws, rules and regulations governing economic matters in general. The overall effect of legislation over the past four decades has significantly enhanced the protections afforded to various forms of foreign investment in China. However, China has not developed a fully integrated legal system, and recently enacted laws, rules and regulations may not sufficiently cover all aspects of economic activities in China or may be subject to significant degrees of interpretation by PRC regulatory agencies. In particular, because these laws, rules and regulations are relatively new, and because of the limited number of published decisions and the nonbinding nature of such decisions, and because the laws, rules and regulations often give the relevant regulator significant discretion in how to enforce them, the interpretation and enforcement of these laws, rules and regulations involve uncertainties and can be

 

41


Table of Contents

inconsistent and unpredictable. In addition, the PRC legal system is based in part on government policies and internal rules, some of which are not published on a timely basis or at all, and which may have a retroactive effect. As a result, we may not be aware of our violation of these policies and rules until after the occurrence of the violation.

Any administrative and court proceedings in China may be protracted, resulting in substantial costs and diversion of resources and management attention. Since PRC administrative and court authorities have significant discretion in interpreting and implementing statutory and contractual terms, it may be more difficult to evaluate the outcome of administrative and court proceedings and the level of legal protection we enjoy than in more developed legal systems. These uncertainties may impede our ability to enforce the contracts we have entered into and could materially and adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Any requirement to obtain prior approval under the M&A Rules and/or any other regulations promulgated by relevant PRC regulatory agencies in the future could delay this offering and failure to obtain any such approvals, if required, could have a material adverse effect on our business, operating results and reputation as well as the trading price of our ADSs, and could also create uncertainties for this offering.

On August 8, 2006, six PRC regulatory agencies, including MOFCOM, the State-Owned Assets Supervision and Administration Commission, or the SASAC, the State Administration of Taxation, or the SAT, the SAIC, the China Securities Regulatory Commission, or the CSRC, and SAFE, jointly adopted the Regulations on Mergers and Acquisitions of Domestic Enterprises by Foreign Investors, or the M&A Rules, which came into effect on September 8, 2006 and were amended on June 22, 2009. The M&A Rules include, among other things, provisions that purport to require that an offshore special purpose vehicle formed for the purpose of an overseas listing of securities in a PRC company obtain the approval of the CSRC prior to the listing and trading of such special purpose vehicle’s securities on an overseas stock exchange. On September 21, 2006, the CSRC published on its official website procedures regarding its approval of overseas listings by special purpose vehicles. However, substantial uncertainty remains regarding the scope and applicability of the M&A Rules to offshore special purpose vehicles.

While the application of the M&A Rules remains unclear, we believe, based on the advice of our PRC counsel, Commerce & Finance Law Offices, that the CSRC approval is not required in the context of this offering because (i) the CSRC currently has not issued any definitive rule or interpretation concerning whether offerings under the prospectus are subject to the M&A Rules; (ii) when we set up our offshore holding structure, ECMOHO Shanghai, currently our major PRC subsidiary, was a then existing foreign-invested entity and not a PRC domestic company as defined under the M&A Rules, and the acquisition by ECMOHO (Hong Kong) Health Technology Limited of the equity in ECMOHO Shanghai was not subject to the M&A Rules; and (iii) no provision in the M&A Rules clearly classifies the contractual arrangements among our PRC subsidiaries, our VIEs and the shareholders of our VIEs, as a type of transaction subject to the M&A Rules. However, uncertainties still exist as to how the M&A Rules will be interpreted and implemented, and the opinion of our PRC counsel is subject to any new laws, rules, and regulations or detailed implementations and interpretations in any form relating to the M&A Rules. We cannot assure you that the relevant PRC government agencies, including the CSRC, would reach the same conclusion as our PRC counsel. If the CSRC or other PRC regulatory body subsequently determines that we need to obtain the CSRC’s approval for this offering or if the CSRC or any other PRC government authorities promulgates any interpretation or implements rules before our listing that would require us to obtain CSRC or other governmental approvals for this offering, we may face adverse actions or sanctions by the CSRC or other PRC regulatory agencies. In any such event, these regulatory agencies may impose fines and penalties on our operations in China, limit our operating privileges in China, delay or restrict the repatriation of the proceeds from this offering into the PRC or take other actions that could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations, reputation and prospects, as well as our ability to complete this offering. The CSRC or other PRC regulatory agencies may also take actions requiring us, or making it advisable for us, to halt this offering before settlement and delivery of the ADSs offered by this prospectus. Consequently, if you engage in market trading or other activities in anticipation of and prior to

 

42


Table of Contents

settlement and delivery, you do so at the risk that such settlement and delivery may not occur. See “Regulation — Regulations Relating to Overseas Listing and M&A”.

We may be adversely affected by the complexity, uncertainties and changes in PRC regulation of healthcare industry and internet-related businesses, and any lack of requisite approvals, licenses or permits applicable to our business may have a material adverse effect on our business and results of operations.

Our business is subject to governmental supervision and regulation by the relevant PRC governmental authorities, including but not limited to the MOFCOM, the MIIT, the NMPA, the NHFPC and SAIC and their counterparts. Together, these government authorities promulgate and enforce regulations that cover many aspects of the operation of food and pharmaceutical businesses, medical and healthcare services and internet-related business, including foreign ownership of, and the licensing and permit requirements pertaining to, companies in such business. The laws and regulations related to medical and healthcare services and internet-related business are evolving rapidly, and their interpretation and enforcement involve significant uncertainties. As a result, in certain circumstances it may be difficult to determine what actions or omissions may be deemed to be in violation of applicable laws and regulations. Under PRC laws, an entity must obtain the food operation license from SAIC or its counterpart for conducting healthcare-related products wholesale and retail business, the pharmaceutical operation license from the CFDA or its counterpart for conducting pharmaceutical wholesale and retail business, and the value-added telecommunication service operating licenses from the MIIT or its counterpart for either online information services or third-party e-commerce platform. We have made great efforts to obtain all applicable licenses and permits necessary to our main business. However, the interpretation and application of existing PRC laws, regulations and policies and possible new laws, regulations or policies relating to the pharmaceutical operation, medical and healthcare services and internet-related business have created substantial uncertainties regarding the legality of existing and future foreign investments in, and the businesses and activities of, pharmaceutical operation and internet-related business industry in China, including our business, we cannot assure you that we have obtained all the permits or licenses required for conducting our business or will be able to maintain our existing licenses or obtain new ones. For example, the address on some of our Food Operation Permits is inconsistent with our actual operation address. If the PRC government considers that we were operating without the proper approvals, licenses or permits or promulgates new laws and regulations that require additional approvals or licenses or imposes additional restrictions on the operation of any part of our business, it has the power, among other things, to levy fines, confiscate our income, revoke our business licenses, and require us to discontinue our relevant business or impose restrictions on the affected portion of our business. Any of these actions by the PRC government may have a material adverse effect on our business and results of operations.

PRC regulations regarding acquisitions impose significant regulatory approval and review requirements, which could make it more difficult for us to pursue growth through acquisitions.

Under the PRC Anti-Monopoly Law, companies undertaking acquisitions relating to businesses in China must notify MOFCOM in advance of any transaction where the parties’ revenues in the China market exceed certain thresholds and the buyer would obtain control of, or decisive influence over, the target, while under the M&A Rules, the approval of MOFCOM must be obtained in circumstances where overseas companies established or controlled by PRC enterprises or residents acquire domestic companies affiliated with such PRC enterprises or residents. Applicable PRC laws, rules and regulations also require certain merger and acquisition transactions to be subject to security review. Due to the level of our revenues, our proposed acquisition of control of, or decisive influence over, any company with revenues within China of more than RMB400 million in the year prior to any proposed acquisition would be subject to MOFCOM merger control review. As a result, many of the transactions we may undertake could be subject to MOFCOM merger review. Complying with the requirements of the relevant regulations to complete such transactions could be time-consuming, and any required approval processes, including approval from MOFCOM, may delay or inhibit our ability to complete such transactions, which could affect our ability to expand our business or maintain our market share. In addition, MOFCOM has not accepted antitrust filings for any transaction involving parties that adopt a variable interest

 

43


Table of Contents

entity structure. If MOFCOM’s practice remains unchanged, our ability to carry out our investment and acquisition strategy may be materially and adversely affected and there may be significant uncertainty as to whether we will be able to complete large acquisitions in the future in a timely manner or at all.

PRC regulations relating to investments in offshore companies by PRC residents may subject our PRC-resident beneficial owners or our PRC subsidiaries to liability or penalties, limit our ability to inject capital into our PRC subsidiaries or limit our PRC subsidiaries’ ability to increase their registered capital or distribute profits.

SAFE promulgated the Circular on Relevant Issues Concerning Foreign Exchange Control on Domestic Residents’ Offshore Investment and Financing and Roundtrip Investment through Special Purpose Vehicles, or the SAFE Circular 37, on July 4, 2014, which replaced the former circular commonly known as “SAFE Circular 75” promulgated by SAFE on October 21, 2005. SAFE Circular 37 requires PRC residents to register with local branches of SAFE in connection with their direct establishment or indirect control of an offshore entity, for the purpose of overseas investment and financing, with such PRC residents’ legally owned assets or equity interests in domestic enterprises or offshore assets or interests, referred to in SAFE Circular 37 as a “special purpose vehicle”. SAFE Circular 37 further requires amendment to the registration in the event of any significant changes with respect to the special purpose vehicle, such as increase or decrease of capital contributed by PRC individuals, share transfer or exchange, merger, division or other material event. In the event that a PRC shareholder holding interests in a special purpose vehicle fails to fulfill the required SAFE registration, the PRC subsidiaries of that special purpose vehicle may be prohibited from making profit distributions to the offshore parent and from carrying out subsequent cross-border foreign exchange activities, and the special purpose vehicle may be restricted in its ability to contribute additional capital into its PRC subsidiary. Moreover, failure to comply with the various SAFE registration requirements described above could result in liability under PRC law for evasion of foreign exchange controls.

We have notified substantial beneficial owners of ordinary shares who we know are PRC residents of their filing obligation, and are aware that Ms. Zoe Wang and Mr. Leo Zeng have each completed the necessary registration with the local SAFE branch or qualified banks as required by SAFE Circular 37. However, we may not at all times be aware of the identities of all of our beneficial owners who are PRC residents. To our knowledge, some of our beneficial owners who are PRC residents have not completed the necessary registration as required by SAFE Circular 37. We do not have control over our beneficial owners and cannot assure you that all of our PRC-resident beneficial owners will comply with SAFE Circular 37 and subsequent implementation rules. The failure of our beneficial owners who are PRC residents to register or amend their SAFE registrations in a timely manner pursuant to SAFE Circular 37 and subsequent implementation rules, or the failure of future beneficial owners of our company who are PRC residents to comply with the registration procedures set forth in SAFE Circular 37 and subsequent implementation rules, may subject such beneficial owners or our PRC subsidiaries to fines and legal sanctions. Furthermore, since SAFE Circular 37 was recently promulgated and it is unclear how this regulation, and any future regulation concerning offshore or cross-border transactions, will be interpreted, amended and implemented by the relevant PRC government authorities, we cannot predict how these regulations will affect our business operations or future strategy. Failure to register or comply with relevant requirements may also limit our ability to contribute additional capital to our PRC subsidiaries and limit our PRC subsidiaries’ ability to distribute dividends to our company. These risks may have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Any failure to comply with PRC regulations regarding our employee equity incentive plans may subject the PRC plan participants or us to fines and other legal or administrative sanctions.

Pursuant to SAFE Circular 37, PRC residents who participate in share incentive plans in overseas non-publicly-listed companies may submit applications to SAFE or its local branches for the foreign exchange registration with respect to offshore special purpose companies. Our directors, executive officers and other employees who are PRC citizens or who have resided in the PRC for a continuous period of not less than one year and who have been granted restricted shares, RSUs or options may follow SAFE Circular 37 to apply for the

 

44


Table of Contents

foreign exchange registration before our company becomes an overseas listed company. After our company becomes an overseas listed company upon completion of this offering, we and our directors, executive officers and other employees who are PRC citizens or who have resided in the PRC for a continuous period of not less than one year and who have been granted restricted shares, RSUs or options will be subject to the Notice on Issues Concerning the Foreign Exchange Administration for Domestic Individuals Participating in Stock Incentive Plan of Overseas Publicly Listed Company, issued by SAFE in February 2012, according to which, employees, directors, supervisors and other management members participating in any stock incentive plan of an overseas publicly listed company who are PRC citizens or who are non-PRC citizens residing in China for a continuous period of not less than one year, subject to limited exceptions, are required to register with SAFE through a domestic qualified agent, which could be a PRC subsidiary of such overseas listed company, and complete certain other procedures. Failure to complete the SAFE registrations may subject them to fines and legal sanctions and may also limit the ability to make payment under our equity incentive plans or receive dividends or sales proceeds related thereto, or our ability to contribute additional capital into our wholly foreign-owned enterprises in China and limit our wholly foreign-owned enterprises’ ability to distribute dividends to us. We also face regulatory uncertainties that could restrict our ability to adopt additional equity incentive plans for our directors and employees under PRC law.

In addition, the State Administration for Taxation has issued circulars concerning employee share options or restricted shares. Under these circulars, employees working in the PRC who exercise share options, or whose restricted shares or RSUs vest, will be subject to PRC individual income tax. The PRC subsidiaries of an overseas listed company have obligations to file documents related to employee share options or restricted shares with relevant tax authorities and to withhold individual income taxes of those employees related to their share options, restricted shares or RSUs. Although we currently withhold income tax from our PRC employees in connection with their exercise of options and the vesting of their restricted shares and RSUs, if the employees fail to pay, or the PRC subsidiaries fail to withhold, their income taxes according to relevant laws, rules and regulations, the PRC subsidiaries may face sanctions imposed by the tax authorities or other PRC government authorities.

We rely to a significant extent on dividends and other distributions on equity paid by our principal operating subsidiaries to fund offshore cash and financing requirements.

We are a holding company and rely to a significant extent on dividends and other distributions on equity paid by our principal operating subsidiaries and on remittances from the variable interest entities, for our offshore cash and financing requirements, including the funds necessary to pay dividends and other cash distributions to our shareholders, fund inter-company loans, service any debt we may incur outside of China and pay our expenses. The laws, rules and regulations applicable to our PRC subsidiaries and certain other subsidiaries permit payments of dividends only out of their retained earnings, if any, determined in accordance with applicable accounting standards and regulations.

Under PRC laws, rules and regulations, each of our subsidiaries incorporated in China is required to set aside at least 10% of its after-tax profits each year, after making up for previous years’ accumulated losses, if any, to fund certain statutory reserves, until the aggregate amount of such fund reaches 50% of its registered capital. As a result of these laws, rules and regulations, our subsidiaries incorporated in China are restricted in their ability to transfer a portion of their respective net assets to their shareholders as dividends. In addition, registered share capital and capital reserve accounts are also restricted from withdrawal in the PRC, up to the amount of net assets held in each operating subsidiary. As of December 31, 2017 and 2018, these restricted assets totaled RMB237.6 million (US$36.4 million) and RMB239.6 million (US$34.9 million), respectively .

Limitations on the ability of the variable interest entities to make remittance to the wholly foreign-owned enterprises to pay dividends to us could limit our ability to access cash generated by the operations of those entities, including to make investments or acquisitions that could be beneficial to our businesses, pay dividends to our shareholders or otherwise fund and conduct our business.

 

45


Table of Contents

We may be treated as a resident enterprise for PRC tax purposes under the PRC Enterprise Income Tax Law, and we may therefore be subject to PRC income tax on our global income.

Under the PRC Enterprise Income Tax Law and its implementing rules, both of which came into effect on January 1, 2008 and were last amended on December 29, 2018, enterprises established under the laws of jurisdictions outside of China with “de facto management bodies” located in China may be considered PRC tax resident enterprises for tax purposes and may be subject to the PRC enterprise income tax at the rate of 25% on their global income. “De facto management body” refers to a managing body that exercises substantive and overall management and control over the production and business, personnel, accounting books and assets of an enterprise. The SAT issued the Notice Regarding the Determination of Chinese-Controlled Offshore-Incorporated Enterprises as PRC Tax Resident Enterprises on the Basis of De Facto Management Bodies, or the Circular 82, on April 22, 2009. Circular 82 provides certain specific criteria for determining whether the “de facto management body” of a Chinese-controlled offshore-incorporated enterprise is located in China. Although Circular 82 only applies to offshore enterprises controlled by PRC enterprises, not those controlled by individuals or foreign enterprises, the determining criteria set forth in Circular 82 may reflect the SAT’s general position on how the “de facto management body” test should be applied in determining the tax resident status of offshore enterprises, regardless of whether they are controlled by PRC enterprises. If we were to be considered a PRC resident enterprise, we would be subject to PRC enterprise income tax at the rate of 25% on our global income, and our profitability and cash flow may be materially reduced as a result of our global income being taxed under the Enterprise Income Tax Law. We believe that none of our entities outside of China is a PRC resident enterprise for PRC tax purposes. However, the tax resident status of an enterprise is subject to determination by the PRC tax authorities and uncertainties remain with respect to the interpretation of the term “de facto management body”.

Dividends payable to our foreign investors and gains on the sale of our ADSs or Class A ordinary shares by our foreign investors may be subject to PRC tax.

Under the Enterprise Income Tax Law and its implementation regulations issued by the State Council, a 10% PRC withholding tax is applicable to dividends payable to investors that are non-resident enterprises, which do not have an establishment or place of business in the PRC or which have such establishment or place of business but the dividends are not effectively connected with such establishment or place of business, to the extent such dividends are derived from sources within the PRC. Any gain realized on the transfer of ADSs or Class A ordinary shares by such investors is also subject to PRC tax at a current rate of 10% which in the case of dividends will be withheld at source if such gain is regarded as income derived from sources within the PRC. If we are deemed a PRC resident enterprise, dividends paid on our Class A ordinary shares or ADSs, and any gain realized from the transfer of our Class A ordinary shares or ADSs, may be treated as income derived from sources within the PRC and may as a result be subject to PRC taxation. See “Regulation — Regulations Relating to Taxation”. Furthermore, if we are deemed a PRC resident enterprise, dividends payable to individual investors who are non-PRC residents and any gain realized on the transfer of ADSs or Class A ordinary shares by such investors may be subject to PRC tax at a current rate of 20%. Any PRC tax liability may be reduced under applicable tax treaties. However, it is unclear whether holders of our ADSs or Class A ordinary shares would be able to claim the benefit of income tax treaties or agreements entered into between China and other countries or areas if we are considered a PRC resident enterprise. If dividends payable to our non-PRC investors, or gains from the transfer of our ADSs or Class A ordinary shares by such investors are subject to PRC tax, the value of your investment in our ADSs or Class A ordinary shares may decline significantly.

We and our shareholders face uncertainties with respect to indirect transfers of equity interests in PRC resident enterprises by their non-PRC holding companies.

On February 3, 2015, the SAT issued the Announcement on Several Issues Concerning the Enterprise Income Tax on Indirect Transfer of Assets by Non-Resident Enterprises, or the SAT Circular 7. The SAT Circular 7 extends its tax jurisdiction to transactions involving the transfer of taxable assets through offshore

 

46


Table of Contents

transfer of a foreign intermediate holding company. In addition, SAT Circular 7 has introduced safe harbors for internal group restructurings and the purchase and sale of equity through a public securities market. SAT Circular 7 also brings challenges to both foreign transferor and transferee (or other person who is obligated to pay for the transfer) of taxable assets. On October 17, 2017, the SAT issued the Announcement on Issues Relating to Withholding at Source of Income Tax of Non-resident Enterprises, or the SAT Circular 37, which came into effect on December 1, 2017. The SAT Circular 37 further clarifies the practice and procedure of the withholding of non-resident enterprise income tax.

Where a non-resident enterprise transfers taxable assets indirectly by disposing of the equity interests of an overseas holding company, which is an Indirect Transfer, the non-resident enterprise as either transferor or transferee, or the PRC entity that directly owns the taxable assets, may report such Indirect Transfer to the relevant tax authority. Using a “substance over form” principle, the PRC tax authority may disregard the existence of the overseas holding company if it lacks a reasonable commercial purpose and was established for the purpose of reducing, avoiding or deferring PRC tax. As a result, gains derived from such Indirect Transfer may be subject to PRC enterprise income tax, and the transferee or other person who is obligated to pay for the transfer is obligated to withhold the applicable taxes, currently at a rate of 10% for the transfer of equity interests in a PRC resident enterprise. Both the transferor and the transferee may be subject to penalties under PRC tax laws if the transferee fails to withhold the taxes and the transferor fails to pay the taxes.

We face uncertainties as to the reporting and other implications of certain past and future transactions where PRC taxable assets are involved, such as offshore restructuring, sale of the shares in our offshore subsidiaries and investments. Our company may be subject to filing obligations or taxed if our company is transferor in such transactions, and may be subject to withholding obligations if our company is transferee in such transactions, under SAT Circular 7 and/or SAT Circular 37. For transfer of shares in our company that do not qualify for the public securities market safe harbor by investors who are non-PRC resident enterprises, our PRC subsidiaries may be requested to assist in the filing under SAT Circular 7 and/or SAT Circular 37. As a result, we may be required to expend valuable resources to comply with SAT Circular 7 and/or SAT Circular 37 or to request the relevant transferors from whom we purchase taxable assets to comply with these circulars, or to establish that our company should not be taxed under these circulars, which may have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations.

Restrictions on currency exchange may limit our ability to utilize our revenue effectively.

A portion of our revenue is denominated in Renminbi. The Renminbi is currently convertible under the “current account,” which includes dividends, trade and service-related foreign exchange transactions, but not under the “capital account,” which includes foreign direct investment and loans, including loans we may secure from our onshore subsidiaries, variable interest entities or VIE Subsidiary. Currently, our PRC subsidiaries, which are wholly foreign-owned enterprises, may purchase foreign currency for settlement of “current account transactions,” including payment of dividends to us, without the approval of SAFE by complying with certain procedural requirements. However, the relevant PRC governmental authorities may limit or eliminate our ability to purchase foreign currencies in the future for current account transactions. Since a significant amount of our future revenue will be denominated in Renminbi, any existing and future restrictions on currency exchange may limit our ability to utilize revenue generated in Renminbi to fund our business activities outside of the PRC or pay dividends in foreign currencies to our shareholders, including holders of our ADSs. Foreign exchange transactions under the capital account remain subject to limitations and require approvals from, or registration with, SAFE and other relevant PRC governmental authorities. This could affect our ability to obtain foreign currency through debt or equity financing for our subsidiaries, variable interest entities and VIE Subsidiary.

 

47


Table of Contents

The audit report included in this registration statement is prepared by an auditor who is not inspected by the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board and, as such, our investors are deprived of the benefits of such inspection.

Our auditor, the independent registered public accounting firm that issued the audit reports included elsewhere in this registration statement filed with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission, as an auditor of companies that are traded publicly in the United States and a firm registered with the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), or PCAOB, is subject to laws in the U.S. pursuant to which the PCAOB conducts regular inspections to assess its compliance with applicable professional standards. Our auditor is located in, and organized under the laws of, the PRC, which is a jurisdiction where the PCAOB has been unable to conduct inspections without the approval of the Chinese authorities. In May 2013, PCAOB announced that it had entered into a Memorandum of Understanding on Enforcement Cooperation with the China Securities Regulatory Commission, or CSRC and the PRC Ministry of Finance, which establishes a cooperative framework between the parties for the production and exchange of audit documents relevant to investigations undertaken by PCAOB, the CSRC or the PRC Ministry of Finance in the United States and the PRC, respectively. PCAOB continues to be in discussions with the CSRC, and the PRC Ministry of Finance to permit joint inspections in the PRC of audit firms that are registered with PCAOB and audit Chinese companies that trade on U.S. exchanges.

On December 7, 2018, the SEC and the PCAOB issued a joint statement highlighting continued challenges faced by the U.S. regulators in their oversight of financial statement audits of U.S.-listed companies with significant operations in China. However, it remains unclear what further actions, if any, the SEC and PCAOB will take to address the problem.

This lack of PCAOB inspections in China prevents the PCAOB from fully evaluating audits and quality control procedures of our independent registered public accounting firm. As a result, we and investors in our ADSs are deprived of the benefits of such PCAOB inspections. The inability of the PCAOB to conduct inspections of auditors in China makes it more difficult to evaluate the effectiveness of our independent registered public accounting firm’s audit procedures or quality control procedures as compared to auditors outside of China that are subject to PCAOB inspections, which could cause investors and potential investors in our stock to lose confidence in our audit procedures and reported financial information and the quality of our financial statements.

Proceedings instituted by the SEC against certain PRC-based accounting firms, including the affiliate of our independent registered public accounting firm, and/or any related adverse regulatory development in the PRC, could result in our financial statements being determined to not be in compliance with the requirements of the Exchange Act.

In December 2012, the SEC instituted administrative proceedings against the Big Four PRC-based accounting firms, including our independent registered public accounting firm, alleging that these firms had violated U.S. securities laws and the SEC’s rules and regulations thereunder by failing to provide to the SEC the firms’ audit work papers with respect to certain PRC-based companies that are publicly traded in the United States.

On January 22, 2014, the administrative law judge presiding over the matter rendered an initial decision that each of the firms had violated the SEC’s rules of practice by failing to produce audit papers and other documents to the SEC. The initial decision censured each of the firms and barred them from practicing before the SEC for a period of six months.

On February 6, 2015, the four China-based accounting firms each agreed to a censure and to pay a fine to the SEC to settle the dispute and avoid suspension of their ability to practice before the SEC and audit U.S.-listed companies. The settlement required the firms to follow detailed procedures and to seek to provide the SEC with access to Chinese firms’ audit documents via the CSRC. Under the terms of the settlement, the underlying

 

48


Table of Contents

proceeding against the four China-based accounting firms was deemed dismissed with prejudice four years after entry of the settlement. The four-year mark occurred on February 6, 2019. While we cannot predict if the SEC will further challenge the four China-based accounting firms’ compliance with U.S. law in connection with U.S. regulatory requests for audit work papers or if the results of such a challenge would result in the SEC imposing penalties such as suspensions, if the accounting firms are subject to additional remedial measures, our ability to file our financial statements in compliance with SEC requirements could be impacted. A determination that we have not timely filed financial statements in compliance with SEC requirements could ultimately lead to the delisting of our ADSs from NYSE or the termination of the registration of our ADSs under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, or both, which would substantially reduce or effectively terminate the trading of our ADSs in the United States.

Failure to make adequate contributions to various employee benefit plans and withhold individual income tax on employees’ salaries as required by PRC regulations may subject us to penalties.

Companies operating in China are required to participate in various government-mandated employee benefit contribution plans, including certain social insurance, housing funds and other welfare-oriented payment obligations, and contribute to the plans in amounts equal to certain percentages of salaries, including bonuses and allowances, of our employees up to a maximum amount specified by the local government from time to time at locations where we operate our businesses. The requirement of employee benefit contribution plans has not been implemented consistently by the local governments in China given the different levels of economic development in different locations. Companies operating in China are also required to withhold individual income tax on employees’ salaries based on the actual salary of each employee upon payment. We may be subject to late fees and fines in relation to the underpaid employee benefits and under-withheld individual income tax, our financial condition and results of operations may be adversely affected.

Risks Related to our ADSs and this Offering

There has been no public market for our ADSs or Class A ordinary shares prior to this offering, and an active public trading market for our ADSs and Class A ordinary shares may not develop and the ADSs may trade below the public offering price.

Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for our ADSs or Class A ordinary shares underlying the ADSs. However, a liquid public market for our ADSs may not develop. If an active trading market for our ADSs does not develop after this offering, the market price and liquidity of our ADSs may be materially and adversely affected. The public offering price for our ADSs has been determined by negotiation among us and the underwriters based upon several factors, and the price at which our ADSs trade after this offering may decline below the public offering price. Investors in our ADSs may experience a significant decrease in the value of their ADSs regardless of our operating performance or prospects.

The trading price of our ADSs may be volatile, which could result in substantial losses to you.

The trading prices of our ADSs are likely to be volatile and could fluctuate widely due to factors beyond our control. This may happen because of broad market and industry factors, like the performance and fluctuation in the market prices or the underperformance or deteriorating financial results of other listed companies based in China. The securities of some of these companies have experienced significant volatility since their initial public offerings, including, in some cases, substantial price declines in the trading prices of their securities. The trading performances of other Chinese companies’ securities after their offerings, including technology companies and transaction service platforms, may affect the attitudes of investors toward Chinese companies listed in the U.S., which consequently may impact the trading performance of our ADSs, regardless of our actual operating performance. In addition, any negative news or perceptions about inadequate corporate governance practices or fraudulent accounting, corporate structure or matters of other Chinese companies may also negatively affect the attitudes of investors towards Chinese companies in general, including us, regardless of whether we have

 

49


Table of Contents

conducted any inappropriate activities. Furthermore, securities markets may from time to time experience significant price and volume fluctuations that are not related to our operating performance, such as the large decline in share prices in the U.S., China and other jurisdictions in late 2008, early 2009, the second half of 2011 and in 2015, which may have a material adverse effect on the trading price of our ADSs.

In addition to the above factors, the price and trading volume of our ADSs may be highly volatile due to multiple factors, including the following:

 

   

regulatory developments affecting us or our industry;

 

   

announcements of studies and reports relating to the quality of our credit offerings or those of our competitors;

 

   

changes in the economic performance or market valuations of other transaction service platforms;

 

   

actual or anticipated fluctuations in our quarterly results of operations and changes or revisions of our expected results;

 

   

changes in financial estimates by securities research analysts;

 

   

conditions in the markets for car buyers and for financing facilitation services;

 

   

announcements by us or our competitors of new product and service offerings, acquisitions, strategic relationships, joint ventures, capital raisings or capital commitments;

 

   

additions to or departures of our senior management;

 

   

fluctuations of exchange rates between the Renminbi and the U.S. dollar;

 

   

release or expiry of lock-up or other transfer restrictions on our outstanding shares or ADSs; and

 

   

sales or perceived potential sales of additional Class A ordinary shares or ADSs.

Substantial future sales or perceived potential sales of our ADSs, Class A ordinary shares or other equity securities in the public market could cause the price of our ADSs to decline significantly.

Sales of our ADSs, Class A ordinary shares or other equity securities in the public market after this offering, or the perception that these sales could occur, could cause the market price of our ADSs to decline significantly. Upon completion of this offering, we will have Class A ordinary shares outstanding, including Class A ordinary shares represented by ADSs, assuming the underwriters do not exercise their option to purchase additional shares. All ADSs sold in this offering will be freely transferable by persons other than our “affiliates” without restriction or additional registration under the U.S. Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or the Securities Act. The Class A ordinary shares outstanding after this offering will be available for sale, upon the expiration of the 180-day lock-up period beginning from the date of this prospectus (if applicable to such holder), subject to volume and other restrictions as applicable under Rules 144 and 701 under the Securities Act. Any or all of these shares may be released prior to the expiration of the applicable lock-up period at the discretion of one of the designated representatives of the underwriters of this offering. To the extent shares are released before the expiration of the applicable lock-up period and sold into the market, the market price of our ADSs could decline significantly. See “Underwriting — Lock-up Agreements”.

Certain major holders of our Class A ordinary shares will have the right to cause us to register under the Securities Act the sale of their shares, subject to the applicable lock-up periods in connection with this offering. Registration of these shares under the Securities Act would result in ADSs representing these shares becoming freely tradable without restriction under the Securities Act immediately upon the effectiveness of the registration. Sales of these registered shares in the form of ADSs in the public market could cause the price of our ADSs to decline significantly.

 

50


Table of Contents

Because our initial public offering price is substantially higher than our net tangible book value per share, you will experience immediate and substantial dilution.

If you purchase ADSs in this offering, you will pay more for your ADSs than the amount paid by our existing shareholders for their Class A ordinary shares on a per ADS basis. As a result, you will experience immediate and substantial dilution of US$ per ADS, representing the difference between the initial public offering price of US$ per ADS and our net tangible book value per ADS as of June 30, 2018 after giving effect to the net proceeds to us from this offering. In addition, you may experience further dilution to the extent that our Class A ordinary shares are issued upon the exercise of any share options. See “Dilution” for the description of how the value of your investment in the ADSs will be diluted upon completion of this offering.

If securities or industry analysts do not publish research or publish inaccurate or unfavorable research about our business, the market price for our ADSs and trading volume could decline.

It is our policy not to offer guidance on earnings. The trading market for our ADSs will depend in part on the research and reports that securities or industry analysts publish about us or our business. If research analysts do not establish and maintain adequate research coverage or if one or more of the analysts who covers us downgrades our ADSs or publishes inaccurate or unfavorable research about our business, the market price for our ADSs would likely decline. If one or more of these analysts cease coverage of our company or fail to publish reports on us regularly, we could lose visibility in the financial markets, which, in turn, could cause the market price or trading volume for our ADSs to decline significantly.

Our dual-class share structure with different voting rights will limit your ability to influence corporate matters and could discourage others from pursuing any change of control transactions that holders of our Class A ordinary shares and ADSs may view as beneficial.

We have a dual-class share structure such that our ordinary shares consist of Class A ordinary shares and Class B ordinary shares. In respect of matters requiring the votes of shareholders, holders of Class A ordinary shares are entitled to one vote per share, while holders of Class B ordinary shares are entitled to ten votes per share. We will sell Class A ordinary shares represented by our ADSs in this offering. Each Class B ordinary share is convertible into one Class A ordinary share at any time by the holder thereof, while Class A ordinary shares are not convertible into Class B ordinary shares under any circumstances.

Immediately prior to the completion of this offering, our founders, Ms. Zoe Wang and Mr. Leo Zeng, will beneficially own all of our issued and outstanding Class B ordinary shares. These Class B ordinary shares will constitute approximately             % of our total issued and outstanding share capital and             % of the aggregate voting power of our total issued and outstanding share capital immediately after the completion of this offering due to the disparate voting powers associated with our dual-class share structure, assuming the underwriters do not exercise their over-allotment option, or approximately             % of our total issued and outstanding share capital and             % of the aggregate voting power of our total issued and outstanding share capital if the underwriters exercise their over-allotment option in full. See “Principal and Selling Shareholders.” As a result of the dual-class share structure and the concentration of ownership, holders of Class B ordinary shares will have considerable influence over matters such as decisions regarding mergers, consolidations and the sale of all or substantially all of our assets, election of directors and other significant corporate actions. Such holders may take actions that are not in the best interest of us or our other shareholders. This concentration of ownership may discourage, delay or prevent a change in control of our company, which could have the effect of depriving our other shareholders of the opportunity to receive a premium for their shares as part of a sale of our company and may reduce the price of our ADSs. This concentrated control will limit your ability to influence corporate matters and could discourage others from pursuing any potential merger, takeover or other change of control transactions that holders of Class A ordinary shares and ADSs may view as beneficial.

 

51


Table of Contents

As a foreign private issuer, we are permitted to, and we will, rely on exemptions from certain NASDAQ corporate governance standards applicable to domestic U.S. issuers. This may afford less protection to holders of our Class A ordinary shares and the ADSs than they would enjoy if we were a domestic U.S. company.

We are exempted from certain corporate governance requirements of NASDAQ by virtue of being a foreign private issuer. We are required to provide a brief description of the significant differences between our corporate governance practices and the corporate governance practices required to be followed by domestic U.S. companies listed on NASDAQ. The standards applicable to us are considerably different than the standards applied to domestic U.S. issuers. Currently, we plan to rely on home country practice with respect to our corporate governance after we complete this offering. Specifically, we do not plan to (i) have a majority of the board be independent; (ii) have a compensation committee or a nominations or corporate governance committee consisting entirely of independent directors; or (iii) have an audit committee be comprised of at least three members. These practices may afford less protection to shareholders than they would enjoy if we complied fully with the NASDAQ corporate governance requirements.

As a foreign private issuer, we are exempt from certain disclosure requirements under the Exchange Act, which may afford less protection to our shareholders than they would enjoy if we were a domestic U.S. company.

Because we qualify as a foreign private issuer under the Exchange Act, we are exempt from certain provisions of the securities rules and regulations in the United States that are applicable to U.S. domestic issuers, including:

 

   

the rules under the Exchange Act requiring the filing with the SEC of quarterly reports on Form 10-Q or current reports on Form 8-K;

 

   

the sections of the Exchange Act regulating the solicitation of proxies, consents or authorizations in respect of a security registered under the Exchange Act;

 

   

the sections of the Exchange Act requiring insiders to file public reports of their stock ownership and trading activities and liability for insiders who profit from trades made in a short period of time; and

 

   

the selective disclosure rules by issuers of material nonpublic information under Regulation FD.

We will be required to file an annual report on Form 20-F within four months of the end of each fiscal year. In addition, we intend to publish our results on a quarterly basis as press releases, distributed pursuant to the rules and regulations of the NASDAQ. Press releases relating to financial results and material events will also be furnished to the SEC on Form 6-K. However, the information we are required to file with or furnish to the SEC will be less extensive and less timely compared to that required to be filed with the SEC by U.S. domestic issuers. As a result, you may not be afforded the same protections or information that would be made available to you were you investing in a U.S. domestic issuer.

As an emerging growth company, we are exempt from certain reporting requirements.

We are an “emerging growth company,” as defined in the JOBS Act, and we may take advantage of certain exemptions from various requirements applicable to other public companies that are not emerging growth companies including, most significantly, not being required to comply with the auditor attestation requirements of Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act so long as we are an emerging growth company.

The JOBS Act also provides that an emerging growth company does not need to comply with any new or revised financial accounting standards until such date that a private company is otherwise required to comply with such new or revised accounting standards. We have elected not to “opt out” of such extended transition period, which means that when a standard is issued or revised and it has different application dates for public or private companies, we will adopt the new or revised standard at the time private companies adopt the new or

 

52


Table of Contents

revised standard and will do so until such time that we either (i) irrevocably elect to “opt out” of such extended transition period or (ii) no longer qualify as an emerging growth company. As a result, our operating results and financial statements may not be comparable to the operating results and financial statements of other companies who have adopted the new or revised accounting standards.

You may face difficulties in protecting your interests, and your ability to protect your rights through the U.S. federal courts may be limited because we are incorporated under Cayman Islands law, we conduct substantially all of our operations in China and most of our directors and all of our executive officers reside outside the United States.

We are incorporated in the Cayman Islands and conduct substantially all of our operations in China through our wholly foreign-owned enterprises and the variable interest entities. Most of our directors and all of our executive officers reside outside the United States and a substantial portion of their assets are located outside of the United States. As a result, it may be difficult or impossible for you to bring an action against us or against these individuals in the Cayman Islands or in China in the event that you believe that your rights have been infringed under the securities laws of the United States or otherwise. Even if you are successful in bringing an action of this kind, the laws of the Cayman Islands and China may render you unable to enforce a judgment against our assets or the assets of our directors and officers. There is no statutory recognition in the Cayman Islands of judgments obtained in the United States or China, although the courts of the Cayman Islands will generally recognize and enforce a non-penal judgment of a foreign court of competent jurisdiction without retrial on the merits. For more information regarding the relevant laws of the Cayman Islands and China, see “Enforceability of Civil Liabilities”.

Our corporate affairs are governed by our memorandum and articles of association, as amended and restated from time to time, and by the Companies Law (2018 Revision) (as amended) and common law of the Cayman Islands. The rights of shareholders to take legal action against us and our directors, actions by minority shareholders and the fiduciary responsibilities of our directors are to a large extent governed by the common law of the Cayman Islands. The common law of the Cayman Islands is derived in part from comparatively limited judicial precedent in the Cayman Islands as well as from English common law, which provides persuasive, but not binding, authority in a court in the Cayman Islands. The rights of our shareholders and the fiduciary responsibilities of our directors under Cayman Islands law are not as clearly established as they would be under statutes or judicial precedents in the United States. In particular, the Cayman Islands has a less developed body of securities laws than the United States and provides significantly less protection to investors. In addition, shareholders in Cayman Islands companies may not have standing to initiate a shareholder derivative action in U.S. federal courts.

As a result, our public shareholders may have more difficulty in protecting their interests through actions against us, our management, our directors or our major shareholders than would shareholders of a corporation incorporated in a jurisdiction in the United States.

You, as holders of our ADSs, may have fewer rights than holders of our Class A ordinary shares and must act through the depositary to exercise those rights.

Holders of ADSs do not have the same rights of our shareholders and may only exercise the voting rights with respect to the underlying Class A ordinary shares in accordance with the provisions of the deposit agreement. Under our memorandum and articles of association, the minimum notice period required to convene a general meeting is seven days. When a general meeting is convened, you may not receive sufficient notice of a shareholders’ meeting to permit you to withdraw your Class A ordinary shares to allow you to cast your vote with respect to any specific matter. In addition, the depositary and its agents may not be able to send voting instructions to you or carry out your voting instructions in a timely manner. We will make all reasonable efforts to cause the depositary to extend voting rights to you in a timely manner, but we cannot assure you that you will receive the voting materials in time to ensure that you can instruct the depositary to vote your ADSs.

 

53


Table of Contents

Furthermore, the depositary and its agents will not be responsible for any failure to carry out any instructions to vote, for the manner in which any vote is cast or for the effect of any such vote. As a result, you may not be able to exercise your right to vote and you may lack recourse if your ADSs are not voted as you requested. In addition, in your capacity as an ADS holder, you will not be able to call a shareholders’ meeting.

You may be subject to limitations on transfer of your ADSs.

Your ADSs are transferable on the books of the depositary. However, the depositary may close its transfer books at any time or from time to time when it deems expedient in connection with the performance of its duties. In addition, the depositary may refuse to deliver, transfer or register transfers of ADSs generally when our books or the books of the depositary are closed, or at any time if we or the depositary deems it advisable to do so because of any requirement of law or of any government or governmental body, or under any provision of the deposit agreement, or for any other reason.

You may not receive distributions on our Class A ordinary shares or any value for such Class A ordinary shares if it is illegal or impractical to make them available to you.

The depositary of our ADSs has agreed to pay you the cash dividends or other distributions it or the custodian for our ADSs receives on our Class A ordinary shares or other deposited securities after deducting its fees and expenses. You will receive these distributions in proportion to the number of our Class A ordinary shares that your ADSs represent. However, the depositary is not responsible for making such payments or distributions if it is unlawful or impractical to make a distribution available to any holders of ADSs. For example, it would be unlawful to make a distribution to a holder of ADSs if it consists of securities that require registration under the Securities Act but that are not properly registered or distributed pursuant to an applicable exemption from registration. The depositary is not responsible for making a distribution available to any holders of ADSs if any government approval or registration required for such distribution cannot be obtained after reasonable efforts made by the depositary. We have no obligation to take any other action to permit the distribution of our ADSs, Class A ordinary shares, rights or anything else to holders of our ADSs. This means that you may not receive the distributions we make on our Class A ordinary shares or any value for them if it is illegal or impractical for us to make them available to you. These restrictions may materially reduce the value of your ADSs.

Your rights to pursue claims against the depositary as a holder of ADSs are limited by the terms of the deposit agreement and the deposit agreement may be amended or terminated without your consent.

Under the deposit agreement, any action or proceeding against or involving us or the depositary, arising out of or based upon the deposit agreement or the transactions contemplated thereby or by virtue of owning the ADSs (including any such action or proceeding that may arise under the U.S. federal securities laws) may only be instituted in a state or federal court in the city of New York, and you, as a holder of our ADSs, will have irrevocably waived any objection which you may have to the laying of venue of any such proceeding, and irrevocably submitted to the exclusive jurisdiction of such courts in any such action or proceeding. Such exclusive jurisdiction may, among other things, discourage lawsuits against or involving us or the depositary, lead to increased costs to bring a claim or limit your ability to bring a claim in a judicial forum you find favorable. Also, we may amend or terminate the deposit agreement without your consent. If you continue to hold your ADSs after an amendment to the deposit agreement, you will be deemed to have agreed to be bound by the deposit agreement as amended, unless such amendment is found to be invalid under any applicable laws, including the U.S. federal securities laws. See “Description of American Depositary Shares” for more information.

ADSs holders may not be entitled to a jury trial with respect to claims arising under the deposit agreement, which could result in less favorable outcomes to the plaintiffs in any such action.

The deposit agreement governing the ADSs representing our Class A Ordinary Shares provides that, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, ADSs holders waive the right to a jury trial of any claim they may

 

54


Table of Contents

have against us or the depositary arising out of or relating to our shares, the ADSs or the deposit agreement, including any claim under the U.S. federal securities laws. The waiver to right to a jury trial of the deposit agreement is not intended to be deemed a waiver by any holder or beneficial owner of ADSs of our or the depositary’s compliance with the U.S. federal securities laws and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder.

If we or the depositary oppose a jury trial demand based on the waiver, the court would determine whether the waiver was enforceable based on the facts and circumstances of that case in accordance with the applicable state and federal law. The enforceability of a contractual pre-dispute jury trial waiver in connection with claims arising under the federal securities laws has not been finally adjudicated by the United States Supreme Court. However, we believe that a contractual pre-dispute jury trial waiver provision is generally enforceable, including under the laws of the State of New York, which govern the deposit agreement. In determining whether to enforce a contractual pre-dispute jury trial waiver provision, courts will generally consider whether a party knowingly, intelligently and voluntarily waived the right to a jury trial. We believe that this is the case with respect to the deposit agreement and the ADSs. It is advisable that you consult legal counsel regarding the jury waiver provision before investing in the ADSs.

If you or any other holders or beneficial owners of ADSs bring a claim against us or the depositary in connection with matters arising under the deposit agreement or the ADSs, including claims under federal securities laws, you or such other holder or beneficial owner may not be entitled to a jury trial with respect to such claims, which may have the effect of limiting and discouraging lawsuits against us and/or the depositary. If a lawsuit is brought against us and/or the depositary under the deposit agreement, it may be heard only by a judge or justice of the applicable trial court, which would be conducted according to different civil procedures and may result in different outcome than a trial by jury would have had, including results that could be less favorable to the plaintiffs in any such action.

Nevertheless, if this jury trial waiver is not permitted by applicable law, an action could proceed under the terms of the deposit agreement with a jury trial. No condition, stipulation or provision of the deposit agreement or our ADSs serves as a waiver by any holder or beneficial owner of ADSs or by us or the depositary of compliance with any provision of the U.S. federal securities laws and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder.

We may incur increased costs as a result of being a public company, particularly when we cease to qualify as an “emerging growth company,” which may strain our resources.

As a public company, we incur significant legal, accounting and other expenses that we did not incur as a private company. The Sarbanes-Oxley Act, as well as rules subsequently implemented by the SEC and the NASDAQ, imposes various requirements on the corporate governance practices of public companies. We qualify as an “emerging growth company” pursuant to the JOBS Act. An emerging growth company may take advantage of specified reduced reporting and other requirements that are otherwise applicable generally to public companies. These provisions include exemption from the auditor attestation requirement under Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act in the assessment of the emerging growth company’s internal control over financial reporting and permission to delay adopting new or revised accounting standards until such time as those standards apply to private companies. We have elected not to “opt out” of such extended transition period, which means that when a standard is issued or revised and it has different application dates for public or private companies, we will adopt the new or revised standard at the time private companies adopt the new or revised standard and will do so until such time that we either (i) irrevocably elect to “opt out” of such extended transition period or (ii) no longer qualify as an emerging growth company.

Compliance with these rules and regulations has increased and will continue to increase our legal and financial compliance costs and has made and will continue to make some corporate activities more time-consuming and costly. When we are no longer an “emerging growth company,” we expect to incur significant

 

55


Table of Contents

expenses and devote substantial management effort toward ensuring compliance with the requirements of Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act and the other rules and regulations of the SEC. In addition, we have incurred additional costs associated with our public company reporting requirements. It may also be more difficult for us to find qualified persons to serve on our board of directors or as executive officers. We expect these rules and regulations to increase our legal and financial compliance costs, but we cannot predict or estimate the additional costs we may incur or the timing of such costs.

In the past, shareholders of a public company often brought securities class action suits against the company following periods of instability in the market price of that company’s securities. If we were involved in a class action suit, it could divert a significant amount of our management’s attention and other resources from our business and operations, which could harm our results of operations and require us to incur significant expenses to defend the suit. Any such class action suit, whether or not successful, could harm our reputation and restrict our ability to raise capital in the future. In addition, if a claim is successfully made against us, we may be required to pay significant damages, which could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations.

 

56


Table of Contents

SPECIAL NOTE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

This prospectus contains forward-looking statements with respect to the business, financial condition and results of operations of our company and our current expectations, assumptions, estimates and projections about our industry. All statements other than statements of historical fact in this prospectus are forward-looking statements. These forward-looking statements can be identified by words or phrases such as words “anticipate,” “believe,” “estimate,” “expect,” “intend,” “is/are likely to,” “may,” “plan,” “should,” “will” and similar expressions. These forward-looking statements include, without limitation, statements relating to:

 

   

the continued growth of the e-commerce market or the health and wellness industry in China;

 

   

our ability to manage the expansion of our business and implement our business strategies;

 

   

our ability to anticipate changes in customer and consumer preferences;

 

   

our ability to maintain and develop favorable relationships with e-commerce channels, brand partners, content generators and other third parties involved in our ecosystem;

 

   

our ability to compete with other companies and new entrants to the market;

 

   

our capital needs and ability to source such capital on acceptable terms;

 

   

dependence on key management personnel and quality and retention of personnel generally;

 

   

regulatory changes in the PRC and compliance with such regulations;

 

   

our ability to effectively manage our inventory and warehousing capabilities;

 

   

proper functioning of our XG Health platform;

 

   

our own information technology systems and infrastructure;

 

   

other factors that may affect our business, financial condition and results of operations; and

 

   

other risk factors discussed under “Risk Factors.”

You should thoroughly read this prospectus and the documents that we refer to in this prospectus with the understanding that our actual future results may be materially different from and worse than what we expect. Other sections of this prospectus include additional factors that could adversely impact our business and financial performance. In addition, we operate in an evolving environment; new risk factors and uncertainties emerge from time to time and it is not possible for us to predict all risk factors and uncertainties, nor can we assess the impact of all factors on our business or the extent to which any factor, or combination of factors, may cause actual results to differ materially from those contained in any forward-looking statements. We qualify all of our forward-looking statements by these cautionary statements.

You should not rely upon forward-looking statements as predictions of future events or a guarantees of future performance. We undertake no obligation to update or revise any forward-looking statements, whether as a result of new information, future events or otherwise.

This prospectus also contains statistical data and estimates that we obtained from industry publications and reports generated by third-party providers of market intelligence. These industry publications and reports generally indicate that the information contained therein was obtained from sources believed to be reliable, but do not guarantee the accuracy and completeness of such information. Although we believe that the publications and reports are reliable, we have not independently verified the data.

 

57


Table of Contents

USE OF PROCEEDS

We estimate that we will receive net proceeds from this offering of approximately US$             million after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and the estimated offering expenses payable by us but before deducting expenses payable by us and based upon the assumed initial public offering price of US$             per ADS (the mid-point of the estimated public offering price range shown on the cover page of this prospectus). A US$1.00 increase (decrease) in the assumed initial public offering price of US$             per ADS would increase (decrease) the net proceeds to us from this offering by US$             million, after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated aggregate offering expenses payable by us and assuming no change to the number of ADSs offered by us as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus.

We currently intend to use these net proceeds in the following manner:

 

   

US$             for working capital to expand our product and service offerings;

 

   

US$             for payment of a portion of the consideration of the purchase of shares from a minority shareholder of ECMOHO Shanghai;

 

   

US$             for the repayment of certain short-term borrowings; and

 

   

the balance for general corporate purposes, working capital and potential acquisitions, investments and alliances. We have no present commitments or agreements to enter into any acquisitions, investments or alliances.

If an unforeseen event occurs or business conditions change, we may use the proceeds of this offering differently than as described in this prospectus. In utilizing the proceeds from this offering, we are permitted under PRC laws and regulations to provide funding to our PRC subsidiaries only through loans or capital contributions, and to our consolidated variable interest entities and VIE Subsidiary only through loans, and only if we satisfy the applicable government registration and approval requirements. We cannot assure you that we will be able to meet these requirements on a timely basis, if at all. See “Risk Factors—Risks Related to Doing Business in the People’s Republic of China.”

To the extent that the net proceeds of the offering are not immediately applied for the above purposes, we intend to deposit the proceeds into short-term, interest-bearing financial instruments or demand deposits.

We will not receive any of the proceeds from the sale of ADSs by the selling shareholders.

 

58


Table of Contents

DIVIDEND POLICY

We were formed on June 7, 2018 and have not declared or paid any dividends since our formation. We have no plan to declare or pay any dividends in the near future on our shares or ADSs. We currently intend to retain most, if not all, of our available funds and any future earnings to operate and expand our business. The board of directors will determine the payment of any future dividends.

We are a holding company incorporated in the Cayman Islands. We rely principally on dividends from our PRC subsidiaries for our cash requirements, including any payment of dividends to our shareholders. PRC regulations may restrict the ability of our PRC subsidiaries to pay dividends to us. See “Regulation — Regulations Relating to Dividend Distributions”.

The declaration and payment of dividends will depend upon, among other things, future earnings, capital requirements, our financial condition and general business conditions. See “Description of Share Capital — Dividends”.

After the adjustment for the number of shares represented by each ADS, holders of ADSs will be entitled to receive dividends, subject to the terms of the deposit agreement, less the fees and expenses payable under the deposit agreement. Cash dividends, if any, on our ordinary shares will be paid in U.S. dollars. Other distributions, if any, will be paid by the depositary to holders of our ADSs in any means it deems legal, fair and practical. See “Description of American Depositary Shares — Share Dividends and Other Distributions”.

 

59


Table of Contents

CAPITALIZATION

The following table sets forth our capitalization as of June 30, 2019:

 

   

on an actual basis;

 

   

on a pro forma basis to reflect the re-designation of 7,938,915 Series A preferred shares as Class A ordinary shares, 9,519,000 Class A-1 ordinary shares as Class A ordinary shares and 10,817,100 Class A-2 ordinary shares as Class A ordinary shares, in each case on a one-for-one basis immediately prior to the completion of this offering; and

 

   

on a pro forma as adjusted basis to reflect (i) the re-designation of 7,938,915 Series A preferred shares as Class A ordinary shares, 9,519,000 Class A-1 ordinary shares as Class A ordinary shares and 10,817,100 Class A-2 ordinary shares as Class A ordinary shares, in each case on a one-for-one basis immediately prior to the completion of this offering; (ii) Repurchase and cancel of 2,846,600 Class A ordinary shares held by a trust at nominal value in August 2019; and (iii) the issuance and sale of              Class A ordinary shares in the form of ADSs by us in this offering at an initial public offering price of US$             per ADS, after deducting the underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us (assuming the underwriters do not exercise their option to purchase additional ADSs).

You should read this table together with our financial statements, including related notes, appearing elsewhere in this prospectus. The adjustment is based on the assumed initial offering price to the public of US$             per ADS, and reflects the deduction of underwriter discounts and commissions and other estimated expenses of the global offering. The information does not include the shares represented by the restricted share units in respect of up to 3,770,807 shares as described under “Management – Stock Incentive Plans”.

 

     As of June 30, 2019  
     Actual      Pro Forma      Pro Forma
Adjusted(1)
 
     US$      US$      US$  
     (unaudited)  
     (in thousands)  

Mezzanine equity

        

Class A-1 convertible redeemable preferred shares (US$ 0.00001 par value; 9,519,000 shares authorized, issued and outstanding as of June 30, 2019; redemption amount of US$ 7,838,008 as of June 30, 2019; No shares issued and outstanding on a pro-forma basis as of June 30, 2019)

     19,495        —                        

Class A-2 convertible redeemable preferred shares (US$0.00001 par value; 10,817,100 shares authorized as of June 30, 2019, 10,817,100 shares issued and outstanding as of June 30, 2019; redemption amount of US$ 22,574,140 as of June 30, 2019; No shares issued and outstanding on a pro-forma basis as of June 30, 2019)

     26,173        —       

Series A convertible redeemable preferred shares (US$0.00001 par value; 7,938,915 shares authorized, issued and outstanding as of June 30, 2019; redemption amount of US$ 23,601,600 as of June 30, 2019; No shares issued and outstanding on a pro-forma basis as of June 30, 2019)

     23,483        —       
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

Total mezzanine equity

     69,151        —       
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

60


Table of Contents
     As of June 30, 2019  
     Actual     Pro Forma     Pro Forma
Adjusted(1)
 
     US$     US$     US$  
     (unaudited)  
     (in thousands)  

Shareholders’ (deficit)/equity

      

Share capital
(US$0.00001 par value; 4,955,646,857 shares authorized; 93,528,000 shares issued; 90,681,400 shares outstanding as of June 30, 2019; 46,652,615 Class A ordinary shares issued and 43,806,015 Class A ordinary shares outstanding and 75,150,400 Class B ordinary shares issued and outstanding on a pro forma basis as of June 30, 2019;              Class A ordinary shares and              Class B ordinary shares issued and outstanding on a pro forma as adjusted basis as of June 30, 2019)

     1       1    

Additional paid-in capital(2)

     1,047       70,198    

Treasury stock (US$0.00001 par value; 2,846,600 shares at June 30, 2019)

     —         —      

Subscription receivables

     (5,416     (5,416  

Accumulated other comprehensive loss

     (1,699     (1,699  

Accumulated deficit

     (20,040     (20,040  

Non-controlling interests

     870       870    
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total shareholders’ (deficit)/equity

     (25,237     43,914                     
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total liabilities, mezzanine equity and shareholders’ equity

     139,459       139,459    
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Notes:

 

(1)

Assumes that the underwriters do not exercise their option to purchase additional ADSs.

(2)

A US$1.00 increase (decrease) in the assumed initial public offering price of US$             per share, the mid-point of the range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, would increase (decrease) each of additional paid-in capital, total equity attributable to equity holders of our company and total capitalization by US$.

 

61


Table of Contents

DILUTION

If you invest in our ADSs, your interest will be diluted to the extent of the difference between the initial public offering price per ADS and our net tangible book value per ADS after this offering. Dilution results from the fact that the initial public offering price per ordinary share is substantially in excess of the book value per ordinary share attributable to the existing shareholders for our presently outstanding ordinary shares.

As of June 30, 2019, our historical net tangible book value (deficit) was approximately US$             , or US$             per ordinary share outstanding at that date, and US$             per ADS. Net tangible book value represents the amount of our total tangible assets less our total liabilities. Pro forma net tangible book value per ordinary share is calculated after giving effect to the automatic conversion of all our issued and outstanding convertible Series A preferred shares, Class A-1 ordinary shares and Class A-2 ordinary shares. Pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per ordinary share is calculated after giving effect to the automatic conversion of all of our Series A preferred shares, Class A-1 ordinary shares and Class A-2 ordinary shares and the issuance of ordinary shares in the form of ADSs by us in this offering. Dilution is determined by subtracting pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per ordinary share from the public offering price per ordinary share.

Without taking into account any other changes in net tangible book value after June 30, 2019, other than to give effect to (i) the automatic conversion of all of our issued and outstanding convertible Series A preferred shares, Class A-1 ordinary shares and Class A-2 ordinary shares into             of our Class A ordinary shares concurrently with the completion of this offering and (ii) our sale of the ADSs offered in this offering at the assumed initial public offering price of US$             per ADS, with estimated net proceeds of US$             million after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us, our pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value at June 30, 2019 would have been US$            , or US$             per outstanding ordinary share, including ordinary shares underlying our outstanding ADSs, and US$             per ADS. This represents an immediate increase in net tangible book value of US$             per ordinary share, and US$             per ADS, to existing shareholders and an immediate dilution in net tangible book value of US$             per ordinary share, and US$             per ADS, to new investors in this offering. The following table illustrates such dilution:

 

     Per ordinary
share
     Per ADS  

Assumed initial public offering price per ordinary share

     

Net tangible book value per ordinary share at June 30, 2019

     

Pro forma net tangible book value per ordinary share after giving effect to the automatic conversion of all of our issued and outstanding convertible Series A preferred shares, Class A-1 ordinary shares and Class A-2 ordinary shares into Class A ordinary shares

     

Pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per ordinary share after giving effect to (i) the automatic conversion of all of our issued and outstanding convertible Series A preferred shares, Class A-1 ordinary shares and Class A-2 ordinary shares into Class A ordinary shares and (ii) the issuance of ordinary shares in the form of ADSs in this offering

     

Dilution in net tangible book value per ordinary share to new investors in the offering

     

 

62


Table of Contents

The following table summarizes the number of ordinary shares purchased from us as of      , the total consideration paid to us and the average price per ordinary share/ADS paid by existing investors and by new investors purchasing ordinary shares evidenced by ADSs in this offering at the assumed initial public offering price of US$             per ADS giving effect to underwriting discounts and commissions and other estimated offering expenses payable by us:

 

     Ordinary Shares Purchased     Total Consideration     Average Price
per Ordinary
Share
Equivalent
   Average
Price per
ADS
     Number    Percentage     Amount    Percentage           
                (US$ million)     US$    US$

Existing shareholders

                                                                                         

New investors

                                         
  

 

  

 

 

   

 

  

 

 

   

 

  

 

Total

        100.00        100.00     
  

 

  

 

 

   

 

  

 

 

   

 

  

 

If the underwriters exercise in full their option to purchase additional shares, our existing shareholders would own approximately          % and our new investors would own approximately         % of the total number of our ordinary shares outstanding after this offering.

A US$1.00 increase (decrease) in the assumed initial public offering price per ADS would increase (decrease) our pro forma net tangible book value after giving effect to the offering by US$             million, the pro forma net tangible book value per ordinary share and per ADS after giving effect to this offering by US$             per ordinary share and US$             per ADS, and the dilution in pro forma net tangible book value per ordinary share and per ADS to new investors in this offering by US$             per ordinary share and US$             per ADS, assuming no exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase additional ADSs and no change to the number of ADSs offered by us as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, and after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and the estimated aggregate offering expenses payable by us. The pro forma information discussed above is illustrative only. Our net tangible book value following the completion of this offering is subject to adjustment based on the actual initial public offering price of our ADSs and other terms of this offering determined at pricing.

 

63


Table of Contents

ENFORCEABILITY OF CIVIL LIABILITIES

We are incorporated under the laws of the Cayman Islands as an exempted company with limited liability. We are incorporated in the Cayman Islands because of certain benefits associated with being a Cayman Islands exempted company, such as political and economic stability, an effective judicial system, a favorable tax system, the absence of foreign exchange control or currency restrictions and the availability of professional and support services. However, the Cayman Islands has a less developed body of securities laws than the United States and provides less protection for investors. In addition, Cayman Islands companies do not have standing to sue before the federal courts of the United States.

Substantially all of our assets are located outside the United States. In addition, a majority of our directors and officers are nationals or residents of jurisdictions other than the United States and all or a substantial portion of their assets are located outside the United States. As a result, it may be difficult for investors to effect service of process within the United States upon us or these persons, or to enforce judgments obtained in U.S. courts against us or them, including judgments predicated upon the civil liability provisions of the securities laws of the United States or any state in the United States. It may also be difficult for you to enforce judgments obtained in U.S. courts based on the civil liability provisions of the U.S. federal securities laws against us and our officers and directors.

We have appointed Corporation Service Company as our agent to receive service of process with respect to any action brought against us in the U.S. District Court for the Southern District of New York in connection with this offering under the federal securities laws of the United States or the securities laws of any State in the United States or any action brought against us in the Supreme Court of the State of New York in the County of New York in connection with this offering under the securities laws of the State of New York.

Walkers (Hong Kong), our counsel as to Cayman Islands law, has advised us that there is uncertainty as to whether the courts of the Cayman Islands would (1) recognize or enforce judgments of U.S. courts obtained against us or our directors or officers that are predicated upon the civil liability provisions of the federal securities laws of the United States or the securities laws of any state in the United States, or (2) entertain original actions brought in the Cayman Islands against us or our directors or officers that are predicated upon the federal securities laws of the United States or the securities laws of any state in the United States.

Walkers (Hong Kong) has informed us that although there is no statutory enforcement in the Cayman Islands of judgments obtained in the federal or state courts of the United States (and the Cayman Islands are not a party to any treaties for the reciprocal enforcement or recognition of such judgments), a judgment in personam obtained in such jurisdiction will be recognized and enforced in the courts of the Cayman Islands at common law, without any re-examination of the merits of the underlying dispute, by an action commenced on the foreign judgment debt in the Grand Court of the Cayman Islands, provided such judgment (a) is given by a competent foreign court with jurisdiction to give the judgment, (b) imposes on the judgment debtor a liability to pay a liquidated sum for which the judgment has been given, (c) is final, (d) is not in respect of taxes, a fine or a penalty; and (e) was not obtained in a manner and is not of a kind the enforcement of which is contrary to natural justice or the public policy of the Cayman Islands. However, the Cayman Islands courts are unlikely to enforce a judgment obtained from the U.S. courts under civil liability provisions of the U.S. federal securities law if such judgment is determined by the courts of the Cayman Islands to give rise to obligations to make payments that are penal or punitive in nature. Because such a determination has not yet been made by a court of the Cayman Islands, it is uncertain whether such civil liability judgments from U.S. courts would be enforceable in the Cayman Islands.

Commerce & Finance Law Offices, our counsel as to PRC law, has advised us that (1) it is uncertain whether the courts of the PRC would recognize or enforce judgments of U.S. courts obtained against us or our directors or officers that are predicated upon the civil liability provisions of the federal securities laws of the United States or the securities laws of any state in the United States, and (2) there is uncertainty as to whether the

 

64


Table of Contents

courts of the PRC would entertain original actions brought in the PRC against us or our directors or officers that are predicated upon the federal securities laws of the United States or the securities laws of any state in the United States.

Commerce & Finance Law Offices has advised us that the recognition and enforcement of foreign judgments are provided for under the PRC Civil Procedure Law. PRC courts may recognize and enforce foreign judgments under certain circumstances in accordance with the requirements of the PRC Civil Procedure Law. Commerce & Finance Law Offices has advised us further that under PRC law, a foreign judgment that does not otherwise violate basic legal principles, state sovereignty, safety or social public interest may be recognized and enforced by a PRC court, based either on bilateral treaties or international conventions contracted by China and the country where the judgment is made or on reciprocity between jurisdictions. As there currently exists no bilateral treaty, international convention or other form of reciprocity between China and the United States governing the recognition of judgments, including those predicated upon the liability provisions of the U.S. federal securities laws, it is uncertain whether a PRC court would enforce judgments rendered by U.S. courts.

 

 

In making an investment decision relating to our ADSs, you should rely only on the information contained in this prospectus. We have not authorized anyone to provide you with information different from that contained in this prospectus. We are offering to sell ADSs and seeking offers to buy ADSs only in jurisdictions where offers and sales are permitted. The information contained in this prospectus is accurate only as of the date of this prospectus, regardless of the time of delivery of this prospectus or any sale of ADSs.

 

65


Table of Contents

CORPORATE HISTORY AND STRUCTURE

Our Major Corporate Milestones

Our business commenced its operations in December 2011, when our co-founders, Ms. Zoe Wang and Mr. Leo Zeng, established our predecessor, Shanghai ECMOHO Health Biotechnology Co., Ltd., or ECMOHO Shanghai, incorporated under the laws of the PRC, with the goal of improving the health and well-being of Chinese consumers.

In May 2013, we became the exclusive distributor and brand manager in China of our first international brand partner, Puritan’s Pride, a U.S.-based manufacturer of vitamins, minerals, herbs and other nutritional supplements. We remain Puritan’s Pride’s exclusive distributor and brand manager in China as of today.

In January 2014, we commenced operation of the Puritan’s Pride cross-border flagship store on Tmall Global.

In July 2016, we began working with Gerber Baby Products, an established U.S.-based manufacturer and distributor of infant healthcare products.

In September 2017, we began working with Wyeth Nutrition, an established international brand that focuses on nutrition products for mothers, infants and young children.

In June 2018, ECMOHO Limited was incorporated under the laws of the Cayman Islands, and ECMOHO (Hong Kong) Health Technology Limited, or ECMOHO Hong Kong, was incorporated under the laws of Hong Kong and wholly owned by ECMOHO Limited. In July 2018, ECMOHO Hong Kong acquired 97.5% of the equity interest of ECMOHO Shanghai from our co-founders and certain other shareholders of ECMOHO Shanghai. See “Related Party Transactions – Other Transactions with Related Parties – Transactions with our co-founders”.

In April 2019, we launched XG Health, our proprietary integrated family health management and service platform, which offers consumers a range of health and wellness products and rich content.

In June 2019, ECMOHO Hong Kong, through an onshore subsidiary, entered into an agreement to acquire the remaining 2.5% of the equity interest of ECMOHO Shanghai from its minority shareholders.

Our Corporate Structure

We conduct our business in China through our various subsidiaries, VIEs and VIE Subsidiary.

 

66


Table of Contents

The following diagram illustrates our corporate structure and the place of incorporation of each of our Company, significant subsidiaries, VIEs and VIE Subsidiary as of the date of this prospectus:

 

LOGO

 

(1)

Contractual arrangements include an exclusive technology consulting and service agreement, powers of attorney, an equity pledge agreement, an exclusive call option agreement and spousal consent letters.

(2)

Shanghai Yibo Medical Equipment Co., Ltd. is our variable interest entity in China and is 50% owned by Ms. Wang and 50% owned by Mr. Zeng, our co-founders.

(3)

Yang Infinity (Shanghai) Biotechnology Co., Limited is our variable interest entity in China and is 50% owned by Ms. Wang and 50% owned by Mr. Zeng, our co-founders.

 

67


Table of Contents

Contractual Arrangements with Our Variable Interest Entities

PRC laws and regulations impose restrictions on foreign ownership and investment in, among other areas, internet-based businesses such as provision of online information and other value-added telecommunication services. Similar to all other entities with foreign-incorporated holding company structures in our industry in China, we operate our internet-based business in the PRC through our subsidiaries and the variable interest entities. To comply with PRC laws and regulations, we have entered into a series of contractual arrangements with Shanghai Yibo and Yang Infinity, our variable interest entities, which are fully owned by PRC citizens. Our variable interest entities hold, where applicable, the ICP licenses and other regulated licenses and operate our internet-based business in which foreign investment is restricted or prohibited.

Based on these contractual arrangements, our variable interest entities allow us to:

 

   

exercise effective control over our variable interest entities and VIE Subsidiary;

 

   

receive substantially all of the economic benefits from our variable interest entities and VIE Subsidiary; and

 

   

have an exclusive option to purchase all or part of the equity interest in our variable interest entities when, and to the extent, permitted by PRC law.

As a result of these contractual arrangements, we have become the primary beneficiary of our variable interest entities under U.S. GAAP. We have consolidated the financial results of our variable interest entities and VIE Subsidiary in our consolidated financial statements in accordance with U.S. GAAP. Up to June 30, 2019, the operations of our variable interest entities and VIE Subsidiary were still in a preliminary stage and had immaterial impact on the consolidated financials of our business.

The following is a summary of the contractual arrangements with our variable interest entities and their shareholders.

Agreements that Allow Us to Receive Substantially All Economic Benefits from Our Variable Interest Entities and VIE Subsidiary

Exclusive Technology Consulting and Service Agreements. Under the exclusive technology consulting and service agreement between ECMOHO Shanghai and Shanghai Yibo, ECMOHO Shanghai has the exclusive right to provide to Shanghai Yibo consulting and services related to, among other things, research and development, system operation, advertising, internal training and technical support. ECMOHO Shanghai has the exclusive ownership of intellectual property rights created as a result of the performance of this agreement. In exchange, Shanghai Yibo agrees to pay ECMOHO Shanghai an annual service fee, at an amount that is agreed by ECMOHO Shanghai. Unless ECMOHO Shanghai provides valid notice of termination 90 days prior to the term of agreement ending, this agreement will remain effective for 10-years to be automatically renewed for another 10 years thereafter.

Xianggui Shanghai and Yang Infinity have entered into an exclusive technology consulting and service agreement which contains terms substantially similar to those in the exclusive technology consulting and service agreement described above.

Agreements that Provide Us with Effective Control over Our Variable Interest Entities and VIE Subsidiary

Powers of Attorney. The shareholders of Shanghai Yibo have each executed a power of attorney to irrevocably appoint ECMOHO Shanghai or its designated person as their attorney-in-fact to exercise all of their rights as shareholders of Shanghai Yibo, including, but not limited to, the right to convene and attend shareholder meetings, vote on any resolution that requires a shareholder vote, such as the appointment or removal of directors and executive officers, and other voting rights pursuant to the then-effective articles of association of Shanghai Yibo. The power of attorney will remain in force for so long as the controlling shareholders remain the shareholders of Shanghai Yibo.

 

68


Table of Contents

The shareholders of Yang Infinity have each executed a power of attorney which contains terms substantially similar to those in the power of attorney described above.

Equity Pledge Agreements. Pursuant to the equity pledge agreement among ECMOHO Shanghai, Shanghai Yibo, and the shareholders of Shanghai Yibo, the shareholders pledged all of their equity interests in Shanghai Yibo to guarantee their and Shanghai Yibo’s performance of their obligations under the contractual arrangements including the exclusive technology consulting and service agreement, the exclusive option agreement and the power of attorney. In the event of a breach by Shanghai Yibo or its shareholders of contractual obligations under these agreements, ECMOHO Shanghai, as pledgee, will have the right to dispose of the pledged equity interests in Shanghai Yibo. The shareholders of Shanghai Yibo also undertake that, during the term of the equity pledge agreement, they will not dispose of the pledged equity interests or create or allow any encumbrance on the pledged equity interests. During the term of the equity pledge agreement, ECMOHO Shanghai has the right to receive all of the dividends and profits distributed on the pledged equity interests. As of the date of this prospectus, the equity pledge for our variable interest equity has been registered with local PRC authorities.

Xianggui Shanghai, Yang Infinity and the shareholders of Yang Infinity have entered into an equity pledge agreement which contains terms substantially similar to those in the equity pledge agreement described above.

Spousal Consent Letters. Pursuant to the spousal consent letter, each of the respective spouse of the shareholders of Shanghai Yibo, unconditionally and irrevocably agreed that the equity interest in Shanghai Yibo held by and registered in the name of his/her spouse will be disposed of pursuant to the equity pledge agreement, the exclusive call option agreement and the power of attorney. The spouse agreed not to assert any rights over the equity interest in Shanghai Yibo held by his/her spouse. In addition, in the event that the spouse obtains any equity interest in Shanghai Yibo held by his/her spouse for any reason, the spouse agreed to be bound by the contractual arrangements.

Each of the respective spouse of the shareholders of Yang Infinity has executed a spousal consent letter which contains terms substantially similar to those in the spousal consent letters described above.

Agreements that Provide Us with the Option to Purchase the Equity Interests in Our Variable Interest Entities

Exclusive Call Option Agreements. Pursuant to the exclusive call option agreement between ECMOHO Shanghai, Shanghai Yibo and its shareholders, the shareholders of Shanghai Yibo irrevocably grant ECMOHO Shanghai an exclusive option to purchase, at its discretion, or have its designated person to purchase, to the extent permitted under PRC law, all or part of the equity interests in Shanghai Yibo. The purchase price shall be the lowest price permitted by applicable PRC law. In addition, Shanghai Yibo has granted ECMOHO Shanghai an exclusive option to purchase, at its discretion, or have its designated person to purchase, to the extent permitted under PRC law, all or part of Shanghai Yibo’s assets at the book value of such assets, or at the lowest price permitted by applicable PRC law, whichever is higher. The shareholders of Shanghai Yibo undertake that, without our prior written consent or the prior written consent of ECMOHO Shanghai, they may not increase or decrease the registered capital, dispose of its assets, incur any debt or guarantee liabilities, enter into any material purchase agreements, conduct any merger, acquisition or investments, amend its articles of association or provide any loans to third parties. The exclusive call option agreement will remain effective until all equity interest in Shanghai Yibo held by its shareholders and all assets of Shanghai Yibo are transferred or assigned to ECMOHO Shanghai or its designated representatives.

Xianggui Shanghai, Yang Infinity and the shareholders of Yang Infinity have entered into an exclusive call option agreement which contains terms substantially similar to those in the exclusive call option agreement described above.

In the opinion of Commerce & Finance Law Offices, our PRC counsel, the ownership structure of our variable interest entities, currently do not, and immediately after giving effect to this offering will not, result in

 

69


Table of Contents

any violation of the applicable PRC laws or regulations currently in effect; and the agreements under the contractual arrangements among us, our variable interest entities and their shareholders, are governed by PRC laws or regulations, and are currently valid, binding and enforceable in accordance with the applicable PRC laws and regulations currently in effect, and do not result in any violation of the applicable PRC laws or regulations currently in effect.

However, our PRC counsel, Commerce & Finance Law Offices, advised us that there are substantial uncertainties regarding the interpretation and application of current and future PRC laws, regulations and rules and there can be no assurance that the PRC government will ultimately take a view that is consistent with the opinion of our PRC counsel. If the PRC government finds the agreements that establish our internet-based business do not comply with PRC government restrictions on foreign investment in the aforesaid business we engage in, we could be subject to severe penalties, including being prohibited from continuing operations. See “Risk Factors — Risks Related to Our Corporate Structure” and “Risk Factors — Risks Related to Doing Business in the People’s Republic of China”.

In addition, the shareholders of our VIEs, Ms. Zoe Wang and Mr. Leo Zeng, may have potential conflicts of interest with us. These shareholders may breach, or cause our VIEs to breach, or refuse to renew, the existing contractual arrangements we have with them and our VIEs, which would have a material adverse effect on our ability to effectively control our VIEs and receive substantially all the economic benefits from it. See “Risk Factors — Risk Related to Our Corporate Structure”.

 

70


Table of Contents

SELECTED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL AND OPERATING DATA

The following selected consolidated statements of comprehensive income data and selected consolidated statements of cash flows data for the years ended December 31, 2017 and 2018 and selected consolidated balance sheets data as of December 31, 2017 and 2018 have been derived from our audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. The following summary consolidated statements of comprehensive income data and summary consolidated statements of cash flow data for the six months ended June 30, 2018 and 2019 and summary consolidated balance sheet data as of June 30, 2019 have been derived from our unaudited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus and have been prepared on the same basis as the audited consolidated financial statements. In the opinion of management, the unaudited data reflects all adjustments, consisting only of normal recurring adjustments, necessary for a fair statement of the financial information in those statements.

You should read this “Selected Consolidated Financial Data and Operating Data” section together with our consolidated financial statements and the related notes and “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” included elsewhere in this prospectus. Our consolidated financial statements are prepared and presented in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States, or U.S. GAAP. Our historical results are not necessarily indicative of results expected for future periods.

Selected Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income Data

 

    Year ended December 31,     Six months ended June 30,  
    2017     2018     2018     2019  
    Amount     % of
total net
revenues
    Amount     % of
total net
revenues
    Amount     % of
total net
revenues
    Amount     % of
total net
revenues
 
                            (unaudited)  
    (in thousands of U.S. dollars, except for share, per share data and percentages)  

Net revenues:

               

Product sales

    95,573       97.3     176,098       88.5     66,326       92.9     139,912       92.5

Services

    2,665       2.7       22,917       11.5       5,038       7.1       11,413       7.5  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total net revenues

    98,238       100.0       199,015       100.0       71,364       100.0       151,325       100.0  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total cost of revenue

    (69,124     (70.4     (140,153     (70.4     (48,877     (68.5     (115,433     (76.3
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross profit

    29,114       29.6       58,862       29.6       22,487       31.5       35,892       23.7  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating expenses:

               

Fulfillment expenses

    (6,217     (6.3     (13,097     (6.6     (4,969     (7.0     (8,448     (5.6

Sales and marketing expenses

    (15,529     (15.8     (27,462     (13.8     (12,429     (17.4     (19,111     (12.6

General and administrative expenses

    (4,004     (4.1     (9,069     (4.6     (3,184     (4.5     (4,441     (2.9

Research and development expenses

    (485     (0.5     (1,669     (0.8     (673     (0.9     (899     (0.6
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

    (26,235     (26.7     (51,297     (25.8     (21,255     (29.8     (32,899     (21.7
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating income

    2,879       2.9       7,565       3.8       1,232       1.7       2,993       2.0  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Finance expenses, net

    (145     (0.1     (926     (0.4     (217     (0.2     (1,109     (0.8

Income before income tax expenses

    2,804       2.9       6,567       3.3       1,111       1.6       2,095       1.4  

Income taxes expenses

    (80     (0.1     (417     (0.2     (78     (0.2     (376     (0.3
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income

    2,724       2.8     6,150       3.1     1,033       1.4     1,719       1.1
 

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

   

Less: Net income/(loss) attributable to the non-controlling interest shareholders and redeemable non-controlling interest shareholders

    (101       26         (99       (94  

Net income attributable to ECMOHO Limited

    2,825         6,124         1,132         1,813    
 

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

   

Less: Accretion on Round A convertible redeemable preferred shares to redemption value

    (1,559       (1,018       (841       —      

 

71


Table of Contents
    Year ended December 31,     Six months ended June 30,  
    2017     2018     2018     2019  
    Amount     % of
total net
revenues
    Amount     % of
total net
revenues
    Amount     % of
total net
revenues
    Amount     % of
total net
revenues
 
                            (unaudited)  
    (in thousands of U.S. dollars, except for share, per share data and percentages)  

Less: Accretion on Round B convertible redeemable preferred shares to redemption value

    (2,413       (1,575       (1,291       —      

Less: Accretion on Series A convertible redeemable preferred shares to redemption value

    —           (445       —           (608  

Less: Accretion to redemption value of redeemable non-controlling interests

    —           (130       —           (312  

Less: Extinguishment of convertible redeemable preferred shares

    —           (24,764       —           —      

Net (loss)/income attributable to ECMOHO Limited’s ordinary shareholders

    (1,147       (21,808       (1,000       893    
 

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

   

Comprehensive income attributable to ECMOHO Limited

    3,618         5,454         942         1,534    
 

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

   

Net (loss)/earnings per share attributable to ECMOHO Limited’s ordinary shareholders

               

—basic

    (0.01       (0.26       (0.01       0.01    
 

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

   

—diluted

    (0.01       (0.26       (0.01       0.01    
 

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

   

Weighted average number of Ordinary Shares

               

—basic

    81,162,400         84,970,000         81,162,400         90,681,400    
 

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

   

—diluted

    81,162,400         84,970,000         81,162,400         111,584,966    
 

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

   

Pro forma net earnings per share attributable to ECMOHO Limited’s ordinary shareholders

               

—basic

                0.01    
             

 

 

   

—diluted

                0.01    
             

 

 

   

Pro forma weighted average number of Ordinary Shares

               

—basic

                118,956,415    
             

 

 

   

—diluted

                119,523,881    
             

 

 

   

 

(1)

The unaudited pro-forma earnings per share for the six months ended June 30, 2019, giving effect to the assumed conversion of all the convertible preferred shares into ordinary shares as of the issuance dates at the conversion ratio of one-for-one and the weighted average number of the convertible preferred shares during the six months ended June 30, 2019.

 

72


Table of Contents

Selected Consolidated Statements of Cash Flow Data

 

     Year ended December 31,     Six months ended June 30,  
     2017     2018     2018     2019  
                 (unaudited)  
     (in thousands of U.S. dollars)  

Net cash used in operating activities

     (2,444     (40,756     (3,548     (12,725

Net cash used in investing activities

     (492     (1,748     (513     (354

Net cash provided by financing activities

     1,567       44,036       3,145       16,532  

Cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash at beginning of the period

     12,079       10,689    

 

10,689

 

 

 

12,965

 

Cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash at end of the period

     10,689       12,965    

 

9,797

 

 

 

16,162

 

Selected Consolidated Balance Sheet Data

 

     As of December 31,     As of June 30,     Pro forma(1)
As of June 30, 2019
 
     2018     2019  
                 (unaudited)  
     (in thousands of U.S. dollars)  

Current assets:

      

Cash and cash equivalents

     10,336       11,662       11,662  

Accounts receivable, net

     33,840       59,031       59,031  

Inventories, net

     53,683       43,901       43,901  

Total current assets

     111,747       130,355       130,355  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total assets

     117,772       139,459       139,459  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total current liabilities

     74,829       93,525       93,525  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total liabilities

     75,148       95,545       95,545  

Total mezzanine equity

     74,847       69,151       —    

Total shareholders’ (deficit)/equity

     (32,223     (25,237     43,914  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(1)

The unaudited pro-forma balance sheet as of June 30, 2019 assumes the completion of the initial public offering on such date and the conversion thereupon of all outstanding convertible preferred shares into ordinary shares at the conversion ratio of one for one.

Selected Operating Data

 

     Year ended December 31,     Six
months ended
June 30,
 
     2017     2018     2019  

Number of cumulative paying consumers at the end of the respective periods

     4.6 million       6.3 million       7.2 million  

Repeat purchase rate

     32     34     35

Number of brands at the end of the respective periods

     41       76       62  

Number of brand partners at the end of the respective periods

     23       52       39  

Number of major brand partners at the end of the respective periods

     2       5       6  

Revenue contribution of major brand partners(1)

     38     53     61

 

(1)

Refers to the percentage of the net revenues of a given period contributed by the products sourced from the major brand partners as of the end of such period.

 

73


Table of Contents

Non-GAAP Measures

Adjusted Net Income

We use adjusted operating income and adjusted net income, each a non-GAAP financial measure, in evaluating our operating results and for financial and operational decision-making purposes. Adjusted operating income represents operating income excluding share-based compensation expenses. Adjusted net income represents net income excluding share-based compensation expenses. These adjustments have no impact on income tax.

We believe that adjusted operating income and adjusted net income help identify underlying trends in our business that could otherwise be distorted by the effect of certain expenses that we include in operating income and net income. We also believe that adjusted operating income and adjusted net income provide useful information about our operating results, enhance the overall understanding of our past performance and future prospects and allow for greater visibility with respect to key metrics used by our management in its financial and operational decision-making.

 

     Year ended
December 31,
     Six months
ended June 30,
 
     2017      2018      2018      2019  
     (unaudited)  
     (in thousands of US$)  

Adjusted operating income

     2,879        7,922        1,232        3,661  

Adjusted net income

     2,724        6,507        1,033        2,387  

The non-GAAP financial measures are not defined under U.S. GAAP and are not presented in accordance with U.S. GAAP. They should not be considered in isolation or construed as alternatives to net loss or any other measure of performance or as an indicator of our operating performance. Investors are encouraged to review the historical non-GAAP financial measures in light of the most directly comparable GAAP measures, as shown below. The non-GAAP financial measures presented here may not be comparable to similarly titled measures presented by other companies. Other companies may calculate similarly titled measures differently, limiting their usefulness as comparative measures to our data. We encourage investors and others to review our financial information in its entirety and not rely on a single financial measure.

The table sets forth a reconciliation of our adjusted operating income and adjusted net income in the years presented to the most directly comparable financial measures calculated and presented in accordance with U.S. GAAP, which are operating income and net income:

 

     Year ended
December 31,
     Six months
ended June 30,
 
     2017      2018      2018      2019  
     (unaudited)  
     (in thousands of US$)  

Operating income

     2,879        7,565        1,232        2,993  

Add: share-based compensation expenses

     —          357        —          668  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Adjusted operating income

     2,879        7,922        1,232        3,661  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net income

     2,724        6,150        1,033        1,719  

Add: share-based compensation expenses

     —          357        —          668  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Adjusted net income

     2,724        6,507        1,033        2,387  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

74


Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF

FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

You should read the following discussion and analysis together with the section entitled “Selected Consolidated Financial and Other Data” and with our consolidated financial statements and the related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus. This discussion contains forward-looking statements about our business and operations. Our actual results may differ materially from those we currently anticipate as a result of many factors, including those we describe under “Risk Factors” and elsewhere in this prospectus. See “Special Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements”.

Overview

We are one of China’s leading integrated solution providers in the rapidly growing non-medical health and wellness market. As an integrated solution provider, we act as the bridge between brand owners and Chinese consumers by marketing and distributing health supplements and food, mother and child care products, personal care products, household healthcare equipment and other health and wellness products. Through over seven years of operation, we have built an ecosystem where Chinese consumers are provided with customized health and wellness solutions that include quality products and trustworthy content.

We generate revenues from product sales and services. Product sales revenues are generated through sales to consumers and to retailers as well as sales from consignment arrangements with certain e-commerce platforms. Services revenues primarily consist of the fixed project-based service fees we charge our brand partners value-added services, such as marketing solutions. Our net revenues grew by 102.6% from US$98.2 million in 2017 to US$199.0 million in 2018 and by 111.9% from US$71.4 million in the six months ended June 30, 2018 to US$151.3 million in the six months ended June 30, 2018. Product sales revenues represented 97.3%, 88.5%, 92.9% and 92.5% of our total net revenues in 2017, 2018 and the six months ended June 30, 2018 and 2019, respectively. Our net income attributable to ECMOHO Limited grew significantly from US$2.8 million in 2017 to US$6.1 million in 2018 and by 63.6% from US$1.1 million in the six months ended June 30, 2018 to US$1.8 million in the six months ended June 30, 2019.

Key Factors Affecting Our Results of Operations

Our results of operations are affected by the general factors driving China’s health and wellness industry, including:

 

   

rising spending power and health awareness;

 

   

an aging population and increasing life expectancy;

 

   

prevalence of health issues and chronic diseases; and

 

   

increased demand for trustworthy health and wellness products.

In addition, our results of operations are affected by the increasing penetration of mobile internet and e-commerce. See “Our Market Opportunities” for details.

In particular, our results of operations are affected by company specific factors, including the following:

 

   

Our ability to expand our product and service offerings. We mainly generate our revenues by selling products to consumers and retailers and providing services primarily to brand partners. Our ability to expand our product and service offerings is therefore critical to the growth of our revenues.

 

   

Our ability to retain and attract consumers. Consumers are central to all of our sources of revenue. They purchase products from us or from retailers with whom we have supply agreements and, through their purchases, provide us with market insights that allow us to provide marketing solutions to our brand partners. We would need to retain existing and attract new consumers to maintain and grow our revenues.

 

75


Table of Contents
   

Our ability to retain and attract brand partners, retailers and content generators. Brand partners, retailers and content generators are crucial to our ability to provide consumers with quality products and trustworthy content. See “Business” for additional information. We would need to continue to attract new brand partners, retailers and content generators to grow our ecosystem and revenues.

 

   

Our ability to manage growth, control costs and manage working capital. Our business growth will result in substantial demands on our management, operational, technological, financial and other resources. Our ability to control cost is key to our success. In addition, our ability to gain better insight into inventory turnover and sales patterns, which allows us to optimize the use of our working capital, may also affect our financial condition and results of operation.

Key Components of Results of Operations

Net Revenues

We generate revenues from product sales and services. Product sales revenues are generated through sales to consumers and retailers, such as third-party e-commerce platforms as well as sales from consignment arrangements with certain e-commerce platforms. Services revenues primarily consist of the fixed project-based service fees we charge our brand partners for our value-added services, such as designing and running online stores and organizing offline marketing activities. We recorded revenues net of return allowances, value-added tax and sales incentives, if any. See “Business – Our Business Model and Services” for additional information.

The following table sets forth the components of our net revenues for the periods indicated:

 

     Year ended December 31,     Six months ended June 30,  
     2017     2018     2018     2019  
     Amount      % of total     Amount      % of total     Amount      % of total     Amount      % of total  
                               (unaudited)  
     (in thousands of U.S. dollars, except percentages)  

Product sales

     95,573        97.3 %      176,098        88.5 %      66,326        92.9     139,912        92.5

Services

     2,665        2.7       22,917        11.5       5,038        7.1       11,413        7.5  
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

     98,238        100.0     199,015        100.0     71,364        100     151,325        100
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

We expect our net revenues to increase as we continue to expand our brand partner portfolio and product and service offerings. The percentage of our services revenues of the total net revenues increased from 2.7% in 2017 to 11.5% in 2018 and from 7.1% in the six months ended June 30, 2018 to 7.5% in the six months ended June 30, 2019, as we set up a dedicated services team in May 2018 to better serve our existing brand partners’ needs for marketing solutions and to acquire new brand partners.    

Cost of Revenues

Cost of revenues consists of cost of product sales and cost of services. Cost of product sales is comprised of the purchase price of the products sourced from our brand partners, purchase rebates and inventory write-downs. Cost of services consists of (i) advertising and promotion fees paid to third parties and (ii) employee wages and benefits, both attributable to the provision of value-added services to our brand partners.

 

76


Table of Contents

The following table sets forth a breakdown of our cost of revenues:

 

     Year ended December 31,     Six months ended June 30,  
     2017     2018     2018     2019  
     Amount      % of total     Amount      % of total     Amount      % of total     Amount      % of total  
                               (unaudited)  
     (in thousands of U.S. dollars, except percentages)  

Cost of product sales

     68,262        98.8     128,846        91.9     46,195        94.5     109,296        94.7

Cost of services

     862        1.2       11,307        8.1       2,682        5.5       6,137        5.3  
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

     69,124        100.0     140,153        100.0     48,877        100     115,433        100
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

We expect our cost of revenues to increase in line with the growth in our net revenues.

Gross Profit

The following table sets forth our gross profit and gross margin for the periods indicated:

 

     Year ended December 31,     Six months ended June 30,  
         2017             2018             2018             2019      
                 (unaudited)  
     (in thousands of U.S. dollars, except percentages)  

Gross profit

     29,114       58,862       22,487       35,892  

Gross margin

     29.6     29.6     31.5     23.7

A key factor affecting our gross margin is the relative revenue contribution of product sales to certain major e-commerce platforms. Products sold to these e-commerce platforms generate a lower gross margin due to the volume discount we offer. Our operating margin, however, is not affected by this factor because products sold to these e-commerce platforms incur a smaller amount of sales and marketing expenses and fulfillment expenses per unit than products sold to other customers, which offsets the difference in unit price.

Operating Expenses

Our operating expenses consist of fulfillment expenses, sales and marketing expenses, general and administrative expenses, and research and development expenses. The following table sets forth the components of our operating expenses for the periods indicated:

 

     Year ended December 31,     Six months ended June 30,  
     2017     2018     2018     2019  
     Amount      % of total     Amount      % of total     Amount      % of total     Amount      % of total  
                               (unaudited)  
     (in thousands of U.S. dollars, except percentages)  

Fulfillment expenses

     6,217        23.7     13,097        25.5     4,969        23.4     8,448        25.7

Sales and marketing expenses

     15,529        59.2       27,462        53.5       12,429        58.5       19,111        58.1  

General and administrative expenses

     4,004        15.3       9,069        17.7       3,184        15.0       4,441        13.5  

Research and development expenses

     485        1.8       1,669        3.3       673        3.1       899        2.7  
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

     26,235        100.0     51,297        100.0     21,255        100     32,899        100
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Fulfillment expenses primarily consist of warehousing, shipping and handling costs for dispatching and delivering products to consumers, employee wages and benefits for the relevant personnel, and customs

 

77


Table of Contents

clearance expenses. We expect our fulfillment expenses to increase in line with the growth of our product sales revenues.

Sales and marketing expenses primarily consist of advertising costs for the products we offer, employee wages and benefits for our sales and marketing staff, storefront fees paid to e-commerce platforms on which we operate and represent a pre-determined percentage of our sales revenues on these platforms, and travel and entertainment expenses. We expect our sales and marketing expenses to grow in line with the growth of our total net revenues.    

General and administrative expenses mainly consist of employee wages and benefits for corporate employees, rental expenses, audit and legal fees, amortization of both intangible assets and leasehold improvement, and other corporate overhead costs. We expect our general and administrative expenses to increase over time but at a lower rate than the growth of our total net revenues.

Research and development expenses principally consist of employee wages and benefits for research and development personnel, general expenses and depreciation expenses associated with research and development activities. We expect our research and development expenses to increase over time as we take on new business initiatives to support the growth of our business but at a lower rate than the growth of our total net revenues.

Net Income Attributable to ECMOHO Limited

Our net income attributable to ECMOHO Limited consists of our net income less our net income/(loss) attributable to the non-controlling interest shareholders and redeemable non-controlling interest shareholders. Our net income attributable to ECMOHO Limited was US$2.8 million, US$6.1 million, US$1.1 million and US$1.8 million in 2017, 2018 and the six months ended June 30, 2018 and 2019, respectively.

Taxation

Cayman Islands

We are incorporated in the Cayman Islands. Under the current tax laws of the Cayman Islands, we are not subject to income, corporation or capital gains tax, and no withholding tax is imposed upon the payment of dividends.

Hong Kong

Our subsidiaries incorporated in Hong Kong are subject to Hong Kong profit tax at a rate of 16.5% on their taxable income generated from operations in Hong Kong. Hong Kong does not impose a withholding tax on dividends.

China

Income Tax. According to the EIT Law, which was promulgated on March 16, 2007 and amended in 2017, and its implementing rules, an income tax rate of 25% generally applies to all enterprises incorporated in the PRC. Under the EIT Law, an enterprise established outside the PRC with “de facto management bodies” within the PRC is considered a resident enterprise for PRC enterprise income tax purposes and is generally subject to a uniform 25% enterprise income tax rate on its worldwide income. Although we believe that none of our entities outside of China is a PRC resident enterprise for PRC tax purposes, PRC income tax at a rate of 25% would generally be applicable to our worldwide income if we were to be considered a PRC resident enterprise.

Dividend Withholding Tax. According to the EIT Law and its implementation rules, the profits of a foreign-invested enterprise arising in 2008 and thereafter that are distributed to its immediate holding company outside

 

78


Table of Contents

the PRC are subject to withholding tax at a rate of 10%, but a lower withholding tax rate may be applied if there is a beneficial tax treaty between the PRC and the jurisdiction of the foreign holding company. A holding company in Hong Kong, for example, will be eligible, with approval of the PRC local tax authority, to a 5% withholding tax rate under the Double Tax Avoidance Arrangement, if such holding company is considered a non-PRC resident enterprise and holds at least 25% of the equity interests in the PRC foreign-invested enterprise distributing the dividends. However, the PRC tax authorities will review preferential tax treatment and grant such treatment on a case-by-case basis. Therefore, if such Hong Kong holding company is not considered the beneficial owner of such dividends under applicable PRC tax regulations, such dividend will remain subject to withholding tax at a rate of 10%.

Value-Added Tax. Our product sales revenues were subject to value-added tax at a rate ranging from 10% to 17% in 2017 and 2018. Since April 1, 2019, our product sales revenues have been subject to value-added tax at a rate ranging from 9% to 13%. Our services revenues are subject to value-added tax at a rate of 6%. We are also subject to surcharges on value-added tax payments in accordance with PRC law. See “Regulation – Regulations Relating to Taxation – Value-added tax” for details.

Critical Accounting Policies

We prepare our financial statements in conformity with U.S. GAAP, which requires us to make judgments, estimates and assumptions. We continually evaluate these estimates and assumptions based on the most recently available information, our own historical experience and various other assumptions that we believe to be reasonable under the circumstances. Since the use of estimates is an integral component of the financial reporting process, actual results could differ from our expectations as a result of changes in our estimates. Some of our accounting policies require a higher degree of judgment than others in their application and require us to make significant accounting estimates.

Our principal accounting policies are set forth in Note 2 to our consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. We have identified the following accounting policies as the most critical to an understanding of our financial position and results of operations, because the application of these policies requires significant and complex management estimates, assumptions and judgment, and the reporting of materially different amounts could result if different estimates or assumptions were used or different judgments were made. When reviewing our financial statements, you should consider (i) our selection of critical accounting policies, (ii) the judgments and other uncertainties affecting the application of such policies and (iii) the sensitivity of reported results to changes in conditions and assumptions.

Revenue Recognition

We adopted ASC 2014-09 and its amendments (together, “ASC 606”) for all periods presented. According to ASC 606, revenue is recognized when control of the promised good or service is transferred to the customers, in an amount that reflects the consideration we expect to be entitled to in exchange for those goods or services. We follow five steps in revenue recognition: (i) identify the contract(s) with a customer, (ii) identify the performance obligations in the contract, (iii) determine the transaction price, (iv) allocate the transaction price to the performance obligations in the contract, and (v) recognize revenue when (or as) the entity satisfies a performance obligation.

Our revenues are derived from (i) product sales and (ii) providing services including online store operating services, promotion and marketing services primarily to our brand partners and certain other brand customers.

When either party to a contract has performed, we present the contract on the consolidated balance sheet as a contract asset or a contract liability, depending on the relationship between the entity’s performance and the customer’s payment. A receivable is recorded when we have an unconditional right to consideration. A right to consideration is unconditional if only the passage of time is required before payment of that consideration is due.

 

79


Table of Contents

A contract asset is recorded when we have transferred products to the customer before payment is received or is due, and our right to consideration is conditional on future performance or other factors in the contract. No contract asset was recorded as of December 31, 2017 or 2018 or June 30, 2019.

If we recognize a receivable before we transfer products to the customer, we will defer revenue recognition, which is also defined as a contract liability under the new revenue guidance. A contract liability is recorded when our obligation to transfer goods or services to a customer has not yet occurred but we have received consideration from the customer. We present such amounts as advances from customers on the consolidated balance sheet.

Product sales

Product sales revenues, other than those generated under consignment arrangements discussed below, are recognized when consumers or retailers physically accept the products, which is when the control of products is transferred, and are recorded net of return allowances, value-added tax and sales incentives, if any. Shipping and handling charges are included in net revenues. We typically do not charge shipping fees on orders exceeding a certain sale amount. Shipping and handling costs are considered fulfillment expenses and presented as part of our operating expenses.

We also enter into arrangements with certain e-commerce platforms pursuant to which we retain control over the goods until a sale is made to the end consumer. We believe such arrangement constitutes consignment arrangement under ASC 606-10-55-80, because (i) we do not relinquish control of the products, even though they are in the physical possession of the e-commerce platforms, and the products are considered our inventory until they are sold to end consumers; (ii) we retain the right to require the return of the products held with e-commerce platforms; (iii) the online platforms have no obligation to pay for the products that are in its physical possession.

Revenues generated through such consignment arrangements are recognized when sales are made to end customers and controls are transferred to end customers upon their acceptance in accordance with the sales report provided by the e-commerce platforms. Such revenues reflect the consideration paid by end consumers and do not take into account the sales commissions we pay to the relevant e-commerce platform, which are recorded as sales and marketing expenses.

Services

We offer our brand partners and certain other customers marketing solutions tailored to their needs and charge fixed project-based fees, including designing and operating online stores, running online promotional events, organizing online and offline marketing campaigns featuring social media influencers and circulating marketing messages to end consumers.

For services provided to customers, depending on the terms of the contract and the laws that apply to the contract, control of the services may be transferred over time or at a point in time. Control of the services is transferred over time if our performance:

 

   

provides all of the benefits received and consumed simultaneously by the customer;

 

   

creates and enhances an asset that the customer controls as we perform; or

 

   

does not create an asset with an alternative use to us and we have an enforceable right to payment for performance completed to date.

If control of the services transfers over time, revenue is recognized over the period of the contract by reference to the progress towards complete satisfaction of that performance obligation. Otherwise, revenue is recognized at a point in time when the customer obtains control of services.

 

80


Table of Contents

With respect to our marketing services, the length of the periods over which services are provided is generally within months, we recognize such revenues when service is rendered and a service report is delivered to the customer, which marks the time when control of the service output has passed to the customer.

Consideration from our brand partners is considered to be in exchange for distinct service that we transfer to the brand partner, as i) services provided to brand partners can be sufficiently separable from our procurement of products from those brand partners, ii) consideration from the brand partner represents the standalone selling price of such service, and iii) the fees do not represent reimbursement of costs incurred by us to sell the brand partner’s products. We account for the service in the same way that it accounts for sales to other customers and revenues generated from these service arrangements are recognized on a gross basis and presented as services revenue on the consolidated statements of comprehensive income.

Practical expedients and exemption

Upon the election of the practical expedient under ASC 340-40-25-4, the incremental costs of obtaining a contract are expensed when incurred if the amortization period of the asset that the entity otherwise would have recognized is one year or less. For the years ended December 31, 2017 and 2018 and the six months ended June 30, 2018 and 2019, respectively, no incremental cost was capitalized as assets.

Since there is no difference between the amount of promised consideration and the price of our products or services, and the actual length of time between our transfer of products or services to our customers and the payment for those products or services is less than one year, we have concluded that there is no significant financing component in place within our product sales or service arrangements as a practical expedient in accordance with ASC 606-10-32-18.

Revenue recognition for products sales and services does not require us to exercise significant judgment or estimate.

Sales returns

We generally offer consumers an unconditional right of return for a period of seven days upon receipt of products. We also offer certain retailers various rights of return after the acceptance of products. Return allowances, which reduce revenue and cost of sales, are estimated by categories of return policies offered to consumers and retailers, based on our historical data and subject to adjustments to the extent that actual returns differ or are expected to differ.

Sales incentives

We provide sales rebates to certain third-party online platforms/secondary distributors based on their purchase volume, which are accounted for as variable consideration. We estimate these amounts based on the expected amount to be provided to the third-party online platforms/secondary distributors considering the contracted rebate rates and estimated sales volume based on significant management judgments according to historical experience such as the likelihood of reaching the purchase thresholds and sales forecasts, and account for it as a reduction of the transaction price.

Significant judgement is required to estimate sales incentives. Changes in judgments on these assumptions and estimates could materially impact the amount of net revenues recognized. As a measure of sensitivity, for every 1% of additional sales incentives over management’s estimates as of December 31, 2017 and 2018 and June 30, 2018 and 2019, net revenue of Group would be US$9.3 thousand, US$25.1 thousand, US$7.9 thousand and US$20.0 thousand lower than the amount recognized for the years ended December 31, 2017 and 2018 and the six months ended June 30, 2018 and 2019, respectively.

 

81


Table of Contents

Inventories

Inventories are stated at the lower of cost and net realizable value. Cost elements of our inventories comprise the purchase price of products, purchase rebates, shipping charges to receive products from the suppliers when they are embedded in the purchase price. Cost is determined using the weighted average method. Provisions are made for excessive, slow moving, expired and obsolete inventories as well as for inventories with carrying values in excess of net realizable value. Certain factors could impact the realizable value of inventories, so we continually evaluate the recoverability based on assumptions about customer demand and market conditions. The evaluation may take into consideration historical usage, inventory aging, expiration date, expected demand, anticipated sales price, new product development schedules, the effect new products might have on the sale of existing products, product obsolescence, customer concentrations, and other factors. The provision or write-down is equal to the difference between the cost of inventory and the estimated net realizable value based upon assumptions about future demand and market conditions. If actual market conditions are less favorable than those projected by management, additional inventory reserves or write-downs may be required that could negatively impact our gross margin and operating results. If actual market conditions are more favorable, we may have higher gross margin when products that have previously been reserved or written down are eventually sold.

As a measure of sensitivity, for every 1% of additional inventory valuation allowance as of December 31, 2017 and 2018 and June 30, 2018 and 2019, we would have recorded an additional cost of sales of approximately US$12.1 thousand, US$6.4 thousand, US$5.3 thousand and US$4.1 thousand for the years ended December 31, 2017 and 2018 and the six months ended June 30, 2018 and 2019, respectively.

Income taxes

Current income taxes are provided on the basis of net income for financial reporting purposes, adjusted for income and expense items which are not assessable or deductible for income tax purposes, in accordance with the regulations of the relevant tax jurisdictions.

Deferred income taxes are accounted for using an asset and liability method. Under this method, deferred income taxes are recognized for the tax consequences of temporary differences by applying enacted statutory rates applicable to future years to differences between the financial statement carrying amounts and the tax bases of existing assets and liabilities. The tax base of an asset or liability is the amount attributed to that asset or liability for tax purpose. The effect on deferred taxes of a change in tax rates is recognized in the consolidated statements of comprehensive income in the period of change. A valuation allowance is provided to reduce the amount of deferred tax assets if it is considered more likely than not that some portion of, or all of, the deferred tax assets will not be realized.

Share-based compensation and valuation of our ordinary shares

Share-based compensation expenses are measured at the grant date and categorized as either sales and marketing expenses or general and administrative expenses, depending on the job functions of the grantees.

For the restricted share units granted with service conditions, compensation expense is recognized using the straight-line method over the requisite service period. Forfeitures are estimated at the time of grant, with such estimate updated periodically and with actual forfeitures recognized currently to the extent they differ from the estimate.

For the restricted share units granted with performance conditions whose vesting is contingent upon meeting company-wide performance goals, compensation expenses are recognized using graded vesting method over the requisite service period in accordance with ASC 718 and will be adjusted for subsequent changes in the expected outcome of the performance-vesting condition. For the restricted share units granted with service conditions and

 

82


Table of Contents

the occurrence of an initial public offering as performance condition, cumulative share-based compensation expenses for the options that have satisfied the service condition will be recorded upon the completion of the initial public offering, using the graded vesting method.

For the restricted share units granted with market condition whose vesting is contingent on the Company’s market value exceeding a specific amount, Monte Carlo simulation has been applied to determine the fair value and requisite service period, and the corresponding compensation expense is recognized using the straight-line method over the estimated requisite service period unless the market condition is satisfied before the end of the initially estimated requisite service period.

The fair value of each restricted share units granted with market condition under the 2018 Plan during the year ended December 31, 2018 was estimated on the date of grant using the Monte Carlo model with the assumptions (or ranges thereof) set forth in the following table:

 

     Year ended December 31,  
     2018  

Expected volatility(a)

     50.0%  

Risk-free interest rate(b)

     4.1%  

Expected dividend yield(c)

     0%  

Contractual term

     10 years  

 

Notes:

(a)

Expected volatility is estimated based on the average of historical volatilities of the comparable companies in the same industry as of the valuation dates.

(b)

The risk-free interest rate of periods within the contractual life of the share option is based on the market yield of the US sovereign bond with a maturity life equal to the expected life to expiration.

(c)

We have no history or expectation of paying dividends on our ordinary shares.

Prior to the listing of our ADSs on the NASDAQ Global Market, determining the fair value of the share options required us to make complex and subjective judgments, assumptions and estimates, which involved inherent uncertainty. Had we used different assumptions and estimates, the resulting fair value of the restricted share units and the resulting share-based compensation expenses could have been different.

The following table sets forth the fair value of restricted share units and ordinary shares estimated at the date of option grants indicated below:

 

Date of Grant

   Restricted
share units
granted
     Fair value
of restricted
share units
granted
with
market
condition
     Fair value
of
ordinary
shares
     Discount for
Lack of
Marketability
    Discount
Rate
    Type of Valuation  

September 30, 2018

     3,971,453      US$ 1.66      US$ 2.06        8     20     Contemporaneous  

June 30, 2019

     472,220             US$ 2.64        4     20     Contemporaneous  

Prior to the listing of our ADSs on the NASDAQ Global Market, valuations of our ordinary shares were determined in accordance with the guidelines outlined in the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants’ Practice Aid, Valuation of Privately-Held Company Equity Securities Issued as Compensation, and with the assistance of an independent appraisal firm from time to time. The assumptions we use in the valuation model are based on future expectations combined with management judgment, with inputs of numerous objective and subjective factors, including the following:

 

   

our operating and financial performance;

 

   

current business conditions and projections;

 

83


Table of Contents
   

our stage of development;

 

   

the prices, rights, preferences and privileges of our convertible preferred shares relative to our ordinary shares;

 

   

the likelihood of liquidity events or redemption events;

 

   

any adjustment necessary to recognize a lack of marketability for our ordinary shares; and

 

   

the market performance of industry peers.

In order to determine the fair value of our ordinary shares underlying each share-based award grant, we first determined our business enterprise value, or BEV, and then allocated the BEV to each element of our capital structure (convertible redeemable preferred shares and ordinary shares) using a hybrid method comprising the probability-weighted expected return method and the option pricing method. In our case, three scenarios were assumed, namely: (i) the liquidation scenario, in which the option pricing method was adopted to allocate the value between convertible preferred shares and ordinary shares, and (ii) the redemption scenario, in which the option pricing method was adopted to allocate the value between convertible preferred shares and ordinary shares, and (iii) the mandatory conversion scenario, in which equity value was allocated to convertible preferred shares and ordinary shares on an as-if converted basis. Increasing probability was assigned to the mandatory conversion scenario during 2017 and 2018 in light of preparations for our initial public offering.

In determining the fair value of our BEV, we applied the income approach/discounted cash flow, or DCF, analysis based on our projected cash flow using management’s best estimate as of the valuation date. The determination of the fair value of our ordinary shares requires complex and subjective judgments to be made regarding our projected financial and operating results, our unique business risks, the liquidity of our shares and our operating history and prospects at the time of valuation.

The fair values of restricted share units are determined based on the fair value of our ordinary shares and BEV. As a measure of sensitivity, for every 1% increase of BEV over management’s estimates as of the grant date of the restricted share units, share based compensation expenses recognized in the year ended December 31, 2018 and six months ended June 30, 2019 US$3.6 thousand and US$6.7 thousand higher, respectively, and unrecognized compensation expenses as of December 31, 2018 and June 30, 2019 would be US$56.0 thousand and US$48.2 thousand higher, respectively.

Internal Control Over Financial Reporting

Prior to this offering, we have been a private company with limited accounting personnel and other resources with which we address our internal control over financial reporting. In connection with the audits of our consolidated financial statements as of and for the year ended December 31, 2018, we and our independent registered public accounting firm identified one material weakness in our internal control over financial reporting. As defined in the standards established by the PCAOB, a “material weakness” is a deficiency, or combination of deficiencies, in internal control over financial reporting, such that there is a reasonable possibility that a material misstatement of the annual or interim financial statements will not be prevented or detected on a timely basis.

The material weakness that has been identified relates to our lack of sufficient financial reporting and accounting personnel with appropriate knowledge of U.S. GAAP and SEC reporting requirements to formalize key controls over financial reporting and to prepare consolidated financial statements and related disclosures. The material weakness, if not timely remedied, may lead to significant misstatements in our consolidated financial statements.

Following the identification of the material weakness, we have taken measures and plan to continue to take measures to remedy these control deficiencies, including: (i) implementing regular and continuous U.S. GAAP

 

84


Table of Contents

accounting and financial reporting training programs for our accounting and financial reporting personnel, (ii) establishing effective oversight and clarifying reporting requirements for non-recurring and complex transactions to ensure consolidated financial statements and related disclosures are accurate, complete and in compliance with SEC reporting requirements, (iii) preparing comprehensive accounting policies, manuals and closing procedures to improve the quality and accuracy of our period-end financial closing process and (iv) preparing comprehensive accounting policies, manuals and closing procedures to improve the quality and accuracy of our period-end financial closing process. However, we cannot assure you that all these measures will be sufficient to remediate the material weakness in time, or at all. See “Risk Factors—Risks Related to Our Business and Industry—If we fail to maintain proper and effective internal controls, our ability to produce accurate financial statements on a timely basis could be impaired.”

As a company with less than US$1.07 billion in revenue for our last fiscal year, we qualify as an “emerging growth company” pursuant to the JOBS Act. An emerging growth company may take advantage of specified reduced reporting and other requirements that are otherwise applicable generally to public companies. These provisions include exemption from the auditor attestation requirement under Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 in the assessment of the emerging growth company’s internal control over financial reporting.

Holding Company Structure

ECMOHO Limited is a holding company with no material operations of its own. We conduct our operations primarily through our subsidiaries, VIEs and VIE Subsidiary in China. As a result, ECMOHO Limited’s ability to pay dividends or otherwise fund and conduct its business depends upon dividends paid by our PRC subsidiaries. If our existing PRC subsidiaries or any newly formed ones incur debt on their own behalf in the future, the instruments governing their debt may restrict their ability to pay dividends to us.

In addition, our wholly foreign-owned subsidiaries in China are permitted to pay dividends to us only out of their retained earnings, if any, as determined in accordance with its articles of association and PRC accounting standards and regulations. Under PRC law, each of our subsidiaries, VIEs and VIE Subsidiary in China is required to set aside at least 10% of its after-tax profits each year, if any, to fund certain statutory reserve funds until such reserve funds reach 50% of its registered capital. In addition, our wholly foreign-owned subsidiaries in China may allocate a portion of their after-tax profits based on PRC accounting standards to enterprise expansion funds and staff bonus and welfare funds at their discretion, and our VIEs and VIE Subsidiary may allocate a portion of their after-tax profits based on PRC accounting standards to a surplus fund at their discretion. The statutory reserve funds and the discretionary funds are not distributable as cash dividends. Remittance of dividends by a wholly foreign-owned company out of China is subject to examination by the banks designated by SAFE. Our PRC subsidiaries have not paid dividends and will not be able to pay dividends until they generate accumulated profits and meet the requirements for statutory reserve funds.

Under PRC laws and regulations, as an offshore holding company, we are only permitted to provide funding to our PRC subsidiaries through loans or capital contributions, and to our VIEs and VIE Subsidiary through loans, and such funding is subject to applicable government registration and approval requirements in China. As a result, there is uncertainty with respect to our ability to provide prompt financial support to our PRC subsidiaries, VIEs and VIE Subsidiary when needed. Notwithstanding the foregoing, our PRC subsidiaries may use their own retained earnings (rather than Renminbi converted from foreign currency denominated capital) to provide financial support to our VIEs either through entrustment loans from our PRC subsidiaries or direct loans to the VIEs’ nominee shareholders, which would be contributed to the VIEs as capital injections. Such direct loans to the nominee shareholders would be eliminated in our consolidated financial statements against the VIEs’ share capital.

Results of Operations

The following table sets forth a summary of our consolidated results of operations for the periods presented, both in absolute terms and as a percentage of our total net revenues for the periods presented. This information

 

85


Table of Contents

should be read together with our consolidated financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus. The results of operations in any period are not necessarily indicative of our future results of operations or future trends that may impact those results.

 

     Year ended December 31,     Six months ended June 30,  
     2017     2018     2018     2019  
     Amount     % of total
net
revenues
    Amount     % of total
net
revenues
    Amount     % of total
net
revenues
    Amount     % of total
net
revenues
 
                             (unaudited)  
     (in thousands of U.S. dollars, except for share, per share data and percentages)  

Net revenues:

                

Product sales

     95,573       97.3     176,098       88.5     66,326       92.9     139,912       92.5

Services

     2,665       2.7       22,917       11.5       5,038       7.1       11,413       7.5  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total net revenues

     98,238       100.0       199,015       100.0       71,364       100.0       151,325       100.0  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total cost of revenue

     (69,124     (70.4     (140,153     (70.4     (48,877     (68.5     (115,433     (76.3
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross profit

     29,114       29.6       58,862       29.6       22,487       31.5       35,892       23.7  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating expenses:

                

Fulfillment expenses

     (6,217     (6.3     (13,097     (6.6     (4,969     (7.0     (8,448     (5.6

Sales and marketing expenses

     (15,529     (15.8     (27,462     (13.8     (12,429     (17.4     (19,111     (12.6

General and administrative expenses

     (4,004     (4.1     (9,069     (4.6  

 

(3,184

 

 

(4.5

 

 

(4,441

 

 

(2.9

Research and development expenses

     (485     (0.5     (1,669     (0.8     (673     (0.9     (899     (0.6
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

     (26,235     (26.7     (51,297     (25.8     (21,255     (29.8     (32,899     (21.7
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating income

     2,879       2.9       7,565       3.8       1,232       1.7       2,993       2.0  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Finance expenses, net

     (145     (0.1     (926     (0.4     (217     (0.2     (1,109     (0.8

Foreign exchange gain/(loss), net

     106       0.1       (306     (0.2     (136     (0.2     (51     0.0  

Other (loss)/income, net

     (36     0.0       234       0.1       232       0.3       262       0.2  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income before income tax expenses

     2,804       2.9       6,567       3.3       1,111       1.6       2,095       1.4  

Income taxes expenses

     (80     (0.1     (417     (0.2     (78     (0.2     (376     (0.3
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income

     2,724       2.8     6,150       3.1     1,033       1.4     1,719       1.1
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income attributable to ECMOHO Limited

     2,825       2.9     6,124       3.1  

 

1,132

 

 

 

1.6

 

 

1,813

 

 

 

1.2

  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Six Months Ended June 30, 2019 Compared to Six Months Ended June 30, 2018

Net Revenues

Our net revenues totaled US$151.3 million in the six months ended June 30, 2019, representing a significant increase from US$71.4 million in the six months ended June 30, 2018. The increase in total net revenues was primarily due to a significant increase in product sales revenues from US$66.3 million in the six months ended June 30, 2018 to US$139.9 million in the six months ended June 30, 2019 and, to a lesser extent, a significant increase in services revenues from US$5.0 million in the six months ended June 30, 2018 to US$11.4 million in the six months ended June 30, 2019. The increase in product sales revenues was mainly due to the high growth in the sales of products from brand partners as of June 30, 2018, which increased by 96.5% from US$60.2 million in the six months ended June 30, 2018 to US$118.3 million in the six months ended June 30, 2019, as well as the offering of new brands of health supplements and food, mother and child care and personal care products. The increase in services revenues was mainly because we set up a dedicated services team in May 2018 to better serve our brand partners’ needs for marketing solutions, and the revenue contribution of such team was more fully reflected in the six months ended June 30, 2019.

 

86


Table of Contents

Cost of Revenues

Our cost of revenues increased significantly from US$48.9 million in the six months ended June 30, 2018 to US$115.4 million in the six months ended June 30, 2019. The increase was mainly driven by (i) a 124.1% increase in the number of product units sold from 8.7 million in the six months ended June 30, 2018 to 19.5 million in the six months ended June 30, 2019 and (ii) to a lesser extent, a significant increase in advertising and promotion fees paid to third parties from US$2.7 million in the six months ended June 30, 2018 to US$6.1 million in the six months ended June 30, 2019, for providing value-added services to our brand partners.

Gross Profit

As a result of the foregoing, our gross profit grew by 59.6% from US$22.5 million in the six months ended June 30, 2018 to US$35.9 million in the six months ended June 30, 2019. Our gross margin decreased from 31.5% in the six months ended June 30, 2018 to 23.7% in the six months ended June 30, 2019, primarily due to the high growth in product sales to certain major e-commerce platforms, which generate a lower gross margin because of the volume discount we offer.

Operating Expenses

Our total operating expenses increased by 54.5% from US$21.3 million in the six months ended June 30, 2018 to US$32.9 million in the six months ended June 30, 2019. Our operating expenses as a percentage of net revenues decreased from 29.8% in the six months ended June 30, 2018 to 21.7% in the six months ended June 30, 2019.

Fulfillment Expenses. Our fulfillment expenses increased by 68.0% from US$5.0 million in the six months ended June 30, 2018 to US$8.4 million in the six months ended June 30, 2019. The increase was primarily due to (i) a 40.0% increase in the number of product shipments due to the growth of our business scale and (ii) a 28.2% increase in the average per-package shipment fees charged by third-party couriers, which was a result of (a) faster growth in the number of shipments to retailers, which are generally larger in size than shipments to consumers and have higher transportation costs, and (b) high growth in the sales of mother and child care products and water, which are generally heavier than products of other categories and have higher transportation costs. As a percentage of net revenues, our fulfillment expenses decreased from 7.0% in the six months ended June 30, 2018 to 5.6% in the six months ended June 30, 2019.

Sales and Marketing Expenses. Our sales and marketing expenses increased by 54.0% from US$12.4 million in the six months ended June 30, 2018 to US$19.1 million in the six months ended June 30, 2019. The increase was primarily due to (i) a 58.9% increase in advertising costs for the products we offer from US$5.6 million in the six months on June 30, 2018 to US$8.9 million in the six months ended on June 30, 2019 as we launched more promotional events and (ii) a 73.0% increase in employee wages and benefits for our sales and marketing staff from US$3.7 million in the six months ended June 30, 2018 to US$6.4 million in the six months ended June 30, 2019, resulting from an 24.2% increase in headcount and a 39.3% increase in the average wages and benefits per person. As a percentage of net revenues, our sales and marketing expenses decreased from 17.4% in the six months ended June 30, 2018 to 12.6% in the six months ended June 30, 2019.

General and Administrative Expenses. Our general and administrative expenses increased by 37.5% from US$3.2 million in the six months ended June 30, 2018 to US$4.4 million in the six months ended June 30, 2019. The increase was primarily due to (i) stock-based compensation expenses of US$502.2 thousand incurred under our 2018 Omnibus Incentive Plan, which was adopted on September 30, 2018, (ii) an increase of US$299.4 thousand in professional service fees and (iii) loss provision of US$472.7 thousand accrued for a lawsuit involving Heng Shou Tang, our proprietary brand. See “Risk Factors – Risks Related to Our Business and Industry – We may from time to time become party to litigation, other legal or administrative disputes and proceedings that may materially and adversely affect us.” As a percentage of net revenues, our general and administrative expenses decreased from 4.5% in the six months ended June 30, 2018 to 2.9% in the six months ended June 30, 2019.

 

87


Table of Contents

Research and Development Expenses. Our research and development expenses increased by 33.7% from US$672.7 thousand in the six months ended June 30, 2018 to US$899.2 thousand in the six months ended June 30, 2019. The increase was primarily due to an increase in employee wages and benefits for our research and development personnel resulting from headcount increases. As a percentage of net revenues, our research and development expenses decreased from 0.9% in the six months ended June 30, 2018 to 0.6% in the six months ended June 30, 2019.

Operating Income

As a result of the foregoing, our operating income increased significantly from US$1.2 million in the six months ended June 30, 2018 to US$3.0 million in the six months ended June 30, 2019.

Our operating margin, defined as our operating income divided by our net revenues, increased from 1.7% in the six months ended June 30, 2018 to 2.0% in the six months ended June 30, 2019. The increase in our operating margin was a result of the economies of scale resulting from the growth of our business scale.

Finance Expenses, Net

Our finance expenses increased significantly from US$217.2 thousand in the six months ended June 30, 2018 to US$1.1 million in the six months ended June 30, 2019, primarily due to an increase in our bank borrowings and the resulting increase in our interest expenses.

Foreign Exchange Gains/(Loss), Net

We recorded foreign exchange losses of US$50.5 thousand in the six months ended June 30, 2019, as compared to foreign exchange losses of US$136.6 thousand in the six months ended June 30, 2018.

Other Income/(Loss), Net

We recorded other income of US$262.0 thousand in the six months ended June 30, 2019, as compared to other income of US$232.3 thousand in the six months ended June 30, 2018.

Income Tax Expenses

Our income tax expenses increased significantly from US$77.5 thousand in the six months ended June 30, 2018 to US$375.9 thousand in the six months ended June 30, 2019, as a result of (i) the increase in the profits recorded by our subsidiaries and (ii) the realization of the deferred tax assets previously recorded for the tax loss carry-forwards in the six months ended June 30, 2019.

Net Income

As a result of the foregoing, we recorded net income of US$1.0 million and US$1.7 million in the six months ended June 30, 2018 and 2019, respectively.

Net Income attributable to ECMOHO Limited

We recorded net income attributable to ECMOHO Limited of US$1.1 million and US$1.8 million in the six months ended June 30, 2018 and 2019, respectively, which is mostly in line with the change in our net income over the same period.

 

88


Table of Contents

Year Ended December 31, 2018 Compared to Year Ended December 31, 2017

Net Revenues

Our net revenues totaled US$199.0 million in 2018, representing a significant increase from US$98.2 million in 2017. The increase in total net revenues was primarily due to a 84.2% increase in product sales revenues from US$95.6 million in 2017 to US$176.1 million in 2018 and, to a lesser extent, a significant increase in services revenues from US$2.7 million in 2017 to US$22.9 million in 2018. The increase in product sales revenues was mainly due to the high growth in the sales of products from brand partners as of December 31, 2017, which increased by 77.9% from US$83.0 million in 2017 to US$147.7 million in 2018, as well as the offering of new brands of health supplements and food, mother and child care and personal care products. The increase in services revenue was mainly because we set up a dedicated services team in May 2018 to better serve our brand partners’ needs for marketing solutions.

Cost of Revenues

Our cost of revenues increased significantly from US$69.1 million in 2017 to US$140.2 million in 2018, which corresponded to the increases in both of our product sales revenues and services revenues. The increase was mainly driven by (i) a 68.9% increase in the number of product units sold from 15.4 million in 2017 to 25.9 million in 2018 and (ii) to a lesser extent, a significant increase in advertising and promotion fees paid to third parties from US$861.9 thousand in 2017 to US$11.3 million in 2018, for providing value-added services to our brand partners.

Gross Profit

As a result of the foregoing, our gross profit grew significantly from US$29.1 million in 2017 to US$58.9 million in 2018. Our gross margin was 29.6% in both 2017 and 2018.

Operating Expenses

Our total operating expenses increased by 95.8% from US$26.2 million in 2017 to US$51.3 million in 2018. Our operating expenses as a percentage of net revenues decreased from 26.7% in 2017 to 25.8% in 2018.

Fulfillment Expenses. Our fulfillment expenses increased significantly from US$6.2 million in 2017 to US$13.1 million in 2018. The increase was primarily due to (i) a 40.4% increase in the number of product shipments due to the growth of our business scale, (ii) a 33.7% increase in the average per-package shipment fees charged by third-party couriers, which was a result of (a) high growth in the sales of mother and child care products, which are generally heavier than products of other categories and have higher transportation costs, and (b) to a lesser extent, an increase in market rate and (iii) costs totaling US$784.1 thousand associated with operating a new warehouse we lease in Shanghai, including rental expenses, utilities, warehousing supplies and employee wages and benefits incurred in staffing this warehouse. As a percentage of net revenues, our fulfillment expenses increased from 6.3% in 2017 to 6.6% in 2018.

Sales and Marketing Expenses. Our sales and marketing expenses increased by 77.4% from US$15.5 million in 2017 to US$27.5 million in 2018. The increase was primarily due to (i) a significant increase in advertising costs for the products we offer from US$6.3 million in 2017 to US$12.2 million in 2018 as we launched more promotional events, (ii) a 54.0% increase in employee wages and benefits for our sales and marketing staff from US$5.0 million in 2017 to US$7.7 million in 2018 resulting from increased headcounts and (iii) a 57.1% increase in storefront fees paid to e-commerce platforms from US$2.1 million in 2017 to US$3.3 million in 2018 in line with the growth of our sales revenues on these platforms. As a percentage of net revenues, our sales and marketing expenses decreased from 15.8% in 2017 to 13.8% in 2018.

General and Administrative Expenses. Our general and administrative expenses increased significantly from US$4.0 million in 2017 to US$9.1 million in 2018. The increase was primarily due to (i) a significant increase in

 

89


Table of Contents

employee wages and benefits for our corporate employees from US$2.0 million in 2017 to US$4.2 million in 2018 resulting from increased headcounts and (ii) a significant increase in professional service fees from US$279.3 thousand in 2017 to US$1.2 million in 2018. As a percentage of net revenues, our general and administrative expenses increased from 4.1% in 2017 to 4.6% in 2018.

Research and Development Expenses. Our research and development expenses increased significantly from US$484.1 thousand in 2017 to US$1.7 million in 2018. The increase was primarily due to a significant increase in employee wages and benefits for our research and development personnel from US$412.0 thousand in 2017 to US$1.5 million in 2018 resulting from headcount increases due to various ongoing development projects. As a percentage of net revenues, our research and development expenses increased from 0.5% in 2017 to 0.8% in 2018.

Operating Income

As a result of the foregoing, our operating income increased significantly from US$2.9 million in 2017 to US$7.6 million in 2018.

Our operating margin, defined as our operating income divided by our net revenues, increased from 2.9% in 2017 to 3.8% in 2018. The increase in our operating margin was a result of the economies of scale resulting from the growth of our business scale.

Finance Expenses, Net

Our finance expenses increased significantly from US$144.8 thousand in 2017 to US$925.5 thousand in 2018 primarily due to an increase in our bank borrowings and the resulting increase in our interest expenses.

Foreign Exchange Gains/(Loss), Net

We recorded foreign exchange losses of US$306.7 thousand in 2018, as compared to foreign exchange gains of US$106.0 thousand in 2017.

Other Income/(Loss), Net

We recorded other income of US$234.4 thousand in 2018, as compared to other losses of approximately US$36.0 thousand in 2017.

Income Tax Expenses

Our income tax expenses increased significantly from US$80.6 thousand in 2017 to US$417.1 thousand in 2018, as a result of (i) the increase in the profits recorded by our subsidiaries and (ii) the accumulated tax credit due to losses prior to 2017, which was deducted from our income tax payable in 2017.

Net Income

As a result of the foregoing, we recorded net income of US$2.7 million and US$6.1 million in 2017 and 2018, respectively.

Net Income attributable to ECMOHO Limited

We recorded net income attributable to ECMOHO Limited of US$2.8 million and US$6.1 million in 2017 and 2018, respectively, which is mostly in line with the change in our net income over the same period.

 

90


Table of Contents

Selected Quarterly Financial Data

The following table sets forth our unaudited consolidated quarterly financial data for the periods indicated. You should read the following table together with our consolidated financial statements and the related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus. We have prepared the unaudited consolidated quarterly financial information on the same basis as our audited consolidated financial statements. In the opinion of management, the unaudited consolidated quarterly financial information reflects all adjustments, consisting only of normal recurring adjustments, necessary for a fair representation of our results of operations in the quarters presented.

 

    Three months ended  
    March 31,
2017
    June 30,
2017
    September 30,
2017
    December 31,
2017
    March 31,
2018
    June 30,
2018
    September 30,
2018
    December 31,
2018
    March 31,
2019
    June 30,
2019
 
    (unaudited)  
    (in thousands of US dollars)  

Net revenues:

                   

Product sales

    15,205       18,484       22,761       39,123       26,487       39,839       44,130       65,642       58,271       81,641  

Services

    270       460       897       1,038       1,718       3,320       4,629       13,250       5,591       5,822  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total net revenues

    15,475       18,944       23,658       40,161       28,205       43,159       48,759       78,892       63,862       87,463  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total cost of revenue

    (10,648     (12,721     (16,638     (29,117     (19,297     (29,580     (34,521     (56,755     (47,394     (68,039
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross profit

    4,827       6,223       7,020       11,044       8,908       13,579       14,238       22,137       16,468       19,424  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating expenses:

                   

Fulfillment expenses

    (1,035     (1,359     (1,443     (2,380     (1,262     (3,707     (3,300     (4,828     (3,876     (4,572

Sales and marketing expenses(1)

    (2,767     (3,446     (3,745     (5,571     (5,558     (6,871     (6,467     (8,566     (9,157     (9,954

General and administrative expenses(1)

    (829     (976     (989     (1,210     (1,483     (1,701     (2,419     (3,466     (2,207     (2,234

Research and development expenses

    (63     (89     (154     (179     (322     (351     (365     (631     (471     (428
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

    (4,694     (5,870     (6,331     (9,340     (8,625     (12,630     (12,551     (17,491     (15,711     (17,188
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating income

    133       353       689       1,704       283       949       1,687       4,646       757       2,236  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Finance expenses, net

    (15     (9     (43     (78     (81     (136     (211     (498     (505     (604

Income before income tax expenses

    186       234       812       1,572       521       590       1,537       3,919       446       1,649  

Income taxes (expenses)/profit

    (19     (24     (53     16       (54     (24     (132     (207     (150     (226
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income

    167       210       759       1,588       467       566       1,405       3,712       296       1,423  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(1)

Share-based compensation expenses were allocated as follows:

 

    Three months ended  
    March 31,
2017
    June 30,
2017
    September 30,
2017
    December 31,
2017
    March 31,
2018
    June 30,
2018
    September 30,
2018
    December 31,
2018
    March 31,
2019
    June 30,
2019
 
    (unaudited)  
    (in thousands of US dollars)  

Sales and marketing expenses

    —         —         —         —         —         —         —         112       72       94  

General and administrative expenses

    —         —         —         —         —         —         —         245       253       249  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

    —         —         —         —         —         —         —         357       325       343  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Our results of operation are subject to seasonality. See “Risk Factors — Risks Related to Our Business and Industry — Our results of operations are subject to fluctuations due to the seasonality of our business and other events.” for details.

 

91


Table of Contents

Liquidity and Capital Resources

We have financed our operations primarily through proceeds from private placements and short-term borrowings. As of June 30, 2019, we had cash and cash equivalents of US$11.7 million, restricted cash of US$4.5 million and short-term borrowings of US$35.6 million. Our restricted cash represents secured deposits held in designated bank accounts for loan draw-downs. Our cash and cash equivalents are primarily used for working capital and general corporate purposes. As of June 30, 2019, 68.0% of our cash and cash equivalents was held in China, including US$33.9 thousand held by our variable interest entities. For details of the restrictions and limitations on liquidity and capital resources as a result of our corporate structure, see “–Holding Company Structure”.

The following table sets forth a summary of our cash flows for the periods indicated:

 

     Year ended
December 31,
    Six months ended
June 30,
 
     2017     2018     2018     2019  
                 (unaudited)  
     (in thousands of U.S. dollars)  

Net cash used in operating activities

     (2,444     (40,756     (3,548     (12,725

Net cash used in investing activities

     (492     (1,748     (513     (354

Net cash provided by financing activities

     1,567       44,036       3,145       16,532  

Cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash at beginning of the period

     12,079       10,689       10,689       12,965  

Cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash at end of the period

     10,689       12,965       9,797       16,162  

On October 18, 2018, we obtained a revolving loan facility in an aggregate principal amount not exceeding US$25.0 million from Taipei Fubon Commercial Bank Co. Ltd., Hong Kong Branch. As of August 31, 2019, we had drawn down US$13.1 million from the revolving loan facility. In addition to the charges over the inventories, receivables and bank accounts of two of our subsidiaries, our co-founders have guaranteed this borrowing with a share charge and we plan to cancel the share charge after the completion of this offering. We believe that our current level of cash balances and cash flows will be sufficient for our anticipated cash needs for at least the next twelve months. However, we may need additional cash resources in the future if we find and wish to pursue opportunities for investment, acquisition, strategic cooperation or other similar actions. If we determine that our cash requirements exceed our amounts of cash on hand or if we decide to further optimize our capital structure, we may seek to issue debt or equity securities or obtain additional credit facilities or other sources of funding.

Operating Activities

Net cash used in operating activities in the six months ended June 30, 2019 was US$12.7 million, which reflects our net income of US$1.7 million, as adjusted for the effects of the changes in operating assets and liabilities and non-cash items. In the six months ended June 30, 2019, the principal item accounting for changes in operating assets and liabilities was an increase of US$25.8 million in our accounts receivable primarily due to the growth of sales to retailers, partially offset by (i) a decrease of US$9.5 million in our inventories as our inventory levels are generally lower in the period immediately following “618”, an online sales promotion event we participate in that falls on June 18 each year, and (ii) an increase of US$3.1 million in our accounts payable primarily due to the growth of our business. Adjustment for non-cash items primarily consisted of (i) amortization of right-of-use asset and interest of lease liabilities of US$855.4 thousand, (ii) share-based compensation of US$667.9 thousand and (iii) depreciation and amortization expense of US$478.9 thousand.

Net cash used in operating activities in 2018 was US$40.8 million, which reflects our net income of US$6.1 million, as adjusted for the effects of the changes in operating assets and liabilities and non-cash items. In 2018, the principal items accounting for changes in operating assets and liabilities were (i) an increase of US$37.6 million in our inventories in anticipation of increased sales in the first half of 2019 and (ii) an increase of US$23.2 million in our accounts receivable primarily due to the growth of our services revenues and sales to

 

92


Table of Contents

retailers, partially offset by an increase of US$12.4 million in our accounts payable as a result of higher levels of inventory. Adjustment for non-cash items primarily consisted of (i) inventory write-downs of US$639.7 thousand and (ii) depreciation and amortization expenses of US$605.6 thousand, partially offset by deferred tax expenses of US$1.1 million.

Net cash used in operating activities in 2017 was US$2.4 million, which reflects our net income of US$2.7 million, as adjusted for the effects of the changes in operating assets and liabilities, and non-cash items. In 2017, the principal items accounting for changes in operating assets and liabilities were an increase of US$9.7 million in our inventories, partially offset by a decrease of US$2.3 million in our prepayments and other current assets and an increase of US$1.4 million in our accounts payable. The increases in our inventories and accounts payable were primarily due to the growth of our business. The decrease in our prepayments and other current assets was primarily due to certain refunded guarantee deposits following the expiration of the supply agreements with two retailers. Adjustment for non-cash items primarily consisted of (i) inventory write-downs of US$1.2 million and (ii) depreciation and amortization expenses of US$505.8 thousand, partially offset by deferred tax expenses of US$144.1 thousand.

Investing Activities

Net cash used in investing activities in the six months ended June 30, 2019 was US$354.1 thousand, consisting of (i) US$306.4 thousand incurred in purchases of property and equipment and (ii) payments of US$47.7 thousand for software procurement.

Net cash used in investing activities in 2018 was US$1.7 million, consisting of (i) US$1.4 million incurred in purchases of property and equipment, (ii) payments of US$201.9 thousand for software procurement, and (iii) payments of US$122.9 thousand for acquisition of business license relating to our acquisition of Hangzhou Duoduo Supply Chain Management Co., Ltd.

Net cash used in investing activities in 2017 was US$492.0 thousand, primarily consisting of (i) payments of US$282.8 thousand for software procurement and (ii) payments of US$172.9 thousand for acquisition of business license relating to our acquisition of Hangzhou Duoduo Supply Chain Management Co., Ltd.

Financing Activities

Net cash provided by financing activities in the six months ended June 30, 2019 was US$16.5 million, primarily consisting of (i) proceeds from borrowings of US$57.5 million, (ii) advances from related parties of US$5.0 million, representing interest-free advances form Ms. Zoe Wang and Mr. Leo Zeng and their immediate family members, partially offset by (i) repayments of borrowings of US$43.8 million and (ii) cash payments of US$4.3 million for acquisition of equity interests of ECMOHO Shanghai from Ms. Zoe Wang and Mr. Leo Zeng in connection with our corporate restructuring. For details of our corporate restructuring, see Note 1(b) to our consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus.

Net cash provided by financing activities in 2018 was US$44.0 million, primarily consisting of (i) proceeds from borrowings of US$41.5 million, (ii) cash receipts from the issuance of Series A preferred shares of US$22.4 million, (iii) cash consideration of US$9.4 million for subscription of shares in our Company from the shareholders of ECMOHO Shanghai in connection with our corporate restructuring and (iv) advances from related parties of US$9.0 million, representing interest-free advances from Ms. Zoe Wang and Mr. Leo Zeng and their immediate family members, partially offset by (i) repayments of borrowings of US$23.5 million and (ii) cash payments of US$14.5 million for acquisition of equity interests of ECMOHO Shanghai from Ms. Zoe Wang and Mr. Leo Zeng in connection with our corporate restructuring. For details of our corporate restructuring, see Note 1(b) to our consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus.

Net cash from financing activities in 2017 was US$1.6 million, primarily consisting of (i) proceeds from borrowings of US$4.8 million and (ii) proceeds of borrowings from related parties of US$3.0 million,

 

93


Table of Contents

representing borrowings from certain holders of non-controlling interest in our company or in our subsidiaries, partially offset by (i) repayments of borrowings of US$5.2 million and (ii) repayment of advances to related parties of US$1.0 million, representing repayment of interest-free advances to Ms. Zoe Wang and Mr. Leo Zeng and their immediate family members.

For details of our related party transactions, see “Related Party Transactions” and Note 21 to our consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus.

Capital Expenditures

We made capital expenditures of US$335.3 thousand, US$1.6 million and US$354.1 thousand in 2017, 2018 and the six months ended June 30, 2019, respectively, primarily in relation to purchases of office and warehouse equipment and leasehold improvement. Our capital expenditures in 2019 are expected to be around US$1.0 million, primarily in relation to purchases of equipment for the warehouse we lease and operate in Shanghai, purchases of office equipment and leasehold improvement.

Contractual Obligations

As of June 30, 2019, we had operating lease commitments of US$569.7 thousand, US$1.1 million and US$42.0 thousand in 2019, 2020 and 2021, respectively. Our operating lease commitments relate to our corporate offices and warehouses.

Other than the above, we did not have any significant purchase commitments, capital commitments or other long-term liabilities as of June 30, 2019.

Inflation

To date, inflation in China has not materially affected our results of operations. According to the National Bureau of Statistics of China, the year-over-year increases in the consumer price index for 2017 and 2018 were 1.6% and 2.1%, respectively. Although we have not been materially affected by inflation in the past, we may be affected if China experiences higher rates of inflation in the future.

Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk

Foreign Exchange Risk

A significant portion of our net revenues and expenses are denominated in Renminbi. Renminbi are not freely convertible into foreign currencies, including U.S. dollars. Our exposure to foreign exchange risk primarily relates to cash and cash equivalents and short-term borrowings denominated in Renminbi. We do not believe that we currently have any significant direct foreign exchange risk and have not used any derivative financial instruments to hedge exposure to such risk. Although our exposure to foreign exchange risks should be limited in general, the value of your investment in our ADSs will be affected by the exchange rate between U.S. dollar and Renminbi because the earnings of our PRC subsidiaries, VIEs and VIE Subsidiary are denominated in Renminbi, while our ADSs will be traded in U.S. dollars.

The value of Renminbi against the U.S. dollar and other currencies may fluctuate and is affected by, among other things, changes in political and economic conditions and the foreign exchange policy adopted by the PRC government. On July 21, 2005, the PRC government changed its policy of pegging the value of the Renminbi to the U.S. dollar. Following the removal of the U.S. dollar peg, the Renminbi appreciated more than 20% against the U.S. dollar over the following three years. Between July 2008 and June 2010, this appreciation halted and the exchange rate between the Renminbi and the U.S. dollar remained within a narrow band. Since June 2010, the PRC government has allowed the Renminbi to appreciate slowly against the U.S. dollar again, and it has

 

94


Table of Contents

appreciated more than 10% since June 2010. On August 11, 2015, the People’s Bank of China announced plans to improve the central parity rate of the Renminbi against the U.S. dollar by authorizing market-makers to provide parity to the China Foreign Exchange Trading Center operated by the People’s Bank of China with reference to the interbank foreign exchange market closing rate of the previous day, the supply and demand for foreign currencies as well as changes in exchange rates of major international currencies. Effective from October 1, 2016, the International Monetary Fund added Renminbi to its Special Drawing Rights currency basket. Such change and additional future changes may increase volatility in the trading value of the Renminbi against foreign currencies. The PRC government may adopt further reforms of its exchange rate system, including making the Renminbi freely convertible in the future. Accordingly, it is difficult to predict how market forces or PRC or U.S. government policy may impact the exchange rate between Renminbi and the U.S. dollar in the future.

To the extent that we need to convert U.S. dollars into Renminbi for our operations, appreciation of Renminbi against the U.S. dollar would reduce the Renminbi amount we receive from the conversion. Conversely, if we decide to convert Renminbi into U.S. dollars for the purpose of making payments for dividends on our ADSs, servicing our outstanding debt, or for other business purposes, appreciation of the U.S. dollar against the Renminbi would reduce the U.S. dollar amounts available to us.

As of June 30, 2019, we had Renminbi-denominated cash and cash equivalents amounting to US$8.5 million at the exchange rate of RMB6.8747 for US$1.00 as published by the People’s Bank of China on the same date. If Renminbi had depreciated by 10% against the U.S. dollar, our cash and cash equivalents would have decreased by US$845.4 thousand.

Interest Rate Risk

Our exposure to interest rate risk primarily relates to the interest expenses incurred on our short-term borrowings. As of June 30, 2019, we had short-term borrowings of US$35.6 million, of which 64.4% were denominated in U.S. dollars and 35.6% in Renminbi. The interest rates of our U.S. dollar-denominated short-term borrowings are pegged to the three-month LIBOR and the interest rates of our Renminbi-denominated short-term borrowings are pegged to the loan prime rate published by the People’s Bank of China. These short-term borrowings carry a degree of interest rate risk. We have not been exposed to material risks due to changes in interest rates, and we have not used any derivative financial instruments to manage our interest risk exposure. However, our future interest expenses may increase due to changes in market interest rates. As of June 30, 2019, our short-term borrowings had a weighted average interest rate of 7.72% per annum.

Off-Balance Sheet Commitments and Arrangements

We have not entered into any financial guarantees or other commitments to guarantee the payment obligations of any third parties. In addition, we have not entered into any derivative contracts that are indexed to our own shares and classified as shareholder’s equity, or that are not reflected in our consolidated combined financial statements. Furthermore, we do not have any retained or contingent interest in assets transferred to an unconsolidated entity that serves as credit, liquidity or market risk support to such entity. Moreover, we do not have any variable interest in any unconsolidated entity that provides financing, liquidity, market risk or credit support to us or engages in leasing, hedging or research and development services with us.

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

For a discussion of recent accounting pronouncements that are relevant to us, see Note 2(aj) to our consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus.

 

95


Table of Contents

OUR MARKET OPPORTUNITIES

The PRC Health and Wellness Industry

The health and wellness industry represents a significant component of the national economy of the PRC. The industry generally encompasses services and products related to the maintenance, recovery and enhancement of health, spanning from the pre-natal stage through to aged care, and includes pharmaceuticals, nutrition and health products, medical equipment, and a range of healthcare and related management services. According to Frost & Sullivan, the market size of the PRC health and wellness industry reached RMB6,668.6 billion (US$971.6 billion) in 2018, and is expected to continuously increase, reaching RMB9,882.7 billion (US$1,437.4 billion) in 2023.

The PRC health and wellness industry comprises both medical (e.g., pharmaceuticals, medical devices, medical care) and non-medical (e.g., mother and child care, household health equipment, health supplements and food, cosmeceuticals and non-medical healthcare) products and services. The following chart sets forth a breakdown of the historical and projected market size of the PRC health and wellness industry for the periods indicated:

Market Size of the PRC Health and Wellness Industry by Trading Value

 

LOGO

Source: Frost & Sullivan

With the rapid development of e-commerce in China, the online penetration rate of non-medical products increased from 15.4% in 2014 to 25.0% in 2018, and is expected to reach 30.3% in 2023.

Non-medical Health and Wellness Integrated Solution Providers

According to Frost & Sullivan, integrated solution providers in the PRC non-medical health and wellness industry act as the bridge between consumers and health and wellness product brands, especially global brands, and occupy a central role in the value chain by combining global sourcing capabilities with local distribution channels and insights into PRC customer behaviors. Such providers typically offer one-stop IT solutions, online and offline store operations, digital marketing, warehousing and logistics and customer management as “integrated solution”.

 

96


Table of Contents

The Role of the Integrated Solution Provider

 

LOGO

Source: Frost & Sullivan

As the e-commerce market in China grows in complexity and more channels emerge, brands look to integrated solution providers with local knowledge and industry expertise to execute and integrate e-commerce strategies for them without the investment associated with establishing and maintaining local infrastructure and capabilities on their own. According to Frost & Sullivan, the market size of the non-medical health and wellness of integrated solution industry increased rapidly in the past five years, increasing from RMB8,308.6 million (US$1,210.6 million) in 2014 to RMB43,091.3 million (US$6,278.6 million) in 2018, representing a CAGR of 50.9%, driven by the rapid growth of e-commerce, especially the cross-border e-commerce during the same time. Supported by the favorable policies issued by the State Council and the General Administration of Customs, cross-border e-commerce enjoyed rapid growth from 2015 to 2016. In the future, the market size of non-medical health and wellness integrated solution industry is expected to maintain the steady growth and is expected to increase to RMB108,547.1 million (US$15,815.8 million) in 2023, representing a CAGR of 20.3% during the period from 2018 to 2023. The following chart sets forth the historical and projected market size of the non-medical health and wellness integrated solution industry by trading value in the PRC:

 

LOGO

Source: Frost & Sullivan

According to Frost & Sullivan, the PRC non-medical health and wellness integrated solution industry remains highly fragmented. There are a large number of small service providers that mainly focus on a few limited products or brands, and as a result, the estimated aggregated market share of the top five services providers in this industry in terms of trading value was approximately 9.5% in 2018.

 

97


Table of Contents

Key Drivers of PRC Health and Wellness Industry

The following factors generate market opportunities and promote growth in the PRC health and wellness industry.

Rising Spending Power and Health Awareness

The per capita annual disposable income in the PRC was RMB28,228.0 (US$4,113.0) in 2018 and is expected to grow to RMB37,833.9 (US$5,512.6) by 2023, representing a CAGR of 6.0% between 2018 and 2023, according to Frost & Sullivan. Such increases in disposable income and spending power render health and wellness products more affordable.

The health and wellness industry in China presents significant growth opportunities. In 2018, per capita healthcare expenditure in China was US$628.1, compared to US$11,150.1 in the United States, according to figures from the Department of Health and Human Services and the National Bureau of Statistics. Increasing awareness of chronic diseases and the importance of prevention combined with rising disposable incomes across all sectors of society in China will continue to drive demand for health and wellness products and services.

Aging Population and Increasing Life Expectancy

The PRC’s aging population, combined with increasing life expectancy, will continue to drive demand for health and wellness products. According to Frost & Sullivan and the National Bureau of Statistics of China, life expectancy in the PRC increased from 72.95 in 2005 to 76.34 years in 2015. The PRC’s population aged 65 and over grew at a CAGR of 4.2% between 2014 and 2018 and is expected to grow at a CAGR of 3.3% between 2018 and 2023. In 2018, there were 162.4 million individuals aged 65 and over, representing 11.6% of the PRC’s total population, and these numbers are expected to reach 191.4 million and 13.6% in 2023, respectively. As more people age and live longer, demand for healthcare products, including non-medical health and wellness products, will continue to increase.

Prevalence of Health Issues and Chronic Diseases

According to Frost & Sullivan, dietary and lifestyle changes and the effects of the PRC’s extended period of economic development, in particular urbanization and environmental pollution, have also led to an increasing prevalence of health issues such as obesity and chronic diseases, including diabetes, hypertension, heart diseases and cerebrovascular diseases. According to the World Health Organization, the PRC has the highest numbers of diabetics and obese children in the world, and chronic diseases accounted for more than 80% of deaths in the PRC in 2017. The treatment and prevention of such chronic diseases will continue to drive demand for health and wellness products and services.

Increased Demand for Better Health and Wellness Products

Chinese consumers increasingly demand better health and wellness products and services, as a growing middle class in the country comes to the market with higher expectations and additional knowledge (including information from overseas and online sources) about personal wellness. In addition, an aging population in the PRC and the disparity between the quality of medical treatment across regions have focused attention on the need for quality health and wellness products and services.

According to Frost & Sullivan, changes in consumer spending habits and product preferences in the PRC’s health and wellness market over the past 20 years show that the PRC’s growing middle class is increasingly preoccupied with general health and well-being and health maintenance products and eager to obtain reliable information about the quality and safety of health maintenance products.

 

98


Table of Contents

Chinese consumers regard reputable brands, including international brands, as a proxy for quality and as a key purchase driver in the health and wellness market. For example, according to Frost & Sullivan, sectors of the health and wellness market that have experienced substantial growth in recent years include infant care and aged care, with particular sales growth occurring for established international brands such as Gerber, Nestlé and Vitabiotics.

Market Deficiencies and Consumer Mistrust

The current Chinese health and wellness industry is underfunded and overwhelmed by the PRC’s large population and rapidly changing demographics. The mismatch between demand and supply engenders consumer mistrust of incumbent health and wellness product and service providers, as well as the PRC’s healthcare system overall. Deficiencies in the current health and wellness industry include:

 

   

fragmentation in the retail market;

 

   

inefficiency in distribution channels;

 

   

limited market data;

 

   

counterfeit health and wellness products;

 

   

low quality and untested products and services that are potentially dangerous to consumer health;

 

   

proliferation of black markets; and

 

   

corruption and unethical business practices.

In addition, according to Frost & Sullivan, Chinese consumers approach health and wellness expenditure in a less impulsive way and tend to remain loyal to the platforms and brands that they trust, and effective health and wellness marketing requires the establishment of a relationship of trust with consumers through consumer education, interaction and follow-up.

We believe that the overall weakness of the health and wellness sector in the PRC, the deep-rooted mistrust of medical institutions and supply chains and the importance of disease prevention provide significant growth opportunities to companies that focus on understanding consumer needs, sourcing quality products, maintaining a broad range of affordable options, and providing excellent customer service.

Untapped Demand in “Lower-tier” Cities, Townships and Rural Areas

According to Frost & Sullivan, “lower-tier” cities refer to the cities that are not developed to the level of “Tier One” cities, namely Beijing, Shanghai, Guangzhou and Shenzhen, or as urbanized in terms of population, economics, infrastructure or education as the 15 new tier one cities, including Hangzhou, Suzhou, Chengdu, Wuhan, Xi’an and Chongqing, or the 30 tier two cities including Wenzhou, Hefei, Fuzhou, Foshan, Jinhua and Jiaxing. According to Frost & Sullivan, in 2018, approximately 3.0%, 10.2% and 13.0% of China’s population lived in tier one, new tier one and tier two cities, respectively. The “lower-tier” cities, townships and rural areas, accounted for the remaining 73.8% of China’s population.

“Lower-tier” cities, townships and rural areas have traditionally enjoyed limited coverage and product offerings by established online sales channels, such as T-mall or JD.com. However, as they continue to develop, they provide significant market opportunities, and will be the core drivers of the health and wellness integrated solution market in the PRC, according to Frost & Sullivan. The market size of the health and wellness integrated solution industry in “lower-tier” cities, townships and rural area is expected to grow at a CAGR of 21.4% over the period from 2018 to 2023, as compared to CAGRs of 16.3%, 20.3%, 18.8% over the same period for the market size in tier one, new tier one and tier two cities respectively.

 

99


Table of Contents

BUSINESS

Our Mission

Our mission is to improve the health and well-being of consumers in China. We strive to achieve our mission by empowering consumers with access to quality products and trustworthy content to better address their health and wellness needs and those of their families.

Company Overview

We are one of China’s leading integrated solution providers in the rapidly growing non-medical health and wellness market. As an integrated solution provider, we act as the bridge between brand owners and Chinese consumers by marketing and distributing health supplements and food, mother and child care products, personal care products, household healthcare equipment and other health and wellness products. Through over seven years of operation, we have built an ecosystem where Chinese consumers are provided with customized health and wellness solutions that include quality products and trustworthy content.

We ranked first in China’s non-medical health and wellness integrated solution industry in terms of revenue in 2018 with a market share of 2.6%, according to Frost & Sullivan. The non-medical health and wellness integrated solution industry is the fastest growing segment within China’s health and wellness market, according to the same source. Leveraging our strong relationships with leading health and wellness brands home and abroad, comprehensive online channel coverage, loyal customer base, proven content generation and distribution capabilities, deep industry knowhow and extensive consumer data, we believe we are well positioned to solidify our leading position in China’s highly fragmented non-medical health and wellness integrated solution industry and to serve China’s broader health and wellness market.

As of June 30, 2019, we sourced around 5,000 SKUs of quality health and wellness products from around 40 brand partners, including Abbott, Gerber, Perrier, Puritan’s Pride and Wyeth Nutrition, and offered them to consumers through various online and offline channels, including major e-commerce platforms, such as Tmall and JD.com, social e-commerce platforms, such as Pinduoduo, Yunji and Little Red Book, as well as other online and offline retailers. We also provide value-added services, such as designing and operating online stores and organizing online and offline marketing campaigns, to our brand partners to help them extend their consumer outreach.

In addition, as consumers in China are increasingly seeking higher quality health and wellness products, we believe there is a growing need for trustworthy health and wellness content that guides consumers to reliable products that suit their own health and wellness needs. To address this growing need, we partner with over 1,100 healthcare experts and KOLs to generate health and wellness content, combined with product recommendations, and distribute such content to consumers through multiple online and offline channels. In the month of June 2019, we, together with these healthcare experts and KOLs, generated over 2,000 health and wellness articles.

We optimize our brand partner and product portfolio from time to time by selecting brands and products that best address consumer needs in China based on the analysis of our 7.2 million paying consumer profiles and our market insights. Such market insights into Chinese consumer demand are in turn valued by our brand partners. We also have two proprietary brands, KGC and HST, which address the underserved demand for household healthcare equipment and traditional Chinese herbal tonics.

We have developed XG Health platform, an integrated family health management and service platform, which was launched in April 2019. XG Health offers consumers a rich array of health management plans, prepared by doctors and nutritionists, as well as health and wellness products. Consumers may also reach out to the healthcare experts on XG Health for further inquiries and receive customized non-medical health and wellness recommendations. In addition, we have rolled out a pilot program to partner with specialty stores in

 

100


Table of Contents

“lower-tier” cities, townships and rural area in Anhui Province in China, which may source health and wellness products from us through XG Health and host health and wellness presentations given by healthcare experts we work with. As of August 31, 2019, 149 specialty stores had sourced products from us through this program.

Our net revenues grew by 102.6% from US$98.2 million in 2017 to US$199.0 million in 2018, and by 111.9% from US$71.4 million in the first six months of 2018 to US$151.3 million in the first six months of 2019. Our net income attributable to ECMOHO Limited grew by 117.9% from US$2.8 million in 2017 to US$6.1 million in 2018, and by 63.6% from US$1.1 million in the first six months of 2018 to US$1.8 million in the first six months of 2019.

Our Ecosystem

We have developed an ecosystem comprising consumers, brand partners, distributors, retailers and content generators. In our ecosystem, we provide consumers with quality health and wellness products and trustworthy health and wellness content. The following chart illustrates the interactions throughout our ecosystem:

 

 

LOGO

Our ecosystem provides the following value propositions to its participants:

 

   

To brand partners: Portal into a broad customer population, market insights gained from extensive touchpoints, tailored marketing solutions and fulfillment support

 

   

To consumers: Personalized health and wellness solutions comprising quality and authentic health and wellness products, trustworthy health and wellness content and customized health and wellness recommendations

 

   

To distributors and retailers: Reliable supplies of quality health and wellness products, consumer education and fulfillment support

 

   

To content generators: Convenient platform for content generation and distribution, feedback collection and traffic direction

 

101


Table of Contents

Our Strengths

A leading integrated solution provider in China’s rapidly growing non-medical health and wellness market

We are a leading integrated solution providers in China’s non-medical health and wellness market. As an integrated solution provider, we act as the bridge between brand owners and Chinese consumers, providing consumers with quality health and wellness products and trustworthy content and offering attractive value propositions to key stakeholders along the industry value chain.

The non-medical health and wellness integrated solution industry is the fastest growing market segment within China’s health and wellness market. According to Frost & Sullivan, this market segment grew at a CAGR of 50.9% from RMB8.3 billion (US$1.2 billion) in 2014 to RMB43.0 billion (US$6.3 billion) in 2018, and is expected to further increase to RMB108.6 billion (US$15.8 billion) in 2023, representing a CAGR of 20.3% between 2018 and 2023. The primary growth drivers of China’s non-medical health and wellness integrated solution industry are increasing online penetration of health and wellness consumption, penetration into lower-tier cities, townships and rural area and increasing health awareness. According to Frost & Sullivan, we ranked first in China’s non-medical health and wellness integrated solution industry in terms of revenue in 2018 with a market share of 2.6%.

We attribute our success to our strong relationships with leading international and domestic health and wellness brands, comprehensive online channel coverage, loyal customer base, proven content generation and distribution capabilities, extensive industry knowhow and robust technological capability. Equipped with such strengths, we believe we are well positioned to solidify our leading position in China’s highly fragmented non-medical health and wellness integrated solution industry and to serve China’s broader health and wellness market. According to Frost & Sullivan, China’s health and wellness market grew at a CAGR of 13.0% from RMB4,093.8 billion (US$596.5 billion) in 2014 to RMB6,668.6 billion (US$971.6 billion) in 2018, and is expected to further increase to RMB9,882.7 billion (US$1,440.0 billion) in 2023, representing a CAGR of 8.2% between 2018 and 2023.

Strong ability to generate and distribute health and wellness content, leading to a loyal customer base

Trustworthy health and wellness content, which allows consumers to discern which products are desirable, reliable or suitable, may not always be easily available or accessible in China, a problem that is more acute in “lower-tier” cities, townships and rural area. To address this problem, we partner with over 1,100 healthcare experts and KOLs to generate health and wellness content, combined with product recommendations, and distribute such content to consumers through multiple online and offline channels. In the month of June 2019, we, together with these experts and KOLs, generated over 2,000 health and wellness articles.

After consumers make purchases with us, we follow up with tailored content based on their historical purchases and projected health and wellness needs. Such content includes general health advice, customized daily health solutions of recommended exercises and recipes as well as relevant product recommendations. Leveraging the 7.2 million paying consumer profiles we have collected, we provide tailored product recommendations ranging from baby formula to nutritional supplements for seniors, covering every generation in a typical household and thus serving the health and wellness needs of the entire family, which in turn enhances our customer loyalty. Our repeat purchase rate increased from 32% in 2017 to 34% in 2018 and further to 35% in the six months ended June 30, 2019.

To supplement our content distribution channels, we have recently launched our proprietary XG Health platform, an integrated family health management and service platform, to connect consumers, brand partners, retailers and healthcare experts. As of July 31, 2019, the platform distributed our proprietary health and wellness contents on a daily basis to over 240,000 registered users.

 

102


Table of Contents

New retail model empowered by comprehensive channel coverage

We have built comprehensive online channel coverage that comprises major e-commerce platforms, such as Tmall and JD.com, social e-commerce platforms, such as Pinduoduo, Yunji and Little Red Book, other online retailers and our proprietary XG Health platform. Our online sales channels are equipped with established customer service capabilities. We have an in-house customer service team who handled a daily average of nearly 7,500 pre-sale enquiries in June 2019, 39.3% of which led to purchases. In addition, we have cooperated with over 30 doctors and nutritionists to publish health management plans, respond to consumers’ enquiries and make customized health and wellness recommendations on XG Health platform. We believe these value-added services have significantly enhanced our sales and marketing capabilities.

Our fulfillment and content generation capabilities, acquired through our extensive experience in online channel operations, have laid a solid foundation for us to augment our offline presence and to explore the untapped market potential in “lower-tier” cities. We have rolled out a pilot program to partner with specialty stores in “lower-tier” cities, townships and rural area in Anhui Province in China, who may source health and wellness products from us through XG Health and host health and wellness presentations given by healthcare experts we work with, thus giving local consumers offline access to a range of quality health and wellness products and trustworthy content. As of August 31, 2019, 149 specialty stores had sourced products from us through this program.

We believe our comprehensive channel coverage will allow us to establish a new retail model that integrates online and offline channels and provides consumers a seamless shopping experience. In addition, our extensive touch points across multiple sales channels give us valuable market insights, especially into the vast and largely untapped consumer population in “lower-tier” cities, townships and rural areas, which further enhances our value propositions.

Strong relationships with leading health and wellness brand owners from around the world

We are a trusted partner to owners of around 60 leading health and wellness brands, including Abbott, Gerber, Puritan’s Pride, Wyeth Nutrition and Perrier. For some of our brand partners, we act as the sole online channel distributor or sole cross-border ecommerce distributor in China. In the six months ended June 30, 2019, products sourced from these brand partners accounted for 45.1% of our net revenues. We strategically select brands with global recognition or a leading position in their respective industry to address consumer demand. According to Frost & Sullivan, we work with more health and wellness brands than any other non-medical health and wellness integrated solution provider in China.

We provide our brand partners with comprehensive channel coverage, deep market insights and a whole suite of marketing solutions. In particular, we provide certain major brand partners with tailor-made marketing plans based on our market analysis and consumer analysis and help them launch online and offline marketing campaigns. Our proven track record in helping our brand partners succeed in China’s health and wellness market has helped us strengthen existing brand partnerships and expand our brand partner portfolio and product portfolio. Three of our top five brand partners in terms of revenue contributed by their products in 2018 have worked with us for more than three years. The number of health and wellness brands we work with increased from 41 as of December 31, 2017 to 62 as of June 30, 2019. The number of SKUs we sourced from these brand partners increased around 4,000 as of December 31, 2017 to around 5,000 as of June 30, 2019.

As we deepen our relationship with our brand partners, we also help them grow their sales in China. In 2017 and 2018, there were respectively two and five major brand partners whose products contributed over US$10 million to our product sales revenues. In the six-month period ended June 30, 2019, six major brand partners already crossed the US$10 million threshold.

 

103


Table of Contents

Key market insights and precision marketing based on extensive consumer data and strong data analytics

Our market insights, central to our value propositions, are based on the consumer data and analytics derived from our enterprise customer resource planning, or ECRP, system. We collect data from a wide variety of channels, including traffic and interactions on our XG Health platform, the online stores we operate on third-party e-commerce platforms and the social media accounts operated by us. These data include behavioral information such as consumers’ searches, inquiries and purchases as well as personal attributes volunteered by consumers. We construct context-rich user profiles by assigning behavior and personal attributes labels to each consumer. To date, we have accumulated profiles of 7.2 million paying consumers, which are updated and refined on an ongoing basis and help us devise individual-specific marketing plans. Analytics generated from this large dataset provide us with important insights about market trends, changes in consumer demographics and behavioral preferences, which are essential for us in designing broader campaigns for products and brands and optimizing our brand partner and product portfolio to better address consumer demand.

Visionary management team with substantial industry experience

Our visionary management team is the bedrock of our success. Members of the team possess on average over 15 years of industry experience and expertise in health and wellness, e-commerce, finance and corporate governance with a vision for growing an enterprise in China’s highly dynamic health and wellness market.

Our co-founders, Ms. Zoe Wang, who serves as our Chief Executive Officer, and Mr. Leo Zeng, who serves as our Chief Operating Officer, are pioneers in China’s health and wellness integrated solution industry. Ms. Wang was trained in traditional Chinese medicine and worked for 18 years as an advertising executive. Mr. Zeng has 15 years of experience in domestic and cross-border logistics and in e-commerce operations. Leveraging our co-founders’ expertise in health and wellness, sales and marketing and cross-border e-commerce, we became one of China’s first online cross-border health and wellness integrated solution providers.

Mr. Richard Wei, our Chief Financial Officer, has extensive experience in technology, finance and corporate governance. Mr. Wei was trained in computer science, worked as a technology equity analyst at global investment banks, and has served as the chief financial officer of a number of Asia-headquartered, SEC-registered public companies, including Shanda Games Limited, Spreadtrum Communications, Silicon Motion Technology Corporation, KongZhong Corporation and ASE Test Limited.

Mr. Guangbin You, our general manager in charge of the overall operation and management of the XG Health platform, has extensive sales, marketing and management experience in the healthcare industry. Prior to joining us, Mr. You worked for Wuhan Jiangmin Pharmaceutical Group for nearly 20 years, including nine years as national sales director and two years as the general manager of marketing.

Moreover, many members of the team have worked together for an extended period of time and helped build the Company from the ground up. The rapport that the team has built extends beyond the talent and skills of individual team members and contributes to a collective sense of mission.

Our Strategies

Expand our product and service offerings

We plan to expand our brand portfolio by strategically selecting brands that address unmet health and wellness needs of Chinese consumers. Based on the market insights acquired from the extensive touchpoints across multiple sales channels, we expect to focus in particular on certain underserved segments of the Chinese health and wellness market, such as maternal products, baby supplies, health supplements, health food and personal care products.

We will continue to focus on delivering high-quality, comprehensive solutions to our existing brand partners, and on identifying additional opportunities to strengthen our brand partner relationships by expanding

 

104


Table of Contents

the scope of cooperation providing additional services. Our plans include further investment in our fulfillment capabilities through our distribution channels and our warehouse and logistics infrastructure.

 

Expand our offline channel coverage

We believe there is significant unmet demand for health and wellness products in areas outside the tier one and tier two cities in China. Consumers in these areas prefer purchasing health and wellness products from local retailers, who usually have limited access to quality products and trustworthy content.

To tap into such demand, we plan to expand our offline coverage in these areas, primarily by enrolling local specialty stores in “lower-tier” cities, townships and rural area on our XG Health platform and thus providing them with dependable supplies of quality products. We also plan to host more offline consumer engagement activities, such as health and wellness presentations, in those areas to enhance the health consciousness of local consumers, which we believe leads to increased demand for the products we offer. We intend to expand our offline coverage nationwide and focus on the “lower-tier” cities, townships and rural areas, which account for 73.8% of China’s population as of the end of 2018, according to Frost & Sullivan.

Expand our content generation and distribution program

We seek to strengthen XG Health’s reputation as a trustworthy source of health and wellness content. To that end, we plan to engage more doctors, nutritionists and other content generators to bolster the content generation and distribution function of XG Health. We also plan to expand our customer reward program and encourage consumers to further distribute the content generated on XG Health. We believe these efforts will extend the outreach of our trustworthy health and wellness content, leading to enhanced customer stickiness.

Continue to invest in our consumer profiling and data analytics capabilities

We plan to further invest in and strengthen our consumer profiling and analytics capabilities based on browsing history, purchase behaviors and consumer feedback. The significant volume of data we have amassed presents an advantage in developing, training and testing analytical tools, and we intend to capitalize on that advantage in enhancing our data analytics capabilities. We will explore to enhance the application of artificial intelligence in our data analytics by cooperating with third parties in this area. We envisage a range of potential applications emerging from this effort, such as enhancing the efficiency and applicability of customer profiling, increasing the hit rate of our recommendations of products and services, and augmenting the precision of our broader marketing campaigns.

Pursue strategic collaboration, investment and acquisition opportunities in order to expand our product and service offerings, extend our geographic reach and enhance our technological capabilities

We plan to pursue strategic collaboration, investment and acquisition opportunities to supplement our product and service offerings. In addition, we expect to explore opportunities that could usher us to promising new markets, potentially through collaborations with existing or new brand partners. This could include examining opportunities for marketing and selling well-known Chinese-branded health and wellness products to the overseas Chinese communities. We may also evaluate opportunities for collaboration, investments and acquisitions that enhance our technological capabilities.

 

105


Table of Contents

Our Business Model and Services

We generate revenues through product sales to consumers and retailers and services primarily to brand partners. The following table sets forth a breakdown of our revenues for the periods indicated:

 

     Year ended December 31,     Six months ended June 30,  
     2017     2018     2018     2019  
     Amount      % of total     Amount      % of total     Amount      % of total     Amount      % of total  
                               (unaudited)  
     (in thousands of U.S. dollars, except percentages)  

Product sales

     95,573        97.3 %      176,098        88.5 %      66,326        92.9     139,912        92.5

Services

     2,665        2.7       22,917        11.5       5,038        7.1       11,413        7.5  
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

     98,238        100.0     199,015        100.0     71,364        100     151,325        100
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Product Sales

We carefully select products that suit consumer needs and sell these products through a variety of channels. Through online flagship stores we operate on third-party e-commerce platforms, such as Tmall and JD.com, we sell our brand partners’ and our proprietary brands’ products directly to consumers. Some brand partners authorize us to operate their flagship stores on specific e-commerce platforms, while others’ products are offered in our self-operated flagship stores on third-party e-commerce platforms. In addition, we generate product sales through our proprietary XG Health platform. For details about product sales through our XG Health platform, see “Our Proprietary Brands and Platform – XG Health”.

We also sell our brand partners’ and our proprietary brands’ products to third-party e-commerce platforms, such as Tmall-Mart, JD.com, and other online and offline retailers. We typically enter into supply agreements with such e-commerce platforms and other retailers with a term of 6 to 12 months, during which the e-commerce platforms or other retailers place orders to us from time to time for specified products based on a predetermined price or based on price negotiated at the time of the order. Some of these agreements set forth the purchase price for the specified products; others provide that such price shall be set forth in each purchase order following consultation between the retailer and us.

In addition, we enter into consignment arrangements with certain e-commerce platforms, pursuant to which the title to the products we deliver to these e-commerce platforms remains with us until these products are sold to end consumers. These e-commerce platforms pay us the purchase price of the underlying products according to pre-determined billing cycles, but they have the right to return to us for a full refund any product that is returned by end consumers or has remained unsold for a specified period of time.

Services

We offer our brand partners marketing solutions tailored to their needs and charge fixed project-based service fees. Leveraging the market insights generated from our consumer data, we help our brand partners formulate their marketing strategies. We then implement such strategies by organizing a range of marketing activities for our brand partners, including designing and operating online stores, running online promotional events, organizing offline marketing campaigns featuring social media influencers and circulating marketing messages to consumers. We also regularly conduct research on China’s health and wellness market and provide the analysis to our brand partners.

Our Brand Partners and Brand Partner Development and Services

Brand Partners

As of June 30, 2019, we sourced 62 brands of products from 39 brand partners. The products we source cover a wide range of categories, including health supplements and food, mother and child care products, and

 

106


Table of Contents

personal care products. The following table sets forth a selection of the brands we work with and the products we source:

 

Categories

  

Selected Brand Partners

  

Selected Products

Health Supplements and Food    Beijing Tong Ren Tang Health    American Ginseng
   Puritan’s Pride    Chondroitin & MSM Joint Soother
   Perrier    Mineral Water
   Wyeth Pharmaceutical    Centrum Multivitamin
Mother and Child Care Products    Abbott    Eleva Organic Baby Milk Powder
   Gerber    DHA & Probiotic Rice
   Lansinoh    Lanolin Nipple Cream
   Wyeth Nutrition    Illuma Organic Growing-Up Formula Milk Powder
Personal Care Products    A.H.C    White Collagen Skincare Set
   Compeed    Anti Blister Stick

The table below sets forth a breakdown of our product sales revenue by product category:

 

    Year ended December 31,     Six months ended June 30,  
    2017     2018     2018     2019  
    Amount     % of total     Amount     % of total     Amount     % of total     Amount     % of total  
    (in thousands of U.S. dollars, except percentages)  

Health Supplements and Food

    60,842       63.7     80,318       45.6     35,152       53.0     55,561       39.7

Mother and Child Care Products

    16,081       16.8       69,270       39.4       21,342       32.2       63,587       45.4  

Personal Care Products

    4,857       5.1       11,289       6.4       2,299       3.5       11,841       8.5  

Others*

    13,793       14.4       15,221       8.6       7,533       11.3       8,923       6.4  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

    95,573       100.0     176,098       100.0     66,326       100.0     139,912       100.0
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

*

Includes household healthcare equipment and household cleaning products.

The growth in our product sales revenues in 2018 was primarily driven by the growth in the sales revenues of mother and child care products, which increased significantly from US$16.1 million in 2017 to US$69.3 million in 2018.

We typically enter into annual supply agreements with our brand partners and, in some cases, act as the sole online channel distributor or sole cross-border ecommerce distributor in China. We purchase products from our brand partners at a discount to retail price by placing orders on an as-needed basis based on the projected sales cycle of the underlying product. We typically commit to sales targets and sometimes minimum inventory requirements with our brand partners. In return, we often receive sales rebates from our brand partners. Toward the end of the term, we assess the underlying products’ performance and negotiate with the brand partners on the renewal of the agreement. We constantly optimize our brand partner and product portfolio based on our consumer data and analytics derived from the traffic and interactions on our XG Health platform, the online stores we operate on third-party e-commerce platforms and the social media accounts operated by us.

We also provide value-added services to some of our brand partners under the service fee model. See “ – Our Business Model and Services – Services” for details. We enter into separate service agreements with those brand partners for such services.

 

107


Table of Contents

Brand Partner Development and Services

Brand partner screening and acquisition

We are highly selective in screening and choosing brand partners. We primarily focus on brands with global recognition, long and proven track records or leading positions in their respective market segments. We further screen potential brand partners by analyzing consumer behaviors, including their searches, inquiries and purchases, in the online flagship stores we operate on third-party e-commerce platforms or on our proprietary XG Health platform. Such records reveal the latest trends in consumer demand, allowing us to constantly review and from time to time strategically select brands with products that address the needs of consumers in China. In addition, we identify brands with significant market potential based on our market insights with a view to developing them into our major brand partners. Brands are generally willing to consider partnering with us because of our valuable insights into consumer demand, which enables targeted marketing efforts that are more effective and efficient than conventional marketing efforts without the support of consumer data analytics. To optimize the use of our resources, we also from time to time terminate our partnership with certain brands whose products do not perform as expected.

We also seek to deepen our relationships with existing brand partners by expanding the brand portfolio that they distribute through us. Five of the ten largest brand partners in terms of revenue contribution in the six months ended June 30, 2019 are under the common control of a global food and beverage company. At the beginning of 2017, we distributed only one brand owned by this company, and as the relationships deepened, we distributed 12 brands owned by this company as of June 30, 2019.

Brand partner services

Each of our brand partners is assigned an operations team led by an experienced operations director, who is responsible for managing our relationship with the brand partner and provides consultation on the brand partner’s needs. Based on such needs, we provide our brand partners with tailored marketing solutions, such as designing and operating online stores and organizing online and offline marketing campaigns. We are committed to offering premium services to our major brand partners by formulating customized marketing strategies organizing promotion events through e-commerce flagship stores and offline events. We also support our brand partners with supply chain management.

 

108


Table of Contents

Case Study: Facilitating the Chinese market expansion of an established global brand

Gerber is a leading U.S.-based baby food brand recognized and trusted by consumers around the world. In April 2015, Gerber officially commenced its cross-border e-commerce business in China. Recognizing our unique local knowledge and valuable market insights derived through our extensive touchpoints and data analytics capabilities, Gerber engaged us in July 2016 to operate its cross-border e-commerce business in China.

In order to successfully fulfill our mandate, we devised and implemented a comprehensive and multifaceted China strategy for Gerber, including the following:

 

   

operating Gerber’s flagship stores on major e-commerce platforms, such as Tmall Global, Kaola and JD Worldwide;

 

 

   

setting up an independent operations team and providing consumer support for each sales channel;

 

 

   

organizing online and offline promotional events;

 

 

   

developing and operating Gerber’s WeChat mall; and

 

 

   

providing supply chain support and inventory management.

 

 

LOGO

In 2018, the sales of Gerber’s cross-border e-commerce business in China generated through cooperation with us saw a year-on-year increase of 146.3%.

Our Proprietary Brands and Platform

Our Proprietary Brands

We have acquired two brands to provide tailored products that target underserved market niches. The products of these two brands are manufactured by third parties that we enter into annual manufacturing and supply agreements with.

Heng Shou Tang

We acquired Heng Shou Tang, a traditional Chinese herbal tonics brand, in April 2016 to better serve the untapped demand of younger consumers in China for traditional Chinese herbal tonics. In 2017, 2018 and the six months ended June 30, 2018 and 2019, revenues from the sales of Heng Shou Tang products were US$3.2 million, US$3.4 million, US$1.6 million and US$1.1 million, respectively.

 

109


Table of Contents

KGC

We acquired KGC, a household healthcare equipment brand that specializes in premium massage chairs, in December 2016, as our analytics showed low market penetration of massage chairs among the Chinese middle class, especially the younger office workers. We customized the KGC products based on our market insights and focus our marketing efforts on consumers suggested by our ECRP system. The sales revenues of KGC products increased from US$4.3 million in 2017 to US$7.1 million in 2018 and were US$3.5 million and US$1.9 million in the six months ended June 30, 2018 and 2019, respectively.

XG Health platform

We have developed XG Health, an integrated family health management and service platform that connects consumers with our brand partners and healthcare experts. XG Health is accessible to consumers through its WeChat public account and offers health management plans such as blood pressure control and weight management programs. These health management plans, prepared by the doctors and nutritionists we work with, contain detailed guidelines on dietary plans and other daily routines and, where relevant, include product recommendations. Consumers may reach out to these healthcare experts for further inquiries and receive customized non-medical health and wellness recommendations. We are in the process of entering into consulting agreements with these healthcare experts. Also available on XG Health are a rich array of carefully selected health and wellness products. Consumers may purchase these products for themselves or promote these products on social media and earn commissions on an actual sale, payable by us after we receive the payment from consumers. The commission rate is typically 3% to 5% and varies depending on product category and the promoter’s popularity.

 

In addition, we have recently launched an XG Health mobile app for retailers where they can source health and wellness products from us. We have rolled out a pilot program to invite owners of specialty stores in “lower-tier” cities, townships and rural area in Anhui Province in China to register on this app and plan to expand our offline coverage nationwide.

Content Generation and Promotional Activities

Content Generation

We partner with over 1,100 healthcare experts and KOLs to generate health and wellness content. These content generators, who receive a fixed fee from us, provide general advice on trending non-medical health and wellness topics and, based on product information from our brand partners, combine such advice with product recommendations. The generated content is then vetted by the relevant brand partner and processed by our 127-person contents team, comprising specialists in editing and website design and in-house licensed nutritionists, for publication. Such content is published as articles and short videos on various social media accounts we operate and sometimes provided to news and information outlets with embedded links to our online stores. Our contents team receive ongoing training from and supervision by our legal team, ensuring that the content generated complies with the relevant PRC laws and regulations.

Online Promotional Activities

We operate online flagship stores on multiple e-commerce platforms. See “– Our Business Model and Services” for details. Our online presence is a crucial component of our sales and marketing strategy and consumer-centric ecosystem, and we use a number of methods to increase site traffic, including conducting sales promotions through the online flagship stores, paying for advertisements tied to certain health and wellness-related keywords on search engines and generating blogs and videos that increase our exposure to target consumers. In addition, we leverage our data analytics capabilities to conduct targeted marketing. See “—Technology Infrastructure” for details.

 

110


Table of Contents

Offline Promotional Activities

We regularly engage in a range of offline promotional activities. To attract consumers, we host free healthcare presentations given by medical practitioners that are open to the public, and where samples of health and wellness products related to the presentation’s topic are given out for free. To attract more retailers, we host promotional presentations for our brand partners that are attended by their senior executives. We also plan to host more offline consumer engagement activities, such as health and wellness presentations, in ”lower-tier” cities, townships and rural area in China to enhance the health consciousness of local consumers, which we believe leads to increased demand for the products we offer.

Fulfillment and Payment

From our years of experience in the cross-border and domestic e-commerce business, we have acquired significant knowhow in managing the entire fulfillment process. We engage third-party warehousing and logistics service providers to ship the products we source from our brand partners to the warehouses we designate. We store our inventory in facilities occupying an aggregate floor area of approximately 50,000 square meters, comprising the two warehouses we lease and operate in Shanghai and Hangzhou and facilities operated by third-party warehousing and logistics service providers located in different cities in China and different countries, including the United States and Korea. We monitor and adjust our inventory level on an ongoing basis based on our sales projections and the shipment schedule of our brand partners. In the case of cross-border e-commerce, we arrange bulk shipment from our brand partners’ overseas warehouses to cross-border bonded zones in China pending customs clearance. Once a consumer places an order and makes payment, we clear the products through customs, including making the necessary tax payment, and deliver the products to the consumer.

We deliver products purchased by consumers and retailers nationwide through 15 third-party couriers. We typically enter into annual service agreements with warehousing and logistics service providers and third-party couriers and assume risks of damage and loss not attributable to the service provider’s fault.

Technology Infrastructure

Our technology infrastructure is critical to our ability to serve consumers, including our data analytic capabilities. As of June 30, 2019, our technology and IT team consisted of 65 employees, including core team members with extensive experience with e-commerce and Internet companies in China.

Central to our data analytics capabilities is our enterprise customer resource planning, or ECRP, system. The ECRP system retrieves orders placed by consumers directly with us and creates a profile for each consumer. To remove duplicate profiles across different channels, the ECRP system runs a check on IP address and contact information, such as mobile number and delivery address. Based on the order placed, each consumer profile is automatically assigned labels that enable targeted marketing.

 

111


Table of Contents

Case Study: Targeted marketing along a consumer’s life cycle

Consumer A is an expectant mother in Beijing. Seeking information and insights into making better health and wellness choices, Consumer A visited the Wyeth Nutrition overseas flagship store on Tmall operated by us, upon which her first search and order was for folic acid, a substance generally taken by pregnant women to prevent birth defects.

Based on the registration information provided by Consumer A and her initial search and purchase, our ECRP system began compiling an initial individualized consumer profile to be used in targeted product marketing and suggestions for content. This profile was then expanded as Consumer A made other searches and purchases. Directed by pre-programmed algorithms, the ECRP system sent Consumer A targeted information relating to pregnancy. Further, as time progressed, information that relates to each particular stage of pregnancy was sent to her, alongside customized promotional materials for best-selling products among women in her stage of pregnancy. The nature of these promotional materials continually changed to match her circumstances, including promoting baby formula and infant healthcare products once the time for Consumer A’s delivery approached.

Consumer A appreciates the recommendations she receives from us and the convenience of having relevant products and information for herself and her family shown to her. Consumer A now purchases products for her baby directly from us, and is confident that the items she receives will be trustworthy, high quality and safe for her family.

Based on our consumers’ historical purchases and responses to our marketing messages, the ECRP system may assign each consumer numerous labels that differentiate their health and wellness needs, brand preferences, purchasing power and level of interest in our promotional activities. In addition, our data analysts monitor the sales data gathered by the ECRP system on an ongoing basis and identify trends in consumer demand.

We also license from third parties software programs that provide support for other aspects of our operations, including supply chain management, warehousing management and financial accounting. In addition, we are committed to ensuring the security and reliability of our technology infrastructure and safeguarding our data. We have adopted comprehensive cybersecurity and system back-up policies and regularly conduct internal audits on compliance with these policies. We also maintain a data recovery center in Songjiang District, Shanghai in China. We intend to further invest in our technology infrastructure to support the growth of our business.

Intellectual Property

We regard our trademarks, copyright, service marks, domain names, trade secrets, proprietary technologies and other intellectual property as critical to our success. To protect our proprietary rights in content, services and technology, we rely on trademark, copyright and trade secret protection laws in China. As of June 30, 2019, we owned 295 registered trademarks, including those relating to our “ECMOHO” brand name and our proprietary brands of “KGC” and “Heng Shou Tang”. As of the same date, we also owned 22 copyrights, 11 domain names and 11 patents in China and Hong Kong.

We use our brand partners’ names, logos and other marks in connection with marketing and selling their products. Some of our agreements with our brand partners provide us with licenses, typically coterminous with the agreement, to use their intellectual property for the said purposes; others require that we obtain the brand partner’s consent for specific uses of the brand partner’s intellectual property. We do not register our brand partners’ trademarks in China on their behalf.

 

112


Table of Contents

Employees

As of June 30, 2019, we had a total of 626 full-time employees. We had a total of 397, 403 and 651 full-time employees as of December 31, 2016, 2017 and 2018, respectively. Substantially all of our full-time employees are based in China.

The following table sets forth a breakdown of our employees as of June 30, 2019 by function:

 

Function

   Number  

Fulfillment

     69  

Sales and marketing

     429  

General and administrative

     63  

Research and development

     65  
  

 

 

 

Total

     626  
  

 

 

 

As required by laws and regulations in China, we participate in various employee social security plans that are organized by municipal and provincial governments including, among other things, pension, medical insurance, unemployment insurance, maternity insurance, on-the-job injury insurance and housing fund plans through a PRC government-mandated benefit contribution plan. We are required under PRC law to make contributions to employee benefit plans at specified percentages of the salaries, bonuses and certain allowances of our employees, up to a maximum amount specified by the local government from time to time.

We typically enter into standard employment agreements and confidentiality agreements or clauses with our senior management and core personnel. These agreements include a standard non-compete covenant that prohibits the employee from competing with us, directly or indirectly, during his or her employment and for six months after termination of his or her employment.

We believe that we maintain a good working relationship with our employees, and we have not experienced any material labor disputes.

Properties and Facilities

Our corporate headquarters are located in Shanghai. We also lease office space in Hangzhou, Xining and Yinchuan and warehouse space in Shanghai and Hangzhou. As of June 30, 2019, we leased an aggregate of approximately 6,100 square meters of office space and an aggregate of approximately 51,000 square meters of warehouse space. We believe that our existing properties and facilities are generally adequate for our current needs, but we expect to seek additional space as needed to accommodate our future growth.

Insurance

We provide social security insurance including pension insurance, unemployment insurance, work-related injury insurance and medical insurance for our employees. Additionally, we provide accident insurance and supplementary medical insurance for certain key personnel. We do not maintain business interruption insurance, product liability insurance or key-man life insurance. We consider our insurance coverage sufficient for our business operations in China.

Legal Proceedings

From time to time, we are involved in legal proceedings in the ordinary course of our business. See “Risk Factors—Risks Related to Our Business and Industry—We may from time to time become party to litigation, other legal or administrative disputes and proceedings that may materially and adversely affect us.” for a lawsuit involving Heng Shou Tang, our proprietary brand. Except as disclosed in this prospectus, we are currently not a party to any material legal or administrative proceedings.

 

113


Table of Contents

REGULATION

This section sets forth a summary of the most significant rules and regulations that affect our business activities in China.

Regulations Relating to Foreign Investment

Investment in the PRC conducted by foreign investors and foreign-owned enterprises shall comply with the Catalog for the Guidance of Foreign Investment Industries, or the Catalog, which was first issued in 1995 and amended from time to time. The most updated Catalog was promulgated by the Ministry of Commerce of the People’s Republic of China, or the MOFCOM, and the National Development and Reform Commission, or the NDRC, on June 28, 2017 and became effective on July 28, 2017, and contains specific provisions guiding market access of foreign capital and stipulates in detail the areas of entry pertaining to the categories of encouraged foreign investment industries, restricted foreign investment industries and prohibited foreign investment industries. The encouraged foreign investment industries were substituted by the Catalog of Industries for Encouraged Foreign Investment (2019 Edition) promulgated on June 30, 2019 and became effective July 30, 2019. The latter two categories are recently amended by the Special Administrative Measures for Access of Foreign Investments, or the Negative List 2019. Any industry not listed in the Negative List 2019 is a permitted industry and generally open to foreign investment unless specifically prohibited or restricted by PRC laws and regulations. According to the Negative List 2019, value-added telecommunications services (with the proportion of foreign investment not exceeding 50%, excluding e-commerce) is restricted for foreign investment.

On September 3, 2016, the Standing Committee of National People’s Congress, or the SCNPC, passed the Decision of the Standing Committee of the National People’s Congress on Revising Four Laws including the Law of the People’s Republic of China on Wholly Foreign-owned Enterprises, or the Decision, which became effective on October 1, 2016. According to the Decision, the establishment, operation period and its extension, breakup, merger or any other major changes of a foreign-invested enterprise, or the FIE, in a sector not subject to special entry administrative measures will be simplified by going through government record-filing instead of a government approval process. According to the Announcement of the NDRC and the MOFCOM [2016] No.22 issued on October 8, 2016, the special entry administrative measures shall be applicable and implemented to the restricted foreign investment industries, prohibited foreign investment industries and encouraged foreign investment industries which have requirements as to shareholding and qualifications of senior management stipulated in the then-effective Catalog. At the same date, the MOFCOM promulgated the Provisional Filing Administrative Measures on Establishment and Modifications for Foreign Investment Enterprises, as amended on July 30, 2017 and June 29, 2018, which request the establishment and modifications of FIEs not subject to the special entry administrative measures, to be filed with the delegated commerce authorities and specify the procedures and requirements for such filing in detail.

Foreign Investment Law

On March 15, 2019, the SCNPC promulgated the Foreign Investment Law, which will become effective on January 1, 2020 and replace the Sino-Foreign Equity Joint Venture Enterprise Law, the Sino-Foreign Cooperative Joint Venture Enterprise Law and the Foreign Owned Enterprise Law, together with their implementation rules and ancillary regulations. The organization form, organization and activities of foreign-invested enterprises shall be governed, among others, by the PRC Company Law and the PRC Partnership Enterprise Law. Foreign-invested enterprises established before the implementation of the Foreign Investment Law may retain the original business organization and so on within five years after the implementation of this Law.

 

114


Table of Contents

Regulation Relating to Value-added Telecommunications Services

Foreign Investment in Value-Added Telecommunications

Foreign direct investment in telecommunications companies in China is regulated by the Administrative Provisions on of Foreign-Invested Telecommunications Enterprises, or the FITE Regulations, which were issued by the State Council on December 11, 2001 and amended on September 10, 2008 and February 6, 2016, respectively. The FITE Regulations stipulate that a foreign-invested telecommunications enterprise in the PRC, or the FITE, must be established as a sino-foreign equity joint venture for operations in the PRC. Under the FITE Regulations and in accordance with WTO-related agreements, the foreign party investing in a FITE engaging in value-added telecommunications services may hold up to 50% of the ultimate equity interests of the FITE. In addition, the major foreign party to be the shareholder of the FITE must satisfy a number of stringent performance and operational experience requirements, including demonstrating a good track record and experience in operating a value-added telecommunications business. The FITE that meets these requirements must obtain approvals from the Ministry of Industry and Information Technology, or the MIIT, and the MOFCOM or their authorized local branches, which retain considerable discretion in granting approvals. Furthermore, the foreign party investing in e-commerce business, as a type of value-added telecommunications services, has been allowed to hold up to 100% of the ultimate equity interests of the FITE based on the Circular of the Ministry of Industry and Information Technology on Removing the Restrictions on Shareholding Ratio Held by Foreign Investors in Online Data Processing and Transaction Processing (Operating E-commerce) Business issued on June 19, 2015 and the current effective Catalog of Telecommunications Services, or the Telecom Catalog.

On July 13, 2006, the Ministry of Information Industry of the PRC, or the MII, which is the predecessor of the MIIT, promulgated the Notice of the Ministry of Information Industry on Strengthening the Administration of Foreign Investment in Value-added Telecommunications Services, or the MII Notice, which reiterates certain requirements of the FITE Regulations and strengthens the administration by the MII. Under the MII Notice, if a foreign investor intends to invest in PRC value-added telecommunications business, the FITE must be established to apply for the relevant telecommunications business licenses. In addition, a domestic company that holds a license for the provision of value-added telecommunications services is prohibited from leasing, transferring or selling the license to foreign investors in any form, and from providing any assistance, including providing resources, sites or facilities, to foreign investors to conduct value-added telecommunications businesses illegally in China. Trademarks and domain names that are used in the provision of value-added telecommunications services must be owned by the license holder or its shareholders. The MII Notice also requires that each value-added telecommunications services license holder have appropriate facilities for its approved business operations and to maintain such facilities in the business regions covered by its license. The value-added telecommunications services license holder shall perfect relevant measures for safeguarding the network and information, establish relevant administrative system for information safety, set up the procedures for handling emergencies of network and information safety and implement the liabilities of information safety.

Telecommunications Regulations

The Telecommunications Regulations of the People’s Republic of China, or the Telecom Regulations, promulgated on September 25, 2000 and amended on July 29, 2014 and February 6, 2016, are the primary PRC laws governing telecommunications services, and set out the general framework for the provision of telecommunications services by domestic PRC companies. The Telecom Regulations require that telecommunications service providers shall obtain operating licenses prior to commencing operations. The Telecom Regulations draw a distinction between basic telecommunications services and value-added telecommunications services. The Telecom Catalog, promulgated by the MII on February 21, 2003, amended by the MIIT on December 28, 2015 and June 6, 2019 and issued as an attachment to the Telecom Regulations, identifies Internet information services and online data processing and transaction processing as value-added telecommunications services.

 

115


Table of Contents

On July 3, 2017, the MIIT issued the revised Administrative Measures for the Licensing of Telecommunications Business, or the Telecom License Measures, which became effective in September 1, 2017, to supplement the Telecom Regulations. The Telecom License Measures require that an operator of value-added telecommunications services obtain a value-added telecommunications business operating license from the MIIT or its provincial level counterparts. The term of a value-added telecommunications business license is five years and subject to annual inspection.

Internet Information Services

On September 25, 2000, the State Council promulgated the Measures for the Administration of Internet Information Services, or the ICP Measures, as amended on January 8, 2011. Under the ICP Measures, the internet information service is categorized into commercial internet information services and non-commercial internet services. The operators of non-commercial internet information services must file with relevant governmental authorities and operators of commercial internet information services in China must obtain a license for internet information provision, or the ICP License, from the relevant governmental authorities, and the provision of particular information services, such as news, publishing, education, healthcare, medicine and medical device, and must also comply with relevant laws and regulations and obtain the approval from competent governmental authorities.

Internet information service providers are required to monitor their websites. They may not post or disseminate any content that falls within prohibited categories provided by laws or administrative regulations and must stop providing any such content on their websites. The PRC government may order ICP License holders that violate the content restrictions to correct those violations and revoke their ICP Licenses under serious conditions.

The MIIT released the Circular on Regulating the Use of Domain Names in Internet Information Services on November 27, 2017, effective from January 1, 2018, which provides that the domain names used by the Internet information service provider in providing Internet information services shall be registered and owned by such Internet information service provider, and if the Internet information service provider is a legal entity, the domain name registrant shall be the legal entity (or any of its shareholders), or its principal or senior manager.

Mobile Internet Applications Information Services

On June 28, 2016, the Cyberspace Administration of China, or the CAC, promulgated the Administrative Provisions on Mobile Internet Applications Information Services, or the APP Provisions, which became effective on August 1, 2016. Under the APP Provisions, mobile application providers are prohibited from engaging in any activity that may endanger national security, disturb the social order, or infringe the legal rights of third parties, and may not produce, copy, issue or disseminate through internet mobile applications any content prohibited by laws and regulations. The APP Provisions also require application providers to procure relevant qualifications required by laws and regulations to provide services through such applications.

Regulations Relating to Medical Devices Operation and Service

Medical Devices Operation

According to the Regulations on the Supervision and Administration of Medical Devices, which was promulgated by the State Council on January 4, 2000 and amended on March 7, 2014 and May 4, 2017, respectively, and the Measures on the Supervision and Administration of the Business Operations of Medical Devices, which was promulgated by the State Food and Drug Administration, or the SFDA, the predecessor of the China Food and Drug Administration, or the CFDA, on July 30, 2014 and amended on November 17, 2017 and other relevant laws and regulations, business operations of medical devices are regulated based on the degree of risks involving the medical devices, which are divided into three categories. Operation of Class I medical

 

116


Table of Contents

devices does not require a license or record-filing, while operations of Class II medical devices and Class III medical devices are subject to record-filing and licensing requirements, respectively. An entity engaging in the operation of medical devices shall meet certain requirements with respect to its management system, personnel, facilities etc., and shall apply for approval to operate Class III medical devices and make record-filing with relevant governmental authority to operate Class II medical devices. The valid term of medical devices operation permit is five years.

Regulations Relating to Online Operation of Drugs and Medical Devices

Internet Drug Information Service

The Administrative Measures for Internet Drug Information Service, or the Internet Drug Measures, was promulgated by the SFDA on July 8, 2004 and amended by the CFDA on November 17, 2017, pursuant to which the internet drug information service means service activities of providing online users with drug (including medical device) information via Internet and is divided into commercial internet drug information services and non-commercial internet drug information services. The website operator that provides drugs (including medical devices) information services must obtain an Internet Drug Information Service Qualification Certificate from the competent counterpart of the CFDA. The valid term for an Internet Drug Information Service Qualification Certificate is five years and may be renewed at least six months prior to its expiration date upon a re-examination by the relevant governmental authorities.

Furthermore, as requested by Internet Drug Measures, the information relating to drugs shall be accurate and scientific in nature, and its provision shall comply with the relevant laws and regulations. No product information of narcotic drugs, psychotropic drugs, medicinal toxic drugs, radiopharmaceutical, detoxification drugs and pharmaceutics made by medical institutes shall be published on the website. In addition, advertisements relating to drugs (including medical devices) shall be approved by the CFDA or its competent counterparts.

Online Sales of Medical Device

Under PRC laws and regulations, the medical devices are allowed to be sold online in general.

On December 20, 2017, the CFDA promulgated the Measures for the Administration and Supervision of Online Sales of Medical Devices, or the Online Medical Devices Sales Measures, which became effective on March 1, 2018. According to the Online Medical Devices Sales Measures, enterprises engaged in online sales of medical devices must be medical device manufacture and operation enterprises that have obtained a medical devices production license or operation license or have been filed for record, unless such licenses or record-filing is not required by laws and regulations, and the third-party platform for provision of online medical devices transaction services shall obtain an Internet Drug Information Service Qualification Certificate. Enterprises engaged in online sales of medical devices and providers of third-party platforms providing online trading service for medical devices shall take technical measures to ensure that the data and materials of online sales of medical devices are authentic, complete and traceable, for example the records of sales information of medical devices shall be kept for two years after the lifetime of the medical devices, and for no less than five years in case of no lifetime limit, or be kept permanently in case of implanted medical devices.

Regulations Relating to Online Trading and E-Commerce

On January 26, 2014, the State Administration for Industry and Commerce, or the SAIC, the predecessor of the General Office of the State Administration for Market Regulation) promulgated the Administrative Measures for Online Trading, or the Online Trading Measures, which became effective on March 15, 2014, to regulate all operating activities for product sales and services provision via the internet (including mobile internet). It stipulates the obligations of online products operators and services providers and certain special requirements

 

117


Table of Contents

applicable to third-party platform operators. Furthermore, the MOFCOM promulgated the Provisions on the Procedures for Formulating Transaction Rules of Third-Party Online Retail Platforms (Trial) on December 24, 2014, which became effective on April 1, 2015, to guide and regulate the formulation, revision and enforcement of transaction rules by online retail third-party platforms operators. These measures impose more stringent requirements and obligations on third-party platform operators. For example, third-party platform operators are obligated to make public and file their transaction rules with MOFCOM or their respective provincial counterparts, examine and register the legal status of each third-party merchant selling products or services on their platforms and display on a prominent location on a merchant’s webpage the information stated in the merchant’s business license or a link to its business license. Where third-party platform operators also conduct self-operation of products or services on the platform, these third-party platform operators must make a clear distinction between their online direct sales and sales of third-party merchant products on their third-party platforms to avoid misleading the consumers.

After the issuance of Online Trading Measures, the SAIC has issued a number of guidelines and implementing rules aimed at adding greater specificity to these regulations and continues to consider and issue guidelines and implementing rules in this industry. For example, the Ministry of Finance, or the MOF, the General Administration of Customs, or the GAC, and the SAT issued the Circular on Tax Policy for Cross-Border E-commerce Retail Imports on March 24, 2016, which became effective on April 8, 2016 and the Circular on Improving Tax Policies for Cross-Border E-commerce Retail Imports on November 29, 2018, which became effective on January 1, 2019, to regulate cross-border e-commerce trading and introduced the concept of the List of Imported Commodities Retailed through Cross-Border E-commerce, or the Cross-Border E-Commerce Goods List, which has been issued and updated by the three authorities together with other relevant authorities from time to time. The Cross-Border E-Commerce Goods List has been recently updated in November 2018 and the Circular on Improving the Regulation of Cross-border E-commerce Retail Imports issued by the MOFCOM, the NDRC, the MOF, the GAC, the SAT and the SAIC in November 2018 to further implement the rules and pursuant to which, qualified retail imported goods on cross-border e-commerce platforms shall be treated as personal items which are not subject to stricter regulations and higher tax rates applicable to normal imported goods in 37 cross-border e-commerce trial cities.

On August 31, 2018, the SCNPC promulgated the E-Commerce Law of the People’s Republic of China, or the E-Commerce Law, which took effect on January 1, 2019. The promulgation of the E-Commerce Law established the basic legal framework for the development of China’s E-Commerce business and clarified the obligations of the operators of E-Commerce platforms and the possible legal consequences if operators of E-commerce platforms are found to be in violation of legally prescribed obligations. For example, pursuant to the E-Commerce Law, an operator of an E-commerce platform shall give appropriate reminders to and provide convenience for the operators on its platform who have not completed the formalities for the registration of market entities to complete such formalities. Also, an operator of an E-commerce platform is legally obligated to verify and register the information of the business operators on its platform, prepare emergency plans in response to possible cyber security incidents, keep the transaction information for no less than three years from the date on which the transaction has been completed, establish rules on the protection of intellectual property rights and conform to the principle of openness, fairness and justice. Violation of the provisions of the E-Commerce Law may entail being ordered to make corrections within a prescribed period of time, confiscation of gains illegally obtained, fines, suspension of business, inclusion of such violations in the credit records and possible civil liabilities.

Regulations Relating to Food Business

The Food Safety Law of the People’s Republic of China, which was effective as from June 1, 2009 and amended by the SCNPC on April 24, 2015, December 29, 2018, and became effective on the same date, and the Implementation Regulations of the Food Safety Law of the People’s Republic of China, which took effect as from July 20, 2009 and were amended by the State Council on February 6, 2016, regulate food safety and set up a system of the supervision and administration of food safety and adopt food safety standards. The State Council

 

118


Table of Contents

implements a licensing system for the food production and transaction. To engage in food production, sale or catering services, the business operator shall obtain a license in accordance with the laws. Furthermore, the State Council implements strict supervision and administration for special categories of foods such as healthcare foods, formula foods for special medical purposes and infant formula foods.

The Administrative Measures for Food Operation Licensing, promulgated by the CFDA on August 31, 2015 and amended on November 17, 2017 regulates the food business licensing activities, strengthens the supervision and management of food business and ensures food safety. Food business operators shall obtain one Food Business License for one business venue where they engage in food business activities. The valid term of a food business license is five years.

According to the Administration Measures of Health-care Food Products issued by the Ministry of Health, or the MOH, on March 15, 1996, any food claimed to have the effect of health-care must be identified by the MOH.

Regulations Relating to Product Quality and Consumers Protection

According to the Product Quality Law of the People’s Republic of China, which was effective as from September 1, 1993 and amended by the SCNPC on July 8, 2000, August 27, 2009 and December 29, 2018 respectively, products for sale must satisfy relevant safety standards and sellers shall adopt measures to maintain the quality of products for sale. Sellers may not mix impurities or imitations into products, or pass counterfeit goods off as genuine ones, or defective products as good ones or substandard products as standard ones. For sellers, any violation of state or industrial standards for health and safety or other requirements may result in civil liabilities and administrative penalties, such as compensation for damages, fines, confiscation of products illegally manufactured or sold and the proceeds from the sales of such products illegally manufactured or sold and even revoking business license; in addition, severe violations may subject the responsible individual or enterprise to criminal liabilities.

According to the Consumers Rights and Interests Protection Law of the People’s Republic of China, or the Consumers Rights and Interests Protection Law, which became effective on January 1, 1994 and was amended by the SCNPC on August 27, 2009 and October 25, 2013 respectively, business operators should guarantee that the products and services they provide satisfy the requirements for personal or property safety, and provide consumers with authentic information about the quality, function, usage and term of validity of the products or services. The consumers whose interests have been damaged due to the products or services that they purchase or accept on the internet trading platforms may claim damages to sellers or service providers. Where the operators of the online trading platforms are unable to provide the real names, addresses and valid contact details of the sellers or service providers, the consumers may also claim damages to the operators of the online trading platforms. Operators of online trading platforms that clearly knew or should have known that sellers or service providers use their platforms to infringe upon the legitimate rights and interests of consumers but fail to take necessary measures must bear joint and several liabilities with the sellers or service providers. Moreover, if business operators deceive consumers or knowingly sell substandard or defective products, they should not only compensate consumers for their losses, but also pay additional damages equal to three times the price of the goods or services.

On January 6, 2017, the SAIC issued the Interim Measures for Seven-day Unconditional Return of Online Purchased Goods, which became effective on March 15, 2017, further clarifying the scope of consumers’ rights to make returns without a reason, including exceptions, return procedures and online trading platform operators’ responsibility to formulate seven-day unconditional return rules and related consumer protection systems, and supervise the merchants for compliance with these rules.

Regulations Relating to Pricing

In China, the prices of a very small number of products and services are guided or fixed by the government. According to the Pricing Law of the People’s Republic of China, or the Pricing Law, promulgated by the SCNPC

 

119


Table of Contents

on December 29, 1997 and became effective on May 1, 1998, business operators must, as required by the government departments in charge of pricing, mark the prices explicitly and indicate the name, origin of production, specifications and other related particulars clearly. Business operators may not sell products at a premium or charge any fees that are not explicitly indicated. Business operators must not commit the specified unlawful pricing activities, such as colluding with others to manipulate the market price, using false or misleading prices to deceive consumers to transact, or conducting price discrimination against other business operators. Failure to comply with the Pricing Law may subject business operators to administrative sanctions such as warning, ceasing unlawful activities, compensation, confiscating illegal gains and fines. The business operators may be ordered to suspend business for rectification or have their business licenses revoked under severe circumstances.

Regulations Relating to Management of Importing Goods

According to the Customs Law of the People’s Republic of China, promulgated by the SCNPC on January 22, 1987, amended on July 8, 2000, June 29, 2013, December 28, 2013, November 7, 2016 and November 4, 2017, and became effective as from November 5, 2017, unless otherwise provided for, the declaration of import or export commodities and the payment of duties may be made by the consignees or consigners themselves, and such formalities may also be completed by their entrusted customs brokers that have registered with the Customs. The consignees and consignors for imported or exported commodities and the customs brokers engaged in customs declaration shall register with the Customs for their declaration activities in accordance with the laws. The declaration of inward and outward articles and payment of duties on them may be made by the owners of the articles themselves or by the persons they have entrusted with the work.

According to the Foreign Trade Law of the People’s Republic of China, promulgated by the SCNPC on May 12, 1994, amended on April 6, 2004 and November 7, 2016, and effective as from November 7, 2016, and the Measures for the Archival Filing and Registration of Foreign Trade Business Operators, promulgated by the MOFCOM on June 25, 2004 and became effective on July 1, 2004 and further revised on August 18, 2016, foreign trade operators engaged in goods or technology import and export shall go through the registration for record formalities with the MOFCOM or its entrusted institutions, except for those that are exempted from the registration for record formalities in accordance with the laws, administrative regulations and the rules of the MOFCOM. Customs will decline to carry out customs clearance and inspection procedures for the import and export of goods for operators that fail to go through the registration for record formalities.

Pursuant to the Notice of the Ministry of Commerce on Relevant Issues Concerning the Filing and Registration of Right to Foreign Trade of Foreign-invested Enterprises issued by the MOFCOM on August 17, 2004 and effective as of the same date, any FIEs established after July 1, 2004 that engages in import or export of self-use or self-produced goods and technologies of this enterprise need not go through the registration for record formalities for foreign trade operators.

The principal regulations on the inspection of import and export of commodities are set out in the Import and Export Commodity Inspection Law of the People’s Republic of China promulgated by the SCNPC on February 21, 1989 and amended on April 28, 2002, June 29, 2013, April 27, 2018 and December 29, 2018 and its implementation rules. According to the aforesaid laws and regulations, the imported and exported commodities that are subject to compulsory inspection listed in the catalog compiled by the General Administration of Quality Supervision, Inspection and Quarantine of the PRC shall be inspected by the commodity inspection authorities, and the imported and exported commodities that are not subject to statutory inspection shall be subject to random inspection. Consignees and consignors or their entrusted agents may apply for inspection to the commodity inspection authorities.

Pursuant to the Administrative Measures for the Import and Export of Goods of the People’s Republic of China which were issued by the State Council on December 10, 2001 and became effective on January 1, 2002, the PRC government implements a unified administrative system for the import and export of goods, which

 

120


Table of Contents

allows free import and export of goods and maintains the fairness and orderliness of the import and export of goods according to law. Unless clearly provided in laws and administrative regulations that the import or export of goods is forbidden or restricted, no entity or individual may establish or maintain prohibitive or restrictive measures over the import and export of goods.

Regulations Relating to Leasing

Pursuant to the Law on Administration of Urban Real Estate of the People’s Republic of China promulgated by the SCNPC on July 5, 1994 and amended on August 30, 2007 and August 27, 2009, when leasing premises, the lessor and lessee are required to enter into a written lease contract, containing such provisions as the leasing term, use of the premises, rental and repair liabilities, and other rights and obligations of both parties. Both lessor and lessee are also required to register the lease with the real estate administration department. If the lessor and lessee fail to go through the registration procedures, both lessor and lessee may be subject to fines.

According to the Contract Law of the People’s Republic of China, the lessee may sublease the leased premises to a third party, subject to the consent of the lessor. Where the lessee subleases the premises, the lease contract between the lessee and the lessor remains valid. The lessor is entitled to terminate the lease contract if the lessee subleases the premises without the consent of the lessor. In addition, if the lessor transfers the premises, the lease contract between the lessee and the lessor will still remain valid.

Pursuant to the Property Law of the People’s Republic of China, if a mortgagor leases the mortgaged property before the mortgage contract is executed, the previously established leasehold interest will not be affected by the subsequent mortgage; and where a mortgagor leases the mortgaged property after the creation and registration of the mortgage interest, the leasehold interest will be subordinated to the registered mortgage.

Regulations Relating to Advertising

In 1994, the SCNPC promulgated the Advertising Law of the People’s Republic of China, or the Advertising Law, which was recently revised on April 24, 2015, October 26, 2018 and became effective on the same date. The Advertising Law regulates commercial advertising activities in the PRC and sets out the obligations of advertisers, advertising operators, advertising publishers and advertisement endorser, and prohibits any advertisement from containing any obscenity, pornography, gambling, superstition, terrorism or violence-related content. Any advertiser in violation of such requirements on advertisement content will be ordered to cease publishing such advertisements and imposed a fine ranging from RMB200,000 to RMB1,000,000; in severe circumstances, the business license of such advertiser may be revoked, and the relevant authorities may revoke the approval document for advertisement examination and refuse to accept applications submitted by such advertiser for one year. In addition, any advertising operator or advertising publisher in violation of such requirements will be imposed a fine ranging from RMB200,000 to RMB1,000,000, and the advertisement fee received will be confiscated; in severe circumstances, the business license of such advertising operator or advertising publisher may be revoked.

The Interim Measures for the Administration of Internet Advertising, or the Internet Advertising Measures, regulating the internet-based advertising activities were adopted by the SAIC on July 4, 2016 and became effective on September 1, 2016. According to the Internet Advertising Measures, internet advertisers are responsible for the authenticity of the advertisements content and all online advertisements must be marked “Advertisement” so that viewers can easily identify them as such. Publishing and circulating advertisements through the Internet shall not affect the normal use of the Internet by users. It is not allowed to induce users to click on the content of advertisements by any fraudulent means, or to attach advertisements or advertising links in the emails without permission.

The Measures for the Examination of Medical Device Advertisements were released by the MOH, the SAIC and the SFDA on April 7, 2009, and stipulates that advertisements for medical devices shall be examined and

 

121


Table of Contents

approved by drug administrative authority at provincial level, and advertisements shall be submitted to the SFDA by the examination authority for record-filing.

The Provisional Regulation on the Release of Food Advertisements released by the SAIC on December 30, 1996 and amended on December 3, 1998, stipulates that it is prohibited for advertisers to expressly or impliedly indicate the health-care effects of ordinary foods. It is also prohibited to compare the effects of the health-care food with other health-care food or medicines. And the contents of a health-care food advertisement shall follow the specification and the label approved by the health administrative department of the State Council, and it is prohibited to expand the scope arbitrarily.

Regulations relating to Internet Information Security and Privacy Protection

PRC government authorities have enacted laws and regulations with respect to internet information security and protection of personal information from any abuse or unauthorized disclosure, and which includes the Decision of the Standing Committee of the National People’s Congress on Internet Security Protection enacted and amended by the SCNPC on December 28, 2000 and August 27, 2009, respectively, the Provisions on the Technical Measures for Internet Security Protection issued by the Ministry of Public Security on December 13, 2005 and took effect on March 1, 2006, the Decision of the Standing Committee of the National People’s Congress on Strengthening Network Information Protection promulgated by the SCNPC on December 28, 2012, the Several Provisions on Regulating the Market Order of Internet Information Services promulgated by the MIIT on December 29, 2011, and the Provisions on Protection of Personal Information of Telecommunication and Internet Users released by the MIIT on July 16, 2013. Internet information in China is regulated and restricted from a national security standpoint.

The Provisions on Protection of Personal Information of Telecommunication and Internet Users regulate the collection and use of users’ personal information in the provision of telecommunications services and Internet information services in the PRC. Telecommunication business operators and Internet service providers are required to institute and disclose their own rules for the collecting and use of users’ information. Telecommunication business operators and Internet service providers must specify the purposes, manners and scopes of information collection and uses, obtain consent of the relevant citizens, and keep the collected personal information confidential. Telecommunication business operators and Internet service providers are prohibited from disclosing, tampering with, damaging, selling or illegally providing others with, collected personal information. Telecommunication business operators and Internet service providers are required to take technical and other measures to prevent the collected personal information from any unauthorized disclosure, damage or loss. Once users terminate the use of telecommunications services or Internet information services, telecommunications business operators and Internet information service providers shall stop the collection and use of the personal information of users and provide the users with services for deregistering their account numbers.

The Provisions on Protecting Personal Information of Telecommunication and Internet Users further define the personal information of user to include user name, birth date, identification number, address, phone number, account number, passcode, and other information that may be used to identify the user independently or in combination with other information and the timing, places, etc. of the use of services by the users. Furthermore, according to the Interpretations on Several Issues Concerning the Application of Law in the Handling of Criminal Cases Involving Infringement of Citizens’ Personal Information, or the Interpretations, issued by the Supreme People’s Court and the Supreme People’s Procuratorate on May 8, 2017 and took effect on June 1, 2017, personal information means various information recorded electronically or through other manners, which may be used to identify individuals or activities of individuals, including but not limited to the name, identification number, contact information, address, user account number and passcode, property ownership and whereabouts.

On November 1, 2015, the Ninth Amendment to the Criminal Law of the People’s Republic of China issued by the SCNPC became effective, pursuant to which, any internet service provider that fails to comply with

 

122


Table of Contents

obligations related to internet information security administration as required by applicable laws and refuses to rectify upon order is subject to criminal penalty for (i) any large-scale dissemination of illegal information; (ii) any severe consequences due to the leakage of the user information; (iii) any serious loss of criminal evidence; or (iv) other severe circumstances. Furthermore, any individual or entity that (i) sells or distributes personal information in a manner which violates relevant regulations, or (ii) steals or illegally obtain any personal information is subject to criminal penalty in severe circumstances.

On June 1, 2017, the Cyber Security Law of the People’s Republic of China, or the Cyber Security Law, promulgated by SCNPC took effect, which is formulated to maintain the network security, safeguard the cyberspace sovereignty, national security and public interests, protect the lawful rights and interests of citizens, legal persons and other organizations, and requires that a network operator, which includes, among others, internet information services providers, take technical measures and other necessary measures to safeguard the safe and stable operation of the networks, effectively respond to the network security incidents, prevent illegal and criminal activities, and maintain the integrity, confidentiality and availability of network data. The Cyber Security Law reaffirms the basic principles and requirements set forth in other existing laws and regulations on personal information protections and strengthens the obligations and requirements of internet service providers, which include but are not limited to: (i) keeping all user information collected strictly confidential and setting up a comprehensive user information protection system; (ii) abiding by the principles of legality, rationality and necessity in the collection and use of user information and disclosure of the rules, purposes, methods and scopes of collection and use of user information; and (iii) protecting users’ personal information from being leaked, tampered with, destroyed or provided to third parties. Any violation of the provisions and requirements under the Cyber Security Law and other related regulations and rules may result in administrative liabilities such as warnings, fines, confiscation of illegal gains, revocation of licenses, suspension of business, and shutting down of websites, or, in severe cases, criminal liabilities. After the release of the Cyber Security Law, on May 2, 2017, the CAC issued the Measures for Security Reviews of Network Products and Services (Trial), or the Review Measures, which become effective on June 1, 2017. The Review Measures establish the basic framework and principle for national security reviews of network products and services.

Regulations Relating to Intellectual Property

China has adopted comprehensive legislation governing intellectual property rights, including copyrights, trademarks, patents and domain names. China is a signatory to the primary international conventions on intellectual property rights and has been a member of the Agreement on Trade Related Aspects of Intellectual Property Rights since its accession to the World Trade Organization in December 2001.

Copyright

On September 7, 1990, the SCNPC promulgated the Copyright Law of the People’s Republic of China, or the Copyright Law, effective on June 1, 1991 and amended on October 27, 2001 and February 26, 2010, respectively. The amended Copyright Law extends copyright protection to internet activities, products disseminated over the Internet and software products. In addition, there is a voluntary registration system administered by the Copyright Protection Center of China.

Under the Regulations on the Protection of the Right to Network Dissemination of Information that took effect on July 1, 2006 and was amended on January 30, 2013, it is further provided that an Internet information service provider may be held liable under various situations, including that if it knows or should reasonably have known a copyright infringement through the Internet and the service provider fails to take measures to remove or block or disconnect links to the relevant content, or, although not aware of the infringement, the Internet information service provider fails to take such measures upon receipt of the copyright holder’s notice of such infringement.

In order to further implement the Regulations on Computer Software Protection, promulgated by the State Council on December 20, 2001 and amended on January 8, 2011 and January 30, 2013, respectively, the National

 

123


Table of Contents

Copyright Administration issued the Measures for the Registration of Computer Software Copyright on February 20, 2002, which specify detailed procedures and requirements with respect to the registration of software copyrights.

Trademark

According to the Trademark Law of the People’s Republic of China promulgated by the SCNPC on August 23, 1982, and amended on February 22, 1993, October 27, 2001, August 30, 2013 and April 23, 2019, respectively, the Trademark Office of the SAIC is responsible for the registration and administration of trademarks in China. The SAIC under the State Council has established a Trademark Review and Adjudication Board for resolving trademark disputes. Registered trademarks are valid for ten years from the date the registration is approved. A registrant may apply to renew a registration within twelve months before the expiration date of the registration. If the registrant fails to apply in a timely manner, a grace period of six additional months may be granted. If the registrant fails to apply before the grace period expires, the registered trademark shall be deregistered. Renewed registrations are valid for ten years. On April 29, 2014, the State Council issued the revised the Implementing Regulations of the Trademark Law of the People’s Republic of China, which specified the requirements of applying for trademark registration and renewal.

Patent

According to the Patent Law of the People’s Republic of China, or the Patent Law, promulgated by the SCNPC on March 12, 1984 and amended on September 4, 1992, August 25, 2000 and December 27, 2008, respectively, and the Implementation Rules of the Patent Law of the People’s Republic of China, or the Implementation Rules of the Patent Law, promulgated by the State Council on June 15, 2001 and revised on December 28, 2002 and January 9, 2010, the patent administrative department under the State Council is responsible for the administration of patent-related work nationwide and the patent administration departments of provincial or autonomous regions or municipal governments are responsible for administering patents within their respective administrative areas. The Patent Law and Implementation Rules of the Patent Law provide for three types of patents, namely “inventions”, “utility models” and “designs”. Invention patents are valid for twenty years, while utility model patents and design patents are valid for ten years, from the date of application. The Chinese patent system adopts a “first come, first file” principle, which means that where more than one person files a patent application for the same invention, a patent will be granted to the person who files the application first. An invention or a utility model must possess novelty, inventiveness and practical applicability to be patentable. Third Parties must obtain consent or a proper license from the patent owner to use the patent. Otherwise, the unauthorized use constitutes an infringement on the patent rights.

Domain Names

On May 28, 2012, the China Internet Network Information Center, or the CNNIC, issued the Implementing Rules for Domain Name Registration which took effect on May 29, 2012 setting forth the detailed rules for registration of domain names. On August 24, 2017, the MIIT promulgated the Administrative Measures for Internet Domain Names, or the Domain Name Measures, which became effective on November 1, 2017. The Domain Name Measures regulate the registration of domain names, such as the China’s national top-level domain name “.CN”. The CNNIC issued the Measures of the China Internet Network Information Center for the Resolution of Country Code Top-Level Domain Name Disputes on September 9, 2014, which took effect on November 21, 2014, pursuant to which domain name disputes shall be accepted and resolved by the dispute resolution service providers as accredited by the CNNIC.

Regulations Relating to Foreign Exchange

The principal regulations governing foreign currency exchange in China are the Administrative Regulations on Foreign Exchange of the People’s Republic of China, or the Foreign Exchange Administrative Regulation,

 

124


Table of Contents

which was promulgated by the State Council on January 29, 1996, which became effective on April 1, 1996 and was subsequently amended on January 14, 1997 and August 5, 2008 and the Administrative Regulations on Foreign Exchange Settlement, Sales and Payment which was promulgated by the People’s Bank of China, or the PBOC, on June 20, 1996 and became effective on July 1, 1996. Under these regulations, payments of current account items, such as profit distributions and trade and service-related foreign exchange transactions, can be made in foreign currencies without prior approval from State Foreign Exchange Administration of the People’s Republic of China, or the SAFE, by complying with certain procedural requirements. By contrast, approval from or registration with appropriate government authorities is required where RMB is to be converted into foreign currency and remitted out of China to pay capital account items such as the repayment of foreign currency-denominated loans, direct investment overseas and investments in securities or derivative products outside of the PRC. FIEs are permitted to convert their after tax dividends into foreign exchange and to remit such foreign exchange out of their foreign exchange bank accounts in the PRC.

On March 30, 2015, SAFE promulgated the Notice on Reforming the Administration of Foreign Exchange Settlement of Capital of Foreign-invested Enterprises, or the SAFE Circular 19, which took effect on June 1, 2015. According to SAFE Circular 19, the foreign currency capital contribution to an FIE in its capital account may be converted into RMB on a discretional basis.

On June 9, 2016, the SAFE promulgated the Circular on Reforming and Regulating Policies on the Management of the Settlement of Foreign Exchange of Capital Accounts, or the SAFE Circular 16. The SAFE Circular 16 unifies the discretional foreign exchange settlement for all the domestic institutions. The Discretional Foreign Exchange Settlement refers to the foreign exchange capital in the capital account which has been confirmed by the relevant policies subject to the discretional foreign exchange settlement (including foreign exchange capital, foreign loans and funds remitted from the proceeds from the overseas listing) can be settled at the banks based on the actual operational needs of the domestic institutions. The proportion of Discretional Foreign Exchange Settlement of the foreign exchange capital is temporarily determined as 100%. Violations of SAFE Circular 19 or SAFE Circular 16 could result in administrative penalties in accordance with the Foreign Exchange Administrative Regulation and relevant provisions.

Furthermore, SAFE Circular 16 stipulates that the use of foreign exchange incomes of capital accounts by FIEs shall follow the principles of authenticity and self-use within the business scope of the enterprises. The foreign exchange incomes of capital accounts and capital in RMB obtained by the FIE from foreign exchange settlement shall not be used for the following purposes: (i) directly or indirectly used for the payment beyond the business scope of the enterprises or the payment prohibited by relevant laws and regulations; (ii) directly or indirectly used for investment in securities or financial schemes other than bank guaranteed products unless otherwise provided by relevant laws and regulations; (iii) used for granting loans to non-affiliated enterprises, unless otherwise permitted by its business scope; and (iv) used for the construction or purchase of real estate that is not for self-use (except for the real estate enterprises).

Regulations Relating to Dividend Distributions

The principal regulations governing distribution of dividends of wholly foreign-owned enterprise, or the WFOE, include the Wholly Foreign-owned Enterprise Law of the People’s Republic of China, which was promulgated on April 12, 1986 and amended on October 31, 2000 and September 3, 2016 respectively, and the Implementing Rules for the Wholly Foreign-owned Enterprise Law of the People’s Republic of China, which was promulgated on December 12, 1990 and amended on April 12, 2001 and February 19, 2014, respectively. Under these regulations, WFOEs in China may pay dividends only out of their accumulated profits, if any, determined in accordance with the PRC accounting standards and regulations. In addition, foreign investment enterprises in the PRC are required to allocate at least 10% of their accumulated profits each year, if any, to fund certain reserve funds unless these reserves have reached 50% of the registered capital of the enterprises. These reserves are not distributable as cash dividends.

 

125


Table of Contents

Regulations Relating to Offshore Special Purpose Companies Held by PRC Residents

SAFE promulgated the Circular on Printing and Distributing the Provisions on Foreign Exchange Administration over Domestic Direct Investment by Foreign Investors and the Supporting Documents on May 10, 2013, which became effective on May 13, 2013 and which specifies that the administration by SAFE or its local branches over direct investment by foreign investors in the PRC shall be conducted by way of registration and banks shall process foreign exchange business relating to the direct investment in the PRC based on the registration information provided by SAFE and its branches.

SAFE promulgated Notice on Issues Relating to Foreign Exchange Administration over the Overseas Investment and Financing and Round-trip Investment by Domestic Residents via Special Purpose Vehicles, or the SAFE Circular 37, on July 4, 2014 that requires PRC residents or entities to register with SAFE or its local branch in connection with their establishment or control of an offshore entity established for the purpose of overseas investment or financing. In addition, such PRC residents or entities must update their SAFE registrations when the offshore special purpose vehicle undergoes material events relating to any change of basic information (including change of such PRC citizens or residents, name and term of operation), capital increase or capital reduction, transfers or exchanges of shares, or mergers or divisions. SAFE Circular 37 was issued to replace the Notice on Relevant Issues Concerning Foreign Exchange Administration for PRC Residents Engaging in Financing and Roundtrip Investments via Overseas Special Purposes Vehicles.

SAFE further enacted the Notice of the State Administration of Foreign Exchange on Further Simplifying and Improving the Foreign Exchange Management Policies for Direct Investment, or the SAFE Circular 13, which allows PRC residents or entities to register with qualified banks in connection with their establishment or control of an offshore entity established for the purpose of overseas investment or financing. However, remedial registration applications made by PRC residents that previously failed to comply with the SAFE Circular 37 continue to fall under the jurisdiction of the relevant local branch of SAFE. In the event that a PRC shareholder holding interests in a special purpose vehicle fails to fulfill the required SAFE registration, the PRC subsidiaries of that special purpose vehicle may be prohibited from distributing profits to the offshore parent and from carrying out subsequent cross-border foreign exchange activities, and the special purpose vehicle may be restricted in its ability to contribute additional capital into its PRC subsidiary.

On January 26, 2017, SAFE issued the Notice on Improving the Check of Authenticity and Compliance to Further Promote Foreign Exchange Control, or the SAFE Circular 3, which stipulates several capital control measures with respect to the outbound remittance of profit from domestic entities to offshore entities, including (i) under the principle of genuine transaction, banks shall check board resolutions regarding profit distribution, the original version of tax filing records and audited financial statements; and (ii) domestic entities shall hold income to account for previous years’ losses before remitting the profits. Moreover, pursuant to SAFE Circular 3, domestic entities shall make detailed explanations of the sources of capital and utilization arrangements, and provide board resolutions, contracts and other proof when completing the registration procedures in connection with an outbound investment.

Regulations Relating to Stock Incentive Plans

According to the Notice of the State Administration of Foreign Exchange on Issues Relating to the Foreign Exchange Administration for Domestic Individuals Participating in Stock Incentive Plan of Overseas Listed Company, or the Share Incentive Rules, which was issued on February 15, 2012 and other regulations, directors, supervisors, senior management and other employees participating in any share incentive plan of an overseas publicly-listed company who are PRC citizens or non-PRC citizens residing in China for a continuous period of not less than one year, subject to certain exceptions, are required to register with the SAFE. All such participants need to authorize a qualified PRC agent, such as a PRC subsidiary of the overseas publicly-listed company to register with the SAFE and handle foreign exchange matters such as opening accounts, transferring and settlement of the relevant proceeds. The Share Incentive Rules further require an offshore agent to be designated

 

126


Table of Contents

to handle matters in connection with the exercise of share options and sales of proceeds for the participants of the share incentive plans. Failure to complete the said SAFE registrations may subject our participating directors, supervisors, senior management and other employees to fines and legal sanctions.

Regulations Relating to Taxation

Income tax

According to the Enterprise Income Tax Law of the People’s Republic of China, or the EIT Law, which was promulgated on March 16, 2007, became effective as from January 1, 2008 and amended on February 24, 2017 and December 29, 2018, an enterprise established outside the PRC with de facto management bodies within the PRC is considered as a resident enterprise for PRC enterprise income tax purposes and is generally subject to a uniform 25% enterprise income tax rate on its worldwide income. The Implementing Rules of the Enterprise Income Law of the People’s Republic of China, or the Implementing Rules of the EIT Law, defines a de facto management body as a managing body that in practice exercises “substantial and overall management and control over the production and operations, personnel, accounting, and properties” of the enterprise. Non-PRC resident enterprises without any branches in the PRC pay an enterprise income tax in connection with their income originating from the PRC at the tax rate of 10%.

On February 3, 2015, the PRC State Administration of Taxation, or the SAT, issued the Announcement on Several Issues Concerning the Enterprise Income Tax on Indirect Transfer of Assets by Non-Resident Enterprises, or the SAT Circular 7. The SAT Circular 7 repeals certain provisions in the Notice of the State Administration of Taxation on Strengthening the Administration of Enterprise Income Tax on Income from Equity Transfer by Non-Resident Enterprises, or the SAT Circular 698, issued by SAT on December 10, 2009 and the Announcement on Several Issues Relating to the Administration of Income Tax on Non-resident Enterprises issued by SAT on March 28, 2011 and clarifies certain provisions in the SAT Circular 698. The SAT Circular 7 provides comprehensive guidelines relating to, and heightening the Chinese tax authorities’ scrutiny on, indirect transfers by a non-resident enterprise of assets (including assets of organizations and premises in PRC, immovable property in the PRC, equity investments in PRC resident enterprises), or the PRC Taxable Assets. For instance, when a non-resident enterprise transfers equity interests in an overseas holding company that directly or indirectly holds certain PRC Taxable Assets and if the transfer is believed by the Chinese tax authorities to have no reasonable commercial purpose other than to evade enterprise income tax, the SAT Circular 7 allows the Chinese tax authorities to reclassify the indirect transfer of PRC Taxable Assets into a direct transfer and therefore impose a 10% rate of PRC enterprise income tax on the non-resident enterprise. The SAT Circular 7 lists several factors to be taken into consideration by tax authorities in determining if an indirect transfer has a reasonable commercial purpose. However, regardless of these factors, the overall arrangements in relation to an indirect transfer satisfying all the following criteria will be deemed to lack a reasonable commercial purpose: (i) 75% or more of the equity value of the intermediary enterprise being transferred is derived directly or indirectly from PRC Taxable Assets; (ii) at any time during the one year period before the indirect transfer, 90% or more of the asset value of the intermediary enterprise (excluding cash) is comprised directly or indirectly of investments in the PRC, or during the one year period before the indirect transfer, 90% or more of its income is derived directly or indirectly from the PRC; (iii) the functions performed and risks assumed by the intermediary enterprise and any of its subsidiaries and branches that directly or indirectly hold the PRC Taxable Assets are limited and are insufficient to prove their economic substance; and (iv) the foreign tax payable on the gain derived from the indirect transfer of the PRC Taxable Assets is lower than the potential PRC tax on the direct transfer of those assets. On the other hand, indirect transfers falling into the scope of the safe harbors under the SAT Circular 7 will not be subject to PRC tax under the SAT Circular 7. The safe harbors include qualified group restructurings, public market trades and exemptions under tax treaties or arrangements.

On October 17, 2017, SAT issued the Announcement on Issues Relating to Withholding at Source of Income Tax of Non-resident Enterprises, or the SAT Circular 37, which took effect on December 1, 2017. According to the SAT Circular 37, the balance after deducting the equity net value from the equity transfer income shall be the

 

127


Table of Contents

taxable income amount for equity transfer income. Equity transfer income shall mean the consideration collected by the equity transferor from the equity transfer, including various income in monetary form and non-monetary form. Equity net value shall mean the tax computation basis for obtaining the said equity. The tax computation basis for equity shall be: (i) the capital contribution costs actually paid by the equity transferor to a Chinese resident enterprise at the time of investment and equity participation, or (ii) the equity transfer costs actually paid at the time of acquisition of such equity to the original transferor of the said equity. Where there is reduction or appreciation of value during the equity holding period, and the gains or losses may be confirmed pursuant to the rules of the finance and tax authorities of the State Council, the equity net value shall be adjusted accordingly. When an enterprise computes equity transfer income, it shall not deduct the amount in the shareholders’ retained earnings such as undistributed profits etc. of the investee enterprise, which may be distributed in accordance with the said equity. In the event of partial transfer of equity under multiple investments or acquisitions, the enterprise shall determine the costs corresponding to the transferred equity in accordance with the transfer ratio, out of all costs of the equity.

Under the SAT Circular 7 and the Law of the People’s Republic of China on the Administration of Tax Collection promulgated by the SCNPC on September 4, 1992 and newly amended on April 24, 2015, in the case of an indirect transfer, entities or individuals obligated to pay the transfer price to the transferor shall act as withholding agents. If they fail to make withholding or withhold the full amount of tax payable, the transferor of equity shall declare and pay tax to the relevant tax authorities within seven days from the occurrence of tax payment obligation. Where the withholding agent does not make the withholding, and the transferor of the equity does not pay the tax payable amount, the tax authority may impose late payment interest on the transferor. In addition, the tax authority may also hold the withholding agents liable and impose a penalty of ranging from 50% to 300% of the unpaid tax on them. The penalty imposed on the withholding agents may be reduced or waived if the withholding agents have submitted the relevant materials in connection with the indirect transfer to the PRC tax authorities in accordance with the SAT Circular 7.

Withholding tax on dividend distribution

The EIT Law prescribes a standard withholding tax rate of 20% on dividends and other China-sourced income of non-PRC resident enterprises which have no establishment or place of business in the PRC, or if established, the relevant dividends or other China-sourced income are in fact not associated with such establishment or place of business in the PRC. However, the Implementing Rules of the EIT Law which reduced the rate from 20% to 10%, became effective from January 1, 2008. However, a lower withholding tax rate might be applied if there is a tax treaty between China and the jurisdiction of the foreign holding companies, for example, pursuant to the Arrangement Between the Mainland of China and the Hong Kong Special Administrative Region for the Avoidance of Double Taxation on Income, or the Double Tax Avoidance Arrangement, and other applicable PRC laws, if a Hong Kong resident enterprise is determined by the competent PRC tax authority to have satisfied the relevant conditions and requirements under the Double Tax Avoidance Arrangement and other applicable laws, the 10% withholding tax on the dividends that the Hong Kong resident enterprise receives from a PRC resident enterprise may be reduced to 5% upon receiving approval from the tax authority in charge.

Based on the Notice on Relevant Issues Relating to the Enforcement of Dividend Provisions in Tax Treaties issued on February 20, 2009 by the SAT, if the relevant PRC tax authorities determine, at their discretion, that a company benefits from such reduced income tax rate due to a structure or an arrangement that is primarily tax-driven, such PRC tax authorities may adjust the preferential tax treatment; and based on the Announcement of the State Administration of Taxation on Issues Concerning “Beneficial Owners” in Tax Treaties, which was promulgated on February 3, 2018 and came into effect on April 1, 2018. If the company’s activities do not constitute substantive business activities, it will be analyzed according to the actual situation of the specific case, which may not be conducive to the determination of its “beneficiary owner” capacity, and thus may not enjoy the concessions under the Double Tax Avoidance Arrangement.

 

128


Table of Contents

Value-added tax

Pursuant to the Interim Regulations on Value-Added Tax of the People’s Republic of China, which was promulgated by the State Council on December 13, 1993 and amended on November 10, 2008, February 6, 2016 and November 19, 2017, and the Implementation Rules for the Interim Regulations on Value-Added Tax of the People’s Republic of China, which was promulgated by the MOF on December 25, 1993 and amended on December 15, 2008 and October 28, 2011, entities or individuals engaging in sale of goods, provision of processing services, repairs and replacement services or import of goods within the territory of the PRC shall pay value-added tax, or the VAT. Unless provided otherwise, the rate of VAT is 17% on sales and 6% on the services. On April 4, 2018, MOF and SAT jointly promulgated the Circular of the Ministry of Finance and the State Administration of Taxation on Adjustment of Value-Added Tax Rates, or the Circular 32, according to which (i) for VAT taxable sales acts or import of goods originally subject to VAT rates of 17% and 11% respectively, such tax rates shall be adjusted to 16% and 10%, respectively; (ii) for purchase of agricultural products originally subject to tax rate of 11%, such tax rate shall be adjusted to 10%; (iii) for purchase of agricultural products for the purpose of production and sales or consigned processing of goods subject to tax rate of 16%, such tax shall be calculated at the tax rate of 12%; (iv) for exported goods originally subject to tax rate of 17% and export tax refund rate of 17%, the export tax refund rate shall be adjusted to 16%; and (v) for exported goods and cross-border taxable acts originally subject to tax rate of 11% and export tax refund rate of 11%, the export tax refund rate shall be adjusted to 10%. Circular 32 became effective on May 1, 2018 and shall supersede existing provisions which are inconsistent with Circular 32.

Since January 1, 2012, the MOF and the SAT have implemented the Pilot Plan for Imposition of Value-Added Tax to Replace Business Tax, or the VAT Pilot Plan, which imposes VAT in lieu of business tax for certain “modern service industries” in certain regions and eventually expanded to nation-wide application in 2013. According to the Implementation Rules for the Pilot Plan for Imposition of Value-Added Tax to Replace Business Tax released by the MOF and the SAT on the VAT Pilot Program, the “modern service industries” include research, development and technology services, information technology services, cultural innovation services, logistics support, lease of corporeal properties, attestation and consulting services. The Notice on Comprehensively promoting the Pilot Plan of the Conversion of Business Tax to Value-Added Tax, which was promulgated on March 23, 2016, became effective on May 1, 2016 and amended on July 11, 2017, sets out that VAT in lieu of business tax be collected in all regions and industries.

On March 20, 2019, MOF, SAT and GAC jointly promulgated the Announcement on Relevant Policies for Deepening Value-Added Tax Reform, which became effective on April 1, 2019 and provides that (i) with respect to VAT taxable sales acts or import of goods originally subject to VAT rates of 16% and 10% respectively, such tax rates shall be adjusted to 13% and 9%, respectively; (ii) with respect to purchase of agricultural products originally subject to tax rate of 10%, such tax rate shall be adjusted to 9%; (iii) with respect to purchase of agricultural products for the purpose of production or consigned processing of goods subject to tax rate of 13%, such tax shall be calculated at the tax rate of 10%; (iv) with respect to export of goods and services originally subject to tax rate of 16% and export tax refund rate of 16%, the export tax refund rate shall be adjusted to 13%; and (v) with respect to export of goods and cross-border taxable acts originally subject to tax rate of 10% and export tax refund rate of 10%, the export tax refund rate shall be adjusted to 9%.

Regulations Relating to Employment

The Labor Contract Law of the People’s Republic of China, or the Labor Contract Law, and its implementation rules provide requirements concerning employment contracts between an employer and its employees. If an employer fails to enter into a written employment contract with an employee within one year from the date on which the employment relationship is established, the employer must rectify the situation by entering into a written employment contract with the employee and pay the employee twice the employee’s salary for the period from the day following the lapse of one month from the date of establishment of the employment relationship to the day prior to the execution of the written employment contract. The Labor

 

129


Table of Contents

Contract Law and its implementation rules also require compensation to be paid upon certain terminations. In addition, if an employer intends to enforce a non-compete provision in an employment contract or non-competition agreement with an employee, it has to compensate the employee on a monthly basis during the term of the restriction period after the termination or expiry of the labor contract. Employers in most cases are also required to provide severance payment to their employees after their employment relationships are terminated.

Enterprises in China are required by PRC laws and regulations to participate in certain employee benefit plans, including social insurance funds, namely a pension plan, a medical insurance plan, an unemployment insurance plan, a work-related injury insurance plan and a maternity insurance plan, and a housing provident fund, and contribute to the plans or funds in amounts equal to certain percentages of salaries, including bonuses and allowances, of the employees as specified by the local government from time to time at locations where they operate their businesses or where they are located.

On December 28, 2012, the Labor Contract Law was amended to impose more stringent requirements on labor dispatch which became effective on July 1, 2013. Pursuant to the amended Labor Contract Law, the dispatched contract workers shall be entitled to equal pay for equal work as a fulltime employee of an employer, and they shall only be engaged to perform temporary, ancillary or substitute works, and an employer shall strictly control the number of dispatched contract workers so that they do not exceed certain percentage of total number of employees. “Temporary work” means a position with a term of less than six months; “auxiliary work” means a non-core business position that provides services for the core business of the employer; and “substitute worker” means a position that can be temporarily replaced with a dispatched contract worker for the period that a regular employee is away from work for vacation, study or for other reasons. According to the Interim Provisions on Labor Dispatch, or the Labor Dispatch Provisions, promulgated by the MOHRSS on January 24, 2014, which became effective on March 1, 2014, (i) the number of dispatched contract workers hired by an employer should not exceed 10% of the total number of its employees (including both directly hired employees and dispatched contract workers); (ii) in the case that the number of dispatched contract workers exceeds 10% of the total number of its employees at the time when the Labor Dispatch Provisions became effective (i.e., March 1, 2014), the employer shall formulate a plan to reduce the number of its dispatched contract workers to below the statutory cap prior to March 1, 2016, and (iii) such plan shall be filed with the local bureau of human resources and social security. Nevertheless, the Labor Dispatch Provisions do not invalidate the labor contracts and dispatch agreements entered into prior to December 28, 2012. In addition, the employer shall not hire any new dispatched contract worker before the number of its dispatched contract workers is reduced to below 10% of the total number of its employees.

Regulations Relating to Overseas Listing and M&A

On August 8, 2006, six PRC regulatory agencies, including the CSRC, promulgated the Rules on the Merger and Acquisition of Domestic Enterprises by Foreign Investors, or the M&A Rules, which became effective on September 8, 2006 and were amended on June 22, 2009. The M&A Rules, among other things, require offshore special purpose vehicles formed for overseas listing purposes through acquisitions of PRC domestic companies and controlled by PRC domestic enterprises or individuals to obtain the approval of the CSRC prior to the listing and trading of such special purpose vehicle’s securities on an overseas stock exchange. In September 2006, the CSRC published on its official website procedures regarding its approval of overseas listings by special purpose vehicles. The CSRC approval procedures require the filing of a number of documents with the CSRC. Although (i) the CSRC currently has not issued any definitive rule or interpretation concerning whether offerings like ours under this prospectus are subject to the M&A Rules; (ii) when we set up our offshore holding structure, ECMOHO Shanghai, currently our major PRC subsidiary, was a then existing foreign-invested entity and not a PRC domestic company as defined under the M&A Rules, and the acquisition by ECMOHO (Hong Kong) Health Technology Limited of the equity in ECMOHO Shanghai was not subject to the M&A Rules; and (iii) no provision in the M&A Rules clearly classifies contractual arrangements as a type of transaction subject to the M&A Rules, the interpretation and application of the regulations remain unclear, and this offering may

 

130


Table of Contents

ultimately require approval from the CSRC. If CSRC approval is required, it is uncertain whether it would be possible for us to obtain the approval and any failure to obtain or delay in obtaining CSRC approval for this offering would subject us to sanctions imposed by the CSRC and other PRC regulatory agencies.

The M&A Rules, and other regulations and rules concerning mergers and acquisitions established additional procedures and requirements that could make merger and acquisition activities by foreign investors more time consuming and complex. For example, the M&A Rules require that MOFCOM be notified in advance of any change-of-control transaction in which a foreign investor takes control of a PRC domestic enterprise, if (i) any important industry is concerned, (ii) such transaction involves factors that impact or may impact national economic security, or (iii) such transaction will lead to a change in control of a domestic enterprise which holds a famous trademark or PRC time-honored brand.

In addition, according to the Notice on Establishing the Security Review System for Mergers and Acquisitions of Domestic Enterprises by Foreign Investors issued by the General Office of the State Council on February 3, 2011 and which became effective 30 days thereafter, the Rules on Implementation of Security Review System for the Merger and Acquisition of Domestic Enterprises by Foreign Investors issued by the MOFCOM on August 25, 2011 and which became effective on September 1, 2011, mergers and acquisitions by foreign investors that raise “national defense and security” concerns and mergers and acquisitions through which foreign investors may acquire de facto control over domestic enterprises that raise “national security” concerns are subject to strict review by the MOFCOM, and the regulations prohibit any activities attempting to bypass such security review, including by structuring the transaction through a proxy or contractual control arrangement.

 

131


Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT

Directors and Executive Officers

The following table sets forth certain information concerning our directors and executive officers.

 

Name

   Age   

Position

Zoe Wang    38    Co-Founder, Chairman & Chief Executive Officer, Director
Leo Zeng    43    Co-Founder & Chief Operating Officer, Director
Richard Wei    56    Chief Financial Officer
Greg Ye    49    Director
Rachel Sang    41    Director
Daniel Wang    32    General Manager – New Business, Director
Guangbin You    44    General Manager – XG Health

Zoe Wang currently serves as our Chairman and Chief Executive Officer. Prior to taking on this role, Ms. Wang had 18 years’ experience in marketing and e-commerce retail management with companies such as Shanghai Pingchengjingjie Advertising Co. Ltd. and Shanghai Yiheng Advertising Co. Ltd. Ms. Wang holds an associate degree in traditional Chinese medicine from Wuhu College of Traditional Chinese Medicine and a business qualification from Changjiang Business School. Ms. Wang is the spouse of Mr. Leo Zeng and the sister of Mr. Daniel Wang.

Leo Zeng currently serves as our Chief Operating Officer. Mr. Zeng has extensive experience in sales and marketing over 15 years in multiple industries. Mr. Zeng also has broad managerial skills, gained from his time as a co-founder and general manager of Hydrotech Marine & Offshore Technology Co. Ltd. Mr. Zeng holds a bachelor of marine engineering management degree from Dalian Maritime University, and a master of business administration degree from Fudan University. Mr. Zeng is the spouse of Ms. Zoe Wang and the brother-in-law of Mr. Daniel Wang.

Richard Wei currently serves as our Chief Financial Officer. Prior to joining us, Mr. Wei gained extensive experience as a chief financial officer, having worked in this position for over 15 years at companies such as Shanda Games, Spreadtrum Communications, Silicon Motion Technology Corporation, Kong Zhong Corporation and ASE Test Limited. Mr. Wei also held various roles at companies such as IBM, Morgan Stanley and Lehman Brothers. Mr. Wei holds a bachelor of science degree from the Massachusetts Institute of Technology and a master of business administration degree from Cornell University.

Daniel Wang currently serves as our General Manager – New Business. Mr. Wang has served in various leadership roles since our beginning. He is currently in charge of our health supplements and food division, household healthcare equipment division, global business development and the management of new business. Mr. Wang has over nine years of experience in e-commerce and retail operations, and over seven years of experience in e-commerce management. Mr. Wang holds a bachelor degree in engineering management from Tongling University.

Greg Ye currently serves as a Non-Executive Director on our board of directors. Mr. Ye brings almost 20 years of experience in private equity, executive management, start-up and consulting to our board of directors, and is one of the founders and the managing partner of Delta Capital, a position he has held since 2010. Mr. Ye also previously held managerial or executive roles at Shanghai NewMargin Ventures Co. Ltd, Cadence Design Systems, Inc. and PricewaterhouseCoopers. Mr. Ye holds a bachelor degree in electrical engineering and industrial engineering from Shanghai Jiaotong University, a master of accounting degree from Missouri State University and a master of business administration degree from Harvard Business School. In addition, Mr. Ye is a U.S. Certified Public Accountant and Certified Management Accountant.

 

132


Table of Contents

Dr. Rachel Sang currently serves as a Non-Executive Director on our board of directors. Dr. Sang is currently a partner at the CID Group Ltd. where she is responsible for the CID Research Institute and investments in mainland China and focusses on sectors such as e-commerce and healthcare. Prior to becoming a partner, Dr. Sang served as a Vice President and Director at the CID Group Ltd. Dr. Sang holds a bachelor of science degree in international trade from Zhengzhou University, a master of science degree in economics from Zhengzhou University, and a Ph.D. in management from Shanghai Jiaotong University.

Guangbin You currently serves as our General Manager – XG Health and is responsible for the development of our offline business strategy. Mr. You has extensive sales, marketing and management experience. Prior to joining us, Mr. You worked for Wuhan Jiangmin Pharmaceutical Group for nearly 20 years, including nine years as National Sales Director and two years as General Manager – Marketing. Mr. You holds a bachelor of commerce degree in economy and trade from the Zhongnan University of Economics and Law.

Board of Directors

Our board of directors will consist of five directors upon the SEC’s declaration of effectiveness of our registration statement on Form F-1, of which this prospectus is a part. A director is not required to hold any shares in our company by way of qualification. A director who is not a shareholder of our company shall nevertheless be entitled to attend and speak at general meetings of shareholders. A director may vote with respect to any contract or transaction or proposed contract or transaction in which he is interested provided (i) such director, if his such interest is material, has declared the nature of his interest at a meeting of the board and (ii) his vote is not otherwise disqualified by the chairman of the relevant board meeting, pursuant to any applicable rules and regulations as a result of listing of our ADSs or shares on any stock exchange in the United States or pursuant to other corporate governance requirements adopted by the board from time to time. The Directors may exercise all the powers of the Company to borrow money and to mortgage or charge its undertaking, property and uncalled capital or any part thereof, or to otherwise provide for a security interest to be taken in such undertaking, property or uncalled capital, and to issue debentures, debenture stock and other securities whenever money is borrowed or as security for any debt, liability or obligation of the Company or of any third party. Pursuant to the service contracts between our company and our directors, neither we nor our subsidiaries provide benefits to non-executive directors upon termination of service.

Committees of the Board of Directors

We will establish three committees under the board of directors immediately upon the effectiveness of our registration statement on Form F-1, of which this prospectus is a part: an audit committee, a compensation committee and a nominating and corporate governance committee. As a foreign private issuer, we are permitted under the NASDAQ Stock Market Rules to follow home country corporate governance practices. We rely on these exemptions provided by the NASDAQ Stock Market Rules to foreign private issuers. For example, we do not (i) have a majority of the board be independent; (ii) have a compensation committee or a nominations or corporate governance committee consisting entirely of independent directors; or (iii) have an audit committee be comprised of at least three members.

We will adopt a charter for each of the three committees. Each committee’s members and functions are described below.

Audit Committee. Our audit committee will consist of Mr. Greg Ye, who will also be the Chair, and Dr. Rachel Sang. Both Mr. Ye and Dr. Sang will satisfy the “independence” requirements of Section 303A of the Nasdaq Stock Market Rules and meet the independence standards under Rule 10A-3 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

 

133


Table of Contents

We have determined that Mr. Ye qualifies as an “audit committee financial expert.” The audit committee will oversee our accounting and financial reporting processes and the audits of the financial statements of our company. The audit committee will be responsible for, among other things:

 

   

appointing the independent registered public accounting firm, pre-approving all auditing and non-auditing services permitted to be performed by the independent registered public accounting firm and reviewing the performance of the independent registered public accounting firm;

 

   

reviewing with the independent registered public accounting firm any audit problems or difficulties and management’s response;

 

   

discussing the annual audited financial statements with management and the independent registered public accounting firm;

 

   

reviewing major issues as to the adequacy and effectiveness of our internal controls and any special audit steps adopted in light of material control deficiencies;

 

   

annually reviewing and reassessing the adequacy of our audit committee charter and recommend any proposed changes to the board for approval;

 

   

meeting separately and periodically with management and the independent registered public accounting firm;

 

   

monitoring compliance with our code of business conduct;

 

   

reviewing and approving all proposed related party transactions; and

 

   

reporting regularly to the board.

Compensation Committee. Our compensation committee will consist of Ms. Zoe Wang, who will also act as the Chair of the committee, Mr. Leo Zeng and Dr. Rachel Sang. Dr. Sang will satisfy the “independence” requirements of Section 303A of the Nasdaq Stock Market Rules. The compensation committee will assist the board in reviewing and approving the company’s compensation and employee benefit plans and practices, including its executive compensation plans. Our chief executive officer may not be present at any committee meeting during which his compensation is deliberated. The compensation committee is responsible for, among other things:

 

   

reviewing and approving the compensation for our executive officers;

 

   

reviewing the compensation of our non-employee directors;

 

   

periodically reviewing and approving any general compensation and employee benefit plans, and making recommendation to the board as necessary.

Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee. Our nominating and corporate governance committee will consist of Dr. Rachel Sang, who will also act as the Chair of the committee, Mr. Greg Ye, Ms. Zoe Wang and Mr. Leo Zeng. Both Dr. Sang and Mr. Ye will satisfy the “independence” requirements of Section 303A of the Nasdaq Stock Market Rules. The nominating and corporate governance committee will assist the board of directors in identifying individuals qualified to become our directors and in determining the composition of the board and its committees. The nominating and corporate governance committee will be responsible for, among other things:

 

   

identifying, recruiting and, if appropriate, interviewing candidates to fill positions on our board of directors;

 

   

reviewing annually with the board the current composition of the board with regards to characteristics such as independence, knowledge, experience, skills, expertise and diversity;

 

   

making recommendations on the frequency and structure of board meetings and monitoring the functioning of the committees of the board; and

 

134


Table of Contents
   

advising the board periodically with regards to significant developments in the law and practice of corporate governance as well as our compliance with applicable laws and regulations, and making recommendations to the board on all matters of corporate governance and on any remedial action to be taken.

Code of Ethics and Corporate Governance

We have adopted a code of ethics, which is applicable to all of our directors, executive officers and employees. We will make our code of ethics publicly available on our website.

In addition, our board of directors has adopted a set of corporate governance guidelines covering a variety of matters, including approval of related party transactions. Our corporate governance guidelines also provide that any adoption of a new stock incentive plan and any material amendments to such plans will be subject to the approval of our non-executive directors. The guidelines reflect certain guiding principles with respect to our board’s structure, procedures and committees. The guidelines are not intended to change or interpret any applicable law, rule or regulation or our amended articles of association.

Qualification

There is no requirement for our directors to own any shares in our company in order for them to qualify as directors.

Duties of Directors

Under Cayman Islands law, our directors have a duty of loyalty to act honestly in good faith with a view to our best interests. Our directors also have a duty to exercise the skill they actually possess and such care and diligence that a reasonably prudent person would exercise in comparable circumstances. In fulfilling their duty of care to us, our directors must ensure compliance with our memorandum and articles of association. Our company has the right to seek damages if a duty owed by our directors is breached. You should refer to “Description of Share CapitalDifferences in Corporate Law” for additional information on our standard of corporate governance under Cayman Islands law.

Termination of Directors

Pursuant to our memorandum and articles of association as we expect them to be amended and become effective immediately prior to the completion of this offering, our directors are not subject to a term of office and hold office until their resignation, death or removal in accordance with our memorandum and articles of association.

A director will be removed from office if, among other things, the director (i) becomes bankrupt or makes any arrangement or composition with his creditors; (ii) dies or is found to be or becomes of unsound mind; or (iii) is prohibited by any applicable law or designated stock exchange rules from being a director. Our directors may be appointed, in the event of filling a vacancy or adding any director to the existing board, by the affirmative vote of a majority of the directors then in office or the sole remaining director, or by the affirmative vote of at least a majority of the total voting power of the outstanding shares of our company entitled to vote in any annual election of directors or class of directors, voting together as a single class. In other circumstances, our directors may be appointed by our shareholders through ordinary resolutions. See “Description of Share Capital — Differences in Corporate Law — Appointment of Directors” and “Description of Share Capital — Differences in Corporate Law — Removal of Directors” for additional information regarding removal and appointment of directors.

 

135


Table of Contents

Compensation of Directors, Officers

In 2018, the aggregate cash compensation to our executive officers and directors was US$387,000. Each of the officers and directors is entitled to reimbursement for all necessary and reasonable expenses properly incurred in the course of employment.

Employment Agreements and Indemnification Agreements

We plan to enter into employment agreements with our senior executive officers. Pursuant to these agreements, we are entitled to terminate a senior executive officer’s employment for cause at any time without remuneration for certain acts of the officer, such as being convicted of any criminal conduct, any act of gross or willful misconduct or any serious, willful, grossly negligent or persistent breach of any employment agreement provision, or engaging in any conduct which may make the continued employment of such officer detrimental to our company. Neither we nor our subsidiaries provide benefits to senior executive officers upon termination of service.

In connection with the employment agreements, each senior executive officer agrees to hold all information, know-how and records in any way connected with the products of our company, including, without limitation, all software and computer formulas, designs, specifications, drawings, data, manuals and instructions and all customer and supplier lists, sales and financial information, business plans and forecasts, all technical solutions and the trade secrets of our company, in strict confidence perpetually. Each officer also agrees that we shall own all the intellectual property developed by such officer during his or her employment.

We plan to enter into indemnification agreements with each of our directors and executive officers. Under these agreements, we agree to indemnify them against certain liabilities and to reimburse them for expenses in connection with claims made by reason of their being a director or officer of our company. More on our indemnification policy, see “Description of Share Capital – Differences in Corporate Law – Indemnification of Directors and Executive Officers and Limitation of Liability.”

Share Incentive Plan

On September 30, 2018, we adopted our 2018 Omnibus Incentive Plan, or the 2018 Plan, to promote our success and the interests of our shareholders by providing a means through which we may grant equity-based incentives to attract, motivate, retain and reward certain officers, employees, directors, consultants and other eligible persons to further link the interests of recipients with those of our shareholders generally. We granted restricted share units under the 2018 Plan to our employees and directors.

The following paragraphs summarize the terms of the 2018 Plan.

Types of Awards. The 2018 Plan permits the grant of restricted shares, restricted share units, options and stock appreciation rights.

Plan Administration. The 2018 Plan will be administered by our board of directors or by a committee designated by our board of directors. The committee or the full board of directors, as applicable, will determine the participants to receive awards, the type and number of awards to be granted to each participant, and the terms and conditions of each award grant.

Award Agreement. Generally, awards granted under the 2018 Plan are evidenced by an award agreement that sets forth terms, conditions and limitations for each award, which must be consistent with the plan.

Exercise Price. The plan administrator determines the exercise price for each award, which is stated in the award agreement.

 

136


Table of Contents

Eligibility. We may grant awards only to those persons that the plan administrator determines to be eligible persons, which may include our employees, directors and consultants.

Term of the Awards. The term of each award granted under the 2018 Plan may not exceed ten years from the date of the grant.

Vesting Schedule. In general, the plan administrator determines the vesting schedule, which is set forth in the award agreement.

Acceleration of Awards upon Change in Control. The plan administrator may determine, at the time of grant or thereafter, that an award will become vested and exercisable, in full or in part, in the event that a change in control of our company occurs.

Transfer Restrictions. Awards may not be transferred in any manner by the recipient other than by will or the laws of descent and distribution, except as otherwise provided by the plan administrator.

Termination. The 2018 Plan is valid and effective for a term of 10 years commencing from its adoption.

Under the 2018 Plan, a total of 11,386,410 Class A Ordinary Shares were initially reserved for issuance. As of the date of this prospectus, restricted share units representing a total of 3,770,807 Class A Ordinary Shares were issued to our officers and employees and remain outstanding under the 2018 Plan.

 

137


Table of Contents

PRINCIPAL AND SELLING SHAREHOLDERS

The table below sets forth information regarding ownership of our shares as of the date of this prospectus, assuming conversion of all of our Class A-1, Class A-2 and Series A preferred shares into Class A ordinary shares, by:

 

   

each of our directors and executive officers;

 

   

each person known to us who beneficially owns more than 5% of any class of our ordinary shares; and

 

   

each selling shareholder.

The total number of ordinary shares outstanding on an as-converted basis as of the date of this prospectus is            , including Class A ordinary shares issuable upon conversion of all outstanding Series A preferred shares, Class A-1 ordinary shares and Class A-2 ordinary shares immediately upon the completion of this offering. The total number of ordinary shares outstanding after the completion of this offering will be                  , assuming the underwriters do not exercise their right to purchase additional shares.

Beneficial ownership is determined in accordance with the rules and regulations of the SEC. In computing the number of shares beneficially owned by a person and the percentage ownership of that person, we have included shares that the person has the right to acquire within 60 days, including through the exercise of any option, warrant, or other right or the conversion of any other security. These shares, however, are not included in the computation of the percentage ownership of any other person.

 

     Ordinary Shares Beneficially Owned Prior
to This Offering
    Ordinary Shares Beneficially Owned
After This Offering
     Voting
Power
After
This
Offering
 
     Class A Ordinary
Shares (as
converted basis)
    Class B Ordinary
Shares
    Class A Ordinary
Shares
     Class B Ordinary
Shares
        

Shareholder

   Number      %*     Number     %*     Number      %      Number      %*      %**  

Directors and Executive Officers

                       

Zoe Wang(1)

     638,106        0.5     37,575,200       31.6              

Leo Zeng(2)

     —          —         37,575,200       31.6                

Richard Wei

     —          —         —         —                  

Weigang Greg Ye

     —          —         —         —                  

Rachel Sang

     —          —         —         —                  

Daniel Wang

     —          —         —         —                  

Guangbin You

     —          —         —         —                  
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

All our Directors and Executive Officers as a group

     638,106        0.5     75,150,400       63.2              
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Principal and Selling Shareholders:

                       

Zoe Wang (1)

     638,106        0.5     37,575,200       31.6              

Leo Zeng (2)

     —          —         37,575,200       31.6                

STCH Investment Inc.(3)

     7,427,028        6.2       —         —                  

CID Greater China Fund V, L.P. (4)

     6,182,800        5.2       —         —                  

Liberal Rich Limited(5)

     6,012,000        5.1       —         —                  

Smart Warrior Limited(6)

     5,693,200        4.8       —   (12)      —   (12)               

 

138


Table of Contents
     Ordinary Shares Beneficially Owned
Prior to This Offering
    Ordinary Shares Beneficially Owned
After This Offering
     Voting
Power
After
This
Offering
 
     Class A Ordinary
Shares (as
converted basis)
     Class B
Ordinary
Shares
    Class A Ordinary
Shares
     Class B Ordinary
Shares
        

Shareholder

   Number      %*      Number     %*     Number      %      Number      %*      %**  

Tim One International Limited(7)

     3,528,407        3.0        —         —                  

Lake Zurich Partners Limited(8)

     3,077,408        2.6        —         —                  

Delta Capital Growth Fund II, L.P.(9)

     2,541,072        2.1        —   (12)      —   (12)               

Shua-Lien Li(10)

     2,302,750        1.9        —   (12)      —   (12)               

Voyager Advisors Limited(11)

     1,146,732        1.0        —   (12)      —   (12)               

 

Notes:

 

Except as otherwise indicated below, the business address of our directors and executive officers is 3F, No. 1000 Tianyaoqiao Road, Xuhui District, Shanghai, China.

*

For each person and group included in this table, percentage ownership is calculated by dividing the number of shares beneficially owned by such person or group by the sum of (i) 118,956,415, being the number of ordinary shares, on an as-converted basis, outstanding as of the date of this prospectus, and (ii) the number of ordinary shares underlying share options held by such person or group that are exercisable within 60 days after the date of this prospectus.

**

For each person and group included in this column, the percentage of voting power is calculated by dividing the voting power beneficially owned by such person or group by the voting power with respect to all of our Class A ordinary shares and Class B ordinary shares as a single class. Each holder of our Class B ordinary shares is entitled to ten votes per share and each holder of our Class A ordinary shares is entitled to one vote per share on all matters submitted to them for a vote. Our Class A ordinary shares and Class B ordinary shares vote together as a single class on all matters submitted to a vote of our shareholders, except as may otherwise be required by law. Our Class B ordinary shares are convertible at any time by the holder thereof into Class A ordinary shares on a one-for-one basis.

(1)

Represents 638,106 Class A ordinary shares and 37,575,200 Class B ordinary shares held by Behealth Limited, a British Virgin Islands company wholly owned by Ms. Zoe Wang. 9,393,800 Class B ordinary shares held by Behealth Limited have been pledged to Taipei Fubon Commercial Bank Co., Ltd., Hong Kong Branch to secure a commercial loan for the benefit of our company. The registered office address of Behealth Limited is c/o Sertus Incorporations (BVI) Limited Sertus Chambers, P.O. Box 905, Quastisky Building, Road Town, Tortola, British Virgin Islands.

(2)

Represents 37,575,200 Class B ordinary shares held by Uhealth Limited, a British Virgin Islands company wholly owned by Leo Zeng. 9,393,800 Class B ordinary shares held by Uhealth Limited have been pledged to Taipei Fubon Commercial Bank Co., Ltd., Hong Kong Branch to secure a commercial loan for the benefit of our company. The registered office address of Uhealth Limited is c/o Sertus Incorporations (BVI) Limited Sertus Chambers, P.O. Box 905, Quastisky Building, Road Town, Tortola, British Virgin Islands.

(3)

STCH Investment Inc. is a Cayman Islands company that is ultimately controlled by Ching-Yi Chang. The registered office address of STCH Investment Inc. is 190 Elgin Avenue, George Town, Grand Cayman, KY1-9005, Cayman Islands.

(4)

CID Greater China Fund V, L.P. is a Cayman Islands company whose general partner is CID General Partners V, Limited. The registered office address of CID Greater China Fund V, L.P. is 190 Elgin Avenue, George Town, Grand Cayman, KY1-9005, Cayman Islands.

(5)

Liberal Rich Limited is a British Virgin Islands company that is ultimately controlled by Xingmei Cui. The registered office address of Liberal Rich Limited is Intershore Chambers, Road Town, Tortola, British Virgin Islands.

(6)

Smart Warrior Limited is a British Virgin Islands company and a wholly-owned subsidiary of SMC Capital China Fund II, L.P, whose general partner is SMC General Partner II Limited. The registered office address of Smart Warrior Limited is Vistra Corporate Services Centre, Wickham’s Cay II, Road Town, Tortola, VG 1110, British Virgin Islands.

(7)

Tim One International Limited is a Samoa company company whose general partner is Strait Capital Partners. The registered office address of Tim One International Limited is La Sanalele Complex, Ground Floor, Vaea Street, Saleufi, Samoa.

(8)

Lake Zurich Partners Limited is a Cayman Islands company that is ultimately controlled by Jun Yu. The registered office address of Lake Zurich Partners Limited is c/o Hermes Corporate Services Ltd., Fifth Floor, Zephyr House, 122 Mary Street, George Town, P.O. Box 31493, Grand Cayman, KY1-1206, Cayman Islands.

(9)

Delta Capital Growth Fund II, L.P. is a Cayman Islands company whose general partner is Delta Capital Growth Ventures II, LLC, a British Virgin Islands company. The registered office address of Delta Capital Growth Fund II, L.P. is P.O. Box 309, Ugland House, Grand Cayman, KY1-1104, Cayman Islands.

(10)

The address of Shua-Lien Li is F/19, No. 133, Nanxiang Road, Neighborhood 3, Jixiang Village, Luzhu District, Taoyuan City, Hsinchu County, Taiwan.

(11)

Voyager Advisors Limited is a Hong Kong company wholly owned by Yao-Hua Kang. The registered office address of Voyager Advisors Limited is Unit 11-13, 26/F, Asia Trade Center, 79 Lei Muk Road, Kwai Chung, New Territories, Hong Kong.

 

139


Table of Contents
(12)

The selling shareholders have granted the underwriters an option, exercisable for 30 days from the date of the prospectus, to purchase up to an aggregate of              additional ADSs. The table below sets forth the breakdown of the maximum number of ADSs that each selling shareholder has granted an option to the underwriters to purchase.

 

Name

   Number of ADSs  

Smart Warrior Limited

  

Voyager Advisors Limited

  

Delta Capital Growth Fund II, L.P.

  

Shua-Lien Li

  

As of the date of this prospectus, none of our outstanding ordinary shares are held by record holders in the United States. We are not aware of any arrangement that may, at a subsequent date, result in a change of control of our company.

Historical Changes in Our Shareholding

See “Description of Share Capital—History of Securities Issuances” for historical changes in our shareholding.

 

140


Table of Contents

RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

Contractual Arrangements with Our VIEs and Their Shareholders

See “Corporate History and Structure— Contractual Arrangements with Our Variable Interest Entities.”

Private Placements

See “Description of Share Capital—History of Securities Issuances.”

Investors Rights Agreement

See “Description of Share Capital— History of Securities Issuances— Investors Rights Agreement.”

Employment Agreements and Indemnification Agreements

See “Management— Compensation of Directors, Officers —Employment Agreements and Indemnification Agreements.”

Share Incentives

See “Management— Compensation of Directors, Officers —Share Incentive Plan.”

Other Transactions with Related Parties

 

     As of December 31,     As of June 30,  
     2017     2018     2019  
     US$     US$     US$  
                 (unaudited)  

Balance amount with related parties

      

Subscription receivables due from co-founders for reorganization purpose

     —         9,261,300    

 

5,416,027

 

Payable due to related parties

     (64,238     (6,756,620     (10,054,771

Payables due to shareholders of ECMOHO Shanghai for reorganization purpose

     —         (4,261,580  

 

—  

 

Borrowings and interests due from related parties

     (3,045,000     (6,405,000     (6,493,534

Transactions with our co-founders

We have drawn down interest free advances from our co-founders and certain of their affiliates to fund our working capital from time to time, which amounted to US$15,304 and US$9.0 million in 2017 and 2018, respectively. As of December 31, 2018 and June 30, 2019, payables due to these related parties amounted to US$6.8 million and US$10.1 million, respectively. As of the date of this prospectus, payables due to these related parties amount to US$4.6 million.

In July 2018, ECMOHO Hong Kong acquired 97.5% of the equity interest of ECMOHO Shanghai from our co-founders and most of its other investors. As of December 31, 2018, US$4.3 million of the consideration payable to the co-founders remained outstanding. As of the date of this prospectus, all such consideration has been settled.

In August 2018, we issued certain Class A ordinary shares and Class B ordinary shares to our founders. See “Description of Share Capital—History of Securities Issuances—Ordinary Shares” for details. As of the date of this prospectus, all such consideration has been settled.

 

141


Table of Contents

In addition, our co-founders provided shareholders’ guarantees to certain banks in respect of the loans provided by such banks to us or our subsidiaries.

In October 2018, each of our co-founders entered into a share charge with Taipei Fubon Commercial Bank Co. Ltd., Hong Kong Branch, in respect of 9,393,800 Class B ordinary shares each, to secure a commercial loan for the benefit of our company.

Transactions with Techlong International Investments Limited

In September and October 2017, we entered into loan agreements with the principal amounts of US$1.5 million and US$1.5 million from Techlong International Investments Limited, a wholly-owned subsidiary of CID Greater China Fund V, L.P., for business development and general corporate purposes. The loan agreement provides with an interest rate of 6% per annum and shall be repaid upon the borrower’s request.

In April 2018, we obtained an additional loan agreement with principal amount of US$3.0 million from Techlong International Investments Limited for business development and general corporate purposes. The loan agreement provides with an interest rate of 6% per annum and shall be repaid upon the borrower’s request.

As of the date of this prospectus, the aggregate principal and interest outstanding under the said loan agreements with Techlong International Investments Limited is US$6.6 million.

 

142


Table of Contents

DESCRIPTION OF SHARE CAPITAL

We are a Cayman Islands company and our affairs are governed by our memorandum and articles of association and the Companies Law (2018 Revision) (as amended) of the Cayman Islands, which we refer to as the Companies Law below.

As of the date of this prospectus, our authorized share capital is US$50,000 divided into (i) 4,880,496,457 Class A ordinary shares of a par value of US$0.00001 each; (ii) 9,519,000 Class A-1 ordinary shares of a par value of US$0.00001 each; (iii) 13,663,700 Class A-2 ordinary shares of a par value of US$0.00001 each; (iv) 75,150,400 Class B ordinary shares of a par value of US$0.00001 each; and (v) 21,170,443 Series A preferred shares of a par value of US$0.00001 each. As of the date of this prospectus, 18,377,600 Class A ordinary shares, 9,519,000 Class A-1 ordinary shares, 10,817,100 Class A-2 ordinary shares, 75,150,400 Class B ordinary shares and 7,938,915 Series A preferred shares are issued and outstanding.

Immediately prior to the completion of this offering, all of the Class A-1 ordinary shares Class A-2 ordinary shares and Series A preferred shares will be converted into Class A ordinary shares, and thus our authorized share capital will be changed into US$         divided into shares comprising of (i)          Class A ordinary shares of a par value of US$0.00001 each, and (ii) 75,150,400 Class B ordinary shares of a par value of US$0.00001 each. We will have          Class A ordinary shares issued and outstanding, and 75,150,400 Class B ordinary shares issued and outstanding, assuming the underwriters do not exercise the over-allotment option. All of our shares to be issued in the offering will be issued as fully paid.

Our Post-Offering Memorandum and Articles

We have adopted a third amended and restated memorandum and articles of association, which will become effective and replace our current second amended and restated memorandum and articles of association in its entirety immediately prior to the completion of this offering. The following are summaries of material provisions of the post-offering amended and restated memorandum and articles of association that we have adopted and of the Companies Law, insofar as they relate to the material terms of our ordinary shares.

Objects of our Company. Under our post-offering amended and restated memorandum and articles of association, the objects of our company are unrestricted and we have the full power and authority to carry out any object not prohibited by the law of the Cayman Islands.

Ordinary Shares. Our ordinary shares are divided into Class A ordinary shares and Class B ordinary shares. Holders of our Class A ordinary shares and Class B ordinary shares will have the same rights except for voting rights. Each Class A ordinary share shall entitle the holder thereof to one (1) vote on all matters subject to vote at our general meetings, and each Class B ordinary share shall entitle the holder thereof to ten (10) votes on all matters subject to vote at our general meetings. Our ordinary shares are issued in registered form and are issued when registered in our register of members.

Dividends. The holders of our ordinary shares are entitled to such dividends as may be declared by our board of directors. Under the laws of the Cayman Islands, our company may declare and pay a dividend out of either profit or share premium account, provided that in no circumstances may a dividend be paid if this would result in our company being unable to pay its debts as they fall due in the ordinary course of business.

Voting Rights. Our Class A ordinary shares and Class B ordinary shares vote together as a single class on all matters submitted to a vote of our shareholders, except as may otherwise be required by law or provided for in our post-offering amended and restated memorandum and articles of association. In respect of matters requiring shareholders’ vote, each Class A ordinary share is entitled to one vote, and each Class B ordinary share is entitled to ten votes. At any general meeting a resolution put to the vote of the meeting shall be decided by way of a poll.

 

143


Table of Contents

A quorum required for a meeting of shareholders consists of one or more shareholders at least holding or representing by proxy at least a majority of the votes of the issued shares or, if a corporation or other non-natural person, by its duly authorized representative. Advance notice of at least seven clear days is required for the convening of our annual general meeting and other shareholders meetings.

An ordinary resolution to be passed at a meeting by the shareholders requires the affirmative vote of a simple majority of the votes attaching to the ordinary shares cast at a meeting. A special resolution requires the affirmative vote of no less than two-thirds of the votes cast attaching to the outstanding shares at a meeting. Our post-offering amended and restated articles of association provide that a special resolution shall be required to approve any amendments to any provisions of our post-offering amended and restated articles of association. Both ordinary resolutions and special resolutions may also be passed by a unanimous written resolution signed by all the shareholders of our company, as permitted by the Companies Law and our post-offering amended and restated memorandum and articles of association.

General Meetings of Shareholders. As a Cayman Islands exempted company, we are not obliged by the Companies Law to call shareholders’ annual general meetings. Our post-offering memorandum and articles of association provide that we may (but are not obliged to) hold a general meeting of the Company, and the general meeting shall be held at such time and place as may be determined by our directors.

Shareholders’ general meetings may be convened by the chairman or a majority of our board of directors. Advance notice of at least seven (7) calendar days is required for the convening of our annual general shareholders’ meeting (if any) and any other general meeting of our shareholders. A quorum required for any general meeting of shareholders consists of one or more shareholders present or by proxy, representing not less than a majority of all votes attaching to all of our shares in issue and entitled to vote.

The Companies Law provides shareholders with only limited rights to requisition a general meeting, and does not provide shareholders with any right to put any proposal before a general meeting. However, these rights may be provided in a company’s articles of association. Our post-offering memorandum and articles of association provide that upon the requisition of shareholders representing in aggregate not less than 10% of the votes attaching to the outstanding shares of our company entitled to vote at general meetings, our board will convene an extraordinary general meeting and put the resolutions so requisitioned to a vote at such meeting.

Transfer of Ordinary Shares. Subject to the restrictions set out below, any of our shareholders may transfer all or any of his or her ordinary shares by an instrument of transfer in writing, and shall be executed by or on behalf of the transferor, and if the directors so requires, signed by the transferee.

Our board of directors may, in its absolute discretion, decline to register any transfer of any ordinary share which is not fully paid up or on which the Company has a lien.

The registration of transfers may be suspended and the register closed at such times and for such periods, not exceeding 30 days in any year, as our board of directors may from time to time determine.

Liquidation. On the winding up of our company, if the assets available for distribution amongst our shareholders shall be more than sufficient to repay the whole of the share capital at the commencement of the winding up, the surplus shall be distributed amongst our shareholders in proportion to the amount paid up on the shares held by them. If our assets available for distribution are insufficient to repay all of the paid-up capital, the assets will be distributed so that the losses are borne by our shareholders in proportion to the capital paid up, or which ought to have been paid up, at the commencement of the winding up on the shares held by them respectively.

Calls on Shares and Forfeiture of Shares. Our board of directors may from time to time make calls upon shareholders for any amounts unpaid on their shares in a notice served to such shareholders at least 14 days prior to the specified time of payment. The shares that have been called upon and remain unpaid are subject to forfeiture.

 

144


Table of Contents

Redemption, Repurchase and Surrender of Shares. We may issue shares on terms that such shares are subject to redemption, at our option or at the option of the holders of these shares, on such terms and in such manner as may be determined by our board of directors. Our Company may also repurchase any of our shares on such terms and in such manner as have been agreed by our board of directors and our shareholders. Under the Companies Law, the redemption or repurchase of any share may be paid out of our Company’s profits or out of the proceeds of a new issue of shares made for the purpose of such redemption or repurchase, or out of capital (including share premium account and capital redemption reserve) if our company can, immediately following such payment, pay its debts as they fall due in the ordinary course of business. In addition, under the Companies Law no such share may be redeemed or repurchased (a) unless it is fully paid up, (b) if such redemption or repurchase would result in there being no shares outstanding or (c) if the company has commenced liquidation. In addition, our company may accept the surrender of any fully paid share for no consideration.

Variations of Rights of Shares. If at any time, our share capital is divided into different classes of shares, the rights attached to any class of shares (unless otherwise provided by the terms of issue of the shares of that class), whether or not our company is being wound-up, may be varied with the consent in writing of the holders of two-thirds of the issued shares of that class or with the sanction of a resolution passed at a separate meeting of the holders of the shares of the class by the holders of two-thirds of the issued shares of that class. The rights conferred upon the holders of the shares of any class issued shall not, unless otherwise expressly provided by the terms of issue of the shares of that class, be deemed to be varied by the creation or issue of further shares ranking pari passu with such existing class of shares.

Issuance of Additional Shares. Our post-offering amended and restated memorandum of association authorizes our board of directors to issue additional ordinary shares from time to time as our board of directors shall determine, to the extent of available authorized but unissued shares.

Our post-offering amended and restated memorandum of association also authorizes our board of directors to establish from time to time one or more series of preference shares and to determine, with respect to any series of preference shares, the terms and rights of that series.

Our board of directors may issue preference shares without action by our shareholders to the extent authorized but unissued. Issuance of these shares may dilute the voting power of holders of ordinary shares.

Inspection of Books and Records. Holders of our ordinary shares will have no general right under Cayman Islands law to inspect or obtain copies of our list of shareholders or our corporate records.

However, we will provide our shareholders with annual audited financial statements. See “Where You Can Find Additional Information.”

Anti-Takeover Provisions. Some provisions of our post-offering memorandum and articles of association may discourage, delay or prevent a change of control of our company or management that shareholders may consider favorable, including provisions that:

 

   

authorize our board of directors to issue preference shares in one or more series and to designate the price, rights, preferences, privileges and restrictions of such preference shares without any further vote or action by our shareholders; and

 

   

limit the ability of shareholders to requisition and convene general meetings of shareholders.

However, under Cayman Islands law, our directors may only exercise the rights and powers granted to them under our post-offering memorandum and articles of association for a proper purpose and for what they believe in good faith to be in the best interests of our company.

Exempted Company. We are an exempted company with limited liability under the Companies Law. The Companies Law distinguishes between ordinary resident companies and exempted companies. Any company that

 

145


Table of Contents

is registered in the Cayman Islands but conducts business mainly outside of the Cayman Islands may apply to be registered as an exempted company. The requirements for an exempted company are essentially the same as for an ordinary company except that an exempted company:

 

   

does not have to file an annual return of its shareholders with the Registrar of Companies;

 

   

is not required to open its register of members for inspection;

 

   

does not have to hold an annual general meeting;

 

   

may issue negotiable or bearer shares or shares with no par value;

 

   

may obtain an undertaking against the imposition of any future taxation (such undertakings are usually given for 20 years in the first instance);

 

   

may register by way of continuation in another jurisdiction and be deregistered in the Cayman Islands;

 

   

may register as an exempted limited duration company; and

 

   

may register as a segregated portfolio company.

“Limited Liability” means that the liability of each shareholder is limited to the amount unpaid by the shareholder on the shares of the Company.

Differences in Corporate Law

The Companies Law is modeled after that of England but does not follow recent English statutory enactments and differs from laws applicable to U.S. corporations and their shareholders. Set forth below is a summary of the significant differences between the provisions of the Companies Law applicable to us and the laws applicable to companies incorporated in the United States and their shareholders.

Mergers and Similar Arrangements. The Companies Law permits mergers and consolidations between Cayman Islands companies and between Cayman Islands companies and non-Cayman Islands companies. For these purposes, (a) “merger” means the merging of two or more constituent companies and the vesting of their undertaking, property and liabilities in one of such companies as the surviving company, and (b) a “consolidation” means the combination of two or more constituent companies into a consolidated company and the vesting of the undertaking, property and liabilities of such companies to the consolidated company. In order to effect such a merger or consolidation, the directors of each constituent company must approve a written plan of merger or consolidation, which must then be authorized by (a) a special resolution of the shareholders of each constituent company, and (b) such other authorization, if any, as may be specified in such constituent company’s articles of association. The plan must be filed with the Registrar of Companies of the Cayman Islands together with a declaration as to the solvency of the consolidated or surviving company, a list of the assets and liabilities of each constituent company and an undertaking that a copy of the certificate of merger or consolidation will be given to the members and creditors of each constituent company and that notification of the merger or consolidation will be published in the Cayman Islands Gazette. Court approval is not required for a merger or consolidation which is effected in compliance with these statutory procedures.

A merger between a Cayman parent company and its Cayman subsidiary or subsidiaries does not require authorization by a resolution of shareholders of that Cayman subsidiary if a copy of the plan of merger is given to every member of that Cayman subsidiary to be merged unless that member agrees otherwise. For this purpose a company is a “parent” of a subsidiary if it holds issued shares that together represent at least 90% of the votes at a general meeting of the subsidiary.

The consent of each holder of a fixed or floating security interest over a constituent company is required unless this requirement is waived by a court in the Cayman Islands.

 

146


Table of Contents

Save in certain limited circumstances, a shareholder of a Cayman constituent company who dissents from the merger or consolidation is entitled to payment of the fair value of his shares (which, if not agreed between the parties, will be determined by the Cayman Islands court) upon dissenting to the merger or consolidation, provide the dissenting shareholder complies strictly with the procedures set out in the Companies Law. The exercise of dissenter rights will preclude the exercise by the dissenting shareholder of any other rights to which he or she might otherwise be entitled by virtue of holding shares, save for the right to seek relief on the grounds that the merger or consolidation is void or unlawful.

Separate from the statutory provisions relating to mergers and consolidations, the Companies Law also contains statutory provisions that facilitate the reconstruction and amalgamation of companies by way of schemes of arrangement, provided that the arrangement is approved by a majority in number of each class of shareholders and creditors with whom the arrangement is to be made, and who must in addition represent three-fourths in value of each such class of shareholders or creditors, as the case may be, that are present and voting either in person or by proxy at a meeting, or meetings, convened for that purpose. The convening of the meetings and subsequently the arrangement must be sanctioned by the Grand Court of the Cayman Islands. While a dissenting shareholder has the right to express to the court the view that the transaction ought not to be approved, the court can be expected to approve the arrangement if it determines that:

 

   

the statutory provisions as to the required majority vote have been met;

 

   

the shareholders have been fairly represented at the meeting in question and the statutory majority are acting bona fide without coercion of the minority to promote interests adverse to those of the class;

 

   

the arrangement is such that may be reasonably approved by an intelligent and honest man of that class acting in respect of his interest; and

 

   

the arrangement is not one that would more properly be sanctioned under some other provision of the Companies Law.

The Companies Law also contains a statutory power of compulsory acquisition which may facilitate the “squeeze out” of dissentient minority shareholder upon a tender offer. When a tender offer is made and accepted by holders of 90% of the shares affected within four months, the offeror may, within a two-month period commencing on the expiration of such four month period, require the holders of the remaining shares to transfer such shares to the offeror on the terms of the offer. An objection can be made to the Grand Court of the Cayman Islands but this is unlikely to succeed in the case of an offer which has been so approved unless there is evidence of fraud, bad faith or collusion.

If an arrangement and reconstruction is thus approved, or if a tender offer is made and accepted, a dissenting shareholder would have no rights comparable to appraisal rights, save that objectors to a takeover offer may apply to the Grand Court of the Cayman Islands for various orders that the Grand Court of the Cayman Islands has a broad discretion to make, which would otherwise ordinarily be available to dissenting shareholders of Delaware corporations, providing rights to receive payment in cash for the judicially determined value of the shares.

Shareholders’ Suits. In principle, we will normally be the proper plaintiff and as a general rule a derivative action may not be brought by a minority shareholder. However, based on English authorities, which would in all likelihood be of persuasive authority in the Cayman Islands, there are exceptions to the foregoing principle, including when:

 

   

a company acts or proposes to act illegally or ultra vires;

 

   

the act complained of, although not ultra vires, could only be effected duly if authorized by more than a simple majority vote that has not been obtained; and

 

   

those who control the company are perpetrating a “fraud on the minority.”

 

147


Table of Contents

Indemnification of Directors and Executive Officers and Limitation of Liability. Cayman Islands law does not limit the extent to which a company’s memorandum and articles of association may provide for indemnification of officers and directors, except to the extent any such provision may be held by the Cayman Islands courts to be contrary to public policy, such as to provide indemnification against civil fraud or the consequences of committing a crime. Our post-offering amended and restated memorandum and articles of association permit indemnification of officers and directors against all actions, proceedings, costs, charges, expenses, losses, damages or liabilities incurred or sustained by such officers and directors, other than by reason of such officer’s or director’s own dishonesty, willful default or fraud, in or about the conduct of our business or affairs (including as a result of any mistake of judgment) or in the execution or discharge of his or her duties, powers, authorities or discretions, including without prejudice to the generality of the foregoing, any costs, expenses, losses or liabilities incurred by such officer and director in defending (whether successfully or otherwise) any civil proceedings concerning us or our affairs in any court whether in the Cayman Islands or elsewhere. This standard of conduct is generally the same as permitted under the Delaware General Corporation Law for a Delaware corporation.

In addition, we have entered into indemnification agreements with our directors and executive officers that provide such persons with additional indemnification beyond that provided in our post-offering amended and restated memorandum and articles of association.

Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act may be permitted to our directors, officers or persons controlling us under the foregoing provisions, we have been informed that in the opinion of the SEC, such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and is therefore unenforceable.

Directors’ Fiduciary Duties. Under Delaware corporate law, a director of a Delaware corporation has a fiduciary duty to the corporation and its shareholders. This duty has two components: the duty of care and the duty of loyalty. The duty of care requires that a director act in good faith, with the care that an ordinarily prudent person would exercise under similar circumstances. Under this duty, a director must inform himself of, and disclose to shareholders, all material information reasonably available regarding a significant transaction. The duty of loyalty requires that a director acts in a manner he reasonably believes to be in the best interests of the corporation. He must not use his corporate position for personal gain or advantage. This duty prohibits self-dealing by a director and mandates that the best interest of the corporation and its shareholders take precedence over any interest possessed by a director, officer or controlling shareholder and not shared by the shareholders generally. In general, actions of a director are presumed to have been made on an informed basis, in good faith and in the honest belief that the action taken was in the best interests of the corporation. However, this presumption may be rebutted by evidence of a breach of one of the fiduciary duties. Should such evidence be presented concerning a transaction by a director, the director must prove the procedural fairness of the transaction, and that the transaction was of fair value to the corporation.

As a matter of Cayman Islands law, a director of a Cayman Islands company is in the position of a fiduciary with respect to the company and therefore it is considered that he owes the following duties to the company—a duty to act bona fide in the best interests of the company, a duty not to make a profit based on his position as director (unless the company permits him to do so) and a duty not to put himself in a position where the interests of the company conflict with his personal interest or his duty to a third party. A director of a Cayman Islands company owes to the company a duty to act with skill and care. It was previously considered that a director need not exhibit in the performance of his duties a greater degree of skill than may reasonably be expected from a person of his knowledge and experience. However, English and Commonwealth courts have moved towards an objective standard with regard to the required skill and care and these authorities are likely to be followed in the Cayman Islands.

Shareholder Action by Written Consent. Under the Delaware General Corporation Law, a corporation may eliminate the right of shareholders to act by written consent by amendment to its certificate of incorporation. Cayman Islands law and our post-offering amended and restated articles of association provide that shareholders

 

148


Table of Contents

may approve corporate matters by way of a unanimous written resolution signed by or on behalf of each shareholder who would have been entitled to vote on such matter at a general meeting without a meeting being held.

Shareholder Proposals. Under the Delaware General Corporation Law, a shareholder has the right to put any proposal before the annual meeting of shareholders, provided it complies with the notice provisions in the governing documents. A special meeting may be called by the board of directors or any other person authorized to do so in the governing documents, but shareholders may be precluded from calling special meetings.

The Companies Law provide shareholders with only limited rights to requisition a general meeting, and does not provide shareholders with any right to put any proposal before a general meeting. However, these rights may be provided in a company’s articles of association. Our post-offering amended and restated articles of association allow our shareholders holding in aggregate not less than one-tenth of all votes attaching to the outstanding shares of our company entitled to vote at general meetings to requisition an extraordinary general meeting of our shareholders, in which case our board is obliged to convene an extraordinary general meeting and to put the resolutions so requisitioned to a vote at such meeting. Other than this right to requisition a shareholders’ meeting, our post-offering amended and restated articles of association do not provide our shareholders with any other right to put proposals before annual general meetings or extraordinary general meetings. As an exempted Cayman Islands company, we are not obliged by law to call shareholders’ annual general meetings.

Cumulative Voting. Under the Delaware General Corporation Law, cumulative voting for elections of directors is not permitted unless the corporation’s certificate of incorporation specifically provides for it. Cumulative voting potentially facilitates the representation of minority shareholders on a board of directors since it permits the minority shareholder to cast all the votes to which the shareholder is entitled on a single director, which increases the shareholder’s voting power with respect to electing such director. There are no prohibitions in relation to cumulative voting under the laws of the Cayman Islands but our post-offering amended and restated articles of association do not provide for cumulative voting. As a result, our shareholders are not afforded any less protections or rights on this issue than shareholders of a Delaware corporation.

Removal of Directors. Under the Delaware General Corporation Law, a director of a corporation with a classified board may be removed only for cause with the approval of a majority of the outstanding shares entitled to vote, unless the certificate of incorporation provides otherwise. Under our post-offering amended and restated articles of association, directors may be removed with or without cause, by an ordinary resolution of our shareholders.

Transactions with Interested Shareholders. The Delaware General Corporation Law contains a business combination statute applicable to Delaware corporations whereby, unless the corporation has specifically elected not to be governed by such statute by amendment to its certificate of incorporation, it is prohibited from engaging in certain business combinations with an “interested shareholder” for three years following the date that such person becomes an interested shareholder. An interested shareholder generally is a person or a group who or which owns or owned 15% or more of the target’s outstanding voting share within the past three years. This has the effect of limiting the ability of a potential acquirer to make a two-tiered bid for the target in which all shareholders would not be treated equally. The statute does not apply if, among other things, prior to the date on which such shareholder becomes an interested shareholder, the board of directors approves either the business combination or the transaction which resulted in the person becoming an interested shareholder. This encourages any potential acquirer of a Delaware corporation to negotiate the terms of any acquisition transaction with the target’s board of directors.

Cayman Islands law has no comparable statute. As a result, we cannot avail ourselves of the types of protections afforded by the Delaware business combination statute. However, although Cayman Islands law does not regulate transactions between a company and its significant shareholders, it does provide that such transactions must be entered into bona fide in the best interests of the company and not with the effect of constituting a fraud on the minority shareholders.

 

149


Table of Contents

Dissolution; Winding up. Under the Delaware General Corporation Law, unless the board of directors approves the proposal to dissolve, dissolution must be approved by shareholders holding 100% of the total voting power of the corporation. Only if the dissolution is initiated by the board of directors may it be approved by a simple majority of the corporation’s outstanding shares. Delaware law allows a Delaware corporation to include in its certificate of incorporation a supermajority voting requirement in connection with dissolutions initiated by the board.

Under Cayman Islands law, a company may be wound up by either an order of the courts of the Cayman Islands or by a special resolution of its members or, if the company is unable to pay its debts as they fall due, by an ordinary resolution of its members. The court has authority to order winding up in a number of specified circumstances including where it is, in the opinion of the court, just and equitable to do so. Under the Companies Law, our company may be dissolved, liquidated or wound up by a special resolution of our shareholders.

Variation of Rights of Shares. Under the Delaware General Corporation Law, a corporation may vary the rights of a class of shares with the approval of a majority of the outstanding shares of such class, unless the certificate of incorporation provides otherwise. Under Cayman Islands law and our post-offering amended and restated articles of association, if our share capital is divided into more than one class of shares, we may vary the rights attached to any class with the written consent of the holders of two-thirds of the issued shares of that class or with the sanction of a resolution passed at a general meeting of the holders of the shares of that class by holders of two-thirds of the issued shares of that class.

Amendment of Governing Documents. Under the Delaware General Corporation Law, a corporation’s governing documents may be amended with the approval of a majority of the outstanding shares entitled to vote, unless the certificate of incorporation provides otherwise. As permitted by Cayman Islands law, our post-offering amended and restated memorandum and articles of association may only be amended with a special resolution of our shareholders.

Rights of Non-resident or Foreign Shareholders. There are no limitations imposed by our post-offering amended and restated memorandum and articles of association on the rights of non-resident or foreign shareholders to hold or exercise voting rights on our shares. In addition, there are no provisions in our post-offering amended and restated memorandum and articles of association governing the ownership threshold above which shareholder ownership must be disclosed.

History of Securities Issuances

The following is a summary of our securities issuances in the past three years.

Ordinary Shares

We were incorporated in the Cayman Islands on June 7, 2018. Upon incorporation, we issued one ordinary share to Behealth Limited. This ordinary share was subsequently repurchased and canceled, and another Class A ordinary share issued to Behealth Limited, both on July 18, 2018.

On August 2, 2018, we issued 5,368,958 Class A ordinary shares to Behealth Limited, 1,072,633 Class A ordinary shares to Best Winner Limited, 3,077,408 Class A ordinary shares to Lake Zurich Partners Limited and 6,012,000 Class A ordinary shares to Liberal Rich Limited. Also on August 2, 2018, we issued 37,575,200 Class B ordinary shares to Behealth Limited and 37,575,200 Class B ordinary shares to Uhealth Limited, 4,759,500 Class A-1 ordinary shares to STCH Investments Inc. and 4,759,500 Class A-1 ordinary shares CID Greater China Fund V, L.P., alongside 1,423,300 Class A-2 ordinary shares to STCH Investments Inc., 1,423,300 Class A-2 ordinary shares to CID Greater China Fund V, L.P., 5,693,200 Class A-2 ordinary shares to Smart Warrior Limited and 2,277,300 Class A-2 ordinary shares to Canarywharf Capital Limited.

 

150


Table of Contents

In September 2018, we issued 2,846,600 Class A ordinary shares as treasury shares to be held by BabyMe Limited. These treasury shares were held in trust for future potential subscription of new investors based on the discretion of our board of directors. In August 2019, we repurchased these shares at nominal value and canceled them.

Preferred Shares

In August and September 2018, we issued 1,587,783 Series A preferred shares to Delta Capital Growth Fund II, L.P. and 1,587,783 Series A preferred shares to Shua-Lien Li, 705,681 Series A preferred shares to Voyager Advisors Limited, 3,528,407 Series A preferred shares to Tim One International Limited and 529,261 Series A preferred shares to STCH Investments Inc.

Restricted Share Units

We have granted restricted share units to certain of our directors, executive officers and employees. See “Management—Compensation of Directors, Officers—Share Incentive Plan.”

Investors Rights Agreement

We entered into the investors rights agreement on August 7, 2018 with our shareholders, which consist of holders of ordinary shares and preferred shares.

The shareholders agreement provides for certain special rights, including right of first offer, right of first refusal, co-sale rights, drag-along rights, preemptive rights and contains provisions governing the board of directors and other corporate governance matters. Those special rights, as well as the corporate governance provisions, will automatically terminate upon the completion of a qualified initial public offering.

Registration Rights

Pursuant to the investors rights agreement dated August 7, 2018, we have granted certain registration rights to our shareholders. Set forth below is a description of the registration rights granted under the agreement.

Demand Registration Rights. Upon the request of holders of at least 25% or more of the issued and outstanding registrable securities (on an as converted basis), the shareholders have the right to demand in writing that we file a registration statement covering the outstanding shares of the Company requested by the shareholders to be covered by the registration statement. We are obliged to use our reasonable efforts to file such registration statement within 120 days after receipt of the shareholder request. We have the right to delay the filing or effectiveness of a registration statement, or delay the offering contemplated by the registration statement, for a period not exceeding 90 consecutive days or more in a 12-month period if it is determined in good faith by either Ms. Wang or Mr. Zeng, in consultation with our board of directors, that proceeding with such an offering would require the Company to disclose material information that would not otherwise be required to be disclosed at that time and that the disclosure of such information at that time would not be in the best interests of the Company or its shareholders or that the registration or offering to be delayed would, if not delayed, materially and adversely affect the Company, taken as a whole, or materially interfere with, or jeopardize the success of, any pending or proposed material transaction, including any debt or equity financing, any acquisition or disposition, any recapitalization or reorganization or any other material transaction. We are not obligated to effect more than two demand registrations. Further, we are not obligated to effect a registration under these clauses of the investors rights agreement dated August 7, 2018 if the shareholders propose to sell the shares to the public at an aggregate price (based on the then-current market prices) of less than US$50,000,000.

Registration on Form F-3. Any holder may request us to file a registration statement on Form F-3 if we qualify for registration on Form F-3. The holders are entitled to one registration on Form F-3 per 12-month period. We

 

151


Table of Contents

have the right to delay the filing or effectiveness of a registration statement, or delay the offering contemplated by the registration statement, for the same period and on the same conditions as outlined above. We are not obligated to effect a registration on Form F-3 if the shareholders that have requested we do so propose to sell the relevant shares to the public at an aggregate price (based on the then-current market prices) of less than US$15,000,000.

Piggyback Registration Rights. If we propose to register for a public offering or our securities other than relating to any share incentive plan or a corporate reorganization, and the form of registration is suitable for the registration of shares held by the shareholders, we must give 10 days’ notice to all holders of registrable securities and offer them an opportunity to be included in such registration. If the managing underwriter determines in good faith that the number of shares proposed to be included in the registration exceeds the number of shares that can be sold in such underwritten offering without materially delaying or jeopardizing the success of the offering (including the price per share of the shares proposed to be sold in such underwritten offering), the managing underwriter may decide to exclude shares from the registration and the underwriting, and the number of shares that may be included in the registration and the underwriting will be allocated, first, to us, second, to each of the holders requesting inclusion of their registrable securities on a pro rata basis based on the total amount of registrable securities requested by each such holder, and third, to holders of other securities of our company.

Expenses of Registration. We will bear all registration expenses, including proportional amounts with the shareholders of the underwriting discounts and commissions, but excluding fees for special counsel for the holders participating in such registration and certain excepted expenses as described in the shareholders agreement, incurred in connection with registrations, filings or qualification pursuant to the shareholders agreement.

Termination of Obligations. Our obligation to effect any demand, piggyback or Form F-3 registration shall terminate on the date at which, in the opinion of our counsel, all registrable securities proposed to be sold by a holder may then be sold without registration and without regard to any volume limitation requirement pursuant to Rule 144 promulgated under the Securities Act.

 

152


Table of Contents

DESCRIPTION OF AMERICAN DEPOSITARY SHARES

Citibank, N.A. has agreed to act as the depositary bank for the American Depositary Shares. Citibank’s depositary offices are located at 388 Greenwich Street, New York, New York 10013. American Depositary Shares are frequently referred to as “ADSs” and represent ownership interests in securities that are on deposit with the depositary bank. ADSs may be represented by certificates that are commonly known as “American Depositary Receipts” or “ADRs.” The depositary bank typically appoints a custodian to safekeep the securities on deposit. In this case, the custodian is Citibank, N.A. – Hong Kong, located at 9/F, Citi Tower, One Bay East, 83 Hoi Bun Road, Kwun Tong, Kowloon, Hong Kong.

We have appointed Citibank as depositary bank pursuant to a deposit agreement. A copy of the deposit agreement is on file with the SEC under cover of a Registration Statement on Form F-6. You may obtain a copy of the deposit agreement from the SEC’s Public Reference Room at 100 F Street, N.E., Washington, D.C. 20549 and from the SEC’s website (www.sec.gov). Please refer to Registration Number 333-             when retrieving such copy.

We are providing you with a summary description of the material terms of the ADSs and of your material rights as an owner of ADSs. Please remember that summaries by their nature lack the precision of the information summarized and that the rights and obligations of an owner of ADSs will be determined by reference to the terms of the deposit agreement and not by this summary. We urge you to review the deposit agreement in its entirety. The portions of this summary description that are italicized describe matters that may be relevant to the ownership of ADSs but that may not be contained in the deposit agreement.

Each ADS represents the right to receive, and to exercise the beneficial ownership interests in,              Class A ordinary shares that are on deposit with the depositary bank and/or custodian. An ADS also represents the right to receive, and to exercise the beneficial interests in, any other property received by the depositary bank or the custodian on behalf of the owner of the ADS but that has not been distributed to the owners of ADSs because of legal restrictions or practical considerations. We and the depositary bank may agree to change the ADS-to-Share ratio by amending the deposit agreement. This amendment may give rise to, or change, the depositary fees payable by ADS owners. The custodian, the depositary bank and their respective nominees will hold all deposited property for the benefit of the holders and beneficial owners of ADSs. The deposited property does not constitute the proprietary assets of the depositary bank, the custodian or their nominees. Beneficial ownership in the deposited property will under the terms of the deposit agreement be vested in the beneficial owners of the ADSs. The depositary bank, the custodian and their respective nominees will be the record holders of the deposited property represented by the ADSs for the benefit of the holders and beneficial owners of the corresponding ADSs. A beneficial owner of ADSs may or may not be the holder of ADSs. Beneficial owners of ADSs will be able to receive, and to exercise beneficial ownership interests in, the deposited property only through the registered holders of the ADSs, the registered holders of the ADSs (on behalf of the applicable ADS owners) only through the depositary bank, and the depositary bank (on behalf of the owners of the corresponding ADSs) directly, or indirectly, through the custodian or their respective nominees, in each case upon the terms of the deposit agreement. 

If you become an owner of ADSs, you will become a party to the deposit agreement and therefore will be bound to its terms and to the terms of any ADR that represents your ADSs. The deposit agreement and the ADR specify our rights and obligations as well as your rights and obligations as owner of ADSs and those of the depositary bank. As an ADS holder you appoint the depositary bank to act on your behalf in certain circumstances. The deposit agreement and the ADRs are governed by New York law. However, our obligations to the holders of Class A ordinary shares will continue to be governed by the laws of the Cayman Islands, which may be different from the laws in the United States.

In addition, applicable laws and regulations may require you to satisfy reporting requirements and obtain regulatory approvals in certain circumstances. You are solely responsible for complying with such reporting

 

153


Table of Contents

requirements and obtaining such approvals. Neither the depositary bank, the custodian, us or any of their or our respective agents or affiliates shall be required to take any actions whatsoever on your behalf to satisfy such reporting requirements or obtain such regulatory approvals under applicable laws and regulations.

As an owner of ADSs, we will not treat you as one of our shareholders and you will not have direct shareholder rights. The depositary bank will hold on your behalf the shareholder rights attached to the Class A ordinary shares underlying your ADSs. As an owner of ADSs you will be able to exercise the shareholders rights for the Class A ordinary shares represented by your ADSs through the depositary bank only to the extent contemplated in the deposit agreement. To exercise any shareholder rights not contemplated in the deposit agreement you will, as an ADS owner, need to arrange for the cancellation of your ADSs and become a direct shareholder.

The manner in which you own the ADSs (e.g., in a brokerage account vs. as registered holder, or as holder of certificated vs. uncertificated ADSs) may affect your rights and obligations, and the manner in which, and extent to which, the depositary bank’s services are made available to you. As an owner of ADSs, you may hold your ADSs either by means of an ADR registered in your name, through a brokerage or safekeeping account, or through an account established by the depositary bank in your name reflecting the registration of uncertificated ADSs directly on the books of the depositary bank (commonly referred to as the “direct registration system” or “DRS”). The direct registration system reflects the uncertificated (book-entry) registration of ownership of ADSs by the depositary bank. Under the direct registration system, ownership of ADSs is evidenced by periodic statements issued by the depositary bank to the holders of the ADSs. The direct registration system includes automated transfers between the depositary bank and The Depository Trust Company (“DTC”), the central book-entry clearing and settlement system for equity securities in the United States. If you decide to hold your ADSs through your brokerage or safekeeping account, you must rely on the procedures of your broker or bank to assert your rights as ADS owner. Banks and brokers typically hold securities such as the ADSs through clearing and settlement systems such as DTC. The procedures of such clearing and settlement systems may limit your ability to exercise your rights as an owner of ADSs. Please consult with your broker or bank if you have any questions concerning these limitations and procedures. All ADSs held through DTC will be registered in the name of a nominee of DTC. This summary description assumes you have opted to own the ADSs directly by means of an ADS registered in your name and, as such, we will refer to you as the “holder.” When we refer to “you,” we assume the reader owns ADSs and will own ADSs at the relevant time.

The registration of the Class A ordinary shares in the name of the depositary bank or the custodian shall, to the maximum extent permitted by applicable law, vest in the depositary bank or the custodian the record ownership in the applicable Class A ordinary shares with the beneficial ownership rights and interests in such Class A ordinary shares being at all times vested with the beneficial owners of the ADSs representing the Class A ordinary shares. The depositary bank or the custodian shall at all times be entitled to exercise the beneficial ownership rights in all deposited property, in each case only on behalf of the holders and beneficial owners of the ADSs representing the deposited property.

Dividends and Distributions

As a holder of ADSs, you generally have the right to receive the distributions we make on the securities deposited with the custodian. Your receipt of these distributions may be limited, however, by practical considerations and legal limitations. Holders of ADSs will receive such distributions under the terms of the deposit agreement in proportion to the number of ADSs held as of the specified record date, after deduction of the applicable fees, taxes and expenses.

Distributions of Cash

Whenever we make a cash distribution for the securities on deposit with the custodian, we will deposit the funds with the custodian. Upon receipt of confirmation of the deposit of the requisite funds, the depositary bank

 

154


Table of Contents

will arrange for the funds received in a currency other than U.S. dollars to be converted into U.S. dollars and for the distribution of the U.S. dollars to the holders, subject to the laws and regulations of the Cayman Islands.

The conversion into U.S. dollars will take place only if practicable and if the U.S. dollars are transferable to the United States. The depositary bank will apply the same method for distributing the proceeds of the sale of any property (such as undistributed rights) held by the custodian in respect of securities on deposit.

The distribution of cash will be made net of the fees, expenses, taxes and governmental charges payable by holders under the terms of the deposit agreement. The depositary bank will hold any cash amounts it is unable to distribute in a non-interest bearing account for the benefit of the applicable holders and beneficial owners of ADSs until the distribution can be effected or the funds that the depositary bank holds must be escheated as unclaimed property in accordance with the laws of the relevant states of the United States.

Distributions of Shares

Whenever we make a free distribution of Class A ordinary shares for the securities on deposit with the custodian, we will deposit the applicable number of Class A ordinary shares with the custodian. Upon receipt of confirmation of such deposit, the depositary bank will either distribute to holders new ADSs representing the Class A ordinary shares deposited or modify the ADS-to- Class A ordinary shares ratio, in which case each ADS you hold will represent rights and interests in the additional Class A ordinary shares so deposited. Only whole new ADSs will be distributed. Fractional entitlements will be sold and the proceeds of such sale will be distributed as in the case of a cash distribution.

The distribution of new ADSs or the modification of the ADS-to- Class A ordinary shares ratio upon a distribution of Class A ordinary shares will be made net of the fees, expenses, taxes and governmental charges payable by holders under the terms of the deposit agreement. In order to pay such taxes or governmental charges, the depositary bank may sell all or a portion of the new Class A ordinary shares so distributed.

No such distribution of new ADSs will be made if it would violate a law (e.g., the U.S. securities laws) or if it is not operationally practicable. If the depositary bank does not distribute new ADSs as described above, it may sell the Class A ordinary shares received upon the terms described in the deposit agreement and will distribute the proceeds of the sale as in the case of a distribution of cash.

Distributions of Rights

Whenever we intend to distribute rights to subscribe for additional Class A ordinary shares, we will give prior notice to the depositary bank and we will assist the depositary bank in determining whether it is lawful and reasonably practicable to distribute rights to subscribe for additional ADSs to holders.

The depositary bank will establish procedures to distribute rights to subscribe for additional ADSs to holders and to enable such holders to exercise such rights if it is lawful and reasonably practicable to make the rights available to holders of ADSs, and if we provide all of the documentation contemplated in the deposit agreement (such as opinions to address the lawfulness of the transaction). You may have to pay fees, expenses, taxes and other governmental charges to subscribe for the new ADSs upon the exercise of your rights. The depositary bank is not obligated to establish procedures to facilitate the distribution and exercise by holders of rights to subscribe for new Class A ordinary shares other than in the form of ADSs.

The depositary bank will not distribute the rights to you if:

 

   

We do not timely request that the rights be distributed to you or we request that the rights not be distributed to you; or

 

   

We fail to deliver satisfactory documents to the depositary bank; or

 

   

It is not reasonably practicable to distribute the rights.

 

155


Table of Contents

The depositary bank will sell the rights that are not exercised or not distributed if such sale is lawful and reasonably practicable. The proceeds of such sale will be distributed to holders as in the case of a cash distribution. If the depositary bank is unable to sell the rights, it will allow the rights to lapse.

Elective Distributions

Whenever we intend to distribute a dividend payable at the election of shareholders either in cash or in additional shares, we will give prior notice thereof to the depositary bank and will indicate whether we wish the elective distribution to be made available to you. In such case, we will assist the depositary bank in determining whether such distribution is lawful and reasonably practicable.

The depositary bank will make the election available to you only if it is reasonably practicable and if we have provided all of the documentation contemplated in the deposit agreement. In such case, the depositary bank will establish procedures to enable you to elect to receive either cash or additional ADSs, in each case as described in the deposit agreement.

If the election is not made available to you, you will receive either cash or additional ADSs, depending on what a shareholder in the Cayman Islands would receive upon failing to make an election, as more fully described in the deposit agreement.

Other Distributions

Whenever we intend to distribute property other than cash, Class A ordinary shares or rights to subscribe for additional Class A ordinary shares, we will notify the depositary bank in advance and will indicate whether we wish such distribution to be made to you. If so, we will assist the depositary bank in determining whether such distribution to holders is lawful and reasonably practicable.

If it is reasonably practicable to distribute such property to you and if we provide to the depositary bank all of the documentation contemplated in the deposit agreement, the depositary bank will distribute the property to the holders in a manner it deems practicable.

The distribution will be made net of fees, expenses, taxes and governmental charges payable by holders under the terms of the deposit agreement. In order to pay such taxes and governmental charges, the depositary bank may sell all or a portion of the property received.

The depositary bank will not distribute the property to you and will sell the property if:

 

   

We do not request that the property be distributed to you or if we request that the property not be distributed to you; or

 

   

We do not deliver satisfactory documents to the depositary bank; or

 

   

The depositary bank determines that all or a portion of the distribution to you is not reasonably practicable.

The proceeds of such a sale will be distributed to holders as in the case of a cash distribution.

Redemption

Whenever we decide to redeem any of the securities on deposit with the custodian, we will notify the depositary bank in advance. If it is practicable and if we provide all of the documentation contemplated in the deposit agreement, the depositary bank will provide notice of the redemption to the holders.

 

156


Table of Contents

The custodian will be instructed to surrender the shares being redeemed against payment of the applicable redemption price. The depositary bank will convert into U.S. dollars upon the terms of the deposit agreement the redemption funds received in a currency other than U.S. dollars and will establish procedures to enable holders to receive the net proceeds from the redemption upon surrender of their ADSs to the depositary bank. You may have to pay fees, expenses, taxes and other governmental charges upon the redemption of your ADSs. If less than all ADSs are being redeemed, the ADSs to be retired will be selected by lot or on a pro rata basis, as the depositary bank may determine.

Changes Affecting Class A ordinary shares

The Class A ordinary shares held on deposit for your ADSs may change from time to time. For example, there may be a change in nominal or par value, split-up, cancellation, consolidation or any other reclassification of such Class A ordinary shares or a recapitalization, reorganization, merger, consolidation or sale of assets of the Company.

If any such change were to occur, your ADSs would, to the extent permitted by law and the deposit agreement, represent the right to receive the property received or exchanged in respect of the Class A ordinary shares held on deposit. The depositary bank may in such circumstances deliver new ADSs to you, amend the deposit agreement, the ADRs and the applicable Registration Statement(s) on Form F-6, call for the exchange of your existing ADSs for new ADSs and take any other actions that are appropriate to reflect as to the ADSs the change affecting the Shares. If the depositary bank may not lawfully distribute such property to you, the depositary bank may sell such property and distribute the net proceeds to you as in the case of a cash distribution.

Issuance of ADSs upon Deposit of Class A ordinary shares

Upon completion of the offering, the Class A ordinary shares being offered pursuant to the prospectus will be deposited by us with the custodian. Upon receipt of confirmation of such deposit, the depositary bank will issue ADSs to the underwriters named in the prospectus.

After the closing of the offer, the depositary bank may create ADSs on your behalf if you or your broker deposit Class A ordinary shares with the custodian. The depositary bank will deliver these ADSs to the person you indicate only after you pay any applicable issuance fees and any charges and taxes payable for the transfer of the Class A ordinary shares to the custodian. Your ability to deposit Class A ordinary shares and receive ADSs may be limited by U.S. and Cayman Islands legal considerations applicable at the time of deposit.

The issuance of ADSs may be delayed until the depositary bank or the custodian receives confirmation that all required approvals have been given and that the Class A ordinary shares have been duly transferred to the custodian. The depositary bank will only issue ADSs in whole numbers.

When you make a deposit of Class A ordinary shares , you will be responsible for transferring good and valid title to the depositary bank. As such, you will be deemed to represent and warrant that:

 

   

The Class A ordinary shares are duly authorized, validly issued, fully paid, non-assessable and legally obtained.

 

   

All preemptive (and similar) rights, if any, with respect to such Class A ordinary shares have been validly waived or exercised.

 

   

You are duly authorized to deposit the Class A ordinary shares.

 

   

The Class A ordinary shares presented for deposit are free and clear of any lien, encumbrance, security interest, charge, mortgage or adverse claim, and are not, and the ADSs issuable upon such deposit will not be, “restricted securities” (as defined in the deposit agreement).

 

   

The Class A ordinary shares presented for deposit have not been stripped of any rights or entitlements.

 

157


Table of Contents

If any of the representations or warranties are incorrect in any way, we and the depositary bank may, at your cost and expense, take any and all actions necessary to correct the consequences of the misrepresentations.

Transfer, Combination and Split Up of ADRs

As an ADR holder, you will be entitled to transfer, combine or split up your ADRs and the ADSs evidenced thereby. For transfers of ADRs, you will have to surrender the ADRs to be transferred to the depositary bank and also must:

 

   

ensure that the surrendered ADR is properly endorsed or otherwise in proper form for transfer;

 

   

provide such proof of identity and genuineness of signatures as the depositary bank deems appropriate;

 

   

provide any transfer stamps required by the State of New York or the United States; and

 

   

pay all applicable fees, charges, expenses, taxes and other government charges payable by ADR holders pursuant to the terms of the deposit agreement, upon the transfer of ADRs.

To have your ADRs either combined or split up, you must surrender the ADRs in question to the depositary bank with your request to have them combined or split up, and you must pay all applicable fees, charges and expenses payable by ADR holders, pursuant to the terms of the deposit agreement, upon a combination or split up of ADRs.

Withdrawal of Class A ordinary shares Upon Cancellation of ADSs

As a holder, you will be entitled to present your ADSs to the depositary bank for cancellation and then receive the corresponding number of underlying Class A ordinary shares at the custodian’s offices. Your ability to withdraw the Class A ordinary shares held in respect of the ADSs may be limited by U.S. and Cayman Islands law considerations applicable at the time of withdrawal. In order to withdraw the Class A ordinary shares represented by your ADSs, you will be required to pay to the depositary bank the fees for cancellation of ADSs and any charges and taxes payable upon the transfer of the Class A ordinary shares . You assume the risk for delivery of all funds and securities upon withdrawal. Once canceled, the ADSs will not have any rights under the deposit agreement.

If you hold ADSs registered in your name, the depositary bank may ask you to provide proof of identity and genuineness of any signature and such other documents as the depositary bank may deem appropriate before it will cancel your ADSs. The withdrawal of the Class A ordinary shares represented by your ADSs may be delayed until the depositary bank receives satisfactory evidence of compliance with all applicable laws and regulations. Please keep in mind that the depositary bank will only accept ADSs for cancellation that represent a whole number of securities on deposit.

You will have the right to withdraw the securities represented by your ADSs at any time except for:

 

   

Temporary delays that may arise because (i) the transfer books for the Class A ordinary shares or ADSs are closed, or (ii) Class A ordinary shares are immobilized on account of a shareholders’ meeting or a payment of dividends.

 

   

Obligations to pay fees, taxes and similar charges.

 

   

Restrictions imposed because of laws or regulations applicable to ADSs or the withdrawal of securities on deposit.

The deposit agreement may not be modified to impair your right to withdraw the securities represented by your ADSs except to comply with mandatory provisions of law.

 

158


Table of Contents

Voting Rights

As a holder, you generally have the right under the deposit agreement to instruct the depositary bank to exercise the voting rights for the Class A ordinary shares represented by your ADSs. The voting rights of holders of Class A ordinary shares are described in “Description of Share Capital.”

At our request, the depositary bank will distribute to you any notice of shareholders’ meeting received from us together with information explaining how to instruct the depositary bank to exercise the voting rights of the securities represented by ADSs. In lieu of distributing such materials, the depositary bank may distribute to holders of ADSs instructions on how to retrieve such materials upon request.

If the depositary bank timely receives voting instructions from a holder of ADSs, it will endeavor to vote the securities (in person or by proxy) represented by the holder’s ADSs in accordance with such voting instructions. Securities for which no voting instructions have been received will not be voted (except as otherwise contemplated in the deposit agreement). Please note that the ability of the depositary bank to carry out voting instructions may be limited by practical and legal limitations and the terms of the securities on deposit. We cannot assure you that you will receive voting materials in time to enable you to return voting instructions to the depositary bank in a timely manner.

Fees and Charges

As an ADS holder, you will be required to pay the following fees under the terms of the deposit agreement:

 

Service

  

Fees

•  Issuance of ADSs (e.g., an issuance of ADS upon a deposit of Class A ordinary shares , upon a change in the ADS(s)-to-Class A ordinary share(s) ratio, or for any other reason), excluding ADS issuances as a result of distributions of Class A ordinary shares)

   Up to U.S. 5¢ per ADS issued
   

•  Cancellation of ADSs (e.g., a cancellation of ADSs for delivery of deposited property, upon a change in the ADS(s)-to- Class A ordinary share(s) ratio, or for any other reason)

   Up to U.S. 5¢ per ADS canceled
   

•  Distribution of cash dividends or other cash distributions (e.g., upon a sale of rights and other entitlements)

   Up to U.S. 5¢ per ADS held
   

•  Distribution of ADSs pursuant to (i) stock dividends or other free stock distributions, or (ii) exercise of rights to purchase additional ADSs

   Up to U.S. 5¢ per ADS held
   

•  Distribution of securities other than ADSs or rights to purchase additional ADSs (e.g., upon a spin-off)

   Up to U.S. 5¢ per ADS held
   

•  ADS Services

   Up to U.S. 5¢ per ADS held on the applicable record date(s) established by the depositary bank
   

•  Registration of ADS transfers (e.g., upon a registration of the transfer of registered ownership of ADSs, upon a transfer of ADSs into DTC and vice versa, or for any other reason)

   Up to U.S. 5¢ per ADS (or fraction thereof) transferred

 

159


Table of Contents

Service

  

Fees

   

•  Conversion of ADSs of one series for ADSs of another series (e.g., upon conversion of Partial Entitlement ADSs for Full Entitlement ADSs, or upon conversion of Restricted ADSs (each as defined in the Deposit Agreement) into freely transferable ADSs, and vice versa).

   Up to U.S. 5¢ per ADS (or fraction thereof) converted

As an ADS holder you will also be responsible to pay certain charges such as:

 

   

taxes (including applicable interest and penalties) and other governmental charges;

 

   

the registration fees as may from time to time be in effect for the registration of Class A ordinary shares on the share register and applicable to transfers of Class A ordinary shares to or from the name of the custodian, the depositary bank or any nominees upon the making of deposits and withdrawals, respectively;

 

   

certain cable, telex and facsimile transmission and delivery expenses;

 

   

the fees, expenses, spreads, taxes and other charges of the depositary bank and/or service providers (which may be a division, branch or affiliate of the depositary bank) in the conversion of foreign currency;

 

   

any reasonable and customary out-of-pocket expenses incurred by the depositary bank in connection with conversion of foreign currency compliance with currency exchange control or other governmental requirements; and

 

   

the fees, charges, costs and expenses incurred by the depositary bank, the custodian, or any nominee in connection with the ADR program.

ADS fees and charges for (i) the issuance of ADSs, and (ii) the cancellation of ADSs are charged to the person for whom the ADSs are issued (in the case of ADS issuances) and to the person for whom ADSs are canceled (in the case of ADS cancellations). In the case of ADSs issued by the depositary bank into DTC, the ADS issuance and cancellation fees and charges may be deducted from distributions made through DTC, and may be charged to the DTC participant(s) receiving the ADSs being issued or the DTC participant(s) holding the ADSs being canceled, as the case may be, on behalf of the beneficial owner(s) and will be charged by the DTC participant(s) to the account of the applicable beneficial owner(s) in accordance with the procedures and practices of the DTC participants as in effect at the time. ADS fees and charges in respect of distributions and the ADS service fee are charged to the holders as of the applicable ADS record date. In the case of distributions of cash, the amount of the applicable ADS fees and charges is deducted from the funds being distributed. In the case of (i) distributions other than cash and (ii) the ADS service fee, holders as of the ADS record date will be invoiced for the amount of the ADS fees and charges and such ADS fees and charges may be deducted from distributions made to holders of ADSs. For ADSs held through DTC, the ADS fees and charges for distributions other than cash and the ADS service fee may be deducted from distributions made through DTC, and may be charged to the DTC participants in accordance with the procedures and practices prescribed by DTC and the DTC participants in turn charge the amount of such ADS fees and charges to the beneficial owners for whom they hold ADSs. In the case of (i) registration of ADS transfers, the ADS transfer fee will be payable by the ADS Holder whose ADSs are being transferred or by the person to whom the ADSs are transferred, and (ii) conversion of ADSs of one series for ADSs of another series, the ADS conversion fee will be payable by the Holder whose ADSs are converted or by the person to whom the converted ADSs are delivered.

In the event of refusal to pay the depositary bank fees, the depositary bank may, under the terms of the deposit agreement, refuse the requested service until payment is received or may set off the amount of the depositary bank fees from any distribution to be made to the ADS holder. Certain depositary fees and charges (such as the ADS services fee) may become payable shortly after the closing of the ADS offering. Note that the

 

160


Table of Contents

fees and charges you may be required to pay may vary over time and may be changed by us and by the depositary bank. You will receive prior notice of such changes. The depositary bank may reimburse us for certain expenses incurred by us in respect of the ADR program, by making available a portion of the ADS fees charged in respect of the ADR program or otherwise, upon such terms and conditions as we and the depositary bank agree from time to time.

Amendments and Termination

We may agree with the depositary bank to modify the deposit agreement at any time without your consent. We undertake to give holders 30 days’ prior notice of any modifications that would materially prejudice any of their substantial rights under the deposit agreement. We will not consider to be materially prejudicial to your substantial rights any modifications or supplements that are reasonably necessary for the ADSs to be registered under the Securities Act or to be eligible for book-entry settlement, in each case without imposing or increasing the fees and charges you are required to pay. In addition, we may not be able to provide you with prior notice of any modifications or supplements that are required to accommodate compliance with applicable provisions of law.

You will be bound by the modifications to the deposit agreement if you continue to hold your ADSs after the modifications to the deposit agreement become effective. The deposit agreement cannot be amended to prevent you from withdrawing the Class A ordinary shares represented by your ADSs (except as permitted by law).

We have the right to direct the depositary bank to terminate the deposit agreement. Similarly, the depositary bank may in certain circumstances on its own initiative terminate the deposit agreement. In either case, the depositary bank must give notice to the holders at least 30 days before termination. Until termination, your rights under the deposit agreement will be unaffected.

After termination, the depositary bank will continue to collect distributions received (but will not distribute any such property until you request the cancellation of your ADSs) and may sell the securities held on deposit. After the sale, the depositary bank will hold the proceeds from such sale and any other funds then held for the holders of ADSs in a non-interest bearing account. At that point, the depositary bank will have no further obligations to holders other than to account for the funds then held for the holders of ADSs still outstanding (after deduction of applicable fees, taxes and expenses).

In connection with any termination of the deposit agreement, the depositary bank may make available to owners of ADSs a means to withdraw the Class A ordinary shares represented by ADSs and to direct the depositary of such Class A ordinary shares into an unsponsored American depositary share program established by the depositary bank. The ability to receive unsponsored American depositary shares upon termination of the deposit agreement would be subject to satisfaction of certain U.S. regulatory requirements applicable to the creation of unsponsored American depositary shares and the payment of applicable depositary fees.

Books of Depositary

The depositary bank will maintain ADS holder records at its depositary office. You may inspect such records at such office during regular business hours but solely for the purpose of communicating with other holders in the interest of business matters relating to the ADSs and the deposit agreement.

The depositary bank will maintain in New York facilities to record and process the issuance, cancellation, combination, split-up and transfer of ADSs. These facilities may be closed from time to time, to the extent not prohibited by law.

 

161


Table of Contents

Limitations on Obligations and Liabilities

The deposit agreement limits our obligations and the depositary bank’s obligations to you. Please note the following:

 

   

We and the depositary bank are obligated only to take the actions specifically stated in the deposit agreement without negligence or bad faith.

 

   

The depositary bank disclaims any liability for any failure to carry out voting instructions, for any manner in which a vote is cast or for the effect of any vote, provided it acts in good faith and in accordance with the terms of the deposit agreement.

 

   

The depositary bank disclaims any liability for any failure to determine the lawfulness or practicality of any action, for the content of any document forwarded to you on our behalf or for the accuracy of any translation of such a document, for the investment risks associated with investing in Class A ordinary shares, for the validity or worth of the Class A ordinary shares, for any tax consequences that result from the ownership of ADSs, for the credit-worthiness of any third party, for allowing any rights to lapse under the terms of the deposit agreement, for the timeliness of any of our notices or for our failure to give notice.

 

   

We and the depositary bank will not be obligated to perform any act that is inconsistent with the terms of the deposit agreement.

 

   

We and the depositary bank disclaim any liability if we or the depositary bank are prevented or forbidden from or subject to any civil or criminal penalty or restraint on account of, or delayed in, doing or performing any act or thing required by the terms of the deposit agreement, by reason of any provision, present or future of any law or regulation, or by reason of present or future provision of any provision of our Articles of Association, or any provision of or governing the securities on deposit, or by reason of any act of God or war or other circumstances beyond our control.

 

   

We and the depositary bank disclaim any liability by reason of any exercise of, or failure to exercise, any discretion provided for in the deposit agreement or in our Articles of Association or in any provisions of or governing the securities on deposit.

 

   

We and the depositary bank further disclaim any liability for any action or inaction in reliance on the advice or information received from legal counsel, accountants, any person presenting Shares for deposit, any holder of ADSs or authorized representatives thereof, or any other person believed by either of us in good faith to be competent to give such advice or information.

 

   

We and the depositary bank also disclaim liability for the inability by a holder to benefit from any distribution, offering, right or other benefit that is made available to holders of Class A ordinary shares but is not, under the terms of the deposit agreement, made available to you.

 

   

We and the depositary bank may rely without any liability upon any written notice, request or other document believed to be genuine and to have been signed or presented by the proper parties.

 

   

We and the depositary bank also disclaim liability for any consequential or punitive damages for any breach of the terms of the deposit agreement.

 

   

No disclaimer of any Securities Act liability is intended by any provision of the deposit agreement.

 

   

Nothing in the deposit agreement gives rise to a partnership or joint venture, or establishes a fiduciary relationship, among us, the depositary bank and you as ADS holder.

 

   

Nothing in the deposit agreement precludes Citibank (or its affiliates) from engaging in transactions in which parties adverse to us or the ADS owners have interests, and nothing in the deposit agreement obligates Citibank to disclose those transactions, or any information obtained in the course of those transactions, to us or to the ADS owners, or to account for any payment received as part of those transactions.

 

162


Table of Contents

Taxes

You will be responsible for the taxes and other governmental charges payable on the ADSs and the securities represented by the ADSs. We, the depositary bank and the custodian may deduct from any distribution the taxes and governmental charges payable by holders and may sell any and all property on deposit to pay the taxes and governmental charges payable by holders. You will be liable for any deficiency if the sale proceeds do not cover the taxes that are due.

The depositary bank may refuse to issue ADSs, to deliver, transfer, split and combine ADRs or to release securities on deposit until all taxes and charges are paid by the applicable holder. The depositary bank and the custodian may take reasonable administrative actions to obtain tax refunds and reduced tax withholding for any distributions on your behalf. However, you may be required to provide to the depositary bank and to the custodian proof of taxpayer status and residence and such other information as the depositary bank and the custodian may require to fulfill legal obligations. You are required to indemnify us, the depositary bank and the custodian for any claims with respect to taxes based on any tax benefit obtained for you.

Foreign Currency Conversion

The depositary bank will arrange for the conversion of all foreign currency received into U.S. dollars if such conversion is practical, and it will distribute the U.S. dollars in accordance with the terms of the deposit agreement. You may have to pay fees and expenses incurred in converting foreign currency, such as fees and expenses incurred in complying with currency exchange controls and other governmental requirements.

If the conversion of foreign currency is not practical or lawful, or if any required approvals are denied or not obtainable at a reasonable cost or within a reasonable period, the depositary bank may take the following actions in its discretion:

 

   

Convert the foreign currency to the extent practical and lawful and distribute the U.S. dollars to the holders for whom the conversion and distribution is lawful and practical.

 

   

Distribute the foreign currency to holders for whom the distribution is lawful and practical.

 

   

Hold the foreign currency (without liability for interest) for the applicable holders.

Governing Law/Waiver of Jury Trial

The deposit agreement, the ADRs and the ADSs will be interpreted in accordance with the laws of the State of New York. The rights of holders of Class A ordinary shares (including Class A ordinary shares represented by ADSs) is governed by the laws of the Cayman Islands.

As an owner of ADSs, you irrevocably agree that any legal action arising out of the Deposit Agreement, the ADSs or the ADRs, involving the Company or the Depositary, including any claim under U.S. federal securities laws, may only be instituted in a state or federal court in the city of New York.

AS A PARTY TO THE DEPOSIT AGREEMENT, YOU IRREVOCABLY WAIVE, TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, YOUR RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY LEGAL PROCEEDING ARISING OUT OF THE DEPOSIT AGREEMENT OR THE ADRs AGAINST US AND/OR THE DEPOSITARY BANK, INCLUDING ANY CLAIM UNDER THE U.S. FEDERAL SECURITIES LAWS.

The deposit agreement provides that, to the extent permitted by law, ADS holders waive the right to a jury trial of any claim they may have against us or the depositary arising out of or relating to our ordinary shares, the ADSs or the deposit agreement, including any claim under U.S. federal securities laws. If we or the depositary opposed a jury trial demand based on the waiver, the court would determine whether the waiver was enforceable

 

163


Table of Contents

in the facts and circumstances of that case in accordance with applicable case law. However, you will not be deemed, by agreeing to the terms of the deposit agreement, to have waived our or the depositary’s compliance with U.S. federal securities laws and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder.

 

164


Table of Contents

SHARES ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE

Upon completion of this offering, our ADSs and shares will be freely tradable within the United States, except that we and our affiliates, as that term is defined in Rule 144 under the Securities Act, can only transfer ADSs or shares in compliance with the limitations set forth below. We and our principal shareholders Ms. Zoe Wang, Mr. Leo Zeng, STCH Investment Inc., CID Greater China Fund V, L.P., Liberal Rich Limited, Smart Warrior Limited, Tim One International Limited, Lake Zurich Partners Limited and Delta Capital Growth Fund II, L.P., have agreed not to offer, sell, contract to sell or otherwise dispose of any ADSs, shares or any security convertible into or exchangeable for ADSs or shares, for a period of 180 days after the date of this prospectus without the prior written consent of the representative of the underwriters. See “Underwriting – Lock-Up Agreements”.

While we are not aware of any plans by our principal shareholders to dispose of significant amounts of ADSs or shares other than as disclosed in this prospectus, we cannot provide any assurance that they will not dispose of shares or ADSs representing our shares. We cannot predict the effect, if any, that future sales of ADSs or shares will have on the marker price of the ADSs or shares prevailing from time to time. Sales of substantial amounts of ADSs or shares in the public market, or the perception that such sales may occur, could materially and adversely affect the prevailing market price of our ADSs or shares.

In general, our affiliates may not freely sell our ADSs or shares representing our shares in the United States unless a registration statement has been filed with and has been declared effective by the SEC with respect to those securities or an exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act, such as those provided by Rule 144 and Rule 701 of the Securities Act, is available.

Under Rule 144 as currently in effect, a person, or persons whose shares are aggregated under Rule 144, who has beneficially owned restricted shares for at least six months would be entitled to sell, within any three-month period commencing 90 days after the effective date of this offering, a number of shares that does not exceed the greater of:

 

   

one percent of the then outstanding shares of the same class, in the form of ADSs or otherwise; or

 

   

the average weekly trading volume of our ordinary shares of the same class, in the form of ADSs or otherwise, during the four calendar weeks preceding the filing of a notice on Form 144 with respect to the sale.

Sales under Rule 144 must also comply with restrictions regarding the manner of sale, notice requirements and availability of current public information about us.

Under Rule 701 as currently in effect, beginning 90 days after we become subject to the reporting requirements under the Exchange Act, each of our employees, consultants or advisors who purchases our ordinary shares from us in connection with a compensatory stock or option plan or other written agreement relating to compensation may be entitled to sell such shares in the United States in reliance on Rule 144, but without compliance with some of the restrictions, including the holding period, contained in Rule 144. However, these shares would remain subject to lock-up arrangements and would only become eligible for sale when the lock-up period expires.

Upon completion of this offering and following completion of the lock-up agreements referred to above, holders of our registrable securities will be entitled to request that we register their shares under the Securities Act. See “Description of Share Capital – Registration Rights”.

 

165


Table of Contents

TAXATION

The taxation of income and capital gains of holders of ADSs is subject to the laws and practices of jurisdictions in which holders of ADSs are resident or otherwise subject to tax. The following discussion of Cayman Islands, PRC and United States federal income tax consequences of an investment in the ADSs is based upon laws and relevant interpretations thereof in effect as of the date of this prospectus, all of which are subject to change. This discussion does not deal with all possible tax consequences relating to an investment in the ADSs, such as the tax consequences under state, local and other tax laws. Accordingly, you should consult your own tax adviser regarding the tax consequences of an investment in the ADSs. To the extent that the discussion below relates to matters of United States federal income tax law, it represents the opinion of Sullivan & Cromwell LLP, our United States counsel. To the extent that the discussion relates to matters of Cayman Islands tax law, it represents the opinion of Walkers (Hong Kong), our Cayman Islands counsel. To the extent that the discussion relates to matters of PRC tax law, it represents the opinion of Commerce & Finance Law Offices, our PRC legal counsel.

Cayman Islands Taxation

The Cayman Islands currently levies no taxes on individuals or corporations based upon profits, income, gains or appreciation and there is no taxation in the nature of inheritance tax or estate duty. There are no other taxes likely to be material to us or our shareholders levied by the government of the Cayman Islands except for stamp duties which may be applicable on instruments executed in, or, after execution, brought within the jurisdiction of the Cayman Islands. The Cayman Islands is not party to any double tax treaties that are applicable to any payments made by our company. There are no exchange control regulations or currency restrictions in the Cayman Islands.

Payments of dividends and capital in respect of our ordinary shares and ADSs will not be subject to taxation in the Cayman Islands and no withholding will be required on the payment of a dividend or capital to any holder of our ordinary shares or the ADSs, nor will gains derived from the disposal of our ordinary shares or the ADSs be subject to Cayman Islands income or corporation tax.

People’s Republic of China Taxation

Under the PRC Enterprise Income Tax Law and its implementation rules, an enterprise established outside China with “de facto management body” within China is considered a resident enterprise and will be subject to the enterprise income tax rate of 25% on its global income. The implementation rules define the term “de facto management body” as the body that exercises full and substantial control and overall management over the business, productions, personnel, accounts and properties of an enterprise. In April 2009, the State Administration of Taxation issued a circular, known as Circular 82, which provides certain specific criteria for determining whether the “de facto management body” of a PRC-controlled enterprise that is incorporated offshore is located in China. Although this circular only applies to offshore enterprises controlled by PRC enterprises or PRC enterprise groups, not those controlled by PRC individuals or foreigners, the criteria set forth in the circular may reflect the State Administration of Taxation’s general position on how the “de facto management body” text should be applied in determining the tax resident status of all offshore enterprises. According to Circular 82, an offshore incorporated enterprise controlled by a PRC enterprise or a PRC enterprise group will be regarded as a PRC tax resident by virtue of having its “de facto management body” in China only if all of the following conditions are met: (i) the primary location of the day-to-day operational management is in China; (ii) decisions relating to the enterprise’s financial and human resource matters are made or are subject to approval by organizations or personnel in China; (iii) the enterprise’s primary assets, accounting books and records, company seals, and board and shareholder resolutions, are located or maintained in China; and (iv) at least 50% of voting board members or senior executives habitually reside in China.

We believe that ECMOHO Limited is not a PRC resident enterprise for PRC tax purposes. ECMOHO Limited is not controlled by a PRC enterprise or PRC enterprise group and we do not believe that ECMOHO

 

166


Table of Contents

Limited meets all of the conditions above. ECMOHO Limited is a company incorporated outside China. As a holding company, its key assets are its ownership interests in its subsidiaries, and its key assets are located, and its records (including the resolutions of its board of directors and the resolutions of its shareholders) are maintained, outside China. In addition, we are not aware of any offshore holding companies with a similar corporate structure as ours ever having been deemed a PRC “resident enterprise” by the PRC tax authorities. However, the tax resident status of an enterprise is subject to determination by the PRC tax authorities and uncertainties remain with respect to the interpretation of the term “de facto management body.”

If the PRC tax authorities determine that ECMOHO Limited is a PRC resident enterprise for enterprise income tax purposes, we may be required to withhold a 10% withholding tax from dividends we pay to our shareholders that are non-resident enterprises, including the holders of our ADSs. In addition, non-resident enterprise shareholders (including our ADS holders) may be subject to a 10% PRC tax on gains realized on the sale or other disposition of ADSs or ordinary shares, if such income is treated as sourced from within China. It is unclear whether our non-PRC individual shareholders (including our ADS holders) would be subject to any PRC tax on dividends or gains obtained by such non-PRC individual shareholders in the event we are determined to be a PRC resident enterprise. If any PRC tax were to apply to such dividends or gains, it would generally apply at a rate of 20% unless a reduced rate is available under an applicable tax treaty. However, it is also unclear whether non-PRC shareholders of ECMOHO Limited would be able to claim the benefits of any tax treaties between their country of tax residence and China in the event that ECMOHO Limited is treated as a PRC resident enterprise. See “Risk Factors—Risks Related to Doing Business in the People’s Republic of China—We may be treated as a resident enterprise for PRC tax purposes under the PRC Enterprise Income Tax Law, and we may therefore be subject to PRC income tax on our global income.”

United States Federal Income Taxation

This section describes the material United States federal income tax consequences of owning ADSs. It applies to you only if you acquire your ADSs in this offering and you hold your ADSs as capital assets for tax purposes. This discussion addresses only United States federal income taxation and does not discuss all of the tax consequences that may be relevant to you in light of your individual circumstances, including foreign, state or local tax consequences, estate and gift tax consequences, and tax consequences arising under the Medicare contribution tax on net investment income or the alternative minimum tax, and your United States federal income tax consequences may be different than those described below if you are a member of a special class of holders subject to special rules, including:

 

   

a dealer in securities;

 

   

a trader in securities that elects to use a mark-to-market method of accounting for securities holdings;

 

   

a tax-exempt organization;

 

   

a life insurance company;

 

   

a person that actually or constructively owns 10% or more of the combined voting power of our voting stock or of the total value of our stock;

 

   

a person that holds ADSs as part of a straddle or a hedging or conversion transaction;

 

   

a person that purchases or sells ADSs as part of a wash sale for tax purposes; or

 

   

a U.S. holder (as defined below) whose functional currency is not the U.S. dollar.

This section is based on the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, its legislative history, existing and proposed regulations, published rulings, court decisions and the income tax treaty between the United States and the PRC, or the Treaty, all as of the date hereof. These laws are subject to change, possibly on a retroactive basis. There is currently no comprehensive income tax treaty between the United States and the Cayman Islands.

 

167


Table of Contents

If an entity or arrangement that is treated as a partnership for United States federal income tax purposes holds the ADSs, the United States federal income tax treatment of a partner will generally depend on the status of the partner and the tax treatment of the partnership. Partnerships holding ADSs and their partners should consult their tax advisors with regard to the United States federal income tax treatment of an investment in the ADSs.

You are a U.S. holder if you are a beneficial owner of ADSs and you are, for United States federal income tax purposes:

 

   

a citizen or resident of the United States;

 

   

a domestic corporation;

 

   

an estate whose income is subject to United States federal income tax regardless of its source; or

 

   

a trust if a United States court can exercise primary supervision over the trust’s administration and one or more United States persons are authorized to control all substantial decisions of the trust.

A “non-U.S. holder” is a beneficial owner of ADSs that is not a United States person and is not a partnership (or other passthrough entity) for United States federal income tax purposes.

You should consult your own tax advisor regarding the United States federal, state and local tax consequences of owning and disposing of ADSs in your particular circumstances.

In general, and taking into account the earlier assumptions, for United States federal income tax purposes, if you hold ADRs evidencing ADSs, you will be treated as the owner of the shares represented by those ADRs. Exchanges of shares for ADRs, and ADRs for shares, generally will not be subject to United States federal income tax.

U.S. Holders

The tax treatment of your ADSs will depend in part on whether or not we are a passive foreign investment company, or PFIC, for United States federal income tax purposes. Except as discussed below under “-PFIC Rules”, this discussion assumes that we are not a PFIC for United States federal income tax purposes.

Distributions. Under the United States federal income tax laws, if you are a U.S. holder, the gross amount of any distribution we pay out of our current or accumulated earnings and profits (as determined for United States federal income tax purposes), other than certain pro-rata distributions of our shares, will be treated as a dividend that is subject to United States federal income taxation. If you are a noncorporate U.S. holder, dividends that constitute qualified dividend income will be taxable to you at the preferential rates applicable to long-term capital gains provided that you hold the ADSs for more than 60 days during the 121-day period beginning 60 days before the ex-dividend date and meet other holding period requirements. Dividends we pay with respect to the ADSs generally will be qualified dividend income provided that, in the year that you receive the dividend, the ADSs are readily tradable on an established securities market in the United States. Our ADSs will be listed on the NASDAQ Global Market and we therefore expect that dividends will be qualified dividend income.

The dividend is taxable to you when the depositary receives the dividend, actually or constructively. The dividend will not be eligible for the dividends-received deduction generally allowed to United States corporations in respect of dividends received from other United States corporations.

Distributions in excess of current and accumulated earnings and profits, as determined for United States federal income tax purposes, will be treated as a non-taxable return of capital to the extent of your basis in the shares or ADSs and thereafter as capital gain. However, we do not expect to calculate earnings and profits in accordance with United States federal income tax principles. Accordingly, you should expect to generally treat distributions we make as dividends.

 

168


Table of Contents

In the event that we were deemed to be a PRC resident enterprise under the Enterprise Income Tax Law, you might be subject to PRC withholding taxes on dividends paid to you with respect to the ADSs. See “Taxation—People’s Republic of China Taxation.” In that case, you must include any PRC tax withheld even though you do not in fact receive it. Subject to certain conditions and limitations, PRC withholding taxes on dividends, to the extent of the portion of the tax that could not be reduced or refunded under the Treaty or otherwise, would be treated as foreign taxes eligible for credit against your United States federal income tax liability. Special rules would apply in determining the foreign tax credit limitation with respect to dividends that are subject to preferential tax rates. For purposes of calculating the foreign tax credit limitation, dividends will generally be income from sources outside the United States and will generally be “passive” income. The rules governing the foreign tax credit are complex. You are urged to consult your tax advisor regarding the availability of the foreign tax credit under your particular circumstances.

Capital Gains. If you are a U.S. holder and you sell or otherwise dispose of your ADSs, you will recognize capital gain or loss for United States federal income tax purposes equal to the difference between the U.S. dollar value of the amount that you realize and your tax basis, determined in U.S. dollars, in your ADSs. Capital gain of a noncorporate U.S. holder is generally taxed at preferential rates where the property is held for more than one year. The gain or loss will generally be income or loss from sources within the United States for foreign tax credit limitation purposes. However, if we were treated as a PRC resident enterprise for Enterprise Income Tax Law purposes and PRC tax were imposed on any gain, and if you are eligible for the benefits of the Treaty, you may elect to treat such gain as PRC source gain under the Treaty. If you are not eligible for the benefits of the Treaty or you fail to make the election to treat any gain as PRC source, then you may not be able to use the foreign tax credit arising from any PRC tax imposed on the disposition of our ADSs unless such credit can be applied (subject to applicable limitations) against tax due on other income derived from foreign sources. You will be eligible for the benefits of the Treaty if, for purposes of the Treaty, you are a resident of the United States, and you meet other requirements specified in the Treaty. Because the determination of whether you qualify for the benefits of the Treaty is fact-intensive and depends upon your particular circumstances, you are specifically urged to consult your tax advisors regarding your eligibility for the benefits of the Treaty. You are also urged to consult your tax advisor regarding the tax consequences in case any PRC tax is imposed on gain on a disposition of our ADSs, including the availability of the foreign tax credit and the election to treat any gain as PRC source, under your particular circumstances.

PFIC Rules. We do not expect to be a PFIC for our current taxable year or in the foreseeable future. However, this conclusion is a factual determination that is made annually and thus may be subject to change. It is therefore possible that we could be a PFIC for any taxable year. In addition, our current position that we are not a PFIC is based in part upon the estimated value of our goodwill, which is based on the expected market value of our ADSs. Accordingly, we could become a PFIC in the future if there is a substantial decline in the value of our ADSs.

In general, if you are a U.S. holder, we will be a PFIC with respect to you if for any taxable year in which you held our ADSs:

 

   

at least 75% of our gross income for the taxable year is passive income; or

 

   

at least 50% of the value, determined on the basis of a quarterly average, of our assets is attributable to assets that produce or are held for the production of passive income.

“Passive income” generally includes dividends, interest, gains from the sale or exchange of investment property rents and royalties (other than certain rents and royalties derived in the active conduct of a trade or business) and certain other specified categories of income. If a foreign corporation owns at least 25% by value of the stock of another corporation, the foreign corporation is treated for purposes of the PFIC tests as owning its proportionate share of the assets of the other corporation, and as receiving directly its proportionate share of the other corporation’s income.

 

169


Table of Contents

If we are a PFIC for any taxable year and any entity in which we own equity interests were also a PFIC (any such entity, a “Lower-tier PFIC”), you would be deemed to own a proportionate amount (by value) of the shares of each Lower-tier PFIC and would be subject to U.S. federal income tax according to the rules described in the subsequent paragraph on (i) certain distributions by a Lower-tier PFIC and (ii) dispositions of shares of Lower-tier PFICs, in each case as if you held such shares directly, even though you had not received the proceeds of those distributions or dispositions.

If we are treated as a PFIC, and you are a U.S. holder that did not make a mark-to-market election, as described below, you will generally be subject to special rules with respect to:

 

   

any gain you realize on the sale or other disposition of your ADSs; and

 

   

any excess distribution that we make to you (generally, any distributions to you during a single taxable year, other than the taxable year in which your holding period in the ADSs begins, that are greater than 125% of the average annual distributions received by you in respect of the ADSs during the three preceding taxable years or, if shorter, your holding period for the ADSs that preceded the taxable year in which you receive the distribution).

Under these rules:

 

   

the gain or excess distribution will be allocated ratably over your holding period for the ADSs;

 

   

the amount allocated to the taxable year in which you realized the gain or excess distribution or to prior years before the first year in which we were a PFIC with respect to you will be taxed as ordinary income;

 

   

the amount allocated to each other prior year will be taxed at the highest tax rate in effect for that year; and the interest charge generally applicable to underpayments of tax will be imposed in respect of the tax attributable to each such year.

Your ADSs will generally be treated as stock in a PFIC if we were a PFIC at any time during your holding period in your ADSs, even if we are no longer satisfy the requirements to constitute a PFIC under the tests described above.

Alternatively, if we are a PFIC in a taxable year and our ADSs are treated as “marketable stock” in such year, you may make a mark-to-market election with respect to your ADSs. If you make this election, you will not be subject to the PFIC rules described above. Instead, in general, you will include as ordinary income each year the excess, if any, of the fair market value of your ADSs at the end of the taxable year over your adjusted basis in your ADSs. You will also be allowed to take an ordinary loss in respect of the excess, if any, of the adjusted basis of your ADSs over their fair market value at the end of the taxable year (but only to the extent of the net amount of previously included income as a result of the mark-to-market election). Your basis in the ADSs will be adjusted to reflect any such income or loss amounts. Any gain that you recognize on the sale or other disposition of your ADSs would be ordinary income and any loss would be an ordinary loss to the extent of the net amount of previously included income as a result of the mark-to-market election and, thereafter, a capital loss.

In addition, notwithstanding any election you make with regard to the ADSs, dividends that you receive from us will not constitute qualified dividend income to you if we are a PFIC (or are treated as a PFIC with respect to you) either in the taxable year of the distribution or the preceding taxable year. Dividends that you receive that do not constitute qualified dividend income are not eligible for taxation at the preferential rates applicable to qualified dividend income.

If you own ADSs during any year that we are a PFIC with respect to you, you may be required to file Internal Revenue Service, or IRS, Form 8621.

Shareholder Reporting. A U.S. holder that owns “specified foreign financial assets” with an aggregate value in excess of $50,000 (and in some circumstances, a higher threshold) may be required to file an

 

170


Table of Contents

information report with respect to such assets with its tax return. “Specified foreign financial assets” may include financial accounts maintained by foreign financial institutions, as well as the following, but only if they are held for investment and not held in accounts maintained by financial institutions: (i) stocks and securities issued by non-United States persons, (ii) financial instruments and contracts that have non-United States issuers or counterparties, and (iii) interests in foreign entities. Significant penalties may apply for failing to satisfy this filing requirement. U.S. holders are urged to contact their tax advisors regarding this filing requirement.

Non-U.S. Holders.

Dividends. If you are a non-U.S. holder, dividends paid to you in respect of ADSs will not be subject to United States federal income tax unless the dividends are “effectively connected” with your conduct of a trade or business within the United States, and the dividends are attributable to a permanent establishment that you maintain in the United States if that is required by an applicable income tax treaty as a condition for subjecting you to United States taxation on a net income basis. In such cases you generally will be taxed in the same manner as a U.S. holder. If you are a corporate non-U.S. holder, “effectively connected” dividends may, under certain circumstances, be subject to an additional “branch profits tax” at a 30% rate or at a lower rate if you are eligible for the benefits of an income tax treaty that provides for a lower rate.

Capital Gains. If you are a non-U.S. holder, you will not be subject to United States federal income tax on gain recognized on the sale or other disposition of your ADSs unless:

 

   

the gain is “effectively connected” with your conduct of a trade or business in the United States, and the gain is attributable to a permanent establishment that you maintain in the United States if that is required by an applicable income tax treaty as a condition for subjecting you to United States taxation on a net income basis; or

 

   

you are an individual, you are present in the United States for 183 or more days in the taxable year of the sale and certain other conditions exist.

If you are a corporate non-U.S. holder, “effectively connected” gains that you recognize may also, under certain circumstances, be subject to an additional “branch profits tax” at a 30% rate or at a lower rate if you are eligible for the benefits of an income tax treaty that provides for a lower rate.

Backup Withholding and Information Reporting

If you are a noncorporate U.S. holder, information reporting requirements, on IRS Form 1099, generally will apply to dividend payments or other taxable distributions made to you within the United States, and the payment of proceeds to you from the sale of ADSs effected at a United States office of a broker.

Additionally, backup withholding may apply to such payments if you fail to comply with applicable certification requirements or (in the case of dividend payments) are notified by the IRS that you have failed to report all interest and dividends required to be shown on your federal income tax returns.

If you are a non-U.S. holder, you are generally exempt from backup withholding and information reporting requirements with respect to dividend payments made to you outside the United States by us or another non-United States payor. You are also generally exempt from backup withholding and information reporting requirements in respect of dividend payments made within the United States and the payment of the proceeds from the sale of ADSs effected at a United States office of a broker, as long as either (i) the payor or broker does not have actual knowledge or reason to know that you are a United States person and you have furnished a valid IRS Form W-8 or other documentation upon which the payor or broker may rely to treat the payments as made to a non-United States person, or (ii) you otherwise establish an exemption.

Payment of the proceeds from the sale of ADSs effected at a foreign office of a broker generally will not be subject to information reporting or backup withholding. However, a sale effected at a foreign office of a broker

 

171


Table of Contents

could be subject to information reporting in the same manner as a sale within the United States (and in certain cases may be subject to backup withholding as well) if (i) the broker has certain connections to the United States, (ii) the proceeds or confirmation are sent to the United States or (iii) the sale has certain other specified connections with the United States.

You generally may obtain a refund of any amounts withheld under the backup withholding rules that exceed your income tax liability by filing a refund claim with the IRS.

 

172


Table of Contents

UNDERWRITING

We, the selling shareholders and the underwriters named below have entered into an underwriting agreement with respect to the ADSs being offered. Subject to certain conditions, each underwriter has severally agreed to purchase the number of ADSs indicated in the following table.

UBS Securities LLC and China International Capital Corporation Hong Kong Securities Limited are acting as joint book-running managers of this offering. The address of UBS Securities LLC is 1285 Avenue of the Americas, New York. The address of China International Capital Corporation Hong Kong Securities Limited is 29/F, One International Finance Centre, 1 Harbour View Street, Central, Hong Kong.

 

Underwriters

   Number of
ADSs
 

UBS Securities LLC

  

China International Capital Corporation Hong Kong Securities Limited

  
  

 

 

 

Total

                   
  

 

 

 

The underwriters are offering the ADSs subject to their acceptance of the ADSs from us and the selling shareholders subject to prior sale. The underwriting agreement provides that the obligations of the several underwriters to pay for and accept delivery of the ADSs offered by this prospectus are subject to the approval of certain legal matters by their counsel and to certain other conditions. The underwriters are obligated, severally and not jointly, to take and pay for all of the ADSs offered by this prospectus if any such ADSs are taken, other than the ADSs covered by the underwriters’ option to purchase additional ADSs described below.

The underwriters initially propose to offer part of the ADSs directly to the public at the public offering price listed on the cover of this prospectus and part of the ADSs to certain dealers at a price that represents a concession not in excess of US$         per ADS under the public offering price. After the initial offering of the ADSs, the offering price and other selling terms may from time to time be varied by the underwriters.

Certain of the underwriters are expected to make offers and sales both inside and outside the United States through their respective selling agents. Any offers or sales in the United States will be conducted by broker-dealers registered with the SEC. China International Capital Corporation Hong Kong Securities Limited is not a broker-dealer registered with the SEC and, to the extent that its conduct may be deemed to involve participation in offers or sales of ADSs in the United States, those offers or sales will be made through one or more SEC-registered broker-dealers in compliance with applicable laws and regulations.

Option to Purchase Additional ADSs

The underwriters have an option, exercisable for 30 days from the date of the prospectus, to purchase up to              additional ADSs from the selling shareholders at the offering price listed on the cover of this prospectus, less underwriting discounts and commissions. To the extent the option is exercised, each underwriter will become severally obligated, subject to certain conditions, to purchase additional ADSs approximately proportionate to each underwriter’s initial amount reflected in the table above.

 

173


Table of Contents

Commissions and Expenses

Total underwriting discounts and commissions to be paid to the underwriters represent             % of the total amount of the offering. The following table shows the per ADS and total underwriting discounts and commissions to be paid to the underwriters by us and the selling shareholders. Such amounts are shown assuming both no exercise and full exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase additional ADSs.

 

            Total  
     Per ADS      No Exercise      Full Exercise  

Discounts and commissions paid by us

        

[Underwriting discounts and commissions paid by the selling shareholders]

   US$                      0      US$                

[Proceeds to the selling shareholders, before expenses]

   US$                      0      US$                

We and the selling shareholders have agreed to pay all fees and expenses that we or the selling shareholders incur in connection with the offering. [We and the selling shareholders have agreed to reimburse the underwriters for certain expenses up to US$         relating to clearance of this offering with the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority, Inc.]

Lock-Up Agreements

[We have agreed that, without the prior written consent of     [, on behalf of the underwriters,] we will not, during the period ending 180 days after the date of this prospectus, (i) issue, offer, pledge, sell, contract to sell, sell any option or contract to purchase, purchase any option or contract to sell, grant any option, right or warrant to purchase, lend or otherwise transfer or dispose of directly or indirectly, any ordinary shares or ADSs or any securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for such ordinary shares or ADSs or enter into a transaction which would have the same effect; (ii) enter into any swap, hedge or other arrangement that transfers to another, in whole or in part, any of the economic consequences of ownership of the ordinary shares or ADSs; (iii) establish or increase a put equivalent position or liquidate or decrease a call equivalent position in the ordinary shares or ADSs within the meaning of Section 16 of the Exchange Act; (iv) file any registration statement with the SEC relating to the offering of any ordinary shares, ADSs or any securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for ordinary shares or ADSs; or (v) publicly disclose the intention to make any offer, sale, pledge, disposition or filing, in each case regardless of whether any such transaction described above is to be settled by delivery of ordinary shares, ADSs, or such other securities, in cash or otherwise.

The restrictions described in the preceding paragraph do not apply to (A) the sale of the ADSs and the ordinary shares represented by such ADSs in this offering; (B) the issuance of ordinary shares or ADSs or the grant of restricted shares, restricted ADSs or options to purchase ordinary shares under our share incentive plan; and (C) the issuance by us of ordinary shares upon the exercise of an option or a warrant or the conversion of a security outstanding on the date of this prospectus of which the underwriters have been advised in writing or which is otherwise described in this prospectus.

Each of our directors, executive officers and our existing shareholders has agreed that, without the prior written consent of [the representatives on behalf of the underwriters], it will not, during the period ending 180 days after the date of this prospectus, offer, sell, contract to sell, pledge, grant any option to purchase, make any short sale or otherwise dispose of, or file, or participate in the filing of, a registration statement with the SEC in respect of, any ordinary shares or ADSs, or any options or warrants to purchase any ordinary shares or ADSs, or any securities convertible into, exchangeable for or that represent the right to receive ordinary shares or ADSs, whether now owned or hereinafter acquired, owned directly by our directors, executive officers and our existing shareholders (including holding as a custodian) or with respect to which they have beneficial ownership within the rules and regulations of the SEC. The foregoing restriction is expressly agreed to preclude each of our

 

174


Table of Contents

directors, executive officers, and existing shareholders from engaging in any hedging or other transaction which is designed to or which reasonably could be expected to lead to or result in a sale or disposition of his or her securities even if such securities would be disposed of by someone other than themselves. Such prohibited hedging or other transactions would include without limitation any short sale or any purchase, swap or sale or grant of any right (including without limitation any put or call option) with respect to any of their securities or with respect to any security that includes or relates to, or derives any significant part of its value from such ordinary shares or ADSs. The restrictions above are subject to certain customary exceptions.

In addition, through a letter agreement, we will instruct Citibank, N.A., as depositary, not to accept any deposit of any ordinary shares or deliver any ADSs until after 180 days following the date of this prospectus unless we consent to such deposit or issuance. We will not provide such consent without the prior written consent of     . The foregoing does not affect the right of ADS holders to cancel their ADSs and withdraw the underlying ordinary shares.

[The representatives of the underwriters may], in their sole discretion, on behalf of the underwriters may release the ADSs and other securities subject to the lock-up agreements described above in whole or in part at any time with or without notice.]

NASDAQ Listing

The ADSs have been approved for listing on the NASDAQ under the symbol “MOHO”.

Stabilization, Short Positions and Penalty Bids

In connection with the offering, the underwriters may purchase and sell ADSs in the open market.

These transactions may include short sales, stabilizing transactions and purchases to cover positions created by short sales. Short sales involve the sale by the underwriters of a greater number of ADSs than they are required to purchase in the offering. “Covered” short sales are sales made in an amount not greater than the underwriters’ option to purchase additional ADSs in the offering. The underwriters may close out any covered short position by either exercising their option to purchase additional ADSs or purchasing ADSs in the open market. In determining the source of ADSs to close out the covered short position, the underwriters will consider, among other things, the price of ADSs available for purchase in the open market as compared to the price at which they may purchase additional ADSs pursuant to the option granted to them. “Naked” short sales are any sales in excess of such option.

The underwriters must close out any naked short position by purchasing ADSs in the open market. A naked short position is more likely to be created if the underwriters are concerned that there may be downward pressure on the price of the ADSs in the open market after pricing that could adversely affect investors who purchase in the offering. Stabilizing transactions consist of various bids for, or purchases of, ADSs made by the underwriters in the open market prior to the completion of the offering.

The underwriters may also impose a penalty bid. This occurs when a particular underwriter repays to the underwriters a portion of the underwriting discounts received by it because the representatives have repurchased ADSs sold by, or for the account of, such underwriter in stabilizing or short covering transactions.

Purchases to cover a short position and stabilizing transactions, as well as other purchases by the underwriters for their own accounts, may have the effect of preventing or retarding a decline in the market price of the ADSs, and together with the imposition of the penalty bid, may stabilize, maintain or otherwise affect the market price of the ADSs. As a result, the price of the ADSs may be higher than the price that otherwise might exist in the open market. The underwriters are not required to engage in these activities, and if these activities are commenced, they are required to be conducted in accordance with applicable laws and regulations, and any of these activities may be discontinued at any time. These transactions may be effected on the NASDAQ, the over-the-counter market or otherwise.

 

175


Table of Contents

Electronic Distribution

A prospectus in electronic format will be made available on the websites maintained by one or more of the underwriters or one or more securities dealers. One or more of the underwriters may distribute prospectuses electronically. The underwriters may agree to allocate a number of ADSs for sale to their online brokerage account holders. ADSs to be sold pursuant to an internet distribution will be allocated on the same basis as other allocations. In addition, ADSs may be sold by the underwriters to securities dealers who resell ADSs to online brokerage account holders.

Indemnification

We and the selling shareholders have agreed to indemnify the underwriters against certain liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act.

Relationships

The underwriters and their respective affiliates are full service financial institutions engaged in various activities, which may include securities trading, commercial and investment banking, financial advisory, investment management, principal investment, hedging, financing, investment research, market making, brokerage and other financial and non-financial activities and services. Certain of the underwriters and their respective affiliates may have, from time to time, performed, and may in the future perform, various financial advisory, commercial and investment banking services and other services for us and to persons and entities with relationships with us, for which they received or will receive customary fees and commissions.

In addition, in the ordinary course of their various business activities, the underwriters and their respective affiliates may make or hold a broad array of investments and actively trade debt and equity securities (or related derivative securities) and financial instruments (including bank loans) for their own account and for the accounts of their customers and may at any time hold long and short positions in such securities and instruments. Such investment and securities activities may involve securities and instruments of us and/or persons and entities with relationships with us. The underwriters and their respective affiliates may also make or communicate independent investment recommendations, market color or trading ideas and/or publish or express independent research views in respect of such assets, securities or instruments and may at any time hold, or recommend to clients that they should acquire, long and/or short positions in such assets, securities and instruments.

Pricing of the Offering

Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for our ordinary shares or the ADSs. The initial public offering price was determined by negotiations between us and the representatives of the underwriters. Among the factors to be considered in determining the initial public offering price of the ADSs, in addition to prevailing market conditions, will be our historical performance, estimates of our business potential and earnings prospects, an assessment of our management and the consideration of the above factors in relation to market valuation of companies in related businesses. An active trading market for the ADSs may not develop. It is also possible that after the offering the ADSs will not trade in the public market at or above the initial public offering price.

Selling Restrictions

No action has been taken in any jurisdiction (except in the United States) that would permit a public offering of the ADSs, or the possession, circulation or distribution of this prospectus or any other material relating to us or the ADSs in any jurisdiction where action for that purpose is required.

Accordingly, the ADSs may not be offered or sold, directly or indirectly, and neither this prospectus nor any other material or advertisements in connection with the ADSs may be distributed or published, in or from any country or jurisdiction except in compliance with any applicable laws, rules and regulations of any such country or jurisdiction.

 

176


Table of Contents

Australia

No placement document, prospectus, product disclosure statement or other disclosure document has been lodged with the Australian Securities and Investments Commission, or ASIC, in relation to the offering. This prospectus does not constitute a prospectus, product disclosure statement or other disclosure document under the Corporations Act 2001, or the Corporations Act, and does not purport to include the information required for a prospectus, product disclosure statement or other disclosure document under the Corporations Act.

Any offer in Australia of the ADSs may only be made to persons, or the Exempt Investors, who are “sophisticated investors” (within the meaning of section 708(8) of the Corporations Act), “professional investors” (within the meaning of section 708(11) of the Corporations Act) or otherwise pursuant to one or more exemptions contained in section 708 of the Corporations Act so that it is lawful to offer the ADSs without disclosure to investors under Chapter 6D of the Corporations Act.

The ADSs applied for by Exempt Investors in Australia must not be offered for sale in Australia in the period of 12 months after the date of allotment under the offering, except in circumstances where disclosure to investors under Chapter 6D of the Corporations Act would not be required pursuant to an exemption under section 708 of the Corporations Act or otherwise or where the offer is pursuant to a disclosure document which complies with Chapter 6D of the Corporations Act. Any person acquiring ADSs must observe such Australian on-sale restrictions.

This prospectus contains general information only and does not take account of the investment objectives, financial situation or particular needs of any particular person. It does not contain any securities recommendations or financial product advice. Before making an investment decision, investors need to consider whether the information in this prospectus is appropriate to their needs, objectives and circumstances, and, if necessary, seek expert advice on those matters.

Canada

The securities may be sold only to purchasers purchasing, or deemed to be purchasing, as principal that are accredited investors, as defined in National Instrument 45-106 Prospectus Exemptions or subsection 73.3(1) of the Securities Act (Ontario), and are permitted clients, as defined in National Instrument 31-103 Registration Requirements, Exemptions and Ongoing Registrant Obligations. Any resale of the securities must be made in accordance with an exemption from, or in a transaction not subject to, the prospectus requirements of applicable securities laws.

Securities legislation in certain provinces or territories of Canada may provide a purchaser with remedies for rescission or damages if this prospectus (including any amendment thereto) contains a misrepresentation, provided that the remedies for rescission or damages are exercised by the purchaser within the time limit prescribed by the securities legislation of the purchaser’s province or territory. The purchaser should refer to any applicable provisions of the securities legislation of the purchaser’s province or territory for particulars of these rights or consult with a legal advisor.

Pursuant to section 3A.3 of National Instrument 33-105 Underwriting Conflicts, or NI 33-105, the underwriters are not required to comply with the disclosure requirements of NI 33-105 regarding underwriter conflicts of interest in connection with this offering.

Cayman Islands

This prospectus does not constitute a public offer of the ADSs or ordinary shares, whether by way of sale or subscription, in the Cayman Islands. Each underwriter has represented and agreed that it has not offered or sold, and will not offer or sell, directly or indirectly, any ADSs or ordinary shares in the Cayman Islands.

 

177


Table of Contents

Dubai International Finance Center

This document relates to an Exempt Offer, as defined in the Offered Securities Rules module of the DFSA Rulebook, or the OSR, in accordance with the Offered Securities Rules of the Dubai Financial Services Authority. This document is intended for distribution only to persons, as defined in the OSR, of a type specified in those rules. It must not be delivered to, or relied on by, any other person. The Dubai Financial Services Authority has no responsibility for reviewing or verifying any documents in connection with Exempt Offers. The Dubai Financial Services Authority has not approved this document nor taken steps to verify the information set out in it, and has no responsibility for it. The ADSs to which this document relates may be illiquid and/or subject to restrictions on their resale.

Prospective purchasers of the ADSs offered should conduct their own due diligence on the ADSs. If you do not understand the contents of this document you should consult an authorized financial adviser.

European Economic Area

In relation to each Member State of the European Economic Area which has implemented the Prospectus Directive, or each a Relevant Member State, an offer to the public of any ADSs may not be made in that Relevant Member State, except that an offer to the public in that Relevant Member State of any ADSs may be made at any time under the following exemptions under the Prospectus Directive, if they have been implemented in that Relevant Member State:

 

   

to any legal entity which is a qualified investor as defined in the Prospectus Directive;

 

   

to fewer than 100 or, if the Relevant Member State has implemented the relevant provision of the 2010 PD Amending Directive, 150, natural or legal persons (other than qualified investors as defined in the Prospectus Directive), as permitted under the Prospectus Directive, subject to obtaining the prior consent of the representatives for any such offer; or

 

   

in any other circumstances falling within Article 3(2) of the Prospectus Directive, provided that no such offer of the ADSs shall result in a requirement for the publication by us or any underwriter of a prospectus pursuant to Article 3 of the Prospectus Directive.

For the purposes of this provision, the expression an “offer to the public” in relation to any ADSs in any Relevant Member State means the communication in any form and by any means of sufficient information on the terms of the offer and any ADSs to be offered so as to enable an investor to decide to purchase any ADSs, as the same may be varied in that Member State by any measure implementing the Prospectus Directive in that Member State; the expression “Prospectus Directive” means Directive 2003/71/EC (and amendments thereto, including the 2010 PD Amending Directive, to the extent implemented in the Relevant Member State), and includes any relevant implementing measure in the Relevant Member State; and the expression “2010 PD Amending Directive” means Directive 2010/73/EU.

Hong Kong

The ADSs may not be offered or sold by means of any document other than (i) in circumstances which do not constitute an offer to the public within the meaning of the Companies (Winding Up and Miscellaneous Provisions) Ordinance (Cap. 32, Laws of Hong Kong), or (ii) to “professional investors” within the meaning of the Securities and Futures Ordinance (Cap. 571, Laws of Hong Kong) and any rules made thereunder, or (iii) in other circumstances which do not result in the document being a “prospectus” within the meaning of the Companies Ordinance (Cap. 32, Laws of Hong Kong), and no advertisement, invitation or document relating to the ADSs may be issued or may be in the possession of any person for the purpose of issue (in each case whether in Hong Kong or elsewhere), which is directed at, or the contents of which are likely to be accessed or read by, the public in Hong Kong (except if permitted to do so under the laws of Hong Kong) other than with respect to ADSs which are or are intended to be disposed of only to persons outside Hong Kong or only to “professional investors” within the meaning of the Securities and Futures Ordinance (Cap. 571, Laws of Hong Kong) and any rules made thereunder.

 

178


Table of Contents

Indonesia

This prospectus does not, and is not intended to, constitute a public offering in Indonesia under Law Number 8 of 1995 regarding Capital Market. This prospectus may not be distributed in the Republic of Indonesia and the ADSs may not be offered or sold in the Republic of Indonesia or to Indonesian citizens wherever they are domiciled, or to Indonesia residents, in a manner which constitutes a public offering under the laws of the Republic of Indonesia.

Israel

In the State of Israel, the ADSs offered hereby may not be offered to any person or entity other than the following:

 

   

a fund for joint investments in trust (i.e., mutual fund), as such term is defined in the Law for Joint Investments in Trust, 5754-1994, or a management company of such a fund;

 

   

a provident fund as defined in Section 47(a)(2) of the Income Tax Ordinance of the State of Israel, or a management company of such a fund;

 

   

an insurer, as defined in the Law for Oversight of Insurance Transactions, 5741-1981, a banking entity or satellite entity, as such terms are defined in the Banking Law (Licensing), 5741-1981, other than a joint services company, acting for their own account or for the account of investors of the type listed in Section 15A(b) of the Securities Law 1968;

 

   

a company that is licensed as a portfolio manager, as such term is defined in Section 8(b) of the Law for the Regulation of Investment Advisors and Portfolio Managers, 5755-1995, acting on its own account or for the account of investors of the type listed in Section 15A(b) of the Securities Law 1968;

 

   

a company that is licensed as an investment advisor, as such term is defined in Section 7(c) of the Law for the Regulation of Investment Advisors and Portfolio Managers, 5755-1995, acting on its own account;

 

   

a company that is a member of the Tel Aviv Stock Exchange, acting on its own account or for the account of investors of the type listed in Section 15A(b) of the Securities Law 1968;

 

   

an underwriter fulfilling the conditions of Section 56(c) of the Securities Law, 5728-1968;

 

   

a venture capital fund (defined as an entity primarily involved in investments in companies which, at the time of investment, (i) are primarily engaged in research and development or manufacture of new technological products or processes and (ii) involve above-average risk);

 

   

an entity primarily engaged in capital markets activities in which all of the equity owners meet one or more of the above criteria; and

 

   

an entity, other than an entity formed for the purpose of purchasing the ADSs in this offering, in which the shareholders equity (including pursuant to foreign accounting rules, international accounting regulations and U.S. generally accepted accounting rules, as defined in the Securities Law Regulations (Preparation of Annual Financial Statements), 1993) is in excess of NIS 250 million.

Any offeree of the ADSs offered hereby in the State of Israel shall be required to submit written confirmation that it falls within the scope of one of the above criteria. This prospectus will not be distributed or directed to investors in the State of Israel who do not fall within one of the above criteria.

Japan

No registration pursuant to Article 4, paragraph 1 of the Financial Instruments and Exchange Law of Japan (Law No. 25 of 1948, as amended), or the FIEL, has been made or will be made with respect to the solicitation of the application for the acquisition of the ADSs.

 

179


Table of Contents

Accordingly, the ADSs have not been, directly or indirectly, offered or sold and will not be, directly or indirectly, offered or sold in Japan or to, or for the benefit of, any resident of Japan (which term as used herein means any person resident in Japan, including any corporation or other entity organized under the laws of Japan) or to others for re-offering or re-sale, directly or indirectly, in Japan or to, or for the benefit of, any resident of Japan except pursuant to an exemption from the registration requirements, and otherwise in compliance with, the FIEL and the other applicable laws and regulations of Japan.

Korea

The ADSs may not be offered, sold and delivered directly or indirectly, or offered or sold to any person for reoffering or resale, directly or indirectly, in Korea or to any resident of Korea except pursuant to the applicable laws and regulations of Korea, including the Korea Securities and Exchange Act and the Foreign Exchange Transaction Law and the decrees and regulations thereunder. The ADSs have not been registered with the Financial Services Commission of Korea for public offering in Korea. Furthermore, the ADSs may not be resold to Korean residents unless the purchaser of the ADSs complies with all applicable regulatory requirements (including but not limited to government approval requirements under the Foreign Exchange Transaction Law and its subordinate decrees and regulations) in connection with the purchase of the ADSs.

Kuwait

Unless all necessary approvals from the Kuwait Ministry of Commerce and Industry required by Law No. 31/1990 “Regulating the Negotiation of Securities and Establishment of Investment Funds,” its Executive Regulations and the various Ministerial Orders issued pursuant thereto or in connection therewith, have been given in relation to the marketing and sale of the ADSs, these may not be marketed, offered for sale, nor sold in the State of Kuwait. Neither this prospectus (including any related document), nor any of the information contained therein is intended to lead to the conclusion of any contract of whatsoever nature within Kuwait.

Malaysia

The offering of the ADSs has not been and will not be approved by the Securities Commission Malaysia, or SC, and this document has not been and will not be registered as a prospectus with the SC under the Malaysian Capital Markets and Services Act 2007, or CMSA. Accordingly, no ADSs or invitation to purchase is being made to any person in Malaysia under this document except to persons falling within any of paragraphs 2(g)(i) to (xi) of Schedule 5 of the CMSA and distributed only by a holder of a Capital Markets Services License who carries on the business of dealing in securities.

People’s Republic of China

This prospectus may not be circulated or distributed in the PRC and the ADSs may not be offered or sold, and will not offer or sell to any person for re-offering or resale directly or indirectly to any resident of the PRC except pursuant to applicable laws and regulations of the PRC. For the purposes of this paragraph, the PRC does not include Taiwan and the special administrative regions of Hong Kong and Macau.

Philippines

THE ADSS BEING OFFERED OR SOLD HAVE NOT BEEN AND WILL NOT BE REGISTERED WITH THE PHILIPPINE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION UNDER THE SECURITIES REGULATION CODE OF THE PHILIPPINES, OR THE SRC. ANY FUTURE OFFER OR SALE OF THE ADSS WITHIN THE PHILIPPINES IS SUBJECT TO THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS UNDER THE SRC UNLESS SUCH OFFER OR SALE QUALIFIES AS A TRANSACTION EXEMPT FROM THE REGISTRATION UNDER THE SRC.

 

180


Table of Contents

Accordingly, this prospectus, and any other document or material in connection with the offer or sale, or invitation for subscription or purchase of the ADSs, may not be circulated or distributed in the Philippines, and the ADSs may not be offered or sold, or be made the subject of an invitation for subscription or purchase, to persons in the Philippines, other than (i) to qualified investors in transactions that are exempt from the registration requirements of the SRC; and (ii) by persons licensed to make such offers or sales in the Philippines.

Qatar

In the State of Qatar, the offer contained herein is made on an exclusive basis to the specifically intended recipient thereof, upon that person’s request and initiative, for personal use only and shall in no way be construed as a general offer for the sale of securities to the public or an attempt to do business as a bank, an investment company or otherwise in the State of Qatar. This prospectus and the underlying securities have not been approved or licensed by the Qatar Central Bank or the Qatar Financial Center Regulatory Authority or any other regulator in the State of Qatar. The information contained in this prospectus shall only be shared with any third parties in Qatar on a need to know basis for the purpose of evaluating the contained offer. Any distribution of this prospectus by the recipient to third parties in Qatar beyond the terms hereof is not permitted and shall be at the liability of such recipient.

Saudi Arabia

This prospectus may not be distributed in the Kingdom except to such persons as are permitted under the Offers of Securities Regulations issued by the Capital Market Authority. The Capital Market Authority does not make any representation as to the accuracy or completeness of this prospectus, and expressly disclaims any liability whatsoever for any loss arising from, or incurred in reliance upon, any part of this prospectus. Prospective purchasers of the securities offered hereby should conduct their own due diligence on the accuracy of the information relating to the securities. If you do not understand the contents of this prospectus you should consult an authorized financial adviser.

Singapore

This prospectus has not been registered as a prospectus with the Monetary Authority of Singapore. Accordingly, this prospectus and any other document or material in connection with the offer or sale, or invitation for subscription or purchase, of the ADSs may not be circulated or distributed, nor may the ADSs be offered or sold, or be made the subject of an invitation for subscription or purchase, whether directly or indirectly, to persons in Singapore other than (i) to an institutional investor under Section 274 of the Securities and Futures Act, Chapter 289 of Singapore, or the SFA, (ii) to a relevant person pursuant to Section 275(1), or any person pursuant to Section 275(1A), and in accordance with the conditions specified in Section 275, of the SFA, or (iii) otherwise pursuant to, and in accordance with the conditions of, any other applicable provision of the SFA.

Where the ADSs are subscribed or purchased under Section 275 of the SFA by a relevant person which is:

 

   

a corporation (which is not an accredited investor (as defined in Section 4A of the SFA)) the sole business of which is to hold investments and the entire share capital of which is owned by one or more individuals, each of whom is an accredited investor; or

 

   

a trust (where the trustee is not an accredited investor) whose sole purpose is to hold investments and each beneficiary of the trust is an individual who is an accredited investor,

securities (as defined in Section 239(1) of the SFA) of that corporation or the beneficiaries’ rights and interest (howsoever described) in that trust shall not be transferred within six months after that corporation or that trust has acquired the ADSs pursuant to an offer made under Section 275 of the SFA, except:

 

   

to an institutional investor or to a relevant person defined in Section 275(2) of the SFA, or to any person arising from an offer referred to in Section 275(1A) or Section 276(4)(i)(B) of the SFA;

 

181


Table of Contents
   

where no consideration is or will be given for the transfer;

 

   

where the transfer is by operation of law;

 

   

as specified in Section 276(7) of the SFA; or

 

   

as specified in Regulation 32 of the Securities and Futures (Offers of Investments) (Shares and Debentures) Regulations 2005 of Singapore.

Switzerland

The ADSs may not be offered or sold to any investors in Switzerland other than on a non-public basis. This prospectus does not constitute a prospectus within the meaning of Article 652a and Art. 1156 of the Swiss Code of Obligations (Schweizerisches Obligationenrecht). Neither this offering nor the ADSs have been or will be approved by any Swiss regulatory authority.

Taiwan

The ADSs have not been and will not be registered or filed with, or approved by, the Financial Supervisory Commission of Taiwan pursuant to relevant securities laws and regulations and may not be offered or sold in Taiwan through a public offering or in circumstances which constitute an offer within the meaning of the Securities and Exchange Act of Taiwan or relevant laws and regulations that require a registration, filing or approval of the Financial Supervisory Commission of Taiwan. No person or entity in Taiwan has been authorized to offer or sell the ADSs in Taiwan through a public offering or in such an offering that require registration, filing or approval of the Financial Supervisory Commission of Taiwan except pursuant to the applicable laws and regulations of Taiwan and the competent authority’s rulings thereunder.

Thailand

This prospectus does not, and is not intended to, constitute a public offering in Thailand. The ADSs may not be offered or sold to persons in Thailand, unless such offering is made under the exemptions from approval and filing requirements under applicable laws, or under circumstances which do not constitute an offer for sale of the shares to the public for the purposes of the Securities and Exchange Act of 1992 of Thailand, nor require approval from the Office of the Securities and Exchange Commission of Thailand.

United Arab Emirates

The ADSs have not been offered or sold, and will not be offered or sold, directly or indirectly, in the United Arab Emirates, except: (1) in compliance with all applicable laws and regulations of the United Arab Emirates; and (2) through persons or corporate entities authorized and licensed to provide investment advice and/or engage in brokerage activity and/or trade in respect of foreign securities in the United Arab Emirates. The information contained in this prospectus does not constitute a public offer of securities in the United Arab Emirates in accordance with the Commercial Companies Law (Federal Law No. 8 of 1984 (as amended)) or otherwise and is not intended to be a public offer and is addressed only to persons who are sophisticated investors.

United Kingdom

Each underwriter has represented and agreed that:

 

   

it has only communicated or caused to be communicated and will only communicate or cause to be communicated an invitation or inducement to engage in investment activity (within the meaning of Section 21 of the Financial Services and Markets Act 2000, or FSMA, received by it in connection with the issue or sale of the ADSs in circumstances in which Section 21(1) of the FSMA does not apply to us; and

 

182


Table of Contents
   

it has complied and will comply with all applicable provisions of the FSMA with respect to anything done by it in relation to the ADSs in, from or otherwise involving the United Kingdom.

Vietnam

This offering of ADSs has not been and will not be registered with the State Securities Commission of Vietnam under the Law on Securities of Vietnam and its guiding decrees and circulars. The ADSs will not be offered or sold in Vietnam through a public offering and will not be offered or sold to Vietnamese persons other than those who are licensed to invest in offshore securities under the Law on Investment of Vietnam.

 

183


Table of Contents

EXPENSES RELATING TO THIS OFFERING

Set forth below is an itemization of the total expenses, excluding underwriting discounts and commissions, that we expect to incur in connection with this offering. With the exception of the SEC registration fee, the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority, or FINRA, filing fee and the NASDAQ listing fee, all amounts are estimates.

 

SEC Registration Fee

   US$            

NASDAQ Listing Fee

   US$    

FINRA Filing Fee

   US$    

Printing and Engraving Expenses

   US$    

Legal Fees and Expenses

   US$    

Accounting Fees and Expenses

   US$    

Miscellaneous

   US$    
  

 

 

 

Total

   US$    
  

 

 

 

 

184


Table of Contents

LEGAL MATTERS

We are being represented by Sullivan & Cromwell LLP with respect to certain legal matters as to United States federal securities and New York State law. The underwriters are being represented by Davis Polk & Wardwell LLP with respect to certain legal matters as to United States federal securities and New York State law. The validity of the ordinary shares represented by the ADSs offered in this offering will be passed upon for us by Walkers (Hong Kong). Certain legal matters as to PRC law will be passed upon for us by Commerce & Finance Law Offices and for the underwriters by Tian Yuan Law Firm. Sullivan & Cromwell LLP may rely upon Walkers (Hong Kong) with respect to matters governed by Cayman Islands law and Commerce & Finance Law Offices with respect to matters governed by PRC law. Davis Polk & Wardwell LLP may rely upon Tian Yuan Law Firm with respect to matters governed by PRC law.

 

185


Table of Contents

EXPERTS

The consolidated financial statements as of December 31, 2017 and 2018 and for the years then ended included in this prospectus have been so included in reliance on the report of PricewaterhouseCoopers Zhong Tian LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm, given on the authority of said firm as experts in auditing and accounting.

The office of PricewaterhouseCoopers Zhong Tian LLP is located at 11/F PricewaterhouseCoopers Center, Link Square 2, 202 Hu Bin Road, Huangpu District, Shanghai, the People’s Republic of China.

This prospectus contains information from a report commissioned by us and prepared by Frost & Sullivan, an independent market research firm, which contains data regarding the markets in which we operate.

The office of Frost & Sullivan is located at Room 1018, Tower B, No. 500 Yunjin Road, Xuhui District, Shanghai, 200232, the People’s Republic of China.

 

186


Table of Contents

WHERE YOU CAN FIND ADDITIONAL INFORMATION

We have filed a registration statement, including relevant exhibits, with the SEC on Form F-1 under the Securities Act with respect to the underlying ordinary shares represented by the ADSs to be sold in this offering. We have also filed a related registration statement on Form F-6 with the SEC to register the ADSs. This prospectus, which constitutes a part of the registration statement on Form F-1, does not contain all of the information contained in the registration statement. You should read our registration statements on Form F-1 and Form F-6 and their exhibits and schedules for further information with respect to us and our ADSs.

Immediately upon the effectiveness of the registration statement on Form F-1 of which this prospectus forms a part, we will become subject to periodic reporting and other informational requirements of the Exchange Act as applicable to foreign private issuers. Accordingly, we will be required to file reports, including annual reports on Form 20-F, and other information with the SEC. All information filed with the SEC can be obtained over the internet at the SEC’s website at www.sec.gov or inspected and copied at the public reference facilities maintained by the SEC at 100 F Street, N.E., Washington, D.C. 20549. You can request copies of documents, upon payment of a duplicating fee, by writing to the SEC.

As a foreign private issuer, we are exempt under the Exchange Act from, among other things, the rules prescribing the furnishing and content of proxy statements to shareholders, and our executive officers, directors and principal shareholders are exempt from the reporting and short-swing profit recovery provisions contained in Section 16 of the Exchange Act. In addition, we will not be required under the Exchange Act to file periodic reports and financial statements with the SEC as frequently or as promptly as U.S. companies whose securities are registered under the Exchange Act. However, we intend to furnish the depositary with our annual reports, which will include a review of operations and annual audited consolidated financial statements prepared in conformity with U.S. GAAP, and all notices of shareholders’ meeting and other reports and communications that are made generally available to our shareholders. The depositary will make such notices, reports and communications available to holders of ADSs and, upon our written request, will mail to all record holders of ADSs the information contained in any notice of a shareholders’ meeting received by the depositary from us.

 

187


Table of Contents

INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

     F-2  

Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 31, 2017 and 2018

     F-3  

Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income for the years ended December 31, 2017 and 2018

     F-5  

Consolidated Statements of Changes in Shareholders’ Deficit for the years ended December 31, 2017 and 2018

     F-6  

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the years ended December  31, 2017 and 2018

     F-7  

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

     F-8  

Unaudited Interim Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 31, 2018 and June 30, 2019

     F-54  

Unaudited Interim Condensed Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income for the Six Months Ended June 30, 2018 and 2019

     F-56  

Unaudited Interim Condensed Consolidated Statements of Changes in Shareholders’ Deficit for the Six Months Ended June 30, 2018 and 2019

     F-57  

Unaudited Interim Condensed Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the Six Months Ended June 30, 2018 and 2019

     F-58  

Notes to Unaudited Interim Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements

     F-59  

 

F-1


Table of Contents

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

To the Board of Directors and Shareholders of ECMOHO Limited

Opinion on the Financial Statements

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of ECMOHO Limited and its subsidiaries (the “Company”) as of December 31, 2018 and 2017, and the related consolidated statements of comprehensive income, of changes in shareholders’ deficit and of cash flows for the years then ended, including the related notes (collectively referred to as the “consolidated financial statements”). In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of the Company as of December 31, 2018 and 2017, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for the years then ended in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.

Basis for Opinion

These consolidated financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Company’s consolidated financial statements based on our audits. We are a public accounting firm registered with the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) (PCAOB) and are required to be independent with respect to the Company in accordance with the U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB.

We conducted our audits of these consolidated financial statements in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the consolidated financial statements are free of material misstatement, whether due to error or fraud.

Our audits included performing procedures to assess the risks of material misstatement of the consolidated financial statements, whether due to error or fraud, and performing procedures that respond to those risks. Such procedures included examining, on a test basis, evidence regarding the amounts and disclosures in the consolidated financial statements. Our audits also included evaluating the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the consolidated financial statements. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

/s/ PricewaterhouseCoopers Zhong Tian LLP

Shanghai, the People’s Republic of China

June 28, 2019

We have served as the Company’s auditor since 2018.

 

F-2


Table of Contents

ECMOHO LIMITED

CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS

AS OF DECEMBER 31, 2017 AND 2018

 

     Note     As of
December 31,
2017
     As of
December 31,
2018
 
           US$      US$  

ASSETS

       

Current assets:

       

Cash and cash equivalents

     4       10,689,462        10,336,467  

Restricted cash

     11       —          2,628,392  

Accounts receivable, net

     5       12,322,226        33,839,528  

Inventories, net

     6       17,366,244        53,683,391  

Prepayments and other current assets

     7       4,135,237        11,259,410  
    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total current assets

       44,513,169        111,747,188  
    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Property and equipment, net

     8       218,979        1,476,512  

Intangible assets

     9       1,831,810        1,502,231  

Deferred tax assets

     20       82,059        1,056,211  

Other non-current assets

     10       1,801,231        1,990,266  
    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total assets

       48,447,248        117,772,408  
    

 

 

    

 

 

 

LIABILITIES, MEZZANINE EQUITY AND SHAREHOLDERS’ DEFICIT

       

Short term borrowings

     11       4,087,111        21,956,149  

Accounts payable

       11,997,723        23,539,964  

Amounts due to related parties

     21       3,109,238        17,423,200  

Advances from customers

     2(m)       655,405        2,957,026  

Salary and welfare payable (including salary and welfare payable of the consolidated VIE and VIE’s subsidiary without recourse to the Company of nil and US$ 39,585 as of December 31, 2017 and 2018, respectively)

       874,881        1,751,571  

Tax payable (including tax payable of the consolidated VIE and VIE’s subsidiary without recourse to the Company of nil and US$ 1,848 as of December 31, 2017 and 2018, respectively)

     13       1,830,459        2,906,972  

Accrued liabilities and other current liabilities (including accrued liabilities and other current liabilities of the consolidated VIE and VIE’s subsidiary without recourse to the Company of nil and US$ 8,781 as of December 31, 2017 and 2018, respectively)

     12       1,724,880        4,294,370  
    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total current liabilities

       24,279,697        74,829,252  
    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Deferred taxes liabilities

     20       293,538        210,076  

Other non-current liabilities

       258,140        108,594  
    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total liabilities

       24,831,375        75,147,922  
    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Commitments and contingencies (Note 23)

       

 

F-3


Table of Contents

ECMOHO LIMITED

CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS

AS OF DECEMBER 31, 2017 AND 2018

 

    Note     As of
December 31,
2017
    As of
December 31,
2018
 
          US$     US$  

Mezzanine equity:

     

Round A convertible redeemable preferred shares (US$ 0.00001 par value; 19,038,000 and nil shares authorized, issued and outstanding as of December 31, 2017 and 2018, respectively; redemption amount of US$ 17,314,849 and nil as of December 31, 2017 and 2018)

    14       16,096,784       —    

Round B convertible redeemable preferred shares (US$0.00001 par value; 13,663,700 and nil shares authorized, issued and outstanding as of December 31, 2017 and 2018, respectively; redemption amount of US$ 30,774,378 and nil as of December 31, 2017 and 2018)

    14       27,876,810       —    

Class A-1 convertible redeemable preferred shares (US$ 0.00001 par value; nil and 9,519,000 shares authorized, issued and outstanding as of December 31, 2017 and 2018, respectively; redemption amount of nil and US$ 7,641,780 as of December 31, 2017 and 2018)

    14       —         19,495,152  

Class A-2 convertible redeemable preferred shares (US$0.00001 par value; nil and 13,663,700 shares authorized as of December 31, 2017 and 2018, respectively, nil and 10,817,100 shares issued and outstanding as of December 31, 2017 and 2018, respectively; redemption amount of nil and US$ 22,011,640 as of December 31, 2017 and 2018)

    14       —         26,083,210  

Series A convertible redeemable preferred shares (US$0.00001 par value; nil and 7,938,915 shares authorized, issued and outstanding as of December 31, 2017 and 2018, respectively; redemption amount of nil and US$ 22,926,600 as of December 31, 2017 and 2018)

    14       —         22,875,144  

Redeemable non-controlling interests (redemption amount of nil and US$6,993,038 as of December 31, 2017 and 2018)

    15       —         6,393,530  
   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total mezzanine equity

      43,973,594       74,847,036  
   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Stockholders’ deficit:

     

Class A Ordinary Shares, US$ 0.00001 par value; 4,880,496,457 shares authorized at December 31, 2017 and 2018; 6,012,000 and 18,377,600 shares issued at December 31, 2017 and 2018, respectively, 6,012,000 and 15,531,000 shares outstanding at December 31, 2017 and 2018, respectively)

      60       155  

Class B Ordinary Shares, US$ 0.00001 par value; 75,150,400 shares authorized, issued and outstanding at December 31, 2017 and 2018)

      752       752  

Additional paid-in capital

      —         —    

Treasury stock (US$0.00001 par value; nil and 2,846,600 shares at December 31, 2017 and 2018, respectively)

      —         —    

Subscription receivables

    16       —         (9,261,300

Accumulated other comprehensive loss

      (750,296     (1,420,369

Accumulated deficit

      (19,896,740     (21,852,692
   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total Ecmoho Limited shareholders’ deficit

      (20,646,224     (32,533,454
   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Non-controlling interests

      288,503       310,904  
   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total shareholders’ deficit

      (20,357,721     (32,222,550
   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total liabilities, mezzanine equity and shareholders’ deficit

      48,447,248       117,772,408  
   

 

 

   

 

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

 

F-4


Table of Contents

ECMOHO LIMITED

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF COMPREHENSIVE INCOME

FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2017 AND 2018

 

          Year Ended December 31,  
    Note     2017     2018  
          US$     US$  

Net revenues:

     

Product sales

      95,572,904       176,097,737  

Services

      2,664,665       22,917,299  
   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total net revenues

    17       98,237,569       199,015,036  
   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total cost of revenue

      (69,124,047     (140,153,462
   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross profit

      29,113,522       58,861,574  
   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating expenses:

     

Fulfillment expenses

      (6,217,307     (13,096,731

Sales and marketing expenses

    2(w)       (15,528,891     (27,461,813

General and administrative expenses

      (4,004,065     (9,068,864

Research and development expenses

      (484,089     (1,669,323
   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

      (26,234,352     (51,296,731
   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating income

      2,879,170       7,564,843  
   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Finance expense, net

      (144,811     (925,543

Foreign exchange gain/(loss), net

      105,976       (306,730

Other income/(loss), net

      (36,121     234,421  
   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income before income tax expenses

      2,804,214       6,566,991  

Income taxes expenses

    20       (80,576     (417,124
   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income

      2,723,638       6,149,867  

Less: Net income/(loss) attributable to the non-controlling interest shareholders and redeemable non-controlling interest shareholders

      (101,819     25,877  
   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income attributable to ECMOHO Limited

      2,825,457       6,123,990  
   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Less: Accretion on Round A convertible redeemable preferred shares to redemption value

      (1,559,285     (1,018,493

Less: Accretion on Round B convertible redeemable preferred shares to redemption value

      (2,412,996     (1,574,737

Less: Accretion on Series A convertible redeemable preferred shares to redemption value

      —         (445,177

Less: Accretion to redemption value of redeemable non-controlling interests

      —         (129,896

Less: Extinguishment of convertible redeemable preferred shares

    14       —         (24,763,245
   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss attributable to ECMOHO Limited’s ordinary shareholders

      (1,146,824     (21,807,558
   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income

      2,723,638       6,149,867  

Other comprehensive income/(loss):

     

Foreign currency translation adjustment, net of nil tax

      798,988       (681,407

Less: Comprehensive income/(loss) attributable to non-controlling interests

      (94,976     14,543  
   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Comprehensive income attributable to ECMOHO Limited

      3,617,602       5,453,917  
   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss per share attributable to ECMOHO Limited’s ordinary shareholders

     

—basic and diluted

      (0.01     (0.26

Weighted average number of Ordinary Shares

     

—basic and diluted

      81,162,400       84,970,000  

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

 

F-5


Table of Contents

ECMOHO LIMITED

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN SHAREHOLDERS’ DEFICIT

FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2017 AND 2018

 

    Class A Ordinary
Shares
    Class B Ordinary
Shares
    Treasury stocks     Additional           Accumulated
other
                Total  
    Number of
Shares
    Amount     Number of
Shares
    Amount     Number of
Shares
    Amount     Paid-in
Capital
    Subscription
receivable
    comprehensive
loss
    Accumulated
Deficit
    Non-Controlling
interests
    Shareholders’
Deficit
 

Balances at January 1, 2017

    6,012,000       60       75,150,400       752       —         —         —         —         (1,542,441     (18,804,327     470,359       (19,875,597
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Accretion to redemption value of convertible redeemable preferred shares

    —         —         —         —         —         —         —         —         —         (3,972,281     —         (3,972,281

Acquisition of non-controlling interests

    —         —         —         —         —         —         —         —         —         (23,993     (24,711     (48,704

Sale of equity interests in a subsidiary to non-controlling interests

    —         —         —         —         —         —         —         —         —         78,404       (62,169     16,235  

Foreign currency translation

    —         —         —         —         —         —         —         —         792,145       —         6,843       798,988  

Net income

    —         —         —         —         —         —         —         —         —         2,825,457       (101,819     2,723,638  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balances at December 31, 2017

    6,012,000       60       75,150,400       752       —         —         —         —         (750,296     (19,896,740     288,503       (20,357,721
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Issuance of treasury stock (Note 16)

    —         —         —         —         2,846,600       —         —         —         —         —         —         —    

Share-based compensation expense (Note 18)

    —         —         —         —           —         356,549       —         —         —         —         356,549  

Capital contribution from non-controlling interests shareholders

    —         —         —         —         —         —         —         —         —         —         104,159       104,159  

Accretion to redemption value of redeemable convertible preferred stock (Note 14)

    —         —         —         —         —         —         (356,549     —         —         (2,681,858     —         (3,038,407

Accretion to redemption value of redeemable non-controlling interests and income attribution (Note 15)

    —         —         —         —         —         —         —         —         —         (129,896     (96,301     (226,197

Convertible redeemable preferred shares exchanged to Class A Ordinary Shares (Note 14)

    9,519,000       95       —         —         —         —         19,495,057       —         —         —         —         19,495,152  

Subscription receivables due from shareholders of ECMOHO Shanghai for Reorganization purpose (Note 1(b))

    —         —         —         —         —         —         —         (9,261,300     —         —         —         (9,261,300

Extinguishment of Round A and Round B convertible redeemable preferred shares (Note 14)

    —         —         —         —         —         —         (19,495,057     —         —         (5,268,188     —         (24,763,245

Foreign currency translation

    —         —         —         —         —         —         —         —         (670,073     —         (11,334     (681,407

Net income

    —         —         —         —         —         —         —         —         —         6,123,990       25,877       6,149,867  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balances at December 31, 2018

    15,531,000       155       75,150,400       752       2,846,600       —         —         (9,261,300     (1,420,369     (21,852,692     310,904       (32,222,550
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements

 

F-6


Table of Contents

ECMOHO LIMITED

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2017 AND 2018

 

     Year Ended
December 31,
 
     2017     2018  
     US$     US$  

Cash flows from operating activities:

    

Net income

     2,723,638       6,149,867  

Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating activities:

    

Depreciation and amortization expense

     505,828       605,578  

Provision for allowance of doubtful accounts

     66,630       61,959  

Inventory write down

     1,211,131       639,679  

Deferred tax expenses

     (144,092     (1,086,380

Share-based compensation

     —         356,549  

Changes in operating assets and liabilities:

    

Accounts receivable

     269,686       (23,245,962

Inventory

     (9,737,761     (37,639,680

Prepayments and other current assets

     2,283,341       (7,701,073

Other non-current assets

     (813,825     347,501  

Accounts payable

     1,405,523       12,364,048  

Amount due to related parties

     225,152       561,907  

Advance from customers

     (709,079     2,341,006  

Tax payable

     1,098,265       1,207,501  

Salary and welfare payable

     79,745       952,748  

Accrued liabilities and other current liabilities

     (1,157,860     3,471,502  

Other non-current liabilities

     249,821       (142,266
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash used in operating activities

     (2,443,857     (40,755,516
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash flows from investing activities:

    

Payments for acquisition of business license

     (172,936     (122,854

Sale of equity interests in a subsidiary to non-controlling interests

     16,235       —    

Purchases of property and equipment

     (52,477     (1,423,064

Payments for software procurement

     (282,811     (201,866
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash used in investing activities

     (491,989     (1,747,784
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash flows from financing activities:

    

Cash payments for acquisition of equity interests of ECMOHO Shanghai for Reorganization purpose (Note 1(b))

     —         (14,475,846

Subscription fees received from the Founders of ECMOHO Shanghai for Reorganization purpose (Note 1(b))

     —         6,000,376  

Subscription fees received from the Round A and Round B Investors of ECMOHO Shanghai for Reorganization purpose (Note 1(b))

     —         3,386,528  

Cash receipts from issuance of Series A Convertible Redeemable Preferred Shares, net of issuance costs (Note 14)

     —         22,429,967  

Proceeds from borrowings

     4,819,106       41,529,327  

Repayments of borrowings

     (5,233,691     (23,469,501

Cash payment for loan deposits (Note 7)

     —         (437,114

Payment of initial public offering costs (Note 10)

     —         (522,072

Contribution from non-controlling interests shareholders

     —         104,159  

Proceeds of borrowings from related parties

     3,000,000       3,000,000  

Proceeds of advances from related parties

     15,304       8,964,847  

Repayment of advances to related parties

     (1,033,740     (2,474,371
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash provided by financing activities

     1,566,979       44,036,300  

Effects of exchange rate changes on cash and cash equivalents

     (20,479     742,397  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net (decrease)/increase in cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash

     (1,389,346     2,275,397  

Cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash at beginning of year

     12,078,808       10,689,462  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash at end of year

     10,689,462       12,964,859  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Supplemental disclosure of cash flow information:

    

Interests paid

     (165,001     (445,689

Income tax paid

     —         —    

Non-cash financing and investing activities

    

Accretion to redemption value of convertible redeemable preferred shares

     3,972,281       3,038,407  

Accretion to redemption value of redeemable non-controlling interests

     —         129,896  

Extinguishment of convertible redeemable preferred shares (Note 14)

     —         24,763,245  

Capital contribution from non-controlling interests shareholders (Note 11)

     —         107,129  

Subscription receivables due from Founders of ECMOHO Shanghai for Reorganization purpose (Note 21)

     —         9,261,300  

Subscription receivables due from Round B Investor of ECMOHO Shanghai for Reorganization purpose (Note 21)

     —         89,222  

Payables due to shareholders of ECMOHO Shanghai for Reorganization purpose (Note 21)

     —         (4,261,580

Payables for assets and business acquisition (Note 12)

     (168,766     (43,711

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

 

F-7


Table of Contents

ECMOHO LIMITED

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

1.

Organization and Principal Activities

 

  (a)

Principal activities

Ecmoho Limited (the “Company”), an exempted company with limited liability incorporated in the Cayman Islands, together with (i) its various equity-owned consolidated subsidiaries and (ii) its controlled affiliate Shanghai Yibo Medical Device Co., Ltd (“Yibo or Yibo VIE”) and Yibo VIE’s subsidiary are collectively referred to as the “Group”. The Company serves as an investment holding company with no operations of its own. The Group is primarily engaged in e-commerce business and sells products to consumers and retailers. The Group also provides services including online store operating services, promotion and marketing services to its brand partners and other brand customers.

As of December 31, 2018, the Company’s principal subsidiaries and VIE are as follows:

 

Name of subsidiaries and VIE

  

Date of establishment/
acquisition

 

Place of

incorporation

 

Percentage of
direct or indirect

ownership

 

Principle activities

Subsidiaries of the Company:

        

ECMOHO (Hong Kong) Health Technology Limited (“ECMOHO HK”)

   Established on June 27, 2018   Hong Kong   100.00%  

Investment

holding

Shanghai ECMOHO Health Biotechnology Co. Limited (“ECMOHO Shanghai”)

   Established on December 23, 2011   PRC   97.50%   Product sales and services

Jianyikang Health Technology (Shanghai) Co., Limited

   Established on May 21, 2018   PRC   97.50%   Startup

Ecmoho (Hong Kong) Limited

   Established on April 1, 2015   Hong Kong   97.50%   Product sales and services

Import-It Corp.

   Established on September 4, 2012   BVI   97.50%   Product sales and services

Shanghai Tonggou Information Technology Co., Limited

   Established on May 20, 2013   PRC   97.50%   Product sales and services

Yijiasancan (Shanghai) E-commerce Co., Ltd.

   Established on August 21, 2013   PRC   97.50%   Product sales and services

Shanghai Hengshoutang Health Technology Co., Limited

   Established on April 11, 2016   PRC   68.25%   Product sales

Qinghai Hengshoutang Plateau Medicine Co., Limited

   Acquired on March 20, 2017   PRC   68.25%   Product sales

Shanghai Jieshi Technology Co., Limited

   Acquired on December 16, 2016   PRC   87.75%   Product sales

ECMOHO Co., Ltd. (Japan)

   Established on July 15, 2016   Japan   100.00%   Startup

Shanghai ECMOHO Health Technology Co., Limited

   Established on May 5, 2015   PRC   97.50%   Startup

Hangzhou Duoduo Supply Chain Management Co., Limited

   Acquired on April 25, 2017   PRC   97.50%   Bonded area warehousing

ECMOHO Co., Ltd. (Korea)

   Established on August 27, 2018   Korea   100%   Product sales

Yiling (Shanghai) Information Technology Co., Limited

   Established on August 30, 2018   PRC   100%   Intercompany services

Shanghai Yuyun Information Technology Co., Ltd.

   Established on October 15, 2018   PRC   100.00%   Startup

Xianggui (Shanghai) Biotechnology Co., Ltd.

   Established on September 28, 2018   PRC   100.00%   Product sales

 

F-8


Table of Contents

ECMOHO LIMITED

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

Name of subsidiaries and VIE

  

Date of establishment/
acquisition

 

Place of

incorporation

 

Percentage of
direct or indirect

ownership

 

Principle activities

Variable Interest Entity (“VIE”)

        

Shanghai Yibo Medical Device Co., Ltd (“Yibo or Yibo VIE”)

   Established on April 21, 2017   PRC   97.50%   Operates the Company’s own online e-commerce platform

Subsidiary of Variable Interest Entity (“VIE subsidiary”)

        
Yang infinity (Shanghai)
Biotechnology Co., Limited
   Established on
November 15, 2018
  PRC   97.50%   Startup

 

  (b)

Reorganization

The Group commenced its operations in December 2011 through ECMOHO Shanghai, a People’s Republic of China (“the PRC”) company established by Ms. Zeo Wang and Mr. Leo Zeng, who are in spousal relationship (collectively known as “the Founders”).

In 2015 and 2016, ECMOHO Shanghai offered 19% and 12% of its equity interests with preferential rights to Round A and Round B Investors with the consideration of US$ 13,081,880 and US$ 24,000,000, respectively (Note 14).

In April 2018, one of the Round A Investors (“Exit Investor”) sold all its 8.36% equity interest with preferential rights to the Founders for cash (Note 14).

To facilitate offshore financing, an offshore corporate structure was formed in August 2018 (the “Reorganization”), which was carried out as follows:

 

  1)

In June 2018, the Company was incorporated in the Cayman Islands by the Founders.

 

  2)

In June 2018, ECMOHO HK was incorporated in Hong Kong with 100% ownership by the Company.

 

  3)

In July 2018, ECMOHO HK legally acquired 97.5% of the equity interest of ECMOHO Shanghai from the Founders and most of the Investors, except for 2.5% equity interests held by certain of the Investors (“NCI holders”), with the cash consideration of US$ 18,737,426. Such consideration shall be used by these Founders and Investors to subscribe ordinary shares and preferred shares of the Company to exchange its equity interests of ECMOHO Shanghai for Reorganization purpose. As of December 31, 2018, US$14,475,846 of the consideration has been paid, and US$ 4,261,580 of the consideration remained outstanding and such amount was presented as amounts due to related parties on the consolidated balance sheets as of December 31, 2018.

 

  4)

In August 2018, the Founders subscribed 9,519,000 Class A Ordinary Shares and 75,150,400 Class B Ordinary Shares of the Company with the cash consideration of US$ 15,261,676 (part of the above mentioned cash consideration of US$ 18,737,426), in the same proportions as the percentage of equity interest they held in ECMOHO Shanghai before the Reorganization. As of December 31, 2018, US$6,000,376 of the consideration has been received, and US$ 9,261,300 of the consideration remained outstanding and such amount was presented as subscriptions receivable, a contra-equity balance on the consolidated balance sheets as of December 31, 2018.

The 9,519,000 Class A Ordinary Shares were in connection with the 8.36% equity interests the Founder purchased from the Exit Investor. The Founders gave up the preferential rights associated with the equity interests simultaneously with the issuance of such Class A Ordinary Shares (Note 14). In August 2018, the Founders sold 8,880,894 out of the 9,519,000 Class A Ordinary Shares to third party investors (Note 16).

 

F-9


Table of Contents

ECMOHO LIMITED

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

  5)

In September 2018, the Round A and Round B Investors, except for the NCI holders, subscribed for 9,519,000 Class A-1 and 10,817,000 Class A-2 Ordinary Shares with preferential rights of the Company with the total cash consideration of US$ 3,475,750 (the remaining part of the above mentioned cash consideration of US$ 18,737,426), all in the same proportions, on an as converted basis, as the percentage of equity interest they held in ECMOHO Shanghai before the Reorganization. As of December 31, 2018, US$3,386,528 of the consideration has been received, and US$ 89,222 of the consideration remained outstanding and such amount was presented as subscriptions receivable, a contra mezzanine equity balance on the consolidated balance sheets as of December 31, 2018 (Note 14).

The Reorganization was a recapitalization with no substantial changes in the shareholding of the Company. Therefore, it was accounted for using historical costs with assets and liabilities reflected at carryover basis. Accordingly, the accompanying consolidated financial statements have been prepared as if the current corporate structure had been in existence throughout the periods.

 

  (c)

VIE arrangements

To comply with the relevant PRC laws and regulations, the Company operates its internet-based business in which foreign investment is restricted or prohibited through its Yibo VIE. To provide the Company the control of the Yibo VIE, ECMOHO Shanghai entered into a series of contractual arrangements with the Yibo VIE or its equity holders as follows:

Exclusive Technology Consulting and Service Agreement

Under the exclusive technology consulting and service agreement between ECMOHO Shanghai and Yibo VIE, ECMOHO Shanghai has the exclusive right to provide to Yibo VIE consulting and services related to, among other things, research and development, system operation, advertising, internal training and technical support. ECMOHO Shanghai has the exclusive ownership of intellectual property rights created as a result of the performance of this agreement. In exchange, Yibo VIE agrees to pay ECMOHO Shanghai an annual service fee, at an amount that is agreed by ECMOHO Shanghai. Unless ECMOHO Shanghai provides valid notice of termination 90 days prior to the term of agreement ending, this agreement will remain effective for 10-years to be automatically renewed for another 10 years thereafter.

Powers of Attorney

The shareholders of Yibo VIE, have each executed a power of attorney to irrevocably appoint ECMOHO Shanghai or its designated person as their attorney-in-fact to exercise all of their rights as shareholders of Yibo VIE, including, but not limited to, the right to convene and attend shareholder meetings, vote on any resolution that requires a shareholder vote, such as the appointment or removal of directors and executive officers, and other voting rights pursuant to the then-effective articles of association of Yibo VIE. The power of attorney will remain in force for so long as the controlling shareholders remain the shareholders of Yibo VIE.

Equity Pledge Agreement

Pursuant to the equity pledge agreement among ECMOHO Shanghai, Yibo VIE, and the shareholders of Yibo VIE, the shareholders pledged all of their equity interests in Yibo VIE to guarantee their and Yibo VIE’s performance of their obligations under the contractual arrangements including the exclusive technology consulting and service agreement, the exclusive option agreement and the power of attorney. In

 

F-10


Table of Contents

ECMOHO LIMITED

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

the event of a breach by Yibo VIE or its shareholders of contractual obligations under these agreements, ECMOHO Shanghai, as pledgee, will have the right to dispose of the pledged equity interests in Yibo VIE. The shareholders of Yibo VIE also undertake that, during the term of the equity pledge agreement, they will not dispose of the pledged equity interests or create or allow any encumbrance on the pledged equity interests. During the term of the equity pledge agreement, ECMOHO Shanghai has the right to receive all of the dividends and profits distributed on the pledged equity interests. As of the date of this prospectus, the equity pledge for the Company’s variable interest equity has been registered with local PRC authorities.

Spousal Consent Letters

Pursuant to the spousal consent letter, each of the respective spouse of the shareholders of Yibo VIE, unconditionally and irrevocably agreed that the equity interest in Yibo VIE held by and registered in the name of his/her spouse will be disposed of pursuant to the equity pledge agreement, the exclusive call option agreement and the power of attorney. The spouse agreed not to assert any rights over the equity interest in Yibo VIE held by his/her spouse. In addition, in the event that the spouse obtains any equity interest in Yibo VIE held by his/her spouse for any reason, the spouse agreed to be bound by the contractual arrangements.

Exclusive Call Option Agreement

Pursuant to the exclusive call option agreement between ECMOHO Shanghai, Yibo VIE and its shareholders, the shareholders of Yibo VIE irrevocably grant ECMOHO Shanghai an exclusive option to purchase, at its discretion, or have its designated person to purchase, to the extent permitted under PRC law, all or part of the equity interests in Yibo VIE. The purchase price shall be the lowest price permitted by applicable PRC law. In addition, Yibo VIE has granted ECMOHO Shanghai an exclusive option to purchase, at its discretion, or have its designated person to purchase, to the extent permitted under PRC law, all or part of Yibo VIE’s assets at the book value of such assets, or at the lowest price permitted by applicable PRC law, whichever is higher. The shareholders of Yibo VIE undertake that, without the Company’s prior written consent or the prior written consent of ECMOHO Shanghai, they may not increase or decrease the registered capital, dispose of its assets, incur any debt or guarantee liabilities, enter into any material purchase agreements, conduct any merger, acquisition or investments, amend its articles of association or provide any loans to third parties. The exclusive call option agreement will remain effective until all equity interest in Yibo VIE held by its shareholders and all assets of Yibo VIE are transferred or assigned to ECMOHO Shanghai or its designated representatives.

Yibo VIE, under Generally Accepted Accounting Principles in the United States (“US GAAP”), is considered to be a consolidated VIE in which the Company, or its subsidiaries, through contractual arrangements, bears the risks of, and enjoys the rewards normally associated with, ownership of the entity, and therefore the Company or one of its subsidiaries is the primary beneficiary of the entity. Through the aforementioned contractual agreements, the Company has the ability to:

 

   

exercise control over Yibo VIE whereby having the power to direct Yibo VIE’s activities that most significantly drive the economic results of Yibo VIE;

 

   

receive substantially all of the economic benefits and residual returns, and absorb substantially all the risks and expected losses from the Yibo VIE as if it was their sole shareholder; and

 

   

have an exclusive option to purchase all of the equity interests in Yibo VIE.

Management therefore concluded that the Company, through the above contractual arrangements, has the power to direct the activities that most significantly impact the VIE’s economic performance, bears the risks

 

F-11


Table of Contents

ECMOHO LIMITED

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

of and enjoys the rewards normally associated with ownership of the VIE, and therefore the Company is the ultimate primary beneficiary of the VIE. Consequently, the financial results of the VIE were included in the Group’s consolidated financial statements.

The Company’s PRC variable interest entity, Yibo VIE, holds an ICP license and may develop e-commerce platforms for other trading parties. Up to December 31, 2018, the operation of Yibo VIE was still at a very preliminary stage with no actual business and had immaterial impact to the consolidated financials of our business.

Yibo VIE has no recognized revenue—producing assets, and its unrecognized revenue-producing assets mainly consist of trademarks and assembled workforce which are not recorded in the financial statements of the VIE as it did not meet the recognition criteria set in ASC 350-30-25.

The following table sets forth the assets, liabilities, results of operations and cash flows of Yibo VIE are included in the Group’s consolidated financial statements.

 

     As of December 31  
     2017      2018  
     US$      US$  

Assets

     

Current assets

     

Cash and cash equivalents

     —          11,092  

Accounts receivable, net

     —          21,856  

Prepayments and other current assets

     —          1,899  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total current assets

     —          34,847  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total assets

     —          34,847  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Liabilities

     

Current liabilities

     

Salary and welfare payable

     —          39,585  

Tax payable

     —          1,848  

Amount due to subsidiaries of the Company

        399,735  

Accrued liabilities and other current liabilities

     —          8,781  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total current liabilities

     —          449,949  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total liabilities

     —          449,949  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

     Year Ended December 31,  
     2017      2018  
     US$      US$  

Net revenues

     —          —    

Net losses

     —          (430,519
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

     Year ended
December 31,
 
     2017      2018  

Net cash used in operating activities

     —          11,092  

Net cash used in investing activities

     —          —    

Net cash provided by financing activities

     —          —    
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net increase in cash and cash equivalents

     —          11,092  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

F-12


Table of Contents

ECMOHO LIMITED

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

In accordance with the aforementioned agreements, the Company has power to direct activities of the Yibo VIE, and can have assets transferred out of Yibo VIE. Therefore the Company considers that there is no asset in Yibo VIE that can be used only to settle obligations of the Yibo VIE, except for registered capital, as of December 31, 2017 and 2018. As Yibo VIE and its subsidiary were incorporated as limited liability Company under the PRC Company Law, the creditors do not have recourse to the general credit of the Company for all the liabilities of Yibo VIE.

There is currently no contractual arrangement that would require the Company to provide additional financial support to the VIE. As the Group is conducting certain businesses in the PRC through the VIE, the Group may provide additional financial support on a discretionary basis in the future, which could expose the Group to a loss.

There is no VIE where the Company has variable interest but is not the primary beneficiary.

The Group believes that the contractual arrangements among its shareholders and ECMOHO Shanghai comply with PRC law and are legally enforceable. However, uncertainties in the PRC legal system could limit the Company’s ability to enforce these contractual arrangements and if the shareholders of Yibo VIE were to reduce their interest in the Company, their interests may diverge from that of the Company and that may potentially increase the risk that they would seek to act contrary to the contractual terms.

The Company’s ability to control the Yibo VIE also depends on the voting rights proxy and the effect of the share pledge under the Equity Pledge Agreement and ECMOHO Shanghai has to vote on all matters requiring shareholder approval in Yibo VIE. As noted above, the Company believes this voting right proxy is legally enforceable but may not be as effective as direct equity ownership.

 

2.

Principal Accounting Policies

 

  (a)

Basis of preparation

The accompanying consolidated financial statements have been prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (“US GAAP”).

The Reorganization was a recapitalization with no substantial changes in the shareholding of the Company. Accordingly, the accompanying consolidated financial statements have been prepared as if the current corporate structure had been in existence throughout the periods.

Significant accounting policies followed by the Company in the preparation of the accompanying consolidated financial statements are summarized below.

 

  (b)

Basis of consolidation

The Group’s consolidated financial statements include the financial statements of the Company, its subsidiaries and its VIE for which the Company is the primary beneficiary. All transactions and balances among the Company, its subsidiaries, its VIE have been eliminated upon consolidation.

A subsidiary is an entity in which the Company, directly or indirectly, controls more than one half of the voting powers; or has the power to appoint or remove the majority of the members of the board of directors; or to cast a majority of votes at the meeting of directors; or has the power to govern the financial and operating policies of the investee under a statute or agreement among the shareholders or equity holders.

A VIE is an entity in which the Company, through contractual agreements, has the power to direct activities of, bears the risks of, and enjoys the rewards normally associated with ownership of the entity. In determining whether the Company or its subsidiaries are the primary beneficiary, the Company considered whether it has the power to direct activities that are significant to the VIE’s economic performance, and also the Group’s obligation to absorb losses of the VIE that could potentially be significant to the VIE or the

 

F-13


Table of Contents

ECMOHO LIMITED

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

right to receive benefits from the VIE that could potentially be significant to the VIE. ECMOHO Shanghai and ultimately the Company hold all the variable interests of the VIE, and has been determined to be the primary beneficiary of the VIE.

 

  (c)

Use of estimates

The preparation of the Group’s consolidated financial statements in conformity with US GAAP requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period.

The Company believes that revenue recognition, sales return, sales incentive, inventory write-down, rebates, realization of deferred tax assets, assessment for useful life and impairment of long-lived assets, allowance for doubtful accounts, and valuation of ordinary shares and preferred shares requires significant judgments and estimates used in the preparation of its consolidated financial statements.

Management bases the estimates on historical experience and on various other assumptions as discussed elsewhere to the consolidated financial statements that are believed to be reasonable, the results of which form the basis for making judgments about the carrying values of assets and liabilities. On an ongoing basis, management evaluates its estimates based on information that is currently available. Changes in circumstances, facts and experience may cause the Company to revise its estimates. Changes in estimates are recorded in the period in which they become known. Actual results could materially differ from these estimates.

 

  (d)

Functional Currency and Foreign Currency Translation

The Group uses United States dollars (“US$” or “USD”) as its reporting currency. The functional currency of the Company and its subsidiaries incorporated outside of PRC is US$, while the functional currency of the PRC entities in the Group is RMB as determined based on the criteria of ASC 830, Foreign Currency Matters.

Transactions denominated in other than the functional currencies are translated into the functional currency of the entity at the exchange rates prevailing on the transaction dates. Financial assets and liabilities denominated in other than the functional currency are translated at the balance sheet date exchange rate. The resulting exchange differences are included in the consolidated statements of comprehensive income as foreign exchange related gains.

The financial statements of the Group’s entities using functional currency other than US$ are translated from the functional currency to the reporting currency, US$. Assets and liabilities of the Group’s subsidiaries incorporated in PRC are translated into US$ at balance sheet date exchange rates, Income and expense items are translated at average exchange rates prevailing during the fiscal year, representing the index rates stipulated by the People’s Bank of China. Translation adjustments arising from these are reported as foreign currency translation adjustments and are shown as accumulated other comprehensive income/(loss) on the consolidated financial statement.

The exchange rates used for translation on December 31, 2017 and 2018 were US$1.00=RMB 6.5342 and US$1.00=RMB 6.8632, respectively, representing the index rates stipulated by the People’s Bank of China.

 

  (e)

Fair value of financial instruments

Fair value is the price that would be received from selling an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date. When determining the fair value

 

F-14


Table of Contents

ECMOHO LIMITED

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

measurements for assets and liabilities required or permitted to be recorded at fair value, the Group considers the principal or most advantageous market in which it would transact and it considers assumptions that market participants would use when pricing the asset or liability.

The established fair value hierarchy requires an entity to maximize the use of observable inputs and minimize the use of unobservable inputs when measuring fair value. A financial instrument’s categorization within the fair value hierarchy is based upon the lowest level of input that is significant to the fair value measurement.

The three levels of inputs that may be used to measure fair value include:

Level 1: Quoted prices (unadjusted) in active markets for identical assets or liabilities.

Level 2: Observable, market-based inputs, other than quoted prices, in active markets for identical assets or liabilities.

Level 3: Unobservable inputs to the valuation methodology that are significant to the measurement of the fair value of the assets or liabilities.

Accounting guidance also describes three main approaches to measuring the fair value of assets and liabilities: (1) market approach; (2) income approach and (3) cost approach. The market approach uses prices and other relevant information generated from market transactions involving identical or comparable assets or liabilities. The income approach uses valuation techniques to convert future amounts to a single present value amount. The measurement is based on the value indicated by current market expectations about those future amounts. The cost approach is based on the amount that would currently be required to replace an asset.

The Group does not have any non-financial assets or liabilities that are recognized or disclosed at fair value in the financial statements on a recurring basis.

The Group’s financial instruments consist principally of cash and cash equivalents, restricted cash, accounts receivable, deposits , loan deposits, accounts payable, short-term borrowings, amounts due from/to related parties and other liabilities.

As of December 31, 2017 and 2018, the carrying values of cash and cash equivalents, restricted cash, accounts receivable, deposits, loan deposits, accounts payable, short-term borrowings, amounts due from/to related parties and other liabilities approximated their fair values reported in the consolidated balance sheets due to the short term maturities of these instruments.

 

  (f)

Cash and Cash Equivalents

Cash and cash equivalents include cash in bank and time deposits placed with banks, other financial institutions and third party payment processors, which have original maturities of three months or less at the time of purchase and are readily convertible to known amounts of cash.

 

  (g)

Restricted cash

Cash that is restricted as to withdrawal for use or pledged as security is reported separately on the face of the consolidated balance sheets. The Group’s restricted cash mainly represents secured deposits held in designated bank accounts for drawdown of bank loans. The Group adopted ASU No. 2016-18, Statement of Cash Flows: Restricted Cash (Topic 230) for all period presented. The changes in restricted cash in the consolidated cash flow were US$ (2,162,318) and US$ 2,628,392 for the years ended December 31, 2017 and 2018, respectively, which were no longer presented within investing activities and were included in the changes of cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash as required.

 

F-15


Table of Contents

ECMOHO LIMITED

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

  (h)

Accounts receivable, net

Accounts receivable are presented net of allowance for doubtful accounts. The Company maintains an allowance for doubtful accounts which reflects its best estimate of amounts that potentially will not be collected. The Company determines the allowance for doubtful accounts on general basis taking into consideration various factors including but not limited to historical collection experience and credit-worthiness of the customers as well as the age of the individual receivables balance. Additionally, the Company makes specific bad debt provisions based on any specific knowledge the Company has acquired that might indicate that an account is uncollectible. The facts and circumstances of each account may require the Company to use substantial judgment in assessing its collectability.

 

  (i)

Inventories

Inventories are stated at the lower of cost and net realizable value. Cost elements of our inventories comprise the purchase price of products, purchase rebates, shipping charges to receive products from the suppliers when they are embedded in the purchase price. Cost is determined using the weighted average method. Provisions are made for excessive, slow moving, expired and obsolete inventories as well as for inventories with carrying values in excess of market. Certain factors could impact the realizable value of inventory, so the Group continually evaluates the recoverability based on assumptions about customer demand and market conditions. The evaluation may take into consideration historical usage, inventory aging, expiration date, expected demand, anticipated sales price, new product development schedules, the effect new products might have on the sale of existing products, product obsolescence, customer concentrations, and other factors. The reserve or write-down is equal to the difference between the cost of inventory and the estimated net realizable value based upon assumptions about future demand and market conditions. If actual market conditions are less favorable than those projected by management, additional inventory reserves or write-downs may be required that could negatively impact the Group’s gross margin and operating results. If actual market conditions are more favorable, the Group may have higher gross margin when products that have been previously reserved or written down are eventually sold.

 

  (j)

Property and equipment, net

Property and equipment are carried at cost less accumulated depreciation and amortization. Depreciation is calculated on a straight-line basis over the following estimated useful lives, taking into account any estimated residual value. Residual rate is determined based on the economic value of the property and equipment at the end of the estimated useful lives as a percentage of the original cost.

The estimated useful lives and residual rates are as follows:

 

Classification

  

Useful years

 

Residual rate

Warehouse equipment

   3 years   5%

Furniture, computer and office equipment

   2 - 5 years   0%-5%

Leasehold improvement

   Over the shorter of the expected life of leasehold improvements or the lease term  

0%

Expenditures for maintenance and repairs are expensed as incurred. The gain or loss on the disposal of property and equipment is the difference between the net sales proceeds and the carrying amount of the relevant assets and is recognized in the consolidated statements of comprehensive income.

 

F-16


Table of Contents

ECMOHO LIMITED

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

  (k)

Intangible assets, net

Software purchased from third parties are initially recorded at cost and amortized on a straight-line basis over the shorter of the useful economic lives or stipulated period in the contract, which is usually 5 years.

Other separately identifiable intangible assets that have finite lives and continue to be amortized consist primarily of trademark and business license purchased from third parties in the years of 2017 and 2018. The Company amortizes these intangible assets on a straight-line basis over their estimated useful lives, which are 5 to 10 years.

The estimated life of amortized intangibles is reassessed if circumstances occur that indicate the life has changed.

 

  (l)

Impairment of long-lived assets

For long-lived assets including property and equipment, intangible assets and other non-current assets, the Group evaluates for impairment whenever events or changes (triggering events) indicate that the carrying amount of an asset may no longer be recoverable. The Group assesses the recoverability of the long-lived assets by comparing the carrying value of the long-lived assets to the estimated undiscounted future cash flows expected to receive from use of the assets and their eventual disposition. Such assets are considered to be impaired if the sum of the expected undiscounted cash flows is less than the carrying amount of the assets. The impairment to be recognized is measured by the amount by which the carrying amount of the assets exceeds the fair value of the assets.

 

  (m)

Advances from customers

Certain third party customers pay in advance to purchase product goods. Cash proceeds received from customers are initially recorded as advances from customers and are recognized as revenues when revenue recognition criteria are met.

 

  (n)

Deferred equity offering costs

The Company capitalizes certain legal, professional accounting and other third-party fees that are incremental and directly associated with in-process equity financings as deferred offering costs until such financings are consummated. After consummation of an equity financing, these costs are recorded in shareholders’ equity (deficit) as a reduction of additional paid-in capital generated as a result of the offering. Should the in-process equity financing be abandoned, the deferred offering costs will be expensed immediately as a charge to operating expenses in the consolidated statements of comprehensive income. The Company did not record any deferred offering costs as of December 31, 2017. As of December 31, 2018, deferred offering costs of US$ 522,072 were recorded in the consolidated balance sheet (Note 10).

 

  (o)

Mezzanine equity

Mezzanine equity represents the Round A, Round B, Class A-1, Class A-2 and Series A convertible redeemable preferred shares (collectively known as “Preferred Shares”) issued by the Company as well as redeemable non-controlling interests. Preferred Shares are redeemable at the holders’ option any time after a certain date and were contingently redeemable upon the occurrence of certain liquidation events outside of the Company’s control. Therefore, the Group classifies the Preferred Shares as mezzanine equity (Note 14). Redeemable non-controlling interests are redeemable at the holders’ option under certain events, which are not solely within the control of the Company, and are recorded and accounted for outside of permanent equity as mezzanine equity (Note 15).

 

F-17


Table of Contents

ECMOHO LIMITED

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

  (p)

Revenue recognition

In May 2014, the FASB issued ASU No. 2014-09, “Revenue from Contracts with Customers (Topic 606)” (“ASU 2014-09”) and subsequently, the FASB issued several amendments which amends certain aspects of the guidance in ASC 2014-09 (ASU No. 2014-09 and the related amendments are collectively referred to as “ASC 606”). According to ASC 606, revenue is recognized when control of the promised good or service is transferred to the customers, in an amount that reflects the consideration the Group expects to be entitled to in exchange for those goods or services.

The Group adopted ASC 606 for all periods presented. Consistent with the criteria of Topic 606, the Group follows five steps for its revenue recognition: (i) identify the contract(s) with a customer, (ii) identify the performance obligations in the contract, (iii) determine the transaction price, (iv) allocate the transaction price to the performance obligations in the contract, and (v) recognize revenue when (or as) the entity satisfies a performance obligation.

The Group’s revenues are primarily derived from (i) product sales and (ii) services including online store operating services, promotion and marketing services to its brand partners and other brand customers. Refer to Note 18 to the consolidated financial statements for disaggregation of the Group’s revenue for the years ended December 31, 2017 and 2018.

When either party to a contract has performed, the Group presents the contract in the statement of financial position as a contract asset or a contract liability, depending on the relationship between the entity’s performance and the customer’s payment.

A receivable is recorded when the Group has an unconditional right to consideration. A right to consideration is unconditional if only the passage of time is required before payment of that consideration is due. A contract asset is recorded when the Group has transferred products or services to the customer before payment is received or is due, and the Group’s right to consideration is conditional on future performance or other factors in the contract. No contract asset was recorded as at December 31, 2017 and 2018.

If the Group recognizes a receivable before it transfers products to the customer, the Group will defer revenue, which is also defined as a contract liability under the new revenue guidance. A contract liability is recorded when the Group’s obligation to transfer goods or services to a customer has not yet occurred but for which the Group has received consideration from the customer. The Group presents such amounts as advances from customers on the consolidated balance sheet.

Product Sales

The Group selects, purchases and obtains direct control of the goods from its brand partners and/or their authorized distributors and sells goods directly to end consumers through online stores its operates or to secondary distributors in accordance with distribution agreements.

Revenue is recognized when consumers or secondary distributors physically accept the products after delivery, which is when the control of products is transferred, and is recorded net of return allowances, value added tax and sales incentives, if any.

A majority of the Group’s consumers make online payments through third-party payment platforms when they place orders on the Group’s online stores. The funds will not be released to the Group by these third-party payment platforms until the consumers accept the products on the online platform.

Shipping and handling charges paid by customers are included in net revenues. The Group typically does not charge shipping fees on orders exceeding a certain sale amount. Shipping and handling costs incurred by the Group are considered to be fulfillment activities which are presented as part of the Group’s operating expenses.

 

F-18


Table of Contents

ECMOHO LIMITED

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

Product Sales Consignment arrangement

The Group also enters into arrangement with online platforms, where the Group retains control over the goods until a sale is made to the end consumer. The Group considers the arrangement meet the indicators of consignment arrangement under ASC 606-10-55-80, because (i) The Group does not relinquish control of the products, even though the online platform has physical possession of the goods. The products are considered to be the Group’s own inventory until they are sold to the end consumers; (ii) The Group retains the right to require the return of the goods held with the online platform; (iii) The online platforms have no obligation to pay for the products that are in its physical possession.

Revenue under consignment arrangements is recognized when a sale is made to the end customer and control is transferred to the end customer upon their acceptance in accordance with the sales report provided by the online platforms. Such revenues reflect the consideration paid by end consumers and do not take into account the sales commissions the Group pays to the relevant online platform, which are recorded as sales and marketing expenses.

Services

The Group offers its brand partners and other brand customers marketing solutions tailored to their needs and charge fixed project-based fees, including designing and operating online stores, running online promotional events, organizing online and offline marketing campaigns featuring social media influencers and circulating marketing messages to end consumers.

For services provided to customers of the Group, depending on the terms of the contract and the laws that apply to the contract, control of the services may be transferred over time or at a point in time. Control of the services is transferred over time if the Group’s performance:

 

   

provides all of the benefits received and consumed simultaneously by the customer;

 

   

creates and enhances an asset that the customer controls as the Group performs; or

 

   

does not create an asset with an alternative use to the Group and the Group has an enforceable right to payment for performance completed to date.

If control of the services transfers over time, revenue is recognized over the period of the contract by reference to the progress towards complete satisfaction of that performance obligation. Otherwise, revenue is recognized at a point in time when the customer obtains control of services.

With respect to the Group’s marketing services, length of the periods over which services are provided are generally within months or less, the Group recognizes such revenues when service is rendered and service report is delivered to the customer (point in time), which marks the time when control of the service output has passed to the customer.

Consideration from brand partners of the Group is considered to be in exchange for distinct service that the Group transfers to the brand partners, as i) services provided to brand partners can be sufficiently separable from the Company’s procurement of products from those brand partners ii) consideration from the brand partner represents the standalone selling price of such service, and iii) the fees do not represent reimbursement of costs incurred by the Company to sell the brand partner’s products. The Group accounts for the service in the same way that it accounts for sales to other customers and revenues generated from these service arrangements are recognized on a gross basis and presented as services revenue on the consolidated statements of comprehensive income.

 

F-19


Table of Contents

ECMOHO LIMITED

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

Practical expedients and exemption

Upon the election of the practical expedient under ASC 340-40-25-4, the incremental costs of obtaining a contract are expensed when incurred if the amortization period of the asset that the entity otherwise would have recognized is one year or less. For the years ended December 31, 2017 and 2018, no incremental cost was capitalized as assets.

Based on the considerations that there is no difference between the amount of promised consideration and the cash selling price of product sales and promised services, in addition the actual length of time between when the Group transfers products or promised services to the consumers and when the consumers pays for those products or services has been within one year, the Group has assessed and concluded that there is no significant financing component in place within its products sales or service arrangements as a practical expedient in accordance with ASC 606-10-32-18.

 

  (q)

Sales returns

The Group offers online consumers an unconditional right of return for a period of seven days upon receipt of products and offers its secondary distributors various rights of return after the acceptance of products. Return allowances, which reduce revenue and cost of sales, are estimated by categories of return policies offered to online customers and secondary distributors, based on historical data the Group has maintained, and subject to adjustments to the extent that actual returns differ or are expected to differ. The Group records liabilities for return allowances in refund obligation of sales returns of “Accrued liabilities and other current liabilities” in the consolidated balance sheet (Note 12) and were US$ 423,134 and US$ 858,536 as of December 31, 2017 and 2018, respectively. The Group recorded assets as “Sales return assets” included in “Prepayments and other current assets” in the consolidated balance sheet (Note 7) of US$ 295,091 and US$ 639,846 as of December 31, 2017 and 2018 for its right to recover products from customers associated with settling the refund liability.

 

  (r)

Sales incentives

The Group provides sales rebates to certain third-party online platforms/secondary distributors based on their purchase volume, which are accounted for as variable consideration. The Group estimates these amounts based on the expected amount to be provided to the third-party online platforms/secondary distributors considering the contracted rebate rates and estimated sales volume based on significant management judgments based on historical experience such as likelihood of reaching the purchase thresholds and sales forecasts, and account for it as a reduction of the transaction price. For the years ended December 31, 2017 and 2018, sales rebates provided by the Group amounted to US$ 929,339 and US$ 2,509,679, respectively.

 

  (s)

Value added taxes

Value added taxes (“VAT”) on sales is calculated at 10% ~17% on revenue from products and 6% on revenue provided from services. The Group reports revenue net of VAT. Subsidiaries and VIE of the Group that are VAT general tax payers are allowed to offset qualified VAT paid against their output VAT liabilities. Related surcharges, such as urban maintenance and construction tax as well as surtax for education expenses are recorded in cost of revenues.

 

  (t)

Cost of revenue

Cost of revenue consist of cost of product sales of US$ 68,262,115 and US$ 128,845,948 for the years ended December 31, 2017 and 2018, respectively, and cost of services of US$ 861,932 and US$ 11,307,514

 

F-20


Table of Contents

ECMOHO LIMITED

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

for the years ended December 31, 2017 and 2018, respectively. Cost of product sales comprise the purchase price of products, purchase rebates, shipping charges to receive products from the suppliers when they are embedded in the purchase price and inventory write-downs. Cost of products does not include other direct costs related to cost of product sales such as shipping and handling expense, payroll and benefits of logistic staff, logistic centers rental expenses and depreciation expenses. Cost of service consists of the advertising and promotion costs, employee wages and benefits in connection with the Group’s provision of promotion and marketing services including fees the Group paid to third party vendors for advertising and promotion on various online and offline channels.

 

  (u)

Rebates

The Group periodically receives consideration from certain vendors, representing rebates for products sold over a period of time. The Group accounts for the rebates received from its vendors as a reduction to the price it pays for the products purchased. Rebates are earned based on reaching minimum purchased thresholds for a specified period. When volume rebates can be reasonably estimated based on the Group’s past experience, current forecasts and purchase volume, a portion of the rebate is recognized as the Group makes progress towards the purchase threshold.

 

  (v)

Fulfillment expenses

Fulfillment costs primarily represent warehousing, shipping and handling expenses for dispatching and delivering products to consumers, employee wages and benefits for the relevant personnel, and customs clearance expenses.

 

  (w)

Sales and marketing expenses

Sales and marketing expenses primarily consist of advertising costs for the products the Group offers, employee wages and benefits for sales and marketing staff, storefront fees paid to e-commerce platforms, and travel and entertainment expenses. Advertising costs consist primarily of costs for product marketing. The Group expenses all advertising costs as incurred and classifies these costs under sales and marketing expenses. For the years ended December 31, 2017 and 2018, advertising and marketing costs totaled US$ 445,256 and US$ 573,272, respectively.

 

  (x)

General and administrative expenses

General and administrative expenses consist of employee wages and benefits for corporate employees, rental expenses, audit and legal fees, amortization of both intangible assets and leasehold improvement, and other corporate overhead costs.

 

  (y)

Research and development expenses

Research and development expenses primarily consist of employee wages and benefits for research and development personnel, general expenses and depreciation expenses associated with research and development activities.

 

  (z)

Operating leases

Leases, including leases of offices and warehouses, where substantially all the rewards and risks of ownership of assets remain with the lessor are accounted for as operating leases. Payments made under operating leases are recognized as an expense on a straight-line basis over the lease term. The Group had no capital leases for any of the years stated herein.

 

F-21


Table of Contents

ECMOHO LIMITED

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

  (aa)

Employee social security and welfare benefits

Employees of the Group in the PRC are entitled to staff welfare benefits including pension, work-related injury benefits, maternity insurance, medical insurance, unemployment benefit and housing fund plans through a PRC government-mandated multi-employer defined contribution plan. The Group is required to contribute to the plan based on certain percentages of the employees’ salaries, up to a maximum amount specified by the local government.

The PRC government is responsible for the medical benefits and the pension liability to be paid to these employees and the Group’s obligations are limited to the amounts contributed and no legal obligation beyond the contributions made.

 

  (ab)

Income taxes

Current income taxes are provided on the basis of net income for financial reporting purposes, adjusted for income and expense items which are not assessable or deductible for income tax purposes, in accordance with the regulations of the relevant tax jurisdictions.

Deferred income taxes are accounted for using an asset and liability method. Under this method, deferred income taxes are recognized for the tax consequences of temporary differences by applying enacted statutory rates applicable to future years to differences between the financial statement carrying amounts and the tax bases of existing assets and liabilities. The tax base of an asset or liability is the amount attributed to that asset or liability for tax purpose. The effect on deferred taxes of a change in tax rates is recognized in the consolidated statements of comprehensive income in the period of change. A valuation allowance is provided to reduce the amount of deferred tax assets if it is considered more likely than not that some portion of, or all of the deferred tax assets will not be realized.

Uncertain tax positions

The guidance on accounting for uncertainties in income taxes prescribes a more likely than not threshold for financial statements recognition and measurement of a tax position taken or expected to be taken in a tax return. Guidance was also provided on derecognition of income tax assets and liabilities, classification of current and deferred income tax assets and liabilities, accounting for interest and penalties associated with tax positions, accounting for income taxes in interim periods, and income tax disclosures. Significant judgment is required in evaluating the Group’s uncertain tax positions and determining its provision for income taxes. The Group recognizes interests and penalties, if any, under accrued expenses and other current liabilities on its consolidated balance sheets and under other expenses in its statements of operations and comprehensive income. The Group did not recognize any significant interest and penalties associated with uncertain tax positions for the years ended December 31, 2017 and 2018. As of December 31, 2017 and 2018, the Group did not have any significant unrecognized uncertain tax positions.

The Company adopted ASC 740-270-30-36 approach for interim period tax computation and reporting. Interim period tax (or benefit) related to consolidated ordinary income (or loss) for the year to date is computed using one overall estimated annual effective tax rate, except for jurisdiction if a subsidiary anticipates an ordinary loss for the fiscal year or has an ordinary loss for the year to date.

 

  (ac)

Share-based compensation

Share-based compensation costs are measured at the grant date. The share-based compensation expenses have been categorized as either fulfillment expenses, sales and marketing expenses, general and administrative expenses or research and development expenses depending on the job functions of the grantees.

 

F-22


Table of Contents

ECMOHO LIMITED

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

For the restricted share units granted with service conditions, compensation expense is recognized using the straight-line method over the requisite service period. Forfeitures are estimated at the time of grant, with such estimate updated periodically and with actual forfeitures recognized currently to the extent they differ from the estimate.

For the restricted share units granted with performance conditions whose vesting is contingent upon meeting company-wide performance goals, compensation expenses are recognized using graded vesting method over the requisite service period in accordance with ASC 718 and will be adjusted for subsequent changes in the expected outcome of the performance-vesting condition. For restricted share units granted with service conditions and the occurrence of an initial public offering (“IPO”) as performance condition, cumulative share-based compensation expenses for the options that have satisfied the service condition will be recorded upon the completion of the IPO, using the graded vesting method.

For the restricted share units granted with market condition whose vesting is contingent on the Company’s market value exceeding a specific amount, Monte Carlo simulation has been applied to determine the fair value and requisite service period, compensation expense is recognized using the straight-line method over the estimated requisite service period unless the market condition is satisfied before the end of the initially estimated requisite service period.

 

  (ad)

Statutory reserves

The Group’s subsidiaries, consolidated VIE incorporated in the PRC are required on an annual basis to make appropriations of retained earnings set at certain percentage of after-tax profit determined in accordance with PRC accounting standards and regulations (“PRC GAAP”).

Appropriation to the statutory general reserve should be at least 10% of the after tax net income (after offsetting accumulated losses from prior years) determined in accordance with the legal requirements in the PRC until the reserve is equal to 50% of the entities’ registered capital. The Group is not required to make appropriation to other reserve funds and the Group does not have any intentions to make appropriations to any other reserve funds.

The general reserve fund can only be used for specific purposes, such as setting off the accumulated losses, enterprise expansion or increasing the registered capital. Appropriations to the general reserve funds are classified in the consolidated balance sheets as statutory reserves.

There are no legal requirements in the PRC to fund these reserves by transfer of cash to restricted accounts, and the Group has not done so.

Relevant laws and regulations permit payments of dividends by the PRC subsidiaries and affiliated companies only out of their retained earnings, if any, as determined in accordance with respective accounting standards and regulations. Accordingly, the above balances are not allowed to be transferred to the Company in terms of cash dividends, loans or advances.

As the Group’s subsidiaries in PRC had accumulated deficits in their functional currency, RMB, for the years ended December 31, 2017 and 2018, no statutory reserve was recorded as of December 31, 2017 and 2018.

 

  (ae)

Related parties

Parties are considered to be related if one party has the ability, directly or indirectly, to control the other party or exercise significant influence over the other party in making financial and operating decisions. Parties are also considered to be related if they are subject to common control or significant influence, such as a family member or relative, shareholder, or a related corporation.

 

F-23


Table of Contents

ECMOHO LIMITED

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

  (af)

Dividends

Dividends are recognized when declared. No dividends were declared for the years ended December 31, 2017 and 2018, respectively. The Group does not have any present plan to pay any dividends on ordinary shares in the foreseeable future. The Group currently intends to retain the available funds and any future earnings to operate and expand its business.

 

  (ag)

Earnings/Loss per share

Basic earnings/loss per share is computed by dividing net profit/loss attributable to holders of ordinary shares by the weighted average number of ordinary shares outstanding during the year using the two class method. Using the two class method, net profit/loss is allocated between ordinary shares and other participating securities (i.e. preferred shares) based on their participating rights.

Diluted earnings/loss per share is calculated by dividing net profit/loss attributable to ordinary shareholders as adjusted for the effect of dilutive ordinary equivalent shares, if any, by the weighted average number of ordinary and dilutive ordinary equivalents shares outstanding during the year/period. Dilutive equivalent shares are excluded from the computation of diluted earnings/loss per share if their effects would be anti-dilutive. Ordinary share equivalents consist of the ordinary shares issuable in connection with the Group’s convertible redeemable preferred shares using the if-converted method, and ordinary shares issuable upon the conversion of the stock options, using the treasury stock method.

 

  (ah)

Comprehensive income

Comprehensive income is defined as the change in shareholders’ deficit of the Company during a period arising from transactions and other events and circumstances excluding transactions resulting from investments by shareholders, distributions to shareholders, accretions on convertible redeemable preferred shares and extinguishment of convertible redeemable preferred shares.

Comprehensive income is reported in the consolidated statements of comprehensive income. Accumulated other comprehensive income/(loss) of the Group include the foreign currency translation adjustments.

 

  (ai)

Segment reporting

Operating segments are defined as components of an enterprise engaging in businesses activities for which separate financial information is available that is regularly evaluated by the Group’s chief operating decision makers in deciding how to allocate resources and assess performance. The Group’s chief operating decision maker has been identified as the Chief Executive Officer, who reviews consolidated results including revenue, gross profit and operating profit at a consolidated level only. The Group does not distinguish between markets for the purpose of making decisions about resources allocation and performance assessment. Hence, the Group has only one operating segment and one reportable segment.

 

  (aj)

Recently issued accounting pronouncements

 

  i.

New and amended standards adopted by the Group:

In May 2014, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) issued ASU No. 2014-09, “Revenue from Contracts with Customers (Topic 606),” a new standard on revenue which will supersede the revenue recognition requirements in ASC 605. The new standard, as amended, sets forth a single comprehensive model for recognizing and reporting revenues. The new guidance requires the Company to recognize revenue to depict the transfer of promised goods or services to customers in an amount that reflects the consideration to which the entity expects to be entitled in exchange for those goods or services. The new

 

F-24


Table of Contents

ECMOHO LIMITED

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

guidance requires the Company to apply the following steps: (1) identify the contract with a customer; (2) identify the performance obligations in the contract; (3) determine the transaction price; (4) allocate the transaction price to the performance obligations in the contract; and (5) recognize revenue when, or as, the Company satisfies a performance obligation. The standard also requires additional financial statement disclosures that will enable users to understand the nature, amount, timing and uncertainty of revenues and cash flows relating to customer contracts. The standard is effective for us for fiscal years, and interim periods within those years, beginning on or after January 1, 2018. Early adoption is permitted but not before the original effective date of January 1, 2017. The Group adopted ASC 606 for all periods presented.

In January 2016, the FASB issued ASU No. 2016-01, Financial Instruments—Overall (Subtopic 825-10): Recognition and Measurement of Financial Assets and Financial Liabilities (“ASU 2016-01”). The main objective of this update is to enhance the reporting model for financial instruments to provide users of financial statements with more decision-useful information. ASU 2016-01 changes how entities measure certain equity investments and present changes in the fair value of financial liabilities measured under the fair value option that are attributable to their own credit. The guidance also changes certain disclosure requirements and other aspects of current U.S. GAAP. Further, in June 2018, the FASB issued “Technical Corrections and Improvements to Financial Instruments—Overall (Subtopic 825-10): Recognition and Measurement of Financial Assets and Financial Liabilities,” which provides further guidance on adjustments for observable transaction for equity securities without a readily determinable fair value and clarification on fair value option for liabilities instruments. ASU 2016-01 is effective for annual reporting periods, and interim periods within those years beginning after December 15, 2017. Early adoption by public entities is permitted only for certain provisions. The Group adopted ASU 2016-01 on January 1, 2018 and the adoption did not have a material impact on the Group’s consolidated financial statements and the related disclosures.

In August 2016, the FASB issued ASU No. 2016-15, “Statement of Cash Flows (Topic 230), a consensus of the FASB’s Emerging Issues Task Force” (“ASU 2016-15”). The new guidance is intended to reduce the diversity in practice in how certain cash receipts and cash payments are presented and classified in the statement of cash flows. The ASU is effective for public companies for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2017, and interim periods within those fiscal years. Early adoption is permitted, including interim periods within those fiscal years. An entity that elects early adoption must adopt all of the amendments in the same period. The guidance requires application using a retrospective transition method. The Group has early adopted ASU 2016-15 in 2017 and the adoption had no material impact on the Group’s consolidated financial statements.

In November 2016, the FASB issued ASU No. 2016-18, Statement of Cash Flows: Restricted Cash (Topic 230). The ASU requires that a statement of cash flows explain the change during the period in the total of cash, cash equivalents, and amounts generally described as restricted cash or restricted cash equivalents. Therefore, amounts generally described as restricted cash and restricted cash equivalents should be included with cash and cash equivalents when reconciling the beginning-of-period and end-of-period total amounts shown on the statement of cash flows. The standard should be applied to each period presented using a retrospective transition method. The Group has adopted the standard for all periods presented.

In January 2017, the FASB issued ASU 2017-01 (ASU 2017-01), “Business Combinations (Topic 805): Clarifying the Definition of a Business”, which clarifies the definition of a business to assist entities with evaluating whether transactions should be accounted for as acquisitions or disposals of assets or businesses. The standard introduces a screen for determining when assets acquired are not a business and clarifies that a business must include, at a minimum, an input and a substantive process that contribute to an output to be considered a business. This standard is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2017, including interim periods within that reporting period. The Group has adopted the standard for all periods presented.

 

F-25


Table of Contents

ECMOHO LIMITED

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

In May 2017, the FASB issued ASU No. 2017-09, “Compensation—Stock compensation (Topic 718): Scope of modification accounting” (“ASU 2017-09”), which clarifies when to account for a change to the terms or conditions of a share-based payment award as a modification. ASU 2017-09 is effective prospectively for all companies for annual periods beginning on or after December 15, 2017, and early adoption is permitted. The Group has early adopted ASU 2017-05 in 2017 and the adoption had no material impact on the Group’s consolidated financial statements.

 

  ii.

New and amended standards not yet adopted by the Group:

In February 2016, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (FASB) issued ASU No. 2016-02, “Leases (Topic 842)” (ASU 2016-02) to increase transparency and comparability among organizations by recognizing lease assets and lease liabilities on the balance sheet and disclosing key information about leasing arrangements. In July 2018, the FASB issued ASU No. 2018-10, “Codification Improvements to Topic 842, Leases” (ASU 2018-10), which provides narrow amendments to clarify how to apply certain aspects of the new lease standard, and ASU No. 2018-11, “Leases (Topic 842)—Targeted Improvements” (ASU 2018-11), which addresses implementation issues related to the new lease standard. Under the new guidance, lessees are required to recognize a lease liability, which represents the discounted obligation to make future minimum lease payments, and a corresponding right-of-use asset on the balance sheet for most leases. A lessee should recognize in the balance sheet a liability to make lease payments (the lease liability) and a right-of-use asset representing its right to use the underlying asset for the lease term. For leases with a term of 12 months or less, a lessee is permitted to make an accounting policy election by class of underlying asset not to recognize lease assets and lease liabilities. If a lessee makes this election, it should recognize lease expenses for such lease generally on a straight-line basis over the lease term. The amendments in this update are effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2018, including interim periods within those fiscal years for public entities. For all other entities, the amendments in this update are effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2019, and interim periods within fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2020. Early application of the amendments in this update is permitted for all entities. The Group will adopt the new guidance effective January 1, 2019 using a modified retrospective approach through a cumulative-effect adjustment to retained earnings as of the beginning of the period of adoption and will not recast the prior comparative periods. The Company estimates that in the range of approximately US$ 1.7 million to US$ 2.1 million would be recognized as total right-of-use assets and total lease liabilities on its consolidated balance sheet as of January 1, 2019. However, the Company does not expect the adoption to have a material impact to its Statement of Cash Flows or Statement of Comprehensive Income.

Incremental disclosure will be made in accordance with the guidelines provided by the new standard since the adoption date on January 1, 2019.

Upon adoption of ASC 842, the Company intends to elect the following practical expedients:

 

   

The Company intends to elect not to separate non-lease components from lease components and instead to account for each separate lease component and the non-lease components associated with that lease component as a single lease component.

 

   

If at the lease commencement date, a lease has a lease term of 12 months or less and does not include a purchase option that is reasonably certain to exercise, the Company will elect not to apply ASC 842 recognition requirements.

 

   

As the Company plans to apply the new transition method allowed per ASU 2018-11, the Company intends to elect not to reassess arrangements entered into prior than January 1, 2019 for whether an arrangement is or contains a lease, the lease classification applied or to separate initial direct costs.

 

F-26


Table of Contents

ECMOHO LIMITED

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

In June 2016, the FASB issued ASU No. 2016-13, “Financial Instruments—Credit Losses” (“ASU 2016-13”), which introduces new guidance for credit losses on instruments within its scope. The new guidance introduces an approach based on expected losses to estimate credit losses on certain types of financial instruments, including, but not limited to, trade and other receivables, held-to-maturity debt securities, loans and net investments in leases. The new guidance also modifies the impairment model for available-for-sale debt securities and requires the entities to determine whether all or a portion of the unrealized loss on an available-for-sale debt security is a credit loss. The standard also indicates that entities may not use the length of time a security has been in an unrealized loss position as a factor in concluding whether a credit loss exists. The ASU is effective for public companies for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2019, and interim periods within those fiscal years. Early adoption is permitted for all entities for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2018, including interim periods within those fiscal years. The Group is in the process of evaluating the impact of this accounting standard on its consolidated financial statements.

In June 2018, the FASB issued ASU No. 2018-07 Compensation—Stock Compensation (Topic 718) “Improvements to Nonemployee Share-Based Payment Accounting”. The amendments in this update expand the scope of Topic 718 to include share-based payment transactions for acquiring goods and services from nonemployees. An entity should apply the requirements of Topic 718 to nonemployee awards except for specific guidance on inputs to an option pricing model and the attribution of cost (that is, the period of time over which share-based payment awards vest and the pattern of cost recognition over that period). The amendments specify that Topic 718 applies to all share-based payment transactions in which a grantor acquires goods or services to be used or consumed in a grantor’s own operations by issuing share-based payment awards. The amendments also clarify that Topic 718 does not apply to share-based payments used to effectively provide (1) financing to the issuer or (2) awards granted in conjunction with selling goods or services to customers as part of a contract accounted for under Topic 606, Revenue from Contracts with Customers. The amendments in this update are effective for public business entities for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2018, including interim periods within that fiscal year. For all other entities, the amendments are effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2019, and interim periods within fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2020. Early adoption is permitted, but no earlier than an entity’s adoption date of Topic 606. The Group concluded that the adoption of this accounting standard will have no impact on its consolidated financial statements.

 

3.

Risks and Concentration

 

  (a)

Foreign exchange risk

The Group’s sales, purchase and expense transactions in domestic subsidiaries are generally denominated in RMB and a significant portion of the Group’s assets and liabilities are denominated in RMB. RMB is not freely convertible into foreign currencies.

In the PRC, foreign exchange transactions are required by law to be transacted only by authorized financial institutions at exchange rates set by the People’s Bank of China. In addition, the Group’s cash denominated in US$ subject the Group to risks associated with changes in the exchange rate of RMB against US$ and may affect the Group’s results of operations going forward.

 

  (b)

Credit and Concentration risk

The Group’s credit risk arises from cash and cash equivalents, restricted cash, prepayments and other current assets, and accounts receivable. The carrying amounts of these financial instruments represent the maximum amount of loss due to credit risk.

 

F-27


Table of Contents

ECMOHO LIMITED

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

The Group expects that there is no significant credit risk associated with the cash and cash equivalents and restricted cash which are held by reputable financial institutions in the jurisdictions where the Company, its subsidiaries and VIE are located. The Group believes that it is not exposed to unusual risks as these financial institutions have high credit quality.

The Group has no significant concentrations of credit risk with respect to its prepayments.

Accounts receivable are typically unsecured and are derived from revenue earned through third party consumers. The risk with respect to accounts receivable is mitigated by credit evaluations performed on them.

(i) Concentration of revenues

For the years ended December 31, 2017 and 2018, Customer A contributed 14% and 17% of total net revenue of the Group, respectively.

For the years ended December 31, 2017 and 2018, the Group, as a principal, earned net revenue, representing 52% and 34% of its total net revenue, respectively, through a third party online platform.

(ii) Concentration of accounts receivable

The Group has not experienced any significant recoverability issue with respect to its accounts receivables. The Group conducts credit evaluations on the third party consumers and generally does not require collateral or other security from such consumers.

The Group periodically evaluates the creditworthiness of the existing online platforms and distributors in determining an allowance for doubtful accounts primarily based upon the age of the receivables and factors surrounding the credit risk of specific customers.

The following table summarized customers with greater than 10% of the accounts receivables:

 

     Year Ended December 31,  
     2017     2018  

Customer A

     28     14

Customer B

     *       31

 

  *

Less than 10%

 

4.

Cash and cash equivalents

Cash and cash equivalents represent cash on hand and demand deposits placed with banks, other financial institutions and third party payment processors, which are unrestricted as to withdrawal or use. The following table sets forth a breakdown of cash and cash equivalents by currency denomination and jurisdiction as of December 31, 2017 and 2018:

 

    US$     US$ equivalent (RMB)     US$ Equivalent (Others)     Total in US$  
    Overseas     PRC     Overseas     PRC     Overseas     PRC        
          Non VIE     VIE           Non VIE     VIE           Non VIE     VIE        

December 31, 2017

    2,753,125       4,060,555       —         37,009       2,697,826       —         1,140,947       —         —         10,689,462  

December 31, 2018

    3,324,971       359,796       —         1,037,629       3,690,184       11,092       1,912,795       —         —         10,336,467  

 

F-28


Table of Contents

ECMOHO LIMITED

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

5.

Accounts receivable, net

 

     As of December 31,  
     2017      2018  
     US$      US$  

Accounts receivable, gross

     12,400,602        33,979,863  

Less: allowance for doubtful accounts

     (78,376      (140,335
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Accounts receivable, net

     12,322,226        33,839,528  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Movement of allowance of doubtful accounts

 

     Year ended
December 31,
 
     2017      2018  
     US$      US$  

At beginning of period

     11,746        78,376  

Addition

     79,068        114,913  

Reversal

     (12,438      (52,954
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

At end of period

     78,376        140,335  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

6.

Inventories

Inventories consist of the following:

 

     As of December 31,  
     2017      2018  
     US$      US$  

Products

     17,301,458        53,628,508  

Packaging materials and others

     64,786        54,883  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

     17,366,244        53,683,391  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Inventories write-down are recorded in cost of product sale in the consolidated statement of comprehensive income, which were US$ 1,211,131 and US$ 639,679 for the years ended December 31, 2017 and 2018, respectively.

 

F-29


Table of Contents

ECMOHO LIMITED

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

7.

Prepayments and other current assets

The prepayments and other current assets consist of the following:

 

     As of December 31,  
     2017      2018  
     US$      US$  

Prepayments for products procurement (a)

     1,951,776        7,645,974  

Prepaid online platform promotion fees (b)

     556,383        511,179  

Deposits

     473,492        1,355,401  

Loan deposits (Note 11)

     —          437,114  

Value-added tax (“VAT”) recoverable (c)

     190,239        60,369  

Employee advances (d)

     102,500        49,550  

Rental prepayments

     21,991        157,046  

Sales return assets

     295,091        639,846  

Others (e)

     543,765        402,931  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

     4,135,237        11,259,410  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

  (a)

Prepayments for products procurement represent cash prepaid to the Group’s third party brand partners for the procurement of products.

  (b)

Prepayments of online platform promotion fees represent prepayments made to online platforms for future services to promote the Group’s products through online advertising. Such online platforms charge monthly expenses based on activities during the month, and once confirmed by the Group, the monthly expenses will be deducted from the prepayments made by the Group.

  (c)

Value-added tax recoverable represented the balances that the Group can utilize to deduct its value-added tax liabilities within the next 12 months.

  (d)

As of December 31, 2017 and 2018, all of the employee advances were business related, interest-free, not collateralized and will be repaid or settled within one year from the respective balance sheet dates.

  (e)

Others mainly represent prepayments made by the Group to certain of its logistic service providers.

 

8.

Property and equipment, net

Property and equipment consist of the following:

 

     As of December 31,  
     2017      2018  
     US$      US$  

Cost:

     

Warehouse equipment

     —          952,104  

Furniture and office equipment

     336,601        647,752  

Leasehold improvements

     228,742        385,726  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total cost

     565,343        1,985,582  

Less: Accumulated depreciation

     (346,364      (509,070
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Property and equipment, net

     218,979        1,476,512  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Depreciation expense recognized for the years ended December 31, 2017 and 2018 were US$ 149,355 and US$ 185,969, respectively.

 

F-30


Table of Contents

ECMOHO LIMITED

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

9.

Intangible assets, net

 

     As of December 31,  
     2017      2018  
     US$      US$  

Cost:

     

Business license (a)

     484,301        461,086  

Trademark (b)(c)

     1,432,523        1,370,920  

Software

     381,241        518,713  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total cost

     2,298,065        2,350,719  

Less: Accumulated amortization

     (466,255      (848,488
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Intangible assets, net

     1,831,810        1,502,231  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Intangible assets of the Group were mainly as follows:

 

  (a)

In April 2017, the Group consummated an acquisition of all the equity interest of Hangzhou Duoduo Supply Chain Management Co., Limited with a total cash consideration of RMB 1.9 million (US$ 295,790).

As the total net liabilities of the acquired company was nil, in applying the screen test in accordance with ASU 2017-01, the Group determined that substantially all of the fair value of the gross assets acquired was concentrated in the business license held by the supply chain company. As a result, the screen test was met to support the conclusion of asset acquisition.

The fair values of the business license with amount of RMB 2.6 million (US$ 394,386) is amortized over 5 years on a straight-line basis. Deferred tax liability of RMB 0.6 million (US$ 98,596) is recognized in associated with the identifiable intangible asset.

 

  (b)

In April 2016, non-controlling interest shareholders of Shanghai Heng Shou Tang Health Technology Co., Limited (“Shanghai Heng Shou Tang”) contributed trademarks as their investment in Shanghai Heng Shou Tang.

The trademarks with a cost of RMB 3 million (US$ 464,475) is amortized over 10 years on a straight-line basis.

 

  (c)

On December 16, 2016, the Group consummated an acquisition of 70% of the equity interest of Shanghai Jieshi Technology Co., Limited (“Shanghai Jieshi”) with the cash consideration of RMB 0.7 million (US$ 100,908). Management concluded such transaction as a business acquisition. The financial results of Shanghai Jieshi have been consolidated by the Company since the acquisition date.

The net liabilities acquired based on their fair values was RMB 3.8 million (US$ 543,505). The newly identifiable intangible assets were RMB 6.4 million (US$ 916,879) which primarily consist of trademarks. Deferred tax liability of RMB1.6 million (US$ 229,220) as recognized in associated with the identifiable intangible assets.

Fair values of the trademarks with amount of RMB 6.4 million (US$ 916,879) is amortized over 5 years on a straight-line basis.

In June 2017, the Group acquired the rest of the 30% equity interest of Shanghai Jieshi with a consideration of RMB 0.3 million (US$ 48,704). The difference between the consideration and the carrying amount of such non-controlling interests was recorded in accumulated deficit in the amount of US$ (23,993).

 

F-31


Table of Contents

ECMOHO LIMITED

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

The Group sold 10% of the equity interest to a third-party investor with a consideration of RMB 0.1 million (US$ 16,235) afterwards in July 2017. The difference between the consideration and the carrying amount of such equity interests was recorded in accumulated deficit in the amount of US$ 78,404.

Amortization costs recognized for the years ended December 31, 2017 and 2018 were US$ 356,473 and US$ 419,609, respectively.

As of December 31, 2018, amortization expenses related to the intangible assets for future periods were estimated to be as follows:

 

     Year ended December 31  
     2019      2020      2021      2022      2023  

Amortization expenses

     414,345        410,761        387,216        127,218        63,341  

 

10.

Other non-current assets

Other non-current assets consisted of the following:

 

     As of December 31,  
     2017      2018  
     US$      US$  

Online store and other deposits

     1,284,952        1,167,807  

Deferral of initial public offering costs

     —          522,072  

Rental prepayments

     516,279        217,188  

Prepayments for equipment and software procurement

     —          83,199  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

     1,801,231        1,990,266  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

11.

Short-term borrowings

 

  Bank

borrowings

As of December 31, 2017 and 2018, the total short-term bank borrowings balance of the Group was US$ 3,979,982 and US$ 12,500,392, respectively. The short-term bank borrowings outstanding as of December 31, 2017 and 2018 carried a weighted average interest rate of 5.23% and 6.28% per annum, respectively.

On October 18, 2018, two fully owned subsidiaries of the Group obtained a three-year revolving loan facility in an aggregate principal amount not exceeding US$25.0 million from Taipei Fubon Commercial Bank Co. Ltd., Hong Kong Branch. Borrowings drawn down from the loan facility are charged by accounts receivable, bank accounts as well as inventories of these subsidiaries and are also charged by certain of the Class B ordinary shares held by the Founders. As of December 31, 2018, short-term bank borrowings with the amount of US$ 6,768,000 were from such revolving loan facility.

 

   

As of December 31, 2018, US$ 2,028,872 of the bank borrowings were collateralized by bank deposits of US$ 2,500,000 classified as restricted cash.

 

   

As of December 31, 2018, US$ 1,457,046 of the bank borrowings were collateralized by bank deposits of US$ 437,114 classified as deposits in prepayments and other current assets (Note 7).

 

   

As of December 31, 2018, US$ 728,523 of the bank borrowings were collateralized by certain accounts receivables with the carrying value of US$ 118,337 and bank deposits of US$ 128,392 classified as restricted cash.

 

F-32


Table of Contents

ECMOHO LIMITED

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

  Other

borrowings

In August 2017, the Group’s subsidiary, Shanghai Jieshi Technology Co., Limited (“Shanghai Jieshi”), entered into an interest-free loan agreement with one of its non-controlling interest shareholders in the amount of US$ 107,129 (RMB 700,000). In 2018, the loan was contributed by the non-controlling interest shareholder as capital contribution into Shanghai Jieshi.

In September and October 2018, the Group entered into six-month loan agreements with a third-party company with a total principal amount of US$ 5,360,000 and annual interest rates from 7% to 9%.

In October 2018, the Group entered into a 1-year loan agreement with a third-party company with a principle amount of US$ 728,523 (RMB 5,000,000) and annual interest rate of 12%.

In December 2018, the Group entered into one-year loan agreements with a third-party company with a principle amount of US$ 1,618,778 (RMB 11,110,000) and annual interest rate of 10.90%. The borrowings were collateralized by certain accounts receivables with the carrying value of US$ 1,798,100.

On December 25, 2018, the Group entered into a three-month loan agreement with a third-party company with a principle amount of US$ 1,748,456 (RMB 12,000,000) and annual interest rate of 18%. The borrowings were collateralized by inventory in certain warehouse of the Group.

There exists no restrictive financial covenants attached to the Group’s short-term borrowings.

The short-term borrowings outstanding as of December 31, 2017 and 2018 carried a weighted average interest rate of 5.12% and 7.09% per annum, respectively.

Interest expenses for all the short-term borrowings were US$ 216,576 and US$ 978,477 for the years ended December 31, 2017 and 2018, respectively.

 

12.

Accrued liabilities and other current liabilities

Accrued liabilities and other current liabilities consist of the following:

 

     As of December 31,  
     2017      2018  
     US$      US$  

Logistics expenses payables

     480,827        824,743  

Deposits from distributors

     212,386        292,641  

Payables for business license acquisition

     122,854        —    

Business acquisition payables

     45,912        43,711  

Payables for online advertising fees

     161,168        1,611,123  

Refund obligation of sales return

     423,134        858,536  

Others

     278,599        663,616  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

     1,724,880        4,294,370  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

F-33


Table of Contents

ECMOHO LIMITED

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

13.

Tax payable

 

     As of December 31,  
     2017      2018  
     US$      US$  

Value added tax liabilities

     1,465,180        1,149,913  

Income tax payable

     232,157        1,672,196  

Urban maintenance and construction tax

     56,506        31,324  

Surtax for education expenses

     24,217        13,525  

Individual income tax withholding

     36,255        35,432  

Others

     16,144        4,582  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

     1,830,459        2,906,972  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

The Group’s product revenues are subject to value-added tax at the rate ranging from 10% to 17%, and the Group’s service revenues are subject to value-added tax at the rate of 6%.

 

14.

Redeemable convertible preferred shares

In August 2015, ECMOHO Shanghai received a total capital contribution of US$ 13,081,880 from third-party investors (the “Round A Investors”) in exchange for 19% equity interests with preferential rights in ECMOHO Shanghai (the “Round A convertible redeemable preferred shares” or “Round A preferred shares”).

In April 2016, ECMOHO Shanghai received a total capital contribution of US$ 24,000,000 from third-party investors (the “Round B Investors”) in exchange for 12% equity interest with preferential rights in ECMOHO Shanghai (the “Round B convertible redeemable preferred shares” or “Round B preferred shares”).

According to the investment agreements with Round A Investors and Round B Investors, the equity interest held by them have the following preferential rights over the equity interests held by the Founders:

a. In the event of liquidation, Round B Investors have preference over the interests held by Round A Investors, followed by Founders. The liquidation amount is 150% of the original investment amount plus all declared but unpaid dividends (if applicable) plus its pro rata share of undistributed earnings.

b. In the event of a significant breach of contract by ECMOHO Shanghai or the Founders, both Round A and Round B Investors have the right to put the equity interest back to ECMOHO Shanghai or the Founders. The put price shall be 110% of the original investment amount plus 15% compound interest per annum.

c. In the event that the Company does not achieve a public listing before August 2021, both Round A and Round B Investors have the right to put the equity interest back to ECMOHO Shanghai or the Founders. The put price shall be 110% of the original investment amount plus 10% interest per annum.

d. Both Round A and Round B Investors are entitled to dividends in the same manner as the other equity interest of ECMOHO Shanghai.

e. Both Round A and Round B Investors have rights to appoint directors on the board of ECMOHO Shanghai.

In April 2018, the Founders entered into an agreement with one of the Round A Investors (“Exit Investor”) to purchase all of its 8.36% equity interests with preferential rights in ECMOHO Shanghai at fair value.

During the Reorganization process (Note 1(b)), preferential rights associated with the 8.36% equity interest acquired by the Founders were removed and exchanged into 9,519,000 Class A Ordinary Shares of the

 

F-34


Table of Contents

ECMOHO LIMITED

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

Company in August 2018, which was considered as an extinguishment of the preferential rights. Subsequently in the same month, the Founders sold 8,880,894 Class A Ordinary Shares out of the 9,519,000 shares to third-party investors (Note 16).

As described in Note 1(b), during the Reorganization process, after ECMOHO HK purchased 97.5% equity interest of ECMOHO Shanghai, on September 27, 2018, the Company issued 9,519,000 and 10,817,100 number of Class A-1 and Class A-2 Ordinary Shares with preferential rights (the “Class A-1 and Class A-2 convertible redeemable preferred shares” or “Class A-1 and Class A-2 preferred shares”) to its Round A and Round B Investors, all in the same proportions, on an as converted basis, as the percentage of equity interest they held in ECMOHO Shanghai before the Reorganization. Except for the NCI holders, who remained to hold collectively 2.5% equity interests of ECMOHO Shanghai, preferential rights associated with the Round A and Round B preferred shares set forth above were removed and replaced by the terms as described below during the Reorganization.

In August and September 2018, the Company issued 7,938,915 number of Series A convertible redeemable preferred shares (“Series A preferred shares”) with US$ 2.8341 per share for a total cash consideration of US$ 22,500,000. The issuance costs were US$ 70,033.

The key terms of the Class A-1, Class A-2 and Series A Preferred Shares issued by the Company are as follows:

Conversion rights

Optional Conversion

Each Series A Preferred Share shall be convertible, at the option of the holder thereof, at any time and from time to time, and without the payment of additional consideration by the holder thereof, into such number of Class A Ordinary Shares as is determined by dividing the Series A Preferred Shares Original Issue Price by the Series A Preferred Share Conversion Price in effect at the time of conversion.

The Series A Preferred Share Conversion Price shall initially be the Series A Preferred Share Original Issue Price, resulting in an initial conversion ratio for the Series A Preferred Shares of 1:1, and shall be subject to adjustment and readjustment from time to time, including but not limited to additional equity securities issuance, share dividends, distribution, subdivisions, redemptions, combinations, or consolidation of ordinary shares.

Mandatory Conversion

Upon either (a) a Qualified IPO or (b) the date and time, or the occurrence of an event, specified by vote or written consent of the holders of the Series A Preferred Shares, then all outstanding Series A Preferred Shares shall automatically be converted into Class A Ordinary Shares, at the then effective conversion rate.

Upon a Qualified IPO, all outstanding Class A-1 and Class A-2 Preferred Shares shall automatically be converted into Class A Ordinary Shares, at the then effective Class A-1 Conversion Price and Class A-2 Conversion Price. The Class A-1 and Class A-2 Conversion Price shall initially be the Class A-1 and Class A-2 Original Issue Price, resulting in an initial conversion ratio for the Class A-1 and A-2 Ordinary Shares of 1:1, and shall be subject to adjustment and readjustment from time to time, including but not limited to additional equity securities issuance, share dividends, distribution, subdivisions, redemptions, combinations, or consolidation of ordinary shares.

A Qualified IPO means a firm-commitment underwritten initial public offering by the Company of its Ordinary Shares (or the ADSs thereof) on the New York Stock Exchange or NASDAQ Stock Market in the

 

F-35


Table of Contents

ECMOHO LIMITED

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

United States, the Hong Kong Stock Exchange or any other exchange in any other jurisdiction (or any combination of such exchanges and jurisdictions) acceptable to the Company, in any case with a pre-initial public offering valuation of at least US$600,000,000 and with aggregate offering proceeds (before deduction of underwriting fees, commissions or expenses) to the Company of not less than US$120,000,000 (or any cash proceeds of other currency of equivalent value).

The Company determined that there were no beneficial conversion features identified for any of the Preferred Shares during any of the periods. In making this determination, the Company compared the fair value of the ordinary shares into which the Preferred Shares are convertible with the respective effective conversion price at the issuance date. In all instances, the effective conversion price was greater than the fair value of the ordinary shares. To the extent a conversion price adjustment occurs, as described above, the Company will re-evaluate whether or not a beneficial conversion feature should be recognized.

Voting rights

Each holder of Class A-1, Class A-2 and Series A Preferred Shares is entitled to cast the number of votes equal to the number of Class A Ordinary Share on an as-converted basis.

Dividend rights

Each holder of Series A Preferred Shares is entitled to receive dividends at the rate per annum of 6% of the Series A Original issue price. The dividends is accrued from day to day, whether or not declared, and is non-cumulative. After full payment of dividend to the holder of the Series A Preferred Shares, the holders of the Class A-1 and Class A-2 Preferred Shares shall have right to receive dividends of the Company if declared by the Directors and in such amount as the Directors consider appropriate.

Liquidation preference

In the event of any voluntary or involuntary liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Company, and in the event of a Deemed Liquidation Event (for example, a merger, share exchange, amalgamation or consolidation, etc.), the consideration payable to shareholders in such liquidation shall be distributed among the holders of the outstanding shares in the following order and manner:

Firstly, the holders of Series A Preferred Shares then outstanding shall be entitled to be paid, pari passu as between themselves, an amount per Share equal to 100% of the Series A Original Issue Price, plus all declared but unpaid dividends (if applicable) on such Series A Preferred Share (the “Series A Liquidation Amount”).

Secondly, the holders of Class A-2 Preferred Shares then outstanding shall be entitled to be paid, pari passu as between themselves, an amount per Share equal to 100% of the applicable Class A-2 Original Issue Price (as adjusted), plus all declared but unpaid dividends (if applicable) on such Class A-2 Preferred Share (the “Class A-2 Liquidation Amount”).

Thirdly, the holders of Class A-1 Preferred Shares then outstanding shall be entitled to be paid, pari passu as between themselves, an amount per Share equal to 100% of the applicable Class A-1 Original Issue Price (as adjusted), plus all declared but unpaid dividends (if applicable) on such Class A-1 Preferred Share (the “Class A-1 Liquidation Amount”).

Lastly, if there are any assets or funds remaining after the aggregate of the Series A Liquidation Amount, Class A-2 Liquidation Amount and Class A-1 Liquidation Amount has been distributed or paid in full to the applicable holders of Series A Preferred Shares, Class A-2 Preferred Shares, Class A-1 Preferred Shares,

 

F-36


Table of Contents

ECMOHO LIMITED

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

respectively, the holders of the Series A Preferred Shares, Class A-1 Preferred Shares, Class A-2 Preferred Shares, Class A Ordinary Shares and Class B Ordinary Shares shall be entitled to be paid, pari passu as between themselves, an amount per Share equal to the remaining assets and funds of the Company available for distribution to the Shareholders divided by the number of Shares held by such Shareholders on an as converted basis (the “Remaining Liquidation Amount”).

Redemption right

Series A Preferred Shares shall be redeemed by the Company at a price equal to the Series A Original Issue Price per share, plus the amount which would accrue on the Series A Original Issue Price at the annual rate of six percent (6%) from the date of the Series A Original Issue Date up to and including such date as the Series A Liquidation Amount is paid with respect to such Series A Preferred Share (the “Series A Redemption Price”), in thirty-six (36) monthly instalments within three (3) years commencing not more than 90 days after receipt by the Company at any time on or after the fifth anniversary of the date of the Series A Original Issue Date from any holder of the Series A Preferred Shares of written notice requesting redemption of all Series A Preferred Shares (the “Series A Redemption Request”) held by such holder or on a payment schedule mutually agreed by the Company and such holder of the Series A Preferred Shares requesting redemption.

After the payment in full of the Series A Redemption Price for all outstanding Series A Redemption Request, Class A-2 Preferred Shares shall be redeemed by the Company at a price equal to the Class A-2 Original Issue Price per share, plus the amount which would accrue on the Class A-2 Original Issue Price at the annual rate of six percent (6%) from the date of the Class A-2 Original Issue Date up to and including such date as the Class A-2 Liquidation Amount is paid with respect to such Class A-2 Preferred Share (the “Class A-2 Redemption Price”), in thirty-six (36) monthly instalments within three (3) years commencing not more than 90 days after receipt by the Company at any time on or after the fifth anniversary of the date of the Series A Original Issue Date from any holder of Class A-2 Preferred Shares of written notice requesting redemption of all Class A-2 Preferred Shares (the “Class A-2 Redemption Request”) held by such holder or on a payment schedule mutually agreed by the Company and such holder of Class A-2 Preferred Shares requesting redemption.

After the payment in full of (i) the Series A Redemption Price for all outstanding Series A Redemption Request and (ii) the Class A-2 Redemption Price for all outstanding Class A-2 Redemption Request, Class A-1 Preferred Shares shall be redeemed by the Company at a price equal to the Class A-1 Original Issue Price per share, plus the amount which would accrue on the Class A-1 Original Issue Price at the annual rate of six percent (6%) from the date of the Class A-1 Original Issue Date up to and including such date as the Class A-1 Liquidation Amount is paid with respect to such Class A-1 Preferred Share (the “Class A-1 Redemption Price”), in thirty-six (36) monthly instalments within three (3) years commencing not more than 90 days after receipt by the Company at any time on or after the fifth anniversary of the date of the Series A Original Issue Date from any holder of Class A-1 Preferred Shares of written notice requesting redemption of all Class A-1 Preferred Shares (the “Class A-1 Redemption Request”) held by such holder or on a payment schedule mutually agreed by the Company and such holder of Class A-1 Preferred Shares requesting redemption.

Accounting of Preferred Shares

The Company classified the Round A, Round B, Class A-1, Class A-2 and Series A preferred shares (collectively as the “Preferred Shares”) as mezzanine equity in the consolidated balance sheets because they were redeemable at the holders’ option any time after a certain date or were contingently redeemable upon the occurrence of certain liquidation events outside of the Company’s control. The Preferred Shares are recorded initially at fair value, net of issuance costs.

 

F-37


Table of Contents

ECMOHO LIMITED

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

For each reporting period, the Company recorded accretions on the Preferred Shares to the respective redemption value by using the effective interest rate method from the issuance dates to the earliest redemption dates as set forth in the original issuance.

The accretion is recorded against retained earnings, or in the absence of retained earnings, by charges against additional paid-in-capital, or in the absence of additional paid-in-capital, by charges to accumulated deficit. The accretion of the Preferred Shares was US$ 3,972,281 and US$ 3,038,407 for the years ended December 31, 2017 and 2018.

Extinguishment of preferred shares

The Company assesses whether amendments to the terms of its Preferred Shares is an extinguishment or a modification from both quantitative and qualitative perspectives.

 

  i.

Extinguishment of Round A and Round B preferred shares during Reorganization

As described above, prior to the Reorganization, the equity interests of ECMOHO Shanghai held by the Round A and Round B Investors were with liquidation preference and also were redeemable at the holders’ option any time after a certain date or breach of contract by ECMOHO Shanghai or the Founders.

Upon completion of the Reorganization, Round A and Round B Investors’ equity interests with preferential rights, except for the 2.5% held by NCI holder, in ECMOHO Shanghai were exchanged into 9,519,000 Class A-1 and 10,817,100 Class A-2 Preferred Shares of the Company, respectively.

The most significant changes in the preferential rights of the Round A and Round B Investors are in respect with the redemption right and liquidation preference.

From both quantitative and qualitative perspectives, the Company assessed the impact of the above amendments and concluded that these amendments represent extinguishment rather than modification of Round A and Round B preferred shares. Therefore, at the time of the extinguishment, Round A and Round B preferred shares with the carrying amount of US$ 8,361,109 and US$ 23,284,214 are derecognized, respectively, and Class A-1 and A-2 Preferred Shares are measured at its fair value with the amount of US$ 19,495,152 and 26,172,432, respectively, with the difference of US$ 14,022,261 charged to additional paid-in capital and accumulated deficit with the amount of US$ 8,754,073 and US$ 5,268,188, respectively.

The Company concluded that there is no accretion to be recognized for Class A-1 and Class A-2 preferred shares because their initial carrying amount is greater than the redemption value as of December 31, 2018. Therefore, no adjustment will be made to the initial carrying amount of the Class A-1 and Class A-2 preferred shares until the redemption amount exceeds the carrying amount.

As of December 31, 2018, US$ 89,222 of the subscription consideration for Class A-2 preferred shares remained outstanding and such amount was presented as subscriptions receivable, a contra mezzanine equity balance on the consolidated balance sheets.

 

  ii.

Extinguishment of 8.36% Round A preferred shares during the Reorganization

As described above, preferential rights associated with the 8.36% equity interest acquired by the Founders were removed during the Reorganization process and exchanged into 9,519,000 Class A Ordinary Shares of the Company. From accounting perspective, the Founders exchanged their preferred equity interests in ECMOHO Shanghai into the preferred shares of the Company and immediately exercise its conversion right to convert the preferred shares into Class A Ordinary Shares. Changes from the preferred equity interests in ECMOHO Shanghai to preferred shares of the Company were also considered as an extinguishment.

 

F-38


Table of Contents

ECMOHO LIMITED

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

Therefore, at the time of the extinguishment, the Round A preferred shares with the carrying amount of US$ 8,754,168 held by the Founders were derecognized, and corresponding preferred shares were measured at its fair value with the amount of US$ 19,495,152 on the extinguishment date, with the difference amounted to US$ 10,740,984 charged to additional paid-in capital. Simultaneously, the Founders converted the preferred shares to exchange 9,519,000 Class A Ordinary Shares of the Company (Note 16). The preferred shares with the carrying amount of US$ 19,495,152 were derecognized, and the corresponding Class A Ordinary Shares were increased by US$ 95 and US$ 19,495,057 in par value and additional paid-in capital, respectively.

 

F-39


Table of Contents

ECMOHO LIMITED

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

The Company’s Preferred Shares activities for the years ended December 31, 2017 and 2018 are summarized below:

 

    Round A Preferred
Shares
    Round B Preferred Shares     Class A-1 Preferred
Shares
    Class A-2 Preferred
Shares
    Series A Preferred
Shares
 
    Number of
shares
    Amount
(US$)
    Number of
shares
    Amount
(US$)
    Number of
shares
    Amount
(US$)
    Number of
shares
    Amount
(US$)
    Number of
shares
    Amount
(US$)
 

Balances as of January 1, 2017

    19,038,000       14,537,499       13,663,700       25,463,814       —         —         —         —         —         —    

Accretion on convertible redeemable preferred shares to redemption value

    —         1,559,285       —         2,412,996       —         —         —         —         —         —    
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balances as of December 31, 2017

    19,038,000       16,096,784       13,663,700       27,876,810       —         —         —         —         —         —    
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Accretion on convertible redeemable preferred shares to redemption value—Before Reorganization

      1,018,493       —         1,574,737               —         —    

*Reorganization—Extinguishment of 8.36% Round A preferred shares and exchanged into Class A Ordinary Shares

    (9,519,000     (8,754,168     —         —         —         —         —         —         —         —    

*Reorganization—Preferred shares exchanged into redeemable non-controlling interests (Note 15)

    —               (2,846,600     (6,167,333     —         —         —         —         —         —    

*Reorganization—Extinguishment of Round A and Round B preferred shares

    (9,519,000     (8,361,109     (10,817,100     (23,284,214     9,519,000       19,495,152       10,817,100       26,172,432       —         —    

*Reorganization—Subscription receivables

            —         —         —         (89,222     —         —    

Issuance of convertible redeemable preferred shares, net of issuance costs

    —         —         —         —         —         —         —         —         7,938,915       22,429,967  

Accretion on convertible redeemable preferred shares to redemption value—After Reorganization

    —         —         —         —         —         —         —         —         —         445,177  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balances as of December 31, 2018

    —         —         —         —         9,519,000       19,495,152       10,817,100       26,083,210       7,938,915       22,875,144  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

*

These were transactions occurred during the Reorganization process of the Group, details please refer to Note 1(b), Note 14 and Note 15.

 

F-40


Table of Contents

ECMOHO LIMITED

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

15.

Redeemable non-controlling interests

As described in Note 1(b) and Note 14 above, certain Round B Investors who collectively held 2.5% equity interests in ECMOHO Shanghai with preferential rights remained as the shareholders of ECMOHO Shanghai after the completion of the Reorganization.

The 2.5% equity interests in ECMOHO Shanghai held by these Round B Investors are with liquidation preference and also are redeemable at the holders’ option under certain events, which are not solely within the control of ECMOHO Shanghai. Accordingly, such 2.5% equity interests in ECMOHO Shanghai are recorded and accounted for as redeemable non-controlling interests outside of permanent equity in the Group’s consolidated balance sheets in accordance with ASC 480-10-S99-3A.

Subsequently, the redeemable non-controlling interests should be carried at the higher of (1) the carrying amount after the attribution of net income or loss of ECMOHO Shanghai (2) the expected redemption value. The Group accretes for the difference between the initial carrying value and the ultimate redemption price to the earliest possible redemption date using the effective interest method. The accretion, which increases the carrying value of the redeemable non-controlling interests, is recorded against retained earnings, or in the absence of retained earnings, by charges against additional paid-in-capital, or in the absence of additional paid-in-capital, by charges to accumulated deficit.

The change in the carrying amount of redeemable non-controlling interests for the year ended December 31, 2018 is as follows:

 

     Year Ended
December 31, 2018
 
     US$  

Beginning Balance

     —    

Preferred shares exchanged into redeemable non-controlling interests

     6,167,333  

Net income attributable to redeemable non-controlling interests

     96,301  

Accretion to redemption value of redeemable non-controlling interests

     129,896  
  

 

 

 

Ending Balance

     6,393,530  
  

 

 

 

 

16.

Ordinary Share

The Company was incorporated as a limited liability company with authorized share capital of US$50,000 divided into (i) 4,880,496,457 Class A Ordinary Shares of a par value of US$0.00001 each, (ii) 9,519,000 Class A-1 Ordinary Shares with preferential rights (“Class A-1 preferred shares”) of a par value of US$0.00001 each, (iii) 13,663,700 Class A-2 Ordinary Shares with preferential rights (“Class A-2 preferred shares) of a par value of US$0.00001 each, (iv) 75,150,400 Class B Ordinary Shares of a par value of US$0.00001 each and (iii) 21,170,443 Series A Preferred Shares of a par value of US$0.00001 each.

On August 2, 2018, the Founders subscribed for 9,519,000 Class A Ordinary Shares and 75,150,400 Class B Ordinary Shares of the Company with the cash consideration of US$ 15,261,676, in the same proportions as the percentage of equity interest they held in ECMOHO Shanghai before the Reorganization. As of December 31, 2018, US$ 9,261,300 of the consideration remained outstanding and such amount was presented as subscriptions receivable, a contra-equity balance on the consolidated balance sheets as of December 31, 2018.

As described in Note 1(b) and Note 14, upon the consummation of the above subscription, preferential rights associated with the 8.36% equity interest acquired by the Founders in ECMOHO Shanghai were removed and exchanged into 9,519,000 preferred shares of the Company, which was considered as an extinguishment of the original preferential rights (Note 14). Simultaneously, the Founders converted the

 

F-41


Table of Contents

ECMOHO LIMITED

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

preferred shares to exchange 9,519,000 Class A Ordinary Shares of the Company, and sold 8,880,894 Class A Ordinary Shares out of the 9,519,000 shares to third party investors (Note 14).

In September 2018, the Founders established a trust to hold 2,846,600 of the Company’s issued Class A Ordinary Shares. These ordinary shares were issued by the Company and held in trust for future potential subscription of new investors based on the discretion of the board of directors of the Company. The ordinary shares issued to the trust are accounted for as treasury shares of the Company and presented as such for all periods presented. The trust does not hold any other assets or liabilities as at December 31, 2018, nor earn any income or incur any expenses for the year ended December 31, 2018.

As of December 31, 2018, 18,377,600 shares of Class A Ordinary Shares are issued, of which 15,531,000 shares are outstanding. Issued and outstanding shares of Class B Ordinary Shares, Class A-1, Class A-2 and Series A Preferred Shares as of December 31, 2018 are 75,150,400 shares, 9,519,000 shares, 10,817,100 shares and 7,938,915 shares, respectively.

The Company has a dual class voting structure under which majority of the ordinary shares held by the Founders are designated as Class B Ordinary Shares and all of the other ordinary shares, including the shares held by others shareholders and potential conversion of outstanding Preferred Shares, are designated as Class A Ordinary Shares. Each holder of outstanding Class A Ordinary Shares shall be entitled to cast the number of votes equal to the number of whole Class A Ordinary Shares held by such holder and each holder of outstanding Class B Ordinary Shares shall be entitled to cast the number of votes equal to ten times the number of whole Class B Ordinary Shares held by such holder.

 

17.

Revenues

The Group’s revenues for the respective periods are detailed as follows:

 

     Year ended December 31,  
     2017      2018  
     US$      US$  

Product Sales

     93,114,980        167,136,099  

Product Sales—Consignment arrangement

     2,457,924        8,961,638  

Services

     2,664,665        22,917,299  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

     98,237,569        199,015,036  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

The Group’s breakdown of product sales revenue, including product sales through consignment arrangement, by product category for the respective periods are detailed as follow:

     Year ended December 31,  
     2017      2018  
     US$      US$  

Health Supplements and Food

     60,841,767        80,317,631  

Mother and Child Care Products

     16,081,199        69,269,605  

Personal Care Products

     4,856,648        11,289,494  

Others

     13,793,290        15,221,007  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

     95,572,904        176,097,737  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

18.

Share-based compensation

On September 30, 2018, the Company adopted its 2018 Omnibus Incentive Plan (the “2018 Plan”), which permits the grant of restricted shares, restricted share units, options and stock appreciation rights to the

 

F-42


Table of Contents

ECMOHO LIMITED

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

employees and directors of the Company. The Company granted share options/restricted shares under the 2018 Plan to its employees and directors. Under the plan, a total of 11,386,410 Class A Ordinary Shares were initially reserved for issuance. The 2018 Plan is valid and effective for a term of 10 years commencing from its adoption.

Under the 2018 Plan, the Company granted 3,971,453 restricted share units to its employees on September 30, 2018. Among which, 2,753,423 restricted share units were granted with service condition, and vest over a period of four years of continuous service, one fourth (1/4) of which vest upon the first anniversary of the stated vesting commencement date and the remaining vest ratably over the following 36 months. The Group recognizes respective compensation expense on a straight-line basis over the vesting term of the awards, net of estimated forfeitures.

609,015 restricted share units were granted with performance conditions whose vesting is contingent upon meeting company-wide performance goals, respective compensation cost is recognized over the requisite service period using graded-vesting method if it is probable that the performance target will be achieved. The Group will reassess the probability of achieving the performance conditions at each reporting period and record a cumulative catch-up adjustment for any changes to its assessment.

304,508 restricted share units were granted with market condition whose vesting is contingent on the Company’s market value exceeding a specific amount. The Group adopted Monte Carlo simulation to determine the fair value and requisite service period, respective compensation expense is recognized using the straight-line method over the estimated requisite service period unless the market condition is satisfied before the end of the initially estimated requisite service period.

304,507 restricted share units granted are vested upon the occurrence of initial public offering. As the Group is unable to determine if it is probable that such performance conditions will be satisfied until the event occurs, respective share-based compensation expenses for these restricted share units vesting upon the occurrence of the Company’s initial public offering will be recognized using the graded-vesting method upon the consummation of the initial public offering.

Restricted Share Units

The following table summarizes activities of the Company’s restricted share units under the 2018 Plan for the year ended December 31, 2018:

 

     Number of
Restricted Share Units
Outstanding
     Weighted Average
Grant Date
Fair Value
 
            US$  

Outstanding at January 1, 2018

     —       

Granted

     3,971,453        1.96  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Outstanding at December 31, 2018

     3,971,453        1.96  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Vested and expected to vest at December 31, 2018

     3,087,096        1.93  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

As of December 31, 2018, there were US$ 5,598,057 of unrecognized compensation expenses related to restricted share units granted by the Company to the employees, which were expected to be recognized over 3.75 to 7.27 years. Compensation expenses amounted to US$ 627,579 would be recognized immediately if an initial public offering with certain market capitalization had occurred as of December 31, 2018.

To the extent the actual forfeiture rate is different from the Company’s estimate, the actual share-based compensation related to these awards may be different from the expectation.

 

F-43


Table of Contents

ECMOHO LIMITED

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

Share-based compensation expenses of US$ 356,549 related to restricted share units granted was recognized for the year ended December 31, 2018.

The fair value of each restricted share units granted with market condition under the Company’s 2018 Plan during the year ended December 31, 2018 was estimated on the date of grant using Monte Carlo model with the assumptions (or ranges thereof) in the following table:

 

     Year ended December 31,  
     2018  
     US$  

Expected volatility (a)

     50.0%  

Risk-free interest rate (b)

     4.1%  

Expected dividend yield (c)

     0%  

Contractual term

     10 years  

Notes:

 

  (a)

Expected volatility is estimated based on the average of historical volatilities of the comparable companies in the same industry as at the valuation dates.

  (b)

The risk-free interest rate of periods within the contractual life of the share option is based on the market yield of the U.S. treasury bonds with a maturity life equal to the expected life to expiration.

  (c)

The Company has no history or expectation of paying dividends on its ordinary shares.

 

19.

Employee benefits

The full-time employees of the Company’s subsidiaries and VIE that are incorporated in the PRC are entitled to staff welfare benefits including medical insurance, basic pensions, unemployment insurance, work injury insurance, maternity insurance and housing funds. These companies are required to contribute to these benefits based on certain percentages of the employees’ salaries in accordance with the relevant regulations and charge the amount contributed to these benefits to the consolidated statements of comprehensive income. The total amounts charged to the consolidated statements of comprehensive income for such employee benefits amounted to US$ 981,149 and US$ 1,767,987 for the years ended December 31, 2017 and 2018, respectively. The PRC government is responsible for the welfare and medical benefits and ultimate pension liability to these employees.

 

20.

Income Taxes

 

  (a)

Cayman Islands

Under the current tax laws of Cayman Islands, the Company is not subject to income, corporation or capital gains tax, and no withholding tax is imposed upon the payment of dividends.

 

  (b)

Hong Kong Profits Tax

Under the current Hong Kong Inland Revenue Ordinance, the subsidiary of the Group in Hong Kong are subject to 16.5% Hong Kong profit tax on its taxable income generated from operations in Hong Kong. Additionally, payments of dividends by the subsidiary incorporated in Hong Kong to the Company are not subject to any Hong Kong withholding tax.

 

F-44


Table of Contents

ECMOHO LIMITED

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

  (c)

PRC Enterprise Income Tax (“EIT”)

On March 16, 2007, the National People’s Congress of the PRC enacted an Enterprise Income Tax Law (“EIT Law”), under which Foreign Investment Enterprises (“FIEs”) and domestic companies would be subject to EIT at a uniform rate of 25%. The EIT law became effective on January 1, 2008.

The EIT Law also provides that an enterprise established under the laws of a foreign country or region but whose “de facto management body” is located in the PRC be treated as a resident enterprise for PRC tax purposes and consequently be subject to the PRC income tax at the rate of 25% for its global income. The implementing Rules of the EIT Law merely define the location of the “de facto management body” as “the place where the exercising, in substance, of the overall management and control of the production and business operation, personnel, accounting, properties, etc., of a non-PRC company is located.”

The EIT Law also imposes a withholding income tax of 10% on dividends distributed by a FIE to its immediate holding company outside of China, if such immediate holding company is considered as a non-resident enterprise without any establishment or place within China or if the received dividends have no connection with the establishment or place of such immediate holding company within China, unless such immediate holding company’s jurisdiction of incorporation has a tax treaty with China that provides for a different withholding arrangement. The Cayman Islands, where the Company incorporated, does not have such tax treaty with China. According to the arrangement between Mainland China and Hong Kong Special Administrative Region on the Avoidance of Double Taxation and Prevention of Fiscal Evasion in August 2006, dividends paid by a FIE in China to its immediate holding company in Hong Kong will be subject to withholding tax at a rate of no more than 5% if the immediate holding company in Hong Kong owns directly at least 25% of the shares of the FIE and could be recognized as a Beneficial Owner of the dividend from PRC tax perspective.

A reconciliation between the effective income tax rate and the PRC statutory income tax rate is as follows:

 

     Year Ended December 31,  
           2017                 2018        

PRC statutory income tax rates

     25.00     25.00

Change in valuation allowance

     (23.48 %)      (15.08 %) 

Effect of permanent differences

     5.78     10.59

Additional tax deduction for qualified research and development expenses

     —         (10.72 %) 

Difference in tax rate of subsidiaries outside the PRC

     (4.43 %)      (3.44 %) 
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

     2.87     6.35
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Increase in the effective income tax rate for the year ended December 31, 2018 compared with that for the year ended December 31, 2017 was mainly due to certain of the domestic subsidiaries of the Group turned from loss to profit making in 2018.

 

F-45


Table of Contents

ECMOHO LIMITED

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

Composition of income tax expense

The current and deferred portions of income tax expense included in the consolidated statements of comprehensive income are as follows:

 

     Year Ended December 31,  
     2017      2018  
     US$      US$  

Current income tax expense

     224,668        1,503,504  

Deferred tax expense

     (144,092      (1,086,380
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Income tax expense, net

     80,576        417,124  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Deferred tax assets and liabilities

Deferred taxes were measured using the enacted tax rates for the periods in which they are expected to be reversed. The tax effects of temporary differences that give rise to the deferred tax asset balances as of December 31, 2017 and 2018 are as follows:

 

     Year Ended December 31,  
     2017      2018  
     US$      US$  

Deferred tax assets:

     

Tax loss carry-forwards

     1,933,330        2,030,373  

Inventory provision

     231,013        137,652  

Unrealized Profit

     8,738        3,719  

Allowance for doubtful accounts

     14,759        24,033  

Long term investment provision

     23,874        —    
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total deferred tax assets

     2,211,714        2,195,777  

Less: Valuation allowance

     (2,129,655      (1,139,566
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net deferred tax assets

     82,059        1,056,211  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Deferred tax liabilities:

     

Recognition of intangible assets arising from asset acquisition and business combination

     (293,538      (210,076
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net deferred tax liabilities

     (293,538      (210,076
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

As of December 31, 2017 and 2018, the PRC entities of the Group had tax loss carryforwards of approximately US$ 1,933,330 and US$ 2,030,373, which can be carried forward to offset taxable income. The carryforwards period for net operating losses under the EIT Law is five years. The net operating loss carry forward of the Group will expire in varying amounts between 2019 and 2023. Other than the expiration, there are no other limitations or restrictions upon the Group’s ability to use these operating loss carryforwards. There is no expiration for the advertising expenses carryforwards.

Valuation allowance is provided against deferred tax assets when the Group determines that it is more likely than not that the deferred tax assets will not be utilized in the future. In making such determination, the Group considered factors including future taxable income exclusive of reversing temporary differences and tax loss carry forwards. If events occur in the future that allow the Group to realize part or all of its deferred income tax, an adjustment to the valuation allowances will result in a decrease in tax expense when those events occur.

 

F-46


Table of Contents

ECMOHO LIMITED

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

As of December 31, 2017 and 2018, valuation allowances of US$ 2,129,655 and US$ 1,139,566 were provided because it was more likely than not that the Group will not be able to utilize certain tax losses carry forwards and other deferred tax assets generated by its subsidiaries and VIE.

Movement of valuation allowance is as follows:

 

     Year Ended December 31,  
     2017      2018  
     US$      US$  

Beginning balance

     2,788,084        2,129,655  

Current year additions

     249,225        423,742  

Reversal of valuation allowances

     (907,654      (1,413,831
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Ending balance

     2,129,655        1,139,566  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Valuation allowances were reversed by US$1,413,831 in the year ended December 31, 2018 attributable to that certain domestic subsidiary of the Group has been profit making during the recent two consecutive years and expects to generate sufficient future taxable income which is more likely than not to utilize its deferred tax assets.

 

21.

Related Party transactions

As of December 31, 2017 and 2018, transactions and balances amount due to related parties were as follows:

 

    Year Ended December 31,  
    2017     2018  
    US$     US$  

Transaction with related parties

   

Payment of advances to related parties (ii)

    (1,033,740     (2,474,371

Proceeds of advances from related parties (ii)

    15,304       8,964,847  

Proceeds of borrowings from related parties (iv)

    3,000,000       3,000,000  

Reimbursement to related parties

    180,152       201,907  

Acquisition of equity interests of ECMOHO Shanghai for Reorganization purpose, including cash paid US$14,475,846 (Note 1(b))

    —         (18,737,426

Subscription fees from the Founders of ECMOHO Shanghai for Reorganization purpose, including cash received of US$ 6,000,376 (Note 1(b))

    —         15,261,676  

 

     Year Ended December 31,  
     2017      2018  
     US$      US$  

Balance amount with related parties

     

Subscription receivables due from Founders of ECMOHO Shanghai for Reorganization purpose (i)

     —          9,261,300  

Payable due to related parties (ii)

     (64,238      (6,756,620

Payables due to shareholders of ECMOHO Shanghai for Reorganization purpose (iii)

     —          (4,261,580

Borrowings and interests from related parties (iv)

     (3,045,000      (6,405,000

 

F-47


Table of Contents

ECMOHO LIMITED

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

  (i)

As described in Note 1(b), among the subscription fee of US$ 15,261,676 for Class A and Class B Ordinary Shares, US$6,000,376 of the consideration has been received, and US$ 9,261,300 was remained outstanding and presented as subscriptions receivable, a contra-equity balance on the consolidated balance sheets as of December 31, 2018.

  (ii)

The Group drawn down interest free advances from Founders, members of Founders immediate families and special purpose vehicles controlled by the Founders and Shareholders during the periods presented. As of December 31, 2017 and 2018, payables due to these related parties amounted to US$ 64,238 and US$ 6,756,620, respectively.

  (iii)

As described in Note 1(b), on July 8, 2018, ECMOHO HK legally acquired 97.5% of the equity interest of ECMOHO Shanghai from the Founders and most of the Investors, except for 2.5% equity interests held by certain of the Investors (“NCI holders”), with the consideration of US$ 18,737,426. During the year ended December 31, 2018, US$ 14,475,846 of the consideration was settled. As of December 31, 2018, US$ 4,261,580 of the consideration remained outstanding and such amount was presented as amounts due to related parties on the consolidated balance sheets as of December 31, 2018.

  (iv)

On September 18 and October 17, 2017 and April 11, 2018, the Group entered into loan agreements with a fully owned subsidiary of one of the investors of Class A-2 (Round B) preferred shares, with the principle amount of US$ 1,500,000, US$ 1,500,000 and US$ 3,000,000, respectively, with the interest rate of 6.00%, and such borrowings shall be repaid upon the borrower’s request.

 

22.

Basic and diluted net loss per share

Basic loss per share and diluted loss per share have been calculated in accordance with ASC 260 on computation of earnings per share for the years ended December 31, 2017 and 2018 as follows:

 

     Year Ended December 31,  
     2017     2018  

Numerator:

    

Net income attributable to ECMOHO Limited

     2,825,457       6,123,990  

Accretion on convertible redeemable preferred shares to redemption value (Note 14)

     (3,972,281     (3,038,407

Accretion to redemption value of redeemable non-controlling interests (Note 15)

     —         (129,896

Extinguishment of convertible redeemable preferred shares (Note 14)

     —         (24,763,245
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss attributable to ordinary shareholders-Basic and diluted

     (1,146,824     (21,807,558
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Denominator:

    

Denominator for basic and diluted loss per share weighted-average ordinary shares outstanding

     81,162,400       84,970,000  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Basic and diluted loss per share

     (0.01     (0.26
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

For the years ended December 31, 2017 and 2018, assumed conversion of the Preferred Shares have not been reflected in the dilutive calculations pursuant to ASC 260, “Earnings Per Share,” due to the anti-dilutive effect.

For the years ended December 31, 2017 and 2018, the Company also had potential ordinary shares related to its granted restricted share units, which were anti-dilutive and excluded from the dilutive calculations.

 

F-48


Table of Contents

ECMOHO LIMITED

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

The following ordinary shares equivalent were excluded from the computation of diluted net loss per ordinary share for the periods presented because including them would have had an anti-dilutive effect:

 

     Year Ended December 31,  
     2017      2018  

Preferred shares—weighted average

     32,701,700        30,265,462  

Restricted share units—weighted average

     —          95,446  

 

23.

Commitments and contingencies

 

  (a)

Operating lease commitments

The Group leases facilities under non-cancellable operating leases expiring on different dates. The terms of substantially all of these leases are two years or less. Payments under operating leases are expensed on a straight-line basis over the periods of the respective leases.

Total office and warehouse rental expenses under all operating leases was US$ 974,119 and US$ 1,718,606 for the years ended December 31, 2017 and 2018 respectively.

As of December 31, 2018, future minimum payments under non-cancellable operating leases for office rental consist of the following:

 

     US$  

Years Ending December 31,

  

2019

     1,660,095  

2020

     1,231,019  

2021

     131,784  
  

 

 

 

Total

     3,022,898  
  

 

 

 

 

  (b)

Purchase commitments

As of December 31, 2017 and 2018, no purchase commitments was related to the products procurement from third party brand partners.

 

  (c)

Capital Commitments

As of December 31, 2017 and 2018, no capital commitments was related to leasehold improvement and purchase of equipment.

 

  (d)

Litigation

In March 2016, the Group entered into a cooperation framework agreement to establish a joint venture with several joint venture partners. As part of the agreement, the joint venture partners agreed to contribute their ownership in certain brands to the joint venture. However, only a portion of such trademarks have been transferred to the Group. In October 2018, the Group filed a civil claim against the joint venture partners in the Shanghai Xuhui People’s Court to enforce the transfer of the remaining trademarks, claim damages amounting to RMB7.19 million (US$1.05 million) and request that the joint venture partners be enjoined from using the brand name “Heng Shou Tang” in all categories. On January 10, 2019, the joint venture partners filed a counterclaim to rescind the agreement and allege damages amounting to RMB3.25 million (US$ 0.47 million). While it is premature at this stage of the claims to evaluate the likelihood of favorable

 

F-49


Table of Contents

ECMOHO LIMITED

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

or unfavorable outcomes, the Group believes that the claim of the joint venture partners lacks merits. In accordance with ASC Topic 450, no accrual of loss contingency was accrued as of December 31, 2018 since it is not probable that a liability has been incurred and the amount of loss cannot be reasonably estimated.

 

24.

Subsequent events

For its consolidated financial statements as of December 31, 2018 and for the year then ended, the Company evaluated subsequent events through June 28, 2019, the date on which those financial statements were issued.

In June 2019, the Group entered into agreements to acquire the remaining 2.5% of the equity interest of ECMOHO Shanghai from its non-controlling shareholders at a total cash consideration of RMB37 million. Out of the total consideration, RMB15.2 million is payable within 15 days from the date of the agreement. The remaining RMB21.8 million is subject to the following payment terms: 1) if the Company completes an IPO before June 25, 2020, the consideration is payable within 60 days after the IPO; or 2) if the Company does not complete an IPO before June 25, 2020, the consideration is payable in two equal installments in two years after the agreement date plus an interest at an annual rate of eight percent accruing from the date of the agreement.

 

25.

Restricted net assets

Relevant PRC laws and regulations permit payments of dividends by the Group’s subsidiary and the VIE incorporated in the PRC only out of their retained earnings, if any, as determined in accordance with PRC accounting standards and regulations. In addition, the Group’s subsidiary and the VIE in the PRC are required to annually appropriate 10% of their net after-tax income to the statutory general reserve fund prior to payment of any dividends, unless such reserve funds have reached 50% of their respective registered capital. As a result of these and other restrictions under PRC laws and regulations, the Group’s subsidiary and the VIE subsidiary incorporated in the PRC are restricted in their ability to transfer a portion of their net assets to the Company either in the form of dividends, loans or advances. There are no significant differences between US GAAP and PRC accounting standards in connection with the reported net assets of the legally owned subsidiary in the PRC and the VIE. Even though the Company currently does not require any such dividends, loans or advances from the PRC entities for working capital and other funding purposes, the Company may in the future require additional cash resources from them due to changes in business conditions, to fund future acquisitions and development, or merely to declare and pay dividends or distributions to our shareholders. Except for the above, there is no other restriction on use of proceeds generated by the Group’s subsidiary and the VIE to satisfy any obligations of the Company.

As of December 31, 2017 and 2018, the total restricted net assets of the Company’s subsidiaries and VIE incorporated in PRC and subjected to restriction amounted to approximately US$ 36,369,407 and US$ 34,910,244, respectively. Even though the Company currently does not require any such dividends, loans or advances from the PRC entities for working capital and other funding purposes, the Company may in the future require additional cash resources from them due to changes in business conditions, to fund future acquisitions and development, or merely to declare and pay dividends or distributions to its shareholders. There is no other restriction on the use of proceeds generated by the Company’s subsidiaries, VIEs and VIE subsidiaries to satisfy any obligations of the Company.

 

F-50


Table of Contents

ECMOHO LIMITED

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

ADDITIONAL INFORMATION: CONDENSED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS OF PARENT COMPANY

Rules 12-04(a) and 4-08(e)(3) of Regulation S-X require condensed financial information as to the financial position, cash flows and results of operations of a parent company as of and for the same periods for which the audited consolidated financial statements have been presented when the restricted net assets of the consolidated and unconsolidated subsidiaries together exceed 25% of consolidated net assets as of the end of the most recently completed fiscal year.

The following condensed financial statements of the Parent Company have been prepared using the same accounting policies as set out in the Company’s consolidated financial statements except that the Parent Company used the equity method to account for its investment in its subsidiaries and VIEs. Such investment is presented on the separate condensed balance sheets of the Parent Company as “Investments in and advances to subsidiaries, VIE and VIE’s subsidiary”. The Parent Company, its subsidiaries and VIEs were included in the consolidated financial statements whereby the inter-company balances and transactions were eliminated upon consolidation. The Parent Company’s share of income from its subsidiaries and VIEs is reported as share of income from subsidiaries and VIEs in the condensed financial statements.

The Parent Company is a Cayman Islands company and, therefore, is not subjected to income taxes for all years presented. The footnote disclosures contain supplemental information relating to the operations of the Company and, as such, these statements should be read in conjunction with the notes to the consolidated financial statements of the Company. Certain information and footnote disclosures normally included in financial statements prepared in accordance with U.S. GAAP have been condensed or omitted.

As of December 31, 2018, there were no material commitments or contingencies, significant provisions for long-term obligations or guarantees of the Company, except for those which have been separately disclosed in the consolidated financial statements, if any.

As the Group’s business was operated through ECMOHO Shanghai prior to the Parent Company being incorporated in 2018, no Parent Company financial information of 2017 is presented.

 

F-51


Table of Contents

ECMOHO LIMITED

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

CONDENSED FINANCIAL INFORMATION OF THE PARENT COMPANY

BALANCE SHEETS

 

     As of
December 31,
2018
 
     US$  

ASSETS

  

Current assets:

  

Cash and cash equivalents

     3,941  
  

 

 

 

Total current assets

     3,941  
  

 

 

 

Investments in and advances to subsidiaries, VIE and VIE’s subsidiary

     42,485,754  

Other non-current assets

     401,109  
  

 

 

 

Total assets

     42,890,804  
  

 

 

 

LIABILITIES, MEZZANINE EQUITY AND SHAREHOLDERS’ DEFICIT

  

Current liabilities:

  

Accrued expenses and other current liabilities

     577,222  
  

 

 

 

Total liabilities

     577,222  
  

 

 

 

Commitments and contingencies (Note 23)

  

Mezzanine equity:

  

Class A-1 convertible redeemable preferred shares (US$ 0.00001 par value; 9,519,000 shares authorized, issued and outstanding as of December 31, 2018; redemption amount of US$ 7,641,780 as of December 31, 2018)

     19,495,152  

Class A-2 convertible redeemable preferred shares (US$0.00001 par value; 13,663,700 shares authorized as of December 31, 2018, 10,817,100 shares issued and outstanding as of December 31, 2018; redemption amount of US$ 22,011,640 as of December 31, 2018)

     26,083,210  

Series A convertible redeemable preferred shares (US$0.00001 par value; 7,938,915 shares authorized, issued and outstanding as of December 31, 2018; redemption amount of US$ 22,926,600 as of December 31, 2018)

     22,875,144  

Redeemable non-controlling interests (redemption amount of US$6,993,038 as of December 31, 2018)

     6,393,530  
  

 

 

 

Total of mezzanine equity

     74,847,036  
  

 

 

 

Shareholders’ deficit:

  

Class A Ordinary Shares, US$ 0.00001 par value; 4,880,496,457 shares authorized at December 31, 2018; 18,377,600 shares issued at December 31, 2018, 15,531,000 shares outstanding at December 31, 2018

     155  

Class B Ordinary Shares, US$ 0.00001 par value; 75,150,400 shares authorized, issued and outstanding at December 31, 2018

     752  

Additional paid-in capital

     —    

Treasury stock (US$0.00001 par value; 2,846,600 shares at December 31, 2018)

     —    

Subscription receivables

     (9,261,300

Accumulated other comprehensive loss

     (1,420,369

Accumulated deficit

     (21,852,692
  

 

 

 

Total shareholders’ deficit

     (32,533,454
  

 

 

 

Total liabilities, mezzanine equity and shareholders’ deficit

     42,890,804  
  

 

 

 

 

F-52


Table of Contents

ECMOHO LIMITED

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

CONDENSED FINANCIAL INFORMATION OF THE PARENT COMPANY

STATEMENTS OF COMPREHENSIVE INCOME

 

     Year Ended
December 30,
2018
 
     US$  

Operating expenses:

  

General and administrative

     (521,616
  

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

     (521,616
  

 

 

 

Loss from operations

     (521,616

Equity in income of subsidiaries and VIE

     6,515,710  
  

 

 

 

Income before provision for income taxes

     5,994,094  

Provision for income taxes

     —    
  

 

 

 

Net income

     5,994,094  
  

 

 

 

Less: Accretion on Round A convertible redeemable preferred shares to redemption value

     (1,018,493

Less: Accretion on Round B convertible redeemable preferred shares to redemption value

     (1,574,737

Less: Accretion on Series A convertible redeemable preferred shares to redemption value

     (445,177

Less: Extinguishment of convertible redeemable preferred shares (Note 14)

     (24,763,245
  

 

 

 

Net income attributable to ordinary shareholders

     (21,807,558
  

 

 

 

Net income

     5,994,094  

Foreign currency translation adjustment, net of nil tax

     (670,073
  

 

 

 

Comprehensive income

     5,324,021  
  

 

 

 

Note: In the Company’s statements of comprehensive income, accretion to redemption value of redeemable non-controlling interests amounted to US$ 129,896 was treated as the subsidiary’s cost and accordingly was included in the equity in income of subsidiaries and VIE in the Company’s statements of comprehensive income.

STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

 

     Year Ended
December 31,
2018
 
     US$  

Net cash used in operating activities

     (165,067

Net cash used in investing activities

     (31,816,817

Net cash provided by financing activities

     31,985,825  
  

 

 

 

Net increase in cash and cash equivalents

     3,941  

Cash and cash equivalents, beginning of year

     —    
  

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents, end of year

     3,941  
  

 

 

 

 

F-53


Table of Contents

ECMOHO LIMITED

UNAUDITED INTERIM CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS

 

    

Note

     As of
December 31,
2018
     As of
June 30,
2019
     Pro forma
As of June 30,
2019
 
            US$      US$      US$  

ASSETS

           

Current assets:

           

Cash and cash equivalents

     4        10,336,467        11,661,564        11,661,564  

Restricted cash

     12        2,628,392        4,500,055        4,500,055  

Accounts receivable, net

     5        33,839,528        59,030,742        59,030,742  

Inventories, net

     6        53,683,391        43,901,152        43,901,152  

Prepayments and other current assets

     7        11,259,410        11,261,816        11,261,816  
     

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total current assets

        111,747,188        130,355,329        130,355,329  
     

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Property and equipment, net

     8        1,476,512        1,541,879        1,541,879  

Intangible assets

     10        1,502,231        1,358,790        1,358,790  

Operating lease right-of-use assets

     9        —          1,972,680        1,972,680  

Deferred tax assets

     21        1,056,211        741,097        741,097  

Other non-current assets

     11        1,990,266        3,488,899        3,488,899  
     

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total assets

        117,772,408        139,458,674        139,458,674  
     

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

LIABILITIES, MEZZANINE EQUITY AND SHAREHOLDERS’ DEFICIT

           

Short term borrowings

     12        21,956,149        35,588,305        35,588,305  

Accounts payable

        23,539,964        26,194,154        26,194,154  

Amounts due to related parties

     22        17,423,200        16,548,305        16,548,305  

Advances from customers

        2,957,026        1,026,195        1,026,195  

Operating lease liabilities, current

     9        —          1,379,682        1,379,682  

Salary and welfare payable (including salary and welfare payable of the consolidated VIEs and VIE’s subsidiary without recourse to the Company of US$ 39,585 and US$ 16,581 as of December 31, 2018 and June 30, 2019, respectively)

        1,751,571        764,093        764,093  

Tax payable (including tax payable of the consolidated VIEs and VIE’s subsidiary without recourse to the Company of US$ 1,848 and US$ 225 as of December 31, 2018 and June 30, 2019, respectively)

     14        2,906,972        2,881,056        2,881,056  

Accrued liabilities and other current liabilities (including accrued liabilities and other current liabilities of the consolidated VIEs and VIE’s subsidiary without recourse to the Company of US$ 8,781 and US$ 10,158 as of December 31, 2018 and June 30, 2019, respectively)

     13        4,294,370        9,143,107        9,143,107  
     

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total current liabilities

        74,829,252        93,524,897        93,524,897  
     

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Deferred taxes liabilities

     21        210,076        175,415        175,415  

Operating lease liabilities, non-current

     9        —          221,275        221,275  

Other non-current liabilities

     16        108,594        1,623,269        1,623,269  
     

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total liabilities

        75,147,922        95,544,856        95,544,856  
     

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Commitments and contingencies (Note 24)

           

 

F-54


Table of Contents

ECMOHO LIMITED

UNAUDITED INTERIM CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS

 

    Note     As of
December 31,
2018
    As of
June 30,
2019
    Pro forma
As of June 30,
2019
 
          US$     US$     US$  

Mezzanine equity:

       

Class A-1 convertible redeemable preferred shares (US$ 0.00001 par value; 9,519,000 shares authorized, issued and outstanding as of December 31, 2018 and June 30, 2019; redemption amount of US$ 7,641,780 and US$ 7,838,008 as of December 31, 2018 and June 30, 2019; No shares issued and outstanding on a pro-forma basis as of June 30, 2019)

    15       19,495,152       19,495,152       —    

Class A-2 convertible redeemable preferred shares (US$0.00001 par value; 13,663,700 and 10,817,100 shares authorized as of December 31, 2018 and June 30, 2019, respectively, 10,817,100 shares issued and outstanding as of December 31, 2018 and June 30, 2019; redemption amount of US$ 22,011,640 and US$ 22,574,140 as of December 31, 2018 and June 30, 2019; No shares issued and outstanding on a pro-forma basis as of June 30, 2019)

    15       26,083,210       26,172,432       —    

Series A convertible redeemable preferred shares (US$0.00001 par value; 7,938,915 shares authorized, issued and outstanding as of December 31, 2018 and June 30, 2019; redemption amount of US$ 22,926,600 and US$ 23,601,600 as of December 31, 2018 and June 30, 2019; No shares issued and outstanding on a pro-forma basis as of June 30, 2019)

    15       22,875,144       23,483,246       —    

Redeemable non-controlling interests (redemption amount of US$ 6,993,038 and nil as of December 31, 2018 and June 30, 2019)

    16       6,393,530       —         —    
   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total mezzanine equity

      74,847,036       69,150,830       —    
   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Stockholders’ deficit:

       

Class A Ordinary Shares, US$ 0.00001 par value; 4,880,496,457 shares authorized at December 31, 2018 and June 30, 2019; 18,377,600 shares issued at December 31, 2018 and June 30, 2019; 15,531,000 shares outstanding at December 31, 2018 and June 30, 2019; 46,652,615 shares issued and 43,806,015 shares outstanding on a pro-forma basis as of June 30, 2019)

      155       155       438  

Class B Ordinary Shares, US$ 0.00001 par value; 75,150,400 shares authorized, issued and outstanding at December 31, 2018 and June 30, 2019; 75,150,400 shares issued and outstanding on a pro-forma basis as of June 30, 2019)

      752       752       752  

Additional paid-in capital

            1,046,962       70,197,509  

Treasury stock (US$0.00001 par value; 2,846,600 shares at December 31, 2018 and June 30, 2019)

      —         —         —    

Subscription receivables

    17       (9,261,300     (5,416,027     (5,416,027

Accumulated other comprehensive loss

      (1,420,369     (1,699,020     (1,699,020

Accumulated deficit

      (21,852,692     (20,039,722     (20,039,722
   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total ECMOHO Limited shareholders’ (deficit)/equity

      (32,533,454     (26,106,900     43,043,930  
   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Non-controlling interests

      310,904       869,888       869,888  
   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total shareholders’ (deficit)/equity

      (32,222,550     (25,237,012     43,913,818  
   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total liabilities, mezzanine equity and shareholders’ (deficit)/equity

      117,772,408       139,458,674       139,458,674  
   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

 

F-55


Table of Contents

ECMOHO LIMITED

UNAUDITED INTERIM CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF COMPREHENSIVE INCOME

 

    

Note

     Six Months Ended June 30,  
     2018     2019  
            US$     US$  

Net revenues:

       

Product sales

        66,326,453       139,911,555  

Services

        5,037,669       11,413,217  
     

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total net revenues

     18        71,364,122       151,324,772  
     

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total cost of revenue

        (48,877,207     (115,432,510
     

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross profit

        22,486,915       35,892,262  
     

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating expenses:

       

Fulfillment expenses

        (4,968,350     (8,448,445

Sales and marketing expenses

     2(n)        (12,429,031     (19,110,514

General and administrative expenses

        (3,184,486     (4,441,449

Research and development expenses

        (672,728     (899,188
     

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

        (21,254,595     (32,899,596
     

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating income

        1,232,320       2,992,666  
     

 

 

   

 

 

 

Finance expense, net

     12        (217,168     (1,108,853

Foreign exchange loss, net

        (136,578     (50,540

Other income, net

        232,334       261,952  
     

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income before income tax expenses

        1,110,908       2,095,225  

Income taxes expenses

     21        (77,506     (375,879
     

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income

        1,033,402       1,719,346  

Less: Net loss attributable to the non-controlling interest shareholders and redeemable non-controlling interest shareholders

        (98,527     (93,624
     

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income attributable to ECMOHO Limited

        1,131,929       1,812,970  
     

 

 

   

 

 

 

Less: Accretion on Round A convertible redeemable preferred shares to redemption value

        (841,283     —    

Less: Accretion on Round B convertible redeemable preferred shares to redemption value

        (1,290,938     —    

Less: Accretion on Series A convertible redeemable preferred shares to redemption value

        —         (608,102

Less: Accretion to redemption value of redeemable non-controlling interests

        —         (311,757
     

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net (loss)/income attributable to ECMOHO Limited’s ordinary shareholders

        (1,000,292     893,111  
     

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income

        1,033,402       1,719,346  

Other comprehensive loss:

       

Foreign currency translation adjustment, net of nil tax

        (193,019     (275,032

Less: Comprehensive loss attributable to non-controlling interests

        (101,819     (90,005
     

 

 

   

 

 

 

Comprehensive income attributable to ECMOHO Limited

        942,202       1,534,319  
     

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net (loss)/earnings per share attributable to ECMOHO Limited’s ordinary shareholders

       

—basic

        (0.01     0.01  

—diluted

        (0.01     0.01  

Weighted average number of Ordinary Shares

       

—basic

        81,162,400       90,681,400  

—diluted

        81,162,400       111,584,966  

Pro forma net earnings per share attributable to ECMOHO Limited’s ordinary shareholders

       

—basic

          0.01  

—diluted

          0.01  

Pro forma weighted average number of Ordinary Shares

       

—basic

          118,956,415  

—diluted

          119,523,881  

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

 

F-56


Table of Contents

ECMOHO LIMITED

UNAUDITED INTERIM CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN SHAREHOLDERS’ DEFICIT

 

    Class A Ordinary
Shares
    Class B Ordinary
Shares
    Treasury stocks     Additional           Accumulated
other
                Total  
    Number of
Shares
    Amount     Number of
Shares
    Amount     Number of
Shares
    Amount     Paid-in
Capital
    Subscription
receivable
    comprehensive
loss
    Accumulated
Deficit
    Non-Controlling
interests
    Shareholders’
Deficit
 

Balances as of January 1, 2018

    6,012,000       60       75,150,400       752       —         —         —         —         (750,296     (19,896,740     288,503       (20,357,721
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Accretion to redemption value of redeemable convertible preferred stock (Note 15)

    —         —         —         —         —         —         —         —         —         (2,132,221     —         (2,132,221

Foreign currency translation

    —         —         —         —         —         —         —         —         (189,727     —         (3,292     (193,019

Net income

    —         —         —         —         —         —         —         —         —         1,131,929       (98,527     1,033,402  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balances as of June 30, 2018

    6,012,000       60       75,150,400       752       —         —         —         —         (940,023     (20,897,032     186,684       (21,649,559
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balances as of December 31, 2018

    15,531,000       155       75,150,400       752       2,846,600       —               (9,261,300     (1,420,369     (21,852,692     310,904       (32,222,550
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Share-based compensation expense (Note 19)

    —         —         —         —         —         —         667,893       —         —         —         —         667,893  

Capital contribution from non-controlling interests shareholders

    —         —         —         —         —         —         —         —         —         —         29,196       29,196  

Sale of equity interests in a subsidiary to non-controlling interests

    —         —         —         —         —         —         2,757       —         —         —         592,725       595,482  

Accretion to redemption value of redeemable convertible preferred stock (Note 15)

    —         —         —         —         —         —         (608,102     —         —         —         —         (608,102

Accretion to redemption value of redeemable non-controlling interests and income attribution (Note 16)

    —         —         —         —         —         —         (311,757     —         —         —         27,068       (284,689

Acquisition of redeemable non-controlling interests (Note 16)

    —         —         —         —         —         —         1,296,171       —         —         —         —         1,296,171  

Subscription fees received from the Founders of ECMOHO Shanghai for Reorganization purpose

    —         —         —         —         —         —         —         3,845,273       —         —         —         3,845,273  

Foreign currency translation

    —         —         —         —         —         —         —         —         (278,651     —         3,619       (275,032

Net income

    —         —         —         —         —         —           —         —         1,812,970       (93,624     1,719,346  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balances as of June 30, 2019

    15,531,000       155       75,150,400       752       2,846,600       —         1,046,962       (5,416,027     (1,699,020     (20,039,722     869,888       (25,237,012
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements

 

F-57


Table of Contents

ECMOHO LIMITED

UNAUDITED INTERIM CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

 

     Six Months Ended
June 30,
 
     2018     2019  
     US$     US$  

Cash flows from operating activities:

    

Net income

     1,033,402       1,719,346  

Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating activities:

    

Depreciation and amortization expense

     292,868       478,867  

Provision for allowance of doubtful accounts

     (14,158     105,093  

Inventory write down

     531,514       405,927  

Deferred tax expenses

     11,843       280,453  

Share-based compensation

     —         667,893  

Amortization of right-of-use asset and interest of lease liabilities

     —         855,425  

Changes in operating assets and liabilities:

    

Accounts receivable

     (4,344,574     (25,838,159

Inventory

     (12,104,657     9,468,267  

Prepayments and other current assets

     (1,752,531     (641,344

Other non-current assets

     48,417       (453,891

Operating lease liabilities

     —         (891,595

Accounts payable

     11,371,418       3,099,720  

Amount due to related parties

     249,591       221,689  

Advance from customers

     (112,842     (1,940,402

Tax payable

     (335,257     (25,484

Salary and welfare payable

     436,614       (1,022,826

Accrued liabilities and other current liabilities

     1,211,879       856,748  

Other non-current liabilities

     (71,133     (71,133
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash used in operating activities

     (3,547,606     (12,725,406
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash flows from investing activities:

    

Payments for acquisition of business license

     (122,854     —    

Purchases of property and equipment

     (302,361     (306,373

Payments for software procurement

     (87,424     (47,680
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash used in investing activities

     (512,639     (354,053
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash flows from financing activities:

    

Cash payments for acquisition of equity interests of ECMOHO Shanghai for Reorganization purpose

     —         (4,261,580

Subscription fees received from the Founders of ECMOHO Shanghai for Reorganization purpose

     —         3,845,273  

Subscription fees received from the Round A and Round B Investors of ECMOHO Shanghai for Reorganization purpose

     —         89,222  

Proceeds from borrowings

     5,731,191       57,509,741  

Repayments of borrowings

     (4,261,403     (43,840,855

Cash received from maturity of loan deposits (Note 7)

     —         26,505  

Payment of initial public offering costs

     —         (642,480

Contribution from non-controlling interests shareholders

     —         29,196  

Sale of equity interests in a subsidiary to non-controlling interests

     —         595,482  

Proceeds of borrowings from related parties

     3,000,000       —    

Proceeds of advances from related parties

     468,519       4,984,076  

Repayment of advances to related parties

     (1,792,998     (1,803,026
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash provided by financing activities

     3,145,309       16,531,554  

Effects of exchange rate changes on cash and cash equivalents

     22,215       (255,335
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net (decrease)/increase in cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash

     (892,721     3,196,760  

Cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash at beginning of year

     10,689,462       12,964,859  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash at end of year

     9,796,741       16,161,619  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Supplemental disclosure of cash flow information:

    

Interests paid

     (109,057     (846,955

Income tax paid

     —         —    

Non-cash financing and investing activities

    

Accretion to redemption value of convertible redeemable preferred shares

     2,132,221       608,102  

Accretion to redemption value of redeemable non-controlling interests

     —         311,757  

Subscription receivables due from Founders of ECMOHO Shanghai for Reorganization purpose (Note 22)

     —         5,416,027  

Payables for business acquisition (Note 13)

     (45,341     (43,638

Payables for property and equipment

     —         (48,142

Payables for redeemable non-controlling interests acquisition (Note 16)

     —         (5,382,048

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

 

F-58


Table of Contents

ECMOHO LIMITED

NOTES TO UNAUDITED INTERIM CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

1.

Organization and Principal Activities

 

  (a)

Principal activities

ECMOHO Limited (the “Company”), an exempted company with limited liability incorporated in the Cayman Islands, together with (i) its various equity-owned consolidated subsidiaries ,(ii) its controlled affiliates Shanghai Yibo Medical Device Co., Ltd (“Yibo or Yibo VIE”) and Yang Infinity (Shanghai) Biotechnology Co., Limited (“Yang or Yang VIE”) and Yang VIE’s subsidiary are collectively referred to as the “Group”. The Company serves as an investment holding company with no operations of its own. The Group is primarily engaged in e-commerce business and sells products to consumers and retailers. The Group also provides services including online store operating services, promotion and marketing services to its brand partners and other brand customers.

As of June 30, 2019, the Company’s principal subsidiaries and VIEs are as follows:

 

Name of subsidiaries and VIE

 

Date of establishment/

acquisition

 

Place of
incorporation

  Percentage of
direct or indirect

ownership
   

Principle activities

Subsidiaries of the Company:

       

ECMOHO (Hong Kong) Health Technology Limited (“ECMOHO HK”)

  Established on June 27, 2018   Hong Kong     100.00  

Investment

holding

Shanghai ECMOHO Health Biotechnology Co. Limited (“ECMOHO Shanghai”)

  Established on December 23, 2011   PRC     100.00   Product sales and services

Jianyikang Health Technology (Shanghai) Co., Limited

 

Established on

May 21, 2018

  PRC     100.00   Startup

Ecmoho (Hong Kong) Limited

 

Established on

April 1, 2015

  Hong Kong     100.00   Product sales and services

Import It Corp.

  Established on September 4, 2012   BVI     100.00   Product sales and services

Shanghai Tonggou Information Technology Co., Limited

 

Established on

May 20, 2013

  PRC     100.00   Product sales and services

Yijiasancan (Shanghai) E-commerce Co., Ltd.

 

Established on

August 21, 2013

  PRC     100.00   Product sales and services

Shanghai Hengshoutang Health Technology Co., Limited

 

Established on

April 11, 2016

  PRC     70.00   Product sales

Qinghai Hengshoutang Plateau Medicine Co., Limited

 

Acquired on

March 20, 2017

  PRC     70.00   Product sales

Shanghai Jieshi Technology Co., Limited

  Acquired on December 16, 2016   PRC     90.00   Product sales

ECMOHO Co., Ltd. (Japan)

 

Established on

July 15, 2016

  Japan     100.00   Startup

Shanghai ECMOHO Health Technology Co., Limited

 

Established on

May 5, 2015

  PRC     100.00   Startup

Hangzhou Duoduo Supply Chain Management Co., Limited

 

Acquired on

April 25, 2017

  PRC     100.00   Bonded area warehousing

ECMOHO Co., Ltd. (Korea)

  Established on August 27, 2018   Korea     100.00   Product sales

Yiling (Shanghai) Information Technology Co., Ltd.

  Established on August 30, 2018   PRC     100.00   Intercompany services

Xianggui (Shanghai) Biotechnology Co., Ltd.

  Established on September 28, 2018   PRC     60.00   Product sales and services

 

F-59


Table of Contents

ECMOHO LIMITED

NOTES TO UNAUDITED INTERIM CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

Name of subsidiaries and VIE

 

Date of establishment/

acquisition

 

Place of
incorporation

  Percentage of
direct or indirect

ownership
   

Principle activities

Shanghai Yuyun Information Technology Co., Ltd.

  Established on October 15, 2018   PRC     100.00   Startup

Yipinda (Shanghai) Health Technology Co., Ltd.

  Established on February 27, 2019   PRC     100.00   Product sales

Variable Interest Entity (“VIE”)

       

Shanghai Yibo Medical Device Co., Ltd (“Yibo or Yibo VIE”)

 

Established on

April 21, 2017

  PRC     100.00  

Operates the

Company’s own online e-commerce platform

Yang Infinity (Shanghai) Biotechnology Co., Limited(“Yang or Yang VIE”)

  Established on November 15, 2018   PRC     60.00   Startup

Subsidiary of Variable Interest Entity (“VIE subsidiary”)

       

Yinchuan Xianggui Internet Hospital Co., Ltd.

 

Established on

May 17, 2019

  PRC     60.00   Product sales

 

2.

Principal Accounting Policies

 

  (a)

Basis of preparation

The accompanying unaudited interim condensed consolidated financial statements of the Group have been prepared in accordance with the accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (“U.S. GAAP”) for interim financial information. Accordingly, they do not include all of the information and footnotes normally included in the annual financial statements prepared in accordance with U.S. GAAP. Certain information and footnote disclosures normally included in the annual financial statements prepared in accordance with U.S. GAAP have been condensed or omitted consistent with Article 10 of Regulation S-X. In the opinion of management, the Group’s unaudited interim condensed consolidated financial statements and accompanying notes include all adjustments (consisting of normal recurring adjustments) considered necessary for the fair statement of the Group’s financial position as of June 30, 2019, and results of operations and cash flows for the six months ended June 30, 2018 and 2019. Interim results of operations are not necessarily indicative of the results for the full year or for any future period. These unaudited interim condensed consolidated financial statements should be read in conjunction with the audited consolidated financial statements as of and for the year ended December 31, 2018, and related notes included in the Group’s audited consolidated financial statements. The financial information as of December 31, 2018 presented in the unaudited interim condensed consolidated financial statements is derived from the audited consolidated financial statements as of December 31, 2018. Significant accounting policies followed by the Group in the preparation of the accompanying unaudited interim condensed consolidated financial statements are summarized below.

 

  (b)

Basis of consolidation

The Group’s unaudited interim condensed consolidated financial statements include the financial statements of the Company, its subsidiaries and its VIEs for which the Company is the primary beneficiary. All transactions and balances among the Company, its subsidiaries, its VIEs have been eliminated upon consolidation.

A subsidiary is an entity in which the Company, directly or indirectly, controls more than one half of the voting powers; or has the power to appoint or remove the majority of the members of the board of directors;

 

F-60


Table of Contents

ECMOHO LIMITED

NOTES TO UNAUDITED INTERIM CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

or to cast a majority of votes at the meeting of directors; or has the power to govern the financial and operating policies of the investee under a statute or agreement among the shareholders or equity holders.

A VIE is an entity in which the Company, through contractual agreements, has the power to direct activities of, bears the risks of, and enjoys the rewards normally associated with ownership of the entity. In determining whether the Company or its subsidiaries are the primary beneficiary, the Company considered whether it has the power to direct activities that are significant to the VIE’s economic performance, and also the Group’s obligation to absorb losses of the VIE that could potentially be significant to the VIE or the right to receive benefits from the VIE that could potentially be significant to the VIE. The Company’s subsidiaries hold all the variable interests of the VIEs, and has been determined to be the primary beneficiary of the VIEs.

In June 2019, Yang VIE entered into the VIE Agreements, including Exclusive Technology Support and Consulting Services Agreement, Powers of Attorney, Equity Pledge Agreement, Spousal Consent Letters and Exclusive Call Option Agreement which contain terms substantially similar to those entered into between Yibo VIE and ECMOHO Shanghai in 2018 as described in note 1(c) of the audited Consolidated Financial Statements.

The following table sets forth the assets, liabilities, results of operations and cash flows of Yibo VIE, Yang VIE and its subsidiary are included in the Group’s consolidated financial statements. Transactions between the VIEs and VIE subsidiary are eliminated in the balances presented below:

 

     December 31,
2018
     June 30,
2019
 
     US$      US$  

Assets

     

Current assets

     

Cash and cash equivalents

     11,092        33,902  

Amount due from subsidiaries of the Company

     21,856        806,805  

Prepayments and other current assets

     1,899        15,837  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total current assets

     34,847        856,544  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total assets

     34,847        856,544  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Liabilities

     

Current liabilities

     

Salary and welfare payable

     39,585        16,581  

Tax payable

     1,848        225  

Amount due to subsidiaries of the Company

     399,735        16,034  

Accrued liabilities and other current liabilities

     8,781        10,158  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total current liabilities

     449,949        42,998  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total liabilities

     449,949        42,998  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

     Six Months Ended June 30,  
     2018     2019  
     US$     US$  

Net revenues

     —         —    

Net losses

     (13,340     (229,794
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

F-61


Table of Contents

ECMOHO LIMITED

NOTES TO UNAUDITED INTERIM CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

     Six Months Ended June 30,  
     2018      2019  
     US$      US$  

Net cash provided by/(used in) operating activities

     2,468        (298,289

Net cash provided by financing activities

     —          321,099  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net increase in cash and cash equivalents

     2,468        22,810  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

  (c)

Use of estimates

The preparation of the unaudited interim condensed consolidated financial statements in conformity with US GAAP requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period.

The Company believes that revenue recognition, sales return, sales incentive, inventory write-down, rebates, realization of deferred tax assets, assessment for useful life and impairment of long-lived assets, allowance for doubtful accounts, and valuation of ordinary shares and preferred shares requires significant judgments and estimates used in the preparation of its consolidated financial statements.

Management bases the estimates on historical experience and on various other assumptions as discussed elsewhere to the consolidated financial statements that are believed to be reasonable, the results of which form the basis for making judgments about the carrying values of assets and liabilities. On an ongoing basis, management evaluates its estimates based on information that is currently available. Changes in circumstances, facts and experience may cause the Company to revise its estimates. Changes in estimates are recorded in the period in which they become known. Actual results could materially differ from these estimates.

 

  (d)

Functional Currency and Foreign Currency Translation

The Group uses United States dollars (“US$” or “USD”) as its reporting currency. The functional currency of the Company and its subsidiaries incorporated outside of PRC is US$, while the functional currency of the PRC entities in the Group is RMB as determined based on the criteria of ASC 830, Foreign Currency Matters.

Transactions denominated in other than the functional currencies are translated into the functional currency of the entity at the exchange rates prevailing on the transaction dates. Financial assets and liabilities denominated in other than the functional currency are translated at the balance sheet date exchange rate. The resulting exchange differences are included in the consolidated statements of comprehensive income as foreign exchange related gains.

The financial statements of the Group’s entities using functional currency other than US$ are translated from the functional currency to the reporting currency, US$. Assets and liabilities of the Group’s subsidiaries incorporated in PRC are translated into US$ at balance sheet date exchange rates, income and expense items are translated at average exchange rates prevailing during the reporting period, representing the index rates stipulated by the People’s Bank of China. Translation adjustments arising from these are reported as foreign currency translation adjustments and are shown as accumulated other comprehensive income/(loss) on the consolidated financial statement.

The exchange rates used for translation on December 31, 2018 and June 30, 2019 were US$1.00=RMB 6.8632 and US$1.00=RMB 6.8747, respectively, representing the index rates stipulated by the People’s Bank of China.

 

F-62


Table of Contents

ECMOHO LIMITED

NOTES TO UNAUDITED INTERIM CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

  (e)

Restricted cash

Cash that is restricted as to withdrawal for use or pledged as security is reported separately on the face of the consolidated balance sheets. The Group’s restricted cash mainly represents secured deposits held in designated bank accounts for drawdown of bank loans. The Group adopted ASU No. 2016-18, Statement of Cash Flows: Restricted Cash (Topic 230) for all period presented. The changes in restricted cash in the consolidated cash flow were US$ 4,000,000 and US$ 1,871,663 for the six months ended June 30, 2018 and 2019, respectively, which were no longer presented within investing activities and were included in the changes of cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash as required.

 

  (f)

Deferred equity offering costs

The Company capitalizes certain legal, professional accounting and other third-party fees that are incremental and directly associated with in-process equity financings as deferred offering costs until such financings are consummated. After consummation of an equity financing, these costs are recorded in shareholders’ equity (deficit) as a reduction of additional paid-in capital generated as a result of the offering. Should the in-process equity financing be abandoned, the deferred offering costs will be expensed immediately as a charge to operating expenses in the consolidated statements of comprehensive income. As of December 31, 2018 and June 30, 2019, deferred offering costs of US$ 522,072 and US$ 1,858,586 were recorded in the consolidated balance sheet (Note 11).

 

  (g)

Revenue recognition

In May 2014, the FASB issued ASU No. 2014-09, “Revenue from Contracts with Customers (Topic 606)” (“ASU 2014-09”) and subsequently, the FASB issued several amendments which amends certain aspects of the guidance in ASC 2014-09 (ASU No. 2014-09 and the related amendments are collectively referred to as “ASC 606”). According to ASC 606, revenue is recognized when control of the promised good or service is transferred to the customers, in an amount that reflects the consideration the Group expects to be entitled to in exchange for those goods or services.

The Group adopted ASC 606 for all periods presented. Consistent with the criteria of Topic 606, the Group follows five steps for its revenue recognition: (i) identify the contract(s) with a customer, (ii) identify the performance obligations in the contract, (iii) determine the transaction price, (iv) allocate the transaction price to the performance obligations in the contract, and (v) recognize revenue when (or as) the entity satisfies a performance obligation.

The Group’s revenues are primarily derived from (i) product sales and (ii) services including online store operating services, promotion and marketing services to its brand partners and other brand customers. Refer to Note 18 to the consolidated financial statements for disaggregation of the Group’s revenue for the six months ended June 30, 2018 and 2019.

When either party to a contract has performed, the Group presents the contract in the statement of financial position as a contract asset or a contract liability, depending on the relationship between the entity’s performance and the customer’s payment.

A receivable is recorded when the Group has an unconditional right to consideration. A right to consideration is unconditional if only the passage of time is required before payment of that consideration is due. A contract asset is recorded when the Group has transferred products or services to the customer before payment is received or is due, and the Group’s right to consideration is conditional on future performance or other factors in the contract. No contract asset was recorded as at December 31, 2018 and June 30, 2019.

If the Group recognizes a receivable before it transfers products to the customer, the Group will defer revenue, which is also defined as a contract liability under the new revenue guidance. A contract liability is

 

F-63


Table of Contents

ECMOHO LIMITED

NOTES TO UNAUDITED INTERIM CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

recorded when the Group’s obligation to transfer goods or services to a customer has not yet occurred but for which the Group has received consideration from the customer. The Group presents such amounts as advances from customers on the consolidated balance sheet.

Product Sales

The Group selects, purchases and obtains direct control of the goods from its brand partners and/or their authorized distributors and sells goods directly to end consumers through online stores its operates or to secondary distributors in accordance with distribution agreements.

Revenue is recognized when consumers or secondary distributors physically accept the products after delivery, which is when the control of products is transferred, and is recorded net of return allowances, value added tax and sales incentives, if any.

A majority of the Group’s consumers make online payments through third-party payment platforms when they place orders on the Group’s online stores. The funds will not be released to the Group by these third-party payment platforms until the consumers accept the products on the online platform.

Shipping and handling charges paid by customers are included in net revenues. The Group typically does not charge shipping fees on orders exceeding a certain sale amount. Shipping and handling costs incurred by the Group are considered to be fulfillment activities which are presented as part of the Group’s operating expenses.

Product Sales Consignment arrangement

The Group also enters into arrangement with online platforms, where the Group retains control over the goods until a sale is made to the end consumer. The Group considers the arrangement meet the indicators of consignment arrangement under ASC 606-10-55-80, because (i) The Group does not relinquish control of the products, even though the online platform has physical possession of the goods. The products are considered to be the Group’s own inventory until they are sold to the end consumers; (ii) The Group retains the right to require the return of the goods held with the online platform; (iii) The online platforms have no obligation to pay for the products that are in its physical possession.

Revenue under consignment arrangements is recognized when a sale is made to the end customer and control is transferred to the end customer upon their acceptance in accordance with the sales report provided by the online platforms. Such revenues reflect the consideration paid by end consumers and do not take into account the sales commissions the Group pays to the relevant online platform, which are recorded as sales and marketing expenses.

Services

The Group offers its brand partners and other brand customers marketing solutions tailored to their needs and charge fixed project-based fees, including designing and operating online stores, running online promotional events, organizing online and offline marketing campaigns featuring social media influencers and circulating marketing messages to end consumers.

For services provided to customers of the Group, depending on the terms of the contract and the laws that apply to the contract, control of the services may be transferred over time or at a point in time. Control of the services is transferred over time if the Group’s performance:

 

   

provides all of the benefits received and consumed simultaneously by the customer;

 

   

creates and enhances an asset that the customer controls as the Group performs; or

 

F-64


Table of Contents

ECMOHO LIMITED

NOTES TO UNAUDITED INTERIM CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

   

does not create an asset with an alternative use to the Group and the Group has an enforceable right to payment for performance completed to date.

If control of the services transfers over time, revenue is recognized over the period of the contract by reference to the progress towards complete satisfaction of that performance obligation. Otherwise, revenue is recognized at a point in time when the customer obtains control of services.

With respect to the Group’s marketing services, length of the periods over which services are provided are generally within months or less, the Group recognizes such revenues when service is rendered and service report is delivered to the customer (point in time), which marks the time when control of the service output has passed to the customer.

Consideration from brand partners of the Group is considered to be in exchange for distinct service that the Group transfers to the brand partners, as i) services provided to brand partners can be sufficiently separable from the Company’s procurement of products from those brand partners ii) consideration from the brand partner represents the standalone selling price of such service, and iii) the fees do not represent reimbursement of costs incurred by the Company to sell the brand partner’s products. The Group accounts for the service in the same way that it accounts for sales to other customers and revenues generated from these service arrangements are recognized on a gross basis and presented as services revenue on the consolidated statements of comprehensive income.

Practical expedients and exemption

Upon the election of the practical expedient under ASC 340-40-25-4, the incremental costs of obtaining a contract are expensed when incurred if the amortization period of the asset that the entity otherwise would have recognized is one year or less. For the six months ended June 30, 2018 and 2019, no incremental cost was capitalized as assets.

Based on the considerations that there is no difference between the amount of promised consideration and the cash selling price of product sales and promised services, in addition the actual length of time between when the Group transfers products or promised services to the consumers and when the consumers pays for those products or services has been within one year, the Group has assessed and concluded that there is no significant financing component in place within its products sales or service arrangements as a practical expedient in accordance with ASC 606-10-32-18.

 

  (h)

Sales returns

The Group offers online consumers an unconditional right of return for a period of seven days upon receipt of products and offers its secondary distributors various rights of return after the acceptance of products. Return allowances, which reduce revenue and cost of sales, are estimated by categories of return policies offered to online customers and secondary distributors, based on historical data the Group has maintained, and subject to adjustments to the extent that actual returns differ or are expected to differ. The Group records liabilities for return allowances in refund obligation of sales returns of “Accrued liabilities and other current liabilities” in the consolidated balance sheet (Note 13) and were US$ 858,536 and US$ 243,822 as of December 31, 2018 and June 30, 2019, respectively. The Group recorded assets as “Sales return assets” included in “Prepayments and other current assets” in the consolidated balance sheet (Note 7) of US$ 639,846 and US$ 216,241 as of December 31, 2018 and June 30, 2019 for its right to recover products from customers associated with settling the refund liability.

(i) Sales incentives

The Group provides sales rebates to certain third-party online platforms/secondary distributors based on their purchase volume, which are accounted for as variable consideration. The Group estimates these

 

F-65


Table of Contents

ECMOHO LIMITED

NOTES TO UNAUDITED INTERIM CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

amounts based on the expected amount to be provided to the third-party online platforms/secondary distributors considering the contracted rebate rates and estimated sales volume based on significant management judgments based on historical experience such as likelihood of reaching the purchase thresholds and sales forecasts, and account for it as a reduction of the transaction price. For the six months ended June 30, 2018 and 2019, sales rebates provided by the Group amounted to US$ 786,261 and US$ 2,002,977, respectively.

(j) Value added taxes

Value added taxes (“VAT”) on sales is calculated at 9% ~16% on revenue from products and 6% on revenue provided from services. The Group reports revenue net of VAT. Subsidiaries and VIE of the Group that are VAT general tax payers are allowed to offset qualified VAT paid against their output VAT liabilities. Related surcharges, such as urban maintenance and construction tax as well as surtax for education expenses are recorded in cost of revenues.

 

  (k)

Cost of revenue

Cost of revenue consist of cost of product sales of US$ 46,195,196 and US$ 109,295,269 for the six months ended June 30, 2018 and 2019, respectively, and cost of services of US$ 2,682,011 and US$ 6,137,241 for the six months ended June 30, 2018 and 2019, respectively. Cost of product sales comprise the purchase price of products, purchase rebates, shipping charges to receive products from the suppliers when they are embedded in the purchase price and inventory write-downs. Cost of products does not include other direct costs related to cost of product sales such as shipping and handling expense, payroll and benefits of logistic staff, logistic centers rental expenses and depreciation expenses. Cost of service consists of the advertising and promotion costs, employee wages and benefits in connection with the Group’s provision of promotion and marketing services including fees the Group paid to third party vendors for advertising and promotion on various online and offline channels.

 

  (l)

Rebates

The Group periodically receives consideration from certain vendors, representing rebates for products sold over a period of time. The Group accounts for the rebates received from its vendors as a reduction to the price it pays for the products purchased. Rebates are earned based on reaching minimum purchased thresholds for a specified period. When volume rebates can be reasonably estimated based on the Group’s past experience, current forecasts and purchase volume, a portion of the rebate is recognized as the Group makes progress towards the purchase threshold.

 

  (m)

Fulfillment expenses

Fulfillment costs primarily represent warehousing, shipping and handling expenses for dispatching and delivering products to consumers, employee wages and benefits for the relevant personnel, and customs clearance expenses.

 

  (n)

Sales and marketing expenses

Sales and marketing expenses primarily consist of advertising costs for the products the Group offers, employee wages and benefits for sales and marketing staff, storefront fees paid to e-commerce platforms, and travel and entertainment expenses. Advertising costs consist primarily of costs for product marketing. The Group expenses all advertising costs as incurred and classifies these costs under sales and marketing expenses. For the six months ended June 30, 2018 and 2019, advertising and marketing costs totaled US$ 15,753 and US$ 282,966, respectively.

 

F-66


Table of Contents

ECMOHO LIMITED

NOTES TO UNAUDITED INTERIM CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

  (o)

General and administrative expenses

General and administrative expenses consist of employee wages and benefits for corporate employees, rental expenses, audit and legal fees, amortization of both intangible assets and leasehold improvement, and other corporate overhead costs.

For the six months ended June 30, 2019, general and administrative expenses also included a loss provision of RMB3.25 million (US$ 0.47 million) accrued for a litigation (Note 24(c)).

 

  (p)

Research and development expenses

Research and development expenses primarily consist of employee wages and benefits for research and development personnel, general expenses and depreciation expenses associated with research and development activities.

 

  (q)

Income taxes

Current income taxes are provided on the basis of net income for financial reporting purposes, adjusted for income and expense items which are not assessable or deductible for income tax purposes, in accordance with the regulations of the relevant tax jurisdictions.

Deferred income taxes are accounted for using an asset and liability method. Under this method, deferred income taxes are recognized for the tax consequences of temporary differences by applying enacted statutory rates applicable to future years to differences between the financial statement carrying amounts and the tax bases of existing assets and liabilities. The tax base of an asset or liability is the amount attributed to that asset or liability for tax purpose. The effect on deferred taxes of a change in tax rates is recognized in the consolidated statements of comprehensive income in the period of change. A valuation allowance is provided to reduce the amount of deferred tax assets if it is considered more likely than not that some portion of, or all of the deferred tax assets will not be realized.

Uncertain tax positions

The guidance on accounting for uncertainties in income taxes prescribes a more likely than not threshold for financial statements recognition and measurement of a tax position taken or expected to be taken in a tax return. Guidance was also provided on derecognition of income tax assets and liabilities, classification of current and deferred income tax assets and liabilities, accounting for interest and penalties associated with tax positions, accounting for income taxes in interim periods, and income tax disclosures. Significant judgment is required in evaluating the Group’s uncertain tax positions and determining its provision for income taxes. The Group recognizes interests and penalties, if any, under accrued expenses and other current liabilities on its consolidated balance sheets and under other expenses in its statements of operations and comprehensive income. The Group did not recognize any significant interest and penalties associated with uncertain tax positions for the six months ended June 30, 2018 and 2019. As of December 31, 2018 and June 30, 2019, the Group did not have any significant unrecognized uncertain tax positions.

The Company adopted ASC 740-270-30-36 approach for interim period tax computation and reporting. Interim period tax (or benefit) related to consolidated ordinary income (or loss) for the year to date is computed using one overall estimated annual effective tax rate, except for jurisdiction if a subsidiary anticipates an ordinary loss for the fiscal year or has an ordinary loss for the year to date.

 

F-67


Table of Contents

ECMOHO LIMITED

NOTES TO UNAUDITED INTERIM CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

  (r)

Lease

 

   

Prior to the adoption of ASC 842 on January 1, 2019:

Leases, including leases of offices and warehouses, where substantially all the rewards and risks of ownership of assets remain with the lessor are accounted for as operating leases. Payments made under operating leases are recognized as an expense on a straight-line basis over the lease term. The Group had no capital leases for any of the years stated herein.

 

   

Upon and hereafter the adoption of ASC 842 on January 1, 2019:

The Company determines if an arrangement is a lease at inception. Operating leases are included in operating lease right-of-use (“ROU”) assets, operating lease liability, and operating lease liability, non-current in the Company’s consolidated balance sheets.

ROU assets represent the Company’s right to use an underlying asset for the lease term and lease liabilities represent the Company’s obligation to make lease payments arising from the lease. Operating lease ROU assets and liabilities are recognized at commencement date based on the present value of lease payments over the lease term. When determining the lease term, the Company includes options to extend or terminate the lease when it is reasonably certain that it will exercise that option, if any. As the Company’s leases do not provide an implicit rate, the Company uses its incremental borrowing rate, which it calculates based on the credit quality of the Company and by comparing interest rates available in the market for similar borrowings, and adjusting this amount based on the impact of collateral over the term of each lease.

The Company has elected to adopt the following lease policies in conjunction with the adoption of ASU 2016-02: (i) elect for each lease not to separate non-lease components from lease components and instead to account for each separate lease component and the non-lease components associated with that lease component as a single lease component; (ii) for leases that have lease terms of 12 months or less and does not include a purchase option that is reasonably certain to exercise, the Company elected not to apply ASC 842 recognition requirements; and (iii) the Company elected to apply the package of practical expedients for existing arrangements entered into prior to January 1, 2019 to not reassess (a) whether an arrangement is or contains a lease, (b) the lease classification applied to existing leases, and(c) initial direct costs.

 

  (s)

Recently issued accounting pronouncements

 

  i.

New and amended standards adopted by the Group:

In February 2016, the FASB issued ASU No. 2016-02, Leases (Topic 842) (“ASU 2016-02”), which sets out the principles for the recognition, measurement, presentation and disclosure of leases for both parties to a contract (i.e., lessees and lessors). The new standard requires lessees to classify leases as either finance or operating leases based on the principle of whether or not the lease is effectively a financed purchase by the lessee. This classification determines whether lease expense is recognized over the lease term based on an effective interest method for financing leases or on a straight-line basis for operating leases. A lessee is also required to record a right-of-use asset and a lease liability for all leases with a term of greater than 12 months regardless of their classification. For leases with a term of 12 months or less, a lessee is permitted to make an accounting policy election by class of underlying asset not to recognize lease assets and lease liabilities. If a lessee makes this election, it should recognize lease expenses for such lease generally on a straight-line basis over the lease term. For public entities, the guidance was effective for annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2018 and for interim periods within those fiscal years.

ASU 2016-02 initially required adoption using a modified retrospective approach, under which all years presented in the financial statements would be prepared under the revised guidance. In July 2018, the FASB issued ASU 2018-11, Leases (Topic 842), which added an optional transition method under which financial

 

F-68


Table of Contents

ECMOHO LIMITED

NOTES TO UNAUDITED INTERIM CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

statements may be prepared under the revised guidance for the year of adoption, but not for prior years. Under the latter method, entities will recognize a cumulative catch-up adjustment to the opening balance of retained earnings in the period of adoption.

The Company adopted ASC 842 using the modified retrospective approach with an effective date of January 1, 2019 for leases that existed on that date. Prior period results continue to be presented under ASC 840 based on the accounting standards originally in effect for such periods. This standard provides a number of optional practical expedients in transition. The Company applied certain practical expedients to leases that commenced prior to the effective date as follows: (i) elect for each lease not to separate non-lease components from lease components and instead to account for each separate lease component and the non-lease components associated with that lease component as a single lease component; (ii) for leases that have lease terms of 12 months or less and does not include a purchase option that is reasonably certain to exercise, the Company elected not to apply ASC 842 recognition requirements; and (iii) the Company elected to apply the package of practical expedients for existing arrangements entered into prior to January 1, 2019 to not reassess (a) whether an arrangement is or contains a lease, (b) the lease classification applied to existing leases, and(c) initial direct costs.

In connection with the adoption of ASC 842, on January 1, 2019, the Company recorded an impact of US$ 1,735,966 on its assets and US$ 1,735,966 on its liabilities for the recognition of operating lease right-of-use-assets and operating lease liabilities, respectively, which are primarily related to the lease of the Group’s offices and warehouses. The adoption of ASC 842 did not have a material impact on the Company’s results of operations or cash flows.

 

  ii.

New and amended standards not yet adopted by the Group:

In June 2016, the FASB issued ASU No. 2016-13, “Financial Instruments—Credit Losses” (“ASU 2016-13”), which introduces new guidance for credit losses on instruments within its scope. The new guidance introduces an approach based on expected losses to estimate credit losses on certain types of financial instruments, including, but not limited to, trade and other receivables, held-to-maturity debt securities, loans and net investments in leases. The new guidance also modifies the impairment model for available-for-sale debt securities and requires the entities to determine whether all or a portion of the unrealized loss on an available-for-sale debt security is a credit loss. The standard also indicates that entities may not use the length of time a security has been in an unrealized loss position as a factor in concluding whether a credit loss exists. The ASU is effective for public companies for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2019, and interim periods within those fiscal years. Early adoption is permitted for all entities for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2018, including interim periods within those fiscal years. The Group is in the process of evaluating the impact of this accounting standard on its consolidated financial statements.

In June 2018, the FASB issued ASU No. 2018-07 Compensation—Stock Compensation (Topic 718) “Improvements to Nonemployee Share-Based Payment Accounting”. The amendments in this update expand the scope of Topic 718 to include share-based payment transactions for acquiring goods and services from nonemployees. An entity should apply the requirements of Topic 718 to nonemployee awards except for specific guidance on inputs to an option pricing model and the attribution of cost (that is, the period of time over which share-based payment awards vest and the pattern of cost recognition over that period). The amendments specify that Topic 718 applies to all share-based payment transactions in which a grantor acquires goods or services to be used or consumed in a grantor’s own operations by issuing share-based payment awards. The amendments also clarify that Topic 718 does not apply to share-based payments used to effectively provide (1) financing to the issuer or (2) awards granted in conjunction with selling goods or services to customers as part of a contract accounted for under Topic 606, Revenue from Contracts with Customers. The amendments in this update are effective for public business entities for fiscal years

 

F-69


Table of Contents

ECMOHO LIMITED

NOTES TO UNAUDITED INTERIM CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

beginning after December 15, 2018, including interim periods within that fiscal year. For all other entities, the amendments are effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2019, and interim periods within fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2020. Early adoption is permitted, but no earlier than an entity’s adoption date of Topic 606. The Group concluded that the adoption of this accounting standard will have no impact on its consolidated financial statements.

 

3.

Risks and Concentration

 

  (a)

Foreign exchange risk

The Group’s sales, purchase and expense transactions in domestic subsidiaries are generally denominated in RMB and a significant portion of the Group’s assets and liabilities are denominated in RMB. RMB is not freely convertible into foreign currencies.

In the PRC, foreign exchange transactions are required by law to be transacted only by authorized financial institutions at exchange rates set by the People’s Bank of China. In addition, the Group’s cash denominated in US$ subject the Group to risks associated with changes in the exchange rate of RMB against US$ and may affect the Group’s results of operations going forward.

 

  (b)

Credit and Concentration risk

The Group’s credit risk arises from cash and cash equivalents, restricted cash, prepayments and other current assets, and accounts receivable. The carrying amounts of these financial instruments represent the maximum amount of loss due to credit risk.

The Group expects that there is no significant credit risk associated with the cash and cash equivalents and restricted cash which are held by reputable financial institutions in the jurisdictions where the Company, its subsidiaries and VIE are located. The Group believes that it is not exposed to unusual risks as these financial institutions have high credit quality.

The Group has no significant concentrations of credit risk with respect to its prepayments.

Accounts receivable are typically unsecured and are derived from revenue earned through third party consumers. The risk with respect to accounts receivable is mitigated by credit evaluations performed on them.

(i) Concentration of revenues

For the six months ended June 30, 2018 and 2019, Customer A contributed 18% and 20% of total net revenue of the Group, respectively.

For the six months ended June 30, 2018 and 2019, the Group, as a principal, earned net revenue, representing 42% and 21% of its total net revenue, respectively, through a third party online platform.

(ii) Concentration of accounts receivable

The Group has not experienced any significant recoverability issue with respect to its accounts receivables. The Group conducts credit evaluations on the third party consumers and generally does not require collateral or other security from such consumers.

The Group periodically evaluates the creditworthiness of the existing online platforms and distributors in determining an allowance for doubtful accounts primarily based upon the age of the receivables and factors surrounding the credit risk of specific customers.

 

F-70


Table of Contents

ECMOHO LIMITED

NOTES TO UNAUDITED INTERIM CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

The following table summarized customers with greater than 10% of the accounts receivables:

 

     December 31,
2018
    June 30,
2019
 

Customer A

     14     30

Customer B

     31     26

 

4.

Cash and cash equivalents

Cash and cash equivalents represent cash on hand and demand deposits placed with banks, other financial institutions and third party payment processors, which are unrestricted as to withdrawal or use. The following table sets forth a breakdown of cash and cash equivalents by currency denomination and jurisdiction as of December 31, 2018 and June 30, 2019:

 

    US$     US$ equivalent (RMB)     US$ Equivalent (Others)     Total in US$  
    Overseas     PRC     Overseas     PRC     Overseas     PRC        
          Non VIE     VIE           Non VIE     VIE           Non VIE     VIE        

December 31, 2018

    3,324,971       359,796       —         1,037,629       3,690,184       11,092       1,912,795       —         —         10,336,467  

June 30, 2019

    2,629,179       103,176       —         627,185       7,792,768       33,902       475,354       —         —         11,661,564  

 

5.

Accounts receivable, net

 

     December 31,
2018
     June 30,
2019
 
     US$      US$  

Accounts receivable, gross

     33,979,863        59,276,170  

Less: allowance for doubtful accounts

     (140,335      (245,428
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Accounts receivable, net

     33,839,528        59,030,742  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Movement of allowance of doubtful accounts

 

     Six months ended June 30,  
     2018      2019  
     US$      US$  

At beginning of period

     78,376        140,335  

Addition

     49,304        230,663  

Reversal

     (63,462      (125,570
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

At end of period

     64,218        245,428  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

6.

Inventories

Inventories consist of the following:

 

     December 31,
2018
     June 30,
2019
 
     US$      US$  

Products

     53,628,508        43,836,246  

Packaging materials and others

     54,883        64,906  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

     53,683,391        43,901,152  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

F-71


Table of Contents

ECMOHO LIMITED

NOTES TO UNAUDITED INTERIM CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

Inventories write-down are recorded in cost of product sale in the consolidated statement of comprehensive income, which were US$ 531,514 and US$ 405,927 for the six months ended June 30, 2018 and 2019, respectively.

 

7.

Prepayments and other current assets

The prepayments and other current assets consist of the following:

 

     December 31,
2018
     June 30,
2019
 
     US$      US$  

Prepayments for products procurement (a)

     7,645,974        6,672,022  

Prepaid online platform promotion fees (b)

     511,179        728,665  

Deposits

     1,355,401        1,401,884  

Loan deposits (Note 12)

     437,114        410,609  

Value-added tax (“VAT”) recoverable (c)

     60,369        1,141,878  

Employee advances (d)

     49,550        146,398  

Rental prepayments

     157,046        5,209  

Sales return assets

     639,846        216,241  

Others (e)

     402,931        538,910  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

     11,259,410        11,261,816  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

  (a)

Prepayments for products procurement represent cash prepaid to the Group’s third party brand partners for the procurement of products.

  (b)

Prepayments of online platform promotion fees represent prepayments made to online platforms for future services to promote the Group’s products through online advertising. Such online platforms charge monthly expenses based on activities during the month, and once confirmed by the Group, the monthly expenses will be deducted from the prepayments made by the Group.

  (c)

Value-added tax recoverable represented the balances that the Group expects to utilize to deduct its value-added tax liabilities within the next 12 months.

  (d)

As of December 31, 2018 and June 30, 2019, all of the employee advances were business related, interest-free, not collateralized and will be repaid or settled within one year from the respective balance sheet dates.

  (e)

Others mainly represent prepayments made by the Group to certain of its logistic service providers.

 

8.

Property and equipment, net

Property and equipment consist of the following:

 

     December 31,
2018
     June 30,
2019
 
     US$      US$  

Cost:

     

Warehouse equipment

     952,104        950,512  

Furniture and office equipment

     647,752        738,616  

Leasehold improvements

     385,726        623,373  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total cost

     1,985,582        2,312,501  

Less: Accumulated depreciation

     (509,070      (770,622
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Property and equipment, net

     1,476,512        1,541,879  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

F-72


Table of Contents

ECMOHO LIMITED

NOTES TO UNAUDITED INTERIM CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

Depreciation expense recognized for the six months ended June 30, 2018 and 2019 were US$ 79,706 and US$ 266,036, respectively.

 

9.

Leases

The Company leases facilities under non-cancellable operating leases expiring on different dates. The terms of substantially all of these leases are two years or less. When determining the lease term, the Company includes options to extend or terminate the lease when it is reasonably certain that it will exercise that option, if any. All of the Company’s leases qualify as operating leases. With the adoption of the new leasing standard, the Company has recorded a right-of-use asset and corresponding lease liability, by calculating the present value of future lease payments, discounted at 6.2%, the Company’s incremental borrowing rate, over the expected term. Variable lease cost and short-term leases (lease terms less than 12 months) are recognized as incurred.

 

  (a)

The components of lease expenses were as follows:

 

     Six months ended
June 30, 2019
 
     US$  

Lease cost:

  

Amortization of right-of-use assets

     791,705  

Interest of lease liabilities

     63,720  

Expenses for short-term lease within 12 months

     100,774  
  

 

 

 

Total lease cost

     956,199  
  

 

 

 

 

  (b)

Supplemental cash flow information related to leases was as follows:

 

     Six months ended
June 30, 2019
 
     US$  

Other information

  

Cash paid for amounts included in the measurement of lease liabilities:

  

Operating cash outflows for operating leases

     891,595  

Right-of-use assets obtained in exchange for lease obligations:

  

Operating lease liabilities

     704,998  

 

  (c)

Supplemental balance sheet information related to leases was as follows:

 

     June 30,
2019
 
     US$  

Operating Leases

  

Operating lease right-of-use assets

     1,972,680  
  

 

 

 

Operating lease liability, current

     (1,379,682

Operating lease liabilities, non-current

     (221,275
  

 

 

 

Total operating lease liabilities

     (1,600,957
  

 

 

 

 

F-73


Table of Contents

ECMOHO LIMITED

NOTES TO UNAUDITED INTERIM CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

     June 30,
2019
 

Weighted-average remaining lease term

  

Operating leases

     1.40 years  

Weighted-average discount rate

  

Operating leases

     6.2

 

  (d)

Maturities of lease liabilities were as follows:

 

     June 30,
2019
 
     US$  

Remainder of 2019

     533,030  

2020

     1,095,803  

2021

     42,022  
  

 

 

 

Total undiscounted lease payments

     1,670,855  

Less: imputed interest

     (69,898
  

 

 

 

Total lease liabilities

     1,600,957  
  

 

 

 

 

  (e)

Future minimum lease payments for the Company’s operating leases were as follows:

 

     December 31,  
     2018  
     US$  

2019

     1,660,095  

2020

     1,231,019  

2021

     131,784  
  

 

 

 
     3,022,898  
  

 

 

 

 

     June 30,
2019
 
     US$  

Remainder of 2019

     569,706  

2020

     1,110,349  

2021

     42,022  
  

 

 

 
     1,722,077  
  

 

 

 

 

10.

Intangible assets, net

 

     December 31,      June 30,  
     2018      2019  
     US$      US$  

Cost:

     

Business license (a)

     461,086        460,315  

Trademark (b) (c)

     1,370,920        1,402,140  

Software

     518,713        553,328  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total cost

     2,350,719        2,415,783  

Less: Accumulated amortization

     (848,488      (1,056,993
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Intangible assets, net

     1,502,231        1,358,790  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

F-74


Table of Contents

ECMOHO LIMITED

NOTES TO UNAUDITED INTERIM CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

Intangible assets of the Group were mainly as follows:

 

  (a)

In April 2017, the Group consummated an acquisition of all the equity interest of Hangzhou Duoduo Supply Chain Management Co., Limited with a total cash consideration of RMB 1.9 million (US$ 295,790).

As the total net liabilities of the acquired company was nil, in applying the screen test in accordance with ASU 2017-01, the Group determined that substantially all of the fair value of the gross assets acquired was concentrated in the business license held by the supply chain company. As a result, the screen test was met to support the conclusion of asset acquisition.

The fair values of the business license with amount of RMB 2.6 million (US$ 394,386) is amortized over 5 years on a straight-line basis. Deferred tax liability of RMB 0.6 million (US$ 98,596) is recognized in associated with the identifiable intangible asset.

 

  (b)

In April 2016, non-controlling interest shareholders of Shanghai Heng Shou Tang Health Technology Co., Limited (“Shanghai Heng Shou Tang”) contributed trademarks as their investment in Shanghai Heng Shou Tang.

The trademarks with a cost of RMB 3 million (US$ 464,475) is amortized over 10 years on a straight-line basis.

 

  (c)

On December 16, 2016, the Group consummated an acquisition of 70% of the equity interest of Shanghai Jieshi Technology Co., Limited (“Shanghai Jieshi”) with the cash consideration of RMB 0.7 million (US$ 100,908). Management concluded such transaction as a business acquisition. The financial results of Shanghai Jieshi have been consolidated by the Company since the acquisition date.

The net liabilities acquired based on their fair values was RMB 3.8 million (US$ 543,505). The newly identifiable intangible assets were RMB 6.4 million (US$ 916,879) which primarily consist of trademarks. Deferred tax liability of RMB1.6 million (US$ 229,220) as recognized in associated with the identifiable intangible assets.

Fair values of the trademarks with amount of RMB 6.4 million (US$ 916,879) is amortized over 5 years on a straight-line basis.

In June 2017, the Group acquired the rest of the 30% equity interest of Shanghai Jieshi with a consideration of RMB 0.3 million (US$ 48,704). The difference between the consideration and the carrying amount of such non-controlling interests was recorded in accumulated deficit in the amount of US$ (23,993).

The Group sold 10% of the equity interest to a third-party investor with a consideration of RMB 0.1 million (US$ 16,235) afterwards in July 2017. The difference between the consideration and the carrying amount of such equity interests was recorded in accumulated deficit in the amount of US$ 78,404.

Amortization costs recognized for the six months ended June 30, 2018 and 2019 were US$ 213,162 and US$ 212,831, respectively.

 

F-75


Table of Contents

ECMOHO LIMITED

NOTES TO UNAUDITED INTERIM CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

As of June 30, 2019, amortization expenses related to the intangible assets for future periods were estimated to be as follows:

 

     June 30,  
     2019  
     US$  

Remainder of 2019

     311,609  

2020

     335,850  

2021

     233,945  

2022

     212,757  

2023

     87,771  

2024 and thereafter

     176,858  
  

 

 

 
     1,358,790  
  

 

 

 

 

11.

Other non-current assets

Other non-current assets consisted of the following:

 

     December 31,      June 30,  
     2018      2019  
     US$      US$  

Online store and other deposits

     1,167,807        1,289,245  

Deferral of initial public offering costs

     522,072        1,858,586  

Prepayments for royalty fee (a)

     —          339,215  

Rental prepayments

     217,188        —    

Prepayments for equipment and software procurement

     83,199        1,853  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

     1,990,266        3,488,899  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

  (a)

In June 2019, the Group entered into agreement with a third party business partner for the usage of the business partner’s images of characters on the products to be sold by the Group during the period from September 1, 2019 to September 30, 2020. Pursuant to the agreement, the Group shall pay the business partner royalty fees based on certain percentage of the sales of related products during the contract period not lower than an agreed minimum royalty fee. The Group prepaid the minimum royalty fee to the business partner with the amount of US$ 339,215 in June 2019 which will be used to settle its future royalty fees.

 

12.

Short-term borrowings

Bank borrowings

As of December 31, 2018 and June 30, 2019, the total short-term bank borrowings balance of the Group was US$ 12,500,392 and US$ 24,112,984, respectively. The short-term bank borrowings outstanding as of December 31, 2018 and June 30, 2019 carried a weighted average interest rate of 6.28% and 6.24% per annum, respectively.

On October 18, 2018, two fully owned subsidiaries of the Group obtained a three-year revolving loan facility in an aggregate principal amount not exceeding US$25.0 million from Taipei Fubon Commercial Bank Co. Ltd., Hong Kong Branch. Borrowings drawn down from the loan facility are charged by account receivables, bank accounts as well as inventories of these subsidiary and are also charged by certain of the

 

F-76


Table of Contents

ECMOHO LIMITED

NOTES TO UNAUDITED INTERIM CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

Class B ordinary shares held by the Founders. As of June 30, 2019, short-term bank borrowings with the amount of US$12,920,000 were from such revolving loan facility.

 

   

As of June 30, 2019, US$ 2,025,478 of the bank borrowings were collateralized by bank deposits of US$ 2,500,000 classified as restricted cash.

 

   

As of June 30, 2019, US$ 1,368,695 of the bank borrowings were collateralized by bank deposits of US$ 410,609 classified as deposits in prepayments and other current assets (Note 7).

 

   

As of June 30, 2019, US$ 4,000,000 of the bank borrowings were collateralized by certain accounts receivables with the carrying value of US$ 1,577,650 and bank deposits of US$ 2,000,000 classified as restricted cash.

 

   

As of June 30, 2019, US$ 610,935.75 of the bank borrowings were collateralized by certain accounts receivables of US$ 6,815,301.

 

   

As of June 30, 2019, US$ 1,733,226 of the bank borrowings were guaranteed by the Founders.

Other borrowings

On December 25, 2018, the Group entered into a three-month loan agreement with a third-party company with a principle amount of US$ 1,748,456 (RMB 12,000,000) and annual interest rate of 18%. The borrowings were collateralized by inventory in certain warehouse of the Group. The loan has been repaid during the six months ended June 30, 2019.

In October 2018, the Group entered into a 1-year loan agreement with a third-party company with a principle amount of US$ 727,304 (RMB 5,000,000) and annual interest rate of 12%.

In December 2018, the Group entered into one-year loan agreements with a third-party company with a principle amount of US$ 1,618,778 (RMB 11,110,000) and annual interest rate of 10.90%. The borrowings were collateralized by certain accounts receivables with the carrying value of US$ 1,798,100. The loan has been repaid during the six months ended June 30, 2019. In March, April, May and June 2019, the Group entered into several one-year loan agreements with the third-party company with a total principal amount of US$ 4,756,485 and annual interest rate of 10.90%. The borrowings were collateralized by certain accounts receivables with the carrying value of US$ 6,815,301.

In September and October 2018, the Group entered into six-month loan agreements with a third-party company with a total principal amount of US$ 5,360,000 and annual interest rates from 7% to 9%. The loans have been repaid during the six months ended June 30, 2019. In March and May 2019, the Group entered into six-month loan agreements with the third-party company with a total principal amount of US$ 3,942,000 and annual interest rate of 9%.

In March, May and June 2019, the Group entered into several six-month loan agreements with a third-party company with a total principal amount of US$ 2,049,531 and annual interest rate of 8%. The borrowings were collateralized by certain accounts receivables with the carrying amount of US$ 4,657,321.

There exists no restrictive financial covenants attached to the Group’s short-term borrowings.

The short-term borrowings outstanding as of December 31, 2018 and June 30, 2019 carried a weighted average interest rate of 7.09% and 7.72% per annum, respectively.

Interest expenses for all the short-term borrowings were US$ 249,626 and US$ 1,118,817 for the six months ended June 30, 2018 and 2019 respectively.

 

F-77


Table of Contents

ECMOHO LIMITED

NOTES TO UNAUDITED INTERIM CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

13.

Accrued liabilities and other current liabilities

Accrued liabilities and other current liabilities consist of the following:

 

     December 31,      June 30,  
     2018      2019  
     US$      US$  

Logistics expenses payables

     824,743        1,387,610  

Deposits from distributors

     292,641        277,764  

Business acquisition payables

     43,711        43,638  

Redeemable non-controlling interests acquisition payables (Note 16)

     —          3,798,720  

Payable for initial public offering costs

     145,705        960,136  

Payables for online advertising fees

     1,611,123        1,371,380  

Provision for litigation (Note 24(c))

     —          472,748  

Refund obligation of sales return

     858,536        243,822  

Others

     517,911        587,289  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

     4,294,370        9,143,107  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

14.

Tax payable

 

     December 31,      June 30,  
     2018      2019  
     US$      US$  

Value added tax liabilities

     1,149,913        1,097,250  

Income tax payable

     1,672,196        1,761,106  

Urban maintenance and construction tax

     31,324        10,794  

Surtax for education expenses

     13,525        5,255  

Individual income tax withholding

     35,432        4,892  

Others

     4,582        1,759  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

     2,906,972        2,881,056  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

The Group’s product revenues are subject to value-added tax at the rate ranging from 9% to 16%, and the Group’s service revenues are subject to value-added tax at the rate of 6%.

 

15.

Redeemable convertible preferred shares

In August 2015, ECMOHO Shanghai received a total capital contribution of US$ 13,081,880 from third-party investors (the “Round A Investors”) in exchange for 19% equity interests with preferential rights in ECMOHO Shanghai (the “Round A convertible redeemable preferred shares” or “Round A preferred shares”).

In April 2016, ECMOHO Shanghai received a total capital contribution of US$ 24,000,000 from third-party investors (the “Round B Investors”) in exchange for 12% equity interest with preferential rights in ECMOHO Shanghai (the “Round B convertible redeemable preferred shares” or “Round B preferred shares”).

 

F-78


Table of Contents

ECMOHO LIMITED

NOTES TO UNAUDITED INTERIM CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

According to the investment agreements with Round A Investors and Round B Investors, the equity interest held by them have the following preferential rights over the equity interests held by the Founders:

a. In the event of liquidation, Round B Investors have preference over the interests held by Round A Investors, followed by Founders. The liquidation amount is 150% of the original investment amount plus all declared but unpaid dividends (if applicable) plus its pro rata share of undistributed earnings.

b. In the event of a significant breach of contract by ECMOHO Shanghai or the Founders, both Round A and Round B Investors have the right to put the equity interest back to ECMOHO Shanghai or the Founders. The put price shall be 110% of the original investment amount plus 15% compound interest per annum.

c. In the event that the Company does not achieve a public listing before August 2021, both Round A and Round B Investors have the right to put the equity interest back to ECMOHO Shanghai or the Founders. The put price shall be 110% of the original investment amount plus 10% interest per annum.

d. Both Round A and Round B Investors are entitled to dividends in the same manner as the other equity interest of ECMOHO Shanghai.

e. Both Round A and Round B Investors have rights to appoint directors on the board of ECMOHO Shanghai.

In April 2018, the Founders entered into an agreement with one of the Round A Investors (“Exit Investor”) to purchase all of its 8.36% equity interests with preferential rights in ECMOHO Shanghai at fair value.

During the Reorganization process, preferential rights associated with the 8.36% equity interest acquired by the Founders were removed and exchanged into 9,519,000 Class A Ordinary Shares of the Company in August 2018, which was considered as an extinguishment of the preferential rights. Subsequently in the same month, the Founders sold 8,880,894 Class A Ordinary Shares out of the 9,519,000 shares to third-party investors (Note 17).

During the Reorganization process, after ECMOHO HK purchased 97.5% equity interest of ECMOHO Shanghai, on September 27, 2018, the Company issued 9,519,000 and 10,817,100 number of Class A-1 and Class A-2 Ordinary Shares with preferential rights (the “Class A-1 and Class A-2 convertible redeemable preferred shares” or “Class A-1 and Class A-2 preferred shares”) to its Round A and Round B Investors, all in the same proportions, on an as converted basis, as the percentage of equity interest they held in ECMOHO Shanghai before the Reorganization. Except for the NCI holders, who remained to hold collectively 2.5% equity interests of ECMOHO Shanghai, preferential rights associated with the Round A and Round B preferred shares set forth above were removed and replaced by the terms as described below during the Reorganization.

In August and September 2018, the Company issued 7,938,915 number of Series A convertible redeemable preferred shares (“Series A preferred shares”) with US$ 2.8341 per share for a total cash consideration of US$ 22,500,000. The issuance costs were US$ 70,033.

The key terms of the Class A-1, Class A-2 and Series A Preferred Shares issued by the Company are as follows:

Conversion rights

Optional Conversion

Each Series A Preferred Share shall be convertible, at the option of the holder thereof, at any time and from time to time, and without the payment of additional consideration by the holder thereof, into such number of Class A Ordinary Shares as is determined by dividing the Series A Preferred Shares Original Issue Price by the Series A Preferred Share Conversion Price in effect at the time of conversion.

 

F-79


Table of Contents

ECMOHO LIMITED

NOTES TO UNAUDITED INTERIM CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

The Series A Preferred Share Conversion Price shall initially be the Series A Preferred Share Original Issue Price, resulting in an initial conversion ratio for the Series A Preferred Shares of 1:1, and shall be subject to adjustment and readjustment from time to time, including but not limited to additional equity securities issuance, share dividends, distribution, subdivisions, redemptions, combinations, or consolidation of ordinary shares.

Mandatory Conversion

Upon either (a) a Qualified IPO or (b) the date and time, or the occurrence of an event, specified by vote or written consent of the holders of the Series A Preferred Shares, then all outstanding Series A Preferred Shares shall automatically be converted into Class A Ordinary Shares, at the then effective conversion rate.

Upon a Qualified IPO, all outstanding Class A-1 and Class A-2 Preferred Shares shall automatically be converted into Class A Ordinary Shares, at the then effective Class A-1 Conversion Price and Class A-2 Conversion Price. The Class A-1 and Class A-2 Conversion Price shall initially be the Class A-1 and Class A-2 Original Issue Price, resulting in an initial conversion ratio for the Class A-1 and A-2 Ordinary Shares of 1:1, and shall be subject to adjustment and readjustment from time to time, including but not limited to additional equity securities issuance, share dividends, distribution, subdivisions, redemptions, combinations, or consolidation of ordinary shares.

A Qualified IPO means a firm-commitment underwritten initial public offering by the Company of its Ordinary Shares (or the ADSs thereof) on the New York Stock Exchange or NASDAQ Stock Market in the United States, the Hong Kong Stock Exchange or any other exchange in any other jurisdiction (or any combination of such exchanges and jurisdictions) acceptable to the Company, in any case with a pre-initial public offering valuation of at least US$600,000,000 and with aggregate offering proceeds (before deduction of underwriting fees, commissions or expenses) to the Company of not less than US$120,000,000 (or any cash proceeds of other currency of equivalent value).

The Company determined that there were no beneficial conversion features identified for any of the Preferred Shares during any of the periods. In making this determination, the Company compared the fair value of the ordinary shares into which the Preferred Shares are convertible with the respective effective conversion price at the issuance date. In all instances, the effective conversion price was greater than the fair value of the ordinary shares. To the extent a conversion price adjustment occurs, as described above, the Company will re-evaluate whether or not a beneficial conversion feature should be recognized.

Voting rights

Each holder of Class A-1, Class A-2 and Series A Preferred Shares is entitled to cast the number of votes equal to the number of Class A Ordinary Share on an as-converted basis.

Dividend rights

Each holder of Series A Preferred Shares is entitled to receive dividends at the rate per annum of 6% of the Series A Original issue price. The dividends is accrued from day to day, whether or not declared, and is non-cumulative. After full payment of dividend to the holder of the Series A Preferred Shares, the holders of the Class A-1 and Class A-2 Preferred Shares shall have right to receive dividends of the Company if declared by the Directors and in such amount as the Directors consider appropriate.

Liquidation preference

In the event of any voluntary or involuntary liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Company, and in the event of a Deemed Liquidation Event (for example, a merger, share exchange, amalgamation or

 

F-80


Table of Contents

ECMOHO LIMITED

NOTES TO UNAUDITED INTERIM CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

consolidation, etc.), the consideration payable to shareholders in such liquidation shall be distributed among the holders of the outstanding shares in the following order and manner:

Firstly, the holders of Series A Preferred Shares then outstanding shall be entitled to be paid, pari passu as between themselves, an amount per Share equal to 100% of the Series A Original Issue Price, plus all declared but unpaid dividends (if applicable) on such Series A Preferred Share (the “Series A Liquidation Amount”).

Secondly, the holders of Class A-2 Preferred Shares then outstanding shall be entitled to be paid, pari passu as between themselves, an amount per Share equal to 100% of the applicable Class A-2 Original Issue Price (as adjusted), plus all declared but unpaid dividends (if applicable) on such Class A-2 Preferred Share (the “Class A-2 Liquidation Amount”).

Thirdly, the holders of Class A-1 Preferred Shares then outstanding shall be entitled to be paid, pari passu as between themselves, an amount per Share equal to 100% of the applicable Class A-1 Original Issue Price (as adjusted), plus all declared but unpaid dividends (if applicable) on such Class A-1 Preferred Share (the “Class A-1 Liquidation Amount”).

Lastly, if there are any assets or funds remaining after the aggregate of the Series A Liquidation Amount, Class A-2 Liquidation Amount and Class A-1 Liquidation Amount has been distributed or paid in full to the applicable holders of Series A Preferred Shares, Class A-2 Preferred Shares, Class A-1 Preferred Shares, respectively, the holders of the Series A Preferred Shares, Class A-1 Preferred Shares, Class A-2 Preferred Shares, Class A Ordinary Shares and Class B Ordinary Shares shall be entitled to be paid, pari passu as between themselves, an amount per Share equal to the remaining assets and funds of the Company available for distribution to the Shareholders divided by the number of Shares held by such Shareholders on an as converted basis (the “Remaining Liquidation Amount”).

Redemption right

Series A Preferred Shares shall be redeemed by the Company at a price equal to the Series A Original Issue Price per share, plus the amount which would accrue on the Series A Original Issue Price at the annual rate of six percent (6%) from the date of the Series A Original Issue Date up to and including such date as the Series A Liquidation Amount is paid with respect to such Series A Preferred Share (the “Series A Redemption Price”), in thirty-six (36) monthly instalments within three (3) years commencing not more than 90 days after receipt by the Company at any time on or after the fifth anniversary of the date of the Series A Original Issue Date from any holder of the Series A Preferred Shares of written notice requesting redemption of all Series A Preferred Shares (the “Series A Redemption Request”) held by such holder or on a payment schedule mutually agreed by the Company and such holder of the Series A Preferred Shares requesting redemption.

After the payment in full of the Series A Redemption Price for all outstanding Series A Redemption Request, Class A-2 Preferred Shares shall be redeemed by the Company at a price equal to the Class A-2 Original Issue Price per share, plus the amount which would accrue on the Class A-2 Original Issue Price at the annual rate of six percent (6%) from the date of the Class A-2 Original Issue Date up to and including such date as the Class A-2 Liquidation Amount is paid with respect to such Class A-2 Preferred Share (the “Class A-2 Redemption Price”), in thirty-six (36) monthly instalments within three (3) years commencing not more than 90 days after receipt by the Company at any time on or after the fifth anniversary of the date of the Series A Original Issue Date from any holder of Class A-2 Preferred Shares of written notice requesting redemption of all Class A-2 Preferred Shares (the “Class A-2 Redemption Request”) held by such holder or on a payment schedule mutually agreed by the Company and such holder of Class A-2 Preferred Shares requesting redemption.

 

F-81


Table of Contents

ECMOHO LIMITED

NOTES TO UNAUDITED INTERIM CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

After the payment in full of (i) the Series A Redemption Price for all outstanding Series A Redemption Request and (ii) the Class A-2 Redemption Price for all outstanding Class A-2 Redemption Request, Class A-1 Preferred Shares shall be redeemed by the Company at a price equal to the Class A-1 Original Issue Price per share, plus the amount which would accrue on the Class A-1 Original Issue Price at the annual rate of six percent (6%) from the date of the Class A-1 Original Issue Date up to and including such date as the Class A-1 Liquidation Amount is paid with respect to such Class A-1 Preferred Share (the “Class A-1 Redemption Price”), in thirty-six (36) monthly instalments within three (3) years commencing not more than 90 days after receipt by the Company at any time on or after the fifth anniversary of the date of the Series A Original Issue Date from any holder of Class A-1 Preferred Shares of written notice requesting redemption of all Class A-1 Preferred Shares (the “Class A-1 Redemption Request”) held by such holder or on a payment schedule mutually agreed by the Company and such holder of Class A-1 Preferred Shares requesting redemption.

Accounting of Preferred Shares

The Company classified the Round A, Round B, Class A-1, Class A-2 and Series A preferred shares (collectively as the “Preferred Shares”) as mezzanine equity in the consolidated balance sheets because they were redeemable at the holders’ option any time after a certain date or were contingently redeemable upon the occurrence of certain liquidation events outside of the Company’s control. The Preferred Shares are recorded initially at fair value, net of issuance costs.

For each reporting period, the Company recorded accretions on the Preferred Shares to the respective redemption value by using the effective interest rate method from the issuance dates to the earliest redemption dates as set forth in the original issuance.

The accretion is recorded against retained earnings, or in the absence of retained earnings, by charges against additional paid-in-capital, or in the absence of additional paid-in-capital, by charges to accumulated deficit. The accretion of the Preferred Shares was US$ 2,132,221 and US$ 608,102 for the six months ended June 30, 2018 and 2019.

Extinguishment of preferred shares

The Company assesses whether amendments to the terms of its Preferred Shares is an extinguishment or a modification from both quantitative and qualitative perspectives.

 

  i.

Extinguishment of Round A and Round B preferred shares during Reorganization

As described above, prior to the Reorganization, the equity interests of ECMOHO Shanghai held by the Round A and Round B Investors were with liquidation preference and also were redeemable at the holders’ option any time after a certain date or breach of contract by ECMOHO Shanghai or the Founders.

Upon completion of the Reorganization, Round A and Round B Investors’ equity interests with preferential rights, except for the 2.5% held by NCI holder, in ECMOHO Shanghai were exchanged into 9,519,000 Class A-1 and 10,817,100 Class A-2 Preferred Shares of the Company, respectively.

The most significant changes in the preferential rights of the Round A and Round B Investors are in respect with the redemption right and liquidation preference.

From both quantitative and qualitative perspectives, the Company assessed the impact of the above amendments and concluded that these amendments represent extinguishment rather than modification of Round A and Round B preferred shares. Therefore, at the time of the extinguishment in August 2018, Round

 

F-82


Table of Contents

ECMOHO LIMITED

NOTES TO UNAUDITED INTERIM CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

A and Round B preferred shares with the carrying amount of US$ 8,361,109 and US$ 23,284,214 are derecognized, respectively, and Class A-1 and A-2 Preferred Shares are measured at its fair value with the amount of US$ 19,495,152 and 26,172,432, respectively, with the difference of US$ 14,022,261 charged to additional paid-in capital and accumulated deficit with the amount of US$ 8,754,073 and US$ 5,268,188, respectively.

The Company concluded that there is no accretion to be recognized for Class A-1 and Class A-2 preferred shares because their initial carrying amount is greater than the redemption value as of December 31, 2018 and June 30, 2019. Therefore, no adjustment will be made to the initial carrying amount of the Class A-1 and Class A-2 preferred shares until the redemption amount exceeds the carrying amount.

As of December 31, 2018, US$ 89,222 of the subscription consideration for Class A-2 preferred shares remained outstanding and such amount was presented as subscriptions receivable, a contra mezzanine equity balance on the consolidated balance sheets. Such considerations were collected in cash during the six months ended June 30, 2019.

 

  ii.

Extinguishment of 8.36% Round A preferred shares during the Reorganization

As described above, preferential rights associated with the 8.36% equity interest acquired by the Founders were removed during the Reorganization process and exchanged into 9,519,000 Class A Ordinary Shares of the Company. From accounting perspective, the Founders exchanged their preferred equity interests in ECMOHO Shanghai into the preferred shares of the Company and immediately exercise its conversion right to convert the preferred shares into Class A Ordinary Shares. Changes from the preferred equity interests in ECMOHO Shanghai to preferred shares of the Company were also considered as an extinguishment. Therefore, at the time of the extinguishment, the Round A preferred shares with the carrying amount of US$ 8,754,168 held by the Founders were derecognized, and corresponding preferred shares were measured at its fair value with the amount of US$ 19,495,152 on the extinguishment date in August 2018, with the difference amounted to US$ 10,740,984 charged to additional paid-in capital. Simultaneously, the Founders converted the preferred shares to exchange 9,519,000 Class A Ordinary Shares of the Company (Note 17). The preferred shares with the carrying amount of US$ 19,495,152 were derecognized, and the corresponding Class A Ordinary Shares were increased by US$ 95 and US$ 19,495,057 in par value and additional paid-in capital, respectively.

 

F-83


Table of Contents

ECMOHO LIMITED

NOTES TO UNAUDITED INTERIM CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

The Company’s Preferred Shares activities for the six months ended June 30, 2018 and 2019 are summarized below:

 

   

Round A Preferred

Shares

    Round B Preferred
Shares
   

Class A-1 Preferred

Shares

   

Class A-2 Preferred

Shares

   

Series A Preferred

Shares

 
    Number of
shares
    Amount
(US$)
    Number of
shares
    Amount
(US$)
    Number of
shares
    Amount
(US$)
    Number of
shares
    Amount
(US$)
    Number of
shares
    Amount
(US$)
 

Balances as of January 1, 2018

    19,038,000       16,096,784       13,663,700       27,876,810       —         —         —         —         —         —    

Accretion on convertible redeemable preferred shares to redemption value—Before Reorganization

    —         841,283       —         1,290,938       —         —         —         —         —         —    
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balances as of June 30, 2018

    19,038,000       16,938,067       13,663,700       29,167,748       —         —         —         —         —         —    
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balances as of December 31, 2018

    —         —         —         —         9,519,000       19,495,152       10,817,100       26,083,210       7,938,915       22,875,144  

Collection of subscription receivables

    —         —         —         —         —         —         —         89,222       —         —    

Accretion on convertible redeemable preferred shares to redemption value—After Reorganization

    —         —         —         —         —         —         —         —         —         608,102  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balances as of June 30, 2019

    —         —         —         —         9,519,000       19,495,152       10,817,100       26,172,432       7,938,915       23,483,246  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

F-84


Table of Contents

ECMOHO LIMITED

NOTES TO UNAUDITED INTERIM CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

16.

Redeemable non-controlling interests and non-controlling interests

Redeemable non-controlling interests

As described in Note 15 above, certain Round B Investors who collectively held 2.5% equity interests in ECMOHO Shanghai with preferential rights remained as the shareholders of ECMOHO Shanghai after the completion of the Reorganization.

The 2.5% equity interests in ECMOHO Shanghai held by these Round B Investors are with liquidation preference and also are redeemable at the holders’ option under certain events, which are not solely within the control of ECMOHO Shanghai. Accordingly, such 2.5% equity interests in ECMOHO Shanghai are recorded and accounted for as redeemable non-controlling interests outside of permanent equity in the Group’s consolidated balance sheets in accordance with ASC 480-10-S99-3A.

Subsequently, the redeemable non-controlling interests should be carried at the higher of (1) the carrying amount after the attribution of net income or loss of ECMOHO Shanghai (2) the expected redemption value. The Group accretes for the difference between the initial carrying value and the ultimate redemption price to the earliest possible redemption date using the effective interest method. The accretion, which increases the carrying value of the redeemable non-controlling interests, is recorded against retained earnings, or in the absence of retained earnings, by charges against additional paid-in-capital, or in the absence of additional paid-in-capital, by charges to accumulated deficit.

On June 25, 2019, the Group entered into agreements to acquire the 2.5% of the equity interest of ECMOHO Shanghai from its non-controlling shareholders at a total cash consideration of US$ 5,382,048 (RMB 36,999,967). Out of the total consideration, US$ 2,215,392 (RMB 15,230,156) is payable within 15 days from the date of the agreement. The remaining US$ 3,166,656 (RMB 21,769,811) is subject to the following payment terms: 1) if the Company completes an IPO before June 25, 2020, the consideration is payable within 60 days after the IPO; or 2) if the Company does not complete an IPO before June 25, 2020, the consideration is payable in two equal installments in two years after the agreement date plus an interest at an annual rate of eight percent accruing from the date of the agreement.

Upon completion of the above acquisition in June 2019, redeemable non-controlling interests with the carrying amount of US$ 6,678,219 were derecognized, and differences between the carrying amount and the consideration amounted to US$ 1,296,171 were charged to additional paid-in capital.

As of June 30, 2019, all of the above considerations with the amount of US$ 5,382,048 (RMB 36,999,967) were outstanding and recorded as “Accrued liabilities and other current liabilities” amounted to US$ 3,798,720 and “Other non-current liabilities” amounted to US$ 1,583,328, respectively, which equals to the discounted future cash out flows. Subsequently in July 2019, the Group settled portion of the considerations with the amount of US$ 2,215,392 (RMB 15,230,156) in cash in accordance with the payment schedule.

As the payment schedule of the above considerations will be accelerated upon the occurrence of IPO of the Company and management is unable to determine whether the condition will be satisfied until the event occurs, future payments of principle considerations were determined excluding the impact of the contingent accelerating payment condition as follows which would be adjusted upon the consummation of the IPO.

 

     June 30,
2019
 
     US$  

Remainder of 2019

     2,215,392  

2020

     1,583,328  

2021

     1,583,328  
  

 

 

 
     5,382,048  
  

 

 

 

 

F-85


Table of Contents

ECMOHO LIMITED

NOTES TO UNAUDITED INTERIM CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

The change in the carrying amount of redeemable non-controlling interests for the six months ended June 30, 2019 is as follow:

 

    

Six months ended

June 30, 2019

 
     US$  

Beginning Balance

     6,393,530  

Net loss attributable to redeemable non-controlling interests

     (27,068

Accretion to redemption value of redeemable non-controlling interests

     311,757  

Acquisition of redeemable non-controlling interests

     (6,678,219
  

 

 

 

Ending Balance

     —    
  

 

 

 

Non-controlling interests

Non-controlling interests represent certain of the Group’s subsidiaries’ cumulative results of operations and changes in deficit attributable to non-controlling shareholders. In June 2019, the Group sold 40% equity interests of a subsidiary to non-controlling shareholders with the consideration of US$ 595,482 (RMB 4,000,000). Difference between the carrying amount of the equity interests and the consideration amounted to US$ 4,200 was charged to additional paid-in capital.

 

17.

Ordinary Share

The Company was incorporated as a limited liability company with authorized share capital of US$50,000 divided into (i) 4,880,496,457 Class A Ordinary Shares of a par value of US$0.00001 each, (ii) 9,519,000 Class A-1 Ordinary Shares with preferential rights (“Class A-1 preferred shares”) of a par value of US$0.00001 each, (iii) 13,663,700 Class A-2 Ordinary Shares with preferential rights (“Class A-2 preferred shares) of a par value of US$0.00001 each, (iv) 75,150,400 Class B Ordinary Shares of a par value of US$0.00001 each and (iii) 21,170,443 Series A Preferred Shares of a par value of US$0.00001 each.

On August 2, 2018, the Founders subscribed for 9,519,000 Class A Ordinary Shares and 75,150,400 Class B Ordinary Shares of the Company with the cash consideration of US$ 15,261,676, in the same proportions as the percentage of equity interest they held in ECMOHO Shanghai before the Reorganization. US$6,000,376 and US$ 3,845,273 of the consideration has been received during the year ended December 31, 2018 and the six months ended June 30, 2019, respectively, and US$ 9,261,300 and US$ 5,416,027 was remained outstanding and presented as subscriptions receivable, a contra-equity balance on the consolidated balance sheets as of December 31, 2018 and June 30, 2019, respectively.

As described in Note 15, upon the consummation of the above subscription, preferential rights associated with the 8.36% equity interest acquired by the Founders in ECMOHO Shanghai were removed and exchanged into 9,519,000 preferred shares of the Company, which was considered as an extinguishment of the original preferential rights (Note 15). Simultaneously, the Founders converted the preferred shares to exchange 9,519,000 Class A Ordinary Shares of the Company, and sold 8,880,894 Class A Ordinary Shares out of the 9,519,000 shares to third party investors (Note 15).

In September 2018, the Founders established a trust to hold 2,846,600 of the Company’s issued Class A Ordinary Shares. These ordinary shares were issued by the Company and held in trust for future potential subscription of new investors based on the discretion of the board of directors of the Company. The ordinary shares issued to the trust are accounted for as treasury shares of the Company and presented as such for all periods presented. The trust does not hold any other assets or liabilities as at December 31, 2018 and June 30, 2019, nor earn any income or incur any expenses for the six months ended June 30, 2019. Subsequently in August 2019, the Company repurchased these shares at nominal value and cancelled the shares.

 

F-86


Table of Contents

ECMOHO LIMITED

NOTES TO UNAUDITED INTERIM CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

As of June 30, 2019, 18,377,600 shares of Class A Ordinary Shares are issued, of which 15,531,000 shares are outstanding. Issued and outstanding shares of Class B Ordinary Shares, Class A-1, Class A-2 and Series A Preferred Shares as of June 30, 2019 are 75,150,400 shares, 9,519,000 shares, 10,817,100 shares and 7,938,915 shares, respectively.

The Company has a dual class voting structure under which majority of the ordinary shares held by the Founders are designated as Class B Ordinary Shares and all of the other ordinary shares, including the shares held by others shareholders and potential conversion of outstanding Preferred Shares, are designated as Class A Ordinary Shares. Each holder of outstanding Class A Ordinary Shares shall be entitled to cast the number of votes equal to the number of whole Class A Ordinary Shares held by such holder and each holder of outstanding Class B Ordinary Shares shall be entitled to cast the number of votes equal to ten times the number of whole Class B Ordinary Shares held by such holder.

 

18.

Revenues

The Group’s revenues for the respective periods are detailed as follows:

 

     Six Months Ended June 30,  
     2018      2019  
     US$      US$  

Product Sales

     64,285,686        126,525,519  

Product Sales—Consignment arrangement

     2,040,767        13,386,036  

Services

     5,037,669        11,413,217  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

     71,364,122        151,324,772  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

The Group’s breakdown of product sales revenue by product category for the respective periods are detailed as follow:

 

     Six Months Ended June 30,  
     2018      2019  
     US$      US$  

Health Supplements and Food

     35,152,262        55,561,383  

Mother and Child Care Products

     21,342,490        63,587,212  

Personal Care Products

     2,298,776        11,840,968  

Others

     7,532,925        8,921,992  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

     66,326,453        139,911,555  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

19.

Share-based compensation

On September 30, 2018, the Company adopted its 2018 Omnibus Incentive Plan (the “2018 Plan”), which permits the grant of restricted shares, restricted share units, options and stock appreciation rights to the employees and directors of the Company. The Company granted share options/restricted shares under the 2018 Plan to its employees and directors. Under the plan, a total of 11,386,410 Class A Ordinary Shares were initially reserved for issuance. The 2018 Plan is valid and effective for a term of 10 years commencing from its adoption.

Grant of restricted share units in 2018

Under the 2018 Plan, the Company granted 3,971,453 restricted share units to its employees on September 30, 2018. Among which, 2,753,423 restricted share units were granted with service condition,

 

F-87


Table of Contents

ECMOHO LIMITED

NOTES TO UNAUDITED INTERIM CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

and vest over a period of four years of continuous service, one fourth (1/4) of which vest upon the first anniversary of the stated vesting commencement date and the remaining vest ratably over the following 36 months. The Group recognizes respective compensation expense on a straight-line basis over the vesting term of the awards, net of estimated forfeitures.

609,015 restricted share units were granted with performance conditions whose vesting is contingent upon meeting company-wide performance goals, respective compensation cost is recognized over the requisite service period using graded-vesting method if it is probable that the performance target will be achieved. The Group will reassess the probability of achieving the performance conditions at each reporting period and record a cumulative catch-up adjustment for any changes to its assessment.

304,508 restricted share units were granted with market condition whose vesting is contingent on the Company’s market value exceeding a specific amount. The Group adopted Monte Carlo simulation to determine the fair value and requisite service period, respective compensation expense is recognized using the straight-line method over the estimated requisite service period unless the market condition is satisfied before the end of the initially estimated requisite service period.

304,507 restricted share units granted are vested upon the occurrence of initial public offering. As the Group is unable to determine if it is probable that such performance conditions will be satisfied until the event occurs, respective share-based compensation expenses for these restricted share units vesting upon the occurrence of the Company’s initial public offering will be recognized using the graded-vesting method upon the consummation of the initial public offering.

Grant of restricted share units in 2019

Under the 2018 Plan, the Company granted 472,220 restricted share units to its employees on June 30, 2019. Among which, 392,764 restricted share units were granted with service condition, and vest over a period of four years of continuous service, one fourth (1/4) of which vest upon the first anniversary of the stated vesting commencement date and the remaining vest ratably over the following 36 months. The Group recognizes respective compensation expense on a straight-line basis over the vesting term of the awards, net of estimated forfeitures.

79,456 restricted share units granted will vest upon the occurrence of initial public offering. As the Group is unable to determine if it is probable that such performance conditions will be satisfied until the event occurs, respective share-based compensation expenses for these restricted share units vesting upon the occurrence of the Company’s initial public offering will be recognized using the graded-vesting method upon the consummation of the initial public offering.

Restricted Share Units

The following table summarizes activities of the Company’s restricted share units under the 2019 Plan for the six months ended June 30, 2019:

 

     Number of
Restricted Share Units
Outstanding
     Weighted Average
Grant Date

Fair Value
 
            US$  

Outstanding as of January 1, 2019

     3,971,453        1.96  

Granted

     472,220        2.64  

Forfeited

     (581,942      2.06  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Outstanding as of June 30, 2019

     3,861,731        2.03  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Vested and expected to vest at June 30, 2019

     2,950,164        1.99  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

F-88


Table of Contents

ECMOHO LIMITED

NOTES TO UNAUDITED INTERIM CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

As of June 30, 2019, there were US$4,821,121 of unrecognized compensation expenses related to restricted share units granted by the Company to the employees, which were expected to be recognized over 0.25 to 6.77 years. Compensation expenses amounted to US$836,803 would be recognized immediately if an initial public offering with certain market capitalization had occurred as of June 30, 2019.

To the extent the actual forfeiture rate is different from the Company’s estimate, the actual share-based compensation related to these awards may be different from the expectation.

Share-based compensation expenses of nil and US$ 667,893 related to restricted share units granted was recognized for the six months ended June 30, 2018 and 2019.

 

20.

Employee benefits

The full-time employees of the Company’s subsidiaries and VIE that are incorporated in the PRC are entitled to staff welfare benefits including medical insurance, basic pensions, unemployment insurance, work injury insurance, maternity insurance and housing funds. These companies are required to contribute to these benefits based on certain percentages of the employees’ salaries in accordance with the relevant regulations and charge the amount contributed to these benefits to the consolidated statements of comprehensive income. The total amounts charged to the consolidated statements of comprehensive income for such employee benefits amounted to US$ 801,754 and US$ 1,208,090 for the six months ended June 30, 2018 and 2019, respectively. The PRC government is responsible for the welfare and medical benefits and ultimate pension liability to these employees.

 

21.

Income Taxes

Reconciliation of the differences between statutory audit rate and the effective tax rate

A reconciliation between the effective income tax rate and the PRC statutory income tax rate is as follows:

 

     Six Months Ended June 30,  
     2018     2019  

PRC statutory income tax rates

     25.00     25.00

Change in valuation allowance

     (12.11 %)      17.68

Effect of permanent differences

     5.45     1.33

Effect of tax holiday*

     —         (28.70 %) 

Difference in tax rate of subsidiaries outside the PRC

     (11.36 %)      2.63
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

     6.98     17.94
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

  *

Yi Ling (Shanghai) Information Technology Co., Limited, fully owned subsidiary of the Group, obtained its software enterprise certificate in June 2019 and is entitled to a two year tax exemption from Corporate Income Tax (“CIT”) and a 50% CIT reduction for the succeeding three years thereafter.

 

F-89


Table of Contents

ECMOHO LIMITED

NOTES TO UNAUDITED INTERIM CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

Composition of income tax expense

The current and deferred portions of income tax expense included in the consolidated statements of comprehensive income are as follows:

 

     Six Months Ended June 30,  
     2018      2019  
     US$      US$  

Current income tax expense

     65,663        95,426  

Deferred tax expense

     11,843        280,453  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Income tax expense, net

     77,506        375,879  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Deferred tax assets and liabilities

Deferred taxes were measured using the enacted tax rates for the periods in which they are expected to be reversed. The tax effects of temporary differences that give rise to the deferred tax asset balances as of December 31, 2018 and June 30, 2019 are as follows:

 

     December 31,
2018
     June 30,
2019
 
     US$      US$  

Deferred tax assets:

     

Tax loss carry-forwards

     2,030,373        2,013,283  

Inventory provision

     137,652        71,755  

Unrealized Profit

     3,719        —    

Provision for litigation

     —          121,207  

Allowance for doubtful accounts

     24,033        44,785  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total deferred tax assets

     2,195,777        2,251,030  

Less: Valuation allowance

     (1,139,566      (1,509,933
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net deferred tax assets

     1,056,211        741,097  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Deferred tax liabilities:

     

Recognition of intangible assets arising from asset acquisition and business combination

     (210,076      (175,415
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net deferred tax liabilities

     (210,076      (175,415
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Movement of valuation allowance is as follows:

 

     Six Months Ended June 30,  
     2018      2019  
     US$      US$  

Beginning balance

     2,129,655        1,139,566  

Current period additions

     172,788        583,649  

Reversal of valuation allowances

     (307,327      (213,282
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Ending balance

      1,995,116         1,509,933  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Increase of the valuation allowance in the six months ended June 30, 2019 was mainly due to certain of the Group’s start-up PRC subsidiaries experienced losses at their preliminary stage of business and full valuation allowances were provided against their deferred tax assets, mainly related to loss carry forwards.

 

F-90


Table of Contents

ECMOHO LIMITED

NOTES TO UNAUDITED INTERIM CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

22.

Related Party transactions

As of December 31, 2018 and June 30, 2019, transactions and balances amount due to related parties were as follows:

 

     Six Months Ended June 30,  
     2018      2019  
     US$      US$  

Transaction with related parties

     

Payment of advances to related parties (ii)

     (1,792,998      (1,803,026

Proceeds of advances from related parties (ii)

     468,519        4,984,076  

Proceeds of borrowings from related parties (iv)

     3,000,000        —    

Reimbursement to related parties

     119,591        245,398  

Cash payments for acquisition of equity interests of ECOMHO Shanghai for Reorganization purpose (iii)

     —          (4,261,580

Subscription fees received from the Founders of ECMOHO Shanghai for Reorganization purpose (i)

     —          3,845,273  

 

     December 31,      June 30,  
     2018      2019  
     US$      US$  

Balance amount with related parties

     

Subscription receivables due from Founders of ECMOHO Shanghai for Reorganization purpose (i)

     9,261,300        5,416,027  

Payable due to related parties (ii)

     (6,756,620      (10,054,771

Payables due to shareholders of ECMOHO Shanghai for Reorganization purpose (iii)

     (4,261,580      —    

Borrowings and interests from related parties (iv)

     (6,405,000      (6,493,534

 

  (i)

During the Reorganization Process, among the subscription fee of US$ 15,261,676 for Class A and Class B Ordinary Shares, US$6,000,376 and US$ 3,845,273 of the consideration has been received during the year ended December 31, 2018 and the six months ended June 30, 2019, respectively, and US$ 9,261,300 and US$ 5,416,027 was remained outstanding and presented as subscriptions receivable, a contra-equity balance on the consolidated balance sheets as of December 31, 2018 and June 30, 2019, respectively.

  (ii)

The Group drawn down interest free advances from Founders, members of Founders immediate families and special purpose vehicles controlled by the Founders and Shareholders during the periods presented. As of December 31, 2018 and June 30, 2019, payables due to these related parties amounted to US$ 6,756,620 and US$ 10,054,771, respectively.

  (iii)

During the Reorganization Process, on July 8, 2018, ECMOHO HK legally acquired 97.5% of the equity interest of ECMOHO Shanghai from the Founders and most of the Investors, except for 2.5% equity interests held by certain of the Investors (“NCI holders”), with the consideration of US$ 18,737,426. US$ 14,475,846 and US$ 4,261,580 of the consideration was settled during the year ended December 31, 2018 and six months ended June 30, 2019, respectively. US$ 4,261,580 and nil of the consideration remained outstanding and such amount was presented as amounts due to related parties on the consolidated balance sheets as of December 31, 2018 and June 30, 2019, respectively.

  (iv)

On April 11, 2018, the Group entered into a loan agreement with a fully owned subsidiary of one of the investors of Class A-2 (Round B) preferred shares, with the principle amount of US$ 3,000,000, with the interest rate of 6.00%, and such borrowings shall be repaid upon the borrower’s request.

 

F-91


Table of Contents

ECMOHO LIMITED

NOTES TO UNAUDITED INTERIM CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

23.

Basic and diluted net earnings/(loss) per share

Basic earnings/(loss) per share and diluted earnings/(loss) per share have been calculated in accordance with ASC 260 on computation of earnings per share for the six months ended June 30, 2018 and 2019 as follows:

 

     Six Months Ended June 30,  
     2018      2019  

Numerator:

     

Net income attributable to ECMOHO Limited

     1,131,929        1,812,970  

Accretion on convertible redeemable preferred shares to redemption value (Note 15)

     (2,132,221      (608,102

Accretion to redemption value of redeemable non-controlling interests (Note 16)

     —          (311,757
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net income (loss) attributable to ordinary shareholders-Basic

     (1,000,292      893,111  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net income (loss) attributable to ordinary shareholders-Diluted

     (1,000,292      893,111  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Denominator:

     

Denominator for basic earnings/(loss) per share weighted-average ordinary shares outstanding

     81,162,400        90,681,400  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Dilutive impact of Class A-1 preferred shares conversion

     —          9,519,000  

Dilutive impact of Class A-2 preferred shares conversion

     —          10,817,100  

Dilutive impact of restricted share units

     —          567,466  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Denominator for dilutive earnings/(loss) per share weighted-average ordinary shares outstanding

     81,162,400        111,584,966  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Basic net earnings/(loss) per ordinary share:

     (0.01      0.01  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Diluted net earnings/(loss) per ordinary share:

     (0.01      0.01  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

For the six months ended June 30, 2018, assumed conversion of the Preferred Shares have not been reflected in the dilutive calculations pursuant to ASC 260, “Earnings Per Share,” due to the anti-dilutive effect.

For the six months ended June 30, 2019, assumed conversion of the Series A Preferred Shares have not been reflected in the dilutive calculations pursuant to ASC 260, “Earnings Per Share,” due to the anti-dilutive effect.

The following ordinary shares equivalent were excluded from the computation of diluted net loss per ordinary share for the periods presented because including them would have had an anti-dilutive effect:

 

     Six Months Ended June 30,  
     2018      2019  

Preferred shares—weighted average

     32,701,700           7,938,915   

 

24.

Commitments and contingencies

 

  (a)

Purchase commitments

As of June 30, 2019, no purchase commitments was related to the products procurement from third party brand partners.

 

  (b)

Capital Commitments

As of June 30, 2019, no capital commitments was related to leasehold improvement and purchase of equipment.

 

F-92


Table of Contents

ECMOHO LIMITED

NOTES TO UNAUDITED INTERIM CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

  (c)

Litigation

In March 2016, the Group entered into a cooperation framework agreement to establish a joint venture with several joint venture partners. As part of the agreement, the joint venture partners agreed to contribute their ownership in certain brands to the joint venture. However, only a portion of such trademarks have been transferred to the Group. In October 2018, the Group filed a civil claim against the joint venture partners in the Shanghai Xuhui People’s Court (“the Court”) to enforce the transfer of the remaining trademarks, claim damages amounting to RMB7.19 million (US$1.05 million) and request that the joint venture partners be enjoined from using the brand name “Heng Shou Tang” in all categories. On January 10, 2019, the joint venture partners filed a counterclaim to rescind the agreement and allege damages amounting to RMB3.25 million (US$ 0.47 million).

In July 2019, the Court ruled that the Group shall pay damages in the amount of RMB3.25 million (US$0.47 million) to the joint venture partners for breaching its contractual obligation to contribute capital to the joint venture, and that the joint venture partners shall continue to perform their contractual obligations by transferring the remaining trademarks to the joint venture and cease to use the brand name “Heng Shou Tang” in all categories. Both the Group and the joint venture partners have appealed against this ruling. Despite the appeal filed by the Group, as of June 30, 2019, the Group made a provision of RMB3.25 million (US$ 0.47 million), representing the entire amount awarded to the joint venture partners by the ruling from the Court.

 

25.

Unaudited Pro Forma Balance Sheet and Earnings Per Share for Conversion of Convertible Redeemable Preferred Shares

Upon the completion of a Qualified IPO as defined in Note 14, the Class A-1, Class A-2 and Series A Preferred Shares shall automatically be converted into Class A Ordinary Shares. The unaudited pro-forma balance sheet as of June 30, 2019 assumes a qualified initial public offering has occurred and presents an adjusted financial position as if the conversion of all outstanding Class A-1, Class A-2 and Series A Preferred Shares into ordinary shares at the conversion ratio of one for one occurred on June 30, 2019. Accordingly, the carrying values of the Class A-1, Class A-2 and Series A Preferred shares, in the amounts of US$ 19,495,152, US$ 26,172,432 and US$ 23,483,246, respectively, were reclassified from Class A-1, Class A-2 and Series A Preferred shares to ordinary shares for such pro forma adjustment.

 

F-93


Table of Contents

ECMOHO LIMITED

NOTES TO UNAUDITED INTERIM CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

The unaudited pro-forma earnings per share for the six months ended June 30, 2019 after giving effect to the assumed conversion of all the Preferred Shares into ordinary shares as of the issuance dates at the conversion ratio of one-for-one and the weighted average number of the Preferred Shares during the six months ended June 30, 2019 are as follows:

 

     Six Months Ended
June 30, 2019
 
     US$  

Numerator:

  

Net income attributable to ordinary shareholders

     893,111  

Pro forma adjustment of the accretion on Preferred Shares

     608,102  
  

 

 

 

Numerator for pro forma basic and diluted net earnings per share

     1,501,213  
  

 

 

 

Denominator:

  

Weighted average number of ordinary shares outstanding

     90,681,400  

Pro forma effect of weighted average number of Class A-1 preferred shares conversion

     9,519,000  

Pro forma effect of weighted average number of Class A-2 preferred shares conversion

     10,817,100  

Pro forma effect of weighted average number of Series A preferred shares conversion

     7,938,915  
  

 

 

 

Denominator for pro forma basic net earnings per ordinary share

     118,956,415  
  

 

 

 

Dilutive impact of restricted share units

     567,466  
  

 

 

 

Denominator for pro forma diluted net earnings per ordinary share

     119,523,881  
  

 

 

 

Pro forma basic net earnings per ordinary share:

     0.01  
  

 

 

 

Pro forma diluted net earnings per ordinary share:

     0.01  
  

 

 

 

The effects of conversion of redeemable non-controlling interests have been excluded from the computation of pro forma diluted net earnings per share for the six months ended June 30, 2019.

 

26.

Subsequent events

The Company has evaluated the subsequent events through September 26, 2019, the date the financial statements were issued, with no significant subsequent event identified except for the litigation disclosed in Note 24(c).

 

F-94


Table of Contents

 

 

 

LOGO

 

 

 

 


Table of Contents

PART II

INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN PROSPECTUS

 

Item 6.

Indemnification of Directors and Officers

Cayman Islands law does not limit the extent to which a company’s memorandum and articles of association may provide for indemnification of officers and directors, except to the extent any such provision may be held by the Cayman Islands courts to be contrary to public policy, such as to provide indemnification against civil fraud or the consequences of committing a crime.

Our post-offering amended and restated memorandum and articles of association permit indemnification of officers and directors against all actions, proceedings, costs, charges, expenses, losses, damages or liabilities incurred or sustained by such officers and directors, other than by reason of such officer’s or director’s own dishonesty, willful default or fraud, in or about the conduct of our business or affairs (including as a result of any mistake of judgment) or in the execution or discharge of his or her duties, powers, authorities or discretions, including without prejudice to the generality of the foregoing, any costs, expenses, losses or liabilities incurred by such officer and director in defending (whether successfully or otherwise) any civil proceedings concerning us or our affairs in any court whether in the Cayman Islands or elsewhere. This standard of conduct is generally the same as permitted under the Delaware General Corporation Law for a Delaware corporation.

Under the indemnification agreements filed as Exhibit 10.39 to this registration statement, we will provide our directors and executive officers with additional indemnification beyond that provided in our post-offering amended and restated memorandum and articles of association.

The form of underwriting agreement to be filed as Exhibit 1.1 to this registration statement will also provide for indemnification of us and our officers and executive directors for certain liabilities, including liabilities arising under the Securities Act, but only to the extent that such liabilities are caused by information relating to the underwriters furnished to us in writing expressly for use in this registration statement and certain other disclosure documents. .

Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act may be permitted to our directors, officers or persons controlling us under the foregoing provisions, we have been informed that in the opinion of the SEC, such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and is therefore unenforceable.

 

Item 7.

Recent Sales of Unregistered Securities

During the past three years, we have issued and sold the securities described below without registering the securities under the Securities Act. None of these transactions involved any underwriters’ underwriting discounts or commissions, or any public offering. We believe that each of the following issuances to private placement investors was exempt from registration under the Securities Act in reliance on Regulation S under the Securities Act or pursuant to Section 4(a)(2) of the Securities Act regarding transactions not involving a public offering.

 

Purchaser

  

Date of Sale or
Issuance

  

Type and Number of
Securities

  

Consideration in U.S.
dollars

Behealth Limited

   June 7, 2018    1 ordinary share and subsequently repurchased and cancelled    1

Behealth Limited

   July 18, 2018    1 Class A ordinary shares    1

 

II-1


Table of Contents

Purchaser

  

Date of Sale or
Issuance

  

Type and Number of
Securities

  

Consideration in U.S.
dollars

Behealth Limited

   August 2, 2018    5,368,958 Class A ordinary shares and 37,575,200 Class B ordinary shares    11,264,070 for the Class A ordinary shares and 7,630,838 for the Class B ordinary shares

Best Winner Limited

   August 2, 2018    1,072,633 Class A ordinary shares    2,250,383
Lake Zurich Partners Limited    August 2, 2018    3,077,408 Class A ordinary shares    6,456,399

Liberal Rich Limited

   August 2, 2018    6,012,000 Class A ordinary shares    12,613,170
Uhealth Limited    August 2, 2018    37,575,200 Class B ordinary shares    7,630,838
STCH Investments Inc.    August 2, 2018    4,759,500 Class A-1 ordinary shares, 1,423,300 Class A-2 ordinary shares and 529,261 Series A preferred shares    813,474 for the Class A-1 ordinary shares, 243,263 for the Class A-2 ordinary shares and 1,500,000 for the Series A preferred shares
CID Greater China Fund V, L.P.    August 2, 2018    4,759,500 Class A-1 ordinary shares and 1,423,300 Class A-2 ordinary shares    813,474 for the Class A-1 ordinary shares and 243,263 for the Class A-2 ordinary shares
Smart Warrior Limited    August 2, 2018    5,693,200 Class A-2 ordinary shares    973,054
Canarywharf Capital Limited    August 2, 2018    2,277,300 Class A-2 ordinary shares    389,222
Delta Capital Growth Fund II, L.P.    August 7, 2018    1,587,783 Series A preferred shares    4,500,000
Shua-Lien Li    August 7, 2018    1,587,783 Series A preferred shares    4,500,000
Voyager Advisors Limited    September 27, 2018    705,681 Series A preferred shares    2,000,000
Tim One International Limited    September 27, 2018    3,528,407 Series A preferred shares    10,000,000
BabyMe Limited    September 27, 2018    2,846,600 Class A ordinary
shares(1)
   treasury stock issued at par value of US$0.00001 per share

 

  (1)

In August 2019, we repurchased these shares at nominal value and canceled them.

 

II-2


Table of Contents
Item 8.

Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules

 

(a)

          Exhibits

          See Exhibit Index beginning on page II-4 of this registration statement.

 

(b)

          Financial Statement Schedules.

          Schedules have been omitted because the information required to be set forth therein is not applicable or is shown in the consolidated financial statements or notes thereto.

 

Item 9.

Undertakings

 

(a)

The undersigned Registrant hereby undertakes to provide to the underwriters at the closing specified in the underwriting agreements, certificates in such denominations and registered in such names as required by the underwriters to permit prompt delivery to each purchaser.

 

(b)

The undersigned Registrant hereby undertakes that:

 

  (1)

For purposes of determining any liability under the Securities Act, the information omitted from the form of prospectus filed as part of this Registration Statement in reliance upon Rule 430A and contained in a form of prospectus filed by the Registrant pursuant to Rule 424(b)(1) or (4) or 497(h) under the Securities Act shall be deemed to be part of this Registration Statement as of the time it was declared effective.

 

  (2)

For the purpose of determining any liability under the Securities Act, each post-effective amendment that contains a form of prospectus shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.

 

(c)

Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act may be permitted to directors, officers and controlling persons of the Registrant pursuant to the provisions described in Item 6, or otherwise, the Registrant has been advised that in the opinion of the Securities and Exchange Commission such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and is, therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification against such liabilities (other than payment by the Registrant of expenses incurred or paid by a director, officer or controlling person of the Registrant in the successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such director, officer or controlling person in connection with the securities being registered, the Registrant will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the question whether such indemnification by it is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.

 

II-3


Table of Contents

EXHIBIT INDEX

 

Exhibit
Number
   Description of Document
1.1*    Form of Underwriting Agreement
3.1    Memorandum and Articles of Association of the Registrant, currently in effect.
3.2    Form of Memorandum and Articles of Association of the Registrant, as effective immediately prior to the completion of this offering.
4.1**    Registrant’s Specimen American Depositary Receipt (included in Exhibit 4.3)
4.2    Registrant’s Specimen Certificate for Class A Ordinary Shares
4.3**    Form of Deposit Agreement, among the Registrant, the depositary and the holders and beneficial owners of American Depositary Shares issued thereunder
5.1    Form of opinion of Walkers (Hong Kong) regarding the validity of the ordinary shares being registered and certain Cayman Islands tax matters
8.1    Form of opinion of Walkers (Hong Kong) regarding certain Cayman Islands tax matters (included in Exhibit 5.1)
8.2    Opinion of Commerce & Finance Law Offices regarding certain PRC tax matters (included in Exhibit 99.2)
10.1    English translation of the Exclusive Technology Consulting and Service Agreement between ECMOHO Limited and Shanghai Yibo Medical Equipment Co., Ltd. dated November 28, 2018
10.2    English translation of the Equity Pledge Agreement among Shanghai ECMOHO Health Biotechnology Co., Ltd., Shanghai Yibo Medical Equipment Co., Ltd., and the shareholders of Shanghai Yibo Medical Equipment Co., Ltd. dated November 28, 2018
10.3    English translation of the Exclusive Call Option Agreement among Shanghai ECMOHO Health Biotechnology Co., Ltd., Shanghai Yibo Medical Equipment Co., Ltd. and the shareholders of Shanghai Yibo Medical Equipment Co., Ltd. dated November 28, 2018
10.4    English translation of the Powers of Attorney by the shareholders of Shanghai Yibo Medical Equipment Co., Ltd. dated November 28, 2018
10.5    English translation of the Confirmation Letters from the shareholders of Shanghai Yibo Medical Equipment Co., Ltd. dated November 28, 2018
10.6    English translation of the Spousal Consent Letters from the respective spouses of the shareholders of Shanghai Yibo Medical Equipment Co., Ltd. dated November 28, 2018
10.7    English translation of the Exclusive Technology Consulting and Service Agreement between Xianggui (Shanghai) Biotechnology Co., Ltd. and Yang Infinity (Shanghai) Biotechnology Co., Limited dated June 21, 2019
10.8    English translation of the Equity Pledge Agreement among Xianggui (Shanghai) Biotechnology Co., Ltd., Yang Infinity (Shanghai) Biotechnology Co., Limited and the shareholders of Yang Infinity (Shanghai) Biotechnology Co., Limited dated June 21, 2019
10.9    English translation of the Exclusive Call Option Agreement among Xianggui (Shanghai) Biotechnology Co., Ltd., Yang Infinity (Shanghai) Biotechnology Co., Limited, and the shareholders of Yang Infinity (Shanghai) Biotechnology Co., Limited dated June 21, 2019
10.10    English translation of the Powers of Attorney by the shareholders of Yang Infinity (Shanghai) Biotechnology Co., Limited dated June 21, 2019
10.11    English translation of the Confirmation Letters from the shareholders of Yang Infinity (Shanghai) Biotechnology Co., Limited dated June 21, 2019

 

II-4


Table of Contents
Exhibit
Number
   Description of Document
10.12    English translation of the Spousal Consent Letters from the respective spouses of the shareholders of Yang Infinity (Shanghai) Biotechnology Co., Limited dated June 21, 2019
10.13    Preferred Share Purchase Agreement by and between ECMOHO Limited, ECMOHO (Hong Kong) Health Technology Limited, Shanghai ECMOHO Health Biotechnology Co. Ltd., Zoe Wang, Leo Zeng and Delta Capital Fund II, L.P and Shua-Lien Li, dated August 2, 2018
10.14    Joinder Agreement by STCH Investment Inc., dated August 2, 2018, to the Preferred Share Purchase Agreement by and between ECMOHO Limited, ECMOHO (Hong Kong) Health Technology Limited, Shanghai ECMOHO Health Biotechnology Co. Ltd., Zoe Wang, Leo Zeng and Delta Capital Fund II, L.P and Shua-Lien Li, dated August 2, 2018
10.15    Joinder Agreement by Tim One International Limited, dated August  23, 2018, to the Preferred Share Purchase Agreement by and between ECMOHO Limited, ECMOHO (Hong Kong) Health Technology Limited, Shanghai ECMOHO Health Biotechnology Co. Ltd., Zoe Wang, Leo Zeng and Delta Capital Fund II, L.P and Shua-Lien Li, dated August 2, 2018
10.16    Joinder Agreement by Voyager Advisors Limited, dated September  6, 2018, to the Preferred Share Purchase Agreement by and between ECMOHO Limited, ECMOHO (Hong Kong) Health Technology Limited, Shanghai ECMOHO Health Biotechnology Co. Ltd., Zoe Wang, Leo Zeng and Delta Capital Fund II, L.P and Shua-Lien Li, dated August 2, 2018
10.17    Share Subscription Agreement between ECMOHO Limited and CID Greater China Fund V, L.P., STCH Investments Inc., Smart Warrior Limited and Canarywharf Capital Limited, dated August 7, 2018
10.18    Investors Rights Agreement by and among ECMOHO Limited, Behealth Limited, Uhealth Limited, ECMOHO (Hong Kong) Health Technology Limited, Shanghai ECMOHO Health Biotechnology Co., Ltd., Zoe Wang, Leo Zeng and each of the Investors Listed in Exhibit A thereto, dated August 7, 2018
10.19    ECMOHO 2018 Omnibus Incentive Plan
10.20    English translation of the Equity Transfer Agreement between ECMOHO (Hong Kong) Health Technology Limited and the shareholders of Shanghai ECMOHO Health Biotechnology Co. Ltd. dated July 26, 2018
10.21    English translation of the Equity Transfer Agreement by and between Ningbo Yuanyuan Liuchang Investment Center (Limited Liability) and Yipinda (Shanghai) Health Technology Co., Ltd., Shanghai ECMOHO Health Biotechnology Co., Ltd., Zoe Wang and Leo Zeng dated June 25, 2019
10.22    English translation of the Equity Transfer Agreement by and between Suzhou Dade Hongqiang Investment Center (Limited Liability) and Yipinda (Shanghai) Health Technology Co., Ltd., Shanghai ECMOHO Health Biotechnology Co., Ltd., Zoe Wang and Leo Zeng dated June 25, 2019
10.23    English translation of the Equity Transfer Agreement by and between Beijing Tianrun Diliang Investment Co., Ltd. and Yipinda (Shanghai) Health Technology Co., Ltd., Shanghai ECMOHO Health Biotechnology Co., Ltd., Zoe Wang and Leo Zeng dated June 25, 2019
10.24    English translation of the Loan Agreement between ECMOHO Limited and Taipei Fubon Commercial Bank Co. Limited dated October 18, 2018
10.25    Charges pursuant to the Loan Agreement with Taipei Fubon Commercial Bank Co. Limited over the inventories of Import-It Corp. and ECMOHO (Hong Kong) Limited dated November 23, 2018
10.26    Charges pursuant to the Loan Agreement with Taipei Fubon Commercial Bank Co. Limited over the receivables of Import-It Corp. and ECMOHO (Hong Kong) Limited dated November 23, 2018
10.27    Charges pursuant to the Loan Agreement with Taipei Fubon Commercial Bank Co. Limited over the bank accounts of Import-It Corp. and ECMOHO (Hong Kong) Limited dated November 23, 2018
10.28    Charges pursuant to the Loan Agreement with Taipei Fubon Commercial Bank Co. Limited over the shares held by Behealth Limited and Uhealth Limited dated November 23, 2018

 

II-5


Table of Contents
Exhibit
Number
   Description of Document
10.29    English translation of agreements in relation to the loan provided by Industrial Bank Co., Ltd. to Shanghai ECMOHO Health Biotechnology Co., Ltd. and guaranteed by Zoe Wang and Leo Zeng, dated June 12, 2018
10.30    English translation of agreements in relation to the loan provided by Ping An Bank Co., Ltd. to Shanghai Tonggou Information Technology Co., Ltd. and guaranteed by Zoe Wang, Leo Zeng and Shanghai ECMOHO Health Biotechnology Co., Ltd., dated June 15, 2018
10.31    English translation of agreements in relation to the loan provided by HSBC Bank (China) Company Limited to Shanghai Tonggou Information Technology Co., Ltd. and guaranteed by Zoe Wang, Leo Zeng, Shanghai ECMOHO Health Biotechnology Co., Ltd. and ECMOHO (Hong Kong) Limited, dated November 19, 2018
10.32    English translation of agreements in relation to the loan provided by Fubon Bank (China) Co., Ltd. to Shanghai Tonggou Information Technology Co., Ltd. and guaranteed by Zoe Wang, Leo Zeng and Shanghai ECMOHO Health Biotechnology Co., Ltd., dated September 25, 2018
10.33    English translation of agreements in relation to the loan provided by China Everbright Bank Co., Ltd. to Shanghai ECMOHO Health Biotechnology Co., Ltd. and guaranteed by Zoe Wang and Leo Zeng, dated December 14, 2018
10.34    English translation of the loan agreement among Shanghai Focus Brand Management Co., Ltd., Shanghai ECMOHO Health Biotechnology Co., Ltd. and Zoe Wang, dated October 22, 2018
10.35    English translation of the loan provided by China Merchants Bank Co., Ltd. to Shanghai ECMOHO Health Biotechnology Co., Ltd. and guaranteed by Zoe Wang, Leo Zeng and Shanghai Tonggou Information Technology Co., Ltd., dated March 12, 2019
10.36    English translation of the loan provided by Ningbo Commerce Bank Co., Ltd to Shanghai ECMOHO Health Biotechnology Co., Ltd. and guaranteed by Zoe Wang and Leo Zeng, dated May 6, 2019
10.37    English translation of the Loan Agreements between ECMOHO (Hong Kong) Limited and Techlong International Investments Limited dated September 18, 2017, March 28, 2018 and April 3, 2018, respectively
10.38    Agreements in relation to the loan provided by The Hongkong and Shanghai Banking Corporation Limited to ECMOHO (Hong Kong) Limited dated October 29, 2018
10.39    Form of indemnification agreements between ECMOHO Limited and the directors and executive officers of ECMOHO Limited and employment agreements between ECMOHO Limited and the directors of ECMOHO Limited
21.1    Principal Subsidiaries of the Registrant
23.1    Consent of PricewaterhouseCoopers Zhong Tian LLP
23.2    Consent of Frost & Sullivan
23.3    Consent of Walkers (Hong Kong) (included in Exhibit 5.1)
23.4    Consent of Commerce & Finance Law Offices (included in Exhibit 99.2)
24.1    Powers of Attorney (included on signature page)
99.1    Code of Business Conduct and Ethics of Registrant
99.2    Opinion of Commerce & Finance Law Offices regarding certain PRC law matters

 

*

To be submitted by amendment.

**

Incorporated by reference to the Registration Statement on Form F-6 to be filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission with respect to American depositary shares representing our Class A ordinary shares.

 

II-6


Table of Contents

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, the Registrant certifies that it has reasonable grounds to believe that it meets all of the requirements for filing on Form F-1 and has duly caused this registration statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in Shanghai, China, on September 26, 2019.

 

ECMOHO Limited

By:

 

 

 /s/ Zoe Wang

 

Name:    Zoe Wang
Title:    Chairman and Chief Executive Officer

 

II-7


Table of Contents

POWER OF ATTORNEY

Each person whose signature appears below constitutes and appoints each of Zoe Wang and Richard Wei as attorneys-in-fact with full power of substitution for him or her in any and all capacities to do any and all acts and all things and to execute any and all instruments which said attorney and agent may deem necessary or desirable to enable the registrant to comply with the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or the Securities Act, and any rules, regulations and requirements of the Securities and Exchange Commission thereunder, in connection with the registration under the Securities Act of ordinary shares of the registrant, or the Shares, including, without limitation, the power and authority to sign the name of each of the undersigned in the capacities indicated below to the Registration Statement on Form F-1, or the Registration Statement, to be filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission with respect to such Shares, to any and all amendments or supplements to such Registration Statement, whether such amendments or supplements are filed before or after the effective date of such Registration Statement, to any related Registration Statement filed pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, and to any and all instruments or documents filed as part of or in connection with such Registration Statement or any and all amendments thereto, whether such amendments are filed before or after the effective date of such Registration Statement; and each of the undersigned hereby ratifies and confirms all that such attorney and agent shall do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, this Registration Statement has been signed by the following persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

 

Signature

  

Title

 

Date

/s/ Zoe Wang

   Chairman & Chief Executive Officer (principal executive officer)   September 26, 2019

Name: Zoe Wang

/s/ Leo Zeng

   Director   September 26, 2019

Name: Leo Zeng

/s/ Greg Ye

   Director   September 26, 2019

Name: Greg Ye

/s/ Rachel Sang

   Director   September 26, 2019

Name: Rachel Sang

/s/ Daniel Wang

   Director   September 26, 2019

Name: Daniel Wang

/s/ Richard Wei

  

Chief Financial Officer

(principal financial and accounting officer)

  September 26, 2019

Name: Richard Wei

 

II-8


Table of Contents

SIGNATURE OF AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE IN THE UNITED STATES

Pursuant to the Securities Act of 1933, the undersigned, the duly authorized representative in the United States of ECMOHO Limited has signed this registration statement or amendment thereto in New York on September 26, 2019.

 

Authorized U.S. Representative

Cogency Global Inc.

By: /s/ Richard Arthur

 

Name: Richard Arthur

Title:   Assistant Secretary on behalf of Cogency Global Inc.

 

II-9

Exhibit 3.1

THE COMPANIES LAW (AS AMENDED)

COMPANY LIMITED BY SHARES

SECOND AMENDED AND RESTATED

MEMORANDUM OF ASSOCIATION AND ARTICLES OF ASSOCIATION

OF

ECMOHO LIMITED

(ADOPTED BY A SPECIAL RESOLUTION OF SHAREHOLDERS DATED NOVEMBER 23, 2018)

 

 

LOGO

REF: YX/SSNC/E2208-H17292


THE COMPANIES LAW (AS AMENDED)

COMPANY LIMITED BY SHARES

SECOND AMENDED AND RESTATED MEMORANDUM OF ASSOCIATION

OF

ECMOHO LIMITED

(ADOPTED BY A SPECIAL RESOLUTION OF SHAREHOLDERS DATED NOVEMBER 23, 2018)

 

1.

The name of the company is ECMOHO Limited (the “Company”).

 

2.

The registered office of the Company will be situated at the offices of Hermes Corporate Services Ltd., Fifth Floor, Zephyr House, 122 Mary Street, George Town, P.O. Box 31493 or at such other location as the Directors may from time to time determine.

 

3.

The objects for which the Company is established are unrestricted and the Company shall have full power and authority to carry out any object not prohibited by any law as provided by Section 7(4) of the Companies Law (as amended) of the Cayman Islands (the “Companies Law”).

 

4.

The Company shall have and be capable of exercising all the functions of a natural person of full capacity irrespective of any question of corporate benefit as provided by Section 27(2) of the Companies Law.

 

5.

The Company will not trade in the Cayman Islands with any person, firm or corporation except in furtherance of the business of the Company carried on outside the Cayman Islands; provided that nothing in this section shall be construed as to prevent the Company effecting and concluding contracts in the Cayman Islands, and exercising in the Cayman Islands all of its powers necessary for the carrying on of its business outside the Cayman Islands.

 

6.

The liability of the shareholders of the Company is limited to the amount, if any, unpaid on the shares respectively held by them.

 

7.

The authorised share capital of the Company is US$50,000 divided into (i) 4,880,496,457 Class A Ordinary Shares of a par value of US$0.00001 each, (ii) 9,519,000 Class A-1 Ordinary Shares of a par value of US$0.00001 each, (iii) 13,663,700 Class A-2 Ordinary Shares of a par value of US$0.00001 each, (iv) 75,150,400 Class B Ordinary Shares of a par value of US$0.00001 each and (iii) 21,170,443 Series A Preferred Shares of a par value of US$0.00001 each, provided always that subject to the Companies Law and the Articles of Association the Company shall have power to redeem or purchase any of its shares and to sub-divide or consolidate the said shares or any of them and to issue all or any part of its capital whether original, redeemed, increased or reduced with or without any preference, priority, special privilege or other rights or subject to any postponement of rights or to any conditions or restrictions whatsoever and so that unless the conditions of issue shall otherwise expressly provide every issue of shares whether stated to be ordinary, preference or otherwise shall be subject to the powers on the part of the Company hereinbefore provided.

 

1


8.

The Company may exercise the power contained in Section 206 of the Companies Law to deregister in the Cayman Islands and be registered by way of continuation in some other jurisdiction.

 

2


THE COMPANIES LAW (AS AMENDED)

COMPANY LIMITED BY SHARES

SECOND AMENDED AND RESTATED ARTICLES OF ASSOCIATION

OF

ECMOHO LIMITED

(ADOPTED BY A SPECIAL RESOLUTION OF SHAREHOLDERS DATED NOVEMBER 23, 2018)


TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

ARTICLE    PAGE  

TABLE A

     1  

INTERPRETATION

     1  

PRELIMINARY

     10  

SHARES

     11  

SPECIFIC RIGHTS ATTACHING TO THE ORDINARY SHARES

     12  

SPECIFIC RIGHTS ATTACHING TO THE SERIES A PREFERRED SHARES

     14  

MODIFICATION OF RIGHTS

     33  

CERTIFICATES

     33  

FRACTIONAL SHARES

     33  

LIEN

     34  

CALLS ON SHARES

     34  

FORFEITURE OF SHARES

     35  

TRANSFER OF SHARES

     36  

TRANSMISSION OF SHARES

     37  

ALTERATION OF SHARE CAPITAL

     37  

REDEMPTION, PURCHASE AND SURRENDER OF SHARES

     38  

TREASURY SHARES

     38  

RIGHT OF FIRST OFFER

     39  

RIGHT OF FIRST REFUSAL

     41  

CO-SALE RIGHT

     42  

 

i


PROHIBITED TRANSFERS

     44  

FOUNDER TRANSFERS

     45  

TERMINATION OF RIGHTS AND RESTRICTIONS

     45  

DRAG-ALONG OBLIGATION

     45  

GENERAL MEETINGS

     47  

NOTICE OF GENERAL MEETINGS

     47  

PROCEEDINGS AT GENERAL MEETINGS

     48  

VOTES OF SHAREHOLDERS

     49  

CORPORATIONS ACTING BY REPRESENTATIVES AT MEETINGS

     50  

DIRECTORS

     50  

ALTERNATE DIRECTOR

     52  

POWERS AND DUTIES OF DIRECTORS

     52  

PROTECTIVE PROVISIONS

     54  

BORROWING POWERS OF DIRECTORS

     56  

THE SEAL

     56  

DISQUALIFICATION OF DIRECTORS

     57  

PROCEEDINGS OF DIRECTORS

     58  

DIVIDENDS

     60  

ACCOUNTS, AUDIT AND ANNUAL RETURN AND DECLARATION

     61  

CAPITALISATION OF RESERVES

     62  

SHARE PREMIUM ACCOUNT

     63  

NOTICES

     63  

INDEMNITY

     64  

 

ii


NON-RECOGNITION OF TRUSTS

     65  

WINDING UP

     65  

AMENDMENT OF ARTICLES OF ASSOCIATION

     66  

CLOSING OF REGISTER OR FIXING RECORD DATE

     66  

REGISTRATION BY WAY OF CONTINUATION

     67  

MERGERS AND CONSOLIDATION

     67  

DISCLOSURE

     67  

 

iii


COMPANIES LAW (AS AMENDED)

COMPANY LIMITED BY SHARES

AMENDED AND RESTATED ARTICLES OF ASSOCIATION

OF

ECMOHO LIMITED

(ADOPTED BY A SPECIAL RESOLUTION OF SHAREHOLDERS DATED NOVEMBER 23, 2018)

TABLE A

The Regulations contained or incorporated in Table ‘A’ in the First Schedule of the Companies Law shall not apply to ECMOHO Limited (the “Company”) and the following Articles shall comprise the Articles of Association of the Company.

INTERPRETATION

 

1.

In these Articles the following defined terms will have the meanings ascribed to them, if not inconsistent with the subject matter or context:

Accruing Dividends” has the meaning given to it in Article 19.

Additional Consideration” has the meaning given to it in Article 20(b)(iv).

Additional Ordinary Shares” has the meaning given to it in Article 21(e)(i)(F).

Affiliate” means, with respect to any Person, any other Person that directly, or indirectly through one or more intermediaries, controls, is controlled by or is under common control with, such specified Person.

Articles” means these articles of association of the Company, as amended or substituted from time to time.

Behealth Share Charge” means a first fixed legal charge of 9,393,800 Class B Ordinary Shares and all further shares and rights as described thereunder provided by Behealth Limited in favor of the Chargee as security for indebtedness due to the Chargee, pursuant to the share charge between Behealth Limited and the Chargee dated November 23, 2018 and including any amendments, supplements and replacements thereto.

 

-1-


Available Proceeds” has the meaning given to it in Article 20(b)(ii)(B)(2).

Branch Register” means any branch Register of such category or categories of Members as the Company may from time to time determine.

Chargee” means Taipei Fubon Commercial Bank Co. Ltd., Hong Kong Branch, which expression shall include its successors or assignees.

Class” or “Classes” means any class or classes of Shares as may from time to time be issued by the Company.

Class A Ordinary Shares” means the class A ordinary shares of a par value of US$0.00001 per share, having the rights and being subject to the restrictions as provided for under these Articles with respect to such Share.

Class A-1 Conversion Price” means initially the amount of US$0.687146, subject to adjustment as provided in Article 21(e).

Class A-1 Ordinary Shares” means the class A-1 ordinary shares of a par value of US$0.00001 per share, having the rights and being subject to the restrictions as provided for under these Articles with respect to such Share.

Class A-1 Original Issue Date” has the meaning given to it in Article 21(e).

Class A-1 Original Issue Price” means US$0.687146 per share, subject to appropriate adjustment in the event of any share dividend, share split, combination or other similar recapitalization with respect to the Class A-1 Ordinary Shares.

Class A-1 Redemption Date” has the meaning given to it in Article 25(c).

Class A-1 Redemption Notice” has the meaning given to it in Article 25(c).

Class A-1 Redemption Price” has the meaning given to it in Article 25(c).

Class A-1 Redemption Request” has the meaning given to it in Article 25(c).

Class A-2 Conversion Price” means initially the amount of US$1.756481, subject to adjustment as provided in Article 21(e).

Class A-2 Ordinary Shares” means the class A-2 ordinary shares of a par value of US$0.00001 per share, having the rights and being subject to the restrictions as provided for under these Articles with respect to such Share.

 

-2-


Class A-2 Original Issue Price means US$1.756481 per share, subject to appropriate adjustment in the event of any share dividend, share split, combination or other similar recapitalization with respect to the Class A-2 Ordinary Shares.

Class A-2 Original Issue Datehas the meaning given to it in Article 21(e).

Class A-2 Redemption Date has the meaning given to it in Article 25(b).

Class A-2 Redemption Notice has the meaning given to it in Article 25(b).

Class A-2 Redemption Price has the meaning given to it in Article 25(b).

Class A-2 Redemption Request has the meaning given to it in Article 25(b).

Class B Ordinary Shares means the class B ordinary shares of a par value of US$0.00001 per share, having the rights and being subject to the restrictions as provided for under these Articles with respect to such Share.

Companies Law means the Companies Law (as amended) of the Cayman Islands.

Competitor” means a Person engaged, directly or indirectly (including through any partnership, limited liability company, corporation, joint venture or similar arrangement (whether now existing or formed hereafter)), in the health and wellness related e-commerce industry in the Chinese market, but shall not include any financial investment firm or collective investment vehicle that, together with its Affiliates, holds less than twenty percent (20%) of the outstanding equity of any Competitor.

Convertible Securities has the meaning given to it in Article 21(e)(i)(E).

Conversion Price means any of the Series A Conversion Price, Class A-2 Conversion Price and Class A-1 Conversion Price, as the context so requires.

Co-Sale Notice has the meaning given to it in Article 74.

Co-Sale Pro Rata Portion has the meaning given to it in Article 74(a).

Co-Sale Right Holder has the meaning given to it in Article 74.

Co-Sale Right Period has the meaning given to it in Article 74.

Deemed Liquidation Event has the meaning given to it in Article 20(b)(i).

Derivative Securities means any securities or rights convertible into, or exercisable or exchangeable for (in each case, directly or indirectly), Ordinary Shares, including options and warrants.

 

-3-


Directors” or “Board of Directors means the directors of the Company for the time being, or as the case may be, the directors assembled as a board or as a committee thereof.

Drag-Along Purchaser has the meaning given to it in Article 80.

Drag-Along Sale has the meaning given to it in Article 80.

Drag-Along Sale Notice has the meaning given to it in Article 83.

Drag-Along Sale Price has the meaning given to it in Article 83.

Drag-Along Seller has the meaning given to it in Article 80.

Employee Share Option Plan means the 2018 Employee Share Option Plan to be adopted by the Board of Directors and approved by the Company.

Enforcement” means the enforcement of the rights of the Chargee pursuant to the terms of the Share Charges, including (a) the sale and disposal by the Chargee of any of the Shares thereby charged and converted in accordance with Article 16(c); (b) the registration of the Chargee or its nominee as a Shareholder in respect of any Shares thereby charged and converted in accordance with Article 16(c); (c) the exercise of any rights by the Chargee as a Shareholder, including voting rights; and (d) the receipt by the Chargee of the dividends, distribution of assets and redemption money (if applicable) to which the Chargee is entitled as a Shareholder.

Enforcement Notice means, in relation to a Share Charge, a notice in writing to be served by the Chargee on the Company confirming that the Share Charge has become enforceable.

Exchange Act means the U.S. Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

Exempted Securities has the meaning given to it in Article 21(e)(i)(F).

First Refusal Expiration Notice has the meaning given to it in Article 71.

Founder Holding Companies means Behealth Limited and Uhealth Limited.

Founders” means Ying WANG (PRC identification number: *** and Qingchun Zeng (PRC identification number: ***).

Founders’ Offered Shares has the meaning given to it in Article 74.

Fully Exercising Investor has the meaning given to it in Article 67(b).

 

-4-


Group Companies means the Company, ECMOHO (Hong Kong) Health Technology Limited, Shanghai ECMOHO Health Biotechnology Co., Ltd. and their respective Subsidiaries.

Indemnified Person has the meaning given to it in Article 179.

Initial Consideration has the meaning given to it in Article 20(b)(iv).

Investor Beneficial Owner has the meaning given to it in Article 67.

Investor Director means any of the Preferred Share Director, the Round A Director and the Round B Director.

Investor Share means any Share held by an Investor.

Investors” has the meaning given to it in the Investors Rights Agreement.

Investors Rights Agreement means the investors rights agreement dated on or about the date of the adoption of these Articles and entered into between the Company and certain other parties named therein.

Mandatory Conversion Time has the meaning given to it in Article 22.

Memorandum of Association means the memorandum of association of the Company, as amended or substituted from time to time.

Merger Agreement has the meaning given to it in Article 20(b)(ii).

New Securities means equity securities issued by the Company after the date hereof; provided that securities created pursuant to a stock split, dividend or other subdivision of Ordinary Shares are not New Securities.

Offer Notice has the meaning given to it in Article 67(a).

Offered Shares has the meaning given to it in Article 68.

Office” means the registered office of the Company as required by the Companies Law.

Officers” means the officers for the time being and from time to time of the Company.

Option” has the meaning given to it in Article 21(e)(i)(A).

Ordinary Resolution means a resolution:

 

-5-


  (a)

passed by a simple majority of such Shareholders as, being entitled to do so, vote in person or, where proxies are allowed, by proxy at a general meeting of the Company. Where a poll is taken, regard shall be had in computing a majority to the number of votes to which each Shareholder is entitled; or

 

  (b)

approved in writing by all of the Shareholders entitled to vote at a general meeting of the Company in one or more instruments each signed by one or more of the Shareholders. The effective date of the resolution so adopted shall be the date on which the instrument, or the last of such instruments, if more than one, is executed.

Ordinary Shares” means together the Class A Ordinary Shares and Class B Ordinary Shares.

Original Issue Date” means any of the Series A Original Issue Date, Class A-2 Original Issue Date and Class A-1 Original Issue Date, as the context so requires.

Original Shares” means ordinary shares with a par value of US$0.0001 each in the capital of the Company.

Other Investor” has the meaning given to it in Article 80.

paid up” means paid up as to the par value in respect of the issue of any Shares and includes credited as paid up.

Person” means any natural person, firm, company, joint venture, partnership, corporation, association or other entity (whether or not having a separate legal personality) or any of them as the context so requires, other than in respect of a Director or Officer in which circumstances Person shall mean any person or entity permitted to act as such in accordance with the laws of the Cayman Islands.

Preferred Majority” means the holders representing at least 55% of the voting power of the Investors, voting as a single class on an as-converted basis.

Preferred Share Director” means Greg Ye, the member of the Board of Directors appointed by the Round C Investors.

Principal Register”, where the Company has established one or more Branch Registers pursuant to the Companies Law and these Articles, means the Register maintained by the Company pursuant to the Companies Law and these Articles that is not designated by the Directors as a Branch Register.

Proposed ROFR Purchaser” has the meaning given to it in Article 68.

Proposed ROFR Seller” has the meaning given to it in Article 68.

 

-6-


Qualified IPO” means the closing (or such other time as required under the relevant securities regulation) of a firm commitment underwritten public offering by the Company of its Shares (or the American depository shares thereof) on the New York Stock Exchange or NASDAQ National Market System in the United States, the Hong Kong Stock Exchange or any other exchange in any other jurisdiction (or any combination of such exchanges and jurisdictions) acceptable to the Company, in any case with a pre-offering valuation of at least US$600,000,000 and with aggregate offering proceeds (before deduction of underwriting fees, commissions or expenses) to the Company of not less than US$120,000,000 (or any cash proceeds of other currency of equivalent value).

Redemption Date” means any of the Series A Redemption Date, Class A-2 Redemption Date or Class A-1 Redemption Date, as the context so requires.

Redemption Price” means any of the Series A Redemption Price, Class A-2 Redemption Price or Class A-1 Redemption Price, as the context so requires.

Register” means the register of Members of the Company required to be kept pursuant to the Companies Law and includes any Branch
Register(s) established by the Company in accordance with the Companies Law.

Remaining Shares” has the meaning given to it in Article 71.

ROFR Closing” has the meaning given to it in Article 70.

ROFR Holder” means each of the Investors and any of its Affiliates and its permitted assignees to whom its rights under Article 68 to Article 73 have been duly assigned in accordance with the Investors Right Agreement.

ROFR Holders’ First Refusal Period” has the meaning given to it in Article 69.

ROFR Notice” has the meaning given to it in Article 68.

ROFR Offer” has the meaning given to it in Article 69.

Round A Director” means any member of the Board of Directors appointed by the Round A Investors.

Round A Investor” has the meaning given to it in the Investors Rights Agreement.

Round B Director” means any member of the Board of Directors appointed by the Round B Investors.

Round B Investor” has the meaning given to it in the Investors Rights Agreement.

Round C Investor” has the meaning given to it in the Investors Rights Agreement.

 

-7-


Seal” means the common seal of the Company (if adopted) including any facsimile thereof.

Secretary” means any Person appointed by the Directors to perform any of the duties of the secretary of the Company.

Securities Act” means the U.S. Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

Series A Conversion Price” has the meaning given to it in Article 21(b).

Series A Liquidation Amount” has the meaning given to it in Article 20(a)(i).

Series A Original Issue Date” has the meaning given to it in Article 21(e)(i)(B)

Series A Original Issue Price” has the meaning given to it in Article 19 .

Series A Preferred Shares” means the series A preferred shares of a par value of US$0.00001 per share, having the rights and being subject to the restrictions as provided for under these Articles with respect to such Share.

Series A Redemption Date” has the meaning given to it in Article 25(a).

Series A Redemption Notice” has the meaning given to it in Article 25(a).

Series A Redemption Price” has the meaning given to it in Article 25(a).

Series A Redemption Request” has the meaning given to it in Article 25(a).

Share” means a share in the capital of the Company. All references to “Shares” herein shall be deemed to be Shares of any or all Classes as the context may require. For the avoidance of doubt in these Articles the expression “Share” shall include a fraction of a Share.

Share Charges” means the Behealth Share Charge and the Uhealth Share Charge, collectively, and “Share Charge” means either one of them, individually.

Shareholder” or “Member” means a Person who is registered as the holder of Shares in the Register and includes each subscriber to the Memorandum of Association pending entry in the Register of such subscriber.

Shareholder Majority” means holders representing at least 51% of the voting power of each of (i) the outstanding Series A Preferred Shares (voting as a single class on an as-converted basis), (ii) the outstanding Class A-2 Ordinary Shares and (iii) the outstanding Class A-1 Ordinary Shares.

 

-8-


Share Premium Account” means the share premium account established in accordance with these Articles and the Companies Law.

Share Purchase Agreement” means the agreement entered into by and among the Company, Behealth Limited and Delta Capital Growth Fund II L.P. dated on or about August 2, 2018.

signed” means bearing a signature or representation of a signature affixed by mechanical means.

Special Resolution” means a special resolution of the Company passed in accordance with the Companies Law, being a resolution:

 

  (a)

passed by a majority of not less than two-thirds of such Shareholders as, being entitled to do so, vote in person or, where proxies are allowed, by proxy at a general meeting of the Company of which notice specifying the intention to propose the resolution as a special resolution has been duly given and where a poll is taken regard shall be had in computing a majority to the number of votes to which each Shareholder is entitled; or

 

  (b)

approved in writing by all of the Shareholders entitled to vote at a general meeting of the Company in one or more instruments each signed by one or more of the Shareholders and the effective date of the special resolution so adopted shall be the date on which the instrument or the last of such instruments, if more than one, is executed.

Subsidiary” means, with respect to any Person, any and all corporations, partnerships, limited liability companies, joint ventures, associations, variable interest entities or other entities controlled by such Person directly or indirectly through one or more intermediaries.

Treasury Shares” means Shares that were previously issued but were purchased, redeemed, surrendered or otherwise acquired by the Company and not cancelled.

Uhealth Share Charge” means a first fixed legal charge of 9,393,800 Class B Ordinary Shares and all further shares and rights as described thereunder provided by Uhealth Limited in favor of the Chargee as security for indebtedness due to the Chargee, pursuant to the share charge between Uhealth Limited and the Chargee dated Novebmer 23, 2018 and including any amendments, supplements and replacements thereto.

 

2.

In these Articles, save where the context requires otherwise:

 

  (a)

words importing the singular number shall include the plural number and vice versa;

 

-9-


  (b)

words importing the masculine gender only shall include the feminine gender and any Person as the context may require;

 

  (c)

the word “may” shall be construed as permissive and the word “shall” shall be construed as imperative;

 

  (d)

reference to a dollar or dollars or USD (or $) and to a cent or cents is reference to dollars and cents of the United States of America;

 

  (e)

reference to a statutory enactment shall include reference to any amendment or re-enactment thereof for the time being in force;

 

  (f)

reference to any determination by the Directors shall be construed as a determination by the Directors in their sole and absolute discretion and shall be applicable either generally or in any particular case; and

 

  (g)

reference to “in writing” shall be construed as written or represented by any means reproducible in writing, including any form of print, lithograph, email, facsimile, photograph or telex or represented by any other substitute or format for storage or transmission for writing or partly one and partly another.

 

3.

Subject to the preceding Articles, any words defined in the Companies Law shall, if not inconsistent with the subject or context, bear the same meaning in these Articles.

PRELIMINARY

 

4.

The business of the Company may be commenced at any time after incorporation.

 

5.

The Office shall be at such address in the Cayman Islands as the Directors may from time to time determine. The Company may in addition establish and maintain such other offices and places of business and agencies in such places as the Directors may from time to time determine.

 

6.

The expenses incurred in the formation of the Company and in connection with the offer for subscription and issue of Shares shall be paid by the Company. Such expenses may be amortised over such period as the Directors may determine and the amount so paid shall be charged against income and/or capital in the accounts of the Company as the Directors shall determine.

 

7.

The Directors shall keep, or cause to be kept, the Register at such place or (subject to compliance with the Companies Law and these Articles) places as the Directors may from time to time determine. In the absence of any such determination, the Register shall be kept at the Office. The Directors may keep, or cause to be kept, one or more Branch Registers as well as the Principal Register in accordance with the Companies Law, provided always that a duplicate of such Branch Register(s) shall be maintained with the Principal Register in accordance with the Companies Law.

 

-10-


SHARES

 

8.

Subject to these Articles, all unissued Shares shall be under the control of the Directors who may:

 

  (a)

issue, allot and dispose of the same to such Persons, in such manner, on such terms and having such rights and being subject to such restrictions as they may from time to time determine;

 

  (b)

grant options with respect to such Shares and issue warrants or similar instruments with respect thereto; and

 

  (c)

issue warrants or convertible securities or securities of a similar nature conferring the right upon the holders thereof to subscribe for, purchase or receive Class A Ordinary Shares of the Company on such terms as it may from time to time determine;

and, for such purposes, the Directors may reserve an appropriate number of unissued Shares.

 

9.

Subject to these Articles, the Directors, or the Shareholders by Ordinary Resolution, may authorise the division of Shares into any number of Classes and sub-classes and the different Classes and sub-classes shall be authorised, established and designated (or re-designated as the case may be) and the variations in the relative rights (including, without limitation, voting, dividend and redemption rights), restrictions, preferences, privileges and payment obligations as between the different Classes (if any) may be fixed and determined by the Directors or the Shareholders by Ordinary Resolution.

 

10.

The Company may insofar as may be permitted by law, pay a commission to any Person in consideration of his subscribing or agreeing to subscribe whether absolutely or conditionally for any Shares. Such commissions may be satisfied by the payment of cash or the lodgement of fully or partly paid-up Shares or partly in one way and partly in the other. The Company may also pay such brokerage as may be lawful on any issue of Shares.

 

11.

The Directors may refuse to accept any application for Shares, and may accept any application in whole or in part, for any reason or for no reason.

 

12.

The Company shall at all times keep available out of its authorized but unissued Ordinary Shares, solely for the purpose of exercising of options under the Employee Share Option Plan, such number of its Ordinary Shares as shall from time to time be sufficient to effect the exercise of such options, and if at any time the number of authorized but unissued Ordinary Shares shall not be sufficient to effect the exercise of such options, in addition to such other remedies as shall be available to the holder of such options, the Company and its Members will take such corporate action as may, in the opinion of its counsel, be necessary to increase its authorized but unissued Ordinary Shares to such number of Shares as shall be sufficient for such purposes.

 

-11-


SPECIFIC RIGHTS ATTACHING TO THE ORDINARY SHARES

 

13.

Voting

Each holder of outstanding Class A Ordinary Shares shall be entitled to cast the number of votes equal to the number of whole Class A Ordinary Shares held by such holder and each holder of outstanding Class B Ordinary Shares shall be entitled to cast the number of votes equal to ten times the number of whole Class B Ordinary Shares held by such holder.

 

14.

Dividend

After full payment to the holder of the Series A Preferred Shares as provided under Article 19, the holders of the Ordinary Shares shall have right to receive dividends of the Company if declared by the Directors and in such amount as the Directors consider appropriate.

 

15.

Liquidation, Dissolution or Winding Up; Certain Mergers, Consolidations and Asset Sales

Subject to the Companies Law, in the event of any voluntary or involuntary liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Company, after the payment in full of all Series A Liquidation Amounts required to be paid to the holders of Series A Preferred Shares, the remaining assets of the Company available for distribution to its Shareholders or, in the case of a Deemed Liquidation Event, the consideration not payable to the holders of Series A Preferred Shares pursuant to Article 20(a)(i) or the remaining Available Proceeds, as the case may be, shall be distributed among the holders of Class A-2 Ordinary Shares, Class A-1 Ordinary Shares and all Shareholders pursuant to Article 20(a)(ii), Article 20(a)(iii) and Article 20(a)(iv), respectively. Class A Ordinary Shares and Class B Ordinary Shares shall be treated as one Class for the purposes of this Article 15.

 

16.

Right to Convert

 

  (a)

Upon the initial public offering, all outstanding Class A-1 Ordinary Shares and Class A-2 Ordinary Shares shall automatically be converted into Class A Ordinary Shares, at the then effective Class A-2 Conversion Price and Class A-1 Conversion Price, and such shares may not be reissued by the Company. For the avoidance of doubt, holders of Class A-1 Ordinary Shares and Class A-2 Ordinary Shares shall have no other right to conversion except pursuant to the initial public offering.

 

-12-


  (b)

The following Articles shall apply, with such necessary changes in the details thereof as are necessitated by the context, to the automatic conversion of the Class A-1 Ordinary Shares and Class A-2 Ordinary Shares to Class A Ordinary Shares under Article 16(a), and Series A Preferred Shares shall be referred to as Class A-2 Ordinary Shares or Class A-1 Ordinary Shares, as the case may be, and Ordinary Shares shall be referred to as Class A Ordinary Shares:

 

  (i)

Article 21(c) (Termination of Conversion Rights);

 

  (ii)

Article 21(d) (Fractional Shares);

 

  (iii)

Article 23(b) (Procedure Requirements for Mandatory Conversion); and

 

  (iv)

Article 24 (Reservation of Shares Issuable Upon Conversion).

 

  (c)

Conversion of Class B Ordinary Shares upon enforcement of the Share Charges

 

  (i)

The Class B Ordinary Shares pledged to the Chargee under the Share Charges shall, in accordance with the method set forth in Articles 16(c)(ii) and (iii), be converted into such number of fully paid Class A Ordinary Shares on a one to one basis upon the provision of a valid Enforcement Notice.

 

  (ii)

Effective as at the date of the delivery by the Chargee to the Company of a valid Enforcement Notice, each Class B Ordinary Share specified in such Enforcement Notice shall automatically be redeemed and, for each such Class B Ordinary Share, a Class A Ordinary Share, with such rights and restrictions attached thereto and ranking pari passu in all respects with the Class A Ordinary Shares then in issue, shall be issued to the Chargee.

 

  (iii)

On such conversion, the Company shall enter or procure the entry of the Chargee as the holder of the relevant number of Class A Ordinary Shares resulting from the conversion of the Class B Ordinary Shares in, and make any other necessary and consequential changes to, the Register and shall procure that certificates in respect of the relevant Class A Ordinary Shares are issued to the Chargee.

 

  (iv)

Until such time as the Class B Ordinary Shares have been converted into Class A Ordinary Shares, the Company shall:

 

  (A)

at all times keep available for issue and free of all liens, charges, options, mortgages, pledges, claims, equities, encumbrances and other third-party rights of any nature, and not subject to any pre-emptive rights out of its authorized but unissued share capital, such number of authorized but unissued Class A Ordinary Shares as would enable all Class B Ordinary Shares which are subject to the Share Charges to be converted into Class A Ordinary Shares and any other rights of conversion into, subscription for or exchange into Class A Ordinary Shares to be satisfied in full; and

 

-13-


  (B)

not make any issue, grant or distribution or take any other action if the effect would be that on the conversion of the Class B Ordinary Shares which are subject to the Share Charges to Class A Ordinary Shares it would be required to issue Class A Ordinary Shares at a price lower than the par value thereof.

 

17.

Other than (i) the right to convert set out in Articles 16(a) and (b), (ii) the liquidation right set out in Article 15 and Article 20 and (iii) the redemption right set out in Article 25, Class A-2 Ordinary Shares and Class A-1 Ordinary Shares shall be treated as the same Class in all other respects with Class A Ordinary Shares.

SPECIFIC RIGHTS ATTACHING TO THE SERIES A PREFERRED SHARES

 

18.

Voting

Each holder of outstanding Series A Preferred Shares shall be entitled to cast the number of votes equal to the number of whole Ordinary Shares into which the Series A Preferred Shares held by such holder are convertible pursuant to these Articles as of the record date for determining shareholders entitled to vote on such matter. Except as provided by law or by the other provisions of the Memorandum of Association and these Articles, holders of Series A Preferred Shares shall vote together with the holders of Class A Ordinary Shares as a single class and on an as-converted to Ordinary Shares basis.

 

19.

Dividends

Dividends at the rate per annum of 6% of the Series A Original Issue Price shall accrue on such Series A Preferred Shares (subject to appropriate adjustment in the event of any share dividend, share split, combination or other similar recapitalization with respect to the Series A Preferred Shares) (the “Accruing Dividends”). Accruing Dividends shall accrue from day to day, whether or not declared, and shall be non-cumulative; provided, however, that except as set forth in this Article, such Accruing Dividends shall be payable only when, as, and if declared by the Directors. The Company shall not declare, pay or set aside any dividends on shares of any other class or series of Shares of the Company unless (in addition to the obtaining of any consents required elsewhere in the Memorandum of Association and these Articles) the holders of the Series A Preferred Shares then in issue shall first receive, or simultaneously receive, a dividend on each issued Series A Preferred Share in an amount at least equal to the amount of the aggregate Accruing Dividends then accrued on such Series A Preferred Shares and not previously paid. The “Series A Original Issue Price” shall mean US$2.834140 per share, subject to appropriate adjustment in the event of any share dividend, share split, combination or other similar recapitalization with respect to the Series A Preferred Shares.

 

-14-


20.

Liquidation, Dissolution or Winding Up; Certain Mergers, Consolidations and Asset Sales

 

  (a)

Subject to the Companies Law, in the event of any voluntary or involuntary liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Company, the assets of the Company available for distribution to its shareholders, and in the event of a Deemed Liquidation Event, the consideration payable to shareholders in such Deemed Liquidation Event or out of the Available Proceeds, as applicable, shall be distributed among the holders of the outstanding Shares in the following order and manner:

 

  (i)

In priority and in preference to any payment to the holders of Class A-2 Ordinary Shares, Class A-1 Ordinary Shares, Class A Ordinary Shares and Class B Ordinary Shares, the holders of Series A Preferred Shares then outstanding shall be entitled to be paid, pari passu as between themselves, an amount per Share equal to 100% of the Series A Original Issue Price (as adjusted), plus all declared but unpaid dividends (if applicable) on such Series A Preferred Share (the “Series A Liquidation Amount”). If the assets and funds thus distributed among the holders of the Series A Preferred Shares shall be insufficient to permit the payment to such holders of the full Series A Liquidation Amount, then the entire assets and funds of the Company legally available for distribution shall be distributed ratably among the holders of the Series A Preferred Shares in proportion to the aggregate Series A Liquidation Amount each such holder is otherwise entitled to receive pursuant to this Article 20(a)(i);

 

  (ii)

after the distribution or payment in full of the Series A Liquidation Amount for each Series A Preferred Share pursuant to Article 20(a)(i), the holders of Class A-2 Ordinary Shares then outstanding shall be entitled to be paid, pari passu as between themselves, an amount per Share equal to 100% of the applicable Class A-2 Original Issue Price (as adjusted), plus all declared but unpaid dividends (if applicable) on such Class A-2 Ordinary Share (the “Class A-2 Liquidation Amount”) in priority and in preference to any payment to holders of the Class A-1 Ordinary Shares, Class A Ordinary Shares and Class B Ordinary Shares. If the assets and funds thus distributed among the holders of the Class A-2 Ordinary Shares shall be insufficient to permit the payment to such holders of the full Class A-2 Liquidation Amount, then the entire assets and funds of the Company legally available for distribution shall be distributed ratably among the holders of the Class A-2 Ordinary Shares in proportion to the aggregate Class A-2 Liquidation Amount each such holder is otherwise entitled to receive pursuant to this Article 20(a)(ii);

 

-15-


  (iii)

after the distribution or payment in full of the Series A Liquidation Amount for each Series A Preferred Share and the Class A-2 Liquidation Amount for each Class A-2 Ordinary Share pursuant to Article 20(a)(i) and Article 20(a)(ii), the holders of Class A-1 Ordinary Shares then outstanding shall be entitled to be paid, pari passu as between themselves, an amount per Share equal to 100% of the applicable Class A-1 Original Issue Price (as adjusted), plus all declared but unpaid dividends (if applicable) on such Class A-1 Ordinary Share (the “Class A-1 Liquidation Amount”) in priority and in preference to any payment to holders of the Class A Ordinary Shares and Class B Ordinary Shares. If the assets and funds thus distributed among the holders of the Class A-1 Ordinary Shares shall be insufficient to permit the payment to such holders of the full Class A-1 Liquidation Amount, then the entire assets and funds of the Company legally available for distribution shall be distributed ratably among the holders of the Class A-1 Ordinary Shares in proportion to the aggregate Class A-1 Liquidation Amount each such holder is otherwise entitled to receive pursuant to this Article 20(a)(iii); and

 

  (iv)

if there are any assets or funds remaining after the aggregate of the Series A Liquidation Amount, Class A-2 Liquidation Amount and Class A-1 Liquidation Amount has been distributed or paid in full to the applicable holders of Series A Preferred Shares, Class A-2 Ordinary Shares, Class A-1 Ordinary Shares, respectively, the holders of the Series A Preferred Shares, Class A-1 Ordinary Shares, Class A-2 Ordinary Shares, Class A Ordinary Shares and Class B Ordinary Shares shall be entitled to be paid, pari passu as between themselves, an amount per Share equal to the remaining assets and funds of the Company available for distribution to the Shareholders divided by the number of Shares held by such Shareholders on an as-converted basis (the “Remaining Liquidation Amount”).

 

  (b)

Deemed Liquidation Events

 

  (i)

Each of the following events shall be considered a “Deemed Liquidation Event” unless the Shareholder Majority elect otherwise by written notice sent to the Company at least ten (10) days prior to the effective date of any such event:

 

  (A)

a merger (other than a statutory merger), share exchange, amalgamation or consolidation in which (i) the Company is a constituent party or (ii) a subsidiary of the Company is a constituent party and the Company issues its share capital pursuant to such merger, share exchange, amalgamation or consolidation, except any such merger or consolidation involving the Company or a subsidiary in which the share capital of the Company outstanding immediately prior to such merger, share exchange, amalgamation or consolidation continues to represent, or is converted into or exchanged for share capital that represents, immediately following such merger, share exchange, amalgamation or consolidation, at least a majority, by voting power, of the share capital of (1) the surviving or resulting company, or (2) if the surviving or resulting company is a wholly owned subsidiary of another company immediately following such merger, share exchange, amalgamation or consolidation, the parent company of such surviving or resulting company; or

 

-16-


  (B)

(1) the sale, lease, transfer, exclusive license or other disposition, in a single transaction or series of related transactions, by the Company or any subsidiary of the Company of all or substantially all the assets of the Company and its subsidiaries taken as a whole, or (2) the sale or disposition (whether by merger (excluding statutory merger), share exchange, amalgamation, consolidation or otherwise, and whether in a single transaction or a series of related transactions) of one or more subsidiaries of the Company if substantially all of the assets of the Company and its subsidiaries taken as a whole are held by such subsidiary or subsidiaries, except where such sale, lease, transfer, exclusive license or other disposition is to a wholly owned subsidiary of the Company.

 

  (ii)

Effecting a Deemed Liquidation Event

 

  (A)

The Company shall not have the power to effect a Deemed Liquidation Event referred to in Article 20(b)(i)(A) unless the agreement or plan of merger or consolidation for such transaction (the “Merger Agreement”) provides that the consideration payable to the Shareholders in such Deemed Liquidation Event shall be paid to the holders of share capital of the Company in accordance with Article 20 and Article 15.

 

  (B)

In the event of a Deemed Liquidation Event, if the Company does not effect a dissolution of the Company within ninety (90) days after such Deemed Liquidation Event, then

 

  (1)

the Company shall send a written notice to each holder of Series A Preferred Shares, Class A-2 Ordinary Shares, Class A-1 Ordinary Shares, Class A Ordinary Shares and Class B Ordinary Shares no later than the 90th day after the Deemed Liquidation Event advising such holders of their right (and the requirements to be met to secure such right) pursuant to the terms of this Article to require the redemption of such shares of Series A Preferred Shares, Class A-2 Ordinary Shares, Class A-1 Ordinary Shares, and Class A Ordinary Shares and Class B Ordinary Shares; and

 

-17-


  (2)

if the holders of the Shareholder Majority so request in a written instrument delivered to the Company not later than one hundred and twenty (120) days after such Deemed Liquidation Event, the Company shall use the consideration received by the Company for such Deemed Liquidation Event (net of any retained liabilities associated with the assets sold or technology licensed, as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors of the Company), together with any other assets of the Company available for distribution to its shareholders, all to the extent permitted by Company Law governing distributions to shareholders (the “Available Proceeds”), on the hundred and fiftieth (150th) day after such Deemed Liquidation Event, to redeem:

 

  (I)

all outstanding Series A Preferred Shares at a price per share equal to the Series A Liquidation Amount;

 

  (II)

all outstanding Class A-2 Ordinary Shares at a price per share equal to the Class A-2 Liquidation Amount;

 

  (III)

all outstanding Class A-1 Ordinary Shares at a price per share equal to the Class A-1 Liquidation Amount; and

 

  (IV)

all outstanding Shares at a price per share equal to the Remaining Liquidation Amount,

in the order and manner set out in Article 20(a).

 

  (C)

Notwithstanding the foregoing, and subject to the order set out in Article 20(a), in the event of a redemption pursuant to the preceding Article, if the Available Proceeds are not sufficient to redeem all outstanding Shares in a Class, the Company shall redeem a pro rata portion of each Share in such Class to the fullest extent of such Available Proceeds allocated to such Class, based on the respective amounts which would otherwise be payable in respect of the Shares to be redeemed if the Available Proceeds were sufficient to redeem all such Shares in such Class.

 

  (D)

Article 25 shall apply, with such necessary changes in the details thereof as are necessitated by the context, to the redemption of the Series A Preferred Shares, Class A-2 Ordinary Shares, Class A-1 Ordinary Shares, Class A Ordinary Shares and Class B Ordinary Shares pursuant to this Article 20(b)(ii). For the avoidance of doubt, the holders of Class A Ordinary Shares and Class B Ordinary Shares shall have no right of redemption other than that set out in this Article 20.

 

-18-


  (E)

Prior to the distribution or redemption provided for in this Article 20(b)(ii), the Company shall not expend or dissipate the consideration received for such Deemed Liquidation Event, except to discharge expenses incurred in connection with such Deemed Liquidation Event or in the ordinary course of business.

 

  (iii)

Amount Deemed Paid or Distributed

The amount deemed paid or distributed to the holders of share capital of the Company upon any such merger, amalgamation, consolidation, sale, transfer, exclusive license, other disposition or redemption shall be the cash or the value of the property, rights or securities to be paid or distributed to such holders pursuant to such Deemed Liquidation Event. The value of such property, rights or securities shall be determined in good faith by the Board of Directors of the Company.

 

  (iv)

Allocation of Escrow and Contingent Consideration

In the event of a Deemed Liquidation Event pursuant to Article 20(b)(i)(A), if any portion of the consideration payable to the Shareholders is payable only upon satisfaction of contingencies (the “Additional Consideration”), the Merger Agreement shall provide that (a) the portion of such consideration that is not Additional Consideration (such portion, the “Initial Consideration”) shall be allocated among the holders of share capital of the Company in accordance with Article 20 and Article 15 as if the Initial Consideration were the only consideration payable in connection with such Deemed Liquidation Event; and (b) any Additional Consideration which becomes payable to the Shareholders upon satisfaction of such contingencies shall be allocated among the holders of share capital of the Company in accordance with Article 20 and Article 15 after taking into account the previous payment of the Initial Consideration as part of the same transaction. For the purposes of this Article 20(b)(iv), consideration placed into escrow or retained as a holdback to be available for satisfaction of indemnification or similar obligations in connection with such Deemed Liquidation Event shall be deemed to be Initial Consideration.

 

-19-


21.

Right to Convert

 

  (a)

Optional Conversion

Each Series A Preferred Share shall be convertible, at the option of the holder thereof, at any time and from time to time, and without the payment of additional consideration by the holder thereof, into such number of Class A Ordinary Shares as is determined by dividing the Series A Original Issue Price by the Series A Conversion Price in effect at the time of conversion.

 

  (b)

Conversion Ratio

The “Series A Conversion Price” shall initially be equal to US$2.834140. Such initial Series A Conversion Price, and the rate at which Series A Preferred Shares may be converted into Class A Ordinary Shares, shall be subject to adjustment as provided below.

 

  (c)

Termination of Conversion Rights

 

  (i)

In the event of a notice of redemption of any Series A Preferred Shares pursuant to Article 25, the Conversion Rights of the Shares designated for redemption shall terminate at the close of business on the last full day preceding the date fixed for redemption, unless the redemption price is not fully paid on such redemption date, in which case the Conversion Rights for such shares shall continue until such price is paid in full.

 

  (ii)

In the event of a liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Company or a Deemed Liquidation Event, the Conversion Rights shall terminate at the close of business on the last full day preceding the date fixed for the payment of any such amounts distributable on such event to the holders of Series A Preferred Shares.

 

  (d)

Fractional Shares

No fractional Class A Ordinary Shares shall be issued upon conversion of the Series A Preferred Shares, and the number of Class A Ordinary Shares to be so issued to a Series A Preferred Shareholder upon the conversion of the Series A Preferred Shares (after aggregating all fractional Class A Ordinary Shares that would be issued to such Series A Preferred Shareholder) shall be rounded to the nearest whole share (with one-half being rounded upward). Whether or not fractional shares would be issuable upon such conversion shall be determined on the basis of the total number of Series A Preferred Shares the holder is at the time converting into Class A Ordinary Shares and the aggregate number of Class A Ordinary Shares issuable upon such conversion.

 

-20-


  (e)

Adjustments to Conversion Price for Diluting Issues

 

  (i)

Special Definitions. For purposes of this Article 21(e), the following definitions shall apply:

 

  (A)

Option” shall mean rights, options or warrants to subscribe for, purchase or otherwise acquire Ordinary Shares or Convertible Securities.

 

  (B)

Series A Original Issue Date” shall mean the date on which the first Series A Preferred Share was issued.

 

  (C)

Class A-1 Original Issue Date” shall mean the date on which the first Class A-1 Ordinary Share was issued.

 

  (D)

Class A-2 Original Issue Date” shall mean the date on which the first Class A-2 Ordinary Share was issued.

 

  (E)

Convertible Securities” shall mean any evidences of indebtedness, shares or other securities directly or indirectly convertible into or exchangeable for Ordinary Shares, but excluding Options.

 

  (F)

Additional Ordinary Shares” shall mean all Ordinary Shares issued (or, pursuant to Article 21(e)(iii) below, deemed to be issued) by the Company after the relevant Original Issue Date, other than (1) the following Ordinary Shares and (2) Ordinary Shares deemed issued pursuant to the following Options and Convertible Securities (clauses (1) and (2), collectively, “Exempted Securities”):

 

  (1)

Ordinary Shares, Options or Convertible Securities issued as a dividend or distribution on Series A Preferred Shares, Class A-2 Ordinary Shares or Class A-1 Ordinary Shares;

 

  (2)

Ordinary Shares, Options or Convertible Securities issued by reason of a dividend, share split, split-up or other distribution on Ordinary Shares;

 

  (3)

Ordinary Shares or Options issued to employees or directors of, or consultants or advisors to, the Company or any of its subsidiaries pursuant to the Employee Share Option Plan or any plan, agreement or arrangement approved by the Board of Directors of the Company (including the affirmative vote of at least two Investor Directors);

 

  (4)

Ordinary Shares or Convertible Securities actually issued upon the exercise of Options or Ordinary Shares actually issued upon the conversion or exchange of Convertible Securities, in each case provided such issuance is pursuant to the terms of such Option or Convertible Security;

 

-21-


  (5)

Ordinary Shares, Options or Convertible Securities issued as acquisition consideration pursuant to the acquisition of another company by the Company by merger, purchase of substantially all of the assets or other reorganization or to a joint venture agreement, provided that such issuances are approved by the Board of Directors of the Company (including the affirmative vote of at least two Investor Directors);

 

  (6)

Any securities of the Company issued in connection with the Share Purchase Agreement;

 

  (7)

Ordinary Shares issued or issuable upon conversion or exercise of the Series A Preferred Shares authorised by these Articles;

 

  (8)

Class A Ordinary Shares issued or issuable upon conversion or exercise of the Class A-2 Ordinary Shares authorised by these Articles;

 

  (9)

Class A Ordinary Shares issued or issuable upon conversion or exercise of the Class A-1 Ordinary Shares authorised by these Articles; or

 

  (10)

Any securities of the Company issued in connection with a Qualified IPO.

 

  (ii)

No Adjustment of Conversion Price

 

  (A)

Series A Conversion Price

No adjustment in the Series A Conversion Price shall be made as the result of the issuance or deemed issuance of Additional Ordinary Shares if the Company receives written notice from the holders of 85% of the Series A Preferred Shares agreeing that no such adjustment shall be made as the result of the issuance or deemed issuance of such Additional Ordinary Shares.

 

-22-


  (B)

Class A-2 Conversion Price

No adjustment in the Class A-2 Conversion Price shall be made as the result of the issuance or deemed issuance of Additional Ordinary Shares if the Company receives written notice from the holders of a majority of the Class A-2 Ordinary Shares agreeing that no such adjustment shall be made as the result of the issuance or deemed issuance of such Additional Ordinary Shares.

 

  (C)

Class A-1 Conversion Price

No adjustment in the Class A-1 Conversion Price shall be made as the result of the issuance or deemed issuance of Additional Ordinary Shares if the Company receives written notice from the holders of a majority of the Class A-1 Ordinary Shares agreeing that no such adjustment shall be made as the result of the issuance or deemed issuance of such Additional Ordinary Shares.

 

  (iii)

Deemed Issue of Additional Ordinary Shares

 

  (A)

If the Company at any time or from time to time after the relevant Original Issue Date shall issue any Options or Convertible Securities (excluding Options or Convertible Securities which are themselves Exempted Securities) or shall fix a record date for the determination of holders of any class of securities entitled to receive any such Options or Convertible Securities, then the maximum number of Ordinary Shares (as set forth in the instrument relating thereto, assuming the satisfaction of any conditions to exercisability, convertibility or exchangeability but without regard to any provision contained therein for a subsequent adjustment of such number) issuable upon the exercise of such Options or, in the case of Convertible Securities and Options therefor, the conversion or exchange of such Convertible Securities, shall be deemed to be Additional Ordinary Shares issued as of the time of such issue or, in case such a record date shall have been fixed, as of the close of business on such record date.

 

-23-


  (B)

If the terms of any Option or Convertible Security, the issuance of which resulted in an adjustment to the relevant Conversion Price, are revised as a result of an amendment to such terms or any other adjustment pursuant to the provisions of such Option or Convertible Security (but excluding automatic adjustments to such terms pursuant to anti-dilution or similar provisions of such Option or Convertible Security) to provide for either (1) any increase or decrease in the number of Ordinary Shares issuable upon the exercise, conversion and/or exchange of any such Option or Convertible Security or (2) any increase or decrease in the consideration payable to the Company upon such exercise, conversion and/or exchange, then, effective upon such increase or decrease becoming effective, the relevant Conversion Price computed upon the original issue of such Option or Convertible Security (or upon the occurrence of a record date with respect thereto) shall be readjusted to such Conversion Price as would have obtained had such revised terms been in effect upon the original date of issuance of such Option or Convertible Security. Notwithstanding the foregoing, no readjustment pursuant to this Article 21(e)(iii)(B) shall have the effect of increasing the relevant Conversion Price to an amount which exceeds the lower of (i) the relevant Conversion Price in effect immediately prior to the original adjustment made as a result of the issuance of such Option or Convertible Security, or (ii) the relevant Conversion Price that would have resulted from any issuances of Additional Ordinary Shares (other than deemed issuances of Additional Ordinary Shares as a result of the issuance of such Option or Convertible Security) between the original adjustment date and such readjustment date.

 

  (C)

If the terms of any Option or Convertible Security (excluding Options or Convertible Securities which are themselves Exempted Securities), the issuance of which did not result in an adjustment to the relevant Conversion Price pursuant to the terms of Article 21(e)(iv) (either because the consideration per share (determined pursuant to Article 21(e)(v)) of the Additional Ordinary Shares subject thereto was equal to or greater than the relevant Conversion Price then in effect, or because such Option or Convertible Security was issued before the relevant Original Issue Date), are revised after the relevant Original Issue Date as a result of an amendment to such terms or any other adjustment pursuant to the provisions of such Option or Convertible Security (but excluding automatic adjustments to such terms pursuant to anti-dilution or similar provisions of such Option or Convertible Security) to provide for either (1) any increase in the number of Ordinary Shares issuable upon the exercise, conversion or exchange of any such Option or Convertible Security or (2) any decrease in the consideration payable to the Company upon such exercise, conversion or exchange, then such Option or Convertible Security, as so amended or adjusted, and the Additional Ordinary Shares subject thereto (determined in the manner provided in Article 21(e)(iii)(A)) shall be deemed to have been issued effective upon such increase or decrease becoming effective.

 

-24-


  (D)

Upon the expiration or termination of any unexercised Option or unconverted or unexchanged Convertible Security (or portion thereof) which resulted (either upon its original issuance or upon a revision of its terms) in an adjustment to the relevant Conversion Price pursuant to the terms of Article 21(e)(iv), the relevant Conversion Price shall be readjusted to such Conversion Price as would have obtained had such Option or Convertible Security (or portion thereof) never been issued.

 

  (E)

If the number of Ordinary Shares issuable upon the exercise, conversion and/or exchange of any Option or Convertible Security, or the consideration payable to the Company upon such exercise, conversion and/or exchange, is calculable at the time such Option or Convertible Security is issued or amended but is subject to adjustment based upon subsequent events, any adjustment to the relevant Conversion Price provided for in this Article 21(e)(iii) shall be effected at the time of such issuance or amendment based on such number of shares or amount of consideration without regard to any provisions for subsequent adjustments (and any subsequent adjustments shall be treated as provided in Clauses (B) and (C) of this Article 21(e)(iii). If the number of Ordinary Shares issuable upon the exercise, conversion and/or exchange of any Option or Convertible Security, or the consideration payable to the Company upon such exercise, conversion and/or exchange, cannot be calculated at all at the time such Option or Convertible Security is issued or amended, any adjustment to the relevant Conversion Price that would result under the terms of this Article 21(e)(iii) at the time of such issuance or amendment shall instead be effected at the time such number of shares and/or amount of consideration is first calculable (even if subject to subsequent adjustments), assuming for purposes of calculating such adjustment to the relevant Conversion Price that such issuance or amendment took place at the time such calculation can first be made.

 

  (iv)

Adjustment of Conversion Price Upon Issuance of Additional Ordinary Shares

In the event the Company shall at any time after the relevant Original Issue Date issue Additional Ordinary Shares (including Additional Ordinary Shares deemed to be issued pursuant to Article 21(e)(iii)), without consideration or for a consideration per share less than the applicable Conversion Price in effect immediately prior to such issuance or deemed issuance, then each of the relevant Conversion Prices shall be reduced, concurrently with such issuance or deemed issuance, to the consideration per share received by the Company for such issue or deemed issue of the Additional Ordinary Shares; provided that if such issuance or deemed issuance was without consideration, then the Company shall be deemed to have received par value for all such Additional Ordinary Shares issued or deemed to be issued.

 

-25-


  (v)

Determination of Consideration

For purposes of this Article 21(e), the consideration received by the Company for the issuance or deemed issuance of any Additional Ordinary Shares shall be computed as follows:

 

  (A)

Cash and Property: Such consideration shall:

 

  (1)

insofar as it consists of cash, be computed at the aggregate amount of cash received by the Company, excluding amounts paid or payable for accrued interest;

 

  (2)

insofar as it consists of property other than cash, be computed at the fair market value thereof at the time of such issue, as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors of the Company (including the affirmative vote of at least two Investor Directors); and

 

  (3)

in the event Additional Ordinary Shares are issued together with other shares or securities or other assets of the Company for consideration which covers both, be the proportion of such consideration so received, computed as provided in paragraphs (1) and (2) above, as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors of the Company (including the affirmative vote of at least two Investor Directors).

 

  (B)

Options and Convertible Securities: The consideration per share received by the Company for Additional Ordinary Shares deemed to have been issued pursuant to Article 21(e)(iii), relating to Options and Convertible Securities, shall be determined by dividing (i) the total amount, if any, received or receivable by the Company as consideration for the issue of such Options or Convertible Securities, plus the minimum aggregate amount of additional consideration (as set forth in the instruments relating thereto, without regard to any provision contained therein for a subsequent adjustment of such consideration) payable to the Company upon the exercise of such Options or the conversion or exchange of such Convertible Securities, or in the case of Options for Convertible Securities, the exercise of such Options for Convertible Securities and the conversion or exchange of such Convertible Securities, by (ii) the maximum number of Ordinary Shares (as set forth in the instruments relating thereto, without regard to any provision contained therein for a subsequent adjustment of such number) issuable upon the exercise of such Options or the conversion or exchange of such Convertible Securities, or in the case of Options for Convertible Securities, the exercise of such Options for Convertible Securities and the conversion or exchange of such Convertible Securities.

 

-26-


22.

Mandatory Conversion

Upon either (a) the Qualified IPO or (b) the date and time, or the occurrence of an event, specified by vote or written consent of the holders of the Series A Preferred Shares (the time of such closing or the date and time specified or the time of the event specified in such vote or written consent is referred to herein as the “Mandatory Conversion Time”), then (i) all outstanding Series A Preferred Shares shall automatically be converted into Class A Ordinary Shares, at the then effective conversion rate as calculated pursuant to Article 21 and (ii) such shares may not be reissued by the Company.

 

23.

Procedural Requirements for Conversion

 

  (a)

Optional conversion

Each holder of Series A Preferred Shares who desires to convert its Series A Preferred Shares into Class A Ordinary Shares shall surrender his, her or its certificate or certificates for all such shares (or, if such holder alleges that such certificate has been lost, stolen or destroyed, a lost certificate affidavit and agreement reasonably acceptable to the Company to indemnify the Company against any claim that may be made against the Company on account of the alleged loss, theft or destruction of such certificate) to the Company. If so required by the Company, any certificates surrendered for conversion shall be endorsed or accompanied by written instrument or instruments of transfer, in a form satisfactory to the Company, duly executed by the registered holder or by his, her or its attorney duly authorized in writing. All rights with respect to the Series A Preferred Shares converted pursuant to Article 21(a), including the rights, if any, to receive notices and vote (other than as a holder of Class A Ordinary Shares), will terminate, except only the rights of the holders thereof, upon surrender of any certificate or certificates of such holders (or lost certificate affidavit and agreement) therefor, to receive the Class A Ordinary Shares and cash provided for in this Article 23(a). As soon as practicable after the surrender of any certificate or certificates (or lost certificate affidavit and agreement) for Series A Preferred Shares, the Company shall (i) issue and deliver to such holder, or to his, her or its nominees, a certificate or certificates for the number of full Class A Ordinary Shares issuable on such conversion in accordance with the provisions hereof and (ii) pay cash as provided in Article 21(d) in lieu of any fraction of a Class A Ordinary Share otherwise issuable upon such conversion and the payment of any declared but unpaid dividends on the shares of Series A Preferred Shares converted. Such converted Series A Preferred Shares shall be retired and cancelled and may not be reissued as shares of such series, and the Company may thereafter take such appropriate action (without the need for shareholder action) as may be necessary to reduce the authorized number of shares of Series A Preferred Shares accordingly.

 

-27-


  (b)

Mandatory Conversion

All holders of record of Series A Preferred Shares shall be sent written notice of the Mandatory Conversion Time and the place designated for mandatory conversion of all such Series A Preferred Shares pursuant to this Article 23. Such notice need not be sent in advance of the occurrence of the Mandatory Conversion Time. Upon receipt of such notice, each holder of Series A Preferred Shares in certificated form shall surrender his, her or its certificate or certificates for all such shares (or, if such holder alleges that such certificate has been lost, stolen or destroyed, a lost certificate affidavit and agreement reasonably acceptable to the Company to indemnify the Company against any claim that may be made against the Company on account of the alleged loss, theft or destruction of such certificate) to the Company at the place designated in such notice. If so required by the Company, any certificates surrendered for conversion shall be endorsed or accompanied by written instrument or instruments of transfer, in form satisfactory to the Company, duly executed by the registered holder or by his, her or its attorney duly authorized in writing. All rights with respect to the Series A Preferred Shares converted pursuant to Article 22, including the rights, if any, to receive notices and vote (other than as a holder of Class A Ordinary Shares), will terminate at the Mandatory Conversion Time (notwithstanding the failure of the holder or holders thereof to surrender any certificates at or prior to such time), except only the rights of the holders thereof, upon surrender of any certificate or certificates of such holders (or lost certificate affidavit and agreement) therefor, to receive the Class A Ordinary Shares and cash provided for in this Article 23. As soon as practicable after the Mandatory Conversion Time and, if applicable, the surrender of any certificate or certificates (or lost certificate affidavit and agreement) for Series A Preferred Shares, the Company shall (i) issue and deliver to such holder, or to his, her or its nominees, a certificate or certificates for the number of full Class A Ordinary Shares issuable on such conversion in accordance with the provisions hereof and (ii) pay cash as provided in Article 21(d) in lieu of any fraction of a Class A Ordinary Share otherwise issuable upon such conversion and the payment of any declared but unpaid dividends on the shares of Series A Preferred Shares converted. Such converted Series A Preferred Shares shall be retired and cancelled and may not be reissued as shares of such series, and the Company may thereafter take such appropriate action (without the need for shareholder action) as may be necessary to reduce the authorized number of shares of Series A Preferred Shares accordingly.

 

-28-


24.

Reservation of Class A Ordinary Shares Issuable Upon Conversion

The Company shall at all times keep available out of its authorized but unissued Class A Ordinary Shares solely for the purpose of effecting the conversion of the Series A Preferred Shares such number of its Class A Ordinary Shares as shall from time to time be sufficient to effect the conversion of all outstanding Series A Preferred Shares, and if at any time the number of authorized but unissued Class A Ordinary Shares shall not be sufficient to effect the conversion of all then outstanding Series A Preferred Shares, in addition to such other remedies as shall be available to the holder of such Series A Preferred Shares, the Company and its Members will take such corporate action as may, in the opinion of its counsel, be necessary to increase its authorized but unissued Class A Ordinary Shares to such number of Shares as shall be sufficient for such purposes.

 

25.

Redemption

 

  (a)

Series A Preferred Shares

Unless prohibited by the Companies Law governing distributions to shareholders and redemption of shares, Series A Preferred Shares shall be redeemed by the Company at a price equal to the Series A Original Issue Price per share, plus the amount which would accrue on the Series A Original Issue Price at the rate of six percent (6%) per annum from the date of the Series A Original Issue Date up to and including such date as the Series A Liquidation Amount is paid in full with respect to such Series A Preferred Share (the “Series A Redemption Price”), in three (3) annual instalments within three (3) years commencing not more than ninety (90) days after receipt by the Company at any time on or after the fifth anniversary of the date of the Series A Original Issue Date from any holder of the Series A Preferred Shares of written notice requesting redemption of all Series A Preferred Shares (the “Series A Redemption Request”) held by such holder or on a payment schedule mutually agreed by the Company and such holder of the Series A Preferred Shares requesting redemption. For the avoidance of doubt, the rate of six percent (6%) per annum shall continue to accrue on such part of the Series A Liquidation Amount which has not been redeemed by the Company until the Series A Liquidation Amount is paid in full. Following receipt of the Series A Redemption Request, the Company shall within fifteen (15) business days give written notice (the “Series A Redemption Notice”) to each holder of record of a Series A Preferred Share and all other holders of Series A Preferred Shares shall have the right to participate in such redemption by sending a written notice (such notice shall be deemed as a Redemption Request as well) to the Company within fifteen (15) business days after receipt of the Company’s notice. The date of each such instalment provided in the Redemption Notice shall be referred to as a “Series A Redemption Date”. On each Series A Redemption Date, the Company shall redeem, on a pro rata basis in accordance with the number of Series A Preferred Shares owned by each holder, that number of outstanding Series A Preferred Shares determined by dividing (i) the total number of Series A Preferred Shares outstanding immediately prior to such Series A Redemption Date by (ii) the number of remaining Series A Redemption Dates (including the Series A Redemption Date to which such calculation applies). If on any Series A Redemption Date the Cayman Islands law governing distributions to shareholders prevents the Company from redeeming all Series A Preferred Shares to be redeemed, the Company shall ratably redeem the maximum number of shares that it may redeem consistent with such law.

 

-29-


  (b)

Class A-2 Ordinary Shares

Unless prohibited by the Companies Law governing distributions to shareholders and redemption of shares, and after the payment in full of the Series A Redemption Price for all of the outstanding Series A Redemption Requests, Class A-2 Ordinary Shares shall be redeemed by the Company at a price equal to the Class A-2 Ordinary Original Issue Price per share, plus the amount which would accrue on the Class A-2 Ordinary Original Issue Price at the rate of six percent (6%) per annum from the date of the Class A-2 Ordinary Original Issue Date up to and including such date as the Class A-2 Liquidation Amount is paid in full with respect to such Class A-2 Ordinary Shares (the “Class A-2 Redemption Price”), in three (3) annual instalments within three (3) years commencing not more than ninety (90) days after receipt by the Company at any time on or after the fifth anniversary of the date of the Series A Original Issue Date from any holder of Class A-2 Ordinary Shares of written notice requesting redemption of all Class A-2 Ordinary Shares (the “Class A-2 Redemption Request”) held by such holder or on a payment schedule mutually agreed by the Company and such holder of Class A-2 Ordinary Shares requesting redemption. For the avoidance of doubt, the rate of six percent (6%) per annum shall continue to accrue on such part of the Class A-2 Liquidation Amount which has not been redeemed by the Company until the Class A-2 Liquidation Amount is paid in full. Following receipt of the Class A-2 Redemption Request, the Company shall within fifteen (15) business days give written notice (the “Class A-2 Redemption Notice”) to each holder of record of a Class A-2 Ordinary Share and all other holders of Class A-2 Ordinary Shares shall have the right to participate in such redemption by sending a written notice (such notice shall be deemed as a Class A-2 Redemption Request as well) to the Company within fifteen (15) business days after receipt of the Company’s notice. The date of each such instalment provided in the Class A-2 Redemption Notice shall be referred to as a “Class A-2 Redemption Date”. On each Class A-2 Redemption Date, the Company shall redeem, on a pro rata basis in accordance with the number of Class A-2 Ordinary Shares owned by each holder, that number of outstanding Class A-2 Ordinary Shares determined by dividing (i) the total number of Class A-2 Ordinary Shares outstanding immediately prior to such Class A-2 Redemption Date by (ii) the number of remaining Class A-2 Redemption Dates (including the Class A-2 Redemption Date to which such calculation applies). If on any Class A-2 Redemption Date the Cayman Islands law governing distributions to shareholders prevents the Company from redeeming all Class A-2 Ordinary Shares to be redeemed, the Company shall ratably redeem the maximum number of shares that it may redeem consistent with such law.

 

-30-


  (c)

Class A-1 Ordinary Shares

Unless prohibited by Companies Law governing distributions to shareholders and redemption of shares, and after the payment in full of (i) the Series A Redemption Price for all of the outstanding Series A Redemption Request and (ii) the Class A-2 Redemption Price for all outstanding Class A-2 Redemption Request, Class A-1 Ordinary Shares shall be redeemed by the Company at a price equal to the Class A-1 Ordinary Original Issue Price per share, plus the amount which would accrue on the Class A-1 Ordinary Original Issue Price at the rate of six percent (6%) per annum from the date of the Class A-1 Ordinary Original Issue Date up to and including such date as the Class A-1 Liquidation Amount is paid in full with respect to such Class A-1 Ordinary Shares (the “Class A-1 Redemption Price”), in three (3) annual instalments within three (3) years commencing not more than ninety (90) days after receipt by the Company at any time on or after the fifth anniversary of the date of the Series A Original Issue Date from any holder of Class A-1 Ordinary Shares of written notice requesting redemption of all Class A-1 Ordinary Shares (the “Class A-1 Redemption Request”) held by such holder or on a payment schedule mutually agreed by the Company and such holder of Class A-1 Ordinary Shares requesting redemption. For the avoidance of doubt, the rate of six percent (6%) per annum shall continue to accrue on such part of the Class A-1 Liquidation Amount which has not been redeemed by the Company until the Class A-1 Liquidation Amount is paid in full. Following receipt of the Class A-1 Redemption Request, the Company shall within fifteen (15) business days give written notice (the “Class A-1 Redemption Notice”) to each holder of record of a Class A-1 Ordinary Share and all other holders of Class A-1 Ordinary Shares shall have the right to participate in such redemption by sending a written notice (such notice shall be deemed as a Class A-1 Redemption Request as well) to the Company within fifteen (15) business days after receipt of the Company’s notice. The date of each such instalment provided in the Class A-1 Redemption Notice shall be referred to as a “Class A-1 Redemption Date”. On each Class A-1 Redemption Date, the Company shall redeem, on a pro rata basis in accordance with the number of Class A-1 Ordinary Shares owned by each holder, that number of outstanding Class A-1 Ordinary Shares determined by dividing (i) the total number of Class A-1 Ordinary Shares outstanding immediately prior to such Class A-1 Redemption Date by (ii) the number of remaining Class A-1 Redemption Dates (including the Class A-1 Redemption Date to which such calculation applies). If on any Class A-1 Redemption Date the Cayman Islands law governing distributions to shareholders prevents the Company from redeeming all Class A-1 Ordinary Shares to be redeemed, the Company shall ratably redeem the maximum number of shares that it may redeem consistent with such law.

 

-31-


  (d)

Manner and Mechanics of Redemption

Before a holder of the Series A Preferred Shares, Class A-2 Ordinary Shares or Class A-1 Ordinary Shares (as the case may be) shall be entitled to a redemption under these Articles, such holder shall surrender to the Company his or its certificate or certificates representing such Series A Preferred Shares, Class A-2 Ordinary Shares or Class A-1 Ordinary Shares (as the case may be) to be redeemed at the office of the Company, and thereupon the relevant Redemption Price shall be payable to the order of the person whose name appears on such certificate or certificates as the owner of such Series A Preferred Shares, Class A-2 Ordinary Shares or Class A-1 Ordinary Shares (as the case may be) and each such certificate shall be cancelled upon payment of the applicable Redemption Price. In the event less than all Series A Preferred Shares, Class A-2 Ordinary Shares or Class A-1 Ordinary Shares (as the case may be) represented by any such certificate are redeemed, a new certificate shall be promptly issued representing the unredeemed Series A Preferred Shares, Class A-2 Ordinary Shares or Class A-1 Ordinary Shares (as the case may be). Unless there has been a default in payment of the relevant Redemption Price, upon cancellation of the certificate representing such Series A Preferred Shares, Class A-2 Ordinary Shares or Class A-1 Ordinary Shares (as the case may be) to be redeemed, all dividends on such Series A Preferred Shares, Class A-2 Ordinary Shares or Class A-1 Ordinary Shares (as the case may be) designated for redemption on the relevant Redemption Date shall cease to accrue and all rights of the holder thereof, except the right to receive the relevant Redemption Price and all accrued and unpaid dividend thereon, without interest, shall cease and terminate and such Series A Preferred Shares, Class A-2 Ordinary Shares or Class A-1 Ordinary Shares (as the case may be) shall cease to be issued Shares of the Company.

 

  (e)

Insufficient Funds

If the Company’s assets or funds which are legally available on the date that any redemption payment under this Article 25 is due are insufficient to pay in full all redemption payments to be paid on the relevant Redemption Date, those assets or funds which are legally available shall be used to the extent permitted by applicable law to pay all redemption payments due on such date on the Series A Preferred Shares, Class A-2 Ordinary Shares or Class A-1 Ordinary Shares (as the case may be) in proportion to the full amounts to which the holders to which such redemption payments are due would otherwise be respectively entitled thereon, provided that the priority of redemption payments set out in Articles 25(a), 25(b) and 25(c), respectively, have been complied with.

 

  (f)

Un-redeemed Shares

Without limiting any rights of the holders of Series A Preferred Shares, Class A-2 Ordinary Shares or Class A-1 Ordinary Shares (as the case may be) which are set forth in these Articles, or are otherwise available under law, the balance of any Shares subject to redemption hereunder with respect to which the Company has become obligated to pay the relevant Redemption Payment but which it has not paid in full shall continue to have all the powers, designations, preferences and relative participating, optional, and other special rights (including, without limitation, rights to accrue dividends) which such Shares had prior to such date, until the Redemption Payment has been paid in full with respect to such Shares.

 

-32-


MODIFICATION OF RIGHTS

 

26.

Whenever the capital of the Company is divided into different Classes (and as otherwise determined by the Directors), the rights attached to any such Class may, subject to any rights or restrictions for the time being attached to any Class only, be materially adversely varied or abrogated with the consent in writing of the holders of not less than two-thirds of the issued Shares of the relevant Class, or with the sanction of a resolution passed at a separate meeting of the holders of the Shares of such Class by a two-thirds majority of the votes cast at such a meeting.

 

27.

To every such separate meeting all the provisions of these Articles relating to general meetings of the Company or to the proceedings thereat shall, mutatis mutandis, apply, except that the necessary quorum shall be one or more Persons at least holding or representing by proxy at least a majority of the votes of the issued Shares of the relevant Class on an as-converted basis (but so that if at any adjourned meeting of such holders a quorum as above defined is not present, those Shareholders who are present shall form a quorum) and that, subject to any rights or restrictions for the time being attached to the Shares of that Class, every Shareholder of the Class shall have such number of votes for each Share of the Class held by him as per the voting rights attached to that Class. For the purposes of this Article the Directors may treat all the Classes or any two or more Classes as forming one Class if they consider that all such Classes would be affected in the same way by the proposals under consideration, but in any other case shall treat them as separate Classes. The Directors may vary the rights attaching to any Class without the consent or approval of Shareholders provided that the rights will not, in the determination of the Directors, be materially adversely varied or abrogated by such action.

 

28.

The rights conferred upon the holders of the Shares of any Class issued with preferred or other rights shall not, subject to any rights or restrictions for the time being attached to the Shares of that Class, be deemed to be materially adversely varied or abrogated by, inter alia, (i) the creation, allotment or issue of further Shares ranking pari passu with or subsequent to them or the redemption or purchase of any Shares of any Class by the Company or (ii) any change in any of the rights, preferences, privileges or priority of the holders of the Series A Preferred Shares where necessary consent has been given under Article 133(a).

CERTIFICATES

 

29.

No Person shall be entitled to a certificate for any or all of his Shares, unless the Directors shall determine otherwise.

FRACTIONAL SHARES

 

30.

The Directors may issue fractions of a Share and, if so issued, a fraction of a Share shall be subject to and carry the corresponding fraction of liabilities (whether with respect to nominal or par value, premium, contributions, calls or otherwise), limitations, preferences, privileges, qualifications, restrictions, rights (including, without prejudice to the generality of the foregoing, voting and participation rights) and other attributes of a whole Share. If more than one fraction of a Share of the same Class is issued to or acquired by the same Shareholder such fractions shall be accumulated.

 

-33-


LIEN

 

31.

The Company has a first and paramount lien on every Share (whether or not fully paid) for all amounts (whether presently payable or not) payable at a fixed time or called in respect of that Share. The Company also has a first and paramount lien on every Share (whether or not fully paid) registered in the name of a Person indebted or under liability to the Company (whether he is the sole registered holder of a Share or a joint holder) for all amounts owing by him or his estate to the Company (whether or not presently payable). The Directors may at any time declare a Share to be wholly or in part exempt from the provisions of this Article. The Company’s lien on a Share extends to any amount payable in respect of it.

 

32.

The Company may sell, in such manner as the Directors may determine, any Share on which the Company has a lien, but no sale shall be made unless an amount in respect of which the lien exists is presently payable nor until the expiration of fourteen (14) days after a notice in writing, demanding payment of such part of the amount in respect of which the lien exists as is presently payable, has been given to the registered holder for the time being of the Share, or the Persons entitled thereto by reason of his death or bankruptcy.

 

33.

For giving effect to any such sale the Directors may authorise some Person to transfer the Shares sold to the purchaser thereof. The purchaser shall be registered as the holder of the Shares comprised in any such transfer and he shall not be bound to see to the application of the purchase money, nor shall his title to the Shares be affected by any irregularity or invalidity in the proceedings in reference to the sale.

 

34.

The proceeds of the sale after deduction of expenses, fees and commission incurred by the Company shall be received by the Company and applied in payment of such part of the amount in respect of which the lien exists as is presently payable, and the residue shall (subject to a like lien for sums not presently payable as existed upon the Shares prior to the sale) be paid to the Person entitled to the Shares immediately prior to the sale.

CALLS ON SHARES

 

35.

The Directors may from time to time make calls upon the Shareholders in respect of any moneys unpaid on their Shares, and each Shareholder shall (subject to receiving at least fourteen (14) days’ notice specifying the time or times of payment) pay to the Company at the time or times so specified the amount called on such Shares.

 

36.

The joint holders of a Share shall be jointly and severally liable to pay calls in respect thereof.

 

-34-


37.

If a sum called in respect of a Share is not paid before or on the day appointed for payment thereof, the Person from whom the sum is due shall pay interest upon the sum at the rate of eight percent per annum from the day appointed for the payment thereof to the time of the actual payment. The Directors shall be at liberty to waive payment of that interest wholly or in part.

 

38.

The provisions of these Articles as to the liability of joint holders and as to payment of interest shall apply in the case of non-payment of any sum which, by the terms of issue of a Share, becomes payable at a fixed time, whether on account of the amount of the Share, or by way of premium, as if the same had become payable by virtue of a call duly made and notified.

 

39.

The Directors may make arrangements on the issue of partly paid Shares for a difference between the Shareholders, or the particular Shares, in the amount of calls to be paid and in the times of payment.

 

40.

The Directors may receive from any Shareholder willing to advance the same all or any part of the moneys uncalled and unpaid upon any partly paid Shares held by him, and upon all or any of the moneys so advanced may (until the same would, but for such advance, become presently payable) pay interest at such rate (not exceeding without the sanction of an Ordinary Resolution, eight percent (8%) per annum) as may be agreed upon between the Shareholder paying the sum in advance and the Directors.

FORFEITURE OF SHARES

 

41.

If a Shareholder fails to pay any call or instalment of a call in respect of any Shares on the day appointed for payment, the Directors may, at any time thereafter during such time as any part of such call or instalment remains unpaid, serve a notice on him requiring payment of so much of the call or instalment as is unpaid, together with any interest which may have accrued.

 

42.

The notice shall name a further day (not earlier than the expiration of fourteen (14) days from the date of the notice) on or before which the payment required by the notice is to be made, and shall state that in the event of non-payment at or before the time appointed the Shares in respect of which the call was made will be liable to be forfeited.

 

43.

If the requirements of any such notice as aforesaid are not complied with, any Share in respect of which the notice has been given may at any time thereafter, before the payment required by notice has been made, be forfeited by a resolution of the Directors to that effect.

 

44.

A forfeited Share may be sold or otherwise disposed of on such terms and in such manner as the Directors think fit, and at any time before a sale or disposition the forfeiture may be cancelled on such terms as the Directors may from time to time determine.

 

-35-


45.

A Person whose Shares have been forfeited shall cease to be a Shareholder in respect of the forfeited Shares, but shall, notwithstanding, remain liable to pay to the Company all moneys which at the date of forfeiture were payable by him to the Company in respect of the Shares forfeited, but his liability shall cease if and when the Company receives payment in full of the amount unpaid on the Shares forfeited.

 

46.

A statutory declaration in writing that the declarant is a Director, and that a Share has been duly forfeited on a date stated in the declaration, shall be conclusive evidence of the facts in the declaration as against all Persons claiming to be entitled to the Share.

 

47.

The Company may receive the consideration, if any, given for a Share on any sale or disposition thereof pursuant to the provisions of these Articles as to forfeiture and may execute a transfer of the Share in favour of the Person to whom the Share is sold or disposed of and that Person shall be registered as the holder of the Share, and shall not be bound to see to the application of the purchase money, if any, nor shall his title to the Shares be affected by any irregularity or invalidity in the proceedings in reference to the disposition or sale.

 

48.

The provisions of these Articles as to forfeiture shall apply in the case of non-payment of any sum which by the terms of issue of a Share becomes due and payable, whether on account of the amount of the Share, or by way of premium, as if the same had been payable by virtue of a call duly made and notified.

TRANSFER OF SHARES

 

49.

The instrument of transfer of any Share shall be in any usual or common form or such other form as the Directors may determine and be executed by or on behalf of the transferor and if in respect of a nil or partly paid up Share, or if so required by the Directors, shall also be executed on behalf of the transferee and shall be accompanied by the certificate (if any) of the Shares to which it relates and such other evidence as the Directors may reasonably require to show the right of the transferor to make the transfer. The transferor shall be deemed to remain a Shareholder until the name of the transferee is entered in the Register in respect of the relevant Shares.

 

50.

The Directors may determine to decline to register any transfer of Shares without assigning any reason therefor or if any transfer of Shares are made in violation of the Investors Rights Agreement, Articles 68 to 73 or Articles 74, 75 or 76. Notwithstanding the foregoing, upon service of a valid Enforcement Notice, and in accordance with the terms of Article 16(c), the Directors shall cause that the transfer and conversion of the shares subject to the relevant Share Charge be recorded in the Register.

 

51.

The registration of transfers may be suspended at such times and for such periods as the Directors may from time to time determine.

 

-36-


52.

All instruments of transfer that are registered shall be retained by the Company, but any instrument of transfer that the Directors decline to register shall (except in any case of fraud) be returned to the Person depositing the same.

TRANSMISSION OF SHARES

 

53.

The legal personal representative of a deceased sole holder of a Share shall be the only Person recognised by the Company as having any title to the Share. In the case of a Share registered in the name of two or more holders, the survivors or survivor, or the legal personal representative(s) of the deceased holder(s) of the Share, shall be the only Persons recognised by the Company as having any title to the Share.

 

54.

Any Person becoming entitled to a Share in consequence of the death or bankruptcy of a Shareholder shall upon such evidence being produced as may from time to time be required by the Directors, have the right either to be registered as a Shareholder in respect of the Share or, instead of being registered himself, to make such transfer of the Share as the deceased or bankrupt Person could have made; but the Directors shall, in either case, have the same right to decline or suspend registration as they would have had in the case of a transfer of the Share by the deceased or bankrupt Person before the death or bankruptcy.

 

55.

A Person becoming entitled to a Share by reason of the death or bankruptcy of a Shareholder shall be entitled to the same dividends and other advantages to which he would be entitled if he were the registered Shareholder, except that he shall not, before being registered as a Shareholder in respect of the Share, be entitled in respect of it to exercise any right conferred by membership in relation to meetings of the Company.

ALTERATION OF SHARE CAPITAL

 

56.

Subject to these Articles, the Company may from time to time by Ordinary Resolution increase the share capital by such sum, to be divided into Shares of such Classes and amount, as the resolution shall prescribe.

 

57.

Subject to these Articles, the Company may by Ordinary Resolution:

 

  (a)

consolidate and divide all or any of its share capital into Shares of a larger amount than its existing Shares;

 

  (b)

convert all or any of its paid up Shares into stock and reconvert that stock into paid up Shares of any denomination;

 

  (c)

subdivide its existing Shares, or any of them, into Shares of a smaller amount provided that in the subdivision the proportion between the amount paid and the amount, if any, unpaid on each reduced Share shall be the same as it was in case of the Share from which the reduced Share is derived; and

 

-37-


  (d)

cancel any Shares that, at the date of the passing of the resolution, have not been taken or agreed to be taken by any Person and diminish the amount of its share capital by the amount of the Shares so cancelled.

 

58.

The Company may by Special Resolution reduce its share capital and any capital redemption reserve in any manner authorised by law.

REDEMPTION, PURCHASE AND SURRENDER OF SHARES

 

59.

Subject to the Companies Law, the Company may:

 

  (a)

issue Shares on terms that they are to be redeemed or are liable to be redeemed at the option of the Company or the Shareholder on such terms and in such manner as the Directors may determine;

 

  (b)

purchase its own Shares (including any redeemable Shares) on such terms and in such manner as the Directors may determine and agree with the Shareholder;

 

  (c)

make a payment in respect of the redemption or purchase of its own Shares in any manner authorised by the Companies Law, including out of its capital; and

 

  (d)

accept the surrender for no consideration of any paid up Share (including any redeemable Share) on such terms and in such manner as the Directors may determine.

 

60.

Any Share in respect of which notice of redemption has been given shall not be entitled to participate in the profits of the Company in respect of the period after the date specified as the date of redemption in the notice of redemption.

 

61.

Subject to Article 25, the redemption, purchase or surrender of any Share shall not be deemed to give rise to the redemption, purchase or surrender of any other Share.

 

62.

The Directors may when making payments in respect of redemption or purchase of Shares, if authorised by the terms of issue of the Shares being redeemed or purchased or with the agreement of the holder of such Shares, make such payment either in cash or in specie including, without limitation, interests in a special purpose vehicle holding assets of the Company or holding entitlement to the proceeds of assets held by the Company or in a liquidating structure.

TREASURY SHARES

 

63.

Shares that the Company purchases, redeems or acquires (by way of surrender or otherwise) may, at the option of the Company, be cancelled immediately or held as Treasury Shares in accordance with the Companies Law. In the event that the Directors do not specify that the relevant Shares are to be held as Treasury Shares, such Shares shall be cancelled.

 

-38-


64.

No dividend may be declared or paid, and no other distribution (whether in cash or otherwise) of the Company’s assets (including any distribution of assets to members on a winding up) may be declared or paid in respect of a Treasury Share.

 

65.

The Company shall be entered in the Register as the holder of the Treasury Shares provided that:

 

  (a)

the Company shall not be treated as a member for any purpose and shall not exercise any right in respect of the Treasury Shares, and any purported exercise of such a right shall be void; and

 

  (b)

a Treasury Share shall not be voted, directly or indirectly, at any meeting of the Company and shall not be counted in determining the total number of issued shares at any given time, whether for the purposes of these Articles or the Companies Law, save that an allotment of Shares as fully paid bonus shares in respect of a Treasury Share is permitted and Shares allotted as fully paid bonus shares in respect of a treasury share shall be treated as Treasury Shares.

 

66.

Treasury Shares may be disposed of by the Company on such terms and conditions as determined by the Directors.

RIGHT OF FIRST OFFER

 

67.

Subject to the terms and conditions of this Article 67 and applicable securities laws, if the Company proposes to offer or sell any New Securities, the Company shall first offer such New Securities to the Investors. Each Investor shall be entitled to apportion the right of first offer hereby granted to it in such proportions as it deems appropriate, among (i) itself, (ii) its Affiliates and (iii) its beneficial interest holders, such as limited partners, members or any other Person having “beneficial ownership”, as such term is defined in Rule 13d-3 promulgated under the Exchange Act, of the Investor (the “Investor Beneficial Owners”); provided that each such Affiliate or Investor Beneficial Owner (x) is not a Competitor, unless such party’s purchase of New Securities is otherwise consented to by the Board of Directors, (y) agrees to enter into the Investors Rights Agreement as an “Investor” under such agreement (provided that any Competitor as reasonably determined by the Board of Directors shall not be entitled to any rights under Sections 7.1, 7.2 and 8.1 of the Investors Rights Agreement, or under this Article 67), and (z) agrees to purchase at least such number of New Securities as are allocable hereunder to the Investor holding the fewest number of Investor Shares and any other Derivative Securities.

 

  (a)

The Company shall give notice (the “Offer Notice”) to each Investor, stating (i) its bona fide intention to offer such New Securities, (ii) the number of such New Securities to be offered, and (iii) the price and terms, if any, upon which it proposes to offer such New Securities.

 

-39-


  (b)

By notification to the Company within thirty (30) days after the Offer Notice is given, each Investor may elect to purchase or otherwise acquire, at the price and on the terms specified in the Offer Notice, up to that portion of such New Securities which equals the proportion that the Ordinary Shares then held by such Investor (including all Ordinary Shares then issuable (directly or indirectly) upon conversion and/or exercise, as applicable, of the Series A Preferred Shares and any other Derivative Securities then held by such Investor) bears to the total Ordinary Shares of the Company then outstanding (assuming full conversion and/or exercise, as applicable, of all Series A Preferred Shares and any other Derivative Securities then outstanding). At the expiration of such 30-day period, the Company shall promptly notify each Investor that elects to purchase or acquire all the shares available to it (each, a “Fully Exercising Investor”) of any other Investor’s failure to do likewise. During the 10-day period commencing after the Company has given such notice, each Fully Exercising Investor may, by giving notice to the Company, elect to purchase or acquire, in addition to the number of shares specified above, up to that portion of the New Securities for which the Investors were entitled to subscribe but that were not subscribed for by the Investors which is equal to the proportion that the Ordinary Shares issued and held, or issuable (directly or indirectly) upon conversion and/or exercise, as applicable, of Series A Preferred Shares and any other Derivative Securities then held, by such Fully Exercising Investor bears to the Ordinary Shares issued and held, or issuable (directly or indirectly) upon conversion and/or exercise, as applicable, of the Series A Preferred Shares and any other Derivative Securities then held, by all Fully Exercising Investors who wish to purchase such unsubscribed shares. The closing of any sale pursuant to this Article 67(b) shall occur within the later of ninety (90) days of the date that the Offer Notice is given and the date of initial sale of New Securities pursuant to Article 67(c).

 

  (c)

If all New Securities referred to in the Offer Notice are not elected to be purchased or acquired as provided in Article 67(b), the Company may, during the 90-day period following the expiration of the periods provided in Article 67(d), offer and sell the remaining unsubscribed portion of such New Securities to any Person or Persons at a price not less than, and upon terms no more favorable to the offeree than, those specified in the Offer Notice. If the Company does not enter into an agreement for the sale of the New Securities within such period, or if such agreement is not consummated within thirty (30) days of the execution thereof, the right provided hereunder shall be deemed to be revived and such New Securities shall not be offered unless first reoffered to the Investors in accordance with this Article 67.

 

  (d)

The right of first offer in this Article 67 shall not be applicable to (i) Exempted Securities, (ii) Ordinary Shares issued in an initial public offering and (iii) equity securities of the Company issued under the Employee Share Option Plan.

 

-40-


RIGHT OF FIRST REFUSAL

 

68.

If any holder of Shares (the “Proposed ROFR Seller”) intends to sell all or any part of the Shares it owns pursuant to a bona fide offer to buy from a Person (the “Proposed ROFR Purchaser”), the Proposed ROFR Seller shall submit a written notice (the “ROFR Notice”) to the Company and the Investors stating the name of the Proposed ROFR Purchaser, the number of Shares proposed to be sold (the “Offered Shares”) and the material terms and conditions, including price, of the proposed sale. The Company shall have fifteen (15) business days from the date of the Proposed ROFR Seller issues the ROFR Notice, which shall be irrevocable for such time, to provide a written offer to the Proposed ROFR Seller to purchase all or any portion of the Offered Shares on terms, including price, no less favorable to the Proposed ROFR Seller than those reflected in the ROFR Notice.

 

69.

If the Company has not elected to purchase all of the Offered Shares, the Company shall inform the Investors, within fifteen (15) business days after the ROFR Notice has been delivered to the Company, in writing of the number of Offered Shares that it has elected not to purchase, and each Investor that has received such notice from the Company shall have forty-five (45) business days from the date the Proposed ROFR Seller issues the ROFR Notice (the “ROFR Holders’ First Refusal Period”), which shall be irrevocable for such time, to provide a written offer to the Company and the Proposed ROFR Seller to purchase all or part of the remaining of the Offered Shares on terms, including price, no less favorable to the Proposed ROFR Seller than those reflected in the ROFR Notice (the “ROFR Offer”). Any ROFR Offer shall be irrevocable by the offering Investor and shall constitute a binding agreement. Each ROFR Holder shall have the right to purchase that number of the Offered Shares, equivalent to the product obtained by multiplying the aggregate number of the Offered Shares, by a fraction, the numerator of which is the number of Ordinary Shares (on an as-converted basis) held by such ROFR Holder at the time of the transaction and the denominator of which is the total number of Ordinary Shares (on an as-converted basis) owned by all ROFR Holders at the time of the transaction who have the right of first refusal to purchase the applicable shares and have elected to participate in such right of first refusal purchase.

 

70.

The closing of any purchase of shares of the Company by a ROFR Holder pursuant to this Article 70 (the “ROFR Closing”) shall occur on such date as may be agreed by such ROFR Holder and the Proposed ROFR Seller, but in no event later than seventy-five (75) business days after the date on which the ROFR Notice is deemed to have been accepted. At the ROFR Closing, if all necessary conditions of the ROFR Closing have been satisfied or waived: (i) the Proposed ROFR Seller shall deliver to such ROFR Holder (x) an instrument of transfer executed by the Proposed ROFR Seller in favor of the ROFR Holder and (y) either an extract of the register of shareholders of the Company, dated as of the date of the ROFR Closing and duly certified by the registered office provider of the Company, evidencing the ROFR Holder’s ownership of the Offered Shares set out in the ROFR Offer or a certificate or certificates representing the Offered Shares; and (ii) the ROFR Holder shall deliver to the Proposed ROFR Seller the purchase price for the Offered Shares in cash, by wire transfer of immediately available funds to an account designated by the Proposed ROFR Seller, such account to be designated by the Proposed ROFR Seller no later than five (5) business days prior to the ROFR Closing.

 

-41-


71.

Within ten (10) days following the expiration of the ROFR Holders’ First Refusal Period, the Company will give written notice (the “First Refusal Expiration Notice”) to the Proposed ROFR Seller and the ROFR Holders specifying either (i) that all of the Offered Shares were subscribed by the ROFR Holders exercising their rights of first refusal, or (ii) that the ROFR Holders have not subscribed for any or all of the Offered Shares in which case the First Refusal Expiration Notice will specify the Co-Sale Pro Rata Portion (as defined below) of the remaining Offered Shares (the “Remaining Shares”) for the purpose of the co-sale right of the Investors described in Article 72.

 

72.

Notwithstanding Article 68, none of the following transactions shall be subject to the right of first refusal described in Articles 68 to 73: (i) any transfer of Shares by a Founder or an Investor to any Affiliate of such Founder or such Investor; (ii) any sale in reliance on Rule 144A under the Securities Act; (iii) any sale of shares of the Company pursuant to Rule 144 under the Securities Act; (iv) any sale of shares of the Company to the public pursuant to a Registration Statement filed with, and declared effective by, the SEC under the Securities Act; (v) other on-market sales; (vi) any transfer of Shares pursuant to the drag-along obligation under Articles 80 to 86, and (vii) any transfer of Shares by the Founders or the Founder Holding Companies pursuant to Article 78, provided that in each of (ii) and (iv) above, any such sale shall be (x) to five or more purchasers, none of which shall be Affiliates of any other such purchaser and (y) no more than five percent (5%) of the total number of issued and outstanding Shares on a fully diluted basis shall be transferred by any seller in any such sale or series of such sales to any purchaser in aggregate with its Affiliates.

 

73.

The Investors’ right of first refusal under Articles 68 to 73 shall be subordinated to only the Company’s right of first refusal.

 

73A.

The right of first refusal under Articles 68 to 73 shall not apply to the Share Charges or to any action taken by the Chargee pursuant to an Enforcement thereof.

CO-SALE RIGHT

 

74.

In the event that any Founder of any Founder Holding Company proposes to sell any or all of the number of Shares (the “Founders’ Offered Shares”), then the Remaining Shares shall be subject to co-sale rights under this Article 74 and each ROFR Holder who has not exercised any of its right of first refusal with respect to the Founders’ Offered Shares (the “Co-Sale Right Holder”) shall have the right, exercisable upon written notice to the Proposed ROFR Seller, the Company and each other Co-Sale Right Holder (the “Co-Sale Notice”) within ten (10) business days after receipt of the First Refusal Expiration Notice (the “Co-Sale Right Period”), to participate in such sale of the Remaining Shares on the same terms and conditions as set forth in the ROFR Notice. The Co-Sale Notice shall set forth the number of Ordinary Shares that such Co-Sale Right Holder wishes to include in such sale or transfer, which amount shall not exceed the Co-Sale Pro Rata Portion (as defined below) of such Co-Sale Right Holder. To the extent one or more of the Co-Sale Right Holders exercises such right of participation in accordance with the terms and conditions set forth below, the number of Ordinary Shares that such Proposed ROFR Seller may sell in the transaction shall be correspondingly reduced. The co-sale right of each Co-Sale Right Holder shall be subject to the following terms and conditions:

 

-42-


  (a)

Each Co-Sale Right Holder may sell all or any part of that number of Ordinary Shares (on an as-converted basis) held by it that is equal to the product obtained by multiplying (x) the aggregate number of the Remaining Shares subject to the co-sale right hereunder by (y) a fraction, the numerator of which is the number of Ordinary Shares (on an as-converted basis) owned by such Co-Sale Right Holder at the time of the sale or transfer and the denominator of which is the combined number of Ordinary Shares (on an as-converted basis) at the time owned by all Co-Sale Right Holders who elect to exercise their co-sale rights. If any Co-Sale Right Holder does not elect to exercise the co-sale right to the full extent then its Ordinary Shares (on as-converted basis) for calculation in the denominator shall be proportionately reduced (“Co-Sale Pro Rata Portion”).

 

  (b)

Each participating Co-Sale Right Holder shall effect its participation in the sale by promptly delivering to the Proposed ROFR Seller for transfer to the Proposed ROFR Purchaser an executed instrument of transfer and one or more certificates which represent:

 

  (i)

the number of Ordinary Shares (on an as-converted basis) which such Co-Sale Right Holder elects to sell;

 

  (ii)

that number of Series A Preferred Shares which are at such time convertible into the number of Ordinary Shares that such Co-Sale Right Holder elects to sell; provided in such case that, if the Proposed ROFR Purchaser objects to the allotment of Series A Preferred Shares in lieu of Ordinary Shares, such Co-Sale Right Holder shall convert such Series A Preferred Shares into Ordinary Shares and allot Ordinary Shares as provided in Article 74(b)(i). The Company shall make any such conversion concurrent with the actual transfer of such shares to the purchaser; or

 

  (iii)

a combination of the above.

 

  (c)

The share certificate or certificates, together with an instrument of transfer duly executed by the participating Co-Sale Right Holder, that the participating Co-Sale Right Holder delivers to the Proposed ROFR Seller pursuant to Article 74(b) shall be transferred to the Proposed ROFR Purchaser in consummation of the sale of the Founders’ Offered Shares pursuant to the terms and conditions specified in the ROFR Notice, and the Proposed ROFR Seller shall concurrently therewith remit to such Co-Sale Right Holder that portion of the sale proceeds to which such Co-Sale Right Holder is entitled by reason of its participation in such sale. To the extent that any Proposed ROFR Purchaser prohibits such assignment or otherwise refuses to purchase any shares or other securities from a Co-Sale Right Holder exercising its co-sale right hereunder, the Proposed ROFR Seller shall not sell to such Proposed ROFR Purchaser any ROFR Shares unless and until, simultaneously with such sale, the Proposed ROFR Seller shall purchase such shares or other securities from such Co-Sale Right Holder.

 

-43-


  (d)

To the extent the ROFR Holders do not elect to purchase, or to participate in the sale of, any or all of the Founders Offered Shares subject to the ROFR Notice, the Proposed ROFR Seller may, not later than ninety (90) business days following delivery to the Company and each of the ROFR Holders of the ROFR Notice, conclude a transfer of the Remaining Shares covered by the ROFR Notice and not elected to be purchased by the ROFR Holders, which in each case shall be on substantially the same terms and conditions as those described in the ROFR Notice. The Proposed ROFR Seller shall cause any Proposed ROFR Purchaser of such shares to comply with the Investors Rights Agreement, the Memorandum of Association and these Articles to the fullest extent. Any proposed transfer on terms and conditions which are materially different from those described in the ROFR Notice, as well as any subsequent proposed transfer of any ROFR Shares by the Proposed ROFR Seller, shall again be subject to the right of first refusal of the ROFR Holders and the co-sale right of the Co-Sale Right Holders and shall require compliance by the Proposed ROFR Seller with the procedures described in Articles 68 to 74.

 

  (e)

The co-sale right under this Article 74 shall not apply to the Share Charges or to any action taken by the Chargee pursuant to an Enforcement thereof.

PROHIBITED TRANSFERS

 

75.

Subject to Article 78, none of the Founder Holding Companies shall sell, assign, transfer, pledge, hypothecate, mortgage, encumber or otherwise dispose through one or a series of transactions, directly or indirectly any Ordinary Shares held by it to any Person on or prior to a Qualified IPO. Any attempt by the Founder Holding Companies to transfer Ordinary Shares in violation of these Articles 75 and 76 shall be void, and the Company will not effect such a transfer nor will it treat any alleged transferee as the holder of such shares. Notwithstanding the foregoing, this Article 75 shall not apply to the Share Charges or to any action taken by the Chargee pursuant to an Enforcement thereof.

 

76.

The Founders and the Founder Holding Companies agree that the restrictions with regard to the transfer of the Founder Holding Companies’ shares in the Company as described under these Articles 75 and 76 shall apply equally to transfer of the shares of the Founder Holding Companies, as if each of the provisions under these Articles 75 and 76 has been repeated with regard to transfer of the shares of the Founder Holding Companies, except that the reference to the shares in the Company has been revised to refer to the shares in the Founder Holding Companies, as applicable, so that the result of such restrictions on the indirect transfer of the shares in the Company by transferring the shares in the Founder Holding Companies is the same as if the Founder Holding Companies directly transfer the relevant shares in the Company.

 

-44-


77.

[Reserved]

FOUNDER TRANSFERS

 

78.

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary, the Founders or the Founder Holding Companies may sell, assign, transfer, pledge, hypothecate, mortgage, encumber or otherwise dispose through one or a series of transactions, directly or indirectly no more than five percent (5%) of the outstanding Shares accumulatively to any party so long as the Founders collectively control or beneficially own more than fifty percent (50%) of the outstanding Shares following such transfer, and Articles 68 to 76 shall not apply to such transfer.

TERMINATION OF RIGHTS AND RESTRICTIONS

 

79.

The rights and covenants set forth in Articles 67 to 78 shall terminate and be of no further force or effect (i) immediately before the consummation of the Qualified IPO, (ii) when the Company first becomes subject to the periodic reporting requirements of Section 12(g) or 15(d) of the Exchange Act, or (iii) upon a Deemed Liquidation Event and completion of the payment of the Series A Liquidation Amount and the remaining assets distribution as provided in Article 20, whichever event occurs first.

DRAG-ALONG OBLIGATION

 

80.

If, at any time prior to a Qualified IPO, any Investor (the “Drag-Along Seller”) secures an irrevocable offer to acquire all share capital or assets of the Company (a “Drag-Along Sale”) with a valuation of the Company of more than US$600,000,000, with any Person (such Person, a “Drag-Along Purchaser”) upon such terms and conditions as agreed to with the Drag-Along Seller, and such Drag-Along Sale is agreed by a majority vote of the other Investors and a majority vote of the Founders, each other Investor (an “Other Investor”) agrees, at the request of the Drag-Along Seller, to participate in such Drag-Along Sale as set forth in Articles 80 to 86.

 

81.

If the Drag-Along Sale is structured as a sale of Shares, each Other Investor shall sell to the Drag-Along Purchaser all Shares then held by such Other Investor on the same terms and conditions as are applicable to the Drag-Along Seller, including the same per-share consideration with respect to a specific class of Shares, and shall execute the necessary transfer forms in favor of the Drag-Along Purchaser; provided that the proceeds from such sale of any Round C Investors shall not be less than the higher of (i) the Series A Liquidation Amount or (ii) the purchase price as stated in the offer of the Drag-Along Purchaser pro rata based on the number of Ordinary Shares held by such Round C Investors (on an as-converted basis); provided, further, that except with respect to any liability incurred by such Other Investor individually, such Other Investor shall not be liable to a Drag-Along Purchaser for an amount greater than the proceeds from such sale.

 

-45-


82.

If the Drag-Along Sale is structured as a merger, amalgamation or scheme of arrangement of the Company or other transaction that requires the approval of the Investors, each Investor shall vote its respective Shares (or execute and deliver any written consents in lieu thereof) in favor of any Drag-Along Sale and all actions deemed reasonably necessary by the Drag-Along Seller in connection with the Drag-Along Sale, and against any action or proposal that may prevent, hinder or impede the consummation of the Drag-Along Sale.

 

83.

The Drag-Along Seller shall provide written notice of a proposed Drag-Along Sale to the Other Investors (a “Drag-Along Sale Notice”) not later than ten (10) days prior to such proposed Drag-Along Sale. The Drag-Along Sale Notice shall identify the Drag-Along Purchaser, the per-Ordinary Share consideration for which a transfer is proposed to be made (the “Drag-Along Sale Price”) and all other material terms and conditions of the Drag-Along Sale. Each Other Investor shall be required to participate in the Drag-Along Sale on the terms and conditions set forth in the Drag-Along Sale Notice and to tender its Shares. The price and form of consideration payable in such transfer shall be the Drag-Along Sale Price.

 

84.

The Drag-Along Seller shall have a period of one hundred and eighty (180) days from the date of receipt of the Drag-Along Sale Notice to enter into a definitive agreement providing for the Drag-Along Sale on the terms and conditions set forth in such Drag-Along Sale Notice, which Drag-Along Sale shall be promptly consummated, subject to fulfilling any closing conditions and obtaining any required regulatory approvals. If the Drag-Along Seller has not entered into a definitive agreement providing for the Drag-Along Sale within such 180-day period and the Drag-Along Seller proposes to effect a Drag-Along Sale after such 180-day period, the Drag-Along Seller shall again comply with the procedures set forth in this Article 84.

 

85.

In connection with a Drag-Along Sale, each Other Investor shall (i) make such representations, warranties and covenants and enter into such definitive agreements as are customary for transactions of the nature of the Drag-Along Sale, (ii) benefit from and be subject to all of the same provisions of the definitive agreements as are applicable to the Drag-Along Seller, (iii) be required to bear its proportionate share of any escrows, holdbacks or adjustments in respect of the purchase price or indemnification obligations; provided that an Other Investor shall only be obligated to indemnify any other Person in connection with such Drag-Along Sale severally; provided, further, that no Other Shareholder shall be obligated to indemnify any other Shareholder for any breach or misrepresentation by such other Shareholder with respect to title in such other Shareholder’s equity securities, (iv) be required to bear its proportionate share of the costs and expenses incurred by the Company and the Investors in connection with the proposed transaction (whether or not consummated), including all attorney’s fees and charges, all accounting fees and charges and all finders, brokerage or investment banking fees, charges or commissions (including, if requested by the Drag-Along Seller, an investment banking firm selected by the Drag-Along Seller and engaged, on customary terms (including customary indemnification from the Company)), to the extent not paid by the Company, and (v) to the extent permitted by applicable Law, not exercise any dissenters’ or appraisal rights to which they may be entitled in connection with a Drag-Along Sale.

 

-46-


86.

The covenants set forth in Article 80 to Article 85 shall terminate and be of no further force or effect (i) immediately before the consummation of the Qualified IPO, (ii) when the Company first becomes subject to the periodic reporting requirements of Section 12(g) or 15(d) of the Exchange Act, or (iii) upon a Deemed Liquidation Event and completion of the payment of the Series A Liquidation Amount and the remaining assets distribution as provided in Article 20, whichever event occurs first.

GENERAL MEETINGS

 

87.

The Directors may, from time to time as they determine, convene a general meeting of the Company.

 

88.

The Directors may cancel or postpone any duly convened general meeting at any time prior to such meeting, except for general meetings requisitioned by the Shareholders in accordance with these Articles, for any or no reason at any time prior to the time for holding such meeting or, if the meeting is adjourned, the time for holding such adjourned meeting. The Directors shall give Shareholders, notice of any cancellation or postponement. A postponement may be for a stated period of any length or indefinitely as the Directors may determine.

 

89.

General meetings shall also be convened on the requisition in writing of any Shareholder or Shareholders entitled to attend and vote at general meetings of the Company holding at least ten percent (10%) of the vote on an as-converted basis and the Preferred Majority deposited at the Office specifying the objects of the meeting by notice given no later than twenty one (21) days from the date of deposit of the requisition signed by the requisitionists, and if the Directors do not convene such meeting for a date not later than forty five (45) days after the date of such deposit, the requisitionists themselves may convene the general meeting in the same manner, as nearly as possible, as that in which general meetings may be convened by the Directors, and all reasonable expenses incurred by the requisitionists as a result of the failure of the Directors to convene the general meeting shall be reimbursed to them by the Company.

 

90.

If at any time there are no Directors, any two Shareholders (including the Preferred Majority) (or if there is only one Shareholder then that Shareholder) entitled to vote at general meetings of the Company may convene a general meeting in the same manner as nearly as possible as that in which general meetings may be convened by the Directors.

NOTICE OF GENERAL MEETINGS

 

91.

At least seven (7) clear days’ notice in writing counting from the date service is deemed to take place as provided in these Articles specifying the place, the day and the hour of the meeting and the general nature of the business, shall be given in the manner hereinafter provided or in such other manner (if any) as may be prescribed by the Company by Ordinary Resolution to such Persons as are, under these Articles, entitled to receive such notices from the Company, but with the consent of all the Shareholders entitled to receive notice of some particular meeting and attend and vote thereat, that meeting may be convened by such shorter notice or without notice and in such manner as those Shareholders may think fit.

 

-47-


92.

The accidental omission to give notice of a meeting to or the non-receipt of a notice of a meeting by any Shareholder shall not invalidate the proceedings at any meeting.

PROCEEDINGS AT GENERAL MEETINGS

 

93.

All business carried out at a general meeting shall be deemed special with the exception of sanctioning a dividend, the consideration of the accounts, balance sheets, any report of the Directors or of the Company’s auditors, and the fixing of the remuneration of the Company’s auditors. No special business shall be transacted at any general meeting without the consent of all Shareholders entitled to receive notice of that meeting unless notice of such special business has been given in the notice convening that meeting.

 

94.

No business shall be transacted at any general meeting unless a quorum of Shareholders is present at the time when the meeting proceeds to business. Save as otherwise provided by these Articles, the Shareholders holding at least a majority of the paid-up voting share capital of the Company on an as-converted basis (which shall include the Preferred Majority), present in person or by proxy and entitled to vote at that meeting, shall form a quorum.

 

95.

If within half an hour from the time appointed for the meeting a quorum is not present, the meeting, if convened upon the requisition of Shareholders, shall be dissolved. In any other case it shall stand adjourned to the same day in the next week, at the same time and place, and if at the adjourned meeting a quorum is not present within half an hour from the time appointed for the meeting, the Shareholder or Shareholders present and entitled to vote shall form a quorum.

 

96.

If the Directors wish to make this facility available for a specific general meeting or all general meetings of the Company, participation in any general meeting of the Company may be by means of a telephone or similar communication equipment by way of which all Persons participating in such meeting can communicate with each other and such participation shall be deemed to constitute presence in person at the meeting.

 

97.

The chairman, if any, of the Directors shall preside as chairman at every general meeting of the Company.

 

98.

If there is no such chairman, or if at any general meeting he is not present within fifteen minutes after the time appointed for holding the meeting, or is unwilling to act as chairman, any Director or Person nominated by the Directors shall preside as chairman, failing which the Shareholders present in person or by proxy shall choose any Person present to be chairman of that meeting.

 

99.

The chairman may adjourn a meeting from time to time and from place to place either:

 

-48-


  (a)

with the consent of any general meeting at which a quorum is present (and shall if so directed by the meeting); or

 

  (b)

without the consent of such meeting if, in his sole opinion, he considers it necessary to do so to:

 

  (i)

secure the orderly conduct or proceedings of the meeting; or

 

  (ii)

give all persons present in person or by proxy and having the right to speak and/or vote at such meeting, the ability to do so,

but no business shall be transacted at any adjourned meeting other than the business left unfinished at the meeting from which the adjournment took place. When a meeting, or adjourned meeting, is adjourned for fourteen (14) days or more, notice of the adjourned meeting shall be given in the manner provided for the original meeting. Save as aforesaid, it shall not be necessary to give any notice of an adjournment or of the business to be transacted at an adjourned meeting.

 

100.

At any general meeting a resolution put to the vote of the meeting shall be decided on a poll and not on a show of hands.

VOTES OF SHAREHOLDERS

 

101.

Subject to any rights and restrictions for the time being attached to any Share and any special voting rights as provided in Articles 13 and 18, on a poll every Shareholder present in person and every Person representing a Shareholder by proxy shall, at a general meeting of the Company, have such number of votes for each Share in that Class of which he or the Person represented by proxy is the holder.

 

102.

In the case of joint holders, the vote of the senior who tenders a vote whether in person or by proxy shall be accepted to the exclusion of the votes of the other joint holders and for this purpose seniority shall be determined by the order in which the names stand in the Register.

 

103.

A Shareholder of unsound mind, or in respect of whom an order has been made by any court having jurisdiction in lunacy, may vote in respect of Shares carrying the right to vote held by him, by his committee, or other Person in the nature of a committee appointed by that court, and any such committee or other Person may vote in respect of such Shares by proxy.

 

104.

No Shareholder shall be entitled to vote at any general meeting of the Company unless all calls, if any, or other sums presently payable by him in respect of Shares carrying the right to vote held by him have been paid.

 

105.

Votes may be given either personally or by proxy.

 

-49-


106.

The instrument appointing a proxy shall be in writing under the hand of the appointor or of his attorney duly authorised in writing or, if the appointor is a corporation, either under Seal or under the hand of an Officer or attorney duly authorised. A proxy need not be a Shareholder.

 

107.

An instrument appointing a proxy may be in any usual or common form or such other form as the Directors may approve.

 

108.

The instrument appointing a proxy shall be deposited at the Office or at such other place as is specified for that purpose in the notice convening the meeting no later than the time for holding the meeting or, if the meeting is adjourned, the time for holding such adjourned meeting.

 

109.

The instrument appointing a proxy shall be deemed to confer authority to demand or join in demanding a poll.

 

110.

A resolution in writing signed by all the Shareholders for the time being entitled to receive notice of and to attend and vote at general meetings of the Company (or being corporations by their duly authorised representatives) shall be as valid and effective as if the same had been passed at a general meeting of the Company duly convened and held.

CORPORATIONS ACTING BY REPRESENTATIVES AT MEETINGS

 

111.

Any corporation which is a Shareholder or a Director may by resolution of its directors or other governing body authorise such Person as it thinks fit to act as its representative at any meeting of the Company or of any meeting of holders of a Class or of the Directors or of a committee of Directors, and the Person so authorised shall be entitled to exercise the same powers on behalf of the corporation which he represents as that corporation could exercise if it were an individual Shareholder or Director.

DIRECTORS

 

112.

The Company may by Ordinary Resolution appoint any Person to be a Director.

 

113.

There shall be a Board of Directors consisting of not more than six persons. Upon the Initial Closing, the Board of Directors shall consist of the following members:

 

  (a)

the Chief Executive Officer of the Company;

 

  (b)

the Chief Operating Officer of the Company;

 

  (c)

one Director appointed by the Chief Executive Officer of the Company;

 

  (d)

one Round A Director;

 

-50-


  (e)

one Round B Director; and

 

  (f)

one Preferred Share Director.

 

114.

Only the Person who had the power to designate a Director pursuant to Article 113 shall have the power to remove such Director. The Company shall take such action as is necessary to call a meeting of the Shareholders (or effect a written consent in lieu thereof) for the purpose of effecting any such removal, and at such meeting each Shareholder shall vote all Shares owned by it to effect such removal. In the event that any Director is removed or shall have resigned or become unable to serve, the Person who had the power to designate such Director pursuant to Article 113 shall have the power to designate a person reasonably qualified to serve on the Board of Directors to fill such vacancy, whereupon each Shareholder shall vote all Shares owned by it to effect such appointment. Except as provided above, no Person shall vote in favor of, or otherwise take any actions in respect of, the removal of any Director who shall have been designated or nominated pursuant to Article 113.

 

115.

The Board of Directors shall have a chairman, and such chairman shall be the Chief Executive Officer of the Company.

 

116.

Subject to these Articles, a Director shall hold office until such time as he is removed from office pursuant to Article 142.

 

117.

The Company may by Ordinary Resolution from time to time fix the maximum and minimum number of Directors to be appointed but unless such numbers are fixed as aforesaid the minimum number of Directors shall be one and the maximum number of Directors shall be six.

 

118.

The remuneration of the Directors may be determined by the Directors or by Ordinary Resolution.

 

119.

There shall be no shareholding qualification for Directors unless determined otherwise by Ordinary Resolution.

 

120.

The Directors shall have power at any time and from time to time to appoint any Person to be a Director, either as a result of a casual vacancy or as an additional Director, subject to the maximum number as set out in these Articles.

 

121.

Any vacancy on the Board of Directors occurring because of the death, resignation or removal of a Director shall be filled by the vote or written consent of the same Shareholder or Shareholders who appointed such Director.

 

-51-


ALTERNATE DIRECTOR

 

122.

Any Director may in writing appoint another Person to be his alternate and, save to the extent provided otherwise in the form of appointment, such alternate shall have authority to sign written resolutions on behalf of the appointing Director, but shall not be authorised to sign such written resolutions where they have been signed by the appointing Director, and to act in such Director’s place at any meeting of the Directors. Every such alternate shall be entitled to attend and vote at meetings of the Directors as the alternate of the Director appointing him and where he is a Director to have a separate vote in addition to his own vote. A Director may at any time in writing revoke the appointment of an alternate appointed by him. Such alternate shall not be an Officer solely as a result of his appointment as an alternate other than in respect of such times as the alternate acts as a Director. The remuneration of such alternate shall be payable out of the remuneration of the Director appointing him and the proportion thereof shall be agreed between them.

POWERS AND DUTIES OF DIRECTORS

 

123.

Subject to the Companies Law, these Articles and to any resolutions passed in a general meeting, the business of the Company shall be managed by the Directors, who may pay all expenses incurred in setting up and registering the Company and may exercise all powers of the Company. No resolution passed by the Company in general meeting shall invalidate any prior act of the Directors that would have been valid if that resolution had not been passed.

 

124.

The Directors may from time to time appoint any Person, whether or not a Director, to hold such office in the Company as the Directors may think necessary for the administration of the Company, including but not limited to, the office of president, one or more vice-presidents, treasurer, assistant treasurer, manager or controller, and for such term and at such remuneration (whether by way of salary or commission or participation in profits or partly in one way and partly in another), and with such powers and duties as the Directors may think fit. Any Person so appointed by the Directors may be removed by the Directors or by the Company by Ordinary Resolution. The Directors may also appoint one or more of their number to the office of managing director upon like terms, but any such appointment shall ipso facto terminate if any managing director ceases for any cause to be a Director, or if the Company by Ordinary Resolution resolves that his tenure of office be terminated.

 

125.

The Directors may appoint any Person to be a Secretary (and if need be an assistant Secretary or assistant Secretaries) who shall hold office for such term, at such remuneration and upon such conditions and with such powers as they may determine from time to time. Any Secretary or assistant Secretary so appointed by the Directors may be removed by the Directors or by the Company by Ordinary Resolution.

 

126.

The Directors may delegate any of their powers to committees consisting of such member or members of their body as they think fit; any committee so formed shall in the exercise of the powers so delegated conform to any regulations that may be imposed on it by the Directors.

 

-52-


127.

The Directors may from time to time and at any time by power of attorney (whether under Seal or under hand) or otherwise appoint any company, firm or Person or body of Persons, whether nominated directly or indirectly by the Directors, to be the attorney or attorneys or authorised signatory (any such person being an “Attorney” or “Authorised Signatory, respectively) of the Company for such purposes and with such powers, authorities and discretion (not exceeding those vested in or exercisable by the Directors under these Articles) and for such period and subject to such conditions as they may think fit, and any such power of attorney or other appointment may contain such provisions for the protection and convenience of Persons dealing with any such Attorney or Authorised Signatory as the Directors may think fit, and may also authorise any such Attorney or Authorised Signatory to delegate all or any of the powers, authorities and discretion vested in him.

 

128.

The Directors may from time to time provide for the management of the affairs of the Company in such manner as they shall think fit and the provisions contained in the three next following Articles shall not limit the general powers conferred by this Article.

 

129.

The Directors from time to time and at any time may establish any committees, local boards or agencies for managing any of the affairs of the Company and may appoint any Person to be a member of such committees or local boards and may appoint any managers or agents of the Company and may fix the remuneration of any such Person.

 

130.

The Directors from time to time and at any time may delegate to any such committee, local board, manager or agent any of the powers, authorities and discretions for the time being vested in the Directors and may authorise the members for the time being of any such local board, or any of them to fill any vacancies therein and to act notwithstanding vacancies and any such appointment or delegation may be made on such terms and subject to such conditions as the Directors may think fit and the Directors may at any time remove any Person so appointed and may annul or vary any such delegation, but no Person dealing in good faith and without notice of any such annulment or variation shall be affected thereby.

 

131.

Any such delegates as aforesaid may be authorised by the Directors to sub-delegate all or any of the powers, authorities, and discretion for the time being vested in them.

 

132.

The Directors may agree with a Shareholder to waive or modify the terms applicable to such Shareholder’s subscription for Shares without obtaining the consent of any other Shareholder; provided that such waiver or modification does not amount to a variation or abrogation of the rights attaching to the Shares of such other Shareholders.

 

-53-


PROTECTIVE PROVISIONS

 

133.

For so long as any Series A Preferred Share remains outstanding, the Company shall not, and each of the Ordinary Shareholders shall procure the Group Companies not to, directly or indirectly, and whether by amendment of these Articles or the Memorandum of Association, merger, consolidation, scheme of arrangement, amalgamation, or otherwise, and whether in a single transaction or a series of related transactions, take any of the actions listed in this Article 133 without the prior written consent of the approval of the Preferred Majority provided that where any of the actions listed below requires the approvals of the Shareholders in accordance with the Companies Law, and if the Shareholders voted in favour of such act but any Preferred Majority disapproved such act, then the Preferred Majority shall, in such vote, have such number of votes as equal to the aggregate votes of the Shareholders who voted in favour of such act plus one:

 

  (a)

any change in any of the rights, preferences, privileges or priority of the holders of the Series A Preferred Shares;

 

  (b)

authorization, creation or issuance of any class or series of Shares having any right, preference or priority superior to or on a parity with the Series A Preferred Shares;

 

  (c)

repurchase or redemption of Shares (other than pursuant to the Employee Share Option Plan);

 

  (d)

amendment of any Group Company’s memorandum and Articles of Association;

 

  (e)

merger or consolidation of any Group Company;

 

  (f)

liquidation or dissolution of any Group Company or any of its material subsidiaries, as well as any Deemed Liquidation Event;

 

  (g)

any increase or decrease to the capital of any of the Group Companies;

 

  (h)

any change to the name of the Company; and

 

  (i)

the sale, pledge, or other disposition of all or substantially all of the Group Companies’ assets or the purchase of all or substantially all of the assets of another entity.

 

134.

The Company and the Board of Directors shall not, and each of the Ordinary Shareholders shall procure the Company and the Board of Directors not to, directly or indirectly, and whether by amendment of these Articles or the Memorandum of Association, merger, consolidation, scheme of arrangement, amalgamation, or otherwise, and whether in a single transaction or a series of related transactions, take any of the actions listed in this Article 134 without the prior written approval of a majority of the Board of Directors, including the affirmative vote of at least two Investor Directors:

 

  (a)

the declaration or payment of a dividend on any shares/equity of the Group Companies;

 

-54-


  (b)

the adoption or amendment of any employee share award plan, including the amendment of the Employee Share Option Plan;

 

  (c)

any material transaction between any Group Company and any of its shareholders, directors, officers, employees or other insiders and any of their family members or affiliates other than on an arm’s-length basis and upon full disclosure to Shareholders, including the Investors;

 

  (d)

the appointment or removal of the Chief Executive Officer of the Company;

 

  (e)

any incurrence of debt by the Group Company other than trade debts not exceeding US$10,000,000 in aggregate;

 

  (f)

adoption of the annual Budget;

 

  (g)

the appointment or change of the auditors of the Company;

 

  (h)

the license or transfer of any patents, copyrights, trademarks or other intellectual property rights outside the Company’s normal business operations;

 

  (i)

the termination or substantial change of the Company’s main business, or the involvement in any new business that is significantly different from the current main business;

 

  (j)

the settlement of any material legal action with a value in excess of RMB 10 million;

 

  (k)

any initial public offering plan other than a Qualified IPO;

 

  (l)

any increase or decrease to the capital of any of the Group Companies;

 

  (m)

any pledge on material assets of any of the Group Companies;

 

  (n)

any change to the number of Directors on the Board of Directors, any change to the rules governing election to the Board of Directors and any change to the term of service of members of the Board of Directors;

 

  (o)

any change to the name of the Company;

 

  (p)

any change to the control documents between any Group Companies and its variable interest entities and entering into any additional control documents by any Group Company;

 

  (q)

any change to the voting rights of any shares of the Company;

 

-55-


  (r)

the establishment or cessation of any material business lines carried on by the Company; and

 

  (s)

any issuance to any Person of any equity securities of the Company, or any options or warrants for, or any other securities exchangeable for or convertible into, such equity securities of the Company, except for any issuance pursuant to (x) the Series A Share Purchase Agreement (as defined in the Investors Rights Agreement) or Round A and B Share Subscription Agreement (as defined in the Investors Rights Agreement), (y) the Employee Share Option Plan, or (z) the initial public offering.

 

135.

Subject to the rights of the Founders set out in Article 78 and save and except for in respect of the Share Charges, none of the Shareholders shall pledge any of the Shares held by them from time to time without the prior written approval of a two-third majority of the Board of Directors.

 

136.

The Company shall obtain, upon the completion of a Qualified IPO, from financially sound and reputable insurers, directors and officers liability insurance in an amount and on terms and conditions satisfactory to the Board of Directors, and will use commercially reasonable efforts to cause such insurance policy to be maintained until such time as the Board of Directors (including the affirmative votes by at least two Investor Directors) determines that such insurance should be discontinued.

 

137.

The rights and covenants set forth in Articles 113, 114, 133 to 135 and 143 shall terminate and be of no further force or effect (i) immediately before the consummation of a Qualified IPO, (ii) when the Company first becomes subject to the periodic reporting requirements of Section 12(g) or 15(d) of the Exchange Act, or (iii) upon a Deemed Liquidation Event and completion of the payment of the Series A Liquidation Amount and the remaining assets distribution as provided in Article 20, whichever event occurs first.

BORROWING POWERS OF DIRECTORS

 

138.

The Directors may exercise all the powers of the Company to borrow money and to mortgage or charge its undertaking, property and uncalled capital or any part thereof, or to otherwise provide for a security interest to be taken in such undertaking, property or uncalled capital, and to issue debentures, debenture stock and other securities whenever money is borrowed or as security for any debt, liability or obligation of the Company or of any third party.

THE SEAL

 

139.

The Seal shall not be affixed to any instrument except by the authority of a resolution of the Directors provided always that such authority may be given prior to or after the affixing of the Seal and if given after may be in general form confirming a number of affixings of the Seal. The Seal shall be affixed in the presence of a Director or a Secretary (or an assistant Secretary) or in the presence of any one or more Persons as the Directors may appoint for the purpose, and every Person as aforesaid shall sign every instrument to which the Seal is so affixed in their presence.

 

-56-


140.

The Company may maintain a facsimile of the Seal in such countries or places as the Directors may appoint and such facsimile Seal shall not be affixed to any instrument except by the authority of a resolution of the Directors provided always that such authority may be given prior to or after the affixing of such facsimile Seal and if given after, may be in general form confirming a number of affixings of such facsimile Seal. The facsimile Seal shall be affixed in the presence of such Person or Persons as the Directors shall for this purpose appoint and such Person or Persons as aforesaid shall sign every instrument to which the facsimile Seal is so affixed in their presence and such affixing of the facsimile Seal and signing as aforesaid shall have the same meaning and effect as if the Seal had been affixed in the presence of and the instrument signed by a Director or a Secretary (or an assistant Secretary) or in the presence of any one or more Persons as the Directors may appoint for the purpose.

 

141.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, a Secretary or any assistant Secretary shall have the authority to affix the Seal, or the facsimile Seal, to any instrument for the purposes of attesting authenticity of the matter contained therein but which does not create any obligation binding on the Company.

DISQUALIFICATION OF DIRECTORS

 

142.

The office of Director shall be vacated, if the Director:

 

  (a)

becomes bankrupt or makes any arrangement or composition with his creditors;

 

  (b)

dies or is found to be or becomes of unsound mind;

 

  (c)

resigns his office by notice in writing to the Company;

 

  (d)

becomes unable to serve;

 

  (e)

is removed from office by Ordinary Resolution in accordance with Article 114;

 

  (f)

in case of nomination by Shareholder, is removed from office by the Shareholder which originally nominate such Director, or the Shareholder(s) originally entitled to nominate such Director pursuant to these Articles is no longer so entitled to nominate such Director; or

 

  (g)

in the case of a nomination by the Chief Executive Officer of the Company, is removed from office by the Chief Executive Officer which originally nominated such Director, or the Chief Executive Officer originally entitled to nominate such Director pursuant to these Articles is no longer so entitled to nominate such Director.

 

-57-


PROCEEDINGS OF DIRECTORS

 

143.

The Directors may meet together (either within or outside the Cayman Islands) for the despatch of business, adjourn, and otherwise regulate their meetings and proceedings as they think fit. On all actions to be taken and matters to be decided by the Board of Directors, each Director shall be entitled to cast one (1) vote, and subject to Article 134, the affirmative vote of the Directors having a majority of the total voting power represented at a meeting at which a quorum is present shall constitute an act of the Board of Directors. In case of an equality of votes, the chairman, if any, or in the absence of the chairman, a Director designated by the Board of Directors to preside at a meeting of the Board of Directors shall have a second or casting vote. A Director may, and a Secretary or assistant Secretary on the requisition of a Director shall, at any time summon a meeting of the Directors.

 

144.

A Director may participate in any meeting of the Directors, or of any committee appointed by the Directors of which such Director is a member, by means of telephone or similar communication equipment by way of which all Persons participating in such meeting can communicate with each other and such participation shall be deemed to constitute presence in person at the meeting.

 

145.

At all meetings of the Board of Directors a majority of the number of the Directors elected in accordance with Article 113 (including at least two of the Investor Directors) shall be necessary and sufficient to form a quorum. A Director represented by an alternate Director at any meeting shall be deemed to be present for the purposes of determining whether or not a quorum is present. If within half an hour from the time appointed for the meeting a quorum is not present, the meeting, if convened upon the requisition of a majority of the number of the Directors elected in accordance with Article 113, shall be dissolved. In any other case it shall stand adjourned to the same day in the next week, at the same time and place, and if at the adjourned meeting a quorum is not present within half an hour from the time appointed for the meeting the Directors present and entitled to vote shall form a quorum.

 

146.

A Director who is in any way, whether directly or indirectly, interested in a contract or proposed contract with the Company shall declare the nature of his interest at a meeting of the Directors. A general notice given to the Directors by any Director to the effect that he is to be regarded as interested in any contract or other arrangement which may thereafter be made with that company or firm shall be deemed a sufficient declaration of interest in regard to any contract so made. A Director may vote in respect of any contract or proposed contract or arrangement notwithstanding that he may be interested therein and if he does so his vote shall be counted and he may be counted in the quorum at any meeting of the Directors at which any such contract or proposed contract or arrangement shall come before the meeting for consideration.

 

-58-


147.

A Director may hold any other office or place of profit under the Company (other than the office of auditor) in conjunction with his office of Director for such period and on such terms (as to remuneration and otherwise) as the Directors may determine and no Director or intending Director shall be disqualified by his office from contracting with the Company either with regard to his tenure of any such other office or place of profit or as vendor, purchaser or otherwise, nor shall any such contract or arrangement entered into by or on behalf of the Company in which any Director is in any way interested, be liable to be avoided, nor shall any Director so contracting or being so interested be liable to account to the Company for any profit realised by any such contract or arrangement by reason of such Director holding that office or of the fiduciary relation thereby established. A Director, notwithstanding his interest, may be counted in the quorum present at any meeting of the Directors whereat he or any other Director is appointed to hold any such office or place of profit under the Company or whereat the terms of any such appointment are arranged and he may vote on any such appointment or arrangement.

 

148.

Any Director may act by himself or his firm in a professional capacity for the Company, and he or his firm shall be entitled to remuneration for professional services as if he were not a Director; provided that nothing herein contained shall authorise a Director or his firm to act as auditor to the Company.

 

149.

The Directors shall cause minutes to be made in books or loose-leaf folders provided for the purpose of recording:

 

  (a)

all appointments of Officers made by the Directors;

 

  (b)

the names of the Directors present at each meeting of the Directors and of any committee of the Directors; and

 

  (c)

all resolutions and proceedings at all meetings of the Company, and of the Directors and of committees of Directors.

 

150.

When the chairman of a meeting of the Directors signs the minutes of such meeting the same shall be deemed to have been duly held notwithstanding that all the Directors have not actually come together or that there may have been a technical defect in the proceedings.

 

151.

A resolution in writing signed by all the Directors or all the members of a committee of Directors entitled to receive notice of a meeting of Directors or committee of Directors, as the case may be (an alternate Director, subject as provided otherwise in the terms of appointment of the alternate Director, being entitled to sign such a resolution on behalf of his appointer), shall be as valid and effectual as if it had been passed at a duly called and constituted meeting of Directors or committee of Directors, as the case may be. When signed, a resolution may consist of several documents each signed by one or more of the Directors or his duly appointed alternate.

 

-59-


152.

The continuing Directors may act notwithstanding any vacancy in their body but if and for so long as their number is reduced below the number fixed by or pursuant to these Articles as the necessary quorum of Directors, the continuing Directors may act for the purpose of increasing the number, or of summoning a general meeting of the Company, but for no other purpose.

 

153.

The Directors may elect a chairman of their meetings and determine the period for which he is to hold office but if no such chairman is elected, or if at any meeting the chairman is not present within fifteen minutes after the time appointed for holding the meeting, the Directors present may choose one of their number to be chairman of the meeting.

 

154.

Subject to any regulations imposed on it by the Directors, a committee appointed by the Directors may elect a chairman of its meetings. If no such chairman is elected, or if at any meeting the chairman is not present within fifteen minutes after the time appointed for holding the meeting, the committee members present may choose one of their number to be chairman of the meeting.

 

155.

A committee appointed by the Directors may meet and adjourn as it so determines. Subject to any regulations imposed on it by the Directors, questions arising at any meeting shall be determined by a majority of votes of the committee members present and in case of an equality of votes, the chairman shall have a second or casting vote.

 

156.

All acts done by any meeting of the Directors or of a committee of Directors, or by any Person acting as a Director, shall notwithstanding that it be afterwards discovered that there was some defect in the appointment of any such Director or Person acting as aforesaid, or that they or any of them were disqualified, be as valid as if every such Person had been duly appointed and was qualified to be a Director.

DIVIDENDS

 

157.

Articles 158 to 165 inclusive are subject to any rights and restrictions for the time being attached to any Shares, or as otherwise provided for in the Companies Law and other parts of these Articles (including among others Articles 14, 19 and 134(a)).

 

158.

The Directors may from time to time declare dividends (including interim dividends) and other distributions on Shares in issue and authorise payment of the same out of the funds of the Company lawfully available therefor.

 

159.

The Company by Ordinary Resolution may declare dividends, but no dividend shall exceed the amount recommended by the Directors.

 

160.

The Directors may determine, before recommending or declaring any dividend, to set aside out of the funds legally available for distribution such sums as they think proper as a reserve or reserves, which shall be applicable for meeting contingencies, or for equalising dividends or for any other purpose to which those funds may be properly applied and pending such application may, at the determination of the Directors, either be employed in the business of the Company or be invested in such investments as the Directors may from time to time think fit.

 

-60-


161.

Any dividend may be paid in any manner as the Directors may determine. If paid by cheque it will be sent through the post to the registered address of the Shareholder or Person entitled thereto, or in the case of joint holders, to any one of such joint holders at his registered address or to such Person and such address as the Shareholder or Person entitled, or such joint holders as the case may be, may direct. Every such cheque shall be made payable to the order of the Person to whom it is sent or to the order of such other Person as the Shareholder or Person entitled, or such joint holders as the case may be, may direct.

 

162.

The Directors, when paying dividends to the Shareholders in accordance with the foregoing provisions of these Articles, may make such payment either in cash or in specie and may determine the extent to which amounts may be withheld therefrom (including, without limitation, any taxes, fees, expenses or other liabilities for which a Shareholder (or the Company, as a result of any action or inaction of the Shareholder) is liable).

 

163.

All dividends shall be declared and paid according to the amounts paid up on the Shares, but if and for so long as nothing is paid up on any of the Shares, dividends may be declared and paid according to the par value of the Shares.

 

164.

If several Persons are registered as joint holders of any Share, any of them may give effectual receipts for any dividend or other moneys payable on or in respect of the Share.

 

165.

No dividend shall bear interest against the Company.

ACCOUNTS, AUDIT AND ANNUAL RETURN AND DECLARATION

 

166.

The books of account relating to the Company’s affairs shall be kept in such manner as may be determined from time to time by the Directors.

 

167.

The books of account shall be kept at the Office, or at such other place or places as the Directors think fit, and shall always be open to the inspection of the Directors.

 

168.

The Directors may from time to time determine whether and to what extent and at what times and places and under what conditions or regulations the accounts and books of the Company or any of them shall be open to the inspection of Shareholders not being Directors, and no Shareholder (not being a Director) shall have any right of inspecting any account or book or document of the Company except as conferred by law or authorised by the Directors or by Ordinary Resolution.

 

-61-


169.

The accounts relating to the Company’s affairs shall only be audited if the Directors so determine, in which case the financial year end and the accounting principles will be determined by the Directors.

 

170.

The Directors in each year shall prepare, or cause to be prepared, an annual return and declaration setting forth the particulars required by the Companies Law and deliver a copy thereof to the Registrar of Companies in the Cayman Islands.

CAPITALISATION OF RESERVES

 

171.

Subject to the Companies Law and these Articles, the Directors may:

 

  (a)

resolve to capitalise an amount standing to the credit of reserves (including a Share Premium Account, capital redemption reserve and profit and loss account), whether or not available for distribution;

 

  (b)

appropriate the sum resolved to be capitalised to the Shareholders in proportion to the nominal amount of Shares (whether or not fully paid) held by them respectively and apply that sum on their behalf in or towards:

 

  (i)

paying up the amounts (if any) for the time being unpaid on Shares held by them respectively, or

 

  (ii)

paying up in full unissued Shares or debentures of a nominal amount equal to that sum,

and allot the Shares or debentures, credited as fully paid, to the Shareholders (or as they may direct) in those proportions, or partly in one way and partly in the other, but the Share Premium Account, the capital redemption reserve and profits which are not available for distribution may, for the purposes of this Article, only be applied in paying up unissued Shares to be allotted to Shareholders credited as fully paid;

 

  (c)

make any arrangements they determine are necessary to resolve a difficulty arising in the distribution of a capitalised reserve and in particular, without limitation, where Shares or debentures become distributable in fractions, the Directors may deal with the fractions as they think fit;

 

  (d)

authorise a Person to enter (on behalf of all the Shareholders concerned) into an agreement with the Company providing for either:

 

  (i)

the allotment to the Shareholders respectively, credited as fully paid, of Shares or debentures to which they may be entitled on the capitalisation; or

 

-62-


  (ii)

the payment by the Company on behalf of the Shareholders (by the application of their respective proportions of the reserves resolved to be capitalised) of the amounts or part of the amounts remaining unpaid on their existing Shares;

and any such agreement made under this authority being effective and binding on all those Shareholders; and

 

  (e)

generally do all acts and things required to give effect to any of the actions contemplated by this Article.

SHARE PREMIUM ACCOUNT

 

172.

The Directors shall in accordance with the Companies Law establish a Share Premium Account and shall carry to the credit of such account from time to time a sum equal to the amount or value of the premium paid on the issue of any Share.

 

173.

There shall be debited to any Share Premium Account on the redemption or purchase of a Share the difference between the nominal value of such Share and the redemption or purchase price provided always that at the determination of the Directors such sum may be paid out of the profits of the Company or, if permitted by the Companies Law, out of capital.

NOTICES

 

174.

Any notice or document may be served by the Company or by the Person entitled to give notice to any Shareholder either personally, or by posting it airmail or air courier service in a prepaid letter addressed to such Shareholder at his address as appearing in the Register, or by electronic mail to any electronic mail address such Shareholder may have specified in writing for the purpose of such service of notices, or by facsimile should the Directors deem it appropriate. In the case of joint holders of a Share, all notices shall be given to that one of the joint holders whose name stands first in the Register in respect of the joint holding, and notice so given shall be sufficient notice to all the joint holders.

 

175.

Any Shareholder present, either personally or by proxy, at any meeting of the Company shall for all purposes be deemed to have received due notice of such meeting and, where requisite, of the purposes for which such meeting was convened.

 

176.

Any notice or other document, if served by:

 

  (a)

post, shall be deemed to have been served five (5) clear days after the time when the letter containing the same is posted;

 

  (b)

facsimile, shall be deemed to have been served upon production by the transmitting facsimile machine of a report confirming transmission of the facsimile in full to the facsimile number of the recipient;

 

-63-


  (c)

recognised courier service, shall be deemed to have been served 48 hours after the time when the letter containing the same is delivered to the courier service; or

 

  (d)

electronic mail, shall be deemed to have been served immediately upon the time of the transmission by electronic mail.

In proving service by post or courier service it shall be sufficient to prove that the letter containing the notice or documents was properly addressed and duly posted or delivered to the courier service.

 

177.

Any notice or document delivered or sent in accordance with the terms of these Articles shall, notwithstanding that such Shareholder be then dead or bankrupt, and whether or not the Company has notice of his death or bankruptcy, be deemed to have been duly served in respect of any Share registered in the name of such Shareholder as sole or joint holder, unless his name shall at the time of the service of the notice or document, have been removed from the Register as the holder of the Share, and such service shall for all purposes be deemed a sufficient service of such notice or document on all Persons interested (whether jointly with, or as claiming through or under, him) in the Share.

 

178.

Notice of every general meeting of the Company shall be given to:

 

  (a)

all Shareholders holding Shares with the right to receive notice and who have supplied to the Company an address for the giving of notices to them; and

 

  (b)

every Person entitled to a Share in consequence of the death or bankruptcy of a Shareholder, who but for his death or bankruptcy would be entitled to receive notice of the meeting.

No other Person shall be entitled to receive notices of general meetings.

INDEMNITY

 

179.

Every Director (including for the purposes of this Article any alternate Director appointed pursuant to the provisions of these Articles), Secretary, assistant Secretary, or other Officer (but not including the Company’s auditors) and the personal representatives of the same (each an “Indemnified Person”) shall be indemnified and secured harmless out of the assets and funds of the Company against all actions, proceedings, costs, charges, expenses, losses, damages or liabilities incurred or sustained by such Indemnified Person, other than by reason of such Indemnified Person’s own dishonesty, wilful default or fraud as determined by a court of competent jurisdiction, in or about the conduct of the Company’s business or affairs (including as a result of any mistake of judgment) or in the execution or discharge of his duties, powers, authorities or discretions, including without prejudice to the generality of the foregoing, any costs, expenses, losses or liabilities incurred by such Indemnified Person in defending (whether successfully or otherwise) any civil proceedings concerning the Company or its affairs in any court whether in the Cayman Islands or elsewhere.

 

-64-


180.

No Indemnified Person shall be liable:

 

  (a)

for the acts, receipts, neglects, defaults or omissions of any other Director or Officer or agent of the Company; or

 

  (b)

for any loss on account of defect of title to any property of the Company; or

 

  (c)

on account of the insufficiency of any security in or upon which any money of the Company shall be invested; or

 

  (d)

for any loss incurred through any bank, broker or other similar Person; or

 

  (e)

for any loss occasioned by any negligence, default, breach of duty, breach of trust, error of judgement or oversight on such Indemnified Person’s part; or

 

  (f)

for any loss, damage or misfortune whatsoever which may happen in or arise from the execution or discharge of the duties, powers, authorities, or discretions of such Indemnified Person’s office or in relation thereto,

unless the same shall happen through such Indemnified Person’s own dishonesty, wilful default or fraud as determined by a court of competent jurisdiction.

NON-RECOGNITION OF TRUSTS

 

181.

Subject to the proviso hereto, no Person shall be recognised by the Company as holding any Share upon any trust and the Company shall not, unless required by law, be bound by or be compelled in any way to recognise (even when having notice thereof) any equitable, contingent, future or partial interest in any Share or (except only as otherwise provided by these Articles or as the Companies Law requires) any other right in respect of any Share except an absolute right to the entirety thereof in each Shareholder registered in the Register, provided that, notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company shall be entitled to recognise any such interests as shall be determined by the Directors.

WINDING UP

 

182.

If the Company shall be wound up, the liquidator shall apply the assets of the Company in such manner and order as he thinks fit in satisfaction of creditors’ claims.

 

183.

If the Company shall be wound up, the liquidator may, with the sanction of an Ordinary Resolution divide amongst the Shareholders in specie or kind the whole or any part of the assets of the Company (whether they shall consist of property of the same kind or not) and may, for such purpose set such value as he deems fair upon any property to be divided as aforesaid and may determine how such division shall be carried out as between the Shareholders or different Classes. The liquidator may, with the like sanction, vest the whole or any part of such assets in trustees upon such trusts for the benefit of the Shareholders as the liquidator, as the like sanction shall think fit, but so that no Shareholder shall be compelled to accept any assets whereon there is any liability.

 

-65-


184.

Subject to any rights and restrictions for the time being attributed to any Class, the assets available for distribution among the Shareholders shall then be applied in the following priority:

 

  (a)

first, in the payment to the holders of Ordinary Shares and Series A Preferred Shares, pari passu, of a sum equal to the par value of the Ordinary Shares or Series A Preferred Shares held by them;

 

  (b)

second, in the payment to holders of Series A Preferred Shares on a pro-rata basis as set out in Article 20(a)(i);

 

  (c)

third, in the payment to holders of Class A-2 Ordinary Shares on a pro-rata basis as set out in Article 20(a)(ii);

 

  (d)

forth, in the payment to holders of Class A-1 Ordinary Shares on a pro-rata basis as set out in Article 20(a)(iii); and

 

  (e)

last, in the payment of any balance to holders of Shares on a pro-rata basis as set out in Article 20(a)(iv).

AMENDMENT OF ARTICLES OF ASSOCIATION

 

185.

Subject to the Companies Law and the rights attaching to the various Classes, the Company may at any time and from time to time by Special Resolution alter or amend these Articles in whole or in part.

CLOSING OF REGISTER OR FIXING RECORD DATE

 

186.

For the purpose of determining those Shareholders that are entitled to receive notice of, attend or vote at any meeting of Shareholders or any adjournment thereof, or those Shareholders that are entitled to receive payment of any dividend, or in order to make a determination as to who is a Shareholder for any other purpose, the Directors may provide that the Register shall be closed for transfers for a stated period which shall not exceed in any case forty (40) days. If the Register shall be so closed for the purpose of determining those Shareholders that are entitled to receive notice of, attend or vote at a meeting of Shareholders the Register shall be so closed for at least ten (10) days immediately preceding such meeting and the record date for such determination shall be the date of the closure of the Register.

 

-66-


187.

In lieu of or apart from closing the Register, the Directors may fix in advance a date as the record date for any such determination of those Shareholders that are entitled to receive notice of, attend or vote at a meeting of the Shareholders and for the purpose of determining those Shareholders that are entitled to receive payment of any dividend, the Directors may, at or within ninety (90) days prior to the date of declaration of such dividend, fix a subsequent date as the record date for such determination.

 

188.

If the Register is not so closed and no record date is fixed for the determination of those Shareholders entitled to receive notice of, attend or vote at a meeting of Shareholders or those Shareholders that are entitled to receive payment of a dividend, the date on which notice of the meeting is posted or the date on which the resolution of the Directors declaring such dividend is adopted, as the case may be, shall be the record date for such determination of Shareholders. When a determination of those Shareholders that are entitled to receive notice of, attend or vote at a meeting of Shareholders has been made as provided in this Article, such determination shall apply to any adjournment thereof.

REGISTRATION BY WAY OF CONTINUATION

 

189.

The Company may by Special Resolution resolve to be registered by way of continuation in a jurisdiction outside the Cayman Islands or such other jurisdiction in which it is for the time being incorporated, registered or existing. In furtherance of a resolution adopted pursuant to this Article, the Directors may cause an application to be made to the Registrar of Companies to deregister the Company in the Cayman Islands or such other jurisdiction in which it is for the time being incorporated, registered or existing and may cause all such further steps as they consider appropriate to be taken to effect the transfer by way of continuation of the Company.

MERGERS AND CONSOLIDATION

 

190.

The Company may merge or consolidate in accordance with the Companies Law.

 

191.

To the extent required by the Companies Law, the Company may by Special Resolution resolve to merge or consolidate the Company.

DISCLOSURE

 

192.

The Directors, or any authorised service providers (including the Officers, the Secretary and the registered office agent of the Company), shall be entitled to disclose to any regulatory or judicial authority, or to any stock exchange on which the Shares may from time to time be listed, any information regarding the affairs of the Company including, without limitation, information contained in the Register and books of the Company.

 

-67-

Exhibit 3.2

THE COMPANIES LAW (AS AMENDED)

COMPANY LIMITED BY SHARES

THIRD AMENDED AND RESTATED

MEMORANDUM OF ASSOCIATION AND ARTICLES OF ASSOCIATION

OF

ECMOHO LIMITED

(ADOPTED BY A SPECIAL RESOLUTION OF SHAREHOLDERS DATED                2019 AND EFFECTIVE IMMEDIATELY PRIOR TO THE CLOSING OF THE COMPANY’S INITIAL PUBLIC OFFERING OF CLASS A ORDINARY SHARES REPRESENTED BY AMERICAN DEPOSITARY SHARES ON THE DESIGNATED STOCK EXCHANGE)


THE COMPANIES LAW (AS AMENDED)

COMPANY LIMITED BY SHARES

THIRD AMENDED AND RESTATED MEMORANDUM OF ASSOCIATION

OF

ECMOHO LIMITED

(ADOPTED BY A SPECIAL RESOLUTION OF SHAREHOLDERS DATED                 2019 AND EFFECTIVE IMMEDIATELY PRIOR TO THE CLOSING OF THE COMPANY’S INITIAL PUBLIC OFFERING OF CLASS A ORDINARY SHARES REPRESENTED BY AMERICAN DEPOSITARY SHARES ON THE DESIGNATED STOCK EXCHANGE)

 

1.

The name of the company is ECMOHO Limited (the “Company”).

 

2.

The registered office of the Company will be situated at the offices of Hermes Corporate Services Ltd., Fifth Floor, Zephyr House, 122 Mary Street, George Town, P.O. Box 31493 or at such other location as the Directors may from time to time determine.

 

3.

The objects for which the Company is established are unrestricted and the Company shall have full power and authority to carry out any object not prohibited by any law as provided by Section 7(4) of the Companies Law (as amended) of the Cayman Islands (the “Companies Law”).

 

4.

The Company shall have and be capable of exercising all the functions of a natural person of full capacity irrespective of any question of corporate benefit as provided by Section 27(2) of the Companies Law.

 

5.

The Company will not trade in the Cayman Islands with any person, firm or corporation except in furtherance of the business of the Company carried on outside the Cayman Islands; provided that nothing in this section shall be construed as to prevent the Company effecting and concluding contracts in the Cayman Islands, and exercising in the Cayman Islands all of its powers necessary for the carrying on of its business outside the Cayman Islands.

 

6.

The liability of the shareholders of the Company is limited to the amount, if any, unpaid on the shares respectively held by them.

 

7.

The authorised share capital of the Company is US$50,000 divided into (i) 4,924,849,600 Class A Ordinary Shares of a par value of US$0.00001 each, and (ii) 75,150,400 Class B Ordinary Shares of a par value of US$0.00001 each, provided always that subject to the Companies Law and the Articles of Association the Company shall have power to redeem or purchase any of its shares and to sub-divide or consolidate the said shares or any of them and to issue all or any part of its capital whether original, redeemed, increased or reduced with or without any preference, priority, special privilege or other rights or subject to any postponement of rights or to any conditions or restrictions whatsoever and so that unless the conditions of issue shall otherwise expressly provide every issue of shares whether stated to be ordinary, preference or otherwise shall be subject to the powers on the part of the Company hereinbefore provided.

 

8.

The Company may exercise the power contained in Section 206 of the Companies Law to deregister in the Cayman Islands and be registered by way of continuation in some other jurisdiction.

 

1


THE COMPANIES LAW (AS AMENDED)

COMPANY LIMITED BY SHARES

THIRD AMENDED AND RESTATED ARTICLES OF ASSOCIATION

OF

ECMOHO LIMITED

(ADOPTED BY A SPECIAL RESOLUTION OF SHAREHOLDERS DATED                2019 AND EFFECTIVE IMMEDIATELY PRIOR TO THE CLOSING OF THE COMPANY’S INITIAL PUBLIC OFFERING OF CLASS A ORDINARY SHARES REPRESENTED BY AMERICAN DEPOSITARY SHARES ON THE DESIGNATED STOCK EXCHANGE)


TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

ARTICLE    PAGE  

TABLE A

     1  

INTERPRETATION

     1  

PRELIMINARY

     5  

SHARES

     6  

SHARE RIGHTS

     7  

CLASS A ORDINARY SHARES AND CLASS B ORDINARY SHARES

     8  

MODIFICATION OF RIGHTS

     9  

CERTIFICATES

     9  

FRACTIONAL SHARES

     10  

LIEN

     10  

CALLS ON SHARES

     11  

FORFEITURE OF SHARES

     12  

TRANSFER OF SHARES

     13  

TRANSMISSION OF SHARES

     14  

REGISTRATION OF EMPOWERING INSTRUMENTS

     14  

ALTERATION OF SHARE CAPITAL

     14  

REDEMPTION, PURCHASE AND SURRENDER OF SHARES

     15  

TREASURY SHARES

     16  

GENERAL MEETINGS

     16  

NOTICE OF GENERAL MEETINGS

     17  

 

i


PROCEEDINGS AT GENERAL MEETINGS

     18  

VOTES OF SHAREHOLDERS

     19  

CORPORATIONS ACTING BY REPRESENTATIVES AT MEETINGS

     21  

DEPOSITARY AND CLEARING HOUSES

     21  

DIRECTORS

     21  

DISQUALIFICATION OF DIRECTORS

     23  

ALTERNATE DIRECTOR

     23  

POWERS AND DUTIES OF DIRECTORS

     23  

COMMITTEES

     25  

PROTECTIVE PROVISIONS

     26  

INSURANCE

     26  

BORROWING POWERS OF DIRECTORS

     26  

THE SEAL

     26  

PROCEEDINGS OF DIRECTORS

     27  

DIVIDENDS

     29  

UNTRACEABLE SHAREHOLDERS

     30  

ACCOUNTS, AUDIT AND ANNUAL RETURN AND DECLARATION

     32  

CAPITALISATION OF RESERVES

     33  

SHARE PREMIUM ACCOUNT

     34  

NOTICES

     34  

INFORMATION

     35  

INDEMNITY

     36  

NON-RECOGNITION OF TRUSTS

     36  

 

ii


WINDING UP

     37  

AMENDMENT OF ARTICLES OF ASSOCIATION

     37  

CLOSING OF REGISTER OR FIXING RECORD DATE

     38  

REGISTRATION BY WAY OF CONTINUATION

     38  

MERGERS AND CONSOLIDATION

     38  

DISCLOSURE

     39  

 

iii


COMPANIES LAW (AS AMENDED)

COMPANY LIMITED BY SHARES

AMENDED AND RESTATED ARTICLES OF ASSOCIATION

OF

ECMOHO LIMITED

(ADOPTED BY A SPECIAL RESOLUTION OF SHAREHOLDERS DATED                  2019 AND EFFECTIVE IMMEDIATELY PRIOR TO THE CLOSING OF THE COMPANY’S INITIAL PUBLIC OFFERING OF CLASS A ORDINARY SHARES REPRESENTED BY AMERICAN DEPOSITARY SHARES ON THE DESIGNATED STOCK EXCHANGE)

TABLE A

The Regulations contained or incorporated in Table ‘A’ in the First Schedule of the Companies Law shall not apply to ECMOHO Limited (the “Company”) and the following Articles shall comprise the Articles of Association of the Company.

INTERPRETATION

 

1.

In these Articles the following defined terms will have the meanings ascribed to them, if not inconsistent with the subject matter or context:

ADS” means an American depositary share, each representing such number of Class A Ordinary Shares as set out in the registration statements of the Company.

Affiliate” means, with respect to any Person, any other Person that directly, or indirectly through one or more intermediaries, controls, is controlled by or is under common control with, such specified Person.

Articles” means these articles of association of the Company, as amended or substituted from time to time.

Audit Committee” means the audit committee formed by the Board of Directors pursuant to Article 125 hereof, or any successor audit committee.

Auditor” means the independent auditor of the Company which shall be an internationally recognised firm of independent accountants.

 

-1-


Branch Register” means any branch Register of such category or categories of Members as the Company may from time to time determine.

Class” or “Classes” means any class or classes of Shares as may from time to time be issued by the Company.

Class A Ordinary Shares” means the class A ordinary shares of a par value of US$0.00001 per share, having the rights and being subject to the restrictions as provided for under these Articles with respect to such Share.

Class B Ordinary Shares” means the class B ordinary shares of a par value of US$0.00001 per share, having the rights and being subject to the restrictions as provided for under these Articles with respect to such Share.

Company’s Website” means the main corporate/investor relations website of the Company, the address or domain name of which has been notified to Shareholders.

Companies Law” means the Companies Law (as amended) of the Cayman Islands.

Designated Stock Exchange” means NASDAQ on which any Class A Ordinary Shares and ADSs are listed for trading.

Designated Stock Exchange Rules” means the relevant code, rules and regulations, as amended, from time to time, applicable as a result of the original and continued listing of any Shares or ADSs on the Designated Stock Exchange;

Directors” or “Board of Directors” means the directors of the Company for the time being, or as the case may be, the directors assembled as a board or as a committee thereof.

electronic” means the meaning given to it in the Electronic Transactions Law (as amended) of the Cayman Islands and any amendment thereto or re-enactments thereof for the time being in force and includes every other law incorporated therewith or substituted therefor;

Electronic Transactions Law” means the Electronic Transactions Law (2003 Revision) of the Cayman Islands and any statutory amendment or re-enactment thereof.

Employee Share Option Plan” means the 2018 Employee Share Option Plan to be adopted by the Board of Directors and approved by the Company.

Exchange Act” means the U.S. Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

Group Companies” means the Company, ECMOHO (Hong Kong) Health Technology Limited, Shanghai ECMOHO Health Biotechnology Co., Ltd. and their respective Subsidiaries.

 

-2-


Indemnified Person” has the meaning given to it in Article 182.

Memorandum of Association” means the memorandum of association of the Company, as amended or substituted from time to time.

Office” means the registered office of the Company as required by the Companies Law.

Officers” means the officers for the time being and from time to time of the Company.

Ordinary Resolution” means a resolution:

 

  (a)

passed by a simple majority of such Shareholders as, being entitled to do so, vote in person or, where proxies are allowed, by proxy at a general meeting of the Company. Where a poll is taken, regard shall be had in computing a majority to the number of votes to which each Shareholder is entitled; or

 

  (b)

approved in writing by all of the Shareholders entitled to vote at a general meeting of the Company in one or more instruments each signed by one or more of the Shareholders. The effective date of the resolution so adopted shall be the date on which the instrument, or the last of such instruments, if more than one, is executed.

Ordinary Shares” means together the Class A Ordinary Shares and Class B Ordinary Shares.

“paid up” means paid up as to the par value in respect of the issue of any Shares and includes credited as paid up.

Person” means any natural person, firm, company, joint venture, partnership, corporation, association or other entity (whether or not having a separate legal personality) or any of them as the context so requires, other than in respect of a Director or Officer in which circumstances Person shall mean any person or entity permitted to act as such in accordance with the laws of the Cayman Islands.

Principal Register”, where the Company has established one or more Branch Registers pursuant to the Companies Law and these Articles, means the Register maintained by the Company pursuant to the Companies Law and these Articles that is not designated by the Directors as a Branch Register.

Register” means the register of Members of the Company required to be kept pursuant to the Companies Law and includes any Branch Register(s) established by the Company in accordance with the Companies Law.

Seal” means the common seal of the Company (if adopted) including any facsimile thereof.

 

-3-


SEC” means the United States Securities and Exchange Commission.

“Secretary” means any Person appointed by the Directors to perform any of the duties of the secretary of the Company.

Securities Act” means the U.S. Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

Share” means a share in the capital of the Company. All references to “Shares” herein shall be deemed to be Shares of any or all Classes as the context may require, as well as American Depositary Shares traded on the Designated Stock Exchange. For the avoidance of doubt in these Articles the expression “Share” shall include a fraction of a Share.

Shareholder” or “Member” means a Person who is registered as the holder of Shares in the Register and includes each subscriber to the Memorandum of Association pending entry in the Register of such subscriber.

Share Premium Account” means the share premium account established in accordance with these Articles and the Companies Law.

signed” means bearing a signature or representation of a signature affixed by mechanical means.

Special Resolution” means a special resolution of the Company passed in accordance with the Companies Law, being a resolution:

 

  (a)

passed by a majority of not less than two-thirds of such Shareholders as, being entitled to do so, vote in person or, where proxies are allowed, by proxy at a general meeting of the Company of which notice specifying the intention to propose the resolution as a special resolution has been duly given and where a poll is taken regard shall be had in computing a majority to the number of votes to which each Shareholder is entitled; or

 

  (b)

approved in writing by all of the Shareholders entitled to vote at a general meeting of the Company in one or more instruments each signed by one or more of the Shareholders and the effective date of the special resolution so adopted shall be the date on which the instrument or the last of such instruments, if more than one, is executed.

Subsidiary” means, with respect to any Person, any and all corporations, partnerships, limited liability companies, joint ventures, associations, variable interest entities or other entities controlled by such Person directly or indirectly through one or more intermediaries.

Treasury Shares” means Shares that were previously issued but were purchased, redeemed, surrendered or otherwise acquired by the Company and not cancelled.

 

-4-


2.

In these Articles, save where the context requires otherwise:

 

  (a)

words importing the singular number shall include the plural number and vice versa;

 

  (b)

words importing the masculine gender only shall include the feminine gender and any Person as the context may require;

 

  (c)

the word “may” shall be construed as permissive and the word “shall” shall be construed as imperative;

 

  (d)

reference to a dollar or dollars or USD (or US$) and to a cent or cents is reference to dollars and cents of the United States of America;

 

  (e)

reference to a statutory enactment shall include reference to any amendment or re-enactment thereof for the time being in force;

 

  (f)

reference to any determination by the Directors shall be construed as a determination by the Directors in their sole and absolute discretion and shall be applicable either generally or in any particular case; and

 

  (g)

reference to “in writing” shall be construed as written or represented by any means reproducible in writing, including any form of print, lithograph, email, facsimile, photograph or telex or represented by any other substitute or format for storage or transmission for writing or partly one and partly another.

 

3.

Subject to the preceding Articles, any words defined in the Companies Law shall, if not inconsistent with the subject or context, bear the same meaning in these Articles.

PRELIMINARY

 

4.

The business of the Company may be commenced at any time after incorporation.

 

5.

The Office shall be at such address in the Cayman Islands as the Directors may from time to time determine. The Company may in addition establish and maintain such other offices and places of business and agencies in such places as the Directors may from time to time determine.

 

6.

The expenses incurred in the formation of the Company and in connection with the offer for subscription and issue of Shares shall be paid by the Company. Such expenses may be amortised over such period as the Directors may determine and the amount so paid shall be charged against income and/or capital in the accounts of the Company as the Directors shall determine.

 

-5-


7.

The Directors shall keep, or cause to be kept, the Register at such place or (subject to compliance with the Companies Law and these Articles) places as the Directors may from time to time determine. In the absence of any such determination, the Register shall be kept at the Office. The Directors may keep, or cause to be kept, one or more Branch Registers as well as the Principal Register in accordance with the Companies Law, provided always that a duplicate of such Branch Register(s) shall be maintained with the Principal Register in accordance with the Companies Law.

SHARES

 

8.

Subject to these Articles, all unissued Shares shall be under the control of the Directors who may:

 

  (a)

issue, allot and dispose of the same to such Persons, in such manner, on such terms and having such rights and being subject to such restrictions as they may from time to time determine;

 

  (b)

grant options with respect to such Shares and issue warrants or similar instruments with respect thereto; and

 

  (c)

issue warrants or convertible securities or securities of a similar nature conferring the right upon the holders thereof to subscribe for, purchase or receive Class A Ordinary Shares of the Company on such terms as it may from time to time determine;

and, for such purposes, the Directors may reserve an appropriate number of unissued Shares.

 

9.

Subject to these Articles, the Directors, or the Shareholders by Ordinary Resolution, may authorise the division of Shares into any number of Classes and sub-classes and the different Classes and sub-classes shall be authorised, established and designated (or re-designated as the case may be) and the variations in the relative rights (including, without limitation, voting, dividend and redemption rights), restrictions, preferences, privileges and payment obligations as between the different Classes (if any) may be fixed and determined by the Directors or the Shareholders by Ordinary Resolution.

 

10.

The Company may insofar as may be permitted by law, pay a commission to any Person in consideration of his subscribing or agreeing to subscribe whether absolutely or conditionally for any Shares. Such commissions may be satisfied by the payment of cash or the lodgement of fully or partly paid-up Shares or partly in one way and partly in the other. The Company may also pay such brokerage as may be lawful on any issue of Shares.

 

11.

The Directors may refuse to accept any application for Shares, and may accept any application in whole or in part, for any reason or for no reason.

 

-6-


12.

The Company shall at all times keep available out of its authorised but unissued Ordinary Shares, solely for the purpose of exercising of options under the Employee Share Option Plan, such number of its Ordinary Shares as shall from time to time be sufficient to effect the exercise of such options, and if at any time the number of authorised but unissued Ordinary Shares shall not be sufficient to effect the exercise of such options, in addition to such other remedies as shall be available to the holder of such options, the Company and its Members will take such corporate action as may, in the opinion of its counsel, be necessary to increase its authorised but unissued Ordinary Shares to such number of Shares as shall be sufficient for such purposes.

 

13.

Neither the Company nor the Board of Directors shall be obliged, when making or granting any allotment of, offer of, option over or disposal of shares, to make, or make available, any such allotment, offer, option or shares to Shareholders or others with registered addresses in any particular territory or territories being a territory or territories where, in the absence of a registration statement or other special formalities, this would or might, in the opinion of the Board of Directors, be unlawful or impracticable. Shareholders affected as a result of the foregoing sentence shall not be, or be deemed to be, a separate class of members for any purpose whatsoever. Except as otherwise expressly provided in the resolution or resolutions providing for the establishment of any class or series of preferred shares, no vote of the holders of preferred shares or ordinary shares shall be a prerequisite to the issuance of any shares of any class or series of the preferred shares authorised by and complying with the conditions of the Memorandum and Articles of Association.

 

14.

Except as required by the Companies Law, no person shall be recognised by the Company as holding any share upon any trust and the Company shall not be bound by or required in any way to recognise (even when having notice thereof) any equitable, contingent, future or partial interest in any share or any fractional part of a share or (except only as otherwise provided by these Articles or by the Companies Law) any other rights in respect of any share except an absolute right to the entirety thereof in the registered holder.

 

15.

Subject to the Companies Law and these Articles, the Board of Directors may at any time after the allotment of shares but before any person has been entered in the Register as the Member, recognise a renunciation thereof by the allottee in favour of some other person and may accord to any allottee of a share a right to effect such renunciation upon and subject to such terms and conditions as the Board of Directors considers fit to impose.

SHARE RIGHTS

 

16.

Issue

Subject to the provisions of the Companies Law, the rules of the Designated Stock Exchange and these Articles and to any special rights conferred on the holders of any shares or class of shares, any share in the Company (whether forming part of the present capital or not) may be issued with or have attached thereto such rights or restrictions whether in regard to dividend, voting, return of capital or otherwise as the Board of Directors may determine, including without limitation on terms that they may be, or at the option of the Company or the holder are, liable to be redeemed on such terms and in such manner, including out of capital, as the Board of Directors may deem fit.

 

-7-


17.

Subject to the Companies Law and the rules of the Designated Stock Exchange, any preferred shares may be issued or converted into shares that, at a designated date or at the option of the Company or the holder if so authorised by its Memorandum of Association, are liable to be redeemed on such terms and in such manner as the Members before the issue or conversion may by Ordinary Resolution determine. Where the Company purchases for redemption a redeemable share, purchases not made through the market or by tender shall be limited to a maximum price as may from time to time be determined by the Board of Directors, either generally or with regard to specific purchases. If purchases are by tender, tenders shall comply with applicable laws and the rules of the Designated Stock Exchange.

 

18.

Dividend

The holders of the Ordinary Shares shall have right to receive dividends of the Company if declared by the Directors and in such amount as the Directors consider appropriate.

CLASS A ORDINARY SHARES AND CLASS B ORDINARY SHARES

 

19.

Holders of Class A Ordinary Shares and Class B Ordinary Shares shall at all times vote together as one class on all resolutions submitted to a vote by the Members. Each Class A Ordinary Share shall entitle the holder thereof to one vote on all matters subject to vote at general meetings of the Company, and each Class B ordinary share shall entitle the holder thereof to ten votes on all matters subject to vote at general meetings of the Company.

 

20.

Each Class B Ordinary Share is convertible into one Class A Ordinary Share at any time at the option of the holder thereof on a one-for-one basis. The right to convert shall be exercisable by the holder of the Class B Ordinary Share delivering a written notice to the Company that such holder elects to convert a specified number of Class B Ordinary Shares into Class A Ordinary Shares. In no event shall Class A Ordinary Shares be convertible into Class B Ordinary Shares.

 

21.

Any conversion of Class B Ordinary Shares into Class A Ordinary Shares pursuant to these Articles shall be effected by the Directors by repurchasing the relevant Class B Ordinary Shares and in consideration therefor issuing fully-paid Class A Ordinary Shares in equal number (the “Conversion”). Such Conversion shall become effective forthwith upon entries being made in the Register to record the Conversion. Any reference to a re-designation and re-classification of the Class B Ordinary Shares as Class A Ordinary Shares shall mean a Conversion.

 

22.

Save and except for voting rights and conversion rights as set out in Articles 19 to 21 (inclusive), the Class A Ordinary Shares and the Class B Ordinary Shares shall rank pari passu with one another and shall have the same rights, preferences, privileges and restrictions.

 

-8-


MODIFICATION OF RIGHTS

 

23.

Whenever the capital of the Company is divided into different Classes (and as otherwise determined by the Directors), the rights attached to any such Class may, subject to any rights or restrictions for the time being attached to any Class only, be materially adversely varied or abrogated with the consent in writing of the holders of not less than two-thirds of the issued Shares of the relevant Class, or with the sanction of a resolution passed at a separate meeting of the holders of the Shares of such Class by a two-thirds majority of the votes cast at such a meeting.

 

24.

To every such separate meeting all the provisions of these Articles relating to general meetings of the Company or to the proceedings thereat shall, mutatis mutandis, apply, except that the necessary quorum shall be one or more Persons at least holding or representing by proxy at least a majority of the votes of the issued Shares of the relevant Class on an as-converted basis (but so that if at any adjourned meeting of such holders a quorum as above defined is not present, those Shareholders who are present shall form a quorum) and that, subject to any rights or restrictions for the time being attached to the Shares of that Class, every Shareholder of the Class shall have such number of votes for each Share of the Class held by him as per the voting rights attached to that Class. For the purposes of this Article the Directors may treat all the Classes or any two or more Classes as forming one Class if they consider that all such Classes would be affected in the same way by the proposals under consideration, but in any other case shall treat them as separate Classes. The Directors may vary the rights attaching to any Class without the consent or approval of Shareholders provided that the rights will not, in the determination of the Directors, be materially adversely varied or abrogated by such action.

 

25.

The rights conferred upon the holders of the Shares of any Class issued with preferred or other rights shall not, subject to any rights or restrictions for the time being attached to the Shares of that Class, be deemed to be materially adversely varied or abrogated by, inter alia, the creation, allotment or issue of further Shares ranking pari passu with or subsequent to them or the redemption or purchase of any Shares of any Class by the Company. The rights of the holders of Shares shall not be deemed to be materially adversely varied by the creation or issue of Shares with preferred or other rights including, without limitation, the creation of Shares with enhanced or weighted voting rights.

CERTIFICATES

 

26.

Every Person whose name is entered as a member in the Register shall, without payment, be entitled to a certificate within two months after allotment or lodgement of transfer (or within such other period as the conditions of issue shall provide) in the form determined by the Directors. All certificates shall specify the Share or Shares held by that person and the amount paid up thereon, provided that in respect of a Share or Shares held jointly by several persons the Company shall not be bound to issue more than one certificate, and delivery of a certificate for a Share to one of several joint holders shall be sufficient delivery to all. All certificates for Shares shall be delivered personally or sent through the post addressed to the member entitled thereto at the Member’s registered address as appearing in the register.

 

-9-


27.

Every share certificate of the Company shall bear legends required under the applicable laws, including the Securities Act.

 

28.

Any two or more certificates representing Shares of any one Class held by any Member may at the Member’s request be cancelled and a single new certificate for such Shares issued in lieu on payment (if the Directors shall so require) of US$1.00 or such smaller sum as the Directors shall determine.

 

29.

If a share certificate shall be damaged or defaced or alleged to have been lost, stolen or destroyed, a new certificate representing the same Shares may be issued to the relevant Member upon request subject to delivery up of the old certificate or (if alleged to have been lost, stolen or destroyed) compliance with such conditions as to evidence and indemnity and the payment of out-of-pocket expenses of the Company in connection with the request as the Directors may think fit.

 

30.

In the event that Shares are held jointly by several persons, any request may be made by any one of the joint holders and if so made shall be binding on all of the joint holders.

FRACTIONAL SHARES

 

31.

The Directors may issue fractions of a Share and, if so issued, a fraction of a Share shall be subject to and carry the corresponding fraction of liabilities (whether with respect to nominal or par value, premium, contributions, calls or otherwise), limitations, preferences, privileges, qualifications, restrictions, rights (including, without prejudice to the generality of the foregoing, voting and participation rights) and other attributes of a whole Share. If more than one fraction of a Share of the same Class is issued to or acquired by the same Shareholder such fractions shall be accumulated.

LIEN

 

32.

The Company has a first and paramount lien on every Share (whether or not fully paid) for all amounts (whether presently payable or not) payable at a fixed time or called in respect of that Share. The Company also has a first and paramount lien on every Share (whether or not fully paid) registered in the name of a Person indebted or under liability to the Company (whether he is the sole registered holder of a Share or a joint holder) for all amounts owing by him or his estate to the Company (whether or not presently payable). The Directors may at any time declare a Share to be wholly or in part exempt from the provisions of this Article. The Company’s lien on a Share extends to any amount payable in respect of it.

 

-10-


33.

The Company may sell, in such manner as the Directors may determine, any Share on which the Company has a lien, but no sale shall be made unless an amount in respect of which the lien exists is presently payable nor until the expiration of fourteen (14) days after a notice in writing, demanding payment of such part of the amount in respect of which the lien exists as is presently payable, has been given to the registered holder for the time being of the Share, or the Persons entitled thereto by reason of his death or bankruptcy.

 

34.

For giving effect to any such sale the Directors may authorise some Person to transfer the Shares sold to the purchaser thereof. The purchaser shall be registered as the holder of the Shares comprised in any such transfer and he shall not be bound to see to the application of the purchase money, nor shall his title to the Shares be affected by any irregularity or invalidity in the proceedings in reference to the sale.

 

35.

The proceeds of the sale after deduction of expenses, fees and commission incurred by the Company shall be received by the Company and applied in payment of such part of the amount in respect of which the lien exists as is presently payable, and the residue shall (subject to a like lien for sums not presently payable as existed upon the Shares prior to the sale) be paid to the Person entitled to the Shares immediately prior to the sale.

CALLS ON SHARES

 

36.

The Directors may from time to time make calls upon the Shareholders in respect of any moneys unpaid on their Shares, and each Shareholder shall (subject to receiving at least fourteen (14) days’ notice specifying the time or times of payment) pay to the Company at the time or times so specified the amount called on such Shares.

 

37.

The joint holders of a Share shall be jointly and severally liable to pay calls in respect thereof.

 

38.

If a sum called in respect of a Share is not paid before or on the day appointed for payment thereof, the Person from whom the sum is due shall pay interest upon the sum at the rate of eight percent per annum from the day appointed for the payment thereof to the time of the actual payment. The Directors shall be at liberty to waive payment of that interest wholly or in part.

 

39.

The provisions of these Articles as to the liability of joint holders and as to payment of interest shall apply in the case of non-payment of any sum which, by the terms of issue of a Share, becomes payable at a fixed time, whether on account of the amount of the Share, or by way of premium, as if the same had become payable by virtue of a call duly made and notified.

 

40.

The Directors may make arrangements on the issue of partly paid Shares for a difference between the Shareholders, or the particular Shares, in the amount of calls to be paid and in the times of payment.

 

-11-


41.

The Directors may receive from any Shareholder willing to advance the same all or any part of the moneys uncalled and unpaid upon any partly paid Shares held by him, and upon all or any of the moneys so advanced may (until the same would, but for such advance, become presently payable) pay interest at such rate (not exceeding without the sanction of an Ordinary Resolution, eight percent (8%) per annum) as may be agreed upon between the Shareholder paying the sum in advance and the Directors.

FORFEITURE OF SHARES

 

42.

If a Shareholder fails to pay any call or instalment of a call in respect of any Shares on the day appointed for payment, the Directors may, at any time thereafter during such time as any part of such call or instalment remains unpaid, serve a notice on him requiring payment of so much of the call or instalment as is unpaid, together with any interest which may have accrued from the date of forfeiture until the date of actual payment (including the payment of such interest) at such rate not exceeding 20% per annum as the Board may prescribe.

 

43.

The notice shall name a further day (not earlier than the expiration of fourteen (14) days from the date of the notice) on or before which the payment required by the notice is to be made, and shall state that in the event of non-payment at or before the time appointed the Shares in respect of which the call was made will be liable to be forfeited.

 

44.

If the requirements of any such notice as aforesaid are not complied with, any Share in respect of which the notice has been given may at any time thereafter, before the payment required by notice has been made, be forfeited by a resolution of the Directors to that effect.

 

45.

A forfeited Share may be sold or otherwise disposed of on such terms and in such manner as the Directors think fit, and at any time before a sale or disposition the forfeiture may be cancelled on such terms as the Directors may from time to time determine.

 

46.

A Person whose Shares have been forfeited shall cease to be a Shareholder in respect of the forfeited Shares, but shall, notwithstanding, remain liable to pay to the Company all moneys which at the date of forfeiture were payable by him to the Company in respect of the Shares forfeited, but his liability shall cease if and when the Company receives payment in full of the amount unpaid on the Shares forfeited.

 

47.

A statutory declaration in writing that the declarant is a Director, and that a Share has been duly forfeited on a date stated in the declaration, shall be conclusive evidence of the facts in the declaration as against all Persons claiming to be entitled to the Share.

 

48.

The Company may receive the consideration, if any, given for a Share on any sale or disposition thereof pursuant to the provisions of these Articles as to forfeiture and may execute a transfer of the Share in favour of the Person to whom the Share is sold or disposed of and that Person shall be registered as the holder of the Share, and shall not be bound to see to the application of the purchase money, if any, nor shall his title to the Shares be affected by any irregularity or invalidity in the proceedings in reference to the disposition or sale.

 

-12-


49.

The provisions of these Articles as to forfeiture shall apply in the case of non-payment of any sum which by the terms of issue of a Share becomes due and payable, whether on account of the amount of the Share, or by way of premium, as if the same had been payable by virtue of a call duly made and notified.

TRANSFER OF SHARES

 

50.

The instrument of transfer of any Share shall be in any usual or common form or in a form prescribed by the Designated Stock Exchange or such other form as the Directors may determine and be executed by or on behalf of the transferor and if in respect of a nil or partly paid up Share, or if so required by the Directors, shall also be executed on behalf of the transferee and shall be accompanied by the certificate (if any) of the Shares to which it relates and such other evidence as the Directors may reasonably require to show the right of the transferor to make the transfer. The transferor shall be deemed to remain a Shareholder until the name of the transferee is entered in the Register in respect of the relevant Shares.

 

51.

The Directors may in their absolute discretion decline to register any transfer of Shares which is not fully paid up or on which the Company has a lien.

 

52.

The Directors may also decline to register any transfer of any Share unless:

 

  (a)

the instrument of transfer is lodged with the Company, accompanied by the certificate for the Shares to which it relates and such other evidence as the Board may reasonably require to show the right of the transferor to make the transfer;

 

  (b)

the instrument of transfer is in respect of only one Class of Shares;

 

  (c)

the instrument of transfer is properly stamped, if required;

 

  (d)

in the case of a transfer to joint holders, the number of joint holders to whom the Share is to be transferred does not exceed four; or

 

  (e)

a fee of such maximum sum as the Designated Stock Exchange may determine to be payable or such lesser sum as the Board of Directors may from time to time require, is paid to the Company in respect thereof.

 

53.

The registration of transfers may, on ten calendar days’ notice being given by advertisement in such one or more newspapers or by electronic means or by any other means in accordance with the Designated Stock Exchange Rules, be suspended and the Register closed at such times and for such periods as the Directors may, in their absolute discretion, from time to time determine, provided always that such registration of transfer shall not be suspended nor the Register closed for more than 30 days in any year.

 

-13-


54.

All instruments of transfer that are registered shall be retained by the Company, but any instrument of transfer that the Directors decline to register shall (except in any case of fraud) be returned to the Person depositing the same.

TRANSMISSION OF SHARES

 

55.

The legal personal representative of a deceased sole holder of a Share shall be the only Person recognised by the Company as having any title to the Share. In the case of a Share registered in the name of two or more holders, the survivors or survivor, or the legal personal representative(s) of the deceased holder(s) of the Share, shall be the only Persons recognised by the Company as having any title to the Share.

 

56.

Any Person becoming entitled to a Share in consequence of the death or bankruptcy of a Shareholder shall upon such evidence being produced as may from time to time be required by the Directors, have the right either to be registered as a Shareholder in respect of the Share or, instead of being registered himself, to make such transfer of the Share as the deceased or bankrupt Person could have made; but the Directors shall, in either case, have the same right to decline or suspend registration as they would have had in the case of a transfer of the Share by the deceased or bankrupt Person before the death or bankruptcy.

 

57.

A Person becoming entitled to a Share by reason of the death or bankruptcy of a Shareholder shall be entitled to the same dividends and other advantages to which he would be entitled if he were the registered Shareholder, except that he shall not, before being registered as a Shareholder in respect of the Share, be entitled in respect of it to exercise any right conferred by membership in relation to meetings of the Company.

REGISTRATION OF EMPOWERING INSTRUMENTS

 

58.

The Company shall be entitled to charge a fee not exceeding one dollar (US$1.00) on the registration of every probate, letters of administration, certificate of death or marriage, power of attorney, notice in lieu of distringas, or other instrument.

ALTERATION OF SHARE CAPITAL

 

59.

Subject to these Articles, the Company may from time to time by Ordinary Resolution increase the share capital by such sum, to be divided into Shares of such Classes and amount, as the resolution shall prescribe.

 

-14-


60.

Subject to these Articles, the Company may by Ordinary Resolution:

 

  (a)

consolidate and divide all or any of its share capital into Shares of a larger amount than its existing Shares;

 

  (b)

convert all or any of its paid up Shares into stock and reconvert that stock into paid up Shares of any denomination;

 

  (c)

subdivide its existing Shares, or any of them, into Shares of a smaller amount provided that in the subdivision the proportion between the amount paid and the amount, if any, unpaid on each reduced Share shall be the same as it was in case of the Share from which the reduced Share is derived; and

 

  (d)

cancel any Shares that, at the date of the passing of the resolution, have not been taken or agreed to be taken by any Person and diminish the amount of its share capital by the amount of the Shares so cancelled.

 

61.

The Company may by Special Resolution reduce its share capital and any capital redemption reserve in any manner authorised by law.

REDEMPTION, PURCHASE AND SURRENDER OF SHARES

 

62.

Subject to the Companies Law, the Company may:

 

  (a)

issue Shares on terms that they are to be redeemed or are liable to be redeemed at the option of the Company or the Shareholder on such terms and in such manner as the Directors may determine;

 

  (b)

purchase its own Shares (including any redeemable Shares) on such terms and in such manner as the Directors may determine and agree with the Shareholder;

 

  (c)

make a payment in respect of the redemption or purchase of its own Shares in any manner authorised by the Companies Law, including out of its capital; and

 

  (d)

accept the surrender for no consideration of any paid up Share (including any redeemable Share) on such terms and in such manner as the Directors may determine.

 

63.

Any Share in respect of which notice of redemption has been given shall not be entitled to participate in the profits of the Company in respect of the period after the date specified as the date of redemption in the notice of redemption.

 

64.

The redemption, purchase or surrender of any Share shall not be deemed to give rise to the redemption, purchase or surrender of any other Share.

 

-15-


65.

The holder of the Shares being purchased shall be bound to deliver up to the Company the certificate(s) (if any) thereof for cancellation and thereupon the Company shall pay to him the purchase or redemption monies or consideration in respect thereof.

 

66.

The Directors may when making payments in respect of redemption or purchase of Shares, if authorised by the terms of issue of the Shares being redeemed or purchased or with the agreement of the holder of such Shares, make such payment either in cash or in specie including, without limitation, interests in a special purpose vehicle holding assets of the Company or holding entitlement to the proceeds of assets held by the Company or in a liquidating structure.

TREASURY SHARES

 

67.

Shares that the Company purchases, redeems or acquires (by way of surrender or otherwise) may, at the option of the Company, be cancelled immediately or held as Treasury Shares in accordance with the Companies Law. In the event that the Directors do not specify that the relevant Shares are to be held as Treasury Shares, such Shares shall be cancelled.

 

68.

No dividend may be declared or paid, and no other distribution (whether in cash or otherwise) of the Company’s assets (including any distribution of assets to members on a winding up) may be declared or paid in respect of a Treasury Share.

 

69.

The Company shall be entered in the Register as the holder of the Treasury Shares provided that:

 

  (a)

the Company shall not be treated as a member for any purpose and shall not exercise any right in respect of the Treasury Shares, and any purported exercise of such a right shall be void; and

 

  (b)

a Treasury Share shall not be voted, directly or indirectly, at any meeting of the Company and shall not be counted in determining the total number of issued shares at any given time, whether for the purposes of these Articles or the Companies Law, save that an allotment of Shares as fully paid bonus shares in respect of a Treasury Share is permitted and Shares allotted as fully paid bonus shares in respect of a treasury share shall be treated as Treasury Shares.

 

70.

Treasury Shares may be disposed of by the Company on such terms and conditions as determined by the Directors.

GENERAL MEETINGS

 

71.

All general meetings other than annual general meetings shall be called extraordinary general meetings.

 

-16-


72.

The Company may (but shall not be obliged to) in each year hold a general meeting as its annual general meeting and shall specify the meeting as such in the notices calling it. The annual general meeting shall be held at such time and place as may be determined by the Directors.

 

73.

At these meetings the report of the Directors (if any) shall be presented.

 

74.

The Directors may, from time to time as they determine, convene a general meeting of the Company.

 

75.

The Directors may cancel or postpone any duly convened general meeting at any time prior to such meeting, except for general meetings requisitioned by the Shareholders in accordance with these Articles, for any or no reason at any time prior to the time for holding such meeting or, if the meeting is adjourned, the time for holding such adjourned meeting. The Directors shall give Shareholders, notice of any cancellation or postponement. A postponement may be for a stated period of any length or indefinitely as the Directors may determine.

 

76.

General meetings shall also be convened on the requisition in writing of any Shareholder or Shareholders entitled to attend and vote at general meetings of the Company holding at least ten percent (10%) of the vote on an as-converted basis deposited at the Office specifying the objects of the meeting by notice given no later than twenty one (21) days from the date of deposit of the requisition signed by the requisitionists, and if the Directors do not convene such meeting for a date not later than forty five (45) days after the date of such deposit, the requisitionists themselves may convene the general meeting in the same manner, as nearly as possible, as that in which general meetings may be convened by the Directors, and all reasonable expenses incurred by the requisitionists as a result of the failure of the Directors to convene the general meeting shall be reimbursed to them by the Company.

 

77.

If at any time there are no Directors, any two Shareholders (or if there is only one Shareholder then that Shareholder) entitled to vote at general meetings of the Company may convene a general meeting in the same manner as nearly as possible as that in which general meetings may be convened by the Directors.

NOTICE OF GENERAL MEETINGS

 

78.

At least seven (7) calendar days’ notice shall be given for any general meeting. Every notice shall be exclusive of the day on which it is given or deemed to be given and of the day for which it is given and shall specify the place, the day and the hour of the meeting and the general nature of the business and shall be given in the manner hereinafter mentioned or in such other manner if any as may be prescribed by the Company, provided that a general meeting of the Company shall, whether or not the notice specified in this Article has been given and whether or not the provisions of these Articles regarding general meetings have been complied with, be deemed to have been duly convened if it is so agreed:

 

  (a)

in the case of an annual general meeting by all the Members (or their proxies) entitled to attend and vote thereat (such agreement to be deemed unless otherwise expressly communicated by a Member to the Company); and

 

-17-


  (b)

in the case of an extraordinary general meeting by a majority in number of the Members (or their proxies) having a right to attend and vote at the meeting, being a majority together holding not less than ninety five per cent in par value of the Shares giving that right.

 

79.

The accidental omission to give notice of a meeting to or the non-receipt of a notice of a meeting by any Shareholder shall not invalidate the proceedings at any meeting.

PROCEEDINGS AT GENERAL MEETINGS

 

80.

All business carried out at a general meeting shall be deemed special with the exception of sanctioning a dividend, the consideration of the accounts, balance sheets, any report of the Directors or of the Company’s auditors, and the fixing of the remuneration of the Company’s auditors. No special business shall be transacted at any general meeting without the consent of all Shareholders entitled to receive notice of that meeting unless notice of such special business has been given in the notice convening that meeting.

 

81.

No business shall be transacted at any general meeting unless a quorum of Shareholders is present at the time when the meeting proceeds to business. Save as otherwise provided by these Articles, the Shareholders holding at least a majority of the paid-up voting share capital of the Company on an as-converted basis, present in person or by proxy and entitled to vote at that meeting, shall form a quorum.

 

82.

If within half an hour from the time appointed for the meeting a quorum is not present, the meeting, if convened upon the requisition of Shareholders, shall be dissolved. In any other case it shall stand adjourned to the same day in the next week, at the same time and place, and if at the adjourned meeting a quorum is not present within half an hour from the time appointed for the meeting, the Shareholder or Shareholders present and entitled to vote shall form a quorum.

 

83.

If the Directors wish to make this facility available for a specific general meeting or all general meetings of the Company, participation in any general meeting of the Company may be by means of a telephone or similar communication equipment by way of which all Persons participating in such meeting can communicate with each other and such participation shall be deemed to constitute presence in person at the meeting.

 

84.

The chairman, if any, of the Directors shall preside as chairman at every general meeting of the Company.

 

85.

If there is no such chairman, or if at any general meeting he is not present within fifteen minutes after the time appointed for holding the meeting, or is unwilling to act as chairman, any Director or Person nominated by the Directors shall preside as chairman, failing which the Shareholders present in person or by proxy shall choose any Person present to be chairman of that meeting.

 

-18-


86.

The chairman may adjourn a meeting from time to time and from place to place either:

 

  (a)

with the consent of any general meeting at which a quorum is present (and shall if so directed by the meeting); or

 

  (b)

without the consent of such meeting if, in his sole opinion, he considers it necessary to do so to:

 

  (i)

secure the orderly conduct or proceedings of the meeting; or

 

  (ii)

give all persons present in person or by proxy and having the right to speak and/or vote at such meeting, the ability to do so,

but no business shall be transacted at any adjourned meeting other than the business left unfinished at the meeting from which the adjournment took place. When a meeting, or adjourned meeting, is adjourned for fourteen (14) days or more, notice of the adjourned meeting shall be given in the manner provided for the original meeting. Save as aforesaid, it shall not be necessary to give any notice of an adjournment or of the business to be transacted at an adjourned meeting.

 

87.

At any general meeting a resolution put to the vote of the meeting shall be decided on a poll and not on a show of hands.

 

88.

All questions submitted to a meeting shall be decided by an Ordinary Resolution except where a greater majority is required by these Articles or by the Companies Law. A poll demanded on the election of a chairman of the meeting or on a question of adjournment shall be taken forthwith. A poll demanded on any other question shall be taken at such time as the chairman of the meeting directs.

VOTES OF SHAREHOLDERS

 

89.

Subject to any rights and restrictions for the time being attached to any Share, on a poll every Shareholder present in person or by proxy (or, if a corporation or other non-natural person, by its duly authorised representative or proxy) shall have one vote for each Class A Ordinary Share and ten votes for each Class B Ordinary Share, in each case of which he or the Person represented by proxy is the holder.

 

90.

In the case of joint holders, the vote of the senior who tenders a vote whether in person or by proxy shall be accepted to the exclusion of the votes of the other joint holders and for this purpose seniority shall be determined by the order in which the names stand in the Register.

 

-19-


91.

A Shareholder of unsound mind, or in respect of whom an order has been made by any court having jurisdiction in lunacy, may vote in respect of Shares carrying the right to vote held by him, by his committee, or other Person in the nature of a committee appointed by that court, and any such committee or other Person may vote in respect of such Shares by proxy.

 

92.

No Shareholder shall be entitled to vote at any general meeting of the Company unless he is registered as a Shareholder on the record date for such meeting nor unless all calls, if any, or other sums presently payable by him in respect of Shares carrying the right to vote held by him have been paid.

 

93.

Votes may be given either personally or by proxy.

 

94.

The instrument appointing a proxy shall be in writing under the hand of the appointor or of his attorney duly authorised in writing or, if the appointor is a corporation, either under Seal or under the hand of an Officer or attorney duly authorised. A proxy need not be a Shareholder.

 

95.

An instrument appointing a proxy may be in any usual or common form or such other form as the Directors may approve.

 

96.

The instrument appointing a proxy shall be deposited at the Office or at such other place as is specified for that purpose in the notice convening the meeting, or in any instrument of proxy sent out by the Company:

 

  (a)

not less than forty-eight (48) hours before the time for holding the meeting or adjourned meeting at which the person named in the instrument proposes to vote;

 

  (b)

in the case of a poll taken more than forty-eight (48) hours after it is demanded, be deposited as aforesaid after the poll has been demanded and not less than twenty-four (24) hours before the time appointed for the taking of the poll;

 

  (c)

where the poll is not taken forthwith but is taken not more than forty-eight (48) hours after it was demanded be delivered at the meeting at which the poll was demanded to the chairman or to the secretary or to any director;

provided that the Directors may in the notice convening the meeting, or in an instrument of proxy sent out by the Company, direct that the instrument appointing a proxy may be deposited (no later than the time for holding the meeting or adjourned meeting) at the Registered Office or at such other place as is specified for that purpose in the notice convening the meeting, or in any instrument of proxy sent out by the Company. The chairman may in any event at his discretion direct that an instrument of proxy shall be deemed to have been duly deposited. An instrument of proxy that is not deposited in the manner permitted shall be invalid.

 

-20-


97.

The instrument appointing a proxy shall be deemed to confer authority to demand or join in demanding a poll.

 

98.

A resolution in writing signed by all the Shareholders for the time being entitled to receive notice of and to attend and vote at general meetings of the Company (or being corporations by their duly authorised representatives) shall be as valid and effective as if the same had been passed at a general meeting of the Company duly convened and held.

CORPORATIONS ACTING BY REPRESENTATIVES AT MEETINGS

 

99.

Any corporation which is a Shareholder or a Director may by resolution of its directors or other governing body authorise such Person as it thinks fit to act as its representative at any meeting of the Company or of any meeting of holders of a Class or of the Directors or of a committee of Directors, and the Person so authorised shall be entitled to exercise the same powers on behalf of the corporation which he represents as that corporation could exercise if it were an individual Shareholder or Director.

DEPOSITARY AND CLEARING HOUSES

 

100.

If a recognised clearing house (or its nominee(s)) or depositary (or its nominee(s)) is a Member of the Company it may, by resolution of its directors or other governing body or by power of attorney, authorise such Person(s) as it thinks fit to act as its representative(s) at any general meeting of the Company or of any Class of Shareholders provided that, if more than one Person is so authorised, the authorisation shall specify the number and Class of Shares in respect of which each such Person is so authorised. A Person so authorised pursuant to this Article shall be entitled to exercise the same powers on behalf of the recognised clearing house (or its nominee(s)) or depositary (or its nominee(s)) which he represents as that recognised clearing house (or its nominee(s)) or depositary (or its nominee(s)) could exercise if it were an individual Member holding the number and Class of Shares specified in such authorisation.

DIRECTORS

 

101.

Unless otherwise determined by the Board of Directors, the number of Directors shall not be less than five (5). There shall be no maximum number of Directors unless otherwise determined from time to time by the Board of Directors. For so long as Shares are listed on the Designated Stock Exchange, the Directors shall include such number of independent directors as applicable law, rules or regulations or the rules of the Designated Stock Exchange require, unless the Board of Directors resolves to follow any available exceptions or exemptions.

 

102.

Subject to the Articles and the Companies Law, the Members may by ordinary resolution elect any person to be a Director either to fill a casual vacancy or as an addition to the existing Board.

 

-21-


103.

The Directors shall have the power from time to time and at any time to appoint any person as a Director to fill a casual vacancy on the Board or as an addition to the existing Board.

 

104.

An appointment of a Director may be on terms that the Director shall automatically retire from office (unless he has sooner vacated office) at the next or a subsequent annual general meeting or upon any specified event or after any specified period in a written agreement between the Company and the Director, if any; but no such term shall be implied in the absence of express provision. Each Director whose term of office expires shall be eligible for re-election at a meeting of the Shareholders or re-appointment by the Board.

 

105.

Subject to any provision to the contrary in these Articles, a Director may be removed by way of Ordinary Resolution at any time before the expiration of his period of office notwithstanding anything in these Articles or in any agreement between the Company and such Director (but without prejudice to any claim for damages under any such agreement).

 

106.

A vacancy on the Board of Directors created by the removal of a Director under the provisions of Article 105 above may be filled by the election or appointment by Ordinary Resolution at the meeting at which such Director is removed or by the affirmative vote of a simple majority of the remaining Directors present and voting at a meeting of the Board of Directors.

 

107.

The Board may, from time to time, and except as required by applicable law or Designated Stock Exchange Rules, adopt, institute, amend, modify or revoke the corporate governance policies or initiatives, which shall be intended to set forth the policies of the Company and the Board on various corporate governance related matters as the Board shall determine by resolution from time to time.

 

108.

The Board of Directors shall have a chairman elected and appointed by a majority of the Directors then in office. The period for which the chairman will hold office will also be determined by a majority of all of the Directors then in office.

 

109.

Subject to these Articles, a Director shall hold office until such time as he is removed from office pursuant to Article 105.

 

110.

The remuneration of the Directors may be determined by the Directors or by Ordinary Resolution.

 

111.

No Director shall be required to hold any shares of the Company by way of qualification and a Director who is not a Member shall be entitled to receive notice of and to attend and speak at any general meeting of the Company and of all classes of shares of the Company. Each Director shall hold office until the expiration of his term, or his resignation from the Board of Directors, or until his successor shall have been elected and qualified.

 

-22-


112.

The Directors shall have power at any time and from time to time to appoint any Person to be a Director, either as a result of a casual vacancy or as an additional Director, subject to the maximum number as set out in these Articles.

DISQUALIFICATION OF DIRECTORS

 

113.

The office of Director shall be vacated, if the Director:

 

  (a)

becomes bankrupt or makes any arrangement or composition with his creditors;

 

  (b)

dies or is found to be or becomes of unsound mind;

 

  (c)

resigns his office by notice in writing to the Company;

 

  (d)

becomes unable to serve;

 

  (e)

is removed from office by Ordinary Resolution in accordance with Article 105; or

 

  (f)

is prohibited by any applicable Law or Designated Stock Exchange Rules from being a Director.

ALTERNATE DIRECTOR

 

114.

Any Director may in writing appoint another Person to be his alternate and, save to the extent provided otherwise in the form of appointment, such alternate shall have authority to sign written resolutions on behalf of the appointing Director, but shall not be authorised to sign such written resolutions where they have been signed by the appointing Director, and to act in such Director’s place at any meeting of the Directors. Every such alternate shall be entitled to attend and vote at meetings of the Directors as the alternate of the Director appointing him and where he is a Director to have a separate vote in addition to his own vote. A Director may at any time in writing revoke the appointment of an alternate appointed by him. Such alternate shall not be an Officer solely as a result of his appointment as an alternate other than in respect of such times as the alternate acts as a Director. The remuneration of such alternate shall be payable out of the remuneration of the Director appointing him and the proportion thereof shall be agreed between them.

POWERS AND DUTIES OF DIRECTORS

 

115.

Subject to the Companies Law, these Articles and to any resolutions passed in a general meeting, the business of the Company shall be managed by the Directors, who may pay all expenses incurred in setting up and registering the Company and may exercise all powers of the Company. No resolution passed by the Company in general meeting shall invalidate any prior act of the Directors that would have been valid if that resolution had not been passed.

 

-23-


116.

The Directors may from time to time appoint any Person, whether or not a Director, to hold such office in the Company as the Directors may think necessary for the administration of the Company, including but not limited to, the office of president, one or more vice-presidents, treasurer, assistant treasurer, manager or controller, and for such term and at such remuneration (whether by way of salary or commission or participation in profits or partly in one way and partly in another), and with such powers and duties as the Directors may think fit. Any Person so appointed by the Directors may be removed by the Directors or by the Company by Ordinary Resolution. The Directors may also appoint one or more of their number to the office of managing director upon like terms, but any such appointment shall ipso facto terminate if any managing director ceases for any cause to be a Director, or if the Company by Ordinary Resolution resolves that his tenure of office be terminated.

 

117.

The Directors may appoint any Person to be a Secretary (and if need be an assistant Secretary or assistant Secretaries) who shall hold office for such term, at such remuneration and upon such conditions and with such powers as they may determine from time to time. Any Secretary or assistant Secretary so appointed by the Directors may be removed by the Directors or by the Company by Ordinary Resolution.

 

118.

The Directors may delegate any of their powers to committees consisting of such member or members of their body as they think fit; any committee so formed shall in the exercise of the powers so delegated conform to any regulations that may be imposed on it by the Directors.

 

119.

The Directors may from time to time and at any time by power of attorney (whether under Seal or under hand) or otherwise appoint any company, firm or Person or body of Persons, whether nominated directly or indirectly by the Directors, to be the attorney or attorneys or authorised signatory (any such person being an “Attorney” or “Authorised Signatory”, respectively) of the Company for such purposes and with such powers, authorities and discretion (not exceeding those vested in or exercisable by the Directors under these Articles) and for such period and subject to such conditions as they may think fit, and any such power of attorney or other appointment may contain such provisions for the protection and convenience of Persons dealing with any such Attorney or Authorised Signatory as the Directors may think fit, and may also authorise any such Attorney or Authorised Signatory to delegate all or any of the powers, authorities and discretion vested in him.

 

120.

The Directors may from time to time provide for the management of the affairs of the Company in such manner as they shall think fit and the provisions contained in the three next following Articles shall not limit the general powers conferred by this Article.

 

121.

The Directors from time to time and at any time may establish any committees, local boards or agencies for managing any of the affairs of the Company and may appoint any Person to be a member of such committees or local boards and may appoint any managers or agents of the Company and may fix the remuneration of any such Person.

 

-24-


122.

The Directors from time to time and at any time may delegate to any such committee, local board, manager or agent any of the powers, authorities and discretions for the time being vested in the Directors and may authorise the members for the time being of any such local board, or any of them to fill any vacancies therein and to act notwithstanding vacancies and any such appointment or delegation may be made on such terms and subject to such conditions as the Directors may think fit and the Directors may at any time remove any Person so appointed and may annul or vary any such delegation, but no Person dealing in good faith and without notice of any such annulment or variation shall be affected thereby.

 

123.

Any such delegates as aforesaid may be authorised by the Directors to sub-delegate all or any of the powers, authorities, and discretion for the time being vested in them.

 

124.

The Directors may agree with a Shareholder to waive or modify the terms applicable to such Shareholder’s subscription for Shares without obtaining the consent of any other Shareholder; provided that such waiver or modification does not amount to a variation or abrogation of the rights attaching to the Shares of such other Shareholders.

COMMITTEES

 

125.

Without prejudice to the freedom of the Directors to establish any other committees, for so long as the shares of the Company (or depositary receipts therefor) are listed or quoted on the Designated Stock Exchange, the Board of Directors shall establish and maintain an Audit Committee as a committee of the Board of Directors, the composition and responsibilities of which shall comply with the rules of the Designated Stock Exchange and the rules and regulations of the SEC.

 

126.

The Audit Committee shall meet at least once every financial quarter, or more frequently as circumstances dictate.

 

127.

For so long as the shares of the Company (or depositary receipts therefor) are listed or quoted on the Designated Stock Exchange, the Company shall conduct an appropriate review of all related party transactions on an ongoing basis and shall utilise the Audit Committee for the review and approval of potential conflicts of interest. Specially, the Audit Committee shall approve any transaction or transactions between the Company and any of the following parties: (i) any shareholder owning an interest in the voting power of the Company or any subsidiary of the Company that gives such shareholder significant influence over the Company or any subsidiary of the Company, (ii) any director or executive officer of the Company or any subsidiary of the Company and any relative of such director or executive officer, (iii) any person in which a substantial interest in the voting power is owned, directly or indirectly, by any person described in (i) or (ii) or over which such a person is able to exercise significant influence, and (iv) any affiliate (other than a subsidiary) of the Company.

 

-25-


PROTECTIVE PROVISIONS

 

128.

[Reserved]

INSURANCE

 

129.

The Company shall obtain from financially sound and reputable insurers, directors and officers liability insurance in an amount and on terms and conditions satisfactory to the Board of Directors, and will use commercially reasonable efforts to cause such insurance policy to be maintained until such time as the Board of Directors determines that such insurance should be discontinued.

BORROWING POWERS OF DIRECTORS

 

130.

The Directors may exercise all the powers of the Company to borrow money and to mortgage or charge its undertaking, property and uncalled capital or any part thereof, or to otherwise provide for a security interest to be taken in such undertaking, property or uncalled capital, and to issue debentures, debenture stock and other securities whenever money is borrowed or as security for any debt, liability or obligation of the Company or of any third party.

THE SEAL

 

131.

The Seal shall not be affixed to any instrument except by the authority of a resolution of the Directors provided always that such authority may be given prior to or after the affixing of the Seal and if given after may be in general form confirming a number of affixings of the Seal. The Seal shall be affixed in the presence of a Director or a Secretary (or an assistant Secretary) or in the presence of any one or more Persons as the Directors may appoint for the purpose, and every Person as aforesaid shall sign every instrument to which the Seal is so affixed in their presence.

 

132.

The Company may maintain a facsimile of the Seal in such countries or places as the Directors may appoint and such facsimile Seal shall not be affixed to any instrument except by the authority of a resolution of the Directors provided always that such authority may be given prior to or after the affixing of such facsimile Seal and if given after, may be in general form confirming a number of affixings of such facsimile Seal. The facsimile Seal shall be affixed in the presence of such Person or Persons as the Directors shall for this purpose appoint and such Person or Persons as aforesaid shall sign every instrument to which the facsimile Seal is so affixed in their presence and such affixing of the facsimile Seal and signing as aforesaid shall have the same meaning and effect as if the Seal had been affixed in the presence of and the instrument signed by a Director or a Secretary (or an assistant Secretary) or in the presence of any one or more Persons as the Directors may appoint for the purpose.

 

-26-


133.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, a Secretary or any assistant Secretary shall have the authority to affix the Seal, or the facsimile Seal, to any instrument for the purposes of attesting authenticity of the matter contained therein but which does not create any obligation binding on the Company.

PROCEEDINGS OF DIRECTORS

 

134.

The Directors may meet together (either within or outside the Cayman Islands) for the despatch of business, adjourn, and otherwise regulate their meetings and proceedings as they think fit. On all actions to be taken and matters to be decided by the Board of Directors, each Director shall be entitled to cast one (1) vote, and the affirmative vote of the Directors having a majority of the total voting power represented at a meeting at which a quorum is present shall constitute an act of the Board of Directors. In case of an equality of votes, the chairman, if any, or in the absence of the chairman, a Director designated by the Board of Directors to preside at a meeting of the Board of Directors shall have a second or casting vote. A Director may, and a Secretary or assistant Secretary on the requisition of a Director shall, at any time summon a meeting of the Directors.

 

135.

A Director may participate in any meeting of the Directors, or of any committee appointed by the Directors of which such Director is a member, by means of telephone or similar communication equipment by way of which all Persons participating in such meeting can communicate with each other and such participation shall be deemed to constitute presence in person at the meeting.

 

136.

At all meetings of the Board of Directors a majority of the number of the Directors shall be necessary and sufficient to form a quorum. A Director represented by an alternate Director at any meeting shall be deemed to be present for the purposes of determining whether or not a quorum is present. If within half an hour from the time appointed for the meeting a quorum is not present, the meeting, if convened upon the requisition of a majority of the number of the Directors, shall be dissolved. In any other case it shall stand adjourned to the same day in the next week, at the same time and place, and if at the adjourned meeting a quorum is not present within half an hour from the time appointed for the meeting the Directors present and entitled to vote shall form a quorum.

 

137.

A Director who is in any way, whether directly or indirectly, interested in a contract or proposed contract with the Company shall declare the nature of his interest at a meeting of the Directors. A general notice given to the Directors by any Director to the effect that he is to be regarded as interested in any contract or other arrangement which may thereafter be made with that company or firm shall be deemed a sufficient declaration of interest in regard to any contract so made. Subject to the Designated Stock Exchange Rules and disqualification by the chairman of the relevant Board meeting, a Director may vote in respect of any contract or proposed contract or arrangement notwithstanding that he may be interested therein and if he does so his vote shall be counted and he may be counted in the quorum at any meeting of the Directors at which any such contract or proposed contract or arrangement shall come before the meeting for consideration.

 

-27-


138.

A Director may hold any other office or place of profit under the Company (other than the office of auditor) in conjunction with his office of Director for such period and on such terms (as to remuneration and otherwise) as the Directors may determine and no Director or intending Director shall be disqualified by his office from contracting with the Company either with regard to his tenure of any such other office or place of profit or as vendor, purchaser or otherwise, nor shall any such contract or arrangement entered into by or on behalf of the Company in which any Director is in any way interested, be liable to be avoided, nor shall any Director so contracting or being so interested be liable to account to the Company for any profit realised by any such contract or arrangement by reason of such Director holding that office or of the fiduciary relation thereby established. A Director, notwithstanding his interest, may be counted in the quorum present at any meeting of the Directors whereat he or any other Director is appointed to hold any such office or place of profit under the Company or whereat the terms of any such appointment are arranged and he may vote on any such appointment or arrangement.

 

139.

Any Director may act by himself or his firm in a professional capacity for the Company, and he or his firm shall be entitled to remuneration for professional services as if he were not a Director; provided that nothing herein contained shall authorise a Director or his firm to act as auditor to the Company.

 

140.

The Directors shall cause minutes to be made in books or loose-leaf folders provided for the purpose of recording:

 

  (a)

all appointments of Officers made by the Directors;

 

  (b)

the names of the Directors present at each meeting of the Directors and of any committee of the Directors; and

 

  (c)

all resolutions and proceedings at all meetings of the Company, and of the Directors and of committees of Directors.

Minutes shall be kept at the Office.

 

141.

When the chairman of a meeting of the Directors signs the minutes of such meeting the same shall be deemed to have been duly held notwithstanding that all the Directors have not actually come together or that there may have been a technical defect in the proceedings.

 

142.

A resolution in writing signed by all the Directors or all the members of a committee of Directors entitled to receive notice of a meeting of Directors or committee of Directors, as the case may be (an alternate Director, subject as provided otherwise in the terms of appointment of the alternate Director, being entitled to sign such a resolution on behalf of his appointer), shall be as valid and effectual as if it had been passed at a duly called and constituted meeting of Directors or committee of Directors, as the case may be. When signed, a resolution may consist of several documents each signed by one or more of the Directors or his duly appointed alternate.

 

-28-


143.

The continuing Directors may act notwithstanding any vacancy in their body but if and for so long as their number is reduced below the number fixed by or pursuant to these Articles as the necessary quorum of Directors, the continuing Directors may act for the purpose of increasing the number, or of summoning a general meeting of the Company, but for no other purpose.

 

144.

The Directors may elect a chairman of their meetings and determine the period for which he is to hold office but if no such chairman is elected, or if at any meeting the chairman is not present within fifteen minutes after the time appointed for holding the meeting, the Directors present may choose one of their number to be chairman of the meeting.

 

145.

Subject to any regulations imposed on it by the Directors, a committee appointed by the Directors may elect a chairman of its meetings. If no such chairman is elected, or if at any meeting the chairman is not present within fifteen minutes after the time appointed for holding the meeting, the committee members present may choose one of their number to be chairman of the meeting.

 

146.

A committee appointed by the Directors may meet and adjourn as it so determines. Subject to any regulations imposed on it by the Directors, questions arising at any meeting shall be determined by a majority of votes of the committee members present and in case of an equality of votes, the chairman shall have a second or casting vote.

 

147.

All acts done by any meeting of the Directors or of a committee of Directors, or by any Person acting as a Director, shall notwithstanding that it be afterwards discovered that there was some defect in the appointment of any such Director or Person acting as aforesaid, or that they or any of them were disqualified, be as valid as if every such Person had been duly appointed and was qualified to be a Director.

DIVIDENDS

 

148.

Articles 149 to 157 inclusive are subject to any rights and restrictions for the time being attached to any Shares, or as otherwise provided for in the Companies Law and other parts of these Articles (including among others Article 18).

 

149.

The Directors may from time to time declare dividends (including interim dividends) and other distributions on Shares in issue and authorise payment of the same out of the funds of the Company lawfully available therefor.

 

150.

The Company by Ordinary Resolution may declare dividends, but no dividend shall exceed the amount recommended by the Directors.

 

-29-


151.

The Directors may determine, before recommending or declaring any dividend, to set aside out of the funds legally available for distribution such sums as they think proper as a reserve or reserves, which shall be applicable for meeting contingencies, or for equalising dividends or for any other purpose to which those funds may be properly applied and pending such application may, at the determination of the Directors, either be employed in the business of the Company or be invested in such investments as the Directors may from time to time think fit.

 

152.

Any dividend may be paid in any manner as the Directors may determine. If paid by cheque it will be sent through the post to the registered address of the Shareholder or Person entitled thereto, or in the case of joint holders, to any one of such joint holders at his registered address or to such Person and such address as the Shareholder or Person entitled, or such joint holders as the case may be, may direct. Every such cheque shall be made payable to the order of the Person to whom it is sent or to the order of such other Person as the Shareholder or Person entitled, or such joint holders as the case may be, may direct.

 

153.

The Directors, when paying dividends to the Shareholders in accordance with the foregoing provisions of these Articles, may make such payment either in cash or in specie and may determine the extent to which amounts may be withheld therefrom (including, without limitation, any taxes, fees, expenses or other liabilities for which a Shareholder (or the Company, as a result of any action or inaction of the Shareholder) is liable).

 

154.

All dividends shall be declared and paid according to the amounts paid up on the Shares, but if and for so long as nothing is paid up on any of the Shares, dividends may be declared and paid according to the par value of the Shares.

 

155.

If several Persons are registered as joint holders of any Share, any of them may give effectual receipts for any dividend or other moneys payable on or in respect of the Share.

 

156.

No dividend shall bear interest against the Company.

 

157.

All dividends or bonuses unclaimed for one (1) year after having been declared may be invested or otherwise made use of by the Board of Directors for the benefit of the Company until claimed. Any dividend or bonuses unclaimed after a period of six (6) years from the date of declaration shall be forfeited and shall revert to the Company. The payment by the Board of Directors of any unclaimed dividend or other sums payable on or in respect of a share into a separate account shall not constitute the Company a trustee in respect thereof.

UNTRACEABLE SHAREHOLDERS

 

158.

Without prejudice to the rights of the Company under Article 159 below, the Company may cease sending cheques for dividend entitlements or dividend warrants by post if such cheques or warrants have been left uncashed on two consecutive occasions. However, the Company may exercise the power to cease sending cheques for dividend entitlements or dividend warrants after the first occasion on which such a cheque or warrant is returned undelivered.

 

-30-


159.

The Company shall have the power to sell, in such manner as the Board of Directors thinks fit, any shares of a Shareholder who is untraceable, but no such sale shall be made unless:

 

  (a)

all cheques or warrants in respect of dividends of the shares in question, being not less than three in total number, for any sum payable in cash to the holder of such shares sent during the relevant period in the manner authorised by these Articles have remained uncashed;

 

  (b)

so far as it is aware at the end of the relevant period, the Company has not at any time during the relevant period received any indication of the existence of the Shareholder who is the holder of such shares or of a person entitled to such shares by death, bankruptcy or operation of law; and

 

  (c)

the Company, if so required by the rules governing the listing of shares on the Designated Stock Exchange, has given notice to, and caused advertisement in newspapers to be made in accordance with the requirements of the Designated Stock Exchange of its intention to sell such shares in the manner required by the Designated Stock Exchange, and a period of three months or such shorter period as may be allowed by the Designated Stock Exchange has elapsed since the date of such advertisement.

For the purpose of the foregoing, the “relevant period” means the period commencing twelve (12) years before the date of publication of the advertisement referred to in paragraph (c) of this Article and ending at the expiry of the period referred to in that paragraph.

 

160.

To give effect to any sale under Article 159, the Board of Directors may authorise some person to transfer the said shares and an instrument of transfer signed or otherwise executed by or on behalf of such person shall be as effective as if it had been executed by the registered holder or the person entitled by transmission to such shares, and the purchaser shall not be bound to see to the application of the purchase money nor shall his title to the shares be affected by any irregularity or invalidity in the proceedings relating to the sale. The net proceeds of the sale will belong to the Company and upon receipt by the Company of such net proceeds it shall become indebted to the former Shareholder for an amount equal to such net proceeds. No trust shall be created in respect of such debt and no interest shall be payable in respect of it and the Company shall not be required to account for any money earned from the net proceeds which may be employed in the business of the Company or as it thinks fit. Any sale under Article 159 shall be valid and effective notwithstanding that the Shareholder holding the shares sold is dead, bankrupt or otherwise under any legal disability or incapacity.

 

-31-


ACCOUNTS, AUDIT AND ANNUAL RETURN AND DECLARATION

 

161.

The books of account relating to the Company’s affairs shall be kept in such manner as may be determined from time to time by the Directors.

 

162.

The books of account shall be kept at the Office, or at such other place or places as the Directors think fit, and shall always be open to the inspection of the Directors.

 

163.

The Directors may from time to time determine whether and to what extent and at what times and places and under what conditions or regulations the accounts and books of the Company or any of them shall be open to the inspection of Shareholders not being Directors, and no Shareholder (not being a Director) shall have any right of inspecting any account or book or document of the Company except as conferred by law or authorised by the Directors or by Ordinary Resolution.

 

164.

Subject to applicable law and rules of the Designated Stock Exchange, the Board of Directors may appoint an Auditor, who shall hold office until removed from office by a resolution of the Board of Directors, to audit the accounts of the Company. Such auditor may be a Shareholder but no Director or officer or employee of the Company shall, during his continuance in office, be eligible to act as an auditor of the Company.

 

165.

Subject to the Companies Law the accounts of the Company shall be audited at least once in every year.

 

166.

The remuneration of the Auditor shall be determined by the Audit Committee or, in the absence of such an Audit Committee, by the Board of Directors.

 

167.

If the office of auditor becomes vacant by the resignation or death of the Auditor, or by his becoming incapable of acting by reason of illness or other disability at a time when his services are required, the Directors shall fill the vacancy and determine the remuneration of such Auditor.

 

168.

The Auditor shall at all reasonable times have access to all books kept by the Company and to all accounts and vouchers relating thereto; and he may call on the Directors or officers of the Company for any information in their possession relating to the books or affairs of the Company.

 

169.

The financial statements of the Company shall be audited by the Auditor in accordance with generally accepted auditing standards. The Auditor shall make a written report thereon in accordance with generally accepted auditing standards and the report of the Auditor shall be submitted to the Audit Committee. The generally accepted auditing standards referred to herein may be those of a country or jurisdiction other than the Cayman Islands. If so, the financial statements and the report of the Auditor should disclose this fact and name such country or jurisdiction.

 

-32-


170.

The Directors in each year shall prepare, or cause to be prepared, an annual return and declaration setting forth the particulars required by the Companies Law and deliver a copy thereof to the Registrar of Companies in the Cayman Islands.

CAPITALISATION OF RESERVES

 

171.

Subject to the Companies Law and these Articles, the Directors may:

 

  (a)

resolve to capitalise an amount standing to the credit of reserves (including a Share Premium Account, capital redemption reserve and profit and loss account), whether or not available for distribution;

 

  (b)

appropriate the sum resolved to be capitalised to the Shareholders in proportion to the nominal amount of Shares (whether or not fully paid) held by them respectively and apply that sum on their behalf in or towards:

 

  (i)

paying up the amounts (if any) for the time being unpaid on Shares held by them respectively, or

 

  (ii)

paying up in full unissued Shares or debentures of a nominal amount equal to that sum,

and allot the Shares or debentures, credited as fully paid, to the Shareholders (or as they may direct) in those proportions, or partly in one way and partly in the other, but the Share Premium Account, the capital redemption reserve and profits which are not available for distribution may, for the purposes of this Article, only be applied in paying up unissued Shares to be allotted to Shareholders credited as fully paid;

 

  (c)

make any arrangements they determine are necessary to resolve a difficulty arising in the distribution of a capitalised reserve and in particular, without limitation, where Shares or debentures become distributable in fractions, the Directors may deal with the fractions as they think fit;

 

  (d)

authorise a Person to enter (on behalf of all the Shareholders concerned) into an agreement with the Company providing for either:

 

  (i)

the allotment to the Shareholders respectively, credited as fully paid, of Shares or debentures to which they may be entitled on the capitalisation; or

 

  (ii)

the payment by the Company on behalf of the Shareholders (by the application of their respective proportions of the reserves resolved to be capitalised) of the amounts or part of the amounts remaining unpaid on their existing Shares;

 

-33-


and any such agreement made under this authority being effective and binding on all those Shareholders; and

 

  (e)

generally do all acts and things required to give effect to any of the actions contemplated by this Article.

SHARE PREMIUM ACCOUNT

 

172.

The Directors shall in accordance with the Companies Law establish a Share Premium Account and shall carry to the credit of such account from time to time a sum equal to the amount or value of the premium paid on the issue of any Share.

 

173.

There shall be debited to any Share Premium Account on the redemption or purchase of a Share the difference between the nominal value of such Share and the redemption or purchase price provided always that at the determination of the Directors such sum may be paid out of the profits of the Company or, if permitted by the Companies Law, out of capital.

NOTICES

 

174.

Except as otherwise provided in these Articles, any notice or document may be served by the Company or by the Person entitled to give notice to any Shareholder either personally, or by posting it airmail or air courier service in a prepaid letter addressed to such Shareholder at his address as appearing in the Register, or by electronic mail to any electronic mail address such Shareholder may have specified in writing for the purpose of such service of notices, or by facsimile or by placing it on the Company’s Website should the Directors deem it appropriate. In the case of joint holders of a Share, all notices shall be given to that one of the joint holders whose name stands first in the Register in respect of the joint holding, and notice so given shall be sufficient notice to all the joint holders.

 

175.

Notices posted to addresses outside the Cayman Islands shall be forwarded by prepaid airmail.

 

176.

Any Shareholder present, either personally or by proxy, at any meeting of the Company shall for all purposes be deemed to have received due notice of such meeting and, where requisite, of the purposes for which such meeting was convened.

 

177.

Any notice or other document, if served by:

 

  (a)

post, shall be deemed to have been served five (5) clear days after the time when the letter containing the same is posted;

 

  (b)

facsimile, shall be deemed to have been served upon production by the transmitting facsimile machine of a report confirming transmission of the facsimile in full to the facsimile number of the recipient;

 

-34-


  (c)

recognised courier service, shall be deemed to have been served 48 hours after the time when the letter containing the same is delivered to the courier service; or

 

  (d)

electronic mail, shall be deemed to have been served immediately upon the time of the transmission by electronic mail.

In proving service by post or courier service it shall be sufficient to prove that the letter containing the notice or documents was properly addressed and duly posted or delivered to the courier service.

 

178.

Any notice or document delivered or sent in accordance with the terms of these Articles shall, notwithstanding that such Shareholder be then dead or bankrupt, and whether or not the Company has notice of his death or bankruptcy, be deemed to have been duly served in respect of any Share registered in the name of such Shareholder as sole or joint holder, unless his name shall at the time of the service of the notice or document, have been removed from the Register as the holder of the Share, and such service shall for all purposes be deemed a sufficient service of such notice or document on all Persons interested (whether jointly with, or as claiming through or under, him) in the Share.

 

179.

Notice of every general meeting of the Company shall be given to:

 

  (a)

all Shareholders holding Shares with the right to receive notice and who have supplied to the Company an address for the giving of notices to them; and

 

  (b)

every Person entitled to a Share in consequence of the death or bankruptcy of a Shareholder, who but for his death or bankruptcy would be entitled to receive notice of the meeting.

No other Person shall be entitled to receive notices of general meetings.

INFORMATION

 

180.

No Member shall be entitled to require discovery of any information in respect of any detail of the Company’s trading or any information which is or may be in the nature of a trade secret or secret process which may relate to the conduct of the business of the Company and which in the opinion of the Board of Directors would not be in the interests of the Members of the Company to communicate to the public.

 

181.

The Board of Directors shall be entitled to release or disclose any information in its possession, custody or control regarding the Company or its affairs to any of its Members including, without limitation, information contained in the Register and transfer books of the Company.

 

-35-


INDEMNITY

 

182.

Every Director (including for the purposes of this Article any alternate Director appointed pursuant to the provisions of these Articles), Secretary, assistant Secretary, or other Officer (but not including the Company’s auditors) and the personal representatives of the same (each an “Indemnified Person”) shall be indemnified and secured harmless out of the assets and funds of the Company against all actions, proceedings, costs, charges, expenses, losses, damages or liabilities incurred or sustained by such Indemnified Person, other than by reason of such Indemnified Person’s own dishonesty, wilful default or fraud as determined by a court of competent jurisdiction, in or about the conduct of the Company’s business or affairs (including as a result of any mistake of judgment) or in the execution or discharge of his duties, powers, authorities or discretions, including without prejudice to the generality of the foregoing, any costs, expenses, losses or liabilities incurred by such Indemnified Person in defending (whether successfully or otherwise) any civil proceedings concerning the Company or its affairs in any court whether in the Cayman Islands or elsewhere.

 

183.

No Indemnified Person shall be liable:

 

  (a)

for the acts, receipts, neglects, defaults or omissions of any other Director or Officer or agent of the Company; or

 

  (b)

for any loss on account of defect of title to any property of the Company; or

 

  (c)

on account of the insufficiency of any security in or upon which any money of the Company shall be invested; or

 

  (d)

for any loss incurred through any bank, broker or other similar Person; or

 

  (e)

for any loss occasioned by any negligence, default, breach of duty, breach of trust, error of judgement or oversight on such Indemnified Person’s part; or

 

  (f)

for any loss, damage or misfortune whatsoever which may happen in or arise from the execution or discharge of the duties, powers, authorities, or discretions of such Indemnified Person’s office or in relation thereto,

unless the same shall happen through such Indemnified Person’s own dishonesty, wilful default or fraud as determined by a court of competent jurisdiction.

NON-RECOGNITION OF TRUSTS

 

184.

Subject to the proviso hereto, no Person shall be recognised by the Company as holding any Share upon any trust and the Company shall not, unless required by law, be bound by or be compelled in any way to recognise (even when having notice thereof) any equitable, contingent, future or partial interest in any Share or (except only as otherwise provided by these Articles or as the Companies Law requires) any other right in respect of any Share except an absolute right to the entirety thereof in each Shareholder registered in the Register, provided that, notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company shall be entitled to recognise any such interests as shall be determined by the Directors.

 

-36-


WINDING UP

 

185.

The Board of Directors shall have power in the name and on behalf of the Company to present a petition to the court for the Company to be wound up.

 

186.

If the Company shall be wound up, the liquidator shall apply the assets of the Company in such manner and order as he thinks fit in satisfaction of creditors’ claims.

 

187.

Subject to any special rights, privileges or restrictions as to the distribution of available surplus assets on liquidation for the time being attached to any class or classes of shares (i) if the Company shall be wound up and the assets available for distribution amongst the Members of the Company shall be more than sufficient to repay the whole of the capital paid up at the commencement of the winding up, the excess shall be distributed pari passu amongst such members in proportion to the amount paid up on the shares held by them respectively and (ii) if the Company shall be wound up and the assets available for distribution amongst the Members as such shall be insufficient to repay the whole of the paid-up capital such assets shall be distributed so that, a nearly as may be, the losses shall be borne by the Members in proportion to the capital paid up, or which ought to have been paid up, at the commencement of the winding up on the shares held by them respectively.

 

188.

If the Company shall be wound up (whether the liquidation is voluntary or by the court) the liquidator may, with the authority of a special resolution and any other sanction required by the Companies Law, divide among the Members in specie or kind the whole or any part of the assets of the Company and whether or not the assets shall consist of properties of one kind or shall consist of properties to be divided as aforesaid of different kinds, and may for such purpose set such value as he deems fair upon any one or more class or classes of property and may determine how such division shall be carried out as between the Members or different classes of Members. The liquidator may, with the like authority, vest any part of the assets in trustees upon such trusts for the benefit of the Members as the liquidator with the like authority shall think fit, and the liquidation of the Company may be closed and the Company dissolved, but so that no contributory shall be compelled to accept any shares or other property in respect of which there is a liability.

AMENDMENT OF ARTICLES OF ASSOCIATION

 

189.

Subject to the Companies Law and the rights attaching to the Shares, the Company may at any time and from time to time by Special Resolution alter or amend these Articles in whole or in part.

 

-37-


CLOSING OF REGISTER OR FIXING RECORD DATE

 

190.

For the purpose of determining those Shareholders that are entitled to receive notice of, attend or vote at any meeting of Shareholders or any adjournment thereof, or those Shareholders that are entitled to receive payment of any dividend, or in order to make a determination as to who is a Shareholder for any other purpose, the Directors may provide that the Register shall be closed for transfers for a stated period which shall not exceed in any case forty (40) days. If the Register shall be so closed for the purpose of determining those Shareholders that are entitled to receive notice of, attend or vote at a meeting of Shareholders the Register shall be so closed for at least ten (10) days immediately preceding such meeting and the record date for such determination shall be the date of the closure of the Register.

 

191.

In lieu of or apart from closing the Register, the Directors may fix in advance a date as the record date for any such determination of those Shareholders that are entitled to receive notice of, attend or vote at a meeting of the Shareholders and for the purpose of determining those Shareholders that are entitled to receive payment of any dividend, the Directors may, at or within ninety (90) days prior to the date of declaration of such dividend, fix a subsequent date as the record date for such determination.

 

192.

If the Register is not so closed and no record date is fixed for the determination of those Shareholders entitled to receive notice of, attend or vote at a meeting of Shareholders or those Shareholders that are entitled to receive payment of a dividend, the date on which notice of the meeting is posted or the date on which the resolution of the Directors declaring such dividend is adopted, as the case may be, shall be the record date for such determination of Shareholders. When a determination of those Shareholders that are entitled to receive notice of, attend or vote at a meeting of Shareholders has been made as provided in this Article, such determination shall apply to any adjournment thereof.

REGISTRATION BY WAY OF CONTINUATION

 

193.

The Company may by Special Resolution resolve to be registered by way of continuation in a jurisdiction outside the Cayman Islands or such other jurisdiction in which it is for the time being incorporated, registered or existing. In furtherance of a resolution adopted pursuant to this Article, the Directors may cause an application to be made to the Registrar of Companies to deregister the Company in the Cayman Islands or such other jurisdiction in which it is for the time being incorporated, registered or existing and may cause all such further steps as they consider appropriate to be taken to effect the transfer by way of continuation of the Company.

MERGERS AND CONSOLIDATION

 

194.

The Company may merge or consolidate in accordance with the Companies Law.

 

-38-


195.

To the extent required by the Companies Law, the Company may by Special Resolution resolve to merge or consolidate the Company.

DISCLOSURE

 

196.

The Directors, or any service providers (including the officers, the Secretary and the registered office agent of the Company) specifically authorised by the Directors, shall be entitled to disclose to any regulatory or judicial authority or to any stock exchange on which securities of the Company may from time to time be listed any information regarding the affairs of the Company including without limitation information contained in the Register and books of the Company.

 

-39-

Exhibit 4.2

LOGO

 

au Shares Number Share Certificate ECMOHO Limited This is to certify that of is the registered holder of fully paid and non-assessable Class A Ordinary Shares of US$0.00001 each, subject to the Memorandum and Articles of the Association of the Company as amended, and transferable only on the books of the Company by the holder hereof by a duly authorized representative or by duly appointed . Attorney upon surrender of this certificate properly endorsed. Executed for and on behalf of the company this day of DIRECTOR

Exhibit 5.1

 

[date] 2019    Our Ref: MC/SSNC/E2208-H19170

ECMOHO Limited

3F, 1000 Tianyaoqiao Road

Xuhui District

Shanghai, 200030

The People’s Republic of China

Dear Sirs

ECMOHO LIMITED

We have acted as Cayman Islands legal advisers to ECMOHO Limited (the “Company”) in connection with the Company’s registration statement on Form F-1, including all amendments or supplements thereto (the “Registration Statement”), filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the U.S. Securities Act of 1933, as amended, relating to the offering by the Company of American Depositary Shares representing the Company’s Class A Ordinary Shares of a par value of US$0.00001 each (the “Class A Ordinary Shares”). We are furnishing this opinion as exhibit 5.1 to the Registration Statement.

For the purposes of giving this opinion, we have examined and relied upon the originals, copies or translations of the documents listed in Schedule 1.

In giving this opinion we have relied upon the assumptions set out in Schedule 2, which we have not independently verified.

We are Cayman Islands Attorneys at Law and express no opinion as to any laws other than the laws of the Cayman Islands in force and as interpreted at the date of this opinion. We have not, for the purposes of this opinion, made any investigation of the laws, rules or regulations of any other jurisdiction. Except as explicitly stated herein, we express no opinion in relation to any representation or warranty contained in any of the documents cited in this opinion nor upon matters of fact or the commercial terms of the transactions the subject of this opinion.

Based upon the foregoing examinations and assumptions and upon such searches as we have conducted and having regard to legal considerations which we consider relevant, and under the laws of the Cayman Islands, we give the following opinions in relation to the matters set out below.

 

1.

The Company is an exempted company duly incorporated with limited liability, validly existing under the laws of the Cayman Islands and in good standing with the Registrar of Companies in the Cayman Islands (the “Registrar”).


WALKERS (HONG KONG)   Page 2

 

2.

The authorised share capital of the Company is currently US$50,000 divided into (i) 4,880,496,457 Class A Ordinary Shares of a par value of US$0.00001 each, (ii) 9,519,000 Class A-1 Ordinary Shares of a par value of US$0.00001 each, (iii) 13,663,700 Class A-2 Ordinary Shares of a par value of US$0.00001 each, (iv) 75,150,400 Class B Ordinary Shares of a par value of US$0.00001 each and (iii) 21,170,443 Series A Preferred Shares of a par value of US$0.00001 each.

 

3.

Effective conditional and immediately prior to the completion of the Company’s initial public offering of American Depositary Shares representing the Class A Ordinary Shares, the authorized share capital of the Company will be US$50,000 divided into (i) 4,924,849,600 Class A Ordinary Shares of a par value of US$0.00001 each and (ii) 75,150,400 Class B Ordinary Shares of a par value of US$0.00001 each.

 

4.

The issue and allotment of the Class A Ordinary Shares pursuant to the Registration Statement has been duly authorised. When allotted, issued and fully paid for as contemplated in the Registration Statement and when appropriate entries have been made in the Register of Members of the Company, the Class A Ordinary Shares to be issued by the Company will be validly issued, allotted and fully paid, and there will be no further obligation on the holder of any of the Class A Ordinary Shares to make any further payment to the Company in respect of such Class A Ordinary Shares.

 

5.

The statements under the caption “Taxation” in the prospectus forming part of the Registration Statement, to the extent that they constitute statements of Cayman Islands law, are accurate in all material respects. Such statements constitute our opinion.

We hereby consent to the use of this opinion in, and the filing hereof, as an exhibit to the Registration Statement and to the reference to our firm under the headings “Enforceability of Civil Liabilities”, “Taxation”, “Legal Matters” and elsewhere in the prospectus included in the Registration Statement. In giving such consent, we do not thereby admit that we come within the category of persons whose consent is required under Section 7 of the U.S. Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or the Rules and Regulations of the Commission thereunder.

This opinion is limited to the matters referred to herein and shall not be construed as extending to any other matter or document not referred to herein.

This opinion shall be construed in accordance with the laws of the Cayman Islands.

Yours faithfully

Walkers (Hong Kong)


WALKERS (HONG KONG)   Page 3

 

SCHEDULE 1

LIST OF DOCUMENTS EXAMINED

 

1.

The Certificate of Incorporation dated 7 June 2018, the Second Amended and Restated Memorandum and Articles of Association as adopted on 23 November 2018 (the “Memorandum and Articles”), the Third Amended and Restated Memorandum and Articles of Association as conditionally adopted by special resolution on [            ] 2019 and effective immediately prior to the completion of the initial public offering of the Company’s American Depositary Shares representing its Class A Ordinary Shares (the “Amended and Restated M&A”), Register of Members and Register of Directors of the Company, copies of which have been provided to us by the Company (together, the “Company Records”).

 

2.

The Certificate of Good Standing dated            2019 in respect of the Company issued by the Registrar (the “Certificate of Good Standing”).

 

3.

A copy of executed written resolutions of the members of the Company dated [            ] 2019 and a copy of executed written resolutions of the Board of Directors of the Company dated [            ] 2019 (the “Resolutions”).

 

4.

A certificate from a director of the Company dated [            ] 2019, a copy of which is attached hereto (the “Director’s Certificate”).

 

5.

The Registration Statement.


WALKERS (HONG KONG)   Page 4

 

SCHEDULE 2

ASSUMPTIONS

 

1.

The originals of all documents examined in connection with this opinion are authentic. All documents purporting to be sealed have been so sealed. All copies are complete and conform to their originals.

 

2.

The Company Records are complete and accurate and all matters required by law and the Amended and Restated M&A to be recorded therein are completely and accurately so recorded.

 

3.

The Director’s Certificate is true and correct as at the date hereof.

 

4.

The conversion of any shares in the capital of the Company will be effected via legally available means under Cayman law.


WALKERS (HONG KONG)   Page 5

 

ECMOHO Limited

[Hermes Corporate Services Ltd.,

Fifth Floor, Zephyr House, 122 Mary Street, George Town, P.O. Box 31493]

[Date] 2019

Walkers (Hong Kong)

15th Floor, Alexandra House

18 Chater Road, Central

Hong Kong

Dear Sirs,

ECMOHO Limited (the “Company”) – Director’s Certificate

I, [            ], being a director of the Company, am aware that you are being asked to provide a legal opinion (the “Opinion”) in relation to certain aspects of Cayman Islands law. Capitalised terms used in this certificate have the meaning given to them in the Opinion. I hereby certify that:

 

1.

the Memorandum and Articles remain in full force and effect and are otherwise unamended;

 

2.

the written resolutions of the shareholders of the Company dated [            ] 2019 were executed (and where by a corporate entity such execution has been duly authorised if so required) by and on behalf of all shareholders in the manner prescribed in the Memorandum and Articles, the signatures and initials thereon are those of a person or persons in whose name the resolutions have been expressed to be signed, are in full force and effect at the date hereof and have not been amended, varied or revoked in any respect;

 

3.

the written resolutions of the board of directors dated [            ] 2019 were executed by all the directors in the manner prescribed in the Memorandum and Articles, the signatures and initials thereon are those of a person or persons in whose name the resolutions have been expressed to be signed, are in full force and effect at the date hereof and have not been amended, varied or revoked in any respect; and

 

4.

there is no contractual or other prohibition (other than as arising under Cayman Islands law) binding on the Company prohibiting it from issuing and allotting the Class A Ordinary Shares.

I confirm that you may continue to rely on this Certificate as being true and correct on the day that you issue the Opinion unless I have previously notified you personally to the contrary.


WALKERS (HONG KONG)   Page 6

 

Signature:                 
Names: [             ]
Director

Exhibit 10.1

Exclusive Technology Consulting and Service Agreement

This Exclusive Technology Consulting and Service Agreement (hereinafter referred to as the “Agreement”) is entered into between the following parties on November 28, 2018:

Party A: Shanghai ECMOHO Health Biotechnology Co, Ltd.

Registration No.: 913100005886672355

Registered Address: Floor 2&3, No. 1000 Tianyaoqiao Road, Xuhui District, Shanghai

Party B: Shanghai Yibo Medical Devices Co., Ltd

Registration No.: 91310104MA1FR86H9M

Registered Address: Room 1810, No. 380 Fenglin Road, Xuhui District, Shanghai

The two parties above shall be collectively referred to as “Parties” and individually referred to as a “Party”.

Whereas:

 

  (1)

Party A is a limited liability company registered under the laws of the People’s Republic of China (hereinafter referred to as the “PRC”);

 

  (2)

Party B is a limited liability company registered in Shanghai, China, whose scope of business includes telecommunication services, e-commerce and food sales.

Therefore, both Parties hereby reach mutual agreements as follows after negotiation:

 

1


1.

Definition and Interpretation

Unless otherwise agreed within the context, the following terms herein shall have the following definitions:

 

“Agreement”    means the text and exhibits of this Agreement;
“Execution Date”    means the date on which this Agreement is executed, which is set forth herein;
“Party B’s Business”    means any business that Party B is entitled to engage in according to its business qualifications currently obtained or may be obtained in the future;
“Service”    means the service that Party A provide to Party B according to Article 2 of this Agreement;
“Term of Service”    means the term during which Party A provide the Service to Party B according to Article 2 of this Agreement;
“Service Fee”    means the fees payable by Party B to Party A according to Article 3 of this Agreement;

 

2.

Term of Service and Scope of Service

 

  2.1

The Term of Service provided by Party A shall be 10 years commencing from the Execution Date. Unless Party A notifies Party B that the Term of Service is not to be extended 90 days before the expiration of the Term of Service, the Term of Service shall be extended automatically for another 10 years, and so on.

 

2


  2.2

During the Term of Service, as the exclusive technology consulting and service provider of Party B, Party A agrees to provide Party B the relevant technology consulting and service as listed in Exhibit 1 according to the terms and conditions of this Agreement.

 

  2.3

Party B agrees to accept the technology consulting and service from Party A. Party B further agrees that except otherwise agreed by Party A in writing, during the term of this Agreement, Party B may not accept the same or similar technology consulting and service in connection with Party B’s Business from any third parties.

 

  2.4

Any rights and interest arising from the performance of this Agreement, including without limitation the proprietary rights, intellectual property rights including copyright, patent right, know-how and business secret, whether developed by Party A or by Party B based on the original intellectual property rights owned by Party A, shall be exclusively owned by Party A.

 

3.

Calculation and Payment of Technology Consulting and Service Fee (hereinafter referred to as the “Consulting Service Fee”)

 

  3.1

Both Parties agree that the Consulting Service Fee hereunder shall be calculated and paid according to Exhibit 2.

 

  3.2

Party B shall pay Party A the Consulting Service Fee hereunder according to the method and date designated by Party A. Both Parties agree that upon written consent of Party A, Party B may delay the payment of the Consulting Service Fee or, as agreed by both Parties, adjust the payment schedule set forth in Section 3.1 of this Agreement.

 

3


  3.3

Party A agrees that during the Term of Service, Party A shall be entitled to all the economic benefits and shall bear all the risks in connection with Party B’s Business. Where Party B suffers any business losses or severe operation difficulties, Party A will provide financial support. However, under the above-mentioned circumstance, Party A is entitled to require Party B to terminate its business operations and Party B shall accept such requirement unconditionally.

 

  3.4

Party B’s shareholders shall provide share pledge to Party A for the Service Fee payable to Party A by Party B hereunder.

 

4.

Representations and Warranties

 

  4.1

Each Party hereby represents and warrants to the other Party that as of the Execution Date:

 

  (1)

it is duly organized and validly existing, and has obtained all governmental approval, qualification and license necessary for its operation of relevant business as required by applicable laws. All corporate actions necessary for the execution and delivery of, and the performance of its obligations under this Agreement, have been taken. This agreement is or will, upon its execution be a valid and binding obligation enforceable in accordance with its terms when applicable.

 

  (2)

neither the execution, delivery nor the performance of this Agreement will: (a) be in conflict with or in violation of the following documents, with or without the giving of notice or the passage of time: (i) its business license, articles of association, license, the approval of governmental authority for its establishment and any agreement or any other constitutional documents related to its establishment; (ii) any PRC laws and other applicable laws; (iii) any contracts or other documents to which it is a party, or by which it or its properties are bound or subject; (b) result in the creation or imposition of any pledge or any other encumbrances, upon its property, or result in the entitlement of any third party to create or impose any pledge or any other encumbrances, upon its property; (c) permit the termination or amendment to any contracts or other documents to which it is a party, or by which it or its properties are bound or subject, or result in the entitlement of any third party to terminate or amend such documents; (d) result in the suspension, revocation, damage, confiscation or the inability of renewal of any applicable approval, license, registration of governmental authorities;

 

4


  (3)

there is no suit, arbitration or any other judicial or administrative proceeding pending or, to the knowledge of such Party, currently threatened against itself, that will affect its ability to perform its obligations hereunder; and

 

  (4)

it has fully provided the other Party with all the contracts, approvals, consent or any other documents to which it is a party, or by which it or its properties or business are bound or subject, that may have material adverse effect for it to fully perform its obligations hereunder. And no documents provided by it to the other Party contains any untrue statement of any material fact, or omits to state any material fact.

 

  4.2

Party B hereby further represents and warrants to Party A as follows:

 

  (1)

Party B shall pay Party A in full the Service Fee according to the provisions hereof.

 

  (2)

During the Term of Service, Party B will:

 

  (a)

maintain all requisite license and qualifications for conducting Party B’s Business in effect; and

 

5


  (b)

actively cooperate with Party A in connection with the services rendered by Party A and accept the reasonable ideas and suggestions raised by Party A on Party B’s Business.

 

  4.3

During the Term of Service, unless agreed in writing in advance by Party A, Party B will not accept any services which are the same as or similar to the services listed in Section 2.2 herein from any third parties except for Party A.

 

  4.4

Unless agreed in writing in advance by Party A, as of the Execution Date, Party B may not sell, transfer, mortgage or in other ways dispose of the rights and interest in any assets (except for those necessary for daily operations), business or incomes, or grant any third parties to set any other security interest on Party B’s assets or interest.

 

  4.5

Unless agreed in writing in advance by Party A, as of the Execution Date, Party B may not succeed or provide security for any debts (except for those necessary for daily operations).

 

  4.6

Unless agreed in writing in advance by Party A, as of the Execution Date, Party B may not enter into any material contracts (except for those necessary for daily operations).

 

  4.7

Unless agreed in writing in advance by Party A, as of the Execution Date, Party B may not merge with or form a consociation with any third parties, acquire or be acquired or controlled by any third parties, increase or decrease its registered capital or in other ways change its registered capital structure.

 

6


  4.8

To the extent permitted by PRC laws, Party B will elect the personnel recommended by Party A to be the directors and senior management of the company; unless agreed in writing in advance by Party A or otherwise required by applicable laws, Party B may not refuse to elect the personnel recommended by Party A for any other reasons.

 

  4.9

Party A shall be entitled to check the financial statements of Party B regularly and at any time. During the Term of Service, Party B shall cooperate with Party A and its direct or indirect shareholders in the auditing and due diligence, provide relevant information and materials in connection with the operation, business, clients, finance and employees to the auditors and/or other professionals entrusted by Party A, and agree to the disclosure of such information and materials by Party A or its shareholders for IPO purposes.

 

  4.10

Each Party hereby warrants to the other Party that it will execute all reasonably necessary documents and take all reasonably necessary actions in performing this Agreement and realize the purpose of this Agreement, including without limitation the issuance of necessary authorization documents to the other Party.

 

  4.11

Each Party hereby warrants to the other Party that subject to the provisions of the PRC laws and on the condition that Party B may legally continue its conduct of business, Party A may exercise its exclusive option under the Exclusive Call Option Agreement entered into by and among Party A, Party B and Party B’s shareholders on the Execution Date.

 

7


5.

Confidentiality

 

  5.1

Prior to the execution of this Agreement and during the term of this Agreement, each Party (the “Disclosing Party”) has disclosed or from time to time may disclose to the other Party (the “Receiving Party”) its confidential information (including without limitation the business operation information, client information, financial information and contracts). The Receiving Party shall keep confidential such confidential information and shall not use such confidential information for purposes other than those specifically provided herein. The above provisions shall not apply to the information that (a) the Receiving Party has written evidence that it has obtained such information before the disclosure by the Disclosing Party; (b) is generally known to the public at the time of disclosure or becomes generally known with no breach of this Agreement by the Receiving Party; (c) becomes known to the Receiving Party on a non-confidential basis through disclosure by a third-party with no confidentiality obligation to such confidential information; and (d) required to be disclosed by any laws, regulations or governmental authorities, or disclosed to its legal consultant or accounting consultant for its daily operations.

 

  5.2

Subject to the provisions of Section 5.1, Party B agrees to use best efforts and all reasonable measures to keep confidential all confidential materials and information known through Party A’s exclusive consulting and service (hereinafter referred to as the “Confidential Information”); unless otherwise agreed in writing by Party A, Party B may not disclose, provide or transfer such Confidential Information to any third parties. Upon the termination of this Agreement, Party B shall return any documents, materials or software containing such Confidential Information to Party A as required or destroy them, and delete any Confidential Information from any memory devices and may not continue using such Confidential Information.

 

  5.3

Both Parties agree that Article 5 shall survive the amendment, expiration or termination and shall continue in full force and effect.

 

8


6.

Indemnity

Party B shall indemnify Party A from and against any and all suits, claims, losses, damages, obligations and expenses or other demands which may arise from Party A’s performance of obligations hereunder and shall defend and hold harmless Party A from and against any and all damages and losses which may arise from any act performed by Party B or any third party claims based on Party B’s Business.

 

7.

Liability of Breach

Except as otherwise provided herein, if one Party (the “Breaching Party”) fails to perform any of its obligations or breaches this Agreement in other ways, the other Party (the “Indemnitee”) may:

 

  (1)

issue a written notice to the Breaching Party regarding the nature and scope of such breach and require the Breaching Party to rectify such breach within a reasonable period (the “Cure Period”) written in the notice at its own cost; and

 

  (2)

if the Breaching Party fails to rectify such breach within the Cure Period, the Indemnitee is entitled to requiring the Breaching Party to bear all liabilities caused by such breach, and compensate all actual losses suffered by the Indemnitee in relation with such breach, including without limitation the attorney’s fee, litigation or arbitration expenses in relation with such breach. The Indemnitee is also entitled to require specific performance by the Breaching Party. Furthermore, the Indemnitee may apply to arbitration institutions or courts for judgment of specific performance or compulsory enforcement. The exercise of the above remedy will not constitute the waiver of any other remedy available to the Indemnitee herein and in accordance with applicable laws.

 

9


8.

Effectiveness and Termination

 

  8.1

This Agreement shall come into effect as of the Execution Date.

 

  8.2

This Agreement shall be terminated after all equity interest and/or assets of Party B owned by Party B’s shareholders have been legally transferred to Party A and/or its designated person(s) pursuant to the provisions of the Exclusive Call Option Agreement. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Party A shall be entitled to terminate this Agreement at any time with a written notice to Party B issued 30 days in advance without bearing any liability for breach for its termination of this Agreement unilaterally.

 

9.

Governing Law and Dispute Resolution

 

  9.1

The effectiveness, interpretation, performance and dispute solution of this Agreement shall be governed by the laws of the PRC.

 

  9.2

Where a dispute happens between the Parties on the interpretation and performance of the articles of this Agreement, the Parties shall amicably negotiate in solving such dispute. Where within thirty (30) days after one Party issues a written notice on the negotiation requirement to the other Party, no agreement is reached on the dispute solution, either Party is entitled to submitting such dispute to Shanghai International Economic and Trade Arbitration Center for arbitration under its then effective arbitration rules. The venue of arbitration shall be Shanghai, and the arbitration language shall be Chinese. The arbitration award shall be final and binding upon both Parties.

 

  9.3

During the arbitration period, except for the matters or obligations under arbitration, the Parties shall continue the performance of other obligations provided herein. The arbitrator is entitled to make appropriate award so that Party A may receive appropriate legal remedy, including without limitation the restriction on Party B’s business operation or the equity interest or assets, order or restraining order on the transfer or disposition of the equity interest or assets of Party B, order of liquidation of Party B.

 

10


  9.4

Per the request of one Party, the court with competent jurisdiction may grant provisional remedy, such as the detainment or freeze of the assets or equity interest of the Breaching Party. After the arbitration award comes into effect, either Party may apply for the enforcement of arbitration award to the court with competent jurisdiction.

 

10.

Force Majeure

 

  10.1

Where the performance of this Agreement is delayed or hindered due to any Force Majeure Event, the Party under the influence of such force majeure does not need to bear any liabilities for the part of liabilities delayed or hindered and only such part. The “Force Majeure Event” herein means any events that go beyond the reasonable control of one Party, and are irrevocable despite of the reasonable notice of the Party influenced by such force majeure, including without limitation to government act, natural power, fire, explosion, geographic change, storm, flood, earthquake, tide, lightning or war. However, the inadequacy of credit, fund or financing may not be deemed as the event out of control of one Party. The Party under the influence of the force majeure that seeks for the relief of liabilities under any articles hereunder shall as soon as possible notify the other Party of such relief of liabilities and the procedures to be taken for the finish of performance.

 

  10.2

The Party under the influence of force majeure does not need to bear any liabilities hereunder. However, so long as such Party has tried its all reasonable effect in performing this Agreement, may it be able to obtain such relief of liability. And such relief shall be limited to the part of liability delayed or hindered due to the force majeure. Once the cause of such relief has been corrected or rectified, both Parties agree to try their utmost in resuming the performance of this Agreement.

 

11


11.

Notice

Except otherwise updated by written notice, any notice herein shall be sent to the following addresses through personal delivery, fax or registered mail. Where the notice is sent through registered mail, the signature date on the receipt of the registered mail shall be deemed as the delivery date. Where the notice is sent by personal delivery or fax, the date on which it is sent shall be deemed as the delivery date. Where the notice is sent by fax, after sending the fax, the original copy shall also be delivered to the following address through registered mail or personal delivery.

Party A: Shanghai ECMOHO Health Biotechnology Co, Ltd.

Address: Floor 2&3, No. 1000 Tianyaoqiao Road, Xuhui District, Shanghai

Tel/Fax: 021-61132270

Addressee: Ling Yu

Party B: Shanghai Yibo Medical Devices Co., Ltd

Registered Address: Room 1810, No. 380 Fenglin Road, Xuhui District, Shanghai

Tel/Fax: 021-61132270

Addressee: Ling Yu

 

12.

Assignment

During the term of this Agreement, unless agreed in writing by the other Party, no party may assign all or a part of its rights and/or obligations hereunder to any third parties, except that Party A may assign its rights and/or obligations to its affiliates.

 

12


13.

Amendment and Supplement of the Agreement

The amendment and supplement of this Agreement shall be made in writing by both Parties. The amendment and supplement duly executed by both Parties shall be an integral part of this Agreement and have the same legal effect with this Agreement.

 

14.

Miscellaneous

 

  14.1

No delay or omission to exercise any right accruing to one Party shall be construed to be a waiver of such right. The fact that certain rights have been partially or fully exercised by such Party, shall not impair such Party to exercise such rights again in the future.

 

  14.2

This Agreement is legally binding upon both Parties and their legitimate successors and assignees.

 

  14.3

If any provision of this Agreement is found to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable, then the remainder of this Agreement shall remain in full force and effect. In such event, the Parties shall use their best efforts to negotiate, in good faith, a substitute, valid and enforceable provision or agreement which most nearly effects the Parties’ intent in entering into this Agreement.

 

  14.4

This Agreement shall constitute all agreements that have been reached between the Parties on the subject thereof and shall supersedes all discussion, negotiation and contract between the Parties on such subject prior to the date hereof, including the Exclusive Technology Consulting and Service Agreement entered into by the Parties dated July 31, 2018.

 

13


  14.5

This Agreement is written in Chinese and may be executed in one or more counterparts, all of which shall have the same legal effect. Both Parties may execute other copies of this Agreement.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused their respective duly authorized representatives to execute this Agreement as of the date and year first above written.

(No text below)

 

14


[Execution Page]

Party A: Shanghai ECMOHO Health Biotechnology Co., Ltd. (Seal)

 

Signed by: /s/ Ying Wang

Legal/authorized representative

Party B: Shanghai Yibo Medical Equipment Co., Ltd. (Seal)

 

Signed by: /s/ Qingchun Zeng

Legal/authorized representative


Exhibit 1: List of Technology Consulting and Services

Party A will provide Party B the following technology consulting and services:

 

  (1)

Research and development on relevant technologies necessary for Party B’s Business, including the development, design and making of database software for the storage of relevant business information, UI software and other relevant technologies, and the grant of license to Party B;

 

  (2)

Providing relevant technology application and implementation to the operation of Party B’s Business, including without limitation the system integral design plan, system installation, debugging and test operation;

 

  (3)

With regard to Party B’s advertisement business, providing technology services such as advertising design plan, software design and web page making to Party B and providing management consulting service;

 

  (4)

In charge of the daily maintenance, surveillance, and debugging of Party B’s computer network equipment, including inputting users’ information into database in time, renewing the database according to other business information provided by Party B from time to time, regularly updating UI and providing other relevant technology services;

 

  (5)

Providing consulting service in connection with the procurement of relevant equipment, hardware and software necessary for Party B’s network operation, including without limitation the selection, system installation and debug of various kinds of software, application software and technology platform, and providing consulting service on the selection, model, function of various kinds of hardware equipment and appliance suitable for the above-mentioned software.


  (6)

Providing proper training, technology support and assistance to Party B’s employees, including without limitation the training on customer service or technology and other aspects; introducing knowledge and experience on the installation and operation of systems and equipment to Party B and its employees, assistance to Party B on problems occurred from time to time during the installation and operation of system and equipment; consultancy and suggesting to Party B on other online editing platform and software application, assistance to Party B on compiling and collection various kinds of information;

 

  (7)

Providing technology consulting and answer to the question raised by Party B on network equipment, technological products and software;

 

  (8)

Providing technology consulting service in respect of biotechnology and healthcare based on Party B’s operation needs;

 

  (9)

Providing service in regard to the short-term and mid-term marketing development and marketing plan;

 

  (10)

Providing other technology service and consulting based on Party B’s operation needs.


Exhibit 2: Calculation and Payment of Technology Consulting and Service Fee

Technology Consulting and Service Fee

Subject to the provisions of the PRC laws, after covering for the deficits of previous years (if necessary), deducting costs, expenses and taxes necessary for the business operations, Party B shall pay all the before-tax profits (excluding the amount of the technology consulting and service fee hereunder) to Party A as the technology consulting and service fee hereunder. However, Party A is entitled to adjust such amount according to the detailed situation of its provision of the technology consulting and service to Party B, Party B’s business operation situation and Party B’s demand for business development.

The charge rate for any other services provided by Party A to Party B upon Party B’s entrustment, shall otherwise be negotiated by both Parties.

Payment Method

Party A shall, within 15 days since the end of each quarter, issue a bill of the last quarter according to the budget of the aforesaid fee to Party B. Party B shall pay the amount listed in the bill to the designated account of Party A within 15 days after receiving such bill. Party B shall, on or before March 31st of each year pay the remaining amount listed in the audited financial statement of last year to the designated account of Party A. If according to such audited financial statement, Party B has paid more than it should, Party A shall, on or before March 31st of each year return the overpaid amount to the designated account of Party B. However, Party A may, as it believes necessary, agree Party B to delay its payment or adjust the amount payable by Party B for each payment. The Parties may also negotiate and agree on the adjustment of schedule and amount of such payment.

Exhibit 10.2

Equity Interest Pledge Agreement

This Equity Interest Pledge Agreement (this “Agreement”) is executed by and among the following parties on November 28, 2018:

Pledgee: Shanghai ECMOHO Health Biotechnology Co, Ltd.

Registered Address: Floor 2&3, No. 1000 Tianyaoqiao Road, Xuhui District, Shanghai

Pledgors: Ying Wang (Chinese ID No.: ***)

                Qingchun Zeng (Chinese ID No.: ***)

Whereas:

 

  1.

Ying Wang holds 50% of the equity interest in Shanghai Yibo Medical Devices Co., Ltd. (hereinafter referred to as “Shanghai Yibo”); Qingchun Zeng holds 50% of the equity interest in Shanghai Yibo.

 

  2.

The Pledgee is a limited liability company registered in Shanghai, China. The Pledgee and Shanghai Yibo have entered into an Exclusive Technology Consulting and Service Agreement (the “Service Agreement”) on November 28, 2018. The Pledgee, Shanghai Yibo and the Pledgors have entered into an Exclusive Call Option Agreement (the “Exclusive Call Option Agreement”). The Pledgors have issued a Power of Attorney to the Pledgee. The aforementioned Exclusive Technology Consulting and Service Agreement, the Exclusive Call Option Agreement and the Power of Attorney shall be collectively referred to as the “Transaction Documents”.

 

1


  3.

As the security to the performance of all the contract obligations under the Transaction Documents by the Pledgor and Shanghai Yibo, the Pledgors hereby pledges to the Pledgee all of the equity interest they hold in Shanghai Yibo.

After negotiation, the Parties have mutually reached agreement as follows:

 

1.

Definition

Unless otherwise provided herein, the terms below shall have the following meanings:

 

  1.1

Pledge: shall have the meaning ascribed to it in Article 3 herein.

 

  1.2

Pledged Equity Interest: means the equity interest legally held by the Pledgors in Shanghai Yibo, of which 50% is held by Ying Wang and 50% is held by Qingchun Zeng.

 

  1.3

Term of Pledge: means the term set forth in Article 4 of this Agreement.

 

  1.4

Event of Default: means any of the circumstances set forth in Article 8 of this Agreement.

 

  1.5

Notice of Default: means the notice issued by the Pledgee in accordance with this Agreement declaring an Event of Default.

 

2.

The Pledge

 

  2.1

The Pledgors and the Pledgee agree that according to the terms and conditions herein, the Pledgor hereby pledges to the Pledgee the Pledged Equity Interest for the performance of the Contract Obligations. To avoid any doubtfulness, the “Contract Obligations” herein means all the obligations and liabilities of the Pledgors under the Transaction Documents, and the representations, covenants and warranties thereunder; and all the obligations and liabilities of Shanghai Yibo under the Transaction Documents, and the representations, covenants and warranties thereunder.

 

2


  2.2

The Pledgors and Shanghai Yibo shall use their best efforts to complete the equity interest pledge registration procedure with the Administration of Industry and Commerce as soon as possible and shall use their best efforts to maintain the validity of such registration.

 

3.

Pledge

 

  3.1

The Pledgors pledge all their equity interest in Shanghai Yibo to the Pledgee as a security of the performance of all the Contract Obligations under the Transaction Documents by the Pledgors and Shanghai Yibo.

 

  3.2

The scope of the pledge shall include all of the service fees receivable by the Pledgee, liquidated damages (if any), compensation and all the expenses relating to the performance of such pledge (including without limitation to attorney’s fee, arbitration fee, evaluation and auction fees of the Pledged Equity Interest).

 

  3.3

The Pledge shall refer to the right of the Pledgee to be paid in priority with respect to the proceeds incurred from the discount, auction or sale of the equity interest pledged by the Pledgor.

 

3


4.

Term of Pledge

 

  4.1

The Pledge shall be effective from the date of registration with the Administration for Industry and Commerce where Shanghai Yibo is registered until two years after the performance period of all the obligations under the Transaction Documents expires

 

5.

Escrow of the Certificate of Pledge; Proceeds of the Pledged Equity Interests

 

  5.1

During the Term of Pledge set forth in this Agreement, the Pledgors shall execute or cause Shanghai Yibo to execute the certificate of capital contribution (See Exhibit 1) and the register of members (See Exhibit 2), and deliver the above-mentioned executed documents to the Pledgee to hold such documents in escrow during the Term of Pledge set forth in this Agreement.

 

  5.2

During the Term of Pledge, the Pledgee shall have the right to collect all the proceeds generated from the Pledged Equity Interest (if any) including without limitation to bonus, dividends, and other cash and non-cash incomes generated from the Pledged Equity Interest.

 

6.

Representations and Warranties of the Pledgors

 

  6.1

The Pledgee shall have the right to exercise, dispose of or transfer the Pledge in the manner provided in the provisions set forth in this Agreement.

 

  6.2

Each of the Pledgors jointly and severally represents, guarantees and warrants to the Pledgee that:

 

  6.2.1

he/she has all the rights in executing this Agreement and performing the obligations hereunder; he/she has granted his/her representative the authority to sign this Agreement on behalf of him/her. As of the date of this Agreement, the provisions of this Agreement shall be binding upon them.

 

  6.2.2

the Pledgor is the legitimate holder of the Pledged Equity Interest and is entitled to pledging the Pledged Equity Interest to the Pledgee; there will be no legal or factual hindrance on the Pledgee’s exercise of Pledge in the future.

 

4


  6.2.3

Shanghai Yibo is a limited liability company legitimately established under the PRC laws in good standing, which has been formally registered in the Administration of Industry and Commerce in charge whose annual surveys of each year have all been passed. The registered capital of Shanghai Yibo is RMB5,000,000.

 

  6.2.4

neither the execution, delivery nor the performance of this Agreement will:

 

  (a)

be in conflict with or in violation of the following documents, with or without the giving of notice or the passage of time: (i) Shanghai Yibo’s business license, articles of association, license, approval of its establishment from governmental authority, and any agreement or any other constitutional documents related to its establishment, (ii) other applicable laws and regulations; (iii) any contracts or other documents to which the Pledgors and Shanghai Yibo are parties, or by which they or their properties are bound or subject;

 

  (b)

result in the creation or imposition of any pledge or any other Encumbrances, upon Shanghai Yibo’s property, or result in the entitlement of any third party to create or impose any pledge or any other Encumbrances, upon Shanghai Yibo’s properties;

 

5


  (c)

permit the termination or amendment to any contracts or other documents to which Shanghai Yibo is a Party, or by which it or its properties are bound or subject, or result in the entitlement of any third party to terminate or amend such documents;

 

  (d)

result in the suspension, revocation, damage, confiscation or the inability of renewal of any applicable approval, license, registration of governmental authorities.

 

  6.2.5

except for the Pledge under this Agreement, there is no mortgage, pledge or other forms of security, preemptive right, legal mortgage, property preservation, seizure, trust, lease, option or encumbrance of other forms upon the Pledged Equity Interest on the date of this Agreement (hereinafter referred to as the “Encumbrances”).

 

  6.2.6

with the prior written consent of the Pledgee, any of the Pledgors may accept the transfer of other Pledgors’ equity interest in Shanghai Yibo or subscribe for capital increase in Shanghai Yibo. Any equity interest obtained by the Pledgor or any increased registered capital of Shanghai Yibo shall also be deemed as the Pledged Equity Interest. Upon the completion of the transfer of equity interest or the capital increase of Shanghai Yibo, the Pledgors and Shanghai Yibo shall duly update the register of members of Shanghai Yibo to reflect the change of equity interest pledge and shall register the equity interest pledge with the relevant Administration of Industry and Commerce.

 

  6.2.7

he/she will promptly notify the Pledgee of any event or notice received by the Pledgors that may affect the Pledgee’s rights to the equity interest or any portion thereof, as well as any event or notice received by the Pledgors that may change or affect any warranties and obligations under this Agreement.

 

6


  6.2.8

if relevant legal documents such as proof, license and power of attorney are required for the disposition of the Pledged Equity Interest by the Pledgee, he/she shall unconditionally provide or obtain such documents and provide convenience to the Pledgee; The Pledgors undertake that once the Pledged Equity Interest has been transferred to the Pledgee or its designated beneficiary, the Pledgors and/or Shanghai Yibo shall unconditionally perform all legally required procedures so that the Pledgee or its designated beneficiary may legitimately obtain Shanghai Yibo’s equity interest, including without limitation to the issuance of relevant supporting document, the execution of relevant documents such as equity transfer contract.

 

  6.2.9

the Pledgors will comply with and perform all the warranties, covenants, agreement, representations and terms for the benefit of the Pledgee. In the event of failure or partial performance of its warranties, covenants, agreement, representations and terms, the Pledgors shall indemnify the Pledgee for all the losses resulting therefrom.

 

  6.2.10

the Pledgors hereby undertake that they have made proper arrangement and executed all the necessary documents to ensure that under the circumstance of his/her decease, disability, bankrupt, divorce or other circumstance that may influence his/her ability to exercise the equity interest, those who may receive equity interest or relevant rights such as his/her successor, guardian, debtor and spouse may not influence or hinder the performance of this Agreement.

 

7


7.

Covenant of the Pledgors

 

  7.1

The Pledgors hereby covenant to the Pledgee that during the term of this Agreement, the Pledgors shall:

 

  7.1.1

Except for the equity interest transferred to the Pledgee or its designated person according to the Exclusive Call Option Agreement, without the prior written consent of the Pledgee:

 

  A.

not to transfer the equity interest, establish or permit the existence of any pledge or other Encumbrance that may influence the rights and interest of the Pledgee;

 

  B.

not to take any action that results or may result in the decrease in the value of the Pledged Equity Interest or endanger the validity of the Pledge hereunder. Where the value of the Pledged Equity Interest significantly decreases so as to endanger the right of the Pledgee, the Pledgors shall immediately notify the Pledgee and, as reasonably required by the Pledgee, provide other properties as security satisfactory to the Pledgee and take necessary actions in solving the aforementioned matter or reduce the negative influence. The Pledgors further undertake that during the term of this Agreement, the operation of Shanghai Yibo’s business shall comply with the PRC laws in all material aspects, and shall maintain the validity of Shanghai Yibo’s permits, licenses and qualifications.

 

8


  7.1.2

comply with the provisions of all laws and regulations applicable to the pledge of rights, and within five days of receipt of any notice, order or recommendation issued or prepared by relevant competent authorities regarding the Pledge, shall present the aforementioned notice, order or recommendation to the Pledgee, and shall comply with the aforementioned notice, order or recommendation or submit objections and representations with respect to the aforementioned matters upon the Pledgee’s reasonable request or upon consent of the Pledgee;

 

  7.1.3

promptly notify the Pledgee of any event or notice received by Pledgors that may affect the Pledgee’s rights to the equity interest or any portion thereof, as well as any event or notice received by the Pledgors that may change or affect any warranties and obligations under this Agreement.

 

  7.2

The Pledgors agree that the rights acquired by the Pledgee in accordance with this Agreement with respect to the Pledge shall not be interrupted or harmed by the Pledgors or any heirs or representatives of the Pledgors or any other persons through any legal proceedings.

 

  7.3

To protect or perfect the security interest granted under this Agreement, the Pledgors hereby undertake to execute in good faith and to cause other parties who have interest in the Pledge to execute all certificates, agreements, deeds and/or covenants required by the Pledgee. The Pledgors also undertake to perform and to cause other parties who have an interest in the Pledge to perform actions required by the Pledgee, to facilitate the exercise by the Pledgee of its rights and authority granted thereto by this Agreement, and to enter into all relevant documents regarding the change of ownership of Equity Interest with the Pledgee or designee(s) of the Pledgee (natural persons/legal persons). The Pledgors undertake to provide the Pledgee within a reasonable time with all notices, orders and decisions regarding the Pledge that are required by the Pledgee.

 

9


  7.4

The Pledgors hereby undertake to the Pledgee that they shall comply with and perform all guarantees, promises, agreements, representations and conditions under this Agreement. In the event of failure or partial performance of its guarantees, promises, agreements, representations and conditions, the Pledgors shall indemnify the Pledgee for all losses incurred therefrom.

 

  7.5

Each Pledgor irrevocably agrees to waive its right of first refusal to the equity transferred to the Pledgee due to the exercise of the Pledge.

 

8.

Event of Default

 

  8.1

Each of the following circumstances shall be deemed as an Event of Default:

 

  8.1.1

Shanghai Yibo fails to fully perform its Contract Obligations under the Transaction Documents;

 

  8.1.2

any material misleading or inaccuracy of the representations or warranties made by the Pledgors in Article 6 of this Agreement, and/or any breach of the representations or warranties made by the Pledgors in Article 6 of this Agreement;

 

  8.1.3

The Pledgors violate any article herein;

 

10


  8.1.4

Except for the provisions in Section 7.1.1 herein, the Pledgors transfer or in other ways dispose of the Pledged Equity Interest without the Pledgee’s written consent;

 

  8.1.5

Any debts, security, compensation, guarantee or other liabilities of the Pledgors that (1) have been required to be paid or performed in advance; or (2) have become due but are not able to be repaid or performed, so that the Pledgee believes that the ability of the Pledgors to perform the obligations herein has been influenced;

 

  8.1.6

The Pledgors are unable to repay debts;

 

  8.1.7

this Agreement becomes illegal or the Pledgors are not able to continue their performance of this Agreement due to the promulgation of relevant laws;

 

  8.1.8

Where all the permits, license, approval or grant of governmental authorities that allow this Agreement to be enforceable or legitimate or effective have been withdrawn, suspended, become void or materially changed;

 

  8.1.9

The Pledgee considers that the ability of the Pledgor to perform its obligations under this contract has been affected by adverse changes in the property owned by the Pledgor;

 

  8.1.10

The successor or trustee of Shanghai Yibo can only perform a part of its payment obligation or refuse to perform its payment obligation hereunder;

 

11


  8.1.11

Other situations under which the Pledgee is not able to exercise the pledge right according to relevant regulations.

 

  8.2

Upon notice or discovery of the occurrence of any circumstances or event that may lead to the above-mentioned situations described in Section 8.1, the Pledgors shall immediately notify the Pledgee in writing accordingly.

 

  8.3

Unless the Event of Default set forth in this Section 8.1 has been successfully resolved to the Pledgee’s satisfaction, the Pledgee may issue a Notice of Default to the Pledgors in writing upon the occurrence of such Event of Default or at any time thereafter, demanding the Pledgors to immediately clear the debts and other payment amount under the Service Agreement or exercise the Pledge in accordance with Article 9 of this Agreement.

 

9.

Exercise of the Pledge

 

  9.1

Where any Contract Obligations are violated or not performed, the Pledgee is entitled to dispose of all or part of the Pledged Equity Interest held by any shareholder of Shanghai Yibo (whether or not such shareholder has violated the Contract Obligations) and shall be entitled to be paid in priority for the expenses listed in Section 3.2 from the amount obtained through the disposal of the Pledged Equity Interest.

 

  9.2

Prior to the full performance of the Service Agreement, without the Pledgee’s written consent, the Pledgors may not transfer or in other ways dispose of the Pledged Equity Interest.

 

  9.3

The Pledgee shall issue a Notice of Default to the Pledgors when exercising the Pledge. Subject to the provisions in Article 10, the Pledgee may exercise the right to dispose of the Pledge at the same time or at any time after the issuance of the Notice of Default in accordance with Article 10.

 

12


  9.4

Subject to the provisions of Section 8.3, the Pledgee may exercise the right at the same time when issuing the Notice of Default according to Section 8.3 or any time thereafter.

 

  9.5

Where any Contract Obligations are violated or not performed, the Pledgee is entitled to priority in compensation from the price of all or part of the Pledged Equity Interest hereunder according to legal procedures or the amount of such equity interest through auction or sell-off.

 

  9.6

When the Pledgee exercises the pledge right hereunder, the Pledgors shall provide necessary assistance with no hindrance so that the Pledgee may realize its pledge rights.

 

10.

Default Liability

Unless otherwise provided herein, if one Party (the “Breaching Party”) fails to perform any of its obligations hereunder or breaches this Agreement in other ways, the other Party (the “Indemnitee”) may:

 

  A.

issue a written notice to the Breaching Party indicating the nature and scope of such breach and requiring the Breaching Party to rectify such breach at its own cost during a reasonable period (the “Cure Period”); and

 

  B.

if the Breaching Party fails to rectify such breach within the Cure Period, the Indemnitee is entitled to requiring the Breaching Party to bear all liabilities caused by such breach, and compensate all actual losses suffered by the Indemnitee in relation with such breach, including without limitation the attorney’s fee, litigation or arbitration expenses in relation with such breach. The Indemnitee is also entitled to require specific performance by the Breaching Party. Furthermore, the Indemnitee may apply to arbitration institutions or courts for judgment of specific performance or compulsory enforcement. The exercise of the above remedy will not constitute the waiver of any other remedy available to the Indemnitee.

 

13


11.

Assignment

 

  11.1

Without the Pledgee’s prior written consent, the Pledgors are not entitled to gift or assign their rights and obligations under this Agreement.

 

  11.2

This Agreement shall be binding on the Pledgors and their successors, and shall be valid to the Pledgee and each of its successors and assignees.

 

  11.3

At any time, the Pledgee may assign any and all of its rights and obligations under this Agreement to its designee(s) (natural/legal persons), in which case the assignee shall have the rights and obligations of the Pledgee under this Agreement, as if it were the original Party to this Agreement. When the Pledgee assigns the rights and obligations under this Agreement, upon the Pledgee’s request, the Pledgors shall execute relevant agreements or other documents relating to such assignment.

 

  11.4

During the term of this Agreement, without the prior written consent of the Pledgee, the Pledgors shall not transfer all or part of their rights or obligations hereunder to any third party; however, the Pledgee is entitled to transfer all or part of its rights and obligations hereunder.

 

14


  11.5

In the event of a change of pledgee due to an assignment, the parties shall enter into a new pledge agreement.

 

12.

Termination

Upon the full performance or termination of all the contract obligations under the Transaction Documents by Shanghai Yibo, this Agreement shall be terminated. Upon written request from the Pledgors, the Pledgee shall release the Equity Interest Pledge hereunder and, both the Pledgors and Shanghai Yibo shall register the discharge of equity interest on the register of members of Shanghai Yibo and shall register such discharge with the competent Administration of Industry and Commerce. The expenses of the release of the Equity Interest Pledge shall be borne by the Pledgors and Shanghai Yibo.

 

13.

Service Fees and Other Expenses

 

  13.1

All fees and out-of-pocket expenses relating to this Agreement, including but not limited to legal costs, costs of production, stamp tax and any other taxes and fees, shall be borne by the Pledgors. Where the Pledgee is required by law to pay for any relevant tax and expenses, the Pledgors shall compensate in full such paid tax and expenses to the Pledgee.

 

  13.2

Where the Pledgors fail to pay any payable taxes or expenses according the provisions herein, or in other reasons the Pledgee has taken any ways or methods for recourse, the Pledgors shall bear all expenses so caused (including without limitation to various taxes, service fees, management fees, legal costs, counsel fees and all kinds of insurance premium for the disposal of pledge).

 

15


14.

Force Majeure

 

  14.1

Where the performance of this Agreement is delayed or hindered due to any “Force Majeure Event”, the Party under the influence of such force majeure does not need to bear any liabilities for the part of liabilities delayed or hindered and only such part. The force majeure herein means any events that go beyond the reasonable control of one Party, and are irrevocable despite of the reasonable notice of the Party influenced by such force majeure, including without limitation to government act, natural power, fire, explosion, geographic change, storm, flood, earthquake, tide, lightning or war. However, the inadequacy of credit, fund or financing may not be deemed as the event out of control of one Party. The Party under the influence of the force majeure that seeks for the relief of liabilities under any articles hereunder shall as soon as possible notify the other Party of such relief of liabilities and the procedures to be taken for the finish of performance.

 

  14.2

The Party under the influence of force majeure does not need to bear any liabilities hereunder. However, only if the effected Party has tried all of its reasonable efforts in performing this Agreement, may it be able to obtain such relief of liability. And such relief shall be limited to the part of liability delayed or hindered due to the force majeure. Once the cause of such relief has been corrected or rectified, both Parties agree to try their utmost in resuming the performance of this Agreement.

 

16


15.

Governing Law and Dispute Resolution

 

  15.1

The effectiveness, interpretation, performance and dispute solution of this Agreement shall be governed by the PRC laws.

 

  15.2

Where a dispute happens between both Parties on the interpretation and performance of this Agreement, both Parties shall negotiate in good faith in solving such dispute. Where within thirty (30) days after one Party issues a written notice on the negotiation requirement to the other Party, no agreement is reached on the dispute solution, either Party is entitled to submitting such dispute to Shanghai International Economic and Trade Arbitration Center for arbitration under its then effective arbitration rules. Place of arbitration is Shanghai. The arbitration language shall be Chinese. The arbitration award shall be final and binding upon both Parties.

 

  15.3

During the arbitration period, except for the matters or responsibilities under arbitration, both Parties shall continue the performance of other responsibilities provided herein. The arbitrator is entitled to make appropriate award so that the Pledgee may receive appropriate legal remedy, including without limitation to restriction on the business operation of Shanghai Yibo, restriction, prohibition or order on the transfer or disposal of the Pledgors’ equity interest or assets, requirement to the Pledgors on the liquidation of Shanghai Yibo.

 

  15.4

As required by one Party, the court of jurisdiction is entitled to provisional remedy, such as detainment or freeze of the assets or equity interest of the Breaching Party. After the arbitration award comes into effect, either Party is entitled to application for enforcement arbitration award to the court of jurisdiction.

 

17


16.

Notice

Except as may be otherwise changed through written notice provided herein, the notice herein shall be sent to the following addresses through personal delivery, fax or registered mail. Where the notice is sent through registered mail, the signature date on the receipt of the registered mail shall be deemed as the delivery date. Where the notice is sent by personal delivery or fax, the date on which it is sent shall be deemed as the delivery date. Where the notice is sent by fax, after sending the fax, the original notice shall also be immediately delivered to the following address through registered mail or personal delivery.

 

  Pledgee:

  Shanghai ECMOHO Health Biotechnology Co, Ltd.

 

                 

 Address: Floor 2&3, No. 1000 Tianyaoqiao Road, Xuhui District, Shanghai

                 

 Tel/Fax: 021-61132270

                 

 Attn: Ling Yu

Pledgors: Ying Wang

 

                 

 Address: ***

                 

 Tel/Fax: ***

 

                  Qingchun Zeng

                  Address: ***

                  Tel/Fax: ***

 

18


17.

Exhibit

The Exhibits of this Agreement constitute an integral part of this Agreement.

 

18.

Miscellaneous

 

  18.1

No delay or omission to exercise any right accruing to one Party shall be construed to be a waiver of such right. The fact that certain rights have been partially or fully exercised by such Party, shall not impair such Party to exercise such rights again in the future.

 

  18.2

This Agreement is legally binding upon both Parties and their legitimate successors and assignees.

 

  18.3

If any provision of this Agreement is found to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable, then such provision shall be construed, to the extent feasible, it shall be severed from the remainder of this Agreement, which shall remain in full force and effect. In such event, the Parties shall use their best efforts to negotiate in good faith a substitute, valid and enforceable provision or agreement which most nearly effects this Parties’ intent in entering into this Agreement.

 

  18.4

This Agreement shall constitute all agreements that have been reached between the Parties on the subject thereof and shall supersedes all discussion, negotiation and contract between the Parties on such subject , including the equity pledge contract signed by both parties and other relevant parties on July 31, 2018.

 

19


19.

Effectiveness

 

  19.1

This Agreement and any of its amendment, supplement and alteration shall all be made in writing and come into effectiveness after signed and stamped by all Parties.

 

  19.2

The Agreement is written in Chinese and in multiple copies with the same legal effect.

 

20


(No text in this page)

Pledgee: Shanghai ECMOHO Health Biotechnology Co, Ltd. (Stamp)

Authorized Representative: /s/ Ying Wang

Pledgors:

Ying Wang

Signature: /s/ Ying Wang

Qingchun Zeng

Signature: /s/ Qingchun Zeng


Exhibit 1

Shanghai Yibo Medical Devices Co., Ltd.

Certificate of Capital Contribution

It is hereby certified that

Ying Wang (ID Number: ***) has made capital contribution of RMB 2,500,000, holding 50% of the equity interest. All such 50% of the equity interest has been pledged to Shanghai ECMOHO Health Biotechnology Co, Ltd..

QingChun Zeng (ID Number: ***) has made capital contribution of RMB 2,500,000, holding 50% of the equity interest. All such 50% of the equity interest has been pledged to Shanghai ECMOHO Health Biotechnology Co, Ltd..

Shanghai Yibo Medical Devices Co., Ltd. (Stamp)

Signature of Legal Representative:  /s/ Qingchun Zeng

November 28, 2018


Exhibit 2

Shanghai Yibo Medical Devices Co., Ltd.

Register of Members

 

Name of
Shareholder

 

ID Number

 

Shareholding
Percentage

 

Pledge Registration

Ying Wang   ***   50%   Pledged to Shanghai ECMOHO Health Biotechnology Co, Ltd.
Qingchun Zeng   ***   50%   Pledged to Shanghai ECMOHO Health Biotechnology Co, Ltd.

Shanghai Yibo Medical Devices Co., Ltd. (Stamp)

Legal Representative: (signature)  /s/ Qingchun Zeng

Date: November 28, 2018

Exhibit 10.3

EXCLUSIVE CALL OPTION AGREEMENT

This Exclusive Call Option Agreement (this “Agreement”) is executed by and among the following parties on November 28, 2018:

 

1.

Shanghai ECMOHO Health Biotechnology Co, Ltd., a limited liability company duly registered in PRC, with its address at Floor 2&3, No. 1000 Tianyaoqiao Road, Xuhui District, Shanghai (“Party A”);

 

2.

Ying Wang, with Chinese identification No. ***, holds 50% equity interest in Party C;

 

3.

Qingchun Zeng, with Chinese identification No. ***, holds 50% equity interest in Party C (together with Ying Wang, “Party B”);

 

4.

Shanghai Yibo Medical Devices Co., Ltd. (“Shanghai Yibo”), a limited liability company organized and existing under the laws of PRC, with its address at Room 1810, No. 380 Fenglin Road, Xuhui District, Shanghai (“Party C”).

In this Agreement, each of Party A, Party B and Party C shall be individually referred to as a “Party”, and collectively referred to as the “Parties”.

WHEREAS:

 

1.

Currently, Party B holds 100% of the equity interest in Party C in total.


2.

Subject to the provisions of PRC Laws, Party B and Party C intend to grant Party A and/or its designated person(s) the exclusive right to purchase all or part of equity interest and/or assets of Party C. And Party A intends to accept such grant of right.

Now therefore, upon mutual discussion and negotiation, the Parties have reached the following agreement:

 

1.

Sale and Purchase of Equity Interest and Assets

 

  1.1

Grant of Right

Subject to the provisions of the PRC laws (including any laws, regulations, rules, notices, interpretations or other binding documents issued by any central or local legislative, executive or judicial authorities, prior to or after the execution of this Agreement, collectively the “PRC Laws”), Party B hereby irrevocably grants Party A an irrevocable and exclusive right to purchase, or to designate one or more persons (the “Designated Person”, which shall be (a) the direct or indirect shareholders of Party A and their direct or indirect subsidiaries; (b) the director of Party A, Party A’s direct or indirect shareholders and their direct or indirect subsidiaries, who is a Chinese citizen) to purchase the equity interests in Party C held by Party B (the “Purchased Equity Interest”) at any time during the term of this Agreement, in whole or in part and at the price described in Section 1.2 herein (the “Exclusive Equity Interest Purchase Option”). Party C hereby agrees to the grant by Party B of the Equity Interest Purchase Option to Party A. The term “person” as used herein shall refer to individual, corporation, joint venture, partnership, enterprises, trusts or non-corporation organizations.

 

2


Subject to the provisions of the PRC Laws, Party C hereby irrevocably grants Party A an irrevocable and exclusive right to purchase, or designate one or more persons to purchase the assets (the “Purchased Assets”) of Party C at any time during the term of this Agreement in whole or in part and at the price described in Section 1.2 herein (the “Exclusive Assets Purchase Option”, together with the Exclusive Equity Interest Purchase Option, the “Exclusive Call Option”).

The Exclusive Call Option is the exclusive right enjoyed by Party A. Without the prior written consent of Party A, Party B shall not sell, offer to sell, transfer, gift, mortgage or dispose the Purchased Equity Interest in any other ways, or authorize any third party to purchase the Purchased Equity Interest in whole or in part; Party C shall not sell, offer to sell, transfer, gift, mortgage or dispose the Purchased Assets in any other ways, or authorize any third party to purchase the Purchased Assets in whole or in part.

 

  1.2

Purchase Price

When Party A exercises its Exclusive Call Option, with respect to the Purchased Equity Interest, the purchase price shall be the lowest price allowed by PRC Laws at the time of equity transfer; with respect to the Purchased Assets, the purchase price shall be the net book value of the Purchased Assets, unless the lowest price allowed by PRC Laws then is higher than the net book value of Purchased Assets, in which case the purchase price should be the lowest price allowed by PRC Laws.

 

3


  1.3

Exercise of Right

Subject to the PRC Laws, Party A may exercise the Exclusive Call Option at any time in any manner and any number of times at its discretion;

Party A shall issue a notice to Party B and Party C when it determines to exercise the Exclusive Equity Interest Purchase Option (hereinafter referred to as the “Equity Interest Purchase Notice”), specifying the portion of equity interests to be purchased from Party B (the form of the Equity Interest Purchase Notice is listed in Exhibit 1);

Party A shall issue a notice to Party B and Party C when it determines to exercise the Exclusive Assets Purchase Option (the “Assets Purchase Notice”, together with the Equity Interest Purchase Notice, the “Purchase Notice”), specifying the amount of assets to be purchased from Party C (the form of the Assets Purchase Notice is listed in Exhibit 2).

 

  1.4

Relevant Actions in relation to the Exercise of Right

When Party A exercises its Exclusive Call Option, Party B and Party C shall take the following actions collectively or on its own, in order that the transfer of equity interest/assets fully comply with the provisions of this Agreement and relevant laws both substantively and procedurally:

 

  (1)

Within seven business days from the receipt of the Purchase Notice, Party B and Party C shall prepare and execute all the necessary documents relating to the transfer of the purchased equity/assets in accordance with this Agreement and the Purchase Notice in order to transfer the purchased equity/assets to Party A and/or the Designated Person;

 

4


  (2)

Party B shall cause Party C to convene a shareholders meeting promptly , at which the resolution approving the transfer of the equity interest/assets of Party B or Party C to Party A and/or the Designated Person(s) shall be adopted;

 

  (3)

With regard to the transfer of the Purchased Equity Interest, Party B and Party C shall sign the equity transfer agreement (the “Transfer Agreement”), in the form set forth in Exhibit 3 of this Agreement, if necessary. If the PRC Laws provide otherwise on the substance and form of the Transfer Agreement, then the Transfer Agreement shall be adjusted in accordance with the provisions of the PRC Laws. The closing of the Purchased Equity Interest (i.e. the completion of the registration of changes by the administrative department of industry and commerce) shall not be later than the fifteenth business days from the receipt of the Equity Interest Purchase Notice, unless otherwise agreed by the parties;

 

  (4)

Upon the execution of this Agreement, Party B and Party C shall each execute a Power of Attorney, in the substance and form set forth in Exhibit 4, which authorizes any person designated by Party A to execute and deliver equity/assets transfer agreement and any other documents required by this Agreement on behalf of Party B and Party C;

 

  (5)

Party B and Party C shall take all the necessary actions to proceed and complete the relevant approval and registration procedures without undue delay, and to duly register the purchased equity/assets under the name of Party A and/or the Designated Person without any Security Interest attached. For the purpose of this Section and this Agreement, “Security Interest” shall include securities, mortgages, pledges, third party’s rights or interests, any stock options, acquisition right, right of first refusal, right to offset, ownership retention or other security arrangements, but shall not include any security interest created by Equity Interest Pledge Agreement (as defined below);

 

5


  (6)

Party B and Party C shall take all the necessary actions to procure the smooth transfer of the purchased equity/assets, both in substance and in procedure. Except as otherwise provided in this Agreement, neither Party B nor Party C shall impose any obstacles or restriction on the transfer of purchased equity/assets.

 

  1.5

The Parties agree that, after Party A exercises its Exclusive Call Option, all the transfer price thus received by Party B and/or Party C shall be returned to Party A and/or its Designated Person(s),.

 

2.

Covenants

 

  2.1

Covenants of Party B and Party C

Party B and Party C hereby irrevocably covenant that:

 

  (1)

Without the prior written consent of Party A or Party A’s parent company ECMOHO Limited (the “Party A’s Parent Company”), Party B or Party C shall not in any manner supplement, alter or amend the articles of association of Party C, increase or decrease its registered capital, or change its structure of registered capital in other manners;

 

  (2)

They shall maintain the existence of Party C and Party C’s subsidiaries in accordance with good financial and business standards and practices, and shall prudently and effectively operate its business and handle its affairs;

 

6


  (3)

Without the prior written consent of Party A or Party A’s Parent Company, they shall not, at any time following the date hereof, sell, transfer, mortgage or dispose of any assets, legitimate or beneficial interest in the business or revenues of Party C in any other ways, or create any Security Interest thereon;

 

  (4)

Without the prior written consent of Party A or Party A’s Parent Company, they shall not incur, inherit, guarantee or suffer the existence of any debt, except for (i) debts incurred in the ordinary course of business other than through loans; and (ii) debts disclosed to Party A for which Party A’s written consent has been obtained;

 

  (5)

They shall always operate all of Party C’s businesses during the ordinary course of business to maintain the asset value of Party C and refrain from any action/omission that may affect Party C’s operating status and asset value;

 

  (6)

Without the prior written consent of Party A or Party A’s Parent Company, Party C shall not execute any material contract, except for those in the ordinary course of business (for the purpose of this subsection, a contract with a value exceeding RMB 10,000,000 shall be deemed as a material contract);

 

  (7)

Without the prior written consent of Party A or Party A’s Parent Company, Party C shall not provide any person with any loan or credit;

 

7


  (8)

They shall provide Party A with information on Party C’s business operations and financial condition at Party A’s request;

 

  (9)

Party C shall procure and maintain insurance from an insurance company acceptable to Party A, at an amount and type of coverage typical for companies that operate similar businesses owning similar property or assets in the same area;

 

  (10)

Without the prior written consent of Party A or Party A’s Parent Company, Party C shall not merge, consolidate with, acquire or invest in any person;

 

  (11)

They shall immediately notify Party A of any occurrence of, or potential occurrence of, any litigation, arbitration or administrative proceedings relating to Party C’s assets, business or revenue;

 

  (12)

To maintain the ownership by Party C of all of its assets, they shall execute all the necessary or appropriate documents, take all the necessary or appropriate actions and file all the necessary or appropriate complaints or raise necessary and appropriate defense against all claims; and

 

  (13)

Without the prior written consent of Party A or Party A’s Parent Company, Party C shall not in any manner distribute dividends, distributable interests and/or any asset to its shareholder; if Party B gains any of the above benefits, it shall notify Party A within three business days and immediately transfer all such benefits to Party A free of charge;

 

8


  2.2

Covenants of Party B

Party B hereby irrevocably undertakes that:

 

  (1)

Without the prior written consent of Party A or Party A’s Parent Company, Party B shall not sell, transfer, mortgage or dispose of any legitimate or beneficial interest in the equity interests in Party C held by Party B in any other manner, or allow the encumbrance thereon of any Security Interest, except for the pledge placed on Party C’s equity held by Party B in accordance with Equity Interest Pledge Agreement (the “Equity Interest Pledge Agreement”) executed by the related parties at the date hereof;

 

  (2)

Without the prior written consent of Party A or Party A’s Parent Company, Party B shall not vote in favor of the sale, transfer, mortgage or disposition of any assets, legitimate or beneficial interest in any other ways in Party C’s shareholders meeting, and shall not execute any shareholder resolutions approving the foregoing matters, except for those actions made in favor of Party A or the Designated Person;

 

  (3)

Without the prior written consent of Party A or Party A’s Parent Company, Party B shall not vote in favor of the merger or consolidation with any person, or the acquisition of or investment in any person, or the division of Party C, the change of registered capital or change of company form of Party C in Party C’s shareholders meeting, and shall not execute any shareholder resolutions approving the foregoing matters;

 

9


  (4)

Party B shall cause the shareholder meeting of Party C to vote in favor of the transfer of the purchased equity made in accordance with this Agreement;

 

  (5)

To maintain Party B’s ownership in Party C, Party B shall execute all the necessary or appropriate documents, take all the necessary or appropriate actions and/or file all the necessary or appropriate complaints or raise necessary and appropriate defense against all claims;

 

  (6)

Upon the request of Party A, Party B shall appoint any person designated by Party A as the director of Party C;

 

  (7)

Upon the request of Party A, Party B shall promptly and unconditionally transfer its equity interests in Party C to Party A or its Designated Person and hereby waives its right of first refusal to such equity transfer;

 

  (8)

Party B shall strictly abide by the provisions of this Agreement and other agreement jointly or separately executed by and among Party A, Party A’s Parent Company, Party B and Party C, perform the obligations hereunder and thereunder, and refrain from any action/omission that may affect the effectiveness and enforceability thereof.

 

10


3.

Representations and Warranties of Party B and Party C

Party B and Party C hereby represent and warrant to Party A, jointly and severally, as of the date of this Agreement and each date of transfer of the Purchased Equity Interests/Assets, that:

 

  3.1

it has the authority to execute and deliver this Agreement and any share transfer contracts to which they are a party concerning the Purchased Equity Interests/Assets to be transferred thereunder (each, a “Transfer Contract”), and to perform their obligations under this Agreement and any Transfer Contract. This Agreement and the Transfer Contract to which Party B and Party C are a party will constitute their legal, valid and binding obligations and shall be enforceable against them in accordance with the provisions thereof;

 

  3.2

neither the execution and delivery of Party B and Party C nor the performance by Party B and Party C of its obligations thereunder will: (a) be in conflict with or in violation of the following documents, with or without the giving of notice or the passage of time: (i) its business license, articles of association, license, the approval of governmental authority for its establishment and any agreement or any other constitutional documents related to its establishment; (ii) any other applicable laws; (iii) any contracts or other documents to which it is a party, or by which it or its properties are bound or subject; (b) result in the creation or imposition of any pledge or any other encumbrances, upon its property, or result in the entitlement of any third party to create or impose any pledge or any other encumbrances, upon its property, except for the pledge placed on Party C’s equity in accordance with the Equity Interest Pledge Agreement; (c) permit the termination or amendment to any contracts or other documents to which it is a party, or by which it or its properties are bound or subject, or result in the entitlement of any third party to terminate or amend such documents; (d) result in the suspension, revocation, damage, confiscation or the inability of renewal of any applicable approval, license, registration of governmental authorities;

 

11


  3.3

Party C has a good and merchantable title to all of its assets, and has not placed any Security Interest on the aforementioned assets;

 

  3.4

Party C does not have any outstanding debts, except for (i) debt incurred in the ordinary course of business; and (ii) debts disclosed to Party A for which Party A’s written consent has been obtained. Except for the pledge on the equity interests of Party C in accordance with the Equity Pledge Agreement, Party B has not placed any Security Interest on such equity interests.

 

  3.5

Party C has complied with all the applicable laws and regulations; and

 

  3.6

there is no ongoing or pending or threatened litigation, arbitration or administrative proceedings relating to the equity interests in Party C, assets of Party C or Party C.

Party B hereby undertakes to Party A that, it has made proper arrangements and executed all the necessary documents to ensure that under the circumstance of his/her decease, incapacity, bankruptcy, divorce or other circumstance that may influence its ability to exercise the shareholder’s right, his/her successor, guardian, debtor, spouse or any other person who may become the equity holder of Party C, shall not influence or hinder the performance of this Agreement.

 

12


The Parties hereby undertake that Party A has the right to immediately exercise the Exclusive Call Option, once the PRC Laws allows Party A to directly hold Party C’s equity interest and Party C can legally continue to engage in its business.

 

4.

Effective Date and Term

 

  4.1

This Agreement shall come into effect upon the date hereof.

 

  4.2

This Agreement shall remain effective until all of Party C’s equity interest and/or Party C’s all assets held by Party B have been legally transferred to Party A and/or the Designated Person(s) according to this Agreement. Notwithstanding the above provision, Party A may terminate this Agreement by written notice to Party B and Party C at any time 30 days in advance, and Party A shall not be liable for the unilateral termination of this Agreement.

 

5.

Governing Law and Resolution of Disputes

 

  5.1

The effectiveness, interpretation, performance and the dispute resolution of this agreement shall be governed by the PRC Laws.

 

  5.2

In the event of any dispute with respect to the interpretation and performance of this Agreement, the Parties shall firstly resolve the dispute in good faith through negotiations. In the event the Parties fail to reach an agreement on the dispute within thirty (30) days after either Party issues a written notice on negotiation requirement to the other, either Party may submit the relevant dispute to the Shanghai International Economic and Trade Arbitration Center for arbitration, in accordance with its then effective arbitration rules. The venue of arbitration shall be Shanghai, and the arbitration language shall be Chinese. The arbitration award shall be final and binding on all Parties.

 

13


  5.3

During the arbitration period, except for the matters or responsibilities under arbitration, both Parties shall continue the performance of other responsibilities provided herein. The arbitrator shall be entitled to make appropriate awards so that Party A may receive appropriate legal remedy, including without limitation the restriction of Party B on the business operation of Party C, the restriction, prohibition or order on the transfer or disposal of Party B’ equity interest or assets of Party C, requirement to Party B on the liquidation of Party C.

 

  5.4

As required by one Party, the court of jurisdiction is entitled to provisional remedy, such as detainment or freeze of the assets or equity judgement of the breaching party. After the arbitration award comes into effect, either Party is entitled to apply for enforcement of the arbitral decision to the court of jurisdiction.

 

6.

Taxes and Fees

Each Party shall pay any and all transfer and registration tax, expenses and fees incurred thereby or levied thereon in connection with the preparation and execution of this Agreement and the Transfer Agreement, as well as the consummation of the transactions contemplated under this Agreement and the Transfer Agreement.

 

14


7.

Notices

Except as may be otherwise changed through written notice provided herein, the notice herein shall be sent to the following addresses through personal delivery, fax or registered mail. Where the notice is sent through registered mail, the signature date on the receipt of the registered mail shall be deemed as the delivery date. Where the notice is sent by personal delivery or fax, the date on which it is sent shall be deemed as the delivery date. If the notice is sent by fax, after sending the fax, the original notice shall also be delivered to the following address through registered mail or personal delivery:

Party A: Shanghai ECMOHO Health Biotechnology Co, Ltd.

Address: Floor 2&3, No. 1000 Tianyaoqiao Road, Xuhui District, Shanghai

Tel/Fax: 021-61132270

Attn: Ling Yu

Party B:

Ying Wang

Address: ***

Tel: ***

 

15


Qingchun Zeng

Address: ***

Tel: ***

Party C: Shanghai Yibo Medical Devices Co., Ltd.

Address: Room 1810, 380 Fenglin Road, Xuhui District, Shanghai

Tel: 021-61132270

Attn: Ling Yu

 

8.

Confidentiality

 

  8.1

Prior to the execution of this Agreement and during the term of this Agreement, each Party (the “Disclosing Party”) has disclosed or from time to time may disclose to the other Party (the “Receiving Party”) its confidential information (including without limitation the business operation information, client information, financial information and contracts). The Receiving Party shall keep confidential such confidential information and shall not use such confidential information for purposes other than those specifically provided herein. The above provisions shall not apply to the information that (a) the Receiving Party has written evidence that it has obtained such information before the disclosure by the Disclosing Party; (b) is generally known to the public at the time of disclosure or becomes generally known with no breach of this Agreement by the Receiving Party; (c) becomes known to the Receiving Party on a non-confidential basis through disclosure by a third-party with no confidentiality obligation to such confidential information; and (d) required to be disclosed by any laws, regulations or governmental authorities, or disclosed to its legal consultant or accounting consultant for its daily operations.

 

16


  8.2

The confidentiality obligations shall survive the termination of this Agreement.

 

9.

Further Warranties

The Parties agree to promptly execute documents that are reasonably required for or are conducive to the implementation of the provisions and purposes of this Agreement and take further actions that are reasonably required for or are conducive to the implementation of the provisions and purposes of this Agreement.

 

10.

Force Majeure

 

  10.1

Where the performance of this Agreement is delayed or hindered due to any “Force Majeure Event”, the Party under the influence of such force majeure does not need to bear any liabilities for the part of liabilities delayed or hindered and only such part. The force majeure herein means any events that go beyond the reasonable control of one Party, and are irrevocable despite of the reasonable notice of the Party influenced by such force majeure, including without limitation to government act, natural power, fire, explosion, geographic change, storm, flood, earthquake, tide, lightning or war. However, the inadequacy of credit, fund or financing may not be deemed as the event out of control of one Party. The Party under the influence of the force majeure that seeks for the relief of liabilities under any articles hereunder shall as soon as possible notify the other Party of such relief of liabilities and the procedures to be taken for the finish of performance.

 

17


  10.2

The Party under the influence of force majeure does not need to bear any liabilities hereunder. However, so long as such Party has tried its all reasonable effect in performing this Agreement, may it be able to obtain such relief of liability. And such relief shall be limited to the part of liability delayed or hindered due to the force majeure. Once the cause of such relief has been corrected or remedied, both Parties agree to try their utmost in resuming the performance of this Agreement.

 

11.

Miscellaneous

 

  11.1

Amendment, revision and supplement

Any amendment and supplement to this Agreement shall be made in writing by the Parties. Any duly executed amendments and supplements of this Agreement are integral parts of this Agreement, and shall have the same legal effect with this Agreement.

 

  11.2

Entire agreement

Except for any written amendments, supplements or revision hereafter, this Agreement shall constitute the entire agreement reached by and among the Parties hereto with respect to the subject matter hereof, and shall supersede all prior oral and written discussion, representations and contracts reached with respect to the subject matter of this Agreement, including the Exclusive Call Option Agreement executed by the Parties and other relevant parties on July 31, 2018.

 

18


  11.3

Headings

The headings of this Agreement are for convenience only, and shall not be used to interpret, explain or otherwise affect the meanings of the provisions of this Agreement.

 

  11.4

Language

This Agreement is written in Chinese in multiple copies.

 

  11.5

Severability

In the event that one or several of the provisions of this Agreement are found to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any aspect in accordance with any laws or regulations, the validity, legality or enforceability of the remaining provisions of this Agreement shall not be affected or compromised in any respect. The Parties shall consult in good faith to replace such invalid, illegal or unenforceable provisions with effective provisions, and the economic effect of such effective provisions shall be as close as possible to the economic effect of those invalid, illegal or unenforceable provisions.

 

  11.6

Successors

This Agreement shall be binding on the respective successors of the Parties and the permitted assignees of such Parties.

 

19


  11.7

Survival

Any obligations that occur or that are due as a result of this Agreement upon the expiration or early termination of this Agreement shall survive the expiration or early termination thereof.

The provisions of Article 6, 8 and Article11.8 shall survive the termination of this Agreement.

 

  11.8

Waivers

Any Party may waive the terms and conditions of this Agreement, provided that such a waiver must be provided in writing and shall require the signatures of the Parties. No waiver by any Party in certain circumstances with respect to a breach by other Parties shall operate as a waiver by such a Party with respect to any similar breach in other circumstances.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Parties have executed this Exclusive Call Option Agreement as of the date first above written.

 

20


(No text in this page)

Party A: Shanghai ECMOHO Health Biotechnology Co, Ltd. (seal)

Represent by: /s/ Ying Wang

Party B:

Ying Wang

Signature: /s/ Ying Wang

Qingchun Zeng

Signature: /s/ Qingchun Zeng

Party C: Shanghai Yibo Medical Devices Co., Ltd.(seal)

Represent by: /s/ Qingchun Zeng


Exhibit 1

Equity Interest Purchase Notice

TO: Ying Wang, Qingchun Zeng

Ying Wang, Qingchun Zeng and the undersigned company have executed an Exclusive Call Option Agreement as of the date November 8, 2018. The terms used in this notice have the same definition if they have been defined in the Agreement.

The undersigned company hereby exercises its Exclusive Assets Purchase Option under the Exclusive Call Option Agreement, and requests the undersigned company/ the [    ] [Company / Person’s Name] designated by the undersigned company as Designated Person to purchase 50%,50% equity interests in Shanghai Yibo Medical Devices Co., Ltd. respectively hold by Ying Wang, Qingchun Zeng. Upon receipt of this notice, Ying Wang and Qingchun Zeng shall complete the closing of the purchased equity within fifteen business days in accordance with the Exclusive Call Option Agreement.

Shanghai ECMOHO Health Biotechnology Co, Ltd.(seal)

Date: [MM] [DD] [YY]


Exhibit 2

Assets Purchase Option Notice

TO: Shanghai Yibo Medical Devices Co., Ltd.

Ying Wang, Qingchun Zeng and the undersigned company have executed an Exclusive Call Option Agreement as of the date November 8, 2018. The terms used in this notice have the same definition if they have been defined in the Agreement.

The undersigned company hereby exercises its Exclusive Assets Purchase Option under the Exclusive Call Option Agreement, and requests the undersigned company/ the [    ] [Company / Person’s Name] designated by the undersigned company as Designated Person to purchase all the assets of your company as listed in the attached list (the “Assets to be Transferred”). Please transfer all the Assets to be Transferred within 15 business days in accordance with the Exclusive Call Option Agreement upon receipt of this notice.

Shanghai ECMOHO Health Biotechnology Co, Ltd.(seal)

Date: [MM] [DD] [YY]


Exhibit 3

Transfer Agreement

This Transfer Agreement (hereinafter referred to as this “Agreement”) is made on [MM] [DD] [YY], by and among the following parties:

Transferor: Ying Wang

ID No: ***

Add:

Transferor: Qingchun Zeng

ID No: ***

Add:

Transferee: [Shanghai ECMOHO Health Biotechnology Co, Ltd. or its designated assignee]

Registration NO:

Add:


The Parties agree as follows:

 

  1.

Ying Wang, Qingchun Zeng agree to sell, and the Transferee agrees to accept 50%, 50% equity interests in Shanghai Yibo Medical Devices Co., Ltd. respectively hold by Ying Wang and Qingchun Zeng (hereinafter referred to as Purchased Equity Interest”) at the lowest price allowed by PRC Laws.

 

  2.

Upon the completion of transference of Purchased Equity Interest, the Transferor no longer has any rights over the Purchased Equity Interest, and the Transferee shall have all the rights of the above Purchased Equity Interest.

 

  3.

The effectiveness, construction, performance and the resolution of disputes hereunder shall be governed by the laws of China. In the event of any dispute with respect to the construction and performance of this Agreement, the Parties shall first resolve the dispute through friendly negotiations or under the rules in Exclusive Call Option Agreement. In the event the Parties fail to reach an agreement on the dispute within 30 days after the dispute, either Party may submit the relevant dispute to the Shanghai International Economic and Trade Arbitration Center for arbitration, in accordance with its then effective arbitration rules by three arbitrator conducted in Shanghai. The arbitral tribunal shall consist of three (3) arbitrators, and each party shall appoint one (1) arbitrator. The third arbitrator shall be appointed by the Shanghai International Economic and Trade Arbitration Center. If arbitration party or party have been referred to arbitration are more than 2 (natural or legal person), they shall appoint an arbitrator by mutual agreement in writing The arbitration award shall be final and binding on all Parties. During the arbitration period, except for the matters or responsibilities under arbitration, both Parties shall continue the performance of other responsibilities provided herein. The arbitrator is entitled to make appropriate award so that Transferee may receive appropriate legal remedy, including without limitation the restriction of Shanghai Yibo Medical Devices Co., Ltd. on the business operation, the restriction, prohibition or order on the transfer or disposal of the Transferor’ equity interest or assets of Shanghai Yibo Medical Devices Co., Ltd., requirement to the Transferor on the liquidation of Shanghai Yibo Medical Devices Co., Ltd.


4.

As required by Transferee, the court of jurisdiction is entitled to provisional remedy, such as detainment or freeze of the assets or equity interest of the breaching party. After the arbitration award comes into effect, either Party is entitled to application for arbitration award to the court of jurisdiction.

 

5.

The Parties have executed this Agreement as of the date of signature.

Transferor:

Ying Wang (Signature)

Qingchun Zeng (Signature)

Transferee:

[Shanghai Yibo Medical Devices Co., Ltd. or its designated assignee]

Legal Representative or Authorized Representative:


Exhibit 4

Irrevocable Power of Attorney (I)

Pursuant to the Exclusive Call Option Agreement entered into among I, Shanghai Ecmoho Biotechnology Co., Ltd and Shanghai Yibo Medical Devices Co., Ltd., I hereby issue this Power of Attorney.

I hereby irrevocably authorize [    ] (hereinafter referred to as “Representative”) as my representative with sole authority to: (1) prepare and sign the Transfer Agreement (as defined in Exclusive Call Option Agreement”); (2) prepare and sign other necessary documents related to transfer of Purchased Equity Interest (as defined in Exclusive Call Option Agreement”); (3) handle all relevant legal formalities such as approving and registration of Purchased Equity Interest

I hereby agree and acknowledge that the Representative has the sole authority to exercise the rights within the foregoing authorization in any manners, and I undertake to accept the obligations or liabilities arising from the exercise of such rights by the Representative.

This Power of Attorney shall become effective from the date of its execution, and continues its effectiveness during the term of Exclusive Call Option Agreement.

Hereby delegate.


Ying Wang (signature) /s/ Ying Wang

Date: November 8, 2018


Exhibit 4

Irrevocable Power of Attorney (II)

Pursuant to the Exclusive Call Option Agreement entered into among I, Shanghai ECMOHO Health Biotechnology Co, Ltd. and Shanghai Yibo Medical Devices Co., Ltd., I hereby issue this Power of Attorney.

I hereby irrevocably authorize [    ] (hereinafter referred to as “Representative”) as my representative with sole authority to: (1) prepare and sign the Transfer Agreement (as defined in Exclusive Call Option Agreement”); (2) prepare and sign other necessary documents related to transfer of Purchased Equity Interest (as defined in Exclusive Call Option Agreement”); (3) handle all relevant legal formalities such as approving and registration of Purchased Equity Interest

I hereby agree and acknowledge that the Representative has the sole authority to exercise the rights within the foregoing authorization in any manners, and I undertake to accept the obligations or liabilities arising from the exercise of such rights by the Representative.

This Power of Attorney shall become effective from the date of its execution, and continues its effectiveness during the term of Exclusive Call Option Agreement.

Hereby delegate.


Qingchun Zeng (signature) /s/ Qingchun Zeng

Date: November 8, 2018

Exhibit 10.4

Power of Attorney

I, Ying Wang, citizen of the People’s Republic of China (the PRC”) with the identification number of ***, is the shareholder of Shanghai Yibo Medical Devices Co., Ltd. (“Shanghai Yibo”) who holds 50% of the equity interest of Shanghai Yibo (“My Equity Interest”). Regarding My Equity Interest, I hereby unconditionally and irrevocably authorize Shanghai ECMOHO Health Biotechnology Co, Ltd. (hereinafter referred to as the “Representative”) as my representative and to exercise the following rights during the term of this Power of Attorney:

As my only and exclusive representative, the Representative is entitled to exercise the following rights of My Equity Interest in my name and on my behalf: (1) to attend the shareholders’ meeting of Shanghai Yibo and sign relevant shareholders resolutions on my behalf; (2) to exercise all my shareholder rights according to the laws and the articles of association of Shanghai Yibo, including without limitation to shareholder’s voting right and the rights to sell, assign, pledge or dispose of all or part of My Equity Interest; and (3) as my representative, to designate and vote for the legal representative, board chairman, director of board, supervisor, general manager and other senior management.

Within the scope of authorization, the Representative is entitled to, on my behalf, execute the transfer agreement as provided in the Exclusive Call Option Agreement (to which I shall be a party), and perform the obligations under the Equity Interest Pledge Agreement and the Exclusive Call Option Agreement to which I am a party dated as of the date hereof. The exercise of such right shall not place any restrictions to this Power of Attorney.

Except as otherwise provided in this Power of Attorney, the Representative is entitled to assign, use or dispose of the cash dividends and other non-cash income incurred from My Equity Interest in other ways in accordance with my written or oral instructions.


Except as otherwise provided in this Power of Attorney, all the actions of the Representative regarding My Equity Interest may be made in its own discretion without any of my written or oral instructions.

All the actions of the Representative regarding My Equity Interest shall be deemed to be actions of myself, and all the documents executed by the Representative shall be deemed to be executed by myself. I will acknowledge all such actions and documents.

The Representative has the right to sub-authorize other qualified representative to perform the above-mentioned matters and to exercise the right of My Equity Interest without notifying me in advance or obtaining my approval.

This Power of Attorney shall become effective from the date of its execution and shall remain effective and irrevocable as long as I am a shareholder of Shanghai Yibo.

During the term of this Power of Attorney, I hereby waive all the rights authorized to the Representative related to My Equity Interest according to this Power of Attorney and will not exercise such rights by myself.

Signature:   /s/ Ying Wang        

November 28, 2018


Power of Attorney

I, Qingchun Zeng, citizen of the People’s Republic of China (the “PRC”) with the identification number of ***, is the shareholder of Shanghai Yibo Medical Devices Co., Ltd. (“Shanghai Yibo”) who holds 50% of the equity interest of Shanghai Yibo (“My Equity Interest”). Regarding My Equity Interest, I hereby unconditionally and irrevocably authorize Shanghai ECMOHO Health Biotechnology Co, Ltd. (hereinafter referred to as the “Representative”) as my representative and to exercise the following rights during the term of this Power of Attorney:

As my only and exclusive representative, the Representative is entitled to exercise the following rights of My Equity Interest in my name and on my behalf: (1) to attend the shareholders’ meeting of Shanghai Yibo and sign relevant shareholders resolutions on my behalf; (2) to exercise all my shareholder rights according to the laws and the articles of association of Shanghai Yibo, including without limitation to shareholder’s voting right and the rights to sell, assign, pledge or dispose of all or part of My Equity Interest; and (3) as my representative, to designate and vote for the legal representative, board chairman, director of board, supervisor, general manager and other senior management.

Within the scope of authorization, the Representative is entitled to, on my behalf, execute the transfer agreement as provided in the Exclusive Call Option Agreement (to which I shall be a party), and perform the obligations under the Equity Interest Pledge Agreement and the Exclusive Call Option Agreement to which I am a party dated as of the date hereof. The exercise of such right shall not place any restrictions to this Power of Attorney.


Except as otherwise provided in this Power of Attorney, the Representative is entitled to assign, use or dispose of the cash dividends and other non-cash income incurred from My Equity Interest in other ways in accordance with my written or oral instructions.

Except as otherwise provided in this Power of Attorney, all the actions of the Representative regarding My Equity Interest may be made in its own discretion without any of my written or oral instructions.

All the actions of the Representative regarding My Equity Interest shall be deemed to be actions of myself, and all the documents executed by the Representative shall be deemed to be executed by myself. I will acknowledge all such actions and documents.

The Representative has the right to sub-authorize other qualified representative to perform the above-mentioned matters and to exercise the right of My Equity Interest without notifying me in advance or obtaining my approval.

This Power of Attorney shall become effective from the date of its execution and shall remain effective and irrevocable as long as I am a shareholder of Shanghai Yibo.

During the term of this Power of Attorney, I hereby waive all the rights authorized to the Representative related to My Equity Interest according to this Power of Attorney and will not exercise such rights by myself.

Signature: /s/ Qingchun Zeng    

November 28, 2018

Exhibit 10.5

Confirmation Letter

Whereas:

 

1.

I, Zeng Qingchun, a citizen of the People’s Republic of China, whose ID card number is ***, am a shareholder who owns 50% equity (“my equity”) in Shanghai Yibo Medical Devices Co., Ltd.;

 

2.

I, Shanghai ECMOHO Health Biotechnology Co., Ltd. and Shanghai Yibo Medical Devices Co., Ltd. have concluded a series of agreements, including the Equity Pledge Contract, the Exclusive Technical Consulting and Service Agreement, the Contract on Exclusive Right of Purchase and the Power of Attorney, as well as any form of appendixes and amendments thereto (“Such Agreements”).

As a party to Such Agreements, I confirm as follows:

I will make proper arrangements in advance to ensure that, under the circumstance of my death, incapacity, divorce or other circumstances that may affect my performance of the obligations set forth in Such Agreements, my successor, guardian, creditor, spouse or person who may obtain my equity or relevant rights (“the successor of my equity”) will agree:

 

(1)

My equity shall and may be mortgaged, sold or otherwise disposed of in accordance with the provisions of Such Agreements;

 

(2)

Such Agreements will apply to the legitimate rights and interests on my equity which may be owned by the successor of my equity;

 

(3)

In any case, the successor of my equity will neither make any request inconsistent with the contents of Such Agreements regarding my equity, nor take any action inconsistent with the contents of Such Agreements.

It is hereby confirmed.

Signed by: /s/ Zeng Qingchun

November 28, 2018


Confirmation Letter

Whereas:

 

1.

I, Wang Ying, a citizen of the People’s Republic of China, whose ID card number is ***, am a shareholder who owns 50% equity (“my equity”) in Shanghai Yibo Medical Devices Co., Ltd.;

 

2.

I, Shanghai ECMOHO Health Biotechnology Co., Ltd. and Shanghai Yibo Medical Devices Co., Ltd. have concluded a series of agreements, including the Equity Pledge Contract, the Exclusive Technical Consulting and Service Agreement, the Contract on Exclusive Right of Purchase and the Power of Attorney, as well as any form of appendixes and amendments thereto (“Such Agreements”).

As a party to Such Agreements, I confirm as follows:

I will make proper arrangements in advance to ensure that, under the circumstance of my death, incapacity, divorce or other circumstances that may affect my performance of the obligations set forth in Such Agreements, my successor, guardian, creditor, spouse or person who may obtain my equity or relevant rights (“the successor of my equity”) will agree:

 

(1)

My equity shall and may be mortgaged, sold or otherwise disposed of in accordance with the provisions of Such Agreements;

 

(2)

Such Agreements will apply to the legitimate rights and interests on my equity which may be owned by the successor of my equity;

 

(3)

In any case, the successor of my equity will neither make any request inconsistent with the contents of Such Agreements regarding my equity, nor take any action inconsistent with the contents of Such Agreements.

It is hereby confirmed.

Signed by:: /s/ Wang Ying

November 28, 2018

Exhibit 10.6

Confirmation Letter

Whereas:

 

1.

I, Ying Wang, a Chinese citizen with the ID number of ***, is the spouse of Qingchun Zeng, who is the shareholder of Shanghai Yibo Medical Devices Co., Ltd.;

 

1.

Qingchun Zeng, Shanghai ECMOHO Health Biotechnology Co, Ltd. and Shanghai Yibo Medical Devices Co., Ltd. have entered into a series of agreements and any exhibits and amendments thereto, including the Equity Interest Pledge Agreement, the Exclusive Technology Consulting and Service Agreement, the Exclusive Call Option Agreement and the Power of Attorney (the Agreements”).

I hereby confirm that I have read and understood the terms of the Agreements, and I will, if required, be a party to such Agreements and be bound by such Agreements.

I further confirm and agree that:

 

  (1)

the equity interest held by Qingchun Zeng under the Agreements (the Zeng’s Share”) shall belong to Qingchun Zeng under any circumstances, and Qingchun Zeng may, without my consent, mortgage, sell or dispose of Zeng’s Share in any other manner according to the Agreements;

 

  (2)

Qingchun Zeng may execute any amendment and supplement to the Agreements related to Qingchun Zeng’s Shares without my signature, confirmation, agreement or consent;


  (3)

under any circumstances, I will not claim for any rights in connection with Zeng’s Share which are inconsistent with the provisions of the Agreements, or take any action inconsistent with the provisions of the Agreements;

 

  (4)

the portion of equity interest that may belong to me (“My Share”) in the equity interest held by Qingchun Zeng shall and may be mortgaged, sold or disposed of in any other manner according to the Agreements;

 

  (5)

if required, I agree to sign and be a party to the Agreements, and undertake that any amendment and supplement of the Agreements will not be inconsistent with the rights and obligations of Qingchun Zeng under the Agreements;

 

  (6)

I will not claim for any rights in connection with My Share which are inconsistent with the provisions of the Agreements, or take any action inconsistent with the provisions of the Agreements.

Hereby confirm.

 

  Ying Wang
                                 (Signature):  

/s/ Ying Wang

  November 28, 2018
 


Confirmation Letter

Whereas:

 

1.

I, Qingchun Zeng, a Chinese citizen with the ID number of ***, is the spouse of Ying Wang, who is the shareholder of Shanghai Yibo Medical Devices Co., Ltd.;

 

2.

Ying Wang, Shanghai ECMOHO Health Biotechnology Co, Ltd. and Shanghai Yibo Medical Devices Co., Ltd. have entered into a series of agreements and and any exhibits and amendments thereto, including the Equity Interest Pledge Agreement, the Exclusive Technology Consulting and Service Agreement, the Exclusive Call Option Agreement and the Power of Attorney (the Agreements”).

I hereby confirm that I have read and understood the terms of the Agreements, and I will, if required, be a party to such Agreements and be bound by such Agreements.

I further confirm and agree that:

 

  (1)

the equity interest held by Ying Wang under the Agreements (the Wang’s Share”) shall belong to Ying Wang under any circumstances, and Ying Wang may, without my consent, mortgage, sell or dispose of Wang’s Share in any other manner according to the Agreement;

 

  (2)

Ying Wang may execute any amendment and supplement to the Agreements related to Wang’s Share without my signature, confirmation, agreement or consent;


  (3)

under any circumstances, I will not claim for any rights in connection with Wang’s Share which are inconsistent with the provisions of the Agreements, or take any action inconsistent with the provisions of the Agreements;

 

  (4)

the portion of equity interest that may belong to me (“My Share”) in the equity interest held by Ying Wang shall and may be mortgaged, sold or disposed of in any other manner according to the Agreements;

 

  (5)

if required, I agree to sign and be a party to the Agreements, and undertake that any amendment and supplement of the Agreements will not be inconsistent with the rights and obligations of Ying Wang under the Agreements;

 

  (6)

I will not claim for any rights in connection with My Share which are inconsistent with the provisions of the Agreements, or take any action inconsistent with the provisions of the Agreements.

Hereby Confirm.

 

  Qingchun Zeng
                                 (Signature):  

/s/ Qingchun Zeng

  November 28, 2018
 

Exhibit 10.7

Exclusive Technology Consulting and Service Agreement

This Exclusive Technology Consulting and Service Agreement (hereinafter referred to as the “Agreement”) is entered into between the following parties on June 21, 2019:

Party A: Xianggui (Shanghai) Biotechnology Co., Ltd.

Registration No.: 91310112MA1GC6PG5T

Registered Address: Room 02, 10/F, Building 2, No.588 Zixing Road, Minhang District, Shanghai

Party B: Yang infinity (Shanghai)

Biotechnology Co., Limited Registration No.:

91310112MA1GC8E85X

Registered Address: Room 1504, 5/F, Building 3, No.909 Tianyaoqiao Road, Xuhui District, Shanghai

The two parties above shall be collectively referred to as “Parties” and individually referred to as a “Party”.

Whereas:

 

  (1)

Party A is a limited liability company registered under the laws of the People’s Republic of China (hereinafter referred to as the “PRC”);

 

  (2)

Party B is a limited liability company registered in Shanghai, China, whose scope of business includes telecommunication services, e-commerce and food sales.

Therefore, both Parties hereby reach mutual agreements as follows after negotiation:

 

1


1.

Definition and Interpretation

Unless otherwise agreed within the context, the following terms herein shall have the following definitions:

 

“Agreement”    means the text and exhibits of this Agreement;
“Execution Date”    means the date on which this Agreement is executed, which is set forth herein;
“Party B’s Business”    means any business that Party B is entitled to engage in according to its business qualifications currently obtained or may be obtained in the future;
“Service”    means the service that Party A provide to Party B according to Article 2 of this Agreement;
“Term of Service”    means the term during which Party A provide the Service to Party B according to Article 2 of this Agreement;
“Service Fee”    means the fees payable by Party B to Party A according to Article 3 of this Agreement;

 

2.

Term of Service and Scope of Service

 

  2.1

The Term of Service provided by Party A shall be 10 years commencing from the Execution Date. Unless Party A notifies Party B that the Term of Service is not to be extended 90 days before the expiration of the Term of Service, the Term of Service shall be extended automatically for another 10 years, and so on.

 

2


  2.2

During the Term of Service, as the exclusive technology consulting and service provider of Party B, Party A agrees to provide Party B the relevant technology consulting and service as listed in Exhibit 1 according to the terms and conditions of this Agreement.

 

  2.3

Party B agrees to accept the technology consulting and service from Party A. Party B further agrees that except otherwise agreed by Party A in writing, during the term of this Agreement, Party B may not accept the same or similar technology consulting and service in connection with Party B’s Business from any third parties.

 

  2.4

Any rights and interest arising from the performance of this Agreement, including without limitation the proprietary rights, intellectual property rights including copyright, patent right, know-how and business secret, whether developed by Party A or by Party B based on the original intellectual property rights owned by Party A, shall be exclusively owned by Party A.

 

3.

Calculation and Payment of Technology Consulting and Service Fee (hereinafter referred to as the “Consulting Service Fee”)

 

  3.1

Both Parties agree that the Consulting Service Fee hereunder shall be calculated and paid according to Exhibit 2.

 

  3.2

Party B shall pay Party A the Consulting Service Fee hereunder according to the method and date designated by Party A. Both Parties agree that upon written consent of Party A, Party B may delay the payment of the Consulting Service Fee or, as agreed by both Parties, adjust the payment schedule set forth in Section 3.1 of this Agreement.

 

3


  3.3

Party A agrees that during the Term of Service, Party A shall be entitled to all the economic benefits and shall bear all the risks in connection with Party B’s Business. Where Party B suffers any business losses or severe operation difficulties, Party A will provide financial support. However, under the above-mentioned circumstance, Party A is entitled to require Party B to terminate its business operations and Party B shall accept such requirement unconditionally.

 

  3.4

Party B’s shareholders shall provide share pledge to Party A for the Service Fee payable to Party A by Party B hereunder.

 

4.

Representations and Warranties

 

  4.1

Each Party hereby represents and warrants to the other Party that as of the Execution Date:

 

  (1)

it is duly organized and validly existing, and has obtained all governmental approval, qualification and license necessary for its operation of relevant business as required by applicable laws. All corporate actions necessary for the execution and delivery of, and the performance of its obligations under this Agreement, have been taken. This agreement is or will, upon its execution be a valid and binding obligation enforceable in accordance with its terms when applicable.

 

  (2)

neither the execution, delivery nor the performance of this Agreement will: (a) be in conflict with or in violation of the following documents, with or without the giving of notice or the passage of time: (i) its business license, articles of association, license, the approval of governmental authority for its establishment and any agreement or any other constitutional documents related to its establishment; (ii) any PRC laws and other applicable laws; (iii) any contracts or other documents to which it is a party, or by which it or its properties are bound or subject; (b) result in the creation or imposition of any pledge or any other encumbrances, upon its property, or result in the entitlement of any third party to create or impose any pledge or any other encumbrances, upon its property; (c) permit the termination or amendment to any contracts or other documents to which it is a party, or by which it or its properties are bound or subject, or result in the entitlement of any third party to terminate or amend such documents; (d) result in the suspension, revocation, damage, confiscation or the inability of renewal of any applicable approval, license, registration of governmental authorities;

 

4


  (3)

there is no suit, arbitration or any other judicial or administrative proceeding pending or, to the knowledge of such Party, currently threatened against itself, that will affect its ability to perform its obligations hereunder; and

 

  (4)

it has fully provided the other Party with all the contracts, approvals, consent or any other documents to which it is a party, or by which it or its properties or business are bound or subject, that may have material adverse effect for it to fully perform its obligations hereunder. And no documents provided by it to the other Party contains any untrue statement of any material fact, or omits to state any material fact.

 

  4.2

Party B hereby further represents and warrants to Party A as follows:

 

  (1)

Party B shall pay Party A in full the Service Fee according to the provisions hereof.

 

  (2)

During the Term of Service, Party B will:

 

  (a)

maintain all requisite license and qualifications for conducting Party B’s Business in effect; and

 

5


  (b)

actively cooperate with Party A in connection with the services rendered by Party A and accept the reasonable ideas and suggestions raised by Party A on Party B’s Business.

 

  4.3

During the Term of Service, unless agreed in writing in advance by Party A, Party B will not accept any services which are the same as or similar to the services listed in Section 2.2 herein from any third parties except for Party A.

 

  4.4

Unless agreed in writing in advance by Party A, as of the Execution Date, Party B may not sell, transfer, mortgage or in other ways dispose of the rights and interest in any assets (except for those necessary for daily operations), business or incomes, or grant any third parties to set any other security interest on Party B’s assets or interest.

 

  4.5

Unless agreed in writing in advance by Party A, as of the Execution Date, Party B may not succeed or provide security for any debts (except for those necessary for daily operations).

 

  4.6

Unless agreed in writing in advance by Party A, as of the Execution Date, Party B may not enter into any material contracts (except for those necessary for daily operations).

 

  4.7

Unless agreed in writing in advance by Party A, as of the Execution Date, Party B may not merge with or form a consociation with any third parties, acquire or be acquired or controlled by any third parties, increase or decrease its registered capital or in other ways change its registered capital structure.

 

6


  4.8

To the extent permitted by PRC laws, Party B will elect the personnel recommended by Party A to be the directors and senior management of the company; unless agreed in writing in advance by Party A or otherwise required by applicable laws, Party B may not refuse to elect the personnel recommended by Party A for any other reasons.

 

  4.9

Party A shall be entitled to check the financial statements of Party B regularly and at any time. During the Term of Service, Party B shall cooperate with Party A and its direct or indirect shareholders in the auditing and due diligence, provide relevant information and materials in connection with the operation, business, clients, finance and employees to the auditors and/or other professionals entrusted by Party A, and agree to the disclosure of such information and materials by Party A or its shareholders for IPO purposes.

 

  4.10

Each Party hereby warrants to the other Party that it will execute all reasonably necessary documents and take all reasonably necessary actions in performing this Agreement and realize the purpose of this Agreement, including without limitation the issuance of necessary authorization documents to the other Party.

 

  4.11

Each Party hereby warrants to the other Party that subject to the provisions of the PRC laws and on the condition that Party B may legally continue its conduct of business, Party A may exercise its exclusive option under the Exclusive Call Option Agreement entered into by and among Party A, Party B and Party B’s shareholders on the Execution Date.

 

7


5.

Confidentiality

 

  5.1

Prior to the execution of this Agreement and during the term of this Agreement, each Party (the “Disclosing Party”) has disclosed or from time to time may disclose to the other Party (the “Receiving Party”) its confidential information (including without limitation the business operation information, client information, financial information and contracts). The Receiving Party shall keep confidential such confidential information and shall not use such confidential information for purposes other than those specifically provided herein. The above provisions shall not apply to the information that (a) the Receiving Party has written evidence that it has obtained such information before the disclosure by the Disclosing Party; (b) is generally known to the public at the time of disclosure or becomes generally known with no breach of this Agreement by the Receiving Party; (c) becomes known to the Receiving Party on a non-confidential basis through disclosure by a third-party with no confidentiality obligation to such confidential information; and (d) required to be disclosed by any laws, regulations or governmental authorities, or disclosed to its legal consultant or accounting consultant for its daily operations.

 

  5.2

Subject to the provisions of Section 5.1, Party B agrees to use best efforts and all reasonable measures to keep confidential all confidential materials and information known through Party A’s exclusive consulting and service (hereinafter referred to as the “Confidential Information”); unless otherwise agreed in writing by Party A, Party B may not disclose, provide or transfer such Confidential Information to any third parties. Upon the termination of this Agreement, Party B shall return any documents, materials or software containing such Confidential Information to Party A as required or destroy them, and delete any Confidential Information from any memory devices and may not continue using such Confidential Information.

 

  5.3

Both Parties agree that Article 5 shall survive the amendment, expiration or termination and shall continue in full force and effect.

 

8


6.

Indemnity

Party B shall indemnify Party A from and against any and all suits, claims, losses, damages, obligations and expenses or other demands which may arise from Party A’s performance of obligations hereunder and shall defend and hold harmless Party A from and against any and all damages and losses which may arise from any act performed by Party B or any third party claims based on Party B’s Business.

 

7.

Liability of Breach

Except as otherwise provided herein, if one Party (the “Breaching Party”) fails to perform any of its obligations or breaches this Agreement in other ways, the other Party (the “Indemnitee”) may:

 

  (1)

issue a written notice to the Breaching Party regarding the nature and scope of such breach and require the Breaching Party to rectify such breach within a reasonable period (the “Cure Period”) written in the notice at its own cost; and

 

  (2)

if the Breaching Party fails to rectify such breach within the Cure Period, the Indemnitee is entitled to requiring the Breaching Party to bear all liabilities caused by such breach, and compensate all actual losses suffered by the Indemnitee in relation with such breach, including without limitation the attorney’s fee, litigation or arbitration expenses in relation with such breach. The Indemnitee is also entitled to require specific performance by the Breaching Party. Furthermore, the Indemnitee may apply to arbitration institutions or courts for judgment of specific performance or compulsory enforcement. The exercise of the above remedy will not constitute the waiver of any other remedy available to the Indemnitee herein and in accordance with applicable laws.

 

9


8.

Effectiveness and Termination

 

  8.1

This Agreement shall come into effect as of the Execution Date.

 

  8.2

This Agreement shall be terminated after all equity interest and/or assets of Party B owned by Party B’s shareholders have been legally transferred to Party A and/or its designated person(s) pursuant to the provisions of the Exclusive Call Option Agreement. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Party A shall be entitled to terminate this Agreement at any time with a written notice to Party B issued 30 days in advance without bearing any liability for breach for its termination of this Agreement unilaterally.

 

9.

Governing Law and Dispute Resolution

 

  9.1

The effectiveness, interpretation, performance and dispute solution of this Agreement shall be governed by the laws of the PRC.

 

  9.2

Where a dispute happens between the Parties on the interpretation and performance of the articles of this Agreement, the Parties shall amicably negotiate in solving such dispute. Where within thirty (30) days after one Party issues a written notice on the negotiation requirement to the other Party, no agreement is reached on the dispute solution, either Party is entitled to submitting such dispute to Shanghai International Economic and Trade Arbitration Center for arbitration under its then effective arbitration rules. The venue of arbitration shall be Shanghai, and the arbitration language shall be Chinese. The arbitration award shall be final and binding upon both Parties.

 

  9.3

During the arbitration period, except for the matters or obligations under arbitration, the Parties shall continue the performance of other obligations provided herein. The arbitrator is entitled to make appropriate award so that Party A may receive appropriate legal remedy, including without limitation the restriction on Party B’s business operation or the equity interest or assets, order or restraining order on the transfer or disposition of the equity interest or assets of Party B, order of liquidation of Party B.

 

10


  9.4

Per the request of one Party, the court with competent jurisdiction may grant provisional remedy, such as the detainment or freeze of the assets or equity interest of the Breaching Party. After the arbitration award comes into effect, either Party may apply for the enforcement of arbitration award to the court with competent jurisdiction.

 

10.

Force Majeure

 

  10.1

Where the performance of this Agreement is delayed or hindered due to any Force Majeure Event, the Party under the influence of such force majeure does not need to bear any liabilities for the part of liabilities delayed or hindered and only such part. The “Force Majeure Event” herein means any events that go beyond the reasonable control of one Party, and are irrevocable despite of the reasonable notice of the Party influenced by such force majeure, including without limitation to government act, natural power, fire, explosion, geographic change, storm, flood, earthquake, tide, lightning or war. However, the inadequacy of credit, fund or financing may not be deemed as the event out of control of one Party. The Party under the influence of the force majeure that seeks for the relief of liabilities under any articles hereunder shall as soon as possible notify the other Party of such relief of liabilities and the procedures to be taken for the finish of performance.

 

  10.2

The Party under the influence of force majeure does not need to bear any liabilities hereunder. However, so long as such Party has tried its all reasonable effect in performing this Agreement, may it be able to obtain such relief of liability. And such relief shall be limited to the part of liability delayed or hindered due to the force majeure. Once the cause of such relief has been corrected or rectified, both Parties agree to try their utmost in resuming the performance of this Agreement.

 

11


11.

Notice

Except otherwise updated by written notice, any notice herein shall be sent to the following addresses through personal delivery, fax or registered mail. Where the notice is sent through registered mail, the signature date on the receipt of the registered mail shall be deemed as the delivery date. Where the notice is sent by personal delivery or fax, the date on which it is sent shall be deemed as the delivery date. Where the notice is sent by fax, after sending the fax, the original copy shall also be delivered to the following address through registered mail or personal delivery.

Party A: Xianggui (Shanghai) Biotechnology Co., Ltd.

Registration No.: 91310112MA1GC6PG5T

Registered Address: Room 02, 10/F, Building 2, No.588 Zixing Road, Minhang District, Shanghai

Tel/Fax: 021-61132270

Addressee: Ling Yu

Party B: Yang infinity (Shanghai) Biotechnology Co., Limited

Registration No.: 91310112MA1GC8E85X

Registered Address: Room 1504, 5/F, Building 3, No.909 Tianyaoqiao Road, Xuhui District, Shanghai

Tel/Fax: 021-61132270

Addressee: Ling Yu

 

12.

Assignment

During the term of this Agreement, unless agreed in writing by the other Party, no party may assign all or a part of its rights and/or obligations hereunder to any third parties, except that Party A may assign its rights and/or obligations to its affiliates.

 

12


13.

Amendment and Supplement of the Agreement

The amendment and supplement of this Agreement shall be made in writing by both Parties. The amendment and supplement duly executed by both Parties shall be an integral part of this Agreement and have the same legal effect with this Agreement.

 

14.

Miscellaneous

 

  14.1

No delay or omission to exercise any right accruing to one Party shall be construed to be a waiver of such right. The fact that certain rights have been partially or fully exercised by such Party, shall not impair such Party to exercise such rights again in the future.

 

  14.2

This Agreement is legally binding upon both Parties and their legitimate successors and assignees.

 

  14.3

If any provision of this Agreement is found to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable, then the remainder of this Agreement shall remain in full force and effect. In such event, the Parties shall use their best efforts to negotiate, in good faith, a substitute, valid and enforceable provision or agreement which most nearly effects the Parties’ intent in entering into this Agreement.

 

  14.4

This Agreement shall constitute all agreements that have been reached between the Parties on the subject thereof and shall supersedes all discussion, negotiation and contract between the Parties on such subject prior to the date hereof, including the Exclusive Technology Consulting and Service Agreement entered into by the Parties dated July 31, 2018.

 

13


  14.5

This Agreement is written in Chinese and may be executed in one or more counterparts, all of which shall have the same legal effect. Both Parties may execute other copies of this Agreement.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused their respective duly authorized representatives to execute this Agreement as of the date and year first above written.

(No text below)

 

14


[Execution Page]

Party A: Xianggui (Shanghai) Biotechnology Co., Ltd.

Signed by: /s/ Qingchun Zeng

Legal/authorized representative

Party B: Yang infinity (Shanghai) Biotechnology Co., Limited

Signed by: /s/ Qingchun Zeng

Legal/authorized representative


Exhibit 1: List of Technology Consulting and Services

Party A will provide Party B the following technology consulting and services:

 

  (1)

Research and development on relevant technologies necessary for Party B’s Business, including the development, design and making of database software for the storage of relevant business information, UI software and other relevant technologies, and the grant of license to Party B;

 

  (2)

Providing relevant technology application and implementation to the operation of Party B’s Business, including without limitation the system integral design plan, system installation, debugging and test operation;

 

  (3)

With regard to Party B’s advertisement business, providing technology services such as advertising design plan, software design and web page making to Party B and providing management consulting service;

 

  (4)

In charge of the daily maintenance, surveillance, and debugging of Party B’s computer network equipment, including inputting users’ information into database in time, renewing the database according to other business information provided by Party B from time to time, regularly updating UI and providing other relevant technology services;

 

  (5)

Providing consulting service in connection with the procurement of relevant equipment, hardware and software necessary for Party B’s network operation, including without limitation the selection, system installation and debug of various kinds of software, application software and technology platform, and providing consulting service on the selection, model, function of various kinds of hardware equipment and appliance suitable for the above-mentioned software.


  (6)

Providing proper training, technology support and assistance to Party B’s employees, including without limitation the training on customer service or technology and other aspects; introducing knowledge and experience on the installation and operation of systems and equipment to Party B and its employees, assistance to Party B on problems occurred from time to time during the installation and operation of system and equipment; consultancy and suggesting to Party B on other online editing platform and software application, assistance to Party B on compiling and collection various kinds of information;

 

  (7)

Providing technology consulting and answer to the question raised by Party B on network equipment, technological products and software;

 

  (8)

Providing technology consulting service in respect of biotechnology and healthcare based on Party B’s operation needs;

 

  (9)

Providing service in regard to the short-term and mid-term marketing development and marketing plan;

 

  (10)

Providing other technology service and consulting based on Party B’s operation needs.


Exhibit 2: Calculation and Payment of Technology Consulting and Service Fee

Technology Consulting and Service Fee

Subject to the provisions of the PRC laws, after covering for the deficits of previous years (if necessary), deducting costs, expenses and taxes necessary for the business operations, Party B shall pay all the before-tax profits (excluding the amount of the technology consulting and service fee hereunder) to Party A as the technology consulting and service fee hereunder. However, Party A is entitled to adjust such amount according to the detailed situation of its provision of the technology consulting and service to Party B, Party B’s business operation situation and Party B’s demand for business development.

The charge rate for any other services provided by Party A to Party B upon Party B’s entrustment, shall otherwise be negotiated by both Parties.

Payment Method

Party A shall, within 15 days since the end of each quarter, issue a bill of the last quarter according to the budget of the aforesaid fee to Party B. Party B shall pay the amount listed in the bill to the designated account of Party A within 15 days after receiving such bill. Party B shall, on or before March 31st of each year pay the remaining amount listed in the audited financial statement of last year to the designated account of Party A. If according to such audited financial statement, Party B has paid more than it should, Party A shall, on or before March 31st of each year return the overpaid amount to the designated account of Party B. However, Party A may, as it believes necessary, agree Party B to delay its payment or adjust the amount payable by Party B for each payment. The Parties may also negotiate and agree on the adjustment of schedule and amount of such payment.

Exhibit 10.8

Equity Interest Pledge Agreement

This Equity Interest Pledge Agreement (this “Agreement”) is executed by and among the following parties on June 21, 2019:

Pledgee: Xianggui (Shanghai) Biotechnology Co., Ltd.

Registered Address: Room 02, 10/F, Building 2, No.588 Zixing Road, Minhang District, Shanghai

Pledgors: Ying Wang (Chinese ID No.: ***)

                Qingchun Zeng (Chinese ID No.: ***)

Whereas:

 

  1.

Ying Wang holds 50% of the equity interest in Yang infinity (Shanghai) Biotechnology Co., Limited (hereinafter referred to as “Yang Infinity”); Qingchun Zeng holds 50% of the equity interest in Yang Infinity.

 

  2.

The Pledgee is a limited liability company registered in Shanghai, China. The Pledgee and Yang Infinity have entered into an Exclusive Technology Consulting and Service Agreement (the “Service Agreement”) on November 28, 2018. The Pledgee, Yang Infinity and the Pledgors have entered into an Exclusive Call Option Agreement (the “Exclusive Call Option Agreement”). The Pledgors have issued a Power of Attorney to the Pledgee. The aforementioned Exclusive Technology Consulting and Service Agreement, the Exclusive Call Option Agreement and the Power of Attorney shall be collectively referred to as the “Transaction Documents”.

 

1


  3.

As the security to the performance of all the contract obligations under the Transaction Documents by the Pledgor and Yang Infinity, the Pledgors hereby pledges to the Pledgee all of the equity interest they hold in Yang Infinity.

After negotiation, the Parties have mutually reached agreement as follows:

 

1.

Definition

Unless otherwise provided herein, the terms below shall have the following meanings:

 

  1.1

Pledge: shall have the meaning ascribed to it in Article 3 herein.

 

  1.2

Pledged Equity Interest: means the equity interest legally held by the Pledgors in Yang Infinity, of which 50% is held by Ying Wang and 50% is held by Qingchun Zeng.

 

  1.3

Term of Pledge: means the term set forth in Article 4 of this Agreement.

 

  1.4

Event of Default: means any of the circumstances set forth in Article 8 of this Agreement.

 

  1.5

Notice of Default: means the notice issued by the Pledgee in accordance with this Agreement declaring an Event of Default.

 

2.

The Pledge

 

  2.1

The Pledgors and the Pledgee agree that according to the terms and conditions herein, the Pledgor hereby pledges to the Pledgee the Pledged Equity Interest for the performance of the Contract Obligations. To avoid any doubtfulness, the “Contract Obligations” herein means all the obligations and liabilities of the Pledgors under the Transaction Documents, and the representations, covenants and warranties thereunder; and all the obligations and liabilities of Yang Infinity under the Transaction Documents, and the representations, covenants and warranties thereunder.

 

2


  2.2

The Pledgors and Yang Infinity shall use their best efforts to complete the equity interest pledge registration procedure with the Administration of Industry and Commerce as soon as possible and shall use their best efforts to maintain the validity of such registration.

 

3.

Pledge

 

  3.1

The Pledgors pledge all their equity interest in Yang Infinity to the Pledgee as a security of the performance of all the Contract Obligations under the Transaction Documents by the Pledgors and Yang Infinity.

 

  3.2

The scope of the pledge shall include all of the service fees receivable by the Pledgee, liquidated damages (if any), compensation and all the expenses relating to the performance of such pledge (including without limitation to attorney’s fee, arbitration fee, evaluation and auction fees of the Pledged Equity Interest).

 

  3.3

The Pledge shall refer to the right of the Pledgee to be paid in priority with respect to the proceeds incurred from the discount, auction or sale of the equity interest pledged by the Pledgor.

 

3


4.

Term of Pledge

 

  4.1

The Pledge shall be effective from the date of registration with the Administration for Industry and Commerce where Yang Infinity is registered until two years after the performance period of all the obligations under the Transaction Documents expires

 

5.

Escrow of the Certificate of Pledge; Proceeds of the Pledged Equity Interests

 

  5.1

During the Term of Pledge set forth in this Agreement, the Pledgors shall execute or cause Yang Infinity to execute the certificate of capital contribution (See Exhibit 1) and the register of members (See Exhibit 2), and deliver the above-mentioned executed documents to the Pledgee to hold such documents in escrow during the Term of Pledge set forth in this Agreement.

 

  5.2

During the Term of Pledge, the Pledgee shall have the right to collect all the proceeds generated from the Pledged Equity Interest (if any) including without limitation to bonus, dividends, and other cash and non-cash incomes generated from the Pledged Equity Interest.

 

6.

Representations and Warranties of the Pledgors

 

  6.1

The Pledgee shall have the right to exercise, dispose of or transfer the Pledge in the manner provided in the provisions set forth in this Agreement.

 

  6.2

Each of the Pledgors jointly and severally represents, guarantees and warrants to the Pledgee that:

 

  6.2.1

he/she has all the rights in executing this Agreement and performing the obligations hereunder; he/she has granted his/her representative the authority to sign this Agreement on behalf of him/her. As of the date of this Agreement, the provisions of this Agreement shall be binding upon them.

 

  6.2.2

the Pledgor is the legitimate holder of the Pledged Equity Interest and is entitled to pledging the Pledged Equity Interest to the Pledgee; there will be no legal or factual hindrance on the Pledgee’s exercise of Pledge in the future.

 

4


  6.2.3

Yang Infinity is a limited liability company legitimately established under the PRC laws in good standing, which has been formally registered in the Administration of Industry and Commerce in charge whose annual surveys of each year have all been passed. The registered capital of Yang Infinity is RMB5,000,000.

 

  6.2.4

neither the execution, delivery nor the performance of this Agreement will:

 

  (a)

be in conflict with or in violation of the following documents, with or without the giving of notice or the passage of time: (i) Yang Infinity’s business license, articles of association, license, approval of its establishment from governmental authority, and any agreement or any other constitutional documents related to its establishment, (ii) other applicable laws and regulations; (iii) any contracts or other documents to which the Pledgors and Yang Infinity are parties, or by which they or their properties are bound or subject;

 

  (b)

result in the creation or imposition of any pledge or any other Encumbrances, upon Yang Infinity’s property, or result in the entitlement of any third party to create or impose any pledge or any other Encumbrances, upon Yang Infinity’s properties;

 

5


  (c)

permit the termination or amendment to any contracts or other documents to which Yang Infinity is a Party, or by which it or its properties are bound or subject, or result in the entitlement of any third party to terminate or amend such documents;

 

  (d)

result in the suspension, revocation, damage, confiscation or the inability of renewal of any applicable approval, license, registration of governmental authorities.

 

  6.2.5

except for the Pledge under this Agreement, there is no mortgage, pledge or other forms of security, preemptive right, legal mortgage, property preservation, seizure, trust, lease, option or encumbrance of other forms upon the Pledged Equity Interest on the date of this Agreement (hereinafter referred to as the “Encumbrances”).

 

  6.2.6

with the prior written consent of the Pledgee, any of the Pledgors may accept the transfer of other Pledgors’ equity interest in Yang Infinity or subscribe for capital increase in Yang Infinity. Any equity interest obtained by the Pledgor or any increased registered capital of Yang Infinity shall also be deemed as the Pledged Equity Interest. Upon the completion of the transfer of equity interest or the capital increase of Yang Infinity, the Pledgors and Yang Infinity shall duly update the register of members of Yang Infinity to reflect the change of equity interest pledge and shall register the equity interest pledge with the relevant Administration of Industry and Commerce.

 

  6.2.7

he/she will promptly notify the Pledgee of any event or notice received by the Pledgors that may affect the Pledgee’s rights to the equity interest or any portion thereof, as well as any event or notice received by the Pledgors that may change or affect any warranties and obligations under this Agreement.

 

6


  6.2.8

if relevant legal documents such as proof, license and power of attorney are required for the disposition of the Pledged Equity Interest by the Pledgee, he/she shall unconditionally provide or obtain such documents and provide convenience to the Pledgee; The Pledgors undertake that once the Pledged Equity Interest has been transferred to the Pledgee or its designated beneficiary, the Pledgors and/or Yang Infinity shall unconditionally perform all legally required procedures so that the Pledgee or its designated beneficiary may legitimately obtain Yang Infinity’s equity interest, including without limitation to the issuance of relevant supporting document, the execution of relevant documents such as equity transfer contract.

 

  6.2.9

the Pledgors will comply with and perform all the warranties, covenants, agreement, representations and terms for the benefit of the Pledgee. In the event of failure or partial performance of its warranties, covenants, agreement, representations and terms, the Pledgors shall indemnify the Pledgee for all the losses resulting therefrom.

 

  6.2.10

the Pledgors hereby undertake that they have made proper arrangement and executed all the necessary documents to ensure that under the circumstance of his/her decease, disability, bankrupt, divorce or other circumstance that may influence his/her ability to exercise the equity interest, those who may receive equity interest or relevant rights such as his/her successor, guardian, debtor and spouse may not influence or hinder the performance of this Agreement.

 

7


7.

Covenant of the Pledgors

 

  7.1

The Pledgors hereby covenant to the Pledgee that during the term of this Agreement, the Pledgors shall:

 

  7.1.1

Except for the equity interest transferred to the Pledgee or its designated person according to the Exclusive Call Option Agreement, without the prior written consent of the Pledgee:

 

  A.

not to transfer the equity interest, establish or permit the existence of any pledge or other Encumbrance that may influence the rights and interest of the Pledgee;

 

  B.

not to take any action that results or may result in the decrease in the value of the Pledged Equity Interest or endanger the validity of the Pledge hereunder. Where the value of the Pledged Equity Interest significantly decreases so as to endanger the right of the Pledgee, the Pledgors shall immediately notify the Pledgee and, as reasonably required by the Pledgee, provide other properties as security satisfactory to the Pledgee and take necessary actions in solving the aforementioned matter or reduce the negative influence. The Pledgors further undertake that during the term of this Agreement, the operation of Yang Infinity’s business shall comply with the PRC laws in all material aspects, and shall maintain the validity of Yang Infinity’s permits, licenses and qualifications.

 

8


  7.1.2

comply with the provisions of all laws and regulations applicable to the pledge of rights, and within five days of receipt of any notice, order or recommendation issued or prepared by relevant competent authorities regarding the Pledge, shall present the aforementioned notice, order or recommendation to the Pledgee, and shall comply with the aforementioned notice, order or recommendation or submit objections and representations with respect to the aforementioned matters upon the Pledgee’s reasonable request or upon consent of the Pledgee;

 

  7.1.3

promptly notify the Pledgee of any event or notice received by Pledgors that may affect the Pledgee’s rights to the equity interest or any portion thereof, as well as any event or notice received by the Pledgors that may change or affect any warranties and obligations under this Agreement.

 

  7.2

The Pledgors agree that the rights acquired by the Pledgee in accordance with this Agreement with respect to the Pledge shall not be interrupted or harmed by the Pledgors or any heirs or representatives of the Pledgors or any other persons through any legal proceedings.

 

  7.3

To protect or perfect the security interest granted under this Agreement, the Pledgors hereby undertake to execute in good faith and to cause other parties who have interest in the Pledge to execute all certificates, agreements, deeds and/or covenants required by the Pledgee. The Pledgors also undertake to perform and to cause other parties who have an interest in the Pledge to perform actions required by the Pledgee, to facilitate the exercise by the Pledgee of its rights and authority granted thereto by this Agreement, and to enter into all relevant documents regarding the change of ownership of Equity Interest with the Pledgee or designee(s) of the Pledgee (natural persons/legal persons). The Pledgors undertake to provide the Pledgee within a reasonable time with all notices, orders and decisions regarding the Pledge that are required by the Pledgee.

 

9


  7.4

The Pledgors hereby undertake to the Pledgee that they shall comply with and perform all guarantees, promises, agreements, representations and conditions under this Agreement. In the event of failure or partial performance of its guarantees, promises, agreements, representations and conditions, the Pledgors shall indemnify the Pledgee for all losses incurred therefrom.

 

  7.5

Each Pledgor irrevocably agrees to waive its right of first refusal to the equity transferred to the Pledgee due to the exercise of the Pledge.

 

8.

Event of Default

 

  8.1

Each of the following circumstances shall be deemed as an Event of Default:

 

  8.1.1

Yang Infinity fails to fully perform its Contract Obligations under the Transaction Documents;

 

  8.1.2

any material misleading or inaccuracy of the representations or warranties made by the Pledgors in Article 6 of this Agreement, and/or any breach of the representations or warranties made by the Pledgors in Article 6 of this Agreement;

 

  8.1.3

The Pledgors violate any article herein;

 

10


  8.1.4

Except for the provisions in Section 7.1.1 herein, the Pledgors transfer or in other ways dispose of the Pledged Equity Interest without the Pledgee’s written consent;

 

  8.1.5

Any debts, security, compensation, guarantee or other liabilities of the Pledgors that (1) have been required to be paid or performed in advance; or (2) have become due but are not able to be repaid or performed, so that the Pledgee believes that the ability of the Pledgors to perform the obligations herein has been influenced;

 

  8.1.6

The Pledgors are unable to repay debts;

 

  8.1.7

this Agreement becomes illegal or the Pledgors are not able to continue their performance of this Agreement due to the promulgation of relevant laws;

 

  8.1.8

Where all the permits, license, approval or grant of governmental authorities that allow this Agreement to be enforceable or legitimate or effective have been withdrawn, suspended, become void or materially changed;

 

  8.1.9

The Pledgee considers that the ability of the Pledgor to perform its obligations under this contract has been affected by adverse changes in the property owned by the Pledgor;

 

  8.1.10

The successor or trustee of Yang Infinity can only perform a part of its payment obligation or refuse to perform its payment obligation hereunder;

 

11


  8.1.11

Other situations under which the Pledgee is not able to exercise the pledge right according to relevant regulations.

 

  8.2

Upon notice or discovery of the occurrence of any circumstances or event that may lead to the above-mentioned situations described in Section 8.1, the Pledgors shall immediately notify the Pledgee in writing accordingly.

 

  8.3

Unless the Event of Default set forth in this Section 8.1 has been successfully resolved to the Pledgee’s satisfaction, the Pledgee may issue a Notice of Default to the Pledgors in writing upon the occurrence of such Event of Default or at any time thereafter, demanding the Pledgors to immediately clear the debts and other payment amount under the Service Agreement or exercise the Pledge in accordance with Article 9 of this Agreement.

 

9.

Exercise of the Pledge

 

  9.1

Where any Contract Obligations are violated or not performed, the Pledgee is entitled to dispose of all or part of the Pledged Equity Interest held by any shareholder of Yang Infinity (whether or not such shareholder has violated the Contract Obligations) and shall be entitled to be paid in priority for the expenses listed in Section 3.2 from the amount obtained through the disposal of the Pledged Equity Interest.

 

  9.2

Prior to the full performance of the Service Agreement, without the Pledgee’s written consent, the Pledgors may not transfer or in other ways dispose of the Pledged Equity Interest.

 

  9.3

The Pledgee shall issue a Notice of Default to the Pledgors when exercising the Pledge. Subject to the provisions in Article 10, the Pledgee may exercise the right to dispose of the Pledge at the same time or at any time after the issuance of the Notice of Default in accordance with Article 10.

 

12


  9.4

Subject to the provisions of Section 8.3, the Pledgee may exercise the right at the same time when issuing the Notice of Default according to Section 8.3 or any time thereafter.

 

  9.5

Where any Contract Obligations are violated or not performed, the Pledgee is entitled to priority in compensation from the price of all or part of the Pledged Equity Interest hereunder according to legal procedures or the amount of such equity interest through auction or sell-off.

 

  9.6

When the Pledgee exercises the pledge right hereunder, the Pledgors shall provide necessary assistance with no hindrance so that the Pledgee may realize its pledge rights.

 

10.

Default Liability

Unless otherwise provided herein, if one Party (the “Breaching Party”) fails to perform any of its obligations hereunder or breaches this Agreement in other ways, the other Party (the “Indemnitee”) may:

 

  A.

issue a written notice to the Breaching Party indicating the nature and scope of such breach and requiring the Breaching Party to rectify such breach at its own cost during a reasonable period (the “Cure Period”); and

 

  B.

if the Breaching Party fails to rectify such breach within the Cure Period, the Indemnitee is entitled to requiring the Breaching Party to bear all liabilities caused by such breach, and compensate all actual losses suffered by the Indemnitee in relation with such breach, including without limitation the attorney’s fee, litigation or arbitration expenses in relation with such breach. The Indemnitee is also entitled to require specific performance by the Breaching Party. Furthermore, the Indemnitee may apply to arbitration institutions or courts for judgment of specific performance or compulsory enforcement. The exercise of the above remedy will not constitute the waiver of any other remedy available to the Indemnitee.

 

13


11.

Assignment

 

  11.1

Without the Pledgee’s prior written consent, the Pledgors are not entitled to gift or assign their rights and obligations under this Agreement.

 

  11.2

This Agreement shall be binding on the Pledgors and their successors, and shall be valid to the Pledgee and each of its successors and assignees.

 

  11.3

At any time, the Pledgee may assign any and all of its rights and obligations under this Agreement to its designee(s) (natural/legal persons), in which case the assignee shall have the rights and obligations of the Pledgee under this Agreement, as if it were the original Party to this Agreement. When the Pledgee assigns the rights and obligations under this Agreement, upon the Pledgee’s request, the Pledgors shall execute relevant agreements or other documents relating to such assignment.

 

  11.4

During the term of this Agreement, without the prior written consent of the Pledgee, the Pledgors shall not transfer all or part of their rights or obligations hereunder to any third party; however, the Pledgee is entitled to transfer all or part of its rights and obligations hereunder.

 

14


  11.5

In the event of a change of pledgee due to an assignment, the parties shall enter into a new pledge agreement.

 

12.

Termination

Upon the full performance or termination of all the contract obligations under the Transaction Documents by Yang Infinity, this Agreement shall be terminated. Upon written request from the Pledgors, the Pledgee shall release the Equity Interest Pledge hereunder and, both the Pledgors and Yang Infinity shall register the discharge of equity interest on the register of members of Yang Infinity and shall register such discharge with the competent Administration of Industry and Commerce. The expenses of the release of the Equity Interest Pledge shall be borne by the Pledgors and Yang Infinity.

 

13.

Service Fees and Other Expenses

 

  13.1

All fees and out-of-pocket expenses relating to this Agreement, including but not limited to legal costs, costs of production, stamp tax and any other taxes and fees, shall be borne by the Pledgors. Where the Pledgee is required by law to pay for any relevant tax and expenses, the Pledgors shall compensate in full such paid tax and expenses to the Pledgee.

 

  13.2

Where the Pledgors fail to pay any payable taxes or expenses according the provisions herein, or in other reasons the Pledgee has taken any ways or methods for recourse, the Pledgors shall bear all expenses so caused (including without limitation to various taxes, service fees, management fees, legal costs, counsel fees and all kinds of insurance premium for the disposal of pledge).

 

15


14.

Force Majeure

 

  14.1

Where the performance of this Agreement is delayed or hindered due to any “Force Majeure Event”, the Party under the influence of such force majeure does not need to bear any liabilities for the part of liabilities delayed or hindered and only such part. The force majeure herein means any events that go beyond the reasonable control of one Party, and are irrevocable despite of the reasonable notice of the Party influenced by such force majeure, including without limitation to government act, natural power, fire, explosion, geographic change, storm, flood, earthquake, tide, lightning or war. However, the inadequacy of credit, fund or financing may not be deemed as the event out of control of one Party. The Party under the influence of the force majeure that seeks for the relief of liabilities under any articles hereunder shall as soon as possible notify the other Party of such relief of liabilities and the procedures to be taken for the finish of performance.

 

  14.2

The Party under the influence of force majeure does not need to bear any liabilities hereunder. However, only if the effected Party has tried all of its reasonable efforts in performing this Agreement, may it be able to obtain such relief of liability. And such relief shall be limited to the part of liability delayed or hindered due to the force majeure. Once the cause of such relief has been corrected or rectified, both Parties agree to try their utmost in resuming the performance of this Agreement.

 

16


15.

Governing Law and Dispute Resolution

 

  15.1

The effectiveness, interpretation, performance and dispute solution of this Agreement shall be governed by the PRC laws.

 

  15.2

Where a dispute happens between both Parties on the interpretation and performance of this Agreement, both Parties shall negotiate in good faith in solving such dispute. Where within thirty (30) days after one Party issues a written notice on the negotiation requirement to the other Party, no agreement is reached on the dispute solution, either Party is entitled to submitting such dispute to Shanghai International Economic and Trade Arbitration Center for arbitration under its then effective arbitration rules. Place of arbitration is Shanghai. The arbitration language shall be Chinese. The arbitration award shall be final and binding upon both Parties.

 

  15.3

During the arbitration period, except for the matters or responsibilities under arbitration, both Parties shall continue the performance of other responsibilities provided herein. The arbitrator is entitled to make appropriate award so that the Pledgee may receive appropriate legal remedy, including without limitation to restriction on the business operation of Yang Infinity, restriction, prohibition or order on the transfer or disposal of the Pledgors’ equity interest or assets, requirement to the Pledgors on the liquidation of Yang Infinity.

 

  15.4

As required by one Party, the court of jurisdiction is entitled to provisional remedy, such as detainment or freeze of the assets or equity interest of the Breaching Party. After the arbitration award comes into effect, either Party is entitled to application for enforcement arbitration award to the court of jurisdiction.

 

17


16.

Notice

Except as may be otherwise changed through written notice provided herein, the notice herein shall be sent to the following addresses through personal delivery, fax or registered mail. Where the notice is sent through registered mail, the signature date on the receipt of the registered mail shall be deemed as the delivery date. Where the notice is sent by personal delivery or fax, the date on which it is sent shall be deemed as the delivery date. Where the notice is sent by fax, after sending the fax, the original notice shall also be immediately delivered to the following address through registered mail or personal delivery.

 

  Pledgee:  

Xianggui (Shanghai) Biotechnology Co., Ltd.

 

Address: Room 02, 10/F, Building 2, No.588 Zixing Road, Minhang

District, Shanghai Tel/Fax: 021-61132270

Attn: Ling Yu

  Pledgors:  

Ying Wang

 

Address: ***

Tel/Fax: ***

 

QingchunZeng

Address: ***

Tel/Fax: ***

 

18


17.

Exhibit

The Exhibits of this Agreement constitute an integral part of this Agreement.

 

18.

Miscellaneous

 

  18.1

No delay or omission to exercise any right accruing to one Party shall be construed to be a waiver of such right. The fact that certain rights have been partially or fully exercised by such Party, shall not impair such Party to exercise such rights again in the future.

 

  18.2

This Agreement is legally binding upon both Parties and their legitimate successors and assignees.

 

  18.3

If any provision of this Agreement is found to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable, then such provision shall be construed, to the extent feasible, it shall be severed from the remainder of this Agreement, which shall remain in full force and effect. In such event, the Parties shall use their best efforts to negotiate in good faith a substitute, valid and enforceable provision or agreement which most nearly effects this Parties’ intent in entering into this Agreement.

 

  18.4

This Agreement shall constitute all agreements that have been reached between the Parties on the subject thereof and shall supersedes all discussion, negotiation and contract between the Parties on such subject , including the equity pledge contract signed by both parties and other relevant parties on July 31, 2018.

 

19


19.

Effectiveness

 

  19.1

This Agreement and any of its amendment, supplement and alteration shall all be made in writing and come into effectiveness after signed and stamped by all Parties.

 

  19.2

The Agreement is written in Chinese and in multiple copies with the same legal effect.

 

20


(No text in this page)

Pledgee: Xianggui (Shanghai) Biotechnology Co., Ltd. (Stamp)

Authorized Representative: /s/ Qingchun Zeng

Pledgors:

Ying Wang

Signature: /s/ Ying Wang

Qingchun Zeng

Signature: /s/ Qingchun Zeng


Exhibit 1

Yang Infinity (Shanghai) Biotechnology Co., Limited

Certificate of Capital Contribution

It is hereby certified that

Ying Wang (ID Number: ***) has made capital contribution of RMB 2,500,000, holding 50% of the equity interest. All such 50% of the equity interest has been pledged to Xianggui (Shanghai) Biotechnology Co., Ltd.

QingChun Zeng (ID Number: ***) has made capital contribution of RMB 2,500,000, holding 50% of the equity interest. All such 50% of the equity interest has been pledged to Xianggui (Shanghai) Biotechnology Co., Ltd.

Yang Infinity (Shanghai) Biotechnology Co., Limited (Stamp)

Signature of Legal Representative:  /s/ Qingchun Zeng

June 21, 2019


Exhibit 2

Yang Infinity (Shanghai) Biotechnology Co., Limited

Register of Members

 

Name of
Shareholder

 

ID Number

 

Shareholding
Percentage

 

Pledge Registration

Ying Wang   ***   50%   Pledged to Xianggui (Shanghai) Biotechnology Co., Ltd..
Qingchun Zeng   ***   50%   Pledged to Xianggui (Shanghai) Biotechnology Co., Ltd.

Yang Infinity (Shanghai) Biotechnology Co., Limited (Stamp)

Legal Representative: (signature)  /s/ Qingchun Zeng

Date: June 21, 2019

Exhibit 10.9

EXCLUSIVE CALL OPTION AGREEMENT

This Exclusive Call Option Agreement (this “Agreement”) is executed by and among the following parties on June 21, 2019:

 

1.

Xianggui (Shanghai) Biotechnology Co., Ltd., a limited liability company duly registered in PRC, with its address at Room 02, 10/F, Building 2, No.588 Zixing Road, Minhang District, Shanghai (“Party A”);

 

2.

Ying Wang, with Chinese identification No. ***, holds 50% equity interest in Party C;

 

3.

Qingchun Zeng, with Chinese identification No. ***, holds 50% equity interest in Party C (together with Ying Wang, “Party B”);

 

4.

Yang Infinity (Shanghai) Biotechnology Co., Limited (“Yang Infinity”), a limited liability company organized and existing under the laws of PRC, with its address at Room 1504, 5/F, Building 3, No.909 Tianyaoqiao Road, Xuhui District, Shanghai(“Party C”).

In this Agreement, each of Party A, Party B and Party C shall be individually referred to as a “Party”, and collectively referred to as the “Parties”.

WHEREAS:

 

1.

Currently, Party B holds 100% of the equity interest in Party C in total.


2.

Subject to the provisions of PRC Laws, Party B and Party C intend to grant Party A and/or its designated person(s) the exclusive right to purchase all or part of equity interest and/or assets of Party C. And Party A intends to accept such grant of right.

Now therefore, upon mutual discussion and negotiation, the Parties have reached the following agreement:

 

1.

Sale and Purchase of Equity Interest and Assets

 

  1.1

Grant of Right

Subject to the provisions of the PRC laws (including any laws, regulations, rules, notices, interpretations or other binding documents issued by any central or local legislative, executive or judicial authorities, prior to or after the execution of this Agreement, collectively the “PRC Laws”), Party B hereby irrevocably grants Party A an irrevocable and exclusive right to purchase, or to designate one or more persons (the “Designated Person”, which shall be (a) the direct or indirect shareholders of Party A and their direct or indirect subsidiaries; (b) the director of Party A, Party A’s direct or indirect shareholders and their direct or indirect subsidiaries, who is a Chinese citizen) to purchase the equity interests in Party C held by Party B (the “Purchased Equity Interest”) at any time during the term of this Agreement, in whole or in part and at the price described in Section 1.2 herein (the “Exclusive Equity Interest Purchase Option”). Party C hereby agrees to the grant by Party B of the Equity Interest Purchase Option to Party A. The term “person” as used herein shall refer to individual, corporation, joint venture, partnership, enterprises, trusts or non-corporation organizations.

 

2


Subject to the provisions of the PRC Laws, Party C hereby irrevocably grants Party A an irrevocable and exclusive right to purchase, or designate one or more persons to purchase the assets (the “Purchased Assets”) of Party C at any time during the term of this Agreement in whole or in part and at the price described in Section 1.2 herein (the “Exclusive Assets Purchase Option”, together with the Exclusive Equity Interest Purchase Option, the “Exclusive Call Option”).

The Exclusive Call Option is the exclusive right enjoyed by Party A. Without the prior written consent of Party A, Party B shall not sell, offer to sell, transfer, gift, mortgage or dispose the Purchased Equity Interest in any other ways, or authorize any third party to purchase the Purchased Equity Interest in whole or in part; Party C shall not sell, offer to sell, transfer, gift, mortgage or dispose the Purchased Assets in any other ways, or authorize any third party to purchase the Purchased Assets in whole or in part.

 

  1.2

Purchase Price

When Party A exercises its Exclusive Call Option, with respect to the Purchased Equity Interest, the purchase price shall be the lowest price allowed by PRC Laws at the time of equity transfer; with respect to the Purchased Assets, the purchase price shall be the net book value of the Purchased Assets, unless the lowest price allowed by PRC Laws then is higher than the net book value of Purchased Assets, in which case the purchase price should be the lowest price allowed by PRC Laws.

 

3


  1.3

Exercise of Right

Subject to the PRC Laws, Party A may exercise the Exclusive Call Option at any time in any manner and any number of times at its discretion;

Party A shall issue a notice to Party B and Party C when it determines to exercise the Exclusive Equity Interest Purchase Option (hereinafter referred to as the “Equity Interest Purchase Notice”), specifying the portion of equity interests to be purchased from Party B (the form of the Equity Interest Purchase Notice is listed in Exhibit 1);

Party A shall issue a notice to Party B and Party C when it determines to exercise the Exclusive Assets Purchase Option (the “Assets Purchase Notice”, together with the Equity Interest Purchase Notice, the “Purchase Notice”), specifying the amount of assets to be purchased from Party C (the form of the Assets Purchase Notice is listed in Exhibit 2).

 

  1.4

Relevant Actions in relation to the Exercise of Right

When Party A exercises its Exclusive Call Option, Party B and Party C shall take the following actions collectively or on its own, in order that the transfer of equity interest/assets fully comply with the provisions of this Agreement and relevant laws both substantively and procedurally:

 

  (1)

Within seven business days from the receipt of the Purchase Notice, Party B and Party C shall prepare and execute all the necessary documents relating to the transfer of the purchased equity/assets in accordance with this Agreement and the Purchase Notice in order to transfer the purchased equity/assets to Party A and/or the Designated Person;

 

4


  (2)

Party B shall cause Party C to convene a shareholders meeting promptly , at which the resolution approving the transfer of the equity interest/assets of Party B or Party C to Party A and/or the Designated Person(s) shall be adopted;

 

  (3)

With regard to the transfer of the Purchased Equity Interest, Party B and Party C shall sign the equity transfer agreement (the “Transfer Agreement”), in the form set forth in Exhibit 3 of this Agreement, if necessary. If the PRC Laws provide otherwise on the substance and form of the Transfer Agreement, then the Transfer Agreement shall be adjusted in accordance with the provisions of the PRC Laws. The closing of the Purchased Equity Interest (i.e. the completion of the registration of changes by the administrative department of industry and commerce) shall not be later than the fifteenth business days from the receipt of the Equity Interest Purchase Notice, unless otherwise agreed by the parties;

 

  (4)

Upon the execution of this Agreement, Party B and Party C shall each execute a Power of Attorney, in the substance and form set forth in Exhibit 4, which authorizes any person designated by Party A to execute and deliver equity/assets transfer agreement and any other documents required by this Agreement on behalf of Party B and Party C;

 

  (5)

Party B and Party C shall take all the necessary actions to proceed and complete the relevant approval and registration procedures without undue delay, and to duly register the purchased equity/assets under the name of Party A and/or the Designated Person without any Security Interest attached. For the purpose of this Section and this Agreement, “Security Interest” shall include securities, mortgages, pledges, third party’s rights or interests, any stock options, acquisition right, right of first refusal, right to offset, ownership retention or other security arrangements, but shall not include any security interest created by Equity Interest Pledge Agreement (as defined below);

 

5


  (6)

Party B and Party C shall take all the necessary actions to procure the smooth transfer of the purchased equity/assets, both in substance and in procedure. Except as otherwise provided in this Agreement, neither Party B nor Party C shall impose any obstacles or restriction on the transfer of purchased equity/assets.

 

  1.5

The Parties agree that, after Party A exercises its Exclusive Call Option, all the transfer price thus received by Party B and/or Party C shall be returned to Party A and/or its Designated Person(s),.

 

2.

Covenants

 

  2.1

Covenants of Party B and Party C

Party B and Party C hereby irrevocably covenant that:

 

  (1)

Without the prior written consent of Party A or Party A’s parent company ECMOHO Limited (the “Party A’s Parent Company”), Party B or Party C shall not in any manner supplement, alter or amend the articles of association of Party C, increase or decrease its registered capital, or change its structure of registered capital in other manners;

 

  (2)

They shall maintain the existence of Party C and Party C’s subsidiaries in accordance with good financial and business standards and practices, and shall prudently and effectively operate its business and handle its affairs;

 

6


  (3)

Without the prior written consent of Party A or Party A’s Parent Company, they shall not, at any time following the date hereof, sell, transfer, mortgage or dispose of any assets, legitimate or beneficial interest in the business or revenues of Party C in any other ways, or create any Security Interest thereon;

 

  (4)

Without the prior written consent of Party A or Party A’s Parent Company, they shall not incur, inherit, guarantee or suffer the existence of any debt, except for (i) debts incurred in the ordinary course of business other than through loans; and (ii) debts disclosed to Party A for which Party A’s written consent has been obtained;

 

  (5)

They shall always operate all of Party C’s businesses during the ordinary course of business to maintain the asset value of Party C and refrain from any action/omission that may affect Party C’s operating status and asset value;

 

  (6)

Without the prior written consent of Party A or Party A’s Parent Company, Party C shall not execute any material contract, except for those in the ordinary course of business (for the purpose of this subsection, a contract with a value exceeding RMB 10,000,000 shall be deemed as a material contract);

 

  (7)

Without the prior written consent of Party A or Party A’s Parent Company, Party C shall not provide any person with any loan or credit;

 

7


  (8)

They shall provide Party A with information on Party C’s business operations and financial condition at Party A’s request;

 

  (9)

Party C shall procure and maintain insurance from an insurance company acceptable to Party A, at an amount and type of coverage typical for companies that operate similar businesses owning similar property or assets in the same area;

 

  (10)

Without the prior written consent of Party A or Party A’s Parent Company, Party C shall not merge, consolidate with, acquire or invest in any person;

 

  (11)

They shall immediately notify Party A of any occurrence of, or potential occurrence of, any litigation, arbitration or administrative proceedings relating to Party C’s assets, business or revenue;

 

  (12)

To maintain the ownership by Party C of all of its assets, they shall execute all the necessary or appropriate documents, take all the necessary or appropriate actions and file all the necessary or appropriate complaints or raise necessary and appropriate defense against all claims; and

 

  (13)

Without the prior written consent of Party A or Party A’s Parent Company, Party C shall not in any manner distribute dividends, distributable interests and/or any asset to its shareholder; if Party B gains any of the above benefits, it shall notify Party A within three business days and immediately transfer all such benefits to Party A free of charge;

 

8


  2.2

Covenants of Party B

Party B hereby irrevocably undertakes that:

 

  (1)

Without the prior written consent of Party A or Party A’s Parent Company, Party B shall not sell, transfer, mortgage or dispose of any legitimate or beneficial interest in the equity interests in Party C held by Party B in any other manner, or allow the encumbrance thereon of any Security Interest, except for the pledge placed on Party C’s equity held by Party B in accordance with Equity Interest Pledge Agreement (the “Equity Interest Pledge Agreement”) executed by the related parties at the date hereof;

 

  (2)

Without the prior written consent of Party A or Party A’s Parent Company, Party B shall not vote in favor of the sale, transfer, mortgage or disposition of any assets, legitimate or beneficial interest in any other ways in Party C’s shareholders meeting, and shall not execute any shareholder resolutions approving the foregoing matters, except for those actions made in favor of Party A or the Designated Person;

 

  (3)

Without the prior written consent of Party A or Party A’s Parent Company, Party B shall not vote in favor of the merger or consolidation with any person, or the acquisition of or investment in any person, or the division of Party C, the change of registered capital or change of company form of Party C in Party C’s shareholders meeting, and shall not execute any shareholder resolutions approving the foregoing matters;

 

9


  (4)

Party B shall cause the shareholder meeting of Party C to vote in favor of the transfer of the purchased equity made in accordance with this Agreement;

 

  (5)

To maintain Party B’s ownership in Party C, Party B shall execute all the necessary or appropriate documents, take all the necessary or appropriate actions and/or file all the necessary or appropriate complaints or raise necessary and appropriate defense against all claims;

 

  (6)

Upon the request of Party A, Party B shall appoint any person designated by Party A as the director of Party C;

 

  (7)

Upon the request of Party A, Party B shall promptly and unconditionally transfer its equity interests in Party C to Party A or its Designated Person and hereby waives its right of first refusal to such equity transfer;

 

  (8)

Party B shall strictly abide by the provisions of this Agreement and other agreement jointly or separately executed by and among Party A, Party A’s Parent Company, Party B and Party C, perform the obligations hereunder and thereunder, and refrain from any action/omission that may affect the effectiveness and enforceability thereof.

 

10


3.

Representations and Warranties of Party B and Party C

Party B and Party C hereby represent and warrant to Party A, jointly and severally, as of the date of this Agreement and each date of transfer of the Purchased Equity Interests/Assets, that:

 

  3.1

it has the authority to execute and deliver this Agreement and any share transfer contracts to which they are a party concerning the Purchased Equity Interests/Assets to be transferred thereunder (each, a “Transfer Contract”), and to perform their obligations under this Agreement and any Transfer Contract. This Agreement and the Transfer Contract to which Party B and Party C are a party will constitute their legal, valid and binding obligations and shall be enforceable against them in accordance with the provisions thereof;

 

  3.2

neither the execution and delivery of Party B and Party C nor the performance by Party B and Party C of its obligations thereunder will: (a) be in conflict with or in violation of the following documents, with or without the giving of notice or the passage of time: (i) its business license, articles of association, license, the approval of governmental authority for its establishment and any agreement or any other constitutional documents related to its establishment; (ii) any other applicable laws; (iii) any contracts or other documents to which it is a party, or by which it or its properties are bound or subject; (b) result in the creation or imposition of any pledge or any other encumbrances, upon its property, or result in the entitlement of any third party to create or impose any pledge or any other encumbrances, upon its property, except for the pledge placed on Party C’s equity in accordance with the Equity Interest Pledge Agreement; (c) permit the termination or amendment to any contracts or other documents to which it is a party, or by which it or its properties are bound or subject, or result in the entitlement of any third party to terminate or amend such documents; (d) result in the suspension, revocation, damage, confiscation or the inability of renewal of any applicable approval, license, registration of governmental authorities;

 

11


  3.3

Party C has a good and merchantable title to all of its assets, and has not placed any Security Interest on the aforementioned assets;

 

  3.4

Party C does not have any outstanding debts, except for (i) debt incurred in the ordinary course of business; and (ii) debts disclosed to Party A for which Party A’s written consent has been obtained. Except for the pledge on the equity interests of Party C in accordance with the Equity Pledge Agreement, Party B has not placed any Security Interest on such equity interests.

 

  3.5

Party C has complied with all the applicable laws and regulations; and

 

  3.6

there is no ongoing or pending or threatened litigation, arbitration or administrative proceedings relating to the equity interests in Party C, assets of Party C or Party C.

Party B hereby undertakes to Party A that, it has made proper arrangements and executed all the necessary documents to ensure that under the circumstance of his/her decease, incapacity, bankruptcy, divorce or other circumstance that may influence its ability to exercise the shareholder’s right, his/her successor, guardian, debtor, spouse or any other person who may become the equity holder of Party C, shall not influence or hinder the performance of this Agreement.

 

12


The Parties hereby undertake that Party A has the right to immediately exercise the Exclusive Call Option, once the PRC Laws allows Party A to directly hold Party C’s equity interest and Party C can legally continue to engage in its business.

 

4.

Effective Date and Term

 

  4.1

This Agreement shall come into effect upon the date hereof.

 

  4.2

This Agreement shall remain effective until all of Party C’s equity interest and/or Party C’s all assets held by Party B have been legally transferred to Party A and/or the Designated Person(s) according to this Agreement. Notwithstanding the above provision, Party A may terminate this Agreement by written notice to Party B and Party C at any time 30 days in advance, and Party A shall not be liable for the unilateral termination of this Agreement.

 

5.

Governing Law and Resolution of Disputes

 

  5.1

The effectiveness, interpretation, performance and the dispute resolution of this agreement shall be governed by the PRC Laws.

 

  5.2

In the event of any dispute with respect to the interpretation and performance of this Agreement, the Parties shall firstly resolve the dispute in good faith through negotiations. In the event the Parties fail to reach an agreement on the dispute within thirty (30) days after either Party issues a written notice on negotiation requirement to the other, either Party may submit the relevant dispute to the Shanghai International Economic and Trade Arbitration Center for arbitration, in accordance with its then effective arbitration rules. The venue of arbitration shall be Shanghai, and the arbitration language shall be Chinese. The arbitration award shall be final and binding on all Parties.

 

13


  5.3

During the arbitration period, except for the matters or responsibilities under arbitration, both Parties shall continue the performance of other responsibilities provided herein. The arbitrator shall be entitled to make appropriate awards so that Party A may receive appropriate legal remedy, including without limitation the restriction of Party B on the business operation of Party C, the restriction, prohibition or order on the transfer or disposal of Party B’ equity interest or assets of Party C, requirement to Party B on the liquidation of Party C.

 

  5.4

As required by one Party, the court of jurisdiction is entitled to provisional remedy, such as detainment or freeze of the assets or equity judgement of the breaching party. After the arbitration award comes into effect, either Party is entitled to apply for enforcement of the arbitral decision to the court of jurisdiction.

 

6.

Taxes and Fees

Each Party shall pay any and all transfer and registration tax, expenses and fees incurred thereby or levied thereon in connection with the preparation and execution of this Agreement and the Transfer Agreement, as well as the consummation of the transactions contemplated under this Agreement and the Transfer Agreement.

 

14


7.

Notices

Except as may be otherwise changed through written notice provided herein, the notice herein shall be sent to the following addresses through personal delivery, fax or registered mail. Where the notice is sent through registered mail, the signature date on the receipt of the registered mail shall be deemed as the delivery date. Where the notice is sent by personal delivery or fax, the date on which it is sent shall be deemed as the delivery date. If the notice is sent by fax, after sending the fax, the original notice shall also be delivered to the following address through registered mail or personal delivery:

Party A: Xianggui (Shanghai) Biotechnology Co., Ltd.

Address: Room 02, 10/F, Building 2, No.588 Zixing Road, Minhang District, Shanghai

Tel/Fax: 021-61132270

Attn: Ling Yu

Party B:

Ying Wang

Address: ***

Tel: ***

 

15


Qingchun Zeng

Address: ***

Tel: ***

Party C: Yang Infinity (Shanghai) Biotechnology Co., Limited

Address: Room 1504, 5/F, Building 3, No.909 Tianyaoqiao Road, Xuhui District, Shanghai

Tel: 021-61132270

Attn: Ling Yu

 

8.

Confidentiality

 

  8.1

Prior to the execution of this Agreement and during the term of this Agreement, each Party (the “Disclosing Party”) has disclosed or from time to time may disclose to the other Party (the “Receiving Party”) its confidential information (including without limitation the business operation information, client information, financial information and contracts). The Receiving Party shall keep confidential such confidential information and shall not use such confidential information for purposes other than those specifically provided herein. The above provisions shall not apply to the information that (a) the Receiving Party has written evidence that it has obtained such information before the disclosure by the Disclosing Party; (b) is generally known to the public at the time of disclosure or becomes generally known with no breach of this Agreement by the Receiving Party; (c) becomes known to the Receiving Party on a non-confidential basis through disclosure by a third-party with no confidentiality obligation to such confidential information; and (d) required to be disclosed by any laws, regulations or governmental authorities, or disclosed to its legal consultant or accounting consultant for its daily operations.

 

16


  8.2

The confidentiality obligations shall survive the termination of this Agreement.

 

9.

Further Warranties

The Parties agree to promptly execute documents that are reasonably required for or are conducive to the implementation of the provisions and purposes of this Agreement and take further actions that are reasonably required for or are conducive to the implementation of the provisions and purposes of this Agreement.

 

10.

Force Majeure

 

  10.1

Where the performance of this Agreement is delayed or hindered due to any “Force Majeure Event”, the Party under the influence of such force majeure does not need to bear any liabilities for the part of liabilities delayed or hindered and only such part. The force majeure herein means any events that go beyond the reasonable control of one Party, and are irrevocable despite of the reasonable notice of the Party influenced by such force majeure, including without limitation to government act, natural power, fire, explosion, geographic change, storm, flood, earthquake, tide, lightning or war. However, the inadequacy of credit, fund or financing may not be deemed as the event out of control of one Party. The Party under the influence of the force majeure that seeks for the relief of liabilities under any articles hereunder shall as soon as possible notify the other Party of such relief of liabilities and the procedures to be taken for the finish of performance.

 

17


  10.2

The Party under the influence of force majeure does not need to bear any liabilities hereunder. However, so long as such Party has tried its all reasonable effect in performing this Agreement, may it be able to obtain such relief of liability. And such relief shall be limited to the part of liability delayed or hindered due to the force majeure. Once the cause of such relief has been corrected or remedied, both Parties agree to try their utmost in resuming the performance of this Agreement.

 

11.

Miscellaneous

 

  11.1

Amendment, revision and supplement

Any amendment and supplement to this Agreement shall be made in writing by the Parties. Any duly executed amendments and supplements of this Agreement are integral parts of this Agreement, and shall have the same legal effect with this Agreement.

 

  11.2

Entire agreement

Except for any written amendments, supplements or revision hereafter, this Agreement shall constitute the entire agreement reached by and among the Parties hereto with respect to the subject matter hereof, and shall supersede all prior oral and written discussion, representations and contracts reached with respect to the subject matter of this Agreement, including the Exclusive Call Option Agreement executed by the Parties and other relevant parties on July 31, 2018.

 

18


  11.3

Headings

The headings of this Agreement are for convenience only, and shall not be used to interpret, explain or otherwise affect the meanings of the provisions of this Agreement.

 

  11.4

Language

This Agreement is written in Chinese in multiple copies.

 

  11.5

Severability

In the event that one or several of the provisions of this Agreement are found to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any aspect in accordance with any laws or regulations, the validity, legality or enforceability of the remaining provisions of this Agreement shall not be affected or compromised in any respect. The Parties shall consult in good faith to replace such invalid, illegal or unenforceable provisions with effective provisions, and the economic effect of such effective provisions shall be as close as possible to the economic effect of those invalid, illegal or unenforceable provisions.

 

  11.6

Successors

This Agreement shall be binding on the respective successors of the Parties and the permitted assignees of such Parties.

 

19


  11.7

Survival

Any obligations that occur or that are due as a result of this Agreement upon the expiration or early termination of this Agreement shall survive the expiration or early termination thereof.

The provisions of Article 6, 8 and Article11.8 shall survive the termination of this Agreement.

 

  11.8

Waivers

Any Party may waive the terms and conditions of this Agreement, provided that such a waiver must be provided in writing and shall require the signatures of the Parties. No waiver by any Party in certain circumstances with respect to a breach by other Parties shall operate as a waiver by such a Party with respect to any similar breach in other circumstances.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Parties have executed this Exclusive Call Option Agreement as of the date first above written.

 

20


(No text in this page)

Party A: Xianggui (Shanghai) Biotechnology Co., Ltd. (seal)

Represent by: /s/ Qingchun Zeng

Party B:

Ying Wang

Signature: /s/ Ying Wang

Qingchun Zeng

Signature: /s/ Qingchun Zeng

Party C: Yang Infinity (Shanghai) Biotechnology Co., Limited (seal)

Represent by: /s/ Qingchun Zeng


Exhibit 1

Equity Interest Purchase Notice

TO: Ying Wang, Qingchun Zeng

Ying Wang, Qingchun Zeng and the undersigned company have executed an Exclusive Call Option Agreement as of the date June 21, 2019. The terms used in this notice have the same definition if they have been defined in the Agreement.

The undersigned company hereby exercises its Exclusive Assets Purchase Option under the Exclusive Call Option Agreement, and requests the undersigned company/ the [    ] [Company / Person’s Name] designated by the undersigned company as Designated Person to purchase 50%,50% equity interests in Yang Infinity (Shanghai) Biotechnology Co., Limited respectively hold by Ying Wang, Qingchun Zeng. Upon receipt of this notice, Ying Wang and Qingchun Zeng shall complete the closing of the purchased equity within fifteen business days in accordance with the Exclusive Call Option Agreement.

Xianggui (Shanghai) Biotechnology Co., Ltd.(seal)

Date: [MM] [DD] [YY]


Exhibit 2

Assets Purchase Option Notice

TO: Yang Infinity (Shanghai) Biotechnology Co., Limited

Ying Wang, Qingchun Zeng and the undersigned company have executed an Exclusive Call Option Agreement as of the date November 8, 2018. The terms used in this notice have the same definition if they have been defined in the Agreement.

The undersigned company hereby exercises its Exclusive Assets Purchase Option under the Exclusive Call Option Agreement, and requests the undersigned company/ the [    ] [Company / Person’s Name] designated by the undersigned company as Designated Person to purchase all the assets of your company as listed in the attached list (the “Assets to be Transferred”). Please transfer all the Assets to be Transferred within 15 business days in accordance with the Exclusive Call Option Agreement upon receipt of this notice.

Xianggui (Shanghai) Biotechnology Co., Ltd.(seal)

Date: [MM] [DD] [YY]


Exhibit 3

Transfer Agreement

This Transfer Agreement (hereinafter referred to as this “Agreement”) is made on [MM] [DD] [YY], by and among the following parties:

Transferor: Ying Wang

ID No: ***

Add:

Transferor: Qingchun Zeng

ID No: ***

Add:

Transferee: [Xianggui (Shanghai) Biotechnology Co., Ltd. or its designated assignee]

Registration NO:

Add:


The Parties agree as follows:

 

1.

Ying Wang, Qingchun Zeng agree to sell, and the Transferee agrees to accept 50%, 50% equity interests in Yang Infinity (Shanghai) Biotechnology Co., Limited respectively hold by Ying Wang and Qingchun Zeng (hereinafter referred to as “Purchased Equity Interest”) at the lowest price allowed by PRC Laws.

 

2.

Upon the completion of transference of Purchased Equity Interest, the Transferor no longer has any rights over the Purchased Equity Interest, and the Transferee shall have all the rights of the above Purchased Equity Interest.

 

3.

The effectiveness, construction, performance and the resolution of disputes hereunder shall be governed by the laws of China. In the event of any dispute with respect to the construction and performance of this Agreement, the Parties shall first resolve the dispute through friendly negotiations or under the rules in Exclusive Call Option Agreement. In the event the Parties fail to reach an agreement on the dispute within 30 days after the dispute, either Party may submit the relevant dispute to the Shanghai International Economic and Trade Arbitration Center for arbitration, in accordance with its then effective arbitration rules by three arbitrator conducted in Shanghai. The arbitral tribunal shall consist of three (3) arbitrators, and each party shall appoint one (1) arbitrator. The third arbitrator shall be appointed by the Shanghai International Economic and Trade Arbitration Center. If arbitration party or party have been referred to arbitration are more than 2 (natural or legal person), they shall appoint an arbitrator by mutual agreement in writing The arbitration award shall be final and binding on all Parties. During the arbitration period, except for the matters or responsibilities under arbitration, both Parties shall continue the performance of other responsibilities provided herein. The arbitrator is entitled to make appropriate award so that Transferee may receive appropriate legal remedy, including without limitation the restriction of Yang Infinity (Shanghai) Biotechnology Co., Limited on the business operation, the restriction, prohibition or order on the transfer or disposal of the Transferor’ equity interest or assets of Yang Infinity (Shanghai) Biotechnology Co., Limited, requirement to the Transferor on the liquidation of Yang Infinity (Shanghai) Biotechnology Co., Limited

 

4.

As required by Transferee, the court of jurisdiction is entitled to provisional remedy, such as detainment or freeze of the assets or equity interest of the breaching party. After the arbitration award comes into effect, either Party is entitled to application for arbitration award to the court of jurisdiction.

 

5.

The Parties have executed this Agreement as of the date of signature.

Transferor:

Ying Wang (Signature)

Qingchun Zeng (Signature)

Transferee:

[Yang Infinity (Shanghai) Biotechnology Co., Limited or its designated assignee]

Legal Representative or Authorized Representative:


Exhibit 4

Irrevocable Power of Attorney (I)

Pursuant to the Exclusive Call Option Agreement dated June 21, 2019 entered into among I, Shanghai Ecmoho Biotechnology Co., Ltd and Yang Infinity (Shanghai) Biotechnology Co., Limited , I hereby issue this Power of Attorney.

I hereby irrevocably authorize [    ] (hereinafter referred to as “Representative”) as my representative with sole authority to: (1) prepare and sign the Transfer Agreement (as defined in Exclusive Call Option Agreement”); (2) prepare and sign other necessary documents related to transfer of Purchased Equity Interest (as defined in Exclusive Call Option Agreement”); (3) handle all relevant legal formalities such as approving and registration of Purchased Equity Interest

I hereby agree and acknowledge that the Representative has the sole authority to exercise the rights within the foregoing authorization in any manners, and I undertake to accept the obligations or liabilities arising from the exercise of such rights by the Representative.

This Power of Attorney shall become effective from the date of its execution, and continues its effectiveness during the term of Exclusive Call Option Agreement.

Hereby delegate.


Ying Wang (signature) /s/ Ying Wang

Date: June 21, 2019


Exhibit 4

Irrevocable Power of Attorney (II)

Pursuant to the Exclusive Call Option Agreement dated June 21, 2019 entered into among I, Xianggui (Shanghai) Biotechnology Co., Ltd. and Yang Infinity (Shanghai) Biotechnology Co., Limited , I hereby issue this Power of Attorney.

I hereby irrevocably authorize [    ] (hereinafter referred to as “Representative”) as my representative with sole authority to: (1) prepare and sign the Transfer Agreement (as defined in Exclusive Call Option Agreement”); (2) prepare and sign other necessary documents related to transfer of Purchased Equity Interest (as defined in Exclusive Call Option Agreement”); (3) handle all relevant legal formalities such as approving and registration of Purchased Equity Interest

I hereby agree and acknowledge that the Representative has the sole authority to exercise the rights within the foregoing authorization in any manners, and I undertake to accept the obligations or liabilities arising from the exercise of such rights by the Representative.

This Power of Attorney shall become effective from the date of its execution, and continues its effectiveness during the term of Exclusive Call Option Agreement.

Hereby delegate.


Qingchun Zeng (signature) /s/ Qingchun Zeng

Date: June 21, 2019

Exhibit 10.10

Power of Attorney

I, Ying Wang, citizen of the People’s Republic of China (the “PRC”) with the identification number of ***, is the shareholder of Yang Infinity (Shanghai) Biotechnology Co., Limited (“Yang Infinity”) who holds 50% of the equity interest of Yang Infinity (“My Equity Interest”). Regarding My Equity Interest, I hereby unconditionally and irrevocably authorize Xianggui (Shanghai) Biotechnology Co., Ltd. (hereinafter referred to as the “Representative”) as my representative and to exercise the following rights during the term of this Power of Attorney:

As my only and exclusive representative, the Representative is entitled to exercise the following rights of My Equity Interest in my name and on my behalf: (1) to attend the shareholders’ meeting of Yang Infinity and sign relevant shareholders resolutions on my behalf; (2) to exercise all my shareholder rights according to the laws and the articles of association of Yang Infinity, including without limitation to shareholder’s voting right and the rights to sell, assign, pledge or dispose of all or part of My Equity Interest; and (3) as my representative, to designate and vote for the legal representative, board chairman, director of board, supervisor, general manager and other senior management.

Within the scope of authorization, the Representative is entitled to, on my behalf, execute the transfer agreement as provided in the Exclusive Call Option Agreement (to which I shall be a party), and perform the obligations under the Equity Interest Pledge Agreement and the Exclusive Call Option Agreement to which I am a party dated as of the date hereof. The exercise of such right shall not place any restrictions to this Power of Attorney.

Except as otherwise provided in this Power of Attorney, the Representative is entitled to assign, use or dispose of the cash dividends and other non-cash income incurred from My Equity Interest in other ways in accordance with my written or oral instructions.


Except as otherwise provided in this Power of Attorney, all the actions of the Representative regarding My Equity Interest may be made in its own discretion without any of my written or oral instructions.

All the actions of the Representative regarding My Equity Interest shall be deemed to be actions of myself, and all the documents executed by the Representative shall be deemed to be executed by myself. I will acknowledge all such actions and documents.

The Representative has the right to sub-authorize other qualified representative to perform the above-mentioned matters and to exercise the right of My Equity Interest without notifying me in advance or obtaining my approval.

This Power of Attorney shall become effective from the date of its execution and shall remain effective and irrevocable as long as I am a shareholder of Yang Infinity.

During the term of this Power of Attorney, I hereby waive all the rights authorized to the Representative related to My Equity Interest according to this Power of Attorney and will not exercise such rights by myself.

 

Signature:  

/s/ Ying Wang

  June 21, 2019


Power of Attorney

I, Qingchun Zeng, citizen of the People’s Republic of China (the “PRC”) with the identification number of ***, is the shareholder of Yang Infinity (Shanghai) Biotechnology Co., Limited (“Yang Infinity”) who holds 50% of the equity interest of Yang Infinity (“My Equity Interest”). Regarding My Equity Interest, I hereby unconditionally and irrevocably authorize Xianggui (Shanghai) Biotechnology Co., Ltd. (hereinafter referred to as the “Representative”) as my representative and to exercise the following rights during the term of this Power of Attorney:

As my only and exclusive representative, the Representative is entitled to exercise the following rights of My Equity Interest in my name and on my behalf: (1) to attend the shareholders’ meeting of Yang Infinity and sign relevant shareholders resolutions on my behalf; (2) to exercise all my shareholder rights according to the laws and the articles of association of Yang Infinity, including without limitation to shareholder’s voting right and the rights to sell, assign, pledge or dispose of all or part of My Equity Interest; and (3) as my representative, to designate and vote for the legal representative, board chairman, director of board, supervisor, general manager and other senior management.

Within the scope of authorization, the Representative is entitled to, on my behalf, execute the transfer agreement as provided in the Exclusive Call Option Agreement (to which I shall be a party), and perform the obligations under the Equity Interest Pledge Agreement and the Exclusive Call Option Agreement to which I am a party dated as of the date hereof. The exercise of such right shall not place any restrictions to this Power of Attorney.


Except as otherwise provided in this Power of Attorney, the Representative is entitled to assign, use or dispose of the cash dividends and other non-cash income incurred from My Equity Interest in other ways in accordance with my written or oral instructions.

Except as otherwise provided in this Power of Attorney, all the actions of the Representative regarding My Equity Interest may be made in its own discretion without any of my written or oral instructions.

All the actions of the Representative regarding My Equity Interest shall be deemed to be actions of myself, and all the documents executed by the Representative shall be deemed to be executed by myself. I will acknowledge all such actions and documents.

The Representative has the right to sub-authorize other qualified representative to perform the above-mentioned matters and to exercise the right of My Equity Interest without notifying me in advance or obtaining my approval.

This Power of Attorney shall become effective from the date of its execution and shall remain effective and irrevocable as long as I am a shareholder of Yang Infinity.

During the term of this Power of Attorney, I hereby waive all the rights authorized to the Representative related to My Equity Interest according to this Power of Attorney and will not exercise such rights by myself.

 

Signature:  

/s/ Qingchun Zeng

  June 21, 2019

Exhibit 10.11

Confirmation Letter

Whereas:

 

1.

I, Zeng Qingchun, a citizen of the People’s Republic of China, whose ID card number is ***, am a shareholder who owns 50% equity (“my equity”) in Yang infinity (Shanghai) Biotechnology Co., Limited;

 

2.

I, Xianggui (Shanghai) Biotechnology Co., Ltd. and Yang infinity (Shanghai) Biotechnology Co., Limited have concluded a series of agreements, including the Equity Pledge Contract, the Exclusive Technical Consulting and Service Agreement, the Contract on Exclusive Right of Purchase and the Power of Attorney, as well as any form of appendixes and amendments thereto (“Such Agreements”).

As a party to Such Agreements, I confirm as follows:

I will make proper arrangements in advance to ensure that, under the circumstance of my death, incapacity, divorce or other circumstances that may affect my performance of the obligations set forth in Such Agreements, my successor, guardian, creditor, spouse or person who may obtain my equity or relevant rights (“the successor of my equity”) will agree:

 

(1)

My equity shall and may be mortgaged, sold or otherwise disposed of in accordance with the provisions of Such Agreements;

 

(2)

Such Agreements will apply to the legitimate rights and interests on my equity which may be owned by the successor of my equity;

 

(3)

In any case, the successor of my equity will neither make any request inconsistent with the contents of Such Agreements regarding my equity, nor take any action inconsistent with the contents of Such Agreements.

It is hereby confirmed.

 

Signed by: /s/ Zeng Qingchun
June 21, 2019


Confirmation Letter

Whereas:

 

1.

I, Wang Ying, a citizen of the People’s Republic of China, whose ID card number is***, am a shareholder who owns 50% equity (“my equity”) in Yang Infinity (Shanghai) Biotechnology Co., Limited;

 

2.

I, Xianggui (Shanghai) Biotechnology Co., Ltd. and Yang Infinity (Shanghai) Biotechnology Co., Limited have concluded a series of agreements, including the Equity Pledge Contract, the Exclusive Technical Consulting and Service Agreement, the Contract on Exclusive Right of Purchase and the Power of Attorney, as well as any form of appendixes and amendments thereto (“Such Agreements”).

As a party to Such Agreements, I confirm as follows:

I will make proper arrangements in advance to ensure that, under the circumstance of my death, incapacity, divorce or other circumstances that may affect my performance of the obligations set forth in Such Agreements, my successor, guardian, creditor, spouse or person who may obtain my equity or relevant rights (“the successor of my equity”) will agree:

 

(1)

My equity shall and may be mortgaged, sold or otherwise disposed of in accordance with the provisions of Such Agreements;

 

(2)

Such Agreements will apply to the legitimate rights and interests on my equity which may be owned by the successor of my equity;

 

(3)

In any case, the successor of my equity will neither make any request inconsistent with the contents of Such Agreements regarding my equity, nor take any action inconsistent with the contents of Such Agreements.

It is hereby confirmed.

 

Signed by: /s/ Wang Ying
June 21, 2019

Exhibit 10.12

Spousal Consent Letter

Whereas:

 

1.

I, Ying Wang, a Chinese citizen with the ID number of ***, is the spouse of Qingchun Zeng, who is the shareholder of Yang Infinity (Shanghai) Biotechnology Co., Limited ;

 

1.

Qingchun Zeng, Xianggui (Shanghai) Biotechnology Co., Ltd. and Yang Infinity (Shanghai) Biotechnology Co., Limited have entered into a series of agreements and any exhibits and amendments thereto, including the Equity Interest Pledge Agreement, the Exclusive Technology Consulting and Service Agreement, the Exclusive Call Option Agreement and the Power of Attorney (the “Agreements”).

I hereby confirm that I have read and understood the terms of the Agreements, and I will, if required, be a party to such Agreements and be bound by such Agreements.

I further confirm and agree that:

 

  (1)

the equity interest held by Qingchun Zeng under the Agreements (the “Zeng’s Share”) shall belong to Qingchun Zeng under any circumstances, and Qingchun Zeng may, without my consent, mortgage, sell or dispose of Zeng’s Share in any other manner according to the Agreements;

 

  (2)

Qingchun Zeng may execute any amendment and supplement to the Agreements related to Qingchun Zeng’s Shares without my signature, confirmation, agreement or consent;


  (3)

under any circumstances, I will not claim for any rights in connection with Zeng’s Share which are inconsistent with the provisions of the Agreements, or take any action inconsistent with the provisions of the Agreements;

 

  (4)

the portion of equity interest that may belong to me (“My Share”) in the equity interest held by Qingchun Zeng shall and may be mortgaged, sold or disposed of in any other manner according to the Agreements;

 

  (5)

if required, I agree to sign and be a party to the Agreements, and undertake that any amendment and supplement of the Agreements will not be inconsistent with the rights and obligations of Qingchun Zeng under the Agreements;

 

  (6)

I will not claim for any rights in connection with My Share which are inconsistent with the provisions of the Agreements, or take any action inconsistent with the provisions of the Agreements.

Hereby confirm.

 

Signed by::  

/s/ Ying Wang

  June 21, 2019


Spousal Consent Letter

Whereas:

 

1.

I, Qingchun Zeng, a Chinese citizen with the ID number of ***, is the spouse of Ying Wang, who is the shareholder of Yang Infinity (Shanghai) Biotechnology Co., Limited ;

 

2.

Ying Wang, Xianggui (Shanghai) Biotechnology Co., Ltd. and Yang Infinity (Shanghai) Biotechnology Co., Limited have entered into a series of agreements and and any exhibits and amendments thereto, including the Equity Interest Pledge Agreement, the Exclusive Technology Consulting and Service Agreement, the Exclusive Call Option Agreement and the Power of Attorney (the “Agreements”).

I hereby confirm that I have read and understood the terms of the Agreements, and I will, if required, be a party to such Agreements and be bound by such Agreements.

I further confirm and agree that:

 

  (1)

the equity interest held by Ying Wang under the Agreements (the “Wang’s Share”) shall belong to Ying Wang under any circumstances, and Ying Wang may, without my consent, mortgage, sell or dispose of Wang’s Share in any other manner according to the Agreement;

 

  (2)

Ying Wang may execute any amendment and supplement to the Agreements related to Wang’s Share without my signature, confirmation, agreement or consent;


  (3)

under any circumstances, I will not claim for any rights in connection with Wang’s Share which are inconsistent with the provisions of the Agreements, or take any action inconsistent with the provisions of the Agreements;

 

  (4)

the portion of equity interest that may belong to me (“My Share”) in the equity interest held by Ying Wang shall and may be mortgaged, sold or disposed of in any other manner according to the Agreements;

 

  (5)

if required, I agree to sign and be a party to the Agreements, and undertake that any amendment and supplement of the Agreements will not be inconsistent with the rights and obligations of Ying Wang under the Agreements;

 

  (6)

I will not claim for any rights in connection with My Share which are inconsistent with the provisions of the Agreements, or take any action inconsistent with the provisions of the Agreements.

Hereby Confirm.

 

Signed by::  

/s/ Qingchun Zeng

June 21, 2019

Exhibit 10.13

 

 

 

PREFERRED SHARE PURCHASE AGREEMENT

by and between

ECMOHO LIMITED,

ECMOHO (HONG KONG) HEALTH TECHNOLOGY LIMITED,

SHANGHAI ECMOHO HEALTH BIOTECHNOLOGY CO., LTD.,

WANG YING,

ZENG QINGCHUN,

and

EACH OF THE INVESTORS LISTED ON EXHIBIT A HERETO

Dated as of August 2, 2018

 

 

 


TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

         Page  
    ARTICLE I       
  PURCHASE AND SALE OF PREFERRED SHARES   

1.1

 

Sale and Issuance of Preferred Shares

     1  

1.2

 

Closing; Delivery

     1  

1.3

 

Sale and Issuance of Additional Preferred Shares

     2  

1.4

 

Defined Terms Used in this Agreement

     2  
    ARTICLE II       
  REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF THE COMPANY   

2.1

 

Organization, Good Standing, Corporate Power and Qualification

     7  

2.2

 

Capitalization

     8  

2.3

 

Subsidiaries; Group Structure

     9  

2.4

 

Authorization

     9  

2.5

 

Valid Issuance of Shares

     9  

2.6

 

Governmental Consents and Filings

     9  

2.7

 

Compliance

     10  

2.8

 

Litigation

     12  

2.9

 

Compliance with Other Instruments

     12  

2.10

 

Actions and Governmental Orders

     12  

2.11

 

Financial Statements

     12  

2.12

 

Changes

     13  

2.13

 

Title; Properties

     13  
    ARTICLE III       
  REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF THE PURCHASERS   

3.1

 

Authorization

     14  

3.2

 

Purchase Entirely for Own Account

     14  

3.3

 

Disclosure of Information

     15  

3.4

 

Restricted Securities

     15  

3.5

 

No Public Market

     15  

3.6

 

Legends

     15  

3.7

 

Accredited Investor

     15  

3.8

 

Foreign Investors

     16  

3.9

 

Exculpation Among Purchasers

     16  

3.10

 

Residence

     16  
    ARTICLE IV       
  CONDITIONS TO THE PURCHASERS’ OBLIGATIONS AT CLOSING   

4.1

 

Representations and Warranties

     16  

4.2

 

Performance

     16  

 

i


4.3

 

Qualifications

     16  

4.4

 

Board of Directors

     17  

4.5

 

Investors Rights Agreement

     17  

4.6

 

Memorandum and Articles

     17  

4.7

 

Execution of Control Agreements

     17  

4.8

 

Equity Transfer Registration

     17  

4.9

 

Subscription Agreement

     17  

4.10

 

Loan Agreement

     17  

4.11

 

Joinder Agreement

     18  
    ARTICLE V       
  CONDITIONS OF THE COMPANY’S OBLIGATIONS AT CLOSING   

5.1

 

Representations and Warranties

     18  

5.2

 

Performance

     18  

5.3

 

Qualifications

     18  

5.4

 

Minimum Number of Preferred Sale Shares at Initial Closing

     18  
    ARTICLE VI       
  COVENANTS AND OTHER AGREEMENTS   

6.1

 

Use of Proceeds

     18  

6.2

 

Executory Period Covenants

     18  

6.3

 

Compliance

     19  

6.4

 

Indemnification of the Director

     20  

6.5

 

Intellectual Properties Registration

     20  

6.6

 

Equity Transfer of Japan Subsidiary

     20  

6.7

 

Filing of Memorandum and Articles

     20  

6.8

 

Equity Pledge Registration

     20  

6.9

 

Non-competition Agreements

     20  

6.10

 

Management Accounts

     20  

6.11

 

Termination of Old VIE Agreement

     21  

6.12

 

Exit of the Staying Onshore Investors

     21  

6.13

 

Termination of Existing Investment Agreements

     21  
    ARTICLE VII       
  INDEMNITY   

7.1

 

General Indemnity

     21  

7.2

 

Specific Indemnity

     21  

7.3

 

Limit on Liability

     22  

 

ii


    ARTICLE VIII       
  TERMINATION   

8.1

 

Termination

     22  

8.2

 

Effect of Termination

     22  
    ARTICLE IX       
  MISCELLANEOUS   

9.1

 

Amendment; Waiver

     22  

9.2

 

Expenses

     23  

9.3

 

Counterparts

     23  

9.4

 

Governing Law and Venue; Specific Performance

     23  

9.5

 

Notices

     24  

9.6

 

Entire Agreement

     24  

9.7

 

Confidentiality

     25  

9.8

 

No Third-Party Beneficiaries

     26  

9.9

 

Severability

     26  

9.10

 

Interpretation; Construction

     27  

9.11

 

Assignment

     27  

9.12

 

Fulfillment of Obligations

     27  

 

Exhibit A:   Schedule of Purchasers
Exhibit B:   Form of Joinder Agreement
Exhibit C:   Disclosure Schedule
Exhibit D:   Form of Investors Rights Agreement
Exhibit E:   Form of Memorandum and Articles
Exhibit F:   List of Trademarks to be Transferred to the Group

 

iii


PREFERRED SHARE PURCHASE AGREEMENT

THIS PREFERRED SHARE PURCHASE AGREEMENT (including the exhibits hereto, this “Agreement”), dated as of August 2, 2018, is made by and among:

 

1.

ECMOHO Limited (the “Company”), an exempted company incorporated under the laws of the Cayman Islands;

 

2.

ECMOHO (Hong Kong) Health Technology Limited (“ECMOHO Hong Kong”), a limited company incorporated under the laws of Hong Kong;

 

3.

Shanghai ECMOHO Health Biotechnology Co., Ltd. (上海易恒健康生物科技有限公司) (“ECMOHO Shanghai”), a limited liability company established under the laws of the People’s Republic of China;

 

4.

Founders (as defined below); and

 

5.

each of the investors listed on Exhibit A, as amended from time to time, attached to this Agreement (each, a “Purchaser” and together, the “Purchasers”).

The Company, ECMOHO Hong Kong, ECMOHO Shanghai and their respective Subsidiaries (as defined below) are referred to collectively herein as the “Group Companies”, and each a “Group Company”. “Group” refers to all the Group Companies collectively.

RECITALS

WHEREAS, subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, the Company desires to sell to the Purchasers, and each Purchaser desires to purchase from the Company, a certain number of Series A Preferred Shares, US$0.00001 par value per share (the “Series A Sale Shares”). The shares of Series A Preferred Shares issued to the Purchasers pursuant to this Agreement (including any shares issued at the Initial Closing and any Additional Shares, as defined below) shall be referred to in this Agreement as the “Preferred Sale Shares”; and

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises, and of the representations, warranties, covenants and agreements contained herein, the Parties agree as follows:

ARTICLE I

PURCHASE AND SALE OF PREFERRED SHARES

1.1    Sale and Issuance of Preferred Shares. Subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, each Purchaser agrees to purchase at the Closing, and the Company agrees to sell and issue to each Purchaser at the Closing that number of Series A Sale Shares as set forth opposite such Purchaser’s name on Exhibit A, at a purchase price of US$2.834140 per share.

1.2    Closing; Delivery.

(a)    The closing of the initial purchase and sale of the Preferred Sale Shares (the “Initial Closing”) shall take place at Level 10, Two IFC, No. 8 Century Avenue, Pudong New Area, Shanghai, PRC, on August 6, 2018, or at such other place and time as the Company and the Purchasers mutually agree upon, orally or in writing (such date, the “Initial Closing Date”).


(b)    At each Closing, in addition to any items the delivery of which is made an express condition to each Purchaser’s obligations at the Closing pursuant to Article IV, the Company shall deliver to such Purchaser: (i) a copy of the updated register of members of the Company showing each Purchaser as the holder of the Preferred Sale Shares purchased by such Purchaser hereunder, certified by the registered agent of the Company as true and complete as of the date of the Closing, (ii) a copy of the updated register of directors of the Company reflecting the appointment of the directors as contemplated by Section 4.4, certified by the registered agent of the Company as true and complete as of the date of the Closing, and (iii) a duly issued share certificate or certificates to each Purchaser representing the Preferred Sale Shares purchased by such Purchaser issued in the name of such Purchaser, duly signed and sealed for and on behalf of the Company, against payment of the purchase price for the Preferred Sale Shares purchased by such Purchaser at such Closing by wire transfer to a bank account designated by the Company.

1.3    Sale and Issuance of Additional Preferred Shares. After the Initial Closing, the Company may sell, on the same terms and conditions as those contained in this Agreement, additional Series A Preferred Shares of up to an aggregate value of US$42,500,000 (the “Additional Shares”), to one or more purchasers (each an “Additional Purchaser” and collectively, the “Additional Purchasers”), provided, that such subsequent sale is consummated within thirty (30) days after the Initial Closing Date (the “Second Closing” and such date, the “Second Closing Date”). Each Additional Purchaser shall join this Agreement by executing a joinder agreement (the “Joinder Agreement”) satisfactory to the Company and in the form attached as Exhibit B hereto. Exhibit A to this Agreement shall be updated to reflect the number of Additional Shares purchased at the Second Closing and the parties purchasing such Additional Shares.

1.4    Defined Terms Used in this Agreement. The following terms used in this Agreement shall be construed to have the meanings set forth or referenced below.

(a)    “Additional Purchaser”, and collectively, “Additional Purchasers”, have the meaning set forth in Section 1.3.

(b)    “Additional Shares” has the meaning set forth in Section 1.3.

(c)    “Affiliate” means, with respect to any specified Person, any other Person who, directly or indirectly, controls, is controlled by, or is under common control with such specified Person.

(d)    “Agreement” has the meaning set forth in the Preamble.

(e)    “Arbitration Rules” has the meaning set forth in Section 9.4(b).

(f)    “Arbitrator” has the meaning set forth in Section 9.4(b).

(g)    “Authorization”, and collectively, “Authorizations”, mean any consents, registrations, approvals, permits, clearances or authorizations.

(h)    “Board of Directors” means the board of directors of the Company.

 

-2-


(i)    “Business Day”, means a day (other than a Saturday or Sunday or public holiday) on which banks are open for general corporate business in each of Shanghai, People’s Republic of China; George Town, the Cayman Islands; Hong Kong; and New York, New York, United States of America.

(j)    “Capital Increase Agreements” has the meaning set forth in Section 6.13.

(k)    “Circular 37” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.7(c)(ii).

(l)    “Class A Ordinary Shares” means a class A ordinary share in the capital of the Company, par value of US$0.00001 per share.

(m)    “Class A-1 Ordinary Shares” means a class A-1 ordinary share in the capital of the Company, par value of US$0.00001 per share.

(n)    “Class A-2 Ordinary Shares” means a class A-2 ordinary share in the capital of the Company, par value of US$0.00001 per share.

(o)    “Class B Ordinary Shares” means a class B ordinary share in the capital of the Company, par value of US$0.00001 per share.

(p)    “Closing” means each of the Initial Closing and the Second Closing, as applicable.

(q)    “Closing Date” means each of the Initial Closing Date and the Second Closing Date, as applicable.

(r)    “Code” means the United States Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

(s)    “Company” has the meaning set forth in the Preamble.

(t)    “Company Indemnified Party” has the meaning set forth in Section 7.1.

(u)    “Company Security Holder” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.7(c)(ii).

(v)    “Confidential Information” has the meaning set forth in Section 9.7(a).

(w)    “Constitutive Documents” means, with respect to a Person, such Person’s certificate of incorporation, formation or registration (including, if relevant, certificates of change of name), memorandum of association, articles of association or incorporation, charter, by-laws, trust deed, trust instrument or equivalent documents, in each case as amended; and means, with respect to PRC limited liability companies, the articles of association or equivalent documents.

(x)    “Control Agreements” means the following documents: (i) the Exclusive Technology Consulting and Service Agreement by and between ECMOHO Shanghai and Yibo; (ii) the Equity Interest Pledge Agreement by and among ECMOHO Shanghai, Yibo and the shareholders of Yibo; (iii) the Equity Interest Purchase Option Agreement by and among ECMOHO Shanghai, Yibo and the shareholders of Yibo; and (iv) the Voting Proxy Agreement by and among ECMOHO Shanghai, Yibo and the shareholders of Yibo.

(y)    “Delta” means Delta Capital Growth Fund II, L.P.

 

-3-


(z)    “Disclosure Schedule” means the Disclosure Schedule attached to this Agreement as Exhibit C, dated as of the date hereof, and further updated as of the Closing Date.

(aa)    “ECMOHO Hong Kong” has the meaning set forth in the Preamble.

(bb)    “ECMOHO Shanghai” has the meaning set forth in the Preamble.

(cc)    “ECMOHO Industrial” means Shanghai ECMOHO Industrial Co., Ltd. (上海易恒实业有限公司).

(dd)    “Equity Transfer Agreement” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.8.

(ee)    “Filing”, and collectively, “Filings”, mean notices, reports, applications, forms, expert opinions or other filings or information.

(ff)    “Financial Statements” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.11.

(gg)    “Foreign Exchange Authorization” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.7(c)(ii).

(hh)    “Founders”, mean, collectively, WANG Ying (王影, PRC ID Number: ***) and Zeng Qingchun (曾庆春, PRC ID Number: ***), and “Founder” means any one of them.

(ii)    “Founder Holding Companies”, mean, collectively, Behealth Limited and Uhealth Limited, and “Founder Holding Company” means any one of them.

(jj)    “Governmental Entity”, and collectively, “Governmental Entities”, mean any governmental or regulatory authority, agency, commission, body, court or other legislative, executive or judicial governmental entity.

(kk)    “Group” has the meaning set forth in the Preamble.

(ll)    “Group Company” and “Group Companies” have the meaning set forth in the Preamble.

(mm)    “HK Subsidiary” means ECMOHO (Hong Kong) Limited.

(nn)    “HKIAC” means the Hong Kong International Arbitration Centre.

(oo)    “Initial Closing” has the meaning set forth in Section 1.2(a).

(pp)    “Initial Closing Date” has the meaning set forth in Section 1.2(a).

(qq)    “Investors Rights Agreement” means the agreement among the Company, the Purchasers and certain other shareholders of the Company dated as of the date of the Initial Closing Date, in the form of Exhibit D attached to this Agreement.

(rr)    “Japan Subsidiary” means ECMOHO (Japan) Limited (ECMOHO 株式会社).

(ss)    “Joinder Agreement” has the meaning set forth in Section 1.3.

 

-4-


(tt)    “Key Employees” mean the key employees of each Group Company as listed in Exhibit E attached hereto.

(uu)    “Knowledge” including the phrase “to the Company’s knowledge” shall mean the actual knowledge of the following officers: the chief executive officer of the Company.

(vv)    “Leased Real Property” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.13(b).

(ww)    “Lien” means any lien, charge, pledge, security interest, claim or other encumbrance.

(xx)    “Lingzhi” means Shanghai Lingzhi Management Center (Limited Partnership) (上海翎知企业管理中心(有限合伙 )).

(yy)    “Material Adverse Effect” means a material adverse effect on the business, assets, liabilities, financial condition, property or results of operations of the Group Companies, taken as a whole; provided, however, that in no event shall any of the following exceptions, alone or in combination with the other enumerated exceptions below, be deemed to constitute a Material Adverse Effect: (i) any change resulting from the execution or delivery of this Agreement or the Investors Rights Agreement, the consummation of the Transaction or the announcement or other publicity with respect to the foregoing, (ii) any legal, regulatory or other change affecting any of the industries, industry sectors or geographic sectors (including, for the avoidance of doubt, the PRC) in which the Company operates, (iii) any change or prospective change in law or accounting standards or interpretations or the enforcement thereof applicable to the Company, (iv) any change in domestic or foreign economic, political, demographic or business conditions or financial, credit, debt or securities market conditions generally, (v) any change that results from (A) acts of war (whether or not declared), hostilities, sabotage, terrorism, military actions, cyberwarfare, other armed conflicts or the escalation of any of the foregoing, (B) any hurricane, super storm, flood, tornado, earthquake or other natural disaster, (C) any pandemic, (D) environmental change, or (E) any other force majeure event, or (vi) any failure by the Company to meet any internal or public projections, budgets, forecasts, plans or guidance.

(zz)    “Memorandum and Articles” means the first amended and restated memorandum of association of the Company and the first amended and restated articles of association of the Company attached hereto as Exhibit F, to be adopted in accordance with applicable law on or before the Closing and which shall be in full force and effect as of the Closing.

(aaa)    “Ordinary Shares” means the ordinary shares of the Company, including the Class A Ordinary Shares and the Class B Ordinary Shares.

(bbb)    “Party”, and collectively, “Parties”, mean the signatories to this Agreement.

(ccc)    “Permit” and collectively, “Permits”, has the meaning set forth in Section 2.7(a).

(ddd)    “Permitted Lien” means (i) Liens reflected or reserved against or otherwise disclosed in the Disclosure Schedule, (ii) Liens arising or incurred in the ordinary course of business, such as mechanics’, materialmen’s, warehousemen’s, carriers’, workers’, or repairmen’s Liens, which would not impair the operation of the business of the Company, (iii) liens for taxes, assessments and other governmental charges not yet due and payable or due but not delinquent or being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings, (iv) with respect to real property, (A) easements, quasi-easements, licenses, covenants, rights-of-way, rights of reentry or other similar restrictions, including any other agreements, conditions or restrictions that would be shown by a current title report or other similar report or listing, (B) any conditions that may be shown by a current survey or physical inspection and (C) zoning, building, subdivision or other similar requirements or restrictions, (v) non-exclusive licenses to intellectual property rights entered into in the ordinary course of business, (vi) licenses, covenants not to sue or other similar rights to intellectual property rights granted by a third party prior to the acquisition of such intellectual property rights by any Group Company and (vii) Liens that would not have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

-5-


(eee)    “Person” means any individual, corporation, partnership, trust, limited liability company, association or other entity.

(fff)    “Preferred Director” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.4.

(ggg)    “Preferred Sale Shares” has the meaning set forth in the Recitals.

(hhh)    “Preferred Shares” means the preferred shares of the Company.

(iii)    “PRC” means the People’s Republic of China but, solely for purposes of this Agreement and the other Transaction Documents, does not include Hong Kong, the Special Administrative Region of Macau and the territory of Taiwan.

(jjj)    “Purchaser”, and collectively, “Purchasers”, have the meaning set forth in the Preamble.

(kkk)    “Purchaser Indemnified Party” has the meaning set forth in Section 7.1.

(lll)    “Real Property” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.13(b).

(mmm)    “Representatives” means a director, officer, employee, shareholder, partner, member, accountant, agent, counsel and other representatives of a specified Person.

(nnn)    “Rothschild” means Edmond De Rothschild Private Equity China II.

(ooo)    “SAFE” means the State Administration of Foreign Exchange of the PRC.

(ppp)    “SAFE Rules and Regulations” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.7(c)(ii).

(qqq)    “SEC” means the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission.

(rrr)    “Second Closing” has the meaning set forth in Section 1.3.

(sss)    “Second Closing Date” has the meaning set forth in Section 1.3.

(ttt)    “Securities Act” means the U.S. Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

(uuu)    “Series A Preferred Shares” means the preferred shares of the Company designated as series A.

(vvv)    “Series A Sale Shares” has the meaning set forth in the Recitals.

 

-6-


(www)    “Share Plan” means the 2018 Employee Share Option Plan to be adopted by the Board of Directors of the Company, including the affirmative votes of at least two Investor Directors (as defined in the Investors Rights Agreement).

(xxx)    “Statement Date” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.11.

(yyy)    “Staying Onshore Investors” has the meaning set forth in Section 6.12.

(zzz)    “Subsidiary”, and collectively “Subsidiaries”, mean, with respect to any Person, any and all corporations, partnerships, limited liability companies, joint ventures, associations, variable interest entities or other entities controlled by such Person directly or indirectly through one or more intermediaries.

(aaaa)    “Transaction” means the purchase and sale of the Preferred Sale Shares.

(bbbb)    “Transaction Documents” means this Agreement, the Investors Rights Agreement and Memorandum and Articles.

(cccc)    “U.S. Dollars” or “US$” means United States dollars, the lawful currency of the United States of America.

(dddd)    “Warrantor” and “Warrantors” have the meanings set forth in Article II.

(eeee)    “Yibo” means Shanghai Yibo Medical Equipment Co., Ltd. (上海邑渤医疗器械有限公司).

ARTICLE II

REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF THE COMPANY

The Company, ECMOHO Hong Kong, ECMOHO Shanghai and each of the Founders (collectively, the “Warrantors” and each, a “Warrantor”) hereby jointly and severally represent and warrant to each Purchaser that, except as set forth on the Disclosure Schedule attached as Exhibit C to this Agreement, which exceptions shall be deemed to be part of the representations and warranties made hereunder, the following representations are true and complete as of the date hereof, except as otherwise indicated. Any information set forth in one section or subsection of the Disclosure Schedule shall be deemed to apply to and qualify the section or subsection of this Agreement to which it corresponds in number and each other section or subsection of this Agreement to the extent that it is reasonably apparent that such information is relevant to such other section or subsection. Notwithstanding that any representation specifically references a section or subsection of the Disclosure Schedule, each representation shall be deemed to be qualified by any information in the Disclosure Schedule where it is reasonably apparent that such information is relevant to such representation:

2.1    Organization, Good Standing, Corporate Power and Qualification. Each Group Company (a) is duly organized, validly existing and in good standing (or equivalent status in the relevant jurisdiction) under the laws of the place of its incorporation or establishment, (b) has all requisite corporate power and authority to carry on its business as now conducted, and (c) is duly qualified to transact business in each jurisdiction where the conduct of its business requires such qualification, except in the case of clause (b) or (c) where the failure to be so qualified or to have such power or authority would not, individually or in the aggregate, result in a Material Adverse Effect. The Constitutive Documents of each Group Company are in full force and effect under, and in compliance with, the laws of the place of its incorporation or establishment.

 

-7-


2.2    Capitalization.

(a)    The authorized capital of the Company consists, immediately prior to the Initial Closing, of:

(i)    9,519,000 shares of Class A-1 Ordinary Shares, none of which are issued and outstanding immediately prior to the Initial Closing.

(ii)    13,663,700 shares of Class A-2 Ordinary Shares, none of which issued and outstanding immediately prior to the Initial Closing.

(iii)    4,880,496,457 shares of Class A Ordinary Shares, 15,531,000 shares of which are issued and outstanding immediately prior to the Initial Closing. All of the outstanding shares of Class A Ordinary Shares have been duly authorized, are fully paid and nonassessable.

(iv)    75,150,400 shares of Class B ordinary shares, 75,150,400 shares of which are issued and outstanding immediately prior to the Initial Closing. All of the outstanding shares of Class B Ordinary Shares have been duly authorized, are fully paid and nonassessable.

(v)    21,170,443 shares of Preferred Shares, of which 21,170,443 shares have been designated Series A Preferred Shares, none of which are issued and outstanding immediately prior to the Initial Closing. The rights, privileges and preferences of the Preferred Shares are as stated in the Memorandum and Articles and Investors Rights Agreement and as provided by the laws of the Cayman Islands.

(b)    Except for (i) the conversion privileges of the Preferred Sale Shares, (ii) the right of first offer provided in the Investors Rights Agreement, (iii) the Ordinary Shares reserved for issuance under the Share Plan, and (iv) as contemplated hereby and by the Memorandum and Articles, there are no options, warrants, conversion privileges, agreements or rights of any kind with respect to the issuance or purchase of the shares of the Company. Apart from the exceptions noted in this Section 2.2(b) and the Investors Rights Agreement, the Company is not a party to any contract that would subject the shares (including the Preferred Sale Shares) of the Company’s outstanding share capital, or shares issuable upon exercise or exchange of any outstanding options or other shares issuable by the Company, to any preemptive rights, rights of first refusal or other rights of any kind to purchase such shares (whether in favor of the Company or any other Person). The Company will reserve 11,386,410 shares of Ordinary Shares for issuance to officers, directors, employees and consultants of the Company pursuant to the Share Plan, provided that no shares have been issued under the Share Plan as of the date hereof and no more than 5,693,205 shares of Ordinary Shares shall have been issued under the Share Plan prior to the Qualified IPO. No arrangement or provision of the Share Plan and agreements with the management and employees of entities in the PRC relating to the Share Plan will violate any applicable laws of the PRC.

(c)    Section 2.2(c) of the Disclosure Schedule sets forth the capitalization of the Company as of the date hereof and immediately following the Initial Closing.

 

-8-


(d)    The Company has obtained valid waivers by other Persons of any rights to purchase any of the Preferred Sale Shares or any Ordinary Share issued upon conversion of the Preferred Sale Shares.

2.3    Subsidiaries; Group Structure.

(a)    Section 2.3(a) of the Disclosure Schedule sets forth the each of the Company’s Subsidiaries and the ownership interest of the Company in each such Subsidiary, as well as the ownership interest of any other Person or Persons in each such Subsidiary, as of the date hereof and immediately following the Initial Closing.

(b)    The Company has provided (or caused to be provided) to Delta a copy of the registration documents issued by the relevant PRC administration for industry and commerce regarding (i) the transfer of all equity interests held by Rothschild in ECMOHO Shanghai to Lingzhi, and (ii) the transfer of all equity interests held by Lingzhi in ECMOHO Shanghai to ECMOHO Industrial.

(c)    Except as set forth in Section 2.3(c) of the Disclosure Schedule or would not reasonably be likely to have a Material Adverse Effect, the equity transfer transactions registered with the relevant PRC administration for industry and commerce for each Group Company have complied with the applicable PRC laws and regulations.

2.4    Authorization. All corporate action required to be taken by each Warrantor’s Board of Directors and shareholders (if applicable) in order to authorize such Warrantor to enter into the Transaction Documents, and for the Company to issue the Preferred Sale Shares at the Closing and the Ordinary Shares issuable upon conversion of the Preferred Sale Shares, has been taken or will be taken prior to the Closing. The Transaction Documents, when executed and delivered by each Warrantor (to the extent such Warrantor is a party), shall constitute valid and legally binding obligations of such Warrantor, enforceable against such Warrantor in accordance with their respective terms except (i) as limited by applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium, fraudulent conveyance, or other laws of general application relating to or affecting the enforcement of creditors’ rights generally, (ii) as limited by laws relating to the availability of specific performance, injunctive relief, or other equitable remedies, or (iii) to the extent the indemnification provisions contained in the Investors Rights Agreement may be limited by applicable federal or state securities laws.

2.5    Valid Issuance of Shares. The Preferred Sale Shares, when issued, sold and delivered in accordance with the terms and for the consideration set forth in this Agreement, will be validly issued, fully paid and nonassessable and free of restrictions on transfer other than restrictions on transfer under the Transaction Documents, applicable securities laws of the United States of America or the Cayman Islands and Liens created by or imposed by a Purchaser.

2.6    Governmental Consents and Filings. Other than as set forth in the Disclosure Schedule and assuming the accuracy of the representations made by the Purchasers in Article III of this Agreement, no Authorization or Filing with any PRC, U.S. or Cayman Islands Governmental Entity is required on the part of any Group Company in connection with the consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement.

 

-9-


2.7    Compliance. Other than as set forth in the Disclosure Schedule, the businesses of each Group Company have not been, and are not being conducted in violation of any applicable laws, except for violations that would not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be likely to have a Material Adverse Effect. Except as would not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be likely to have a Material Adverse Effect, the following representations are true and complete as of the date hereof:

(a)    Each Group Company has all material franchises, authorizations, approvals, permits, certificates and licenses, including without limitation any special approvals or permits required under applicable laws (“Permits”) necessary for its respective business and operations as now conducted or planned to be conducted. Each Permit is valid and in full force and effect. No Group Company is in default or violation of any Permit. No Group Company has received any written notice from any Governmental Entity regarding any actual or possible default or violation of any Permit. To the knowledge of the Warrantors, no suspension, cancellation or termination of any such Permits is pending, threatened or imminent.

(b)    Each Group Company and each of its directors, officers, employees, agents and other persons explicitly authorized to act on its behalf and the Founders (collectively, the “Representatives”), are in compliance with and have complied with all applicable anti-bribery, anti-corruption, anti-money laundering, recordkeeping and internal controls laws in all material respects. Without limiting the foregoing, neither any Group Company nor any Representative has, directly or indirectly, offered, authorized, promised, condoned, participated in, or received notice of any allegation of the following: (i) the making of any gift or payment of anything of value to any Public Official by any Person to obtain any improper advantage, affect or influence any act or decision of any such Public Official with respect to any Group Company or the Business of any Group Company, or assist any Group Company in obtaining or retaining business for, or with, or directing business to, any Person; (ii) the taking of any action by any Person which would violate the Foreign Corrupt Practices Act of the United States of America, as amended (the “FCPA”) if taken by an entity subject to the FCPA, or could reasonably be expected to constitute a violation of any applicable law; or (iii) the making of any false or fictitious entries in the books or records of any Group Company by any Person.

(c)    Certain Regulatory Matters:

(i)    All filings and registrations with applicable Governmental Entities required in respect of the Warrantors’ ownership in the Group Companies, including but not limited to the registrations with the Ministry of Commerce (or any predecessors), the Ministry of Information Industry, the State Administration of Industry and Commerce, SAFE, the tax bureau, the customs authorities, and the local counterpart of each of such Governmental Entities, as applicable, have been duly completed in accordance with applicable law.

(ii)    No holder or beneficial owner of shares of the Company (each, a “Company Security Holder”) is or has been in violation of any applicable laws in respect of the ownership of such shares, including but not limited to the registration requirement for the Founders’ (indirect) investment in the Company under the Notice Regarding Certain Administrative Measures on Offshore Investment and Financing and Round-trip Investments by PRC Residents Through Special Purpose Vehicles by PRC Residents issued by the SAFE on July 4, 2014 (the “Circular 37”) and any successor rule or regulation under PRC law (collectively, the “SAFE Rules and Regulations”). Neither the Warrantors nor, to the knowledge of the Warrantors, any of the other Company Security Holders has received any oral or written inquiries, notifications, orders or any other forms of official correspondence from SAFE or any of its local branches with respect to any actual or alleged non-compliance with the SAFE Rules and Regulations and the Company and the Company Security Holders have made all oral or written filings, registrations, reporting or any other communications required by SAFE or any of its local branches. Each Group Company has obtained all certificates, approvals, permits, licenses, registration receipts and any similar authorization necessary under PRC laws to conduct foreign exchange transactions (collectively, the “Foreign Exchange Authorization”) as now being conducted by it. All existing Foreign Exchange Authorization held by ECMOHO Shanghai is valid and ECMOHO Shanghai is not in default under any of such Foreign Exchange Authorization.

 

-10-


(d)    No Group Company is a party to any collective bargaining agreement or other Contract with any union or guild, and there are no labor unions, works councils or other organizations representing any employee of any Group Company. Except as would not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be likely to have a Material Adverse Effect, no employee of the Group Companies is owed any back wages or other compensation for services rendered (except for the current pay period or as otherwise set forth on the Financial Statements (as defined below)). Except as would not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be likely to have a Material Adverse Effect, each Group Company has complied in all material respects with all laws relating to employment, wages, hours, overtime, working conditions, benefits, retirement, termination and health and safety. There has not been, and there is not now any pending or, to the knowledge of the Warrantors, threatened strike, union organization activity, lockout, slowdown, picketing, or work stoppage with respect to the employees of any Group Company or any unfair labor practice charge against any Group Company.

(e)    Tax Matters:

(i)    Except as disclosed in the Disclosure Schedule, each Group Company (i) has timely filed all tax returns that are required to have been filed by it with any Governmental Entity, (ii) has timely paid all taxes owed by it which are due and payable (whether or not shown on any tax return) and withheld and remitted to the appropriate Governmental Entity all taxes which it is obligated to withhold and remit from amounts owing to any employee, creditor, customer or third party, and (iii) has not waived any statute of limitations with respect to taxes or agreed to any extension of time with respect to a tax assessment or deficiency, other than, in the case of clauses (i) and (ii), unpaid taxes that are in contest with the tax authority by any Group Company in good faith or are nonmaterial in amount.

(ii)    Each tax return referred to in paragraph (1) above was properly prepared in compliance with applicable law and was (and will be) true, correct and complete in all material respects. No such tax returns contains a statement that is false or misleading or omits any matter that is required to be included or without which the statement would be false or misleading in any material aspect. All records relating to such tax returns or to the preparation thereof required by applicable law to be maintained by applicable Group Company have been duly maintained. No written claim has been made by a Governmental Entity in a jurisdiction where the Group does not file tax returns that any applicable Group Company is or may be subject to taxation by that jurisdiction.

(iii)    The assessment of any additional taxes with respect to any Group Company for periods for which tax returns have been filed is not expected to materially exceed the recorded liability therefor in the most recent balance sheet of the applicable Group Company, and there are no unresolved claims concerning any material liability for taxes of any Group Company. Since the Statement Date, no Group Company has incurred any material liability for taxes outside the ordinary course of business or otherwise inconsistent with past custom and practice. There is no pending dispute with, or notice from, any tax authority relating to any of the tax returns filed by any Group Company, and to the knowledge of each of the Warrantors, there is no material liability proposed for a deficiency in any tax to be imposed upon the properties or assets of any Group Company.

 

-11-


(iv)    No Group Company has been the subject of any examination or investigation by any tax authority relating to the conduct of its business or the payment or withholding of taxes that has not been resolved. No Group Company is responsible for the taxes of any other Person by reason of contract, successor liability or otherwise.

(f)    No Group Company has received any notice from any Governmental Entity regarding (i) any actual, alleged, possible or potential violation of, or failure to comply with, any applicable law or (ii) any actual, alleged, possible or potential obligation on the part of such Group Company to undertake, or to bear all or any portion of the cost of, any remedial action of any nature, except for any such violation, failure or remedial action that would not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be likely to have a Material Adverse Effect. None of the Warrantors and other Group Companies has been subject to any indictment, convicted in any criminal case, or found by a court of providing misleading information in any matter.

2.8    Litigation. There is no claim, action, suit, proceeding, arbitration, complaint, charge or investigation pending against any Warrantor, except for as would not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be likely to have a Material Adverse Effect.

2.9    Compliance with Other Instruments. No Group Company is in violation of or default under any (i) provisions of its Constitutive Documents, (ii) instrument, judgment, order, writ or decree, (iii) note, indenture or mortgage, or (iv) lease, agreement, contract or purchase order to which it is a party or by which it is bound, except for violation of or default under any such provision, instrument, judgment, order, writ, decree, contract or agreement which would not reasonably be likely to have a Material Adverse Effect. The execution, delivery and performance of the Transaction Documents and the consummation of the transactions contemplated by the Transaction Documents will not result in any such violation or be in conflict with or constitute, with or without the passage of time and giving of notice, either (i) a default under any such provision, instrument, judgment, order, writ, decree, contract or agreement; or (ii) an event which results in the creation of any Lien upon any assets of any Warrantor or the suspension, revocation, forfeiture, or nonrenewal of any material permit or license applicable to any Warrantor.

2.10    Actions and Governmental Orders. There is no governmental order restraining, enjoining or otherwise prohibiting the consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement or any other Transaction Agreement.

2.11    Financial Statements. The Company has delivered to the Purchasers true, correct and complete copies of the audited consolidated balance sheet and statements of operations and cash flows of ECMOHO Shanghai (the “Financial Statements”) as of December 31, 2017 (the “Statement Date”). The Financial Statements (i) have been prepared in accordance with the books and records of ECMOHO Shanghai and its Subsidiaries, and (ii) fairly present in all material respects the consolidated financial condition and position of ECMOHO Shanghai as of the dates indicated therein and the consolidated results of operations and cash flows of ECMOHO Shanghai for the periods indicated therein.

 

-12-


2.12    Changes. Since the Statement Date, the Group has operated its business in the ordinary course consistent with its past practice, there has not been any Material Adverse Effect, and there has not been by or with respect to any Group Company:

(a)    any purchase, acquisition, sale, lease, disposal of or other transfer of any assets that are individually or in the aggregate material to its business, whether tangible or intangible, other than the purchase or sale of inventory in the ordinary course of business consistent with its past practice, or any acquisition (by merger, consolidation or other combination, or acquisition of stock or assets, or otherwise) of any business or other Person or division thereof;

(b)    any waiver, termination, settlement or compromise of a valuable right or of a material debt;

(c)    any incurrence, creation, assumption, repayment, satisfaction, or discharge of (1) any material Lien (other than Permitted Liens) or (2) any material indebtedness or guarantee, or the making of any material loan or advance (other than reasonable and normal advances to employees for bona fide expenses that are incurred in the ordinary course of business consistent with its past practice), or the making of any material investment or capital contribution;

(d)    any declaration, setting aside or payment or other distribution in respect of any equity securities, or any direct or indirect redemption, purchase or other acquisition of any equity securities;

(e)    any damage, destruction or loss, whether or not covered by insurance, materially and adversely affecting the assets, properties, financial condition, operations or business of any Group Company;

(f)    any material change in accounting methods or practices or any revaluation of any of its assets;

(g)    except in the ordinary course of business consistent with its past practice, settlement of any material claim or assessment in respect of any taxes, or consent to any extension or waiver of the limitation period applicable to any material claim or assessment in respect of any taxes, entry or change of any tax election, change of any method of accounting resulting in any amount of additional tax or filing of any amended tax return;

(h)    any commencement or settlement of any material legal action; or

(i)    any agreement or commitment to do any of the things described in this Section 2.12.

2.13    Title; Properties.

(a)    The Group Companies have good and valid title to, or a valid leasehold interest in, all of their material assets, whether real, personal or mixed, purported to be owned by them (including but not limited to all such assets reflected in the Financial Statements), free and clear of any Liens, other than Permitted Liens. The foregoing assets collectively represent in all material respects all assets, rights and properties necessary for the conduct of the business of the Group in the manner conducted during the periods prior to the date hereof. Except for leased items, no Person other than a Group Company owns any interest in any such assets.

 

-13-


(b)    No Group Company owns any real property or has any easements, licenses, rights of way, or other interests in or to real property (“Real Property”). All leasehold properties (“Leased Real Property”) of the Group are held under valid, binding and enforceable leases of a Group Company. To the knowledge of the Warrantors, all structures, improvements and appurtenances on the Leased Real Property lie wholly within the boundaries of such Leased Real Property and do not encroach upon the property of, or otherwise conflict with the property rights of, any adjoining property owner. To the knowledge of the Warrantors, all structures and improvements on the Leased Real Properties, and appurtenances thereto, and the roof, walls and other structural components which are part thereof, and the heating, air conditioning, plumbing and other mechanical facilities thereof, are in good condition and repair in all material respects (reasonable wear and tear excepted) and without structural defects. There are no facilities, services, assets or properties shared with any other Person which is not a Group Company, which are used in connection with the business of the Group.

(c)    All machinery, vehicles, equipment and other tangible personal property owned or leased by a Group Company are (a) in good condition and repair in all material respects (reasonable wear and tear excepted) and (b) not obsolete or in need in any material respect of renewal or replacement, except for renewal or replacement in the ordinary course of business.

(d)    The Group owns, has the sufficient rights (including but not limited to the rights of development, maintenance, licensing and sale) to, or otherwise has the licenses to use all intellectual property necessary and sufficient to conduct its business and any business as proposed to be conducted by the Group without any conflict with or infringement of the rights of any other Person.

ARTICLE III

REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF THE PURCHASERS

Each Purchaser hereby represents and warrants to the Company, severally and not jointly, that:

3.1    Authorization. The Purchaser has full power and authority to enter into the Transaction Documents. The Transaction Documents to which the Purchaser is a party, when executed and delivered by the Purchaser, will constitute valid and legally binding obligations of the Purchaser, enforceable in accordance with their terms, except (a) as limited by applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium, fraudulent conveyance and any other laws of general application affecting enforcement of creditors’ rights generally, and as limited by laws relating to the availability of specific performance, injunctive relief or other equitable remedies, or (b) to the extent the indemnification provisions contained in the Investors Rights Agreement may be limited by applicable federal or state securities laws.

3.2    Purchase Entirely for Own Account. This Agreement is made with the Purchaser in reliance upon the Purchaser’s representation to the Company, which by the Purchaser’s execution of this Agreement, the Purchaser hereby confirms, that the Preferred Sale Shares to be acquired by the Purchaser will be acquired for investment for the Purchaser’s own account, not as a nominee or agent, and not with a view to the resale or distribution of any part thereof, and that the Purchaser has no present intention of selling, granting any participation in, or otherwise distributing the same. By executing this Agreement, the Purchaser further represents that the Purchaser does not presently have any contract, undertaking, agreement or arrangement with any Person to sell, transfer or grant participations to such Person or to any third Person, with respect to any of the Shares. The Purchaser has not been formed for the specific purpose of acquiring the Shares.

 

-14-


3.3    Disclosure of Information. The Purchaser has had an opportunity to discuss the Company’s business, management, financial affairs and the terms and conditions of the offering of the Preferred Sale Shares with the Company’s management and has had an opportunity to review the Company’s facilities. The foregoing, however, does not limit or modify the representations and warranties of the Company in Article II of this Agreement or the right of the Purchasers to rely thereon.

3.4    Restricted Securities. The Purchaser understands that the Preferred Sale Shares have not been, and will not be, registered under the Securities Act, by reason of a specific exemption from the registration provisions of the Securities Act which depends upon, among other things, the bona fide nature of the investment intent and the accuracy of the Purchaser’s representations as expressed herein. The Purchaser understands that the Preferred Sale Shares are “restricted securities” under applicable U.S. federal and state securities laws and that, pursuant to these laws, the Purchaser must hold the Preferred Sale Shares indefinitely unless they are registered with the SEC and qualified by state authorities, or an exemption from such registration and qualification requirements is available. The Purchaser acknowledges that the Company has no obligation to register or qualify the Preferred Sale Shares, or the Ordinary Shares into which it may be converted, for resale except as set forth in the Investors Rights Agreement. The Purchaser further acknowledges that if an exemption from registration or qualification is available, it may be conditioned on various requirements including, but not limited to, the time and manner of sale, the holding period for the Preferred Sale Shares, and on requirements relating to the Company which are outside of the Purchaser’s control, and which the Company is under no obligation and may not be able to satisfy.

3.5    No Public Market. The Purchaser understands that no public market now exists for the Preferred Sale Shares, and that the Company has made no assurances that a public market will ever exist for the Preferred Sale Shares.

3.6    Legends. The Purchaser understands that the Preferred Sale Shares and any securities issued in respect of or exchange for the Preferred Sale Shares, may be notated with one or all of the following legends:

“THE SHARES REPRESENTED HEREBY HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AND HAVE BEEN ACQUIRED FOR INVESTMENT AND NOT WITH A VIEW TO, OR IN CONNECTION WITH, THE SALE OR DISTRIBUTION THEREOF. NO SUCH TRANSFER MAY BE EFFECTED WITHOUT AN EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION STATEMENT RELATED THERETO OR AN OPINION OF COUNSEL IN A FORM SATISFACTORY TO THE COMPANY THAT SUCH REGISTRATION IS NOT REQUIRED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933.”

(a)    Any legend set forth in, or required by, the other Transaction Documents.

(b)    Any legend required by the securities laws of any state to the extent such laws are applicable to the Preferred Sale Shares represented by the certificate, instrument, or book entry so legended.

3.7    Accredited Investor. The Purchaser is an accredited investor as defined in Rule 501(a) of Regulation D promulgated under the Securities Act.

 

-15-


3.8    Foreign Investors. If the Purchaser is not a United States person (as defined by Section 7701(a)(30) of the Code), the Purchaser hereby represents that it has satisfied itself as to the full observance of the laws of its jurisdiction in connection with any invitation to subscribe for the Preferred Sale Shares or any use of this Agreement, including (i) the legal requirements within its jurisdiction for the purchase of the Preferred Sale Shares, (ii) any foreign exchange restrictions applicable to such purchase, (iii) any governmental or other consents that may need to be obtained, and (iv) the income tax and other tax consequences, if any, that may be relevant to the purchase, holding, redemption, sale, or transfer of the Preferred Sale Shares. The Purchaser’s subscription and payment for and continued beneficial ownership of the Preferred Sale Shares will not violate any applicable securities or other laws of the Purchaser’s jurisdiction.

3.9    Exculpation Among Purchasers. The Purchaser acknowledges that it is not relying upon any Person in making its investment or decision to invest in the Company. The Purchaser agrees that neither any Purchaser nor the respective controlling Persons, officers, directors, partners, agents, or employees of any Purchaser shall be liable to any other Purchaser for any action heretofore taken or omitted to be taken by any of them in connection with the purchase of the Preferred Sale Shares.

3.10    Residence. If the Purchaser is an individual, then the Purchaser resides in the state or province identified in the address of the Purchaser set forth on Exhibit A; if the Purchaser is a partnership, corporation, limited liability company or other entity, then the office or offices of the Purchaser in which its principal place of business is identified in the address or addresses of the Purchaser set forth on Exhibit A.

ARTICLE IV

CONDITIONS TO THE PURCHASERS’ OBLIGATIONS AT CLOSING

The obligations of each Purchaser to purchase Preferred Sale Shares at the Initial Closing or any subsequent Closing are subject to the fulfillment, on or before such Closing, of each of the following conditions, unless otherwise waived. In the event there is more than one closing, the following conditions shall apply to each such Closing:

4.1    Representations and Warranties. The representations and warranties of the Warrantors contained in Article II shall be true and correct in all material respects as of such Closing Date.

4.2    Performance. Each Warrantor shall have performed and complied with all covenants, agreements, obligations and conditions contained in the Transaction Documents that are required to be performed or complied with by such Warrantor in all material respects on or before such Closing Date.

4.3    Qualifications. All authorizations, resolutions, approvals or permits, waivers if any, of any Governmental Entity of the PRC, the United States of America or the Cayman Islands, of members or board of directors of any applicable Group Companies or of any other Person that are required in connection with the lawful issuance and sale of the Preferred Sale Shares pursuant to this Agreement (including any waivers of preemptive rights triggered by this Agreement, if any) shall be obtained and effective as of such Closing Date. All authorizations, resolutions of members or board of directors of any applicable Group Companies or waivers that are required in connection with the consummation of the transactions set forth in Equity Transfer Agreement, the Round A and B Share Subscription Agreement and the Loan Agreement shall have been obtained and effective as of such Closing Date.

 

-16-


4.4    Board of Directors. As of the Initial Closing Date, the authorized size of the Board shall be six (6) members, and one (1) member of the Board shall be Greg Ye, a member appointed by Delta (the “Preferred Director”).

4.5    Investors Rights Agreement. The Warrantors and each Purchaser (other than the Purchaser relying upon this condition to excuse such Purchaser’s performance hereunder) and the other shareholders of the Company named as parties thereto shall have executed and delivered the Investors Rights Agreement.

4.6    Memorandum and Articles. The Memorandum and Articles shall have been duly adopted by all necessary action of the Board of Directors and the shareholders of the Company and shall have been duly filed with the appropriate authority of the Cayman Islands, and such adoption shall have become effective prior to the Closing with no alternation or amendment as of the Closing.

4.7    Execution of Control Agreements. ECMOHO Shanghai, Yibo and the shareholders of Yibo shall have entered into the Control Agreements in the form and substance satisfactory to Delta.

4.8    Equity Transfer Registration. The Company shall have provided (or caused to be provided) to the Purchasers a fully executed copy or copies of the equity transfer agreement (the “Equity Transfer Agreement”) by and between all the shareholders of ECMOHO Shanghai (except for the Staying Onshore Investors) and ECMOHO Hong Kong, pursuant to which, among other things, such shareholders shall transfer all their equity in ECMOHO Shanghai to ECMOHO Hong Kong. ECMOHO Hong Kong and ECMOHO Shanghai shall have completed (or caused to be completed) the registration of the transfer of the equity interests of ECMOHO Shanghai to ECMOHO Hong Kong with the relevant PRC administration for industry and commerce and provided (or caused to be provided) to the Purchasers a copy of the registration documents issued by the relevant PRC administration for industry and commerce.

4.9    Subscription Agreement. The Company shall have provided (or caused to be provided) to the Purchasers a fully executed copy or copies of the subscription agreements by each of CID Greater China Fund V, L.P., STCH Investment Inc., Smart Warrior Limited, Shanghai Yihao Enterprise Management Partnership (Limited Partnership) (上海奕好企业管理合伙企业(有限合伙)) (or their respective Affiliates) with the Company pursuant to which, among other things, each entity shall subscribe for the Class A Ordinary Shares of the Company for the amount of consideration that equals to the proceed received by such entity under the Equity Transfer Agreement (the “Round A and B Share Subscription Agreement”).

4.10    Loan Agreement. The Company shall have provided (or caused to be provided) to the Purchasers a fully executed copy or copies of the agreement by and among the Founders, ECMOHO Industrial and ECMOHO Shanghai (or one or more Subsidiaries of ECMOHO Shanghai) pursuant to which, among other things, the Founders and ECMOHO Industrial as lenders shall extend a loan to ECMOHO Shanghai or its Subsidiaries in the amount equal to the proceeds received by the Founders, ECMOHO Industrial and Shanghai Yijiasancan Investment Management Center (Limited Partnership) (上海一佳三餐投资管理中心(有限合伙)) under the Equity Transfer Agreement (the “Loan Agreement”), in the form and substance reasonably satisfactory to Delta.

 

-17-


4.11    Joinder Agreement. At least one Additional Purchaser shall have executed a Joinder Agreement, provided that the aggregate purchase amount of such Additional Purchaser or Purchasers for Series A Sale Shares under this Agreement shall not be less than US$3,000,000. For the avoidance of doubt, the closing of any of such Additional Purchaser’s subscription shall not be a condition to certain Purchasers’ obligations at the Initial Closing.

ARTICLE V

CONDITIONS OF THE COMPANY’S OBLIGATIONS AT CLOSING

The obligations of the Company to sell Preferred Sale Shares to the Purchasers at the Initial Closing or any subsequent Closing are subject to the fulfillment, on or before the Closing, of each of the following conditions, unless otherwise waived. In the event there is more than one closing, the following conditions shall apply to each such Closing:

5.1    Representations and Warranties. The representations and warranties of each Purchaser contained in Article III shall be true and correct in all material respects as of such Closing Date.

5.2    Performance. The Purchasers shall have performed and complied with all covenants, agreements, obligations and conditions contained in this Agreement that are required to be performed or complied with by them on or before such Closing Date.

5.3    Qualifications. All authorizations, approvals or permits, if any, of any Governmental Entity of the United States of America or the Cayman Islands that are required in connection with the lawful issuance and sale of the Preferred Sale Shares pursuant to this Agreement shall be obtained and effective as of the Closing Date.

5.4    Minimum Number of Preferred Sale Shares at Initial Closing. Such number of Preferred Sale Shares representing a minimum aggregate value of US$9,000,000.

ARTICLE VI

COVENANTS AND OTHER AGREEMENTS

6.1    Use of Proceeds. The Company shall, and each Warrantors shall procure the Company to, use (or cause to be used) the proceeds from the Transaction (a) to fund the acquisition by ECMOHO Hong Kong of the outstanding shares of ECMOHO Shanghai pursuant to the Equity Transfer Agreement, and (b) for the business development, working capital and general corporate purposes of the Group.

6.2    Executory Period Covenants. Between the date of this Agreement and the Initial Closing, unless Delta consents in writing otherwise:

(a)    As promptly as practicable, each Warrantor shall: (i) use best efforts to take all actions required of such party and to do all other things reasonably necessary, proper or advisable to consummate the transactions contemplated under the Transaction Documents; (ii) file or supply, or cause to be filed or supplied, all applications, notifications and information required to be filed or supplied by such Warrantor pursuant to law in connection with the Transaction Documents and the issuance of the Preferred Sale Shares pursuant hereto and the consummation of the other transactions contemplated under the Transaction Documents; (c) use reasonable best efforts to obtain, or cause to be obtained, all consents (including any consents required under any contract) necessary to be obtained by such party in order to consummate the transactions contemplated pursuant to the Transaction Documents; and (d) coordinate and cooperate with the other Parties in exchanging such information and supplying such assistance as may be reasonably requested by the other Parties in connection with any filings and other actions to be made or taken in order to consummate the transactions contemplated pursuant to the Transaction Documents.

 

-18-


(b)    None of the Warrantors, without the prior written consent of the Purchasers, shall take any action which (a) would render any of the representations or warranties made by the Warrantors in this Agreement untrue in any material respect if given with reference to the facts and circumstances then existing or (b) would result in any of the covenants contained in this Agreement becoming incapable of performance. Each Warrantor shall promptly advise the Purchasers of any action or event of which such Warrantor becomes aware which would have the effect of making incorrect in any material respect any such representations or warranties if given with reference to facts and circumstances then existing or which has the effect of rendering any such covenants incapable of performance.

(c)    Except as otherwise permitted by this Agreement or with the written consent of Delta, the Warrantors shall: carry on the Group’s business in the ordinary course consistent with past practice and in substantially the same manner as conducted prior to the date hereof.

(d)    No Warrantor shall (a) waive, release or assign any material right or claim, (b) take any action that would reasonably be expected to materially impair the value of any Group Company, (c) sell, purchase, assign, lease, transfer, pledge, encumber or otherwise dispose of any material asset of any Group Company, (d) issue, sell, or grant any equity security, (e) declare, issue, make, or pay any dividend or other distribution with respect to any equity security, (f) make any material change in any method of accounting or accounting practice used by any Group Company, other than any such changes required by applicable accounting principles, or (g) authorize or commit to do any of the foregoing.

(e)    From the date hereof until the Second Closing, the Company shall notify Delta as soon as reasonably practicable of any discussions or negotiations with a third party in connection with the issuance and sale of any Additional Shares.

(f)    The Warrantors shall permit each Purchaser, or any representative thereof, at its own expense, to (a) visit and inspect the properties of the Group Companies, (b) inspect the contracts, books of account, records, ledgers, and other documents and data of the Group Companies, (c) discuss the business, affairs, finances and accounts of the Group Companies with officers and employees of the Group Companies, and (d) review such other information as such Purchaser reasonably requests, in each case during normal business hours and in such a manner so as not to unreasonably interfere with the normal operations of the Group Companies.

6.3    Compliance.

(a)    The Warrantors shall use their respective reasonable best efforts to cause each of the Group Companies to comply with all applicable Laws, including, but not limited to, applicable PRC rules and regulations relating to telecommunications business, software, Intellectual Property, anti-monopoly, taxation, employment, and social welfare and benefits, except for such noncompliance that would not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be likely to have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

-19-


(b)    The Warrantors shall use their respective reasonable best efforts to cause Yibo to obtain the Internet Information Service Business Operation License (互联网信息服务业务经营许可证), the License for Broadcasting Audio Video Programs via Information Network (信息网络传播视听节目许可证) and the Cross-border E-Commerce Filing.

(c)    As soon as practicable after the Initial Closing, the Warrantors shall use their respective reasonable best efforts to apply for and complete any necessary filing under the SAFE Rules and Regulations.

6.4    Indemnification of the Director. The Company shall indemnify the Preferred Director against all liability arising from negligence, breach of duty or breach of trust incurred in the course of discharging his or her duties as director or officer of any Group Company. The indemnification should terminate immediately upon the effectiveness of a customary directors and officers insurance that covers the Preferred Director.

6.5    Intellectual Properties Registration. As soon as practicable after the Initial Closing, the Warrantors shall use their respective reasonable best efforts to cause the ownership of the trademarks listed in Exhibit F and the domain name and the business name of “Hengshoutang” to be transferred to Shanghai Hengshoutang Health Technology Co., Ltd. (上海恒寿堂健康科技有限公司)

6.6    Equity Transfer of Japan Subsidiary. As soon as applicable after the Initial Closing, the Founders shall procure that all the equity securities of the Japan Subsidiary be transferred from Zeng Qingchun to one of the Subsidiaries of ECMOHO Shanghai in accordance with the applicable laws and regulations.

6.7    Filing of Memorandum and Articles. The Company shall file the Memorandum and Articles with the Registrar of Companies of the Cayman Islands within ten (10) Business Days after the Closing.

6.8    Equity Pledge Registration. The Founders shall, and shall use their best efforts to cause the shareholders of Yibo to, complete the registration of the pledge of the equity interests of Yibo created under the Control Agreements with the relevant PRC administration for industry and commerce, and shall provide to Delta a copy of the pledge registration certificate issued by the relevant PRC administration for industry and commerce.

6.9    Non-competition Agreements. As soon as practicable after the Initial Closing, the Founders shall use their reasonable best efforts to cause the relevant Group Companies to enter into agreements that include customary provisions regarding non-competition, confidentiality and invention assignment with certain key employees of the Group Companies. The list of the key employees shall be determined by the Founders and approved by Board of Directors.

6.10    Management Accounts. Prior to the Initial Closing ECMOHO Shanghai shall furnish to Delta a copy of the consolidated management accounts of ECMOHO Shanghai for the six-month period ended on June 30, 2018 as soon as practicable after such management accounts are available.

 

-20-


6.11    Termination of Old VIE Agreement. As soon as practicable after the Initial Closing, the Warrantors shall use their reasonable best efforts to cause the termination of the VIE structure adopted by certain members of the Group Companies on April 22, 2015.

6.12    Exit of the Staying Onshore Investors. As soon as practicable after the Initial Closing, each Warrantor shall use its reasonable best efforts to, procure (i) the ECMOHO Hong Kong, either directly or indirectly, acquire all equity interests held by Ningbo Yuanyuanliuchang Investment Center (Limited Partnership) (宁波源远流长投资中心 (有限合伙)), Suzhou Dadehongqiang Investment Center (Limited Partnership) (苏州大得宏强投资中心 (有限合伙)) and Beijing Tianruidiliang Investment Co., Ltd. (北京天润地良投资有限公司) (collectively the “Staying Onshore Investors”) or their respective transferees (the “Staying Onshore Investor Transferees”) in ECMOHO Shanghai at a purchase price as approved by the Board of Directors (including the affirmative vote of at least two of the Investor Directors) (the “Staying Onshore Investor Consideration”); and (ii) the Staying Onshore Investors or Staying Onshore Investor Transferees shall subscribe for the Class A Ordinary Shares of the Company for the total consideration that equals to the Staying Onshore Investor Consideration and at a subscription price per Class A Ordinary Share approved by the Board of Directors (including the affirmative vote of at least two of the Preferred Directors).

6.13    Termination of Existing Investment Agreements. As soon as practicable after the Initial Closing, each Warrantor shall use its reasonable best efforts to cause the termination of the capital increase agreement, dated as of August 18, 2015, between Shanghai ECMOHO and other parties thereto, and the capital increase agreement, dated as of April 19, 2016, between Shanghai ECMOHO and other parties thereto (collectively, the “Capital Increase Agreements”), the Round A Shareholders Agreement (as defined in the Investors Rights Agreement) and the Round B Shareholders Agreement (as defined in the Investors Rights Agreement); provided that such shareholders agreement shall be deemed to be terminated upon the acquisition of all equity interests of ECMOHO Shanghai by ECMOHO Hong Kong.

ARTICLE VII

INDEMNITY

7.1    General Indemnity. Each Warrantor hereby agrees to jointly and severally indemnify and hold harmless each Purchaser, and such Purchaser’s affiliates, directors, officers, agents and assigns (each a “Purchaser Indemnified Party”), from and against any and all losses suffered by such Purchaser Indemnified Party, directly or indirectly, as a result of, or based upon or arising from any inaccuracy in or breach or nonperformance of any of the representations, warranties, covenants or agreements made by any Warrantor in or pursuant to this Agreement.

7.2    Specific Indemnity. Without limiting the generality of Section 7.1, each Warrantor hereby agrees to jointly and severally indemnify and hold harmless each Purchaser Indemnified Party, from and against any and all losses suffered by such Purchaser Indemnified Party as a result of, or based upon or arising from (i) the failure by the Warrantors to procure the Staying Onshore Investors or the Staying Onshore Investor Transferees to transfer all of their equity interests in ECMOHO Shanghai to ECMOHO Hong Kong, or (ii) the failure by the Warrantors to procure the termination of the Capital Increase Agreements, the Round A Shareholders Agreement (as defined in the Investors Rights Agreement) and the Round B Shareholders Agreement (as defined in the Investors Rights Agreement) in accordance with Section 6.13. Such indemnification shall not be prejudiced by or be otherwise subject to any disclosure (in the Disclosure Schedule or otherwise) and shall apply regardless of whether the Purchaser Indemnified Parties have any knowledge, actual or constructive, with respect thereto.

 

-21-


7.3    Limit on Liability. The aggregate liability of the Warrantors in respect of all claims under the Transaction Documents to any Purchaser shall not exceed the purchase price paid by such Purchaser under this Agreement. Each Purchaser acknowledges that it has had the opportunity to conduct due diligence and investigation with respect to the Group Companies, and in no event shall any Warrantor have any liability to such Purchaser with respect to inaccuracy in or breach or nonperformance of any of the representations, warranties, covenants or agreements made by such Warrantor in or pursuant to this Agreement to the extent such Purchaser or Delta knew of such inaccuracy, breach or nonperformance as of the relevant Closing Date.

ARTICLE VIII

TERMINATION

8.1    Termination. This Agreement may be terminated at any time prior to the Closing as between the Company and the Purchasers:

(a)    by mutual written consent of the Parties;

(b)    by the Company if there has been a material breach of any representation, warranty, covenant or agreement made by the Purchasers in this Agreement, or any such representation and warranty shall have become untrue after the Execution Date, such that Article V would not be satisfied and such breach or condition is not curable or, if curable, is not cured within twenty (20) days after written notice thereof is given by the Company to the Purchasers; or

(c)    by the Purchasers if there has been a material breach of a representation, warranty, covenant or agreement made by the Company to the Purchasers in this Agreement, or any such representation and warranty shall have become untrue after the Execution Date, such that Article IV would not be satisfied and such breach or condition is not curable or, if curable, is not cured within twenty (20) days after written notice thereof is given by the Purchasers to the Company.

8.2    Effect of Termination. In the event of termination of this Agreement pursuant to this Article VII, this Agreement shall become void and of no effect with no liability to any Person on the part of any Party (or of any of its Representatives or Affiliates); provided, however, and notwithstanding anything in the foregoing to the contrary, that no such termination shall relieve any Party of any liability or damages to the other Party resulting from (a) any knowing and intentional material breach of this Agreement or (b) the provisions set forth in this Section 7.2 and Article VIII.

ARTICLE IX

MISCELLANEOUS

9.1    Amendment; Waiver. Any provision of this Agreement may be amended or waived if, and only if, such amendment or waiver is in writing and signed, in the case of an amendment, by each Party, or in the case of a waiver, by the Party against which the waiver is to be effective. No failure or delay by any Party in exercising any right, power or privilege hereunder shall operate as a waiver thereof nor shall any single or partial exercise thereof preclude any other or further exercise thereof or the exercise of any other right, power or privilege. The rights and remedies herein provided shall be cumulative and not exclusive of any rights or remedies provided by law.

 

-22-


9.2    Expenses. The Company shall bear the cost of all fees and expenses incurred in connection with the preparation, negotiation, execution and performance of this Agreement and the Transaction, including all reasonable fees and expenses of its and the Purchasers’ respective Representatives; provided, however, that such fees and expenses of all of the Purchasers in the aggregate shall not exceed US$70,000.00. If the Closing does not occur, each Party shall bear its own fees and expenses incurred in connection with the preparation of this Agreement and the Transaction contemplated herein, including all fees and expenses of their Representatives.

9.3    Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, each such counterpart being deemed to be an original instrument, and all such counterparts shall together constitute the same agreement.

9.4    Governing Law and Venue; Specific Performance.

(a)    THIS AGREEMENT SHALL BE GOVERNED BY AND INTERPRETED AND ENFORCED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK (INCLUDING SECTION 5-1401 OF THE NEW YORK GENERAL OBLIGATIONS LAW), WITHOUT GIVING EFFECT TO ANY CONFLICT OF LAW RULES THEREOF THAT WOULD REQUIRE OR PERMIT THE APPLICATION OF THE LAW OF ANY OTHER JURISDICTION.

(b)    Subject to Section 9.4(c), any disputes, actions and proceedings against any Party arising out of or in any way relating to this Agreement shall be submitted to the HKIAC and resolved in accordance with the arbitration rules of the HKIAC (the “Arbitration Rules”) in force at the relevant time, except as such rules are modified or displaced by any of the provisions of this Agreement. The official language of the arbitration shall be English and the arbitration tribunal shall consist of three arbitrators (each, an “Arbitrator”). The claimant(s), irrespective of number, shall nominate jointly one Arbitrator; the respondent(s), irrespective of number, shall nominate jointly one Arbitrator; and a third Arbitrator will be nominated jointly by the first two Arbitrators and shall serve as chairman of the arbitration tribunal. In the event the claimant(s) or respondent(s) or the first two Arbitrators shall fail to nominate or agree to the joint nomination of an Arbitrator or the third Arbitrator, as applicable, within the time limits specified by the Arbitration Rules, such Arbitrator shall be appointed promptly by the HKIAC. The arbitration tribunal shall have no authority to award punitive or other punitive-type damages. The award of the arbitration tribunal shall be final and binding upon the disputing parties and, in the case of any award of monetary damages, shall be denominated in U.S. dollars. Any Party to an award may apply to any court of competent jurisdiction for enforcement of such award and, for purposes of the enforcement of such award, the Parties irrevocably and unconditionally submit to the jurisdiction of any court of competent jurisdiction and waive any defenses to such enforcement based on lack of personal jurisdiction or inconvenient forum.

(c)    Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Parties hereby consent to and agree that in addition to any recourse to arbitration as set out in this Section 9.4, any Party may, to the extent permitted under the laws of the jurisdiction where application is made, seek an interim injunction from a court or other authority with competent jurisdiction and, notwithstanding that this Agreement is governed by the laws of the State of New York, a court or authority hearing an application for injunctive relief may apply the procedural law of the jurisdiction where the court or other authority is located in determining whether to grant the interim injunction. For the avoidance of doubt, this Section 9.4(c) is only applicable to the seeking of interim injunctions and does not restrict the application of Section 9.4(d) in any way.

 

-23-


(d)    The Parties agree that irreparable damage would occur in the event that any of the provisions of this Agreement were not performed in accordance with their specific terms or were otherwise breached. It is accordingly agreed that the Parties shall be entitled to an injunction or injunctions to prevent breaches of this Agreement and to enforce specifically the terms and provisions of this Agreement in any court having jurisdiction, this being in addition to any other remedy to which such Party is entitled at law or in equity.

9.5    Notices. Any notice, request, instruction or other document to be given hereunder by any Party to any other Party or Parties shall be in writing and delivered personally or sent by registered or certified mail, postage prepaid, by facsimile, e-mail or overnight courier:

If to any Purchaser, to the address listed in Exhibit A for such Purchaser.

If to the Company:

ECMOHO Limited

2F/3F, Xuhuiyuan Building No. 1000,

Tianyaoqiao Road, Xuhui District,

Shanghai, People’s Republic of China.

Attention: Richard Wei

e-mail: richard@ecmoho.com

(with a copy to:

Sullivan & Cromwell,

Level 32,

101 Collins Street,

Melbourne, Victoria 3000

Australia.

Attention: Robert Chu

fax: (+61-3) 9654-2422)

email: chur@sullcrom.com)

or to such other Persons or addresses as may be designated in writing by the Party to receive such notice. Any notice, request, instruction or other document given as provided above shall be deemed given to the receiving Party upon actual receipt, if delivered personally, three (3) Business Days after deposit in the mail if sent by registered or certified mail, or upon confirmation of successful transmission if sent by facsimile or e-mail; provided, that if given by facsimile or e-mail, such notice, request, instruction or other document shall be confirmed by the receiving party within one (1) Business Day of receipt by dispatch pursuant to one of the other methods described herein or on the next Business Day after deposit with an overnight courier.

9.6    Entire Agreement. This Agreement (including any exhibits and schedules hereto) constitutes the entire agreement and supersedes all other prior agreements, understandings, representations and warranties, both written and oral, among the Parties, with respect to the subject matter hereof. EACH PARTY AGREES THAT, EXCEPT FOR THE REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES CONTAINED IN THIS AGREEMENT, NEITHER THE PURCHASER NOR THE COMPANY MAKES OR RELIES ON ANY OTHER REPRESENTATIONS, WARRANTIES OR INDUCEMENTS, AND EACH HEREBY DISCLAIMS ANY OTHER REPRESENTATIONS, WARRANTIES OR INDUCEMENTS, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, AS TO THE ACCURACY OR COMPLETENESS OF ANY OTHER INFORMATION, MADE BY, OR MADE AVAILABLE BY, ITSELF OR ANY OF ITS REPRESENTATIVES, WITH RESPECT TO, OR IN CONNECTION WITH, THE NEGOTIATION, EXECUTION OR DELIVERY OF THIS AGREEMENT OR THE CONSUMMATION OF THE TRANSACTION, NOTWITHSTANDING THE DELIVERY OR DISCLOSURE TO THE OTHER PARTY OR THE OTHER PARTY’S REPRESENTATIVES OF ANY DOCUMENTATION OR OTHER INFORMATION WITH RESPECT TO ANY ONE OR MORE OF THE FOREGOING. NO PARTY SHALL BE BOUND BY, OR BE LIABLE FOR, ANY ALLEGED REPRESENTATION, PROMISE, INDUCEMENT OR STATEMENT OF INTENTION NOT CONTAINED HEREIN.

 

-24-


9.7    Confidentiality.

(a)    Each of the Parties shall, and shall cause its Affiliates and its and their respective Representatives to, keep confidential and not use or disclose any information provided by the other Party or the Company (whether oral, written or in any other form), which the other Party or the Company has provided prior to the date of this Agreement or may provide to the Purchaser subsequent to the date of this Agreement, and any information derived by the Purchaser or its Representatives from such information, including the existence and terms and conditions of this Agreement (collectively, the “Confidential Information”). Confidential Information shall not include information that:

(i)    is publicly available or becomes publicly available without the breach of any obligations of confidentiality by the receiving Party;

(ii)    was in possession of the receiving Party, having been acquired without the breach of any obligations of confidentiality, prior to it being furnished to the receiving Party; or

(iii)    was independently and lawfully acquired by the receiving Party without the breach of any obligations of confidentiality.

(b)    Each Party may disclose Confidential Information to its Affiliates and its and their respective Representatives subject to the condition that they:

(i)    need to know the Confidential Information for purposes of the activities contemplated by this Agreement;

(ii)    are informed of the confidential nature of the Confidential Information; and

(iii)    are bound by confidentiality obligations to the same extent as set forth in this Section 9.7.

(c)    If a Party becomes legally compelled (by deposition, interrogatory, request for documents, subpoena, civil investigative demand or similar process) to disclose any of the Confidential Information, it shall provide the other Party with prompt prior written notice and may disclose only that portion of the Confidential Information that is legally required and shall exercise reasonable efforts to obtain assurance that confidential treatment shall be accorded to such Confidential Information; provided, that the failure to obtain such assurance of confidential treatment shall not limit or restrict any disclosures otherwise permitted under this Section 9.7. If a Party is required by applicable securities laws or rules or regulations of each stock exchange upon which the securities of a Party or the Company are listed or pursuant to a request by any other regulatory or Governmental Entity in any jurisdiction to disclose any of the Confidential Information, such Party shall as far as reasonably practicable, and to the extent permitted by law, make such disclosure only after prior consultation with the other Party and after giving the other Party a reasonable opportunity to comment on the proposed disclosure.

 

-25-


(d)    All Confidential Information provided by a Party shall be and shall remain the property of such Party or, as the case may be, the Company. Each Party shall, and shall cause its Affiliates and its and their respective Representatives to, subject to applicable laws, within ten (10) days following a request by the other Party, return to such Party all Confidential Information and all reproductions of Confidential Information, or promptly destroy such Confidential Information or reproductions thereof in any form (except that if such Confidential Information or any reproduction thereof is in electronic form, a Party shall only be required to destroy such Confidential Information or any reproduction thereof to the extent permitted by applicable laws and reasonably practicable) and deliver to the other Party a certificate signed by a senior officer of the receiving Party confirming compliance with this Section 9.7. In the case of such Confidential Information that is not returned or destroyed, the Purchaser shall continue to keep such information confidential pursuant to the terms of this Section 9.7 and shall not use such Confidential Information for purposes other than the compliance with such laws.

9.8    No Third-Party Beneficiaries. Each Party hereby agrees that its representations, warranties and covenants set forth herein are solely for the benefit of the other Party, in accordance with and subject to the terms of this Agreement, and this Agreement is not intended to, and does not, confer upon any Persons other than the Parties any rights or remedies hereunder, including the right to rely upon the representations and warranties set forth herein.

9.9    Severability. The provisions of this Agreement shall be deemed severable and the invalidity or unenforceability of any provision shall not affect the validity or enforceability of the other provisions hereof. If any provision of this Agreement, or the application of such provision to any Person or any circumstance, is invalid or unenforceable, (a) a suitable and equitable provision shall be substituted therefor in order to carry out, so far as may be valid and enforceable, the intent and purpose of such invalid or unenforceable provision and (b) the remainder of this Agreement and the application of such provision to other Persons or circumstances shall not be affected by such invalidity or unenforceability, nor shall such invalidity or unenforceability affect the validity or enforceability of such provision, or the application of such provision, in any other jurisdiction.

 

-26-


9.10    Interpretation; Construction.

(a)    The table of contents and headings herein are for convenience of reference only, do not constitute part of this Agreement and shall not be deemed to limit or otherwise affect any of the provisions hereof. Where a reference in this Agreement is made to an annex, exhibit, section or schedule, such reference shall be to an annex, exhibit, section or schedule to this Agreement unless otherwise indicated. Whenever the words “include”, “includes” or “including” are used in this Agreement, they shall be deemed to be followed by the words “without limitation”.

(b)    The Parties have participated jointly in negotiating and drafting this Agreement. In the event that an ambiguity or a question of intent or interpretation arises, this Agreement shall be construed as if drafted jointly by the Parties, and no presumption or burden of proof shall arise favoring or disfavoring any Party by virtue of the authorship of any provision of this Agreement.

9.11    Assignment. No Party may assign any of its rights or delegate any of its obligations under this Agreement, by operation of law or otherwise, without the prior written consent of the other Party, except that the Purchaser may assign any and all of its rights under this Agreement to one or more of its wholly-owned Subsidiaries (but no such assignment shall relieve the Purchaser of any of its obligations hereunder). Any purported assignment in violation of this Agreement is void.

9.12    Fulfillment of Obligations. Any obligation of any Party to any other Party under this Agreement, which obligation is performed, satisfied or fulfilled completely by an Affiliate of such Party, shall be deemed to have been performed, satisfied or fulfilled by such Party.

[Signature Page Follows]

 

-27-


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Parties have caused this Agreement to be executed as of the date first written above.

 

ECMOHO LIMITED:
By:  

/s/ ZENG QINGCHUN

Name:  

ZENG QINGCHUN

  (print)

 

SIGNATURE PAGE TO SHARE SUBSCRIPTION AGREEMENT


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Parties have caused this Agreement to be executed as of the date first written above.

 

ECMOHO (HONG KONG)

HEALTH TECHNOLOGY LIMITED

By:  

/s/ ZENG QINGCHUN

Name:  

ZENG QINGCHUN

  (print)

 

SIGNATURE PAGE TO SHARE PURCHASE AGREEMENT


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Parties have caused this Agreement to be executed as of the date first written above.

 

SHANGHAI ECMOHO HEALTH

BIOTECHNOLOGY CO., LTD.

 

SHANGHAI ECMOHO HEALTH

BIOTECHNOLOGY CO., LTD. (seal)

 

 

By:         /s/ Ying Wang                        

Name:    Ying Wang                                
              (print)

SIGNATURE PAGE TO PREFERRED SHARE PURCHASE AGREEMENT


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Parties have caused this Agreement to be executed as of the date first written above.

 

By:  

/s/ WANG YING (王影)

Name:  

WANG YING (王影)

 

(print)

 

PRC ID Number: ***

SIGNATURE PAGE TO PREFERRED SHARE PURCHASE AGREEMENT


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Parties have caused this Agreement to be executed as of the date first written above.

 

By:  

/s/ ZENG QINGCHUN (曾庆春)

Name:  

ZENG QINGCHUN (曾庆春)

 

(print)

 

PRC ID Number: ***

SIGNATURE PAGE TO PREFERRED SHARE PURCHASE AGREEMENT


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Parties have caused this Agreement to be executed as of the date first written above.

 

PURCHASERS:

 

Delta Capital Growth Fund II, L.P.

By:  

/s/ Weigang Greg Ye

Name:   Weigang Greg Ye
Title:   Managing Director

SIGNATURE PAGE TO PREFERRED SHARE PURCHASE AGREEMENT


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Parties have caused this Agreement to be executed as of the date first written above.

 

PURCHASERS:
李水蓮
By:  

/s/ Shua-Lien Li

SIGNATURE PAGE TO PREFERRED SHARE PURCHASE AGREEMENT


EXHIBIT A

SCHEDULE OF PURCHASERS

 

Purchaser

   Address of
Purchaser
   Type of
Share
   Number of
Shares
     Price Per
Share
     Purchase Price  

Delta Capital

Growth Fund II, L.P.

   392 Jian Guo

West Road,

Shanghai, China

   Series A

Sale

Shares

     1,587,783      US$ 2.834140      US$ 4,500,000  

李水蓮

   台灣省桃園市

蘆竹區南祥路

13319樓,

郵遞區號33854

   Series A
Sale
Shares
     1,587,783      US$ 2.834140      US$ 4,500,000  


EXHIBIT B

FORM OF JOINDER AGREEMENT

This joinder agreement (this “Joinder Agreement”) is made as of the date written below by the undersigned (the “Additional Purchaser”) in accordance with Section 1.3 of that certain Preferred Share Purchase Agreement, dated as of August 2, 2018 (the “SPA”), by and between ECMOHO Limited (the “Company”) and each of the investors listed on Exhibit A thereto (the “Purchasers”), as the same may be amended from time to time. Capitalized terms used, but not defined, herein shall have the meaning ascribed to such terms in the SPA.

By executing and delivering this Joinder Agreement, the Additional Purchaser hereby: (i) joins in and becomes a party to the SPA and, subject to and effective as of the Second Closing therewith, to the Investor Rights Agreement dated as of August 7, 2018 by and between the Company and each of the investors listed therein, as may be amended (the “IRA”), and further acknowledges, agrees and confirms that the undersigned shall be bound by and subject to the terms and conditions of each of such agreements as an Additional Purchaser and, as applicable, as a Purchaser, for all intents and purposes under the SPA, and as a Purchaser or all intents and purposes under the IRA; (ii) without derogating from the generality of the foregoing, the undersigned Additional Purchaser shall deliver to the Company, all documentation and certificates to be delivered to the Company following the Second Closing or in connection therewith, as set forth in the SPA; and (iii) represents and warrants to the Company, and acknowledges that the Company is entering into this Joinder Agreement (and, consequently, into the SPA and IRA) therewith in reliance that the representations and warranties set forth in Article III of the SPA are true and correct in respect of the undersigned Additional Purchaser and its respective investment in the Company, and shall be true and correct as of the Second Closing therewith as if made on such Second Closing.

Attached hereto is the updated Exhibit A to the SPA, reflecting the Shares to be issued against payment at the Second Closing.

[Signature Page Follows]

 

B-1


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has executed this Joinder Agreement, to become effective as of the date on which the Company countersigns this Joinder Agreement.

 

NAME OF ADDITIONAL PURCHASER:

    

By:  

    

Name:  

 

  (print)
Title:  
Address:

 

ACCEPTED AND ACKNOWLEDGED:

 

ECMOHO LIMITED

By:  

    

Name:  

 

  (print)
Title:  
Date:

 

B-2


EXHIBIT C

DISCLOSURE SCHEDULE

This Schedule is made and given pursuant to Article II of the Preferred Share Purchase Agreement, dated as of August 2, 2018 (the “Agreement”), by and between ECMOHO Limited (the “Company”) and the Purchasers listed on Schedule A thereto. All capitalized terms used but not defined herein shall have the meanings as defined in the Agreement, unless otherwise provided. Any information set forth in one section or subsection of this Disclosure Schedule shall be deemed to apply to and qualify the section or subsection of the Agreement to which it corresponds in number and each other section or subsection of the Agreement to the extent that it is reasonably apparent that such information is relevant to such other section or subsection. Notwithstanding that any representation specifically references a section or subsection of this Disclosure Schedule, each representation shall be deemed to be qualified by any information in this Disclosure Schedule where it is reasonably apparent that such information is relevant to such representation.

 

C-1


EXHIBIT C

DISCLOSURE SCHEDULE

This Schedule is made and given pursuant to Article II of the Preferred Share Purchase Agreement, dated as of August 2, 2018 (the “Agreement”), by and between ECMOHO Limited (the “Company”) and the Purchasers listed on Schedule A thereto. All capitalized terms used but not defined herein shall have the meanings as defined in the Agreement, unless otherwise provided. Any information set forth in one section or subsection of this Disclosure Schedule shall be deemed to apply to and qualify the section or subsection of the Agreement to which it corresponds in number and each other section or subsection of the Agreement to the extent that it is reasonably apparent that such information is relevant to such other section or subsection. Notwithstanding that any representation specifically references a section or subsection of this Disclosure Schedule, each representation shall be deemed to be qualified by any information in this Disclosure Schedule where it is reasonably apparent that such information is relevant to such representation.

The following terms used in this part shall be construed to have the meanings set forth or referenced below.

 

Shanghai Tonggou

  

shall mean Shanghai Tonggou Information Technology Co., Ltd.

  

上海统购信息科技有限公司

Shanghai ECMOHO

  

shall mean Shanghai ECMOHO Health Technology Co., Ltd.

  

上海易恒健康科技有限公司

Yijiasancan E-commerce

  

shall mean Yijiasancan (Shanghai) E-commerce Co., Ltd.

  

一加三餐(上海)电子商务有限公司

Shanghai Jieshi

  

shall mean Shanghai Jieshi Technology Co., Ltd.

  

上海杰诗科技有限公司

Shanghai Hengshoutang

  

shall mean Shanghai Hengshoutang Health Technology Co., Ltd.

  

上海恒寿堂健康科技有限公司

Qinghai Hengshoutang

  

shall mean Qinghai Hengshoutang Plateau Medicine Co., Ltd.

  

青海恒寿堂高原药材有限公司

Hangzhou Duoduo

  

shall mean Hangzhou Duoduo Supply Chain Management Co., Ltd.

  

杭州朵多供应链管理有限公司

Zhengzhou ECMOHO

  

shall mean Zhengzhou ECMOHO Health Technology Co., Ltd.

  

郑州易恒健康科技有限公司

Beijing Yapingguo

  

shall mean Beijing Yapingguo Technology Co., Ltd.

  

北京呀苹果科技有限公司

Jianyikang

  

shall mean Jianyikang Health Technology (Shanghai) Co., Ltd.

  

简易康健康科技(上海)有限公司

 

EXHIBIT C-1


Shanghai Yibo

  

shall mean Shanghai Yibo Medical Equipment Co., Ltd.

  

上海邑渤医疗器械有限公司

Yuanyuanliuchang

  

shall mean Ningbo Yuanyuanliuchang Investment Center (Limited Partnership)

  

宁波源远流长投资中心 (有限合伙)

Tianrundiliang

  

shall mean Beijing Tianrundiliang Investment Co., Ltd.

  

北京天润地良投资有限公司

Dadehongqiang

  

shall mean Suzhou Dadehongqiang Investment Center (Limited

  

Partnership)

  

苏州大得宏强投资中心 (有限合伙)

ECMOHO Industrial CO

  

shall mean Shanghai ECMOHO Industrial Co., Ltd.

  

上海易恒实业有限公司

ECMOHO Advertising CO

  

shall mean Shanghai ECMOHO Advertising Co., Ltd.

  

上海易恒广告有限公司

Shanghai Yihao

  

shall mean Shanghai Yihao Corporate Management Partnership

  

(Limited Partnership).

  

上海奕好企业管理合伙企业 (有限合伙)

Yijiasancan Investment

  

shall mean Shanghai Yijiasancan Investment Management Center (Limited Partnership).

  

上海一佳三餐投资管理中心 (有限合伙)

Smart Warrior

  

shall mean Smart Warrior Limited.

CID

  

shall mean CID Greater China Fund V, L.P.

STCH

  

shall mean STCH Investments Inc.

Hong Kong ECMOHO

  

shall mean Ecmoho (Hong Kong) Co., Ltd.

ECMOHO Japan

  

shall mean Ecmoho 株式会社.

 

2.1

Certain noncompliance of Group Company are as follows:

 

  (1)

ECMOHO Shanghai received the Notice of Project Record from Shanghai Development and Reform Commission and the Certificate of Outbound Investment by Enterprises from Shanghai Municipal Commission of Commerce when it bought 100% shares of ECMOHO (HONG KONG) LIMITED, with the approved amount USD1,300. In 2017, the registered capital of ECMOHO (HONG KONG) LIMITED was increased to USD3,000,000, but ECMOHO Shanghai failed to obtain the Filing Certificate from Shanghai Development and Reform Commission for such capital increase.

 

  (2)

None of Zhengzhou ECMOHO, Yijiasancan E-commerce and Qinghai Hengshoutang has made any registration for social insurance and housing fund.

 

  (3)

The ECMOHO Shanghai has not obtained the Certificate of Permitting the Employment of Foreigners.

 

  (4)

Zhengzhou ECMOHO and Beijing Yapingguo are expected to be dissolved in the near future.

 

EXHIBIT C-2


2.2

(a)The authorized capital of the Company consists, immediately prior to the Initial Closing, of:

 

Shareholders

   Number of Shares      Type of Shares    Ratio  

Best Winner Limited

     1,072,633      Class A ordinary share      1.182859

Lake Zurich Partners Limited

     3,077,408      Class A ordinary share      3.393649

Liberal Rich Limited

     6,012,000      Class A ordinary share      6.629805

Behealth Limited

     5,368,959      Class A ordinary share      5.920684

Behealth Limited

     37,575,200      Class B ordinary share      41.436502

Uhealth Limited

     37,575,200      Class B ordinary share      41.436502
合计      90,681,400      —        100.00

(b) The Company has reserved 11,386,410 shares of Ordinary Shares for issuance to officers, directors, employees and consultants of the Company pursuant to the Share Plan, provided that no legal documents has been signed for such plan and no share has been issued as of the date hereof.

(c) The capitalization of the Company immediately following the Initial Closing:

 

Shareholders    Number of Shares      Type of Shares    Ratio  

Delta Capital Growth Fund II, L.P.

     1,587,783      Series A Preferred Share      1.691705

李水莲

     1,587,783      Series A Preferred Share      1.691705

Delta Capital Growth Fund II, L.P.

     953,289      Class A ordinary share      1.015683

李水莲

     714,967      Class A ordinary share      0.761762

Best Winner Limited

     1,072,633      Class A ordinary share      1.142838

Lake Zurich Partners

Limited

     3,077,408      Class A ordinary share      3.278827

Liberal Rich Limited

     6,012,000      Class A ordinary share      6.405492

Behealth Limited

     3,700,703      Class A ordinary share      3.942918

Behealth Limited

     37,575,200      Class B ordinary share      40.034535

Uhealth Limited

     37,575,200      Class B ordinary share      40.034535
合计      93,856,966      —        100.00

(d)N/A.

 

2.3

(i)The Group Structure as of the date of signing this Agreement is attached hereto as Annex I;

(ii)The Group Structure following the Initial Closing is attached hereto as Annex II.

 

2.4

N/A.

 

2.5

N/A.

 

EXHIBIT C-3


2.6

The registration with Shanghai Administration for Industry and Commerce and the filing with Shanghai Municipal Commission of Commerce shall be completed for the equity transfer of ECMOHO Shanghai as provided in this Agreement.

 

2.7

(a) Please refer to 2.1 of this Exhibit C.

 

  (b)

N/A.

 

  (c)

N/A.

 

  (d)

The Group Company has entrusted the third party to pay social insurance and housing fund for employees. Meanwhile, the contribution base of social insurance and house funding is not the actual salary of employees.

LIN Xinyi (American) has not obtained the Work Permits for Foreigners.

 

  (e)

The Group Company pays parts of salary of some managers through the third party, which results in certain shortfall in individual tax.

 

  (f)

The Group Company was subject to the following material administrative penalties:

 

  (1)

On July 13, 2017, ECMOHO Shanghai received a notice issued by Shanghai Xuhui District Market Supervision Administration. According to such notice, ECMOHO Shanghai was under investigation for the violation of Article 9 of the Advertising Law. Recently ECMOHO Shanghai was informed that it would be fined RMB 200,000, but it has not received any written document.

 

  (2)

On October 25, 2017, ECMOHO Shanghai received the administrative penalty from Shanghai Xuhui District Market Supervision Administration for using misleading price. ECMOHO Shanghai was asked to correct violations and it was fined RMB5,000.

 

  (3)

On February 2, 2015, ECMOHO Shanghai received the administrative penalty from Jinshan Branch of Shanghai Administration for Industry and Commerce for the inappropriate advertising contents of health foods. ECMOHO Shanghai was asked to stop posting inappropriate advertisements and it was fined RMB2,000.

 

  (4)

On December 25, 2017, Shanghai Tonggou received the administrative penalty from Shanghai Xuhui District Market Supervision Administration for using misleading price. Shanghai Tonggou was asked to correct violations and it was fined RMB5,000.

 

  (5)

On November 1, 2016, Shanghai Jieshi received the administrative penalty from Shanghai Municipal Bureau of Quality and Technical Superbision for the unqualified product. Shanghai Jieshi was asked to stop the production of such unqualified products and it was fined RMB 4,000.

 

EXHIBIT C-4


  (6)

On November 3, 2016, Beijing Yapingguo received the administrative penalty from Fengtai Branch of Beijing Administration for Industry and Commerce. Beijing Yapingguo was fined RMB 2,000.

 

  (7)

On October 11, 2013, Yijiasancan E-commerce received the administrative penalty from Pudong Branch of Shanghai Administration for Industry and Commerce. Yijiasancan E-commerce was fined RMB 10,000.

 

  (8)

On July 28, 2014, Yijiasancan E-commerce received the administrative penalty from Pudong Branch of Shanghai Administration for Industry and Commerce. Yijiasancan E-commerce was fined RMB 2,000.

 

2.8

N/A.

 

2.9

ECMOHO Shanghai has not obtained the consent of the relevant creditors(Bank of Beijing -Shanghai Branch, Industrial Bank-Shanghai Xuhui Branch, My Bank) and partner(Er er shi (Shanghai) Trading Co., Ltd.) on its equity transfer as provided in this Agreement.

 

2.10

N/A.

 

2.11

N/A.

 

2.12

N/A.

 

2.13

(a) The shareholders of Shanghai Yibo are the relatives of WANG Ying, and the Company is the actual controller of Shanghai Yibo.

 

  (b)

The details of leasing contracts are as follows:

 

  (1)

ECMOHO Shanghai rents the east side of the 5th floor, Building 10, No. 1-10 Lane 333 Rongbei Road, Songjiang District, Shanghai from Shanghai Kebang Technology Development Co., Ltd. The lease period is from February 1, 2018 to July 31, 2018.

 

  (2)

ECMOHO Shanghai rents the second floor and the third floor, No. 1000 Tianyaoqiao Road, Shanghai from Shanghai Hangxin Real Estate Co., Ltd. The lease period is from July 26, 2015 to July 25, 2020.

 

  (3)

ECMOHO Shanghai rents the 26th floor, No.1089 Zhongshan South 2nd Road, Shanghai from Shanghai Hangxin Real Estate Co., Ltd. The lease period is from March 12, 2018 to March 11, 2021.

 

  (4)

ECMOHO Shanghai rents the second floor of No.7 storage, No.8118 Daye Road, Fengxian District, Shanghai from Shanghai Pudong New Area Zhongyuan Metal Products Factory. The lease period is from March 3, 2018 to March 2, 2021.

 

  (5)

Shanghai Tonggou rents the Room 302, No. 1000 Tianyaoqiao Road, Shanghai from Shanghai Hangxin Real Estate Co., Ltd. The lease period is from February 1, 2018 to July 25, 2020.

 

EXHIBIT C-5


  (6)

Shanghai ECMOHO rents the second floor and the third floor,, No. 1000 Tianyaoqiao Road, Shanghai from Shanghai Hangxin Real Estate Co., Ltd. The lease period is from May1, 2018 to July 25, 2020.

 

  (7)

Jianyikang rents the 2601A-2, No.1089 Zhongshan South 2nd Road, Shanghai from Shanghai Hangxin Real Estate Co., Ltd. The lease period is from May 1, 2018 to March 11, 2021.

 

  (8)

Hangzhou Duoduo rents the No. 7 warehouse of the Cross-border Stocking Bin , 14th Street, Export Processing Zone, Hangzhou Economic and Technological Development Zone from Zhejiang Qiansheng Holding Group Co., Ltd. The lease period is from October 15, 2015 to October 14, 2019.

 

  (9)

Beijing Yapingguo rents Room 215, Building 12, No. 22 Fengxian Pipeline, Fengtai District, Beijing from Beijing Jinmantang Investment Consulting Co., Ltd. The lease period is from November 20, 2016 to November 19, 2017 (The rental payment has been paid to November 19, 2018).

 

  (10)

Qinghai Hengshoutang rents the south side of the third floor, Zone F, No. 22 Jingsi Road, Xining Bio-park from Qinghai Shengke Entrepreneurship Co., Ltd. The lease period is from November 1, 2017 to October 31, 2018.

The Group Company has not gone through the lease filing procedure for the above leasing properties.

The registered address of the Group Company is inconsistent with its actual business address.

 

  (c)

N/A.

 

  (d)

Exhibit F is the list of trademarks to be transferred to the Group Company.

 

EXHIBIT C-6


ANNEX I THE GROUP STRUCTURE AS OF THE DATE OF SIGNING THIS AGREEMENT

 

LOGO

 

EXHIBIT C-7


ANNEX II THE GROUP STRUCTURE FOLLOWING THE INITIAL CLOSING

 

LOGO

 

EXHIBIT C-8


EXHIBIT D

FORM OF INVESTORS RIGHTS AGREEMENT

 

D-1


 

 

INVESTORS RIGHTS AGREEMENT

by and among

ECMOHO LIMITED,

BEHEALTH LIMITED,

UHEALTH LIMITED,

ECMOHO (HONG KONG) HEALTH TECHNOLOGY LIMITED,

SHANGHAI ECMOHO HEALTH BIOTECHNOLOGY CO., LTD.,

WANG YING,

ZENG QINGCHUN

and

EACH OF THE INVESTORS LISTED ON EXHIBIT A HERETO

Dated as of [], 2018

 

 

 


TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

         Page  
    ARTICLE I.       
    INTRODUCTORY MATTERS       

1.1

 

Defined Terms

     2  

1.2

 

Interpretation; Construction

     8  
    ARTICLE II.       
    DEMAND REGISTRATION       

2.1

 

Right to Request Demand Registration

     8  

2.2

 

Effective Demand Registration

     8  

2.3

 

Number of Demand Registrations

     9  

2.4

 

Selection of Underwriters

     9  

2.5

 

Priority on Demand Registrations

     9  

2.6

 

Effective Period of Demand Registrations

     9  
    ARTICLE III.       
    PIGGYBACK REGISTRATION       

3.1

 

Right to Request a Piggyback Registration

     9  

3.2

 

Selection of Underwriters

     10  

3.3

 

Priority on Primary Piggyback Registrations

     10  

3.4

 

Priority on Secondary Piggyback Registrations

     10  

3.5

 

Basis of Participation

     11  
    ARTICLE IV.       
    F-3 REGISTRATION       

4.1

 

Right to Request F-3 Registration

     11  

4.2

 

Effective F-3 Registration

     11  

4.3

 

Number of F-3 Registrations

     11  

4.4

 

Selection of Underwriters

     11  

4.5

 

Priority on F-3 Registrations

     12  

4.6

 

Effective Period of F-3 Registrations

     12  

 

i


    ARTICLE V.       
    SUSPENSION PERIOD       

5.1

 

Suspension Period

     12  

5.2

 

Additional Registration Rights

     13  
    ARTICLE VI.       
    REGISTRATION EXPENSES       

6.1

 

Registration Expenses

     13  

6.2

 

Termination of Registration Rights

     13  
    ARTICLE VII.       
    MANAGEMENT AND INFORMATION RIGHTS       

7.1

 

Delivery of Financial Statements

     13  

7.2

 

Inspection Rights

     14  

7.3

 

Termination of Information Rights

     14  

7.4

 

Confidentiality

     14  
    ARTICLE VIII.       
    RIGHTS AND RESTRICTIONS REGARDING SHARE TRANSFERS       

8.1

 

Right of First Offer

     15  

8.2

 

Right of First Refusal

     16  

8.3

 

Co-Sale Right

     18  

8.4

 

Prohibited Transfers

     19  

8.5

 

Restrictions on Issuance by Group Company

     20  

8.6

 

Founder Transfers

     20  

8.7

 

Termination of Rights and Restrictions

     20  
    ARTICLE IX.       
    DRAG-ALONG OBLIGATION       

9.1

 

Drag-Along Rights

     20  

9.2

 

Termination of Drag-Along Rights

     22  
    ARTICLE X.       
    GOVERNANCE AND ADDITIONAL COVENANTS       

10.1

 

Board of Directors

     22  

10.2

 

Matters Requiring Requisite Approval

     23  

 

ii


10.3

 

Matters Requiring Approval of the Board of Directors

     23  

10.4

 

Insurance

     25  

10.5

 

Termination of Covenants

     25  
    ARTICLE XI.       
    CONFIDENTIALITY       

11.1

 

Confidentiality

     25  

11.2

 

Damages Not an Adequate Remedy

     27  

11.3

 

Survival

     27  
    ARTICLE XII.       
    NON-COMPETITION; NON-SOLICITATION       

12.1

 

Non-Competition

     27  

12.2

 

Non-Solicitation

     28  
    ARTICLE XIII.       
    MISCELLANEOUS AND GENERAL       

13.1

 

Amendment; Waiver

     28  

13.2

 

Counterparts

     29  

13.3

 

Governing Law and Venue; Specific Performance

     29  

13.4

 

Notices

     30  

13.5

 

Entire Agreement

     30  

13.6

 

No Third-Party Beneficiaries

     31  

13.7

 

Severability

     31  

13.8

 

Assignment

     31  

13.9

 

Fulfillment of Obligations

     31  

13.10

 

Termination

     32  

 

Exhibit A:

  

Schedule of Investors

  

Exhibit B:

  

Form of Joinder Agreement

  

 

iii


INVESTORS RIGHTS AGREEMENT

THIS INVESTORS RIGHTS AGREEMENT (including the exhibits hereto, this “Agreement”), dated as of [], 2018 (the “Execution Date”), is made by and among:

 

1.

ECMOHO Limited (the “Company”), an exempted company incorporated under the laws of the Cayman Islands;

 

2.

ECMOHO (Hong Kong) Health Technology Limited (“ECMOHO Hong Kong”), a limited company incorporated under the laws of Hong Kong;

 

3.

Shanghai ECMOHO Health Biotechnology Co., Ltd. (上海易恒健康生物科技有限公司) (“ECMOHO Shanghai”), a limited liability company established under the laws of the People’s Republic of China;

 

4.

Founders (as defined below) and Founder Holding Companies (as defined below); and

 

5.

each of the investors listed on Exhibit A, as amended from time to time, attached to this Agreement (each, an “Investor” and together, the “Investors”).

The Company, ECMOHO Hong Kong, ECMOHO Shanghai and their respective Subsidiaries (as defined below) are referred to collectively herein as the “Group Companies”, and each a “Group Company”. “Group” refers to all the Group Companies collectively. All of the signatories to this Agreement are collectively referred to as the “Parties” and each individually as a “Party”.

RECITALS

WHEREAS, CID Greater China Fund V, L.P. (“CID”), STCH Investment Inc. (“STCH”, and together with CID, the “Round A Investors”), certain other investors and Shanghai ECMOHO Health Biotechnology Co, Ltd. (“ECMOHO Shanghai”) are parties to a shareholders agreement, dated as of August 18, 2015 (the “Round A Shareholders Agreement”);

WHEREAS, Smart Warrior Limited, CID, STCH, [Yi Hao] (together, the “Round B Investors”), certain other investors and ECMOHO Shanghai are parties to a shareholders agreement, dated as of April 19, 2016 (the “Round B Shareholders Agreement”);

WHEREAS, on July [], 2018, the Company issued certain number of shares of Class A Ordinary Shares to Best Winner Limited, Lake Zurich Partners Limited and Liberal Rich Limited;

WHEREAS, on July [], 2018, the Company issued certain number of shares of Class B Ordinary Shares to the Founder Holding Companies (as defined below);

WHEREAS, the Round A Investors, the Round B Investors and the Company are parties to a share subscription agreement, dated as of [], 2018 (the “Round A and B Share Subscription Agreement”), pursuant to which the Company agreed to sell, and each of the Round A Investors and Round B Investors agreed to subscribe for, that number of Class A-1 and Class A-2 Ordinary Shares of the Company, set forth opposite such Round A Investor’s or Round B Investor’s name on exhibit A thereto;


WHEREAS, the Company and certain of the Investors (the “Round C Investors”) are parties to a Series A preferred share purchase agreement, dated as of August 2, 2018 (the “Series A Share Purchase Agreement”), pursuant to which the Company agreed to sell, and the Round C Investors agreed to purchase, that number of shares of Series A Preferred Shares of the Company (the “Series A Preferred Shares”), set forth opposite such Round C Investor’s name on exhibit A thereto;

WHEREAS, Behealth Limited, Delta Capital Growth Fund II, L.P. and 李水莲 have entered into an ordinary share purchase agreement, dated as of August 2, 2018 (the “Ordinary Share Purchase Agreement”), pursuant to which Behealth Limited agreed to sell, and each of Delta Capital Growth Fund II, L.P. and 李水莲 agreed to purchase, a certain number of shares of Class A Ordinary Shares of the Company; and

WHEREAS, the Parties desire to address certain relationships among themselves with respect to registration rights and certain other matters.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises, and of the representations, warranties, covenants and agreements contained herein, the Parties agree as follows:

ARTICLE I.

INTRODUCTORY MATTERS

1.1    Defined Terms. As used in this Agreement:

(a)    “ADSs” are American depositary shares of the Company;

(b)    “Affiliate” means, with respect to any Person, any other Person that directly, or indirectly through one or more intermediaries, controls, is controlled by or is under common control with, such specified Person;

(c)    “Affiliate Investor”, and collectively, “Affiliate Investors”, mean CID, STCH and Delta, (i) in the case of CID or STCH, so long as it owns at least 50% of the Shares that CID or STCH, as applicable, owns immediately following the closing of the Round A and B Share Subscription Agreement, and (ii) in the case of Delta, so long as it owns at least 50% of the Shares that Delta owns immediately following the closing of the Series A Share Purchase Agreement.

(d)    “Affiliate Transferee” has the meaning set forth in Section 13.8;

(e)    “Agreement” has the meaning set forth in the Preamble;

(f)    “Arbitration Rules” means the arbitration rules of the Hong Kong International Arbitration Centre;

 

-2-


(g)    “Arbitrator” has the meaning set forth in Section 13.3(b);

(h)    “Big 4 Accounting Firm” refers to any of Deloitte Touche Tohmatsu Limited, Ernst & Young, KPMG and PricewaterhouseCoopers;

(i)    “Board of Directors” means the board of directors of the Company;

(j)    “Budget” has the meaning set forth in Section 7.1(b);

(k)    “Business Day”, and collectively, “Business Days”, mean a day (other than a Saturday or Sunday or public holiday) on which banks are open for general corporate business in each of Shanghai, People’s Republic of China; George Town, Cayman Islands; Hong Kong; and New York, United States of America;

(l)    “CID” means CID Greater China Fund V, L.P.;

(m)    “Class A Ordinary Share” means a class A ordinary share in the capital of the Company, par value of US$0.00001 per share;

(n)    “Class B Ordinary Share” means a class B ordinary share in the capital of the Company, par value of US$0.00001 per share;

(o)    “Company” has the meaning set forth in the Preamble;

(p)    “Competitor” means a Person engaged, directly or indirectly (including through any partnership, limited liability company, corporation, joint venture or similar arrangement (whether now existing or formed hereafter)), in the health and wellness related e-commerce industry in the Chinese market, but shall not include any financial investment firm or collective investment vehicle that, together with its Affiliates, holds less than twenty percent (20%) of the outstanding equity of any Competitor;

(q)    “Constitutive Documents” means, with respect to a Person, such Person’s certificate of incorporation, formation or registration (including, if relevant, certificates of change of name), memorandum of association, articles of association or incorporation, charter, bylaws, trust deed, trust instrument, or equivalent documents, in each case as amended; and means, with respect to limited liability companies of the People’s Republic of China, articles of association or equivalent documents;

(r)    “Control”, including the correlative terms “controlling”, “controlled by” and “under common control with”, means the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management or policies of an entity, whether through ownership of voting securities, by contract or otherwise;

(s)    “Deemed Liquidation Event” has the meaning set forth in the Memorandum and Articles;

(t)    “Delta” means Delta Capital Growth Fund II, L.P.;

 

-3-


(u)    “Demand Registration” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.1;

(v)    “Derivative Securities” means any securities or rights convertible into, or exercisable or exchangeable for (in each case, directly or indirectly), Ordinary Shares, including options and warrants.

(w)    “Designated Holders” means each of the Investors and each of their respective Affiliate Transferees;

(x)    “ECMOHO Hong Kong” means ECMOHO (Hong Kong) Health Technology Limited, a limited company established under the Laws of Hong Kong;

(y)    “ECMOHO Shanghai” means Shanghai ECMOHO Health Biotechnology Co, Ltd. (上海易恒健康生物科技有限公司), a limited liability company established under the Laws of the PRC;

(z)    “Employee Share Option Plan” means the 2018 Employee Share Option Plan duly adopted by the Board of Directors and approved by the Company;

(aa)    “Exchange Act” means the U.S. Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended;

(bb)    “Execution Date” has the meaning set forth in the Preamble;

(cc)    “F-3 Registration” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.1;

(dd)    “Founders” means Ying WANG (王影) (PRC identification number: *** and Qingchun Zeng (曾庆春) (PRC identification number: ***);

(ee)    “Founder Holding Companies” means Behealth Limited and Uhealth Limited;

(ff)    “Fully Exercising Investor” has the meaning set forth in Section 8.1(b);

(gg)    “Governmental Entity” means any U.S. or non-U.S. governmental or regulatory authority, agency, commission, body, court or other legislative, executive or judicial governmental entity;

(hh)    “HKIAC” means the Hong Kong International Arbitration Centre;

(ii)    “IFRS” means the International Financial Reporting Standards issued by the International Accounting Standards Board;

(jj)    “Investor” has the meaning set forth in the Preamble;

(kk)    “Investor Beneficial Owners” has the meaning set forth in Section 8.1;

 

-4-


(ll)    “Investor Director”, and collectively, “Investor Directors”, means any of the Preferred Share Director, the Round A Director and the Round B Director.

(mm)    “Investor Share”, and collectively, “Investor Shares”, means any Share held by an Investor.

(nn)    “Law”, and collectively, “Laws”, mean any federal, state, local or foreign law, statute or ordinance, common law, or any rule, regulation, standard, judgment, order, writ, injunction, decree, arbitration award, agency requirement, license or permit of any Governmental Entity;

(oo)    “Maximum Offering Size” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.5;

(pp)    “Memorandum and Articles” means the memorandum of association and articles of association of the Company adopted by a special resolution of the shareholders of the Company on August 2, 2018;

(qq)    “New Securities” means equity securities issued by the Company after the date hereof; provided that securities created pursuant to a stock split, dividend or other subdivision of Ordinary Shares are not New Securities;

(rr)    “Offer Notice” has the meaning set forth in Section 8.1(a);

(ss)    “Offered Shares” has the meaning set forth in Section 8.2(a);

(tt)    “Ordinary Shares” means the ordinary shares of the Company, including the Class A Ordinary Shares and the Class B Ordinary Shares;

(uu)    “Ordinary Share Purchase Agreement” has the meaning set forth in the Recitals;

(vv)    “Original Shares” means ordinary shares with a par value of US$0.0001 each in the capital of the Company;

(ww)    “Party” has the meaning set forth in the Preamble;

(xx)    “Person” means any individual, corporation, partnership, trust, limited liability company, association or other entity;

(yy)    “Piggyback Registration” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.1;

(zz)    “Preferred Share Director” means Greg Ye, as the member of the Board of Directors appointed by the Round C Investors;

(aaa)    “Proposed ROFR Seller” has the meaning set forth in Section 8.2(a);

(bbb)    “Proposed ROFR Purchaser” has the meaning set forth in Section 8.2(a);

 

-5-


(ccc)    “Qualified IPO” means a firm-commitment underwritten initial public offering by the Company of its Ordinary Shares (or the ADSs thereof) on the New York Stock Exchange or NASDAQ Stock Market in the United States, the Hong Kong Stock Exchange or any other exchange in any other jurisdiction (or any combination of such exchanges and jurisdictions) acceptable to the Company, in any case with a pre-initial public offering valuation of at least US$600,000,000 and with aggregate offering proceeds (before deduction of underwriting fees, commissions or expenses) to the Company of not less than US$120,000,000 (or any cash proceeds of other currency of equivalent value);

(ddd)    “Registrable Investor Shares” means, the Investor Shares and any other securities issued or issuable with respect to such Investor Shares by way of a share split, share dividend, recapitalization, exchange or similar event or otherwise; provided, however, that as to any Investor Share, such Share shall cease to be a Registrable Investor Share when: (i) a Registration Statement (as defined herein) covering such Registrable Investor Share has been declared effective and such Registrable Investor Share has been disposed of pursuant to such effective Registration Statement; (ii) such Registrable Investor Share shall have been sold pursuant to Rule 144 (or any similar provision then in effect) under the Securities Act; (iii) such Registrable Investor Share is otherwise transferred in a private transaction and is no longer held by any Investor; or (iv) such Registrable Investor Share ceases to be outstanding;

(eee)    “Registrable Shares” means, at any time: (i) any of the Registrable Investor Shares; and (ii) any Ordinary Shares not previously issued to the public and currently held or hereafter acquired by a Designated Holder, and any other securities issued or issuable with respect to such Ordinary Shares by way of a share split, share dividend, recapitalization, exchange or similar event or otherwise; provided, however, that as to any Investor Share, such Investor Share shall cease to be a Registrable Investor Share when: (i) a Registration Statement (as defined herein) covering such Registrable Investor Share has been declared effective and such Registrable Investor Share has been disposed of pursuant to such effective Registration Statement; (ii) such Registrable Investor Share shall have been sold pursuant to Rule 144 (or any similar provision then in effect) under the Securities Act; (iii) such Registrable Investor Share is otherwise transferred in a private transaction and is no longer held by any Investor; or (iv) such Registrable Investor Share ceases to be outstanding;

(fff)    “Registration Statement” means any registration statement filed pursuant to the Securities Act;

(ggg)    “Requisite Approval” means the consent of at least fifty-five percent (55%) of the voting power of the Investors;

(hhh)    “ROFR Closing” has the meaning set forth in Section 8.2(c);

(iii)    “ROFR Holder” means each of the Investors and any of its Affiliates and its permitted assignees to whom its rights under Section 8.2 have been duly assigned in accordance with this Agreement;

(jjj)    “ROFR Notice” has the meaning set forth in Section 8.2(a);

(kkk)    “ROFR Offer” has the meaning set forth in Section 8.2(b);

 

-6-


(lll)    “Round A Director” means any member of the Board of Directors appointed by the Round A Investors;

(mmm) “Round A Investor”, and collectively, “Round A Investors”, have the meaning set forth in the Recitals;

(nnn)    “Round A Shareholders Agreement” has the meaning set forth in the Recitals;

(ooo)    “Round A and B Share Subscription Agreement” has the meaning set forth in the Recitals;

(ppp)    “Round B Director” means any member of the Board of Directors appointed by the Round B Investors;

(qqq)    “Round B Investor”, and collectively, “Round B Investors”, have the meaning set forth in the Recitals;

(rrr)    “Round B Shareholders Agreement” has the meaning set forth in the Recitals;

(sss)    “Round C Investor”, and collectively, “Round C Investors”, have the meaning set forth in the Preamble;

(ttt)    “SEC” means the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission;

(uuu)    “Securities Act” means the U.S. Securities Act of 1933, as amended;

(vvv)    “Series A Preferred Shares” has the meaning set forth in the Recitals;

(www)    “Shares” means any of the issued and outstanding shares of all classes of share capital of the Company;

(xxx)    “STCH” means STCH Investment Inc.;

(yyy)    “Subsidiary”, and collectively, “Subsidiaries”, mean, with respect to any Person, any and all corporations, partnerships, limited liability companies, joint ventures, associations, variable interest entities or other entities controlled by such Person directly or indirectly through one or more intermediaries;

(zzz)    “Suspension Period” has the meaning set forth in Section 5.1(a);

(aaaa)    “Tax” means all forms of taxation whether direct or indirect and whether levied by reference to income, profits, gains, net wealth, asset values, turnover, added value or other reference and statutory, governmental, state, provincial, local governmental or municipal impositions, duties, contributions, rates and levies (including without limitation social security contributions and any other payroll taxes), whenever and wherever imposed (whether imposed by way of a withholding or deduction for or on account of tax or otherwise) and in respect of any person and all penalties, charges, costs and interest relating thereto;

 

-7-


(bbbb) “Taxing Authority” means any taxing or other authority competent to impose any liability in respect of Tax or responsible for the administration and/or collection of Tax or enforcement of any law in relation to Tax;

(cccc) “U.S. Dollars” or “US$” means United States dollars, the lawful currency of the United States of America; and

(dddd) “U.S. GAAP” means generally accepted accounting principles in the United States as in effect from time to time.

1.2    Interpretation; Construction.

(a)    The table of contents and headings herein are for convenience of reference only, do not constitute part of this Agreement and shall not be deemed to limit or otherwise affect any of the provisions hereof. Where a reference in this Agreement is made to an annex, exhibit or section, such reference shall be to an annex, exhibit or section to this Agreement unless otherwise indicated. Whenever the words “include”, “includes” or “including” are used in this Agreement, they shall be deemed to be followed by the words “without limitation”.

(b)    The Parties have participated jointly in negotiating and drafting this Agreement. In the event that an ambiguity or a question of intent or interpretation arises, this Agreement shall be construed as if drafted jointly by the Parties, and no presumption or burden of proof shall arise favoring or disfavoring any Party by virtue of the authorship of any provision of this Agreement.

ARTICLE II.

DEMAND REGISTRATION

2.1    Right to Request Demand Registration. Subject to the provisions hereof, so long as an Affiliate Investor continues to be an Affiliate of the Company, such Affiliate Investor may, upon the request of holders of at least twenty-five percent (25%) of the Registrable Shares, at any time commencing the earlier of: (i) one hundred eighty (180) days after a Qualified IPO or (ii) the fifth (5th) anniversary of the Execution Date, request registration under the Securities Act, of all or part of the Registrable Investor Shares separate from an F-3 Registration (a “Demand Registration”); provided, however, that the Company shall not be obligated to effect a Demand Registration if the Affiliate Investor and any Designated Holders that have requested the opportunity to include Registrable Shares in the Demand Registration pursuant to this Agreement propose to sell Registrable Shares at an aggregate price (based on the then-current market prices) to the public of less than US$50,000,000.

2.2    Effective Demand Registration. Subject to the provisions of this Article II and Section 5.1, the Company shall use reasonable efforts to: (i) publicly file with the SEC, no more than one hundred twenty (120) days after receipt of an Affiliate Investor’s request pursuant to Section 2.1, a Registration Statement registering, subject to Section 2.6, such number of Registrable Investor Shares as requested by any Affiliate Investor to be so registered pursuant to Section 2.1; and (ii) cause such Registration Statement to be declared effective by the SEC as soon as practicable thereafter.

 

-8-


2.3    Number of Demand Registrations. Each Affiliate Investor may request up to two (2) Demand Registrations. The Company shall not count a request for registration as a Demand Registration for purposes of this Section 2.3 unless and until the Registration Statement filed with the SEC pursuant to such request has become effective or as otherwise specified in Section 2.6 or Section 5.1.

2.4    Selection of Underwriters. The Company shall have the right to select the managing underwriter or underwriters to administer any such offering.

2.5    Priority on Demand Registrations. If the managing underwriters of the Demand Registration advise the Company and the Affiliate Investor that in their opinion the number of Shares proposed to be included in the Demand Registration exceeds the number of Shares that can be sold in such underwritten offering without materially delaying or jeopardizing the success of the offering (including the price per Share of the Registrable Shares proposed to be sold in such underwritten offering) (the “Maximum Offering Size”), the Company shall include in such Demand Registration the number of Registrable Shares requested to be included therein by the Affiliate Investor and the Designated Holders pro rata among all such Affiliate Investor and Designated Holders, such that the aggregate number of Shares (including any Registrable Shares) proposed to be registered by the Company and all such holders does not exceed the Maximum Offering Size.

2.6    Effective Period of Demand Registrations. The Company shall use reasonable efforts to keep any Demand Registration continuously effective for a period equal to thirty (30) days from the date on which the Registration Statement is declared effective by the SEC or such shorter period that shall terminate when all of the Registrable Investor Shares covered by such Demand Registration have been sold. If the Company shall withdraw any Demand Registration pursuant to Section 5.1 before the earlier of: (i) the date when such thirty (30) days end; and (ii) the date when all of the Registrable Investor Shares covered by such Demand Registration have been sold pursuant thereto, the Affiliate Investor shall be entitled to a replacement Demand Registration, which shall be subject to all of the provisions of this Agreement.

ARTICLE III.

PIGGYBACK REGISTRATION

3.1    Right to Request a Piggyback Registration. If the Company proposes to register any Shares under the Securities Act (a “Piggyback Registration”) (other than on a Registration Statement on Form F-4, Form S-4, Form F-8 or Form S-8) at any time until the first date on which there are no Registrable Investor Shares outstanding, whether for its own account or for the account of one or more holders of Shares (excluding any Demand Registration pursuant to Article II, which shall be governed exclusively by Article II, and any F-3 Registration pursuant to Article IV, which shall be governed exclusively by Article IV), and the form of Registration Statement is suitable for the registration of Registrable Investor Shares, the Company shall give written notice to the Affiliate Investors at least ten (10) days before the anticipated filing date of its intention to effect such a registration and, subject to Section 3.3, Section 3.4 and Section 3.5, shall include in such Registration Statement and in any offering of Shares to be made pursuant to that Registration Statement such number of Registrable Investor Shares that the Affiliate Investor may request in writing to the Company to be included in the Registration Statement; provided that such written request by an Affiliate Investor must be made no later than five (5) days after receipt by the Affiliate Investor of the notice and the Company shall have no obligation to proceed with any Piggyback Registration and may abandon, terminate and/or withdraw the Piggyback Registration for any reason at any time prior to the pricing thereof. There shall be no limit on the number of times any Investor may request registration of Registrable Investor Shares under this Section 3.1.

 

-9-


3.2    Selection of Underwriters. The Company shall have the right to select the managing underwriter or underwriters to administer any underwritten offering pursuant to any Piggyback Registration.

3.3    Priority on Primary Piggyback Registrations. If a Piggyback Registration is initiated as a primary underwritten offering on behalf of the Company, and the managing underwriters advise the Company that in their opinion the number of Shares (including any Registrable Shares) proposed to be included in such Piggyback Registration exceeds the Maximum Offering Size, the Company shall include in such Piggyback Registration:

(a)    first, such number of Shares the Company proposes to include in the Piggyback Registration; and

(b)    second, to the extent the number of Shares included in the Piggyback Registration under clause (a) is:

(i)    less than the Maximum Offering Size, the number of Registrable Investor Shares requested to be included therein by the Affiliate Investor in an aggregate amount not to exceed the Maximum Offering Size less the Shares included under clause (i), such that the sum of the Shares proposed under clause (a) plus the number of Registrable Investor Shares proposed to be registered under clause (b) does not exceed the Maximum Offering Size; and

(ii)    greater than or equal to the Maximum Offering Size, the number of Registrable Investor Shares requested to be included therein by the Affiliate Investor in an aggregate amount not to exceed the Maximum Offering Size.

3.4    Priority on Secondary Piggyback Registrations. Subject to Section 3.3, if a Piggyback Registration is initiated as a secondary underwritten registration on behalf of the holders of Shares, and the managing underwriters advise the Company that in their opinion the number of Shares (including any Registrable Shares) proposed to be included in such Piggyback Registration exceeds the Maximum Offering Size, the Company shall include in such Piggyback Registration the number of Registrable Shares requested to be included therein by the Affiliate Investor and the Designated Holders and the number of Shares requested, and agreed by the Company, to be included therein by the holders of Shares, pro rata among all such holders, such that the aggregate number of Shares (including any Registrable Shares) proposed to be registered by the Company and all such holders does not exceed the Maximum Offering Size.

 

-10-


3.5    Basis of Participation. No Affiliate Investor may sell Registrable Investor Shares in any offering pursuant to a Piggyback Registration unless it: (i) agrees to sell such Registrable Investor Shares on the same basis provided in the underwriting or other distribution arrangements approved by the Company and that apply to the Company and/or any holders of Shares (including Registrable Shares) involved in such Piggyback Registration; and (ii) completes and executes all questionnaires, powers of attorney, indemnities, underwriting agreements, lockups and other documents required under the terms of such arrangements.

ARTICLE IV.

F-3 REGISTRATION

4.1    Right to Request F-3 Registration. Subject to the provisions hereof and the eligibility of the Company to use Form F-3, an Affiliate Investor may at any time commencing twelve (12) months after the Execution Date request that the Company file a Registration Statement on Form F-3 (or an amendment or supplement to an existing Registration Statement on Form F-3) for a public offering of all or such portion of the Registrable Investor Shares owned and designated by such Affiliate Investor pursuant to Rule 415 promulgated under the Securities Act or otherwise (an “F-3 Registration”); provided, however, that the Company shall not be obligated to effect an F-3 Registration if the Affiliate Investor together with any Designated Holders that have requested the opportunity to include Registrable Shares in the F-3 Registration pursuant to this Agreement propose to sell Registrable Shares at an aggregate price (based on the then-current market prices) to the public of less than US$15,000,000.

4.2    Effective F-3 Registration. Subject to the provisions of this Article IV and Section 5.1, the Company shall use reasonable efforts to: (i) publicly file with the SEC, no more than ninety (90) days after receipt of an Affiliate Investor’s request pursuant to Section 4.1, a Registration Statement on Form F-3 registering, subject to Section 4.5, such number of Registrable Investor Shares as requested by the Affiliate Investor to be so registered pursuant to Section 4.1; and (ii) cause such Registration Statement to be declared effective by the SEC as soon as practicable thereafter. If permitted under the Securities Act, such Registration Statement shall be one that is automatically effective upon filing.

4.3    Number of F-3 Registrations. Except as otherwise provided herein, there shall be no limit on the number of times that the Affiliate Investor may request an F-3 Registration, except that no more than one (1) F-3 Registration may be requested within any 12-month period. The Company shall not deem any registration requested by the Affiliate Investor pursuant to Section 4.1 to be a Demand Registration for purposes of Section 2.3.

4.4    Selection of Underwriters. The Company shall have the right to select the managing underwriter or underwriters to administer any such offering.

 

-11-


4.5    Priority on F-3 Registrations. If the managing underwriters of the requested F-3 Registration advise the Company and the Affiliate Investor that in their opinion the number of Registrable Shares proposed to be included in the F-3 Registration exceeds the Maximum Offering Size, the Company shall include in such F-3 Registration the number of Registrable Shares requested to be included therein by the Affiliate Investor and the Designated Holders pro rata among all such Affiliate Investor and Designated Holders, such that the aggregate number of Shares (including any Registrable Shares) proposed to be registered by the Company and all such holders does not exceed the Maximum Offering Size.

4.6    Effective Period of F-3 Registrations. The Company shall use reasonable efforts to keep any F-3 Registration effective until the earlier of: (i) the date that all of the Registrable Investor Shares covered by such F-3 Registration have been sold; and (ii) the date as of which the Affiliate Investor is permitted to sell its Registrable Investor Shares without registration pursuant to Rule 144 under the Securities Act without volume limitations or other restrictions on transfer thereunder.

ARTICLE V.

SUSPENSION PERIOD

5.1    Suspension Period.

(a)    The Company may (i) delay the filing or effectiveness of a Registration Statement in conjunction with a Demand Registration or an F-3 Registration or (ii) prior to the pricing of any offering of Registrable Investor Shares pursuant to a Demand Registration or an F-3 Registration, delay such offering (and, if it so chooses, withdraw any Registration Statement that has been filed) if any Founder, in consultation with the Board of Directors, determines in good faith (x) that proceeding with such an offering would require the Company to disclose material information that would not otherwise be required to be disclosed at that time and that the disclosure of such information at that time would not be in the best interests of the Company or its shareholders or (y) that the registration or offering to be delayed would, if not delayed, materially and adversely affect the Company, taken as a whole, or materially interfere with, or jeopardize the success of, any pending or proposed material transaction, including any debt or equity financing, any acquisition or disposition, any recapitalization or reorganization or any other material transaction. Any period during which the Company has delayed a filing, an effective date or an offering pursuant to this Section 5.1(a) is herein called a “Suspension Period”.

(b)    If pursuant to Section 5.1(a) the Company delays a Demand Registration or withdraws a Registration Statement, as the case may be, requested by any Investor, then such Investor shall be entitled to withdraw such request and such request shall not count against the limitations on registrations set forth in Section 2.3. The Company shall provide prompt written notice to such Investor of the commencement and termination of any Suspension Period and any withdrawal of a Registration Statement pursuant to Section 5.1(a). Such Investor shall keep the existence of each Suspension Period confidential and refrain from making offers and sales of Registrable Investor Shares during each Suspension Period. In no event shall: (i) the Company deliver notice of a Suspension Period to any Investor more than three times in any 12-month period; or (ii) a Suspension Period or Suspension Periods be in effect for ninety (90) consecutive days or more in any 12-month period.

 

-12-


5.2    Additional Registration Rights. The Company agrees not to grant registration or offering rights senior to those granted to the Affiliate Investors to any other holder of the Company’s securities without the prior approval of a majority of the Affiliate Investors.

ARTICLE VI.

REGISTRATION EXPENSES

6.1    Registration Expenses. The Company shall bear all expenses incident to the Company’s performance of or compliance with this Agreement, including without limitation (i) all registration and filing fees, (ii) fees and expenses of compliance with securities Laws, (iii) printing expenses, (iv) fees and disbursements of counsel for the Company, (v) all independent certified public accountants and other Persons retained by the Company and (vi) all “road show” expenses incurred in respect of any underwritten offering, including all costs of travel, lodging and meals (such expenses, the “Registration Expenses”). Each Investor participating in a registration shall bear such Investor’s proportionate share (based on the total number of shares sold in such registration other than for the account of the Company) of all underwriting discounts and commissions associated with any sale of Registrable Investor Shares and shall pay all of its own costs and expenses, including all fees and expenses of any counsel (and any other advisers) representing it, any share transfer taxes and duties, and ADS conversion fees, if any.

6.2    Termination of Registration Rights. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, the Company’s obligations under Article II through VI (inclusive) with respect to any Affiliate Investor, shall automatically terminate at the date on which, in the opinion of counsel to the Company, all Registrable Investor Shares may be sold without registration and without regard to any volume limitation requirement pursuant to Rule 144 promulgated under the Securities Act.

ARTICLE VII.

MANAGEMENT AND INFORMATION RIGHTS

7.1    Delivery of Financial Statements. The Company covenants and agrees that, commencing on the date of this Agreement, for so long as any Investor holds any shares of the Company, the Company shall deliver to each Investor, provided that the Board of Directors has not reasonably determined that such Investor is a Competitor of the Company:

(a)    as soon as practicable, but in any event within one hundred twenty (120) days after the end of each fiscal year of the Company (i) a balance sheet as of the end of such year, (ii) an income statement for such year, and (iii) a statement of cash flows for such year, all such financial statements prepared in accordance with U.S. GAAP or IFRS, audited and certified by independent public accountants of a Big 4 Accounting Firm selected by the Company;

 

-13-


(b)    as soon as practicable, but in any event within forty-five (45) days after the end of each fiscal quarters of the Company (i) an unaudited balance sheet as of the end of such quarter, (ii) an unaudited income statement for such quarter, and (iii) an unaudited statement of cash flows for such quarter prepared in accordance with U.S. GAAP or IFRS; and

(c)    as soon as practicable, but in any event within ten (10) days after the end of each fiscal year, a budget and business plan for the next fiscal year (collectively, the “Budget”), approved by the Board of Directors, including balance sheets, income statements and statements of cash flow and, promptly after prepared, any other budgets or revised budgets prepared by the Company and approved by the Board of Directors.

If, for any period, the Company has any subsidiary whose accounts are consolidated with those of the Company, then in respect of such period, the financial statements delivered pursuant to the foregoing sections shall be the consolidated and consolidating financial statements of the Company and all such consolidated subsidiaries.

Notwithstanding anything else in this Section 7.1 to the contrary, the Company may cease providing the information set forth in this Section 7.1 during the period starting with the date thirty (30) days before the Company’s good-faith estimate of the date of filing of a Registration Statement if it reasonably concludes it must do so to comply with the SEC rules applicable to such Registration Statement and related offering; provided that the Company’s covenants under this Section 7.1 shall be reinstated at such time as the Company is no longer actively employing its commercially reasonable efforts to cause such Registration Statement to become effective.

7.2    Inspection Rights. The Company shall permit each Affiliate Investor to (a) visit and inspect the headquarter of the Company and (b) discuss the business, affairs, finances and accounts of the Group with officers of the Company, in each case during normal business hours and in such a manner so as not to unreasonably interfere with the normal operations of the Group Companies, provided that each Affiliate Investor shall not exercise such rights more than twice a year.

7.3    Termination of Information Rights. The covenants set forth in Section 7.1 and Section 7.2 shall terminate and be of no further force or effect (i) immediately before the consummation of a Qualified IPO, (ii) when the Company first becomes subject to the periodic reporting requirements of Section 12(g) or 15(d) of the Exchange Act, or (iii) upon the closing of a Deemed Liquidation Event and completion of the payment of the Series A Liquidation Amount (as defined in the Memorandum and Articles) and the remaining assets distribution as provided in the Memorandum and Articles., whichever event occurs first.

7.4    Confidentiality. Each Investor agrees that such Investor will keep confidential and will not disclose, divulge, or use for any purpose (other than to monitor its investment in the Company) any confidential information obtained from the Company pursuant to the terms of this Agreement (including notice of the Company’s intention to file a Registration Statement), unless such confidential information (a) is known or becomes known to the public in general (other than as a result of a breach of this Section 7.4 by such Investor), (b) is or has been independently developed or conceived by such Investor without use of the Company’s confidential information, or (c) is or has been made known or disclosed to such Investor by a third party without a breach of any obligation of confidentiality such third party may have to the Company; provided, however, that an Investor may disclose confidential information (i) to its attorneys, accountants, consultants, and other professionals to the extent necessary to obtain their services in connection with monitoring its investment in the Company; (ii) to any prospective purchaser of any Registrable Securities from such Investor, if such prospective purchaser agrees to be bound by the provisions of this Section 7.4; (iii) to any Affiliate, partner, member, shareholder, or wholly owned subsidiary of such Investor in the ordinary course of business, provided that such Investor informs such Person that such information is confidential and directs such Person to maintain the confidentiality of such information; or (iv) as may otherwise be required by law, regulation, rule, court order or subpoena, provided that such Investor promptly notifies the Company of such disclosure and takes reasonable steps to minimize the extent of any such required disclosure.

 

-14-


ARTICLE VIII.

RIGHTS AND RESTRICTIONS REGARDING SHARE TRANSFERS

8.1    Right of First Offer. Subject to the terms and conditions of this Section 8.1 and applicable securities Laws, if the Company proposes to offer or sell any New Securities, the Company shall first offer such New Securities to the Investors. Each Investor shall be entitled to apportion the right of first offer hereby granted to it in such proportions as it deems appropriate, among (i) itself, (ii) its Affiliates and (iii) its beneficial interest holders, such as limited partners, members or any other Person having “beneficial ownership”, as such term is defined in Rule 13d-3 promulgated under the Exchange Act, of the Investor (“Investor Beneficial Owners”); provided that each such Affiliate or Investor Beneficial Owner (x) is not a Competitor, unless such party’s purchase of New Securities is otherwise consented to by the Board of Directors, (y) agrees to enter into this Agreement as an “Investor” under such agreement (provided that any Competitor as reasonably determined by the Board of Directors shall not be entitled to any rights under Sections 7.1, 7.2 and 8.1 hereof), and (z) agrees to purchase at least such number of New Securities as are allocable hereunder to the Investor holding the fewest number of Investor Shares and any other Derivative Securities.

(a)    The Company shall give notice (the “Offer Notice”) to each Investor, stating (i) its bona fide intention to offer such New Securities, (ii) the number of such New Securities to be offered, and (iii) the price and terms, if any, upon which it proposes to offer such New Securities.

(b)    By notification to the Company within thirty (30) days after the Offer Notice is given, each Investor may elect to purchase or otherwise acquire, at the price and on the terms specified in the Offer Notice, up to that portion of such New Securities which equals the proportion that the Ordinary Shares then held by such Investor (including all Ordinary Shares then issuable (directly or indirectly) upon conversion and/or exercise, as applicable, of the Series A Preferred Shares and any other Derivative Securities then held by such Investor) bears to the total Ordinary Shares of the Company then outstanding (assuming full conversion and/or exercise, as applicable, of all Series A Preferred Shares and any other Derivative Securities then outstanding). At the expiration of such 30-day period, the Company shall promptly notify each Investor that elects to purchase or acquire all the shares available to it (each, a “Fully Exercising Investor”) of any other Investor’s failure to do likewise. During the 10-day period commencing after the Company has given such notice, each Fully Exercising Investor may, by giving notice to the Company, elect to purchase or acquire, in addition to the number of shares specified above, up to that portion of the New Securities for which the Investors were entitled to subscribe but that were not subscribed for by the Investors which is equal to the proportion that the Ordinary Shares issued and held, or issuable (directly or indirectly) upon conversion and/or exercise, as applicable, of Series A Preferred Shares and any other Derivative Securities then held, by such Fully Exercising Investor bears to the Ordinary Shares issued and held, or issuable (directly or indirectly) upon conversion and/or exercise, as applicable, of the Series A Preferred Shares and any other Derivative Securities then held, by all Fully Exercising Investors who wish to purchase such unsubscribed shares. The closing of any sale pursuant to this Section 8.1(b) shall occur within the later of ninety (90) days of the date that the Offer Notice is given and the date of initial sale of New Securities pursuant to Section 8.1(c).

 

-15-


(c)    If all New Securities referred to in the Offer Notice are not elected to be purchased or acquired as provided in Section 8.1(b), the Company may, during the 90-day period following the expiration of the periods provided in Section 8.1(b), offer and sell the remaining unsubscribed portion of such New Securities to any Person or Persons at a price not less than, and upon terms no more favorable to the offeree than, those specified in the Offer Notice. If the Company does not enter into an agreement for the sale of the New Securities within such period, or if such agreement is not consummated within thirty (30) days of the execution thereof, the right provided hereunder shall be deemed to be revived and such New Securities shall not be offered unless first reoffered to the Investors in accordance with this Section 8.1.

(d)    The right of first offer in this Section 8.1 shall not be applicable to (i) Exempted Securities (as defined in the Company’s Constitutive Documents), (ii) Ordinary Shares issued in an initial public offering and (iii) equity securities of the Company issued under the Employee Share Option Plan.

8.2    Right of First Refusal.

(a)    Notice of Offer. If any holder of Shares (the “Proposed ROFR Seller”) intends to sell all or any part of the Shares it owns pursuant to a bona fide offer to buy from a Person (the “Proposed ROFR Purchaser”), the Proposed ROFR Seller shall submit a written notice (the “ROFR Notice”) to the Company and the Investors stating the name of the Proposed ROFR Purchaser, the number of Shares proposed to be sold (the “Offered Shares”), the material terms and conditions, including price, of the proposed sale. The Company shall have fifteen (15) Business Days from the date of the Proposed ROFR Seller issues the ROFR Notice, which shall be irrevocable for such time, to provide a written offer to the Proposed ROFR Seller to purchase all or any portion of the Offered Shares on terms, including price, no less favorable to the Proposed ROFR Seller than those reflected in the ROFR Notice.

(b)    Exercise of Right of First Refusal. If the Company has not elected to purchase all of the Offered Shares, the Company shall inform the Investors, within fifteen (15) Business Days after the ROFR Notice has been delivered to the Company, in writing of the number of Offered Shares that it has elected not to purchase, and each Investor that has received such notice from the Company shall have forty-five (45) Business Days from the date the Proposed ROFR Seller issues the ROFR Notice (the “ROFR Holders’ First Refusal Period”), which shall be irrevocable for such time, to provide a written offer to the Company and the Proposed ROFR Seller to purchase all or part of the remaining of the Offered Shares on terms, including price, no less favorable to the Proposed ROFR Seller than those reflected in the ROFR Notice (the “ROFR Offer”). Any ROFR Offer shall be irrevocable by the offering Investor and shall constitute a binding agreement. Each ROFR Holder shall have the right to purchase that number of the Offered Shares, equivalent to the product obtained by multiplying the aggregate number of the Offered Shares, by a fraction, the numerator of which is the number of Ordinary Shares (on an as-converted basis) held by such ROFR Holder at the time of the transaction and the denominator of which is the total number of Ordinary Shares (on an as-converted basis) owned by all ROFR Holders at the time of the transaction who have the right of first refusal to purchase the applicable shares and have elected to participate in such right of first refusal purchase.

 

-16-


(c)    Closing. The closing of any purchase of shares of the Company by a ROFR Holder pursuant to this Section 8.2(c) (the “ROFR Closing”) shall occur on such date as may be agreed by such ROFR Holder and the Proposed ROFR Seller, but in no event later than seventy-five (75) Business Days after the date on which the ROFR Notice is deemed to have been accepted. At the ROFR Closing, if all necessary conditions of the ROFR Closing have been satisfied or waived: (i) the Proposed ROFR Seller shall deliver to such ROFR Holder (x) an instrument of transfer executed by the Proposed ROFR Seller in favor of the ROFR Holder and (y) either an extract of the register of shareholders of the Company, dated as of the date of the ROFR Closing and duly certified by the registered office provider of the Company, evidencing the ROFR Holder’s ownership of the Offered Shares set out in the ROFR Offer or a certificate or certificates representing the Offered Shares; and (ii) the ROFR Holder shall deliver to the Proposed ROFR Seller the purchase price for the Offered Shares in cash, by wire transfer of immediately available funds to an account designated by the Proposed ROFR Seller, such account to be designated by the Proposed ROFR Seller no later than five (5) Business Days prior to the ROFR Closing.

(d)    Expiration Notice. Within ten (10) days following the expiration of the ROFR Holders’ First Refusal Period, the Company will give written notice (the “First Refusal Expiration Notice”) to the Proposed ROFR Seller and the ROFR Holders specifying either (i) that all of the Offered Shares were subscribed by the ROFR Holders exercising their rights of first refusal, or (ii) that the ROFR Holders have not subscribed for any or all of the Offered Shares in which case the First Refusal Expiration Notice will specify the Co-Sale Pro Rata Portion (as defined below) of the remaining Offered Shares (the “Remaining Shares”) for the purpose of the co-sale right of the Investors described in the Section 8.3 below.

(e)    Exclusions. Notwithstanding Section 8.2(a), none of the following transactions shall be subject to the right of first refusal described in this Section 8.2: (i) any transfer of Shares by a Founder or an Investor to any Affiliate of such Founder or such Investor; (ii) any sale in reliance on Rule 144A under the Securities Act; (iii) any sale of shares of the Company pursuant to Rule 144 under the Securities Act; (iv) any sale of shares of the Company to the public pursuant to a Registration Statement filed with, and declared effective by, the SEC under the Securities Act; and (v) other on-market sales; provided that in each of (ii) and (iv) above, any such sale shall be (x) to five (5) or more purchasers, none of which shall be Affiliates of any other such purchaser and (y) no more than five percent (5%) of the total number of issued and outstanding Shares on a fully diluted basis shall be transferred by any seller in any such sale or series of such sales to any purchaser in aggregate with its Affiliates.

 

-17-


(f)    Subordination. The Investors’ right of first refusal under this Section 8.2 shall be subordinated to only the Company’s right of first refusal.

8.3    Co-Sale Right. In the event that any Founder of any Founder Holding Company proposes to sell any or all of the number of Shares (the “Founders’ Offered Shares”), then the Remaining Shares shall be subject to co-sale rights under this Section 8.3 and each ROFR Holder who has not exercised any of its right of first refusal with respect to the Founders’ Offered Shares (the “Co-Sale Right Holder”) shall have the right, exercisable upon written notice to the Proposed ROFR Seller, the Company and each other Co-Sale Right Holder (the “Co-Sale Notice”) within ten (10) Business Days after receipt of First Refusal Expiration Notice (the “Co-Sale Right Period”), to participate in such sale of the Remaining Shares on the same terms and conditions as set forth in the ROFR Notice. The Co-Sale Notice shall set forth the number of Ordinary Shares that such Co-Sale Right Holder wishes to include in such sale or transfer, which amount shall not exceed the Co-Sale Pro Rata Portion (as defined below) of such Co-Sale Right Holder. To the extent one or more of the Co-Sale Right Holders exercise such right of participation in accordance with the terms and conditions set forth below, the number of Ordinary Shares that such Proposed ROFR Seller may sell in the transaction shall be correspondingly reduced. The co-sale right of each Co-Sale Right Holder shall be subject to the following terms and conditions:

(a)    Co-Sale Pro Rata Portion. Each Co-Sale Right Holder may sell all or any part of that number of Ordinary Shares (on an as-converted basis) held by it that is equal to the product obtained by multiplying (x) the aggregate number of the Remaining Shares subject to the co-sale right hereunder by (y) a fraction, the numerator of which is the number of Ordinary Shares (on an as-converted basis) owned by such Co-Sale Right Holder at the time of the sale or transfer and the denominator of which is the combined number of Ordinary Shares (on an as-converted basis) at the time owned by all Co-Sale Right Holders who elect to exercise their co-sale rights (if any Co-Sale Right Holder does not elect to exercise the co-sale right to the full extent then its Ordinary Shares (on as-converted basis) for calculation in the denominator shall be proportionately reduced) (“Co-Sale Pro Rata Portion”).

(b)    Transferred Shares. Each participating Co-Sale Right Holder shall effect its participation in the sale by promptly delivering to the Proposed ROFR Seller for transfer to the Proposed ROFR Purchaser an executed instrument of transfer and one or more certificates which represent:

(i)    the number of Ordinary Shares (on an as-converted basis) which such Co-Sale Right Holder elects to sell;

(ii)    that number of Preferred Shares which is at such time convertible into the number of Ordinary Shares that such Co-Sale Right Holder elects to sell; provided in such case that, if the Proposed ROFR Purchaser objects to the allotment of Preferred Shares in lieu of Ordinary Shares, such Co-Sale Right Holder shall convert such Preferred Shares into Ordinary Shares and allot Ordinary Shares as provided in Subsection 8.3(b)(i) above. The Company agrees to make any such conversion concurrent with the actual transfer of such shares to the purchaser; or

 

-18-


(iii)    a combination of the above.

(c)    Payment. The share certificate or certificates, together with an instrument of transfer duly executed by the participating Co-Sale Right Holder, that the participating Co-Sale Right Holder delivers to the Proposed ROFR Seller pursuant to Section 8.3(b) shall be transferred to the Proposed ROFR Purchaser in consummation of the sale of the Founders’ Offered Shares pursuant to the terms and conditions specified in the ROFR Notice, and the Proposed ROFR Seller shall concurrently therewith remit to such Co-Sale Right Holder that portion of the sale proceeds to which such Co-Sale Right Holder is entitled by reason of its participation in such sale. To the extent that any Proposed ROFR Purchaser prohibits such assignment or otherwise refuses to purchase any shares or other securities from a Co-Sale Right Holder exercising its co-sale right hereunder, the Proposed ROFR Seller shall not sell to such Proposed ROFR Purchaser any ROFR Shares unless and until, simultaneously with such sale, the Proposed ROFR Seller shall purchase such shares or other securities from such Co-Sale Right Holder.

(d)    Right to Transfer. To the extent the ROFR Holders do not elect to purchase, or to participate in the sale of, any or all of the Founders ‘Offered Shares subject to the ROFR Notice, the Proposed ROFR Seller may, not later than ninety (90) Business Days following delivery to the Company and each of the ROFR Holders of the ROFR Notice, conclude a transfer of the Remaining Shares covered by the ROFR Notice and not elected to be purchased by the ROFR Holders, which in each case shall be on substantially the same terms and conditions as those described in the ROFR Notice. The Proposed ROFR Seller shall cause any Proposed ROFR Purchaser of such shares to comply with this Agreement and Memorandum and Articles, as maybe amended from time to time, to the fullest extent. Any proposed transfer on terms and conditions which are materially different from those described in the ROFR Notice, as well as any subsequent proposed transfer of any ROFR Shares by the Proposed ROFR Seller, shall again be subject to the right of first refusal of the ROFR Holders and the co-sale right of the Co-Sale Right Holders and shall require compliance by the Proposed ROFR Seller with the procedures described in Sections 8.2 and 8.3 of this Agreement.

8.4    Prohibited Transfers

(a)    Subject to Section 8.6, none of the Founder Holding Companies shall sell, assign, transfer, pledge, hypothecate, mortgage, encumber or otherwise dispose through one or a series of transactions, directly or indirectly any Ordinary Shares held by it to any Person on or prior to a Qualified IPO. Any attempt by the Founder Holding Companies to sell or transfer Ordinary Shares in violation of this Section 8.4 shall be void, and the Company hereby agrees that it will not effect such a transfer nor will it treat any alleged transferee as the holder of such shares.

 

-19-


(b)    The Founders and the Founder Holding Companies agree that the restrictions with regard to the transfer of the Founder Holding Companies’ shares in the Company as described under this Section 8.4 shall apply equally to transfer of the shares of the Founder Holding Companies, as if each of the provisions under this Section 8.4 has been repeated with regard to transfer of the shares of the Founder Holding Companies except that the reference to the shares in the Company has been revised to refer to the shares in the Founder Holding Companies, as applicable, so that the result of such restrictions on the indirect transfer of the shares in the Company by transferring the shares in the Founder Holding Companies is the same as if the Founder Holding Companies directly transfer the relevant shares in the Company.

8.5    Restrictions on Issuance by Group Company Prior to a Qualified IPO, the Founders shall not cause any Group Company (other than the Company) to, issue to any Person any equity securities of such Group Company, or any options or warrants for, or any other securities exchangeable for or convertible into, such equity securities of such Group Company.

8.6    Founder Transfers. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, the Founders or the Founder Holding Companies may sell, assign, transfer, pledge, hypothecate, mortgage, encumber or otherwise dispose through one or a series of transactions, directly or indirectly no more than five percent (5%) of the outstanding Shares accumulatively to any party so long as the Founder collectively beneficially own more than fifty percent (50%) of the outstanding Shares following such transfer.

8.7    Termination of Rights and Restrictions. The covenants set forth in this Article VIII shall terminate and be of no further force or effect (i) immediately before the consummation of the Qualified IPO, (ii) when the Company first becomes subject to the periodic reporting requirements of Section 12(g) or 15(d) of the Exchange Act, or (iii) upon a Deemed Liquidation Event and completion of the payment of the Series A Liquidation Amount (as defined in the Memorandum and Articles) and the remaining assets distribution as provided in the Memorandum and Articles., whichever event occurs first.

ARTICLE IX.

DRAG-ALONG OBLIGATION

9.1    Drag-Along Rights.

(a)    If, at any time prior to a Qualified IPO, any Investor (the “Drag-Along Seller”) secures an irrevocable offer to acquire all share capital or assets of the Company (a “Drag-Along Sale”) with a valuation of the Company of more than US$600,000,000 with any Person (such Person, a “Drag-Along Purchaser”) upon such terms and conditions as agreed to with the Drag-Along Seller, and such Drag-Along Sale is agreed by a majority vote of the other Investors and a majority vote of the Founders, each other Investor (an “Other Investor”) agrees, at the request of the Drag-Along Seller, to participate in such Drag-Along Sale as set forth in this Section 9.1.

(b)    If the Drag-Along Sale is structured as a sale of Shares, each Other Investor shall sell to the Drag-Along Purchaser all Shares then held by such Other Investor on the same terms and conditions as are applicable to the Drag-Along Seller, including the same per-share consideration with respect to a specific class of Shares, and shall execute the necessary transfer forms in favor of the Drag-Along Purchaser; provided that the proceeds from such sale of any Round C Investors shall not be less than the higher of (i) the Series A Liquidation Amount (as defined in the Memorandum and Articles) or (ii) the purchase price as stated in the offer of the Drag-Along Purchaser pro rata based on the number of Ordinary Shares held by such Round C Investors (on an as-converted basis); provided, further, that except with respect to any liability incurred by such Other Investor individually, such Other Investor shall not be liable to a Drag-Along Purchaser for an amount greater than the proceeds from such sale.

 

-20-


(c)    If the Drag-Along Sale is structured as a merger, amalgamation or scheme of arrangement of the Company or other transaction that requires the approval of the Investors, each Investor shall vote its respective Shares (or execute and deliver any written consents in lieu thereof) in favor of any Drag-Along Sale and all actions deemed reasonably necessary by the Drag-Along Seller in connection with the Drag-Along Sale, and against any action or proposal that may prevent, hinder or impede the consummation of the Drag-Along Sale.

(d)    The Drag-Along Seller shall provide written notice of a proposed Drag-Along Sale to the Other Investors (a “Drag-Along Sale Notice”) not later than ten (10) days prior to such proposed Drag-Along Sale. The Drag-Along Sale Notice shall identify the Drag-Along Purchaser, the per-Ordinary Share consideration for which a transfer is proposed to be made (the “Drag-Along Sale Price”) and all other material terms and conditions of the Drag-Along Sale. Each Other Investor shall be required to participate in the Drag-Along Sale on the terms and conditions set forth in the Drag-Along Sale Notice and to tender its Shares. The price and form of consideration payable in such transfer shall be the Drag-Along Sale Price.

(e)    The Drag-Along Seller shall have a period of 180 days from the date of receipt of the Drag-Along Sale Notice to enter into a definitive agreement providing for the Drag-Along Sale on the terms and conditions set forth in such Drag-Along Sale Notice, which Drag-Along Sale shall be promptly consummated, subject to fulfilling any closing conditions and obtaining any required regulatory approvals. If the Drag-Along Seller has not entered into a definitive agreement providing for the Drag-Along Sale within such 180-day period and the Drag-Along Seller proposes to effect a Drag-Along Sale after such 180-day period, the Drag-Along Seller shall again comply with the procedures set forth in this Section 9.1(e).

(f)    In connection with a Drag-Along Sale, each Other Investor shall (i) make such representations, warranties and covenants and enter into such definitive agreements as are customary for transactions of the nature of the Drag-Along Sale, (ii) benefit from and be subject to all of the same provisions of the definitive agreements as are applicable to the Drag-Along Seller, (iii) be required to bear its proportionate share of any escrows, holdbacks or adjustments in respect of the purchase price or indemnification obligations; provided that an Other Investor shall only be obligated to indemnify any other Person in connection with such Drag-Along Sale severally; provided, further, that no Other Investor shall be obligated to indemnify any other shareholder for any breach or misrepresentation by such other shareholder with respect to title in such other shareholder’s equity securities, (iv) be required to bear its proportionate share of the costs and expenses incurred by the Company and the Investors in connection with the proposed transaction (whether or not consummated), including all attorney’s fees and charges, all accounting fees and charges and all finders, brokerage or investment banking fees, charges or commissions (including, if requested by the Drag-Along Seller, an investment banking firm selected by the Drag-Along Seller and engaged, on customary terms (including customary indemnification from the Company)), to the extent not paid by the Company, and (v) to the extent permitted by applicable Law, not exercise any dissenters’ or appraisal rights to which they may be entitled in connection with a Drag-Along Sale.

 

-21-


9.2    Termination of Drag-Along Rights. The covenants set forth in Section 9.1 shall terminate and be of no further force or effect (i) immediately before the consummation of the Qualified IPO, (ii) when the Company first becomes subject to the periodic reporting requirements of Section 12(g) or 15(d) of the Exchange Act, or (iii) upon a Deemed Liquidation Event and completion of the payment of the Series A Liquidation Amount (as defined in the Memorandum and Articles) and the remaining assets distribution as provided in the Memorandum and Articles., whichever event occurs first.

ARTICLE X.

GOVERNANCE AND ADDITIONAL COVENANTS

10.1    Board of Directors.

(a) As of the Execution Date, the Board of Directors shall consist of the following members:

 

  (i)

the Chief Executive Officer of the Company;

 

  (ii)

the Chief Operating Officer of the Company;

 

  (iii)

one (1) director appointed by the Chief Executive Officer of the Company;

 

  (iv)

one (1) Round A Director;

 

  (v)

one (1) Round B Director; and

 

  (vi)

one (1) Preferred Share Director

(b)    Each of the Founders and the Affiliate Investors shall take all actions available to it in its capacity as a shareholder of the Company, to take or cause to be taken all actions available to each that are necessary to maintain the composition of the Board of Directors as set forth in Section 10.1(a).

(c)    Only the Party who had the power to designate a director pursuant to Section 10.1(a) shall have the power to remove such director. Each of the Parties hereto agrees to take such action as is necessary to call a special meeting of the shareholders of the Company (or effect a written consent in lieu thereof) for the purpose of effecting any such removal, and at such meeting each such Party shall vote to accomplish said result. In the event that any director is removed or shall have resigned or become unable to serve, the Party who had the power to designate such director pursuant to Section 10.1(a) shall have the power to designate a person reasonably qualified to serve on the Board of Directors to fill such vacancy, whereupon each of the Parties hereto, or their successors and assigns, agree to take such action as is necessary to promptly elect such person to fill such vacancy (including, if necessary, calling a special meeting of the shareholders of the Company (or effect a written consent in lieu thereof) and voting all shares owned by the Parties hereto to accomplish such result). Except as provided above, no Party shall vote in favor of, or otherwise take any actions in respect of, the removal of any director who shall have been designated or nominated pursuant to Section 10.1(a).

 

-22-


(d)    The Board of Directors shall have a Chairman, and each of the Founders and the Affiliate Investors shall cause its designee directors(s) to support resolutions and actions by written consent of the Board of Directors that maintain or appoint to the position of Chairman of the Board of Directors the Chief Executive Officer of the Company.

(e)    On all actions to be taken and matters to be decided by the Board of Directors, each director shall be entitled to cast one (1) vote, and subject to Section 10.3, the affirmative vote of the directors having a majority of the total voting power represented at a meeting at which a quorum is present shall constitute an act of the Board of Directors. In the case of an equality of votes, the Chairman, if any, or in the absence of the Chairman, a director designated by the Board of Directors to preside at a meeting of the Board of Directors, shall have a second or casting vote in addition to any other vote such person may have.

10.2    Matters Requiring Requisite Approval. Each of the Company and the Founders hereby covenants and agrees with each of the Investors that no Group Companies shall take and Founders shall cause each Group Company not to take any of the following actions or effect or agree or commit to do any of the following, in each case directly or indirectly, whether by merger, consolidation, amalgamation or otherwise without Requisite Approval:

(a)    any change in any of the rights, preferences, privileges or priority of the holders of the Series A Preferred Shares;

(b)    authorization, creation or issuance of any class or series of Shares having any right, preference or priority superior to or on a parity with the Series A Preferred Shares;

(c)    repurchase or redemption of Shares (other than pursuant to the Company’s Employee Share Option Plan);

(d)    amendment of any Group Company’s memorandum and articles of association;

(e)    merger or consolidation of any Group Company;

(f)    liquidation or dissolution of any of the Group Companies, as well as any Deemed Liquidation Event; and

(g)    the sale, pledge or other disposition of all or substantially all of the Group Companies’ assets or the purchase of all or substantially all of the assets of another entity.

10.3    Matters Requiring Approval of the Board of Directors.

 

-23-


(a)    Each of the Company and the Founders hereby covenants and agrees with each of the Investors that no Group Company shall take and Founders shall cause each Group Company not to take any of the following actions or effect or agree or commit to do any of the following, in each case directly or indirectly, whether by merger, consolidation, amalgamation or otherwise without approval of a majority of the Board of Directors, including the affirmative vote of at least two (2) Investor Directors:

 

  (i)

the declaration or payment of a dividend on any shares/equity of the Group Companies;

 

  (ii)

the adoption or amendment of any employee share award plan, including the amendment of the Employee Share Option Plan;

 

  (iii)

any material transaction between any Group Company and any of its shareholders, directors, officers, employees or other insiders and any of their family members or affiliates other than on an arm’s-length basis and upon full disclosure to shareholders including the Investors;

 

  (iv)

the appointment or removal of the Chief Executive Officer of the Company;

 

  (v)

any incurrence of debt by any Group Company other than trade debts not exceeding US$10,000,000 in aggregate;

 

  (vi)

adoption of the annual Budget;

 

  (vii)

appoint or change the auditors of the Company;

 

  (viii)

the license or transfer of any patents, copyrights, trademarks or other intellectual property rights outside the normal business operations;

 

  (ix)

the termination or substantial change of the Company’s main business, or the involvement in any new business that is significantly different from the current main business;

 

  (x)

the settlement of any material legal action with a value in access of RMB10,000,000;

 

  (xi)

any initial public offering plan other than a Qualified IPO;

 

  (xii)

any increase or decrease to the capital of any of the Group Companies;

 

  (xiii)

any pledge on material assets of any of the Group Companies;

 

  (xiv)

any change to the number of directors on the Board of Directors, any change to the rules governing election to the Board of Directors and any change to the term of service of members of the Board of Directors;

 

-24-


  (xv)

any change to the name of the Company;

 

  (xvi)

any change to the Control Agreements (as defined in the Series A Share Purchase Agreement) and entering into any new control agreement by any Group Company;

 

  (xvii)

any change to the voting rights of any shares of the Company;

 

  (xviii)

the establishment or cessation of any material business lines carried on by the Company; and

 

  (xix)

any issuance to any Person any equity securities of the Company, or any options or warrants for, or any other securities exchangeable for or convertible into, such equity securities of the Company, except for any issuance pursuant to (x) the Series A Share Purchase Agreement or Round A and B Share Subscription Agreement, (y) the Company’s Employee Share Option Plan, or (z) the initial public offering.

(b)    Each of the Investors and Founder Holding Companies hereby covenants and agrees that it shall not undertake any pledge over its Shares without approval of a two-thirds majority of the Board of Directors.

10.4    Insurance. The Company shall obtain, upon the completion of a Qualified IPO, from financially sound and reputable insurers, directors and officers liability insurance in an amount and on terms and conditions satisfactory to the Board of Directors, and will use commercially reasonable efforts to cause such insurance policy to be maintained until such time as the Board of Directors (including the affirmative votes by at least two (2) Investor Directors) determines that such insurance should be discontinued.

10.5    Termination of Covenants. The rights and covenants set forth in this Article X (but with respect to Section 10.4) shall terminate and be of no further force or effect (i) immediately before the consummation of a Qualified IPO, (ii) when the Company first becomes subject to the periodic reporting requirements of Section 12(g) or 15(d) of the Exchange Act, or (iii) upon a Deemed Liquidation Event and completion of the payment of the Series A Liquidation Amount (as defined in the Memorandum and Articles) and the remaining assets distribution as provided in the Memorandum and Articles., whichever event occurs first.

ARTICLE XI.

CONFIDENTIALITY

 

  11.1

Confidentiality.

 

  (a)

Subject to Section 11.1(b):

 

  (i)

each of the Parties shall treat as strictly confidential and not disclose or use any documents, materials and other information, in whatever form, whether technical or commercial, received or obtained by it prior to entering into this Agreement or as a result of entering into this Agreement, in each case which relates to:

 

  (A)

the provisions of this Agreement and any agreement entered into in relation to this Agreement; or

 

-25-


  (B)

the negotiations relating to this Agreement (and any other agreements entered into in relation to this Agreement);

 

  (ii)

each Party shall treat as strictly confidential and not disclose or use any information relating to the business, financial or other affairs (including future plans and targets) of any other Party or any member of their group;

 

  (iii)

each Party shall treat as strictly confidential and not disclose or use any information relating to the business, financial or other affairs (including future plans and targets) of the Company.

 

  (b)

Section 11.1(a) shall not prohibit disclosure or use of any information if and to the extent:

 

  (i)

the disclosure or use is required by law, any regulatory body or any recognized stock exchange on which the shares of any Party are listed;

 

  (ii)

the disclosure or use is required to vest the full benefit of this Agreement in any Party;

 

  (iii)

the disclosure or use is required for the purpose of any judicial proceedings arising out of this Agreement or any other agreement entered into under or pursuant to this Agreement or the disclosure is made to a Taxing Authority in connection with the Tax affairs of the disclosing Party;

 

  (iv)

the disclosure is made to professional advisers or actual or potential financiers of any Party on a need-to-know basis and on terms that these professional advisers or actual or potential financiers undertake to comply with the provisions of Section 11.1(a) in respect of such information as if they were a party to this Agreement;

 

  (v)

the information is or becomes publicly available (other than by breach of this Agreement);

 

  (vi)

the disclosure is made on a confidential basis to potential purchasers of all or part of any Party or to their professional advisers or financiers; provided that any of these persons need to know the information for the purposes of considering, evaluating, advising on or furthering the potential purchase;

 

  (vii)

the other Party has given prior written approval, such approval not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed, to the disclosure or use (including, without limitation, disclosure or use for the purposes of publicizing the transactions the subject of this Agreement or any other document drafted in connection with a Qualified IPO); or

 

-26-


  (viii)

the information is independently developed after the closing of the Qualified IPO;

provided that, prior to disclosure or use of any information pursuant to Section 11.1(b)(i), (ii) or (iii), the Party concerned shall promptly notify the other Parties of these requirements with a view to providing the other Parties with the opportunity to contest such disclosure or use or otherwise to agree on the timing and content of such disclosure or use.

(c)    A recipient of confidential information may disclose such confidential information to its shareholders, employees, directors, representatives and agents only to the extent reasonably necessary for the achievement of the objectives of this Agreement and the other documents drafted in connection with a Qualified IPO. A recipient of information shall ensure that its relevant shareholders, employees, directors, representatives and agents are aware of and comply with the confidentiality obligations set out in this Article XI.

11.2    Damages Not an Adequate Remedy. Without prejudice to any other rights or remedies which a Party may have, the Parties acknowledge and agree that damages would not be an adequate remedy for any breach of this Article XI and the remedies of injunction, specific performance and other equitable relief are appropriate for any threatened or actual breach of this provision and no proof of special damages shall be necessary for the enforcement of the rights under this Article XI.

11.3    Survival.

(a)    The disclosing Party shall remain responsible for any breach of this Article XI by the person to whom that confidential information is disclosed.

(b)    The provisions of this Article XI shall survive the termination of this Agreement for whatever cause.

ARTICLE XII.

NON-COMPETITION; NON-SOLICITATION

 

  12.1

Non-Competition.

 

  (a)

Until the third (3rd) anniversary of the Execution Date,

 

  (i)

no Founder or Founder Holding Company shall, directly or indirectly, conduct, manage, invest in, control or own any Competitor, unless such Founder or Founder Holding Company has first obtained the consent of a majority of the Investor Directors; and

 

-27-


  (ii)

each Founder and Founder Holding Company shall cause each of the directors and members of the senior management of the Company to comply with the obligations of Section 12.1(a)(i);

(b)    provided that the provisions of this Section 12.1 shall not prohibit the acquisition of any Founder Holding Company by any Competitor as long as no employee of the Founder Holding Company becomes actively engaged in the management or operation of such Competitor; provided, further, that the foregoing shall not limit the ability of the Founders, Founder Holding Companies and their respective Affiliates to engage in activities expressly contemplated by this Agreement.

(c)    If a judicial or arbitral determination is made that any of the provisions of this Section 12.1 constitutes an unreasonable or otherwise unenforceable restriction against any Founder, the provisions of this Section 12.1 shall be rendered void only to the extent that such judicial or arbitral determination finds the provisions to be unreasonable or otherwise unenforceable. In that regard, the Parties hereby agree that any judicial or arbitral authority construing this Agreement shall be empowered to sever any prohibited business activity, time period or geographical area from the coverage of this Section 12.1 and to apply the provisions of this Section 12.1 to the remaining business activities, time periods or geographical areas not severed by such judicial or arbitral authority. The time period during which the prohibitions set forth in this Section 12.1 shall apply shall be tolled and suspended for a period equal to the aggregate quantity of time during which any Founder violates such prohibitions in any respect.

12.2    Non-Solicitation. Until the second (2nd) anniversary of the Execution Date, no entity or business directly or indirectly controlled by any Founder shall, directly or indirectly, (i) solicit for employment or any similar arrangement any Founder or (ii) hire any Founder; provided, however, that this Section 12.2 shall not apply to Founders whose employment has been terminated by the Company and its Affiliates and clause (i) hereof shall not prohibit general solicitations for employment through advertisements or other means not targeted specifically to Founders.

ARTICLE XIII.

MISCELLANEOUS AND GENERAL

13.1    Amendment; Waiver. Any provision of this Agreement may be amended or waived if, and only if, such amendment or waiver is in writing and signed, in the case of an amendment, by each Party, or in the case of a waiver, by the Party against whom the waiver is to be effective. No failure or delay by any Party in exercising any right, power or privilege hereunder shall operate as a waiver thereof nor shall any single or partial exercise thereof preclude any other or further exercise thereof or the exercise of any other right, power or privilege. The rights and remedies herein provided shall be cumulative and not exclusive of any rights or remedies provided by Law except as otherwise specifically provided in this Section 13.1.

 

-28-


13.2    Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, each such counterpart being deemed to be an original instrument, and all such counterparts shall together constitute the same agreement.

13.3    Governing Law and Venue; Specific Performance.

(a)    THIS AGREEMENT SHALL BE GOVERNED BY AND INTERPRETED AND ENFORCED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK (INCLUDING SECTION 5-1401 OF THE NEW YORK GENERAL OBLIGATIONS LAW), WITHOUT GIVING EFFECT TO ANY CONFLICT OF LAW RULES THEREOF THAT WOULD REQUIRE OR PERMIT THE APPLICATION OF THE LAW OF ANY OTHER JURISDICTION.

(b)    Subject to Section 13.3(c), any disputes, actions and proceedings against any Party or arising out of or in any way relating to this Agreement shall be submitted to the HKIAC and resolved in accordance with the Arbitration Rules in force at the relevant time, except as such rules are modified or displaced by any of the provisions of this Agreement. The official language of the arbitration shall be English and the arbitration tribunal shall consist of three arbitrators (each, an “Arbitrator”). The claimant(s), irrespective of number, shall nominate jointly one Arbitrator; the respondent(s), irrespective of number, shall nominate jointly one Arbitrator; and a third Arbitrator will be nominated jointly by the first two Arbitrators and shall serve as chairman of the arbitration tribunal. In the event the claimant(s) or respondent(s) or the first two Arbitrators shall fail to nominate or agree to the joint nomination of an Arbitrator or the third Arbitrator, as applicable, within the time limits specified by the Arbitration Rules, such Arbitrator shall be appointed promptly by the HKIAC. The arbitration tribunal shall have no authority to award punitive or other punitive-type damages. The award of the arbitration tribunal shall be final and binding upon the disputing parties. Any party to an award may apply to any court of competent jurisdiction for enforcement of such award and, for purposes of the enforcement of such award, the Parties irrevocably and unconditionally submit to the jurisdiction of any court of competent jurisdiction and waive any defenses to such enforcement based on lack of personal jurisdiction or inconvenient forum.

(c)    Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Parties hereby consent to and agree that in addition to any recourse to arbitration as set out in this Section 13.3, any Party may, to the extent permitted under the Laws of the jurisdiction where application is made, seek an interim injunction from a court or other authority with competent jurisdiction and, notwithstanding that this Agreement is governed by the Laws of the State of New York, a court or authority hearing an application for injunctive relief may apply the procedural law of the jurisdiction where the court or other authority is located in determining whether to grant the interim injunction. For the avoidance of doubt, this Section 13.3(c) is only applicable to the seeking of interim injunctions and does not restrict the application of Section 13.3(b) in any way.

(d)    The Parties agree that irreparable damage would occur in the event that any of the provisions of this Agreement were not performed in accordance with their specific terms or were otherwise breached. It is accordingly agreed that the Parties shall be entitled to an injunction or injunctions to prevent breaches of this Agreement and to enforce specifically the terms and provisions of this Agreement in any court having jurisdiction, this being in addition to any other remedy to which such Party is entitled at law or in equity.

 

-29-


13.4    Notices. Any notice, request, instruction or other document to be given hereunder by any Party to any other Party shall be in writing and delivered personally or sent by registered or certified mail, postage prepaid, by facsimile, e-mail or overnight courier:

If to the Investors, to the address listed in Exhibit A for each Investor.

If to the Company:

ECMOHO Limited

2F/3F, Xuhuiyuan Building No. 1000,

Tianyaoqiao Road, Xuhui District,

Shanghai, People’s Republic of China.

Attention: Richard Wei

e-mail: richard@ecmoho.com

(with a copy to

Sullivan & Cromwell,

Level 32,

101 Collins Street,

Melbourne, Victoria 3000

Australia.

Attention: Robert Chu

fax: (+61-3) 9654-2422)

email: chur@sullcrom.com)

or to such other Person or addresses as may be designated in writing by the Party to receive such notice as provided above. Any notice, request, instruction or other document given as provided above shall be deemed given to the receiving Party upon actual receipt, if delivered personally, three (3) Business Days after deposit in the mail if sent by registered or certified mail, or upon confirmation of successful transmission if sent by facsimile or e-mail; provided that if given by facsimile or e-mail, such notice, request, instruction or other document shall be confirmed by the receiving party within one (1) Business Day of receipt by dispatch pursuant to one of the other methods described herein or on the next Business Day after deposit with an overnight courier.

13.5    Entire Agreement. This Agreement (including any annex hereto) constitutes the entire agreement and supersedes all other prior agreements, understandings, representations and warranties, both written and oral, among the Parties, with respect to the subject matter hereof. EACH PARTY AGREES THAT, EXCEPT FOR THE REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES CONTAINED IN THIS AGREEMENT, NEITHER THE INVESTORS NOR THE COMPANY MAKES OR RELIES ON ANY OTHER REPRESENTATIONS, WARRANTIES OR INDUCEMENTS, AND EACH HEREBY DISCLAIMS ANY OTHER REPRESENTATIONS, WARRANTIES OR INDUCEMENTS, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, AS TO THE ACCURACY OR COMPLETENESS OF ANY OTHER INFORMATION, MADE BY, OR MADE AVAILABLE BY, ITSELF OR ANY OF ITS REPRESENTATIVES, WITH RESPECT TO, OR IN CONNECTION WITH, THE NEGOTIATION, EXECUTION OR DELIVERY OF THIS AGREEMENT, NOTWITHSTANDING THE DELIVERY OR DISCLOSURE TO THE OTHER PARTY OR THE OTHER PARTY’S REPRESENTATIVES OF ANY DOCUMENTATION OR OTHER INFORMATION WITH RESPECT TO ANY ONE OR MORE OF THE FOREGOING; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, THAT NONE OF THE FOREGOING SHALL OPERATE TO LIMIT THE LIABILITY OF ANY OTHER PERSON IN RESPECT OF ANY CLAIM OR CAUSE OF ACTION BASED ON OR ARISING OUT OF FRAUD. NO PARTY SHALL BE BOUND BY, OR BE LIABLE FOR, ANY ALLEGED REPRESENTATION, PROMISE, INDUCEMENT OR STATEMENT OF INTENTION NOT CONTAINED HEREIN.

 

-30-


13.6    No Third-Party Beneficiaries. Each Party hereby agrees that its respective representations, warranties and covenants set forth herein are solely for the benefit of the other Party, in accordance with and subject to the terms of this Agreement, and this Agreement is not intended to, and does not, confer upon any Persons other than the Parties any rights or remedies hereunder, including the right to rely upon the representations, warranties and indemnities set forth herein.

13.7    Severability. The provisions of this Agreement shall be deemed severable and the invalidity or unenforceability of any provision shall not affect the validity or enforceability of the other provisions hereof. If any provision of this Agreement, or the application of such provision to any Person or any circumstance, is invalid or unenforceable, (i) a suitable and equitable provision shall be substituted therefor in order to carry out, so far as may be valid and enforceable, the intent and purpose of such invalid or unenforceable provision and (ii) the remainder of this Agreement and the application of such provision to other Persons or circumstances shall not be affected by such invalidity or unenforceability, nor shall such invalidity or unenforceability affect the validity or enforceability of such provision, or the application of such provision, in any other jurisdiction.

13.8    Assignment. This Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and be binding upon the successors and permitted assigns of the Parties. No Party may assign any of its rights or delegate any of its obligations under this Agreement, by operation of Law or otherwise, without the prior written consent of the other Party, except that the Investor may assign any of its rights and obligations under this Agreement to any of its Affiliates (other than the Company or any of its Subsidiaries) to whom it has transferred Registrable Investor Shares without the prior written consent of the Company (each, an “Affiliate Transferee”); provided that such Affiliate shall as a condition of effectiveness of such assignment duly execute a joinder agreement substantially in the form of Exhibit B, whereupon such Affiliate shall have the benefits of, and shall be subject to the obligations under, this Agreement as if such Affiliate was originally included in the definition of Investor herein and had originally been a Party hereto.

13.9    Fulfillment of Obligations. Any obligation of any Party to any other Party under this Agreement, which obligation is performed, satisfied or fulfilled completely by an Affiliate of such Party, shall be deemed to have been performed, satisfied or fulfilled by such Party.

 

-31-


13.10    Termination. Except as otherwise provided in this Agreement, this Agreement will terminate in respect of all the Parties at the earliest to occur of: (a) each Party agrees in writing to terminate this Agreement; and (b) upon the closing of a Deemed Liquidation Event and completion of the payment of the Series A Liquidation Amount (as defined in the Memorandum and Articles) and the remaining assets distribution as provided in the Memorandum and Articles. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the termination of this Agreement shall not affect (x) the rights perfected or the obligations incurred by the Parties prior to such termination (including liability for breach of this Agreement) and (y) the rights and obligations of the Parties under Article VII and Section 6.1.

[Signature Page Follows]

 

-32-


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Parties have caused this Agreement to be executed as of the date first written above.

 

Delta Capital Growth Fund II, L.P.
By:  

 

Name:   Weigang Greg Ye
Title:   Director

[Signature Page to Investors Rights Agreement]


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Parties have caused this Agreement to be executed as of the date first written above.

 

李水
By:    

[Signature Page to Investors Rights Agreement]


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Parties have caused this Agreement to be executed as of the date first written above.

 

ECMOHO Limited
By:    
  Name:
  Title:


EXHIBIT A

SCHEDULE OF INVESTORS

 

Investor

  

Address of Investor

 

Type of Share

Delta Capital Growth Fund II, L.P.

   392 Jian Guo West Road, Shanghai, China   Series A Preferred Shares

李水蓮

  

台灣省桃園市蘆竹區南祥路

13319樓,郵遞區號

33854

  Series A Preferred Shares

Round A Investors

   [●]   Class A-1 Ordinary Shares

Round B Investors

   [●]   Class A-2 Ordinary Shares

Best Winner

   [●]   Class A Ordinary Shares

Liberal Rich

   [●]   Class A Ordinary Shares

Lake Zurich Partners

   [●]   Class A Ordinary Shares

 

A-1


EXHIBIT B

FORM OF JOINDER AGREEMENT

THIS JOINDER (this “Joinder”) to the Investors Rights Agreement (the “Agreement”), dated as of [●], 2018, made by and between ECMOHO Limited, an exempted company incorporated under the Laws of Cayman Islands (the “Company”), each of the investors listed on Exhibit A attached to that Agreement (each, an “Investor” and together the “Investors”) and certain other parties, is made and entered into as of [●], by and among [●] (the “Holder”), the Company and the Investors. Capitalized terms used but not otherwise defined herein shall have the meanings set forth in the Agreement.

WHEREAS, the Holder desires to acquire certain Shares from [specified investor].

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the representations, warranties and covenants contained herein and other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties to this Joinder hereby agree as follows:

1.    Agreement to be Bound. The Holder hereby agrees that upon execution of this Joinder, the Holder shall become a party to the Agreement and shall be fully bound by, and subject to, all of the covenants, terms and conditions of the Agreement as though the Holder was [specified investor] on the date thereof and shall be deemed to be [specified investor] for all purposes thereof.

2.    Representations and Warranties of the Holder. By executing and delivering this Joinder, the Holder represents and warrants that the Holder is an Affiliate of [specified investor].

3.    Counterparts. This Joinder may be executed in separate counterparts, including by facsimile, each of which shall be an original and all of which taken together shall constitute one and the same agreement.

4.    Notices. For purposes of Section 13.4 of the Agreement, all notices, demands or other communications to the Holder shall be directed to:

[Name]

[Address]

[Attention]

[Facsimile Number]

5.    Governing Law. THIS JOINDER SHALL BE GOVERNED BY AND INTERPRETED AND ENFORCED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK (INCLUDING SECTION 5-1401 OF THE NEW YORK GENERAL OBLIGATIONS LAW), WITHOUT GIVING EFFECT TO ANY CONFLICT OF LAW RULES THEREOF THAT WOULD REQUIRE OR PERMIT THE APPLICATION OF THE LAW OF ANY OTHER JURISDICTION.

 

 

B-1


6.    Descriptive Headings. The descriptive headings of this Joinder are inserted for convenience only and do not constitute a part of this Joinder.

*****

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Joinder as of the date first written above.

 

[Holder]
By:                                                                
Name:  
Title:  

Acknowledged and agreed by:

 

ECMOHO Limited
By:                                                                       
Name:
Title:
[Investors]
By:                                                                       
Name:
Title:

 

B-2


EXHIBIT E

MEMORANDUM AND ARTICLES


THE COMPANIES LAW (AS AMENDED)

COMPANY LIMITED BY SHARES

AMENDED AND RESTATED

MEMORANDUM OF ASSOCIATION AND ARTICLES OF ASSOCIATION

OF

ECMOHO LIMITED

(ADOPTED BY A SPECIAL RESOLUTION OF SHAREHOLDERS DATED 2 AUGUST 2018)

 

 

LOGO

190 Elgin Avenue, George Town

Grand Cayman KYI-9001, Cayman Islands

T +1 345 949 0100 F +1 345 949 7886 www.walkersglobal.com

REF: YX/SSNC/E2208-H17292


THE COMPANIES LAW (AS AMENDED)

COMPANY LIMITED BY SHARES

AMENDED AND RESTATED MEMORANDUM OF ASSOCIATION

OF

ECMOHO LIMITED

(ADOPTED BY A SPECIAL RESOLUTION OF SHAREHOLDERS DATED 2 AUGUST 2018)

 

1.

The name of the company is ECMOHO Limited (the “Company”).

 

2.

The registered office of the Company will be situated at the offices of Hermes Corporate Services Ltd., Fifth Floor, Zephyr House, 122 Mary Street, George Town, P.O. Box 31493 or at such other location as the Directors may from time to time determine.

 

3.

The objects for which the Company is established are unrestricted and the Company shall have full power and authority to carry out any object not prohibited by any law as provided by Section 7(4) of the Companies Law (as amended) of the Cayman Islands (the “Companies Law”).

 

4.

The Company shall have and be capable of exercising all the functions of a natural person of full capacity irrespective of any question of corporate benefit as provided by Section 27(2) of the Companies Law.

 

5.

The Company will not trade in the Cayman Islands with any person, firm or corporation except in furtherance of the business of the Company carried on outside the Cayman Islands; provided that nothing in this section shall be construed as to prevent the Company effecting and concluding contracts in the Cayman Islands, and exercising in the Cayman Islands all of its powers necessary for the carrying on of its business outside the Cayman Islands.

 

6.

The liability of the shareholders of the Company is limited to the amount, if any, unpaid on the shares respectively held by them.

 

7.

The authorised share capital of the Company is US$50,000 divided into (i) 4,880,496,457 Class A Ordinary Shares of a par value of US$0.00001 each, (ii) 9,519,000 Class A-1 Ordinary Shares of a par value of US$0.00001 each, (iii) 13,663,700 Class A-2 Ordinary Shares of a par value of US$0.00001 each, (iv) 75,150,400 Class B Ordinary Shares of a par value of US$0.00001 each and (iii) 21,170,443 Series A Preferred Shares of a par value of US$0.00001 each, provided always that subject to the Companies Law and the Articles of Association the Company shall have power to redeem or purchase any of its shares and to sub-divide or consolidate the said shares or any of them and to issue all or any part of its capital whether original, redeemed, increased or reduced with or without any preference, priority, special privilege or other rights or subject to any postponement of rights or to any conditions or restrictions whatsoever and so that unless the conditions of issue shall otherwise expressly provide every issue of shares whether stated to be ordinary, preference or otherwise shall be subject to the powers on the part of the Company hereinbefore provided.

 

1


8.

The Company may exercise the power contained in Section 206 of the Companies Law to deregister in the Cayman Islands and be registered by way of continuation in some other jurisdiction.

 

2


THE COMPANIES LAW (AS AMENDED)

COMPANY LIMITED BY SHARES

AMENDED AND RESTATED ARTICLES OF ASSOCIATION

OF

ECMOHO LIMITED

(ADOPTED BY A SPECIAL RESOLUTION OF SHAREHOLDERS DATED 2 AUGUST 2018)

 


TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

CLAUSE    PAGE  

TABLE A

     1  

INTERPRETATION

     1  

PRELIMINARY

     9  

SHARES

     10  

CERTIFICATES

     30  

FRACTIONAL SHARES

     30  

LIEN

     31  

CALLS ON SHARES

     31  

FORFEITURE OF SHARES

     32  

TRANSFER OF SHARES

     33  

TRANSMISSION OF SHARES

     33  

ALTERATION OF SHARE CAPITAL

     34  

REDEMPTION, PURCHASE AND SURRENDER OF SHARES

     34  

TREASURY SHARES

     35  

RIGHT OF FIRST OFFER

     36  

RIGHT OF FIRST REFUSAL

     37  

CO-SALE RIGHT

     39  

PROHIBITED TRANSFERS

     40  

RESTRICTION ON ISSUANCE BY GROUP COMPANY

     41  

FOUNDER TRANSFERS

     41  

 

i


TERMINATION OF RIGHTS AND RESTRICTIONS

     41  

DRAG-ALONG OBLIGATION

     41  

GENERAL MEETINGS

     43  

NOTICE OF GENERAL MEETINGS

     44  

PROCEEDINGS AT GENERAL MEETINGS

     44  

VOTES OF SHAREHOLDERS

     45  

CORPORATIONS ACTING BY REPRESENTATIVES AT MEETINGS

     46  

DIRECTORS

     46  

ALTERNATE DIRECTOR

     48  

POWERS AND DUTIES OF DIRECTORS

     48  

PROTECTIVE PROVISIONS

     49  

BORROWING POWERS OF DIRECTORS

     52  

THE SEAL

     53  

DISQUALIFICATION OF DIRECTORS

     53  

PROCEEDINGS OF DIRECTORS

     54  

DIVIDENDS

     56  

ACCOUNTS, AUDIT AND ANNUAL RETURN AND DECLARATION

     57  

CAPITALISATION OF RESERVES

     57  

SHARE PREMIUM ACCOUNT

     58  

NOTICES

     59  

INDEMNITY

     60  

NON-RECOGNITION OF TRUSTS

     61  

WINDING UP

     61  

 

ii


AMENDMENT OF ARTICLES OF ASSOCIATION

     62  

CLOSING OF REGISTER OR FIXING RECORD DATE

     62  

REGISTRATION BY WAY OF CONTINUATION

     62  

MERGERS AND CONSOLIDATION

     63  

DISCLOSURE

     63  

 

iii


COMPANIES LAW (AS AMENDED)

COMPANY LIMITED BY SHARES

AMENDED AND RESTATED ARTICLES OF ASSOCIATION

OF

ECMOHO LIMITED

(ADOPTED BY A SPECIAL RESOLUTION OF SHAREHOLDERS DATED 2 AUGUST 2018)

TABLE A

The Regulations contained or incorporated in Table ‘A’ in the First Schedule of the Companies Law shall not apply to ECMOHO Limited (the “Company”) and the following Articles shall comprise the Articles of Association of the Company.

INTERPRETATION

 

1.

In these Articles the following defined terms will have the meanings ascribed to them, if not inconsistent with the subject or context:

Additional Consideration” has the meaning given to it in Article 20(b)(iv).

Additional Ordinary Shares” has the meaning given to it in Article 21(e)(i)(F).

Affiliate” means, with respect to any Person, any other Person that directly, or indirectly through one or more intermediaries, controls, is controlled by or is under common control with, such specified Person.

Available Proceeds” has the meaning given to it in Article 20(b)(ii)(B)(3).

Articles” means these articles of association of the Company, as amended or substituted from time to time.

Branch Register” means any branch Register of such category or categories of Members as the Company may from time to time determine.

Class” or “Classes” means any class or classes of Shares as may from time to time be issued by the Company.


Class A Ordinary Shares” means the class A ordinary shares of a par value of US$0.00001 per share, having the rights and being subject to the restrictions as provided for under these Articles with respect to such Share.

Class A-1 Conversion Price” means initially the amount of US$0.687146, subject to adjustment as provided in Article 21(e).

Class A-1 Original Issue Date” has the meaning given to it in Article 21(e).

Class A-1 Original Issue Price” means US$0.687146 per share, subject to appropriate adjustment in the event of any share dividend, share split, combination or other similar recapitalization with respect to the Class A-1 Ordinary Shares.

Class A-1 Ordinary Shares” means the class A-1 ordinary shares of a par value of US$0.00001 per share, having the rights and being subject to the restrictions as provided for under these Articles with respect to such Share.

Class A-1 Redemption Date” has the meaning given to it in Article 25(c).

Class A-1 Redemption Notice” has the meaning given to it in Article 25(c).

Class A-1 Redemption Price” has the meaning given to it in Article 25(c).

Class A-1 Redemption Request” has the meaning given to it in Article 25(c).

Class A-2 Conversion Price” means initially the amount of US$1.756481, subject to adjustment as provided in Article 21(e).

Class A-2 Original Issue Price” means US$1.756481 per share, subject to appropriate adjustment in the event of any share dividend, share split, combination or other similar recapitalization with respect to the Class A-2 Ordinary Shares.

Class A-2 Original Issue Date” has the meaning given to it in Article 21(e).

Class A-2 Ordinary Shares” means the class A-2 ordinary shares of a par value of US$0.00001 per share, having the rights and being subject to the restrictions as provided for under these Articles with respect to such Share.

Class A-2 Redemption Date” has the meaning given to it in Article 25(b).

Class A-2 Redemption Notice” has the meaning given to it in Article 25(b).

Class A-2 Redemption Price” has the meaning given to it in Article 25(b).

Class A-2 Redemption Request” has the meaning given to it in Article 25(b).


Class B Ordinary Shares” means the class B ordinary shares of a par value of US$0.00001 per share, having the rights and being subject to the restrictions as provided for under these Articles with respect to such Share.

Companies Law” means the Companies Law (as amended) of the Cayman Islands.

Competitor” means a Person engaged, directly or indirectly (including through any partnership, limited liability company, corporation, joint venture or similar arrangement (whether now existing or formed hereafter)), in the health and wellness related e-commerce industry in the Chinese market, but shall not include any financial investment firm or collective investment vehicle that, together with its Affiliates, holds less than twenty percent (20%) of the outstanding equity of any Competitor.

Convertible Securities” has the meaning given to it in Article 21(e)(i)(E).

Conversion Price” means any of the Series A Conversion Price, Class A-2 Conversion Price and Class A-1 Conversion Price, as the context so requires.

Co-Sale Notice” has the meaning given to it in Article 74.

Co-Sale Pro Rata Portion” has the meaning given to it in Article 74(a).

Co-Sale Right Holder” has the meaning given to it in Article 74.

Co-Sale Right Period” has the meaning given to it in Article 74.

Deemed Liquidation Event” has the meaning given to it in Article 20(b).

Derivative Securities” means any securities or rights convertible into, or exercisable or exchangeable for (in each case, directly or indirectly), Ordinary Shares, including options and warrants.

Directors” or “Board of Directors” means the directors of the Company for the time being, or as the case may be, the directors assembled as a board or as a committee thereof.

Drag-Along Purchaser” has the meaning given to it in Article 80.

Drag-Along Sale” has the meaning given to it in Article 80.

Drag-Along Sale Notice” has the meaning given to it in Article 83.

Drag-Along Sale Price” has the meaning given to it in Article 83.

Drag-Along Seller” has the meaning given to it in Article 80.


Employee Share Option Plan” means the 2018 Employee Share Option Plan to be adopted by the Board of Directors and approved by the Company.

Exchange Act” means the U.S. Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

Exempted Securities” has the meaning given to it in Article 21(e)(i)(F).

First Refusal Expiration Notice” has the meaning given to it in Article 71.

Founders” means Ying WANG (王影) (PRC identification number: *** and Qingchun Zeng(曾庆春) (PRC identification number: ***).

Founder Holding Companies” means Behealth Limited and Uhealth Limited.

Founders’ Offered Shares” has the meaning given to it in Article 74.

Fully Exercising Investor” has the meaning given to it in Article 67(b).

Group Companies” means the Company, ECMOHO (Hong Kong) Health Technology Limited, Shanghai ECMOHO Health Biotechnology Co., Ltd. and their respective Subsidiaries.

Indemnified Person” has the meaning given to it in Article 179.

Initial Consideration” has the meaning given to it in Article 20(b)(iv).

Investor Beneficial Owner” has the meaning given to it in Article 67.

Investor Director” means any of the Preferred Share Director, the Round A Director and the Round B Director.

Investors” has the meaning given to it in the Investors Rights Agreement.

Investors Rights Agreement” means the investors rights agreement dated on or about the date of the adoption of these Articles and entered into between among the Company and certain other parties named therein.

Investor Share” means any Share held by an Investor.

Mandatory Conversion Time” has the meaning given to it in Article 22.

Merger Agreement” has the meaning given to it in Article 20(b)(ii).

Memorandum of Association” means the memorandum of association of the Company, as amended or substituted from time to time.


New Securities” means equity securities issued by the Company after the date hereof; provided that securities created pursuant to a stock split, dividend or other subdivision of Ordinary Shares are not New Securities.

Offer Notice” has the meaning given to it in Article 67(a).

Offered Shares” has the meaning given to it in Article 68.

Office” means the registered office of the Company as required by the Companies Law.

Officers” means the officers for the time being and from time to time of the Company.

Option” has the meaning given to it in Article 21(e)(i)(A).

Ordinary Resolution” means a resolution:

 

  (a)

passed by a simple majority of such Shareholders as, being entitled to do so, vote in person or, where proxies are allowed, by proxy at a general meeting of the Company and where a poll is taken regard shall be had in computing a majority to the number of votes to which each Shareholder is entitled; or

 

  (b)

approved in writing by all of the Shareholders entitled to vote at a general meeting of the Company in one or more instruments each signed by one or more of the Shareholders and the effective date of the resolution so adopted shall be the date on which the instrument, or the last of such instruments, if more than one, is executed.

Ordinary Shares” means together the Class A Ordinary Shares and Class B Ordinary Shares.

Original Issue Date” means any of the Series A Original Issue Date, Class A-2 Original Issue Date and Class A-1 Original Issue Date, as the context so requires.

Original Shares” means ordinary shares with a par value of US$0.0001 each in the capital of the Company.

Other Investor” has the meaning given to it in Article 65.

paid up” means paid up as to the par value in respect of the issue of any Shares and includes credited as paid up.

Person” means any natural person, firm, company, joint venture, partnership, corporation, association or other entity (whether or not having a separate legal personality) or any of them as the context so requires, other than in respect of a Director or Officer in which circumstances Person shall mean any person or entity permitted to act as such in accordance with the laws of the Cayman Islands.


Preferred Share Director” means Greg Ye, the member of the Board of Directors appointed by the Round C Investors.

Preferred Majority” means the holders representing at least 55% of the voting power of the Investors, voting as a single class on an as-converted basis.

Principal Register”, where the Company has established one or more Branch Registers pursuant to the Companies Law and these Articles, means the Register maintained by the Company pursuant to the Companies Law and these Articles that is not designated by the Directors as a Branch Register.

Proposed ROFR Purchaser” has the meaning given to it in Article 68.

Proposed ROFR Seller” has the meaning given to it in Article 68.

Qualified IPO” means the closing (or such other time as required under the relevant securities regulation) of a firm commitment underwritten public offering by the Company of its Shares (or the American depository shares thereof) on the New York Stock Exchange or NASDAQ National Market System in the United States, the Hong Kong Stock Exchange or any other exchange in any other jurisdiction (on any combination of such exchanges and jurisdictions) acceptable to the Company, in any case with a pre-offering valuation of at least US$600,000,000 and with aggregate offering proceeds (before deduction of underwriting fees, commissions or expenses) to the Company of not less than US$120,000,000 (or any cash proceeds of other currency of equivalent value).

Redemption Price” means any of the Series A Redemption Price, Class A-2 Redemption Price or Class A-1 Redemption Price, as the context so requires.

Redemption Date” means any of the Series A Redemption Date, Class A-2 Redemption Date or Class A-1 Redemption Date, as the context so requires.

Register” means the register of Members of the Company required to be kept pursuant to the Companies Law and includes any Branch Register(s) established by the Company in accordance with the Companies Law.

Remaining Shares” has the meaning given to it in Article 71.

ROFR Closing” has the meaning given to it in Article 70.

ROFR Holder” means each of the Investors and any of its Affiliates and its permitted assignees to whom its rights under Article 68 to Article 73 have been duly assigned in accordance with the Investors Right Agreement.


ROFR Holders’ First Refusal Period” has the meaning given to it in Article 69.

ROFR Notice” has the meaning given to it in Article 68.

ROFR Offer” has the meaning given to it in Article 69.

Round A Director” means any member of the Board of Directors appointed by the Round A Investors.

Round A Investor” has the meaning given to it in the Investors Rights Agreement.

Round B Director” means any member of the Board of Directors appointed by the Round B Investors.

Round B Investor” has the meaning given to it in the Investors Rights Agreement.

Round C Investor” has the meaning given to it in the Investors Rights Agreement.

Seal” means the common seal of the Company (if adopted) including any facsimile thereof.

Secretary” means any Person appointed by the Directors to perform any of the duties of the secretary of the Company.

Securities Act” means the U.S. Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

Series A Conversion Price” has the meaning given to it in Article 21(b).

Series A Liquidation Amount’ has the meaning given to it in Article 20(a)(i).

Series A Original Issue Date” has the meaning given to it in Article 21(e)(i)(B)

Series A Original Issue Price” has the meaning given to it in Article 19 .

Series A Preferred Shares” means the series A preferred shares of a par value of US$0.00001 per share, having the rights and being subject to the restrictions as provided for under these Articles with respect to such Share.

Series A Redemption Date” has the meaning given to it in Article 25(a).

Series A Redemption Notice” has the meaning given to it in Article 25(a).

Series A Redemption Price” has the meaning given to it in Article 25(a).

Series A Redemption Request” has the meaning given to it in Article 25(a).


Share” means a share in the capital of the Company. All references to “Shares” herein shall be deemed to be Shares of any or all Classes as the context may require. For the avoidance of doubt in these Articles the expression “Share” shall include a fraction of a Share.

Shareholder” or “Member” means a Person who is registered as the holder of Shares in the Register and includes each subscriber to the Memorandum of Association pending entry in the Register of such subscriber.

Shareholder Majority” means holders representing at least 51% of the voting power of each of (i) the outstanding Series A Preferred Shares (voting as a single class on an as-converted basis), (ii) the outstanding Class A-2 Ordinary Shares and (iii) the outstanding Class A-1 Ordinary Shares.

Share Premium Account” means the share premium account established in accordance with these Articles and the Companies Law.

Share Purchase Agreement” means the agreement entered into by and among the Company, Behealth Limited and Delta Capital Growth Fund II L.P. dated on or about the date of the adoption of these Articles.

signed” means bearing a signature or representation of a signature affixed by mechanical means.

Special Resolution” means a special resolution of the Company passed in accordance with the Companies Law, being a resolution:

 

  (a)

passed by a majority of not less than two-thirds of such Shareholders as, being entitled to do so, vote in person or, where proxies are allowed, by proxy at a general meeting of the Company of which notice specifying the intention to propose the resolution as a special resolution has been duly given and where a poll is taken regard shall be had in computing a majority to the number of votes to which each Shareholder is entitled; or

 

  (b)

approved in writing by all of the Shareholders entitled to vote at a general meeting of the Company in one or more instruments each signed by one or more of the Shareholders and the effective date of the special resolution so adopted shall be the date on which the instrument or the last of such instruments, if more than one, is executed.

Subsidiary” means, with respect to any Person, any and all corporations, partnerships, limited liability companies, joint ventures, associations, variable interest entities or other entities controlled by such Person directly or indirectly through one or more intermediaries.


Treasury Shares” means Shares that were previously issued but were purchased, redeemed, surrendered or otherwise acquired by the Company and not cancelled.

 

2.

In these Articles, save where the context requires otherwise:

 

  (a)

words importing the singular number shall include the plural number and vice versa;

 

  (b)

words importing the masculine gender only shall include the feminine gender and any Person as the context may require;

 

  (c)

the word “may” shall be construed as permissive and the word “shall” shall be construed as imperative;

 

  (d)

reference to a dollar or dollars or USD (or $) and to a cent or cents is reference to dollars and cents of the United States of America;

 

  (e)

reference to a statutory enactment shall include reference to any amendment or re-enactment thereof for the time being in force;

 

  (f)

reference to any determination by the Directors shall be construed as a determination by the Directors in their sole and absolute discretion and shall be applicable either generally or in any particular case; and

 

  (g)

reference to “in writing” shall be construed as written or represented by any means reproducible in writing, including any form of print, lithograph, email, facsimile, photograph or telex or represented by any other substitute or format for storage or transmission for writing or partly one and partly another.

 

3.

Subject to the preceding Articles, any words defined in the Companies Law shall, if not inconsistent with the subject or context, bear the same meaning in these Articles.

PRELIMINARY

 

4.

The business of the Company may be commenced at any time after incorporation.

 

5.

The Office shall be at such address in the Cayman Islands as the Directors may from time to time determine. The Company may in addition establish and maintain such other offices and places of business and agencies in such places as the Directors may from time to time determine.

 

6.

The expenses incurred in the formation of the Company and in connection with the offer for subscription and issue of Shares shall be paid by the Company. Such expenses may be amortised over such period as the Directors may determine and the amount so paid shall be charged against income and/or capital in the accounts of the Company as the Directors shall determine.


7.

The Directors shall keep, or cause to be kept, the Register at such place or (subject to compliance with the Companies Law and these Articles) places as the Directors may from time to time determine. In the absence of any such determination, the Register shall be kept at the Office. The Directors may keep, or cause to be kept, one or more Branch Registers as well as the Principal Register in accordance with the Companies Law, provided always that a duplicate of such Branch Register(s) shall be maintained with the Principal Register in accordance with the Companies Law.

SHARES

 

8.

Subject to these Articles, all Shares for the time being unissued shall be under the control of the Directors who may:

 

  (a)

issue, allot and dispose of the same to such Persons, in such manner, on such terms and having such rights and being subject to such restrictions as they may from time to time determine; and

 

  (b)

grant options with respect to such Shares and issue warrants or similar instruments with respect thereto;

and, for such purposes, the Directors may reserve an appropriate number of Shares for the time being unissued.

 

9.

Subject to these Articles, the Directors, or the Shareholders by Ordinary Resolution, may authorise the division of Shares into any number of Classes and sub-classes and the different Classes and sub-classes shall be authorised, established and designated (or re-designated as the case may be) and the variations in the relative rights (including, without limitation, voting, dividend and redemption rights), restrictions, preferences, privileges and payment obligations as between the different Classes (if any) may be fixed and determined by the Directors or the Shareholders by Ordinary Resolution.

 

10.

The Company may insofar as may be permitted by law, pay a commission to any Person in consideration of his subscribing or agreeing to subscribe whether absolutely or conditionally for any Shares. Such commissions may be satisfied by the payment of cash or the lodgement of fully or partly paid-up Shares or partly in one way and partly in the other. The Company may also pay such brokerage as may be lawful on any issue of Shares.

 

11.

The Directors may refuse to accept any application for Shares, and may accept any application in whole or in part, for any reason or for no reason.


12.

The Company shall at all times keep available out of its authorized but unissued Ordinary Shares solely for the purpose of exercising of options under the Employee Share Option Plan such number of its Ordinary Shares as shall from time to time be sufficient to effect the exercise of such options, and if at any time the number of authorized but unissued Ordinary Shares shall not be sufficient to effect the exercise of such options, in addition to such other remedies as shall be available to the holder of such options, the Company and its Members will take such corporate action as may, in the opinion of its counsel, be necessary to increase its authorized but unissued Ordinary Shares to such number of Shares as shall be sufficient for such purposes.

SPECIFIC RIGHTS ATTACHING TO THE ORDINARY SHARES

 

13.

Voting

Each holder of outstanding Class A Ordinary Shares shall be entitled to cast the number of votes equal to the number of whole Class A Ordinary Shares held by such holder and each holder of outstanding Class B Ordinary Shares shall be entitled to cast the number of votes equal to ten times the number of whole Class B Ordinary Shares held by such holder.

 

14.

Dividend

After full payment to the holder of the Series A Preferred Shares as provided under Article 19, the holders of the Ordinary Shares shall have right to receive dividends of the Company if declared by the Directors and in such amount as the Directors consider appropriate.

 

15.

Liquidation, Dissolution or Winding Up; Certain Mergers, Consolidations and Asset Sales

In the event of any voluntary or involuntary liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Company, after the payment in full of all Series A Liquidation Amounts required to be paid to the holders of Series A Preferred Shares, the remaining assets of the Company available for distribution to its Shareholders or, in the case of a Deemed Liquidation Event, the consideration not payable to the holders of Series A Preferred Shares pursuant to Article 20(a)(i) or the remaining Available Proceeds, as the case may be, shall be distributed among the holders of Class A-2 Ordinary Shares, Class A-1 Ordinary Shares and all Shareholders pursuant to Article 20(a)(ii), Article 20(a)(iii) and Article 20(a)(iv), respectively. Class A Ordinary Shares and Class B Ordinary Shares shall be treated as one Class for purposes of this Article 15.

 

16.

Right to Convert

 

  (a)

Upon the initial public offering, all outstanding Class A-1 Ordinary Shares and Class A-2 Ordinary Shares shall automatically be converted into Class A Ordinary Shares, at the then effective Class A-2 Conversion Price and Class A-1 Conversion Price and such shares may not be reissued by the Company. For the avoidance of doubt, holder of Class A-1 Ordinary Shares and Class A-2 Ordinary Shares shall have no other right to conversion except pursuant to the initial public offering.


  (b)

The following Articles shall apply, with such necessary changes in the details thereof as are necessitated by the context, to the automatic conversion of the Class A-1 Ordinary Shares and Class A-2 Ordinary Shares to Class A Ordinary Shares under Article 16(a), and that Series A Preferred Shares shall be referred to as Class A-2 Ordinary Shares or Class A-1 Ordinary Shares, as the case may be, and Ordinary Shares shall be referred to as Class A Ordinary Shares:

 

  (i)

Article 21(c) (Termination of Conversion Rights);

 

  (ii)

Article 21(d) (Fractional Shares);

 

  (iii)

Article 23(b) (Procedure Requirements for Mandatory Conversion); and

 

  (iv)

Article 24 (Reservation of Shares Issuable Upon Conversion).

 

17.

Other than (i) the right to convert set out in Article 16, (ii) the liquidation right set out in Article 15 and Article 20 and (iii) the redemption right set out in Article 25, Class A-2 Ordinary Shares and Class A-1 Ordinary Shares shall be treated as the same Class in all other respects with Class A Ordinary Share.

SPECIFIC RIGHTS ATTACHING TO THE SERIES A PREFERRED SHARES

 

18.

Voting

Each holder of outstanding Series A Preferred Shares shall be entitled to cast the number of votes equal to the number of whole Ordinary Shares into which the Series A Preferred Shares held by such holder are convertible pursuant to these Articles as of the record date for determining shareholders entitled to vote on such matter. Except as provided by law or by the other provisions of the Memorandum of Association and these Articles, holders of Series A Preferred Shares shall vote together with the holders of Class A Ordinary Shares as a single class and on an as-converted to Ordinary Shares basis.

 

19.

Dividends

Dividends at the rate per annum of 6% of the Series A Original Issue Price shall accrue on such Series A Preferred Shares (subject to appropriate adjustment in the event of any share dividend, share split, combination or other similar recapitalization with respect to the Series A Preferred Shares) (the “Accruing Dividends”). Accruing Dividends shall accrue from day to day, whether or not declared, and shall be non-cumulative; provided, however, that except as set forth in this Article, such Accruing Dividends shall be payable only when, as, and if declared by the Directors. The Company shall not declare, pay or set aside any dividends on shares of any other class or series of Shares of the Company unless (in addition to the obtaining of any consents required elsewhere in the Memorandum of Association and these Articles) the holders of the Series A Preferred Shares then in issue shall first receive, or simultaneously receive, a dividend on each issued Series A Preferred Share in an amount at least equal to the amount of the aggregate Accruing Dividends then accrued on such Series A Preferred Shares and not previously paid. The “Series A Original Issue Price” shall mean US$2.834140 per share, subject to appropriate adjustment in the event of any share dividend, share split, combination or other similar recapitalization with respect to the Series A Preferred Shares.


20.

Liquidation, Dissolution or Winding Up; Certain Mergers, Consolidations and Asset Sales

 

  (a)

In the event of any voluntary or involuntary liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Company, the assets of the Company available for distribution to its shareholders, and in the event of a Deemed Liquidation Event, the consideration payable to shareholders in such Deemed Liquidation Event or out of the Available Proceeds, as applicable, shall be distributed among the holders of the outstanding Shares in the following order and manner:

 

  (i)

In priority and in preference to any payment to the holders of Class A-2 Ordinary Shares, Class A-1 Ordinary Shares, Class A Ordinary Shares and Class B Ordinary Shares, the holders of Series A Preferred Shares then outstanding shall be entitled to be paid, pari passu as between themselves, an amount per Share equal to 100% of the Series A Original Issue Price (as adjusted), plus all declared but unpaid dividends (if applicable) on such Series A Preferred Share (the “Series A Liquidation Amount”). If the assets and funds thus distributed among the holders of the Series A Preferred Shares shall be insufficient to permit the payment to such holders of the full Series A Liquidation Amount, then the entire assets and funds of the Company legally available for distribution shall be distributed ratably among the holders of the Series A Preferred Shares in proportion to the aggregate Series A Liquidation Amount each such holder is otherwise entitled to receive pursuant to this Article 20(a)(i);

 

  (ii)

after the distribution or payment in full of the Series A Liquidation Amount for each Series A Preferred Share pursuant to Article 20(a)(i), the holders of Class A-2 Ordinary Shares then outstanding shall be entitled to be paid, pari passu as between themselves, an amount per Share equal to 100% of the applicable Class A-2 Original Issue Price (as adjusted), plus all declared but unpaid dividends (if applicable) on such Class A-2 Ordinary Share (the “Class A-2 Liquidation Amount”) in priority and in preference to any payment to holders of the Class A-1 Ordinary Shares, Class A Ordinary Shares and Class B Ordinary Shares. If the assets and funds thus distributed among the holders of the Class A-2 Ordinary Shares shall be insufficient to permit the payment to such holders of the full Class A-2 Liquidation Amount, then the entire assets and funds of the Company legally available for distribution shall be distributed ratably among the holders of the Class A-2 Ordinary Shares in proportion to the aggregate Class A-2 Liquidation Amount each such holder is otherwise entitled to receive pursuant to this Article 20(a)(ii);


  (iii)

after the distribution or payment in full of the Series A Liquidation Amount for each Series A Preferred Share and the Class A-2 Liquidation Amount for each Class A-2 Ordinary Share pursuant to Article 20(a)(i) and Article 20(a)(ii), the holders of Class A-1 Ordinary Shares then outstanding shall be entitled to be paid, pari passu as between themselves, an amount per Share equal to 100% of the applicable Class A-1 Original Issue Price (as adjusted), plus all declared but unpaid dividends (if applicable) on such Class A-1 Ordinary Share (the “Class A-1 Liquidation Amount”) in priority and in preference to any payment to holders of the Class A Ordinary Shares and Class B Ordinary Shares. If the assets and funds thus distributed among the holders of the Class A-1 Ordinary Shares shall be insufficient to permit the payment to such holders of the full Class A-1 Liquidation Amount, then the entire assets and funds of the Company legally available for distribution shall be distributed ratably among the holders of the Class A-1 Ordinary Shares in proportion to the aggregate Class A-1 Liquidation Amount each such holder is otherwise entitled to receive pursuant to this Article 20(a)(iii); and

 

  (iv)

if there are any assets or funds remaining after the aggregate of the Series A Liquidation Amount, Class A-2 Liquidation Amount and Class A-1 Liquidation Amount has been distributed or paid in full to the applicable holders of Series A Preferred Shares, Class A-2 Ordinary Shares, Class A-1 Ordinary Shares, respectively, the holders of the Series A Preferred Shares, Class A-1 Ordinary Shares, Class A-2 Ordinary Shares, Class A Ordinary Shares and Class B Ordinary Shares shall be entitled to be paid, pari passu as between themselves, an amount per Share equal to the remaining assets and funds of the Company available for distribution to the Shareholders divided by the number of Shares held by such Shareholders on an as converted basis (the “Remaining Liquidation Amount”).

 

  (b)

Deemed Liquidation Events

 

  (i)

Definition. Each of the following events shall be considered a “Deemed Liquidation Event” unless the Shareholder Majority elect otherwise by written notice sent to the Company at least ten days prior to the effective date of any such event:

 

  (A)

a merger (other than a statutory merger), share exchange, amalgamation or consolidation in which (i) the Company is a constituent party or (ii) a subsidiary of the Company is a constituent party and the Company issues its share capital pursuant to such merger, share exchange, amalgamation or consolidation, except any such merger or consolidation involving Company or a subsidiary in which the share capital of the Company outstanding immediately prior to such merger, share exchange, amalgamation or consolidation continue to represent, or are converted into or exchanged for share capital that represents, immediately following such merger, share exchange, amalgamation or consolidation, at least a majority, by voting power, of the share capital of (1) the surviving or resulting company; or (2) if the surviving or resulting company is a wholly owned subsidiary of another company immediately following such merger, share exchange, amalgamation or consolidation, the parent company of such surviving or resulting company; or


  (B)

(1) the sale, lease, transfer, exclusive license or other disposition, in a single transaction or series of related transactions, by the Company or any subsidiary of the Company of all or substantially all the assets of the Company and its subsidiaries taken as a whole, or (2) the sale or disposition (whether by merger (other than statutory merger), share exchange, amalgamation, consolidation or otherwise, and whether in a single transaction or a series of related transactions) of one or more subsidiaries of the Company if substantially all of the assets of the Company and its subsidiaries taken as a whole are held by such subsidiary or subsidiaries, except where such sale, lease, transfer, exclusive license or other disposition is to a wholly owned subsidiary of the Company.

 

  (ii)

Effecting a Deemed Liquidation Event

 

  (A)

The Company shall not have the power to effect a Deemed Liquidation Event referred to in Article 20(b)(i)(A) unless the agreement or plan of merger or consolidation for such transaction (the “Merger Agreement”) provides that the consideration payable to the Shareholders in such Deemed Liquidation Event shall be paid to the holders of share capital of the Company in accordance with Article 20 and Article 15.

 

  (B)

In the event of a Deemed Liquidation Event, if the Company does not effect a dissolution of the Company within 90 days after such Deemed Liquidation Event, then

 

  (1)

the Company shall send a written notice to each holder of Series A Preferred Shares, Class A-2 Ordinary Shares, Class A-1 Ordinary Shares, Class A Ordinary Shares and Class B Ordinary Shares no later than the 90th day after the Deemed Liquidation Event advising such holders of their right (and the requirements to be met to secure such right) pursuant to the terms of this Article;


  (2)

to require the redemption of such shares of Series A Preferred Shares, Class A-2 Ordinary Shares, Class A-1 Ordinary Shares, and Class A Ordinary Shares and Class B Ordinary Shares; and

 

  (3)

if the holders of the Shareholder Majority so request in a written instrument delivered to the Company not later than 120 days after such Deemed Liquidation Event, the Company shall use the consideration received by the Company for such Deemed Liquidation Event (net of any retained liabilities associated with the assets sold or technology licensed, as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors of the Company), together with any other assets of the Company available for distribution to its shareholders, all to the extent permitted by Company Law governing distributions to shareholders (the “Available Proceeds”), on the 150th day after such Deemed Liquidation Event, to redeem

 

  (I)

all outstanding Series A Preferred Shares at a price per share equal to the Series A Liquidation Amount;

 

  (II)

all outstanding Class A-2 Ordinary Shares at a price per share equal to the Class A-2 Liquidation Amount;

 

  (III)

all outstanding Class A-1 Ordinary Shares at a price per share equal to the Class A-1 Liquidation Amount; and

 

  (IV)

all outstanding Shares at a price per share equal to the Remaining Liquidation Amount,

in the order and manner set out in Article 20(a).

 

  (C)

Notwithstanding the foregoing, and subject to the order set out in Article 20(a), in the event of a redemption pursuant to the preceding Article, if the Available Proceeds are not sufficient to redeem all outstanding Shares in a Class, the Company shall redeem a pro rata portion of each Share in such Class to the fullest extent of such Available Proceeds allocated to such Class, based on the respective amounts which would otherwise be payable in respect of the Shares to be redeemed if the Available Proceeds were sufficient to redeem all such Shares in such Class.


  (D)

The provisions of Article 25 shall apply, with such necessary changes in the details thereof as are necessitated by the context, to the redemption of the Series A Preferred Shares, Class A-2 Ordinary Shares, Class A-1 Ordinary Shares, Class A Ordinary Shares and Class B Ordinary Shares pursuant to this Article 20(b)(ii). For the avoidance of doubt, the holders of Class A Ordinary Shares and Class B Ordinary Shares shall have no right of redemption other than that set out in this Article 20.

 

  (E)

Prior to the distribution or redemption provided for in this Article 20(b)(ii), the Company shall not expend or dissipate the consideration received for such Deemed Liquidation Event, except to discharge expenses incurred in connection with such Deemed Liquidation Event or in the ordinary course of business.

 

  (iii)

Amount Deemed Paid or Distributed

The amount deemed paid or distributed to the holders of share capital of the Company upon any such merger, amalgamation, consolidation, sale, transfer, exclusive license, other disposition or redemption shall be the cash or the value of the property, rights or securities to be paid or distributed to such holders pursuant to such Deemed Liquidation Event. The value of such property, rights or securities shall be determined in good faith by the Board of Directors of the Company.

 

  (iv)

Allocation of Escrow and Contingent Consideration

In the event of a Deemed Liquidation Event pursuant to Article 20(b)(i)(A), if any portion of the consideration payable to the Shareholders is payable only upon satisfaction of contingencies (the “Additional Consideration”), the Merger Agreement shall provide that (a) the portion of such consideration that is not Additional Consideration (such portion, the “Initial Consideration”) shall be allocated among the holders of share capital of the Company in accordance with Article 20 and Article 15 as if the Initial Consideration were the only consideration payable in connection with such Deemed Liquidation Event; and (b) any Additional Consideration which becomes payable to the Shareholders upon satisfaction of such contingencies shall be allocated among the holders of share capital of the Company in accordance with Article 20 and Article 15 after taking into account the previous payment of the Initial Consideration as part of the same transaction. For the purposes of this Article 20(b)(iv), consideration placed into escrow or retained as a holdback to be available for satisfaction of indemnification or similar obligations in connection with such Deemed Liquidation Event shall be deemed to be Initial Consideration.


21.

Right to Convert

 

  (a)

Optional Conversion

Each Series A Preferred Share shall be convertible, at the option of the holder thereof, at any time and from time to time, and without the payment of additional consideration by the holder thereof, into such number of Ordinary Shares as is determined by dividing the Series A Original Issue Price by the Series A Conversion Price in effect at the time of conversion.

 

  (b)

Conversion Ratio

The “Series A Conversion Price” shall initially be equal to US$2.834140. Such initial Series A Conversion Price, and the rate at which Series A Preferred Shares may be converted into Ordinary Shares, shall be subject to adjustment as provided below.

 

  (c)

Termination of Conversion Rights

 

  (i)

In the event of a notice of redemption of any Series A Preferred Shares pursuant to Article 25, the Conversion Rights of the Shares designated for redemption shall terminate at the close of business on the last full day preceding the date fixed for redemption, unless the redemption price is not fully paid on such redemption date, in which case the Conversion Rights for such shares shall continue until such price is paid in full.

 

  (ii)

In the event of a liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Company or a Deemed Liquidation Event, the Conversion Rights shall terminate at the close of business on the last full day preceding the date fixed for the payment of any such amounts distributable on such event to the holders of Series A Preferred Shares.

 

  (d)

Fractional Shares

No fractional Ordinary Shares shall be issued upon conversion of the Series A Preferred Shares, and the number of Ordinary Shares to be so issued to a Series A Preferred Shareholder upon the conversion of the Series A Preferred Shares (after aggregating all fractional Ordinary Shares that would be issued to such Series A Preferred Shareholder) shall be rounded to the nearest whole share (with one-half being rounded upward). Whether or not fractional shares would be issuable upon such conversion shall be determined on the basis of the total number of Series A Preferred Shares the holder is at the time converting into Ordinary Shares and the aggregate number of Ordinary Shares issuable upon such conversion.


  (e)

Adjustments to Conversion Price for Diluting Issues

 

  (i)

Special Definitions. For purposes of this Article 21(e), the following definitions shall apply:

 

  (A)

Option” shall mean rights, options or warrants to subscribe for, purchase or otherwise acquire Ordinary Shares or Convertible Securities.

 

  (B)

Series A Original Issue Date” shall mean the date on which the first Series A Preferred Share was issued.

 

  (C)

Class A-1 Original Issue Date” shall mean the date on which the first Class A-1 Ordinary Share was issued.

 

  (D)

Class A-2 Original Issue Date” shall mean the date on which the first Class A-2 Ordinary Share was issued.

 

  (E)

Convertible Securities” shall mean any evidences of indebtedness, shares or other securities directly or indirectly convertible into or exchangeable for Ordinary Shares, but excluding Options.

 

  (F)

Additional Ordinary Shares” shall mean all Ordinary Shares issued (or, pursuant to Article 21(e)(iii) below, deemed to be issued) by the Company after the relevant Original Issue Date, other than (1) the following Ordinary Shares and (2) Ordinary Shares deemed issued pursuant to the following Options and Convertible Securities (clauses (1) and (2), collectively, “Exempted Securities”):

 

  (1)

Ordinary Shares, Options or Convertible Securities issued as a dividend or distribution on Series A Preferred Shares, Class A-2 Ordinary Shares or Class A-1 Ordinary Shares;

 

  (2)

Ordinary Shares, Options or Convertible Securities issued by reason of a dividend, share split, split-up or other distribution on Ordinary Shares;

 

  (3)

Ordinary Shares or Options issued to employees or directors of, or consultants or advisors to, the Company or any of its subsidiaries pursuant to the Employee Share Option Plan or any plan, agreement or arrangement approved by the Board of Directors of the Company (including the affirmative vote of at least two Investor Directors);


  (4)

Ordinary Shares or Convertible Securities actually issued upon the exercise of Options or Ordinary Shares actually issued upon the conversion or exchange of Convertible Securities, in each case provided such issuance is pursuant to the terms of such Option or Convertible Security;

 

  (5)

Ordinary Shares, Options or Convertible Securities issued as acquisition consideration pursuant to the acquisition of another company by the Company by merger, purchase of substantially all of the assets or other reorganization or to a joint venture agreement, provided that such issuances are approved by the Board of Directors of the Company (including the affirmative vote of at least two Investor Directors);

 

  (6)

Any securities of the Company issued in connection with the Share Purchase Agreement;

 

  (7)

Ordinary Shares issued or issuable upon conversion or exercise of the Series A Preferred Shares authorised by these Articles;

 

  (8)

Class A Ordinary Shares issued or issuable upon conversion or exercise of the Class A-2 Ordinary Shares authorised by these Articles;

 

  (9)

Class A Ordinary Shares issued or issuable upon conversion or exercise of the Class A-1 Ordinary Shares authorised by these Articles; or

 

  (10)

Any securities of the Company issued in connection with a Qualified IPO.

 

  (ii)

No Adjustment of Conversion Price

 

  (A)

Series A Conversion Price


    

No adjustment in the Series A Conversion Price shall be made as the result of the issuance or deemed issuance of Additional Ordinary Shares if the Company receives written notice from the holders of 85% of the Series A Preferred Shares agreeing that no such adjustment shall be made as the result of the issuance or deemed issuance of such Additional Ordinary Shares.

 

  (B)

Class A-2 Conversion Price

 

    

No adjustment in the Class A-2 Conversion Price shall be made as the result of the issuance or deemed issuance of Additional Ordinary Shares if the Company receives written notice from the holders of a majority of the Class A-2 Ordinary Shares agreeing that no such adjustment shall be made as the result of the issuance or deemed issuance of such Additional Ordinary Shares.

 

  (C)

Class A-1 Conversion Price

 

    

No adjustment in the Class A-1 Conversion Price shall be made as the result of the issuance or deemed issuance of Additional Ordinary Shares if the Company receives written notice from the holders of a majority of the Class A-1 Ordinary Shares agreeing that no such adjustment shall be made as the result of the issuance or deemed issuance of such Additional Ordinary Shares.

 

  (iii)

Deemed Issue of Additional Ordinary Shares

 

  (A)

If the Company at any time or from time to time after the relevant Original Issue Date shall issue any Options or Convertible Securities (excluding Options or Convertible Securities which are themselves Exempted Securities) or shall fix a record date for the determination of holders of any class of securities entitled to receive any such Options or Convertible Securities, then the maximum number of Ordinary Shares (as set forth in the instrument relating thereto, assuming the satisfaction of any conditions to exercisability, convertibility or exchangeability but without regard to any provision contained therein for a subsequent adjustment of such number) issuable upon the exercise of such Options or, in the case of Convertible Securities and Options therefor, the conversion or exchange of such Convertible Securities, shall be deemed to be Additional Ordinary Shares issued as of the time of such issue or, in case such a record date shall have been fixed, as of the close of business on such record date.


  (B)

If the terms of any Option or Convertible Security, the issuance of which resulted in an adjustment to the relevant Conversion Price, are revised as a result of an amendment to such terms or any other adjustment pursuant to the provisions of such Option or Convertible Security (but excluding automatic adjustments to such terms pursuant to anti-dilution or similar provisions of such Option or Convertible Security) to provide for either (1) any increase or decrease in the number of Ordinary Shares issuable upon the exercise, conversion and/or exchange of any such Option or Convertible Security or (2) any increase or decrease in the consideration payable to the Company upon such exercise, conversion and/or exchange, then, effective upon such increase or decrease becoming effective, the relevant Conversion Price computed upon the original issue of such Option or Convertible Security (or upon the occurrence of a record date with respect thereto) shall be readjusted to such Conversion Price as would have obtained had such revised terms been in effect upon the original date of issuance of such Option or Convertible Security. Notwithstanding the foregoing, no readjustment pursuant to this Article 21(e)(iii)(B) shall have the effect of increasing the relevant Conversion Price to an amount which exceeds the lower of (i) the relevant Conversion Price in effect immediately prior to the original adjustment made as a result of the issuance of such Option or Convertible Security, or (ii) the relevant Conversion Price that would have resulted from any issuances of Additional Ordinary Shares (other than deemed issuances of Additional Ordinary Shares as a result of the issuance of such Option or Convertible Security) between the original adjustment date and such readjustment date.

 

  (C)

If the terms of any Option or Convertible Security (excluding Options or Convertible Securities which are themselves Exempted Securities), the issuance of which did not result in an adjustment to the relevant Conversion Price pursuant to the terms of Article 21(e)(iv) (either because the consideration per share (determined pursuant to Article 21(e)(v)) of the Additional Ordinary Shares subject thereto was equal to or greater than the relevant Conversion Price then in effect, or because such Option or Convertible Security was issued before the relevant Original Issue Date), are revised after the relevant Original Issue Date as a result of an amendment to such terms or any other adjustment pursuant to the provisions of such Option or Convertible Security (but excluding automatic adjustments to such terms pursuant to anti-dilution or similar provisions of such Option or Convertible Security) to provide for either (1) any increase in the number of Ordinary Shares issuable upon the exercise, conversion or exchange of any such Option or Convertible Security or (2) any decrease in the consideration payable to the Company upon such exercise, conversion or exchange, then such Option or Convertible Security, as so amended or adjusted, and the Additional Ordinary Shares subject thereto (determined in the manner provided in Article 21(e)(iii)(A)) shall be deemed to have been issued effective upon such increase or decrease becoming effective.


  (D)

Upon the expiration or termination of any unexercised Option or unconverted or unexchanged Convertible Security (or portion thereof) which resulted (either upon its original issuance or upon a revision of its terms) in an adjustment to the relevant Conversion Price pursuant to the terms of Article 21(e)(iv), the relevant Conversion Price shall be readjusted to such Conversion Price as would have obtained had such Option or Convertible Security (or portion thereof) never been issued.

 

  (E)

If the number of Ordinary Shares issuable upon the exercise, conversion and/or exchange of any Option or Convertible Security, or the consideration payable to the Company upon such exercise, conversion and/or exchange, is calculable at the time such Option or Convertible Security is issued or amended but is subject to adjustment based upon subsequent events, any adjustment to the relevant Conversion Price provided for in this Article 21(e)(iii) shall be effected at the time of such issuance or amendment based on such number of shares or amount of consideration without regard to any provisions for subsequent adjustments (and any subsequent adjustments shall be treated as provided in Article21(e)(iii)(B) and 21(e)(iii)(C) of this Article 21(e)(iii)). If the number of Ordinary Shares issuable upon the exercise, conversion and/or exchange of any Option or Convertible Security, or the consideration payable to the Company upon such exercise, conversion and/or exchange, cannot be calculated at all at the time such Option or Convertible Security is issued or amended, any adjustment to the relevant Conversion Price that would result under the terms of this Article 21(e)(iii) at the time of such issuance or amendment shall instead be effected at the time such number of shares and/or amount of consideration is first calculable (even if subject to subsequent adjustments), assuming for purposes of calculating such adjustment to the relevant Conversion Price that such issuance or amendment took place at the time such calculation can first be made.


  (iv)

Adjustment of Conversion Price Upon Issuance of Additional Ordinary Shares

In the event the Company shall at any time after the relevant Original Issue Date issue Additional Ordinary Shares (including Additional Ordinary Shares deemed to be issued pursuant to Article 21(e)(iii)), without consideration or for a consideration per share less than the applicable Conversion Price in effect immediately prior to such issuance or deemed issuance, then each of the relevant Conversion Price shall be reduced, concurrently with such issuance or deemed issuance, to the consideration per share received by the Company for such issue or deemed issue of the Additional Ordinary Shares; provided that if such issuance or deemed issuance was without consideration, then the Company shall be deemed to have received par value for all such Additional Ordinary Shares issued or deemed to be issued.

 

  (v)

Determination of Consideration

For purposes of this Article 21(e), the consideration received by the Company for the issuance or deemed issuance of any Additional Ordinary Shares shall be computed as follows:

 

  (A)

Cash and Property: Such consideration shall:

 

  (1)

insofar as it consists of cash, be computed at the aggregate amount of cash received by the Company, excluding amounts paid or payable for accrued interest;

 

  (2)

insofar as it consists of property other than cash, be computed at the fair market value thereof at the time of such issue, as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors of the Company (including the affirmative vote of at least two Investor Directors); and

 

  (3)

in the event Additional Ordinary Shares are issued together with other shares or securities or other assets of the Company for consideration which covers both, be the proportion of such consideration so received, computed as provided in Articles 21(e)(v)(A)(1) and 21(e)(v)(A)(2) above, as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors of the Company (including the affirmative vote of at least two Investor Directors).

 

  (B)

Options and Convertible Securities: The consideration per share received by the Company for Additional Ordinary Shares deemed to have been issued pursuant to Article 21(e)(iii), relating to Options and Convertible Securities, shall be determined by dividing (i) the total amount, if any, received or receivable by the Company as consideration for the issue of such Options or Convertible Securities, plus the minimum aggregate amount of additional consideration (as set forth in the instruments relating thereto, without regard to any provision contained therein for a subsequent adjustment of such consideration) payable to the Company upon the exercise of such Options or the conversion or exchange of such Convertible Securities, or in the case of Options for Convertible Securities, the exercise of such Options for Convertible Securities and the conversion or exchange of such Convertible Securities, by (ii) the maximum number of Ordinary Shares (as set forth in the instruments relating thereto, without regard to any provision contained therein for a subsequent adjustment of such number) issuable upon the exercise of such Options or the conversion or exchange of such Convertible Securities, or in the case of Options for Convertible Securities, the exercise of such Options for Convertible Securities and the conversion or exchange of such Convertible Securities.


22.

Mandatory Conversion

Upon either (a) the Qualified IPO or (b) the date and time, or the occurrence of an event, specified by vote or written consent of the holders of the Series A Preferred Shares (the time of such closing or the date and time specified or the time of the event specified in such vote or written consent is referred to herein as the “Mandatory Conversion Time”), then (i) all outstanding Series A Preferred Shares shall automatically be converted into Ordinary Shares, at the then effective conversion rate as calculated pursuant to Article 21 and (ii) such shares may not be reissued by the Company.

 

23.

Procedural Requirements for Conversion

 

  (a)

Optional conversion

Each holder of Series A Preferred Shares who desires to convert its Series A Preferred Shares into Ordinary Shares shall surrender his, her or its certificate or certificates for all such shares (or, if such holder alleges that such certificate has been lost, stolen or destroyed, a lost certificate affidavit and agreement reasonably acceptable to the Company to indemnify the Company against any claim that may be made against the Company on account of the alleged loss, theft or destruction of such certificate) to the Company. If so required by the Company, any certificates surrendered for conversion shall be endorsed or accompanied by written instrument or instruments of transfer, in form satisfactory to the Company, duly executed by the registered holder or by his, her or its attorney duly authorized in writing. All rights with respect to the Series A Preferred Shares converted pursuant to Article 21(a), including the rights, if any, to receive notices and vote (other than as a holder of Ordinary Shares), will terminate, except only the rights of the holders thereof, upon surrender of any certificate or certificates of such holders (or lost certificate affidavit and agreement) therefor, to receive the Ordinary Shares and cash provided for in this Article 23(a). As soon as practicable after the surrender of any certificate or certificates (or lost certificate affidavit and agreement) for Series A Preferred Shares, the Company shall (a) issue and deliver to such holder, or to his, her or its nominees, a certificate or certificates for the number of full Ordinary Shares issuable on such conversion in accordance with the provisions hereof and (b) pay cash as provided in Article 21(d) in lieu of any fraction of an Ordinary Share otherwise issuable upon such conversion and the payment of any declared but unpaid dividends on the shares of Series A Preferred Shares converted. Such converted Series A Preferred Shares shall be retired and cancelled and may not be reissued as shares of such series, and the Company may thereafter take such appropriate action (without the need for shareholder action) as may be necessary to reduce the authorized number of shares of Series A Preferred Shares accordingly.


  (b)

Mandatory Conversion

All holders of record of Series A Preferred Shares shall be sent written notice of the Mandatory Conversion Time and the place designated for mandatory conversion of all such Series A Preferred Shares pursuant to this Article 23. Such notice need not be sent in advance of the occurrence of the Mandatory Conversion Time. Upon receipt of such notice, each holder of Series A Preferred Shares in certificated form shall surrender his, her or its certificate or certificates for all such shares (or, if such holder alleges that such certificate has been lost, stolen or destroyed, a lost certificate affidavit and agreement reasonably acceptable to the Company to indemnify the Company against any claim that may be made against the Company on account of the alleged loss, theft or destruction of such certificate) to the Company at the place designated in such notice. If so required by the Company, any certificates surrendered for conversion shall be endorsed or accompanied by written instrument or instruments of transfer, in form satisfactory to the Company, duly executed by the registered holder or by his, her or its attorney duly authorized in writing. All rights with respect to the Series A Preferred Shares converted pursuant to Article 22, including the rights, if any, to receive notices and vote (other than as a holder of Ordinary Shares), will terminate at the Mandatory Conversion Time (notwithstanding the failure of the holder or holders thereof to surrender any certificates at or prior to such time), except only the rights of the holders thereof, upon surrender of any certificate or certificates of such holders (or lost certificate affidavit and agreement) therefor, to receive the Ordinary Shares and cash provided for in this Article 23. As soon as practicable after the Mandatory Conversion Time and, if applicable, the surrender of any certificate or certificates (or lost certificate affidavit and agreement) for Series A Preferred Shares, the Company shall (a) issue and deliver to such holder, or to his, her or its nominees, a certificate or certificates for the number of full Ordinary Shares issuable on such conversion in accordance with the provisions hereof and (b) pay cash as provided in Article 21(d) in lieu of any fraction of an Ordinary Share otherwise issuable upon such conversion and the payment of any declared but unpaid dividends on the shares of Series A Preferred Shares converted. Such converted Series A Preferred Shares shall be retired and cancelled and may not be reissued as shares of such series, and the Company may thereafter take such appropriate action (without the need for shareholder action) as may be necessary to reduce the authorized number of shares of Series A Preferred Shares accordingly.


24.

Reservation of Shares Issuable Upon Conversion

The Company shall at all times keep available out of its authorized but unissued Ordinary Shares solely for the purpose of effecting the conversion of the Series A Preferred Shares such number of its Ordinary Shares as shall from time to time be sufficient to effect the conversion of all outstanding Series A Preferred Shares, and if at any time the number of authorized but unissued Ordinary Shares shall not be sufficient to effect the conversion of all then outstanding Series A Preferred Shares, in addition to such other remedies as shall be available to the holder of such Series A Preferred Shares, the Company and its Members will take such corporate action as may, in the opinion of its counsel, be necessary to increase its authorized but unissued Ordinary Shares to such number of Shares as shall be sufficient for such purposes.

 

25.

Redemption

 

  (a)

Series A Preferred Shares

Unless prohibited by Companies Law governing distributions to shareholders, Series A Preferred Shares shall be redeemed by the Company at a price equal to the Series A Original Issue Price per share, plus the amount which would accrue on the Series A Original Issue Price at the annual rate of six percent (6%) from the date of the Series A Original Issue Date up to and including such date as the Series A Liquidation Amount is paid with respect to such Series A Preferred Share (the “Series A Redemption Price”), in thirty-six (36) monthly instalments within three (3) years commencing not more than 90 days after receipt by the Company at any time on or after the fifth anniversary of the date of the Series A Original Issue Date from any holder of the Series A Preferred Shares of written notice requesting redemption of all Series A Preferred Shares (the “Series A Redemption Request”) held by such holder or on a payment schedule mutually agreed by the Company and such holder of the Series A Preferred Shares requesting redemption. Following receipt of the Series A Redemption Request, the Company shall within fifteen (15) business days give written notice (the “Series A Redemption Notice”) to each holder of record of a Series A Preferred Share and all other holders of Series A Preferred Shares shall have the right to participate in such redemption by sending a written notice (such notice shall be deemed as a Redemption Request as well) to the Company within fifteen (15) business days after receipt of the Company’s notice. The date of each such instalment provided in the Redemption Notice shall be referred to as a “Series A Redemption Date”. On each Series A Redemption Date, the Company shall redeem, on a pro rata basis in accordance with the number of Series A Preferred Shares owned by each holder, that number of outstanding Series A Preferred Shares determined by dividing (i) the total number of Series A Preferred Shares outstanding immediately prior to such Series A Redemption Date by (ii) the number of remaining Series A Redemption Dates (including the Series A Redemption Date to which such calculation applies). If on any Series A Redemption Date the Cayman Islands law governing distributions to shareholders prevents the Company from redeeming all Series A Preferred Shares to be redeemed, the Company shall ratably redeem the maximum number of shares that it may redeem consistent with such law.


  (b)

Class A-2 Ordinary Shares

Unless prohibited by Companies Law governing distributions to shareholders, and after the payment in full of the Series A Redemption Price for all outstanding Series A Redemption Request, Class A-2 Ordinary Shares shall be redeemed by the Company at a price equal to the Class A-2 Ordinary Original Issue Price per share, plus the amount which would accrue on the Class A-2 Ordinary Original Issue Price at the annual rate of six percent (6%) from the date of the Class A-2 Ordinary Original Issue Date up to and including such date as the Class A-2 Liquidation Amount is paid with respect to such Class A-2 Ordinary Share (the “Class A-2 Redemption Price”), in thirty-six (36) monthly instalments within three (3) years commencing not more than 90 days after receipt by the Company at any time on or after the fifth anniversary of the date of the Series A Original Issue Date from any holder of Class A-2 Ordinary Shares of written notice requesting redemption of all Class A-2 Ordinary Shares (the “Class A-2 Redemption Request”) held by such holder or on a payment schedule mutually agreed by the Company and such holder of Class A-2 Ordinary Shares requesting redemption. Following receipt of the Class A-2 Redemption Request, the Company shall within fifteen (15) business days give written notice (the “Class A-2 Redemption Notice”) to each holder of record of a Class A-2 Ordinary Share and all other holders of Class A-2 Ordinary Shares shall have the right to participate in such redemption by sending a written notice (such notice shall be deemed as a Class A-2 Redemption Request as well) to the Company within fifteen (15) business days after receipt of the Company’s notice. The date of each such instalment provided in the Class A-2 Redemption Notice shall be referred to as a “Class A-2 Redemption Date”. On each Class A-2 Redemption Date, the Company shall redeem, on a pro rata basis in accordance with the number of Class A-2 Ordinary Shares owned by each holder, that number of outstanding Class A-2 Ordinary Shares determined by dividing (i) the total number of Class A-2 Ordinary Shares outstanding immediately prior to such Class A-2 Redemption Date by (ii) the number of remaining Class A-2 Redemption Dates (including the Class A-2 Redemption Date to which such calculation applies). If on any Class A-2 Redemption Date the Cayman Islands law governing distributions to shareholders prevents the Company from redeeming all Class A-2 Ordinary Shares to be redeemed, the Company shall ratably redeem the maximum number of shares that it may redeem consistent with such law.

 

  (c)

Class A-1 Ordinary Shares

Unless prohibited by Companies Law governing distributions to shareholders, and after the payment in full of (i) the Series A Redemption Price for all outstanding Series A Redemption Request and (ii) the Class A-2 Redemption Price for all outstanding Class A-2 Redemption Request, Class A-1 Ordinary Shares shall be redeemed by the Company at a price equal to the Class A-1 Ordinary Original Issue Price per share, plus the amount which would accrue on the Class A-1 Ordinary Original Issue Price at the annual rate of six percent (6%) from the date of the Class A-1 Ordinary Original Issue Date up to and including such date as the Class A-1 Liquidation Amount is paid with respect to such Class A-1 Ordinary Share (the “Class A-1 Redemption Price”), in thirty-six (36) monthly instalments within three (3) years commencing not more than 90 days after receipt by the Company at any time on or after the fifth anniversary of the date of the Series A Original Issue Date from any holder of Class A-1 Ordinary Shares of written notice requesting redemption of all Class A-1 Ordinary Shares (the “Class A-1 Redemption Request”) held by such holder or on a payment schedule mutually agreed by the Company and such holder of Class A-1 Ordinary Shares requesting redemption. Following receipt of the Class A-1 Redemption Request, the Company shall within fifteen (15) business days give written notice (the “Class A-1 Redemption Notice”) to each holder of record of a Class A-1 Ordinary Share and all other holders of Class A-1 Ordinary Shares shall have the right to participate in such redemption by sending a written notice (such notice shall be deemed as a Class A-1 Redemption Request as well) to the Company within fifteen (15) business days after receipt of the Company’s notice. The date of each such instalment provided in the Class A-1 Redemption Notice shall be referred to as a “Class A-1 Redemption Date”. On each Class A-1 Redemption Date, the Company shall redeem, on a pro rata basis in accordance with the number of Class A-1 Ordinary Shares owned by each holder, that number of outstanding Class A-1 Ordinary Shares determined by dividing (i) the total number of Class A-1 Ordinary Shares outstanding immediately prior to such Class A-1 Redemption Date by (ii) the number of remaining Class A-1 Redemption Dates (including the Class A-1 Redemption Date to which such calculation applies). If on any Class A-1 Redemption Date the Cayman Islands law governing distributions to shareholders prevents the Company from redeeming all Class A-1 Ordinary Shares to be redeemed, the Company shall ratably redeem the maximum number of shares that it may redeem consistent with such law.


  (d)

Manner and Mechanics of Redemption

Before a holder of the Series A Preferred Shares, Class A-2 Ordinary Shares or Class A-1 Ordinary Shares (as the case may be) shall be entitled to a redemption under these Articles, such holder shall surrender to the Company his or its certificate or certificates representing such Series A Preferred Shares, Class A-2 Ordinary Shares or Class A-1 Ordinary Shares (as the case may be) to be redeemed at the office of the Company, and thereupon the relevant Redemption Price shall be payable to the order of the person whose name appears on such certificate or certificates as the owner of such Series A Preferred Shares, Class A-2 Ordinary Shares or Class A-1 Ordinary Shares (as the case may be) and each such certificate shall be cancelled upon payment of the applicable Redemption Price. In the event less than all Series A Preferred Shares, Class A-2 Ordinary Shares or Class A-1 Ordinary Shares (as the case may be) represented by any such certificate are redeemed, a new certificate shall be promptly issued representing the unredeemed Series A Preferred Shares, Class A-2 Ordinary Shares or Class A-1 Ordinary Shares (as the case may be). Unless there has been a default in payment of the relevant Redemption Price, upon cancellation of the certificate representing such Series A Preferred Shares, Class A-2 Ordinary Shares or Class A-1 Ordinary Shares (as the case may be) to be redeemed, all dividends on such Series A Preferred Shares, Class A-2 Ordinary Shares or Class A-1 Ordinary Shares (as the case may be) designated for redemption on the relevant Redemption Date shall cease to accrue and all rights of the holder thereof, except the right to receive the relevant Redemption Price and all accrued and unpaid dividend thereon, without interest, shall cease and terminate and such Series A Preferred Shares, Class A-2 Ordinary Shares or Class A-1 Ordinary Shares (as the case may be) shall cease to be issued Shares of the Company.


  (e)

Insufficient Funds

If the Company’s assets or funds which are legally available on the date that any redemption payment under this Article 25 is due are insufficient to pay in full all redemption payments to be paid on the relevant Redemption Date, those assets or funds which are legally available shall be used to the extent permitted by applicable law to pay all redemption payments due on such date on the Series A Preferred Shares, Class A-2 Ordinary Shares or Class A-1 Ordinary Shares (as the case may be) in proportion to the full amounts to which the holders to which such redemption payments are due would otherwise be respectively entitled thereon, provided that the priority of redemption payments set out in Articles 25(a), 25(b) and 25(c) respectively have been complied with.

 

  (f)

Un-redeemed Shares

Without limiting any rights of the holders of Series A Preferred Shares, Class A-2 Ordinary Shares or Class A-1 Ordinary Shares (as the case may be) which are set forth in these Articles, or are otherwise available under law, the balance of any Shares subject to redemption hereunder with respect to which the Company has become obligated to pay the relevant Redemption Payment but which it has not paid in full shall continue to have all the powers, designations, preferences and relative participating, optional, and other special rights (including, without limitation, rights to accrue dividends) which such Shares had prior to such date, until the Redemption Payment has been paid in full with respect to such Shares.

MODIFICATION OF RIGHTS

 

26.

Whenever the capital of the Company is divided into different Classes (and as otherwise determined by the Directors), the rights attached to any such Class may, subject to any rights or restrictions for the time being attached to any Class only, be materially adversely varied or abrogated with the consent in writing of the holders of not less than two-thirds of the issued Shares of the relevant Class, or with the sanction of a resolution passed at a separate meeting of the holders of the Shares of such Class by a majority of two-thirds of the votes cast at such a meeting.


27.

To every such separate meeting all the provisions of these Articles relating to general meetings of the Company or to the proceedings thereat shall, mutatis mutandis, apply, except that the necessary quorum shall be one or more Persons at least holding or representing by proxy at least a majority of vote of the issued Shares of the relevant Class on an as-converted basis (but so that if at any adjourned meeting of such holders a quorum as above defined is not present, those Shareholders who are present shall form a quorum) and that, subject to any rights or restrictions for the time being attached to the Shares of that Class, every Shareholder of the Class shall have such number of votes for each Share of the Class held by him as per the voting rights attached to that Class. For the purposes of this Article the Directors may treat all the Classes or any two or more Classes as forming one Class if they consider that all such Classes would be affected in the same way by the proposals under consideration, but in any other case shall treat them as separate Classes. The Directors may vary the rights attaching to any Class without the consent or approval of Shareholders provided that the rights will not, in the determination of the Directors, be materially adversely varied or abrogated by such action.

 

28.

The rights conferred upon the holders of the Shares of any Class issued with preferred or other rights shall not, subject to any rights or restrictions for the time being attached to the Shares of that Class, be deemed to be materially adversely varied or abrogated by, inter alia, (i) the creation, allotment or issue of further Shares ranking pari passu with or subsequent to them or the redemption or purchase of any Shares of any Class by the Company or (ii) any change in any of the rights, preferences, privileges or priority of the holders of the Series A Preferred Shares where necessary consent has been given under Article 133(a).

CERTIFICATES

 

29.

No Person shall be entitled to a certificate for any or all of his Shares, unless the Directors shall determine otherwise.

FRACTIONAL SHARES

 

30.

The Directors may issue fractions of a Share and, if so issued, a fraction of a Share shall be subject to and carry the corresponding fraction of liabilities (whether with respect to nominal or par value, premium, contributions, calls or otherwise), limitations, preferences, privileges, qualifications, restrictions, rights (including, without prejudice to the generality of the foregoing, voting and participation rights) and other attributes of a whole Share. If more than one fraction of a Share of the same Class is issued to or acquired by the same Shareholder such fractions shall be accumulated.

LIEN

 

31.

The Company has a first and paramount lien on every Share (whether or not fully paid) for all amounts (whether presently payable or not) payable at a fixed time or called in respect of that Share. The Company also has a first and paramount lien on every Share (whether or not fully paid) registered in the name of a Person indebted or under liability to the Company (whether he is the sole registered holder of a Share or one of two or more joint holders) for all amounts owing by him or his estate to the Company (whether or not presently payable). The Directors may at any time declare a Share to be wholly or in part exempt from the provisions of this Article. The Company’s lien on a Share extends to any amount payable in respect of it.


32.

The Company may sell, in such manner as the Directors may determine, any Share on which the Company has a lien, but no sale shall be made unless an amount in respect of which the lien exists is presently payable nor until the expiration of fourteen days after a notice in writing, demanding payment of such part of the amount in respect of which the lien exists as is presently payable, has been given to the registered holder for the time being of the Share, or the Persons entitled thereto by reason of his death or bankruptcy.

 

33.

For giving effect to any such sale the Directors may authorise some Person to transfer the Shares sold to the purchaser thereof. The purchaser shall be registered as the holder of the Shares comprised in any such transfer and he shall not be bound to see to the application of the purchase money, nor shall his title to the Shares be affected by any irregularity or invalidity in the proceedings in reference to the sale.

 

34.

The proceeds of the sale after deduction of expenses, fees and commission incurred by the Company shall be received by the Company and applied in payment of such part of the amount in respect of which the lien exists as is presently payable, and the residue shall (subject to a like lien for sums not presently payable as existed upon the Shares prior to the sale) be paid to the Person entitled to the Shares immediately prior to the sale.

CALLS ON SHARES

 

35.

The Directors may from time to time make calls upon the Shareholders in respect of any moneys unpaid on their Shares, and each Shareholder shall (subject to receiving at least fourteen days’ notice specifying the time or times of payment) pay to the Company at the time or times so specified the amount called on such Shares.

 

36.

The joint holders of a Share shall be jointly and severally liable to pay calls in respect thereof.

 

37.

If a sum called in respect of a Share is not paid before or on the day appointed for payment thereof, the Person from whom the sum is due shall pay interest upon the sum at the rate of eight percent per annum from the day appointed for the payment thereof to the time of the actual payment, but the Directors shall be at liberty to waive payment of that interest wholly or in part.

 

38.

The provisions of these Articles as to the liability of joint holders and as to payment of interest shall apply in the case of non-payment of any sum which, by the terms of issue of a Share, becomes payable at a fixed time, whether on account of the amount of the Share, or by way of premium, as if the same had become payable by virtue of a call duly made and notified.


39.

The Directors may make arrangements on the issue of partly paid Shares for a difference between the Shareholders, or the particular Shares, in the amount of calls to be paid and in the times of payment.

 

40.

The Directors may, if they think fit, receive from any Shareholder willing to advance the same all or any part of the moneys uncalled and unpaid upon any partly paid Shares held by him, and upon all or any of the moneys so advanced may (until the same would, but for such advance, become presently payable) pay interest at such rate (not exceeding without the sanction of an Ordinary Resolution, eight percent per annum) as may be agreed upon between the Shareholder paying the sum in advance and the Directors.

FORFEITURE OF SHARES

 

41.

If a Shareholder fails to pay any call or instalment of a call in respect of any Shares on the day appointed for payment, the Directors may, at any time thereafter during such time as any part of such call or instalment remains unpaid, serve a notice on him requiring payment of so much of the call or instalment as is unpaid, together with any interest which may have accrued.

 

42.

The notice shall name a further day (not earlier than the expiration of fourteen days from the date of the notice) on or before which the payment required by the notice is to be made, and shall state that in the event of non-payment at or before the time appointed the Shares in respect of which the call was made will be liable to be forfeited.

 

43.

If the requirements of any such notice as aforesaid are not complied with, any Share in respect of which the notice has been given may at any time thereafter, before the payment required by notice has been made, be forfeited by a resolution of the Directors to that effect.

 

44.

A forfeited Share may be sold or otherwise disposed of on such terms and in such manner as the Directors think fit, and at any time before a sale or disposition the forfeiture may be cancelled on such terms as the Directors think fit.

 

45.

A Person whose Shares have been forfeited shall cease to be a Shareholder in respect of the forfeited Shares, but shall, notwithstanding, remain liable to pay to the Company all moneys which at the date of forfeiture were payable by him to the Company in respect of the Shares forfeited, but his liability shall cease if and when the Company receives payment in full of the amount unpaid on the Shares forfeited.

 

46.

A statutory declaration in writing that the declarant is a Director, and that a Share has been duly forfeited on a date stated in the declaration, shall be conclusive evidence of the facts in the declaration as against all Persons claiming to be entitled to the Share.


47.

The Company may receive the consideration, if any, given for a Share on any sale or disposition thereof pursuant to the provisions of these Articles as to forfeiture and may execute a transfer of the Share in favour of the Person to whom the Share is sold or disposed of and that Person shall be registered as the holder of the Share, and shall not be bound to see to the application of the purchase money, if any, nor shall his title to the Shares be affected by any irregularity or invalidity in the proceedings in reference to the disposition or sale.

 

48.

The provisions of these Articles as to forfeiture shall apply in the case of non-payment of any sum which by the terms of issue of a Share becomes due and payable, whether on account of the amount of the Share, or by way of premium, as if the same had been payable by virtue of a call duly made and notified.

TRANSFER OF SHARES

 

49.

The instrument of transfer of any Share shall be in any usual or common form or such other form as the Directors may determine and be executed by or on behalf of the transferor and if in respect of a nil or partly paid up Share, or if so required by the Directors, shall also be executed on behalf of the transferee and shall be accompanied by the certificate (if any) of the Shares to which it relates and such other evidence as the Directors may reasonably require to show the right of the transferor to make the transfer. The transferor shall be deemed to remain a Shareholder until the name of the transferee is entered in the Register in respect of the relevant Shares.

 

50.

Subject to the terms of issue thereof, the Directors may determine to decline to register any transfer of Shares without assigning any reason therefor or if any transfer of Shares are made in violation of the Investors Rights Agreement, Article 68 to Article 73, Article 74, Article 75 and Article 76.

 

51.

The registration of transfers may be suspended at such times and for such periods as the Directors may from time to time determine.

 

52.

All instruments of transfer that are registered shall be retained by the Company, but any instrument of transfer that the Directors decline to register shall (except in any case of fraud) be returned to the Person depositing the same.

TRANSMISSION OF SHARES

 

53.

The legal personal representative of a deceased sole holder of a Share shall be the only Person recognised by the Company as having any title to the Share. In the case of a Share registered in the name of two or more holders, the survivors or survivor, or the legal personal representatives of the deceased holder of the Share, shall be the only Person recognised by the Company as having any title to the Share.


54.

Any Person becoming entitled to a Share in consequence of the death or bankruptcy of a Shareholder shall upon such evidence being produced as may from time to time be required by the Directors, have the right either to be registered as a Shareholder in respect of the Share or, instead of being registered himself, to make such transfer of the Share as the deceased or bankrupt Person could have made; but the Directors shall, in either case, have the same right to decline or suspend registration as they would have had in the case of a transfer of the Share by the deceased or bankrupt Person before the death or bankruptcy.

 

55.

A Person becoming entitled to a Share by reason of the death or bankruptcy of a Shareholder shall be entitled to the same dividends and other advantages to which he would be entitled if he were the registered Shareholder, except that he shall not, before being registered as a Shareholder in respect of the Share, be entitled in respect of it to exercise any right conferred by membership in relation to meetings of the Company.

ALTERATION OF SHARE CAPITAL

 

56.

Subject to these Articles, the Company may from time to time by Ordinary Resolution increase the share capital by such sum, to be divided into Shares of such Classes and amount, as the resolution shall prescribe.

 

57.

Subject to these Articles, the Company may by Ordinary Resolution:

 

  (a)

consolidate and divide all or any of its share capital into Shares of a larger amount than its existing Shares;

 

  (b)

convert all or any of its paid up Shares into stock and reconvert that stock into paid up Shares of any denomination;

 

  (c)

subdivide its existing Shares, or any of them into Shares of a smaller amount provided that in the subdivision the proportion between the amount paid and the amount, if any, unpaid on each reduced Share shall be the same as it was in case of the Share from which the reduced Share is derived; and

 

  (d)

cancel any Shares that, at the date of the passing of the resolution, have not been taken or agreed to be taken by any Person and diminish the amount of its share capital by the amount of the Shares so cancelled.

 

58.

The Company may by Special Resolution reduce its share capital and any capital redemption reserve in any manner authorised by law.


REDEMPTION, PURCHASE AND SURRENDER OF SHARES

 

59.

Subject to the Companies Law, the Company may:

 

  (a)

issue Shares on terms that they are to be redeemed or are liable to be redeemed at the option of the Company or the Shareholder on such terms and in such manner as the Directors may determine;

 

  (b)

purchase its own Shares (including any redeemable Shares) on such terms and in such manner as the Directors may determine and agree with the Shareholder;

 

  (c)

make a payment in respect of the redemption or purchase of its own Shares in any manner authorised by the Companies Law, including out of its capital; and

 

  (d)

accept the surrender for no consideration of any paid up Share (including any redeemable Share) on such terms and in such manner as the Directors may determine.

 

60.

Any Share in respect of which notice of redemption has been given shall not be entitled to participate in the profits of the Company in respect of the period after the date specified as the date of redemption in the notice of redemption.

 

61.

Subject to Article 25, the redemption, purchase or surrender of any Share shall not be deemed to give rise to the redemption, purchase or surrender of any other Share.

 

62.

The Directors may when making payments in respect of redemption or purchase of Shares, if authorised by the terms of issue of the Shares being redeemed or purchased or with the agreement of the holder of such Shares, make such payment either in cash or in specie including, without limitation, interests in a special purpose vehicle holding assets of the Company or holding entitlement to the proceeds of assets held by the Company or in a liquidating structure.

TREASURY SHARES

 

63.

Shares that the Company purchases, redeems or acquires (by way of surrender or otherwise) may, at the option of the Company, be cancelled immediately or held as Treasury Shares in accordance with the Companies Law. In the event that the Directors do not specify that the relevant Shares are to be held as Treasury Shares, such Shares shall be cancelled.

 

64.

No dividend may be declared or paid, and no other distribution (whether in cash or otherwise) of the Company’s assets (including any distribution of assets to members on a winding up) may be declared or paid in respect of a Treasury Share.


65.

The Company shall be entered in the Register as the holder of the Treasury Shares provided that:

 

  (a)

the Company shall not be treated as a member for any purpose and shall not exercise any right in respect of the Treasury Shares, and any purported exercise of such a right shall be void; and

 

  (b)

a Treasury Share shall not be voted, directly or indirectly, at any meeting of the Company and shall not be counted in determining the total number of issued shares at any given time, whether for the purposes of these Articles or the Companies Law, save that an allotment of Shares as fully paid bonus shares in respect of a Treasury Share is permitted and Shares allotted as fully paid bonus shares in respect of a treasury share shall be treated as Treasury Shares.

 

66.

Treasury Shares may be disposed of by the Company on such terms and conditions as determined by the Directors.

RIGHT OF FIRST OFFER

 

67.

Subject to the terms and conditions of this Article 67 and applicable securities Laws, if the Company proposes to offer or sell any New Securities, the Company shall first offer such New Securities to the Investors. Each Investor shall be entitled to apportion the right of first offer hereby granted to it in such proportions as it deems appropriate, among (i) itself, (ii) its Affiliates and (iii) its beneficial interest holders, such as limited partners, members or any other Person having “beneficial ownership”, as such term is defined in Rule 13d-3 promulgated under the Exchange Act, of the Investor (the “Investor Beneficial Owners”); provided that each such Affiliate or Investor Beneficial Owner (x) is not a Competitor, unless such party’s purchase of New Securities is otherwise consented to by the Board of Directors, (y) agrees to enter into the Investors Rights Agreement as an “Investor” under such agreement (provided that any Competitor as reasonably determined by the Board of Directors shall not be entitled to any rights under Sections 7.1, 7.2 and 8.1 of the Investors Rights Agreement, or under this Article 67), and (z) agrees to purchase at least such number of New Securities as are allocable hereunder to the Investor holding the fewest number of Investor Shares and any other Derivative Securities.

 

  (a)

The Company shall give notice (the “Offer Notice”) to each Investor, stating (i) its bona fide intention to offer such New Securities, (ii) the number of such New Securities to be offered, and (iii) the price and terms, if any, upon which it proposes to offer such New Securities.

 

  (b)

By notification to the Company within thirty (30) days after the Offer Notice is given, each Investor may elect to purchase or otherwise acquire, at the price and on the terms specified in the Offer Notice, up to that portion of such New Securities which equals the proportion that the Ordinary Shares then held by such Investor (including all Ordinary Shares then issuable (directly or indirectly) upon conversion and/or exercise, as applicable, of the Series A Preferred Shares and any other Derivative Securities then held by such Investor) bears to the total Ordinary Shares of the Company then outstanding (assuming full conversion and/or exercise, as applicable, of all Series A Preferred Shares and any other Derivative Securities then outstanding). At the expiration of such 30-day period, the Company shall promptly notify each Investor that elects to purchase or acquire all the shares available to it (each, a “Fully Exercising Investor”) of any other Investor’s failure to do likewise. During the 10-day period commencing after the Company has given such notice, each Fully Exercising Investor may, by giving notice to the Company, elect to purchase or acquire, in addition to the number of shares specified above, up to that portion of the New Securities for which the Investors were entitled to subscribe but that were not subscribed for by the Investors which is equal to the proportion that the Ordinary Shares issued and held, or issuable (directly or indirectly) upon conversion and/or exercise, as applicable, of Series A Preferred Shares and any other Derivative Securities then held, by such Fully Exercising Investor bears to the Ordinary Shares issued and held, or issuable (directly or indirectly) upon conversion and/or exercise, as applicable, of the Series A Preferred Shares and any other Derivative Securities then held, by all Fully Exercising Investors who wish to purchase such unsubscribed shares. The closing of any sale pursuant to this Article 67(b) shall occur within the later of ninety (90) days of the date that the Offer Notice is given and the date of initial sale of New Securities pursuant to Article 67(c).


  (c)

If all New Securities referred to in the Offer Notice are not elected to be purchased or acquired as provided in Article 67(b), the Company may, during the 90-day period following the expiration of the periods provided in Article 67(d), offer and sell the remaining unsubscribed portion of such New Securities to any Person or Persons at a price not less than, and upon terms no more favorable to the offeree than, those specified in the Offer Notice. If the Company does not enter into an agreement for the sale of the New Securities within such period, or if such agreement is not consummated within thirty (30) days of the execution thereof, the right provided hereunder shall be deemed to be revived and such New Securities shall not be offered unless first reoffered to the Investors in accordance with this Article 67.

 

  (d)

The right of first offer in this Article 67 shall not be applicable to (i) Exempted Securities, (ii) Ordinary Shares issued in an initial public offering and (iii) equity securities of the Company issued under the Employee Share Option Plan.

RIGHT OF FIRST REFUSAL

 

68.

If any holder of Shares (the “Proposed ROFR Seller”) intends to sell all or any part of the Shares it owns pursuant to a bona fide offer to buy from a Person (the “Proposed ROFR Purchaser”), the Proposed ROFR Seller shall submit a written notice (the “ROFR Notice”) to the Company and the Investors stating the name of the Proposed ROFR Purchaser, the number of Shares proposed to be sold (the “Offered Shares”), the material terms and conditions, including price, of the proposed sale. The Company shall have fifteen (15) business days from the date of the Proposed ROFR Seller issues the ROFR Notice, which shall be irrevocable for such time, to provide a written offer to the Proposed ROFR Seller to purchase all or any portion of the Offered Shares on terms, including price, no less favorable to the Proposed ROFR Seller than those reflected in the ROFR Notice.


69.

If the Company has not elected to purchase all of the Offered Shares, the Company shall inform the Investors, within fifteen (15) business days after the ROFR Notice has been delivered to the Company, in writing of the number of Offered Shares that it has elected not to purchase, and each Investor that has received such notice from the Company shall have forty-five (45) business days from the date the Proposed ROFR Seller issues the ROFR Notice (the “ROFR Holders’_First Refusal Period”), which shall be irrevocable for such time, to provide a written offer to the Company and the Proposed ROFR Seller to purchase all or part of the remaining of the Offered Shares on terms, including price, no less favorable to the Proposed ROFR Seller than those reflected in the ROFR Notice (the “ROFR Offer”). Any ROFR Offer shall be irrevocable by the offering Investor and shall constitute a binding agreement. Each ROFR Holder shall have the right to purchase that number of the Offered Shares, equivalent to the product obtained by multiplying the aggregate number of the Offered Shares, by a fraction, the numerator of which is the number of Ordinary Shares (on an as-converted basis) held by such ROFR Holder at the time of the transaction and the denominator of which is the total number of Ordinary Shares (on an as-converted basis) owned by all ROFR Holders at the time of the transaction who have the right of first refusal to purchase the applicable shares and have elected to participate in such right of first refusal purchase.

 

70.

The closing of any purchase of shares of the Company by a ROFR Holder pursuant to this Article 70 (the “ROFR Closing”) shall occur on such date as may be agreed by such ROFR Holder and the Proposed ROFR Seller, but in no event later than seventy-five (75) business days after the date on which the ROFR Notice is deemed to have been accepted. At the ROFR Closing, if all necessary conditions of the ROFR Closing have been satisfied or waived: (i) the Proposed ROFR Seller shall deliver to such ROFR Holder (x) an instrument of transfer executed by the Proposed ROFR Seller in favor of the ROFR Holder and (y) either an extract of the register of shareholders of the Company, dated as of the date of the ROFR Closing and duly certified by the registered office provider of the Company, evidencing the ROFR Holder’s ownership of the Offered Shares set out in the ROFR Offer or a certificate or certificates representing the Offered Shares; and (ii) the ROFR Holder shall deliver to the Proposed ROFR Seller the purchase price for the Offered Shares in cash, by wire transfer of immediately available funds to an account designated by the Proposed ROFR Seller, such account to be designated by the Proposed ROFR Seller no later than five (5) business days prior to the ROFR Closing.

 

71.

Within ten (10) days following the expiration of the ROFR Holders’ First Refusal Period, the Company will give written notice (the “First Refusal Expiration Notice”) to the Proposed ROFR Seller and the ROFR Holders specifying either (i) that all of the Offered Shares were subscribed by the ROFR Holders exercising their rights of first refusal, or (ii) that the ROFR Holders have not subscribed for any or all of the Offered Shares in which case the First Refusal Expiration Notice will specify the Co-Sale Pro Rata Portion (as defined below) of the remaining Offered Shares (the “Remaining Shares”) for the purpose of the co-sale right of the Investors described in the Article 72.


72.

Notwithstanding Article 68, none of the following transactions shall be subject to the right of first refusal described in Article 68 to Article 73: (i) any transfer of Shares by a Founder or an Investor to any Affiliate of such Founder or such Investor; (ii) any sale in reliance on Rule 144A under the Securities Act; (iii) any sale of shares of the Company pursuant to Rule 144 under the Securities Act; (iv) any sale of shares of the Company to the public pursuant to a Registration Statement filed with, and declared effective by, the SEC under the Securities Act; (v) other on-market sales; (vi) any transfer of Shares pursuant to the drag-along obligation under Article 80 to Article 86, and (vii) any transfer of Shares by the Founders or the Founder Holding Companies pursuant to Article 78, provided that in each of (ii) and (iv) above, any such sale shall be (x) to five or more purchasers, none of which shall be Affiliates of any other such purchaser and (y) no more than five percent (5%) of the total number of issued and outstanding Shares on a fully diluted basis shall be transferred by any seller in any such sale or series of such sales to any purchaser in aggregate with its Affiliates.

 

73.

The Investors’ right of first refusal under Articles 68 to Article 73 shall be subordinated to only the Company’s right of first refusal.

CO-SALE RIGHT

 

74.

In the event that any Founder of any Founder Holding Company proposes to sell any or all of the number of Shares (the “Founders’ Offered Shares”), then the Remaining Shares shall be subject to co-sale rights under this Article 74 and each ROFR Holder who has not exercised any of its right of first refusal with respect to the Founders’ Offered Shares (the “Co-Sale Right Holder”) shall have the right, exercisable upon written notice to the Proposed ROFR Seller, the Company and each other Co-Sale Right Holder (the “Co-Sale Notice”) within ten (10) business days after receipt of First Refusal Expiration Notice (the “Co-Sale Right Period”), to participate in such sale of the Remaining Shares on the same terms and conditions as set forth in the ROFR Notice. The Co-Sale Notice shall set forth the number of Ordinary Shares that such Co-Sale Right Holder wishes to include in such sale or transfer, which amount shall not exceed the Co-Sale Pro Rata Portion (as defined below) of such Co-Sale Right Holder. To the extent one or more of the Co-Sale Right Holders exercise such right of participation in accordance with the terms and conditions set forth below, the number of Ordinary Shares that such Proposed ROFR Seller may sell in the transaction shall be correspondingly reduced. The co-sale right of each Co-Sale Right Holder shall be subject to the following terms and conditions:

 

  (a)

Each Co-Sale Right Holder may sell all or any part of that number of Ordinary Shares (on an as-converted basis) held by it that is equal to the product obtained by multiplying (x) the aggregate number of the Remaining Shares subject to the co-sale right hereunder by (y) a fraction, the numerator of which is the number of Ordinary Shares (on an as-converted basis) owned by such Co-Sale Right Holder at the time of the sale or transfer and the denominator of which is the combined number of Ordinary Shares (on an as-converted basis) at the time owned by all Co-Sale Right Holders who elect to exercise their co-sale rights (if any Co-Sale Right Holder does not elect to exercise the co-sale right to the full extent then its Ordinary Shares (on as-converted basis) for calculation in the denominator shall be proportionately reduced) (“Co-Sale Pro Rata Portion”).


  (b)

Each participating Co-Sale Right Holder shall effect its participation in the sale by promptly delivering to the Proposed ROFR Seller for transfer to the Proposed ROFR Purchaser an executed instrument of transfer and one or more certificates which represent:

 

  (i)

the number of Ordinary Shares (on an as-converted basis) which such Co-Sale Right Holder elects to sell;

 

  (ii)

that number of Series A Preferred Shares which is at such time convertible into the number of Ordinary Shares that such Co-Sale Right Holder elects to sell; provided in such case that, if the Proposed ROFR Purchaser objects to the allotment of Series A Preferred Shares in lieu of Ordinary Shares, such Co-Sale Right Holder shall convert such Series A Preferred Shares into Ordinary Shares and allot Ordinary Shares as provided in Article 74(b)(i). The Company shall make any such conversion concurrent with the actual transfer of such shares to the purchaser; or

 

  (iii)

a combination of the above.

 

  (c)

The share certificate or certificates, together with an instrument of transfer duly executed by the participating Co-Sale Right Holder, that the participating Co-Sale Right Holder delivers to the Proposed ROFR Seller pursuant to Article 74(b) shall be transferred to the Proposed ROFR Purchaser in consummation of the sale of the Founders’ Offered Shares pursuant to the terms and conditions specified in the ROFR Notice, and the Proposed ROFR Seller shall concurrently therewith remit to such Co-Sale Right Holder that portion of the sale proceeds to which such Co-Sale Right Holder is entitled by reason of its participation in such sale. To the extent that any Proposed ROFR Purchaser prohibits such assignment or otherwise refuses to purchase any shares or other securities from a Co-Sale Right Holder exercising its co-sale right hereunder, the Proposed ROFR Seller shall not sell to such Proposed ROFR Purchaser any ROFR Shares unless and until, simultaneously with such sale, the Proposed ROFR Seller shall purchase such shares or other securities from such Co-Sale Right Holder.

 

  (d)

To the extent the ROFR Holders do not elect to purchase, or to participate in the sale of, any or all of the Founders Offered Shares subject to the ROFR Notice, the Proposed ROFR Seller may, not later than ninety (90) business days following delivery to the Company and each of the ROFR Holders of the ROFR Notice, conclude a transfer of the Remaining Shares covered by the ROFR Notice and not elected to be purchased by the ROFR Holders, which in each case shall be on substantially the same terms and conditions as those described in the ROFR Notice. The Proposed ROFR Seller shall cause any Proposed ROFR Purchaser of such shares to comply with the Investors Rights Agreement, the Memorandum of Association and these Articles to the fullest extent. Any proposed transfer on terms and conditions which are materially different from those described in the ROFR Notice, as well as any subsequent proposed transfer of any ROFR Shares by the Proposed ROFR Seller, shall again be subject to the right of first refusal of the ROFR Holders and the co-sale right of the Co-Sale Right Holders and shall require compliance by the Proposed ROFR Seller with the procedures described in Article 68 to Article 74.


PROHIBITED TRANSFERS

 

75.

Subject to Article 78, none of the Founder Holding Companies shall sell, assign, transfer, pledge, hypothecate, mortgage, encumber or otherwise dispose through one or a series of transactions, directly or indirectly any Ordinary Shares held by it to any Person on or prior to a Qualified IPO. Any attempt by the Founder Holding Companies to sell or transfer Ordinary Shares in violation of these Articles 75 and 76 shall be void, and the Company will not effect such a transfer nor will it treat any alleged transferee as the holder of such shares.

 

76.

The Founders and the Founder Holding Companies agree that the restrictions with regard to the transfer of the Founder Holding Companies’ shares in the Company as described under these Articles 75 and 76 shall apply equally to transfer of the shares of the Founder Holding Companies, as if each of the provisions under these Articles 75 and 76 has been repeated with regard to transfer of the shares of the Founder Holding Companies except that the reference to the shares in the Company has been revised to refer to the shares in the Founder Holding Companies, as applicable, so that the result of such restrictions on the indirect transfer of the shares in the Company by transferring the shares in the Founder Holding Companies is the same as if the Founder Holding Companies directly transfer the relevant shares in the Company.

 

77.

[Reserved]

FOUNDER TRANSFERS

 

78.

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary, the Founders or the Founder Holding Companies may sell, assign, transfer, pledge, hypothecate, mortgage, encumber or otherwise dispose through one or a series of transactions, directly or indirectly no more than five percent (5%) of the outstanding Shares accumulatively to any party so long as the Founder collectively beneficially own more than fifty percent (50%) of the outstanding Shares following such transfer.

TERMINATION OF RIGHTS AND RESTRICTIONS

 

79.

The rights and covenants set forth in Articles 67 to Article 78 shall terminate and be of no further force or effect (i) immediately before the consummation of the Qualified IPO, (ii) when the Company first becomes subject to the periodic reporting requirements of Section 12(g) or 15(d) of the Exchange Act, or (iii) upon a Deemed Liquidation Event and completion of the payment of the Series A Liquidation Amount and the remaining assets distribution as provided in Article 20, whichever event occurs first.


DRAG-ALONG OBLIGATION

 

80.

If, at any time prior to a Qualified IPO, any Investor (the “Drag-Along Seller”) secures an irrevocable offer to acquire all share capital or assets of the Company (a “Drag-Along Sale”) with a valuation of the Company of more than US$600,000,000, with any Person (such Person, a “Drag-Along Purchaser”) upon such terms and conditions as agreed to with the Drag-Along Seller, and such Drag-Along Sale is agreed by a majority vote of the other Investors and a majority vote of the Founders, each other Investor (an “Other Investor”) agrees, at the request of the Drag-Along Seller, to participate in such Drag-Along Sale as set forth in Article 80 to Article 86.

 

81.

If the Drag-Along Sale is structured as a sale of Shares, each Other Investor shall sell to the Drag-Along Purchaser all Shares then held by such Other Investor on the same terms and conditions as are applicable to the Drag-Along Seller, including the same per-share consideration with respect to a specific class of Shares, and shall execute the necessary transfer forms in favor of the Drag-Along Purchaser; provided that the proceeds from such sale of any Round C Investors shall not be less than the higher of (i) the Series A Liquidation Amount or (ii) the purchase price as stated in the offer of the Drag-Along Purchaser pro rata based on the number of Ordinary Shares held by such Round C Investors (on an as-converted basis); provided, further, that except with respect to any liability incurred by such Other Investor individually, such Other Investor shall not be liable to a Drag-Along Purchaser for an amount greater than the proceeds from such sale.

 

82.

If the Drag-Along Sale is structured as a merger, amalgamation or scheme of arrangement of the Company or other transaction that requires the approval of the Investors, each Investor shall vote its respective Shares (or execute and deliver any written consents in lieu thereof) in favor of any Drag-Along Sale and all actions deemed reasonably necessary by the Drag-Along Seller in connection with the Drag-Along Sale, and against any action or proposal that may prevent, hinder or impede the consummation of the Drag-Along Sale.

 

83.

The Drag-Along Seller shall provide written notice of a proposed Drag-Along Sale to the Other Investors (a “Drag-Along Sale Notice”) not later than ten (10) days prior to such proposed Drag-Along Sale. The Drag-Along Sale Notice shall identify the Drag-Along Purchaser, the per-Ordinary Share consideration for which a transfer is proposed to be made (the “Drag-Along Sale Price”) and all other material terms and conditions of the Drag-Along Sale. Each Other Investor shall be required to participate in the Drag-Along Sale on the terms and conditions set forth in the Drag-Along Sale Notice and to tender its Shares. The price and form of consideration payable in such transfer shall be the Drag-Along Sale Price.


84.

The Drag-Along Seller shall have a period of 180 days from the date of receipt of the Drag-Along Sale Notice to enter into a definitive agreement providing for the Drag-Along Sale on the terms and conditions set forth in such Drag-Along Sale Notice, which Drag-Along Sale shall be promptly consummated, subject to fulfilling any closing conditions and obtaining any required regulatory approvals. If the Drag-Along Seller has not entered into a definitive agreement providing for the Drag-Along Sale within such 180-day period and the Drag-Along Seller proposes to effect a Drag-Along Sale after such 180-day period, the Drag-Along Seller shall again comply with the procedures set forth in this Article 84.

 

85.

In connection with a Drag-Along Sale, each Other Investor shall (i) make such representations, warranties and covenants and enter into such definitive agreements as are customary for transactions of the nature of the Drag-Along Sale, (ii) benefit from and be subject to all of the same provisions of the definitive agreements as are applicable to the Drag-Along Seller, (iii) be required to bear its proportionate share of any escrows, holdbacks or adjustments in respect of the purchase price or indemnification obligations; provided that an Other Investor shall only be obligated to indemnify any other Person in connection with such Drag-Along Sale severally; provided, further, that no Other Shareholder shall be obligated to indemnify any other Shareholder for any breach or misrepresentation by such other Shareholder with respect to title in such other Shareholder’s equity securities, (iv) be required to bear its proportionate share of the costs and expenses incurred by the Company and the Investors in connection with the proposed transaction (whether or not consummated), including all attorney’s fees and charges, all accounting fees and charges and all finders, brokerage or investment banking fees, charges or commissions (including, if requested by the Drag-Along Seller, an investment banking firm selected by the Drag-Along Seller and engaged, on customary terms (including customary indemnification from the Company)), to the extent not paid by the Company, and (v) to the extent permitted by applicable Law, not exercise any dissenters’ or appraisal rights to which they may be entitled in connection with a Drag-Along Sale.

 

86.

The covenants set forth in Article 80 to Article 85 shall terminate and be of no further force or effect (i) immediately before the consummation of the Qualified IPO, (ii) when the Company first becomes subject to the periodic reporting requirements of Section 12(g) or 15(d) of the Exchange Act, or (iii) upon a Deemed Liquidation Event and completion of the payment of the Series A Liquidation Amount and the remaining assets distribution as provided in Article 20, whichever event occurs first.

GENERAL MEETINGS

 

87.

The Directors may, whenever they think fit, convene a general meeting of the Company.

 

88.

The Directors may cancel or postpone any duly convened general meeting at any time prior to such meeting, except for general meetings requisitioned by the Shareholders in accordance with these Articles, for any reason or for no reason at any time prior to the time for holding such meeting or, if the meeting is adjourned, the time for holding such adjourned meeting. The Directors shall give Shareholders notice in writing of any cancellation or postponement. A postponement may be for a stated period of any length or indefinitely as the Directors may determine.


89.

General meetings shall also be convened on the requisition in writing of any Shareholder or Shareholders entitled to attend and vote at general meetings of the Company holding at least ten percent of the vote on an as-converted basis and the Preferred Majority deposited at the Office specifying the objects of the meeting by notice given no later than 21 days from the date of deposit of the requisition signed by the requisitionists, and if the Directors do not convene such meeting for a date not later than 45 days after the date of such deposit, the requisitionists themselves may convene the general meeting in the same manner, as nearly as possible, as that in which general meetings may be convened by the Directors, and all reasonable expenses incurred by the requisitionists as a result of the failure of the Directors to convene the general meeting shall be reimbursed to them by the Company.

 

90.

If at any time there are no Directors, any two Shareholders (including the Preferred Majority) (or if there is only one Shareholder then that Shareholder) entitled to vote at general meetings of the Company may convene a general meeting in the same manner as nearly as possible as that in which general meetings may be convened by the Directors.

NOTICE OF GENERAL MEETINGS

 

91.

At least seven clear days’ notice in writing counting from the date service is deemed to take place as provided in these Articles specifying the place, the day and the hour of the meeting and the general nature of the business, shall be given in the manner hereinafter provided or in such other manner (if any) as may be prescribed by the Company by Ordinary Resolution to such Persons as are, under these Articles, entitled to receive such notices from the Company, but with the consent of all the Shareholders entitled to receive notice of some particular meeting and attend and vote thereat, that meeting may be convened by such shorter notice or without notice and in such manner as those Shareholders may think fit.

 

92.

The accidental omission to give notice of a meeting to or the non-receipt of a notice of a meeting by any Shareholder shall not invalidate the proceedings at any meeting.

PROCEEDINGS AT GENERAL MEETINGS

 

93.

All business carried out at a general meeting shall be deemed special with the exception of sanctioning a dividend, the consideration of the accounts, balance sheets, any report of the Directors or of the Company’s auditors, and the fixing of the remuneration of the Company’s auditors. No special business shall be transacted at any general meeting without the consent of all Shareholders entitled to receive notice of that meeting unless notice of such special business has been given in the notice convening that meeting.

 

94.

No business shall be transacted at any general meeting unless a quorum of Shareholders is present at the time when the meeting proceeds to business. Save as otherwise provided by these Articles, the Shareholders holding at least a majority of the paid up voting share capital of the Company on an as-converted basis (which shall include the Preferred Majority) present in person or by proxy and entitled to vote at that meeting shall form a quorum.


95.

If within half an hour from the time appointed for the meeting a quorum is not present, the meeting, if convened upon the requisition of Shareholders, shall be dissolved. In any other case it shall stand adjourned to the same day in the next week, at the same time and place, and if at the adjourned meeting a quorum is not present within half an hour from the time appointed for the meeting the Shareholder or Shareholders present and entitled to vote shall form a quorum.

 

96.

If the Directors wish to make this facility available for a specific general meeting or all general meetings of the Company, participation in any general meeting of the Company may be by means of a telephone or similar communication equipment by way of which all Persons participating in such meeting can communicate with each other and such participation shall be deemed to constitute presence in person at the meeting.

 

97.

The chairman, if any, of the Directors shall preside as chairman at every general meeting of the Company.

 

98.

If there is no such chairman, or if at any general meeting he is not present within fifteen minutes after the time appointed for holding the meeting or is unwilling to act as chairman, any Director or Person nominated by the Directors shall preside as chairman, failing which the Shareholders present in person or by proxy shall choose any Person present to be chairman of that meeting.

 

99.

The chairman may adjourn a meeting from time to time and from place to place either:

 

  (a)

with the consent of any general meeting at which a quorum is present (and shall if so directed by the meeting); or

 

  (b)

without the consent of such meeting if, in his sole opinion, he considers it necessary to do so to:

 

  (i)

secure the orderly conduct or proceedings of the meeting; or

 

  (ii)

give all persons present in person or by proxy and having the right to speak and / or vote at such meeting, the ability to do so,

but no business shall be transacted at any adjourned meeting other than the business left unfinished at the meeting from which the adjournment took place. When a meeting, or adjourned meeting, is adjourned for fourteen days or more, notice of the adjourned meeting shall be given in the manner provided for the original meeting. Save as aforesaid, it shall not be necessary to give any notice of an adjournment or of the business to be transacted at an adjourned meeting.


100.

At any general meeting a resolution put to the vote of the meeting shall be decided on a poll and not on a show of hands.

VOTES OF SHAREHOLDERS

 

101.

Subject to any rights and restrictions for the time being attached to any Share and any special voting rights as provided in Article 13 and Article 18, on a poll every Shareholder present in person and every Person representing a Shareholder by proxy shall, at a general meeting of the Company, have such number of votes for each Share in that Class of which he or the Person represented by proxy is the holder.

 

102.

In the case of joint holders the vote of the senior who tenders a vote whether in person or by proxy shall be accepted to the exclusion of the votes of the other joint holders and for this purpose seniority shall be determined by the order in which the names stand in the Register.

 

103.

A Shareholder of unsound mind, or in respect of whom an order has been made by any court having jurisdiction in lunacy, may vote in respect of Shares carrying the right to vote held by him, by his committee, or other Person in the nature of a committee appointed by that court, and any such committee or other Person, may vote in respect of such Shares by proxy.

 

104.

No Shareholder shall be entitled to vote at any general meeting of the Company unless all calls, if any, or other sums presently payable by him in respect of Shares carrying the right to vote held by him have been paid.

 

105.

On a poll votes may be given either personally or by proxy.

 

106.

The instrument appointing a proxy shall be in writing under the hand of the appointor or of his attorney duly authorised in writing or, if the appointor is a corporation, either under Seal or under the hand of an Officer or attorney duly authorised. A proxy need not be a Shareholder.

 

107.

An instrument appointing a proxy may be in any usual or common form or such other form as the Directors may approve.

 

108.

The instrument appointing a proxy shall be deposited at the Office or at such other place as is specified for that purpose in the notice convening the meeting no later than the time for holding the meeting or, if the meeting is adjourned, the time for holding such adjourned meeting.

 

109.

The instrument appointing a proxy shall be deemed to confer authority to demand or join in demanding a poll.


110.

A resolution in writing signed by all the Shareholders for the time being entitled to receive notice of and to attend and vote at general meetings of the Company (or being corporations by their duly authorised representatives) shall be as valid and effective as if the same had been passed at a general meeting of the Company duly convened and held.

CORPORATIONS ACTING BY REPRESENTATIVES AT MEETINGS

 

111.

Any corporation which is a Shareholder or a Director may by resolution of its directors or other governing body authorise such Person as it thinks fit to act as its representative at any meeting of the Company or of any meeting of holders of a Class or of the Directors or of a committee of Directors, and the Person so authorised shall be entitled to exercise the same powers on behalf of the corporation which he represents as that corporation could exercise if it were an individual Shareholder or Director.

DIRECTORS

 

112.

The Company may by Ordinary Resolution appoint any Person to be a Director.

 

113.

There shall be a board of Directors consisting of not more than six persons. Upon the Initial Closing, the Board of Directors shall consist of the following members:

 

  (a)

the Chief Executive Officer of the Company;

 

  (b)

the Chief Operating Officer of the Company;

 

  (c)

one director appointed by the Chief Executive Officer of the Company;

 

  (d)

one Round A Director;

 

  (e)

one Round B Director; and

 

  (f)

one Preferred Share Director.

 

114.

Only the Person who had the power to designate a Director pursuant to Article 113 shall have the power to remove such Director. The Company shall take such action as is necessary to call a meeting of the Shareholders (or effect a written consent in lieu thereof) for the purpose of effecting any such removal, and at such meeting each Shareholder shall vote all Shares owned by it to effect such removal. In the event that any Director is removed or shall have resigned or become unable to serve, the Person who had the power to designate such Director pursuant to Article 113 shall have the power to designate a person reasonably qualified to serve on the Board of Directors to fill such vacancy, whereupon each Shareholder shall vote all Shares owned by it to effect such appointment. Except as provided above, no Person shall vote in favor of, or otherwise take any actions in respect of, the removal of any Director who shall have been designated or nominated pursuant to Article 113.


115.

The Board of Directors shall have a chairman, and such chairman shall be the Chief Executive Officer of the Company.

 

116.

Subject to these Articles, a Director shall hold office until such time as he is removed from office pursuant to Article 142.

 

117.

The Company may by Ordinary Resolution from time to time fix the maximum and minimum number of Directors to be appointed but unless such numbers are fixed as aforesaid the minimum number of Directors shall be one and the maximum number of Directors shall be six.

 

118.

The remuneration of the Directors may be determined by the Directors or by Ordinary Resolution.

 

119.

There shall be no shareholding qualification for Directors unless determined otherwise by Ordinary Resolution.

 

120.

The Directors shall have power at any time and from time to time to appoint any Person to be a Director, either as a result of a casual vacancy or as an additional Director, subject to the maximum number as set out in these Articles.

 

121.

Any vacancy on the board of Directors occurring because of the death, resignation or removal of a director shall be filled by the vote or written consent of the same Shareholder or Shareholders who appoint such Director.

ALTERNATE DIRECTOR

 

122.

Any Director may in writing appoint another Person to be his alternate and, save to the extent provided otherwise in the form of appointment, such alternate shall have authority to sign written resolutions on behalf of the appointing Director, but shall not be authorised to sign such written resolutions where they have been signed by the appointing Director, and to act in such Director’s place at any meeting of the Directors. Every such alternate shall be entitled to attend and vote at meetings of the Directors as the alternate of the Director appointing him and where he is a Director to have a separate vote in addition to his own vote. A Director may at any time in writing revoke the appointment of an alternate appointed by him. Such alternate shall not be an Officer solely as a result of his appointment as an alternate other than in respect of such times as the alternate acts as a Director. The remuneration of such alternate shall be payable out of the remuneration of the Director appointing him and the proportion thereof shall be agreed between them.

POWERS AND DUTIES OF DIRECTORS

 

123.

Subject to the Companies Law, these Articles and to any resolutions passed in a general meeting, the business of the Company shall be managed by the Directors, who may pay all expenses incurred in setting up and registering the Company and may exercise all powers of the Company. No resolution passed by the Company in general meeting shall invalidate any prior act of the Directors that would have been valid if that resolution had not been passed.


124.

The Directors may from time to time appoint any Person, whether or not a Director to hold such office in the Company as the Directors may think necessary for the administration of the Company, including but not limited to, the office of president, one or more vice-presidents, treasurer, assistant treasurer, manager or controller, and for such term and at such remuneration (whether by way of salary or commission or participation in profits or partly in one way and partly in another), and with such powers and duties as the Directors may think fit. Any Person so appointed by the Directors may be removed by the Directors or by the Company by Ordinary Resolution. The Directors may also appoint one or more of their number to the office of managing director upon like terms, but any such appointment shall ipso facto terminate if any managing director ceases from any cause to be a Director, or if the Company by Ordinary Resolution resolves that his tenure of office be terminated.

 

125.

The Directors may appoint any Person to be a Secretary (and if need be an assistant Secretary or assistant Secretaries) who shall hold office for such term, at such remuneration and upon such conditions and with such powers as they think fit. Any Secretary or assistant Secretary so appointed by the Directors may be removed by the Directors or by the Company by Ordinary Resolution.

 

126.

The Directors may delegate any of their powers to committees consisting of such member or members of their body as they think fit; any committee so formed shall in the exercise of the powers so delegated conform to any regulations that may be imposed on it by the Directors.

 

127.

The Directors may from time to time and at any time by power of attorney (whether under Seal or under hand) or otherwise appoint any company, firm or Person or body of Persons, whether nominated directly or indirectly by the Directors, to be the attorney or attorneys or authorised signatory (any such person being an “Attorney” or “Authorised Signatory”, respectively) of the Company for such purposes and with such powers, authorities and discretion (not exceeding those vested in or exercisable by the Directors under these Articles) and for such period and subject to such conditions as they may think fit, and any such power of attorney or other appointment may contain such provisions for the protection and convenience of Persons dealing with any such Attorney or Authorised Signatory as the Directors may think fit, and may also authorise any such Attorney or Authorised Signatory to delegate all or any of the powers, authorities and discretion vested in him.

 

128.

The Directors may from time to time provide for the management of the affairs of the Company in such manner as they shall think fit and the provisions contained in the three next following Articles shall not limit the general powers conferred by this Article.

 

129.

The Directors from time to time and at any time may establish any committees, local boards or agencies for managing any of the affairs of the Company and may appoint any Person to be a member of such committees or local boards and may appoint any managers or agents of the Company and may fix the remuneration of any such Person.


130.

The Directors from time to time and at any time may delegate to any such committee, local board, manager or agent any of the powers, authorities and discretions for the time being vested in the Directors and may authorise the members for the time being of any such local board, or any of them to fill any vacancies therein and to act notwithstanding vacancies and any such appointment or delegation may be made on such terms and subject to such conditions as the Directors may think fit and the Directors may at any time remove any Person so appointed and may annul or vary any such delegation, but no Person dealing in good faith and without notice of any such annulment or variation shall be affected thereby.

 

131.

Any such delegates as aforesaid may be authorised by the Directors to sub-delegate all or any of the powers, authorities, and discretion for the time being vested in them.

 

132.

The Directors may agree with a Shareholder to waive or modify the terms applicable to such Shareholder’s subscription for Shares without obtaining the consent of any other Shareholder; provided that such waiver or modification does not amount to a variation or abrogation of the rights attaching to the Shares of such other Shareholders.

PROTECTIVE PROVISIONS

 

133.

For so long as any Series A Preferred Share remains outstanding, the Company shall not, and each of the Ordinary Shareholders shall procure the Group Companies not to, directly or indirectly, and whether by amendment of these Articles or the Memorandum of Association, merger, consolidation, scheme of arrangement, amalgamation, or otherwise, and whether in a single transaction or a series of related transactions, take any of the actions listed in this Article 131 without the prior written consent of the approval of the Preferred Majority provided that where any actions listed below requires the approvals of the Shareholders in accordance with the Companies Laws, and if the Shareholders voted in favour of such act but any Preferred Majority disapproved such act, then the Preferred Majority shall, in such vote, have such number of votes as equal to the aggregate votes of the Shareholders who votes in favour of such act plus one:

 

  (a)

any change in any of the rights, preferences, privileges or priority of the holders of the Series A Preferred Shares;

 

  (b)

authorization, creation or issuance of any class or series of Shares having any right, preference or priority superior to or on a parity with the Series A Preferred Shares;

 

  (c)

repurchase or redemption of Shares (other than pursuant to the Employee Share Option Plan);

 

  (d)

amendment of any Group Company’s memorandum and articles of association;


  (e)

merger or consolidation of any Group Company;

 

  (f)

liquidation or dissolution of any Group Company or any of its material subsidiaries, as well as any Deemed Liquidation Event;

 

  (g)

any increase or decrease to the capital of any of the Group Companies;

 

  (h)

any change to the name of the Company; and

 

  (i)

the sale, pledge, or other disposition of all or substantially all of the Group Companies’ assets or the purchase of all or substantially all of the assets of another entity.

 

134.

The Company and the Board of Directors shall not, and each of the Ordinary Shareholders shall procure the Company and the Board of Directors not to, directly or indirectly, and whether by amendment of these Articles or the Memorandum of Association, merger, consolidation, scheme of arrangement, amalgamation, or otherwise, and whether in a single transaction or a series of related transactions, take any of the actions listed in this Article 134 without the prior written approval of a majority of the Board of Directors, including the affirmative vote of at least two Investor Directors:

 

  (a)

the declaration or payment of a dividend on any shares/equity of the Group Companies;

 

  (b)

the adoption or amendment of any employee share award plan, including the amendment of the Employee Share Option Plan;

 

  (c)

any material transaction between any Group Company and any of its shareholders, directors, officers, employees or other insiders and any of their family members or affiliates other than on an arm’s-length basis and upon full disclosure to Shareholders including the Investors;

 

  (d)

the appointment or removal of the Chief Executive Officer of the Company;

 

  (e)

any incurrence of debt by the Group Company other than trade debts not exceeding US$10,000,000 in aggregate;

 

  (f)

adoption of the annual Budget;

 

  (g)

appoint or change the auditors of the Company;

 

  (h)

the license or transfer of any patents, copyrights, trademarks or other intellectual property rights outside the normal business operations;


  (i)

the termination or substantial change of the Company’s main business, or the involvement in any new business that is significantly different from the current main business;

 

  (j)

the settlement of any material legal action with a value in excess of RMB 10 million;

 

  (k)

any initial public offering plan other than a Qualified IPO;

 

  (l)

any increase or decrease to the capital of any of the Group Companies;

 

  (m)

any pledge on material assets of any of the Group Companies;

 

  (n)

any change to the number of directors on the Board of Directors, any change to the rules governing election to the Board of Directors and any change to the term of service of members of the Board of Directors;

 

  (o)

any change to the name of the Company;

 

  (p)

any change to the control documents between any Group Companies and its variable interest entities and entering into any additional control documents by any Group Company;

 

  (q)

any change to the voting rights of any shares of the Company;

 

  (r)

the establishment or cessation of any material business lines carried on by the Company; and

 

  (s)

any issuance to any Person any equity securities of the Company, or any options or warrants for, or any other securities exchangeable for or convertible into, such equity securities of the Company, except for any issuance pursuant to (x) the Series A Share Purchase Agreement (as defined in the Investors Rights Agreement) or Round A and B Share Subscription Agreement (as defined in the Investors Rights Agreement), (y) the Employee Share Option Plan, or (z) the initial public offering.

 

135.

Each of the Shareholders shall not pledge over any of the Shares held by each of them from time to time without the approval in writing of a two-third majority of the Board of Directors.

 

136.

The Company shall obtain, upon the completion of a Qualified IPO, from financially sound and reputable insurers, directors and officers liability insurance in an amount and on terms and conditions satisfactory to the Board of Directors, and will use commercially reasonable efforts to cause such insurance policy to be maintained until such time as the Board of Directors (including the affirmative votes by at least two Investor Directors) determines that such insurance should be discontinued.


137.

The rights and covenants set forth in Articles 113, 114, 133 to 135 and 143 shall terminate and be of no further force or effect (i) immediately before the consummation of a Qualified IPO, (ii) when the Company first becomes subject to the periodic reporting requirements of Section 12(g) or 15(d) of the Exchange Act, or (iii) upon a Deemed Liquidation Event and completion of the payment of the Series A Liquidation Amount and the remaining assets distribution as provided in Article 20, whichever event occurs first.

BORROWING POWERS OF DIRECTORS

 

138.

The Directors may exercise all the powers of the Company to borrow money and to mortgage or charge its undertaking, property and uncalled capital or any part thereof, or to otherwise provide for a security interest to be taken in such undertaking, property or uncalled capital, and to issue debentures, debenture stock and other securities whenever money is borrowed or as security for any debt, liability or obligation of the Company or of any third party.

THE SEAL

 

139.

The Seal shall not be affixed to any instrument except by the authority of a resolution of the Directors provided always that such authority may be given prior to or after the affixing of the Seal and if given after may be in general form confirming a number of affixings of the Seal. The Seal shall be affixed in the presence of a Director or a Secretary (or an assistant Secretary) or in the presence of any one or more Persons as the Directors may appoint for the purpose and every Person as aforesaid shall sign every instrument to which the Seal is so affixed in their presence.

 

140.

The Company may maintain a facsimile of the Seal in such countries or places as the Directors may appoint and such facsimile Seal shall not be affixed to any instrument except by the authority of a resolution of the Directors provided always that such authority may be given prior to or after the affixing of such facsimile Seal and if given after may be in general form confirming a number of affixings of such facsimile Seal. The facsimile Seal shall be affixed in the presence of such Person or Persons as the Directors shall for this purpose appoint and such Person or Persons as aforesaid shall sign every instrument to which the facsimile Seal is so affixed in their presence and such affixing of the facsimile Seal and signing as aforesaid shall have the same meaning and effect as if the Seal had been affixed in the presence of and the instrument signed by a Director or a Secretary (or an assistant Secretary) or in the presence of any one or more Persons as the Directors may appoint for the purpose.

 

141.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, a Secretary or any assistant Secretary shall have the authority to affix the Seal, or the facsimile Seal, to any instrument for the purposes of attesting authenticity of the matter contained therein but which does not create any obligation binding on the Company.


DISQUALIFICATION OF DIRECTORS

 

142.

The office of Director shall be vacated, if the Director:

 

  (a)

becomes bankrupt or makes any arrangement or composition with his creditors;

 

  (b)

dies or is found to be or becomes of unsound mind;

 

  (c)

resigns his office by notice in writing to the Company;

 

  (d)

becomes unable to serve;

 

  (e)

is removed from office by Ordinary Resolution in accordance with Article 114;

 

  (f)

in case of nomination by Shareholder, is removed from office by the Shareholder which originally nominate such Director, or the Shareholder(s) originally entitled to nominate such Director pursuant to these Articles is no longer so entitled to nominate such Director; or

 

  (g)

in the case of a nomination by the Chief Executive Officer of the Company, is removed from office by the Chief Executive Officer which originally nominate such Director, or the Chief Executive Officer originally entitled to nominate such Director pursuant to these Articles is no longer so entitled to nominate such Director.

PROCEEDINGS OF DIRECTORS

 

143.

The Directors may meet together (either within or outside the Cayman Islands) for the despatch of business, adjourn, and otherwise regulate their meetings and proceedings as they think fit. On all actions to be taken and matters to be decided by the Board of Directors, each director shall be entitled to cast one (1) vote, and subject to Article 134, the affirmative vote of the directors having a majority of the total voting power represented at a meeting at which a quorum is present shall constitute an act of the Board of Directors. In case of an equality of votes, the chairman, if any, or in the absence of the chairman, a director designated by the Board of Directors to preside at a meeting of the Board of Directors shall have a second or casting vote. A Director may, and a Secretary or assistant Secretary on the requisition of a Director shall, at any time summon a meeting of the Directors.

 

144.

A Director may participate in any meeting of the Directors, or of any committee appointed by the Directors of which such Director is a member, by means of telephone or similar communication equipment by way of which all Persons participating in such meeting can communicate with each other and such participation shall be deemed to constitute presence in person at the meeting.

 

145.

At all meetings of the Board of Directors a majority of the number of the Directors elected in accordance with Article 113 (including at least two of the Investor Directors) shall be necessary and sufficient to form a quorum. A Director represented by an alternate Director at any meeting shall be deemed to be present for the purposes of determining whether or not a quorum is present. If within half an hour from the time appointed for the meeting a quorum is not present, the meeting, if convened upon the requisition of a majority of the number of the Directors elected in accordance with Article 113, shall be dissolved. In any other case it shall stand adjourned to the same day in the next week, at the same time and place, and if at the adjourned meeting a quorum is not present within half an hour from the time appointed for the meeting the Directors present and entitled to vote shall form a quorum.


146.

A Director who is in any way, whether directly or indirectly, interested in a contract or proposed contract with the Company shall declare the nature of his interest at a meeting of the Directors. A general notice given to the Directors by any Director to the effect that he is to be regarded as interested in any contract or other arrangement which may thereafter be made with that company or firm shall be deemed a sufficient declaration of interest in regard to any contract so made. A Director may vote in respect of any contract or proposed contract or arrangement notwithstanding that he may be interested therein and if he does so his vote shall be counted and he may be counted in the quorum at any meeting of the Directors at which any such contract or proposed contract or arrangement shall come before the meeting for consideration.

 

147.

A Director may hold any other office or place of profit under the Company (other than the office of auditor) in conjunction with his office of Director for such period and on such terms (as to remuneration and otherwise) as the Directors may determine and no Director or intending Director shall be disqualified by his office from contracting with the Company either with regard to his tenure of any such other office or place of profit or as vendor, purchaser or otherwise, nor shall any such contract or arrangement entered into by or on behalf of the Company in which any Director is in any way interested, be liable to be avoided, nor shall any Director so contracting or being so interested be liable to account to the Company for any profit realised by any such contract or arrangement by reason of such Director holding that office or of the fiduciary relation thereby established. A Director, notwithstanding his interest, may be counted in the quorum present at any meeting of the Directors whereat he or any other Director is appointed to hold any such office or place of profit under the Company or whereat the terms of any such appointment are arranged and he may vote on any such appointment or arrangement.

 

148.

Any Director may act by himself or his firm in a professional capacity for the Company, and he or his firm shall be entitled to remuneration for professional services as if he were not a Director; provided that nothing herein contained shall authorise a Director or his firm to act as auditor to the Company.

 

149.

The Directors shall cause minutes to be made in books or loose-leaf folders provided for the purpose of recording:

 

  (a)

all appointments of Officers made by the Directors;


  (b)

the names of the Directors present at each meeting of the Directors and of any committee of the Directors; and

 

  (c)

all resolutions and proceedings at all meetings of the Company, and of the Directors and of committees of Directors.

 

150.

When the chairman of a meeting of the Directors signs the minutes of such meeting the same shall be deemed to have been duly held notwithstanding that all the Directors have not actually come together or that there may have been a technical defect in the proceedings.

 

151.

A resolution in writing signed by all the Directors or all the members of a committee of Directors entitled to receive notice of a meeting of Directors or committee of Directors, as the case may be (an alternate Director, subject as provided otherwise in the terms of appointment of the alternate Director, being entitled to sign such a resolution on behalf of his appointer), shall be as valid and effectual as if it had been passed at a duly called and constituted meeting of Directors or committee of Directors, as the case may be. When signed a resolution may consist of several documents each signed by one or more of the Directors or his duly appointed alternate.

 

152.

The continuing Directors may act notwithstanding any vacancy in their body but if and for so long as their number is reduced below the number fixed by or pursuant to these Articles as the necessary quorum of Directors, the continuing Directors may act for the purpose of increasing the number, or of summoning a general meeting of the Company, but for no other purpose.

 

153.

The Directors may elect a chairman of their meetings and determine the period for which he is to hold office but if no such chairman is elected, or if at any meeting the chairman is not present within fifteen minutes after the time appointed for holding the meeting, the Directors present may choose one of their number to be chairman of the meeting.

 

154.

Subject to any regulations imposed on it by the Directors, a committee appointed by the Directors may elect a chairman of its meetings. If no such chairman is elected, or if at any meeting the chairman is not present within fifteen minutes after the time appointed for holding the meeting, the committee members present may choose one of their number to be chairman of the meeting.

 

155.

A committee appointed by the Directors may meet and adjourn as it thinks proper. Subject to any regulations imposed on it by the Directors, questions arising at any meeting shall be determined by a majority of votes of the committee members present and in case of an equality of votes the chairman shall have a second or casting vote.

 

156.

All acts done by any meeting of the Directors or of a committee of Directors, or by any Person acting as a Director, shall notwithstanding that it be afterwards discovered that there was some defect in the appointment of any such Director or Person acting as aforesaid, or that they or any of them were disqualified, be as valid as if every such Person had been duly appointed and was qualified to be a Director.


DIVIDENDS

 

157.

Article 158 to Article 165 inclusive (Dividends) are subject to any rights and restrictions for the time being attached to any Shares, or as otherwise provided for in the Companies Law and other parts of these Articles (including among others Article 14 and Article 19 and Article 134(a)).

 

158.

The Directors may from time to time declare dividends (including interim dividends) and other distributions on Shares in issue and authorise payment of the same out of the funds of the Company lawfully available therefor.

 

159.

The Company by Ordinary Resolution may declare dividends, but no dividend shall exceed the amount recommended by the Directors.

 

160.

The Directors may determine, before recommending or declaring any dividend, to set aside out of the funds legally available for distribution such sums as they think proper as a reserve or reserves which shall be applicable for meeting contingencies, or for equalising dividends or for any other purpose to which those funds may be properly applied and pending such application may, at the determination of the Directors, either be employed in the business of the Company or be invested in such investments as the Directors may from time to time think fit.

 

161.

Any dividend may be paid in any manner as the Directors may determine. If paid by cheque it will be sent through the post to the registered address of the Shareholder or Person entitled thereto, or in the case of joint holders, to any one of such joint holders at his registered address or to such Person and such address as the Shareholder or Person entitled, or such joint holders as the case may be, may direct. Every such cheque shall be made payable to the order of the Person to whom it is sent or to the order of such other Person as the Shareholder or Person entitled, or such joint holders as the case may be, may direct.

 

162.

The Directors when paying dividends to the Shareholders in accordance with the foregoing provisions of these Articles may make such payment either in cash or in specie and may determine the extent to which amounts may be withheld therefrom (including, without limitation, any taxes, fees, expenses or other liabilities for which a Shareholder (or the Company, as a result of any action or inaction of the Shareholder) is liable).

 

163.

All dividends shall be declared and paid according to the amounts paid up on the Shares, but if and for so long as nothing is paid up on any of the Shares dividends may be declared and paid according to the par value of the Shares.


164.

If several Persons are registered as joint holders of any Share, any of them may give effectual receipts for any dividend or other moneys payable on or in respect of the Share.

 

165.

No dividend shall bear interest against the Company.

ACCOUNTS, AUDIT AND ANNUAL RETURN AND DECLARATION

 

166.

The books of account relating to the Company’s affairs shall be kept in such manner as may be determined from time to time by the Directors.

 

167.

The books of account shall be kept at the Office, or at such other place or places as the Directors think fit, and shall always be open to the inspection of the Directors.

 

168.

The Directors may from time to time determine whether and to what extent and at what times and places and under what conditions or regulations the accounts and books of the Company or any of them shall be open to the inspection of Shareholders not being Directors, and no Shareholder (not being a Director) shall have any right of inspecting any account or book or document of the Company except as conferred by law or authorised by the Directors or by Ordinary Resolution.

 

169.

The accounts relating to the Company’s affairs shall only be audited if the Directors so determine, in which case the financial year end and the accounting principles will be determined by the Directors.

 

170.

The Directors in each year shall prepare, or cause to be prepared, an annual return and declaration setting forth the particulars required by the Companies Law and deliver a copy thereof to the Registrar of Companies in the Cayman Islands.

CAPITALISATION OF RESERVES

 

171.

Subject to the Companies Law and these Articles, the Directors may:

 

  (a)

resolve to capitalise an amount standing to the credit of reserves (including a Share Premium Account, capital redemption reserve and profit and loss account), whether or not available for distribution;

 

  (b)

appropriate the sum resolved to be capitalised to the Shareholders in proportion to the nominal amount of Shares (whether or not fully paid) held by them respectively and apply that sum on their behalf in or towards:

 

  (i)

paying up the amounts (if any) for the time being unpaid on Shares held by them respectively, or

 

  (ii)

paying up in full unissued Shares or debentures of a nominal amount equal to that sum,


and allot the Shares or debentures, credited as fully paid, to the Shareholders (or as they may direct) in those proportions, or partly in one way and partly in the other, but the Share Premium Account, the capital redemption reserve and profits which are not available for distribution may, for the purposes of this Article, only be applied in paying up unissued Shares to be allotted to Shareholders credited as fully paid;

 

  (c)

make any arrangements they think fit to resolve a difficulty arising in the distribution of a capitalised reserve and in particular, without limitation, where Shares or debentures become distributable in fractions the Directors may deal with the fractions as they think fit;

 

  (d)

authorise a Person to enter (on behalf of all the Shareholders concerned) into an agreement with the Company providing for either:

 

  (i)

the allotment to the Shareholders respectively, credited as fully paid, of Shares or debentures to which they may be entitled on the capitalisation, or

 

  (ii)

the payment by the Company on behalf of the Shareholders (by the application of their respective proportions of the reserves resolved to be capitalised) of the amounts or part of the amounts remaining unpaid on their existing Shares,

and any such agreement made under this authority being effective and binding on all those Shareholders; and

 

  (e)

generally do all acts and things required to give effect to any of the actions contemplated by this Article.

SHARE PREMIUM ACCOUNT

 

172.

The Directors shall in accordance with the Companies Law establish a Share Premium Account and shall carry to the credit of such account from time to time a sum equal to the amount or value of the premium paid on the issue of any Share.

 

173.

There shall be debited to any Share Premium Account on the redemption or purchase of a Share the difference between the nominal value of such Share and the redemption or purchase price provided always that at the determination of the Directors such sum may be paid out of the profits of the Company or, if permitted by the Companies Law, out of capital.

NOTICES

 

174.

Any notice or document may be served by the Company or by the Person entitled to give notice to any Shareholder either personally, or by posting it airmail or air courier service in a prepaid letter addressed to such Shareholder at his address as appearing in the Register, or by electronic mail to any electronic mail address such Shareholder may have specified in writing for the purpose of such service of notices, or by facsimile should the Directors deem it appropriate. In the case of joint holders of a Share, all notices shall be given to that one of the joint holders whose name stands first in the Register in respect of the joint holding, and notice so given shall be sufficient notice to all the joint holders.


175.

Any Shareholder present, either personally or by proxy, at any meeting of the Company shall for all purposes be deemed to have received due notice of such meeting and, where requisite, of the purposes for which such meeting was convened.

 

176.

Any notice or other document, if served by:

 

  (a)

post, shall be deemed to have been served five clear days after the time when the letter containing the same is posted;

 

  (b)

facsimile, shall be deemed to have been served upon production by the transmitting facsimile machine of a report confirming transmission of the facsimile in full to the facsimile number of the recipient;

 

  (c)

recognised courier service, shall be deemed to have been served 48 hours after the time when the letter containing the same is delivered to the courier service; or

 

  (d)

electronic mail, shall be deemed to have been served immediately upon the time of the transmission by electronic mail.

In proving service by post or courier service it shall be sufficient to prove that the letter containing the notice or documents was properly addressed and duly posted or delivered to the courier service.

 

177.

Any notice or document delivered or sent in accordance with the terms of these Articles shall notwithstanding that such Shareholder be then dead or bankrupt, and whether or not the Company has notice of his death or bankruptcy, be deemed to have been duly served in respect of any Share registered in the name of such Shareholder as sole or joint holder, unless his name shall at the time of the service of the notice or document, have been removed from the Register as the holder of the Share, and such service shall for all purposes be deemed a sufficient service of such notice or document on all Persons interested (whether jointly with or as claiming through or under him) in the Share.

 

178.

Notice of every general meeting of the Company shall be given to:

 

  (a)

all Shareholders holding Shares with the right to receive notice and who have supplied to the Company an address for the giving of notices to them; and


  (b)

every Person entitled to a Share in consequence of the death or bankruptcy of a Shareholder, who but for his death or bankruptcy would be entitled to receive notice of the meeting.

No other Person shall be entitled to receive notices of general meetings.

INDEMNITY

 

179.

Every Director (including for the purposes of this Article any alternate Director appointed pursuant to the provisions of these Articles), Secretary, assistant Secretary, or other Officer (but not including the Company’s auditors) and the personal representatives of the same (each an “Indemnified Person”) shall be indemnified and secured harmless out of the assets and funds of the Company against all actions, proceedings, costs, charges, expenses, losses, damages or liabilities incurred or sustained by such Indemnified Person, other than by reason of such Indemnified Person’s own dishonesty, wilful default or fraud as determined by a court of competent jurisdiction, in or about the conduct of the Company’s business or affairs (including as a result of any mistake of judgment) or in the execution or discharge of his duties, powers, authorities or discretions, including without prejudice to the generality of the foregoing, any costs, expenses, losses or liabilities incurred by such Indemnified Person in defending (whether successfully or otherwise) any civil proceedings concerning the Company or its affairs in any court whether in the Cayman Islands or elsewhere.

 

180.

No Indemnified Person shall be liable:

 

  (a)

for the acts, receipts, neglects, defaults or omissions of any other Director or Officer or agent of the Company; or

 

  (b)

for any loss on account of defect of title to any property of the Company; or

 

  (c)

on account of the insufficiency of any security in or upon which any money of the Company shall be invested; or

 

  (d)

for any loss incurred through any bank, broker or other similar Person; or

 

  (e)

for any loss occasioned by any negligence, default, breach of duty, breach of trust, error of judgement or oversight on such Indemnified Person’s part; or

 

  (f)

for any loss, damage or misfortune whatsoever which may happen in or arise from the execution or discharge of the duties, powers, authorities, or discretions of such Indemnified Person’s office or in relation thereto,

unless the same shall happen through such Indemnified Person’s own dishonesty, wilful default or fraud as determined by a court of competent jurisdiction.


NON-RECOGNITION OF TRUSTS

 

181.

Subject to the proviso hereto, no Person shall be recognised by the Company as holding any Share upon any trust and the Company shall not, unless required by law, be bound by or be compelled in any way to recognise (even when having notice thereof) any equitable, contingent, future or partial interest in any Share or (except only as otherwise provided by these Articles or as the Companies Law requires) any other right in respect of any Share except an absolute right to the entirety thereof in each Shareholder registered in the Register, provided that, notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company shall be entitled to recognise any such interests as shall be determined by the Directors.

WINDING UP

 

182.

If the Company shall be wound up the liquidator shall apply the assets of the Company in such manner and order as he thinks fit in satisfaction of creditors’ claims.

 

183.

If the Company shall be wound up, the liquidator may, with the sanction of an Ordinary Resolution divide amongst the Shareholders in specie or kind the whole or any part of the assets of the Company (whether they shall consist of property of the same kind or not) and may, for such purpose set such value as he deems fair upon any property to be divided as aforesaid and may determine how such division shall be carried out as between the Shareholders or different Classes. The liquidator may, with the like sanction, vest the whole or any part of such assets in trustees upon such trusts for the benefit of the Shareholders as the liquidator, with the like sanction shall think fit, but so that no Shareholder shall be compelled to accept any assets whereon there is any liability.

 

184.

Subject to any rights and restrictions for the time being attributed to any Class, the assets available for distribution among the Shareholders shall then be applied in the following priority:

 

  (a)

first, in the payment to the holders of Ordinary Shares and Series A Preferred Shares, pari passu, of a sum equal to the par value of the Ordinary Shares or Series A Preferred Shares held by them;

 

  (b)

second, in the payment to holders of Series A Preferred Shares on a pro-rata basis as set out in Article 20(a)(i);

 

  (c)

third, in the payment to holder of Class A-2 Ordinary Shares on a pro-rata basis as set out in Article 20(a)(ii);

 

  (d)

forth, in the payment to holder of Class A-1 Ordinary Shares on a pro-rata basis as set out in Article 20(a)(iii); and

 

  (e)

last, in the payment of any balance to holders of Shares on a pro-rata basis as set out in Article 20(a)(iv).


AMENDMENT OF ARTICLES OF ASSOCIATION

 

185.

Subject to the Companies Law and the rights attaching to the various Classes, the Company may at any time and from time to time by Special Resolution alter or amend these Articles in whole or in part.

CLOSING OF REGISTER OR FIXING RECORD DATE

 

186.

For the purpose of determining those Shareholders that are entitled to receive notice of, attend or vote at any meeting of Shareholders or any adjournment thereof, or those Shareholders that are entitled to receive payment of any dividend, or in order to make a determination as to who is a Shareholder for any other purpose, the Directors may provide that the Register shall be closed for transfers for a stated period which shall not exceed in any case 40 days. If the Register shall be so closed for the purpose of determining those Shareholders that are entitled to receive notice of, attend or vote at a meeting of Shareholders the Register shall be so closed for at least ten days immediately preceding such meeting and the record date for such determination shall be the date of the closure of the Register.

 

187.

In lieu of or apart from closing the Register, the Directors may fix in advance a date as the record date for any such determination of those Shareholders that are entitled to receive notice of, attend or vote at a meeting of the Shareholders and for the purpose of determining those Shareholders that are entitled to receive payment of any dividend the Directors may, at or within 90 days prior to the date of declaration of such dividend, fix a subsequent date as the record date for such determination.

 

188.

If the Register is not so closed and no record date is fixed for the determination of those Shareholders entitled to receive notice of, attend or vote at a meeting of Shareholders or those Shareholders that are entitled to receive payment of a dividend, the date on which notice of the meeting is posted or the date on which the resolution of the Directors declaring such dividend is adopted, as the case may be, shall be the record date for such determination of Shareholders. When a determination of those Shareholders that are entitled to receive notice of, attend or vote at a meeting of Shareholders has been made as provided in this Article, such determination shall apply to any adjournment thereof.

REGISTRATION BY WAY OF CONTINUATION

 

189.

The Company may by Special Resolution resolve to be registered by way of continuation in a jurisdiction outside the Cayman Islands or such other jurisdiction in which it is for the time being incorporated, registered or existing. In furtherance of a resolution adopted pursuant to this Article, the Directors may cause an application to be made to the Registrar of Companies to deregister the Company in the Cayman Islands or such other jurisdiction in which it is for the time being incorporated, registered or existing and may cause all such further steps as they consider appropriate to be taken to effect the transfer by way of continuation of the Company.


MERGERS AND CONSOLIDATION

 

190.

The Company may merge or consolidate in accordance with the Companies Law.

 

191.

To the extent required by the Companies Law, the Company may by Special Resolution resolve to merge or consolidate the Company.

DISCLOSURE

 

192.

The Directors, or any authorised service providers (including the Officers, the Secretary and the registered office agent of the Company), shall be entitled to disclose to any regulatory or judicial authority, or to any stock exchange on which the Shares may from time to time be listed, any information regarding the affairs of the Company including, without limitation, information contained in the Register and books of the Company.


Exhibit F

LIST OF TRADEMARKS TO BE TRANSFERRED TO THE GROUP

 

NO.

  

Trademark

   Holder    Trademark
Number
   Category    Territory    Term  
1.    LOGO    Hengshoutang Healthy
Food
   1655363    32    Mainland

China

    

2011.10.21-

2021.10.20

 

 

2.    LOGO    Hengshoutang Healthy
Food
   12603618    32    Mainland

China

    

2015.03.28-

2025.03.27

 

 

3.    LOGO    Hengshoutang Healthy
Food
   12613789    32    Mainland

China

    

2015.03.21-

2025.03.20

 

 

4.    LOGO    Hengshoutang Healthy
Food
   15180680    32    Mainland

China

    

2015.10.07-

2025.10.06

 

 

 

EXHIBIT F -1


NO.

  

Trademark

   Holder    Trademark
Number
   Category    Territory    Term  
5.    LOGO    Hengshoutang Healthy
Food
   15597236    32    Mainland

China

    

2015.12.21-

2025.12.20

 

 

6.    LOGO    Hengshoutang Healthy
Food
   7553180    29    Mainland

China

    

2010.11.1-

2020.11.13

 

 

7.    LOGO    Hengshoutang Healthy
Food
   1674855    29    Mainland

China

    

2011.11.28-

2021.11.27

 

 

8.    LOGO    Hengshoutang Healthy
Food
   12613254    29    Mainland

China

    

2014.10.14-

2024.10.13

 

 

 

EXHIBIT F -1


NO.

  

Trademark

   Holder    Trademark
Number
   Category    Territory    Term  
9.    LOGO    Hengshoutang Healthy
Food
   15181067    29    Mainland

China

    

2015.10.07-

2025.10.06

 

 

10.    LOGO    Hengshoutang Healthy
Food
   15597239    29    Mainland

China

    

2015.12.21-

2025.12.20

 

 

11.    LOGO    Hengshoutang Healthy
Food
   12603517    29    Mainland

China

    

2015.04.14-

2025.04.13

 

 

12.    LOGO    Hengshoutang Healthy
Food
   7306686    32    Mainland

China

    

2011.02.21-

2021.02.20

 

 

 

EXHIBIT F -1


NO.

  

Trademark

   Holder    Trademark
Number
   Category    Territory    Term  
13.    LOGO    Hengshoutang Healthy
Food
   7307035    32    Mainland

China

    

2012.02.21-

2022.02.20

 

 

14.    LOGO    Hengshoutang Healthy
Food
   5365182    32    Mainland

China

    

2009.07.14-

2019.07.13

 

 

15.    LOGO    Hengshoutang Healthy
Food
   13300490    29    Mainland

China

    

2015.08.28-

2025.08.27

 

 

16.    LOGO    Hengshoutang Healthy
Food
   1956797    30    Mainland

China

    

2014.11.07-

2024.11.06

 

 

 

EXHIBIT F -1


NO.

  

Trademark

   Holder    Trademark
Number
   Category    Territory    Term  
17.    LOGO    Hengshoutang Healthy
Food
   1983990    30    Mainland

China

    

2008.02.28-

2018.02.27

 

 

18.    LOGO    Hengshoutang Healthy
Food
   1795105    1    Mainland

China

    

2012.06.28-

2022.06.27

 

 

19.    LOGO    Hengshoutang Healthy
Food
   7553181    5    Mainland

China

    

2010.11.07-

2020.11.06

 

 

20.    LOGO    Hengshoutang Healthy
Food
   1802156    12    Mainland

China

    

2012.07.07-

2022.07.06

 

 

21.    LOGO    Hengshoutang Healthy
Food
   2022281    16    Mainland

China

    

2014.01.28-

2024.01.27

 

 

22.    LOGO    Hengshoutang Healthy
Food
   7553165    30    Mainland

China

    

2010.11.07-

2020.11.06

 

 

 

EXHIBIT F -1


NO.

  

Trademark

   Holder    Trademark
Number
   Category    Territory    Term  
23.    LOGO    Hengshoutang Healthy
Food
   1752983    9    Mainland

China

    

2012.04.21-

2022.04.20

 

 

24.    LOGO    Hengshoutang Healthy
Food
   1662646    31    Mainland

China

    

2011.11.07-

2021.11.06

 

 

25.    LOGO    Hengshoutang Healthy
Food
   1604467    5    Mainland

China

    

2011.07.21-

2021.07.20

 

 

26.    LOGO    Hengshoutang Healthy
Food
   1648535    5    Mainland

China

    

2011.10.14-

2021.10.13

 

 

27.    LOGO    Hengshoutang Healthy
Food
   1263944    30    Mainland

China

    

2009.04.14-

2019.04.13

 

 

28.    LOGO    Hengshoutang Healthy
Food
   1604468    5    Mainland

China

    

2011.07.21-

2021.07.20

 

 

29.    LOGO    Hengshoutang Healthy
Food
   1683043    30    Mainland

China

    

2011.12.14-

2021.12.13

 

 

 

EXHIBIT F -1


NO.

  

Trademark

   Holder    Trademark
Number
   Category    Territory    Term  
30.    LOGO    Hengshoutang Healthy
Food
   1288930    30    Mainland

China

    

2009.06.28-

2019.06.27

 

 

31.    LOGO    Hengshoutang Healthy
Food
   2022281    16    Mainland

China

    

2014.01.28-

2024.01.27

 

 

32.    LOGO    Hengshoutang Healthy
Food
   12603580    31    Mainland

China

    

2014.11.14-

2024.11.13

 

 

33.    LOGO    Hengshoutang Healthy
Food
   12613736    31    Mainland

China

    

2014.10.14-

2024.10.13

 

 

34.    LOGO    Hengshoutang Healthy
Food
   13191683    31    Mainland

China

    

2014.12.28-

2024.12.27

 

 

35.    LOGO    Hengshoutang Healthy
Food
   12603551    30    Mainland

China

    

2015.03.28-

2025.03.27

 

 

 

EXHIBIT F -1

Exhibit 10.14

JOINDER AGREEMENT

This joinder agreement (this “Joinder Agreement”) is made as of the date written below by the undersigned (the “Additional Purchaser”) in accordance with Section 1.3 of that certain Preferred Share Purchase Agreement, dated as of August 2, 2018 (the “SPA”), by and between ECMOHO Limited (the “Company”) and each of the investors listed on Exhibit A thereto (the “Purchasers”), as the same may be amended from time to time. Capitalized terms used, but not defined, herein shall have the meaning ascribed to such terms in the SPA.

By executing and delivering this Joinder Agreement, the Additional Purchaser hereby: (i) joins in and becomes a party to the SPA and, subject to and effective as of the Second Closing therewith, to the Investor Rights Agreement dated as of August 7, 2018 by and between the Company and each of the investors listed therein, as may be amended (the “IRA”), and further acknowledges, agrees and confirms that the undersigned shall be bound by and subject to the terms and conditions of each of such agreements as an Additional Purchaser and, as applicable, as a Purchaser, for all intents and purposes under the SPA, and as a Purchaser or all intents and purposes under the IRA; (ii) without derogating from the generality of the foregoing, the undersigned Additional Purchaser shall deliver to the Company, all documentation and certificates to be delivered to the Company following the Second Closing or in connection therewith, as set forth in the SPA; and (iii) represents and warrants to the Company, and acknowledges that the Company is entering into this Joinder Agreement (and, consequently, into the SPA and IRA) therewith in reliance that the representations and warranties set forth in Article III of the SPA are true and correct in respect of the undersigned Additional Purchaser and its respective investment in the Company, and shall be true and correct as of the Second Closing therewith as if made on such Second Closing.

Attached hereto is the updated Exhibit A to the SPA, reflecting the Shares to be issued against payment at the Second Closing.

[Signature Page Follows]


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has executed this Joinder Agreement, to become effective as of the date on which the Company countersigns this Joinder Agreement.

 

NAME OF ADDITIONAL PURCHASER:
STCH INVESTMENT INC. 及其指定投资人
By:  

/s/ Steven C.Y. Chang

Name:  

Steven C.Y. Chang

  (print)
Title:   Director
Address:  

 

ACCEPTED AND ACKNOWLEDGED:
ECMOHO LIMITED
By:  

/s/ Qingchun Zeng

Name:  

 

  (print)
Title:  
Address:  

 

B-2


EXHIBIT A

SCHEDULE OF PURCHASERS

 

Purchaser

   Address of
Purchaser
   Type of
Share
   Number of
Shares
     Price Per
Share
     Purchase Price  

Delta Capital

Growth Fund II,
L.P.

   392 Jian Guo
West Road,
Shanghai, China
   Series A
Sale
Shares
     1,587,783      US$ 2.834140      US$ 4,500,000  

李水蓮

   台灣省桃園市

蘆竹區南祥路

13319樓,郵

遞區號33854

   Series A
Sale
Shares
     1,587,783      US$ 2.834140      US$ 4,500,000  

STCH Investment

Inc.

   190 Elgin
Avenue, George
Town, Grand
Cayman, KY1-

9005, Cayman

Islands

   Series A
Sale
Shares
     1,058,522      US$ 2.834140      US$ 3,000,000  

Exhibit 10.15

JOINDER AGREEMENT

This joinder agreement (this “Joinder Agreement”) is made as of the date written below by the undersigned (the “Additional Purchaser”) in accordance with Section 1.3 of that certain Preferred Share Purchase Agreement, dated as of August 2, 2018 (the “SPA”), by and between ECMOHO Limited (the “Company”) and each of the investors listed on Exhibit A thereto (the “Purchasers”), as the same may be amended from time to time. Capitalized terms used, but not defined, herein shall have the meaning ascribed to such terms in the SPA.

By executing and delivering this Joinder Agreement, the Additional Purchaser hereby: (i) joins in and becomes a party to the SPA and, subject to and effective as of the Second Closing therewith, to the Investor Rights Agreement dated as August 7, 2018 by and between the Company and each of the investors listed therein, as may be amended (the “IRA”), and further acknowledges, agrees and confirms that the undersigned shall be bound by and subject to the terms and conditions of each of such agreements as an Additional Purchaser and, as applicable, as a Purchaser, for all intents and purposes under the SPA, and as a Purchaser or all intents and purposes under the IRA; (ii) without derogating from the generality of the foregoing, the undersigned Additional Purchaser shall deliver to the Company, all documentation and certificates to be delivered to the Company following the Second Closing or in connection therewith, as set forth in the SPA; and (iii) represents and warrants to the Company, and acknowledges that the Company is entering into this Joinder Agreement (and, consequently, into the SPA and IRA) therewith in reliance that the representations and warranties set forth in Article III of the SPA are true and correct in respect of the undersigned Additional Purchaser and its respective investment in the Company, and shall be true and correct as of the Second Closing therewith as if made on such Second Closing.

Attached hereto is the updated Exhibit A to the SPA, reflecting the Shares to be issued against payment at the Second Closing.

[Signature Page Follows]


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has executed this Joinder Agreement, to become effective as of the date on which the Company countersigns this Joinder Agreement.

 

Tim One International Limited:
    
By:  

/s/ Lin Wan Tzu

  Authorized Signature(s)
Name:  

Lin Wantzu

  (print)
Title:  
Address:

 

ACCEPTED AND ACKNOWLEDGED:

 

ECMOHO LIMITED

By:  

/s/ Qingchun Zeng

Name:  

Qingchun Zeng

  (print)
Title:   Director
Date:   8/23/2018

[Signature Page to Joinder Agreement]

 

2


EXHIBIT A

SCHEDULE OF PURCHASERS

 

Purchaser

   Address of
Purchaser
   Type of
Share
   Number of
Shares
     Price Per
Share
     Purchase Price  

Delta Capital

Growth Fund II,
LLC

   392 Jian Guo
West Road,
Shanghai, China
   Series A
Sale
Shares
     1,587,783        US$2.834140        US$4,500,000  

李水蓮

   台灣省桃園市

蘆竹區南祥路

133 19

, 郵遞區號

33854

   Series A
Sale
Shares
     1,587,783        US$2.834140        US$4,500,000  

Tim One

International

Limited

   Le Sanalele
Complex,
Ground Floor,
Vaca Street,
Saleufi,

P.O. Box

1868, Apia

Samoa

   Series A
Sale
Shares
     3,528,407        US$2.834140        US$10,000,000  

 

3

Exhibit 10.16

JOINDER AGREEMENT

This joinder agreement (this “Joinder Agreement”) is made as of the date written below by the undersigned (the “Additional Purchaser”) in accordance with Section 1.3 of that certain Preferred Share Purchase Agreement, dated as of August 2, 2018 (the “SPA”), by and between ECMOHO Limited (the “Company”) and each of the investors listed on Exhibit A thereto (the “Purchasers”), as the same may be amended from time to time. Capitalized terms used, but not defined, herein shall have the meaning ascribed to such terms in the SPA.

By executing and delivering this Joinder Agreement, the Additional Purchaser hereby: (i) joins in and becomes a party to the SPA and, subject to and effective as of the Second Closing therewith, to the Investor Rights Agreement dated as August 7, 2018 by and between the Company and each of the investors listed therein, as may be amended (the “IRA”), and further acknowledges, agrees and confirms that the undersigned shall be bound by and subject to the terms and conditions of each of such agreements as an Additional Purchaser and, as applicable, as a Purchaser, for all intents and purposes under the SPA, and as a Purchaser or all intents and purposes under the IRA; (ii) without derogating from the generality of the foregoing, the undersigned Additional Purchaser shall deliver to the Company, all documentation and certificates to be delivered to the Company following the Second Closing or in connection therewith, as set forth in the SPA; and (iii) represents and warrants to the Company, and acknowledges that the Company is entering into this Joinder Agreement (and, consequently, into the SPA and IRA) therewith in reliance that the representations and warranties set forth in Article III of the SPA are true and correct in respect of the undersigned Additional Purchaser and its respective investment in the Company, and shall be true and correct as of the Second Closing therewith as if made on such Second Closing.

Attached hereto is the updated Exhibit A to the SPA, reflecting the Shares to be issued against payment at the Second Closing.

[Signature Page Follows]


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has executed this Joinder Agreement, to become effective as of the date on which the Company countersigns this Joinder Agreement.

 

VOYAGER ADVISORS LIMITED:

    

By:  

/s/ Kang, YAo - HUA

Name:  

Kang, YAo - HUA

  (print)
Title:  

Director

Address: Unit 11-13, 26/F, Asia Trade Ctr
               79 Lei Muk Road, Kwai Chung, NT, HK

 

ACCEPTED AND ACKNOWLEDGED:

 

ECMOHO LIMITED

By:  

/s/ Qingchun Zeng

Name:  

Qingchun Zeng

  (print)
Title:  

Director

Date: September 6, 2018

[Signature Page to Joinder Agreement]

 

2


EXHIBIT A

SCHEDULE OF PURCHASERS

 

Purchaser

  

Address of

Purchaser

  

Type of

Share

   Number of
Shares
     Price Per
Share
     Purchase
Price
 

Delta Capital

Growth Fund II,

LLC

  

392 Jian Guo

West Road,

Shanghai,

China

  

Series A Sale

Shares

  

 

1,587,783

 

  

US$

2.834140

 

  

US$

4,500,000

 

李水蓮   

台灣省桃園市

蘆竹區南祥路

133 19,

郵遞區號

33854

  

Series A Sale

Shares

     1,587,783      US$ 2.834140      US$ 4,500,000  

VOYAGER

ADVISORS

LIMITED

  

Unit 11-13,

26/F, Asia

Trade Ctr,

 

79 Lei Muk

Road, Kwai

Chung, NT

 

Hong Kong

  

Series A Sale

Shares

  

 

705,681

 

  

US$

2.834140

 

  

US$

2,000,000

 

 

3

Exhibit 10.17

 

 

 

SHARE SUBSCRIPTION AGREEMENT

between

ECMOHO LIMITED,

and

EACH OF THE INVESTORS LISTED ON EXHIBIT A HERETO

Dated as of August 7, 2018

 

 

 


TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

         Page  
ARTICLE I  
SUBSCRIPTION OF SHARES  

1.1

  Subscription of Shares      1  

1.2

  Closing; Delivery      1  

1.3

  Defined Terms Used in this Agreement      1  

ARTICLE II

 

REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF THE COMPANY

 

2.1

  Organization, Good Standing, Corporate Power and Qualification      4  

2.2

  Capitalization      4  

2.3

  Authorization      5  

2.4

  Valid Issuance of Shares      5  

ARTICLE III

 

REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF THE INVESTORS

 

3.1

  Authorization      5  

3.2

  Purchase Entirely for Own Account      6  

3.3

  Disclosure of Information      6  

3.4

  Restricted Securities      6  

3.5

  No Public Market      6  

3.6

  Legends      6  

3.7

  Accredited Investor      7  

3.8

  Foreign Investors      7  

3.9

  No General Solicitation      7  

3.10

  Exculpation Among Investors      7  

3.11

  Residence      7  

ARTICLE IV

 

CONDITIONS TO THE INVESTORS’ OBLIGATIONS AT CLOSING

 

4.1

  Representations and Warranties      7  

4.2

  Performance      8  

4.3

  Qualifications      8  

4.4

  Investors Rights Agreement      8  

4.5

  Proceedings and Documents      8  

ARTICLE V

 

CONDITIONS OF THE COMPANY’S OBLIGATIONS AT CLOSING

 

5.1

  Representations and Warranties      8  

5.2

  Performance      8  

5.3

  Qualifications      8  

 

i


ARTICLE VI

 

MISCELLANEOUS

 

6.1

  Amendment; Waiver      8  

6.2

  Expenses      9  

6.3

  Counterparts      9  

6.4

  Governing Law and Venue; Specific Performance      9  

6.5

  Notices      10  

6.6

  Entire Agreement      10  

6.7

  Confidentiality      11  

6.8

  No Third-Party Beneficiaries      12  

6.9

  Severability      12  

6.10

  Interpretation; Construction      12  

6.11

  Assignment      13  

6.12

  Fulfillment of Obligations      13  

Exhibit A: Schedule of Investors

Exhibit B: Form of Investors Rights Agreement

 

ii


SHARE SUBSCRIPTION AGREEMENT

THIS SHARE SUBSCRIPTION AGREEMENT (including the exhibits hereto, this “Agreement”), dated as of August 7, 2018, is made between ECMOHO Limited (the “Company”), an exempted company incorporated under the laws of the Cayman Islands and each of the investors listed on Exhibit A attached to this Agreement (each an “Investor” and together the “Investors”).

RECITALS

WHEREAS, subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, the Company desires to issue and sell to each Investor, and each Investor desires to subscribe for from the Company, that number of Class A-1 Ordinary Shares, US$0.00001 par value per share, and that number of Class A-2 Ordinary Shares, US$0.00001 par value per share, of the Company as set forth opposite each Investor’s name on Exhibit A (the “Transaction”). The shares of Class A-1 Ordinary Shares and Class A-2 Ordinary Shares issued to the Investors pursuant to this Agreement shall be referred to in this Agreement as the “Subscribed Shares”); and

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises, and of the representations, warranties, covenants and agreements contained herein, the Parties agree as follows:

ARTICLE I

SUBSCRIPTION OF SHARES

1.1    Subscription of Shares. Subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, at the Closing, each Investor agrees to subscribe for, and the Company agrees to issue and sell to each Investor, that number of Class A-1 Ordinary Shares and Class A-2 Ordinary Shares as set forth opposite such Investor’s name on Exhibit A.

1.2    Closing; Delivery.

(a)    The closing of the Transaction (the “Closing”) shall take place remotely via the electronic exchange of signatures at 10:00 A.M. Hong Kong time on the second business day following the satisfaction or waiver of the last condition set forth in Article IV or Article V to be satisfied or waived, other than those conditions that by their nature are to be satisfied at the Closing, but subject to the satisfaction or waiver of those conditions, or on such other date and at such other time or place as the parties hereto mutually agree (such date, the “Closing Date”).

(b)    At Closing, the Company shall deliver to each Investor evidence that the Company has made appropriate book-entry notations reflecting the Class A-1 Ordinary Shares and Class A-2 Ordinary Shares being subscribed for by such Investor at the Closing against payment of the purchase price therefor by wire transfer to a bank account designated by the Company.

1.3    Defined Terms Used in this Agreement. The following terms used in this Agreement shall be construed to have the meanings set forth or referenced below.

(a)    “Affiliate” means, with respect to any specified Person, any other Person who, directly or indirectly, controls, is controlled by, or is under common control with such specified Person.


(b)    “Agreement” has the meaning set forth in the Preamble.

(c)    “Arbitration Rules” has the meaning set forth in Section 6.4(b).

(d)    “Arbitrator” has the meaning set forth in Section 6.4(b).

(e)    “Authorization” and collectively, “Authorizations”, mean any consents, registrations, approvals, permits, clearances or authorizations.

(f)    “Board of Directors” means the board of directors of the Company.

(g)    “Business Day” means a day (other than a Saturday or Sunday or public holiday) on which banks are open for general corporate business in each of Shanghai, People’s Republic of China; George Town, Cayman Islands; Hong Kong; and New York, New York, United States of America.

(h)    “Class A Ordinary Shares” means a class A ordinary share in the capital of the Company, par value of US$0.00001 per share.

(i)    “Class A-1 Ordinary Shares” means a class A-1 ordinary share in the capital of the Company, par value of US$0.00001 per share.

(j)    “Class A-2 Ordinary Shares” means a class A-2 ordinary share in the capital of the Company, par value of US$0.00001 per share.

(k)    “Class B Ordinary Shares” means a class B ordinary share in the capital of the Company, par value of US$0.00001 per share.

(l)    “Closing” has the meaning set forth in Section 1.2(a).

(m)    “Closing Date” has the meaning set forth in Section 1.2(a).

(n)    “Code” means the United States Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

(o)    “Company” has the meaning set forth in the Preamble.

(p)    “Confidential Information” has the meaning set forth in Section 6.7(a).

(q)    “Constitutive Documents” means, with respect to a Person, such Person’s certificate of incorporation, formation or registration (including, if relevant, certificates of change of name), memorandum of association, articles of association or incorporation, charter, by-laws, trust deed, trust instrument or equivalent documents, in each case as amended.

(r)    “Filing” and collectively, “Filings”, mean notices, reports, applications, forms, expert opinions or other filings or information.

(s)    “Governmental Entity” and collectively, “Governmental Entities”, means any governmental or regulatory authority, agency, commission, body, court or other legislative, executive or judicial governmental entity.

(t)    “HKIAC” means the Hong Kong International Arbitration Centre.

 

-2-


(u)    “Investor” and collectively, “Investors”, have the meaning set forth in the Preamble.

(v)    “Investors Rights Agreement” means the agreement among the Company, the Investors and certain other shareholders of the Company, dated as of the date of the Closing Date, in the form of Exhibit B attached to this Agreement.

(w)    “Knowledge”, including the phrase “to the Company’s knowledge”, shall mean the actual knowledge of the following officers: the chief executive officer of the Company.

(x)    “Lien” means any lien, charge, pledge, security interest, claim or other encumbrance.

(y)    “Material Adverse Effect” means a material adverse effect on the business, assets, liabilities, financial condition, property or results of operations; provided, however, that in no event shall any of the following exceptions, alone or in combination with the other enumerated exceptions below, be deemed to constitute a Material Adverse Effect: (i) any change resulting from the execution or delivery of this Agreement or the Investors Rights Agreement, the consummation of the Transaction or the announcement or other publicity with respect to the foregoing, (ii) any legal, regulatory or other change affecting any of the industries, industry sectors or geographic sectors (including, for the avoidance of doubt, the PRC) in which the Company operates, (iii) any change or prospective change in law or accounting standards or interpretations or the enforcement thereof applicable to the Company, (iv) any change in domestic or foreign economic, political, demographic or business conditions or financial, credit, debt or securities market conditions generally, (v) any change that results from (A) acts of war (whether or not declared), hostilities, sabotage, terrorism, military actions, cyberwarfare, other armed conflicts or the escalation of any of the foregoing, (B) any hurricane, super storm, flood, tornado, earthquake or other natural disaster, (C) any pandemic, (D) environmental change, or (E) any other force majeure event, or (vi) any failure by the Company to meet any internal or public projections, budgets, forecasts, plans or guidance.

(z)    “Ordinary Shares” means the ordinary shares of the Company, including the Class A Ordinary Shares and the Class B Ordinary Shares.

(aa)    “Party” and collectively, “Parties”, mean the signatories to this Agreement.

(bb)    “Person” means any individual, corporation, partnership, trust, limited liability company, association or other entity.

(cc)    “PRC” means the People’s Republic of China but, solely for purposes of this Agreement and the other Transaction Agreements, does not include Hong Kong, the Special Administrative Region of Macau and the territory of Taiwan.

(dd)    “Preferred Shares” means the preferred shares of the Company.

(ee)    “Representatives” means a director, officer, employee, shareholder, partner, member, accountant, agent, counsel and other representatives of a specified Person.

(ff)    “SEC” means the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission.

(gg)    “Securities Act” means the U.S. Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

 

-3-


(hh)    “Series A Preferred Shares” means the preferred shares of the Company designated as series A.

(ii)    “Share Plan” means the 2018 Employee Share Option Plan duly adopted by the Board of Directors and approved by the Company.

(jj)    “Subscribed Shares” has the meaning set forth in the Recitals.

(kk)    “Transaction” has the meaning set forth in the Recitals.

(ll)    “Transaction Agreements” means this Agreement and the Investors Rights Agreement.

(mm)    “U.S. Dollars” or “US$” means United States dollars, the lawful currency of the United States of America.

ARTICLE II

REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF THE COMPANY

The Company hereby represents and warrants to each Investor that the following representations are true and complete as of the date hereof, except as otherwise indicated:

2.1    Organization, Good Standing, Corporate Power and Qualification. The Company is duly organized and validly existing under the laws of the Cayman Islands and in good standing and has all requisite corporate power and authority to carry on its business as now conducted and as presently proposed to be conducted. The Company is duly qualified to transact business in each jurisdiction in which the failure to so qualify would have a Material Adverse Effect. The Constitutive Documents of the Company are in full force and effect under, and in compliance with, the laws of the Cayman Islands.

2.2    Capitalization.

(a)    The authorized capital of the Company consists, as of the date hereof, of:

(i)    9,519,000 shares of Class A-1 Ordinary Shares, none of which are issued and outstanding immediately prior to the Closing.

(ii)    13,663,700 shares of Class A-2 Ordinary Shares, none of which issued and outstanding immediately prior to the Closing.

(iii)    4,880,496,457 shares of Class A Ordinary Shares, 15,531,000 shares of which are issued and outstanding immediately prior to the Closing. All of the outstanding shares of Class A Ordinary Shares have been duly authorized, are fully paid and nonassessable.

(iv)    75,150,400 shares of Class B ordinary shares, 75,150,400 shares of which are issued and outstanding immediately prior to the Closing. All of the outstanding shares of Class B Ordinary Shares have been duly authorized, are fully paid and nonassessable.

 

-4-


(v)    21,170,443 shares of Preferred Shares, of which 21,170,443 shares have been designated Series A Preferred Shares, of which none are issued and outstanding immediately prior to the Closing. The rights, privileges and preferences of the Series A Preferred Shares are as stated in the memorandum and articles of association of the Company and as provided by the laws of the Cayman Islands.

(b)    Except for (i) the conversion privileges of the Preferred Sale Shares, (ii) the right of first offer provided in the Investors Rights Agreement, (iii) the Ordinary Shares reserved for issuance under the Share Plan, and (iv) as contemplated hereby and by the Memorandum and Articles, there are no options, warrants, conversion privileges, agreements or rights of any kind with respect to the issuance or purchase of the shares of the Company. Apart from the exceptions noted in this Section 2.2(b) and the Investors Rights Agreement, the Company is not a party to any contract that would subject the shares (including the Preferred Sale Shares) of the Company’s outstanding share capital, or shares issuable upon exercise or exchange of any outstanding options or other shares issuable by the Company, to any preemptive rights, rights of first refusal or other rights of any kind to purchase such shares (whether in favor of the Company or any other Person). The Company will reserve 11,386,410 shares of Ordinary Shares for issuance to officers, directors, employees and consultants of the Company pursuant to the Share Plan, among which no shares have been issued as of the date hereof. No arrangement or provision of the Share Plan and agreements with the management and employees of entities in the PRC relating to the Share Plan will violate any applicable laws of the PRC.

2.3    Authorization. All corporate action required to be taken by the Company’s Board of Directors and shareholders in order to authorize the Company to enter into the Transaction Agreements, and to issue the Subscribed Shares at the Closing, has been taken or will be taken prior to the Closing. The Transaction Agreements, when executed and delivered by the Company, shall constitute valid and legally binding obligations of the Company, enforceable against the Company in accordance with their respective terms except (i) as limited by applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium, fraudulent conveyance, or other laws of general application relating to or affecting the enforcement of creditors’ rights generally, (ii) as limited by laws relating to the availability of specific performance, injunctive relief, or other equitable remedies, or (iii) to the extent the indemnification provisions contained in the Investors Rights Agreement may be limited by applicable federal or state securities laws.

2.4    Valid Issuance of Shares. The Subscribed Shares, when issued, sold and delivered in accordance with the terms and for the consideration set forth in this Agreement, will be validly issued, fully paid and nonassessable and free of restrictions on transfer other than restrictions on transfer under the Transaction Agreements, applicable securities laws of the United States of America or the Cayman Islands and Liens created by or imposed by an Investor.

ARTICLE III

REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF THE INVESTORS

Each Investor hereby represents and warrants to the Company, severally and not jointly, that:

3.1    Authorization. The Investor has full power and authority to enter into the Transaction Agreements. The Transaction Agreements to which the Investor is a party, when executed and delivered by the Investor, will constitute valid and legally binding obligations of the Investor, enforceable in accordance with their terms, except (a) as limited by applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium, fraudulent conveyance and any other laws of general application affecting enforcement of creditors’ rights generally, and as limited by laws relating to the availability of specific performance, injunctive relief or other equitable remedies, or (b) to the extent the indemnification provisions contained in the Investors’ Rights Agreement may be limited by applicable federal or state securities laws.

 

-5-


3.2    Purchase Entirely for Own Account. This Agreement is made with the Investor in reliance upon the Investor’s representation to the Company, which by the Investor’s execution of this Agreement, the Investor hereby confirms, that the Subscribed Shares to be acquired by the Investor will be acquired for investment for the Investor’s own account, not as a nominee or agent, and not with a view to the resale or distribution of any part thereof, and that the Investor has no present intention of selling, granting any participation in, or otherwise distributing the same. By executing this Agreement, the Investor further represents that the Investor does not presently have any contract, undertaking, agreement or arrangement with any Person to sell, transfer or grant participations to such Person or to any third Person, with respect to any of the Shares. The Investor has not been formed for the specific purpose of acquiring the Shares.

3.3    Disclosure of Information. The Investor has had an opportunity to discuss the Company’s business, management, financial affairs and the terms and conditions of the offering of the Subscribed Shares with the Company’s management and has had an opportunity to review the Company’s facilities. The foregoing, however, does not limit or modify the representations and warranties of the Company in Article II of this Agreement or the right of the Investors to rely thereon.

3.4    Restricted Securities. The Investor understands that the Subscribed Shares have not been, and will not be, registered under the Securities Act, by reason of a specific exemption from the registration provisions of the Securities Act which depends upon, among other things, the bona fide nature of the investment intent and the accuracy of the Investor’s representations as expressed herein. The Investor understands that the Subscribed Shares are “restricted securities” under applicable U.S. federal and state securities laws and that, pursuant to these laws, the Investor must hold the Subscribed Shares indefinitely unless they are registered with the SEC and qualified by state authorities, or an exemption from such registration and qualification requirements is available. The Investor acknowledges that the Company has no obligation to register or qualify the Subscribed Shares for resale except as set forth in the Investors’ Rights Agreement. The Investor further acknowledges that if an exemption from registration or qualification is available, it may be conditioned on various requirements including, but not limited to, the time and manner of sale, the holding period for the Subscribed Shares, and on requirements relating to the Company which are outside of the Investor’s control, and which the Company is under no obligation, and may not be able, to satisfy.

3.5    No Public Market. The Investor understands that no public market now exists for the Subscribed Shares, and that the Company has made no assurances that a public market will ever exist for the Subscribed Shares.

3.6    Legends. The Investor understands that the Subscribed Shares and any securities issued in respect of or exchange for the Subscribed Shares, may be notated with one or all of the following legends:

“THE SHARES REPRESENTED HEREBY HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AND HAVE BEEN ACQUIRED FOR INVESTMENT AND NOT WITH A VIEW TO, OR IN CONNECTION WITH, THE SALE OR DISTRIBUTION THEREOF. NO SUCH TRANSFER MAY BE EFFECTED WITHOUT AN EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION STATEMENT RELATED THERETO OR AN OPINION OF COUNSEL IN A FORM SATISFACTORY TO THE COMPANY THAT SUCH REGISTRATION IS NOT REQUIRED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933.”

 

-6-


(a)    Any legend set forth in, or required by, the other Transaction Agreements.

(b)    Any legend required by the securities laws of any state to the extent such laws are applicable to the Subscribed Shares represented by the certificate, instrument, or book entry so legended.

3.7    Accredited Investor. The Investor is an accredited investor as defined in Rule 501(a) of Regulation D promulgated under the Securities Act.

3.8    Foreign Investors. If the Investor is not a United States person (as defined by Section 7701(a)(30) of the Code), the Investor hereby represents that it has satisfied itself as to the full observance of the laws of its jurisdiction in connection with any invitation to subscribe for the Subscribed Shares or any use of this Agreement, including (i) the legal requirements within its jurisdiction for the purchase of the Subscribed Shares, (ii) any foreign exchange restrictions applicable to such purchase, (iii) any governmental or other consents that may need to be obtained, and (iv) the income tax and other tax consequences, if any, that may be relevant to the purchase, holding, redemption, sale, or transfer of the Subscribed Shares. The Investor’s subscription for and continued beneficial ownership of the Subscribed Shares will not violate any applicable securities or other laws of the Investor’s jurisdiction.

3.9    No General Solicitation. Neither the Investor, nor any of its officers, directors, employees, agents, shareholders or partners has either directly or indirectly, including, through a broker or finder, (a) engaged in any general solicitation, or (b) published any advertisement in connection with the offer and sale of the Subscribed Shares.

3.10    Exculpation Among Investors. The Investor acknowledges that it is not relying upon any Person in making its investment or decision to invest in the Company. The Investor agrees that neither any Investor nor the respective controlling Persons, officers, directors, partners, agents, or employees of any Investor shall be liable to any other Investor for any action heretofore taken or omitted to be taken by any of them in connection with the purchase of the Subscribed Shares.

3.11    Residence. If the Investor is an individual, then the Investor resides in the state or province identified in the address of the Investor set forth on Exhibit A; if the Investor is a partnership, corporation, limited liability company or other entity, then the office or offices of the Investor in which its principal place of business is identified in the address or addresses of the Investor set forth on Exhibit A.

ARTICLE IV

CONDITIONS TO THE INVESTORS’ OBLIGATIONS AT CLOSING

The obligations of each Investor to purchase Subscribed Shares at the Closing are subject to the fulfillment, on or before such Closing, of each of the following conditions, unless otherwise waived:

4.1    Representations and Warranties. The representations and warranties of the Company contained in Section 2 shall be true and correct in all material respects as of the Closing Date.

 

-7-


4.2    Performance. The Company shall have performed and complied with all covenants, agreements, obligations and conditions contained in this Agreement that are required to be performed or complied with by the Company on or before the Closing Date.

4.3    Qualifications. All authorizations, approvals or permits, if any, of any governmental authority or regulatory body of the United States of America or the Cayman Islands that are required in connection with the lawful issuance and sale of the Subscribed Shares pursuant to this Agreement shall be obtained and effective as of such Closing Date.

4.4    Investors Rights Agreement. The Company shall have executed and delivered the Investors Rights Agreement.

4.5    Proceedings and Documents. All corporate and other proceedings in connection with the transactions contemplated at the Closing and all documents incident thereto shall be reasonably satisfactory in form and substance to each Investor, and each Investor (or its counsel) shall have received all such counterpart originals and certified or other copies of such documents as reasonably requested. Such documents may include good standing certificates.

ARTICLE V

CONDITIONS OF THE COMPANY’S OBLIGATIONS AT CLOSING

The obligations of the Company to sell Subscribed Shares to the Investors at the Closing are subject to the fulfillment, on or before the Closing, of each of the following conditions, unless otherwise waived:

5.1    Representations and Warranties. The representations and warranties of each Investor contained in Section 3 shall be true and correct in all material respects as of the Closing Date.

5.2    Performance. The Investors shall have performed and complied with all covenants, agreements, obligations and conditions contained in this Agreement that are required to be performed or complied with by them on or before the Closing Date.

5.3    Qualifications. All authorizations, approvals or permits, if any, of any governmental authority or regulatory body of the United States of America or the Cayman Islands that are required in connection with the lawful issuance and sale of the Subscribed Shares pursuant to this Agreement shall be obtained and effective as of the Closing Date.

5.4    Investors Rights Agreement. Each of the Investor shall have executed and delivered the Investors Rights Agreement.

ARTICLE VI

MISCELLANEOUS

6.1    Amendment; Waiver. Any provision of this Agreement may be amended or waived if, and only if, such amendment or waiver is in writing and signed, in the case of an amendment, by each Party, or in the case of a waiver, by the Party against which the waiver is to be effective. No failure or delay by any Party in exercising any right, power or privilege hereunder shall operate as a waiver thereof nor shall any single or partial exercise thereof preclude any other or further exercise thereof or the exercise of any other right, power or privilege. The rights and remedies herein provided shall be cumulative and not exclusive of any rights or remedies provided by Law.

 

-8-


6.2    Expenses. Each Party shall bear its own fees and expenses incurred in connection with the preparation, negotiation, execution and performance of this Agreement and the Transaction, including all fees and expenses of its respective Representatives.

6.3    Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, each such counterpart being deemed to be an original instrument, and all such counterparts shall together constitute the same agreement.

6.4    Governing Law and Venue; Specific Performance.

(a)    THIS AGREEMENT SHALL BE GOVERNED BY AND INTERPRETED AND ENFORCED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK (INCLUDING SECTION 5-1401 OF THE NEW YORK GENERAL OBLIGATIONS LAW), WITHOUT GIVING EFFECT TO ANY CONFLICT OF LAW RULES THEREOF THAT WOULD REQUIRE OR PERMIT THE APPLICATION OF THE LAW OF ANY OTHER JURISDICTION.

(b)    Subject to Section 6.4(c), any disputes, actions and proceedings against any Party arising out of or in any way relating to this Agreement shall be submitted to the HKIAC and resolved in accordance with the arbitration rules of the HKIAC (the “Arbitration Rules”) in force at the relevant time, except as such rules are modified or displaced by any of the provisions of this Agreement. The official language of the arbitration shall be English and the arbitration tribunal shall consist of three arbitrators (each, an “Arbitrator”). The claimant(s), irrespective of number, shall nominate jointly one Arbitrator; the respondent(s), irrespective of number, shall nominate jointly one Arbitrator; and a third Arbitrator will be nominated jointly by the first two Arbitrators and shall serve as chairman of the arbitration tribunal. In the event the claimant(s) or respondent(s) or the first two Arbitrators shall fail to nominate or agree to the joint nomination of an Arbitrator or the third Arbitrator, as applicable, within the time limits specified by the Arbitration Rules, such Arbitrator shall be appointed promptly by the HKIAC. The arbitration tribunal shall have no authority to award punitive or other punitive-type damages. The award of the arbitration tribunal shall be final and binding upon the disputing parties and, in the case of any award of monetary damages, shall be denominated in U.S. dollars. Any Party to an award may apply to any court of competent jurisdiction for enforcement of such award and, for purposes of the enforcement of such award, the Parties irrevocably and unconditionally submit to the jurisdiction of any court of competent jurisdiction and waive any defenses to such enforcement based on lack of personal jurisdiction or inconvenient forum.

(c)    Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Parties hereby consent to and agree that in addition to any recourse to arbitration as set out in this Section 6.4, any Party may, to the extent permitted under the laws of the jurisdiction where application is made, seek an interim injunction from a court or other authority with competent jurisdiction and, notwithstanding that this Agreement is governed by the laws of the State of New York, a court or authority hearing an application for injunctive relief may apply the procedural law of the jurisdiction where the court or other authority is located in determining whether to grant the interim injunction. For the avoidance of doubt, this Section 6.4(c) is only applicable to the seeking of interim injunctions and does not restrict the application of Section 6.4(d) in any way.

 

-9-


(d)    The Parties agree that irreparable damage would occur in the event that any of the provisions of this Agreement were not performed in accordance with their specific terms or were otherwise breached. It is accordingly agreed that the Parties shall be entitled to an injunction or injunctions to prevent breaches of this Agreement and to enforce specifically the terms and provisions of this Agreement in any court having jurisdiction, this being in addition to any other remedy to which such Party is entitled at law or in equity.

6.5    Notices. Any notice, request, instruction or other document to be given hereunder by any Party to any other Party or Parties shall be in writing and delivered personally or sent by registered or certified mail, postage prepaid, by facsimile, e-mail or overnight courier:

If to any Investors, to the address listed in Exhibit A for such Investor.

If to the Company:

ECMOHO Limited

2F/3F, Xuhuiyuan Building No. 1000,

Tianyaoqiao Road, Xuhui District,

Shanghai, People’s Republic of China.

Attention: Richard Wei

e-mail: richard@ecmoho.com

(with a copy to:

Sullivan & Cromwell,

Level 32,

101 Collins Street,

Melbourne, Victoria 3000

Australia.

Attention: Robert Chu

fax: (+61-3) 9654-2422)

email: chur@sullcrom.com)

or to such other Persons or addresses as may be designated in writing by the Party to receive such notice. Any notice, request, instruction or other document given as provided above shall be deemed given to the receiving Party upon actual receipt, if delivered personally, three (3) Business Days after deposit in the mail if sent by registered or certified mail, or upon confirmation of successful transmission if sent by facsimile or e-mail; provided, that if given by facsimile or e-mail, such notice, request, instruction or other document shall be confirmed by the receiving party within one (1) Business Day of receipt by dispatch pursuant to one of the other methods described herein or on the next Business Day after deposit with an overnight courier.

6.6    Entire Agreement. This Agreement (including any exhibits and schedules hereto) constitutes the entire agreement and supersedes all other prior agreements, understandings, representations and warranties, both written and oral, among the Parties, with respect to the subject matter hereof. EACH PARTY AGREES THAT, EXCEPT FOR THE REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES CONTAINED IN THIS AGREEMENT, NEITHER THE INVESTOR NOR THE COMPANY MAKES OR RELIES ON ANY OTHER REPRESENTATIONS, WARRANTIES OR INDUCEMENTS, AND EACH HEREBY DISCLAIMS ANY OTHER REPRESENTATIONS, WARRANTIES OR INDUCEMENTS, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, AS TO THE ACCURACY OR COMPLETENESS OF ANY OTHER INFORMATION, MADE BY, OR MADE AVAILABLE BY, ITSELF OR ANY OF ITS REPRESENTATIVES, WITH RESPECT TO, OR IN CONNECTION WITH, THE NEGOTIATION, EXECUTION OR DELIVERY OF THIS AGREEMENT OR THE CONSUMMATION OF THE TRANSACTION, NOTWITHSTANDING THE DELIVERY OR DISCLOSURE TO THE OTHER PARTY OR THE OTHER PARTY’S REPRESENTATIVES OF ANY DOCUMENTATION OR OTHER INFORMATION WITH RESPECT TO ANY ONE OR MORE OF THE FOREGOING; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, THAT NONE OF THE FOREGOING SHALL OPERATE TO LIMIT THE LIABILITY OF ANY OTHER PERSON IN RESPECT OF ANY CLAIM OR CAUSE OF ACTION BASED ON OR ARISING OUT OF FRAUD. NO PARTY SHALL BE BOUND BY, OR BE LIABLE FOR, ANY ALLEGED REPRESENTATION, PROMISE, INDUCEMENT OR STATEMENT OF INTENTION NOT CONTAINED HEREIN.

 

-10-


6.7    Confidentiality.

(a)    Each of the Parties shall, and shall cause its Affiliates and its and their respective Representatives to, keep confidential and not use or disclose any information provided by the other Party or the Company (whether oral, written or in any other form), which the other Party or the Company has provided prior to the date of this Agreement or may provide to the Investor subsequent to the date of this Agreement, and any information derived by the Investor from such information, including the existence and terms and conditions of this Agreement (collectively, the “Confidential Information”). Confidential Information shall not include information that:

(i)    is publicly available or becomes publicly available without the breach of any obligations of confidentiality by the receiving Party;

(ii)    was in possession of the receiving Party, having been acquired without the breach of any obligations of confidentiality, prior to it being furnished to the receiving Party; or

(iii)    was independently and lawfully acquired by the receiving Party without the breach of any obligations of confidentiality.

(b)    Each Party may disclose Confidential Information to its Affiliates and its and their respective Representatives subject to the condition that they:

(i)    need to know the Confidential Information for purposes of the activities contemplated by this Agreement;

(ii)    are informed of the confidential nature of the Confidential Information; and

(iii)    are bound by confidentiality obligations to the same extent as set forth in this Section 6.7.

(c)    If a Party becomes legally compelled (by deposition, interrogatory, request for documents, subpoena, civil investigative demand or similar process) to disclose any of the Confidential Information, it shall provide the other Party with prompt prior written notice and may disclose only that portion of the Confidential Information that is legally required and shall exercise reasonable efforts to obtain assurance that confidential treatment shall be accorded to such Confidential Information; provided, that the failure to obtain such assurance of confidential treatment shall not limit or restrict any disclosures otherwise permitted under this Section 6.7. If a Party is required by applicable securities laws or rules or regulations of each stock exchange upon which the securities of a Party or the Company are listed or pursuant to a request by any other regulatory or Governmental Entity in any jurisdiction to disclose any of the Confidential Information, such Party shall as far as reasonably practicable, and to the extent permitted by law, make such disclosure only after prior consultation with the other Party and after giving the other Party a reasonable opportunity to comment on the proposed disclosure.

 

-11-


(d)    All Confidential Information provided by a Party shall be and shall remain the property of such Party or, as the case may be, the Company. Each Party shall, and shall cause its Affiliates and its and their respective Representatives to, subject to applicable Laws, within ten (10) days following a request by the other Party, return to such Party all Confidential Information and all reproductions of Confidential Information, or promptly destroy such Confidential Information or reproductions thereof in any form (except that if such Confidential Information or any reproduction thereof is in electronic form, a Party shall only be required to destroy such Confidential Information or any reproduction thereof to the extent permitted by applicable Laws and reasonably practicable) and deliver to the other Party a certificate signed by a senior officer of the receiving Party confirming compliance with this Section 6.7. In the case of such Confidential Information that is not returned or destroyed, the Investor shall continue to keep such information confidential pursuant to the terms of this Section 6.7 and shall not use such Confidential Information for purposes other than the compliance with such Laws.

6.8    No Third-Party Beneficiaries. Each Party hereby agrees that its representations, warranties and covenants set forth herein are solely for the benefit of the other Party, in accordance with and subject to the terms of this Agreement, and this Agreement is not intended to, and does not, confer upon any Persons other than the Parties any rights or remedies hereunder, including the right to rely upon the representations and warranties set forth herein.

6.9    Severability. The provisions of this Agreement shall be deemed severable and the invalidity or unenforceability of any provision shall not affect the validity or enforceability of the other provisions hereof. If any provision of this Agreement, or the application of such provision to any Person or any circumstance, is invalid or unenforceable, (a) a suitable and equitable provision shall be substituted therefor in order to carry out, so far as may be valid and enforceable, the intent and purpose of such invalid or unenforceable provision and (b) the remainder of this Agreement and the application of such provision to other Persons or circumstances shall not be affected by such invalidity or unenforceability, nor shall such invalidity or unenforceability affect the validity or enforceability of such provision, or the application of such provision, in any other jurisdiction.

6.10    Interpretation; Construction.

(a)    The table of contents and headings herein are for convenience of reference only, do not constitute part of this Agreement and shall not be deemed to limit or otherwise affect any of the provisions hereof. Where a reference in this Agreement is made to an annex, exhibit, section or schedule, such reference shall be to an annex, exhibit, section or schedule to this Agreement unless otherwise indicated. Whenever the words “include”, “includes” or “including” are used in this Agreement, they shall be deemed to be followed by the words “without limitation”.

(b)    The Parties have participated jointly in negotiating and drafting this Agreement. In the event that an ambiguity or a question of intent or interpretation arises, this Agreement shall be construed as if drafted jointly by the Parties, and no presumption or burden of proof shall arise favoring or disfavoring any Party by virtue of the authorship of any provision of this Agreement.

 

-12-


6.11    Assignment. No Party may assign any of its rights or delegate any of its obligations under this Agreement, by operation of Law or otherwise, without the prior written consent of the other Party, except that the Investor may assign any and all of its rights under this Agreement to one or more of its wholly-owned Subsidiaries (but no such assignment shall relieve the Investor of any of its obligations hereunder). Any purported assignment in violation of this Agreement is void.

6.12    Fulfillment of Obligations. Any obligation of any Party to any other Party under this Agreement, which obligation is performed, satisfied or fulfilled completely by an Affiliate of such Party, shall be deemed to have been performed, satisfied or fulfilled by such Party.

[Signature Page Follows]

 

-13-


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Parties have caused this Agreement to be executed as of the date first written above.

 

ECMOHO LIMITED
By:  

/s/ ZENG QINGCHUN

Name:  

ZENG QINGCHUN

  (print)
Title:   Director
Address:  

SIGNATURE PAGE TO SHARE SUBSCRIPTION AGREEMENT


INVESTORS:

CID GREATER CHINA FUND V, L.P.

(Print Name of Investor)
By:  

/s/ Steven C.Y. Chang

Name:  

Steven C.Y. Chang

  (print)
Title:   Director
Address:  

SIGNATURE PAGE TO SHARE SUBSCRIPTION AGREEMENT


INVESTORS:

STCH INVESTMENT, INC.

(Print Name of Investor)
By:  

/s/ Steven C.Y. Chang

Name:  

Steven C.Y. Chang

  (print)
Title:   Director
Address:  

SIGNATURE PAGE TO SHARE SUBSCRIPTION AGREEMENT


INVESTORS:

SMART WARRIOR LIMITED

(Print Name of Investor)
By:  

/s/ NG YUM FAI

Name:  

NG YUM FAI

  (print)
Title:   Director
Address:   Vistra Corporate Services Centre
  Wickhams Cay II
  Road Town
  Tortola
  VG1110
  Virgin Islands, British

SIGNATURE PAGE TO SHARE SUBSCRIPTION AGREEMENT


INVESTORS:

Canarywharf Capital Limited

(Print Name of Investor)
By:  

/s/ YIJUN TANG

Name:  

YIJUN TANG

  (print)
Title:   Director
Address:   Coastal Building, Wickham’s Cay II,
P.O. Box 2221, Road Town, Tortola, British
Virgin

SIGNATURE PAGE TO SHARE SUBSCRIPTION AGREEMENT


EXHIBIT A

SCHEDULE OF INVESTORS

 

Investor

  

Address of

Investor

   Number of
Class A-1
Ordinary
Shares
     Price Per
Class A-1
Ordinary
Shares
     Purchase Price  

CID Greater China Fund V, L.P.

  

190 Elgin Avenue, George Town, Grand Cayman, KY1-9005, Cayman Islands

     4,759,500      US$ 0.1709      US$ 813,474  

STCH Investment, Inc.

  

190 Elgin Avenue, George Town, Grand Cayman, KY1-9005, Cayman Islands

     4,759,500      US$ 0.1709      US$ 813,474  

 

A-1


Investor

  

Address of
Investor

   Number of
Class A-2
Ordinary
Shares
     Price Per
Class A-2
Ordinary
Shares
     Purchase Price  

CID Greater China Fund V, L.P.

  

190 Elgin Avenue, George Town, Grand Cayman, KY1-9005, Cayman Islands

     1,423,300      US$ 0.1709      US$ 243,263  

STCH Investment Inc.

  

190 Elgin Avenue, George Town, Grand Cayman, KY1-9005, Cayman Islands

     1,423,300      US$ 0.1709      US$ 243,263  

Smart Warrior Limited

  

Vistra Corporate Services Centre, Wickham’s Cay II, Tortola, VG 1110, British Virgin Islands

     5,693,200      US$ 0.1709      US$ 973,054  

Canarywharf Capital Limited

  

Coastal Building, Wickham’s Cay II, P.O. Box 2221, Road Town, Tortola, British Virgin Islands

     2,277,300      US$ 0.1709      US$ 389,222  

 

A-2


EXHIBIT B

FORM OF INVESTORS RIGHTS AGREEMENT

 

B-1


 

 

INVESTORS RIGHTS AGREEMENT

by and among

ECMOHO LIMITED,

BEHEALTH LIMITED,

UHEALTH LIMITED,

ECMOHO (HONG KONG) HEALTH TECHNOLOGY LIMITED,

SHANGHAI ECMOHO HEALTH BIOTECHNOLOGY CO., LTD.,

WANG YING,

ZENG QINGCHUN

and

EACH OF THE INVESTORS LISTED ON EXHIBIT A HERETO

Dated as of [], 2018

 

 

 


TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

          Page  
   ARTICLE I.   
   INTRODUCTORY MATTERS   
1.1    Defined Terms      2  
1.2    Interpretation; Construction      8  
   ARTICLE II.   
   DEMAND REGISTRATION   
2.1    Right to Request Demand Registration      8  
2.2    Effective Demand Registration      8  
2.3    Number of Demand Registrations      9  
2.4    Selection of Underwriters      9  
2.5    Priority on Demand Registrations      9  
2.6    Effective Period of Demand Registrations      9  
   ARTICLE III.   
   PIGGYBACK REGISTRATION   
3.1    Right to Request a Piggyback Registration      9  
3.2    Selection of Underwriters      10  
3.3    Priority on Primary Piggyback Registrations      10  
3.4    Priority on Secondary Piggyback Registrations      10  
3.5    Basis of Participation      11  
   ARTICLE IV.   
   F-3 REGISTRATION   
4.1    Right to Request F-3 Registration      11  
4.2    Effective F-3 Registration      11  
4.3    Number of F-3 Registrations      11  
4.4    Selection of Underwriters      11  
4.5    Priority on F-3 Registrations      12  
4.6    Effective Period of F-3 Registrations      12  

 

i


   ARTICLE V.   
   SUSPENSION PERIOD   
5.1    Suspension Period      12  
5.2    Additional Registration Rights      13  
   ARTICLE VI.   
   REGISTRATION EXPENSES   
6.1    Registration Expenses      13  
6.2    Termination of Registration Rights      13  
   ARTICLE VII.   
   MANAGEMENT AND INFORMATION RIGHTS   
7.1    Delivery of Financial Statements      13  
7.2    Inspection Rights      14  
7.3    Termination of Information Rights      14  
7.4    Confidentiality      14  
   ARTICLE VIII.   
   RIGHTS AND RESTRICTIONS REGARDING SHARE TRANSFERS   
8.1    Right of First Offer      15  
8.2    Right of First Refusal      16  
8.3    Co-Sale Right      18  
8.4    Prohibited Transfers      19  
8.5    Restrictions on Issuance by Group Company      20  
8.6    Founder Transfers      20  
8.7    Termination of Rights and Restrictions      20  
   ARTICLE IX.   
   DRAG-ALONG OBLIGATION   
9.1    Drag-Along Rights      20  
9.2    Termination of Drag-Along Rights      22  
   ARTICLE X.   
   GOVERNANCE AND ADDITIONAL COVENANTS   
10.1    Board of Directors      22  
10.2    Matters Requiring Requisite Approval      23  

 

ii


10.3    Matters Requiring Approval of the Board of Directors      24  
10.4    Insurance      25  
10.5    Termination of Covenants      25  
   ARTICLE XI.   
   CONFIDENTIALITY   
11.1    Confidentiality      25  
11.2    Damages Not an Adequate Remedy      27  
11.3    Survival      27  
   ARTICLE XII.   
   NON-COMPETITION; NON-SOLICITATION   
12.1    Non-Competition      27  
12.2    Non-Solicitation      28  
   ARTICLE XIII.   
   MISCELLANEOUS AND GENERAL   
13.1    Amendment; Waiver      28  
13.2    Counterparts      29  
13.3    Governing Law and Venue; Specific Performance      29  
13.4    Notices      30  
13.5    Entire Agreement      30  
13.6    No Third-Party Beneficiaries      31  
13.7    Severability      31  
13.8    Assignment      31  
13.9    Fulfillment of Obligations      31  
13.10    Termination      32  

 

Exhibit A:   Schedule of Investors
Exhibit B:   Form of Joinder Agreement

 

iii


INVESTORS RIGHTS AGREEMENT

THIS INVESTORS RIGHTS AGREEMENT (including the exhibits hereto, this “Agreement”), dated as of [], 2018 (the “Execution Date”), is made by and among:

 

1.

ECMOHO Limited (the “Company”), an exempted company incorporated under the laws of the Cayman Islands;

 

2.

ECMOHO (Hong Kong) Health Technology Limited (“ECMOHO Hong Kong”), a limited company incorporated under the laws of Hong Kong;

 

3.

Shanghai ECMOHO Health Biotechnology Co., Ltd. (上海易恒健康生物科技有限公司) (“ECMOHO Shanghai”), a limited liability company established under the laws of the People’s Republic of China;

 

4.

Founders (as defined below) and Founder Holding Companies (as defined below); and

 

5.

each of the investors listed on Exhibit A, as amended from time to time, attached to this Agreement (each, an “Investor” and together, the “Investors”).

The Company, ECMOHO Hong Kong, ECMOHO Shanghai and their respective Subsidiaries (as defined below) are referred to collectively herein as the “Group Companies”, and each a “Group Company”. “Group” refers to all the Group Companies collectively. All of the signatories to this Agreement are collectively referred to as the “Parties” and each individually as a “Party”.

RECITALS

WHEREAS, CID Greater China Fund V, L.P. (“CID”), STCH Investment Inc. (“STCH”, and together with CID, the “Round A Investors”), certain other investors and Shanghai ECMOHO Health Biotechnology Co, Ltd. (“ECMOHO Shanghai”) are parties to a shareholders agreement, dated as of August 18, 2015 (the “Round A Shareholders Agreement”);

WHEREAS, Smart Warrior Limited, CID, STCH, [Yi Hao] (together, the “Round B Investors”), certain other investors and ECMOHO Shanghai are parties to a shareholders agreement, dated as of April 19, 2016 (the “Round B Shareholders Agreement”);

WHEREAS, on July [], 2018, the Company issued certain number of shares of Class A Ordinary Shares to Best Winner Limited, Lake Zurich Partners Limited and Liberal Rich Limited;

WHEREAS, on July [], 2018, the Company issued certain number of shares of Class B Ordinary Shares to the Founder Holding Companies (as defined below);

WHEREAS, the Round A Investors, the Round B Investors and the Company are parties to a share subscription agreement, dated as of [], 2018 (the “Round A and B Share Subscription Agreement”), pursuant to which the Company agreed to sell, and each of the Round A Investors and Round B Investors agreed to subscribe for, that number of Class A-1 and Class A-2 Ordinary Shares of the Company, set forth opposite such Round A Investor’s or Round B Investor’s name on exhibit A thereto;


WHEREAS, the Company and certain of the Investors (the “Round C Investors”) are parties to a Series A preferred share purchase agreement, dated as of August 2, 2018 (the “Series A Share Purchase Agreement”), pursuant to which the Company agreed to sell, and the Round C Investors agreed to purchase, that number of shares of Series A Preferred Shares of the Company (the “Series A Preferred Shares”), set forth opposite such Round C Investor’s name on exhibit A thereto;

WHEREAS, Behealth Limited, Delta Capital Growth Fund II, L.P. and 李水莲 have entered into an ordinary share purchase agreement, dated as of August 2, 2018 (the “Ordinary Share Purchase Agreement”), pursuant to which Behealth Limited agreed to sell, and each of Delta Capital Growth Fund II, L.P. and 李水莲 agreed to purchase, a certain number of shares of Class A Ordinary Shares of the Company; and

WHEREAS, the Parties desire to address certain relationships among themselves with respect to registration rights and certain other matters.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises, and of the representations, warranties, covenants and agreements contained herein, the Parties agree as follows:

ARTICLE I.

INTRODUCTORY MATTERS

1.1     Defined Terms. As used in this Agreement:

(a)     “ADSs” are American depositary shares of the Company;

(b)     “Affiliate” means, with respect to any Person, any other Person that directly, or indirectly through one or more intermediaries, controls, is controlled by or is under common control with, such specified Person;

(c)     “Affiliate Investor”, and collectively, “Affiliate Investors”, mean CID, STCH and Delta, (i) in the case of CID or STCH, so long as it owns at least 50% of the Shares that CID or STCH, as applicable, owns immediately following the closing of the Round A and B Share Subscription Agreement, and (ii) in the case of Delta, so long as it owns at least 50% of the Shares that Delta owns immediately following the closing of the Series A Share Purchase Agreement.

(d)     “Affiliate Transferee” has the meaning set forth in Section 13.8;

(e)     “Agreement” has the meaning set forth in the Preamble;

(f)     “Arbitration Rules” means the arbitration rules of the Hong Kong International Arbitration Centre;

 

-2-


(g)     “Arbitrator” has the meaning set forth in Section 13.3(b);

(h)     “Big 4 Accounting Firm” refers to any of Deloitte Touche Tohmatsu Limited, Ernst & Young, KPMG and PricewaterhouseCoopers;

(i)     “Board of Directors” means the board of directors of the Company;

(j)     “Budget” has the meaning set forth in Section 7.1(b);

(k)     “Business Day”, and collectively, “Business Days”, mean a day (other than a Saturday or Sunday or public holiday) on which banks are open for general corporate business in each of Shanghai, People’s Republic of China; George Town, Cayman Islands; Hong Kong; and New York, United States of America;

(l)     “CID” means CID Greater China Fund V, L.P.;

(m)     “Class A Ordinary Share” means a class A ordinary share in the capital of the Company, par value of US$0.00001 per share;

(n)     “Class B Ordinary Share” means a class B ordinary share in the capital of the Company, par value of US$0.00001 per share;

(o)     “Company” has the meaning set forth in the Preamble;

(p)     “Competitor” means a Person engaged, directly or indirectly (including through any partnership, limited liability company, corporation, joint venture or similar arrangement (whether now existing or formed hereafter)), in the health and wellness related e-commerce industry in the Chinese market, but shall not include any financial investment firm or collective investment vehicle that, together with its Affiliates, holds less than twenty percent (20%) of the outstanding equity of any Competitor;

(q)     “Constitutive Documents” means, with respect to a Person, such Person’s certificate of incorporation, formation or registration (including, if relevant, certificates of change of name), memorandum of association, articles of association or incorporation, charter, bylaws, trust deed, trust instrument, or equivalent documents, in each case as amended; and means, with respect to limited liability companies of the People’s Republic of China, articles of association or equivalent documents;

(r)     “Control”, including the correlative terms “controlling”, “controlled by” and “under common control with”, means the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management or policies of an entity, whether through ownership of voting securities, by contract or otherwise;

(s)     “Deemed Liquidation Event” has the meaning set forth in the Memorandum and Articles;

(t)     “Delta” means Delta Capital Growth Fund II, L.P.;

 

-3-


(u)     “Demand Registration” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.1;

(v)     “Derivative Securities” means any securities or rights convertible into, or exercisable or exchangeable for (in each case, directly or indirectly), Ordinary Shares, including options and warrants.

(w)     “Designated Holders” means each of the Investors and each of their respective Affiliate Transferees;

(x)     “ECMOHO Hong Kong” means ECMOHO (Hong Kong) Health Technology Limited, a limited company established under the Laws of Hong Kong;

(y)     “ECMOHO Shanghai” means Shanghai ECMOHO Health Biotechnology Co, Ltd. (上海易恒健康生物科技有限公司), a limited liability company established under the Laws of the PRC;

(z)     “Employee Share Option Plan” means the 2018 Employee Share Option Plan duly adopted by the Board of Directors and approved by the Company;

(aa)     “Exchange Act” means the U.S. Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended;

(bb)     “Execution Date” has the meaning set forth in the Preamble;

(cc)     “F-3 Registration” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.1;

(dd)     “Founders” means Ying WANG (王影) (PRC identification number: *** and Qingchun Zeng(曾庆春) (PRC identification number: ***);

(ee)     “Founder Holding Companies” means Behealth Limited and Uhealth Limited;

(ff)     “Fully Exercising Investor” has the meaning set forth in Section 8.1(b);

(gg)     “Governmental Entity” means any U.S. or non-U.S. governmental or regulatory authority, agency, commission, body, court or other legislative, executive or judicial governmental entity;

(hh)     “HKIAC” means the Hong Kong International Arbitration Centre;

(ii)     “IFRS” means the International Financial Reporting Standards issued by the International Accounting Standards Board;

(jj)     “Investor” has the meaning set forth in the Preamble;

(kk)     “Investor Beneficial Owners” has the meaning set forth in Section 8.1;

 

-4-


(ll)     “Investor Director”, and collectively, “Investor Directors”, means any of the Preferred Share Director, the Round A Director and the Round B Director.

(mm)     “Investor Share”, and collectively, “Investor Shares”, means any Share held by an Investor.

(nn)     “Law”, and collectively, “Laws”, mean any federal, state, local or foreign law, statute or ordinance, common law, or any rule, regulation, standard, judgment, order, writ, injunction, decree, arbitration award, agency requirement, license or permit of any Governmental Entity;

(oo)     “Maximum Offering Size” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.5;

(pp)     “Memorandum and Articles” means the memorandum of association and articles of association of the Company adopted by a special resolution of the shareholders of the Company on August 2, 2018;

(qq)     “New Securities” means equity securities issued by the Company after the date hereof; provided that securities created pursuant to a stock split, dividend or other subdivision of Ordinary Shares are not New Securities;

(rr)     “Offer Notice” has the meaning set forth in Section 8.1(a);

(ss)     “Offered Shares” has the meaning set forth in Section 8.2(a);

(tt)     “Ordinary Shares” means the ordinary shares of the Company, including the Class A Ordinary Shares and the Class B Ordinary Shares;

(uu)     “Ordinary Share Purchase Agreement” has the meaning set forth in the Recitals;

(vv)     “Original Shares” means ordinary shares with a par value of US$0.0001 each in the capital of the Company;

(ww)     “Party” has the meaning set forth in the Preamble;

(xx)     “Person” means any individual, corporation, partnership, trust, limited liability company, association or other entity;

(yy)     “Piggyback Registration” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.1;

(zz)     “Preferred Share Director” means Greg Ye, as the member of the Board of Directors appointed by the Round C Investors;

(aaa)     “Proposed ROFR Seller” has the meaning set forth in Section 8.2(a);

(bbb)     “Proposed ROFR Purchaser” has the meaning set forth in Section 8.2(a);

 

-5-


(ccc)     “Qualified IPO” means a firm-commitment underwritten initial public offering by the Company of its Ordinary Shares (or the ADSs thereof) on the New York Stock Exchange or NASDAQ Stock Market in the United States, the Hong Kong Stock Exchange or any other exchange in any other jurisdiction (or any combination of such exchanges and jurisdictions) acceptable to the Company, in any case with a pre-initial public offering valuation of at least US$600,000,000 and with aggregate offering proceeds (before deduction of underwriting fees, commissions or expenses) to the Company of not less than US$120,000,000 (or any cash proceeds of other currency of equivalent value);

(ddd)     “Registrable Investor Shares” means, the Investor Shares and any other securities issued or issuable with respect to such Investor Shares by way of a share split, share dividend, recapitalization, exchange or similar event or otherwise; provided, however, that as to any Investor Share, such Share shall cease to be a Registrable Investor Share when: (i) a Registration Statement (as defined herein) covering such Registrable Investor Share has been declared effective and such Registrable Investor Share has been disposed of pursuant to such effective Registration Statement; (ii) such Registrable Investor Share shall have been sold pursuant to Rule 144 (or any similar provision then in effect) under the Securities Act; (iii) such Registrable Investor Share is otherwise transferred in a private transaction and is no longer held by any Investor; or (iv) such Registrable Investor Share ceases to be outstanding;

(eee)     “Registrable Shares” means, at any time: (i) any of the Registrable Investor Shares; and (ii) any Ordinary Shares not previously issued to the public and currently held or hereafter acquired by a Designated Holder, and any other securities issued or issuable with respect to such Ordinary Shares by way of a share split, share dividend, recapitalization, exchange or similar event or otherwise; provided, however, that as to any Investor Share, such Investor Share shall cease to be a Registrable Investor Share when: (i) a Registration Statement (as defined herein) covering such Registrable Investor Share has been declared effective and such Registrable Investor Share has been disposed of pursuant to such effective Registration Statement; (ii) such Registrable Investor Share shall have been sold pursuant to Rule 144 (or any similar provision then in effect) under the Securities Act; (iii) such Registrable Investor Share is otherwise transferred in a private transaction and is no longer held by any Investor; or (iv) such Registrable Investor Share ceases to be outstanding;

(fff)     “Registration Statement” means any registration statement filed pursuant to the Securities Act;

(ggg)     “Requisite Approval” means the consent of at least fifty-five percent (55%) of the voting power of the Investors;

(hhh)     “ROFR Closing” has the meaning set forth in Section 8.2(c);

(iii)     “ROFR Holder” means each of the Investors and any of its Affiliates and its permitted assignees to whom its rights under Section 8.2 have been duly assigned in accordance with this Agreement;

(jjj)     “ROFR Notice” has the meaning set forth in Section 8.2(a);

(kkk)     “ROFR Offer” has the meaning set forth in Section 8.2(b);

 

-6-


(lll)     “Round A Director” means any member of the Board of Directors appointed by the Round A Investors;

(mmm)     “Round A Investor”, and collectively, “Round A Investors”, have the meaning set forth in the Recitals;

(nnn)     “Round A Shareholders Agreement” has the meaning set forth in the Recitals;

(ooo)     “Round A and B Share Subscription Agreement” has the meaning set forth in the Recitals;

(ppp)     “Round B Director” means any member of the Board of Directors appointed by the Round B Investors;

(qqq)     “Round B Investor”, and collectively, “Round B Investors”, have the meaning set forth in the Recitals;

(rrr)     “Round B Shareholders Agreement” has the meaning set forth in the Recitals;

(sss)     “Round C Investor”, and collectively, “Round C Investors”, have the meaning set forth in the Preamble;

(ttt)     “SEC” means the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission;

(uuu)     “Securities Act” means the U.S. Securities Act of 1933, as amended;

(vvv)     “Series A Preferred Shares” has the meaning set forth in the Recitals;

(www)     “Shares” means any of the issued and outstanding shares of all classes of share capital of the Company;

(xxx)     “STCH” means STCH Investment Inc.;

(yyy)     “Subsidiary”, and collectively, “Subsidiaries”, mean, with respect to any Person, any and all corporations, partnerships, limited liability companies, joint ventures, associations, variable interest entities or other entities controlled by such Person directly or indirectly through one or more intermediaries;

(zzz)     “Suspension Period” has the meaning set forth in Section 5.1(a);

(aaaa)     “Tax” means all forms of taxation whether direct or indirect and whether levied by reference to income, profits, gains, net wealth, asset values, turnover, added value or other reference and statutory, governmental, state, provincial, local governmental or municipal impositions, duties, contributions, rates and levies (including without limitation social security contributions and any other payroll taxes), whenever and wherever imposed (whether imposed by way of a withholding or deduction for or on account of tax or otherwise) and in respect of any person and all penalties, charges, costs and interest relating thereto;

 

-7-


(bbbb)     “Taxing Authority” means any taxing or other authority competent to impose any liability in respect of Tax or responsible for the administration and/or collection of Tax or enforcement of any law in relation to Tax;

(cccc)     “U.S. Dollars” or “US$” means United States dollars, the lawful currency of the United States of America; and

(dddd)     “U.S. GAAP” means generally accepted accounting principles in the United States as in effect from time to time.

1.2     Interpretation; Construction.

(a)     The table of contents and headings herein are for convenience of reference only, do not constitute part of this Agreement and shall not be deemed to limit or otherwise affect any of the provisions hereof. Where a reference in this Agreement is made to an annex, exhibit or section, such reference shall be to an annex, exhibit or section to this Agreement unless otherwise indicated. Whenever the words “include”, “includes” or “including” are used in this Agreement, they shall be deemed to be followed by the words “without limitation”.

(b)     The Parties have participated jointly in negotiating and drafting this Agreement. In the event that an ambiguity or a question of intent or interpretation arises, this Agreement shall be construed as if drafted jointly by the Parties, and no presumption or burden of proof shall arise favoring or disfavoring any Party by virtue of the authorship of any provision of this Agreement.

ARTICLE II.

DEMAND REGISTRATION

2.1     Right to Request Demand Registration. Subject to the provisions hereof, so long as an Affiliate Investor continues to be an Affiliate of the Company, such Affiliate Investor may, upon the request of holders of at least twenty-five percent (25%) of the Registrable Shares, at any time commencing the earlier of: (i) one hundred eighty (180) days after a Qualified IPO or (ii) the fifth (5th) anniversary of the Execution Date, request registration under the Securities Act, of all or part of the Registrable Investor Shares separate from an F-3 Registration (a “Demand Registration”); provided, however, that the Company shall not be obligated to effect a Demand Registration if the Affiliate Investor and any Designated Holders that have requested the opportunity to include Registrable Shares in the Demand Registration pursuant to this Agreement propose to sell Registrable Shares at an aggregate price (based on the then-current market prices) to the public of less than US$50,000,000.

2.2     Effective Demand Registration. Subject to the provisions of this Article II and Section 5.1, the Company shall use reasonable efforts to: (i) publicly file with the SEC, no more than one hundred twenty (120) days after receipt of an Affiliate Investor’s request pursuant to Section 2.1, a Registration Statement registering, subject to Section 2.6, such number of Registrable Investor Shares as requested by any Affiliate Investor to be so registered pursuant to Section 2.1; and (ii) cause such Registration Statement to be declared effective by the SEC as soon as practicable thereafter.

 

-8-


2.3     Number of Demand Registrations. Each Affiliate Investor may request up to two (2) Demand Registrations. The Company shall not count a request for registration as a Demand Registration for purposes of this Section 2.3 unless and until the Registration Statement filed with the SEC pursuant to such request has become effective or as otherwise specified in Section 2.6 or Section 5.1.

2.4     Selection of Underwriters. The Company shall have the right to select the managing underwriter or underwriters to administer any such offering.

2.5     Priority on Demand Registrations. If the managing underwriters of the Demand Registration advise the Company and the Affiliate Investor that in their opinion the number of Shares proposed to be included in the Demand Registration exceeds the number of Shares that can be sold in such underwritten offering without materially delaying or jeopardizing the success of the offering (including the price per Share of the Registrable Shares proposed to be sold in such underwritten offering) (the “Maximum Offering Size”), the Company shall include in such Demand Registration the number of Registrable Shares requested to be included therein by the Affiliate Investor and the Designated Holders pro rata among all such Affiliate Investor and Designated Holders, such that the aggregate number of Shares (including any Registrable Shares) proposed to be registered by the Company and all such holders does not exceed the Maximum Offering Size.

2.6     Effective Period of Demand Registrations. The Company shall use reasonable efforts to keep any Demand Registration continuously effective for a period equal to thirty (30) days from the date on which the Registration Statement is declared effective by the SEC or such shorter period that shall terminate when all of the Registrable Investor Shares covered by such Demand Registration have been sold. If the Company shall withdraw any Demand Registration pursuant to Section 5.1 before the earlier of: (i) the date when such thirty (30) days end; and (ii) the date when all of the Registrable Investor Shares covered by such Demand Registration have been sold pursuant thereto, the Affiliate Investor shall be entitled to a replacement Demand Registration, which shall be subject to all of the provisions of this Agreement.

 

-9-


ARTICLE III.

PIGGYBACK REGISTRATION

3.1     Right to Request a Piggyback Registration. If the Company proposes to register any Shares under the Securities Act (a “Piggyback Registration”) (other than on a Registration Statement on Form F-4, Form S-4, Form F-8 or Form S-8) at any time until the first date on which there are no Registrable Investor Shares outstanding, whether for its own account or for the account of one or more holders of Shares (excluding any Demand Registration pursuant to Article II, which shall be governed exclusively by Article II, and any F-3 Registration pursuant to Article IV, which shall be governed exclusively by Article IV), and the form of Registration Statement is suitable for the registration of Registrable Investor Shares, the Company shall give written notice to the Affiliate Investors at least ten (10) days before the anticipated filing date of its intention to effect such a registration and, subject to Section 3.3, Section 3.4 and Section 3.5, shall include in such Registration Statement and in any offering of Shares to be made pursuant to that Registration Statement such number of Registrable Investor Shares that the Affiliate Investor may request in writing to the Company to be included in the Registration Statement; provided that such written request by an Affiliate Investor must be made no later than five (5) days after receipt by the Affiliate Investor of the notice and the Company shall have no obligation to proceed with any Piggyback Registration and may abandon, terminate and/or withdraw the Piggyback Registration for any reason at any time prior to the pricing thereof. There shall be no limit on the number of times any Investor may request registration of Registrable Investor Shares under this Section 3.1.

3.2     Selection of Underwriters. The Company shall have the right to select the managing underwriter or underwriters to administer any underwritten offering pursuant to any Piggyback Registration.

3.3     Priority on Primary Piggyback Registrations. If a Piggyback Registration is initiated as a primary underwritten offering on behalf of the Company, and the managing underwriters advise the Company that in their opinion the number of Shares (including any Registrable Shares) proposed to be included in such Piggyback Registration exceeds the Maximum Offering Size, the Company shall include in such Piggyback Registration:

(a)     first, such number of Shares the Company proposes to include in the Piggyback Registration; and

(b)     second, to the extent the number of Shares included in the Piggyback Registration under clause (a) is:

(i)     less than the Maximum Offering Size, the number of Registrable Investor Shares requested to be included therein by the Affiliate Investor in an aggregate amount not to exceed the Maximum Offering Size less the Shares included under clause (i), such that the sum of the Shares proposed under clause (a) plus the number of Registrable Investor Shares proposed to be registered under clause (b) does not exceed the Maximum Offering Size; and

(ii)     greater than or equal to the Maximum Offering Size, the number of Registrable Investor Shares requested to be included therein by the Affiliate Investor in an aggregate amount not to exceed the Maximum Offering Size.

3.4     Priority on Secondary Piggyback Registrations. Subject to Section 3.3, if a Piggyback Registration is initiated as a secondary underwritten registration on behalf of the holders of Shares, and the managing underwriters advise the Company that in their opinion the number of Shares (including any Registrable Shares) proposed to be included in such Piggyback Registration exceeds the Maximum Offering Size, the Company shall include in such Piggyback Registration the number of Registrable Shares requested to be included therein by the Affiliate Investor and the Designated Holders and the number of Shares requested, and agreed by the Company, to be included therein by the holders of Shares, pro rata among all such holders, such that the aggregate number of Shares (including any Registrable Shares) proposed to be registered by the Company and all such holders does not exceed the Maximum Offering Size.

 

-10-


3.5     Basis of Participation. No Affiliate Investor may sell Registrable Investor Shares in any offering pursuant to a Piggyback Registration unless it: (i) agrees to sell such Registrable Investor Shares on the same basis provided in the underwriting or other distribution arrangements approved by the Company and that apply to the Company and/or any holders of Shares (including Registrable Shares) involved in such Piggyback Registration; and (ii) completes and executes all questionnaires, powers of attorney, indemnities, underwriting agreements, lockups and other documents required under the terms of such arrangements.

ARTICLE IV.

F-3 REGISTRATION

4.1     Right to Request F-3 Registration. Subject to the provisions hereof and the eligibility of the Company to use Form F-3, an Affiliate Investor may at any time commencing twelve (12) months after the Execution Date request that the Company file a Registration Statement on Form F-3 (or an amendment or supplement to an existing Registration Statement on Form F-3) for a public offering of all or such portion of the Registrable Investor Shares owned and designated by such Affiliate Investor pursuant to Rule 415 promulgated under the Securities Act or otherwise (an “F-3 Registration”); provided, however, that the Company shall not be obligated to effect an F-3 Registration if the Affiliate Investor together with any Designated Holders that have requested the opportunity to include Registrable Shares in the F-3 Registration pursuant to this Agreement propose to sell Registrable Shares at an aggregate price (based on the then-current market prices) to the public of less than US$15,000,000.

4.2     Effective F-3 Registration. Subject to the provisions of this Article IV and Section 5.1, the Company shall use reasonable efforts to: (i) publicly file with the SEC, no more than ninety (90) days after receipt of an Affiliate Investor’s request pursuant to Section 4.1, a Registration Statement on Form F-3 registering, subject to Section 4.5, such number of Registrable Investor Shares as requested by the Affiliate Investor to be so registered pursuant to Section 4.1; and (ii) cause such Registration Statement to be declared effective by the SEC as soon as practicable thereafter. If permitted under the Securities Act, such Registration Statement shall be one that is automatically effective upon filing.

4.3     Number of F-3 Registrations. Except as otherwise provided herein, there shall be no limit on the number of times that the Affiliate Investor may request an F-3 Registration, except that no more than one (1) F-3 Registration may be requested within any 12-month period. The Company shall not deem any registration requested by the Affiliate Investor pursuant to Section 4.1 to be a Demand Registration for purposes of Section 2.3.

4.4     Selection of Underwriters. The Company shall have the right to select the managing underwriter or underwriters to administer any such offering.

 

-11-


4.5     Priority on F-3 Registrations. If the managing underwriters of the requested F-3 Registration advise the Company and the Affiliate Investor that in their opinion the number of Registrable Shares proposed to be included in the F-3 Registration exceeds the Maximum Offering Size, the Company shall include in such F-3 Registration the number of Registrable Shares requested to be included therein by the Affiliate Investor and the Designated Holders pro rata among all such Affiliate Investor and Designated Holders, such that the aggregate number of Shares (including any Registrable Shares) proposed to be registered by the Company and all such holders does not exceed the Maximum Offering Size.

4.6     Effective Period of F-3 Registrations. The Company shall use reasonable efforts to keep any F-3 Registration effective until the earlier of: (i) the date that all of the Registrable Investor Shares covered by such F-3 Registration have been sold; and (ii) the date as of which the Affiliate Investor is permitted to sell its Registrable Investor Shares without registration pursuant to Rule 144 under the Securities Act without volume limitations or other restrictions on transfer thereunder.

ARTICLE V.

SUSPENSION PERIOD

5.1     Suspension Period.

(a)     The Company may (i) delay the filing or effectiveness of a Registration Statement in conjunction with a Demand Registration or an F-3 Registration or (ii) prior to the pricing of any offering of Registrable Investor Shares pursuant to a Demand Registration or an F-3 Registration, delay such offering (and, if it so chooses, withdraw any Registration Statement that has been filed) if any Founder, in consultation with the Board of Directors, determines in good faith (x) that proceeding with such an offering would require the Company to disclose material information that would not otherwise be required to be disclosed at that time and that the disclosure of such information at that time would not be in the best interests of the Company or its shareholders or (y) that the registration or offering to be delayed would, if not delayed, materially and adversely affect the Company, taken as a whole, or materially interfere with, or jeopardize the success of, any pending or proposed material transaction, including any debt or equity financing, any acquisition or disposition, any recapitalization or reorganization or any other material transaction. Any period during which the Company has delayed a filing, an effective date or an offering pursuant to this Section 5.1(a) is herein called a “Suspension Period”.

(b)     If pursuant to Section 5.1(a) the Company delays a Demand Registration or withdraws a Registration Statement, as the case may be, requested by any Investor, then such Investor shall be entitled to withdraw such request and such request shall not count against the limitations on registrations set forth in Section 2.3. The Company shall provide prompt written notice to such Investor of the commencement and termination of any Suspension Period and any withdrawal of a Registration Statement pursuant to Section 5.1(a). Such Investor shall keep the existence of each Suspension Period confidential and refrain from making offers and sales of Registrable Investor Shares during each Suspension Period. In no event shall: (i) the Company deliver notice of a Suspension Period to any Investor more than three times in any 12-month period; or (ii) a Suspension Period or Suspension Periods be in effect for ninety (90) consecutive days or more in any 12-month period.

 

-12-


5.2     Additional Registration Rights. The Company agrees not to grant registration or offering rights senior to those granted to the Affiliate Investors to any other holder of the Company’s securities without the prior approval of a majority of the Affiliate Investors.

ARTICLE VI.

REGISTRATION EXPENSES

6.1     Registration Expenses. The Company shall bear all expenses incident to the Company’s performance of or compliance with this Agreement, including without limitation (i) all registration and filing fees, (ii) fees and expenses of compliance with securities Laws, (iii) printing expenses, (iv) fees and disbursements of counsel for the Company, (v) all independent certified public accountants and other Persons retained by the Company and (vi) all “road show” expenses incurred in respect of any underwritten offering, including all costs of travel, lodging and meals (such expenses, the “Registration Expenses”). Each Investor participating in a registration shall bear such Investor’s proportionate share (based on the total number of shares sold in such registration other than for the account of the Company) of all underwriting discounts and commissions associated with any sale of Registrable Investor Shares and shall pay all of its own costs and expenses, including all fees and expenses of any counsel (and any other advisers) representing it, any share transfer taxes and duties, and ADS conversion fees, if any.

6.2     Termination of Registration Rights. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, the Company’s obligations under Article II through VI (inclusive) with respect to any Affiliate Investor, shall automatically terminate at the date on which, in the opinion of counsel to the Company, all Registrable Investor Shares may be sold without registration and without regard to any volume limitation requirement pursuant to Rule 144 promulgated under the Securities Act.

ARTICLE VII.

MANAGEMENT AND INFORMATION RIGHTS

7.1     Delivery of Financial Statements. The Company covenants and agrees that, commencing on the date of this Agreement, for so long as any Investor holds any shares of the Company, the Company shall deliver to each Investor, provided that the Board of Directors has not reasonably determined that such Investor is a Competitor of the Company:

(a)     as soon as practicable, but in any event within one hundred twenty (120) days after the end of each fiscal year of the Company (i) a balance sheet as of the end of such year, (ii) an income statement for such year, and (iii) a statement of cash flows for such year, all such financial statements prepared in accordance with U.S. GAAP or IFRS, audited and certified by independent public accountants of a Big 4 Accounting Firm selected by the Company;

 

-13-


(b)    as soon as practicable, but in any event within forty-five (45) days after the end of each fiscal quarters of the Company (i) an unaudited balance sheet as of the end of such quarter, (ii) an unaudited income statement for such quarter, and (iii) an unaudited statement of cash flows for such quarter prepared in accordance with U.S. GAAP or IFRS; and

(c)    as soon as practicable, but in any event within ten (10) days after the end of each fiscal year, a budget and business plan for the next fiscal year (collectively, the “Budget”), approved by the Board of Directors, including balance sheets, income statements and statements of cash flow and, promptly after prepared, any other budgets or revised budgets prepared by the Company and approved by the Board of Directors.

If, for any period, the Company has any subsidiary whose accounts are consolidated with those of the Company, then in respect of such period, the financial statements delivered pursuant to the foregoing sections shall be the consolidated and consolidating financial statements of the Company and all such consolidated subsidiaries.

Notwithstanding anything else in this Section 7.1 to the contrary, the Company may cease providing the information set forth in this Section 7.1 during the period starting with the date thirty (30) days before the Company’s good-faith estimate of the date of filing of a Registration Statement if it reasonably concludes it must do so to comply with the SEC rules applicable to such Registration Statement and related offering; provided that the Company’s covenants under this Section 7.1 shall be reinstated at such time as the Company is no longer actively employing its commercially reasonable efforts to cause such Registration Statement to become effective.

7.2    Inspection Rights. The Company shall permit each Affiliate Investor to (a) visit and inspect the headquarter of the Company and (b) discuss the business, affairs, finances and accounts of the Group with officers of the Company, in each case during normal business hours and in such a manner so as not to unreasonably interfere with the normal operations of the Group Companies, provided that each Affiliate Investor shall not exercise such rights more than twice a year.

7.3    Termination of Information Rights. The covenants set forth in Section 7.1 and Section 7.2 shall terminate and be of no further force or effect (i) immediately before the consummation of a Qualified IPO, (ii) when the Company first becomes subject to the periodic reporting requirements of Section 12(g) or 15(d) of the Exchange Act, or (iii) upon the closing of a Deemed Liquidation Event and completion of the payment of the Series A Liquidation Amount (as defined in the Memorandum and Articles) and the remaining assets distribution as provided in the Memorandum and Articles., whichever event occurs first.

7.4    Confidentiality. Each Investor agrees that such Investor will keep confidential and will not disclose, divulge, or use for any purpose (other than to monitor its investment in the Company) any confidential information obtained from the Company pursuant to the terms of this Agreement (including notice of the Company’s intention to file a Registration Statement), unless such confidential information (a) is known or becomes known to the public in general (other than as a result of a breach of this Section 7.4 by such Investor), (b) is or has been independently developed or conceived by such Investor without use of the Company’s confidential information, or (c) is or has been made known or disclosed to such Investor by a third party without a breach of any obligation of confidentiality such third party may have to the Company; provided, however, that an Investor may disclose confidential information (i) to its attorneys, accountants, consultants, and other professionals to the extent necessary to obtain their services in connection with monitoring its investment in the Company; (ii) to any prospective purchaser of any Registrable Securities from such Investor, if such prospective purchaser agrees to be bound by the provisions of this Section 7.4; (iii) to any Affiliate, partner, member, shareholder, or wholly owned subsidiary of such Investor in the ordinary course of business, provided that such Investor informs such Person that such information is confidential and directs such Person to maintain the confidentiality of such information; or (iv) as may otherwise be required by law, regulation, rule, court order or subpoena, provided that such Investor promptly notifies the Company of such disclosure and takes reasonable steps to minimize the extent of any such required disclosure.

 

-14-


ARTICLE VIII.

RIGHTS AND RESTRICTIONS REGARDING SHARE TRANSFERS

8.1    Right of First Offer. Subject to the terms and conditions of this Section 8.1 and applicable securities Laws, if the Company proposes to offer or sell any New Securities, the Company shall first offer such New Securities to the Investors. Each Investor shall be entitled to apportion the right of first offer hereby granted to it in such proportions as it deems appropriate, among (i) itself, (ii) its Affiliates and (iii) its beneficial interest holders, such as limited partners, members or any other Person having “beneficial ownership”, as such term is defined in Rule 13d-3 promulgated under the Exchange Act, of the Investor (“Investor Beneficial Owners”); provided that each such Affiliate or Investor Beneficial Owner (x) is not a Competitor, unless such party’s purchase of New Securities is otherwise consented to by the Board of Directors, (y) agrees to enter into this Agreement as an “Investor” under such agreement (provided that any Competitor as reasonably determined by the Board of Directors shall not be entitled to any rights under Sections 7.1, 7.2 and 8.1 hereof), and (z) agrees to purchase at least such number of New Securities as are allocable hereunder to the Investor holding the fewest number of Investor Shares and any other Derivative Securities.

(a)    The Company shall give notice (the “Offer Notice”) to each Investor, stating (i) its bona fide intention to offer such New Securities, (ii) the number of such New Securities to be offered, and (iii) the price and terms, if any, upon which it proposes to offer such New Securities.

(b)    By notification to the Company within thirty (30) days after the Offer Notice is given, each Investor may elect to purchase or otherwise acquire, at the price and on the terms specified in the Offer Notice, up to that portion of such New Securities which equals the proportion that the Ordinary Shares then held by such Investor (including all Ordinary Shares then issuable (directly or indirectly) upon conversion and/or exercise, as applicable, of the Series A Preferred Shares and any other Derivative Securities then held by such Investor) bears to the total Ordinary Shares of the Company then outstanding (assuming full conversion and/or exercise, as applicable, of all Series A Preferred Shares and any other Derivative Securities then outstanding). At the expiration of such 30-day period, the Company shall promptly notify each Investor that elects to purchase or acquire all the shares available to it (each, a “Fully Exercising Investor”) of any other Investor’s failure to do likewise. During the 10-day period commencing after the Company has given such notice, each Fully Exercising Investor may, by giving notice to the Company, elect to purchase or acquire, in addition to the number of shares specified above, up to that portion of the New Securities for which the Investors were entitled to subscribe but that were not subscribed for by the Investors which is equal to the proportion that the Ordinary Shares issued and held, or issuable (directly or indirectly) upon conversion and/or exercise, as applicable, of Series A Preferred Shares and any other Derivative Securities then held, by such Fully Exercising Investor bears to the Ordinary Shares issued and held, or issuable (directly or indirectly) upon conversion and/or exercise, as applicable, of the Series A Preferred Shares and any other Derivative Securities then held, by all Fully Exercising Investors who wish to purchase such unsubscribed shares. The closing of any sale pursuant to this Section 8.1(b) shall occur within the later of ninety (90) days of the date that the Offer Notice is given and the date of initial sale of New Securities pursuant to Section 8.1(c).

 

-15-


(c)    If all New Securities referred to in the Offer Notice are not elected to be purchased or acquired as provided in Section 8.1(b), the Company may, during the 90-day period following the expiration of the periods provided in Section 8.1(b), offer and sell the remaining unsubscribed portion of such New Securities to any Person or Persons at a price not less than, and upon terms no more favorable to the offeree than, those specified in the Offer Notice. If the Company does not enter into an agreement for the sale of the New Securities within such period, or if such agreement is not consummated within thirty (30) days of the execution thereof, the right provided hereunder shall be deemed to be revived and such New Securities shall not be offered unless first reoffered to the Investors in accordance with this Section 8.1.

(d)    The right of first offer in this Section 8.1 shall not be applicable to (i) Exempted Securities (as defined in the Company’s Constitutive Documents), (ii) Ordinary Shares issued in an initial public offering and (iii) equity securities of the Company issued under the Employee Share Option Plan.

8.2    Right of First Refusal.

(a)    Notice of Offer. If any holder of Shares (the “Proposed ROFR Seller”) intends to sell all or any part of the Shares it owns pursuant to a bona fide offer to buy from a Person (the “Proposed ROFR Purchaser”), the Proposed ROFR Seller shall submit a written notice (the “ROFR Notice”) to the Company and the Investors stating the name of the Proposed ROFR Purchaser, the number of Shares proposed to be sold (the “Offered Shares”), the material terms and conditions, including price, of the proposed sale. The Company shall have fifteen (15) Business Days from the date of the Proposed ROFR Seller issues the ROFR Notice, which shall be irrevocable for such time, to provide a written offer to the Proposed ROFR Seller to purchase all or any portion of the Offered Shares on terms, including price, no less favorable to the Proposed ROFR Seller than those reflected in the ROFR Notice.

(b)    Exercise of Right of First Refusal. If the Company has not elected to purchase all of the Offered Shares, the Company shall inform the Investors, within fifteen (15) Business Days after the ROFR Notice has been delivered to the Company, in writing of the number of Offered Shares that it has elected not to purchase, and each Investor that has received such notice from the Company shall have forty-five (45) Business Days from the date the Proposed ROFR Seller issues the ROFR Notice (the “ROFR Holders’ First Refusal Period”), which shall be irrevocable for such time, to provide a written offer to the Company and the Proposed ROFR Seller to purchase all or part of the remaining of the Offered Shares on terms, including price, no less favorable to the Proposed ROFR Seller than those reflected in the ROFR Notice (the “ROFR Offer”). Any ROFR Offer shall be irrevocable by the offering Investor and shall constitute a binding agreement. Each ROFR Holder shall have the right to purchase that number of the Offered Shares, equivalent to the product obtained by multiplying the aggregate number of the Offered Shares, by a fraction, the numerator of which is the number of Ordinary Shares (on an as-converted basis) held by such ROFR Holder at the time of the transaction and the denominator of which is the total number of Ordinary Shares (on an as-converted basis) owned by all ROFR Holders at the time of the transaction who have the right of first refusal to purchase the applicable shares and have elected to participate in such right of first refusal purchase.

 

-16-


(c)    Closing. The closing of any purchase of shares of the Company by a ROFR Holder pursuant to this Section 8.2(c) (the “ROFR Closing”) shall occur on such date as may be agreed by such ROFR Holder and the Proposed ROFR Seller, but in no event later than seventy-five (75) Business Days after the date on which the ROFR Notice is deemed to have been accepted. At the ROFR Closing, if all necessary conditions of the ROFR Closing have been satisfied or waived: (i) the Proposed ROFR Seller shall deliver to such ROFR Holder (x) an instrument of transfer executed by the Proposed ROFR Seller in favor of the ROFR Holder and (y) either an extract of the register of shareholders of the Company, dated as of the date of the ROFR Closing and duly certified by the registered office provider of the Company, evidencing the ROFR Holder’s ownership of the Offered Shares set out in the ROFR Offer or a certificate or certificates representing the Offered Shares; and (ii) the ROFR Holder shall deliver to the Proposed ROFR Seller the purchase price for the Offered Shares in cash, by wire transfer of immediately available funds to an account designated by the Proposed ROFR Seller, such account to be designated by the Proposed ROFR Seller no later than five (5) Business Days prior to the ROFR Closing.

(d)    Expiration Notice. Within ten (10) days following the expiration of the ROFR Holders’ First Refusal Period, the Company will give written notice (the “First Refusal Expiration Notice”) to the Proposed ROFR Seller and the ROFR Holders specifying either (i) that all of the Offered Shares were subscribed by the ROFR Holders exercising their rights of first refusal, or (ii) that the ROFR Holders have not subscribed for any or all of the Offered Shares in which case the First Refusal Expiration Notice will specify the Co-Sale Pro Rata Portion (as defined below) of the remaining Offered Shares (the “Remaining Shares”) for the purpose of the co-sale right of the Investors described in the Section 8.3 below.

(e)    Exclusions. Notwithstanding Section 8.2(a), none of the following transactions shall be subject to the right of first refusal described in this Section 8.2: (i) any transfer of Shares by a Founder or an Investor to any Affiliate of such Founder or such Investor; (ii) any sale in reliance on Rule 144A under the Securities Act; (iii) any sale of shares of the Company pursuant to Rule 144 under the Securities Act; (iv) any sale of shares of the Company to the public pursuant to a Registration Statement filed with, and declared effective by, the SEC under the Securities Act; and (v) other on-market sales; provided that in each of (ii) and (iv) above, any such sale shall be (x) to five (5) or more purchasers, none of which shall be Affiliates of any other such purchaser and (y) no more than five percent (5%) of the total number of issued and outstanding Shares on a fully diluted basis shall be transferred by any seller in any such sale or series of such sales to any purchaser in aggregate with its Affiliates.

 

-17-


(f)    Subordination. The Investors’ right of first refusal under this Section 8.2 shall be subordinated to only the Company’s right of first refusal.

8.3    Co-Sale Right. In the event that any Founder of any Founder Holding Company proposes to sell any or all of the number of Shares (the “Founders’ Offered Shares”), then the Remaining Shares shall be subject to co-sale rights under this Section 8.3 and each ROFR Holder who has not exercised any of its right of first refusal with respect to the Founders’ Offered Shares (the “Co-Sale Right Holder”) shall have the right, exercisable upon written notice to the Proposed ROFR Seller, the Company and each other Co-Sale Right Holder (the “Co-Sale Notice”) within ten (10) Business Days after receipt of First Refusal Expiration Notice (the “Co-Sale Right Period”), to participate in such sale of the Remaining Shares on the same terms and conditions as set forth in the ROFR Notice. The Co-Sale Notice shall set forth the number of Ordinary Shares that such Co-Sale Right Holder wishes to include in such sale or transfer, which amount shall not exceed the Co-Sale Pro Rata Portion (as defined below) of such Co-Sale Right Holder. To the extent one or more of the Co-Sale Right Holders exercise such right of participation in accordance with the terms and conditions set forth below, the number of Ordinary Shares that such Proposed ROFR Seller may sell in the transaction shall be correspondingly reduced. The co-sale right of each Co-Sale Right Holder shall be subject to the following terms and conditions:

(a)    Co-Sale Pro Rata Portion. Each Co-Sale Right Holder may sell all or any part of that number of Ordinary Shares (on an as-converted basis) held by it that is equal to the product obtained by multiplying (x) the aggregate number of the Remaining Shares subject to the co-sale right hereunder by (y) a fraction, the numerator of which is the number of Ordinary Shares (on an as-converted basis) owned by such Co-Sale Right Holder at the time of the sale or transfer and the denominator of which is the combined number of Ordinary Shares (on an as-converted basis) at the time owned by all Co-Sale Right Holders who elect to exercise their co-sale rights (if any Co-Sale Right Holder does not elect to exercise the co-sale right to the full extent then its Ordinary Shares (on as-converted basis) for calculation in the denominator shall be proportionately reduced) (“Co-Sale Pro Rata Portion”).

(b)    Transferred Shares. Each participating Co-Sale Right Holder shall effect its participation in the sale by promptly delivering to the Proposed ROFR Seller for transfer to the Proposed ROFR Purchaser an executed instrument of transfer and one or more certificates which represent:

(i)    the number of Ordinary Shares (on an as-converted basis) which such Co-Sale Right Holder elects to sell;

(ii)    that number of Preferred Shares which is at such time convertible into the number of Ordinary Shares that such Co-Sale Right Holder elects to sell; provided in such case that, if the Proposed ROFR Purchaser objects to the allotment of Preferred Shares in lieu of Ordinary Shares, such Co-Sale Right Holder shall convert such Preferred Shares into Ordinary Shares and allot Ordinary Shares as provided in Subsection 8.3(b)(i) above. The Company agrees to make any such conversion concurrent with the actual transfer of such shares to the purchaser; or

 

-18-


(iii)    a combination of the above.

(c)    Payment. The share certificate or certificates, together with an instrument of transfer duly executed by the participating Co-Sale Right Holder, that the participating Co-Sale Right Holder delivers to the Proposed ROFR Seller pursuant to Section 8.3(b) shall be transferred to the Proposed ROFR Purchaser in consummation of the sale of the Founders’ Offered Shares pursuant to the terms and conditions specified in the ROFR Notice, and the Proposed ROFR Seller shall concurrently therewith remit to such Co-Sale Right Holder that portion of the sale proceeds to which such Co-Sale Right Holder is entitled by reason of its participation in such sale. To the extent that any Proposed ROFR Purchaser prohibits such assignment or otherwise refuses to purchase any shares or other securities from a Co-Sale Right Holder exercising its co-sale right hereunder, the Proposed ROFR Seller shall not sell to such Proposed ROFR Purchaser any ROFR Shares unless and until, simultaneously with such sale, the Proposed ROFR Seller shall purchase such shares or other securities from such Co-Sale Right Holder.

(d)    Right to Transfer. To the extent the ROFR Holders do not elect to purchase, or to participate in the sale of, any or all of the Founders ‘Offered Shares subject to the ROFR Notice, the Proposed ROFR Seller may, not later than ninety (90) Business Days following delivery to the Company and each of the ROFR Holders of the ROFR Notice, conclude a transfer of the Remaining Shares covered by the ROFR Notice and not elected to be purchased by the ROFR Holders, which in each case shall be on substantially the same terms and conditions as those described in the ROFR Notice. The Proposed ROFR Seller shall cause any Proposed ROFR Purchaser of such shares to comply with this Agreement and Memorandum and Articles, as maybe amended from time to time, to the fullest extent. Any proposed transfer on terms and conditions which are materially different from those described in the ROFR Notice, as well as any subsequent proposed transfer of any ROFR Shares by the Proposed ROFR Seller, shall again be subject to the right of first refusal of the ROFR Holders and the co-sale right of the Co-Sale Right Holders and shall require compliance by the Proposed ROFR Seller with the procedures described in Sections 8.2 and 8.3 of this Agreement.

8.4    Prohibited Transfers

(a)    Subject to Section 8.6, none of the Founder Holding Companies shall sell, assign, transfer, pledge, hypothecate, mortgage, encumber or otherwise dispose through one or a series of transactions, directly or indirectly any Ordinary Shares held by it to any Person on or prior to a Qualified IPO. Any attempt by the Founder Holding Companies to sell or transfer Ordinary Shares in violation of this Section 8.4 shall be void, and the Company hereby agrees that it will not effect such a transfer nor will it treat any alleged transferee as the holder of such shares.

 

-19-


(b)    The Founders and the Founder Holding Companies agree that the restrictions with regard to the transfer of the Founder Holding Companies’ shares in the Company as described under this Section 8.4 shall apply equally to transfer of the shares of the Founder Holding Companies, as if each of the provisions under this Section 8.4 has been repeated with regard to transfer of the shares of the Founder Holding Companies except that the reference to the shares in the Company has been revised to refer to the shares in the Founder Holding Companies, as applicable, so that the result of such restrictions on the indirect transfer of the shares in the Company by transferring the shares in the Founder Holding Companies is the same as if the Founder Holding Companies directly transfer the relevant shares in the Company.

8.5    Restrictions on Issuance by Group Company Prior to a Qualified IPO, the Founders shall not cause any Group Company (other than the Company) to, issue to any Person any equity securities of such Group Company, or any options or warrants for, or any other securities exchangeable for or convertible into, such equity securities of such Group Company.

8.6    Founder Transfers. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, the Founders or the Founder Holding Companies may sell, assign, transfer, pledge, hypothecate, mortgage, encumber or otherwise dispose through one or a series of transactions, directly or indirectly no more than five percent (5%) of the outstanding Shares accumulatively to any party so long as the Founder collectively beneficially own more than fifty percent (50%) of the outstanding Shares following such transfer.

8.7    Termination of Rights and Restrictions. The covenants set forth in this Article VIII shall terminate and be of no further force or effect (i) immediately before the consummation of the Qualified IPO, (ii) when the Company first becomes subject to the periodic reporting requirements of Section 12(g) or 15(d) of the Exchange Act, or (iii) upon a Deemed Liquidation Event and completion of the payment of the Series A Liquidation Amount (as defined in the Memorandum and Articles) and the remaining assets distribution as provided in the Memorandum and Articles., whichever event occurs first.

ARTICLE IX.

DRAG-ALONG OBLIGATION

9.1    Drag-Along Rights.

(a)    If, at any time prior to a Qualified IPO, any Investor (the “Drag-Along Seller”) secures an irrevocable offer to acquire all share capital or assets of the Company (a “Drag-Along Sale”) with a valuation of the Company of more than US$600,000,000 with any Person (such Person, a “Drag-Along Purchaser”) upon such terms and conditions as agreed to with the Drag-Along Seller, and such Drag-Along Sale is agreed by a majority vote of the other Investors and a majority vote of the Founders, each other Investor (an “Other Investor”) agrees, at the request of the Drag-Along Seller, to participate in such Drag-Along Sale as set forth in this Section 9.1.

 

-20-


(b)    If the Drag-Along Sale is structured as a sale of Shares, each Other Investor shall sell to the Drag-Along Purchaser all Shares then held by such Other Investor on the same terms and conditions as are applicable to the Drag-Along Seller, including the same per-share consideration with respect to a specific class of Shares, and shall execute the necessary transfer forms in favor of the Drag-Along Purchaser; provided that the proceeds from such sale of any Round C Investors shall not be less than the higher of (i) the Series A Liquidation Amount (as defined in the Memorandum and Articles) or (ii) the purchase price as stated in the offer of the Drag-Along Purchaser pro rata based on the number of Ordinary Shares held by such Round C Investors (on an as-converted basis); provided, further, that except with respect to any liability incurred by such Other Investor individually, such Other Investor shall not be liable to a Drag-Along Purchaser for an amount greater than the proceeds from such sale.

(c)    If the Drag-Along Sale is structured as a merger, amalgamation or scheme of arrangement of the Company or other transaction that requires the approval of the Investors, each Investor shall vote its respective Shares (or execute and deliver any written consents in lieu thereof) in favor of any Drag-Along Sale and all actions deemed reasonably necessary by the Drag-Along Seller in connection with the Drag-Along Sale, and against any action or proposal that may prevent, hinder or impede the consummation of the Drag-Along Sale.

(d)    The Drag-Along Seller shall provide written notice of a proposed Drag-Along Sale to the Other Investors (a “Drag-Along Sale Notice”) not later than ten (10) days prior to such proposed Drag-Along Sale. The Drag-Along Sale Notice shall identify the Drag-Along Purchaser, the per-Ordinary Share consideration for which a transfer is proposed to be made (the “Drag-Along Sale Price”) and all other material terms and conditions of the Drag-Along Sale. Each Other Investor shall be required to participate in the Drag-Along Sale on the terms and conditions set forth in the Drag-Along Sale Notice and to tender its Shares. The price and form of consideration payable in such transfer shall be the Drag-Along Sale Price.

(e)    The Drag-Along Seller shall have a period of 180 days from the date of receipt of the Drag-Along Sale Notice to enter into a definitive agreement providing for the Drag-Along Sale on the terms and conditions set forth in such Drag-Along Sale Notice, which Drag-Along Sale shall be promptly consummated, subject to fulfilling any closing conditions and obtaining any required regulatory approvals. If the Drag-Along Seller has not entered into a definitive agreement providing for the Drag-Along Sale within such 180-day period and the Drag-Along Seller proposes to effect a Drag-Along Sale after such 180-day period, the Drag-Along Seller shall again comply with the procedures set forth in this Section 9.1(e).

(f)    In connection with a Drag-Along Sale, each Other Investor shall (i) make such representations, warranties and covenants and enter into such definitive agreements as are customary for transactions of the nature of the Drag-Along Sale, (ii) benefit from and be subject to all of the same provisions of the definitive agreements as are applicable to the Drag-Along Seller, (iii) be required to bear its proportionate share of any escrows, holdbacks or adjustments in respect of the purchase price or indemnification obligations; provided that an Other Investor shall only be obligated to indemnify any other Person in connection with such Drag-Along Sale severally; provided, further, that no Other Investor shall be obligated to indemnify any other shareholder for any breach or misrepresentation by such other shareholder with respect to title in such other shareholder’s equity securities, (iv) be required to bear its proportionate share of the costs and expenses incurred by the Company and the Investors in connection with the proposed transaction (whether or not consummated), including all attorney’s fees and charges, all accounting fees and charges and all finders, brokerage or investment banking fees, charges or commissions (including, if requested by the Drag-Along Seller, an investment banking firm selected by the Drag-Along Seller and engaged, on customary terms (including customary indemnification from the Company)), to the extent not paid by the Company, and (v) to the extent permitted by applicable Law, not exercise any dissenters’ or appraisal rights to which they may be entitled in connection with a Drag-Along Sale.

 

-21-


9.2    Termination of Drag-Along Rights. The covenants set forth in Section 9.1 shall terminate and be of no further force or effect (i) immediately before the consummation of the Qualified IPO, (ii) when the Company first becomes subject to the periodic reporting requirements of Section 12(g) or 15(d) of the Exchange Act, or (iii) upon a Deemed Liquidation Event and completion of the payment of the Series A Liquidation Amount (as defined in the Memorandum and Articles) and the remaining assets distribution as provided in the Memorandum and Articles., whichever event occurs first.

ARTICLE X.

GOVERNANCE AND ADDITIONAL COVENANTS

10.1    Board of Directors.

(a)    As of the Execution Date, the Board of Directors shall consist of the following members:

 

  (i)

the Chief Executive Officer of the Company;

 

  (ii)

the Chief Operating Officer of the Company;

 

  (iii)

one (1) director appointed by the Chief Executive Officer of the Company;

 

  (iv)

one (1) Round A Director;

 

  (v)

one (1) Round B Director; and

 

  (vi)

one (1) Preferred Share Director

(b)    Each of the Founders and the Affiliate Investors shall take all actions available to it in its capacity as a shareholder of the Company, to take or cause to be taken all actions available to each that are necessary to maintain the composition of the Board of Directors as set forth in Section 10.1(a).

(c)    Only the Party who had the power to designate a director pursuant to Section 10.1(a) shall have the power to remove such director. Each of the Parties hereto agrees to take such action as is necessary to call a special meeting of the shareholders of the Company (or effect a written consent in lieu thereof) for the purpose of effecting any such removal, and at such meeting each such Party shall vote to accomplish said result. In the event that any director is removed or shall have resigned or become unable to serve, the Party who had the power to designate such director pursuant to Section 10.1(a) shall have the power to designate a person reasonably qualified to serve on the Board of Directors to fill such vacancy, whereupon each of the Parties hereto, or their successors and assigns, agree to take such action as is necessary to promptly elect such person to fill such vacancy (including, if necessary, calling a special meeting of the shareholders of the Company (or effect a written consent in lieu thereof) and voting all shares owned by the Parties hereto to accomplish such result). Except as provided above, no Party shall vote in favor of, or otherwise take any actions in respect of, the removal of any director who shall have been designated or nominated pursuant to Section 10.1(a).

 

-22-


(d)    The Board of Directors shall have a Chairman, and each of the Founders and the Affiliate Investors shall cause its designee directors(s) to support resolutions and actions by written consent of the Board of Directors that maintain or appoint to the position of Chairman of the Board of Directors the Chief Executive Officer of the Company.

(e)    On all actions to be taken and matters to be decided by the Board of Directors, each director shall be entitled to cast one (1) vote, and subject to Section 10.3, the affirmative vote of the directors having a majority of the total voting power represented at a meeting at which a quorum is present shall constitute an act of the Board of Directors. In the case of an equality of votes, the Chairman, if any, or in the absence of the Chairman, a director designated by the Board of Directors to preside at a meeting of the Board of Directors, shall have a second or casting vote in addition to any other vote such person may have.

10.2    Matters Requiring Requisite Approval. Each of the Company and the Founders hereby covenants and agrees with each of the Investors that no Group Companies shall take and Founders shall cause each Group Company not to take any of the following actions or effect or agree or commit to do any of the following, in each case directly or indirectly, whether by merger, consolidation, amalgamation or otherwise without Requisite Approval:

(a)    any change in any of the rights, preferences, privileges or priority of the holders of the Series A Preferred Shares;

(b)    authorization, creation or issuance of any class or series of Shares having any right, preference or priority superior to or on a parity with the Series A Preferred Shares;

(c)    repurchase or redemption of Shares (other than pursuant to the Company’s Employee Share Option Plan);

(d)    amendment of any Group Company’s memorandum and articles of association;

(e)    merger or consolidation of any Group Company;

(f)    liquidation or dissolution of any of the Group Companies, as well as any Deemed Liquidation Event; and

(g)    the sale, pledge or other disposition of all or substantially all of the Group Companies’ assets or the purchase of all or substantially all of the assets of another entity.

 

-23-


10.3    Matters Requiring Approval of the Board of Directors.

(a)    Each of the Company and the Founders hereby covenants and agrees with each of the Investors that no Group Company shall take and Founders shall cause each Group Company not to take any of the following actions or effect or agree or commit to do any of the following, in each case directly or indirectly, whether by merger, consolidation, amalgamation or otherwise without approval of a majority of the Board of Directors, including the affirmative vote of at least two (2) Investor Directors:

 

  (i)

the declaration or payment of a dividend on any shares/equity of the Group Companies;

 

  (ii)

the adoption or amendment of any employee share award plan, including the amendment of the Employee Share Option Plan;

 

  (iii)

any material transaction between any Group Company and any of its shareholders, directors, officers, employees or other insiders and any of their family members or affiliates other than on an arm’s-length basis and upon full disclosure to shareholders including the Investors;

 

  (iv)

the appointment or removal of the Chief Executive Officer of the Company;

 

  (v)

any incurrence of debt by any Group Company other than trade debts not exceeding US$10,000,000 in aggregate;

 

  (vi)

adoption of the annual Budget;

 

  (vii)

appoint or change the auditors of the Company;

 

  (viii)

the license or transfer of any patents, copyrights, trademarks or other intellectual property rights outside the normal business operations;

 

  (ix)

the termination or substantial change of the Company’s main business, or the involvement in any new business that is significantly different from the current main business;

 

  (x)

the settlement of any material legal action with a value in access of RMB10,000,000;

 

  (xi)

any initial public offering plan other than a Qualified IPO;

 

  (xii)

any increase or decrease to the capital of any of the Group Companies;

 

  (xiii)

any pledge on material assets of any of the Group Companies;

 

  (xiv)

any change to the number of directors on the Board of Directors, any change to the rules governing election to the Board of Directors and any change to the term of service of members of the Board of Directors;

 

-24-


  (xv)

any change to the name of the Company;

 

  (xvi)

any change to the Control Agreements (as defined in the Series A Share Purchase Agreement) and entering into any new control agreement by any Group Company;

 

  (xvii)

any change to the voting rights of any shares of the Company;

 

  (xviii)

the establishment or cessation of any material business lines carried on by the Company; and

 

  (xix)

any issuance to any Person any equity securities of the Company, or any options or warrants for, or any other securities exchangeable for or convertible into, such equity securities of the Company, except for any issuance pursuant to (x) the Series A Share Purchase Agreement or Round A and B Share Subscription Agreement, (y) the Company’s Employee Share Option Plan, or (z) the initial public offering.

(b)    Each of the Investors and Founder Holding Companies hereby covenants and agrees that it shall not undertake any pledge over its Shares without approval of a two-thirds majority of the Board of Directors.

10.4    Insurance. The Company shall obtain, upon the completion of a Qualified IPO, from financially sound and reputable insurers, directors and officers liability insurance in an amount and on terms and conditions satisfactory to the Board of Directors, and will use commercially reasonable efforts to cause such insurance policy to be maintained until such time as the Board of Directors (including the affirmative votes by at least two (2) Investor Directors) determines that such insurance should be discontinued.

10.5    Termination of Covenants. The rights and covenants set forth in this Article X (but with respect to Section 10.4) shall terminate and be of no further force or effect (i) immediately before the consummation of a Qualified IPO, (ii) when the Company first becomes subject to the periodic reporting requirements of Section 12(g) or 15(d) of the Exchange Act, or (iii) upon a Deemed Liquidation Event and completion of the payment of the Series A Liquidation Amount (as defined in the Memorandum and Articles) and the remaining assets distribution as provided in the Memorandum and Articles., whichever event occurs first.

ARTICLE XI.

CONFIDENTIALITY

 

  11.1

Confidentiality.

 

  (a)

Subject to Section 11.1(b):

 

  (i)

each of the Parties shall treat as strictly confidential and not disclose or use any documents, materials and other information, in whatever form, whether technical or commercial, received or obtained by it prior to entering into this Agreement or as a result of entering into this Agreement, in each case which relates to:

 

  (A)

the provisions of this Agreement and any agreement entered into in relation to this Agreement; or

 

  (B)

the negotiations relating to this Agreement (and any other agreements entered into in relation to this Agreement);

 

-25-


  (ii)

each Party shall treat as strictly confidential and not disclose or use any information relating to the business, financial or other affairs (including future plans and targets) of any other Party or any member of their group;

 

  (iii)

each Party shall treat as strictly confidential and not disclose or use any information relating to the business, financial or other affairs (including future plans and targets) of the Company.

(b)    Section 11.1(a) shall not prohibit disclosure or use of any information if and to the extent:

 

  (i)

the disclosure or use is required by law, any regulatory body or any recognized stock exchange on which the shares of any Party are listed;

 

  (ii)

the disclosure or use is required to vest the full benefit of this Agreement in any Party;

 

  (iii)

the disclosure or use is required for the purpose of any judicial proceedings arising out of this Agreement or any other agreement entered into under or pursuant to this Agreement or the disclosure is made to a Taxing Authority in connection with the Tax affairs of the disclosing Party;

 

  (iv)

the disclosure is made to professional advisers or actual or potential financiers of any Party on a need-to-know basis and on terms that these professional advisers or actual or potential financiers undertake to comply with the provisions of Section 11.1(a) in respect of such information as if they were a party to this Agreement;

 

  (v)

the information is or becomes publicly available (other than by breach of this Agreement);

 

  (vi)

the disclosure is made on a confidential basis to potential purchasers of all or part of any Party or to their professional advisers or financiers; provided that any of these persons need to know the information for the purposes of considering, evaluating, advising on or furthering the potential purchase;

 

-26-


  (vii)

the other Party has given prior written approval, such approval not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed, to the disclosure or use (including, without limitation, disclosure or use for the purposes of publicizing the transactions the subject of this Agreement or any other document drafted in connection with a Qualified IPO); or

 

  (viii)

the information is independently developed after the closing of the Qualified IPO;

provided that, prior to disclosure or use of any information pursuant to Section 11.1(b)(i), (ii) or (iii), the Party concerned shall promptly notify the other Parties of these requirements with a view to providing the other Parties with the opportunity to contest such disclosure or use or otherwise to agree on the timing and content of such disclosure or use.

(c)    A recipient of confidential information may disclose such confidential information to its shareholders, employees, directors, representatives and agents only to the extent reasonably necessary for the achievement of the objectives of this Agreement and the other documents drafted in connection with a Qualified IPO. A recipient of information shall ensure that its relevant shareholders, employees, directors, representatives and agents are aware of and comply with the confidentiality obligations set out in this Article XI.

11.2    Damages Not an Adequate Remedy. Without prejudice to any other rights or remedies which a Party may have, the Parties acknowledge and agree that damages would not be an adequate remedy for any breach of this Article XI and the remedies of injunction, specific performance and other equitable relief are appropriate for any threatened or actual breach of this provision and no proof of special damages shall be necessary for the enforcement of the rights under this Article XI.

11.3    Survival.

(a)    The disclosing Party shall remain responsible for any breach of this Article XI by the person to whom that confidential information is disclosed.

(b)    The provisions of this Article XI shall survive the termination of this Agreement for whatever cause.

ARTICLE XII.

NON-COMPETITION; NON-SOLICITATION

 

  12.1

Non-Competition.

 

  (a)

Until the third (3rd) anniversary of the Execution Date,

 

  (i)

no Founder or Founder Holding Company shall, directly or indirectly, conduct, manage, invest in, control or own any Competitor, unless such Founder or Founder Holding Company has first obtained the consent of a majority of the Investor Directors; and

 

-27-


  (ii)

each Founder and Founder Holding Company shall cause each of the directors and members of the senior management of the Company to comply with the obligations of Section 12.1(a)(i);

(b)    provided that the provisions of this Section 12.1 shall not prohibit the acquisition of any Founder Holding Company by any Competitor as long as no employee of the Founder Holding Company becomes actively engaged in the management or operation of such Competitor; provided, further, that the foregoing shall not limit the ability of the Founders, Founder Holding Companies and their respective Affiliates to engage in activities expressly contemplated by this Agreement.

(c)    If a judicial or arbitral determination is made that any of the provisions of this Section 12.1 constitutes an unreasonable or otherwise unenforceable restriction against any Founder, the provisions of this Section 12.1 shall be rendered void only to the extent that such judicial or arbitral determination finds the provisions to be unreasonable or otherwise unenforceable. In that regard, the Parties hereby agree that any judicial or arbitral authority construing this Agreement shall be empowered to sever any prohibited business activity, time period or geographical area from the coverage of this Section 12.1 and to apply the provisions of this Section 12.1 to the remaining business activities, time periods or geographical areas not severed by such judicial or arbitral authority. The time period during which the prohibitions set forth in this Section 12.1 shall apply shall be tolled and suspended for a period equal to the aggregate quantity of time during which any Founder violates such prohibitions in any respect.

12.2    Non-Solicitation. Until the second (2nd) anniversary of the Execution Date, no entity or business directly or indirectly controlled by any Founder shall, directly or indirectly, (i) solicit for employment or any similar arrangement any Founder or (ii) hire any Founder; provided, however, that this Section 12.2 shall not apply to Founders whose employment has been terminated by the Company and its Affiliates and clause (i) hereof shall not prohibit general solicitations for employment through advertisements or other means not targeted specifically to Founders.

ARTICLE XIII.

MISCELLANEOUS AND GENERAL

13.1    Amendment; Waiver. Any provision of this Agreement may be amended or waived if, and only if, such amendment or waiver is in writing and signed, in the case of an amendment, by each Party, or in the case of a waiver, by the Party against whom the waiver is to be effective. No failure or delay by any Party in exercising any right, power or privilege hereunder shall operate as a waiver thereof nor shall any single or partial exercise thereof preclude any other or further exercise thereof or the exercise of any other right, power or privilege. The rights and remedies herein provided shall be cumulative and not exclusive of any rights or remedies provided by Law except as otherwise specifically provided in this Section 13.1.

 

-28-


13.2    Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, each such counterpart being deemed to be an original instrument, and all such counterparts shall together constitute the same agreement.

13.3    Governing Law and Venue; Specific Performance.

(a)    THIS AGREEMENT SHALL BE GOVERNED BY AND INTERPRETED AND ENFORCED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK (INCLUDING SECTION 5-1401 OF THE NEW YORK GENERAL OBLIGATIONS LAW), WITHOUT GIVING EFFECT TO ANY CONFLICT OF LAW RULES THEREOF THAT WOULD REQUIRE OR PERMIT THE APPLICATION OF THE LAW OF ANY OTHER JURISDICTION.

(b)    Subject to Section 13.3(c), any disputes, actions and proceedings against any Party or arising out of or in any way relating to this Agreement shall be submitted to the HKIAC and resolved in accordance with the Arbitration Rules in force at the relevant time, except as such rules are modified or displaced by any of the provisions of this Agreement. The official language of the arbitration shall be English and the arbitration tribunal shall consist of three arbitrators (each, an “Arbitrator”). The claimant(s), irrespective of number, shall nominate jointly one Arbitrator; the respondent(s), irrespective of number, shall nominate jointly one Arbitrator; and a third Arbitrator will be nominated jointly by the first two Arbitrators and shall serve as chairman of the arbitration tribunal. In the event the claimant(s) or respondent(s) or the first two Arbitrators shall fail to nominate or agree to the joint nomination of an Arbitrator or the third Arbitrator, as applicable, within the time limits specified by the Arbitration Rules, such Arbitrator shall be appointed promptly by the HKIAC. The arbitration tribunal shall have no authority to award punitive or other punitive-type damages. The award of the arbitration tribunal shall be final and binding upon the disputing parties. Any party to an award may apply to any court of competent jurisdiction for enforcement of such award and, for purposes of the enforcement of such award, the Parties irrevocably and unconditionally submit to the jurisdiction of any court of competent jurisdiction and waive any defenses to such enforcement based on lack of personal jurisdiction or inconvenient forum.

(c)    Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Parties hereby consent to and agree that in addition to any recourse to arbitration as set out in this Section 13.3, any Party may, to the extent permitted under the Laws of the jurisdiction where application is made, seek an interim injunction from a court or other authority with competent jurisdiction and, notwithstanding that this Agreement is governed by the Laws of the State of New York, a court or authority hearing an application for injunctive relief may apply the procedural law of the jurisdiction where the court or other authority is located in determining whether to grant the interim injunction. For the avoidance of doubt, this Section 13.3(c) is only applicable to the seeking of interim injunctions and does not restrict the application of Section 13.3(b) in any way.

(d)    The Parties agree that irreparable damage would occur in the event that any of the provisions of this Agreement were not performed in accordance with their specific terms or were otherwise breached. It is accordingly agreed that the Parties shall be entitled to an injunction or injunctions to prevent breaches of this Agreement and to enforce specifically the terms and provisions of this Agreement in any court having jurisdiction, this being in addition to any other remedy to which such Party is entitled at law or in equity.

 

-29-


13.4    Notices. Any notice, request, instruction or other document to be given hereunder by any Party to any other Party shall be in writing and delivered personally or sent by registered or certified mail, postage prepaid, by facsimile, e-mail or overnight courier:

If to the Investors, to the address listed in Exhibit A for each Investor.

If to the Company:

ECMOHO Limited

2F/3F, Xuhuiyuan Building No. 1000,

Tianyaoqiao Road, Xuhui District,

Shanghai, People’s Republic of China.

Attention: Richard Wei

e-mail: richard@ecmoho.com

(with a copy to

Sullivan & Cromwell,

Level 32,

101 Collins Street,

Melbourne, Victoria 3000

Australia.

Attention: Robert Chu

fax: (+61-3) 9654-2422)

email: chur@sullcrom.com)

or to such other Person or addresses as may be designated in writing by the Party to receive such notice as provided above. Any notice, request, instruction or other document given as provided above shall be deemed given to the receiving Party upon actual receipt, if delivered personally, three (3) Business Days after deposit in the mail if sent by registered or certified mail, or upon confirmation of successful transmission if sent by facsimile or e-mail; provided that if given by facsimile or e-mail, such notice, request, instruction or other document shall be confirmed by the receiving party within one (1) Business Day of receipt by dispatch pursuant to one of the other methods described herein or on the next Business Day after deposit with an overnight courier.

13.5    Entire Agreement. This Agreement (including any annex hereto) constitutes the entire agreement and supersedes all other prior agreements, understandings, representations and warranties, both written and oral, among the Parties, with respect to the subject matter hereof. EACH PARTY AGREES THAT, EXCEPT FOR THE REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES CONTAINED IN THIS AGREEMENT, NEITHER THE INVESTORS NOR THE COMPANY MAKES OR RELIES ON ANY OTHER REPRESENTATIONS, WARRANTIES OR INDUCEMENTS, AND EACH HEREBY DISCLAIMS ANY OTHER REPRESENTATIONS, WARRANTIES OR INDUCEMENTS, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, AS TO THE ACCURACY OR COMPLETENESS OF ANY OTHER INFORMATION, MADE BY, OR MADE AVAILABLE BY, ITSELF OR ANY OF ITS REPRESENTATIVES, WITH RESPECT TO, OR IN CONNECTION WITH, THE NEGOTIATION, EXECUTION OR DELIVERY OF THIS AGREEMENT, NOTWITHSTANDING THE DELIVERY OR DISCLOSURE TO THE OTHER PARTY OR THE OTHER PARTY’S REPRESENTATIVES OF ANY DOCUMENTATION OR OTHER INFORMATION WITH RESPECT TO ANY ONE OR MORE OF THE FOREGOING; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, THAT NONE OF THE FOREGOING SHALL OPERATE TO LIMIT THE LIABILITY OF ANY OTHER PERSON IN RESPECT OF ANY CLAIM OR CAUSE OF ACTION BASED ON OR ARISING OUT OF FRAUD. NO PARTY SHALL BE BOUND BY, OR BE LIABLE FOR, ANY ALLEGED REPRESENTATION, PROMISE, INDUCEMENT OR STATEMENT OF INTENTION NOT CONTAINED HEREIN.

 

-30-


13.6    No Third-Party Beneficiaries. Each Party hereby agrees that its respective representations, warranties and covenants set forth herein are solely for the benefit of the other Party, in accordance with and subject to the terms of this Agreement, and this Agreement is not intended to, and does not, confer upon any Persons other than the Parties any rights or remedies hereunder, including the right to rely upon the representations, warranties and indemnities set forth herein.

13.7    Severability. The provisions of this Agreement shall be deemed severable and the invalidity or unenforceability of any provision shall not affect the validity or enforceability of the other provisions hereof. If any provision of this Agreement, or the application of such provision to any Person or any circumstance, is invalid or unenforceable, (i) a suitable and equitable provision shall be substituted therefor in order to carry out, so far as may be valid and enforceable, the intent and purpose of such invalid or unenforceable provision and (ii) the remainder of this Agreement and the application of such provision to other Persons or circumstances shall not be affected by such invalidity or unenforceability, nor shall such invalidity or unenforceability affect the validity or enforceability of such provision, or the application of such provision, in any other jurisdiction.

13.8    Assignment. This Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and be binding upon the successors and permitted assigns of the Parties. No Party may assign any of its rights or delegate any of its obligations under this Agreement, by operation of Law or otherwise, without the prior written consent of the other Party, except that the Investor may assign any of its rights and obligations under this Agreement to any of its Affiliates (other than the Company or any of its Subsidiaries) to whom it has transferred Registrable Investor Shares without the prior written consent of the Company (each, an “Affiliate Transferee”); provided that such Affiliate shall as a condition of effectiveness of such assignment duly execute a joinder agreement substantially in the form of Exhibit B, whereupon such Affiliate shall have the benefits of, and shall be subject to the obligations under, this Agreement as if such Affiliate was originally included in the definition of Investor herein and had originally been a Party hereto.

13.9    Fulfillment of Obligations. Any obligation of any Party to any other Party under this Agreement, which obligation is performed, satisfied or fulfilled completely by an Affiliate of such Party, shall be deemed to have been performed, satisfied or fulfilled by such Party.

 

-31-


13.10    Termination. Except as otherwise provided in this Agreement, this Agreement will terminate in respect of all the Parties at the earliest to occur of: (a) each Party agrees in writing to terminate this Agreement; and (b) upon the closing of a Deemed Liquidation Event and completion of the payment of the Series A Liquidation Amount (as defined in the Memorandum and Articles) and the remaining assets distribution as provided in the Memorandum and Articles. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the termination of this Agreement shall not affect (x) the rights perfected or the obligations incurred by the Parties prior to such termination (including liability for breach of this Agreement) and (y) the rights and obligations of the Parties under Article VII and Section 6.1.

[Signature Page Follows]

 

-32-


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Parties have caused this Agreement to be executed as of the date first written above.

 

Delta Capital Growth Fund II, L.P.
By:  

 

Name: Weigang Greg Ye
Title: Director

[Signature Page to Investors Rights Agreement]


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Parties have caused this Agreement to be executed as of the date first written above.

 

李水蓮

By:                                                                                  

[Signature Page to Investors Rights Agreement]


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Parties have caused this Agreement to be executed as of the date first written above.

 

ECMOHO Limited
By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:


EXHIBIT A

SCHEDULE OF INVESTORS

 

Investor

  

Address of Investor

  

Type of Share

Delta Capital Growth Fund II, L.P.

   392 Jian Guo West Road, Shanghai, China    Series A Preferred Shares

李水蓮

   台灣省桃園市蘆竹區南祥路 133 19 樓,郵遞區號 33854    Series A Preferred Shares

Round A Investors

   [●]    Class A-1 Ordinary Shares

Round B Investors

   [●]    Class A-2 Ordinary Shares

Best Winner

   [●]    Class A Ordinary Shares

Liberal Rich

   [●]    Class A Ordinary Shares

Lake Zurich Partners

   [●]    Class A Ordinary Shares

 

A-1


EXHIBIT B

FORM OF JOINDER AGREEMENT

THIS JOINDER (this “Joinder”) to the Investors Rights Agreement (the “Agreement”), dated as of [●], 2018, made by and between ECMOHO Limited, an exempted company incorporated under the Laws of Cayman Islands (the “Company”), each of the investors listed on Exhibit A attached to that Agreement (each, an “Investor” and together the “Investors”) and certain other parties, is made and entered into as of [●], by and among [●] (the “Holder”), the Company and the Investors. Capitalized terms used but not otherwise defined herein shall have the meanings set forth in the Agreement.

WHEREAS, the Holder desires to acquire certain Shares from [specified investor].

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the representations, warranties and covenants contained herein and other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties to this Joinder hereby agree as follows:

1.    Agreement to be Bound. The Holder hereby agrees that upon execution of this Joinder, the Holder shall become a party to the Agreement and shall be fully bound by, and subject to, all of the covenants, terms and conditions of the Agreement as though the Holder was [specified investor] on the date thereof and shall be deemed to be [specified investor] for all purposes thereof.

2.    Representations and Warranties of the Holder. By executing and delivering this Joinder, the Holder represents and warrants that the Holder is an Affiliate of [specified investor].

3.    Counterparts. This Joinder may be executed in separate counterparts, including by facsimile, each of which shall be an original and all of which taken together shall constitute one and the same agreement.

4.    Notices. For purposes of Section 13.4 of the Agreement, all notices, demands or other communications to the Holder shall be directed to:

[Name]

[Address]

[Attention]

[Facsimile Number]

5.    Governing Law. THIS JOINDER SHALL BE GOVERNED BY AND INTERPRETED AND ENFORCED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK (INCLUDING SECTION 5-1401 OF THE NEW YORK GENERAL OBLIGATIONS LAW), WITHOUT GIVING EFFECT TO ANY CONFLICT OF LAW RULES THEREOF THAT WOULD REQUIRE OR PERMIT THE APPLICATION OF THE LAW OF ANY OTHER JURISDICTION.

 

B-1


6.    Descriptive Headings. The descriptive headings of this Joinder are inserted for convenience only and do not constitute a part of this Joinder.

*****

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Joinder as of the date first written above.

 

[Holder]  
By:                                                               
Name:  
Title:  

 

Acknowledged and agreed by:
ECMOHO Limited
By:                                                               
Name:
Title:
[Investors]
By:                                                               
Name:
Title:

 

B-2

Exhibit 10.18

 

 

 

INVESTORS RIGHTS AGREEMENT

by and among

ECMOHO LIMITED,

BEHEALTH LIMITED,

UHEALTH LIMITED,

ECMOHO (HONG KONG) HEALTH TECHNOLOGY LIMITED,

SHANGHAI ECMOHO HEALTH BIOTECHNOLOGY CO., LTD.,

WANG YING,

ZENG QINGCHUN

and

EACH OF THE INVESTORS LISTED ON EXHIBIT A HERETO

Dated as of August 7, 2018

 

 

 


TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

         Page  
ARTICLE I.

 

INTRODUCTORY MATTERS

 

1.1

 

Defined Terms

     2  

1.2

 

Interpretation; Construction

     8  
ARTICLE II.

 

DEMAND REGISTRATION

 

2.1

 

Right to Request Demand Registration

     8  

2.2

 

Effective Demand Registration

     8  

2.3

 

Number of Demand Registrations

     9  

2.4

 

Selection of Underwriters

     9  

2.5

 

Priority on Demand Registrations

     9  

2.6

 

Effective Period of Demand Registrations

     9  
ARTICLE III.

 

PIGGYBACK REGISTRATION

 

3.1

 

Right to Request a Piggyback Registration

     9  

3.2

 

Selection of Underwriters

     10  

3.3

 

Priority on Primary Piggyback Registrations

     10  

3.4

 

Priority on Secondary Piggyback Registrations

     10  

3.5

 

Basis of Participation

     11  
ARTICLE IV.

 

F-3 REGISTRATION

 

4.1

 

Right to Request F-3 Registration

     11  

4.2

 

Effective F-3 Registration

     11  

4.3

 

Number of F-3 Registrations

     11  

4.4

 

Selection of Underwriters

     11  

4.5

 

Priority on F-3 Registrations

     12  

4.6

 

Effective Period of F-3 Registrations

     12  

 

i


ARTICLE V.

 

SUSPENSION PERIOD

 

5.1

 

Suspension Period

     12  

5.2

 

Additional Registration Rights

     13  
ARTICLE VI.

 

REGISTRATION EXPENSES

 

6.1

 

Registration Expenses

     13  

6.2

 

Termination of Registration Rights

     13  
ARTICLE VII.

 

MANAGEMENT AND INFORMATION RIGHTS

 

7.1

 

Delivery of Financial Statements

     13  

7.2

 

Inspection Rights

     14  

7.3

 

Termination of Information Rights

     14  

7.4

 

Confidentiality

     15  
ARTICLE VIII.

 

RIGHTS AND RESTRICTIONS REGARDING SHARE TRANSFERS

 

8.1

 

Right of First Offer

     15  

8.2

 

Right of First Refusal

     16  

8.3

 

Co-Sale Right

     18  

8.4

 

Prohibited Transfers

     19  

8.5

 

Restrictions on Issuance by Group Company

     20  

8.6

 

Founder Transfers

     20  

8.7

 

Termination of Rights and Restrictions

     20  
ARTICLE IX.

 

DRAG-ALONG OBLIGATION

 

9.1

 

Drag-Along Rights

     20  

9.2

 

Termination of Drag-Along Rights

     22  
ARTICLE X.

 

GOVERNANCE AND ADDITIONAL COVENANTS

 

10.1

 

Board of Directors

     22  

10.2

 

Matters Requiring Requisite Approval

     23  

 

ii


10.3

 

Matters Requiring Approval of the Board of Directors

     24  

10.4

 

Insurance

     25  

10.5

 

Termination of Covenants

     25  
ARTICLE XI.

 

CONFIDENTIALITY

 

11.1

 

Confidentiality

     25  

11.2

 

Damages Not an Adequate Remedy

     27  

11.3

 

Survival

     27  
ARTICLE XII.

 

NON-COMPETITION; NON-SOLICITATION

 

12.1

 

Non-Competition

     27  

12.2

 

Non-Solicitation

     28  
ARTICLE XIII.

 

MISCELLANEOUS AND GENERAL

 

13.1

 

Amendment; Waiver

     28  

13.2

 

Counterparts

     29  

13.3

 

Governing Law and Venue; Specific Performance

     29  

13.4

 

Notices

     30  

13.5

 

Entire Agreement

     31  

13.6

 

No Third-Party Beneficiaries

     31  

13.7

 

Severability

     31  

13.8

 

Assignment

     31  

13.9

 

Fulfillment of Obligations

     32  

13.10

 

Termination

     32  

 

Exhibit A:

 

Schedule of Investors

  

Exhibit B:

 

Form of Joinder Agreement

  

 

iii


INVESTORS RIGHTS AGREEMENT

THIS INVESTORS RIGHTS AGREEMENT (including the exhibits hereto, this “Agreement”), dated as of August 7, 2018 (the “Execution Date”), is made by and among:

 

1.

ECMOHO Limited (the “Company”), an exempted company incorporated under the laws of the Cayman Islands;

 

2.

ECMOHO (Hong Kong) Health Technology Limited (“ECMOHO Hong Kong”), a limited company incorporated under the laws of Hong Kong;

 

3.

Shanghai ECMOHO Health Biotechnology Co., Ltd. (上海易恒健康生物科技有限公司) (“ECMOHO Shanghai”), a limited liability company established under the laws of the People’s Republic of China;

 

4.

Founders (as defined below) and Founder Holding Companies (as defined below); and

 

5.

each of the investors listed on Exhibit A, as amended from time to time, attached to this Agreement (each, an “Investor” and together, the “Investors”).

The Company, ECMOHO Hong Kong, ECMOHO Shanghai and their respective Subsidiaries (as defined below) are referred to collectively herein as the “Group Companies”, and each a “Group Company”. “Group” refers to all the Group Companies collectively. All of the signatories to this Agreement are collectively referred to as the “Parties” and each individually as a “Party”.

RECITALS

WHEREAS, CID Greater China Fund V, L.P. (“CID”), STCH Investment Inc. (“STCH”, and together with CID, the “Round A Investors”), certain other investors and Shanghai ECMOHO Health Biotechnology Co, Ltd. (“ECMOHO Shanghai”) are parties to a shareholders agreement, dated as of August 18, 2015 (the “Round A Shareholders Agreement”);

WHEREAS, Smart Warrior Limited, CID, STCH, Shanghai Yihao Enterprise Management Partnership (Limited Partnership) (上海奕好企业管理合伙企业(有限合伙)), together, the “Round B Investors”), certain other investors and ECMOHO Shanghai are parties to a shareholders agreement, dated as of April 19, 2016 (the “Round B Shareholders Agreement”);

WHEREAS, on August 7, 2018, the Company issued certain number of shares of Class A Ordinary Shares to Best Winner Limited, Lake Zurich Partners Limited and Liberal Rich Limited;

WHEREAS, on August 7, 2018, the Company issued certain number of shares of Class B Ordinary Shares to the Founder Holding Companies (as defined below);


WHEREAS, the Round A Investors, the Round B Investors and the Company (or their respective affiliates) are parties to a share subscription agreement, dated as of August 7, 2018 (the “Round A and B Share Subscription Agreement”), pursuant to which the Company agreed to sell, and each of the Round A Investors and Round B Investors agreed to subscribe for, that number of Class A-1 and Class A-2 Ordinary Shares of the Company, set forth opposite such Round A Investor’s or Round B Investor’s name on exhibit A thereto;

WHEREAS, the Company and certain of the Investors (the “Round C Investors”) are parties to a Series A preferred share purchase agreement, dated as of August 2, 2018 (the “Series A Share Purchase Agreement”), pursuant to which the Company agreed to sell, and the Round C Investors agreed to purchase, that number of shares of Series A Preferred Shares of the Company (the “Series A Preferred Shares”), set forth opposite such Round C Investor’s name on exhibit A thereto;

WHEREAS, Behealth Limited, Delta Capital Growth Fund II, L.P. and 李水莲 have entered into an ordinary share purchase agreement, dated as of August 2, 2018 (the “Ordinary Share Purchase Agreement”), pursuant to which Behealth Limited agreed to sell, and each of Delta Capital Growth Fund II, L.P. and 李水莲 agreed to purchase, a certain number of shares of Class A Ordinary Shares of the Company; and

WHEREAS, the Parties desire to address certain relationships among themselves with respect to registration rights and certain other matters.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises, and of the representations, warranties, covenants and agreements contained herein, the Parties agree as follows:

ARTICLE I.

INTRODUCTORY MATTERS

1.1    Defined Terms. As used in this Agreement:

(a)    “ADSs” are American depositary shares of the Company;

(b)    “Affiliate” means, with respect to any Person, any other Person that directly, or indirectly through one or more intermediaries, controls, is controlled by or is under common control with, such specified Person;

(c)    “Affiliate Investor”, and collectively, “Affiliate Investors”, mean CID, STCH and Delta, (i) in the case of CID or STCH, so long as it owns at least 50% of the Shares that CID or STCH, as applicable, owns immediately following the closing of the Round A and B Share Subscription Agreement, and (ii) in the case of Delta, so long as it owns at least 50% of the Shares that Delta owns immediately following the closing of the Series A Share Purchase Agreement.

(d)    “Affiliate Transferee” has the meaning set forth in Section 13.8;

(e)    “Agreement” has the meaning set forth in the Preamble;

 

-2-


(f)    “Arbitration Rules” means the arbitration rules of the Hong Kong International Arbitration Centre;

(g)    “Arbitrator” has the meaning set forth in Section 13.3(b);

(h)    “Big 4 Accounting Firm” refers to any of Deloitte Touche Tohmatsu Limited, Ernst & Young, KPMG and PricewaterhouseCoopers;

(i)    “Board of Directors” means the board of directors of the Company;

(j)    “Budget” has the meaning set forth in Section 7.1(c);

(k)    “Business Day”, and collectively, “Business Days”, mean a day (other than a Saturday or Sunday or public holiday) on which banks are open for general corporate business in each of Shanghai, People’s Republic of China; George Town, Cayman Islands; Hong Kong; and New York, United States of America;

(l)    “CID” means CID Greater China Fund V, L.P.;

(m)    “Class A Ordinary Share” means a class A ordinary share in the capital of the Company, par value of US$0.00001 per share;

(n)    “Class B Ordinary Share” means a class B ordinary share in the capital of the Company, par value of US$0.00001 per share;

(o)    “Company” has the meaning set forth in the Preamble;

(p)    “Competitor” means a Person engaged, directly or indirectly (including through any partnership, limited liability company, corporation, joint venture or similar arrangement (whether now existing or formed hereafter)), in the health and wellness related e-commerce industry in the Chinese market, but shall not include any financial investment firm or collective investment vehicle that, together with its Affiliates, holds less than twenty percent (20%) of the outstanding equity of any Competitor;

(q)    “Constitutive Documents” means, with respect to a Person, such Person’s certificate of incorporation, formation or registration (including, if relevant, certificates of change of name), memorandum of association, articles of association or incorporation, charter, bylaws, trust deed, trust instrument, or equivalent documents, in each case as amended; and means, with respect to limited liability companies of the People’s Republic of China, articles of association or equivalent documents;

(r)    “Control”, including the correlative terms “controlling”, “controlled by” and “under common control with”, means the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management or policies of an entity, whether through ownership of voting securities, by contract or otherwise;

(s)    “Deemed Liquidation Event” has the meaning set forth in the Memorandum and Articles;

 

-3-


(t)    “Delta” means Delta Capital Growth Fund II, L.P.;

(u)    “Demand Registration” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.1;

(v)    “Derivative Securities” means any securities or rights convertible into, or exercisable or exchangeable for (in each case, directly or indirectly), Ordinary Shares, including options and warrants.

(w)    “Designated Holders” means each of the Investors and each of their respective Affiliate Transferees;

(x)    “ECMOHO Hong Kong” means ECMOHO (Hong Kong) Health Technology Limited, a limited company established under the Laws of Hong Kong;

(y)    “ECMOHO Shanghai” means Shanghai ECMOHO Health Biotechnology Co, Ltd. (上海易恒健康生物科技有限公司), a limited liability company established under the Laws of the PRC;

(z)    “Employee Share Option Plan” means the 2018 Employee Share Option Plan duly adopted by the Board of Directors and approved by the Company;

(aa)    “Exchange Act” means the U.S. Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended;

(bb)    “Execution Date” has the meaning set forth in the Preamble;

(cc)    “F-3 Registration” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.1;

(dd)    “Founders” means Ying WANG (王影) (PRC identification number: *** and Qingchun Zeng(曾庆春) (PRC identification number: ***);

(ee)    “Founder Holding Companies” means Behealth Limited and Uhealth Limited;

(ff)    “Fully Exercising Investor” has the meaning set forth in Section 8.1(b);

(gg)    “Governmental Entity” means any U.S. or non-U.S. governmental or regulatory authority, agency, commission, body, court or other legislative, executive or judicial governmental entity;

(hh)    “HKIAC” means the Hong Kong International Arbitration Centre;

(ii)    “IFRS” means the International Financial Reporting Standards issued by the International Accounting Standards Board;

(jj)    “Investor” has the meaning set forth in the Preamble;

 

-4-


(kk)    “Investor Beneficial Owners” has the meaning set forth in Section 8.1;

(ll)    “Investor Director”, and collectively, “Investor Directors”, means any of the Preferred Share Director, the Round A Director and the Round B Director.

(mm)    “Investor Share”, and collectively, “Investor Shares”, means any Share held by an Investor.

(nn)    “Law”, and collectively, “Laws”, mean any federal, state, local or foreign law, statute or ordinance, common law, or any rule, regulation, standard, judgment, order, writ, injunction, decree, arbitration award, agency requirement, license or permit of any Governmental Entity;

(oo)    “Maximum Offering Size” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.5;

(pp)    “Memorandum and Articles” means the memorandum of association and articles of association of the Company adopted by a special resolution of the shareholders of the Company on August 2, 2018;

(qq)    “New Securities” means equity securities issued by the Company after the date hereof; provided that securities created pursuant to a stock split, dividend or other subdivision of Ordinary Shares are not New Securities;

(rr)    “Offer Notice” has the meaning set forth in Section 8.1(a);

(ss)    “Offered Shares” has the meaning set forth in Section 8.2(a);

(tt)    “Ordinary Shares” means the ordinary shares of the Company, including the Class A Ordinary Shares and the Class B Ordinary Shares;

(uu)    “Ordinary Share Purchase Agreement” has the meaning set forth in the Recitals;

(vv)    “Original Shares” means ordinary shares with a par value of US$0.0001 each in the capital of the Company;

(ww)    “Party” has the meaning set forth in the Preamble;

(xx)    “Person” means any individual, corporation, partnership, trust, limited liability company, association or other entity;

(yy)    “Piggyback Registration” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.1;

(zz)    “Preferred Share Director” means Greg Ye, as the member of the Board of Directors appointed by the Round C Investors;

(aaa)    “Proposed ROFR Seller” has the meaning set forth in Section 8.2(a);

(bbb)    “Proposed ROFR Purchaser” has the meaning set forth in Section 8.2(a);

 

-5-


(ccc)    “Qualified IPO” means a firm-commitment underwritten initial public offering by the Company of its Ordinary Shares (or the ADSs thereof) on the New York Stock Exchange or NASDAQ Stock Market in the United States, the Hong Kong Stock Exchange or any other exchange in any other jurisdiction (or any combination of such exchanges and jurisdictions) acceptable to the Company, in any case with a pre-initial public offering valuation of at least US$600,000,000 and with aggregate offering proceeds (before deduction of underwriting fees, commissions or expenses) to the Company of not less than US$120,000,000 (or any cash proceeds of other currency of equivalent value);

(ddd)    “Registrable Investor Shares” means, the Investor Shares and any other securities issued or issuable with respect to such Investor Shares by way of a share split, share dividend, recapitalization, exchange or similar event or otherwise; provided, however, that as to any Investor Share, such Share shall cease to be a Registrable Investor Share when: (i) a Registration Statement (as defined herein) covering such Registrable Investor Share has been declared effective and such Registrable Investor Share has been disposed of pursuant to such effective Registration Statement; (ii) such Registrable Investor Share shall have been sold pursuant to Rule 144 (or any similar provision then in effect) under the Securities Act; (iii) such Registrable Investor Share is otherwise transferred in a private transaction and is no longer held by any Investor; or (iv) such Registrable Investor Share ceases to be outstanding;

(eee)    “Registrable Shares” means, at any time: (i) any of the Registrable Investor Shares; and (ii) any Ordinary Shares not previously issued to the public and currently held or hereafter acquired by a Designated Holder, and any other securities issued or issuable with respect to such Ordinary Shares by way of a share split, share dividend, recapitalization, exchange or similar event or otherwise; provided, however, that as to any Investor Share, such Investor Share shall cease to be a Registrable Investor Share when: (i) a Registration Statement (as defined herein) covering such Registrable Investor Share has been declared effective and such Registrable Investor Share has been disposed of pursuant to such effective Registration Statement; (ii) such Registrable Investor Share shall have been sold pursuant to Rule 144 (or any similar provision then in effect) under the Securities Act; (iii) such Registrable Investor Share is otherwise transferred in a private transaction and is no longer held by any Investor; or (iv) such Registrable Investor Share ceases to be outstanding;

(fff)    “Registration Statement” means any registration statement filed pursuant to the Securities Act;

(ggg)    “Requisite Approval” means the consent of at least fifty-five percent (55%) of the voting power of the Investors;

(hhh)    “ROFR Closing” has the meaning set forth in Section 8.2(c);

(iii)    “ROFR Holder” means each of the Investors and any of its Affiliates and its permitted assignees to whom its rights under Section 8.2 have been duly assigned in accordance with this Agreement;

(jjj)    “ROFR Notice” has the meaning set forth in Section 8.2(a);

(kkk)    “ROFR Offer” has the meaning set forth in Section 8.2(b);

 

-6-


(lll)    “Round A Director” means any member of the Board of Directors appointed by the Round A Investors;

(mmm)    “Round A Investor”, and collectively, “Round A Investors”, have the meaning set forth in the Recitals;

(nnn)    “Round A Shareholders Agreement” has the meaning set forth in the Recitals;

(ooo)    “Round A and B Share Subscription Agreement” has the meaning set forth in the Recitals;

(ppp)    “Round B Director” means any member of the Board of Directors appointed by the Round B Investors;

(qqq)    “Round B Investor”, and collectively, “Round B Investors”, have the meaning set forth in the Recitals;

(rrr)    “Round B Shareholders Agreement” has the meaning set forth in the Recitals;

(sss)    “Round C Investor”, and collectively, “Round C Investors”, have the meaning set forth in the Preamble;

(ttt)    “SEC” means the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission;

(uuu)    “Securities Act” means the U.S. Securities Act of 1933, as amended;

(vvv)    “Series A Preferred Shares” has the meaning set forth in the Recitals;

(www)    “Shares” means any of the issued and outstanding shares of all classes of share capital of the Company;

(xxx)    “STCH” means STCH Investment Inc.;

(yyy)    “Subsidiary”, and collectively, “Subsidiaries”, mean, with respect to any Person, any and all corporations, partnerships, limited liability companies, joint ventures, associations, variable interest entities or other entities controlled by such Person directly or indirectly through one or more intermediaries;

(zzz)    “Suspension Period” has the meaning set forth in Section 5.1(a);

(aaaa)    “Tax” means all forms of taxation whether direct or indirect and whether levied by reference to income, profits, gains, net wealth, asset values, turnover, added value or other reference and statutory, governmental, state, provincial, local governmental or municipal impositions, duties, contributions, rates and levies (including without limitation social security contributions and any other payroll taxes), whenever and wherever imposed (whether imposed by way of a withholding or deduction for or on account of tax or otherwise) and in respect of any person and all penalties, charges, costs and interest relating thereto;

 

-7-


(bbbb)    “Taxing Authority” means any taxing or other authority competent to impose any liability in respect of Tax or responsible for the administration and/or collection of Tax or enforcement of any law in relation to Tax;

(cccc)    “U.S. Dollars” or “US$” means United States dollars, the lawful currency of the United States of America; and

(dddd)    “U.S. GAAP” means generally accepted accounting principles in the United States as in effect from time to time.

1.2    Interpretation; Construction.

(a)    The table of contents and headings herein are for convenience of reference only, do not constitute part of this Agreement and shall not be deemed to limit or otherwise affect any of the provisions hereof. Where a reference in this Agreement is made to an annex, exhibit or section, such reference shall be to an annex, exhibit or section to this Agreement unless otherwise indicated. Whenever the words “include”, “includes” or “including” are used in this Agreement, they shall be deemed to be followed by the words “without limitation”.

(b)    The Parties have participated jointly in negotiating and drafting this Agreement. In the event that an ambiguity or a question of intent or interpretation arises, this Agreement shall be construed as if drafted jointly by the Parties, and no presumption or burden of proof shall arise favoring or disfavoring any Party by virtue of the authorship of any provision of this Agreement.

ARTICLE II.

DEMAND REGISTRATION

2.1    Right to Request Demand Registration. Subject to the provisions hereof, so long as an Affiliate Investor continues to be an Affiliate of the Company, such Affiliate Investor may, upon the request of holders of at least twenty-five percent (25%) of the Registrable Shares, at any time commencing the earlier of: (i) one hundred eighty (180) days after a Qualified IPO or (ii) the fifth (5th) anniversary of the Execution Date, request registration under the Securities Act, of all or part of the Registrable Investor Shares separate from an F-3 Registration (a “Demand Registration”); provided, however, that the Company shall not be obligated to effect a Demand Registration if the Affiliate Investor and any Designated Holders that have requested the opportunity to include Registrable Shares in the Demand Registration pursuant to this Agreement propose to sell Registrable Shares at an aggregate price (based on the then-current market prices) to the public of less than US$50,000,000.

2.2    Effective Demand Registration. Subject to the provisions of this Article II and Section 5.1, the Company shall use reasonable efforts to: (i) publicly file with the SEC, no more than one hundred twenty (120) days after receipt of an Affiliate Investor’s request pursuant to Section 2.1, a Registration Statement registering, subject to Section 2.6, such number of Registrable Investor Shares as requested by any Affiliate Investor to be so registered pursuant to Section 2.1; and (ii) cause such Registration Statement to be declared effective by the SEC as soon as practicable thereafter.

 

-8-


2.3    Number of Demand Registrations. Each Affiliate Investor may request up to two (2) Demand Registrations. The Company shall not count a request for registration as a Demand Registration for purposes of this Section 2.3 unless and until the Registration Statement filed with the SEC pursuant to such request has become effective or as otherwise specified in Section 2.6 or Section 5.1.

2.4    Selection of Underwriters. The Company shall have the right to select the managing underwriter or underwriters to administer any such offering.

2.5    Priority on Demand Registrations. If the managing underwriters of the Demand Registration advise the Company and the Affiliate Investor that in their opinion the number of Shares proposed to be included in the Demand Registration exceeds the number of Shares that can be sold in such underwritten offering without materially delaying or jeopardizing the success of the offering (including the price per Share of the Registrable Shares proposed to be sold in such underwritten offering) (the “Maximum Offering Size”), the Company shall include in such Demand Registration the number of Registrable Shares requested to be included therein by the Affiliate Investor and the Designated Holders pro rata among all such Affiliate Investor and Designated Holders, such that the aggregate number of Shares (including any Registrable Shares) proposed to be registered by the Company and all such holders does not exceed the Maximum Offering Size.

2.6    Effective Period of Demand Registrations. The Company shall use reasonable efforts to keep any Demand Registration continuously effective for a period equal to thirty (30) days from the date on which the Registration Statement is declared effective by the SEC or such shorter period that shall terminate when all of the Registrable Investor Shares covered by such Demand Registration have been sold. If the Company shall withdraw any Demand Registration pursuant to Section 5.1 before the earlier of: (i) the date when such thirty (30) days end; and (ii) the date when all of the Registrable Investor Shares covered by such Demand Registration have been sold pursuant thereto, the Affiliate Investor shall be entitled to a replacement Demand Registration, which shall be subject to all of the provisions of this Agreement.

ARTICLE III.

PIGGYBACK REGISTRATION

3.1    Right to Request a Piggyback Registration. If the Company proposes to register any Shares under the Securities Act (a “Piggyback Registration”) (other than on a Registration Statement on Form F-4, Form S-4, Form F-8 or Form S-8) at any time until the first date on which there are no Registrable Investor Shares outstanding, whether for its own account or for the account of one or more holders of Shares (excluding any Demand Registration pursuant to Article II, which shall be governed exclusively by Article II, and any F-3 Registration pursuant to Article IV, which shall be governed exclusively by Article IV), and the form of Registration Statement is suitable for the registration of Registrable Investor Shares, the Company shall give written notice to the Affiliate Investors at least ten (10) days before the anticipated filing date of its intention to effect such a registration and, subject to Section 3.3, Section 3.4 and Section 3.5, shall include in such Registration Statement and in any offering of Shares to be made pursuant to that Registration Statement such number of Registrable Investor Shares that the Affiliate Investor may request in writing to the Company to be included in the Registration Statement; provided that such written request by an Affiliate Investor must be made no later than five (5) days after receipt by the Affiliate Investor of the notice and the Company shall have no obligation to proceed with any Piggyback Registration and may abandon, terminate and/or withdraw the Piggyback Registration for any reason at any time prior to the pricing thereof. There shall be no limit on the number of times any Investor may request registration of Registrable Investor Shares under this Section 3.1.

 

-9-


3.2    Selection of Underwriters. The Company shall have the right to select the managing underwriter or underwriters to administer any underwritten offering pursuant to any Piggyback Registration.

3.3    Priority on Primary Piggyback Registrations. If a Piggyback Registration is initiated as a primary underwritten offering on behalf of the Company, and the managing underwriters advise the Company that in their opinion the number of Shares (including any Registrable Shares) proposed to be included in such Piggyback Registration exceeds the Maximum Offering Size, the Company shall include in such Piggyback Registration:

(a)    first, such number of Shares the Company proposes to include in the Piggyback Registration; and

(b)    second, to the extent the number of Shares included in the Piggyback Registration under clause (a) is:

(i)    less than the Maximum Offering Size, the number of Registrable Investor Shares requested to be included therein by the Affiliate Investor in an aggregate amount not to exceed the Maximum Offering Size less the Shares included under clause (i), such that the sum of the Shares proposed under clause (a) plus the number of Registrable Investor Shares proposed to be registered under clause (b) does not exceed the Maximum Offering Size; and

(ii)    greater than or equal to the Maximum Offering Size, the number of Registrable Investor Shares requested to be included therein by the Affiliate Investor in an aggregate amount not to exceed the Maximum Offering Size.

3.4    Priority on Secondary Piggyback Registrations. Subject to Section 3.3, if a Piggyback Registration is initiated as a secondary underwritten registration on behalf of the holders of Shares, and the managing underwriters advise the Company that in their opinion the number of Shares (including any Registrable Shares) proposed to be included in such Piggyback Registration exceeds the Maximum Offering Size, the Company shall include in such Piggyback Registration the number of Registrable Shares requested to be included therein by the Affiliate Investor and the Designated Holders and the number of Shares requested, and agreed by the Company, to be included therein by the holders of Shares, pro rata among all such holders, such that the aggregate number of Shares (including any Registrable Shares) proposed to be registered by the Company and all such holders does not exceed the Maximum Offering Size.

 

-10-


3.5    Basis of Participation. No Affiliate Investor may sell Registrable Investor Shares in any offering pursuant to a Piggyback Registration unless it: (i) agrees to sell such Registrable Investor Shares on the same basis provided in the underwriting or other distribution arrangements approved by the Company and that apply to the Company and/or any holders of Shares (including Registrable Shares) involved in such Piggyback Registration; and (ii) completes and executes all questionnaires, powers of attorney, indemnities, underwriting agreements, lockups and other documents required under the terms of such arrangements.

ARTICLE IV.

F-3 REGISTRATION

4.1    Right to Request F-3 Registration. Subject to the provisions hereof and the eligibility of the Company to use Form F-3, an Affiliate Investor may at any time commencing twelve (12) months after the Execution Date request that the Company file a Registration Statement on Form F-3 (or an amendment or supplement to an existing Registration Statement on Form F-3) for a public offering of all or such portion of the Registrable Investor Shares owned and designated by such Affiliate Investor pursuant to Rule 415 promulgated under the Securities Act or otherwise (an “F-3 Registration”); provided, however, that the Company shall not be obligated to effect an F-3 Registration if the Affiliate Investor together with any Designated Holders that have requested the opportunity to include Registrable Shares in the F-3 Registration pursuant to this Agreement propose to sell Registrable Shares at an aggregate price (based on the then-current market prices) to the public of less than US$15,000,000.

4.2    Effective F-3 Registration. Subject to the provisions of this Article IV and Section 5.1, the Company shall use reasonable efforts to: (i) publicly file with the SEC, no more than ninety (90) days after receipt of an Affiliate Investor’s request pursuant to Section 4.1, a Registration Statement on Form F-3 registering, subject to Section 4.5, such number of Registrable Investor Shares as requested by the Affiliate Investor to be so registered pursuant to Section 4.1; and (ii) cause such Registration Statement to be declared effective by the SEC as soon as practicable thereafter. If permitted under the Securities Act, such Registration Statement shall be one that is automatically effective upon filing.

4.3    Number of F-3 Registrations. Except as otherwise provided herein, there shall be no limit on the number of times that the Affiliate Investor may request an F-3 Registration, except that no more than one (1) F-3 Registration may be requested within any 12-month period. The Company shall not deem any registration requested by the Affiliate Investor pursuant to Section 4.1 to be a Demand Registration for purposes of Section 2.3.

4.4    Selection of Underwriters. The Company shall have the right to select the managing underwriter or underwriters to administer any such offering.

 

-11-


4.5    Priority on F-3 Registrations. If the managing underwriters of the requested F-3 Registration advise the Company and the Affiliate Investor that in their opinion the number of Registrable Shares proposed to be included in the F-3 Registration exceeds the Maximum Offering Size, the Company shall include in such F-3 Registration the number of Registrable Shares requested to be included therein by the Affiliate Investor and the Designated Holders pro rata among all such Affiliate Investor and Designated Holders, such that the aggregate number of Shares (including any Registrable Shares) proposed to be registered by the Company and all such holders does not exceed the Maximum Offering Size.

4.6    Effective Period of F-3 Registrations. The Company shall use reasonable efforts to keep any F-3 Registration effective until the earlier of: (i) the date that all of the Registrable Investor Shares covered by such F-3 Registration have been sold; and (ii) the date as of which the Affiliate Investor is permitted to sell its Registrable Investor Shares without registration pursuant to Rule 144 under the Securities Act without volume limitations or other restrictions on transfer thereunder.

ARTICLE V.

SUSPENSION PERIOD

5.1    Suspension Period.

(a)    The Company may (i) delay the filing or effectiveness of a Registration Statement in conjunction with a Demand Registration or an F-3 Registration or (ii) prior to the pricing of any offering of Registrable Investor Shares pursuant to a Demand Registration or an F-3 Registration, delay such offering (and, if it so chooses, withdraw any Registration Statement that has been filed) if any Founder, in consultation with the Board of Directors, determines in good faith (x) that proceeding with such an offering would require the Company to disclose material information that would not otherwise be required to be disclosed at that time and that the disclosure of such information at that time would not be in the best interests of the Company or its shareholders or (y) that the registration or offering to be delayed would, if not delayed, materially and adversely affect the Company, taken as a whole, or materially interfere with, or jeopardize the success of, any pending or proposed material transaction, including any debt or equity financing, any acquisition or disposition, any recapitalization or reorganization or any other material transaction. Any period during which the Company has delayed a filing, an effective date or an offering pursuant to this Section 5.1(a) is herein called a “Suspension Period”.

(b)    If pursuant to Section 5.1(a) the Company delays a Demand Registration or withdraws a Registration Statement, as the case may be, requested by any Investor, then such Investor shall be entitled to withdraw such request and such request shall not count against the limitations on registrations set forth in Section 2.3. The Company shall provide prompt written notice to such Investor of the commencement and termination of any Suspension Period and any withdrawal of a Registration Statement pursuant to Section 5.1(a). Such Investor shall keep the existence of each Suspension Period confidential and refrain from making offers and sales of Registrable Investor Shares during each Suspension Period. In no event shall: (i) the Company deliver notice of a Suspension Period to any Investor more than three times in any 12-month period; or (ii) a Suspension Period or Suspension Periods be in effect for ninety (90) consecutive days or more in any 12-month period.

 

-12-


5.2    Additional Registration Rights. The Company agrees not to grant registration or offering rights senior to those granted to the Affiliate Investors to any other holder of the Company’s securities without the prior approval of a majority of the Affiliate Investors.

ARTICLE VI.

REGISTRATION EXPENSES

6.1    Registration Expenses. The Company shall bear all expenses incident to the Company’s performance of or compliance with this Agreement, including without limitation (i) all registration and filing fees, (ii) fees and expenses of compliance with securities Laws, (iii) printing expenses, (iv) fees and disbursements of counsel for the Company, (v) all independent certified public accountants and other Persons retained by the Company and (vi) all “road show” expenses incurred in respect of any underwritten offering, including all costs of travel, lodging and meals (such expenses, the “Registration Expenses”). Each Investor participating in a registration shall bear such Investor’s proportionate share (based on the total number of shares sold in such registration other than for the account of the Company) of all underwriting discounts and commissions associated with any sale of Registrable Investor Shares and shall pay all of its own costs and expenses, including all fees and expenses of any counsel (and any other advisers) representing it, any share transfer taxes and duties, and ADS conversion fees, if any.

6.2    Termination of Registration Rights. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, the Company’s obligations under Article II through VI (inclusive) with respect to any Affiliate Investor, shall automatically terminate at the date on which, in the opinion of counsel to the Company, all Registrable Investor Shares may be sold without registration and without regard to any volume limitation requirement pursuant to Rule 144 promulgated under the Securities Act.

ARTICLE VII.

MANAGEMENT AND INFORMATION RIGHTS

7.1    Delivery of Financial Statements. The Company covenants and agrees that, commencing on the date of this Agreement, for so long as any Investor holds any shares of the Company, the Company shall deliver to each Investor, provided that the Board of Directors has not reasonably determined that such Investor is a Competitor of the Company:

(a)    as soon as practicable, but in any event within one hundred twenty (120) days after the end of each fiscal year of the Company (i) a balance sheet as of the end of such year, (ii) an income statement for such year, and (iii) a statement of cash flows for such year, all such financial statements prepared in accordance with U.S. GAAP or IFRS, audited and certified by independent public accountants of a Big 4 Accounting Firm selected by the Company;

 

-13-


(b)    as soon as practicable, but in any event within forty-five (45) days after the end of each fiscal quarters of the Company (i) an unaudited balance sheet as of the end of such quarter, (ii) an unaudited income statement for such quarter, and (iii) an unaudited statement of cash flows for such quarter prepared in accordance with U.S. GAAP or IFRS; and

(c)    as soon as practicable, but in any event within ten (10) days after the end of each fiscal year, a budget and business plan for the next fiscal year (collectively, the “Budget”), approved by the Board of Directors, including balance sheets, income statements and statements of cash flow and, promptly after prepared, any other budgets or revised budgets prepared by the Company and approved by the Board of Directors.

If, for any period, the Company has any subsidiary whose accounts are consolidated with those of the Company, then in respect of such period, the financial statements delivered pursuant to the foregoing sections shall be the consolidated and consolidating financial statements of the Company and all such consolidated subsidiaries.

Notwithstanding anything else in this Section 7.1 to the contrary, the Company may cease providing the information set forth in this Section 7.1 during the period starting with the date thirty (30) days before the Company’s good-faith estimate of the date of filing of a Registration Statement if it reasonably concludes it must do so to comply with the SEC rules applicable to such Registration Statement and related offering; provided that the Company’s covenants under this Section 7.1 shall be reinstated at such time as the Company is no longer actively employing its commercially reasonable efforts to cause such Registration Statement to become effective.

7.2    Inspection Rights. The Company shall permit each Affiliate Investor to (a) visit and inspect the headquarter of the Company and (b) discuss the business, affairs, finances and accounts of the Group with officers of the Company, in each case during normal business hours and in such a manner so as not to unreasonably interfere with the normal operations of the Group Companies, provided that each Affiliate Investor shall not exercise such rights more than twice a year.

7.3    Termination of Information Rights. The covenants set forth in Section 7.1 and Section 7.2 shall terminate and be of no further force or effect (i) immediately before the consummation of a Qualified IPO, (ii) when the Company first becomes subject to the periodic reporting requirements of Section 12(g) or 15(d) of the Exchange Act, or (iii) upon the closing of a Deemed Liquidation Event and completion of the payment of the Series A Liquidation Amount (as defined in the Memorandum and Articles) and the remaining assets distribution as provided in the Memorandum and Articles., whichever event occurs first.

 

-14-


7.4    Confidentiality. Each Investor agrees that such Investor will keep confidential and will not disclose, divulge, or use for any purpose (other than to monitor its investment in the Company) any confidential information obtained from the Company pursuant to the terms of this Agreement (including notice of the Company’s intention to file a Registration Statement), unless such confidential information (a) is known or becomes known to the public in general (other than as a result of a breach of this Section 7.4 by such Investor), (b) is or has been independently developed or conceived by such Investor without use of the Company’s confidential information, or (c) is or has been made known or disclosed to such Investor by a third party without a breach of any obligation of confidentiality such third party may have to the Company; provided, however, that an Investor may disclose confidential information (i) to its attorneys, accountants, consultants, and other professionals to the extent necessary to obtain their services in connection with monitoring its investment in the Company; (ii) to any prospective purchaser of any Registrable Securities from such Investor, if such prospective purchaser agrees to be bound by the provisions of this Section 7.4; (iii) to any Affiliate, partner, member, shareholder, or wholly owned subsidiary of such Investor in the ordinary course of business, provided that such Investor informs such Person that such information is confidential and directs such Person to maintain the confidentiality of such information; or (iv) as may otherwise be required by law, regulation, rule, court order or subpoena, provided that such Investor promptly notifies the Company of such disclosure and takes reasonable steps to minimize the extent of any such required disclosure.

ARTICLE VIII.

RIGHTS AND RESTRICTIONS REGARDING SHARE TRANSFERS

8.1    Right of First Offer. Subject to the terms and conditions of this Section 8.1 and applicable securities Laws, if the Company proposes to offer or sell any New Securities, the Company shall first offer such New Securities to the Investors. Each Investor shall be entitled to apportion the right of first offer hereby granted to it in such proportions as it deems appropriate, among (i) itself, (ii) its Affiliates and (iii) its beneficial interest holders, such as limited partners, members or any other Person having “beneficial ownership”, as such term is defined in Rule 13d-3 promulgated under the Exchange Act, of the Investor (“Investor Beneficial Owners”); provided that each such Affiliate or Investor Beneficial Owner (x) is not a Competitor, unless such party’s purchase of New Securities is otherwise consented to by the Board of Directors, (y) agrees to enter into this Agreement as an “Investor” under such agreement (provided that any Competitor as reasonably determined by the Board of Directors shall not be entitled to any rights under Sections 7.1, 7.2 and 8.1 hereof), and (z) agrees to purchase at least such number of New Securities as are allocable hereunder to the Investor holding the fewest number of Investor Shares and any other Derivative Securities.

(a)    The Company shall give notice (the “Offer Notice”) to each Investor, stating (i) its bona fide intention to offer such New Securities, (ii) the number of such New Securities to be offered, and (iii) the price and terms, if any, upon which it proposes to offer such New Securities.

 

-15-


(b)    By notification to the Company within thirty (30) days after the Offer Notice is given, each Investor may elect to purchase or otherwise acquire, at the price and on the terms specified in the Offer Notice, up to that portion of such New Securities which equals the proportion that the Ordinary Shares then held by such Investor (including all Ordinary Shares then issuable (directly or indirectly) upon conversion and/or exercise, as applicable, of the Series A Preferred Shares and any other Derivative Securities then held by such Investor) bears to the total Ordinary Shares of the Company then outstanding (assuming full conversion and/or exercise, as applicable, of all Series A Preferred Shares and any other Derivative Securities then outstanding). At the expiration of such 30-day period, the Company shall promptly notify each Investor that elects to purchase or acquire all the shares available to it (each, a “Fully Exercising Investor”) of any other Investor’s failure to do likewise. During the 10-day period commencing after the Company has given such notice, each Fully Exercising Investor may, by giving notice to the Company, elect to purchase or acquire, in addition to the number of shares specified above, up to that portion of the New Securities for which the Investors were entitled to subscribe but that were not subscribed for by the Investors which is equal to the proportion that the Ordinary Shares issued and held, or issuable (directly or indirectly) upon conversion and/or exercise, as applicable, of Series A Preferred Shares and any other Derivative Securities then held, by such Fully Exercising Investor bears to the Ordinary Shares issued and held, or issuable (directly or indirectly) upon conversion and/or exercise, as applicable, of the Series A Preferred Shares and any other Derivative Securities then held, by all Fully Exercising Investors who wish to purchase such unsubscribed shares. The closing of any sale pursuant to this Section 8.1(b) shall occur within the later of ninety (90) days of the date that the Offer Notice is given and the date of initial sale of New Securities pursuant to Section 8.1(c).

(c)    If all New Securities referred to in the Offer Notice are not elected to be purchased or acquired as provided in Section 8.1(b), the Company may, during the 90-day period following the expiration of the periods provided in Section 8.1(b), offer and sell the remaining unsubscribed portion of such New Securities to any Person or Persons at a price not less than, and upon terms no more favorable to the offeree than, those specified in the Offer Notice. If the Company does not enter into an agreement for the sale of the New Securities within such period, or if such agreement is not consummated within thirty (30) days of the execution thereof, the right provided hereunder shall be deemed to be revived and such New Securities shall not be offered unless first reoffered to the Investors in accordance with this Section 8.1.

(d)    The right of first offer in this Section 8.1 shall not be applicable to (i) Exempted Securities (as defined in the Company’s Constitutive Documents), (ii) Ordinary Shares issued in an initial public offering and (iii) equity securities of the Company issued under the Employee Share Option Plan.

8.2    Right of First Refusal.

(a)    Notice of Offer. If any holder of Shares (the “Proposed ROFR Seller”) intends to sell all or any part of the Shares it owns pursuant to a bona fide offer to buy from a Person (the “Proposed ROFR Purchaser”), the Proposed ROFR Seller shall submit a written notice (the “ROFR Notice”) to the Company and the Investors stating the name of the Proposed ROFR Purchaser, the number of Shares proposed to be sold (the “Offered Shares”), the material terms and conditions, including price, of the proposed sale. The Company shall have fifteen (15) Business Days from the date of the Proposed ROFR Seller issues the ROFR Notice, which shall be irrevocable for such time, to provide a written offer to the Proposed ROFR Seller to purchase all or any portion of the Offered Shares on terms, including price, no less favorable to the Proposed ROFR Seller than those reflected in the ROFR Notice.

 

-16-


(b)    Exercise of Right of First Refusal. If the Company has not elected to purchase all of the Offered Shares, the Company shall inform the Investors, within fifteen (15) Business Days after the ROFR Notice has been delivered to the Company, in writing of the number of Offered Shares that it has elected not to purchase, and each Investor that has received such notice from the Company shall have forty-five (45) Business Days from the date the Proposed ROFR Seller issues the ROFR Notice (the “ROFR Holders’ First Refusal Period”), which shall be irrevocable for such time, to provide a written offer to the Company and the Proposed ROFR Seller to purchase all or part of the remaining of the Offered Shares on terms, including price, no less favorable to the Proposed ROFR Seller than those reflected in the ROFR Notice (the “ROFR Offer”). Any ROFR Offer shall be irrevocable by the offering Investor and shall constitute a binding agreement. Each ROFR Holder shall have the right to purchase that number of the Offered Shares, equivalent to the product obtained by multiplying the aggregate number of the Offered Shares, by a fraction, the numerator of which is the number of Ordinary Shares (on an as-converted basis) held by such ROFR Holder at the time of the transaction and the denominator of which is the total number of Ordinary Shares (on an as-converted basis) owned by all ROFR Holders at the time of the transaction who have the right of first refusal to purchase the applicable shares and have elected to participate in such right of first refusal purchase.

(c)    Closing. The closing of any purchase of shares of the Company by a ROFR Holder pursuant to this Section 8.2(c) (the “ROFR Closing”) shall occur on such date as may be agreed by such ROFR Holder and the Proposed ROFR Seller, but in no event later than seventy-five (75) Business Days after the date on which the ROFR Notice is deemed to have been accepted. At the ROFR Closing, if all necessary conditions of the ROFR Closing have been satisfied or waived: (i) the Proposed ROFR Seller shall deliver to such ROFR Holder (x) an instrument of transfer executed by the Proposed ROFR Seller in favor of the ROFR Holder and (y) either an extract of the register of shareholders of the Company, dated as of the date of the ROFR Closing and duly certified by the registered office provider of the Company, evidencing the ROFR Holder’s ownership of the Offered Shares set out in the ROFR Offer or a certificate or certificates representing the Offered Shares; and (ii) the ROFR Holder shall deliver to the Proposed ROFR Seller the purchase price for the Offered Shares in cash, by wire transfer of immediately available funds to an account designated by the Proposed ROFR Seller, such account to be designated by the Proposed ROFR Seller no later than five (5) Business Days prior to the ROFR Closing.

(d)    Expiration Notice. Within ten (10) days following the expiration of the ROFR Holders’ First Refusal Period, the Company will give written notice (the “First Refusal Expiration Notice”) to the Proposed ROFR Seller and the ROFR Holders specifying either (i) that all of the Offered Shares were subscribed by the ROFR Holders exercising their rights of first refusal, or (ii) that the ROFR Holders have not subscribed for any or all of the Offered Shares in which case the First Refusal Expiration Notice will specify the Co-Sale Pro Rata Portion (as defined below) of the remaining Offered Shares (the “Remaining Shares”) for the purpose of the co-sale right of the Investors described in the Section 8.3 below.

(e)    Exclusions. Notwithstanding Section 8.2(a), none of the following transactions shall be subject to the right of first refusal described in this Section 8.2: (i) any transfer of Shares by a Founder or an Investor to any Affiliate of such Founder or such Investor; (ii) any sale in reliance on Rule 144A under the Securities Act; (iii) any sale of shares of the Company pursuant to Rule 144 under the Securities Act; (iv) any sale of shares of the Company to the public pursuant to a Registration Statement filed with, and declared effective by, the SEC under the Securities Act; and (v) other on-market sales; provided that in each of (ii) and (iv) above, any such sale shall be (x) to five (5) or more purchasers, none of which shall be Affiliates of any other such purchaser and (y) no more than five percent (5%) of the total number of issued and outstanding Shares on a fully diluted basis shall be transferred by any seller in any such sale or series of such sales to any purchaser in aggregate with its Affiliates.

 

-17-


(f)    Subordination. The Investors’ right of first refusal under this Section 8.2 shall be subordinated to only the Company’s right of first refusal.

8.3    Co-Sale Right. In the event that any Founder of any Founder Holding Company proposes to sell any or all of the number of Shares (the “Founders’ Offered Shares”), then the Remaining Shares shall be subject to co-sale rights under this Section 8.3 and each ROFR Holder who has not exercised any of its right of first refusal with respect to the Founders’ Offered Shares (the “Co-Sale Right Holder”) shall have the right, exercisable upon written notice to the Proposed ROFR Seller, the Company and each other Co-Sale Right Holder (the “Co-Sale Notice”) within ten (10) Business Days after receipt of First Refusal Expiration Notice (the “Co-Sale Right Period”), to participate in such sale of the Remaining Shares on the same terms and conditions as set forth in the ROFR Notice. The Co-Sale Notice shall set forth the number of Ordinary Shares that such Co-Sale Right Holder wishes to include in such sale or transfer, which amount shall not exceed the Co-Sale Pro Rata Portion (as defined below) of such Co-Sale Right Holder. To the extent one or more of the Co-Sale Right Holders exercise such right of participation in accordance with the terms and conditions set forth below, the number of Ordinary Shares that such Proposed ROFR Seller may sell in the transaction shall be correspondingly reduced. The co-sale right of each Co-Sale Right Holder shall be subject to the following terms and conditions:

(a)    Co-Sale Pro Rata Portion. Each Co-Sale Right Holder may sell all or any part of that number of Ordinary Shares (on an as-converted basis) held by it that is equal to the product obtained by multiplying (x) the aggregate number of the Remaining Shares subject to the co-sale right hereunder by (y) a fraction, the numerator of which is the number of Ordinary Shares (on an as-converted basis) owned by such Co-Sale Right Holder at the time of the sale or transfer and the denominator of which is the combined number of Ordinary Shares (on an as-converted basis) at the time owned by all Co-Sale Right Holders who elect to exercise their co-sale rights (if any Co-Sale Right Holder does not elect to exercise the co-sale right to the full extent then its Ordinary Shares (on as-converted basis) for calculation in the denominator shall be proportionately reduced) (“Co-Sale Pro Rata Portion”).

(b)    Transferred Shares. Each participating Co-Sale Right Holder shall effect its participation in the sale by promptly delivering to the Proposed ROFR Seller for transfer to the Proposed ROFR Purchaser an executed instrument of transfer and one or more certificates which represent:

(i)    the number of Ordinary Shares (on an as-converted basis) which such Co-Sale Right Holder elects to sell;

(ii)    that number of Preferred Shares which is at such time convertible into the number of Ordinary Shares that such Co-Sale Right Holder elects to sell; provided in such case that, if the Proposed ROFR Purchaser objects to the allotment of Preferred Shares in lieu of Ordinary Shares, such Co-Sale Right Holder shall convert such Preferred Shares into Ordinary Shares and allot Ordinary Shares as provided in Subsection 8.3(b)(i) above. The Company agrees to make any such conversion concurrent with the actual transfer of such shares to the purchaser; or

 

-18-


(iii)    a combination of the above.

(c)    Payment. The share certificate or certificates, together with an instrument of transfer duly executed by the participating Co-Sale Right Holder, that the participating Co-Sale Right Holder delivers to the Proposed ROFR Seller pursuant to Section 8.3(b) shall be transferred to the Proposed ROFR Purchaser in consummation of the sale of the Founders’ Offered Shares pursuant to the terms and conditions specified in the ROFR Notice, and the Proposed ROFR Seller shall concurrently therewith remit to such Co-Sale Right Holder that portion of the sale proceeds to which such Co-Sale Right Holder is entitled by reason of its participation in such sale. To the extent that any Proposed ROFR Purchaser prohibits such assignment or otherwise refuses to purchase any shares or other securities from a Co-Sale Right Holder exercising its co-sale right hereunder, the Proposed ROFR Seller shall not sell to such Proposed ROFR Purchaser any ROFR Shares unless and until, simultaneously with such sale, the Proposed ROFR Seller shall purchase such shares or other securities from such Co-Sale Right Holder.

(d)    Right to Transfer. To the extent the ROFR Holders do not elect to purchase, or to participate in the sale of, any or all of the Founders ‘Offered Shares subject to the ROFR Notice, the Proposed ROFR Seller may, not later than ninety (90) Business Days following delivery to the Company and each of the ROFR Holders of the ROFR Notice, conclude a transfer of the Remaining Shares covered by the ROFR Notice and not elected to be purchased by the ROFR Holders, which in each case shall be on substantially the same terms and conditions as those described in the ROFR Notice. The Proposed ROFR Seller shall cause any Proposed ROFR Purchaser of such shares to comply with this Agreement and Memorandum and Articles, as maybe amended from time to time, to the fullest extent. Any proposed transfer on terms and conditions which are materially different from those described in the ROFR Notice, as well as any subsequent proposed transfer of any ROFR Shares by the Proposed ROFR Seller, shall again be subject to the right of first refusal of the ROFR Holders and the co-sale right of the Co-Sale Right Holders and shall require compliance by the Proposed ROFR Seller with the procedures described in Sections 8.2 and 8.3 of this Agreement.

8.4    Prohibited Transfers

(a)    Subject to Section 8.6, none of the Founder Holding Companies shall sell, assign, transfer, pledge, hypothecate, mortgage, encumber or otherwise dispose through one or a series of transactions, directly or indirectly any Ordinary Shares held by it to any Person on or prior to a Qualified IPO. Any attempt by the Founder Holding Companies to sell or transfer Ordinary Shares in violation of this Section 8.4 shall be void, and the Company hereby agrees that it will not effect such a transfer nor will it treat any alleged transferee as the holder of such shares.

 

-19-


(b)    The Founders and the Founder Holding Companies agree that the restrictions with regard to the transfer of the Founder Holding Companies’ shares in the Company as described under this Section 8.4 shall apply equally to transfer of the shares of the Founder Holding Companies, as if each of the provisions under this Section 8.4 has been repeated with regard to transfer of the shares of the Founder Holding Companies except that the reference to the shares in the Company has been revised to refer to the shares in the Founder Holding Companies, as applicable, so that the result of such restrictions on the indirect transfer of the shares in the Company by transferring the shares in the Founder Holding Companies is the same as if the Founder Holding Companies directly transfer the relevant shares in the Company.

8.5    Restrictions on Issuance by Group Company Prior to a Qualified IPO, the Founders shall not cause any Group Company (other than the Company) to, issue to any Person any equity securities of such Group Company, or any options or warrants for, or any other securities exchangeable for or convertible into, such equity securities of such Group Company.

8.6    Founder Transfers. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, the Founders or the Founder Holding Companies may sell, assign, transfer, pledge, hypothecate, mortgage, encumber or otherwise dispose through one or a series of transactions, directly or indirectly no more than five percent (5%) of the outstanding Shares accumulatively to any party so long as the Founder collectively beneficially own more than fifty percent (50%) of the outstanding Shares following such transfer.

8.7    Termination of Rights and Restrictions. The covenants set forth in this Article VIII shall terminate and be of no further force or effect (i) immediately before the consummation of the Qualified IPO, (ii) when the Company first becomes subject to the periodic reporting requirements of Section 12(g) or 15(d) of the Exchange Act, or (iii) upon a Deemed Liquidation Event and completion of the payment of the Series A Liquidation Amount (as defined in the Memorandum and Articles) and the remaining assets distribution as provided in the Memorandum and Articles., whichever event occurs first.

ARTICLE IX.

DRAG-ALONG OBLIGATION

9.1    Drag-Along Rights.

(a)    If, at any time prior to a Qualified IPO, any Investor (the “Drag-Along Seller”) secures an irrevocable offer to acquire all share capital or assets of the Company (a “Drag-Along Sale”) with a valuation of the Company of more than US$600,000,000 with any Person (such Person, a “Drag-Along Purchaser”) upon such terms and conditions as agreed to with the Drag-Along Seller, and such Drag-Along Sale is agreed by a majority vote of the other Investors and a majority vote of the Founders, each other Investor (an “Other Investor”) agrees, at the request of the Drag-Along Seller, to participate in such Drag-Along Sale as set forth in this Section 9.1.

 

-20-


(b)    If the Drag-Along Sale is structured as a sale of Shares, each Other Investor shall sell to the Drag-Along Purchaser all Shares then held by such Other Investor on the same terms and conditions as are applicable to the Drag-Along Seller, including the same per-share consideration with respect to a specific class of Shares, and shall execute the necessary transfer forms in favor of the Drag- Along Purchaser; provided that the proceeds from such sale of any Round C Investors shall not be less than the higher of (i) the Series A Liquidation Amount (as defined in the Memorandum and Articles) or (ii) the purchase price as stated in the offer of the Drag-Along Purchaser pro rata based on the number of Ordinary Shares held by such Round C Investors (on an as-converted basis); provided, further, that except with respect to any liability incurred by such Other Investor individually, such Other Investor shall not be liable to a Drag-Along Purchaser for an amount greater than the proceeds from such sale.

(c)    If the Drag-Along Sale is structured as a merger, amalgamation or scheme of arrangement of the Company or other transaction that requires the approval of the Investors, each Investor shall vote its respective Shares (or execute and deliver any written consents in lieu thereof) in favor of any Drag-Along Sale and all actions deemed reasonably necessary by the Drag-Along Seller in connection with the Drag-Along Sale, and against any action or proposal that may prevent, hinder or impede the consummation of the Drag-Along Sale.

(d)    The Drag-Along Seller shall provide written notice of a proposed Drag- Along Sale to the Other Investors (a “Drag-Along Sale Notice”) not later than ten (10) days prior to such proposed Drag-Along Sale. The Drag-Along Sale Notice shall identify the Drag-Along Purchaser, the per-Ordinary Share consideration for which a transfer is proposed to be made (the “Drag-Along Sale Price”) and all other material terms and conditions of the Drag-Along Sale. Each Other Investor shall be required to participate in the Drag-Along Sale on the terms and conditions set forth in the Drag-Along Sale Notice and to tender its Shares. The price and form of consideration payable in such transfer shall be the Drag-Along Sale Price.

(e)    The Drag-Along Seller shall have a period of 180 days from the date of receipt of the Drag-Along Sale Notice to enter into a definitive agreement providing for the Drag-Along Sale on the terms and conditions set forth in such Drag-Along Sale Notice, which Drag-Along Sale shall be promptly consummated, subject to fulfilling any closing conditions and obtaining any required regulatory approvals. If the Drag-Along Seller has not entered into a definitive agreement providing for the Drag-Along Sale within such 180-day period and the Drag-Along Seller proposes to effect a Drag-Along Sale after such 180-day period, the Drag-Along Seller shall again comply with the procedures set forth in this Section 9.1(e).

(f)    In connection with a Drag-Along Sale, each Other Investor shall (i) make such representations, warranties and covenants and enter into such definitive agreements as are customary for transactions of the nature of the Drag-Along Sale, (ii) benefit from and be subject to all of the same provisions of the definitive agreements as are applicable to the Drag-Along Seller, (iii) be required to bear its proportionate share of any escrows, holdbacks or adjustments in respect of the purchase price or indemnification obligations; provided that an Other Investor shall only be obligated to indemnify any other Person in connection with such Drag-Along Sale severally; provided, further, that no Other Investor shall be obligated to indemnify any other shareholder for any breach or misrepresentation by such other shareholder with respect to title in such other shareholder’s equity securities, (iv) be required to bear its proportionate share of the costs and expenses incurred by the Company and the Investors in connection with the proposed transaction (whether or not consummated), including all attorney’s fees and charges, all accounting fees and charges and all finders, brokerage or investment banking fees, charges or commissions (including, if requested by the Drag-Along Seller, an investment banking firm selected by the Drag-Along Seller and engaged, on customary terms (including customary indemnification from the Company)), to the extent not paid by the Company, and (v) to the extent permitted by applicable Law, not exercise any dissenters’ or appraisal rights to which they may be entitled in connection with a Drag-Along Sale.

 

-21-


9.2    Termination of Drag-Along Rights. The covenants set forth in Section 9.1 shall terminate and be of no further force or effect (i) immediately before the consummation of the Qualified IPO, (ii) when the Company first becomes subject to the periodic reporting requirements of Section 12(g) or 15(d) of the Exchange Act, or (iii) upon a Deemed Liquidation Event and completion of the payment of the Series A Liquidation Amount (as defined in the Memorandum and Articles) and the remaining assets distribution as provided in the Memorandum and Articles., whichever event occurs first.

ARTICLE X.

GOVERNANCE AND ADDITIONAL COVENANTS

10.1    Board of Directors.

(a)    As of the Execution Date, the Board of Directors shall consist of the following members:

 

  (i)

the Chief Executive Officer of the Company;

 

  (ii)

the Chief Operating Officer of the Company;

 

  (iii)

one (1) director appointed by the Chief Executive Officer of the Company;

 

  (iv)

one (1) Round A Director;

 

  (v)

one (1) Round B Director; and

 

  (vi)

one (1) Preferred Share Director

(b)    Each of the Founders and the Affiliate Investors shall take all actions available to it in its capacity as a shareholder of the Company, to take or cause to be taken all actions available to each that are necessary to maintain the composition of the Board of Directors as set forth in Section 10.1(a).

(c)    Only the Party who had the power to designate a director pursuant to Section 10.1(a) shall have the power to remove such director. Each of the Parties hereto agrees to take such action as is necessary to call a special meeting of the shareholders of the Company (or effect a written consent in lieu thereof) for the purpose of effecting any such removal, and at such meeting each such Party shall vote to accomplish said result. In the event that any director is removed or shall have resigned or become unable to serve, the Party who had the power to designate such director pursuant to Section 10.1(a) shall have the power to designate a person reasonably qualified to serve on the Board of Directors to fill such vacancy, whereupon each of the Parties hereto, or their successors and assigns, agree to take such action as is necessary to promptly elect such person to fill such vacancy (including, if necessary, calling a special meeting of the shareholders of the Company (or effect a written consent in lieu thereof) and voting all shares owned by the Parties hereto to accomplish such result). Except as provided above, no Party shall vote in favor of, or otherwise take any actions in respect of, the removal of any director who shall have been designated or nominated pursuant to Section 10.1(a).

 

-22-


(d)    The Board of Directors shall have a Chairman, and each of the Founders and the Affiliate Investors shall cause its designee directors(s) to support resolutions and actions by written consent of the Board of Directors that maintain or appoint to the position of Chairman of the Board of Directors the Chief Executive Officer of the Company.

(e)    On all actions to be taken and matters to be decided by the Board of Directors, each director shall be entitled to cast one (1) vote, and subject to Section 10.3, the affirmative vote of the directors having a majority of the total voting power represented at a meeting at which a quorum is present shall constitute an act of the Board of Directors. In the case of an equality of votes, the Chairman, if any, or in the absence of the Chairman, a director designated by the Board of Directors to preside at a meeting of the Board of Directors, shall have a second or casting vote in addition to any other vote such person may have.

10.2    Matters Requiring Requisite Approval. Each of the Company and the Founders hereby covenants and agrees with each of the Investors that no Group Companies shall take and Founders shall cause each Group Company not to take any of the following actions or effect or agree or commit to do any of the following, in each case directly or indirectly, whether by merger, consolidation, amalgamation or otherwise without Requisite Approval:

(a)    any change in any of the rights, preferences, privileges or priority of the holders of the Series A Preferred Shares;

(b)    authorization, creation or issuance of any class or series of Shares having any right, preference or priority superior to or on a parity with the Series A Preferred Shares;

(c)    repurchase or redemption of Shares (other than pursuant to the Company’s Employee Share Option Plan);

(d)    amendment of any Group Company’s memorandum and articles of association;

(e)    merger or consolidation of any Group Company;

(f)    liquidation or dissolution of any of the Group Companies, as well as any Deemed Liquidation Event; and

(g)    the sale, pledge or other disposition of all or substantially all of the Group Companies’ assets or the purchase of all or substantially all of the assets of another entity.

 

-23-


10.3    Matters Requiring Approval of the Board of Directors.

(a)    Each of the Company and the Founders hereby covenants and agrees with each of the Investors that no Group Company shall take and Founders shall cause each Group Company not to take any of the following actions or effect or agree or commit to do any of the following, in each case directly or indirectly, whether by merger, consolidation, amalgamation or otherwise without approval of a majority of the Board of Directors, including the affirmative vote of at least two (2) Investor Directors:

 

  (i)

the declaration or payment of a dividend on any shares/equity of the Group Companies;

 

  (ii)

the adoption or amendment of any employee share award plan, including the amendment of the Employee Share Option Plan;

 

  (iii)

any material transaction between any Group Company and any of its shareholders, directors, officers, employees or other insiders and any of their family members or affiliates other than on an arm’s-length basis and upon full disclosure to shareholders including the Investors;

 

  (iv)

the appointment or removal of the Chief Executive Officer of the Company;

 

  (v)

any incurrence of debt by any Group Company other than trade debts not exceeding US$10,000,000 in aggregate;

 

  (vi)

adoption of the annual Budget;

 

  (vii)

appoint or change the auditors of the Company;

 

  (viii)

the license or transfer of any patents, copyrights, trademarks or other intellectual property rights outside the normal business operations;

 

  (ix)

the termination or substantial change of the Company’s main business, or the involvement in any new business that is significantly different from the current main business;

 

  (x)

the settlement of any material legal action with a value in access of RMB10,000,000;

 

  (xi)

any initial public offering plan other than a Qualified IPO;

 

  (xii)

any increase or decrease to the capital of any of the Group Companies;

 

  (xiii)

any pledge on material assets of any of the Group Companies;

 

  (xiv)

any change to the number of directors on the Board of Directors, any change to the rules governing election to the Board of Directors and any change to the term of service of members of the Board of Directors;

 

-24-


  (xv)

any change to the name of the Company;

 

  (xvi)

any change to the Control Agreements (as defined in the Series A Share Purchase Agreement) and entering into any new control agreement by any Group Company;

 

  (xvii)

any change to the voting rights of any shares of the Company;

 

  (xviii)

the establishment or cessation of any material business lines carried on by the Company; and

 

  (xix)

any issuance to any Person any equity securities of the Company, or any options or warrants for, or any other securities exchangeable for or convertible into, such equity securities of the Company, except for any issuance pursuant to (x) the Series A Share Purchase Agreement or Round A and B Share Subscription Agreement, (y) the Company’s Employee Share Option Plan, or (z) the initial public offering.

(b)    Each of the Investors and Founder Holding Companies hereby covenants and agrees that it shall not undertake any pledge over its Shares without approval of a two-thirds majority of the Board of Directors.

10.4    Insurance. The Company shall obtain, upon the completion of a Qualified IPO, from financially sound and reputable insurers, directors and officers liability insurance in an amount and on terms and conditions satisfactory to the Board of Directors, and will use commercially reasonable efforts to cause such insurance policy to be maintained until such time as the Board of Directors (including the affirmative votes by at least two (2) Investor Directors) determines that such insurance should be discontinued.

10.5    Termination of Covenants. The rights and covenants set forth in this Article X (but with respect to Section 10.4) shall terminate and be of no further force or effect (i) immediately before the consummation of a Qualified IPO, (ii) when the Company first becomes subject to the periodic reporting requirements of Section 12(g) or 15(d) of the Exchange Act, or (iii) upon a Deemed Liquidation Event and completion of the payment of the Series A Liquidation Amount (as defined in the Memorandum and Articles) and the remaining assets distribution as provided in the Memorandum and Articles., whichever event occurs first.

ARTICLE XI.

CONFIDENTIALITY

11.1    Confidentiality.

(a)     Subject to Section 11.1(b):

 

  (i)

each of the Parties shall treat as strictly confidential and not disclose or use any documents, materials and other information, in whatever form, whether technical or commercial, received or obtained by it prior to entering into this Agreement or as a result of entering into this Agreement, in each case which relates to:

 

  (A)

the provisions of this Agreement and any agreement entered into in relation to this Agreement; or

 

-25-


  (B)

the negotiations relating to this Agreement (and any other agreements entered into in relation to this Agreement);

 

  (ii)

each Party shall treat as strictly confidential and not disclose or use any information relating to the business, financial or other affairs (including future plans and targets) of any other Party or any member of their group;

 

  (iii)

each Party shall treat as strictly confidential and not disclose or use any information relating to the business, financial or other affairs (including future plans and targets) of the Company.

(b)    Section 11.1(a) shall not prohibit disclosure or use of any information if and to the extent:

 

  (i)

the disclosure or use is required by law, any regulatory body or any recognized stock exchange on which the shares of any Party are listed;

 

  (ii)

the disclosure or use is required to vest the full benefit of this Agreement in any Party;

 

  (iii)

the disclosure or use is required for the purpose of any judicial proceedings arising out of this Agreement or any other agreement entered into under or pursuant to this Agreement or the disclosure is made to a Taxing Authority in connection with the Tax affairs of the disclosing Party;

 

  (iv)

the disclosure is made to professional advisers or actual or potential financiers of any Party on a need-to-know basis and on terms that these professional advisers or actual or potential financiers undertake to comply with the provisions of Section 11.1(a) in respect of such information as if they were a party to this Agreement;

 

  (v)

the information is or becomes publicly available (other than by breach of this Agreement);

 

  (vi)

the disclosure is made on a confidential basis to potential purchasers of all or part of any Party or to their professional advisers or financiers; provided that any of these persons need to know the information for the purposes of considering, evaluating, advising on or furthering the potential purchase;

 

  (vii)

the other Party has given prior written approval, such approval not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed, to the disclosure or use (including, without limitation, disclosure or use for the purposes of publicizing the transactions the subject of this Agreement or any other document drafted in connection with a Qualified IPO); or

 

-26-


  (viii)

the information is independently developed after the closing of the Qualified IPO;

provided that, prior to disclosure or use of any information pursuant to Section 11.1(b)(i), (ii) or (iii), the Party concerned shall promptly notify the other Parties of these requirements with a view to providing the other Parties with the opportunity to contest such disclosure or use or otherwise to agree on the timing and content of such disclosure or use.

(c)    A recipient of confidential information may disclose such confidential information to its shareholders, employees, directors, representatives and agents only to the extent reasonably necessary for the achievement of the objectives of this Agreement and the other documents drafted in connection with a Qualified IPO. A recipient of information shall ensure that its relevant shareholders, employees, directors, representatives and agents are aware of and comply with the confidentiality obligations set out in this Article XI.

11.2    Damages Not an Adequate Remedy. Without prejudice to any other rights or remedies which a Party may have, the Parties acknowledge and agree that damages would not be an adequate remedy for any breach of this Article XI and the remedies of injunction, specific performance and other equitable relief are appropriate for any threatened or actual breach of this provision and no proof of special damages shall be necessary for the enforcement of the rights under this Article XI.

11.3    Survival.

(a)    The disclosing Party shall remain responsible for any breach of this Article XI by the person to whom that confidential information is disclosed.

(b)    The provisions of this Article XI shall survive the termination of this Agreement for whatever cause.

ARTICLE XII.

NON-COMPETITION; NON-SOLICITATION

12.1    Non-Competition.

 

  (a)

Until the third (3rd) anniversary of the Execution Date,

 

  (i)

no Founder or Founder Holding Company shall, directly or indirectly, conduct, manage, invest in, control or own any Competitor, unless such Founder or Founder Holding Company has first obtained the consent of a majority of the Investor Directors; and

 

-27-


  (ii)

each Founder and Founder Holding Company shall cause each of the directors and members of the senior management of the Company to comply with the obligations of Section 12.1(a)(i);

(b)    provided that the provisions of this Section 12.1 shall not prohibit the acquisition of any Founder Holding Company by any Competitor as long as no employee of the Founder Holding Company becomes actively engaged in the management or operation of such Competitor; provided, further, that the foregoing shall not limit the ability of the Founders, Founder Holding Companies and their respective Affiliates to engage in activities expressly contemplated by this Agreement.

(c)    If a judicial or arbitral determination is made that any of the provisions of this Section 12.1 constitutes an unreasonable or otherwise unenforceable restriction against any Founder, the provisions of this Section 12.1 shall be rendered void only to the extent that such judicial or arbitral determination finds the provisions to be unreasonable or otherwise unenforceable. In that regard, the Parties hereby agree that any judicial or arbitral authority construing this Agreement shall be empowered to sever any prohibited business activity, time period or geographical area from the coverage of this Section 12.1 and to apply the provisions of this Section 12.1 to the remaining business activities, time periods or geographical areas not severed by such judicial or arbitral authority. The time period during which the prohibitions set forth in this Section 12.1 shall apply shall be tolled and suspended for a period equal to the aggregate quantity of time during which any Founder violates such prohibitions in any respect.

12.2    Non-Solicitation. Until the second (2nd) anniversary of the Execution Date, no entity or business directly or indirectly controlled by any Founder shall, directly or indirectly, (i) solicit for employment or any similar arrangement any Founder or (ii) hire any Founder; provided, however, that this Section 12.2 shall not apply to Founders whose employment has been terminated by the Company and its Affiliates and clause (i) hereof shall not prohibit general solicitations for employment through advertisements or other means not targeted specifically to Founders.

ARTICLE XIII.

MISCELLANEOUS AND GENERAL

13.1    Amendment; Waiver. Any provision of this Agreement may be amended or waived if, and only if, such amendment or waiver is in writing and signed, in the case of an amendment, by each Party, or in the case of a waiver, by the Party against whom the waiver is to be effective. No failure or delay by any Party in exercising any right, power or privilege hereunder shall operate as a waiver thereof nor shall any single or partial exercise thereof preclude any other or further exercise thereof or the exercise of any other right, power or privilege. The rights and remedies herein provided shall be cumulative and not exclusive of any rights or remedies provided by Law except as otherwise specifically provided in this Section 13.1.

 

-28-


13.2    Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, each such counterpart being deemed to be an original instrument, and all such counterparts shall together constitute the same agreement.

13.3    Governing Law and Venue; Specific Performance.

(a)    THIS AGREEMENT SHALL BE GOVERNED BY AND INTERPRETED AND ENFORCED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK (INCLUDING SECTION 5-1401 OF THE NEW YORK GENERAL OBLIGATIONS LAW), WITHOUT GIVING EFFECT TO ANY CONFLICT OF LAW RULES THEREOF THAT WOULD REQUIRE OR PERMIT THE APPLICATION OF THE LAW OF ANY OTHER JURISDICTION.

(b)    Subject to Section 13.3(c), any disputes, actions and proceedings against any Party or arising out of or in any way relating to this Agreement shall be submitted to the HKIAC and resolved in accordance with the Arbitration Rules in force at the relevant time, except as such rules are modified or displaced by any of the provisions of this Agreement. The official language of the arbitration shall be English and the arbitration tribunal shall consist of three arbitrators (each, an “Arbitrator”). The claimant(s), irrespective of number, shall nominate jointly one Arbitrator; the respondent(s), irrespective of number, shall nominate jointly one Arbitrator; and a third Arbitrator will be nominated jointly by the first two Arbitrators and shall serve as chairman of the arbitration tribunal. In the event the claimant(s) or respondent(s) or the first two Arbitrators shall fail to nominate or agree to the joint nomination of an Arbitrator or the third Arbitrator, as applicable, within the time limits specified by the Arbitration Rules, such Arbitrator shall be appointed promptly by the HKIAC. The arbitration tribunal shall have no authority to award punitive or other punitive-type damages. The award of the arbitration tribunal shall be final and binding upon the disputing parties. Any party to an award may apply to any court of competent jurisdiction for enforcement of such award and, for purposes of the enforcement of such award, the Parties irrevocably and unconditionally submit to the jurisdiction of any court of competent jurisdiction and waive any defenses to such enforcement based on lack of personal jurisdiction or inconvenient forum.

(c)    Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Parties hereby consent to and agree that in addition to any recourse to arbitration as set out in this Section 13.3, any Party may, to the extent permitted under the Laws of the jurisdiction where application is made, seek an interim injunction from a court or other authority with competent jurisdiction and, notwithstanding that this Agreement is governed by the Laws of the State of New York, a court or authority hearing an application for injunctive relief may apply the procedural law of the jurisdiction where the court or other authority is located in determining whether to grant the interim injunction. For the avoidance of doubt, this Section 13.3(c) is only applicable to the seeking of interim injunctions and does not restrict the application of Section 13.3(b) in any way.

(d)    The Parties agree that irreparable damage would occur in the event that any of the provisions of this Agreement were not performed in accordance with their specific terms or were otherwise breached. It is accordingly agreed that the Parties shall be entitled to an injunction or injunctions to prevent breaches of this Agreement and to enforce specifically the terms and provisions of this Agreement in any court having jurisdiction, this being in addition to any other remedy to which such Party is entitled at law or in equity.

 

-29-


13.4    Notices. Any notice, request, instruction or other document to be given hereunder by any Party to any other Party shall be in writing and delivered personally or sent by registered or certified mail, postage prepaid, by facsimile, e-mail or overnight courier:

If to the Investors, to the address listed in Exhibit A for each Investor.

If to the Company:

ECMOHO Limited

2F/3F, Xuhuiyuan Building No. 1000,

Tianyaoqiao Road, Xuhui District,

Shanghai, People’s Republic of China.

Attention: Richard Wei

e-mail: richard@ecmoho.com

(with a copy to

Sullivan & Cromwell,

Level 32,

101 Collins Street,

Melbourne, Victoria 3000

Australia.

Attention: Robert Chu

fax: (+61-3) 9654-2422)

email: chur@sullcrom.com)

or to such other Person or addresses as may be designated in writing by the Party to receive such notice as provided above. Any notice, request, instruction or other document given as provided above shall be deemed given to the receiving Party upon actual receipt, if delivered personally, three (3) Business Days after deposit in the mail if sent by registered or certified mail, or upon confirmation of successful transmission if sent by facsimile or e-mail; provided that if given by facsimile or e-mail, such notice, request, instruction or other document shall be confirmed by the receiving party within one (1) Business Day of receipt by dispatch pursuant to one of the other methods described herein or on the next Business Day after deposit with an overnight courier.

 

-30-


13.5    Entire Agreement. This Agreement (including any annex hereto) constitutes the entire agreement and supersedes all other prior agreements, understandings, representations and warranties, both written and oral, among the Parties, with respect to the subject matter hereof. EACH PARTY AGREES THAT, EXCEPT FOR THE REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES CONTAINED IN THIS AGREEMENT, NEITHER THE INVESTORS NOR THE COMPANY MAKES OR RELIES ON ANY OTHER REPRESENTATIONS, WARRANTIES OR INDUCEMENTS, AND EACH HEREBY DISCLAIMS ANY OTHER REPRESENTATIONS, WARRANTIES OR INDUCEMENTS, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, AS TO THE ACCURACY OR COMPLETENESS OF ANY OTHER INFORMATION, MADE BY, OR MADE AVAILABLE BY, ITSELF OR ANY OF ITS REPRESENTATIVES, WITH RESPECT TO, OR IN CONNECTION WITH, THE NEGOTIATION, EXECUTION OR DELIVERY OF THIS AGREEMENT, NOTWITHSTANDING THE DELIVERY OR DISCLOSURE TO THE OTHER PARTY OR THE OTHER PARTY’S REPRESENTATIVES OF ANY DOCUMENTATION OR OTHER INFORMATION WITH RESPECT TO ANY ONE OR MORE OF THE FOREGOING; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, THAT NONE OF THE FOREGOING SHALL OPERATE TO LIMIT THE LIABILITY OF ANY OTHER PERSON IN RESPECT OF ANY CLAIM OR CAUSE OF ACTION BASED ON OR ARISING OUT OF FRAUD. NO PARTY SHALL BE BOUND BY, OR BE LIABLE FOR, ANY ALLEGED REPRESENTATION, PROMISE, INDUCEMENT OR STATEMENT OF INTENTION NOT CONTAINED HEREIN.

13.6    No Third-Party Beneficiaries. Each Party hereby agrees that its respective representations, warranties and covenants set forth herein are solely for the benefit of the other Party, in accordance with and subject to the terms of this Agreement, and this Agreement is not intended to, and does not, confer upon any Persons other than the Parties any rights or remedies hereunder, including the right to rely upon the representations, warranties and indemnities set forth herein.

13.7    Severability. The provisions of this Agreement shall be deemed severable and the invalidity or unenforceability of any provision shall not affect the validity or enforceability of the other provisions hereof. If any provision of this Agreement, or the application of such provision to any Person or any circumstance, is invalid or unenforceable, (i) a suitable and equitable provision shall be substituted therefor in order to carry out, so far as may be valid and enforceable, the intent and purpose of such invalid or unenforceable provision and (ii) the remainder of this Agreement and the application of such provision to other Persons or circumstances shall not be affected by such invalidity or unenforceability, nor shall such invalidity or unenforceability affect the validity or enforceability of such provision, or the application of such provision, in any other jurisdiction.

13.8    Assignment. This Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and be binding upon the successors and permitted assigns of the Parties. No Party may assign any of its rights or delegate any of its obligations under this Agreement, by operation of Law or otherwise, without the prior written consent of the other Party, except that the Investor may assign any of its rights and obligations under this Agreement to any of its Affiliates (other than the Company or any of its Subsidiaries) to whom it has transferred Registrable Investor Shares without the prior written consent of the Company (each, an “Affiliate Transferee”); provided that such Affiliate shall as a condition of effectiveness of such assignment duly execute a joinder agreement substantially in the form of Exhibit B, whereupon such Affiliate shall have the benefits of, and shall be subject to the obligations under, this Agreement as if such Affiliate was originally included in the definition of Investor herein and had originally been a Party hereto.

 

-31-


13.9    Fulfillment of Obligations. Any obligation of any Party to any other Party under this Agreement, which obligation is performed, satisfied or fulfilled completely by an Affiliate of such Party, shall be deemed to have been performed, satisfied or fulfilled by such Party.

13.10    Termination. Except as otherwise provided in this Agreement, this Agreement will terminate in respect of all the Parties at the earliest to occur of: (a) each Party agrees in writing to terminate this Agreement; and (b) upon the closing of a Deemed Liquidation Event and completion of the payment of the Series A Liquidation Amount (as defined in the Memorandum and Articles) and the remaining assets distribution as provided in the Memorandum and Articles. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the termination of this Agreement shall not affect (x) the rights perfected or the obligations incurred by the Parties prior to such termination (including liability for breach of this Agreement) and (y) the rights and obligations of the Parties under Article VII and Section 6.1.

[Signature Page Follows]

 

-32-


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Parties have caused this Agreement to be executed as of the date first written above.

 

ECMOHO Limited
By:  

/s/ ZENG QINGCHUN (曾庆春)

  Name: ZENG QINGCHUN (曾庆春)
  Title:

[Signature Page to Investors Rights Agreement]


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Parties have caused this Agreement to be executed as of the date first written above.

 

ECMOHO (HONG KONG)
HEALTH TECHNOLOGY LIMITED
By:  

/s/ ZENG QINGCHUN (曾庆春)

  Name: ZENG QINGCHUN (曾庆春)
  Title:

[Signature Page to Investors Rights Agreement]


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Parties have caused this Agreement to be executed as of the date first written above.

 

SHANGHAI ECMOHO HEALTH
BIOTECHNOLOGY CO., LTD.
By:  

/s/ WANG YING (王影)

  Name: WANG YING (王影)
  Title:

[Signature Page to Investors Rights Agreement]


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Parties have caused this Agreement to be executed as of the date first written above.

 

BEHEALTH LIMITED
By:  

/s/ WANG YING (王影)

  Name: WANG YING (王影)
  Title:

[Signature Page to Investors Rights Agreement]


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Parties have caused this Agreement to be executed as of the date first written above.

 

UHEALTH LIMITED
By:  

/s/ ZENG QINGCHUN (曾庆春)

  Name: ZENG QINGCHUN (曾庆春)
  Title:

[Signature Page to Investors Rights Agreement]


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Parties have caused this Agreement to be executed as of the date first written above.

 

By:  

/s/ WANG YING (王影)

  Name: WANG YING (王影)
  PRC ID Number: ***

 

[Signature Page to Investors Rights Agreement]


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Parties have caused this Agreement to be executed as of the date first written above.

 

By:  

/s/ ZENG QINGCHUN (曾庆春)

  Name: ZENG QINGCHUN (曾庆春)
  PRC ID Number: ***

 

[Signature Page to Investors Rights Agreement]


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Parties have caused this Agreement to be executed as of the date first written above.

 

Delta Capital Growth Fund II, L.P.
By:  

/s/ Weigang Greg Ye

Name: Weigang Greg Ye
Title: Managing Director

 

[Signature Page to Investors Rights Agreement]


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Parties have caused this Agreement to be executed as of the date first written above.

 

李水蓮
By:  

/s/ Shua-Lien Li

 

[Signature Page to Investors Rights Agreement]


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Parties have caused this Agreement to be executed as of the date first written above.

 

Investor:

CID GREATER CHINA FUND V, L.P.

By:  

/s/ Steven C.Y. Chang

  Name: Steven C.Y. Chang
  Title: Director

 

[Signature Page to Investors Rights Agreement]


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Parties have caused this Agreement to be executed as of the date first written above.    

 

Investor:
STCH INVESTMENT INC.
By:  

/s/ Steven C.Y. Chang

  Name: Steven C.Y. Chang
  Title:   Director

[Signature Page to Investors Rights Agreement]


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Parties have caused this Agreement to be executed as of the date first written above.

 

Investor:
SMART WARRIOR LIMITED
By:  

/s/ NG Yum Fai

  Name: NG Yum Fai
  Title:   Director

[Signature Page to Investors Rights Agreement]


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Parties have caused this Agreement to be executed as of the date first written above.

 

Investors:
Canarywharf Capital Limited
By:  

/s/ YIJUN TANG

  Name: YIJUN TANG
  Title:   Director

[Signature Page to Investors Rights Agreement]


BEST WINNER LIMITED

/s/ Cheng Yan

Name (print):
Title: Director

[Signature Page to Investors Rights Agreement]


LAKE ZURICH PARTNERS

/s/ Yu Jun

Name (print): Yu Jun
Title: Director

[Signature Page to Investors Rights Agreement]


LIBERAL RICH LIMITED

/s/ Xingmei Cui

Name (print):
Title: Director

[Signature Page to Investors Rights Agreement]


EXHIBIT A

SCHEDULE OF INVESTORS

 

A-1


Investor

  

Address of Investor

  

Type of Share

Delta Capital Growth Fund II, L.P.    392 Jian Guo West Road, Shanghai, China   

Series A Preferred Shares

 

Class A Ordinary Shares

李水蓮    台灣省桃園市蘆竹區南祥路 133 19 樓,郵遞區號 33854   

Series A Preferred Shares

 

Class A Ordinary Shares

CID Greater China Fund V, L.P.   

190 Elgin Avenue, George

Town, Grand Cayman, KY1-

9005, Cayman Islands

  

Class A-1 Ordinary Shares

 

Class A-2 Ordinary Shares

STCH Investment, Inc.   

190 Elgin Avenue, George

Town, Grand Cayman, KY1-

9005, Cayman Islands

  

Class A-1 Ordinary Shares

 

Class A-2 Ordinary Shares

Smart Warrior Limited   

Vistra Corporate Services

Centre, Wickham’s Cay II,

Tortola, VG 1110, British Virgin

Islands

   Class A-2 Ordinary Shares
Canarywharf Capital Limited   

Coastal Building, Wickham’s

Cay II, P.O. Box 2221, Road

Town, Tortola, British

Virgin Islands

   Class A-2 Ordinary Shares
Behealth Limited   

2F/3F, Xuhuiyuan Building

No. 1000, Tianyaoqiao Road,

Xuhui District, Shanghai,

People’s Republic of China

  

Class A Ordinary Shares

 

Class B Ordinary Shares

Uhealth Limited   

2F/3F, Xuhuiyuan Building

No. 1000, Tianyaoqiao Road,

Xuhui District, Shanghai,

People’s Republic of China

   Class B Ordinary Shares
Best Winner Limited   

c/o Hermes Corporate

Services Ltd., Fifth Floor,

Zephyr House, 122 Mary

Street, George Town, P.O.

Box 31493, Grand Cayman

KY1-1206, Cayman Islands

   Class A Ordinary Shares
Liberal Rich Limited   

Intershore Chambers, Road

Town, Tortola, British Virgin Islands

   Class A Ordinary Shares
Lake Zurich Partners   

c/o Hermes Corporate

Services Ltd., Fifth Floor,

Zephyr House, 122 Mary

Street, George Town, P.O.

Box 31493, Grand Cayman

KY1-1206, Cayman Islands

   Class A Ordinary Shares

 

A-2


EXHIBIT B

FORM OF JOINDER AGREEMENT

THIS JOINDER (this “Joinder”) to the Investors Rights Agreement (the “Agreement”), dated as of August 7, 2018, made by and between ECMOHO Limited, an exempted company incorporated under the Laws of Cayman Islands (the “Company”), each of the investors listed on Exhibit A attached to that Agreement (each, an “Investor” and together the “Investors”) and certain other parties, is made and entered into as of [●], by and among [●] (the “Holder”), the Company and the Investors. Capitalized terms used but not otherwise defined herein shall have the meanings set forth in the Agreement.

WHEREAS, the Holder desires to acquire certain Shares from [specified investor].

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the representations, warranties and covenants contained herein and other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties to this Joinder hereby agree as follows:

1.    Agreement to be Bound. The Holder hereby agrees that upon execution of this Joinder, the Holder shall become a party to the Agreement and shall be fully bound by, and subject to, all of the covenants, terms and conditions of the Agreement as though the Holder was [specified investor] on the date thereof and shall be deemed to be [specified investor] for all purposes thereof.

2.    Representations and Warranties of the Holder. By executing and delivering this Joinder, the Holder represents and warrants that the Holder is an Affiliate of [specified investor].

3.    Counterparts. This Joinder may be executed in separate counterparts, including by facsimile, each of which shall be an original and all of which taken together shall constitute one and the same agreement.

4.    Notices. For purposes of Section 13.4 of the Agreement, all notices, demands or other communications to the Holder shall be directed to:

[Name]

[Address]

[Attention]

[Facsimile Number]

5.    Governing Law. THIS JOINDER SHALL BE GOVERNED BY AND INTERPRETED AND ENFORCED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK (INCLUDING SECTION 5-1401 OF THE NEW YORK GENERAL OBLIGATIONS LAW), WITHOUT GIVING EFFECT TO ANY CONFLICT OF LAW RULES THEREOF THAT WOULD REQUIRE OR PERMIT THE APPLICATION OF THE LAW OF ANY OTHER JURISDICTION.

 

B-1


6.    Descriptive Headings. The descriptive headings of this Joinder are inserted for convenience only and do not constitute a part of this Joinder.

*****

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Joinder as of the date first written above.

 

[Holder]
By:  

 

Name:  
Title:  

 

Acknowledged and agreed by:
ECMOHO Limited
By:  

                                                              

Name:  
Title:  
[Investors]
By:  

                                                              

Name:  
Title:  

 

B-2

Exhibit 10.19

CONFIDENTIAL

ECMOHO

2018 OMNIBUS INCENTIVE PLAN

ARTICLE 1

GENERAL

 

1.1

Purpose

The purpose of the Ecmoho 2018 Omnibus Incentive Plan (the “Plan”) is to promote the success and enhance the value of Ecmoho, a company formed under the laws of the Cayman Islands (the “Company”), by linking the personal interests of the Directors, Employees and Consultants to those of the Company’s shareholders and by providing such individuals with an incentive for outstanding performance to generate superior returns to the Company’s shareholders. The Plan is further intended to provide flexibility to the Company in its ability to motivate, attract, and retain the services of Directors, Employees, and Consultants upon whose judgment, interest and special effort the successful conduct of the Company’s operation is largely dependent.

 

1.2

Definitions of Certain Terms and Construction

Wherever the following terms are used in the Plan they shall have the meanings specified below, unless the context clearly indicates otherwise. The singular pronoun shall include the plural where the context so indicates.

1.2.1 “Acquisition Awards” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.1.2.

1.2.2 “ADS” means an American Depositary Share corresponding to, and issued in respect of, an ordinary share of the Company.

1.2.3 “Applicable Laws” means the legal requirements relating to the Plan and the Awards under applicable provisions of the corporate, securities, tax and other laws, rules, regulations and government orders, and the rules of any applicable stock exchange or national market system, of any jurisdiction applicable to Awards granted to residents therein.

1.2.4 “Award” means an award made pursuant to the Plan as described in Section 2.3 below.

1.2.5 “Award Agreement” means any written agreement, contract, or other instrument or document evidencing an Award, including through electronic medium.

1.2.6 “Board” means the Board of Directors of the Company.

1.2.7 “Cause” shall mean (a) with respect to a Participant employed pursuant to a written employment agreement which agreement includes a definition of “Cause”, “Cause” as defined in that agreement; or (b) with respect to any other Participant, (i) performing an act or failing to perform any act in bad faith and to the detriment of the Company or any other Service Recipient; (ii) engaging in gross misconduct that causes financial or reputation harm to the Company, (iii) material breach of any agreement with the Company or any other Service Recipient; or (iii) conviction of, or plea of guilty or no contest to, a felony or any other crime involving dishonesty, breach of trust, or physical harm to any person that causes financial or reputational harm to the Company.


1.2.8 “Change in Control” means, except in connection with any initial public offering of Shares, the occurrence of any of the following events after the completion of the initial public offering of the Company:

(a) during any period of not more than 36 months, individuals who constitute the Board as of the beginning of the period (the “Incumbent Directors”) cease for any reason to constitute at least a majority of the Board, provided that any person becoming a director subsequent to the beginning of such period, whose election or nomination for election was approved by a vote of at least two-thirds of the Incumbent Directors then on the Board (either by a specific vote or by approval of the proxy statement of the Company in which such person is named as a nominee for director, without written objection to such nomination) will be an Incumbent Director; provided, however, that no individual initially elected or nominated as a director as a result of an actual or publicly threatened election contest with respect to directors or as a result of any other actual or publicly threatened solicitation of proxies by or on behalf of any person other than the Board will be deemed to be an Incumbent Director;

(b) any “person” (as such term is defined in Section 3(a)(9) of the Exchange Act and as used in Sections 13(d)(3) and 14(d)(2) of the Exchange Act), is or becomes a “beneficial owner” (as defined in Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange Act), directly or indirectly, of securities of the Company representing 50% or more of the combined voting power of the Company’s then-outstanding securities eligible to vote for the election of the Board (“Company Voting Securities”); provided, however, that the event described in this paragraph (b) will not be deemed to be a Change in Control by virtue of the ownership, or acquisition, of Company Voting Securities: (A) by the Company, (B) by any employee benefit plan (or related trust) sponsored or maintained by the Company, (C) by any underwriter temporarily holding securities pursuant to an offering of such securities or (D) pursuant to a Non-Qualifying Transaction (as defined in paragraph (c) of this definition);

(c) the consummation of a merger, consolidation, statutory share exchange or similar form of corporate transaction involving the Company that requires the approval of the Company’s shareholders, whether for such transaction or the issuance of securities in the transaction (a “Business Combination”), unless immediately following such Business Combination: (A) more than 50% of the total voting power of (x) the entity resulting from such Business Combination (the “Surviving Entity”), or (y) if applicable, the ultimate parent corporation that directly or indirectly has beneficial ownership of at least 95% of the voting power, is represented by Company Voting Securities that were outstanding immediately prior to such Business Combination (or, if applicable, is represented by shares into which such Company Voting Securities were converted pursuant to such Business Combination), and such voting power among the holders thereof is in substantially the same proportion as the voting power of such Company Voting Securities among the holders thereof immediately prior to the Business Combination, (B) no person (other than any employee benefit plan (or related trust) sponsored or maintained by the Surviving Entity or the parent), is or becomes the beneficial owner, directly or indirectly, of 50% or more of the total voting power of the outstanding voting securities eligible to elect directors of the parent (or, if there is no parent, the Surviving Entity) and (C) at least a majority of the members of the board of directors of the parent (or, if there is no parent, the Surviving Entity) following the consummation of the Business Combination were Incumbent Directors at the time of the Board’s approval of the execution of the initial agreement providing for such Business Combination (any Business Combination which satisfies all of the criteria specified in (A), (B) and (C) of this paragraph (c) will be deemed to be a “Non-Qualifying Transaction”); or

 

-2-


(d) the consummation of a sale of all or substantially all of the Company’s assets (other than to an affiliate of the Company); or

(e) the approval by the Company’s shareholders of a plan of complete liquidation or dissolution of the Company.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, a Change in Control will not be deemed to occur solely because any person acquires beneficial ownership of more than 30% of the Company Voting Securities as a result of the acquisition of Company Voting Securities by the Company which reduces the number of Company Voting Securities outstanding; provided that if after such acquisition by the Company such person becomes the beneficial owner of additional Company Voting Securities that increases the percentage of outstanding Company Voting Securities beneficially owned by such person, a Change in Control will then occur.

1.2.9 “Code” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986 of the United States, as amended from time to time, or any successor thereto, and the applicable rulings and regulations thereunder.

1.2.10 “Committee” has the meaning described in Section 7.1.

1.2.11 “Consultant” means any consultant or adviser if: (a) the consultant or adviser renders bona fide services to a Service Recipient; (b) the services rendered by the consultant or adviser are not in connection with the offer or sale of securities in a capital-raising transaction and do not directly or indirectly promote or maintain a market for the Company’s securities; and (c) the consultant or adviser is a natural person who has contracted directly with the Service Recipient to render such services.

1.2.12 “Date of Grant” means, with respect to an Award, the date that the Award is granted and its exercise price is set (if applicable), consistent with Applicable Laws and applicable financial accounting rules.

1.2.13 “Director” means a member of the Board.

1.2.14 “Disability”, unless otherwise defined in an Award Agreement, means that the Participant qualifies to receive long-term disability payments under the Service Recipient’s long-term disability insurance program, as it may be amended from time to time, to which the Participant provides services regardless of whether the Participant is covered by such policy. If the Service Recipient to which the Participant provides service does not have a long-term disability plan in place, “Disability” means that a Participant is unable to carry out the responsibilities and functions of the position held by the Participant by reason of any medically determinable physical or mental impairment for a period of not less than ninety (90) consecutive days. A Participant will not be considered to have incurred a Disability unless he or she furnishes proof of such impairment sufficient to satisfy the Committee in its discretion.

 

-3-


1.2.15 “Dividend Equivalent Right” means a right granted to a Participant pursuant to Section 4.6 of the Plan to a payment in cash or Shares equal to the dividends or other distribution that would have been received on Shares had the Shares been issued and outstanding on the dividend record date.

1.2.16 “Effective Date” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 8.1.

1.2.17 “Employee” means any person employed by the Company or any Subsidiary of the Company.

1.2.18 “Employment” means a Participant’s performance of services for the Company, as an Employee, as determined by the Committee. The terms “employ” and “employed” will have correlative meanings.

1.2.19 “Exchange Act” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 of the United States, as amended from time to time, or any successor thereto, and the applicable rules and regulations thereunder.

1.2.20 “Fair Market Value” means, as of any date, the value of Shares determined as follows:

(a) If the Shares are listed on one or more established stock exchanges or national market systems, including without limitation, the New York Stock Exchange or the Nasdaq Stock Market, the Fair Market Value shall be the closing sales price for such shares (or the closing bid, if no sales were reported) as quoted on the principal exchange or system on which the Shares are listed (as determined by the Committee) on the date of determination (or, if no closing sales price or closing bid was reported on that date, as applicable, on the last trading date such closing sales price or closing bid was reported), as reported in The Wall Street Journal or such other source as the Committee deems reliable;

(b) If the Shares are regularly quoted on an automated quotation system (including the OTC Bulletin Board) or by a recognized securities dealer, the Fair Market Value shall be the closing sales price for such shares as quoted on such system or by such securities dealer on the date of determination, but if selling prices are not reported, the Fair Market Value of a Share shall be the mean between the high bid and low asked prices for the Shares on the date of determination (or, if no such prices were reported on that date, on the last date such prices were reported), as reported in The Wall Street Journal or such other source as the Committee deems reliable; or

(c) In the absence of an established market for the Shares of the type described in (a) and (b), above, the Fair Market Value shall be as determined in accordance with a valuation methodology approved by the Committee.

1.2.21 “Fiscal Year” means a fiscal year of the Company.

 

-4-


1.2.22 “Option” means a right granted to a Participant pursuant to Section 4.1 of the Plan to purchase a specified number of Shares at a specified price during specified time periods.

1.2.23 “Other Stock-Based Awards” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.5 of the Plan.

1.2.24 “Participant” means a person who, as a Director, a Consultant or an Employee, has been granted an Award pursuant to the Plan.

1.2.25 “Plan” means this Ecmoho 2018 Omnibus Incentive Plan, as it may be amended from time to time.

1.2.26 “Related Entity” means any business, corporation, partnership, limited liability company or other entity in which the Company or a Subsidiary of the Company holds a substantial ownership interest, directly or indirectly, but which is not a Subsidiary and which the Board designates as a Related Entity for purposes of the Plan.

1.2.27 “Restricted Share” means a Share awarded to a Participant pursuant to Section 4.3 that is subject to certain restrictions and may be subject to risk of forfeiture.

1.2.28 “Restricted Share Unit” means the right granted to a Participant pursuant to Section 4.4 to receive a Share at a future date.

1.2.29 “Restriction Period” means the period during which the transfer of Restricted Shares are subject to restrictions, which restrictions may be based on the passage of time, the achievement of certain performance objectives, or the occurrence of other events as determined by the Committee, in its discretion.

1.2.30 “Securities Act” means the Securities Act of 1933 of the United States, as amended, or any successor thereto, and the applicable rules and regulations thereunder.

1.2.31 “Service Recipient” means the Company or any Subsidiary of the Company and any Related Entity to which a Participant provides services as an Employee, a Consultant or a Director.

1.2.32 “Share” means an ordinary share of the Company or, to the extent applicable, a corresponding number of ADSs.

1.2.33 “Stock Appreciation Right” means a right granted to a Participant pursuant to Section 4.2 of the Plan to a payment in cash or Shares equal to the appreciation in the Company’s stock over a specified time period.

1.2.34 “Subsidiary” means any corporation or other entity of which a majority of the outstanding voting shares or voting power is beneficially owned or controlled through contractual arrangements directly or indirectly by the Company.

 

-5-


ARTICLE 2

SHARES SUBJECT TO THE PLAN

 

2.1

Number of Shares.

2.1.1 Subject to the provisions of Article 6 and Section 2.1.2, the maximum aggregate number of Shares which may be issued pursuant to all Awards shall be 11,386,410 Shares.

2.1.2 To the extent that an Award terminates, expires, or lapses for any reason, any Shares subject to the Award shall again be available for the grant of an Award pursuant to the Plan. To the extent permitted by Applicable Laws, Shares issued in assumption of, or in substitution for, any outstanding awards of any entity acquired in any form or combination by the Company or any Subsidiary of the Company (“Acquisition Awards”) shall not be counted against Shares available for grant pursuant to the Plan.

2.1.3 Shares subject to an Award that is forfeited (including any Restricted Shares repurchased by the Company at the same price paid by the Participant so that such Shares are returned to the Company), expires or is settled for cash (in whole or in part), to the extent of such forfeiture, expiration or cash settlement will be available for future grants of Awards under the Plan and will be added back in the same number of Shares as were deducted in respect of the grant of such Award. The payment of Dividend Equivalent Rights in cash in conjunction with any outstanding Awards will not be counted against the Shares available for issuance under the Plan. Shares tendered by a Participant or withheld by the Company in payment of the exercise price of an Option or to satisfy any tax withholding obligation with respect to an Award will not again be available for Awards.

 

2.2

Shares Distributed

Any Shares distributed pursuant to an Award may consist, in whole or in part, of authorized and unissued Shares, treasury shares (subject to Applicable Laws) or Shares purchased on the open market. Additionally, in the discretion of the Committee, ADSs in an amount equivalent to the number of Shares which otherwise would be distributed pursuant to an Award may be distributed in lieu of Shares in settlement of any Award. If the number of Shares represented by an ADS is other than on a one-to-one basis, the limitations of Section 2.1 shall be adjusted to reflect the distribution of ADSs in lieu of Shares.

 

2.3

Types of Awards

Awards under the Plan will be in the form of any of the following, in each case in respect of Shares: (a) Options, (b) Stock Appreciation Rights, (c) Restricted Shares, (d) Restricted Share Units, (e) Dividend Equivalent Rights and (f) Other Stock-Based Awards (including, without limitation, the grant or offer for sale of unrestricted Shares) that the Committee determines to be consistent with the purposes of the Plan and the interests of the Company.

 

-6-


ARTICLE 3

ELIGIBILITY AND PARTICIPATION

 

3.1

Eligibility

Persons eligible to participate in this Plan include Employees, Consultants, and all Directors, as determined by the Committee.

 

3.2

Participation

Subject to the provisions of the Plan, the Committee may, from time to time, select from among all eligible individuals, those to whom Awards shall be granted and shall determine the nature and amount of each Award. Except as provided in one or more written contracts between the Company and an individual, no individual shall have any right to be granted an Award pursuant to this Plan.

ARTICLE 4

AWARDS UNDER THE PLAN

 

4.1

Options

4.1.1 Grant of Options. Subject to the terms and provisions of the Plan, Options may be granted to Employees, Consultants or Directors at any time and from time to time as determined by the Committee. The Committee, in its sole discretion, shall determine the number of Shares subject to each Option.

4.1.2 Exercise Price. The exercise price per Share subject to an Option shall be determined by the Committee and set forth in the Award Agreement which may be a fixed related to the Fair Market Value of the Shares, to the extent not prohibited by the Applicable Laws. For the avoidance of doubt, the Committee may set an exercise per Share that is less than the Fair Market Value of the Shares on the date of grant, to the extent not prohibited by, or resulting in adverse tax or other consequences under, Applicable Law.

4.1.3 Term. The term of any Option granted under the Plan shall not exceed ten (10) years from the Date of Grant.

4.1.4 Vesting and Exercise. Except as otherwise provided in an applicable Award Agreement, each Option may not be vested for one (1) year after the date on which the Option is granted, but thereafter will vest monthly over a three-year period.

 

-7-


4.1.5 Payment. The Committee shall determine the methods by which the exercise price of an Option may be paid, the form of payment, including, without limitation (i) cash or check denominated in U.S. Dollars, (ii) to the extent permissible under the Applicable Laws, cash or check in Chinese Renminbi, (iii) cash or check denominated in any other local currency as approved by the Committee, (iv) Shares held for such period of time as may be required by the Committee in order to avoid adverse financial accounting consequences and having a Fair Market Value on the date of delivery equal to the aggregate exercise price of the Option or exercised portion thereof, (v) after an initial public offering the delivery of a notice that the Participant has placed a market sell order with a broker with respect to Shares then issuable upon exercise of the Option, and that the broker has been directed to pay a sufficient portion of the net proceeds of the sale to the Company in satisfaction of the Option exercise price; provided that payment of such proceeds is then made to the Company upon settlement of such sale, (vi) other property acceptable to the Committee with a Fair Market Value equal to the exercise price, or (vii) any combination of the foregoing. Notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan to the contrary, no Participant who is a Director or an “executive officer” of the Company within the meaning of Section 13(k) of the Exchange Act shall be permitted to pay the exercise price of an Option in any method which would violate Section 13(k) of the Exchange Act.

4.1.6 Evidence of Grant. All Options shall be evidenced by an Award Agreement between the Company and the Participant. The Award Agreement shall include such additional provisions as may be specified by the Committee.

4.1.7 Expiration of Option. Options may not be exercised to any extent by anyone after the first to occur of the following events:

(a) Ten (10) years from the Date of Grant, unless an earlier time is set in the Award Agreement;

(b) Ninety (90) days after the Participant’s termination of Employment and service for any reason other than Cause, death or Disability, except as otherwise set forth in an applicable Award Agreement or as determined by the Board in its sole discretion;

(c) Upon the Participant’s termination of Employment for Cause; and

(d) Ninety (90) days after the date of the Participant’s termination of Employment and service on account of Disability or death. Upon the Participant’s Disability or death, any Options exercisable as of the Participant’s Disability or death may be exercised by the Participant’s legal representative or representatives, by the person or persons entitled to do so pursuant to the Participant’s last will and testament, or, if the Participant fails to make testamentary disposition of such Option or dies intestate, by the person or persons entitled to receive the Option pursuant to the applicable laws of descent and distribution.

Any Options not exercised within the period of time required pursuant to the earliest to occur of the events described in (a) – (d) above shall terminate and the Shares covered by such Option shall revert to the Plan. In addition, except as otherwise provided in an Award Agreement, if, on the date of termination, the Participant is not vested as to his or her entire Option, the Shares covered by the unvested portion of the Option shall be forfeited by the Participant and shall immediately revert to the Plan.

 

4.2

Stock Appreciation Rights

4.2.1 Grant of Stock Appreciation Rights. Stock Appreciation Rights may be granted to eligible recipients in such number and at such times during the term of the Plan as the Committee or the Board may determine, subject to the limits on grants set forth in Section 2.1.

 

-8-


4.2.2 Exercise Price. The exercise price per Share with respect to each Stock Appreciation Right will be determined by the Committee but, except as otherwise permitted by Section 6.1 or in the case of an Acquisition Award, may never be less than the Fair Market Value of the Shares.

4.2.3 Term. In no event will any Stock Appreciation Right be exercisable after the expiration of ten (10) years from the date on which the Stock Appreciation Right is granted.

4.2.4 Vesting and Exercise of Stock Appreciation Right and Delivery of Shares. Except as otherwise provided in an applicable Award Agreement, each Stock Appreciation Right may not be exercised for one (1) year after the date on which the Stock Appreciation Right is granted (except in the case of termination of Employment due to death, disability or retirement), but thereafter will vest monthly over a three-year period, unless otherwise provided in an applicable Award Agreement. To exercise a Stock Appreciation Right, the Participant must give written notice to the Company specifying the number of Stock Appreciation Rights to be exercised. Upon exercise of Stock Appreciation Rights, subject to any limitations in the applicable Award Agreement, shares or cash, in the Committee’s discretion, with a Fair Market Value or in an amount equal to (a) the excess of (i) the Fair Market Value of the Shares on the date of exercise over (ii) the exercise price of such Stock Appreciation Right multiplied by (b) the number of Stock Appreciation Rights exercised will be delivered to the Participant. Any person exercising a Stock Appreciation Right will make such representations and agreements and furnish such information as the Committee may, in its discretion, deem necessary or desirable to assure compliance by the Company, on terms acceptable to the Company, with the provisions of any applicable legal requirements.

 

4.3

Restricted Shares

4.3.1 Grant of Restricted Shares. The Committee, at any time and from time to time, may grant Restricted Shares to Participants as the Committee, in its sole discretion, shall determine. The Committee, in its sole discretion, shall determine the number of Restricted Shares to be granted to each Participant.

4.3.2 Restricted Shares Award Agreement. Each Award of Restricted Shares shall be evidenced by an Award Agreement that shall specify the Restriction Period, the number of Restricted Shares granted, and such other terms and conditions as the Committee, in its sole discretion, shall determine. Unless the Committee determines otherwise, Restricted Shares shall be held by the Company as escrow agent until the restrictions on such Restricted Shares have lapsed.

4.3.3 Issuance and Restrictions. Restricted Shares shall be subject to such restrictions on transferability and other restrictions as the management may impose (including, without limitation, limitations on the right to vote Restricted Shares or the right to receive dividends on the Restricted Share). These restrictions may lapse separately or in combination at such times, pursuant to such circumstances, in such installments, or otherwise, as the Committee determines at the time of the grant of the Award or thereafter.

 

-9-


4.3.4 Forfeiture/Repurchase. Except as otherwise determined by the Committee at the time of the grant of the Award or thereafter, upon termination of Employment or service during the applicable Restriction Period, Restricted Shares that are at that time subject to restrictions shall be forfeited or repurchased in accordance with the Award Agreement; provided, however, the management may (a) provide in any Restricted Share Award Agreement that restrictions or forfeiture and repurchase conditions relating to Restricted Shares will be waived in whole or in part in the event of terminations resulting from specified causes, and (b) in other cases waive in whole or in part restrictions or forfeiture and repurchase conditions relating to Restricted Shares.

4.3.5 Certificates for Restricted Shares. Restricted Shares granted pursuant to the Plan may be evidenced in such manner as the Committee shall determine. If certificates representing Restricted Shares are registered in the name of the Participant, certificates must bear an appropriate legend referring to the terms, conditions, and restrictions applicable to such Restricted Shares, and the Company may, at its discretion, retain physical possession of the certificate until such time as all applicable restrictions lapse.

4.3.6 Removal of Restrictions. Except as otherwise provided in this Section 4.3, Restricted Shares granted under the Plan shall be released from escrow as soon as practicable after the last day of the Restriction Period. The Committee, in its discretion, may accelerate the time at which any restrictions shall lapse or be removed. After the restrictions have lapsed, the Participant shall be entitled to have any legend or legends under Section 4.3.5 removed from his or her Share certificate, and the Shares shall be freely transferable by the Participant, subject to applicable legal restrictions. The Committee (in its discretion) may establish procedures regarding the release of Shares from escrow and the removal of legends, as necessary or appropriate to minimize administrative burdens on the Company.

 

4.4

Restricted Share Units

4.4.1 Grant of Restricted Share Units. The Committee, at any time and from time to time, may grant Restricted Share Units to Participants as the Committee, in its sole discretion, shall determine. The Committee, in its sole discretion, shall determine the number of Restricted Share Units to be granted to each Participant.

4.4.2 Restricted Share Units Award Agreement. Each Award of Restricted Share Units shall be evidenced by an Award Agreement that shall specify any vesting conditions, the number of Restricted Share Units granted, and such other terms and conditions as the Committee, in its sole discretion, shall determine.

4.4.3 Performance Objectives and Other Terms. The Committee, in its discretion, may set performance objectives or other vesting criteria which, depending on the extent to which they are met, will determine the number or value of Restricted Share Units that will be paid out to the Participants.

4.4.4 Form and Timing of Payment of Restricted Share Units. Except as otherwise provided in an applicable Award Agreement, each Restricted Share Unit may not be vested for one (1) year after the date on which the Restricted Share Unit is granted, but thereafter will vest monthly over a three-year period. Upon vesting, the Committee, in its sole discretion, may pay Restricted Share Units in the form of cash, in Shares or in a combination thereof.

 

-10-


4.4.5 Forfeiture/Repurchase. Except as otherwise determined by the Committee at the time of the grant of the Award or thereafter, upon termination of Employment and service during the applicable Restriction Period, Restricted Share Units that are at that time unvested shall be forfeited or repurchased in accordance with the Award Agreement; provided, however, the Committee may (a) provide in any Restricted Share Unit Award Agreement that restrictions or forfeiture and repurchase conditions relating to Restricted Share Units will be waived in whole or in part in the event of terminations resulting from specified causes, and (b) in other cases waive in whole or in part restrictions or forfeiture and repurchase conditions relating to Restricted Share Units.

 

4.5

Other Stock-Based Awards

The Committee may grant other types of equity-based or equity-related Awards (including, without limitation, the grant or offer for sale of unrestricted Shares) in such amounts and subject to such terms and conditions as the Committee may determine (“Other Stock-Based Awards”). Such Awards may entail the transfer of actual Shares to Award recipients or may be settled in cash, and may include Awards designed to comply with or take advantage of the applicable local laws of certain jurisdictions.

 

4.6

Dividend Equivalent Rights

The Committee may include in the Award Agreement with respect to any Award, other than Options and Stock Appreciation Rights, a Dividend Equivalent Right entitling the Participant to receive amounts equal to all or any portion of the dividends that would be paid on the Shares covered by such Award if such Shares had been delivered pursuant to such Award. The grantee of a Dividend Equivalent Right will have only the rights of a general unsecured creditor of the Company until payment of such amounts is made as specified in the applicable Award Agreement. In the event such a provision is included in an Award Agreement, the Committee will, subject to Section 10.15, determine whether such payments will be made in cash, in Shares or in another form, whether they will be conditioned upon the exercise or vesting of the Award to which they relate, the time or times at which they will be made, and such other terms and conditions as the Committee may deem appropriate.

ARTICLE 5

PROVISIONS APPLICABLE TO AWARDS

 

5.1

Award Agreement.

Awards under the Plan shall be evidenced by Award Agreements that set forth the terms, conditions and limitations for each Award, which may include the term of an Award, the provisions applicable in the event the Participant’s Employment or service terminates, and the Company’s authority to unilaterally or bilaterally amend, modify, suspend, cancel or rescind an Award.

 

-11-


5.2

Limits on Transfer

No right or interest of a Participant in any Award may be pledged, encumbered, or hypothecated to or in favor of any party other than the Company or a Subsidiary, or shall be subject to any lien, obligation, or liability of such Participant to any other party other than the Company or a Subsidiary. Except as otherwise provided by the Committee, no Award shall be assigned, transferred, or otherwise disposed of by a Participant other than by will or the laws of descent and distribution. Nevertheless, an Award can be transferred to, exercised by and paid to certain persons or entities which are owned or related to the Participant, including but not limited to members of the Participant’s family, charitable institutions, or trusts or other entities whose beneficiaries or beneficial owners are Participants or members of the Participant’s family and/or charitable institutions, or to such other persons or entities.

 

5.3

Share Certificates

Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, the Company shall not be required to issue or deliver any certificates evidencing the Shares pursuant to the exercise of any Award, unless and until the Committee has determined, with advice of counsel, that the issuance and delivery of such certificates is in compliance with all Applicable Laws, regulations of governmental authorities and, if applicable, the requirements of any exchange on which the Shares are listed or traded. All Share certificates delivered pursuant to the Plan are subject to any stop-transfer orders and other restrictions as the Committee deems necessary or advisable to comply all Applicable Laws, and the rules of any national securities exchange or automated quotation system on which the Shares are listed, quoted, or traded. The Committee may place legends on any Share certificate to reference restrictions applicable to the Shares. In addition to the terms and conditions provided herein, the Committee may require that a Participant make such reasonable covenants, agreements, and representations as the Committee, in its discretion, deems advisable in order to comply with any such laws, regulations, or requirements. The Committee shall have the right to require any Participant to comply with any timing or other restrictions with respect to the settlement or exercise of any Award, including a window-period limitation, as may be imposed in the discretion of the Committee.

ARTICLE 6

CHANGES IN CAPITAL STRUCTURE

 

6.1

Adjustments

In the event of any special dividend, share split, combination or exchange of Shares, amalgamation, arrangement or consolidation, spin-off, recapitalization or other distribution (not including normal cash dividends) of Company assets to its shareholders, or any other change affecting the shares of Shares or the price or value of a Share, the Committee shall consider whether there is any diminution or enlargement of the benefits intended to be made available under the Award, and then may in its sole discretion make such proportionate adjustments (if any) as it considers to reflect such change with respect to (a) the aggregate number and type of shares that may be issued under the Plan (including, but not limited to, adjustments of the limitations in Section 2.1); (b) the terms and conditions of any outstanding Awards (including, without limitation, any applicable performance targets or criteria with respect thereto); (c) the grant or exercise price per share for any outstanding Awards under the Plan; and (d) in the case of a spin-off, the additional number and type of shares (including shares in the entities being spun-off) that shall be issued or an appropriate decrease of exercise price in connection with the spin-off.

 

-12-


6.2

Change in Control

Except as may otherwise be provided in any Award Agreement or any other written agreement entered into by and between the Company and a Participant, if the Committee anticipates the occurrence, or upon the occurrence, of a Change in Control, the Committee may, in its sole discretion, provide for one or more of the following: (i) any and all Awards outstanding hereunder to terminate at a specific time in the future and shall give each Participant the right to exercise the vested portion of such Awards during a period of time as the Committee shall determine, or (ii) the termination of any Award in exchange for an amount of cash equal to the amount that could have been attained upon the exercise of such Award (and, for the avoidance of doubt, if as of such date the Committee determines in good faith that no amount would have been attained upon the exercise of such Award, then such Award may be terminated by the Company without payment), or (iii) the replacement of such Award with other rights or property selected by the Committee in its sole discretion or the assumption of or substitution of such Award by the successor or surviving corporation, or a parent or Subsidiary thereof, with appropriate adjustments as to the number and kind of Shares and prices, or (iv) payment of Award in cash based on the value of Shares on the date of the Change in Control plus reasonable interest on the Award through the date when such Award would otherwise be vested or have been paid in accordance with its original terms, if necessary to comply with Section 409A of the Code.

 

6.3

Outstanding Awards – Other Changes

In the event of any other change in the capitalization of the Company or corporate change other than those specifically referred to in this Article 6, subject to Applicable Laws and the terms of the Plan, the Committee may, in its sole discretion, make such adjustments in the number and class of shares subject to Awards outstanding on the date on which such change occurs and in the per share grant or exercise price of each Award as the Committee may consider appropriate to prevent dilution or enlargement of rights.

 

6.4

No Other Rights

Except as expressly provided in the Plan, no Participant shall have any rights by reason of any subdivision or consolidation of Shares of any class, the payment of any dividend, any increase or decrease in the number of shares of any class or any dissolution, liquidation, merger, or consolidation of the Company or any other corporation. Except as expressly provided in the Plan or pursuant to action of the Committee under the Plan, no issuance by the Company of shares of any class, or securities convertible into shares of any class, shall affect, and no adjustment by reason thereof shall be made with respect to, the number of shares subject to an Award or the grant or exercise price of any Award.

 

-13-


ARTICLE 7

ADMINISTRATION

 

7.1

Committee

The Plan shall be administered by the Board having regard to any recommendations made to the Board by the compensation committee or if the Board has delegated the authority to the Committee members in accordance with the terms of such delegation (provided that in such case the Committee shall not grant or amend Awards to any Committee members). The term “Committee” in this Plan shall refer to the Board unless a delegation has been made by the Board to the compensation committee and in which case only to the extent of such delegation.

 

7.2

Action by the Committee

A majority of the Committee shall constitute a quorum. The acts of a majority of the members present at any meeting at which a quorum is present, or acts approved in writing by all the Committee members in lieu of a meeting, shall be deemed the acts of the Committee. Each member of the Committee is entitled to, in good faith, rely or act upon any report or other information furnished to that member by any officer or other employee of the Company or any Subsidiary of the Company, the Company’s independent certified public accountants, or any executive compensation consultant or other professional retained by the Company to assist in the administration of the Plan.

 

7.3

Authority of the Committee

Subject to any specific designation in the Plan, the Committee has the exclusive power, authority and discretion to:

7.3.1 Designate Participants to receive Awards;

7.3.2 Determine the type or types of Awards to be granted to each Participant;

7.3.3 Determine the number of Awards to be granted and the number of Shares to which an Award will relate;

7.3.4 Determine the terms and conditions of any Award granted pursuant to the Plan, including, but not limited to, the exercise price, grant price, or purchase price, any restrictions or limitations on the Award, any schedule for lapse of forfeiture restrictions or restrictions on the exercisability of an Award, and accelerations or waivers thereof, any provisions related to non-competition and recapture of gain on an Award, based in each case on such considerations as the Committee in its sole discretion determines;

7.3.5 Determine whether, to what extent, and pursuant to what circumstances an Award may be settled in, or the exercise price of an Award may be paid in, cash, Shares, other Awards, or other property, or an Award may be canceled, forfeited, or surrendered;

7.3.6 Prescribe the form of each Award Agreement, which need not be identical for each Participant;

 

-14-


7.3.7 Decide all other matters that must be determined in connection with an Award;

7.3.8 Determine the Fair Market Value, consistent with the terms of the Plan;

7.3.9 Establish, adopt, or revise any rules and regulations as it may deem necessary or advisable to administer the Plan;

7.3.10 Interpret the terms of, and any matter arising pursuant to, the Plan, any Award Agreement and any Award granted thereunder; and

7.3.11 Make all other decisions and determinations that may be required pursuant to the Plan or as the Committee deems necessary or advisable to administer the Plan.

 

7.4

Decisions Binding

The Committee’s interpretation of the Plan, any Awards granted pursuant to the Plan, any Award Agreement and all decisions and determinations by the Committee with respect to the Plan are final, binding, and conclusive on all parties.

ARTICLE 8

EFFECTIVE AND EXPIRATION DATE

 

8.1

Effective Date

The Plan is effective as of the date the Plan is adopted and approved by the Board (the “Effective Date”).

 

8.2

Expiration Date

The Plan will expire on, and no Award may be granted pursuant to the Plan after, the tenth (10th) anniversary of the Effective Date. Any Awards that are outstanding on the tenth (10th) anniversary of the Effective Date shall remain in force according to the terms of the Plan and the applicable Award Agreement.

ARTICLE 9

AMENDMENT, MODIFICATION, AND TERMINATION

 

9.1

Amendment, Modification, And Termination

With the approval of the Board, at any time and from time to time, the Committee may terminate, amend or modify the Plan; provided, however, that (a) to the extent necessary to comply with Applicable Laws, the Company shall obtain shareholder approval of any Plan amendment in such a manner and to such a degree as required, unless the Company decides to follow home country practice, and (b) unless the Company is permitted to and decides to follow home country practice, shareholder approval is required for any amendment to the Plan that (i) increases the number of Shares available under the Plan (other than any adjustment as provided by Article 6), (ii) permits the Committee to extend the term of the Plan, or (iii) makes any other change that requires shareholder approval under Applicable Law.

 

-15-


9.2

Awards Previously Granted

Except with respect to amendments made pursuant to Section 9.1, no termination, amendment, or modification of the Plan shall adversely affect in any material way any Award previously granted pursuant to the Plan without the prior written consent of the Participant.

ARTICLE 10

GENERAL PROVISIONS

 

10.1

No Rights to Awards

No Participant, employee, or other person shall have any claim to be granted any Award pursuant to the Plan, and neither the Company nor the Committee is obligated to treat Participants, employees, and other persons uniformly.

 

10.2

No Shareholders Rights

Except as otherwise determined by the Committee at the time of the grant of an Award or thereafter, no Award gives the Participant any of the rights of a Shareholder of the Company unless and until Shares are in fact issued to such person in connection with such Award.

 

10.3

Taxes

No Shares shall be delivered under the Plan to any Participant until such Participant has made arrangements acceptable to the Committee for the satisfaction of any income and employment tax withholding obligations under Applicable Laws. The Company or any Subsidiary shall have the authority and the right to deduct or withhold, or require a Participant to remit to the Company, an amount sufficient to satisfy all applicable taxes (including the Participant’s payroll tax obligations) required or permitted by Applicable Laws to be withheld with respect to any taxable event concerning a Participant arising as a result of this Plan. The Committee may in its discretion and in satisfaction of the foregoing requirement allow a Participant to elect to have the Company withhold Shares otherwise issuable under an Award (or allow the return of Shares) having a Fair Market Value equal to the sums required to be withheld.

 

10.4

No Right to Employment or Services

Nothing in the Plan or any Award Agreement shall interfere with or limit in any way the right of the Service Recipient to terminate any Participant’s Employment or services at any time, nor confer upon any Participant any right to continue in the Employment or services of any Service Recipient.

 

10.5

Unfunded Status of Awards

The Plan is intended to be an “unfunded” plan for incentive compensation. With respect to any payments not yet made to a Participant pursuant to an Award, nothing contained in the Plan or any Award Agreement shall give the Participant any rights that are greater than those of a general creditor of the Company or any Subsidiary.

 

-16-


10.6

Indemnification

To the extent allowable pursuant to Applicable Laws, each member of the Committee or of the Board shall be indemnified and held harmless by the Company from any loss, cost, liability, or expense that may be imposed upon or reasonably incurred by such member in connection with or resulting from any claim, action, suit, or proceeding to which he or she may be a party or in which he or she may be involved by reason of any action or failure to act pursuant to the Plan and against and from any and all amounts paid by him or her in satisfaction of judgment in such action, suit, or proceeding against him or her; provided he or she gives the Company an opportunity, at its own expense, to handle and defend the same before he or she undertakes to handle and defend it on his or her own behalf. The foregoing right of indemnification shall not be exclusive of any other rights of indemnification to which such persons may be entitled pursuant to the Company’s Memorandum of Association and Articles of Association, as a matter of law, or otherwise, or any power that the Company may have to indemnify them or hold them harmless.

 

10.7

Relationship to other Benefits

No payment pursuant to the Plan shall be taken into account in determining any benefits pursuant to any pension, retirement, savings, profit sharing, group insurance, welfare or other benefit plan of the Company or any Subsidiary of the Company except to the extent otherwise expressly provided in writing in such other plan or an agreement thereunder.

 

10.8

Expenses

The expenses of administering the Plan shall be borne by the Company and its Subsidiaries.

 

10.9

Titles and Headings

The titles and headings of the Sections in the Plan are for convenience of reference only and, in the event of any conflict, the text of the Plan, rather than such titles or headings, shall control.

 

10.10

Fractional Shares

No fractional Shares shall be issued and the Committee shall determine, in its discretion, whether cash shall be given in lieu of fractional Shares or whether such fractional Shares shall be eliminated by rounding up or down as appropriate.

 

10.11

Permitted Repricing; No Reloads

The Board may, in its sole discretion, reduce the exercise price of Options or Stock Appreciation Rights issued and outstanding under the Plan, including through amendment, cancellation in exchange for the grant of a substitute Award or repurchase for cash or other consideration (in each case that has the effect of reducing the exercise price). The Company will not grant any Options or Stock Appreciation Rights with automatic reload features.

 

-17-


10.12

Limitations Applicable to Section 16 Persons

Notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan, the Plan, and any Award granted or awarded to any Participant who is then subject to Section 16 of the Exchange Act, shall be subject to any additional limitations set forth in any applicable exemptive rule under Section 16 of the Exchange Act (including any amendment to Rule 16b-3 of the Exchange Act) that are requirements for the application of such exemptive rule. To the extent permitted by the Applicable Laws, the Plan and Awards granted or awarded hereunder shall be deemed amended to the extent necessary to conform to such applicable exemptive rule.

 

10.13

Government and Other Regulations

The obligation of the Company to make payment of awards in Shares or otherwise shall be subject to all Applicable Laws, and to such approvals by government agencies as may be required. The Company shall be under no obligation to register any of the Shares paid pursuant to the Plan under the Securities Act or any other similar law in any applicable jurisdiction. If the Shares paid pursuant to the Plan may in certain circumstances be exempt from registration pursuant to the Securities Act or other Applicable Laws, the Company may restrict the transfer of such Shares in such manner as it deems advisable to ensure the availability of any such exemption.

 

10.14

Governing Law

The Plan and all Award Agreements shall be construed in accordance with and governed by but not the choice of law rules of the Cayman Islands.

 

10.15

Section 409A

It is the intent of the Company that payments and benefits under the Plan comply with Section 409A of the Code to the extent subject thereto, and, accordingly, to the maximum extent permitted, the Plan shall be interpreted and be administered to be in compliance therewith. To the extent that the Committee determines that any Award granted under the Plan is or may become subject to Section 409A of the Code, the Award Agreement evidencing such Award shall incorporate the terms and conditions required by Section 409A of the Code. To the extent applicable, the Plan and the Award Agreements shall be interpreted in accordance with Section 409A of the Code and the U.S. Department of Treasury regulations and other interpretative guidance issued thereunder, including without limitation any such regulation or other guidance that may be issued after the Effective Date. Notwithstanding any provision of the Plan to the contrary, in the event that following the Effective Date the Committee determines that any Award may be subject to Section 409A of the Code and related Department of Treasury guidance (including such Department of Treasury guidance as may be issued after the Effective Date), the Committee may adopt such amendments to the Plan and the applicable Award Agreement or adopt other policies and procedures (including amendments, policies and procedures with retroactive effect), or take any other actions, that the Committee determines are necessary or appropriate to (a) exempt the Award from Section 409A of the Code and/or preserve the intended tax treatment of the benefits provided with respect to the Award, or (b) comply with the requirements of Section 409A of the Code and related U.S. Department of Treasury guidance.

 

-18-


10.16

Appendices

The Committee may approve such supplements, amendments or appendices to the Plan as it may consider necessary or appropriate for purposes of compliance with Applicable Laws or otherwise and such supplements, amendments or appendices shall be considered a part of the Plan; provided, however, that no such supplements shall increase the share limitation contained in Section 2.1 of the Plan without the approval of the Board and shareholder approval to the extent required by Applicable Laws.

 

-19-

Exhibit 10.20

Share Transfer Agreement

The Share Transfer Agreement (the “Agreement”) was entered into by and among the following parties in Shanghai on [July] [26], 2018.

Transferors:

 

(1)

Shanghai Yiheng Industrial Co., Ltd., a limited liability company established under the laws of China, with a residence of Room 148, Area A, Building 2, No.420 Fenglin Road, Xuhui District, Shanghai;

 

(2)

Wang Ying, a Chinese citizen, whose ID number is ****;

 

(3)

Zeng Qingchun, a Chinese citizen, whose ID number is ****;

 

(4)

Shanghai Yijiasancan Investment Management Center (LP), a limited partnership established under the laws of China, with a residence of Room 6404, No.58 Fumin Branch Road (Shanghai Hengtai Economic Development Zone), Hengsha Township, Chongming District, Shanghai;

 

(5)

Smart Warrior Limited, a company established under the laws of the British Virgin Islands, with a residence of P.O. Box 957, Offshore Incorporations Centre, Road Town, Tortola, British Virgin Islands;

 

(6)

CID Greater China Fund V, L.P., a company established under the laws of the Cayman Islands, with a residence of 190 Elgin Avenue, George Town, Grand Cayman, KY1-9005, Cayman Islands;

 

(7)

STCH Investments Inc., a company established under the laws of the Cayman Islands, with a residence of 190 Elgin Avenue, George Town, Grand Cayman, KY1-9005, Cayman Islands;

 

(8)

Shanghai Yihao Enterprise Management Partnership (LP), a limited partnership established under the laws of China, with a residence of 2/F, No.13 Building, No.27 Xinjinqiao Road, China (Shanghai) Pilot Free Trade Zone;

Transferee:

ECMOHO (Hong Kong) Health Technology Limited, a limited company established under the laws of Hong Kong, with a residence of RM 2013 Tung Chiu Comm Cty 193 Lockhart Rd Wan Chai Hong Kong.

Whereas, Shanghai ECMOHO Health Biotechnology Co., Ltd. (hereinafter referred to as the “Target Company”) has a registered capital of USD1,138,641, and the Transferors contributed USD1,110,175, accounting for 97.5% of the total registered capital of the Target Company;

Whereas, the Transferors intend to sell to the Transferee and the Transferee intends to purchase from the Transferors 97.5% of the shares of the Company held thereby (corresponding to capital contribution of USD1,110,175) in accordance with the terms and conditions stipulated in the Agreement,

Therefore, the Parties agree as follows after friendly negotiations according to the relevant laws and regulations:

Article 1 Subject matter and transfer price

 

1.

The Transferors transfer 97.5% shares in the Target Company (the “Target Shares”) to the Transferee at the total price of USD[18,737,426]. Among them, the shares to be transferred by the Transferors to the Transferee and the transfer price payable by the Transferee to the Transferors are listed below:

 

1


Transferors

   Shareholding
ratio to be
transferred
    Transfer
price (US$)
 

Shanghai Yiheng Industrial Co., Ltd.

     [65.56 %]      [12,758,683

Wang Ying

     [4.40 %]      [856,287

Zeng Qingchun

     [4.40 %]      [856,287

Shanghai Yijiasancan Investment Management Center (LP)

     [5.28 %]      [790,419

Smart Warrior Limited

     [5 %]      [973,054

CID Greater China Fund V, L.P.

     [5.43 %]      [1,056,737

STCH Investments Inc.

     [5.43 %]      [1,056,737

Shanghai Yihao Enterprise Management Partnership (LP)

     [2 %]      [389,222
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

     97.5     [18,737,426
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

2.

Other rights attached to the Target Shares will be transferred together with the Target Shares.

 

3.

The Transferee shall pay the entire transfer price to the Transferors within [three] months after the signing hereof or at other times as otherwise agreed by the Parties.

Article 2 Commitments and undertakings

The Transferors guarantee that the Target Shares are legally owned by them and they have full and effective right to dispose. The Transferors guarantee that the Target Shares have no pledge or any other security right, and are not subject to any third party’s recourse.

Article 3 Rights and obligations

 

1.

The Parties shall cooperate with the registration of industrial and commercial changes and the filing procedures of the commercial department involved in the share transfer.

 

2.

The Transferee must pay the transfer price in time according to the Agreement.

Article 4 Rescission and termination

The Agreement may be rescinded or terminated in any of the following circumstances, however, the Parties must sign a written termination agreement in this regard:

 

1.

the Agreement cannot be fulfilled due to force majeure or other reasons that are not the fault of any party but cannot be prevented;

 

2.

any Party losses actual performance capability.

 

3.

the performance of the Agreement becomes unnecessary due to the breach of any or all Parties, which seriously affects the economic interests of the observant party;

 

4.

the Parties agree to rescind or terminate the Agreement after negotiations due to changes in circumstances.

Article 5 Liability for a breach of Agreement

If one Party breaches, which therefore makes the Agreement cannot be fulfilled or cannot be fully performed, the breaching party shall be liable for the breach of Agreement; if several parties are at fault, the default parties shall bear their respective liability therefrom the breach of Agreement according to the actual situation.

 

2


Article 6 Applicable laws and disputes resolution

 

1.

The Agreement is governed by and construed in accordance with the relevant laws of the People’s Republic of China.

 

2.

All disputes arising out of or in connection with this Agreement shall be settled through friendly negotiation. If the negotiation fails, it should be submitted to the Shanghai Arbitration Commission for arbitration in Shanghai.

Article 7 Miscellaneous

 

1.

The Agreement is in [11] copies. Each party to this Agreement shall hold one copy, and the Target Company shall hold two copies for use in the relevant formalities.

 

2.

The Agreement will come into force after the Parties sign it.

(No text hereunder. Signature page follows)

 

3


(No text on this page. Signature page follows)

Transferors:

Shanghai Yiheng Industrial Co., Ltd.

Signed by the authorized representative: /s/ Wang Ying                    

Shanghai Yiheng Industrial Co., Ltd. (Seal)

Wang Ying

Signed by: /s/ Wang Ying                    

Zeng Qingchun

Signed by: /s/ Zeng Qingchun                    

Shanghai Yijiasancan Investment Management Center (LP)

Signed by the authorized representative: /s/ Zeng Qingchun                    

Shanghai Yijiasancan Investment Management Center (LP) (Seal)

 

4


(Signature page follows)

Transferors:

Smart Warrior Limited

Signed by the authorized representative: /s/ Hamilton Tang

 

5


(Signature page follows)

Transferors:

STCH Investments Inc.

Signed by the authorized representative: /s/ Chang, Ching-Yi

 

6


(Signature page follows)

Transferors:

CID Greater China Fund V, L.P.

Signed by the authorized representative: /s/ Chang, Ching-Yi

 

7


(Signature page follows)

Transferors:

Shanghai Yihao Enterprise Management Partnership (LP)

Signed by the authorized representative: /s/ Shen Jie

Shanghai Yihao Enterprise Management Partnership (LP) (Seal)

 

8


(Signature page follows)

Transferee:

ECMOHO (Hong Kong) Health Technology Limited

Signed by the authorized representative: /s/ Zeng Qingchun                

ECMOHO (Hong Kong) Health Technology Limited (seal)

 

9

Exhibit 10.21

Share Transfer Agreement

The Share Transfer Agreement (the “Agreement”) was concluded by and among the following parties on June 25, 2019 (the “Signing Date”):

 

(1)

Ningbo Yuanyuan Liuchang Investment Center (Limited Partnership), a limited partnership established under the laws of China and subsisting lawfully, with a residence of H1237, Area A, Room 401, Block 1, No.88 Qixing Road, Meishan, Beilun District, Ningbo, Zhejiang (the “Yuanyuan Liuchang” or “Seller”);

 

(2)

Yipinda (Shanghai) Health Technology Co., Ltd., a company with limited liability established under the laws of China and subsisting lawfully, with a residence of Room 4215, Block 2, No.588 Zixing Road, Minhang District, Shanghai (the “Buyer”);

 

(3)

Shanghai ECMOHO Health Biotechnology Co., Ltd., a company with limited liability established under the laws of China and subsisting lawfully, with a residence of Floor 2-3, No.1000 Tianyaoqiao Road, Xuhui District, Shanghai (the “Target Company”);

 

(4)

Wang Ying, a Chinese natural person, whose ID number is ****;

 

(5)

Zeng Qingchun, a Chinese natural person, whose ID number is ****.

For the purpose of the Agreement, the Seller, the Buyer and the Target Company are referred to as a “Party” severally and the “Parties” collectively.

Whereas:

 

(A)

As of the Signing Date, the registered capital of the Target Company is USD1,138,641.

 

(B)

On the premise of compliance with terms and conditions hereunder, the Buyer intends to purchase from the Seller and the Seller intends to sell to the Buyer the 1.54% of shares of the Target Company held by the Seller (the “Share Transfer”).

 

(C)

ECMOHO Limited, a company lawfully registered in Cayman Islands with the number of 662491.

In that light, the Parties, upon amicable negotiation, agree as below:

 

1


1.

Share Transfer

 

1.1

On the premise of complying with terms and conditions hereunder, the Seller agrees to sell to the Buyer and the Buyer agrees to purchase from the Seller 1.54% of shares of the Target Company (corresponding to the registered capital of USD17,518 of the Target Company) as well as all accompanying rights and interests (the “Target Shares”).

 

1.2

The Parties confirm that shareholders’ rights and obligations relating to the Target Shares shall be enjoyed or fulfilled by the Buyer as of the Signing Date of the Agreement.

 

2.

Purchase Price

 

2.1

Unless the purchase price is adjusted as per Clause 3.1 of the Agreement, on the premise of compliance with terms and conditions hereof, the Buyer shall pay the Seller the purchase price of RMB22,769,811 in total (the “Purchase Price”), as the all and full consideration of the Target Shares.

 

3.

Price Payment

 

3.1

The Buyer shall pay the Seller share transfer monies by the following means:

 

(1)

The Buyer shall pay the Seller the first sum of share transfer monies of RMB1,000,000 within 15 working days after the conclusion of the Agreement;

 

(2)

The remaining share transfer monies shall be paid by the following means:

 

  (a)

If the affiliated company ECMOHO Limited of the Target Company completes the IPO within one year after the conclusion of the Agreement (i.e. before June 25, 2020), the Buyer shall pay the Seller the remaining share transfer monies of RMB21,769,811 by lump sum within 60 natural days as of the day of completion of the IPO (subject to the announcement contents and date disclosed then);

 

  (b)

If the affiliated company ECMOHO Limited of the Target Company fails to complete the IPO within one year after the conclusion of the Agreement, the remaining share transfer monies payable by the Buyer for the Seller shall be adjusted from RMB21,769,811 to the amount calculated by the following method, and be paid by two installments:

 

  (i)

The first installment: Pay the first installment of share transfer monies of RMB10,884,905.5 plus the interests calculated by the annual interest rate of 8% (single interests) from the Signing Date of the Agreement to the date of payment of the said installment of share transfer monies, within 12 months as of the Signing Date of the Agreement;

 

  (ii)

The second installment: Pay the second installment of share transfer monies of RMB10,884,905.5 plus the interests calculated by the annual interest rate of 8% (single interests) from the Signing Date of the Agreement to the date of payment of the said installment of share transfer monies, within 24 months as of the Signing Date of the Agreement.

 

(3)

Information of the Seller’s collection account is as below:

 

Company name:    Ningbo Yuanyuan Liuchang Investment Center (Limited Partnership)

 

2


Opening bank:

  

Beijing Guanghua Sub-branch of China Minsheng Bank

 

Account No.:

  

 

****

 

3.2

The Buyer shall pay the share transfer monies as per Clause 3.1 hereof on time. Meanwhile, the Target Company, Wang Ying and Zeng Qingchun undertake to provide unlimited joint and several guarantee for the Buyer’s payment obligation under Clauses 3.1 and 5.2 of the Agreement.

 

4.

Statements and Warranties

 

4.1

A Party hereby states and warrants to the other Parties as below:

 

  (1)

the said Party is a company or partnership established and effectively subsisting under the laws of the place of establishment;

 

  (2)

the said Party has the full power and authority to conclude and submit the Agreement and fulfill obligations hereunder;

 

  (3)

once concluded, the Agreement will constitute obligations lawful, effective and binding upon the said Party;

 

  (4)

the conclusion and submission of the Agreement and fulfillment of obligations hereunder by the said Party will not breach any applicable law, violate any agreement or contract binding upon the said Party, or make any third party entitled to terminate or revoke any such agreement or contract; and

 

  (5)

the said party does not fall into any litigation, arbitration, government investigation or legal proceedings which may influence the legitimacy, effectiveness or enforceability of the Agreement, or the completion of the Share Transfer.

 

4.2

The Seller further states and warrants to the Buyer:

 

  (1)

as at the Signing Date of the Agreement, the Seller is the legal and registered shareholder of the Target Shares, over which there is no encumbrance; and

 

  (2)

the Seller will, after the conclusion of the Agreement, coordinate with the Buyer in completing all government registration and record-filing affairs relating to the Share Transfer as soon as possible.

 

5.

Compensation and default

 

5.1

The Party breaching the Agreement (the “Breaching Party”) agrees to compensate the other party (the “Observant Party”) for all damages, losses and expenses (including but not limited to legal fees and expenses and investigation costs of power claims occurring or incurred due to the Breaching Party’s violation of any clause hereof. Such compensation shall not influence other rights or reliefs granted to the Observant Party under applicant laws or generated under any other agreement about the said violation concluded among the Parties. Rights and reliefs enjoyed by the Observant Party due to the said violation shall survive the abolishment, termination or completion of performance of the Agreement.

 

5.2

In addition to the aforesaid agreements, if the Buyer delays the payment of any sum/phase of Purchase Price hereunder, the Buyer shall pay the Seller 0.1% of payable but outstanding monies as late fees for each day of delay.

 

3


6.

Confidentiality

 

6.1

Any Party here to shall not, or shall not allow any related party, director, manager, employee, shareholder or agent thereof or any director, manager, employee or agent of the Target Company to disclose to any other person the conclusion, existence or content of the Agreement or any business secret of the other Party obtained in the process of performance of the Agreement, or use such business secret for any purpose other than the performance of the Agreement, unless the agreement of the other Party has been obtained in advance, and relevant information is: (1) the information required to be disclosed under laws. If a Party is required to disclose any confidential information according to law, the said Party shall firstly notify the other Party and discuss with the other Party about such information to be disclosed, or (2) the information which is public or has been known by the public not due to the violation of the Agreement; or (3) the information which needs to be disclosed by any Party to the senior officer, external professional consultant or an investor of the investor for the purpose of business.

 

6.2

Without the prior written agreement of the other Parties, any Party shall not make any external announcement concerning the Agreement or any matter of the Target Company, unless any Party is required to do so according to relevant applicable laws and regulations.

 

6.3

A Party shall be liable for the breach of any clause of this Article 6 by any related party, director, manager, employee, shareholder or agent thereof.

 

6.4

The confidentiality period hereunder is long-term, and the cancellation or termination hereof will not influence the confidentiality obligation of each Party.

 

7.

Miscellaneous

 

7.1

The conclusion, effectiveness, interpretation and signing of the Agreement as well as the settlement of all disputes relating to the Agreement shall be governed and construed by Chinese laws.

 

7.2

Any dispute arising from or relating to the conclusion or performance of the Agreement shall be settled by relevant Parties through friendly negotiation. If a dispute is not settled within thirty (30) days after a Party sends a written notice to the other Party requiring negotiation about the dispute, either Party may refer the dispute to the Shanghai International Economic and Trade Arbitration Commission (“Shanghai International Arbitration Center”) for arbitration in Shanghai according to the arbitration rules of the Shanghai International Arbitration Center prevailing at the time of application for arbitration as well as the following provisions.

 

  (1)

the arbitration shall be conducted in Chinese by three (3) arbitrators (the applicant and the respondent respectively designate one arbitrator (if the applicant/respondent includes more than one party, the applicant/respondent will jointly designate one arbitrator), and the Shanghai International Arbitration Center designates the third arbitrator) may conduct arbitration by reference to the text of the Agreement;

 

  (2)

arbitration award shall be final and binding upon all parties to the dispute, and be compulsorily enforced as per clauses thereof; and

 

  (3)

Arbitration fees shall be borne by the Party or Parties designated under the arbitration award.

 

4


In the period of negotiation or arbitration, except for matters in dispute, the Parties shall continuously execute the Agreement.

 

7.3

Each Party shall declare the payment for taxes relating to the Share Transfer and to be undertaken by the said Party as stipulated in Chinese laws.

 

7.4

The Agreement shall come into force immediately as of the Signing Date.

 

7.5

If required by the Buyer, the Parties shall conclude a simple share transfer agreement about the Share Transfer as per the format and contents required by the Buyer, for the purpose of getting through change registration or record-filing formalities with the market regulation bureau. In the event any conflict between the abovementioned simple agreement and the Agreement, the Agreement shall prevail.

 

7.6

If any Party hereto fails to exercise or delays the exercise of any right, power or privilege under the Agreement or any other contract or agreement relating to the Agreement, it shall not be deemed that the said Party has waived such right, power or privilege; and, the separate or partial exercise of such right, power or privilege shall not exclude any other exercise of such right, power or privilege in future.

 

7.7

If any provision hereof becomes ineffective, illegal or unenforceable in whole or in part for any reason, the effectiveness, legitimacy and enforceability of other provisions hereof shall not be impacted or impaired in any way.

 

7.8

Save as otherwise stipulated hereunder, without the prior written consent of the other Parties, any Party shall not transfer rights and obligations thereof under the Agreement to a third party.

 

7.9

Upon unanimous written agreement, the Parties may revise, alter or supplement the Agreement.

 

7.10

The Agreement is made in six copies, two for the Target Company and one for all other Parties for the purpose of use for getting through relevant formalities.

(There is no text hereunder)

 

5


(No text on this page. Signature page follows.)

The Parties have concluded the Agreement at the date first written above.

Ningbo Yuanyuan Liuchang Investment Center (Limited Partnership)

Signed by the authorized representative: /s/ Zhao Yihong

Ningbo Yuanyuan Liuchang Investment Center (Limited Partnership) (Seal)


(No text on this page. Signature page follows.)

The Parties have concluded the Agreement at the date first written above.

Yipinda (Shanghai) Health Technology Co., Ltd. (Seal)

Signed by the authorized representative: /s/ Zeng Qingchun

Shanghai ECMOHO Health Biotechnology Co., Ltd. (Seal)

Signed by the authorized representative: /s/ Wang Ying

Signed by Wang Ying: /s/ Wang Ying

Signed by Zeng Qingchun: /s/ Zeng Qingchun

Exhibit 10.22

Share Transfer Agreement

The Share Transfer Agreement (the “Agreement”) was concluded by and among the following parties on June 25, 2019 (the “Signing Date”):

 

(1)

Suzhou Dadehongqiang Investment Center (Limited Partnership), a limited partnership established under the laws of China and subsisting lawfully, with a residence of Room 306, Dasen Business Building, Block 1, No.368 Tongyuan Road, Suzhou Industrial Park (“Dadehongqiang” or the “Seller”);

 

(2)

Yipinda (Shanghai) Health Technology Co., Ltd., a company with limited liability established under the laws of China and subsisting lawfully, with a residence of Room 4215, Block 2, No.588 Zixing Road, Minhang District, Shanghai (the “Buyer”);

 

(3)

Shanghai ECMOHO Health Biotechnology Co., Ltd., a company with limited liability established under the laws of China and subsisting lawfully, with a residence of 2-3/F, No.1000 Tianyaoqiao Road, Xuhui District, Shanghai (the “Target Company”);

 

(4)

Wang Ying, a Chinese natural person, whose ID number is ****;

 

(5)

Zeng Qingchun, a Chinese natural person, whose ID number is ****.

For the purpose of the Agreement, the Seller, the Buyer and the Target Company are referred to as a “Party” severally and the “Parties” collectively.

Whereas:

 

(A)

As of the Signing Date, the registered capital of the Target Company is USD1,138,641.

 

(B)

On the premise of compliance with terms and conditions hereunder, the Seller intends to sell to the Buyer and the Buyer intends to purchase from the Seller certain shares of the Target Company (the “Share Transfer”).

In that light, the Parties, upon amicable negotiation, agree as below:

 

1.

Share Transfer

 

1.1

On the premise of complying with terms and conditions hereunder, the Seller agrees to sell to the Buyer and the Buyer agrees to purchase from the Seller 0.48% of shares of the Target Company (corresponding to the registered capital of USD5,474 of the Target Company) as well as all accompanying rights and interests (the “Target Shares”).

 

2.

Purchase Price

 

2.1

Unless the purchase price is adjusted as per Clause 3.1 of the Agreement, on the premise of compliance with terms and conditions hereof, the Buyer shall pay the Seller the purchase price of RMB7,115,078 in total (the “Purchase Price”), as the all and full consideration of the Target Shares.

 

3.

Price Payment

 

3.1

The Buyer shall pay the Seller all the share transfer monies by lump sum within 15 working days after the conclusion of the Agreement.

 

1


3.2

The Buyer shall pay the share transfer monies as per Clause 3.1 hereof on time. Meanwhile, the Target Company, Wang Ying and Zeng Qingchun undertake to provide unlimited joint and several guarantee.

 

4.

Statements and Warranties

 

4.1

A Party hereby states and warrants to the other Parties as below:

 

  (1)

the said Party is a company or partnership established and effectively subsisting under the laws of the place of establishment;

 

  (2)

the said Party has the full power and authority to conclude and submit the Agreement and fulfill obligations hereunder;

 

  (3)

once concluded, the Agreement will constitute obligations lawful, effective and binding upon the said Party;

 

  (4)

the conclusion and submission of the Agreement and fulfillment of obligations hereunder by the said Party will not breach any applicable law, violate any agreement or contract binding upon the said Party, or make any third party entitled to terminate or revoke any such agreement or contract; and

 

  (5)

the said party does not fall into any litigation, arbitration, government investigation or legal proceedings which may influence the legitimacy, effectiveness or enforceability of the Agreement, or the completion of the Share Transfer.

 

4.2

The Seller further states and warrants to the Buyer:

 

  (1)

the Seller is the legal and registered shareholder of the Target Shares, over which there is no encumbrance;

 

  (2)

the Seller will, after the conclusion of the Agreement, coordinate with the Buyer in completing all government registration and record-filing affairs relating to the Share Transfer as soon as possible.

 

5.

Compensation and default

 

5.1

The Party breaching the Agreement (the “Breaching Party”) agrees to compensate the other party (the “Observant Party”) for all damages, losses and expenses (including but not limited to legal fees and expenses and investigation costs of power claims occurring or incurred due to the Breaching Party’s violation of any clause hereof. Such compensation shall not influence other rights or reliefs granted to the Observant Party under applicant laws or generated under any other agreement about the said violation concluded among the Parties. Rights and reliefs enjoyed by the Observant Party due to the said violation shall survive the abolishment, termination or completion of performance of the Agreement.

 

6.

Confidentiality

 

6.1

Any Party here to shall not, or shall not allow any related party, director, manager, employee, shareholder or agent thereof or any director, manager, employee or agent of the Target Company to disclose to any other person the conclusion, existence or content of the Agreement or any business secret of the other Party obtained in the process of performance of the Agreement, or use such business secret for any purpose other than the performance of the Agreement, unless the agreement of the other Party has been obtained in advance, and relevant information is: (1) the information required to be disclosed under laws. If a Party is required to disclose any confidential information according to law, the said Party shall firstly notify the other Party and discuss with the other Party about such information to be disclosed, or (2) the information which is public or has been known by the public not due to the violation of the Agreement; or (3) the information which needs to be disclosed by any Party to the senior officer, external professional consultant or an investor of the investor for the purpose of business.

 

2


6.2

Without the prior written agreement of the other Parties, any Party shall not make any external announcement concerning the Agreement or any matter of the Target Company, unless any Party is required to do so according to relevant applicable laws and regulations.

 

6.3

A Party shall be liable for the breach of any clause of this Article 6 by any related party, director, manager, employee, shareholder or agent thereof.

 

7.

Miscellaneous

 

7.1

The conclusion, effectiveness, interpretation and signing of the Agreement as well as the settlement of all disputes relating to the Agreement shall be governed and construed by Chinese laws.

 

7.2

Any dispute arising from or relating to the conclusion or performance of the Agreement shall be settled by relevant Parties through friendly negotiation. If a dispute is not settled within thirty (30) days after a Party sends a written notice to the other Party requiring negotiation about the dispute, either Party may refer the dispute to the Shanghai International Economic and Trade Arbitration Commission (“Shanghai International Arbitration Center”) for arbitration in Shanghai according to the arbitration rules of the Shanghai International Arbitration Center prevailing at the time of application for arbitration as well as the following provisions.

 

  (1)

the arbitration shall be conducted in Chinese by three (3) arbitrators (the applicant and the respondent respectively designate one arbitrator (if the applicant/respondent includes more than one party, the applicant/respondent will jointly designate one arbitrator), and the Shanghai International Arbitration Center designates the third arbitrator) may conduct arbitration by reference to the text of the Agreement;

 

  (2)

arbitration award shall be final and binding upon all parties to the dispute, and be compulsorily enforced as per clauses thereof; and

 

  (3)

Arbitration fees shall be borne by the Party or Parties designated under the arbitration award.

In the period of negotiation or arbitration, except for matters in dispute, the Parties shall continuously execute the Agreement.

 

7.3

Each Party shall declare the payment for taxes relating to the Share Transfer and to be undertaken by the said Party as stipulated in Chinese laws.

 

7.4

The Agreement shall come into force immediately as of the Signing Date.

 

7.5

If required by the Buyer, the Parties shall conclude a simple share transfer agreement about the Share Transfer as per the format and contents required by the Buyer, for the purpose of getting through change registration or record-filing formalities with the market regulation bureau. In the event any conflict between the abovementioned simple agreement and the Agreement, the Agreement shall prevail.

 

3


7.6

If any Party hereto fails to exercise or delays the exercise of any right, power or privilege under the Agreement or any other contract or agreement relating to the Agreement, it shall not be deemed that the said Party has waived such right, power or privilege; and, the separate or partial exercise of such right, power or privilege shall not exclude any other exercise of such right, power or privilege in future.

 

7.7

If any provision hereof becomes ineffective, illegal or unenforceable in whole or in part for any reason, the effectiveness, legitimacy and enforceability of other provisions hereof shall not be impacted or impaired in any way.

 

7.8

Save as otherwise stipulated hereunder, without the prior written consent of the other Parties, any Party shall not transfer rights and obligations thereof under the Agreement to a third party.

 

7.9

Upon unanimous written agreement, the Parties may revise, alter or supplement the Agreement.

 

7.10

The Agreement is made in six copies, two for the Target Company and one for all other Parties for the purpose of use for getting through relevant formalities.

(There is no text hereunder)

 

4


(No text on this page. Signature page follows.)

The Parties have concluded the Agreement at the date first written above.

Suzhou Dadehongqiang Investment Center (Limited Partnership) (Seal)

Signed by the authorized representative: /s/ Zhao Xiaoling


(No text on this page. Signature page follows.)

The Parties have concluded the Agreement at the date first written above.

Yipinda (Shanghai) Health Technology Co., Ltd. (Seal)

Signed by the authorized representative: /s/ Zeng Qingchun

Shanghai ECMOHO Health Biotechnology Co., Ltd. (Seal)

Signed by the authorized representative: /s/ Wang Ying

Signed by Wang Ying: /s/ Wang Ying

Signed by Zeng Qingchun: /s/ Zeng Qingchun

Exhibit 10.23

Share Transfer Agreement

The Share Transfer Agreement (the “Agreement”) was concluded by and among the following parties on June 25, 2019 (the “Signing Date”):

 

(1)

Beijing Tianrundiliang Investment Co., Ltd., a company with limited liability established under the laws of China and subsisting lawfully, with a residence of No.1-S47, Area 1, Guba Road, Chengguan Sub-district, Fangshan District, Beijing (“Tianrundiliang” or the “Seller”);

 

(2)

Yipinda (Shanghai) Health Technology Co., Ltd., a company with limited liability established under the laws of China and subsisting lawfully, with a residence of Room 4215, Block 2, No.588 Zixing Road, Minhang District, Shanghai (the “Buyer”);

 

(3)

Shanghai ECMOHO Health Biotechnology Co., Ltd., a company with limited liability established under the laws of China and subsisting lawfully, with a residence of 2-3/F, No.1000 Tianyaoqiao Road, Xuhui District, Shanghai (the “Target Company”);

 

(4)

Wang Ying, a Chinese natural person, whose ID number is ****;

 

(5)

Zeng Qingchun, a Chinese natural person, whose ID number is ****.

For the purpose of the Agreement, the Seller, the Buyer and the Target Company are referred to as a “Party” severally and the “Parties” collectively.

Whereas:

 

(A)

As of the Signing Date, the registered capital of the Target Company is USD1,138,641.

 

(B)

On the premise of compliance with terms and conditions hereunder, the Seller intends to sell to the Buyer and the Buyer intends to purchase from the Seller certain shares of the Target Company (the “Share Transfer”).

In that light, the Parties, upon amicable negotiation, agree as below:

 

1.

Share Transfer

1.1 On the premise of complying with terms and conditions hereunder, the Seller agrees to sell to the Buyer and the Buyer agrees to purchase from the Seller 0.48% of shares of the Target Company (corresponding to the registered capital of USD5,474 of the Target Company) as well as all accompanying rights and interests (the “Target Shares”).

 

2.

Purchase Price

 

2.1

Unless the purchase price is adjusted as per Clause 3.1 of the Agreement, on the premise of compliance with terms and conditions hereof, the Buyer shall pay the Seller the purchase price of RMB7,115,078 in total (the “Purchase Price”), as the all and full consideration of the Target Shares.

 

3.

Price Payment

 

3.1

The Buyer shall pay the Seller all the share transfer monies by lump sum within 15 working days after the conclusion of the Agreement.

 

3.2

The Buyer shall pay the share transfer monies as per Clause 3.1 hereof on time. Meanwhile, the Target Company, Wang Ying and Zeng Qingchun undertake to provide unlimited joint and several guarantee.

 

1


4.

Statements and Warranties

 

4.1

A Party hereby states and warrants to the other Parties as below:

 

  (1)

the said Party is a company or partnership established and effectively subsisting under the laws of the place of establishment;

 

  (2)

the said Party has the full power and authority to conclude and submit the Agreement and fulfill obligations hereunder;

 

  (3)

once concluded, the Agreement will constitute obligations lawful, effective and binding upon the said Party;

 

  (4)

the conclusion and submission of the Agreement and fulfillment of obligations hereunder by the said Party will not breach any applicable law, violate any agreement or contract binding upon the said Party, or make any third party entitled to terminate or revoke any such agreement or contract; and

 

  (5)

the said party does not fall into any litigation, arbitration, government investigation or legal proceedings which may influence the legitimacy, effectiveness or enforceability of the Agreement, or the completion of the Share Transfer.

 

4.2

The Seller further states and warrants to the Buyer:

 

  (1)

the Seller is the legal and registered shareholder of the Target Shares, over which there is no encumbrance; and

 

  (2)

the Seller will, after the conclusion of the Agreement, coordinate with the Buyer in completing all government registration and record-filing affairs relating to the Share Transfer as soon as possible.

 

5.

Compensation and default

 

5.1

The Party breaching the Agreement (the “Breaching Party”) agrees to compensate the other party (the “Observant Party”) for all damages, losses and expenses (including but not limited to legal fees and expenses and investigation costs of power claims occurring or incurred due to the Breaching Party’s violation of any clause hereof. Such compensation shall not influence other rights or reliefs granted to the Observant Party under applicant laws or generated under any other agreement about the said violation concluded among the Parties. Rights and reliefs enjoyed by the Observant Party due to the said violation shall survive the abolishment, termination or completion of performance of the Agreement.

 

6.

Confidentiality

 

6.1

Any Party here to shall not, or shall not allow any related party, director, manager, employee, shareholder or agent thereof or any director, manager, employee or agent of the Target Company to disclose to any other person the conclusion, existence or content of the Agreement or any business secret of the other Party obtained in the process of performance of the Agreement, or use such business secret for any purpose other than the performance of the Agreement, unless the agreement of the other Party has been obtained in advance, and relevant information is: (1) the information required to be disclosed under laws. If a Party is required to disclose any confidential information according to law, the said Party shall firstly notify the other Party and discuss with the other Party about such information to be disclosed, or (2) the information which is public or has been known by the public not due to the violation of the Agreement; or (3) the information which needs to be disclosed by any Party to the senior officer, external professional consultant or an investor of the investor for the purpose of business.

 

2


6.2

Without the prior written agreement of the other Parties, any Party shall not make any external announcement concerning the Agreement or any matter of the Target Company, unless any Party is required to do so according to relevant applicable laws and regulations.

 

6.3

A Party shall be liable for the breach of any clause of this Article 6 by any related party, director, manager, employee, shareholder or agent thereof.

 

7.

Miscellaneous

 

7.1

The conclusion, effectiveness, interpretation and signing of the Agreement as well as the settlement of all disputes relating to the Agreement shall be governed and construed by Chinese laws.

 

7.2

Any dispute arising from or relating to the conclusion or performance of the Agreement shall be settled by relevant Parties through friendly negotiation. If a dispute is not settled within thirty (30) days after a Party sends a written notice to the other Party requiring negotiation about the dispute, either Party may refer the dispute to the Shanghai International Economic and Trade Arbitration Commission (“Shanghai International Arbitration Center”) for arbitration in Shanghai according to the arbitration rules of the Shanghai International Arbitration Center prevailing at the time of application for arbitration as well as the following provisions.

 

  (1)

the arbitration shall be conducted in Chinese by three (3) arbitrators (the applicant and the respondent respectively designate one arbitrator (if the applicant/respondent includes more than one party, the applicant/respondent will jointly designate one arbitrator), and the Shanghai International Arbitration Center designates the third arbitrator) may conduct arbitration by reference to the text of the Agreement;

 

  (2)

arbitration award shall be final and binding upon all parties to the dispute, and be compulsorily enforced as per clauses thereof; and

 

  (3)

Arbitration fees shall be borne by the Party or Parties designated under the arbitration award.

In the period of negotiation or arbitration, except for matters in dispute, the Parties shall continuously execute the Agreement.

 

7.3

Each Party shall declare the payment for taxes relating to the Share Transfer and to be undertaken by the said Party as stipulated in Chinese laws.

 

7.4

The Agreement shall come into force immediately as of the Signing Date.

 

7.5

If required by the Buyer, the Parties shall conclude a simple share transfer agreement about the Share Transfer as per the format and contents required by the Buyer, for the purpose of getting through change registration or record-filing formalities with the market regulation bureau. In the event any conflict between the abovementioned simple agreement and the Agreement, the Agreement shall prevail.

 

3


7.6

If any Party hereto fails to exercise or delays the exercise of any right, power or privilege under the Agreement or any other contract or agreement relating to the Agreement, it shall not be deemed that the said Party has waived such right, power or privilege; and, the separate or partial exercise of such right, power or privilege shall not exclude any other exercise of such right, power or privilege in future.

 

7.7

If any provision hereof becomes ineffective, illegal or unenforceable in whole or in part for any reason, the effectiveness, legitimacy and enforceability of other provisions hereof shall not be impacted or impaired in any way.

 

7.8

Save as otherwise stipulated hereunder, without the prior written consent of the other Parties, any Party shall not transfer rights and obligations thereof under the Agreement to a third party.

 

7.9

Upon unanimous written agreement, the Parties may revise, alter or supplement the Agreement.

 

7.10

The Agreement is made in six copies, two for the Target Company and one for all other Parties for the purpose of use for getting through relevant formalities.

(There is no text hereunder)

 

4


(No text hereunder. Signature page follows.)

The Parties have concluded the Agreement at the date first written above.

Beijing Tianrundiliang Investment Co., Ltd. (Seal)

 

Signed by the authorized representative:   /s/ Zhao Yixing


(No text hereunder. Signature page follows.)

The Parties have concluded the Agreement at the date first written above.

Yipinda (Shanghai) Health Technology Co., Ltd. (Seal)

Signed by the authorized representative: /s/ Zeng Qingchun

Shanghai ECMOHO Health Biotechnology Co., Ltd. (Seal)

Signed by the authorized representative: /s/ Wang Ying

Signed by Wang Ying: /s/ Wang Ying

Signed by Zeng Qingchun: /s/ Zeng Qingchun

Exhibit 10.24

Credit Granting Approval Notice

Date: October 18, 2018

(181018-TFB01252514)

To: ECMOHO (Hong Kong) Limited

Import It Corp.

(the “Client”)

Dear Client,

Taipei Fubon Commercial Bank Co., Ltd. Hong Kong Branch (the “Bank”) will provide or extend the following line of credit (the “Credit Granting”) according to the following conditions and the General Agreement about Credit Granting (the “General Agreement”) signed and delivered to the Bank by you. Expressions and terms defined under the General Agreement are also applicable for the Credit Granting Approval Notice.

The Credit Granting Approval Notice supersedes the credit granting approval notice (if any) priorly concluded by and between the Client and the Bank.

 

  1.

Approved conditions for the Credit Granting:

 

  (1)

Line of credit:

 

   

Item: A

 

  i.

Nature of the Credit Granting: O/A import financing

 

  ii.

Amount: USD25,000,000

 

  iii.

Maturity date/Period/Use method/Payment method of principal and interests:

 

  (1)

36 months as of the signing date

 

  (2)

The longest period of 90 days for each Credit Granting

 

  (3)

Circulating

 

  (4)

Payment of interests upon maturity

 

  (5)

Repayment upon maturity

 

  iv.

Interest rate/service fees:

Use US dollars:

Interests are calculated by the interest rate issued by Reuters at the business date before the borrowing day (the “Pricing Date”), 3M LIBOR+5% p.a. or the interest rate otherwise determined by both parties.

Service fees:

The account management fees of USD75,000 will be collected for three times: USD15,000 before the first appropriation, USD30,000 at the time of 12 months after the first appropriation and USD30,000 at the time of 24 months after the first appropriation. If the appropriation balance (existing balance plus the appropriation newly added this time) exceeds USD10 million for the first time, the account management fees will be increased by USD25,000, which will be collected before the appropriation by lump sum.

 

1


  v.

Interest payment day: According to the General Agreement.

 

  (2)

Guarantor/Collateral Provider:

 

   

Guarantor: ECMOHO LIMITED and ECMOHO (Hong Kong) Health Technology Limited

 

   

Collateral Provider: N.A.

 

  (3)

Guarantee condition: N.A.

 

  (4)

Conditions before appropriation:

 

   

A

 

  1.

From July to November each year, the upper limit of the line of credit is USD25 million; and for other months, the upper limit is USD15 million.

 

  2.

For each sum of appropriation, copies of invoices of suppliers and transport documents corresponding to 20% of the number of invoices shall be provided, and the appropriation shall be conducted as per 80% of the amount of invoices. The use period will start from the date of money advancing, and shall not exceed 90 days. Appropriated monies will be only remitted to designated suppliers. In the case of advance payment financing, the appropriation will be conducted as per P/O or contract or 80% of the amount of PROFORMA INVOICE, and the balance of advance payment financing shall not exceed USD5 million. If required by the Bank, it will still be necessary to provide a full set of copies of invoices of suppliers, transport documents and receiving notes for each sum of appropriation.

 

  3.

Designated suppliers are as below:

 

  (1)

Unilever Asia Private Limited

 

  (2)

Korea Ginseng Corp.

 

  (3)

Lansinoh Laboratories Shanghai Co. Ltd.

 

  (4)

LG HOUSEHOLD AND HEALTH CARE LTD.

 

  (5)

Neo Schema International Co. Ltd.

 

  (6)

Nestrade S.A.

 

  (7)

Glanbia Performance Nutrition (NA), Inc./ Glanbia Business Services, Inc.

 

  (8)

Puritan’s Pride Inc.

 

  (9)

Unilever Hong Kong Limited

 

  (10)

Wyeth (Hong Kong) Holding Company Limited

 

  (11)

FASCY Co. Ltd.

 

  (12)

Veryberry Co. Ltd.

 

  (13)

Nestle Australia LTD.

 

2


  (14)

QUALITY FIRST CO. LTD.

In the case of any new supplier, appropriation shall be conducted upon approval by the Bank.

 

  4.

Concerning each sum of appropriation in May, September and October each year, it will be necessary to ensure that the existing balance (including the new appropriation amount) does not exceed [qualified inventories * 50%]. Concerning each sum of appropriation in June, October and November, it will be necessary to ensure that the existing balance (including the new appropriation amount) does not exceed [qualified inventories * 50% + qualified accounts receivable * 80%] and [qualified inventories * 50%] shall not exceed 80% of the existing balance. Concerning each sum of appropriation in other months, it will be necessary to ensure that the existing balance (including the new appropriation amount) does not exceed [qualified inventories * 50% + qualified accounts receivable * 80%] and [qualified inventories * 50%] shall not exceed 60% of the existing balance.

 

   

Qualified inventories are inventories meeting any of the following conditions:

 

  (1)

inventories in transit, whose number does not exceed 30% of the total of inventories set out in Items (2) and (3) below;

 

  (2)

as per the inventory statements provided by warehousing dealers of Hangzhou Xinyi Warehouse each month, inventories with the remaining period not less than one year; or

 

  (3)

as per the inventory statements provided by warehousing dealers of Hong Kong Ming Feng Warehouse each month, inventories entering the warehouse for less than four months.

 

   

Qualified accounts receivable are accounts receivable meeting conditions set out in Items (1), (2) and (3) below simultaneously:

 

  (1)

accounts receivable generated by trading contracts or orders of buyers JD.COM, Tmall, www.kaola.com and vip.com;

 

  (2)

accounts receivable with a buyer’s e-commerce system indicating the record on confirm of entry into warehouse of goods or with the warehousing inspection and acceptance confirmed by the buyer, and the period from the date of the buyer’s warehousing inspection and acceptance at JD.COM and Tmall to the examination date of each sum of appropriation/the examination date each month after use not exceeding 90 days, and the period from the date of the buyer’s warehousing inspection and acceptance at www.kaola.com and vip.com to the examination date of each sum of appropriation/the examination date each month after use not exceeding 30 days; and

 

  (3)

the collection date of accounts receivable not later than the maturity date set out in the trading contract or order for 14 days.

 

3


  *

If there is any new scope of application for qualified accounts receivable and qualified inventories, it shall be implemented upon approval by the Bank.

 

  5.

the borrower shall sign and send to all the buyers (including but not limited to JD.COM, Tmall. www.kaola,com, vip.com and JUMEI.COM) the notice that its account has been changed into the account of the Bank. After there is a record about the Tmall B2C remittance to the account of the Bank, can the borrower use the line of credit.

 

  6.

Before the satisfaction of guarantee conditions set out in Items 1 to 4 among after-use tracking conditions, the upper limit of drawdown amount is USD10 million.

 

  7.

The borrower shall sign account charge document.

 

  8.

The borrower shall sign accounts receivable charge document.

 

  9.

The borrower shall sign inventory pledge document.

 

  10.

The borrower shall respectively open an current account and a standby account for compensation, and take the latter as charge account.

 

  11.

Before the appropriation, the share pledge document signed by ECMOHO LIMITED (registered in Cayman) as held by Wang Ying and Zeng Qingchun (and/or Behealth Limited and Uhealth Limited) shall be submitted so as to handle share pledge matters with an external law firm recognized by the Bank.

 

  12.

The Client shall provide the expected revenue in 2018 before the first drawdown.

 

  (5)

After-drawdown tracking conditions:

 

   

A: See Appendix I for details.

 

  (6)

Other (drawdown) conditions:

 

  1.

The line of credit hereunder is non-commitment line of credit.

 

  2.

The borrower shall provide its accounts on the e-commerce platforms such as JD.COM, Tmall, www.kaola.com and vip.com and passwords thereof, so that the Bank can inquire relevant B2B and B2C transaction and accounting information.

 

  3.

The borrower undertakes that the collection of accounts receivable (including but not limited to accounts receivable from JD.COM, Tmall, www.kaola.com, vip.com and JUMEI.COM) will be all remitted into the account of the Bank within three months after the first drawdown.

 

  4.

The borrower undertakes that the Round-C financing monies (not less than USD20 million) will be priorly deposited into the account of the Bank; the financing monies raised before the first appropriation may not be priorly deposited into the Bank, with evidential documents proving the remittance of the financing monies into the account of any other bank and the flow of the monies used for purchase of materials provided; and, the financing monies raised after the first appropriation will still be priorly deposited into the Bank.

 

4


  5.

Wang Ying and Zeng Qingchun undertake that the percentage of shares of ECMOHO LIMITED (registered in Cayman) directly and indirectly held by them shall not be lower than 51%, and 51% of the shares held by them shall not set any claims to other creditors, except the Bank.

 

  i.

Preconditions for the first appropriation

Preconditions for the Client’s application for the first appropriation under any line of credit shall be the Bank’s receipt of the following conditions with formats and contents recognized by the Bank:

 

  a.

General Agreement and other credit granting documents (as defined under the General Agreement) formally signed by the Client [and guarantor/provider of collaterals);

 

  b.

evidential documents proving all necessary authorizations or subsequent confirmation for the signature and delivery of the Credit Granting Approval Notice, the General Agreement and other credit granting documents signed and delivered on behalf of the Client [and guarantor/provider of collaterals];

 

  c.

letter of confirmation (if applicable) of guarantor/provider of collaterals signed by an individual guarantor/individual provider of collaterals;

 

  d.

Authorized personnel on behalf of the client [and guarantor/provider of collaterals] to sign the letter of credit; authorization documents for notices, instruments, certificates and other documents required by or in connection with the credit documents, and the certified specimen signatures of the certified personnel;

 

  e.

memorandum of association or articles of association of the Client [and guarantor/provider of collaterals], or other organization documents, business document or certificate of incorporation of the company, or other equivalent documents, which are sufficient to prove that the Client [and guarantor/provider of collaterals] has been lawfully incorporated and still exists; the operation of prevailing business has obtained approvals;

 

  f.

evidential documents about the guarantee already properly registered and set within relevant administrative area and available for execution (if applicable);

 

  g.

application for drawdown signed on behalf of the Client by the authorized signature representative accepted by the Bank;

 

  h.

promissory note formally issued by the Client (if applicable); and

 

  i.

other similar documents, data or evidential documents required by the Bank from time to time.

 

  ii.

Preconditions for the appropriations of all other times

In the case that the following preconditions are not met, the Bank will not be obliged to conduct appropriations for subsequent drawdown within the limit of the line of credit:

 

  a.

concerning the submission of relevant drawdown application and the drawdown, statements and warranties made by the Client under the General Agreement and (if applicable) statements and warranties made by the guarantor or provider of collaterals under the letter of guarantee or relevant guarantee document are authentic and accurate, and are made based on facts and circumstances existing at that time:

 

5


  b.

at the time of submission of relevant application for appropriation and the time of the appropriation, no default event has occurred or been lasting, or any default event is incurred due to the appropriation; and

 

  c.

application for drawdown signed on behalf of the Client by the authorized signature representative accepted by the Bank.

 

  2.

Other conditions:

 

  (1)

When applying for the appropriation of all or part of the line of credit, the Client shall put forward an request of drawdown to the Bank as per conditions stipulated under the Credit Granting Approval Notice. Before the Bank definitely expresses its agreement about the Client’s application for drawdown, or provides the Client with relevant line of credit, the Bank does not commit the provision of relevant line of credit.

 

  (2)

Unless otherwise stipulated under the Credit Granting Approval Notice, the line of credit are uncommitted line of credit, and the Bank may check the line of credit at any time. The Bank will be entitled to alter, amend, terminate, decrease, suspend or cancel any line of credit at any time. Without prejudice to the foregoing, the Bank will be entitled to change relevant credit granting conditions (including interest rate) without the approval of any other party concerned at any time.

 

  (3)

If the Client applies for extending the one-year credit granting (excluding the line of credit with the letter of guarantee of a bank/letter of credit of guarantee as guarantee, the direct letter of granting for people from the Mainland China or the line of credit from the guarantor from the Mainland China or collaterals (e.g. deposits and real estate)) and passes the examination of the Bank, the credit granting will be extended for one year. If the Client applies for the drawdown after the issue of a new credit granting approval notice, it will be deemed that the Client has approved to accept the new credit approval notice with the same conditions as the Credit Granting Approval Notice.

 

  (4)

The Credit Granting Approval Notice and its supplements constitute a part of the General Agreement signed by and between the Client and the Bank. Matters not covered hereunder shall be subject to the General Agreement, all applications for drawdown and credit granting documents (as defined in the General Agreement).

 

  (5)

If any resolution in meeting minutes of the board of directors of the Client is inconsistent with contents of the Credit Granting Approval Notice, the Bank will, in the condition of not going beyond contents approved by the Bank, regard the board resolution as the condition for contacts between both parties, with no notice given otherwise.

 

  (6)

Please note that there is specific restrictions to the provision by the Bank for persons associated with its director or employee under Article 83 of the Banking Ordinance (Hong Kong Regulations Chapter 155). In consideration of the conclusion of the Credit Granting Approval Notice, the Client confirms for the Bank that it has no relationship with a director or employee of the Bank as specified in Article 83 above. The Client undertakes that if it has any relationship as specified in Article 83 after the conclusion of the Credit Granting Approval Notice, it will immediately notify the Bank in writing.

 

6


  (7)

Unless approved by the Bank in writing, the Client shall ensure no excess drawdown (i.e. exceeding the line of credit agreed upon in the Credit Granting Approval Notice or the overdraft limit provided by the Bank), even for temporary excess drawdown. In the case of excess drawdown, the Client shall repay the Bank for the part exceeding the line of credit plus interests.

 

  (8)

The Client recognizes and agrees: even if otherwise stipulated under the General Agreement or the Credit Granting Approval Notice, even if otherwise stipulated under the General Agreement or the Credit Granting Approval Notice, if the Bank deems necessary or proper at any time, it will require the immediate repayment of any debt and/or the provision of cash guarantee for any debt (no matter whether the said debt is mature or not), and/or require deposits equivalent to any contingent liability.

 

  (9)

If the there is no public market quotation for the index interest rate applicable for the Pricing Date due to a non-business day of interest rate pricing region, the index interest rate shall be the interest rate provided most recently before the Pricing Date.

 

  (10)

If the index interest rate cannot be provided due to any market interference or cannot reflect the Bank’s capital cost, the index interest rate will be superseded by the Bank’s capital cost or the interest rate otherwise agreed by the Client and the Bank concerning relevant appropriation.

 

  (11)

The Credit Granting Approval Notice shall be interpreted and applied according to the laws of Hong Kong.

Within six months after the signature of the Credit Granting Approval Notice by the Bank, the Client shall sign relevant documents (including but not limited to the Credit Granting Approval Notice, General Agreement, credit granting documents as well as other documents required by the Bank) and deliver such documents to the Bank. If the Client fails to provide any of the aforesaid documents, the Bank will be entitled to cancel line of credit, with no need to notify the Client.

The Bank shall inquire any credit agency about the credit status of the Client, the guarantor and the provider of collaterals (if any), and based on the purpose of the inquiry service, provide the credit agency’s information about the Client, guarantor, provider of collaterals (if any) as well as the line of credit.

[If the Client is a company with limited liability]

The Client undertakes to the Client that it will immediately notify the Bank, if there is any change in its director or beneficial shareholder or any other material adverse change, or its controlling company, subsidiary or associated enterprise fails to make a payment on time. Only in the condition of no adverse change or default, will the Bank start to provide the line of credit. The Client confirms that it has provided the latest organization documents to the Bank and such documents are still continuously effective.

Taipei Fubon Commercial Bank Co., Ltd. Hong Kong Branch

/s/ Michael Chan

Name: Michael Chan

Title: Senior VP

The Client hereby confirms that before the signature of the Credit Granting Approval Notice, it has taken back it for review for at least five days, has fully learnt about contents hereof, and agrees to accept the line of credit provided by the Taipei Fubon Commercial Bank Co., Ltd. Hong Kong Branch as per conditions set out hereunder.

 

7


Name of the Client:

ECMOHO (Hong Kong) Limited

Address: Room 9, 4/F, Beverley Commercial Center, No.87-105 Chatham Road South, Tsim Sha Tsui, Kowloon, Hong Kong

/s/ Zeng Qingchun

Authorized signature representative: Zeng Qingchun

Title: director

October 25, 2018

Name of the Client:

Import It Corp.

Address: Intershore Chambers, Road Town, Tortola, BVI

For and on behalf of Import It Corp.

/s/ Zeng Qingchun

Authorized signature representative: Zeng Qingchun

Title: director

October 25, 2018

 

8


ECMOHO (Hong Kong) Health Technology Limited

It is hereby confirmed that the original of the General Agreement signed by Zeng Qingchun on October 25, 2018 has been obtained, contents of the General Agreement and the Credit Granting Approval Notice have been fully known, and it is agreed to act as guarantor and/or provider of collaterals for relevant credit granting according to conditions under the General Agreement signed by Zeng Qingchun on October 25, 2018 and the Credit Granting Approval Notice signed by Zeng Qingchun on October 25, 2018 (both of which are originals).

For and on behalf of ECMOHO (Hong Kong) Health Technology Limited

/s/ Zeng Qingchun

Signed by: ECMOHO (Hong Kong) Health Technology Limited

Authorized signature representative: Zeng Qingchun

Address: ROOM 2103 TUNG CHIU COMMERCIAL CENTRE 193 LOCKHART ROAD WAN CHAI HONG KONG

 

9


ECMOHO LIMITED

It is hereby confirmed that the original of the General Agreement signed on October 25, 2018 has been obtained, contents of the General Agreement and the Credit Granting Approval Notice have been fully known, and it is agreed to act as guarantor and/or provider of collaterals for relevant credit granting according to conditions under the General Agreement signed on October 25, 2018 and the Credit Granting Approval Notice signed on October 25, 2018 (both of which are originals).

For and on behalf of ECMOHO LIMITED

/s/ Zeng Qingchun

Signed by: ECMOHO LIMITED

Authorized signature representative: Zeng Qingchun

Address: Fifth Floor, Zephyr House, 122 Mary Street, George Town, P.O. Box 31493, Grand Cayman KY1-1206, Cayman Islands

 

10


CA

  

Business group

  

Checker/Reviewer

Director

  

Handler

  

Director

  

Handler

  

October 25, 2018

Li Jiehui(seal)    Jin Yuting(seal)    Zhang Guangqian(seal)    Zeng Juntang(seal)    Zeng Juntang(seal)

 

11


Appendix I

 

   

After-drawdown tracking conditions:

I. Guarantee conditions:

1. The pledge of shares of ECMOHO LIMITED (registered in Cayman) held by Wang Ying, Zeng Qingchun (and/or Behealth Limited and Uhealth Limited) shall be completed in one month after the first drawdown, with the total number of pledged shares not less than 18,787,600 shares. Otherwise, the line of credit will be frozen. If the appropriation balance (existing balance plus the appropriation newly added this time) exceeds USD10 million for the first time, the pledge of shares of ECMOHO LIMITED (registered in Cayman) held by Wang Ying, Zeng Qingchun (and/or Behealth Limited and Uhealth Limited) shall be completed within one month after the appropriation, with the cumulative number of pledged shares not less than 37,575,200. Otherwise, the line of credit will be frozen.

2. Account charge: ECMOHO (Hong Kong) Limited shall complete registration at the Hong Kong companies registry within three months after the first drawdown, and Import It Corp. shall compete registration at the original companies registration place within three months after the first drawdown. Otherwise, the line of credit will be frozen (before the completion of registration of ECMOHO (Hong Kong) Limited, appropriation shall be conducted after the receipt of submission of charge registration application is obtained).

3. Charge of accounts receivable: ECMOHO (Hong Kong) Limited shall complete the first order registration at the Hong Kong companies registry within three months after the first drawdown, and Import It Corp. shall compete the first order registration at the original companies registration place within three months after the first drawdown. Otherwise, the line of credit will be frozen (before the completion of registration of ECMOHO (Hong Kong) Limited, appropriation shall be conducted after the receipt of submission of charge registration application is obtained).

4. Charge of inventories: ECMOHO (Hong Kong) Limited shall complete the first order registration at the Hong Kong companies registry within three months after the first drawdown, and Import It Corp. shall compete the first order registration at the original companies registration place within three months after the first drawdown. Otherwise, the line of credit will be frozen (before the completion of registration of ECMOHO (Hong Kong) Limited, appropriation shall be conducted after the receipt of submission of charge registration application is obtained), and a lawyer recognized by the Bank will give opinions on the pledge of inventories in domestic bonded warehouse (specified in inventory pledge document, in writing or by mail).

II. Regular examination conditions:

1. The Client shall provide the expected revenue in 2018 before the first drawdown; as of October 2018, provide the expected revenue of the first half of next year before the end of October each year and the expected revenue of current year before the end of April each year (for example, provide the expected revenue of the first half of 2019 before the end of October 2018 and the expected revenue of 2019 before the end of April 2019), and as from the next month of first drawdown, make the following examinations before the 15th day of each month. If any of examinations for Items (1), (2), (4), (5) and (6) is not passed, the line of credit shall be frozen. Only upon approval by the Bank, can the appropriation continue. If the examination for Item (3) is not passed, the excess part shall be paid off within 5 business days (inclusive).

 

12


(1) The cumulative actual revenue in the recent three months (e.g.: examination for May - July before August 15) is not less than 75% of the expected revenue in the same period, and the revenue of the buyers (JD.COM, Tmall, www.kaola.com and vip.com) plus the B2C cumulative actual revenue of the borrower at the Tmall platform shall not be lower than 60% of the expected revenue in the same period.

(2) The inventory balance at the end of the preceding month is not higher than 80% of the expected revenue in future four months (including the current month of examination).

(3) Concerning each sum of appropriation in May, September and October each year, it is necessary to inspect that the existing balance (including the new appropriation amount) does not exceed [qualified inventories * 50%]. Concerning each sum of appropriation in June, October and November, it will be necessary to ensure that the existing balance (including the new appropriation amount) does not exceed [qualified inventories * 50% + qualified accounts receivable * 80%] and [qualified inventories * 50%] shall not exceed 80% of the existing balance. Concerning each sum of appropriation in other months, it is necessary to inspect that the existing balance (including the new appropriation amount) does not exceed [qualified inventories * 50% + qualified accounts receivable * 80%] and [qualified inventories * 50%] does not exceed 60% of the existing balance.

(4) The collection and settlement rate of payment made by the final consumer on the Tmall platform in the preceding month is not lower than [65%] and that of the buyers JD.COM, Tmall, www.kaola.com and vip.com is not lower than [80%] (collection and settlement rate = (sales revenue - discount and refund amount - other deductions)/sales revenue, other deductions include but are not limited to platform fees, transport expenses and tariff).

(5) Inventory statements (including the information on effective period) of Hangzhou Xinyi Warehouse and Hong Kong Ming Feng Warehouse issued by the third-party warehouse is obtained, and whether the quantity of inventories is consistent with the quantity of inventories (excluding inventories in transit) provided by the borrower is examined.

 

13


(6) The rating of top three products of the Client on the Tmall platform shall not be lower than the rating of four (inclusive).

2. As for the inspection of the collection amount of quarterly accounts receivable of the borrower deposited into the account of the Bank, the entry amount during October - December 2018 to be inspected in January 2019 for the first time shall not be lower than USD10 million, and as from the inspection of entry amount during January - March 2019 to be inspected in April 2019, the entry amount in the first three month/the first six months/the first nine months/full year shall not be lower than USD5 million/USD10 million/USD25 million/USD40 million respectively. If the appropriation balance (existing balance plus the new appropriation) exceeds USD10 million for the first time, concerning the inspection of the collection amount of quarterly accounts receivable of the borrower deposited into the account of the Bank after the appropriation, it will be adjusted into that the entry amount during October - December 2018 to be inspected in January 2019 for the first time shall not be lower than USD30 million, and as from the inspection of entry amount during January - March 2019 to be inspected in April 2019, the entry amount in the first three month/the first six months/the first nine months/full year shall not be lower than USD15 million/USD30 million/USD60 million/USD90 million respectively. If the first inspection is not passed, the actual interest rate will be increased by 0.25% according to the original interest rate. If the continuous two inspections are not passed, the line of credit will be frozen. Only after approval by the Bank, can the appropriation be conducted continually.

3. As from the next month after the first drawdown, it will be inspected every three months whether the ratio of overdue accounts receivable of the borrower at the end of the preceding month does not exceed 10% (ratio of overdue accounts receivable = net amount of accounts receivable overdue upon the maturity date of payment set out in the trading contract or order/net amount of accounts receivable). If the inspection is not passed, the line of credit will be frozen. Only after approval by the Bank, can the appropriation be conducted continually.

4. As from the next month after the first drawdown, it will be inspected every three months whether the inventory depletion rate of the borrower at the end of the preceding month (= inventory loss, surplus and deficiency/revenue) does not exceed 3%. If the inspection is not passed, the line of credit will be frozen. Only after approval by the Bank, can the appropriation be conducted continually.

5. Control over the special standby account for compensation: If conditions in Items (1) and (2) are met simultaneously, the buyer’s inward remittance shall be transferred to the current account opened by the Client at the Bank.

(1) Concerning each sum of appropriation in May, September and October each year, it is necessary to inspect that the existing balance (including the new appropriation amount) does not exceed [qualified inventories * 50%]. Concerning each sum of appropriation in June, October and November, it will be necessary to ensure that the existing balance (including the new appropriation amount) does not exceed [qualified inventories * 50% + qualified accounts receivable * 80%] and [qualified inventories * 50%] shall not exceed 80% of the existing balance. Concerning each sum of appropriation in other months, it is necessary to inspect that the existing balance (including the new appropriation amount) does not exceed [qualified inventories * 50% + qualified accounts receivable * 80%] and [qualified inventories * 50%] does not exceed 60% of the existing balance.

(2) There is no financing balance outstanding at maturity.

6. The Round-C financing of the group (not less than USD20 million) shall be finished before the end of December 2018, otherwise the line of credit will be frozen.

 

14


7. Financial ratio restrictions: (1) Before IPO, Shanghai ECMOHO Health Biotechnology Co., Ltd.: A. the interest coverage ratio before consolidated amortization (EBITDA/interest cost) shall not be lower than two times. B. Financial liability ratio (financial liability/net value) shall not be higher than 160%. (2) After IPO, ECMOHO Ltd.: A. the interest coverage ratio before consolidated amortization (EBITDA/interest cost) shall not be lower than two times. B. Financial liability ratio (financial liability/net value) shall not be higher than 75%. The aforesaid financial ratio restrictions are examined once half a year and respectively on May 15 and October 15 each year, according to the annual consolidated financial report examined and signed by certified public account and the mid-term consolidated self-conclusion financial report provided by the borrower.

8. In the case of advance from shareholder or borrowing from an associated person, the borrower shall ensure that the shareholder/associated person agrees to issue the letter of consent about the creditor’s right thereof inferior to the creditor’s right hereunder.

9. It will be inspected every three months whether the average deposit balance of the group’s account at the Bank within the three months is not lower than 10% of the average credit granting balance of the Bank in the same period. October to December 2018 will be inspected for the first time in January 2019. If the inspection is not passed, the line of credit will be frozen. Only after approval by the Bank, can the appropriation be conducted continually.

III. Collection of account management fees:

Account management fees of USD75,000 will be collected by three instalments: USD15,000 before the first appropriation, USD30,000 12 months after the first appropriation and USD30,000 24 months after the first appropriation. If the appropriation balance (existing balance plus the new appropriation) exceeds USD10 million for the first time, the account management fees will be increased by USD25,000, which will be collected before the appropriation.

-END-

 

15

Exhibit 10.25

Execution Version

THIS DEED OF CHARGE OF INVENTORIES is made on 23 November 2018

BETWEEN

 

(1)

Import It Corp., a company incorporated under the laws of the British Virgin Islands whose registered office is situated at Intershore Consult (BVI) Limited of Intershore Chamber, Wickham Cay 1, P.O. Box 4342, Road Town, Tortola, British Virgin Islands (“the Company”); and

 

(2)

Taipei Fubon Commercial Bank Co., Ltd., Hong Kong Branch whose principal place of business in Hong Kong is situated at 16/F, K11 Atelier, Victoria Dockside, 18 Salisbury Road, Tsim Sha Tsui, Kowloon, Hong Kong (“the Bank”).

WHEREAS:

 

(A)

By a facility letter (“Facility Agreement”) dated 18 October 2018 issued by the Bank to the Company and Ecmoho (Hong Kong) Limited (collectively “the Borrowers”) and duly executed by them, the Bank agreed to provide to the Borrowers revolving credit facility to the extent of USD25,000,000.00.

 

(B)

It is a condition (amongst others) of the Facility Agreement that a floating charge of the Inventories (as hereinafter defined) be provided by the Company in favour of the Bank as security for Secured Indebtedness (as hereinafter defined).

NOW THIS DEED WITNESSES as follows:

 

1.

INTERPRETATION

 

1.1

Definitions and construction. In this Deed, unless the context requires otherwise:

Approved Storage Areas” means godown, warehouses and demarcated spaces in which the Inventories shall be stored from time to time with the prior written approval of the Bank;

Borrowers” means the Company and Ecmoho (Hong Kong) Limited collectively and “Borrower” means any of them and where the context requires includes their respective successors and assigns;

Charge of Inventories (1)” means a first legal floating charge of Inventories (as therein defined) to be provided by Ecmoho (Hong Kong) Limited in favour of the Chargee as security for Secured Indebtedness.

Charge Over Bank Account” means (i) a first legal fixed and floating charge over Bank Account (as defined therein) to be provided by the Company in favour of the Bank as security for Secured Indebtedness and (ii) a first legal fixed and floating charge over Bank Account (as defined therein) to be provided by Ecmoho (Hong Kong) Limited in favour of the Bank as security for Secured Indebtedness;


Charge over Receivables” means (i) a first legal fixed and floating charge over the Receivables (as defined therein) to be provided by the Company in favour of the Bank as security for Secured Indebtedness and (ii) a first legal fixed and floating charge over the Receivables (as defined therein) to be provided by Ecmoho (Hong Kong) Limited in favour of the Bank as security for Secured Indebtedness;

Credit Facility” means the revolving credit facility to the extent of USD25,000,000.00 to be provided by the Bank to the Borrowers under the Facility Agreement;

Deed” means this deed of charge of inventories including its amendments, supplements and replacements;

Encumbrance” means:

 

  (i)

any mortgage, charge, pledge, lien, encumbrance, hypothecation or other security interest or security arrangement of any kind;

 

  (ii)

any arrangement whereby any rights are subordinated to any rights of any third party; and

 

  (iii)

any contractual right of set-off;

Event of Default” means any event specified as such in Clause 7 and “prospective Event of Default” means any event which with the giving of notice and/or the passage of time and/or the fulfillment of any other condition would be an Event of Default;

Facility Agreement” means the facility letter dated 18 October 2018 issued by the Bank to the Borrowers relating to the Credit Facility and including its amendments, supplements and replacements;

Finance Documents” means the Facility Agreement, this Deed, the Guarantees, the Charge over Bank Account, the Charge over Receivables, the Charge of Inventories (1), Share Charges and all other securities and documents relating to the Credit Facility and “Finance Document” mean any of them;

 

- 2 -


Guarantees” means (i) collectively the guarantee to be provided by ECMOHO (Hong Kong) Health Limited in favour of the Bank as security for all liabilities due by the Borrowers to the Bank to the extent of USD25,000,000.00 and interest, costs and expenses; and (ii) the guarantee to be provided by ECMOHO Limited in favour of the Bank as security for all liabilities due by the Borrowers to the Bank to the extent of USD25,000,000.00 and interest, costs and expenses;

Hong Kong” means Hong Kong Special Administrative Region of PRC;

Inventories” means (i) all raw materials, works in process and finished goods both present and future owned by the Company or to which the Company is entitled and whether in transit or in storage (ii) documents of title, warehouse keeper receipts, certificates of deposit relating to them, (iii) sale proceeds relating to them; and (iv) insurance proceeds relating to them;

Obligors” means all parties to the Finance Documents other than the Bank and “Obligor” means any one of them;

PRC” means The People’s Republic of China;

Receiver” means any receiver, manager, receiver and manager or other similar officer appointed by the Bank in respect of the security hereby granted;

Secured Indebtedness” means all moneys, obligations and liabilities whether actual or contingent now or hereafter due owing or incurred to the Bank by any of the Obligors under Finance Documents in whatever currency denominated and whether alone or jointly and whether as principal or surely when the same are due and including all costs and expenses incurred by the Bank relating thereto on a full indemnity basis;

Share Charges” means (i) the first fixed legal charge of 9,393,800 Class B Ordinary Shares of ECMOHO Limited by Behealth Limited in favour of the Bank as security for Secured Indebtedness; and (ii) the first fixed legal charge of 9,393,800 Class B Ordinary Shares of ECMOHO Limited by Uhealth Limited in favour of the Bank as security for Secured Indebtedness; and

USD” means United States Dollar, the lawful currency of the United States of America.

 

- 3 -


1.2

Successors and Assigns. The expressions “Company” and “Bank” shall where the context permits include their respective successors and permitted assigns and any persons deriving title under them.

 

1.3

Miscellaneous. In this Deed, unless the context requires otherwise, references to statutory provisions shall be construed as references to those provisions as replaced, amended, modified or re-enacted from time to time; words importing the singular include the plural and vice versa and words importing a gender include every gender, references to this Deed or any other security document shall be construed as references to such document as the same may be amended or supplemented from time to time; unless otherwise stated, references to Clauses and Schedules are to clauses and schedules of this Deed, and reference to person shall include an individual firm company corporation and an unincorporated body of persons. Clause headings are inserted for reference only and shall be ignored in construing this Deed.

 

2.

COVENANT TO PAY

The Company hereby covenants that it will on demand pay to the Bank the Secured Indebtedness and discharge all moneys obligations and liabilities whether actual or contingent now or hereinafter due owing or incurred to the Bank by the Obligors under the Finance Documents in whatever currency denominated and whether alone or jointly and in whatever style name or form and whether as principal or surety when the same are due including all costs and expenses incurred by the Bank relating thereto on a full indemnify basis.

 

3.

CHARGE

 

3.1

Charge. The Company as legal and beneficial owner hereby charges to the Bank the Inventories by way of first floating charge as a continuing security for the payment and discharge of the Secured Indebtedness Provided That upon payment and discharge of the entire Secured Indebtedness the Bank shall, at the request and costs of the Company, release the Inventories hereby charged within fourteen (14) Business Days upon the request of the Company at the cost of the Company. For the avoidance of doubt, the Facility Agreement shall be terminated upon the above release.

 

3.2

Conversion of Floating Charge.

 

  (a)

The Bank may, upon the occurrence of an Event of Default or a prospective Event of Default, by serving a notice in writing on the Company, convert the floating charge hereby created into a fixed charge as regards any property, assets or rights specified in that notice.

 

- 4 -


  (b)

Without prejudice to the effect of this Clause, if the Company mortgages, charges, pledges or otherwise encumbers (whether by way of fixed or floating charge or otherwise howsoever) any of the Inventories or attempts to do so without the prior consent in writing of the Bank, or is otherwise in breach of any of the provisions in Clause 6, or if any person levies or attempts to levy any distress, execution or sequestration or other process against all or any of the Inventories on the occurrence of any of such events, the floating charge created under Clause 3.1 shall automatically and immediately, without any notice from the Bank or any other formality or process whatsoever, crystallize and operate as a fixed charge as regards the Inventories.

 

4.

CONTINUING SECURITY

This Deed shall be a continuing security and shall remain in full force and effect until the day the Secured Indebtedness has been paid in full notwithstanding the insolvency or liquidation or any incapacity or change in the constitution or status of the Company or any other Obligors or any intermediate settlement of account or other matter whatsoever. This Deed is in addition to, and independent of, any charge, guarantee or other security or right or remedy now or at any time hereafter held by or available to the Bank.

 

5.

REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

 

5.1

Representations and Warranties. The Company represents and warrants to the Bank that:

 

  (a)

the Inventories are or when acquired will be legal and beneficially owned by the Company free from any Encumbrances except for the charge created under or pursuant to this Deed;

 

  (b)

no litigation, arbitration or administrative proceeding is currently taking place or pending or threatened in relation to the Inventories;

 

  (c)

it has the power and has obtained the requisite authority to enter into this Deed and to perform its obligations (including but not limited to the passing of the required board resolution of the Company;

 

- 5 -


  (d)

its entry into and/or performance of or compliance with its obligations under this Deed do not and will not violate any law to which it is subject or any of the documents constituting it or agreement or arrangement to which it is a party;

 

  (e)

this Deed constitutes the legal, valid and binding obligations of the Company enforceable in accordance with its terms;

 

  (f)

no Event of Default or prospective Event of Default has occurred; and

 

  (g)

all financial and other information supplied to the Bank in connection with this Deed is correct, true and accurate in all respects and the Company is not aware of any fact which has not been disclosed in writing to the Bank which might have a material effect on any such information or which might affect the willingness of the Bank to grant any facility to the Company.

 

5.2

Continuing Representations and Warranties. The Company also represents and warrants to and undertakes with the Bank that the foregoing representations and warranties will be true and accurate throughout the continuance of this Deed with reference to the facts and circumstances subsisting at the relevant time.

 

6.

UNDERTAKINGS

 

6.1

Affirmative undertakings relating to Inventories. The Company undertakes and agrees with the Bank throughout the continuance of this Deed and so long as the Secured Indebtedness or any part thereof remains owing that the Company will, unless the Bank otherwise agree in writing:

 

  (a)

keep all Inventories at Approved Storage Areas only in good order, repair and conditions;

 

  (b)

procure that all Inventories kept at Approved Storage Areas be subject to adequate supervision, monitoring and control;

 

  (c)

keep all Intangibles insured for full value against all insurable risk (including fire, flood, other natural calamities or acts of god, burglary, theft, riots, strikes and malicious damage) as may be reasonably required by the Bank and procure that such insurance policies shall be endorsed in the name of the Bank as loss payee;

 

  (d)

promptly pay all taxes fees and other governmental fees relating to the Inventories under applicable laws;

 

- 6 -


  (e)

promptly pay all fees relating to the storage and other services in respect of the Inventories;

 

  (f)

permit and provide the Bank’s authorized representatives or agents access to Approved Storage Areas to conduct such inspections, verifications and checks on the quality, quantity and condition of the Inventories as the Bank may request at its sole discretion;

 

  (g)

procure that inventory reports relating to Inventories kept at Approved Storage Areas to be provided to the Bank on a [daily] basis;

 

  (h)

at the written request of the Bank, procure that collateral managers appointed by the Bank shall take control over the Inventories kept at Approved Storage Areas and take such actions as may be necessary to facilitate the vesting of such control in the collateral managers so appointed;

 

  (i)

promptly report to the Bank any incident which may cause damage and loss of Inventories whether in transit or in storage and take necessary actions to prevent or limit such damage or loss;

 

  (j)

deliver to the Bank all documents of title, warehouse keepers’ receipts and certificate of deposit relating to the Inventories upon written request by the Bank; and

 

  (k)

ensure that all Inventories are separately stored and not commingled with other materials and goods and can be readily identified and retrievable.

 

6.2

Affirmative undertakings in general. The Company undertakes and agrees with the Bank throughout the continuance of this Deed and so long as the Secured Indebtedness or any part thereof remains owing that the Company will, unless the Bank otherwise agree in writing:

 

  (a)

conduct and carry on its business in a proper and efficient manner and keep or cause to be kept proper books of accounts relating to such business;

 

  (b)

get in and realize all book and other debts and claims as they fall due and not charge or dispose of and (except in its ordinary course of business) not release exchange compound set off or grant time or indulgence in respect of all or any of the same;

 

  (c)

observe and perform all covenants and stipulations from time to time affecting its patents, patent applications, trade marks, trade names, registered designs and copyrights and all other industrial or intangible property or any license or ancillary or connected rights from time to time relating to industrial or intangible property and preserve maintain and renew when necessary or desirable all such licenses and rights;

 

- 7 -


  (d)

keep the Company’s undertaking or any part thereof insured (whenever required by the Bank to do so) in the name of the Company (with the Bank’s interest as mortgagee noted on the policy except in relation to policy for third party or public liability) and with a clause to ensure payment of any loss to the Bank except in relation to payment of any loss to third parties in the full replacement value thereof, with an insurance company arranged by such reputable insurance company as shall have been previously approved in writing by the Bank against such loss or damage as are normally maintained by prudent companies carrying on similar business, and duly pay and discharge all premiums and other moneys necessary for effecting and keeping up such insurances, and produce to and deposit with the Bank the policies of such insurance or the cover note in relation thereto and sufficient evidence of such payments, failing which the Bank may take out or renew such insurances in any sum which the Bank may think expedient, and all moneys expended by the Bank under this subclause shall be reimbursed by the Company on demand and bear interest at the default rate to be charged by the Bank and from the time of the same having been expended and until such payment the same shall be deemed part of the Secured Indebtedness and shall be recoverable accordingly. All moneys to be received by virtue of any insurance maintained or effected by the Company (whether or not in pursuance of the Company’s obligations hereunder) shall be applied in replacing, restoring or reinstating the undertaking property or assets destroyed or damaged and any deficiency being made good by the Company;

 

  (e)

at the request of the Bank, direct the Company’s debtors to make payment into such account in the name of the Company with the Bank as may be designated by the Bank;

 

- 8 -


  (f)

furnish to the Bank copies of the audited balance sheet and profit and loss account of the Company within the prescribed period required by the Bank after the end of each accounting year;

 

  (g)

permit the Bank or any other person appointed by it at all reasonable times to have access to all books of account, financial records and documents kept by the Company;

 

  (h)

promptly inform the Bank of :-

 

  (i)

the occurrence of any Event of Default or prospective Event of Default;

 

  (ii)

any litigation, arbitration or administrative proceeding brought against the Company;

 

  (i)

punctually pay and discharge all debts and obligations which by law have priority over the security hereby constituted;

 

  (j)

punctually pay all sums due from it to the Bank and otherwise comply with its obligations under this Deed;

 

  (k)

cause the Company’s undertaking or any part thereof to be valued by a duly qualified valuer, approved in writing by the Bank, at such times and from time to time and for such purposes and on such bases as the Bank may require;

 

  (l)

comply with all governmental or other legal requirements and notices, whether statutory or otherwise, in respect of the Undertaking or any part thereof; and

 

  (m)

permit the Bank or any other person appointed by it at all reasonable times to have access to and view the state of repair and condition of the Company’s undertaking or any part thereof without such person by so doing, being deemed to have taken possession of the Company’s undertaking or any part thereof.

 

6.3

Negative Undertakings. The Company undertakes and agrees with the Bank throughout the continuance of this Deed and so long as the Secured Indebtedness or any part thereof remains owing that the Company will not, unless the Bank otherwise agree in writing:

 

  (a)

sell, lend, transfer, part with possession of or otherwise assign, deal with or dispose of or grant any option over the Inventories or any interest therein or attempt or agree to do any of the same except for the manufacture and sale of Inventories in the ordinary course of business of the Company;

 

- 9 -


  (b)

create or attempt or agree to create or permit to arise or exist any Encumbrance over the Inventories or any interest therein (except for Prior Charge (if any) and under or pursuant to this Deed) and no Encumbrance purported to be created in breach of this restriction shall take priority over or rank pari passu with the Bank’s securities provided under this Deed; and

 

  (c)

do or cause or permit to be done anything which may in any way depreciate, jeopardise or otherwise prejudice the value of the Bank’s security hereunder.

 

7.

EVENTS OF DEFAULT

 

7.1

Each of the following events shall be an Event of Default:

 

  (a)

any of the Borrowers makes default in the payment on the due date and in accordance with the terms and conditions under Facility Agreement of any principal or interest or other moneys outstanding and payable by the Company to the Bank (whether demanded or not);

 

  (b)

any of the Obligors make default in the payment on the due date and in accordance with the terms and conditions relating thereto under any Finance Documents in respect of money and other liabilities;

 

  (c)

any representation, warranty or undertaking by the Company hereunder is not complied with or proves to have been or to be untrue or incorrect in any material respect when made or deemed to be made;

 

  (d)

any representation, warranty or undertaking by any of the Obligors under any Finance Documents is not complied with or proves to have been or to be untrue or incorrect in any material respect when made or deemed to be made;

 

  (e)

the Company does not comply with any of the Company’s covenants or obligations under this Deed in any material respect;

 

  (f)

any of the Obligors does not comply with any of its covenants and obligation under any Finance Documents in any material respect;

 

  (g)

a petition is presented or an order is made or an effective resolution is passed or analogous proceedings are taken for the winding up of the Company or any Obligor, save for the purposes of an amalgamation, merger or reconstruction the terms whereof have previously been approved by the Bank;

 

- 10 -


  (h)

the Company or any of the Obligors shall without the consent in writing of the Bank stop payment to creditors when due nor within any originally applicable grace period or (if applicable) the Company or any of the Obligors shall (otherwise than for the purpose of such an amalgamation, merger or reconstruction as is referred to in Sub-Clause 7.1(g)) cease or threaten to cease to carry on its business or any substantial part thereof or shall be unable to pay its debts or disposes of the whole or a substantial part of its undertaking or assets;

 

  (i)

there occurs a material adverse change in the Company’s or any Obligor’s financial condition which would, in the reasonable opinion of the Bank, prevent the Company or any Obligor from performing in any material respect its obligations under this Deed or under any Finance Documents;

 

  (j)

the Company purports or attempts to create any Encumbrance over all or any part of the Inventories or any third party asserts a reasonable and substantial claim in respect thereof (except as permitted under this Deed);

 

  (k)

the security hereby created or under any Finance Documents or any part thereof fails or ceases for any reason to be in full force and effect or is terminated or jeopardised or becomes invalid or unenforceable or if there is any dispute regarding the same or if there is any purported termination of the same or it becomes impossible or unlawful for the Company or any Obligor to perform any of its obligations hereunder or under any Finance Documents or for the Bank to exercise all or any of its rights, powers and remedies hereunder or under any Finance Documents; and

 

  (l)

a creditor takes possession of all or any part of the business or assets of the Company or any Obligor or any execution or other legal process is enforced against the business or any asset of the Company and is not discharged within fourteen (14) days.

 

7.2

If an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, the Bank may:

 

  (a)

declare the Secured Indebtedness, all loans and other moneys, obligations and liabilities hereby secured to be, whereupon they shall become, immediately due and payable without further demand, notice or other legal formality of any kind;

 

- 11 -


  (b)

declare the Credit Facility to be terminated whereupon all obligations of the Bank to make further advances to the Company shall immediately cease;

 

  (c)

demand that the Company to provide cash cover to the Bank for all liabilities of the Company to the Bank, whereupon the Company shall be under an immediate obligation to provide such cash cover; and

 

  (d)

in its absolute discretion enforce all or any part of this security in any manner it sees fit or as the Bank direct including but limited to the sale and disposal of the Inventories at any price which the Bank may deem fit. The Company shall not have any right to claim against the Bank in respect of any loss arising out of any sale pursuant to this Charge of Inventories in the absence of fraud, gross negligence or willful misconduct by the Bank, however such loss may have been caused and whether or not a better price could or might have been obtained on the sale of any of the Inventories by either deferring or advancing the date of such sale or otherwise howsoever.

 

8.

ENFORCEMENT

 

8.1

Enforcement. Upon the occurrence of an Event of Default, the security hereby created shall become enforceable in accordance with the provisions hereof.

 

8.2

Powers of Bank. At any time after the security hereby created has become enforceable, the Bank may exercise, without further notice and whether or not it shall have appointed a Receiver, all the powers and discretions hereby conferred either expressly or by implication on a Receiver (and in relation to express powers and discretions as if any reference to the Receiver were a reference to the Bank) and all other powers conferred upon mortgagees by law or otherwise.

 

8.3

Appointment of Receiver. At any time after the security hereby created has become enforceable, or if requested by the Company, the Bank may in writing either under seal or under the hand of a duly authorised officer of the Bank, appoint any person or persons to be a Receiver of the Inventories and may from time to time fix his or their remuneration and may remove any Receiver so appointed and appoint another in his place. Where more than one Receiver is so appointed, any reference to this Deed to a Receiver shall apply to any of the Receivers so appointed and the appointment shall be deemed to be a joint and several appointment so that the rights, powers, duties and discretions vested in the Receiver may be exercised jointly by the Receivers so appointed or severally by each of them.

 

- 12 -


8.4

Powers of Receiver. The Receiver shall be the agent of the Company and the Company shall be solely responsible for the Receiver’s acts or defaults and for the Receiver’s remuneration and the Receiver shall, in addition to all powers conferred upon mortgagees or receivers by law or otherwise, have power (exercisable without further notice) :-

 

  (a)

to take possession of, collect and get in and give receipts for the Inventories;

 

  (b)

to sell by public auction or private contract or otherwise dispose of or deal with the Inventories in such manner, for such consideration and generally on such terms and subject to such conditions as the Receiver may reasonably think fit with full power to convey or otherwise transfer the Inventories in the name of the Company or other legal or registered owner. Any consideration may be in the form of cash, debentures, shares, stock or other valuable consideration and may be payable immediately or by instalments spread over such period as the Receiver shall reasonably think fit and so that any consideration received in a form other than cash shall forthwith on receipt be and become charged with the payment of the Secured Indebtedness;

 

  (c)

to insure and keep insured against loss or damage by such risks and contingencies as the Receiver may think fit the Inventories of an insurable nature in such manner in all respects as the Receiver may think fit and to maintain, renew or increase any insurances in respect of the Inventories;

 

  (d)

to institute, prosecute and defend any proceedings in the name of the Company or otherwise as may seem expedient in relation to the Inventories;

 

- 13 -


  (e)

to make and effect all repairs, renewals, alterations, improvements and developments to or in respect of the Inventories;

 

  (f)

to make any arrangement, settlement or compromise or enter into any contracts which the Receiver shall reasonably think expedient in relation to the Inventories in the interests of the Bank;

 

  (g)

for the purpose of exercising any of the powers, authorities and discretions conferred on him by or pursuant to this Deed and of defraying any costs, charges, losses or expenses (including his remuneration) which shall be incurred by him in the exercise thereof or for any other purpose in connection herewith, to raise and borrow money either unsecured or on the security of the Inventories either in priority to this Deed or otherwise and generally on such terms and conditions as he may reasonably think fit PROVIDED THAT :-

 

  (i)

no Receiver shall exercise such power without first obtaining the written consent of the Bank and the Bank shall incur no liability to the Company or any other person by reason of its giving or refusing such consent whether absolutely or subject to any limitation or condition; and

 

  (ii)

no person lending such money shall be concerned to enquire as to the existence of such consent or the terms thereof or as to the propriety or purpose of the exercise of such power or to see to the application of any money so raised or borrowed;

 

  (h)

to appoint managers, agents, officers, solicitors, accountants, auctioneers, brokers, architects, engineers, workmen or other professional or non-professional advisers, agents or employees for any of the aforesaid purposes at such salaries or for such remuneration and for such periods as the Receiver may reasonably determine and to dismiss any of the same or any of the existing staff of the Company and to delegate to any person any of the powers hereby conferred on the Receiver;

 

  (i)

in the exercise of any of the above powers to expend such sums as the Receiver may think fit and the Company shall forthwith on demand repay to the Receiver all sums so expended together with interest thereon at such rates as hereinbefore mentioned from time to time of the same having been paid or incurred and until such repayment such sums together with such interest shall be secured by this Deed;

 

- 14 -


  (j)

to have access to and make use of the premises and the accounting and other records of the Company and the services of its staff for all or any of the purposes aforesaid; and

 

  (k)

to do all such other acts and things as may be considered by the Receiver to be incidental or conductive to any of the matters or powers aforesaid or otherwise incidental or conductive to the realisation of the Bank’s security created by this Deed and which the Receiver may lawfully do and to use the name of the Company for all the purposes aforesaid.

 

8.5

No Restrictions on Power of Sale. No restrictions imposed by any ordinance or other statutory provision relation to the exercise of any power of sale shall apply to this Deed.

 

8.6

Receiver to Conform to Bank’s Directions. The Receiver shall in the exercise of the Receiver’s powers, authorities and discretions conform to the directions and regulations from time to time given or made by the Bank.

 

8.7

Powers to be Given Wide Construction. The powers of the Bank and the Receiver hereunder shall be construed in the widest possible sense to the intent that the Bank and the Receiver shall be afforded as wide and flexible a range of powers as possible.

 

8.8

No Liability to Account as Mortgagee in Possession. Nothing that shall be done by or on behalf of the Bank shall render it liable to account as a mortgagee in possession for any sums other than actual receipts.

 

8.9

No Liability for Losses. The Bank and the Receiver shall not be answerable for any losses, involuntary or otherwise, which may arise in the exercise by the Bank or the Receiver of their respective powers hereunder.

 

8.10

Purchaser Not Bound to Enquire. No purchaser or other person shall be bound or concerned to see or enquire whether the right of the Bank or the Receiver to exercise any of the powers hereby conferred has arisen or not or be concerned with the propriety or regularity of the exercise thereof or be concerned with notice to the contrary or be concerned or responsible for the application of any monies received by the Bank or the Receiver and the receipt of the Bank or the Receiver for any monies paid to it shall be a good and sufficient discharge to the person paying the same.

 

- 15 -


9.

APPLICATION OF RECEIPTS

All monies received by the Bank or the Receiver hereunder shall be applied in or towards satisfaction of the Secured Indebtedness in such order of priority as the Bank in its absolute discretion may determine (subject to the prior discharge of all liabilities having priority thereto by law) and subject to any such determination in the following order of priority :-

 

  (a)

In discharge of all charges, taxes and other outgoings whether governmental, municipal, contractual or otherwise, due and affecting the Inventories or any part thereof (including storage charges);

 

  (b)

in payment or satisfaction of all costs, charges, expenses and liabilities incurred and payments made by or on behalf of the Bank or the Receiver in connection with the exercise of any powers hereunder and in preserving or attempting to preserve this security or the Inventories and of all outgoings paid by the Bank or the Receiver;

 

  (c)

in payment to the Receiver of all remuneration as may be agreed between him and the Bank to be paid to him at, or at any time after, his appointment;

 

  (d)

in payment or satisfaction of the remaining Secured Indebtedness (interest being satisfied first) or such part thereof as the Bank may determine until the whole of the Secured Indebtedness shall have been certified by the Bank as having been discharged and so that if the Bank is contingently liable or will or might be so liable in respect of any monies, obligations or liabilities hereby secured all monies not dealt with under the preceding provisions of this Clause shall be placed on deposit in such separate account as the Bank in its absolute discretion may think fit for the purpose of securing the contingent liabilities of the Bank and shall become subject to this security, to be applied against such contingent liabilities as they fall due and the remaining balance (if any) shall be paid to the Company or other person entitled thereto.

 

- 16 -


10.

TAXES AND OTHER DEDUCTIONS

All sums payable by the Company under this Deed shall be paid in full without set-off or counterclaim or any restriction or condition and free and clear of any tax or other deductions or withholdings of any nature. If the Company is required by any law or regulation to make any deduction or withholding (on account of tax or otherwise) from any payment for the account of the Bank, the Company shall, together with such payment, pay such additional amount as will ensure that the Bank receives (free and clear of any tax or other deductions or withholdings) the full amount which it would have received if no such deduction or withholding had been required. The Company shall promptly forward to the Bank copies of official receipts or other evidence showing that the full amount of any such deduction or withholding has been paid over to the relevant taxation or other authority.

 

11.

COSTS, CHARGES AND EXPENSES

The Company shall from time to time forthwith on demand pay to or reimburse the Bank or the Receiver for :-

 

  (a)

all costs, charges and expenses (including legal and other fees on a full indemnity basis) incurred by the Bank or the Receiver in connection with the preparation, execution and registration of this Deed and in exercising any of its or their rights or powers hereunder or in suing for or seeking to recover any sums due hereunder or otherwise preserving or enforcing its or their rights hereunder or in connection with the preservation or attempted preservation of the Inventories or in defending any claims brought against it or them in respect of this Deed or in releasing or re-assigning this Deed upon payment of all monies hereby secured; and

 

  (b)

all reasonable remuneration payable to the Receiver;

and until payment of the same in full, all such costs, charges, expenses and remuneration shall be secured by this Deed.

 

12.

INDEMNITY

 

12.1

General Indemnity. The Company shall indemnify the Bank and the Receiver against all reasonable losses, liabilities, damages, costs and expenses incurred by it or them in the execution or performance of the terms and conditions hereof and against all actions, proceedings, claims, demands, costs, charges and expenses which may be reasonably incurred, sustained or arise in respect of the non-performance or non-observance of any of the undertakings and agreements on the part of the Company herein contained or in respect of any matter or thing done or omitted relating in any way whatsoever to the Inventories.

 

- 17 -


12.2

Payment of Security. The Bank may retain and pay out of any money in the Bank’s hands all sums necessary to effect the indemnity contained in this Clause and all sums payable by the Company under this Clause shall form part of the monies hereby secured.

 

13.

FURTHER ASSURANCE

 

13.1

Further Assurance. The Company shall at any time and from time to time (whether before or after the security hereby created shall have become enforceable) execute such further legal or other mortgages, charges or assignments and do all such transfers, assurances, acts and things as the Bank may require over or in respect of all or any of the undertaking, property, assets and rights both present and future of the Company to secure all monies, obligations and liabilities hereby covenanted to be paid or hereby secured or for the purposes of perfecting and completing any assignment of the Bank’s rights, benefits or obligations hereunder and the Company shall also give all notices, orders and directions which the Bank may require.

 

13.2

Enforcement of the Bank’s Rights. The Company will do or permit to be done everything which the Bank may from time to time require to be done for the purpose of enforcing the Bank’s rights hereunder and will allow the name of the Company to be used as and when required by the Bank for that purpose.

 

14.

POWER OF ATTORNEY

The Company irrevocably appoints the Bank, the Receiver and any persons deriving title under either of them by way of security jointly and severally to be its attorney (with full power of substitution) and in its name or otherwise on its behalf and as its act and deed to sign, seal, execute, deliver, perfect and do all deeds, instruments, acts and things which may be required or which the Bank or the Receiver shall reasonably think proper or expedient for carrying out any obligations imposed on the Company hereunder or for exercising any of the powers hereby conferred or in connection with any sale or disposition of the Inventories or the exercise of any rights in respect thereof or for giving to the Bank the full benefit of this security and so that the appointment hereby made shall operate to confer on the Bank and the Receiver authority to do on behalf of the Company anything which it can lawfully do itself. The Company ratifies and confirms and agrees to ratify and confirm any deed, instrument, act or thing which such attorney or substitute may execute or do.

 

- 18 -


15.

SUSPENSE ACCOUNT

The Bank may, notwithstanding the provisions of Clause 9, place and keep any monies received by virtue of this Deed (whether before or after the insolvency or liquidation of the Company) to the credit of a non-interest bearing suspense account for so long as the Bank may think fit in order to preserve the rights of the Bank to sue or prove for the whole amount of its claims against the Company or any other person.

 

16.

WAIVER AND SEVERABILITY

No failure or delay by the Bank in exercising any right, power or remedy hereunder shall impair such right, power or remedy or operate as a waiver thereof, nor shall any single or partial exercise of the same preclude any further exercise thereof or the exercise of any other right, power or remedy. The rights, powers and remedies herein provided are cumulative and do not exclude any other rights, powers and remedies provided by law. If at any time any provision of this Deed is or becomes illegal, invalid or unenforceable in any respect under the law of any jurisdiction, the legality, validity and enforceability of such provision under the law of any other jurisdiction, and of the remaining provisions of this Deed, shall not be affected or impaired thereby.

 

17.

MISCELLANEOUS

 

17.1

Continuing obligation. The liabilities and obligations of the Company under this Deed shall remain in force notwithstanding any act, omission, event or circumstances whatsoever, until full, proper and valid payment of the Secured Indebtedness.

 

17.2

Protective Clauses. Without limiting Clause 17.1, neither the liability of the Company nor the validity or enforceability of this Deed shall be prejudiced, affected or discharged by :-

 

  (a)

any other Encumbrance, guarantee or other security or right or remedy being or becoming held by or available to the Bank or by any of the same being or becoming wholly or partly void, voidable, unenforceable or impaired or by the Bank at any time releasing, refraining from enforcing, varying or in any other way dealing with any of the same or any power, right or remedy the Bank may now or hereafter have from or against the Company or any other person or the granting of any time or indulgence to the Company or any other person;

 

- 19 -


  (b)

any variation or modification of the Facility Agreement or security document to which the Company is a party or any Finance Document;

 

  (c)

the invalidity or unenforceability of any obligation or liability of the Company under any facility letter or security document to which it is a party or any Finance Document;

 

  (d)

any invalidity or irregularity in the execution of this Deed or any loan agreement or other security document or any deficiency in the powers of the Company to enter into or perform any of its obligations hereunder or under any loan agreement or other security document to which it is a party or any Finance Document; or

 

  (e)

any act, omission, event or circumstance which would or may but for this provision operate to prejudice, affect or discharge this Deed or the liability of the Company hereunder.

 

17.3

Unrestricted Right of Enforcement. This Deed may be enforced without the Bank first having recourse to any other security or rights or taking any other steps or proceedings against the Company or any other person or may be enforced for any balance due after resorting to any one or more other means of obtaining payment or discharge of the monies obligations and liabilities hereby secured.

 

17.4

Discharges and Releases. Notwithstanding any discharge, release or settlement from time to time between the Bank and the Company, if any security disposition or payment granted or made to the Bank in respect of the Secured Indebtedness by the Company or any other person is avoided or set aside or ordered to be surrendered, paid away, refunded or reduced by virtue of any provision, law or enactment relating to bankruptcy, insolvency, liquidation, winding-up, composition or arrangement for the time being in force or for any other reason, the Bank shall be entitled hereafter to enforce this Deed as if no such discharge, release or settlement had occurred.

 

17.5

Amendment. Any amendment or waiver of any provision of this Deed and any waiver of any default under this Deed shall only effective if made in writing and executed by the Bank.

 

- 20 -


18.

ASSIGNMENT

 

18.1

The Company. The Company shall not assign any of its rights hereunder.

 

18.2

The Bank. The Bank may assign all or any part of its rights under this Deed.

 

19.

NOTICES AND SERVICE OF PROCEEDINGS

 

19.1

Any notice, request, certificate, demand or other communication required to be given by any party hereto to the other parties hereto shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been so given if addressed to the addressee at its address in Hong Kong herein mentioned or to such other address in Hong Kong as may have been notified in writing by such party to the other parties hereto in accordance with this Clause 19.1.

 

19.2

Any notice, request, certificate, demand or other communication delivered personally shall be deemed to have been given at the time of such delivery. Any notice, request, certificate, demand or other communication dispatched by letter postage prepaid shall be deemed to have been given forty eight (48) hours after posting. Any notice, request, certificate, demand or other communication sent by telex or facsimile transmission shall be deemed to have been given at the time of dispatch and any notice, request, certificate, demand or other communication sent by cable shall be deemed to have been given twenty four (24) hours after dispatch. Provided always that any notice, request, certificate, demand or other communication to be given by the Company to the Bank shall only be effective upon actual receipt thereof by the Bank (as the case may be).

 

19.3

Any legal process including any writ or originating summons or otherwise and any other summons or notice to be served on a party by the other party hereto in any legal proceeding or action in any court or tribunal shall be deemed to be sufficiently and duly served forty-eight (48) hours after having been left or sent by ordinary pre-paid post to the addressee’s registered office or usual place of business in Hong Kong and in proving service it shall be sufficient to prove that the legal process or summons or notice was properly addressed and posted or properly left (as the case may be) irrespective of whether the same is returned through the post undelivered to the addressee.

 

- 21 -


20.

SET OFF AND LIEN

The Company agrees that the Bank shall (without prejudice to any general or banker’s lien, right of set-off or any other right to which it may be entitled) have the right, without notice to the Company or any other person, at any time to set off and apply any credit balance on any account (whether subject to notice or not and whether matured or not and in whatever currency) of the Company with the Bank and any other indebtedness owing by the Bank to the Company, against any moneys, obligations and liabilities of the Company to the Bank on any account or in any other respect whether actual or contingent and the Bank is authorized to purchase with the moneys standing to the credit of any such account such other currencies as may be necessary for this purpose. Until payment in full of the Secured Indebtedness the Bank shall, in addition to any other rights and remedies, have a lien on all property and assets of the Company from time to time in the possession of or registered in the name of the Bank or its nominees (including but not limited to all stocks, shares and marketable or other securities) whether such property and assets are held for safe custody or otherwise.

 

21.

CURRENCY CONVERSION

 

21.1

For the purpose of or pending the discharge of any of the Secured Indebtedness, the Bank may convert any moneys received, recovered or realized under this Deed (including the proceeds of any previous conversion under this Clause) from their existing currency of denomination into such other currency of denomination as the Bank may think fit and any such conversion shall be effected at the then prevailing spot selling rate of exchange for such other currency against the existing currency quoted by the Bank. Each previous reference in this Clause to a currency extends to funds of that currency and for the avoidance of doubt, funds of one currency may be converted into different funds of the same currency.

 

21.2

No payment to the Bank (whether under any judgment or court order or otherwise) shall discharge the Company’s obligation or liability in respect of which it was made unless and unitl the Bank shall have received payment in full in the currency in which such obligation or liability was incurred and to the extent the amount of any such payment shall on actual conversion into such currency fall short of such obligation or liability expressed in that currency, the Bank shall have a further separate cause of action against the Company and shall be entitled to enforce the security hereby created to recover the amount of the shortfall. The Company hereby agrees to fully indemnify the Bank in this respect.

 

- 22 -


22.

GOVERNING LAW AND JURISDICTION

 

22.1

Law. This Deed and the rights and obligations of the parties hereunder shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of Hong Kong.

 

22.2

Jurisdiction. The Company agrees that any legal action or proceeding arising out of or relating to this Deed may be brought in the courts of Hong Kong Special Administrative Region and irrevocably submits to the non-exclusive jurisdiction of such courts.

 

22.3

No Limitation on Right of Action. Nothing herein shall limit the right of the Bank to commence any legal action against the Company and/or its property in any other jurisdiction or to serve process in any manner permitted by law, and the taking of proceedings in any jurisdiction shall not preclude the taking of proceedings in any other jurisdiction whether concurrently or not.

 

22.4

Process Agent. The Company irrevocably appoints [name] whose registered office is situate at [address] to receive for it and on its behalf, service of process in any proceedings in Hong Kong. Such service shall be deemed completed on delivery to the process agent (whether or not it is forwarded to and received by the Company or the Borrowers). If for any reason the process agent ceases to be able to act as such or no longer has an address in Hong Kong, the Company irrevocably agrees to appoint a substitute process agent acceptable to the Bank, and to deliver to the Bank a copy of the new agent’s acceptance of that appointment within thirty (30) days. Nothing herein shall affect the right to serve any process in any other manner permitted by law.

 

23.

MISCELLANEOUS

 

23.1

Legal Representation: The parties acknowledge that Messrs. Li, Wong, Lam & W.I. Cheung acts as legal counsel of the Bank only relating to this Deed. The Company will take separate legal advice as it sees fit.

 

23.2

Third Party Rights: Nothing contained herein is intended to grant to any third party any right to enforce any term hereof or to confer on any third party any right or benefit hereunder for the purposes of the Contracts (Rights of Third Parties) Ordinance and any enactment thereof and the application of the said Ordinance is expressly excluded.

 

- 23 -


IN WITNESS whereof this Deed has been duly executed the day and year first above written.

 

SEALED with the COMMON SEAL

of the Company and SIGNED by

 

duly authorized by the Board of

Directors, in the presence of :-

  

)

)

)

)

)

  

 

/s/ Qingchun Zeng

[Signature Page]


DATED the 23rd day of November 2018

Import It Corp.

to

Taipei Fubon Commercial Bank Co., Ltd.

****************************************************

DEED OF CHARGE

OF INVENTORIES

****************************************************

    

    

§§§§§§§§§§§§§§§§§§§§§§§§§§§§§§§§§§§§§§§§§§§§§§§§§§§§§§§§§

LI, WONG, LAM & W.I. CHEUNG

SOLICITORS & NOTARIES

22/F., INFINITUS PLAZA,

199 DES VOEUX ROAD CENTRAL,

HONG KONG

 

                                                                                  

Ref. : 033/93398/18/COMM/B/033/147

 

- 25 -


THIS DEED OF CHARGE OF INVENTORIES is made the [25] day of [Oct] 2018

BETWEEN

 

(1)

ECMOHO (Hong Kong) Limited, registration no. 2218839, a company incorporated under the laws of Hong Kong whose registered office is situated at Flat 9, 4/F, Beverley Commercial Centre, 87-105 Chatham Road South, Tsimshatsui, Kowloon, Hong Kong (“the Company”); and

 

(2)

Taipei Fubon Commercial Bank Co., Ltd., Hong Kong Branch whose principal place of business in Hong Kong is situated at 16/F, K11 Atelier, Victoria Dockside, 18 Salisbury Road, Tsim Sha Tsui, Kowloon, Hong Kong (“the Bank”).

WHEREAS:

 

(A)

By a facility letter (“Facility Agreement”) dated [18 Oct] 2018 issued by the Bank to the Company and Import It Corp. (collectively “the Borrowers”) and duly executed by them, the Bank agreed to provide to the Borrowers revolving credit facility to the extent of USD25,000,000.00.

 

(B)

It is a condition (amongst others) of the Facility Agreement that a floating charge of the Inventories (as hereinafter defined) be provided by the Company in favour of the Bank as security for Secured Indebtedness (as hereinafter defined).

NOW THIS DEED WITNESSES as follows:

 

1.

INTERPRETATION

 

1.1

Definitions and construction. In this Deed, unless the context requires otherwise:

“Approved Storage Areas” means godown, warehouses and demarcated spaces in which the Inventories shall be stored from time to time with the prior written approval of the Bank;

“Borrowers” means the Company and Import It Corp collectively and “Borrower” means any of them and where the context requires includes their respective successors and assigns;

“Charge of Inventories (2)” means a first legal floating charge of Inventories (as therein defined) to be provided by Import It Corp. in favour of the Chargee as security for Secured Indebtedness.

 

- 1 -


“Charge Over Bank Account” means (i) a first legal fixed and floating charge over Bank Account (as defined therein) to be provided by the Company in favour of the Bank as security for Secured Indebtedness and (ii) a first legal fixed and floating charge over Bank Account (as defined therein) to be provided by Import It Corp. in favour of the Bank as security for Secured Indebtedness; “Charge over Receivables” means (i) a first legal fixed and floating charge over the Receivables (as defined therein) to be provided by the Company in favour of the Bank as security for Secured Indebtedness and (ii) a first legal fixed and floating charge over the Receivables (as defined therein) to be provided by Import It Corp. in favour of the Bank as security for Secured Indebtedness; “Credit Facility” means the revolving credit facility to the extent of USD25,000,000.00 to be provided by the Bank to the Borrowers under the Facility Agreement;

Deed” means this deed of charge of inventories including its amendments, supplements and replacements;

“Encumbrance” means:

 

  (i)

any mortgage, charge, pledge, lien, encumbrance, hypothecation or other security interest or security arrangement of any kind;

 

  (ii)

any arrangement whereby any rights are subordinated to any rights of any third party; and

 

  (iii)

any contractual right of set-off;

“Event of Default” means any event specified as such in Clause 7 and “prospective Event of Default” means any event which with the giving of notice and/or the passage of time and/or the fulfillment of any other condition would be an Event of Default;

“Facility Agreement” means the facility letter dated [18 Oct] 2018 issued by the Bank to the Borrowers relating to the Credit Facility and including its amendments, supplements and replacements;

“Finance Documents” means the Facility Agreement, this Deed, the Guarantees, the Charge over Bank Account, the Charge over Receivables, the Charge of Inventories (2), Share Charges and all other securities and documents relating to the Credit Facility and “Finance Document” mean any of them;

 

- 2 -


Guarantees” means (i) collectively the guarantee to be provided by ECMOHO (Hong Kong) Health Technology Limited in favour of the Bank as security for all liabilities due by the Borrowers to the Bank to the extent of USD25,000,000.00 and interest, costs and expenses; and (ii) the guarantee to be provided by ECMOHO Limited in favour of the Bank as security for all liabilities due by the Borrowers to the Bank to the extent of USD25,000,000.00 and interest, costs and expenses;

“Hong Kong” means Hong Kong Special Administrative Region of PRC;

“Inventories” means (i) all raw materials, works in process and finished goods both present and future owned by the Company or to which the Company is entitled and whether in transit or in storage (ii) documents of title, warehouse keeper receipts, certificates of deposit relating to them, (iii) sale proceeds relating to them; and (iv) insurance proceeds relating to them;

“Obligors” means all parties to the Finance Documents other than the Bank and “Obligor” means any one of them;

“PRC” means The People’s Republic of China;

“Receiver” means any receiver, manager, receiver and manager or other similar officer appointed by the Bank in respect of the security hereby granted;

“Secured Indebtedness” means all moneys, obligations and liabilities whether actual or contingent now or hereafter due owing or incurred to the Bank by any of the Obligors under Finance Documents in whatever currency denominated and whether alone or jointly and whether as principal or surely when the same are due and including all costs and expenses incurred by the Bank relating thereto on a full indemnity basis;

“Share Charges” means (i) the first fixed legal charge of 18,787,600 Class B Ordinary Shares of ECMOHO Limited held by Behealth Limited in favour of the Bank as security for Secured Indebtedness; and (ii) the first fixed legal charge of 18,787,600 Class B Ordinary Shares of ECMOHO Limited held by Uhealth Limited in favour of the Bank as security for Secured Indebtedness; and “USD” means United States Dollar, the lawful currency of the United States of America.

 

1.2

Successors and Assigns. The expressions “Company” and “Bank” shall where the context permits include their respective successors and permitted assigns and any persons deriving title under them.

 

- 3 -


1.3

Miscellaneous. In this Deed, unless the context requires otherwise, references to statutory provisions shall be construed as references to those provisions as replaced, amended, modified or re-enacted from time to time; words importing the singular include the plural and vice versa and words importing a gender include every gender, references to this Deed or any other security document shall be construed as references to such document as the same may be amended or supplemented from time to time; unless otherwise stated, references to Clauses and Schedules are to clauses and schedules of this Deed, and reference to person shall include an individual firm company corporation and an unincorporated body of persons. Clause headings are inserted for reference only and shall be ignored in construing this Deed.

 

2.

COVENANT TO PAY

The Company hereby covenants that it will on demand pay to the Bank the Secured Indebtedness and discharge all moneys obligations and liabilities whether actual or contingent now or hereinafter due owing or incurred to the Bank by the Obligors under the Finance Documents in whatever currency denominated and whether alone or jointly and in whatever style name or form and whether as principal or surety when the same are due including all costs and expenses incurred by the Bank relating thereto on a full indemnify basis..

 

3.

CHARGE

 

3.1

Charge. The Company as legal and beneficial owner hereby charges to the Bank the Inventories by way of first floating charge as a continuing security for the payment and discharge of the Secured Indebtedness Provided That upon payment and discharge of the entire Secured Indebtedness the Bank shall, at the request and costs of the Company, release the Inventories hereby charged.

 

3.2

Conversion of Floating Charge.

 

  (a)

The Bank may, upon the occurrence of an Event of Default or a prospective Event of Default, by serving a notice in writing on the Company, convert the floating charge hereby created into a fixed charge as regards any property, assets or rights specified in that notice.

 

- 4 -


  (b)

Without prejudice to the effect of this Clause, if the Company mortgages, charges, pledges or otherwise encumbers (whether by way of fixed or floating charge or otherwise howsoever) any of the Inventories or attempts to do so without the prior consent in writing of the Bank, or is otherwise in breach of any of the provisions in Clause 6, or if any person levies or attempts to levy any distress, execution or sequestration or other process against all or any of the Inventories on the occurrence of any of such events, the floating charge created under Clause 3.1 shall automatically and immediately, without any notice from the Bank or any other formality or process whatsoever, crystallize and operate as a fixed charge as regards the Inventories.

 

4.

CONTINUING SECURITY

This Deed shall be a continuing security and shall remain in full force and effect until the day the Secured Indebtedness has been paid in full notwithstanding the insolvency or liquidation or any incapacity or change in the constitution or status of the Company or any other Obligors or any intermediate settlement of account or other matter whatsoever. This Deed is in addition to, and independent of, any charge, guarantee or other security or right or remedy now or at any time hereafter held by or available to the Bank.

 

5.

REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

 

5.1

Representations and Warranties. The Company represents and warrants to the Bank that:

 

  (a)

the Inventories are or when acquired will be legal and beneficially owned by the Company free from any Encumbrances except for the charge created under or pursuant to this Deed;

 

  (b)

no litigation, arbitration or administrative proceeding is currently taking place or pending or threatened in relation to the Inventories;

 

  (c)

it has the power and has obtained the requisite authority to enter into this Deed and to perform its obligations (including but not limited to the passing of the required board resolution of the Company;

 

  (d)

its entry into and/or performance of or compliance with its obligations under this Deed do not and will not violate any law to which it is subject or any of the documents constituting it or agreement or arrangement to which it is a party;

 

  (e)

this Deed constitutes the legal, valid and binding obligations of the Company enforceable in accordance with its terms;

 

- 5 -


  (f)

no Event of Default or prospective Event of Default has occurred; and

 

  (g)

all financial and other information supplied to the Bank in connection with this Deed is correct, true and accurate in all respects and the Company is not aware of any fact which has not been disclosed in writing to the Bank which might have a material effect on any such information or which might affect the willingness of the Bank to grant any facility to the Company.

 

5.2

Continuing Representations and Warranties. The Company also represents and warrants to and undertakes with the Bank that the foregoing representations and warranties will be true and accurate throughout the continuance of this Deed with reference to the facts and circumstances subsisting at the relevant time.

 

6.

UNDERTAKINGS

 

6.1

Affirmative undertakings relating to Inventories. The Company undertakes and agrees with the Bank throughout the continuance of this Deed and so long as the Secured Indebtedness or any part thereof remains owing that the Company will, unless the Bank otherwise agree in writing:

 

  (a)

keep all Inventories at Approved Storage Areas only in good order, repair and conditions;

 

  (b)

procure that all Inventories kept at Approved Storage Areas be subject to adequate supervision, monitoring and control;

 

  (c)

keep all Intangibles insured for full value against all insurable risk (including fire, flood, other natural calamities or acts of god, burglary, theft, riots, strikes and malicious damage) as may be reasonably required by the Bank and procure that such insurance policies shall be endorsed in the name of the Bank as loss payee;

 

  (d)

promptly pay all taxes fees and other governmental fees relating to the Inventories under applicable laws;

 

  (e)

promptly pay all fees relating to the storage and other services in respect of the Inventories;

 

  (f)

permit and provide the Bank’s authorized representatives or agents access to Approved Storage Areas to conduct such inspections, verifications and checks on the quality, quantity and condition of the Inventories as the Bank may request at its sole discretion;

 

- 6 -


  (g)

procure that inventory reports relating to Inventories kept at Approved Storage Areas to be provided to the Bank on monthly basis or on any other duration of time as determined by the Bank from time to time;

 

  (h)

at the written request of the Bank, procure that collateral managers appointed by the Bank shall take control over the Inventories kept at Approved Storage Areas and take such actions as may be necessary to facilitate the vesting of such control in the collateral managers so appointed;

 

  (i)

promptly report to the Bank any incident which may cause damage and loss of Inventories whether in transit or in storage and take necessary actions to prevent or limit such damage or loss;

 

  (j)

deliver to the Bank all documents of title, warehouse keepers’ receipts and certificate of deposit relating to the Inventories upon written request by the Bank; and

 

  (k)

ensure that all Inventories are separately stored and not commingled with other materials and goods and can be readily identified and retrievable.

 

6.2

Affirmative undertakings in general. The Company undertakes and agrees with the Bank throughout the continuance of this Deed and so long as the Secured Indebtedness or any part thereof remains owing that the Company will, unless the Bank otherwise agree in writing:

 

  (a)

conduct and carry on its business in a proper and efficient manner and keep or cause to be kept proper books of accounts relating to such business;

 

  (b)

get in and realize all book and other debts and claims as they fall due and not charge or dispose of and (except in its ordinary course of business) not release exchange compound set off or grant time or indulgence in respect of all or any of the same;

 

  (c)

observe and perform all covenants and stipulations from time to time affecting its patents, patent applications, trade marks, trade names, registered designs and copyrights and all other industrial or intangible property or any license or ancillary or connected rights from time to time relating to industrial or intangible property and preserve maintain and renew when necessary or desirable all such licenses and rights;

 

- 7 -


  (d)

keep the Company’s undertaking or any part thereof insured (whenever required by the Bank to do so) in the name of the Company (with the Bank’s interest as mortgagee noted on the policy except in relation to policy for third party or public liability) and with a clause to ensure payment of any loss to the Bank except in relation to payment of any loss to third parties in the full replacement value thereof, with an insurance company arranged by such reputable insurance company as shall have been previously approved in writing by the Bank against such loss or damage as are normally maintained by prudent companies carrying on similar business, and duly pay and discharge all premiums and other moneys necessary for effecting and keeping up such insurances, and produce to and deposit with the Bank the policies of such insurance or the cover note in relation thereto and sufficient evidence of such payments, failing which the Bank may take out or renew such insurances in any sum which the Bank may think expedient, and all moneys expended by the Bank under this subclause shall be reimbursed by the Company on demand and bear interest at the default rate to be charged by the Bank and from the time of the same having been expended and until such payment the same shall be deemed part of the Secured Indebtedness and shall be recoverable accordingly. All moneys to be received by virtue of any insurance maintained or effected by the Company (whether or not in pursuance of the Company’s obligations hereunder) shall be applied in replacing, restoring or reinstating the undertaking property or assets destroyed or damaged and any deficiency being made good by the Company;

 

  (e)

at the request of the Bank, direct the Company’s debtors to make payment into such account in the name of the Company with the Bank as may be designated by the Bank;

 

  (f)

furnish to the Bank copies of the audited balance sheet and profit and loss account of the Company within the prescribed period required by the Bank after the end of each accounting year;

 

  (g)

permit the Bank or any other person appointed by it at all reasonable times to have access to all books of account, financial records and documents kept by the Company;

 

- 8 -


  (h)

promptly inform the Bank of:-

 

  (i)

the occurrence of any Event of Default or prospective Event of Default;

 

  (ii)

any litigation, arbitration or administrative proceeding brought against the Company;

 

  (i)

punctually pay and discharge all debts and obligations which by law have priority over the security hereby constituted;

 

  (j)

punctually pay all sums due from it to the Bank and otherwise comply with its obligations under this Deed;

 

  (k)

cause the Company’s undertaking or any part thereof to be valued by a duly qualified valuer, approved in writing by the Bank, at such times and from time to time and for such purposes and on such bases as the Bank may require;

 

  (l)

comply with all governmental or other legal requirements and notices, whether statutory or otherwise, in respect of the Undertaking or any part thereof; and

 

  (m)

permit the Bank or any other person appointed by it at all reasonable times to have access to and view the state of repair and condition of the Company’s undertaking or any part thereof without such person by so doing, being deemed to have taken possession of the Company’s undertaking or any part thereof.

 

6.3

Negative Undertakings. The Company undertakes and agrees with the Bank throughout the continuance of this Deed and so long as the Secured Indebtedness or any part thereof remains owing that the Company will not, unless the Bank otherwise agree in writing:

 

  (a)

sell, lend, transfer, part with possession of or otherwise assign, deal with or dispose of or grant any option over the Inventories or any interest therein or attempt or agree to do any of the same except for the manufacture and sale of Inventories in the ordinary course of business of the Company;

 

- 9 -


  (b)

create or attempt or agree to create or permit to arise or exist any Encumbrance over the Inventories or any interest therein (except for Prior Charge (if any) and under or pursuant to this Deed) and no Encumbrance purported to be created in breach of this restriction shall take priority over or rank pari passu with the Bank’s securities provided under this Deed; and

 

  (c)

do or cause or permit to be done anything which may in any way depreciate, jeopardise or otherwise prejudice the value of the Bank’s security hereunder.

 

7.

EVENTS OF DEFAULT

 

7.1

Each of the following events shall be an Event of Default:-

 

  (a)

any of the Borrowers makes default in the payment on the due date and in accordance with the terms and conditions under Facility Agreement of any principal or interest or other moneys outstanding and payable by the Company to the Bank (whether demanded or not); or

 

  (b)

any of the Obligors make default in the payment on the due date and in accordance with the terms and conditions relating thereto under any Finance Documents in respect of money and other liabilities;

 

  (c)

any representation, warranty or undertaking by the Company hereunder is not complied with or proves to have been or to be untrue or incorrect;

 

  (d)

any representation, warranty or undertaking by any of the Obligors under any Finance Documents is not complied with or proves to have been or to be untrue or incorrect;

 

  (e)

the Company does not comply with any of the Company’s covenants or obligations under this Deed;

 

  (f)

any of the Obligors does not comply with any of its covenants and obligation under any Finance Documents;

 

  (g)

a petition is presented or an order is made or an effective resolution is passed or analogous proceedings are taken for the winding up of the Company or any Obligor, save for the purposes of an amalgamation, merger or reconstruction the terms whereof have previously been approved by the Bank;

 

- 10 -


  (h)

the Company or any of the Obligors shall without the consent in writing of the Bank stop payment to creditors generally or (if applicable) the Company or any of the Obligors shall (otherwise than for the purpose of such an amalgamation, merger or reconstruction as is referred to in Sub-Clause 7.1(g)) cease or threaten to cease to carry on its business or any substantial part thereof or shall be unable to pay its debts or disposes the whole or a substantial part of its undertaking or assets;

 

  (i)

there occurs a material adverse change in the Company’s or any Obligor’s financial condition which would, in the reasonable opinion of the Bank, prevent the Company or any Obligor from performing in any material respect its obligations under this Deed or under any Finance Documents;

 

  (j)

the Company purports or attempts to create any Encumbrance over all or any part of the Inventories or any third party asserts a reasonable and substantial claim in respect thereof (except as permitted under this Deed);

 

  (k)

the security hereby created or under any Finance Documents or any part thereof fails or ceases for any reason to be in full force and effect or is terminated or jeopardised or becomes invalid or unenforceable or if there is any dispute regarding the same or if there is any purported termination of the same or it becomes impossible or unlawful for the Company or any Obligor to perform any of its obligations hereunder or under any Finance Documents or for the Bank to exercise all or any of its rights, powers and remedies hereunder or under any Finance Documents; and

 

  (l)

a creditor takes possession of all or any part of the business or assets of the Company or any Obligor or any execution or other legal process is enforced against the business or any asset of the Company and is not discharged within seven (7) days.

 

7.2

If an Event of Default has occurred, the Bank may:

 

  (a)

declare the Secured Indebtedness, all loans and other moneys, obligations and liabilities hereby secured to be, whereupon they shall become, immediately due and payable without further demand, notice or other legal formality of any kind;

 

  (b)

declare the Credit Facility to be terminated whereupon all obligations of the Bank to make further advances to the Company shall immediately cease; and

 

  (c)

demand that the Company to provide cash cover to the Bank for all liabilities of the Company to the Bank, whereupon the Company shall be under an immediate obligation to provide such cash cover.

 

- 11 -


8.

ENFORCEMENT

 

8.1

Enforcement. Upon the occurrence of an Event of Default, the security hereby created shall become enforceable in accordance with the provisions hereof.

 

8.2

Powers of Bank. At any time after the security hereby created has become enforceable, the Bank may exercise, without further notice and whether or not it shall have appointed a Receiver, all the powers and discretions hereby conferred either expressly or by implication on a Receiver (and in relation to express powers and discretions as if any reference to the Receiver were a reference to the Bank) and all other powers conferred upon mortgagees by law or otherwise.

 

8.3

Appointment of Receiver. At any time after the security hereby created has become enforceable, or if requested by the Company, the Bank may in writing either under seal or under the hand of a duly authorised officer of the Bank, appoint any person or persons to be a Receiver of the Inventories and may from time to time fix his or their remuneration and may remove any Receiver so appointed and appoint another in his place. Where more than one Receiver is so appointed, any reference to this Deed to a Receiver shall apply to any of the Receivers so appointed and the appointment shall be deemed to be a joint and several appointment so that the rights, powers, duties and discretions vested in the Receiver may be exercised jointly by the Receivers so appointed or severally by each of them.

 

8.4

Powers of Receiver. The Receiver shall be the agent of the Company and the Company shall be solely responsible for the Receiver’s acts or defaults and for the Receiver’s remuneration and the Receiver shall, in addition to all powers conferred upon mortgagees or receivers by law or otherwise, have power (exercisable without further notice):-

 

  (a)

to take possession of, collect and get in and give receipts for the Inventories;

 

- 12 -


  (b)

to sell by public auction or private contract or otherwise dispose of or deal with the Inventories in such manner, for such consideration and generally on such terms and subject to such conditions as the Receiver may reasonably think fit with full power to convey or otherwise transfer the Inventories in the name of the Company or other legal or registered owner. Any consideration may be in the form of cash, debentures, shares, stock or other valuable consideration and may be payable immediately or by instalments spread over such period as the Receiver shall reasonably think fit and so that any consideration received in a form other than cash shall forthwith on receipt be and become charged with the payment of the Secured Indebtedness;

 

  (c)

to insure and keep insured against loss or damage by such risks and contingencies as the Receiver may think fit the Inventories of an insurable nature in such manner in all respects as the Receiver may think fit and to maintain, renew or increase any insurances in respect of the Inventories;

 

  (d)

to institute, prosecute and defend any proceedings in the name of the Company or otherwise as may seem expedient in relation to the Inventories;

 

  (e)

to make and effect all repairs, renewals, alterations, improvements and developments to or in respect of the Inventories;

 

  (f)

to make any arrangement, settlement or compromise or enter into any contracts which the Receiver shall reasonably think expedient in relation to the Inventories in the interests of the Bank;

 

  (g)

for the purpose of exercising any of the powers, authorities and discretions conferred on him by or pursuant to this Deed and of defraying any costs, charges, losses or expenses (including his remuneration) which shall be incurred by him in the exercise thereof or for any other purpose in connection herewith, to raise and borrow money either unsecured or on the security of the Inventories either in priority to this Deed or otherwise and generally on such terms and conditions as he may reasonably think fit PROVIDED THAT:-

 

  (i)

no Receiver shall exercise such power without first obtaining the written consent of the Bank and the Bank shall incur no liability to the Company or any other person by reason of its giving or refusing such consent whether absolutely or subject to any limitation or condition; and

 

- 13 -


  (ii)

no person lending such money shall be concerned to enquire as to the existence of such consent or the terms thereof or as to the propriety or purpose of the exercise of such power or to see to the application of any money so raised or borrowed;

 

  (h)

to appoint managers, agents, officers, solicitors, accountants, auctioneers, brokers, architects, engineers, workmen or other professional or non-professional advisers, agents or employees for any of the aforesaid purposes at such salaries or for such remuneration and for such periods as the Receiver may reasonably determine and to dismiss any of the same or any of the existing staff of the Company and to delegate to any person any of the powers hereby conferred on the Receiver;

 

  (i)

in the exercise of any of the above powers to expend such sums as the Receiver may think fit and the Company shall forthwith on demand repay to the Receiver all sums so expended together with interest thereon at such rates as hereinbefore mentioned from time to time of the same having been paid or incurred and until such repayment such sums together with such interest shall be secured by this Deed;

 

  (j)

to have access to and make use of the premises and the accounting and other records of the Company and the services of its staff for all or any of the purposes aforesaid; and

 

  (k)

to do all such other acts and things as may be considered by the Receiver to be incidental or conductive to any of the matters or powers aforesaid or otherwise incidental or conductive to the realisation of the Bank’s security created by this Deed and which the Receiver may lawfully do and to use the name of the Company for all the purposes aforesaid.

 

8.5

No Restrictions on Power of Sale. No restrictions imposed by any ordinance or other statutory provision relation to the exercise of any power of sale shall apply to this Deed.

 

8.6

Receiver to Conform to Bank’s Directions. The Receiver shall in the exercise of the Receiver’s powers, authorities and discretions conform to the directions and regulations from time to time given or made by the Bank.

 

8.7

Powers to be Given Wide Construction. The powers of the Bank and the Receiver hereunder shall be construed in the widest possible sense to the intent that the Bank and the Receiver shall be afforded as wide and flexible a range of powers as possible.

 

- 14 -


8.8

No Liability to Account as Mortgagee in Possession. Nothing that shall be done by or on behalf of the Bank shall render it liable to account as a mortgagee in possession for any sums other than actual receipts.

 

8.9

No Liability for Losses. The Bank and the Receiver shall not be answerable for any losses, involuntary or otherwise, which may arise in the exercise by the Bank or the Receiver of their respective powers hereunder.

 

8.10

Purchaser Not Bound to Enquire. No purchaser or other person shall be bound or concerned to see or enquire whether the right of the Bank or the Receiver to exercise any of the powers hereby conferred has arisen or not or be concerned with the propriety or regularity of the exercise thereof or be concerned with notice to the contrary or be concerned or responsible for the application of any monies received by the Bank or the Receiver and the receipt of the Bank or the Receiver for any monies paid to it shall be a good and sufficient discharge to the person paying the same.

 

9.

APPLICATION OF RECEIPTS

All monies received by the Bank or the Receiver hereunder shall be applied in or towards satisfaction of the Secured Indebtedness in such order of priority as the Bank in its absolute discretion may determine (subject to the prior discharge of all liabilities having priority thereto by law) and subject to any such determination in the following order of priority:-

 

  (a)

In discharge of all charges, taxes and other outgoings whether governmental, municipal, contractual or otherwise, due and affecting the Inventories or any part thereof (including storage charges);

 

  (b)

in payment or satisfaction of all costs, charges, expenses and liabilities incurred and payments made by or on behalf of the Bank or the Receiver in connection with the exercise of any powers hereunder and in preserving or attempting to preserve this security or the Inventories and of all outgoings paid by the Bank or the Receiver;

 

  (c)

in payment to the Receiver of all remuneration as may be agreed between him and the Bank to be paid to him at, or at any time after, his appointment;

 

- 15 -


  (d)

in payment or satisfaction of the remaining Secured Indebtedness (interest being satisfied first) or such part thereof as the Bank may determine until the whole of the Secured Indebtedness shall have been certified by the Bank as having been discharged and so that if the Bank is contingently liable or will or might be so liable in respect of any monies, obligations or liabilities hereby secured all monies not dealt with under the preceding provisions of this Clause shall be placed on deposit in such separate account as the Bank in its absolute discretion may think fit for the purpose of securing the contingent liabilities of the Bank and shall become subject to this security, to be applied against such contingent liabilities as they fall due and the remaining balance (if any) shall be paid to the Company or other person entitled thereto.

 

10.

TAXES AND OTHER DEDUCTIONS

All sums payable by the Company under this Deed shall be paid in full without set-off or counterclaim or any restriction or condition and free and clear of any tax or other deductions or withholdings of any nature. If the Company is required by any law or regulation to make any deduction or withholding (on account of tax or otherwise) from any payment for the account of the Bank, the Company shall, together with such payment, pay such additional amount as will ensure that the Bank receives (free and clear of any tax or other deductions or withholdings) the full amount which it would have received if no such deduction or withholding had been required. The Company shall promptly forward to the Bank copies of official receipts or other evidence showing that the full amount of any such deduction or withholding has been paid over to the relevant taxation or other authority.

 

11.

COSTS, CHARGES AND EXPENSES

The Company shall from time to time forthwith on demand pay to or reimburse the Bank or the Receiver for:-

 

  (a)

all costs, charges and expenses (including legal and other fees on a full indemnity basis) incurred by the Bank or the Receiver in connection with the preparation, execution and registration of this Deed and in exercising any of its or their rights or powers hereunder or in suing for or seeking to recover any sums due hereunder or otherwise preserving or enforcing its or their rights hereunder or in connection with the preservation or attempted preservation of the Inventories or in defending any claims brought against it or them in respect of this Deed or in releasing or re-assigning this Deed upon payment of all monies hereby secured; and

 

- 16 -


  (b)

all reasonable remuneration payable to the Receiver;

and until payment of the same in full, all such costs, charges, expenses and remuneration shall be secured by this Deed.

 

12.

INDEMNITY

 

12.1

General Indemnity. The Company shall indemnify the Bank and the Receiver against all reasonable losses, liabilities, damages, costs and expenses incurred by it or them in the execution or performance of the terms and conditions hereof and against all actions, proceedings, claims, demands, costs, charges and expenses which may be reasonably incurred, sustained or arise in respect of the non-performance or non-observance of any of the undertakings and agreements on the part of the Company herein contained or in respect of any matter or thing done or omitted relating in any way whatsoever to the Inventories.

 

12.2

Payment of Security. The Bank may retain and pay out of any money in the Bank’s hands all sums necessary to effect the indemnity contained in this Clause and all sums payable by the Company under this Clause shall form part of the monies hereby secured.

 

13.

FURTHER ASSURANCE

 

13.1

Further Assurance. The Company shall at any time and from time to time (whether before or after the security hereby created shall have become enforceable) execute such further legal or other mortgages, charges or assignments and do all such transfers, assurances, acts and things as the Bank may require over or in respect of all or any of the undertaking, property, assets and rights both present and future of the Company to secure all monies, obligations and liabilities hereby covenanted to be paid or hereby secured or for the purposes of perfecting and completing any assignment of the Bank’s rights, benefits or obligations hereunder and the Company shall also give all notices, orders and directions which the Bank may require.

 

- 17 -


13.2

Enforcement of the Bank’s Rights. The Company will do or permit to be done everything which the Bank may from time to time require to be done for the purpose of enforcing the Bank’s rights hereunder and will allow the name of the Company to be used as and when required by the Bank for that purpose.

 

14.

POWER OF ATTORNEY

The Company irrevocably appoints the Bank, the Receiver and any persons deriving title under either of them by way of security jointly and severally to be its attorney (with full power of substitution) and in its name or otherwise on its behalf and as its act and deed to sign, seal, execute, deliver, perfect and do all deeds, instruments, acts and things which may be required or which the Bank or the Receiver shall reasonably think proper or expedient for carrying out any obligations imposed on the Company hereunder or for exercising any of the powers hereby conferred or in connection with any sale or disposition of the Inventories or the exercise of any rights in respect thereof or for giving to the Bank the full benefit of this security and so that the appointment hereby made shall operate to confer on the Bank and the Receiver authority to do on behalf of the Company anything which it can lawfully do itself. The Company ratifies and confirms and agrees to ratify and confirm any deed, instrument, act or thing which such attorney or substitute may execute or do.

 

15.

SUSPENSE ACCOUNT

The Bank may, notwithstanding the provisions of Clause 9, place and keep any monies received by virtue of this Deed (whether before or after the insolvency or liquidation of the Company) to the credit of a non-interest bearing suspense account for so long as the Bank may think fit in order to preserve the rights of the Bank to sue or prove for the whole amount of its claims against the Company or any other person.

 

16.

WAIVER AND SEVERABILITY

No failure or delay by the Bank in exercising any right, power or remedy hereunder shall impair such right, power or remedy or operate as a waiver thereof, nor shall any single or partial exercise of the same preclude any further exercise thereof or the exercise of any other right, power or remedy. The rights, powers and remedies herein provided are cumulative and do not exclude any other rights, powers and remedies provided by law. If at any time any provision of this Deed is or becomes illegal, invalid or unenforceable in any respect under the law of any jurisdiction, the legality, validity and enforceability of such provision under the law of any other jurisdiction, and of the remaining provisions of this Deed, shall not be affected or impaired thereby.

 

- 18 -


17.

MISCELLANEOUS

 

17.1

Continuing obligation. The liabilities and obligations of the Company under this Deed shall remain in force notwithstanding any act, omission, event or circumstances whatsoever, until full, proper and valid payment of the Secured Indebtedness.

 

17.2

Protective Clauses. Without limiting Clause 17.1, neither the liability of the Company nor the validity or enforceability of this Deed shall be prejudiced, affected or discharged by:-

 

  (a)

any other Encumbrance, guarantee or other security or right or remedy being or becoming held by or available to the Bank or by any of the same being or becoming wholly or partly void, voidable, unenforceable or impaired or by the Bank at any time releasing, refraining from enforcing, varying or in any other way dealing with any of the same or any power, right or remedy the Bank may now or hereafter have from or against the Company or any other person or the granting of any time or indulgence to the Company or any other person;

 

  (b)

any variation or modification of the Facility Agreement or security document to which the Company is a party or any Finance Document;

 

  (c)

the invalidity or unenforceability of any obligation or liability of the Company under any facility letter or security document to which it is a party or any Finance Document;

 

  (d)

any invalidity or irregularity in the execution of this Deed or any loan agreement or other security document or any deficiency in the powers of the Company to enter into or perform any of its obligations hereunder or under any loan agreement or other security document to which it is a party or any Finance Document; or

 

  (e)

any act, omission, event or circumstance which would or may but for this provision operate to prejudice, affect or discharge this Deed or the liability of the Company hereunder.

 

- 19 -


17.3

Unrestricted Right of Enforcement. This Deed may be enforced without the Bank first having recourse to any other security or rights or taking any other steps or proceedings against the Company or any other person or may be enforced for any balance due after resorting to any one or more other means of obtaining payment or discharge of the monies obligations and liabilities hereby secured.

 

17.4

Discharges and Releases. Notwithstanding any discharge, release or settlement from time to time between the Bank and the Company, if any security disposition or payment granted or made to the Bank in respect of the Secured Indebtedness by the Company or any other person is avoided or set aside or ordered to be surrendered, paid away, refunded or reduced by virtue of any provision, law or enactment relating to bankruptcy, insolvency, liquidation, winding-up, composition or arrangement for the time being in force or for any other reason, the Bank shall be entitled hereafter to enforce this Deed as if no such discharge, release or settlement had occurred.

 

17.5

Amendment. Any amendment or waiver of any provision of this Deed and any waiver of any default under this Deed shall only effective if made in writing and executed by the Bank.

 

18.

ASSIGNMENT

 

18.1

The Company. The Company shall not assign any of its rights hereunder.

 

18.2

The Bank. The Bank may assign all or any part of its rights under this Deed.

 

19.

NOTICES AND SERVICE OF PROCEEDINGS

 

19.1

Any notice, request, certificate, demand or other communication required to be given by any party hereto to the other parties hereto shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been so given if addressed to the addressee at its address in Hong Kong herein mentioned or to such other address in Hong Kong as may have been notified in writing by such party to the other parties hereto in accordance with this Clause 19.1.

 

19.2

Any notice, request, certificate, demand or other communication delivered personally shall be deemed to have been given at the time of such delivery. Any notice, request, certificate, demand or other communication dispatched by letter postage prepaid shall be deemed to have been given forty eight (48) hours after posting. Any notice, request, certificate, demand or other communication sent by telex or facsimile transmission shall be deemed to have been given at the time of dispatch and any notice, request, certificate, demand or other communication sent by cable shall be deemed to have been given twenty four (24) hours after dispatch. Provided always that any notice, request, certificate, demand or other communication to be given by the Company to the Bank shall only be effective upon actual receipt thereof by the Bank (as the case may be).

 

- 20 -


19.3

Any legal process including any writ or originating summons or otherwise and any other summons or notice to be served on a party by the other party hereto in any legal proceeding or action in any court or tribunal shall be deemed to be sufficiently and duly served forty-eight (48) hours after having been left or sent by ordinary pre-paid post to the addressee’s registered office or usual place of business in Hong Kong and in proving service it shall be sufficient to prove that the legal process or summons or notice was properly addressed and posted or properly left (as the case may be) irrespective of whether the same is returned through the post undelivered to the addressee.

 

20.

SET OFF AND LIEN

The Company agrees that the Bank shall (without prejudice to any general or banker’s lien, right of set-off or any other right to which it may be entitled) have the right, without notice to the Company or any other person, at any time to set off and apply any credit balance on any account (whether subject to notice or not and whether matured or not and in whatever currency) of the Company with the Bank and any other indebtedness owing by the Bank to the Company, against any moneys, obligations and liabilities of the Company to the Bank on any account or in any other respect whether actual or contingent and the Bank is authorized to purchase with the moneys standing to the credit of any such account such other currencies as may be necessary for this purpose. Until payment in full of the Secured Indebtedness the Bank shall, in addition to any other rights and remedies, have a lien on all property and assets of the Company from time to time in the possession of or registered in the name of the Bank or its nominees (including but not limited to all stocks, shares and marketable or other securities) whether such property and assets are held for safe custody or otherwise.

 

- 21 -


21.

CURRENCY CONVERSION

 

21.1

For the purpose of or pending the discharge of any of the Secured Indebtedness, the Bank may convert any moneys received, recovered or realized under this Deed (including the proceeds of any previous conversion under this Clause) from their existing currency of denomination into such other currency of denomination as the Bank may think fit and any such conversion shall be effected at the then prevailing spot selling rate of exchange for such other currency against the existing currency quoted by the Bank. Each previous reference in this Clause to a currency extends to funds of that currency and for the avoidance of doubt, funds of one currency may be converted into different funds of the same currency.

 

21.2

No payment to the Bank (whether under any judgment or court order or otherwise) shall discharge the Company’s obligation or liability in respect of which it was made unless and until the Bank shall have received payment in full in the currency in which such obligation or liability was incurred and to the extent the amount of any such payment shall on actual conversion into such currency fall short of such obligation or liability expressed in that currency, the Bank shall have a further separate cause of action against the Company and shall be entitled to enforce the security hereby created to recover the amount of the shortfall. The Company hereby agrees to fully indemnify the Bank in this respect.

 

22.

GOVERNING LAW AND JURISDICTION

 

22.1

Law. This Deed and the rights and obligations of the parties hereunder shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of Hong Kong.

 

22.2

Jurisdiction. The Company agrees that any legal action or proceeding arising out of or relating to this Deed may be brought in the courts of Hong Kong Special Administrative Region and irrevocably submits to the non-exclusive jurisdiction of such courts.

 

22.3

No Limitation on Right of Action. Nothing herein shall limit the right of the Bank to commence any legal action against the Company and/or its property in any other jurisdiction or to serve process in any manner permitted by law, and the taking of proceedings in any jurisdiction shall not preclude the taking of proceedings in any other jurisdiction whether concurrently or not.

 

- 22 -


23.

MISCELLANEOUS

 

23.1

Legal Representation: The parties acknowledge that Messrs. Li, Wong, Lam & W.l. Cheung acts as legal counsel of the Bank only relating to this Deed. The Company will take separate legal advice as it sees fit.

 

23.2

Third Party Rights: Nothing contained herein is intended to grant to any third party any right to enforce any term hereof or to confer on any third party any right or benefit hereunder for the purposes of the Contracts (Rights of Third Parties) Ordinance and any enactment thereof and the application of the said Ordinance is expressly excluded.

 

- 23 -


IN WITNESS whereof this Deed has been duly executed the day and year first above written.

 

SEALED with the COMMON SEAL

of the Company and SIGNED by

 

duly authorized by the Board of

Directors, in the presence of:-

  

)

)

)

)

)

  

 

/s/ Zeng Qingchun

 

- 24 -


DATED the 25 day of Oct 2018

ECMOHO (Hong Kong) Limited

to

Taipei Fubon Commercial Bank Co., Ltd.

****************************************************

DEED OF CHARGE

OF INVENTORIES

****************************************************

    

    

§§§§§§§§§§§§§§§§§§§§§§§§§§§§§§§§§§§§§§§§§§§§§§§§§§§§§§§§§

LI, WONG, LAM & W.l. CHEUNG

SOLICITORS & NOTARIES

22/F., INFINITUS PLAZA,

199 DES VOEUX ROAD CENTRAL,

HONG KONG

 

                                                                                  

Ref. : 033/93398/18/COMM/B/033/147

 

- 25 -


Execution Version

THIS SUPPLEMENTAL DEED is made on 23 November 2018

PARTIES

 

(1)

ECMOHO (Hong Kong) Limited, a company incorporated under the laws of Hong Kong whose registered office is situated at Flat 9, 4/F, Beverley Commercial Centre, 87-105 Chatham Road South, Tsimshatsui, Kowloon, Hong Kong (“the Company”); and

 

(2)

Taipei Fubon Commercial Bank Co., Ltd., Hong Kong Branch whose principal place of business in Hong Kong is situated at 16/F, K11 Atelier, Victoria Dockside, 18 Salisbury Road, Tsim Sha Tsui, Kowloon, Hong Kong (“the Bank”).

Each a “Party” and collectively, the “Parties”.

WHEREAS:

 

(A)

By a facility letter (“Facility Agreement”) dated 18 October 2018 issued by the Bank to the Company and Import it Corp (collectively the “Borrowers”) and duly executed by them, the Bank agreed to provide to the Borrowers revolving credit facility to the extent of USD25,000,000.00.

 

(B)

It is a condition (amongst others) of the Facility Agreement that a floating charge of the Inventories (as hereinafter defined) be provided by the Company in favour of the Bank as security for Secured Indebtedness. On 25 October 2018, the Parties has entered into a Deed of Charge of Inventories.

 

(C)

The Parties agree to enter into this Supplemental Deed to vary the Deed of Charge of Inventories as set out herein.

WHEREBY IT IS AGREED as follows:

 

1.

DEFINITIONS

In this Supplemental Deed, unless the context otherwise requires or unless this Supplemental Deed expressly otherwise provides, all words and expressions as defined in the Deed of Charge of Inventories shall have the same meanings when used or referred to herein.

 

1


2.

AMENDMENT AND VARIATION TO THE AGREEMENT

The Parties hereby agree to the following amendments and variations to the Supplemental Deed:

 

(A)

The definition of Share Charge shall be deleted in its entirety and be replaced with the following new definition of Share Charge:

“Share Charges” means (i) the first fixed legal charge of 9,393,800 Class B Ordinary Shares of ECMOHO Limited by Behealth Limited in favour of the Bank as security for Secured Indebtedness; and (ii) the first fixed legal charge of 9,393,800 Class B Ordinary Shares of ECMOHO Limited by Uhealth Limited in favour of the Bank as security for Secured Indebtedness.”

 

(B)

Clause 3.1 of the Deed of Charge of Inventories shall be deleted in its entirety and be replaced with the following new Clause 3.1:

“3.1 Charge. The Company as legal and beneficial owner hereby charges to the Bank the Inventories by way of first floating charge as a continuing security for the payment and discharge of the Secured Indebtedness Provided That upon payment and discharge of the entire Secured Indebtedness the Bank shall, at the request and costs of the Company, release the Inventories hereby charged within fourteen (14) Business Days upon the request of the Company and at the cost of the Company. For the avoidance of doubt, the Facility Agreement shall be terminated upon the above release.

 

(C)

Clause 7.1 of the Deed of Charge of Inventories shall be deleted in its entirety and be replaced with the following new Clause 7.1:

“Each of the following events shall be an Event of Default:-

 

  (a)

any of the Borrowers makes default in the payment on the due date and in accordance with the terms and conditions under Facility Agreement of any principal or interest or other moneys outstanding and payable by the Company to the Bank (whether demanded or not);

 

  (b)

any of the Obligors make default in the payment on the due date and in accordance with the terms and conditions relating thereto under any Finance Documents in respect of money and other liabilities;

 

  (c)

any representation, warranty or undertaking by the Company hereunder is not complied with or proves to have been or to be untrue or incorrect in any material respect when made or deemed to be made;

 

2


  (d)

any representation, warranty or undertaking by any of the Obligors under any Finance Documents is not complied with or proves to have been or to be untrue or incorrect in any material respect when made or deemed to be made;

 

  (e)

the Company does not comply with any of the Company’s covenants or obligations under this Deed in any material respect;

 

  (f)

any of the Obligors does not comply with any of its covenants and obligation under any Finance Documents in any material respect;

 

  (g)

a petition is presented or an order is made or an effective resolution is passed or analogous proceedings are taken for the winding up of the Company or any Obligor, save for the purposes of an amalgamation, merger or reconstruction the terms whereof have previously been approved by the Bank;

 

  (h)

the Company or any of the Obligors shall without the consent in writing of the Bank stop payment to creditors when due nor within any originally applicable grace period or (if applicable) the Company or any of the Obligors shall (otherwise than for the purpose of such an amalgamation, merger or reconstruction as is referred to in Sub-Clause 7.1(g)) cease or threaten to cease to carry on its business or any substantial part thereof or shall be unable to pay its debts or disposes of the whole or a substantial part of its undertaking or assets;

 

  (i)

there occurs a material adverse change in the Company’s or any Obligor’s financial condition which would, in the reasonable opinion of the Bank, prevent the Company or any Obligor from performing in any material respect its obligations under this Deed or under any Finance Documents;

 

  (j)

the Company purports or attempts to create any Encumbrance over all or any part of the Inventories or any third party asserts a reasonable and substantial claim in respect thereof (except as permitted under this Deed);

 

  (k)

the security hereby created or under any Finance Documents or any part thereof fails or ceases for any reason to be in full force and effect or is terminated or jeopardised or becomes invalid or unenforceable or if there is any dispute regarding the same or if there is any purported termination of the same or it becomes impossible or unlawful for the Company or any Obligor to perform any of its obligations hereunder or under any Finance Documents or for the Bank to exercise all or any of its rights, powers and remedies hereunder or under any Finance Documents; and

 

  (l)

a creditor takes possession of all or any part of the business or assets of the Company or any Obligor or any execution or other legal process is enforced against the business or any asset of the Company and is not discharged within fourteen (14) days.”

 

3


(D)

Clause 7.2 of the Deed of Charge of Inventories shall be deleted in its entirety and be replaced with the following new Clause 7.2:

“If an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, the Bank may:

 

  (a)

declare the Secured Indebtedness, all loans and other moneys, obligations and liabilities hereby secured to be, whereupon they shall become, immediately due and payable without further demand, notice or other legal formality of any kind;

 

  (b)

declare the Credit Facility to be terminated whereupon all obligations of the Bank to make further advances to the Company shall immediately cease;

 

  (c)

demand that the Company to provide cash cover to the Bank for all liabilities of the Company to the Bank, whereupon the Company shall be under an immediate obligation to provide such cash cover; and

 

  (d)

in its absolute discretion enforce all or any part of this security in any manner it sees fit or as the Bank direct including but limited to the sale and disposal of the Inventories at any price which the Bank may deem fit. The Company shall not have any right to claim against the Bank in respect of any loss arising out of any sale pursuant to this Charge of Inventories in the absence of fraud, gross negligence or willful misconduct by the Bank, however such loss may have been caused and whether or not a better price could or might have been obtained on the sale of any of the Inventories by either deferring or advancing the date of such sale or otherwise howsoever.”

 

3.

EFFECT OF THIS SUPPLEMENTAL AGREEMENT

 

3.1

This Supplemental Deed is and shall be construed as supplemental to the Deed of Charge of Inventories, and the Deed of Charge of Inventories and this Supplemental Deed shall be read and construed as one document and references to “this Deed of Charge of Inventories” in the Deed of Charge of Inventories and shall be construed accordingly.

 

3.2

Save as expressly amended or varied herein, the other terms and conditions of the Deed of Charge of Inventories (which have not been amended or varied by this Supplemental Deed) shall remain to be valid, subsisting and enforceable between the Parties.

 

4


4.

GENERAL

This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of Hong Kong and the parties irrevocably submit to the non-exclusive jurisdiction of the courts of Hong Kong.

Remainder of the page intentionally left blank

 

5


IN WITNESS whereof this Deed has been duly executed the day and year first above written.

 

SEALED with the COMMON SEAL of the

Chargor and SIGNED by

 

duly authorized by the Board of Directors, in

the presence of :-

  

)

)

)

)

)

  

 

/s/ Qingchun Zeng

[Signature Page]


DATE: 23rd day of November 2018

ECMOHO (Hong Kong) Limited

to

Taipei Fubon Commercial Bank Co., Ltd.

*******************************************

SUPPLEMENTAL DEED

to

DEED OF CHARGE

OF INVENTORIES

*******************************************

LI, WONG, LAM & W.I. CHEUNG

SOLICITORS & NOTARIES

22/F., INFINITUS PLAZA,

199 DES VOEUX ROAD CENTRAL,

HONG KONG

Ref. : 033/93398/18/COMM/B/033/147

 

7

Exhibit 10.26

Execution Version

Dated 23 November 2018

IMPORT IT CORP. as Chargor

and

TAIPEI FUBON COMMERCIAL BANK, CO. LTD.

HONG KONG BRANCH

as Chargee

CHARGE OVER RECEIVABLES


Table of Contents

 

1   Definitions and interpretation      1  
2   Covenant to pay      5  
3   Charges and Assignments      5  
4   Set-off      6  
5   Restrictions      6  
6   Perfection      7  
7   Enforcement      8  
8   Application of proceeds      12  
9   Representations and warranties      12  
10   General undertakings      14  
11   Duration of the security      15  
12   Expenses, liability and indemnity      16  
13   Payments      16  
14   Remedies      17  
15   Power of attorney      18  
16   Notices      18  
17   Counterparts      18  
18   Law and jurisdiction      19  
19       Other matters      20  
Schedule 1      21  
Initial administrative details of the parties      21  
Schedule 2      22  
Permitted Security      22  
Schedule 5      25  
Powers of Chargee and Receiver      25  
EXECUTION PAGE      27  


CHARGE OVER RECEIVABLES

 

Date:          23 November 2018
PARTIES      

(1)   Chargor

   :    IMPORT IT CORP., a company incorporated under the laws of the British Virgin Islands whose registered office is situated at Intershore Consult (BVI) Limited of Intershore Chamber, Wickham Cay 1, P.O. Box 4342, Road Town, Tortola, British Virgin Islands

(2)   Chargee

   :    TAIPEI FUBON COMMERCIAL BANK CO., LTD., whose principal place of business in Hong Kong is situated at 16/F, K11 Atelier, Victoria Dockside, 18 Salisbury Road, Tsim Sha Tsui, Kowloon, Hong Kong

IT IS AGREED as follows:

 

(A)

By a facility letter (“Facility Agreement”) dated 18 October 2018 issued by the Chargee to the Chargor and ECMOHO (Hong Kong) Limited (collectively “the Borrowers”) and duly executed by them, the Chargee agreed to provide to the Borrowers revolving credit facility to the extent of USD25,000,000.00.

 

(B)

It is a condition (amongst others) of the Facility Agreement that a charge of the Receivables (as hereinafter defined) be provided by the Chargor in favour of the Chargee as security for Secured Indebtedness (as hereinafter defined).

INTERPRETATION

 

1

Definitions and interpretation

 

1.1

Definitions    In this Deed:

Authorisation” means a consent, permit, licence, approval or authorization of any governmental, judicial, regulatory or other authority of any Relevant Jurisdiction.

Borrowers” means the Chargor and ECMOHO (Hong Kong) Limited collectively and “Borrower” means any of them and where the context requires includes their respective successors and assigns.

Charge over Bank Account” means (i) a first legal fixed charge on Deposit (as defined therein) to be provided by the Chargor in favour of the Chargee as security for Secured Indebtedness and (ii) a first legal fixed and floating charge over Bank Account (as defined therein) to be provided by ECMOHO (Hong Kong) Limited in favour of the Chargee as security for Secured Indebtedness.

Charge of Inventories” means (i) a first legal floating charge of Inventories (as therein defined) to be provided by the Chargor in favour of the Chargee as security for Secured Indebtedness and (ii) a first legal floating charge of Inventories (as therein defined) to be provided by ECMOHO (Hong Kong) Limited in favour of the Chargee as security for Secured Indebtedness.

Charge over Receivables (1)” means a first legal fixed charge over the Receivables (as defined therein) to be provided by ECMOHO (Hong Kong) Limited in favour of the Chargee as security for Secured Indebtedness.

 

1


Chargee Security” means the Security created by this Deed and any other existing or future Security granted by the Chargor to the Chargee to secure the payment or other discharge of the Secured Indebtedness.

Chargee Security Document” means a document creating or evidencing Chargee Security.

Charged Assets” means the Fixed Charge Assets and the Floating Charge Assets.

Credit Facility” means the revolving credit facility to the extent of USD25,000,000.00 to be provided by the Chargee to the Borrowers under the Facility Agreement.“Companies Ordinance means the Companies Ordinance (Cap.622).

CPO” means the Conveyancing and Property Ordinance (Cap.219).

Debtors” means the persons liable in respect of the Receivables (including, for the avoidance of doubt, any person who has given a guarantee, indemnity or other assurance against financial loss or security in respect of, or insured, any debt, revenue or other moneys due, owing, payable or incurred to, or any claim of, the Chargor);

Deed” means this deed of charge over Receivables including its amendments, supplements and replacements.

Disposal” means any transfer or other disposal of an asset or of an interest in an asset, or the creation of any Right over an asset in favour of another person, but not the creation of Security.

Enforcement Time” means any time at which an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing.

Encumbrance” means:

 

  (i)

any mortgage, charge, pledge, lien, encumbrance, hypothecation or other security interest or security arrangement of any kind;

 

  (ii)

any arrangement whereby any rights are subordinated to any rights of any third party; and

 

  (iii)

any contractual right of set-off.

Event of Default” means any event specified as such in Clause 7.1 and “prospective Event of Default” means any event which with the giving of notice and/or the passage of time and/or the fulfillment of any other condition would be an Event of Default.

Facility Agreement” means the facility letter dated 18 October 2018 issued by the Chargee to the Borrowers relating to the Credit Facility and including its amendments, supplements and replacements;

Finance Documents” means the Facility Agreement, this Deed, the Guarantees, the Charge over Bank Account, the Charge of Inventories, the Charge over Receivables (1), Share Charges and all other securities and documents relating to the Credit Facility and “Finance Document” means any of them.

Fixed Charge Assets” means those assets which are from time to time the subject of Clauses 3.2 (Fixed charge) or 3.4 (Conversion of floating charge).

 

2


Floating Charge Assets” means those assets which are from time to time the subject of Clause 3.3 (Floating charge).

Government” means the Government of Hong Kong.

Guarantees” means collectively (i) the guarantee to be provided by ECMOHO (Hong Kong) Health Limited in favour of the Chargee as security for all liabilities due by the Borrowers to the Chargee to the extent of USD25,000,000.00 and interest, costs and expenses; and (ii) the guarantee to be provided by ECMOHO Limited in favour of the Chargee as security for all liabilities due by the Borrowers to the Chargee to the extent of USD25,000,000.00 and interest, costs and expenses.

Hong Kong” means Hong Kong Special Administrative Region of the PRC.

Insolvency Event, in relation to a person, means:

 

  (a)

the dissolution, liquidation, provisional liquidation or receivership of that person or the entering into by that person of a voluntary arrangement or scheme of arrangement with creditors;

 

  (b)

any analogous or similar procedure in any jurisdiction other than Hong Kong; or

 

  (c)

any other form of procedure relating to insolvency, reorganization or dissolution in any jurisdiction.

Obligations”, in relation to a person, means all obligations or liabilities of any kind of that person from time to time, whether they are:

 

  (a)

to pay money or to perform (or not to perform) any other act;

 

  (b)

express or implied;

 

  (c)

present, future or contingent;

 

  (d)

joint or several;

 

  (e)

incurred as a principal or surety or in any other manner; or

 

  (f)

originally owing to the person claiming performance or acquired by that person from someone else.

Obligors” means all parties to the Finance Documents other than the Chargee and “Obligor” means any one of them.

Officer”, in relation to a person, means any officer, employee or agent of that person.

Permitted Security” means any Security, if any, described in Schedule 2 (Permitted Security).

PRC” means The People’s Republic of China.

Proceeds Account” means the Chargor’s account number [*] with the Chargee or such other account as the Chargee may from time to time specify.

Receivables” means (1) all present and future book and other debts, revenues and other moneys due, owing, payable or incurred to, and claims of, the Chargor (whether actual or contingent), (2) benefit of any guarantees, indemnities or other assurances against financial loss or security and the proceeds of all policies of insurances affecting the same, (3) all things in action which may give rise to debts, revenues or claims and any related rights, including (without limitation) reservation of proprietary rights, rights of tracing and unpaid vendor’s liens and associated rights and (4) the benefit of all Rights relating to any of the foregoing.

 

3


Receiver” means one or more receivers or managers appointed, or to be appointed, under this Deed.

Registration Requirement” means a requirement of any Relevant Jurisdiction that this Deed be registered in order to ensure its validity, enforceability or admissibility in evidence.

Relevant Jurisdiction” means any jurisdiction in which the Chargor is incorporated, registered, carries on business or owns any asset or whose laws apply in any way to the Chargor, its assets or its business.

Right” means any right, privilege, power or immunity, or any interest or remedy, of any kind, whether it is personal or proprietary.

Secured Indebtedness” means all moneys, obligations and liabilities whether actual or contingent now or hereafter due owing or incurred to the Chargee by any of the Obligors under Finance Documents in whatever currency denominated and whether alone or jointly and whether as principal or surely when the same are due and including all costs and expenses incurred by the Chargee relating thereto on a full indemnity basis.

“Security” means:

 

  (a)

any mortgage, charge, pledge, lien, hypothecation, assignment by way of security, trust arrangement for the purpose of providing security or other security interest of any kind in any jurisdiction;

 

  (b)

any proprietary interest over an asset, or any contractual arrangement in relation to an asset, in each case created in relation to any indebtedness and which has the same commercial effect as if security had been created over it; and

 

  (c)

any right of set-off created by agreement.

 

  (d)

“Share Charges” means (i) the first fixed legal charge of 9,393,800 Class B Ordinary Shares of ECMOHO Limited by Behealth Limited in favour of the Bank as security for Secured Indebtedness; and (ii) the first fixed legal charge of 9,393,800 Class B Ordinary Shares of ECMOHO Limited by Uhealth Limited in favour of the Bank as security for Secured Indebtedness.

Tax” means any form of taxation, levy, duty, charge, contribution or impost of whatever nature (including any applicable fine, penalty, surcharge or interest) imposed by any local, municipal, governmental, state, federal or other fiscal, revenue, customs and/or excise authority, body or official competent to impose the same.

USD” means United States Dollar, the lawful currency of the United States of America.

 

1.2

Interpretation In this Deed:

 

  (a)

the table of contents, the summary and the headings are inserted for convenience only and do not affect the interpretation of this Deed;

 

  (b)

references to clauses and schedules are to clauses of, and schedules to, this Deed;

 

  (c)

references to any document are to that document as from time to time amended, supplemented, restated, novated or replaced, however fundamentally;

 

4


1.3

references to a person include an individual, firm, company, corporation, unincorporated body of persons and any government entity;references to a person include its successors in title, permitted assignees and permitted transferees;words importing the plural include the singular and vice versa; andreferences to any enactment include that enactment as amended or re-enacted; and, if an enactment is amended, any provision of this Deed which refers to that enactment will be amended in such manner as the Chargee, after consultation with the Chargor, determines to be necessary in order to preserve the intended effect of this Deed.Where this Deed imposes an obligation on the Chargor to do something if required or requested by the Chargee, it will do so as soon as practicable after it becomes aware of the requirement or request.

 

1.4

It is intended that this document takes effect as a deed even though the Chargee may only execute it under hand.

 

1.5

The provisions of any other document relating to any obligation of the Chargee to make further advances are deemed to be incorporated in this Deed.

 

1.6

Where a definition of a type of asset in Clause 1.1 (Definitions) contains a number of categories, each category will be construed as separate from each other category.

 

1.7

The expression “Chargor” and “Chargee” shall where the context permits include the respective successors and permitted assigns and any person deriving title under them.

SECURITY

 

2

Covenant to pay

The Chargor hereby covenants that it will on demand pay to the Chargee the Secured Indebtedness and discharge all moneys obligations and liabilities whether actual or contingent now or hereinafter due owing or incurred to the Chargee by the Obligors under the Finance Documents in whatever currency denominated and whether alone or jointly and in whatever style name or form and whether as principal or surety when the same are due including all costs and expenses incurred by the Chargee relating thereto on a full indemnify basis.

 

3

Charges and Assignments

 

3.1

Security for Secured Indebtedness

The charges and assignments contained in this Clause 3 are provided as security for the payment or other discharge of the Secured Indebtedness.

 

3.2

Fixed charge

The Chargor, as beneficial owner, charges to the Chargee, by way of first fixed charge, all of the Rights which it now has and all of the Rights which it obtains at any time in the future in the Receivables and in any Rights accruing to, derived from or otherwise connected with them (including insurances and proceeds of Disposal and of insurances).

 

5


3.3

Floating charge

The Chargor, as beneficial owner, charges to the Chargee, by way of first floating charge, the assets which are from time to time the subject of Clause 3.2 (Fixed Charge) to the extent that they are not effectively charged by way of fixed charge under Clause 3.2 (Fixed charge).

 

3.4

Conversion of floating charge

The Chargee may convert all or part of the floating charge created by the Chargor under Clause 3.3 (Floating charge) into a fixed charge by giving notice to that effect to the Chargor and specifying the identity of the assets concerned. This may be done on one or more occasion, but only (a) during an Enforcement Time or (b) if the Chargee reasonably considers that its security over the assets concerned is in jeopardy and that it is necessary to do so to protect or preserve its security.

 

3.5

Assignments

If requested by the Chargee to do so, the Chargor will execute an assignment of the Receivables in such form as the Chargee may require and, without prejudice to Clauses 3.6 (Notice of charge/assignment/endorsement) and 6 (Perfection), take such steps as the Chargee may require to perfect such assignment.

 

3.6

Notice of charge/assignment/endorsement

Without prejudice to Clause 6 (Perfection), the Chargor acknowledges that the Chargee may sign and send to the Debtors a notice of charge or assignment in respect of this Deed or any assignment effected pursuant to this Deed, substantially in the form set out in Schedule 3 and undertakes, on the Chargee’s request, to countersign the same. If requested by the Chargee, the Chargor shall arrange for an endorsement substantially in the form of Schedule 4 to be made on each invoice sent to each Debtor.

 

4

Set-off

 

4.1

Set-off of matured Secured Obligation

 

  (a)

The Chargee may set off any matured Secured Obligation due from the Chargor (to the extent beneficially owned by the Chargee) against any matured obligation owed by the Chargee to the Chargor, regardless of the place of payment, booking branch or currency of either obligation.

 

  (b)

If the obligations are in different currencies, the Chargee may convert either obligation at a market rate of exchange in its usual course of trading for the purpose of the set-off.

 

4.2

Rights additional

The Rights created by Clause 4.1 (Set-off matured Secured Obligation) are in addition to the security conferred on the Chargee under this Deed.

 

5

Restrictions

 

5.1

Comply with restrictions

The Chargor will ensure that the restrictions contained in this Clause 5 are complied with unless the Chargee agrees to the contrary.

 

6


5.2

Negative pledge

No Security will exist over, or in relation to, any Charged Asset other than Permitted Security.

 

5.3

Restriction on disposal - Fixed Charge Assets

There will be no Disposal of any Fixed Charge Asset.

 

5.4

Restrictions on disposal - Floating Charge Assets

There will be no Disposal of any Floating Charge Asset otherwise than for market value in the ordinary course of trading of the Chargor.

 

6

Perfection

 

6.1

General action

 

  (a)

The Chargor will, at its own expense, create all such Security, execute all such documents, give all such notices, effect all such registrations (whether at the Hong Kong Companies Registry, an asset registry or otherwise), deposit all such documents and do all such other things as the Chargee may require from time to time in order to:

 

  (i)

ensure that it has an effective first-ranking fixed charge over, or as the case may be assignment of, the Fixed Charge Assets, subject only to such Permitted Security as the Chargee has agreed should rank in priority;

 

  (ii)

ensure that it has an effective first-ranking floating charge over the Floating Charge Assets, subject only to such Permitted Security as the Chargee has agreed should rank in priority; and

 

  (iii)

facilitate the enforcement of the Chargee Security, the realisation of the Charged Assets or the exercise of any Rights held by the Chargee or any Receiver under or in connection with the Chargee Security.

 

  (b)

The Chargor will, as agent of the Chargee, promptly collect all Receivables and procure that the proceeds of all Receivables shall be paid directly by the Debtors to the Proceeds Account.

 

  (c)

The scope of Clause 6.1(a)Error! Reference source not found. (General Action) is not limited by the specific provisions of the rest of this Clause 6Error! Reference source not found. or by any other provision of the Chargee Security Documents.

 

6.2

Subsequent security

If the Chargee receives notice that any Security has been created over the Charged Assets which the Finance Documents do not permit to rank in priority to the Chargee Security, the Chargee will be treated as if it had immediately opened a new account for the Chargor, and all payments received by the Chargee from the Chargor will be treated as if they had been credited to the new account and will not reduce the amount then due from the Chargor to the Chargee.

 

7


ENFORCEMENT

 

7

Enforcement

 

7.1

Each of the following events shall be an Event of Default:

 

  (a)

any of the Borrowers makes default in the payment on the due date and in accordance with the terms and conditions under Facility Agreement of any principal or interest or other moneys outstanding and payable by any of them to the Chargee (whether demanded or not);

 

  (b)

any of the Obligors make default in the payment on the due date and in accordance with the terms and conditions relating thereto under any Finance Documents in respect of money and other liabilities;

 

  (c)

any representation, warranty or undertaking by the Chargor is not complied with or proves to have been or to be untrue or incorrect in any material respect when made or deemed to be made;

 

  (d)

any representation, warranty or undertaking by any of the Obligors under any Finance Documents is not complied with or proves to have been or to be untrue or incorrect in any material respect when made or deemed to be made;

 

  (e)

any of the Borrowers does not comply with any of its covenants or obligations under the Facility Agreement in any material respect;

 

  (f)

any of the Obligors does not comply with any of its covenants and obligation under any Finance Documents in any material respect;

 

  (g)

a petition is presented or an order is made or an effective resolution is passed or analogous proceedings are taken for the winding up of any of the Borrowers or any Obligor, save for the purposes of an amalgamation, merger or reconstruction the terms whereof have previously been approved by the Chargee;

 

  (h)

any of the Borrowers or any of the Obligors shall without the consent in writing of the Chargee stop payment to creditors when due nor within any originally applicable grace period or (if applicable) the Company or any of the Obligors shall (otherwise than for the purpose of such an amalgamation, merger or reconstruction as is referred to in Sub-Clause 7.1(g)) cease or threaten to cease to carry on its business or any substantial part thereof or shall be unable to pay its debts or disposes of the whole or a substantial part of its undertaking or assets;

 

  (i)

there occurs a material adverse change in any of the Borrowers’ or any Obligor’s financial condition which would, in the reasonable opinion of the Chargee, prevent the Borrowers or any Obligor from performing in any material respect its obligations under this Deed or under any Finance Documents;

 

  (j)

the Chargor purports or attempts to create any Encumbrance over all or any part of the Charged Assets or any third party asserts a reasonable and substantial claim in respect thereof (except as permitted under this Deed);

 

  (k)

the security hereby created or under any Finance Documents or any part thereof fails or ceases for any reason to be in full force and effect or is terminated or jeopardised or becomes invalid or unenforceable or if there is any dispute regarding the same or if there is any purported termination of the same or it becomes impossible or unlawful for any of the Borrowers or any Obligor to perform any of its obligations hereunder or under any Finance Documents or for the Chargee to exercise all or any of its rights, powers and remedies hereunder or under any Finance Documents; and

 

  (l)

a creditor takes possession of all or any part of the business or assets of any of the Borrowers or any Obligor or any execution or other legal process is enforced against the business or any asset of any of the Borrowers or any Obligor and is not discharged within fourteen (14) days.

 

8


7.2

If an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, the Chargee may:

 

  (a)

declare the Secured Indebtedness, all loans and other moneys, obligations and liabilities hereby secured to be, whereupon they shall become, immediately due and payable without further demand, notice or other legal formality of any kind;

 

  (b)

declare the Credit Facility to be terminated whereupon all obligations of the Chargee to make further advances to the Borrowers shall immediately cease;

 

  (c)

demand that the Chargor to provide cash cover to the Chargee for all liabilities of the Borrowers to the Chargee, whereupon the Borrowers shall be under an immediate obligation to provide such cash cover; and

 

  (d)

in its absolute discretion enforce all or any part of this security in any manner it sees fit or as the Chargee direct including but limited to the sale and disposal of the Inventories at any price which the Chargee may deem fit. The Company shall not have any right to claim against the Chargee in respect of any loss arising out of any sale pursuant to this Charge of Inventories in the absence of fraud, gross negligence or willful misconduct by the Chargee, however such loss may have been caused and whether or not a better price could or might have been obtained on the sale of any of the Inventories by either deferring or advancing the date of such sale or otherwise howsoever.

 

9


7.3

Time for enforcement

The Chargee may enforce the Chargee Security at any time which is an Enforcement Time or if the Chargor requests it to do so.

 

7.4

Methods of enforcement

 

  (a)

The Chargee may enforce the Chargee Security by:

 

  (i)

appointing a Receiver of any asset of the Chargor;

 

  (ii)

appropriating, going into possession of, receiving the benefit of or selling assets of the Chargor, giving notice to the Chargor or any other person in relation to any assets of the Chargor, exercising a right of set-off or in any other way it may decide;

 

  (iii)

whether or not it has appointed a Receiver, exercising all or any of the powers, authorities and discretions given to mortgagees and receivers by the CPO as varied or extended by this Deed or otherwise conferred by law; or

 

  (iv)

taking any other action it may decide in any jurisdiction other than Hong Kong.

 

  (b)

A Receiver may be appointed by an instrument in writing executed as a deed or under hand by any Officer of the Chargee.

 

  (c)

The appointment of a Receiver may be made subject to such limitations as are specified by the Chargee in the appointment.

 

  (d)

If more than one person is appointed as a Receiver, each person will have power to act independently of any other, except to the extent that the Chargee may specify to the contrary in the appointment.

 

  (e)

The Chargee may remove or replace any Receiver.

 

  (f)

Any Receiver may be appointed Receiver of all of the Charged Assets or Receiver of a part of the Charged Assets specified in the appointment. In the latter case, the Rights conferred on a Receiver as set out in Schedule 5 (Powers of Chargee and Receiver) shall have effect as though every reference in that schedule to any Charged Assets were a reference to the part of those assets so specified or any part of those assets.

 

10


7.5

Powers on enforcement

 

  (a)

A Receiver of the Chargor will have the following powers in respect of the Charged Assets:

 

  (i)

the powers, rights, discretions, privileges and immunities given to a mortgagee or a receiver by any statute or ordinance (including the CPO to the extent applicable, but without any restrictions imposed on the power of sale or consolidation of mortgages, charges or other securities);

 

  (ii)

the powers and rights set out in Schedule 5 (Powers of Chargee and Receiver);

 

  (iii)

the power to do, or omit to do, on behalf of the Chargor, anything which the Chargor itself could have done, or omitted to do, if the Charged Assets were not the subject of Security and the Chargor were not in insolvency proceedings; and

 

  (iv)

all other powers (if any) conferred on receivers by law or otherwise,

and all of such powers and rights are exercisable without further notice.

 

  (b)

The Chargee is not required to give any prior notice of non-payment or default to the Chargor before enforcing this Deed. There is no minimum period for which the Secured Indebtedness must remain due and unpaid before this Deed can be enforced and paragraph 11 of the Fourth Schedule to the CPO (and any similar provision under other laws) does not apply to this Deed.

 

  (c)

Nothing done by or on behalf of the Chargee pursuant to this Deed shall render it liable to account as a mortgagee in possession for any sums other than actual receipts.

 

  (d)

The Chargee will, if it enforces the Chargee Security itself, have the same powers as a Receiver in respect of the assets which are the subject of the enforcement.

 

  (e)

Except to the extent provided by law, none of the powers described in this Clause 7 will be affected by an Insolvency Event in relation to the Chargor.

 

7.6

Status and remuneration of Receiver

 

  (a)

A Receiver will be the agent of the Chargor until the Chargor goes into liquidation. A Receiver will have no authority to act as agent for the Chargee, even in the liquidation of the Chargor.

 

  (b)

The Chargee may from time to time determine the remuneration of any Receiver.

 

7.7

Third parties

A person dealing with the Chargee or with a Receiver is entitled to assume, unless it has actual knowledge to the contrary, that:

 

  (a)

those persons have the power to do those things which they are purporting to do; and

 

  (b)

they are exercising their powers properly.

 

11


8

Application of proceeds

All money received by the Chargee or a Receiver under or in connection with the Finance Documents (whether during, or before, enforcement of the Chargee Security) will, subject to the rights of any persons having priority, be applied in the following order of priority:

 

  (a)

first, in or towards payment of all amounts payable to the Chargee, any Receiver or their Officers under Clause 12 (Expenses, liability and indemnity) and all remuneration due to any Receiver under or in connection with the Chargee Security;

 

  (b)

secondly, in or towards payment of the Secured Indebtedness in such order as is required by the Finance Documents or, if there is no such requirement, as decided by the Chargee (and, if any of the Secured Indebtedness are not then payable, by payment into a suspense account until they become payable); and

 

  (c)

thirdly, in payment of any surplus to the Chargor or other person entitled to it.

REPRESENTATIONS AND UNDERTAKINGS

 

9

Representations and warranties

 

9.1

Representations and warranties

The Chargor makes the representations and warranties set out in this Clause 9 to the Chargee on the date of this Deed.

 

  (a)

Status: The Chargor is a corporation, duly incorporated and validly existing under the laws of its jurisdiction of incorporation. The Chargor has the power to own its assets and carry on its business as it is being conducted.

 

  (b)

Binding obligations: The obligations expressed to be assumed by the Chargor in this Deed are legal, valid, binding and enforceable obligations and this Deed creates the security interests which it purports to create and those security interests are valid and effective.

 

  (c)

Non-conflict with other obligations: The entry into and performance by the Chargor of, and the transactions contemplated by, this Deed and the granting of the Chargee Security do not and will not conflict with:

 

  (i)

any law or regulation applicable to it;

 

  (ii)

its constitutional documents; or

 

  (iii)

any agreement or instrument binding upon it or any of its assets or constitute a default or termination event (however described) under any such agreement or instrument,

nor (except as provided in the Finance Documents) result in the existence of, or oblige the Chargor to create, any Security over any of its assets.

 

12


  (d)

Power and authority: The Chargor has the power to enter into, perform and deliver, and has taken all necessary action to authorise its entry into, performance and delivery of, this Deed and the transactions contemplated by this Deed. No limit on its powers will be exceeded as a result of the grant of Security contemplated by this Deed.

 

  (e)

Validity and admissibility in evidence: All Authorisations required or desirable:

 

  (i)

to enable the Chargor lawfully to enter into, exercise its rights and comply with its obligations in this Deed;

 

  (ii)

to make this Deed admissible in evidence in the Relevant Jurisdictions; and

 

  (iii)

to enable the Chargor to create the Security to be created by it pursuant to this Deed and to ensure that such Security has the priority and ranking contemplated by this Deed,

have been obtained or effected and are in full force and effect.

 

  (f)

Registration requirements: Except for registration of particulars of this Deed at the Companies Registry in Hong Kong, it is not necessary to file, register or record this Deed in any public place or elsewhere.

 

  (g)

Governing law and enforcement: The choice of Hong Kong law as the governing law of this Deed will be recognised and enforced in the Relevant Jurisdictions. Any judgment obtained in Hong Kong in relation to this Deed will be recognised and enforced in the Relevant Jurisdictions.

 

  (h)

Deduction of Tax: It is not required under the law applicable where the Chargor is incorporated or resident or at the address specified in this Deed to make any deduction for or on account of Tax from any payment the Chargor may make under this Deed.

 

  (i)

No filing or stamp taxes: Except for registration fees associated with the registration of this Deed in accordance with Clause 9.1(f) (Registration requirements), it is not necessary under the laws of any Relevant Jurisdiction that any stamp, registration, notarial or similar Taxes or fees be paid on or in relation to this Deed or the transactions contemplated by this Deed.

 

  (j)

Ranking of Security: The Chargee Security has or will have first ranking priority and it is not subject to any prior ranking or pari passu ranking Security.

 

  (k)

Legal and beneficial ownership: All the Charged Assets are beneficially owned by the Chargor.

 

  (l)

Title to Charged Assets: The Chargor has good, valid and marketable title to, and all appropriate Authorisations to use, the Charged Assets and has full power and authority to grant the Chargee the Security over the Charged Assets created pursuant to this Deed and to execute, deliver and perform its obligations in accordance with the terms of this Deed without the consent or approval of any other person other than any consent or approval which has been obtained.

 

13


  (m)

Charged Assets: Each schedule which describes Charged Assets beneficially owned by the Chargor is a true, accurate and complete list of such assets so owned by the Chargor at the date of this Deed.

 

  (n)

No Security: No Security exists over all or any of the Charged Assets other than a Permitted Security.

 

  (o)

No disposal: The Chargor has not sold, transferred or otherwise disposed of, or agreed to sell, transfer or otherwise dispose of, all or any of its rights, title and interest in the Charged Assets or any part thereof.

 

9.2

Repetition

The representations and warranties in Clause 9.1 (Representations and warranties) shall be deemed to be repeated by the Chargor on each day until all the Secured Indebtedness have been paid or discharged in full, as if made with reference to the facts and circumstances existing on each such day.

 

10

General undertakings

 

10.1

Authorisations

 

  (a)

The Chargor shall promptly:

 

  (i)

obtain, comply with and do all that is necessary to maintain in full force and effect; and

 

  (ii)

supply a certified copy to the Chargee of any Authorisation required under any law or regulation of a Relevant Jurisdiction to (A) enable it to perform its obligations under the this Deed, (B) ensure the legality, validity, enforceability or admissibility in evidence of this Deed or (C) carry on its business.

 

  (b)

The Chargor shall promptly make the registrations and comply with the other requirements specified in Clause 9.1(f) (Registration requirements).

 

10.2

Maintain Charged Assets

The Chargor will take all steps as are necessary to preserve the value and marketability of its Charged Assets.

 

10.3

Notification of adverse effect

The Chargor will notify the Chargee as soon as it becomes aware of any matter which might reasonably be expected to have an adverse effect on the Rights of the Chargee under the Chargee Security. Those matters include a claim by any person to an interest in a Charged Asset.

 

10.4

Request for information

The Chargor will provide to the Chargee:

 

  (a)

such information about the Charged Assets;

 

  (b)

such information about the extent to which it has complied with its obligations under this Deed; and

 

  (c)

copies of such documents which create, evidence or relate to its Charged Assets,

as the Chargee may from time to time reasonably request.

 

14


Without limiting the foregoing, the Chargor will provide the Chargee with Debtors’ list and aging reports in such format requested by the Chargee on a [bi-weekly] basis.

 

10.5

Failure to comply with obligation

If the Chargor does not comply with its obligations under this Deed, the Chargee may do so on the Chargor’s behalf on such basis as the Chargee may reasonably decide. The Chargor will on demand indemnify the Chargee against the amount certified by the Chargee to be the cost, loss or liability suffered by it as a result of doing so.

MISCELLANEOUS

 

11

Duration of the security

 

11.1

Continuing security

The Obligations of the Chargor under the Finance Documents and the security created by the Chargee Security will continue until the Secured Indebtedness have been irrevocably and unconditionally paid or discharged in full, regardless of any intermediate payment or discharge in whole or in part.

 

11.2

Reinstatement

If any discharge, release or arrangement (whether in respect of the obligations of the Chargor or any security for those obligations or otherwise) is made by the Chargee in whole or in part on the basis of any payment, security or other disposition which is avoided or must be restored in insolvency, liquidation, administration or otherwise, without limitation, then the liability of the Chargor under this Deed will continue or be reinstated as if the discharge, release or arrangement had not occurred.

 

11.3

Avoidance of payments

If the Chargee reasonably determines that there exists a reasonable possibility of the avoidance or invalidation of any payment or repayment of the Secured Indebtedness:

 

  (a)

the Chargee shall be entitled to retain this Deed and not to release any of the Charged Assets from the Chargee Security; and

 

  (b)

if so required by the Chargee (acting reasonably), the Chargor shall promptly provide the Chargee with any evidence (including, if required by the Chargee, a solvency report from the auditors of the Chargor in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Chargee) requested by the Chargee in order that it may determine whether or not at such time there exists such a possibility.

 

11.4

Retention of documents

If the Chargee does determine that there exists such a reasonable possibility it shall be entitled to retain this Deed and not release the Charged Assets for a period of one month plus the relevant statutory period after the Secured Indebtedness of the Chargor shall have been discharged in full. If at any time within such period an Insolvency Event occurs in relation to the Chargor or of any other person that has given or made any relevant assurance, security, guarantee or payment in respect of the discharge of those Secured Indebtedness the Chargee may continue to retain this Deed and not release the Charged Assets for and during such other period as the Chargee in its absolute discretion shall determine.

 

15


11.5

Final redemption

Subject, and without prejudice, to Clause 11.3 (Avoidance of payments), once the Chargee is satisfied that all the Secured Indebtedness have been discharged in full and that all facilities which might give rise to Secured Indebtedness have terminated, the Chargee shall at the request and cost of the Chargor execute and do all such deeds, acts and things as may be necessary to release or (as appropriate) re-assign the Charged Assets from the Chargee Security within fourteen (14) Business Days upon the request and at the cost of the Chargor. For the avoidance of doubt, the Facility Agreement shall be terminated upon the above release.

 

12

Expenses, liability and indemnity

 

12.1

Costs and expenses

The Chargor will, on demand, pay all legal and other costs and expenses (including any stamp duty, registration or other similar taxes) incurred by the Chargee or by any Receiver in connection with the Chargee Security. This includes any costs and expenses relating to the enforcement or preservation of the Chargee Security or the Charged Assets and to any amendment, waiver, consent or release required in connection with the Chargee Security.

 

12.2

No liability or costs

Neither the Chargee nor a Receiver nor any of their Officers will be in any way liable or responsible to the Chargor for any loss or liability of any kind arising from any act or omission by it of any kind (whether as mortgagee in possession or otherwise) in relation to the Charged Assets or the Chargee Security, except to the extent caused by its gross negligence or wilful misconduct.

 

12.3

Indemnity to the Chargee

The Chargor will, on demand, indemnify each of the Chargee, a Receiver and their Officers in respect of all costs, expenses, losses or liabilities of any kind which it incurs or suffers in connection with:

 

  (a)

the taking, holding, protection or enforcement of the Chargee Security,

 

  (b)

any matter or thing done or omitted in any way in accordance with the terms of this Deed relating to the Charged Assets;

 

  (c)

the exercise or purported exercise of any of the rights, powers, authorities, discretions and remedies conferred on it under the Chargee Security or by law;

 

  (d)

a claim of any kind (whether relating to the environment or otherwise) made or asserted against it which would not have arisen but for the execution or enforcement of this Deed or if the Chargee Security had not been granted; or

 

  (e)

any breach by any Obligor of the Finance Documents.

 

13

Payments

 

13.1

Payments in full

All payments by the Chargor under the Chargee Security Documents will be made in full, without any set-off or other deduction.

 

16


13.2

Gross up

If any Tax or other sum must be deducted from any amount payable by the Chargor under the Chargee Security Documents, the Chargor will pay such additional amounts as are necessary to ensure that the recipient receives a net amount equal to the full amount it would have received before such deductions.

 

13.3

Default interest

If the Chargor fails to make a payment under the Chargee Security Documents, it will pay interest to that person on the amount concerned at the Default Rate from the date it should have made the payment until the date of payment (after, as well as before, judgment).

 

13.4

Currency indemnity

No payment by the Chargor (whether under a court order or otherwise) will discharge any Obligation of the Chargor unless and until the Chargee has received payment in full in the currency in which the Obligation is denominated. If, on conversion into that currency, the amount of the payment falls short of the amount of the Obligation concerned, the Chargee will have a separate cause of action against the Chargor for the shortfall.

 

13.5

Certificates and determinations

Any certification or determination by the Chargee of an amount payable by the Chargor under this Deed is, in the absence of manifest error, conclusive evidence of that amount.

 

14

Remedies

 

14.1

Rights additional

The Rights created by this Deed are in addition to any other Rights of the Chargee against the Chargor or any other security provider under any other documentation, the general law or otherwise. They will not merge with or limit those other Rights, and are not limited by them.

 

14.2

No waiver

No failure by the Chargee to exercise any Right under this Deed will operate as a waiver of that Right. Nor will a single or partial exercise of a Right by the Chargee preclude its further exercise.

 

14.3

Partial invalidity

If, at any time, any provision of this Deed is or becomes illegal, invalid or unenforceable in any respect under any law of any jurisdiction, neither the legality, validity or enforceability of the remaining provisions nor the legality, validity or enforceability of that provision in any other respect or under the law of any other jurisdiction will be affected or impaired in any way.

 

17


15

Power of attorney

The Chargor, by way of security, irrevocably appoints each of the Chargee and any Receiver severally to be its attorney:

 

  (a)

to do anything which the Chargor is obliged to do under the Chargee Security Documents; and

 

  (b)

to exercise any of the Rights conferred on the attorney by the Chargee Security Documents or by law.

 

16

Notices

 

16.1

Service of Proceedings

 

  (a)

Any notice, request, certificate, demand or other communication required to be given by any party hereto to the other parties hereto shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been so given if addressed to the addressee at its address in Hong Kong herein mentioned or to such other address in Hong Kong as may have been notified in writing by such party to the other parties hereto in accordance with this Clause 16.1.

 

  (b)

Any notice, request, certificate, demand or other communication delivered personally shall be deemed to have been given at the time of such delivery. Any notice, request, certificate, demand or other communication dispatched by letter postage prepaid shall be deemed to have been given forty eight (48) hours after posting. Any notice, request, certificate, demand or other communication sent by telex or facsimile transmission shall be deemed to have been given at the time of dispatch and any notice, request, certificate, demand or other communication sent by cable shall be deemed to have been given twenty four (24) hours after dispatch. Provided always that any notice, request, certificate, demand or other communication to be given by the Chargor to the Chargee shall only be effective upon actual receipt thereof by the Chargee (as the case may be).

 

  (c)

Any legal process including any writ or originating summons or otherwise and any other summons or notice to be served on a party by the other party hereto in any legal proceeding or action in any court or tribunal shall be deemed to be sufficiently and duly served forty-eight (48) hours after having been left or sent by ordinary pre-paid post to the addressee’s registered office or usual place of business in Hong Kong and in proving service it shall be sufficient to prove that the legal process or summons or notice was properly addressed and posted or properly left (as the case may be) irrespective of whether the same is returned through the post undelivered to the addressee.

 

16.2

Administrative details

The initial administrative details of the parties are contained in Schedule 1 (Initial administrative details of the parties) but a party may amend its own details at any time by notice to the other party.

 

16.3

Delivery to registered office

Any notice to the Chargor may alternatively be sent to its registered office or to any of its places of business or to any of its directors or its company secretary; and it will be deemed to have been received when delivered to any such places or persons.

 

17

Counterparts

This Deed may be executed in any number of counterparts, and this has the same effect as if the signatures on the counterparts were on a single copy of this Deed.

 

18


18

Law and jurisdiction

 

18.1

Governing law

This Deed is governed by Hong Kong law.

 

18.2

Jurisdiction of Hong Kong courts

 

  (a)

The courts of Hong Kong have exclusive jurisdiction to settle any dispute arising out of or in connection with this Deed (including a dispute regarding the existence, validity or termination of this Deed) (a Dispute).

 

  (b)

The parties agree that the courts of Hong Kong are the most appropriate and convenient courts to settle Disputes and, accordingly, that they will not argue to the contrary.

 

  (c)

Clause 18.2(a) (Jurisdiction of Hong Kong courts) is for the benefit of the Chargee only. As a result, the Chargee will not be prevented from taking proceedings relating to a Dispute in any other courts with jurisdiction. To the extent allowed by law, the Chargee may take concurrent proceedings in any number of jurisdictions.

 

18.3

Service of process

 

  (a)

The Chargor irrevocably appoints any Hong Kong process agent identified as such on the execution page at its registered office from time to time to receive on the Chargor’s behalf process issued out of the Hong Kong courts in connection with this Deed.

 

  (b)

Failure by the process agent to notify the Chargor of the process will not invalidate the proceedings.

 

  (c)

If this appointment is terminated for any reason, the Chargor will appoint a replacement agent and will ensure that the new agent notifies the Chargee of its acceptance of appointment.

 

18.4

Waiver of immunities

The Chargor irrevocably waives, to the extent permitted by applicable law, with respect to itself and its revenues and assets (irrespective of their use or intended use), all immunity on the grounds of sovereignty or other similar grounds from:

 

  (a)

suit;

 

  (b)

jurisdiction of any court;

 

  (c)

relief by way of injunction or order for specific performance or recovery of property;

 

  (d)

attachment of its assets (whether before or after judgment); and

 

  (e)

execution or enforcement of any judgment to which it or its revenues or assets might otherwise be entitled in any proceedings in the courts of any jurisdiction (and irrevocably agrees, to the extent permitted by applicable law, that it will not claim any immunity in any such proceedings).

 

19


19

Other matters

 

19.1

Legal Representation: The Parties acknowledge that Messrs. Li, Wong, Lam & W.I. Cheung acts as legal counsel of the Chargee only relating to this Deed. The Chargor will take separate legal advice as it sees fit.

 

19.2

Third Party Rights: Nothing contained herein is intended to grant to any third party any right to enforce any term hereof or to confer on any third party any right or benefit hereunder for the purposes of the Contracts (Rights of Third Parties) Ordinance and any enactment thereof and the application of the said Ordinance is expressly excluded.

This Deed has been executed as a deed, and it has been delivered on the date stated at the beginning of this Deed.

 

20


Schedule 1

Initial administrative details of the parties

 

Party

 

Address

 

Fax number

 

Attention

Chargor   Intershore Consult (BVI)
Limited of Intershore
Chamber, Wickham Cay 1,
P.O. Box 4342, Road Town,
Tortola, British Virgin  Islands
  [*]   [*]
Chargee   16/F, K11 Atelier, Victoria
Dockside, 18 Salisbury Road,
Tsim Sha Tsui, Kowloon,
Hong Kong
  [*]   [*]

 

21


Schedule 2

Permitted Security

 

1

Chargee Security.

 

22


SCHEDULE 3

FORM OF NOTICE TO DEBTORS

To : [●]

Date : [●]

Dear Sirs

Security over receivables by [*] (the “Chargor”) in favour of Taipei Fubon Commercial Bank Co., Ltd. (the “Chargee”)

Please be advised that, by a deed dated [●] (the “Charge”), the Chargor charged to the Chargee (whose details are set out below), among other things, all the Chargor’s rights, title and interest in respect of (1) all present and future book and other debts, revenues and other moneys due, owing, payable or incurred to, and claims of, the Chargor (whether actual or contingent), (2) benefit of any guarantees, indemnities or other assurances against financial loss or security and the proceeds of all policies of insurances affecting the same, (3) all things in action which may give rise to debts, revenues or claims and any related rights, including (without limitation) reservation of proprietary rights, rights of tracing and unpaid vendor’s liens and associated rights and (4) the benefit of all Rights (as defined in the Charge) relating to any of the foregoing (collectively, the “Charged Receivables”).

As a consequence of the Charge, you are irrevocably directed to make all payments in respect of the Charged Receivables payable by you in accordance with the Chargee’s instructions from time to time. Until further notice from the Chargee, the Chargee instructs you to make such payments to:-

Bank:

Address:

Account name:

Account number:

Upon receipt of this notice you confirm that you agree to the following:-

 

(1)

you will make payments in respect of the Charged Receivables payable by you as directed by the Chargee from time to time, without deduction of any amount on account of any set-off or counterclaim; and

 

(2)

you have not received notice of any assignment or charge of, or claim to, the Charged Receivables from any other person.

Any amendment or cancellation of the directions in this notice will not be effective unless notified in writing to you by the Chargee and the Chargor may not (1) allow or agree to any waiver or release of any Charged Receivables or compound with or grant any time for payment or other indulgence to you in respect of any Charged Receivables or (2) permit or agree to any variation of the Chargor’s rights attaching to any Charged Receivables without the prior written consent of the Chargee notified by the Chargee to you.

 

Thank you for your assistance.     
Yours faithfully
for and on behalf of
[the Chargor]
     for and on behalf of
[the Chargee]

 

 

    

 

 

23


SCHEDULE 4

FORM OF NOTICE TO BE ENDORSED ON EACH INVOICE

By a deed dated [●], we have charged to Taipei Fubon Commercial Bank Co. ,Ltd. of [●] (the “Chargee”) the amount payable by you on this invoice and you should therefore pay such amount to our account number [●] with [the Chargee] / [●] or to such other account as the Chargee may later notify to you. Please send a copy of this invoice, signed by you below, to the Chargee (fax number [●]), by which you acknowledge that (1) you have received no notice of assignment or charge of, or claim to, the invoice amount from any other person and (2) you will pay the invoice amount without deduction of any amount on account of any set-off or counterclaim as directed above.

For and on behalf of

[Name of Chargor]

 

Signed  

 

(Authorised signatory)

 

Date

 

 

 

 

 

Acknowledged

 

for and on behalf of

[Name of Debtor]

 

Date:

 

24


Schedule 5

Powers of Chargee and Receiver

The Chargee or any Receiver appointed pursuant to Clause 7 (Enforcement) shall have the right and power, either in his own name or in the name of the Chargor or otherwise and in such manner and upon such terms and conditions as the Chargee or the Receiver thinks fit, and either alone or jointly with any other person to:

 

1

Take possession: take possession of, and get in all or any of, the Charged Assets;

 

2

Borrow money: raise or borrow any money from or incur any other liability to the Chargee or others on such terms with or without security as the Chargee or the Receiver may think fit and so that any such security may be or include a charge on the whole or any part of the Charged Assets ranking in priority to this Deed or otherwise;

 

3

Dispose of assets: appropriate, sell by public auction or private contract, transfer, assign, exchange, hire out, lend or otherwise dispose of or deal with all or any of the Charged Assets or concur in so doing in such manner for such consideration and generally on such terms and conditions as the Chargee or the Receiver may think fit with full power to convey, sell, transfer, assign, exchange, hire out, lend or otherwise dispose of and so that covenants and contractual obligations may be granted and assumed in the name of and so as to bind the Chargor if the Chargee or the Receiver shall consider it necessary or expedient so to do; any such sale, transfer, assignment, exchange, hiring out, lending or disposition may be for cash, debentures or other obligations, shares, stock, securities or other valuable consideration and be payable immediately or by instalments spread over such period as the Chargee or the Receiver shall think fit and so that any consideration received or receivable shall ipso facto forthwith be and become charged with the payment of all the Secured Indebtedness;

 

4

Contracts: enter into any contract or arrangement in relation to the Charged Assets and perform, repudiate, rescind or vary any contract or arrangement to which the Chargor is a party in relation to the Charged Assets;

 

5

Legal proceedings: institute, continue, enforce, defend, settle or discontinue any actions, suits or proceedings in relation to the Charged Assets or any part thereof or submit to arbitration as the Chargee or the Receiver may think fit;

 

6

Right of ownership: exercise and do (or permit the Chargor or any nominee of it to exercise and do) all such rights and things as the Chargee or the Receiver would be capable of exercising or doing if it were the absolute beneficial owner of the Charged Assets and in particular, without limitation, exercise any rights of enforcing any Security by appropriation, entry into possession, foreclosure, sale or otherwise and to arrange for or provide all services which the Chargee or the Receiver may deem proper for the efficient management or use of the Charged Assets or the exercise of such rights;

 

7

Redemption of Security: redeem any Security (whether or not having priority to this Deed) over the Charged Assets and to settle the accounts of any person with an interest in the Charged Asset;

 

8

Spend Money: spend such sums as the Chargee or the Receiver may think fit in the exercise of any of the powers set out herein and the Chargor shall forthwith on demand repay the Chargee or the Receiver (as the case may be) all sums so spent together with interest on those sums at such rates as the Chargee or the Receiver may from time to time determine from the time they are paid or incurred and until repayment those sums (together with such interest) shall be secured by this Deed; and

 

9

Execute documents: sign any document, execute any deed (with authorisation to use the common seal for such purpose) and do all such other acts and things as may be considered by the Chargee or the Receiver to be incidental or conducive to any of the matters or powers aforesaid or to the realisation of the security created by or pursuant to this Deed and to use the name of the Chargor for all the purposes aforesaid.

 

25


EXECUTION PAGE

 

       

Chargor

 

          

IMPORT IT CORP. (seal)

 

          
The common seal of    )        
the Chargor was affixed    )        
in the presence of:    )        
          
          
          

Director :                                                              

 

    
Name :                                                                       
        
        
        

Director/Authorised Signatory :  /s/ Qingchun Zeng        

 

        
Name :                                                         
        
        
        
        

Process agent appointed under Clause 19.3

 

Name of Company:                                                                                       

 

Place of Incorporation: Hong Kong

 

Registered office:                                                                                                                       

 

Chargee
TAIPEI FUBON COMMERCIAL BANK CO., LTD.
By:                                                                      
Name :                                                                

[Execution Page]


EXECUTION PAGE

 

       

Chargor

 

          

IMPORT IT CORP. (seal)

 

          
The common seal of    )        
the Chargor was affixed    )        
in the presence of:    )        
          
          
          

Director :                                                              

 

    
Name :                                                                       
        
        
        

Director/Authorised Signatory :  /s/ Qingchun Zeng        

 

        
Name :                                                         
        
        
        
        

Process agent appointed under Clause 18.3

 

Name of Company:                                                                                       

 

Place of Incorporation: Hong Kong

 

Registered office:                                                                                                                       

 

Chargee
TAIPEI FUBON COMMERCIAL BANK CO., LTD.
By:  /s/ T.L. Peng                                               
Name :                                                                

 

27


Dated 25 OCT 2018

ECMOHO (HONG KONG) LIMITED as Chargor

and

TAIPEI FUBON COMMERCIAL BANK, CO., LTD.

HONG KONG BRANCH

as Chargee

CHARGE OVER RECEIVABLES


Table of Contents

 

1

   Definitions and interpretation      1  

2

   Payment of Secured Indebtedness      5  

3

   Charges and Assignments      5  

4

   Set-off      6  

5

   Restrictions      7  

6

   Perfection      7  

7

   Enforcement      8  

8

   Application of proceeds      12  

9

   Representations and warranties      13  

10

   General undertakings      15  

11

   Duration of the security      16  

12

   Expenses, liability and indemnity      17  

13

   Payments      17  

14

   Remedies      18  

15

   Power of attorney      18  

16

   Notices      19  

17

   Counterparts      19  

18

   Law and jurisdiction      20  

19

   Other matters      21  

Schedule 1

     22  

Initial administrative details of the parties

     22  

Schedule 2

     23  

Permitted Security

     23  

Schedule 5

     26  

Powers of Chargee and Receiver

     26  

EXECUTION PAGE

     28  


CHARGE OVER RECEIVABLES

 

Date:          25 OCT 2018
PARTIES      

(1)   Chargor

   :    ECMOHO (HONG KONG) LIMITED (registration no. 2218839), a company incorporated under the laws of Hong Kong whose registered office is situated at Flat 9, 4/F, Beverley Commercial Centre, 87-105 Chatham Road South, Tsimshatsui, Kowloon, Hong Kong

(2)   Chargee

   :    TAIPEI FUBON COMMERCIAL BANK CO., LTD., whose principal place of business in Hong Kong is situated at 16/F, K11 Atelier, Victoria Dockside, 18 Salisbury Road, Tsim Sha Tsui, Kowloon, Hong Kong

IT IS AGREED as follows:

 

(A)

By a facility letter (“Facility Agreement”) dated [18 Oct] 2018 issued by the Chargee to the Chargor and Import It Corp (collectively “the Borrowers”) and duly executed by them, the Chargee agreed to provide to the Borrowers revolving credit facility to the extent of USD25,000,000.00.

 

(B)

It is a condition (amongst others) of the Facility Agreement that a charge of the Receivables (as hereinafter defined) be provided by the Chargor in favour of the Chargee as security for Secured Indebtedness (as hereinafter defined).

INTERPRETATION

 

1

Definitions and interpretation

 

1.1

Definitions In this Deed:

Authorisation” means a consent, permit, licence, approval or authorization of any governmental, judicial, regulatory or other authority of any Relevant Jurisdiction.

Borrowers” means the Chargor and Import It Corp. collectively and “Borrower” means any of them and where the context requires includes their respective successors and assigns.

Charge over Bank Account” means (i) a first legal fixed charge on Deposit (as defined therein) to be provided by the Chargor in favour of the Chargee as security for Secured Indebtedness and (ii) a first legal fixed and floating charge over Bank Account (as defined therein) to be provided by Import It Corp. in favour of the Chargee as security for Secured Indebtedness.

Charge of Inventories” means (i) a first legal floating charge of Inventories (as therein defined) to be provided by the Chargor in favour of the Chargee as security for Secured Indebtedness and (ii) a first legal floating charge of Inventories (as therein defined) to be provided by Import It Corp. in favour of the Chargee as security for Secured Indebtedness.

Charge over Receivables (2)” means a first legal fixed charge over the Receivables (as defined therein) to be provided by Import It Corp. in favour of the Chargee as security for Secured Indebtedness.

 

1


Chargee Security” means the Security created by this Deed and any other existing or future Security granted by the Chargor to the Chargee to secure the payment or other discharge of the Secured Indebtedness.

Chargee Security Document” means A document creating or evidencing Chargee Security.

Charged Assets” means the Fixed Charge Assets and the Floating Charge Assets.

Credit Facility” means the revolving credit facility to the extent of USD25,000,000.00 to be provided by the Chargee to the Borrowers under the Facility Agreement. “Companies Ordinance” means the Companies Ordinance (Cap.622).

CPO” means the Conveyancing and Property Ordinance (Cap.219).

Debtors” means the persons liable in respect of the Receivables (including, for the avoidance of doubt, any person who has given a guarantee, indemnity or other assurance against financial loss or security in respect of, or insured, any debt, revenue or other moneys due, owing, payable or incurred to, or any claim of, the Chargor);

Deed” means this deed of charge over Receivables including its amendments, supplements and replacements.

Disposal” means any transfer or other disposal of an asset or of an interest in an asset, or the creation of any Right over an asset in favour of another person, but not the creation of Security.

Enforcement Time” means any time at which an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing.

Encumbrance” means:

 

  (i)

any mortgage, charge, pledge, lien, encumbrance, hypothecation or other security interest or security arrangement of any kind;

 

  (ii)

any arrangement whereby any rights are subordinated to any rights of any third party; and

 

  (iii)

any contractual right of set-off.

Event of Default” means any event specified as such in Clause 7.1 and “prospective Event of Default” means any event which with the giving of notice and/or the passage of time and/or the fulfillment of any other condition would be an Event of Default.

Facility Agreement” means the facility letter dated [18 Oct] 2018 issued by the Chargee to the Borrowers relating to the Credit Facility and including its amendments, supplements and replacements;

Finance Documents” means the Facility Agreement, this Deed, the Guarantees, the Charge over Bank Account, the Charge of Inventories, the Charge over Receivables (2), Share Charges and all other securities and documents relating to the Credit Facility and “Finance Document” means any of them.

Fixed Charge Assets” means those assets which are from time to time the subject of Clauses 3.2 (Fixed charge) or 3.4 (Conversion of floating charge).

 

2


Floating Charge Assets” means those assets which are from time to time the subject of Clause 3.3 (Floating charge).

Government” means the Government of Hong Kong.

Guarantees” means collectively (i) the guarantee to be provided by ECMOHO (Hong Kong) Health Technology/Limited in favour of the Chargee as security for all liabilities due by the Borrowers to the Chargee to the extent of USD25,000,000.00 and interest, costs and expenses; and (ii) the guarantee to be provided by ECMOHO Limited in favour of the Chargee as security for all liabilities due by the Borrowers to the Chargee to the extent of USD25,000,000.00 and interest, costs and expenses.

Hong Kong” means Hong Kong Special Administrative Region of the PRC.

Insolvency Event, in relation to a person, means:

 

  (a)

the dissolution, liquidation, provisional liquidation or receivership of that person or the entering into by that person of a voluntary arrangement or scheme of arrangement with creditors;

 

  (b)

any analogous or similar procedure in any jurisdiction other than Hong Kong; or

 

  (c)

any other form of procedure relating to insolvency, reorganization or dissolution in any jurisdiction.

Obligations”, in relation to a person, means all obligations or liabilities of any kind of that person from time to time, whether they are:

 

  (a)

to pay money or to perform (or not to perform) any other act;

 

  (b)

express or implied;

 

  (c)

present, future or contingent;

 

  (d)

joint or several;

 

  (e)

incurred as a principal or surety or in any other manner; or

 

  (f)

originally owing to the person claiming performance or acquired by that person from someone else.

Obligors” means all parties to the Finance Documents other than the Chargee and “Obligor” means any one of them.

Officer”, in relation to a person, means any officer, employee or agent of that person.

Permitted Security” means any Security, if any, described in Schedule 2 (Permitted Security).

PRC” means The People’s Republic of China.

Proceeds Account” means the Chargor’s account number [***] with the Chargee or such other account as the Chargee may from time to time specify.

 

3


Receivables” means (1) all present and future book and other debts, revenues and other moneys due, owing, payable or incurred to, and claims of, the Chargor (whether actual or contingent), (2) benefit of any guarantees, indemnities or other assurances against financial loss or security and the proceeds of all policies of insurances affecting the same, (3) all things in action which may give rise to debts, revenues or claims and any related rights, including (without limitation) reservation of proprietary rights, rights of tracing and unpaid vendor’s liens and associated rights and (4) the benefit of all Rights relating to any of the foregoing.

Receiver” means one or more receivers or managers appointed, or to be appointed, under this Deed.

Registration Requirement” means a requirement of any Relevant Jurisdiction that this Deed be registered in order to ensure its validity, enforceability or admissibility in evidence.

Relevant Jurisdiction” means any jurisdiction in which the Chargor is incorporated, registered, carries on business or owns any asset or whose laws apply in any way to the Chargor, its assets or its business.

Right” means any right, privilege, power or immunity, or any interest or remedy, of any kind, whether it is personal or proprietary.

Secured Indebtedness” means all moneys, obligations and liabilities whether actual or contingent now or hereafter due owing or incurred to the Chargee by any of the Obligors under Finance Documents in whatever currency denominated and whether alone or jointly and whether as principal or surely when the same are due and including all costs and expenses incurred by the Chargee relating thereto on a full indemnity basis.

“Security” means:

 

  (a)

any mortgage, charge, pledge, lien, hypothecation, assignment by way of security, trust arrangement for the purpose of providing security or other security interest of any kind in any jurisdiction;

 

  (b)

any proprietary interest over an asset, or any contractual arrangement in relation to an asset, in each case created in relation to any indebtedness and which has the same commercial effect as if security had been created over it; and

 

  (c)

any right of set-off created by agreement.

Share Charges” means (i) the first fixed legal charge of 18,787,600 Class B Ordinary Shares of ECMOHO Limited by Behealth Limited in favour of the Bank as security for Secured Indebtedness; and (ii) the first fixed legal charge of 18,787,600 Class B Ordinary Shares of ECMOHO Limited by Uhealth Limited in favour of the Bank as security for Secured Indebtedness.

Tax” means any form of taxation, levy, duty, charge, contribution or impost of whatever nature (including any applicable fine, penalty, surcharge or interest) imposed by any local, municipal, governmental, state, federal or other fiscal, revenue, customs and/or excise authority, body or official competent to impose the same.

USD” means United States Dollar, the lawful currency of the United States of America.

 

4


1.2

Interpretation In this Deed:

 

  (a)

the table of contents, the summary and the headings are inserted for convenience only and do not affect the interpretation of this Deed;

 

  (b)

references to clauses and schedules are to clauses of, and schedules to, this Deed;

 

  (c)

references to any document are to that document as from time to time amended, supplemented, restated, novated or replaced, however fundamentally;

 

1.3

references to a person include an individual, firm, company, corporation, unincorporated body of persons and any government entity; references to a person include its successors in title, permitted assignees and permitted transferees; words importing the plural include the singular and vice versa; and references to any enactment include that enactment as amended or re-enacted; and, if an enactment is amended, any provision of this Deed which refers to that enactment will be amended in such manner as the Chargee, after consultation with the Chargor, determines to be necessary in order to preserve the intended effect of this Deed. Where this Deed imposes an obligation on the Chargor to do something if required or requested by the Chargee, it will do so as soon as practicable after it becomes aware of the requirement or request.

 

1.4

It is intended that this document takes effect as a deed even though the Chargee may only execute it under hand.

 

1.5

The provisions of any other document relating to any obligation of the Chargee to make further advances are deemed to be incorporated in this Deed.

 

1.6

Where a definition of a type of asset in Clause 1.1 (Definitions) contains a number of categories, each category will be construed as separate from each other category.

 

1.7

The expression “Chargor” and “Chargee” shall where the context permits include the respective successors and permitted assigns and any person deriving title under them.

SECURITY

 

2

Covenant to pay

The Chargor hereby covenants that it will on demand pay to the Chargee the Secured Indebtedness and discharge all moneys obligations and liabilities whether actual or contingent now or hereinafter due owing or incurred to the Chargee by the Obligors under the Finance Documents in whatever currency denominated and whether alone or jointly and in whatever style name or form and whether as principal or surety when the same are due including all costs and expenses incurred by the Chargee relating thereto on a full indemnify basis.

 

3

Charges and Assignments

 

3.1

Security for Secured Indebtedness

The charges and assignments contained in this Clause 3 are provided as security for the payment or other discharge of the Secured Indebtedness.

 

5


3.2

Fixed charge

The Chargor, as beneficial owner, charges to the Chargee, by way of first fixed charge, all of the Rights which it now has and all of the Rights which it obtains at any time in the future in the Receivables and in any Rights accruing to, derived from or otherwise connected with them (including insurances and proceeds of Disposal and of insurances).

 

3.3

Floating charge

The Chargor, as beneficial owner, charges to the Chargee, by way of first floating charge, the assets which are from time to time the subject of Clause 3.2 (Fixed Charge) to the extent that they are not effectively charged by way of fixed charge under Clause 3.2 (Fixed charge).

 

3.4

Conversion of floating charge

The Chargee may convert all or part of the floating charge created by the Chargor under Clause 3.3 (Floating charge) into a fixed charge by giving notice to that effect to the Chargor and specifying the identity of the assets concerned. This may be done on one or more occasion, but only (a) during an Enforcement Time or (b) if the Chargee reasonably considers that its security over the assets concerned is in jeopardy and that it is necessary to do so to protect or preserve its security.

 

3.5

Assignments

If requested by the Chargee to do so, the Chargor will execute an assignment of the Receivables in such form as the Chargee may require and, without prejudice to Clauses 3.6 (Notice of charge/assignment/endorsement) and 6 (Perfection), take such steps as the Chargee may require to perfect such assignment.

 

3.6

Notice of charge/assignment/endorsement

Without prejudice to Clause 6 (Perfection), the Chargor acknowledges that the Chargee may sign and send to the Debtors a notice of charge or assignment in respect of this Deed or any assignment effected pursuant to this Deed, substantially in the form set out in Schedule 3 and undertakes, on the Chargee’s request, to countersign the same. If requested by the Chargee, the Chargor shall arrange for an endorsement substantially in the form of Schedule 4 to be made on each invoice sent to each Debtor.

 

4

Set-off

 

4.1

Set-off of matured Secured Obligation

 

  (a)

The Chargee may set off any matured Secured Obligation due from the Chargor (to the extent beneficially owned by the Chargee) against any matured obligation owed by the Chargee to the Chargor, regardless of the place of payment, booking branch or currency of either obligation.

 

  (b)

If the obligations are in different currencies, the Chargee may convert either obligation at a market rate of exchange in its usual course of trading for the purpose of the set-off.

 

4.2

Rights additional

The Rights created by Clause 4.1 (Set-off matured Secured Obligation) are in addition to the security conferred on the Chargee under this Deed.

 

6


5

Restrictions

 

5.1

Comply with restrictions

The Chargor will ensure that the restrictions contained in this Clause 5 are complied with unless the Chargee agrees to the contrary.

 

5.2

Negative pledge

No Security will exist over, or in relation to, any Charged Asset other than Permitted Security.

 

5.3

Restriction on disposal - Fixed Charge Assets

There will be no Disposal of any Fixed Charge Asset.

 

5.4

Restrictions on disposal - Floating Charge Assets

There will be no Disposal of any Floating Charge Asset otherwise than for market value in the ordinary course of trading of the Chargor.

 

6

Perfection

 

6.1

General action

 

  (a)

The Chargor will, at its own expense, create all such Security, execute all such documents, give all such notices, effect all such registrations (whether at the Hong Kong Companies Registry, an asset registry or otherwise), deposit all such documents and do all such other things as the Chargee may require from time to time in order to:

 

  (i)

ensure that it has an effective first-ranking fixed charge over, or as the case may be assignment of, the Fixed Charge Assets, subject only to such Permitted Security as the Chargee has agreed should rank in priority;

 

  (ii)

ensure that it has an effective first-ranking floating charge over the Floating Charge Assets, subject only to such Permitted Security as the Chargee has agreed should rank in priority; and

 

  (iii)

facilitate the enforcement of the Chargee Security, the realisation of the Charged Assets or the exercise of any Rights held by the Chargee or any Receiver under or in connection with the Chargee Security.

 

  (b)

The Chargor will, as agent of the Chargee, promptly collect all Receivables and procure that the proceeds of all Receivables shall be paid directly by the Debtors to the Proceeds Account.

 

  (c)

The scope of Clause 6.1(a) (General Action) is not limited by the specific provisions of the rest of this Clause 6 or by any other provision of the Chargee Security Documents.

 

7


6.2

Subsequent security

If the Chargee receives notice that any Security has been created over the Charged Assets which the Finance Documents do not permit to rank in priority to the Chargee Security, the Chargee will be treated as if it had immediately opened a new account for the Chargor, and all payments received by the Chargee from the Chargor will be treated as if they had been credited to the new account and will not reduce the amount then due from the Chargor to the Chargee.

ENFORCEMENT

 

7

Enforcement

 

7.1

Each of the following events shall be an Event of Default:

 

  (a)

any of the Borrowers makes default in the payment on the due date and in accordance with the terms and conditions under Facility Agreement of any principal or interest or other moneys outstanding and payable by any of them to the Chargee (whether demanded or not); or

 

  (b)

any of the Obligors make default in the payment on the due date and in accordance with the terms and conditions relating thereto under any Finance Documents in respect of money and other liabilities;

 

  (c)

any representation, warranty or undertaking by the Chargor is not complied with or proves to have been or to be untrue or incorrect;

 

  (d)

any representation, warranty or undertaking by any of the Obligors under any Finance Documents is not complied with or proves to have been or to be untrue or incorrect;

 

  (e)

any of the Borrowers does not comply with any of its covenants or obligations under the Facility Agreement;

 

  (f)

any of the Obligors does not comply with any of its covenants and obligation under any Finance Documents;

 

  (g)

a petition is presented or an order is made or an effective resolution is passed or analogous proceedings are taken for the winding up of any of the Borrowers or any Obligor, save for the purposes of an amalgamation, merger or reconstruction the terms whereof have previously been approved by the Chargee;

 

  (h)

any of the Borrowers or any of the Obligors shall without the consent in writing of the Chargee stop payment to creditors generally or (if applicable) the Company or any of the Obligors shall (otherwise than for the purpose of such an amalgamation, merger or reconstruction as is referred to in Sub-Clause 7.1(g)) cease or threaten to cease to carry on its business or any substantial part thereof or shall be unable to pay its debts or disposes the whole or a substantial part of its undertaking or assets;

 

  (i)

there occurs a material adverse change in any of the Borrowers’ or any Obligor’s financial condition which would, in the reasonable opinion of the Chargee, prevent the Borrowers or any Obligor from performing in any material respect its obligations under this Deed or under any Finance Documents;

 

  (j)

the Chargor purports or attempts to create any Encumbrance over all or any part of the Charged Assets or any third party asserts a reasonable and substantial claim in respect thereof (except as permitted under this Deed);

 

8


  (k)

the security hereby created or under any Finance Documents or any part thereof fails or ceases for any reason to be in full force and effect or is terminated or jeopardised or becomes invalid or unenforceable or if there is any dispute regarding the same or if there is any purported termination of the same or it becomes impossible or unlawful for any of the Borrowers or any Obligor to perform any of its obligations hereunder or under any Finance Documents or for the Chargee to exercise all or any of its rights, powers and remedies hereunder or under any Finance Documents; and

 

  (l)

a creditor takes possession of all or any part of the business or assets of any of the Borrowers or any Obligor or any execution or other legal process is enforced against the business or any asset of any of the Borrowers or any Obligor and is not discharged within seven (7) days.

 

9


7.2

If an Event of Default has occurred, the Chargee may:

 

  (a)

declare the Secured Indebtedness, all loans and other moneys, obligations and liabilities hereby secured to be, whereupon they shall become, immediately due and payable without further demand, notice or other legal formality of any kind;

 

  (b)

declare the Credit Facility to be terminated whereupon all obligations of the Chargee to make further advances to the Borrowers shall immediately cease; and

 

  (c)

demand that the Company to provide cash cover to the Chargee for all liabilities of the Borrowers to the Chargee, whereupon the Borrowers shall be under an immediate obligation to provide such cash cover.

 

7.3

Time for enforcement

The Chargee may enforce the Chargee Security at any time which is an Enforcement Time or if the Chargor requests it to do so.

 

7.4

Methods of enforcement

 

  (a)

The Chargee may enforce the Chargee Security by:

 

  (i)

appointing a Receiver of any asset of the Chargor;

 

  (ii)

appropriating, going into possession of, receiving the benefit of or selling assets of the Chargor, giving notice to the Chargor or any other person in relation to any assets of the Chargor, exercising a right of set-off or in any other way it may decide;

 

  (iii)

whether or not it has appointed a Receiver, exercising all or any of the powers, authorities and discretions given to mortgagees and receivers by the CPO as varied or extended by this Deed or otherwise conferred by law; or

 

  (iv)

taking any other action it may decide in any jurisdiction other than Hong Kong.

 

  (b)

A Receiver may be appointed by an instrument in writing executed as a deed or under hand by any Officer of the Chargee.

 

  (c)

The appointment of a Receiver may be made subject to such limitations as are specified by the Chargee in the appointment.

 

  (d)

If more than one person is appointed as a Receiver, each person will have power to act independently of any other, except to the extent that the Chargee may specify to the contrary in the appointment.

 

  (e)

The Chargee may remove or replace any Receiver.

 

  (f)

Any Receiver may be appointed Receiver of all of the Charged Assets or Receiver of a part of the Charged Assets specified in the appointment. In the latter case, the Rights conferred on a Receiver as set out in Schedule 5 (Powers of Chargee and Receiver) shall have effect as though every reference in that schedule to any Charged Assets were a reference to the part of those assets so specified or any part of those assets.

 

10


7.5

Powers on enforcement

 

  (a)

A Receiver of the Chargor will have the following powers in respect of the Charged Assets:

 

  (i)

the powers, rights, discretions, privileges and immunities given to a mortgagee or a receiver by any statute or ordinance (including the CPO to the extent applicable, but without any restrictions imposed on the power of sale or consolidation of mortgages, charges or other securities);

 

  (ii)

the powers and rights set out in Schedule 5 (Powers of Chargee and Receiver);

 

  (iii)

the power to do, or omit to do, on behalf of the Chargor, anything which the Chargor itself could have done, or omitted to do, if the Charged Assets were not the subject of Security and the Chargor were not in insolvency proceedings; and

 

  (iv)

all other powers (if any) conferred on receivers by law or otherwise,

and all of such powers and rights are exercisable without further notice.

 

11


  (b)

The Chargee is not required to give any prior notice of non-payment or default to the Chargor before enforcing this Deed. There is no minimum period for which the Secured Indebtedness must remain due and unpaid before this Deed can be enforced and paragraph 11 of the Fourth Schedule to the CPO (and any similar provision under other laws) does not apply to this Deed.

 

  (c)

Nothing done by or on behalf of the Chargee pursuant to this Deed shall render it liable to account as a mortgagee in possession for any sums other than actual receipts.

 

  (d)

The Chargee will, if it enforces the Chargee Security itself, have the same powers as a Receiver in respect of the assets which are the subject of the enforcement.

 

  (e)

Except to the extent provided by law, none of the powers described in this Clause 7 will be affected by an Insolvency Event in relation to the Chargor.

 

7.6

Status and remuneration of Receiver

 

  (a)

A Receiver will be the agent of the Chargor until the Chargor goes into liquidation. A Receiver will have no authority to act as agent for the Chargee, even in the liquidation of the Chargor.

 

  (b)

The Chargee may from time to time determine the remuneration of any Receiver.

 

7.7

Third parties

A person dealing with the Chargee or with a Receiver is entitled to assume, unless it has actual knowledge to the contrary, that:

 

  (a)

those persons have the power to do those things which they are purporting to do; and

 

  (b)

they are exercising their powers properly.

 

8

Application of proceeds

All money received by the Chargee or a Receiver under or in connection with the Finance Documents (whether during, or before, enforcement of the Chargee Security) will, subject to the rights of any persons having priority, be applied in the following order of priority:

 

12


  (a)

first, in or towards payment of all amounts payable to the Chargee, any Receiver or their Officers under Clause 12 (Expenses, liability and indemnity) and all remuneration due to any Receiver under or in connection with the Chargee Security;

 

  (b)

secondly, in or towards payment of the Secured Indebtedness in such order as is required by the Finance Documents or, if there is no such requirement, as decided by the Chargee (and, if any of the Secured Indebtedness are not then payable, by payment into a suspense account until they become payable); and

 

  (c)

thirdly, in payment of any surplus to the Chargor or other person entitled to it.

REPRESENTATIONS AND UNDERTAKINGS

 

9

Representations and warranties

 

9.1

Representations and warranties

The Chargor makes the representations and warranties set out in this Clause 9 to the Chargee on the date of this Deed.

 

  (a)

Status: The Chargor is a corporation, duly incorporated and validly existing under the laws of its jurisdiction of incorporation. The Chargor has the power to own its assets and carry on its business as it is being conducted.

 

  (b)

Binding obligations: The obligations expressed to be assumed by the Chargor in this Deed are legal, valid, binding and enforceable obligations and this Deed creates the security interests which it purports to create and those security interests are valid and effective.

 

  (c)

Non-conflict with other obligations: The entry into and performance by the Chargor of, and the transactions contemplated by, this Deed and the granting of the Chargee Security do not and will not conflict with:

 

  (i)

any law or regulation applicable to it;

 

  (ii)

its constitutional documents; or

 

  (iii)

any agreement or instrument binding upon it or any of its assets or constitute a default or termination event (however described) under any such agreement or instrument,

nor (except as provided in the Finance Documents) result in the existence of, or oblige the Chargor to create, any Security over any of its assets.

 

  (d)

Power and authority: The Chargor has the power to enter into, perform and deliver, and has taken all necessary action to authorise its entry into, performance and delivery of, this Deed and the transactions contemplated by this Deed. No limit on its powers will be exceeded as a result of the grant of Security contemplated by this Deed.

 

13


  (e)

Validity and admissibility in evidence: All Authorisations required or desirable:

 

  (i)

to enable the Chargor lawfully to enter into, exercise its rights and comply with its obligations in this Deed;

 

  (ii)

to make this Deed admissible in evidence in the Relevant Jurisdictions; and

 

  (iii)

to enable the Chargor to create the Security to be created by it pursuant to this Deed and to ensure that such Security has the priority and ranking contemplated by this Deed,

have been obtained or effected and are in full force and effect.

 

  (f)

Registration requirements: Except for registration of particulars of this Deed at the Companies Registry in Hong Kong, it is not necessary to file, register or record this Deed in any public place or elsewhere.

 

  (g)

Governing law and enforcement: The choice of Hong Kong law as the governing law of this Deed will be recognised and enforced in the Relevant Jurisdictions. Any judgment obtained in Hong Kong in relation to this Deed will be recognised and enforced in the Relevant Jurisdictions.

 

  (h)

Deduction of Tax: It is not required under the law applicable where the Chargor is incorporated or resident or at the address specified in this Deed to make any deduction for or on account of Tax from any payment the Chargor may make under this Deed.

 

  (i)

No filing or stamp taxes: Except for registration fees associated with the registration of this Deed in accordance with Clause 9.1(f) (Registration requirements), it is not necessary under the laws of any Relevant Jurisdiction that any stamp, registration, notarial or similar Taxes or fees be paid on or in relation to this Deed or the transactions contemplated by this Deed.

 

  (j)

Ranking of Security: The Chargee Security has or will have first ranking priority and it is not subject to any prior ranking or pari passu ranking Security.

 

  (k)

Legal and beneficial ownership: All the Charged Assets are beneficially owned by the Chargor.

 

  (l)

Title to Charged Assets: The Chargor has good, valid and marketable title to, and all appropriate Authorisations to use, the Charged Assets and has full power and authority to grant the Chargee the Security over the Charged Assets created pursuant to this Deed and to execute, deliver and perform its obligations in accordance with the terms of this Deed without the consent or approval of any other person other than any consent or approval which has been obtained.

 

  (m)

Charged Assets: Each schedule which describes Charged Assets beneficially owned by the Chargor is a true, accurate and complete list of such assets so owned by the Chargor at the date of this Deed.

 

14


  (n)

No Security: No Security exists over all or any of the Charged Assets other than a Permitted Security.

 

  (o)

No disposal: The Chargor has not sold, transferred or otherwise disposed of, or agreed to sell, transfer or otherwise dispose of, all or any of its rights, title and interest in the Charged Assets or any part thereof.

 

9.2

Repetition

The representations and warranties in Clause 9.1 (Representations and warranties) shall be deemed to be repeated by the Chargor on each day until all the Secured Indebtedness have been paid or discharged in full, as if made with reference to the facts and circumstances existing on each such day.

 

10

General undertakings

 

10.1

Authorisations

 

  (a)

The Chargor shall promptly:

 

  (i)

obtain, comply with and do all that is necessary to maintain in full force and effect; and

 

  (ii)

supply a certified copy to the Chargee of any Authorisation required under any law or regulation of a Relevant Jurisdiction to (A) enable it to perform its obligations under the this Deed, (B) ensure the legality, validity, enforceability or admissibility in evidence of this Deed or (C) carry on its business.

 

  (b)

The Chargor shall promptly make the registrations and comply with the other requirements specified in Clause 9.1(f) (Registration requirements).

 

10.2

Maintain Charged Assets

The Chargor will take all steps as are necessary to preserve the value and marketability of its Charged Assets.

 

10.3

Notification of adverse effect

The Chargor will notify the Chargee as soon as it becomes aware of any matter which might reasonably be expected to have an adverse effect on the Rights of the Chargee under the Chargee Security. Those matters include a claim by any person to an interest in a Charged Asset.

 

10.4

Request for information

The Chargor will provide to the Chargee:

 

  (a)

such information about the Charged Assets;

 

  (b)

such information about the extent to which it has complied with its obligations under this Deed; and

 

  (c)

copies of such documents which create, evidence or relate to its Charged Assets,

as the Chargee may from time to time reasonably request.

 

15


Without limiting the foregoing, the Chargor will provide the Chargee with Debtors’ list and aging reports in such format requested by the Chargee on a [bi-weekly] basis.

 

10.5

Failure to comply with obligation

If the Chargor does not comply with its obligations under this Deed, the Chargee may do so on the Chargor’s behalf on such basis as the Chargee may reasonably decide. The Chargor will on demand indemnify the Chargee against the amount certified by the Chargee to be the cost, loss or liability suffered by it as a result of doing so.

MISCELLANEOUS

 

11

Duration of the security

 

11.1

Continuing security

The Obligations of the Chargor under the Finance Documents and the security created by the Chargee Security will continue until the Secured Indebtedness have been irrevocably and unconditionally paid or discharged in full, regardless of any intermediate payment or discharge in whole or in part.

 

11.2

Reinstatement

If any discharge, release or arrangement (whether in respect of the obligations of the Chargor or any security for those obligations or otherwise) is made by the Chargee in whole or in part on the basis of any payment, security or other disposition which is avoided or must be restored in insolvency, liquidation, administration or otherwise, without limitation, then the liability of the Chargor under this Deed will continue or be reinstated as if the discharge, release or arrangement had not occurred.

 

11.3

Avoidance of payments

If the Chargee reasonably determines that there exists a reasonable possibility of the avoidance or invalidation of any payment or repayment of the Secured Indebtedness:

 

  (a)

the Chargee shall be entitled to retain this Deed and not to release any of the Charged Assets from the Chargee Security; and

 

  (b)

if so required by the Chargee (acting reasonably), the Chargor shall promptly provide the Chargee with any evidence (including, if required by the Chargee, a solvency report from the auditors of the Chargor in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Chargee) requested by the Chargee in order that it may determine whether or not at such time there exists such a possibility.

 

11.4

Retention of documents

If the Chargee does determine that there exists such a reasonable possibility it shall be entitled to retain this Deed and not release the Charged Assets for a period of one month plus the relevant statutory period after the Secured Indebtedness of the Chargor shall have been discharged in full. If at any time within such period an Insolvency Event occurs in relation to the Chargor or of any other person that has given or made any relevant assurance, security, guarantee or payment in respect of the discharge of those Secured Indebtedness the Chargee may continue to retain this Deed and not release the Charged Assets for and during such other period as the Chargee in its absolute discretion shall determine.

 

16


11.5

Final redemption

Subject, and without prejudice, to Clause 11.3 (Avoidance of payments), once the Chargee is satisfied that all the Secured Indebtedness have been discharged in full and that all facilities which might give rise to Secured Indebtedness have terminated, the Chargee shall at the request and cost of the Chargor execute and do all such deeds, acts and things as may be necessary to release or (as appropriate) re-assign the Charged Assets from the Chargee Security.

 

12

Expenses, liability and indemnity

 

12.1

Costs and expenses

The Chargor will, on demand, pay all legal and other costs and expenses (including any stamp duty, registration or other similar taxes) incurred by the Chargee or by any Receiver in connection with the Chargee Security. This includes any costs and expenses relating to the enforcement or preservation of the Chargee Security or the Charged Assets and to any amendment, waiver, consent or release required in connection with the Chargee Security.

 

12.2

No liability or costs

Neither the Chargee nor a Receiver nor any of their Officers will be in any way liable or responsible to the Chargor for any loss or liability of any kind arising from any act or omission by it of any kind (whether as mortgagee in possession or otherwise) in relation to the Charged Assets or the Chargee Security, except to the extent caused by its gross negligence or wilful misconduct.

 

12.3

Indemnity to the Chargee

The Chargor will, on demand, indemnify each of the Chargee, a Receiver and their Officers in respect of all costs, expenses, losses or liabilities of any kind which it incurs or suffers in connection with:

 

  (a)

the taking, holding, protection or enforcement of the Chargee Security,

 

  (b)

any matter or thing done or omitted in any way in accordance with the terms of this Deed relating to the Charged Assets;

 

  (c)

the exercise or purported exercise of any of the rights, powers, authorities, discretions and remedies conferred on it under the Chargee Security or by law;

 

  (d)

a claim of any kind (whether relating to the environment or otherwise) made or asserted against it which would not have arisen but for the execution or enforcement of this Deed or if the Chargee Security had not been granted; or

 

  (e)

any breach by any Obligor of the Finance Documents.

 

13

Payments

 

13.1

Payments in full

All payments by the Chargor under the Chargee Security Documents will be made in full, without any set-off or other deduction.

 

17


13.2

Gross up

If any Tax or other sum must be deducted from any amount payable by the Chargor under the Chargee Security Documents, the Chargor will pay such additional amounts as are necessary to ensure that the recipient receives a net amount equal to the full amount it would have received before such deductions.

 

13.3

Default interest

If the Chargor fails to make a payment under the Chargee Security Documents, it will pay interest to that person on the amount concerned at the Default Rate from the date it should have made the payment until the date of payment (after, as well as before, judgment).

 

13.4

Currency indemnity

No payment by the Chargor (whether under a court order or otherwise) will discharge any Obligation of the Chargor unless and until the Chargee has received payment in full in the currency in which the Obligation is denominated. If, on conversion into that currency, the amount of the payment falls short of the amount of the Obligation concerned, the Chargee will have a separate cause of action against the Chargor for the shortfall.

 

13.5

Certificates and determinations

Any certification or determination by the Chargee of an amount payable by the Chargor under this Deed is, in the absence of manifest error, conclusive evidence of that amount.

 

14

Remedies

 

14.1

Rights additional

The Rights created by this Deed are in addition to any other Rights of the Chargee against the Chargor or any other security provider under any other documentation, the general law or otherwise. They will not merge with or limit those other Rights, and are not limited by them.

 

14.2

No waiver

No failure by the Chargee to exercise any Right under this Deed will operate as a waiver of that Right. Nor will a single or partial exercise of a Right by the Chargee preclude its further exercise.

 

14.3

Partial invalidity

If, at any time, any provision of this Deed is or becomes illegal, invalid or unenforceable in any respect under any law of any jurisdiction, neither the legality, validity or enforceability of the remaining provisions nor the legality, validity or enforceability of that provision in any other respect or under the law of any other jurisdiction will be affected or impaired in any way.

 

15

Power of attorney

The Chargor, by way of security, irrevocably appoints each of the Chargee and any Receiver severally to be its attorney:

 

18


  (a)

to do anything which the Chargor is obliged to do under the Chargee Security Documents; and

 

  (b)

to exercise any of the Rights conferred on the attorney by the Chargee Security Documents or by law.

 

16

Notices

 

16.1

Service of Proceedings

 

  (a)

Any notice, request, certificate, demand or other communication required to be given by any party hereto to the other parties hereto shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been so given if addressed to the addressee at its address in Hong Kong herein mentioned or to such other address in Hong Kong as may have been notified in writing by such party to the other parties hereto in accordance with this Clause 16.1.

 

  (b)

Any notice, request, certificate, demand or other communication delivered personally shall be deemed to have been given at the time of such delivery. Any notice, request, certificate, demand or other communication dispatched by letter postage prepaid shall be deemed to have been given forty eight (48) hours after posting. Any notice, request, certificate, demand or other communication sent by telex or facsimile transmission shall be deemed to have been given at the time of dispatch and any notice, request, certificate, demand or other communication sent by cable shall be deemed to have been given twenty four (24) hours after dispatch. Provided always that any notice, request, certificate, demand or other communication to be given by the Chargor to the Chargee shall only be effective upon actual receipt thereof by the Chargee (as the case may be).

 

  (c)

Any legal process including any writ or originating summons or otherwise and any other summons or notice to be served on a party by the other party hereto in any legal proceeding or action in any court or tribunal shall be deemed to be sufficiently and duly served forty-eight (48) hours after having been left or sent by ordinary pre-paid post to the addressee’s registered office or usual place of business in Hong Kong and in proving service it shall be sufficient to prove that the legal process or summons or notice was properly addressed and posted or properly left (as the case may be) irrespective of whether the same is returned through the post undelivered to the addressee.

 

16.2

Administrative details

The initial administrative details of the parties are contained in Schedule 1 (Initial administrative details of the parties) but a party may amend its own details at any time by notice to the other party.

 

16.3

Delivery to registered office

Any notice to the Chargor may alternatively be sent to its registered office or to any of its places of business or to any of its directors or its company secretary; and it will be deemed to have been received when delivered to any such places or persons.

 

17

Counterparts

This Deed may be executed in any number of counterparts, and this has the same effect as if the signatures on the counterparts were on a single copy of this Deed.

 

19


18

Law and jurisdiction

 

18.1

Governing law

This Deed is governed by Hong Kong law.

 

18.2

Jurisdiction of Hong Kong courts

 

  (a)

The courts of Hong Kong have exclusive jurisdiction to settle any dispute arising out of or in connection with this Deed (including a dispute regarding the existence, validity or termination of this Deed) (a Dispute).

 

  (b)

The parties agree that the courts of Hong Kong are the most appropriate and convenient courts to settle Disputes and, accordingly, that they will not argue to the contrary.

 

20


  (c)

Clause 18.2(a) (Jurisdiction of Hong Kong courts) is for the benefit of the Chargee only. As a result, the Chargee will not be prevented from taking proceedings relating to a Dispute in any other courts with jurisdiction. To the extent allowed by law, the Chargee may take concurrent proceedings in any number of jurisdictions.

 

18.3

Service of process

 

  (a)

The Chargor irrevocably appoints any Hong Kong process agent identified as such on the execution page at its registered office from time to time to receive on the Chargor’s behalf process issued out of the Hong Kong courts in connection with this Deed.

 

  (b)

Failure by the process agent to notify the Chargor of the process will not invalidate the proceedings.

 

  (c)

If this appointment is terminated for any reason, the Chargor will appoint a replacement agent and will ensure that the new agent notifies the Chargee of its acceptance of appointment.

 

18.4

Waiver of immunities

The Chargor irrevocably waives, to the extent permitted by applicable law, with respect to itself and its revenues and assets (irrespective of their use or intended use), all immunity on the grounds of sovereignty or other similar grounds from:

 

  (a)

suit;

 

  (b)

jurisdiction of any court;

 

  (c)

relief by way of injunction or order for specific performance or recovery of property;

 

  (d)

attachment of its assets (whether before or after judgment); and

 

  (e)

execution or enforcement of any judgment to which it or its revenues or assets might otherwise be entitled in any proceedings in the courts of any jurisdiction (and irrevocably agrees, to the extent permitted by applicable law, that it will not claim any immunity in any such proceedings).

 

19

Other matters

 

19.1

Legal Representation: The Parties acknowledge that Messrs. Li, Wong, Lam & W.I. Cheung acts as legal counsel of the Chargee only relating to this Deed. The Chargor will take separate legal advice as it sees fit.

 

19.2

Third Party Rights: Nothing contained herein is intended to grant to any third party any right to enforce any term hereof or to confer on any third party any right or benefit hereunder for the purposes of the Contracts (Rights of Third Parties) Ordinance and any enactment thereof and the application of the said Ordinance is expressly excluded.

This Deed has been executed as a deed, and it has been delivered on the date stated at the beginning of this Deed.

 

21


Schedule 1

Initial administrative details of the parties

 

Party

 

Address

 

Fax number

 

Attention

Chargor

  Flat 9, 4/F, Beverley Commercial Centre, 87-105 Chatham Road South, Tsimshatsui, Kowloon, Hong Kong   [***]   [Richard Wei]

Chargee

  16/F, K11 Atelier, Victoria Dockside, 18 Salisbury Road, Tsim Sha Tsui, Kowloon, Hong Kong   [***]   [Nicolus Tseng]

 

22


Schedule 2

Permitted Security

 

1

Chargee Security.

 

2

Liens arising in the ordinary course of trading by operation of law.

 

23


SCHEDULE 3

FORM OF NOTICE TO DEBTORS

To : [                    ]

Date : [                    ]

Dear Sirs

Security over receivables by [                    ] (the “Chargor”) in favour of Taipei Fubon Commercial Bank Co., Ltd. (the “Chargee”)

Please be advised that, by a deed dated [                    ] (the “Charge”), the Chargor charged to the Chargee (whose details are set out below), among other things, all the Chargor’s rights, title and interest in respect of (1) all present and future book and other debts, revenues and other moneys due, owing, payable or incurred to, and claims of, the Chargor (whether actual or contingent), (2) benefit of any guarantees, indemnities or other assurances against financial loss or security and the proceeds of all policies of insurances affecting the same, (3) all things in action which may give rise to debts, revenues or claims and any related rights, including (without limitation) reservation of proprietary rights, rights of tracing and unpaid vendor’s liens and associated rights and (4) the benefit of all Rights (as defined in the Charge) relating to any of the foregoing (collectively, the “Charged Receivables”).

As a consequence of the Charge, you are irrevocably directed to make all payments in respect of the Charged Receivables payable by you in accordance with the Chargee’s instructions from time to time. Until further notice from the Chargee, the Chargee instructs you to make such payments to:-

Bank:

Address:

Account name:

Account number:

Upon receipt of this notice you confirm that you agree to the following:-

 

(1)

you will make payments in respect of the Charged Receivables payable by you as directed by the Chargee from time to time, without deduction of any amount on account of any set-off or counterclaim; and

 

(2)

you have not received notice of any assignment or charge of, or claim to, the Charged Receivables from any other person.

Any amendment or cancellation of the directions in this notice will not be effective unless notified in writing to you by the Chargee and the Chargor may not (1) allow or agree to any waiver or release of any Charged Receivables or compound with or grant any time for payment or other indulgence to you in respect of any Charged Receivables or (2) permit or agree to any variation of the Chargor’s rights attaching to any Charged Receivables without the prior written consent of the Chargee notified by the Chargee to you.

Thank you for your assistance.

 

Yours faithfully

for and on behalf of

[the Chargor]

    

    

for and on behalf of

[the Chargee]

 

 

    

 

 

24


SCHEDULE 4

FORM OF NOTICE TO BE ENDORSED ON EACH INVOICE

By a deed dated [                    ], we have charged to Taipei Fubon Commercial Bank Co., Ltd. of [                    ] (the “Chargee”) the amount payable by you on this invoice and you should therefore pay such amount to our account number [                    ] with [the Chargee] / [                    ] or to such other account as the Chargee may later notify to you. Please send a copy of this invoice, signed by you below, to the Chargee (fax number [                    ]), by which you acknowledge that (1) you have received no notice of assignment or charge of, or claim to, the invoice amount from any other person and (2) you will pay the invoice amount without deduction of any amount on account of any set-off or counterclaim as directed above.

For and on behalf of

[Name of Chargor]

 

Signed  

 

(Authorised signatory)

 

Date

 

 

 

 

 

Acknowledged

 

for and on behalf of

[Name of Debtor]

 

Date:

 

25


Schedule 5

Powers of Chargee and Receiver

The Chargee or any Receiver appointed pursuant to Clause 7 (Enforcement) shall have the right and power, either in his own name or in the name of the Chargor or otherwise and in such manner and upon such terms and conditions as the Chargee or the Receiver thinks fit, and either alone or jointly with any other person to:

 

1

Take possession: take possession of, and get in all or any of, the Charged Assets;

 

2

Borrow money: raise or borrow any money from or incur any other liability to the Chargee or others on such terms with or without security as the Chargee or the Receiver may think fit and so that any such security may be or include a charge on the whole or any part of the Charged Assets ranking in priority to this Deed or otherwise;

 

3

Dispose of assets: appropriate, sell by public auction or private contract, transfer, assign, exchange, hire out, lend or otherwise dispose of or deal with all or any of the Charged Assets or concur in so doing in such manner for such consideration and generally on such terms and conditions as the Chargee or the Receiver may think fit with full power to convey, sell, transfer, assign, exchange, hire out, lend or otherwise dispose of and so that covenants and contractual obligations may be granted and assumed in the name of and so as to bind the Chargor if the Chargee or the Receiver shall consider it necessary or expedient so to do; any such sale, transfer, assignment, exchange, hiring out, lending or disposition may be for cash, debentures or other obligations, shares, stock, securities or other valuable consideration and be payable immediately or by instalments spread over such period as the Chargee or the Receiver shall think fit and so that any consideration received or receivable shall ipso facto forthwith be and become charged with the payment of all the Secured Indebtedness;

 

4

Contracts: enter into any contract or arrangement in relation to the Charged Assets and perform, repudiate, rescind or vary any contract or arrangement to which the Chargor is a party in relation to the Charged Assets;

 

5

Legal proceedings: institute, continue, enforce, defend, settle or discontinue any actions, suits or proceedings in relation to the Charged Assets or any part thereof or submit to arbitration as the Chargee or the Receiver may think fit;

 

6

Right of ownership: exercise and do (or permit the Chargor or any nominee of it to exercise and do) all such rights and things as the Chargee or the Receiver would be capable of exercising or doing if it were the absolute beneficial owner of the Charged Assets and in particular, without limitation, exercise any rights of enforcing any Security by appropriation, entry into possession, foreclosure, sale or otherwise and to arrange for or provide all services which the Chargee or the Receiver may deem proper for the efficient management or use of the Charged Assets or the exercise of such rights;

 

7

Redemption of Security: redeem any Security (whether or not having priority to this Deed) over the Charged Assets and to settle the accounts of any person with an interest in the Charged Asset;

 

8

Spend Money: spend such sums as the Chargee or the Receiver may think fit in the exercise of any of the powers set out herein and the Chargor shall forthwith on demand repay the Chargee or the Receiver (as the case may be) all sums so spent together with interest on those sums at such rates as the Chargee or the Receiver may from time to time determine from the time they are paid or incurred and until repayment those sums (together with such interest) shall be secured by this Deed; and

 

26


9

Execute documents: sign any document, execute any deed (with authorisation to use the common seal for such purpose) and do all such other acts and things as may be considered by the Chargee or the Receiver to be incidental or conducive to any of the matters or powers aforesaid or to the realisation of the security created by or pursuant to this Deed and to use the name of the Chargor for all the purposes aforesaid.

 

27


EXECUTION PAGE

Chargor

ECMOHO (HONG KONG) LIMITED

 

The common seal of      )     
the Chargor was affixed      )     
in the presence of:      )     

 

Director :  

 

/s/ Zeng Qingchun

Name :  

 

ZENG QINGCHUN

 

Director/Authorised Signatory :    

/s/ Zeng Qingchun

Name :    

ZENG QINGCHUN

Chargee

TAIPEI FUBON COMMERCIAL BANK CO., LTD.

 

By:  

 

/s/ Ming-Jen Yeng

Name :  

 

Ming-Jen Yeng

 

28


Execution Version

THIS SUPPLEMENTAL DEED is made on 23 November 2018

PARTIES

 

(1)

ECMOHO (Hong Kong) Limited, a Chargor incorporated under the laws of Hong Kong whose registered office is situated at Flat 9, 4/F, Beverley Commercial Centre, 87-105 Chatham Road South, Tsimshatsui, Kowloon, Hong Kong (“the Chargor” or the “Company”); and

 

(2)

Taipei Fubon Commercial Chargee Co., Ltd., Hong Kong Branch whose principal place of business in Hong Kong is situated at 16/F, K11 Atelier, Victoria Dockside, 18 Salisbury Road, Tsim Sha Tsui, Kowloon, Hong Kong (“the Chargee” or the “Bank”).

Each a “Party” and collectively, the “Parties”.

WHEREAS:

 

(A)

By a facility letter (“Facility Agreement”) dated 18 October 2018 issued by the Bank to the Company and Import it Corp (collectively the “Borrowers”) and duly executed by them, the Bank agreed to provide to the Borrowers revolving credit facility to the extent of USD25,000,000.00.

 

(B)

It is a condition (amongst others) of the Facility Agreement that a charge over Receivables (the “Charge over Receivables”) be provided by the Chargor in favour of the Chargee as security for Secured Indebtedness (as defined in the Charge over Receivables). On 25 October 2018, the Parties has entered into the Charge over Receivables.

 

(C)

The Parties agree to enter into this Supplemental Deed to vary the Charge over Receivables as set out herein.

 

1


WHEREBY IT IS AGREED as follows:

 

1.

DEFINITIONS

In this Supplemental Deed, unless the context otherwise requires or unless this Supplemental Deed expressly otherwise provides, all words and expressions as defined in the Charge over Receivables shall have the same meanings when used or referred to herein.

 

2.

AMENDMENT AND VARIATION TO THE AGREEMENT

The Parties hereby agree to the following amendments and variations to the Supplemental Deed:

 

(A)

The definition of Share Charge shall be deleted in its entirety and be replaced with the following new definition of Share Charge:

“Share Charges” means (i) the first fixed legal charge of 9,393,800_Class B Ordinary Shares of ECMOHO Limited by Behealth Limited in favour of the Chargee as security for Secured Indebtedness; and (ii) the first fixed legal charge of 9,393,800_Class B Ordinary Shares of ECMOHO Limited by Uhealth Limited in favour of the Chargee as security for Secured Indebtedness.”

 

(B)

Clause 7.1 of the Charge over Receivables shall be deleted in its entirety and be replaced with the following new Clause 7.1:

“Each of the following events shall be an Event of Default:-

 

  (a)

any of the Borrowers makes default in the payment on the due date and in accordance with the terms and conditions under Facility Agreement of any principal or interest or other moneys outstanding and payable by any of them to the Chargee (whether demanded or not);

 

  (b)

any of the Obligors make default in the payment on the due date and in accordance with the terms and conditions relating thereto under any Finance Documents in respect of money and other liabilities;

 

  (c)

any representation, warranty or undertaking by the Chargor is not complied with or proves to have been or to be untrue or incorrect in any material respect when made or deemed to be made;

 

2


  (d)

any representation, warranty or undertaking by any of the Obligors under any Finance Documents is not complied with or proves to have been or to be untrue or incorrect in any material respect when made or deemed to be made;

 

  (e)

any of the Borrowers does not comply with any of its covenants or obligations under the Facility Agreement in any material respect;

 

  (f)

any of the Obligors does not comply with any of its covenants and obligation under any Finance Documents in any material respect;

 

  (g)

a petition is presented or an order is made or an effective resolution is passed or analogous proceedings are taken for the winding up of any of the Borrowers or any Obligor, save for the purposes of an amalgamation, merger or reconstruction the terms whereof have previously been approved by the Chargee;

 

  (h)

any of the Borrowers or any of the Obligors shall without the consent in writing of the Chargee stop payment to creditors when due nor within any originally applicable grace period or (if applicable) the Company or any of the Obligors shall (otherwise than for the purpose of such an amalgamation, merger or reconstruction as is referred to in Sub-Clause 7.1(g)) cease or threaten to cease to carry on its business or any substantial part thereof or shall be unable to pay its debts or disposes of the whole or a substantial part of its undertaking or assets;

 

  (i)

there occurs a material adverse change in any of the Borrowers’ or any Obligor’s financial condition which would, in the reasonable opinion of the Chargee, prevent the Borrowers or any Obligor from performing in any material respect its obligations under this Deed or under any Finance Documents;

 

  (j)

the Chargor purports or attempts to create any Encumbrance over all or any part of the Charged Assets or any third party asserts a reasonable and substantial claim in respect thereof (except as permitted under this Deed);

 

  (k)

the security hereby created or under any Finance Documents or any part thereof fails or ceases for any reason to be in full force and effect or is terminated or jeopardised or becomes invalid or unenforceable or if there is any dispute regarding the same or if there is any purported termination of the same or it becomes impossible or unlawful for any of the Borrowers or any Obligor to perform any of its obligations hereunder or under any Finance Documents or for the Chargee to exercise all or any of its rights, powers and remedies hereunder or under any Finance Documents; and

 

  (l)

a creditor takes possession of all or any part of the business or assets of any of the Borrowers or any Obligor or any execution or other legal process is enforced against the business or any asset of any of the Borrowers or any Obligor and is not discharged within fourteen (14) days.

 

3


(C)

Clause 7.2 of the Charge over Receivables shall be deleted in its entirety and be replaced with the following new Clause 7.2:

“If an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, the Chargee may:

 

  (a)

declare the Secured Indebtedness, all loans and other moneys, obligations and liabilities hereby secured to be, whereupon they shall become, immediately due and payable without further demand, notice or other legal formality of any kind;

 

  (b)

declare the Credit Facility to be terminated whereupon all obligations of the Chargee to make further advances to the Chargor shall immediately cease;

 

  (c)

demand that the Chargor to provide cash cover to the Chargee for all liabilities of the Chargor to the Chargee, whereupon the Borrowers shall be under an immediate obligation to provide such cash cover; and

 

  (d)

in its absolute discretion enforce all or any part of this security in any manner it sees fit or as the Chargee direct including but limited to the sale and disposal of the Inventories at any price which the Chargee may deem fit. The Company shall not have any right to claim against the Chargee in respect of any loss arising out of any sale pursuant to this Charge of Inventories in the absence of fraud, gross negligence or willful misconduct by the Chargee, however such loss may have been caused and whether or not a better price could or might have been obtained on the sale of any of the Inventories by either deferring or advancing the date of such sale or otherwise howsoever.

 

(D)

Clause 11.5 of the Charge over Receivables shall be deleted in its entirety and be replaced with the following new Clause 11.5:

“11.5 Final Redemption.

Subject, and without prejudice, to Clause 11.3 (Avoidance of payments), once the Chargee is satisfied that all the Secured Indebtedness have been discharged in full and that all facilities which might give rise to Secured Indebtedness have terminated, the Chargee shall at the request and cost of the Chargor execute and do all such deeds, acts and things as may be necessary to release or (as appropriate) re-assign the Charged Assets from the Chargee Security within fourteen (14) Business Days upon the request and at the cost of the Chargor. For the avoidance of doubt, the Facility Agreement shall be terminated upon the above release.

 

4


3.

EFFECT OF THIS SUPPLEMENTAL AGREEMENT

 

3.1

This Supplemental Deed is and shall be construed as supplemental to the Charge over Receivables, and the Charge over Receivables and this Supplemental Deed shall be read and construed as one document and references to “this Charge over Receivables” in the Charge over Receivables and shall be construed accordingly.

 

3.2

Save as expressly amended or varied herein, the other terms and conditions of the Charge over Receivables (which have not been amended or varied by this Supplemental Deed) shall remain to be valid, subsisting and enforceable between the Parties.

 

4.

GENERAL

This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of Hong Kong and the parties irrevocably submit to the non-exclusive jurisdiction of the courts of Hong Kong.

Remainder of the page intentionally left blank

 

5


IN WITNESS whereof this Deed has been duly executed the day and year first above written.

 

SEALED with the COMMON SEAL of the

Company and SIGNED by

 

duly authorized by the Board of Directors, in

the presence of :-

  

)

)

)

)

)

  

 

/s/ Qingchun Zeng

[Signature Page]


DATE: 23rd day of November 2018

ECMOHO (Hong Kong) Limited

to

Taipei Fubon Commercial Chargee Co., Ltd.

*********************************************

SUPPLEMENTAL DEED

to

CHARGE OVER RECEIVABLES

*********************************************

LI, WONG, LAM & W.I. CHEUNG

SOLICITORS & NOTARIES

22/F., INFINITUS PLAZA,

199 DES VOEUX ROAD CENTRAL,

HONG KONG

Ref. : 033/93398/18/COMM/B/033/147

 

7

Exhibit 10.27

Execution Version

Dated 23 November 2018

IMPORT IT CORP.

as Chargor

and

TAIPEI FUBON COMMERCIAL BANK CO., LTD.

HONG KONG BRANCH

as Chargee

CHARGE OVER BANK ACCOUNT


Table of Contents

 

1

 

Definitions and interpretation

     1  

2

 

Covenant to pay

     6  

3

 

Charges and Assignments

     6  

4

 

Set-off

     7  

5

 

Restrictions

     7  

6

 

Perfection

     7  

7

 

Enforcement

     8  

8

 

Application of proceeds

     12  

9

 

Representations and warranties

     13  

10

 

Bank Accounts

     15  

11

 

General undertakings

     16  

12

 

Duration of the security

     17  

13

 

Expenses, liability and indemnity

     18  

14

 

Payments

     18  

15

 

Remedies

     19  

16

 

Power of attorney

     19  

17

 

Notices

     20  

18

 

Counterparts

     20  

19

 

Law and jurisdiction

     20  

20    

 

Other matters

     21  

Schedule 1 Initial administrative details of the parties

     23  

Schedule 2 Bank accounts

     24  

Schedule 3 Permitted Security

     25  

Schedule 4 Notice and acknowledgement of charge

     26  

Schedule 5 Powers of Chargee and Receiver

     28  

EXECUTION PAGE

     30  


CHARGE OVER BANK ACCOUNT

 

Date:          23 November 2018
PARTIES      

(1)   Chargor

   :    IMPORT IT CORP., a company incorporated under the laws of the British Virgin Islands whose registered office is situated at Intershore Consult (BVI) Limited of Intershore Chamber, Wickham Cay 1, P.O. Box 4342, Road Town, Tortola, British Virgin Islands

(2)   Chargee

   :    TAIPEI FUBON COMMERCIAL BANK CO., LTD, whose principal place of business in Hong Kong is situated at 16/F, K11 Atelier, Victoria Dockside, 18 Salisbury Road, Tsim Sha Tsui, Kowloon, Hong Kong

IT IS AGREED as follows:

 

(A)

By a facility letter (“Facility Agreement”) dated 18 October 2018 issued by the Chargee to the Chargor and ECMOHO (Hong Kong) Limited (collectively “the Borrowers”) and duly executed by them, the Chargee agreed to provide to the Borrowers revolving credit facility to the extent of USD25,000,000.00.

 

(B)

It is a condition (amongst others) of the Facility Agreement that a charge of the Bank Account (as hereinafter defined) be provided by the Chargor in favour of the Chargee as security for Secured Indebtedness (as hereinafter defined).

INTERPRETATION

 

1

Definitions and interpretation

 

1.1

Definitions    In this Deed:

Account Bank means a bank or other financial institution with which a Bank Account is held.

Authorisation means a consent, permit, licence, approval or authorization of any governmental, judicial, regulatory or other authority of any Relevant Jurisdiction.

“Bank Account” means:

 

  (a)

an account, if any, described in Schedule 2 (Bank Accounts);

 

  (b)

any account that replaces an account described in Schedule 2 (Bank Accounts);

 

  (c)

any account established after the date of this Deed which is designated as a Bank Account by the Chargor and the Chargee; and

 

  (d)

any other account with a bank or financial institution which cannot be drawn on by the account holder in the ordinary course of its trading without the consent of the Chargee;

and Bank Accounts shall be construed accordingly.

 

1


Borrowers means the Chargor and ECMOHO (Hong Kong) Limited collectively and Borrower means any of them and where the context requires includes their respective successors and assigns.

Charge of Inventories means (i) a first legal floating charge of Inventories (as therein defined) to be provided by the Chargor in favour of the Chargee as security for Secured Indebtedness and (ii) a first legal floating charge of Inventories (as therein defined) to be provided by ECMOHO (Hong Kong) Limited in favour of the Chargee as security for Secured Indebtedness.

Charge over Bank Account (1) means a first legal fixed and floating charge over Bank Account (as defined therein) to be provided by ECMOHO (Hong Kong) Limited in favour of the Chargee as security for Secured Indebtedness.

Charge over Receivables means (i) a first legal fixed and floating charge over the Receivables (as defined therein) to be provided by the Chargor in favour of the Chargee as security for Secured Indebtedness and (ii) a first legal fixed and floating charge over the Receivables (as defined therein) to be provided by ECMOHO (Hong Kong) Limited in favour of the Chargee as security for Secured Indebtedness.

Chargee Security means the Security created by this Deed and any other existing or future Security granted by the Chargor to the Chargee to secure the payment or other discharge of the Secured Indebtedness.

Chargee Security Document means a document creating or evidencing Chargee Security.

Charged Assets means the Fixed Charge Assets and the Floating Charge Assets.

Credit Facility means the revolving credit facility to the extent of USD25,000,000.00 to be provided by the Chargee to the Borrowers under the Facility Agreement.Companies Ordinance means the Companies Ordinance (Cap.622).

CPO means the Conveyancing and Property Ordinance (Cap.219).

Deed means this deed of charge over Bank Account including its amendments, supplements and replacements.

Disposal means any transfer or other disposal of an asset or of an interest in an asset, or the creation of any Right over an asset in favour of another person, but not the creation of Security.

Enforcement Time means any time at which an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing.

Encumbrance means:

 

  (i)

any mortgage, charge, pledge, lien, encumbrance, hypothecation or other security interest or security arrangement of any kind;

 

  (ii)

any arrangement whereby any rights are subordinated to any rights of any third party; and

 

  (iii)

any contractual right of set-off.

Event of Default means any event specified as such in Clause 7.1 and prospective Event of Default means any event which with the giving of notice and/or the passage of time and/or the fulfillment of any other condition would be an Event of Default.

 

2


Facility Agreement” means the facility letter dated 18 October 2018 issued by the Chargee to the Borrowers relating to the Credit Facility and including its amendments, supplements and replacements;

Finance Documents” means the Facility Agreement, this Deed, the Guarantees, the Charge Over Bank Account (1), the Charge of Inventories, the Charge over Receivables, Share Charges and all other securities and documents relating to the Credit Facility and “Finance Document” means any of them.

Fixed Charge Assets” means those assets which are from time to time the subject of Clauses 3.2 (Fixed charge) or 3.4 (Conversion of floating charge).

Floating Charge Assets” means those assets which are from time to time the subject of Clause 3.3 (Floating charge).

Government” means the Government of Hong Kong.

Guarantees” means collectively (i) the guarantee to be provided by ECMOHO (Hong Kong) Health Limited in favour of the Chargee as security for all liabilities due by the Borrowers to the Chargee to the extent of USD25,000,000.00 and interest, costs and expenses; and (ii) the guarantee to be provided by ECMOHO Limited in favour of the Chargee as security for all liabilities due by the Borrowers to the Chargee to the extent of USD25,000,000.00 and interest, costs and expenses.

Hong Kong” means Hong Kong Special Administrative Region of the People’s Republic of China.

Insolvency Event”, in relation to a person, means:

 

  (a)

the dissolution, liquidation, provisional liquidation or receivership of that person or the entering into by that person of a voluntary arrangement or scheme of arrangement with creditors;

 

  (b)

any analogous or similar procedure in any jurisdiction other than Hong Kong; or

 

  (c)

any other form of procedure relating to insolvency, reorganization or dissolution in any jurisdiction.

Obligations”, in relation to a person, means all obligations or liabilities of any kind of that person from time to time, whether they are:

 

  (a)

to pay money or to perform (or not to perform) any other act;

 

  (b)

express or implied;

 

  (c)

present, future or contingent;

 

  (d)

joint or several;

 

  (e)

incurred as a principal or surety or in any other manner; or

 

  (f)

originally owing to the person claiming performance or acquired by that person from someone else.

Obligors” means all parties to the Finance Documents other than the Chargee and “Obligor” means any one of them.

 

3


Officer”, in relation to a person, means any officer, employee or agent of that person.

Permitted Security” means any Security, if any, described in Schedule 3 (Permitted Security).

Proceeds Account” means the Chargor’s account number [*] with the Chargee (which is one of the Bank Accounts) or such other account as the Chargee may from time to time specify.

Receivables” means (1) all present and future book and other debts, revenues and other moneys due, owing, payable or incurred to, and claims of, the Chargor (whether actual or contingent), (2) benefit of any guarantees, indemnities or other assurances against financial loss or security and the proceeds of all policies of insurances affecting the same, (3) all things in action which may give rise to debts, revenues or claims and any related rights, including (without limitation) reservation of proprietary rights, rights of tracing and unpaid vendor’s liens and associated rights and (4) the benefit of all Rights relating to any of the foregoing.

Receiver” means one or more receivers or managers appointed, or to be appointed, under this Deed.

Registration Requirement” means a requirement of any Relevant Jurisdiction that this Deed be registered in order to ensure its validity, enforceability or admissibility in evidence.

Relevant Jurisdiction” means any jurisdiction in which the Chargor is incorporated, registered, carries on business or owns any asset or whose laws apply in any way to the Chargor, its assets or its business.

Right” means any right, privilege, power or immunity, or any interest or remedy, of any kind, whether it is personal or proprietary.

Secured Indebtedness” means all moneys, obligations and liabilities whether actual or contingent now or hereafter due owing or incurred to the Chargee by any of the Obligors under Finance Documents in whatever currency denominated and whether alone or jointly and whether as principal or surely when the same are due and including all costs and expenses incurred by the Chargee relating thereto on a full indemnity basis.

Security” means:

 

  (a)

any mortgage, charge, pledge, lien, hypothecation, assignment by way of security, trust arrangement for the purpose of providing security or other security interest of any kind in any jurisdiction;

 

  (b)

any proprietary interest over an asset, or any contractual arrangement in relation to an asset, in each case created in relation to any indebtedness and which has the same commercial effect as if security had been created over it; and

 

  (c)

any right of set-off created by agreement.

Share Charges” means (i) the first fixed legal charge of 9,393,800 Class B Ordinary Shares of ECMOHO Limited by Behealth Limited in favour of the Bank as security for Secured Indebtedness; and (ii) the first fixed legal charge of 9,393,800 Class B Ordinary Shares of ECMOHO Limited by Uhealth Limited in favour of the Bank as security for Secured Indebtedness.

 

4


Tax means any form of taxation, levy, duty, charge, contribution or impost of whatever nature (including any applicable fine, penalty, surcharge or interest) imposed by any local, municipal, governmental, state, federal or other fiscal, revenue, customs and/or excise authority, body or official competent to impose the same.

USD means United States Dollar, the lawful currency of the United States of America.

 

1.2

Interpretation In this Deed:

 

  (a)

the table of contents, the summary and the headings are inserted for convenience only and do not affect the interpretation of this Deed;

 

  (b)

references to clauses and schedules are to clauses of, and schedules to, this Deed;

 

  (c)

references to any document are to that document as from time to time amended, supplemented, restated, novated or replaced, however fundamentally;

 

  (d)

references to a person include an individual, firm, company, corporation, unincorporated body of persons and any government entity;

 

  (e)

references to a person include its successors in title, permitted assignees and permitted transferees;

 

  (f)

words importing the plural include the singular and vice versa; and

 

  (g)

references to any enactment include that enactment as amended or re-enacted; and, if an enactment is amended, any provision of this Deed which refers to that enactment will be amended in such manner as the Chargee, after consultation with the Chargor, determines to be necessary in order to preserve the intended effect of this Deed.

 

5


1.3

Where this Deed imposes an obligation on the Chargor to do something if required or requested by the Chargee, it will do so as soon as practicable after it becomes aware of the requirement or request.

 

1.4

It is intended that this document takes effect as a deed even though the Chargee may only execute it under hand.

 

1.5

The provisions of any other document relating to any obligation of the Chargee to make further advances are deemed to be incorporated in this Deed.

 

1.6

Where a definition of a type of asset in Clause 1.1 (Definitions) contains a number of categories, each category will be construed as separate from each other category.

 

1.7

The expression “Chargor” and “Chargee” shall where the context permits include the respective successors and permitted assigns and any person deriving title under them.

SECURITY

 

2

Covenant to pay

The Chargor hereby covenants that it will on demand pay to the Chargee the Secured Indebtedness and discharge all moneys obligations and liabilities whether actual or contingent now or hereinafter due owing or incurred to the Chargee by the Obligors under the Finance Documents in whatever currency denominated and whether alone or jointly and in whatever style name or form and whether as principal or surety when the same are due including all costs and expenses incurred by the Chargee relating thereto on a full indemnify basis.

 

3

Charges and Assignments

 

3.1

Security for Secured Indebtedness

The charges and assignments contained in this Clause 3 are provided as security for the payment or other discharge of the Secured Indebtedness.

 

3.2

Fixed charge

The Chargor, as beneficial owner, charges to the Chargee, by way of first fixed charge, all of the Rights which it now has and all of the Rights which it obtains at any time in the future in the Bank Accounts and in any Rights accruing to, derived from or otherwise connected with them (including insurances and proceeds of Disposal and of insurances).

 

3.3

Floating charge

The Chargor, as beneficial owner, charges to the Chargee, by way of first floating charge, the assets which are from time to time the subject of Clause 3.2 (Fixed Charge) to the extent that they are not effectively charged by way of fixed charge under Clause 3.2 (Fixed charge).

 

3.4

Conversion of floating charge

The Chargee may convert all or part of the floating charge created by the Chargor under Clause 3.3 (Floating charge) into a fixed charge by giving notice to that effect to the Chargor and specifying the identity of the assets concerned. This may be done on one or more occasion, but only (a) during an Enforcement Time or (b) if the Chargee reasonably considers that its security over the assets concerned is in jeopardy and that it is necessary to do so to protect or preserve its security.

 

6


3.5

Assignments

If requested by the Chargee to do so, the Chargor will execute an assignment of the Bank Accounts in such form as the Chargee may require and, without prejudice to Clause 6 (Perfection), take such steps as the Chargee may require to perfect such assignment.

 

4

Set-off

 

4.1

Set-off of matured Secured Obligation

 

  (a)

The Chargee may set off any matured Secured Indebtedness due from the Chargor (to the extent beneficially owned by the Chargee) against any matured obligation owed by the Chargee to the Chargor, regardless of the place of payment, booking branch or currency of either obligation.

 

  (b)

If the obligations are in different currencies, the Chargee may convert either obligation at a market rate of exchange in its usual course of trading for the purpose of the set-off.

 

4.2

Rights additional

The Rights created by Clause 4.1 (set-off of matured Secured Indebtedness) are in addition to the security conferred on the Chargee under this Deed.

 

5

Restrictions

 

5.1

Comply with restrictions

The Chargor will ensure that the restrictions contained in this Clause 5 are complied with unless the Chargee agrees to the contrary.

 

5.2

Negative pledge

No Security will exist over, or in relation to, any Charged Asset other than Permitted Security.

 

5.3

Restriction on disposal - Fixed Charge Assets

There will be no Disposal of any Fixed Charge Asset.

 

5.4

Restrictions on disposal - Floating Charge Assets

There will be no Disposal of any Floating Charge Asset otherwise than for market value in the ordinary course of trading of the Chargor.

 

6

Perfection

 

6.1

General action

 

  (a)

The Chargor will, at its own expense, create all such Security, execute all such documents, give all such notices, effect all such registrations (whether at the Hong Kong Companies Registry, an asset registry or otherwise), deposit all such documents and do all such other things as the Chargee may require from time to time in order to:

 

7


  (i)

ensure that it has an effective first-ranking fixed charge over, or as the case may be assignment of, the Fixed Charge Assets, subject only to such Permitted Security as the Chargee has agreed should rank in priority;

 

  (ii)

ensure that it has an effective first-ranking floating charge over the Floating Charge Assets, subject only to such Permitted Security as the Chargee has agreed should rank in priority; and

 

  (iii)

facilitate the enforcement of the Chargee Security, the realisation of the Charged Assets or the exercise of any Rights held by the Chargee or any Receiver under or in connection with the Chargee Security.

 

  (b)

The scope of Clause 6.1(a) (General Action) is not limited by the specific provisions of the rest of this Clause 6 or by any other provision of the Chargee Security Documents.

 

6.2

Bank Accounts

If, at any time, the Chargor has a Right in respect of a Bank Account, it will, on the date of this Deed (or, if it acquires the Right later, as soon as practicable after it does so):

 

  (a)

deliver a notice of this Deed to the Account Bank in respect of such Bank Account substantially in the form set out in Schedule 4 (Notice and acknowledgement of charge) and

 

  (b)

use its best endeavours to procure that such Account Bank delivers an acknowledgement of the notice to the Chargee substantially in the form set out in that Schedule as soon as reasonably practicable.

 

6.3

Subsequent security

If the Chargee receives notice that any Security has been created over the Charged Assets which the Finance Documents do not permit to rank in priority to the Chargee Security, the Chargee will be treated as if it had immediately opened a new account for the Chargor, and all payments received by the Chargee from the Chargor will be treated as if they had been credited to the new account and will not reduce the amount then due from the Chargor to the Chargee.

ENFORCEMENT

 

7

Enforcement

 

7.1

Each of the following events shall be an Event of Default:

 

  (a)

any of the Borrowers makes default in the payment on the due date and in accordance with the terms and conditions under Facility Agreement of any principal or interest or other moneys outstanding and payable by any of them to the Chargee (whether demanded or not);

 

  (b)

any of the Obligors make default in the payment on the due date and in accordance with the terms and conditions relating thereto under any Finance Documents in respect of money and other liabilities;

 

  (c)

any representation, warranty or undertaking by the Chargor is not complied with or proves to have been or to be untrue or incorrect in any material respect when made or deemed to be made;

 

8


  (d)

any representation, warranty or undertaking by any of the Obligors under any Finance Documents is not complied with or proves to have been or to be untrue or incorrect in any material respect when made or deemed to be made;

 

  (e)

any of the Borrowers does not comply with any of its covenants or obligations under the Facility Agreement in any material respect;

 

  (f)

any of the Obligors does not comply with any of its covenants and obligation under any Finance Documents in any material respect;

 

  (g)

a petition is presented or an order is made or an effective resolution is passed or analogous proceedings are taken for the winding up of any of the Borrowers or any Obligor, save for the purposes of an amalgamation, merger or reconstruction the terms whereof have previously been approved by the Chargee;

 

  (h)

any of the Borrowers or any of the Obligors shall without the consent in writing of the Chargee stop payment to creditors when due nor within any originally applicable grace period or (if applicable) the Company or any of the Obligors shall (otherwise than for the purpose of such an amalgamation, merger or reconstruction as is referred to in Sub-Clause 7.1(g)) cease or threaten to cease to carry on its business or any substantial part thereof or shall be unable to pay its debts or disposes of the whole or a substantial part of its undertaking or assets;

 

  (i)

there occurs a material adverse change in any of the Borrowers’ or any Obligor’s financial condition which would, in the reasonable opinion of the Chargee, prevent the Borrowers or any Obligor from performing in any material respect its obligations under this Deed or under any Finance Documents;

 

  (j)

the Chargor purports or attempts to create any Encumbrance over all or any part of the Charged Assets or any third party asserts a reasonable and substantial claim in respect thereof (except as permitted under this Deed);

 

  (k)

the security hereby created or under any Finance Documents or any part thereof fails or ceases for any reason to be in full force and effect or is terminated or jeopardised or becomes invalid or unenforceable or if there is any dispute regarding the same or if there is any purported termination of the same or it becomes impossible or unlawful for any of the Borrowers or any Obligor to perform any of its obligations hereunder or under any Finance Documents or for the Chargee to exercise all or any of its rights, powers and remedies hereunder or under any Finance Documents; and

 

  (l)

a creditor takes possession of all or any part of the business or assets of any of the Borrowers or any Obligor or any execution or other legal process is enforced against the business or any asset of any of the Borrowers or any Obligor and is not discharged within fourteen (14) days.

 

 

9


7.2

If an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, the Chargee may:

 

  (a)

declare the Secured Indebtedness, all loans and other moneys, obligations and liabilities hereby secured to be, whereupon they shall become, immediately due and payable without further demand, notice or other legal formality of any kind;

 

  (b)

declare the Credit Facility to be terminated whereupon all obligations of the Chargee to make further advances to the Borrowers shall immediately cease;

 

  (c)

demand that the Chargor to provide cash cover to the Chargee for all liabilities of the Borrowers to the Chargee, whereupon the Borrowers shall be under an immediate obligation to provide such cash cover; and

 

  (d)

in its absolute discretion enforce all or any part of this security in any manner it sees fit or as the Chargee direct including but limited to the sale and disposal of the Inventories at any price which the Chargee may deem fit. The Company shall not have any right to claim against the Chargee in respect of any loss arising out of any sale pursuant to this Charge of Inventories in the absence of fraud, gross negligence or willful misconduct by the Chargee, however such loss may have been caused and whether or not a better price could or might have been obtained on the sale of any of the Inventories by either deferring or advancing the date of such sale or otherwise howsoever.

 

 

10


7.3

Time for enforcement

The Chargee may enforce the Chargee Security at any time which is an Enforcement Time or if the Chargor requests it to do so.

 

7.4

Methods of enforcement

 

  (a)

The Chargee may enforce the Chargee Security by:

 

  (i)

appointing a Receiver of any asset of the Chargor;

 

  (ii)

appropriating, going into possession of, receiving the benefit of or selling assets of the Chargor, giving notice to the Chargor or any other person in relation to any assets of the Chargor, exercising a right of set-off or in any other way it may decide;

 

  (iii)

whether or not it has appointed a Receiver, exercising all or any of the powers, authorities and discretions given to mortgagees and receivers by the CPO as varied or extended by this Deed or otherwise conferred by law; or

 

  (iv)

taking any other action it may decide in any jurisdiction other than Hong Kong.

 

  (b)

A Receiver may be appointed by an instrument in writing executed as a deed or under hand by any Officer of the Chargee.

 

  (c)

The appointment of a Receiver may be made subject to such limitations as are specified by the Chargee in the appointment.

 

  (d)

If more than one person is appointed as a Receiver, each person will have power to act independently of any other, except to the extent that the Chargee may specify to the contrary in the appointment.

 

  (e)

The Chargee may remove or replace any Receiver.

 

  (f)

Any Receiver may be appointed Receiver of all of the Charged Assets or Receiver of a part of the Charged Assets specified in the appointment. In the latter case, the Rights conferred on a Receiver as set out in Schedule 5 (Powers of Chargee and Receiver) shall have effect as though every reference in that schedule to any Charged Assets were a reference to the part of those assets so specified or any part of those assets.

 

7.5

Powers on enforcement

 

  (a)

A Receiver of the Chargor will have the following powers in respect of the Charged Assets:

 

  (i)

the powers, rights, discretions, privileges and immunities given to a mortgagee or a receiver by any statute or ordinance (including the CPO to the extent applicable, but without any restrictions imposed on the power of sale or consolidation of mortgages, charges or other securities);

 

  (ii)

the powers and rights set out in Schedule 5 (Powers of Chargee and Receiver);

 

11


  (iii)

the power to do, or omit to do, on behalf of the Chargor, anything which the Chargor itself could have done, or omitted to do, if the Charged Assets were not the subject of Security and the Chargor were not in insolvency proceedings; and

 

  (iv)

all other powers (if any) conferred on receivers by law or otherwise,

and all of such powers and rights are exercisable without further notice.

 

  (b)

The Chargee is not required to give any prior notice of non-payment or default to the Chargor before enforcing this Deed. There is no minimum period for which the Secured Indebtedness must remain due and unpaid before this Deed can be enforced and paragraph 11 of the Fourth Schedule to the CPO (and any similar provision under other laws) does not apply to this Deed.

 

  (c)

Nothing done by or on behalf of the Chargee pursuant to this Deed shall render it liable to account as a mortgagee in possession for any sums other than actual receipts.

 

  (d)

The Chargee will, if it enforces the Chargee Security itself, have the same powers as a Receiver in respect of the assets which are the subject of the enforcement.

 

  (e)

Except to the extent provided by law, none of the powers described in this Clause 7 will be affected by an Insolvency Event in relation to the Chargor.

 

7.6

Status and remuneration of Receiver

 

  (a)

A Receiver will be the agent of the Chargor until the Chargor goes into liquidation. A Receiver will have no authority to act as agent for the Chargee, even in the liquidation of the Chargor.

 

  (b)

The Chargee may from time to time determine the remuneration of any Receiver.

 

7.7

Third parties

A person dealing with the Chargee or with a Receiver is entitled to assume, unless it has actual knowledge to the contrary, that:

 

  (a)

those persons have the power to do those things which they are purporting to do; and

 

  (b)

they are exercising their powers properly.

 

8

Application of proceeds

All money received by the Chargee or a Receiver under or in connection with the Finance Documents (whether during, or before, enforcement of the Chargee Security) will, subject to the rights of any persons having priority, be applied in the following order of priority:

 

12


  (a)

first, in or towards payment of all amounts payable to the Chargee, any Receiver or their Officers under Clause 13 (Expenses, liability and indemnity) and all remuneration due to any Receiver under or in connection with the Chargee Security;

 

  (b)

secondly, in or towards payment of the Secured Indebtedness in such order as is required by the Finance Documents or, if there is no such requirement, as decided by the Chargee (and, if any of the Secured Indebtedness are not then payable, by payment into a suspense account until they become payable); and

 

  (c)

thirdly, in payment of any surplus to the Chargor or other person entitled to it.

REPRESENTATIONS AND UNDERTAKINGS

 

9

Representations and warranties

 

9.1

Representations and warranties

The Chargor makes the representations and warranties set out in this Clause 9 to the Chargee on the date of this Deed.

 

  (a)

Status: The Chargor is a corporation, duly incorporated and validly existing under the laws of its jurisdiction of incorporation. The Chargor has the power to own its assets and carry on its business as it is being conducted.

 

  (b)

Binding obligations: The obligations expressed to be assumed by the Chargor in this Deed are legal, valid, binding and enforceable obligations and this Deed creates the security interests which it purports to create and those security interests are valid and effective.

 

  (c)

Non-conflict with other obligations: The entry into and performance by the Chargor of, and the transactions contemplated by, this Deed and the granting of the Chargee Security do not and will not conflict with:

 

  (i)

any law or regulation applicable to it;

 

  (ii)

its constitutional documents; or

 

  (iii)

any agreement or instrument binding upon it or any of its assets or constitute a default or termination event (however described) under any such agreement or instrument,

nor (except as provided in the Finance Documents) result in the existence of, or oblige the Chargor to create, any Security over any of its assets.

 

13


  (d)

Power and authority: The Chargor has the power to enter into, perform and deliver, and has taken all necessary action to authorise its entry into, performance and delivery of, this Deed and the transactions contemplated by this Deed. No limit on its powers will be exceeded as a result of the grant of Security contemplated by this Deed.

 

  (e)

Validity and admissibility in evidence: All Authorisations required or desirable:

 

  (i)

to enable the Chargor lawfully to enter into, exercise its rights and comply with its obligations in this Deed;

 

  (ii)

to make this Deed admissible in evidence in the Relevant Jurisdictions; and

 

  (iii)

to enable the Chargor to create the Security to be created by it pursuant to this Deed and to ensure that such Security has the priority and ranking contemplated by this Deed,

have been obtained or effected and are in full force and effect.

 

  (f)

Registration requirements: Except for registration of particulars of this Deed at the Companies Registry in Hong Kong, it is not necessary to file, register or record this Deed in any public place or elsewhere.

 

  (g)

Governing law and enforcement: The choice of Hong Kong law as the governing law of this Deed will be recognised and enforced in the Relevant Jurisdictions. Any judgment obtained in Hong Kong in relation to this Deed will be recognised and enforced in the Relevant Jurisdictions.

 

  (h)

Deduction of Tax: It is not required under the law applicable where the Chargor is incorporated or resident or at the address specified in this Deed to make any deduction for or on account of Tax from any payment the Chargor may make under this Deed.

 

  (i)

No filing or stamp taxes: Except for registration fees associated with the registration of this Deed in accordance with Clause 9.1(f) (Registration requirements), it is not necessary under the laws of any Relevant Jurisdiction that any stamp, registration, notarial or similar Taxes or fees be paid on or in relation to this Deed or the transactions contemplated by this Deed.

 

  (j)

Ranking of Security. The Chargee Security has or will have first ranking priority and it is not subject to any prior ranking or pari passu ranking Security.

 

  (k)

Legal and beneficial ownership:

 

  (i)

The Chargor is the sole legal and beneficial owner of the Rights under the Bank Accounts;

 

  (ii)

all the Charged Assets are beneficially owned by the Chargor.

 

  (l)

Title to Charged Assets: The Chargor has good, valid and marketable title to, and all appropriate Authorisations to use, the Charged Assets and has full power and authority to grant the Chargee the Security over the Charged Assets created pursuant to this Deed and to execute, deliver and perform its obligations in accordance with the terms of this Deed without the consent or approval of any other person other than any consent or approval which has been obtained.

 

14


  (m)

Charged Assets: Each schedule which describes Charged Assets beneficially owned by the Chargor is a true, accurate and complete list of such assets so owned by the Chargor at the date of this Deed.

 

  (n)

No Security: No Security exists over all or any of the Charged Assets other than a Permitted Security.

 

  (o)

No disposal: The Chargor has not sold, transferred or otherwise disposed of, or agreed to sell, transfer or otherwise dispose of, all or any of its rights, title and interest in the Charged Assets or any part thereof.

 

9.2

Repetition

The representations and warranties in Clause 9.1 (Representations and warranties) shall be deemed to be repeated by the Chargor on each day until all the Secured Indebtedness have been paid or discharged in full, as if made with reference to the facts and circumstances existing on each such day.

 

10

Bank Accounts

 

10.1

Restrictions on alteration or waiver

 

  (a)

The Chargor will not:

 

  (i)

agree to close any Bank Account or agree to alter the terms applicable to any Bank Account; or

 

  (ii)

waive its rights under a Bank Account,

without the consent of the Chargee.

 

  (b)

The Chargee will give its consent under Clause 10.1(a) (Restrictions on alteration or waiver) if, in its reasonable opinion, any such alteration or waiver will not materially affect the effectiveness or value of its security over the Bank Account concerned.

 

10.2

Restriction on withdrawal from Bank Account

 

  (a)

The Chargor will not make any withdrawal from any Bank Account except with the prior consent of the Chargee.

 

  (b)

The Chargee will give its consent under Clause 10.2(a) (Restriction on withdrawal from Bank Account) if the withdrawal is permitted under any agreement binding the Chargee.

 

15


11

General undertakings

 

11.1

Authorisations

 

  (a)

The Chargor shall promptly:

 

  (i)

obtain, comply with and do all that is necessary to maintain in full force and effect; and

 

  (ii)

supply a certified copy to the Chargee of any Authorisation required under any law or regulation of a Relevant Jurisdiction to (A) enable it to perform its obligations under the this Deed, (B) ensure the legality, validity, enforceability or admissibility in evidence of this Deed or (C) carry on its business.

 

  (b)

The Chargor shall promptly make the registrations and comply with the other requirements specified in Clause 9.1(f) (Registration requirements).

 

11.2

Maintain Charged Assets

The Chargor will take all steps as are necessary to preserve the value and marketability of its Charged Assets.

 

11.3

Notification of adverse effect

The Chargor will notify the Chargee as soon as it becomes aware of any matter which might reasonably be expected to have an adverse effect on the Rights of the Chargee under the Chargee Security. Those matters include a claim by any person to an interest in a Charged Asset.

 

11.4

Request for information

The Chargor will provide to the Chargee:

 

  (a)

such information about the Charged Assets;

 

  (b)

such information about the extent to which it has complied with its obligations under this Deed; and

 

  (c)

copies of such documents which create, evidence or relate to its Charged Assets,

as the Chargee may from time to time reasonably request.

 

11.5

Receivables

The Chargor shall ensure all Receivables shall be paid into Proceeds Account.

 

11.6

Failure to comply with obligation

If the Chargor does not comply with its obligations under this Deed, the Chargee may do so on the Chargor’s behalf on such basis as the Chargee may reasonably decide. The Chargor will on demand indemnify the Chargee against the amount certified by the Chargee to be the cost, loss or liability suffered by it as a result of doing so.

 

16


MISCELLANEOUS

 

12

Duration of the security

 

12.1

Continuing security

The Obligations of the Chargor under the Finance Documents and the security created by the Chargee Security will continue until the Secured Indebtedness have been irrevocably and unconditionally paid or discharged in full, regardless of any intermediate payment or discharge in whole or in part.

 

12.2

Reinstatement

If any discharge, release or arrangement (whether in respect of the obligations of the Chargor or any security for those obligations or otherwise) is made by the Chargee in whole or in part on the basis of any payment, security or other disposition which is avoided or must be restored in insolvency, liquidation, administration or otherwise, without limitation, then the liability of the Chargor under this Deed will continue or be reinstated as if the discharge, release or arrangement had not occurred.

 

12.3

Avoidance of payments

If the Chargee reasonably determines that there exists a reasonable possibility of the avoidance or invalidation of any payment or repayment of the Secured Indebtedness:

 

  (a)

the Chargee shall be entitled to retain this Deed and not to release any of the Charged Assets from the Chargee Security; and

 

  (b)

if so required by the Chargee (acting reasonably), the Chargor shall promptly provide the Chargee with any evidence (including, if required by the Chargee, a solvency report from the auditors of the Chargor in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Chargee) requested by the Chargee in order that it may determine whether or not at such time there exists such a possibility.

 

12.4

Retention of documents

If the Chargee does determine that there exists such a reasonable possibility it shall be entitled to retain this Deed and not release the Charged Assets for a period of one month plus the relevant statutory period after the Secured Indebtedness of the Chargor shall have been discharged in full. If at any time within such period an Insolvency Event occurs in relation to the Chargor or of any other person that has given or made any relevant assurance, security, guarantee or payment in respect of the discharge of those Secured Indebtedness the Chargee may continue to retain this Deed and not release the Charged Assets for and during such other period as the Chargee in its absolute discretion shall determine.

 

12.5

Final redemption

Subject, and without prejudice, to Clause 12.3 (Avoidance of payments), once the Chargee is satisfied that all the Secured Indebtedness have been discharged in full and that all facilities which might give rise to Secured Indebtedness have terminated, the Chargee shall at the request and cost of the Chargor execute and do all such deeds, acts and things as may be necessary to release or (as appropriate) re-assign the Charged Assets from the Chargee Security within fourteen (14) Business Days upon the request and at the cost of the Chargor. For the avoidance of doubt, the Facility Agreement shall be terminated upon the above release.

 

17


13

Expenses, liability and indemnity

 

13.1

Costs and expenses

The Chargor will, on demand, pay all legal and other costs and expenses (including any stamp duty, registration or other similar taxes) incurred by the Chargee or by any Receiver in connection with the Chargee Security. This includes any costs and expenses relating to the enforcement or preservation of the Chargee Security or the Charged Assets and to any amendment, waiver, consent or release required in connection with the Chargee Security.

 

13.2

No liability or costs

Neither the Chargee nor a Receiver nor any of their Officers will be in any way liable or responsible to the Chargor for any loss or liability of any kind arising from any act or omission by it of any kind (whether as mortgagee in possession or otherwise) in relation to the Charged Assets or the Chargee Security, except to the extent caused by its gross negligence or wilful misconduct.

 

13.3

Indemnity to the Chargee

The Chargor will, on demand, indemnify each of the Chargee, a Receiver and their Officers in respect of all costs, expenses, losses or liabilities of any kind which it incurs or suffers in connection with:

 

  (a)

the taking, holding, protection or enforcement of the Chargee Security,

 

  (b)

any matter or thing done or omitted in any way in accordance with the terms of this Deed relating to the Charged Assets;

 

  (c)

the exercise or purported exercise of any of the rights, powers, authorities, discretions and remedies conferred on it under the Chargee Security or by law;

 

  (d)

a claim of any kind (whether relating to the environment or otherwise) made or asserted against it which would not have arisen but for the execution or enforcement of this Deed or if the Chargee Security had not been granted; or

 

  (e)

any breach by any Obligor of the Finance Documents.

 

14

Payments

 

14.1

Payments in full

All payments by the Chargor under the Chargee Security Documents will be made in full, without any set-off or other deduction.

 

14.2

Gross up

If any Tax or other sum must be deducted from any amount payable by the Chargor under the Chargee Security Documents, the Chargor will pay such additional amounts as are necessary to ensure that the recipient receives a net amount equal to the full amount it would have received before such deductions.

 

14.3

Default interest

If the Chargor fails to make a payment under the Chargee Security Documents, it will pay interest to that person on the amount concerned at the Default Rate from the date it should have made the payment until the date of payment (after, as well as before, judgment).

 

18


14.4

Currency indemnity

No payment by the Chargor (whether under a court order or otherwise) will discharge any Obligation of the Chargor unless and until the Chargee has received payment in full in the currency in which the Obligation is denominated. If, on conversion into that currency, the amount of the payment falls short of the amount of the Obligation concerned, the Chargee will have a separate cause of action against the Chargor for the shortfall.

 

14.5

Certificates and determinations

Any certification or determination by the Chargee of an amount payable by the Chargor under this Deed is, in the absence of manifest error, conclusive evidence of that amount.

 

15

Remedies

 

15.1

Rights additional

The Rights created by this Deed are in addition to any other Rights of the Chargee against the Chargor or any other security provider under any other documentation, the general law or otherwise. They will not merge with or limit those other Rights, and are not limited by them.

 

15.2

No waiver

No failure by the Chargee to exercise any Right under this Deed will operate as a waiver of that Right. Nor will a single or partial exercise of a Right by the Chargee preclude its further exercise.

 

15.3

Partial invalidity

If, at any time, any provision of this Deed is or becomes illegal, invalid or unenforceable in any respect under any law of any jurisdiction, neither the legality, validity or enforceability of the remaining provisions nor the legality, validity or enforceability of that provision in any other respect or under the law of any other jurisdiction will be affected or impaired in any way.

 

16

Power of attorney

The Chargor, by way of security, irrevocably appoints each of the Chargee and any Receiver severally to be its attorney:

 

  (a)

to do anything which the Chargor is obliged to do under the Chargee Security Documents; and

 

  (b)

to exercise any of the Rights conferred on the attorney by the Chargee Security Documents or by law.

 

19


17

Notices

 

17.1

Service of Proceedings

 

  (a)

Any notice, request, certificate, demand or other communication required to be given by any party hereto to the other parties hereto shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been so given if addressed to the addressee at its address in Hong Kong herein mentioned or to such other address in Hong Kong as may have been notified in writing by such party to the other parties hereto in accordance with this Clause 17.1.

 

  (b)

Any notice, request, certificate, demand or other communication delivered personally shall be deemed to have been given at the time of such delivery. Any notice, request, certificate, demand or other communication dispatched by letter postage prepaid shall be deemed to have been given forty eight (48) hours after posting. Any notice, request, certificate, demand or other communication sent by telex or facsimile transmission shall be deemed to have been given at the time of dispatch and any notice, request, certificate, demand or other communication sent by cable shall be deemed to have been given twenty four (24) hours after dispatch. Provided always that any notice, request, certificate, demand or other communication to be given by the Chargor to the Chargee shall only be effective upon actual receipt thereof by the Chargee (as the case may be).

 

  (c)

Any legal process including any writ or originating summons or otherwise and any other summons or notice to be served on a party by the other party hereto in any legal proceeding or action in any court or tribunal shall be deemed to be sufficiently and duly served forty-eight (48) hours after having been left or sent by ordinary pre-paid post to the addressee’s registered office or usual place of business in Hong Kong and in proving service it shall be sufficient to prove that the legal process or summons or notice was properly addressed and posted or properly left (as the case may be) irrespective of whether the same is returned through the post undelivered to the addressee.

 

17.2

Administrative details

The initial administrative details of the parties are contained in Schedule 1 (Initial administrative details of the parties) but a party may amend its own details at any time by notice to the other party.

 

17.3

Delivery to registered office

Any notice to the Chargor may alternatively be sent to its registered office or to any of its places of business or to any of its directors or its company secretary; and it will be deemed to have been received when delivered to any such places or persons.

 

18

Counterparts

This Deed may be executed in any number of counterparts, and this has the same effect as if the signatures on the counterparts were on a single copy of this Deed.

 

19

Law and jurisdiction

 

19.1

Governing law

This Deed is governed by Hong Kong law.

 

20


19.2

Jurisdiction of Hong Kong courts

 

  (a)

The courts of Hong Kong have exclusive jurisdiction to settle any dispute arising out of or in connection with this Deed (including a dispute regarding the existence, validity or termination of this Deed) (a Dispute).

 

  (b)

The parties agree that the courts of Hong Kong are the most appropriate and convenient courts to settle Disputes and, accordingly, that they will not argue to the contrary.

 

  (c)

Clause 19.2(a)(Jurisdiction of Hong Kong counts) is for the benefit of the Chargee only. As a result, the Chargee will not be prevented from taking proceedings relating to a Dispute in any other courts with jurisdiction. To the extent allowed by law, the Chargee may take concurrent proceedings in any number of jurisdictions.

 

19.3

Service of process

 

  (a)

The Chargor irrevocably appoints any Hong Kong process agent identified as such on the execution page at its registered office from time to time to receive on the Chargor’s behalf process issued out of the Hong Kong courts in connection with this Deed.

 

  (b)

Failure by the process agent to notify the Chargor of the process will not invalidate the proceedings.

 

  (c)

If this appointment is terminated for any reason, the Chargor will appoint a replacement agent and will ensure that the new agent notifies the Chargee of its acceptance of appointment.

 

19.4

Waiver of immunities

The Chargor irrevocably waives, to the extent permitted by applicable law, with respect to itself and its revenues and assets (irrespective of their use or intended use), all immunity on the grounds of sovereignty or other similar grounds from:

 

  (a)

suit;

 

  (b)

jurisdiction of any court;

 

  (c)

relief by way of injunction or order for specific performance or recovery of property;

 

  (d)

attachment of its assets (whether before or after judgment); and

 

  (e)

execution or enforcement of any judgment to which it or its revenues or assets might otherwise be entitled in any proceedings in the courts of any jurisdiction (and irrevocably agrees, to the extent permitted by applicable law, that it will not claim any immunity in any such proceedings).

 

20

Other matters

 

20.1

Legal Representation: The Parties acknowledge that Messrs. Li, Wong, Lam & W.I. Cheung acts as legal counsel of the Chargee only relating to this Deed. The Chargor will take separate legal advice as it sees fit.

 

21


20.2

Third Party Rights: Nothing contained herein is intended to grant to any third party any right to enforce any term hereof or to confer on any third party any right or benefit hereunder for the purposes of the Contracts (Rights of Third Parties) Ordinance and any enactment thereof and the application of the said Ordinance is expressly excluded.

This Deed has been executed as a deed, and it has been delivered on the date stated at the beginning of this Deed.

 

 

22


Schedule 1

Initial administrative details of the parties

 

Party

  

Address

  

Fax number

  

Attention

Chargor

   Intershore Consult (BVI)
Limited of Intershore
Chamber, Wickham Cay 1,
P.O. Box 4342, Road Town,
Tortola, British Virgin Islands
  

***

   Richard Wei

Chargee

   16/F, K11 Atelier, Victoria
Dockside, 18 Salisbury Road,
Tsim Sha Tsui, Kowloon,
Hong Kong
  

***

   Nicolus Tseng

 

23


Schedule 2

Bank accounts

 

Bank

  

Account Holder

  

Account Name

  

Account Number

Taipei Fubon Commercial Bank Co., Ltd. HK Branch       Import It Corp.   

***

Taipei Fubon Commercial Bank Co., Ltd. HK Branch       Import It Corp.   

***

 

24


Schedule 3

Permitted Security

 

1

Chargee Security.

 

25


Schedule 4

Notice and acknowledgement of charge

Form of notice and acknowledgement of charge of Bank Accounts

To: [Account Bank]

Date: ●

Dear Sirs

Notice of Charge

 

1

We give you notice that, under a deed dated [*] entered into by us in favour of Taipei Fubon Commercial Bank Co., Ltd. (the Chargee), we have charged to the Chargee by way of first fixed charge all of our rights in our [reserve/ Current] account with you (no. [*]) (the Account).

 

2

We have agreed with the Chargee not to close the Account or to amend any of the terms applicable to the Account or waive any of our rights under the Account without the consent of the Chargee.

 

3

We instruct you:

 

  (a)

to honour withdrawals from the Account if requested by the Chargee;

 

  (b)

not to honour any withdrawals from the Account if requested by us, unless our instructions are countersigned by the Chargee; and

 

  (c)

to disclose to the Chargee, without further approval from us, such information regarding the Account as the Chargee may from time to time request and to send it copies of all statements and other notices issued by you in connection with the Bank Account.

 

4

These instructions cannot be varied or terminated without the consent of the Chargee.

 

5

Please sign the enclosed acknowledgement and return it to the Chargee at [address] marked for the attention of [*].

 

Yours faithfully

[Name of Chargor]

By:                                              

 

 

26


Acknowledgement of Charge

To: Taipei Fubon Commercial Bank Co., Ltd.

Date: [*]

Dear Sirs

 

1

We acknowledge receipt of the above notice.

 

2

We have not received notice that any other person has an interest in the Account.

 

3

We will comply with the instructions in the notice.

 

4

We will not, without the Chargee’s consent, permit any amount to be withdrawn from the Account.

 

5

We will not, without the Chargee’s consent, exercise any right of combination, consolidation or set-off which we may have in respect of the Account.

 

Yours faithfully
[Name of Account Bank]
By :  

 

Date :  

 

 

 

27


Schedule 5

Powers of Chargee and Receiver

The Chargee or any Receiver appointed pursuant to Clause 7 (Enforcement) shall have the right and power, either in his own name or in the name of the Chargor or otherwise and in such manner and upon such terms and conditions as the Chargee or the Receiver thinks fit, and either alone or jointly with any other person to:

 

1

Take possession: take possession of, and get in all or any of, the Charged Assets;

 

2

Borrow money: raise or borrow any money from or incur any other liability to the Chargee or others on such terms with or without security as the Chargee or the Receiver may think fit and so that any such security may be or include a charge on the whole or any part of the Charged Assets ranking in priority to this Deed or otherwise;

 

3

Dispose of assets: appropriate, sell by public auction or private contract, transfer, assign, exchange, hire out, lend or otherwise dispose of or deal with all or any of the Charged Assets (including any fixtures, which may be sold separately from any Land) or concur in so doing in such manner for such consideration and generally on such terms and conditions as the Chargee or the Receiver may think fit with full power to convey, sell, transfer, assign, exchange, hire out, lend or otherwise dispose of and so that covenants and contractual obligations may be granted and assumed in the name of and so as to bind the Chargor if the Chargee or the Receiver shall consider it necessary or expedient so to do; any such sale, transfer, assignment, exchange, hiring out, lending or disposition may be for cash, debentures or other obligations, shares, stock, securities or other valuable consideration and be payable immediately or by instalments spread over such period as the Chargee or the Receiver shall think fit and so that any consideration received or receivable shall ipso facto forthwith be and become charged with the payment of all the Secured Indebtedness;

 

4

Contracts: enter into any contract or arrangement in relation to the Charged Assets and perform, repudiate, rescind or vary any contract or arrangement to which the Chargor is a party in relation to the Charged Assets;

 

5

Legal proceedings: institute, continue, enforce, defend, settle or discontinue any actions, suits or proceedings in relation to the Charged Assets or any part thereof or submit to arbitration as the Chargee or the Receiver may think fit;

 

6

Right of ownership: exercise and do (or permit the Chargor or any nominee of it to exercise and do) all such rights and things as the Chargee or the Receiver would be capable of exercising or doing if it were the absolute beneficial owner of the Charged Assets and in particular, without limitation, exercise any rights of enforcing any Security by appropriation, entry into possession, foreclosure, sale or otherwise and to arrange for or provide all services which the Chargee or the Receiver may deem proper for the efficient management or use of the Charged Assets or the exercise of such rights;

 

7

Redemption of Security: redeem any Security (whether or not having priority to this Deed) over the Charged Assets and to settle the accounts of any person with an interest in the Charged Asset;

 

8

Spend Money: spend such sums as the Chargee or the Receiver may think fit in the exercise of any of the powers set out herein and the Chargor shall forthwith on demand repay the Chargee or the Receiver (as the case may be) all sums so spent together with interest on those sums at such rates as the Chargee or the Receiver may from time to time determine from the time they are paid or incurred and until repayment those sums (together with such interest) shall be secured by this Deed; and

 

28


9

Execute documents: sign any document, execute any deed (with authorisation to use the common seal for such purpose) and do all such other acts and things as may be considered by the Chargee or the Receiver to be incidental or conducive to any of the matters or powers aforesaid or to the realisation of the security created by or pursuant to this Deed and to use the name of the Chargor for all the purposes aforesaid.

 

 

29


   EXECUTION PAGE  

Chargor

 

       

IMPORT IT CORP. (seal)

 

       

The common seal of

 

   )

 

    

the Chargor was affixed

 

   )

 

    
       
in the presence of:    )     
       
       
       

Director :                                                              

 

 
Name :                                                                    
      
      
      
      

Director/Authorised Signatory :  /s/ Qingchun Zeng        

 

 
Name :                                               
      
      
      
      

Process agent appointed under Clause 19.3

 

Name of Company:                                                                                       

 

Place of Incorporation: Hong Kong

 

Registered office:                                                                                                                       

 

Chargee
TAIPEI FUBON COMMERCIAL BANK, CO. LTD.
By:                                                                      
Name :                                                                

[Execution Page]


   EXECUTION PAGE  

Chargor

 

       

IMPORT IT CORP. (seal)

 

       

The common seal of

 

   )

 

    

the Chargor was affixed

 

   )

 

    
       
in the presence of:    )     
       
       
       

Director:                                                              

 

 
Name:                                                                    
      
      
      
      

Director/Authorised Signatory:  /s/ Qingchun Zeng        

 

      
Name:                                               
      
      
      
      

Process agent appointed under Clause 19.3

 

Name of Company:                                                                                       

 

Place of Incorporation: Hong Kong

 

Registered office:                                                                                                                       

 

Chargee
TAIPEI FUBON COMMERCIAL BANK, CO. LTD.
By:  /s/ T. L. Peng                                              
Name:                                                                

 

30


Dated 25 OCT 2018

ECMOHO (HONG KONG) LIMITED

as Chargor

and

TAIPEI FUBON COMMERCIAL BANK CO., LTD.

HONG KONG BRANCH

as Chargee

CHARGE OVER BANK ACCOUNT


Table of Contents

 

1   

Definitions and interpretation

     1  
2   

Covenant to pay

     6  
3   

Charges and Assignments

     6  
4   

Set-off

     7  
5   

Restrictions

     7  
6   

Perfection

     8  
7   

Enforcement

     9  
8   

Application of proceeds

     13  
9   

Representations and warranties

     13  
10   

Bank Accounts

     15  
11   

General undertakings

     l6  
12   

Duration of the security

     17  
13   

Expenses, liability and indemnity

     18  
14   

Payments

     18  
15   

Remedies

     19  
16   

Power of attorney

     20  
17   

Notices

     20  
18   

Counterparts

     20  
19   

Law and jurisdiction

     21  
20   

Other matters

     22  

Schedule 1 Initial administrative details of the parties

     23  

Schedule 2 Bank accounts

     24  

Schedule 3 Permitted Security

     25  

Schedule 4 Notice and acknowledgement of charge

     26  

Schedule 5 Powers of Chargee and Receiver

     28  

EXECUTION PAGE

     30  

 


CHARGE OVER BANK ACCOUNT

Date: 25 OCT 2018

PARTIES

 

(1)    Chargor        :    ECMOHO (HONG KONG) LIMITED, registration no.: 2218839, a company incorporated under the laws of Hong Kong whose registered office is situated at Flat 9, 4/F, Beverley Commercial Centre, 87-105 Chatham Road South, Tsimshatsui, Kowloon, Hong Kong
(2)    Chargee        :    TAIPEI FUBON COMMERCIAL BANK CO., LTD, whose principal place of business in Hong Kong is situated at 16/F, K11 Atelier, Victoria Dockside, 18 Salisbury Road, Tsim Sha Tsui, Kowloon, Hong Kong

IT IS AGREED as follows:

 

(A)

By a facility letter (“Facility Agreement”) dated 18 Oct 2018 issued by the Chargee to the Chargor and Import It Corp (collectively “the Borrowers”) and duly executed by them, the Chargee agreed to provide to the Borrowers revolving credit facility to the extent of
USD 25,000,000.00.

 

(B)

It is a condition (amongst others) of the Facility Agreement that a charge of the Bank Account (as hereinafter defined) be provided by the Chargor in favour of the Chargee as security for Secured Indebtedness (as hereinafter defined).

INTERPRETATION

 

1

Definitions and interpretation

 

1.1

Definitions In this Deed:

“Account Bank” means a bank or other financial institution with which a Bank Account is held.

“Authorisation” means a consent, permit, licence, approval or authorization of any governmental, judicial, regulatory or other authority of any Relevant Jurisdiction.

“Bank Account” means:

 

  (a)

an account, if any, described in Schedule 2 (Bank Accounts);

 

  (b)

any account that replaces an account described in Schedule 2 (Bank Accounts);

 

  (c)

any account established after the date of this Deed which is designated as a Bank Account by the Chargor and the Chargee; and

 

  (d)

any other account with a bank or financial institution which cannot be drawn on by the account holder in the ordinary course of its trading without the consent of the Chargee;

and “Bank Accounts” shall be construed accordingly.

 

1


“Borrowers” means the Chargor and Import It Corp collectively and “Borrower” means any of them and where the context requires includes their respective successors and assigns.

“Charge of Inventories” means (i) a first legal floating charge of Inventories (as therein defined) to be provided by the Chargor in favour of the Chargee as security for Secured Indebtedness and (ii) a first legal floating charge of Inventories (as therein defined) to be provided by Import It Corp in favour of the Chargee as security for Secured Indebtedness.

“Charge over Bank Account (2)” means a first legal fixed and floating charge over Bank Account (as defined therein) to be provided by Import It Corp in favour of the Chargee as security for Secured Indebtedness.

“Charge over Receivables” means (i) a first legal fixed and floating charge over the Receivables (as defined therein) to be provided by the Chargor in favour of the Chargee as security for Secured Indebtedness and (ii) a first legal fixed and floating charge over the Receivables (as defined therein) to be provided by Import It Corp in favour of the Chargee as security for Secured Indebtedness.

“Chargee Security” means the Security created by this Deed and any other existing or future Security granted by the Chargor to the Chargee to secure the payment or other discharge of the Secured Indebtedness.

“Chargee Security Document” means a document creating or evidencing Chargee Security.

“Charged Assets” means the Fixed Charge Assets and the Floating Charge Assets.

“Credit Facility” means the revolving credit facility to the extent of USD25,000,000.00 to be provided by the Chargee to the Borrowers under the Facility Agreement. “Companies Ordinance” means the Companies Ordinance (Cap.622).

“CPO” means the Conveyancing and Property Ordinance (Cap.219).

“Deed” means this deed of charge over Bank Account including its amendments, supplements and replacements. “Disposal” means any transfer or other disposal of an asset or of an interest in an asset, or the creation of any Right over an asset in favour of another person, but not the creation of Security.

“Enforcement Time” means any time at which an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing.

“Encumbrance” means:

 

(i)

any mortgage, charge, pledge, lien, encumbrance, hypothecation or other security interest or security arrangement of any kind;

 

(ii)

any arrangement whereby any rights are subordinated to any rights of any third party; and

 

(iii)

any contractual right of set-off.

“Event of Default” means any event specified as such in Clause 7.1 and “prospective Event of Default” means any event which with the giving of notice and/or the passage of time and/or the fulfillment of any other condition would be an Event of Default.

 

2


“Facility Agreement” means the facility letter dated 25 OCT 2018 issued by the Chargee to the Borrowers relating to the Credit Facility and including its amendments, supplements and replacements;

“Finance Documents” means the Facility Agreement, this Deed, the Guarantees, the Charge Over Bank Account (2), the Charge of Inventories, the Charge over Receivables, Share Charges and all other securities and documents relating to the Credit Facility and “Finance Document” means any of them.

“Fixed Charge Assets” means those assets which are from time to time the subject of Clauses 3.2 (Fixed charge) or 3.4 (Conversion of floating charge).

“Floating Charge Assets” means those assets which are from time to time the subject of Clause 3.3 (Floating charge).

“Government” means the Government of Hong Kong.

“Guarantees” means collectively (i) the guarantee to be provided by ECMOHO (Hong Kong) Health Technology Limited in favour of the Chargee as security for all liabilities due by the Borrowers to the Chargee to the extent of USD25,000,000.00 and interest, costs and expenses; and (ii) the guarantee to be provided by ECMOHO Limited in favour of the Chargee as security for all liabilities due by the Borrowers to the Chargee to the extent of USD25,000,000.00 and interest, costs and expenses.

“Hong Kong” means Hong Kong Special Administrative Region of the People’s Republic of China.

“Insolvency Event”, in relation to a person, means:

 

  (a)

the dissolution, liquidation, provisional liquidation or receivership of that person or the entering into by that person of a voluntary arrangement or scheme of arrangement with creditors;

 

  (b)

any analogous or similar procedure in any jurisdiction other than Hong Kong; or

 

  (c)

any other form of procedure relating to insolvency, reorganization or dissolution in any jurisdiction.

“Obligations”, in relation to a person, means all obligations or liabilities of any kind of that person from time to time, whether they are:

 

  (a)

to pay money or to perform (or not to perform) any other act;

 

  (b)

express or implied;

 

  (c)

present, future or contingent;

 

  (d)

joint or several;

 

  (e)

incurred as a principal or surety or in any other manner; or

 

  (f)

originally owing to the person claiming performance or acquired by that person from someone else.

“Obligors” means all parties to the Finance Documents other than the Chargee and “Obligor” means any one of them.

 

3


“Officer”, in relation to a person, means any officer, employee or agent of that person.

“Permitted Security” means any Security, if any, described in Schedule 3 (Permitted Security).

“Proceeds Account” means the Chargor’s account number [*] with the Chargee (which is one of the Bank Accounts) or such other account as the Chargee may from time to time specify.

“Receivables” means (1) all present and future book and other debts, revenues and other moneys due, owing, payable or incurred to, and claims of, the Chargor (whether actual or contingent), (2) benefit of any guarantees, indemnities or other assurances against financial loss or security and the proceeds of all policies of insurances affecting the same, (3) all things in action which may give rise to debts, revenues or claims and any related rights, including (without limitation) reservation of proprietary rights, rights of tracing and unpaid vendor’s liens and associated rights and (4) the benefit of all Rights relating to any of the foregoing.

“Receiver” means one or more receivers or managers appointed, or to be appointed, under this Deed.

“Registration Requirement” means a requirement of any Relevant Jurisdiction that this Deed be registered in order to ensure its validity, enforceability or admissibility in evidence.

“Relevant Jurisdiction” means any jurisdiction in which the Chargor is incorporated, registered, carries on business or owns any asset or whose laws apply in any way to the Chargor, its assets or its business.

“Right” means any right, privilege, power or immunity, or any interest or remedy, of any kind, whether it is personal or proprietary.

“Secured Indebtedness” means all moneys, obligations and liabilities whether actual or contingent now or hereafter due owing or incurred to the Chargee by any of the Obligors under Finance Documents in whatever currency denominated and whether alone or jointly and whether as principal or surely when the same are due and including all costs and expenses incurred by the Chargee relating thereto on a full indemnity basis.

“Security” means:

 

  (a)

any mortgage, charge, pledge, lien, hypothecation, assignment by way of security, trust arrangement for the purpose of providing security or other security interest of any kind in any jurisdiction;

 

  (b)

any proprietary interest over an asset, or any contractual arrangement in relation to an asset, in each case created in relation to any indebtedness and which has the same commercial effect as if security had been created over it; and

 

  (c)

any right of set-off created by agreement.

“Share Charges” means (i) the first fixed legal charge of 18,787,600 Class B Ordinary Shares of ECMOHO Limited held by Behealth Limited in favour of the Bank as security for Secured Indebtedness; and (ii) the first fixed legal charge of 18,787,600 Class B Ordinary Shares of ECMOHO Limited held by Uhealth Limited in favour of the Bank as security for Secured Indebtedness.

 

4


“Tax” means any form of taxation, levy, duty, charge, contribution or impost of whatever nature (including any applicable fine, penalty, surcharge or interest) imposed by any local, municipal, governmental, state, federal or other fiscal, revenue, customs and/or excise authority, body or official competent to impose the same.

“USD” means United States Dollar, the lawful currency of the United States of America.

 

1.2

Interpretation In this Deed:

 

  (a)

the table of contents, the summary and the headings are inserted for convenience only and do not affect the interpretation of this Deed;

 

  (b)

references to clauses and schedules are to clauses of, and schedules to, this Deed;

 

  (c)

references to any document are to that document as from time to time amended, supplemented, restated, novated or replaced, however fundamentally;

 

  (d)

references to a person include an individual, firm, company, corporation, unincorporated body of persons and any government entity;

 

  (e)

references to a person include its successors in title, permitted assignees and permitted transferees;

 

  (f)

words importing the plural include the singular and vice versa; and

 

  (g)

references to any enactment include that enactment as amended or re-enacted; and, if an enactment is amended, any provision of this Deed which refers to that enactment will be amended in such manner as the Chargee, after consultation with the Chargor, determines to be necessary in order to preserve the intended effect of this Deed.

 

5


1.3

Where this Deed imposes an obligation on the Chargor to do something if required or requested by the Chargee, it will do so as soon as practicable after it becomes aware of the requirement or request.

 

1.4

It is intended that this document takes effect as a deed even though the Chargee may only execute it under hand.

 

1.5

The provisions of any other document relating to any obligation of the Chargee to make further advances are deemed to be incorporated in this Deed.

 

1.6

Where a definition of a type of asset in Clause 1.1 (Definitions) contains a number of categories, each category will be construed as separate from each other category.

 

1.7

The expression “Chargor” and “Chargee” shall where the context permits include the respective successors and permitted assigns and any person deriving title under them.

SECURITY

 

2

Covenant to pay

The Chargor hereby covenants that it will on demand pay to the Chargee the Secured Indebtedness and discharge all moneys obligations and liabilities whether actual or contingent now or hereinafter due owing or incurred to the Chargee by the Obligors under the Finance Documents in whatever currency denominated and whether alone or jointly and in whatever style name or form and whether as principal or surety when the same are due including all costs and expenses incurred by the Chargee relating thereto on a full indemnify basis.

 

3

Charges and Assignments

 

3.1

Security for Secured Indebtedness

The charges and assignments contained in this Clause 3 are provided as security for the payment or other discharge of the Secured Indebtedness.

 

3.2

Fixed charge

The Chargor, as beneficial owner, charges to the Chargee, by way of first fixed charge, all of the Rights which it now has and all of the Rights which it obtains at any time in the future in the Bank Accounts and in any Rights accruing to, derived from or otherwise connected with them (including insurances and proceeds of Disposal and of insurances).

 

6


3.3

Floating charge

The Chargor, as beneficial owner, charges to the Chargee, by way of first floating charge, the assets which are from time to time the subject of Clause 3.2 (Fixed Charge) to the extent that they are not effectively charged by way of fixed charge under Clause 3.2 (Fixed charge).

 

3.4

Conversion of floating charge

The Chargee may convert all or part of the floating charge created by the Chargor under Clause 3.3 (Floating charge) into a fixed charge by giving notice to that effect to the Chargor and specifying the identity of the assets concerned. This may be done on one or more occasion, but only (a) during an Enforcement Time or (b) if the Chargee reasonably considers that its security over the assets concerned is in jeopardy and that it is necessary to do so to protect or preserve its security.

 

3.5

Assignments

If requested by the Chargee to do so, the Chargor will execute an assignment of the Bank Accounts in such form as the Chargee may require and, without prejudice to Clause 6 (Perfection), take such steps as the Chargee may require to perfect such assignment.

 

4

Set-off

 

4.1

Set-off of matured Secured Obligation

 

  (a)

The Chargee may set off any matured Secured Indebtedness due from the Chargor (to the extent beneficially owned by the Chargee) against any matured obligation owed by the Chargee to the Chargor, regardless of the place of payment, booking branch or currency of either obligation.

 

  (b)

If the obligations are in different currencies, the Chargee may convert either obligation at a market rate of exchange in its usual course of trading for the purpose of the set-off.

 

4.2

Rights additional

The Rights created by Clause 4.1 (set-off of matured Secured Indebtedness) are in addition to the security conferred on the Chargee under this Deed.

 

5

Restrictions

 

5.1

Comply with restrictions

The Chargor will ensure that the restrictions contained in this Clause 5 are complied with unless the Chargee agrees to the contrary.

 

5.2

Negative pledge

No Security will exist over, or in relation to, any Charged Asset other than Permitted Security.

 

5.3

Restriction on disposal - Fixed Charge Assets

There will be no Disposal of any Fixed Charge Asset.

 

7


5.4

Restrictions on disposal - Floating Charge Assets

There will be no Disposal of any Floating Charge Asset otherwise than for market value in the ordinary course of trading of the Chargor.

 

6

Perfection

 

6.1

General action

 

  (a)

The Chargor will, at its own expense, create all such Security, execute all such documents, give all such notices, effect all such registrations (whether at the Hong Kong Companies Registry, an asset registry or otherwise), deposit all such documents and do all such other things as the Chargee may require from time to time in order to:

 

  (i)

ensure that it has an effective first-ranking fixed charge over, or as the case may be assignment of, the Fixed Charge Assets, subject only to such Permitted Security as the Chargee has agreed should rank in priority;

 

  (ii)

ensure that it has an effective first-ranking floating charge over the Floating Charge Assets, subject only to such Permitted Security as the Chargee has agreed should rank in priority; and

 

  (iii)

facilitate the enforcement of the Chargee Security, the realisation of the Charged Assets or the exercise of any Rights held by the Chargee or any Receiver under or in connection with the Chargee Security.

 

  (b)

The scope of Clause 6.1(a) (General Action) is not limited by the specific provisions of the rest of this Clause 6 or by any other provision of the Chargee Security Documents.

 

6.2

Bank Accounts

If, at any time, the Chargor has a Right in respect of a Bank Account, it will, on the date of this Deed (or, if it acquires the Right later, as soon as practicable after it does so):

 

  (a)

deliver a notice of this Deed to the Account Bank in respect of such Bank Account substantially in the form set out in Schedule 4 (Notice and acknowledgement of charge) and

 

  (b)

use its best endeavours to procure that such Account Bank delivers an acknowledgement of the notice to the Chargee substantially in the form set out in that Schedule as soon as reasonably practicable.

 

6.3

Subsequent security

If the Chargee receives notice that any Security has been created over the Charged Assets which the Finance Documents do not permit to rank in priority to the Chargee Security, the Chargee will be treated as if it had immediately opened a new account for the Chargor, and all payments received by the Chargee from the Chargor will be treated as if they had been credited to the new account and will not reduce the amount then due from the Chargor to the Chargee.

 

8


ENFORCEMENT

 

7

Enforcement

 

7.1

Each of the following events shall be an Event of Default:

 

  (a)

any of the Borrowers makes default in the payment on the due date and in accordance with the terms and conditions under Facility Agreement of any principal or interest or other moneys outstanding and payable by any of them to the Chargee (whether demanded or not); or

 

  (b)

any of the Obligors make default in the payment on the due date and in accordance with the terms and conditions relating thereto under any Finance Documents in respect of money and other liabilities;

 

  (c)

any representation, warranty or undertaking by the Chargor is not complied with or proves to have been or to be untrue or incorrect;

 

  (d)

any representation, warranty or undertaking by any of the Obligors under any Finance Documents is not complied with or proves to have been or to be untrue or incorrect;

 

  (e)

any of the Borrowers does not comply with any of its covenants or obligations under the Facility Agreement;

 

  (f)

any of the Obligors does not comply with any of its covenants and obligation under any Finance Documents;

 

  (g)

a petition is presented or an order is made or an effective resolution is passed or analogous proceedings are taken for the winding up of any of the Borrowers or any Obligor, save for the purposes of an amalgamation, merger or reconstruction the terms whereof have previously been approved by the Chargee;

 

  (h)

any of the Borrowers or any of the Obligors shall without the consent in writing of the Chargee stop payment to creditors generally or (if applicable) the Company or any of the Obligors shall (otherwise than for the purpose of such an amalgamation, merger or reconstruction as is referred to in Sub-Clause 7.1(g)) cease or threaten to cease to carry on its business or any substantial part thereof or shall be unable to pay its debts or disposes the whole or a substantial part of its undertaking or assets;

 

  (i)

there occurs a material adverse change in any of the Borrowers’ or any Obligor’s financial condition which would, in the reasonable opinion of the Chargee, prevent the Borrowers or any Obligor from performing in any material respect its obligations under this Deed or under any Finance Documents;

 

  (j)

the Chargor purports or attempts to create any Encumbrance over all or any part of the Charged Assets or any third party asserts a reasonable and substantial claim in respect thereof (except as permitted under this Deed);

 

  (k)

the security hereby created or under any Finance Documents or any part thereof fails or ceases for any reason to be in full force and effect or is terminated or jeopardised or becomes invalid or unenforceable or if there is any dispute regarding the same or if there is any purported termination of the same or it becomes impossible or unlawful for any of the Borrowers or any Obligor to perform any of its obligations hereunder or under any Finance Documents or for the Chargee to exercise all or any of its rights, powers and remedies hereunder or under any Finance Documents; and

 

9


  (I)

a creditor takes possession of all or any part of the business or assets of any of the Borrowers or any Obligor or any execution or other legal process is enforced against the business or any asset of any of the Borrowers or any Obligor and is not discharged within seven (7) days.

 

10


7.2

If an Event of Default has occurred, the Chargee may:

 

  (a)

declare the Secured Indebtedness, all loans and other moneys, obligations and liabilities hereby secured to be, whereupon they shall become, immediately due and payable without further demand, notice or other legal formality of any kind;

 

  (b)

declare the Credit Facility to be terminated whereupon all obligations of the Chargee to make further advances to the Borrowers shall immediately cease; and

 

  (c)

demand that the Company to provide cash cover to the Chargee for all liabilities of the Borrowers to the Chargee, whereupon the Borrowers shall be under an immediate obligation to provide such cash cover.

 

7.3

Time for enforcement

The Chargee may enforce the Chargee Security at any time which is an Enforcement Time or if the Chargor requests it to do so.

 

7.4

Methods of enforcement

 

  (a)

The Chargee may enforce the Chargee Security by:

 

  (i)

appointing a Receiver of any asset of the Chargor;

 

  (ii)

appropriating, going into possession of, receiving the benefit of or selling assets of the Chargor, giving notice to the Chargor or any other person in relation to any assets of the Chargor, exercising a right of set-off or in any other way it may decide;

 

  (iii)

whether or not it has appointed a Receiver, exercising all or any of the powers, authorities and discretions given to mortgagees and receivers by the CPO as varied or extended by this Deed or otherwise conferred by law; or

 

  (iv)

taking any other action it may decide in any jurisdiction other than Hong Kong.

 

  (b)

A Receiver may be appointed by an instrument in writing executed as a deed or under hand by any Officer of the Chargee.

 

  (c)

The appointment of a Receiver may be made subject to such limitations as are specified by the Chargee in the appointment.

 

  (d)

If more than one person is appointed as a Receiver, each person will have power to act independently of any other, except to the extent that the Chargee may specify to the contrary in the appointment.

 

  (e)

The Chargee may remove or replace any Receiver.

 

  (f)

Any Receiver may be appointed Receiver of all of the Charged Assets or Receiver of a part of the Charged Assets specified in the appointment, In the latter case, the Rights conferred on a Receiver as set out in Schedule 5 (Powers of Chargee and Receiver) shall have effect as though every reference in that schedule to any Charged Assets were a reference to the part of those assets so specified or any part of those assets.

 

11


7.5

Powers on enforcement

 

  (a)

A Receiver of the Chargor will have the following powers in respect of the Charged Assets:

 

  (i)

the powers, rights, discretions, privileges and immunities given to a mortgagee or a receiver by any statute or ordinance (including the CPO to the extent applicable, but without any restrictions imposed on the power of sale or consolidation of mortgages, charges or other securities);

 

  (ii)

the powers and rights set out in Schedule 5 (Powers of Chargee and Receiver);

 

  (iii)

the power to do, or omit to do, on behalf of the Chargor, anything which the Chargor itself could have done, or omitted to do, if the Charged Assets were not the subject of Security and the Chargor were not in insolvency proceedings; and

 

  (iv)

all other powers (if any) conferred on receivers by law or otherwise,

and all of such powers and rights are exercisable without further notice.

 

  (b)

The Chargee is not required to give any prior notice of non-payment or default to the Chargor before enforcing this Deed. There is no minimum period for which the Secured Indebtedness must remain due and unpaid before this Deed can be enforced and paragraph 11 of the Fourth Schedule to the CPO (and any similar provision under other laws) does not apply to this Deed.

 

  (c)

Nothing done by or on behalf of the Chargee pursuant to this Deed shall render it liable to account as a mortgagee in possession for any sums other than actual receipts.

 

  (d)

The Chargee will, if it enforces the Chargee Security itself, have the same powers as a Receiver in respect of the assets which are the subject of the enforcement.

 

  (e)

Except to the extent provided by law, none of the powers described in this Clause 7 will be affected by an Insolvency Event in relation to the Chargor.

 

7.6

Status and remuneration of Receiver

 

  (a)

A Receiver will be the agent of the Chargor until the Chargor goes into liquidation. A Receiver will have no authority to act as agent for the Chargee, even in the liquidation of the Chargor.

 

  (b)

The Chargee may from time to time determine the remuneration of any Receiver.

 

12


7.7

Third parties

A person dealing with the Chargee or with a Receiver is entitled to assume, unless it has actual knowledge to the contrary, that:

 

  (a)

those persons have the power to do those things which they are purporting to do; and

 

  (b)

they are exercising their powers properly.

 

8

Application of proceeds

All money received by the Chargee or a Receiver under or in connection with the Finance Documents (whether during, or before, enforcement of the Chargee Security) will, subject to the rights of any persons having priority, be applied in the following order of priority:

 

  (a)

first, in or towards payment of all amounts payable to the Chargee, any Receiver or their Officers under Clause 13 (Expenses, liability and indemnity) and all remuneration due to any Receiver under or in connection with the Chargee Security;

 

  (b)

secondly, in or towards payment of the Secured Indebtedness in such order as is required by the Finance Documents or, if there is no such requirement, as decided by the Chargee (and, if any of the Secured Indebtedness are not then payable, by payment into a suspense account until they become payable); and

 

  (c)

thirdly, in payment of any surplus to the Chargor or other person entitled to it.

REPRESENTATIONS AND UNDERTAKINGS

 

9

Representations and warranties

 

9.1

Representations and warranties

The Chargor makes the representations and warranties set out in this Clause 9 to the Chargee on the date of this Deed.

 

  (a)

Status: The Chargor is a corporation, duly incorporated and validly existing under the laws of its jurisdiction of incorporation. The Chargor has the power to own its assets and carry on its business as it is being conducted.

 

  (b)

Binding obligations: The obligations expressed to be assumed by the Chargor in this Deed are legal, valid, binding and enforceable obligations and this Deed creates the security interests which it purports to create and those security interests are valid and effective.

 

  (c)

Non-conflict with other obligations: The entry into and performance by the Chargor of, and the transactions contemplated by, this Deed and the granting of the Chargee Security do not and will not conflict with:

 

  (i)

any law or regulation applicable to it;

 

  (ii)

its constitutional documents; or

 

  (iii)

any agreement or instrument binding upon it or any of its assets or constitute a default or termination event (however described) under any such agreement or instrument,

nor (except as provided in the Finance Documents) result in the existence of, or oblige the Chargor to create, any Security over any of its assets.

 

13


  (d)

Power and authority: The Chargor has the power to enter into, perform and deliver, and has taken all necessary action to authorise its entry into, performance and delivery of, this Deed and the transactions contemplated by this Deed. No limit on its powers will be exceeded as a result of the grant of Security contemplated by this Deed.

 

  (e)

Validity and admissibility in evidence: All Authorisations required or desirable:

 

  (i)

to enable the Chargor lawfully to enter into, exercise its rights and comply with its obligations in this Deed;

 

  (ii)

to make this Deed admissible in evidence in the Relevant Jurisdictions; and

 

  (iii)

to enable the Chargor to create the Security to be created by it pursuant to this Deed and to ensure that such Security has the priority and ranking contemplated by this Deed,

have been obtained or effected and are in full force and effect.

 

  (f)

Registration requirements: Except for registration of particulars of this Deed at the Companies Registry in Hong Kong, it is not necessary to file, register or record this Deed in any public place or elsewhere.

 

  (g)

Governing law and enforcement: The choice of Hong Kong law as the governing law of this Deed will be recognised and enforced in the Relevant Jurisdictions. Any judgment obtained in Hong Kong in relation to this Deed will be recognised and enforced in the Relevant Jurisdictions.

 

  (h)

Deduction of Tax: It is not required under the law applicable where the Chargor is incorporated or resident or at the address specified in this Deed to make any deduction for or on account of Tax from any payment the Chargor may make under this Deed.

 

  (i)

No filing or stamp taxes: Except for registration fees associated with the registration of this Deed in accordance with Clause 9.1(f) (Registration requirements), it is not necessary under the laws of any Relevant Jurisdiction that any stamp, registration, notarial or similar Taxes or fees be paid on or in relation to this Deed or the transactions contemplated by this Deed.

 

  (j)

Ranking of Security. The Chargee Security has or will have first ranking priority and it is not subject to any prior ranking or pari passu ranking Security.

 

  (k)

Legal and beneficial ownership:

 

  (i)

The Chargor is the sole legal and beneficial owner of the Rights under the Bank Accounts;

 

  (ii)

all the Charged Assets are beneficially owned by the Chargor.

 

  (l)

Title to Charged Assets: The Chargor has good, valid and marketable title to, and all appropriate Authorisations to use, the Charged Assets and has full power and authority to grant the Chargee the Security over the Charged Assets created pursuant to this Deed and to execute, deliver and perform its obligations in accordance with the terms of this Deed without the consent or approval of any other person other than any consent or approval which has been obtained.

 

14


  (m)

Charged Assets: Each schedule which describes Charged Assets beneficially owned by the Chargor is a true, accurate and complete list of such assets so owned by the Chargor at the date of this Deed.

 

  (n)

No Security: No Security exists over all or any of the Charged Assets other than a Permitted Security.

 

  (o)

No disposal: The Chargor has not sold, transferred or otherwise disposed of, or agreed to sell, transfer or otherwise dispose of, all or any of its rights, title and interest in the Charged Assets or any part thereof.

 

9.2

Repetition

The representations and warranties in Clause 9.1 (Representations and warranties) shall be deemed to be repeated by the Chargor on each day until all the Secured Indebtedness have been paid or discharged in full, as if made with reference to the facts and circumstances existing on each such day.

 

10

Bank Accounts

 

10.1

Restrictions on alteration or waiver

 

  (a)

The Chargor will not:

 

  (i)

agree to close any Bank Account or agree to alter the terms applicable to any Bank Account; or

 

  (ii)

waive its rights under a Bank Account,

without the consent of the Chargee.

 

15


  (b)

The Chargee will give its consent under Clause 10.1(a) (Restrictions on alteration or waiver) if, in its reasonable opinion, any such alteration or waiver will not materially affect the effectiveness or value of its security over the Bank Account concerned.

 

10.2

Restriction on withdrawal from Bank Account

 

  (a)

The Chargor will not make any withdrawal from any Bank Account except with the prior consent of the Chargee.

 

  (b)

The Chargee will give its consent under Clause 10.2(a) (Restriction on withdrawal from Bank Account) if the withdrawal is permitted under any agreement binding the Chargee.

 

11

General undertakings

 

11.1

Authorisations

 

  (a)

The Chargor shall promptly:

 

  (i)

obtain, comply with and do all that is necessary to maintain in full force and effect; and

 

  (ii)

supply a certified copy to the Chargee of any Authorisation required under any law or regulation of a Relevant Jurisdiction to (A) enable it to perform its obligations under the this Deed, (B) ensure the legality, validity, enforceability or admissibility in evidence of this Deed or (C) carry on its business.

 

  (b)

The Chargor shall promptly make the registrations and comply with the other requirements specified in Clause 9.1(f) (Registration requirements).

 

11.2

Maintain Charged Assets

The Chargor will take all steps as are necessary to preserve the value and marketability of its Charged Assets.

 

11.3

Notification of adverse effect

The Chargor will notify the Chargee as soon as it becomes aware of any matter which might reasonably be expected to have an adverse effect on the Rights of the Chargee under the Chargee Security. Those matters include a claim by any person to an interest in a Charged Asset.

 

11.4

Request for information

The Chargor will provide to the Chargee:

 

  (a)

such information about the Charged Assets;

 

  (b)

such information about the extent to which it has complied with its obligations under this Deed; and

 

  (c)

copies of such documents which create, evidence or relate to its Charged Assets,

as the Chargee may from time to time reasonably request.

 

16


11.5

Receivables

The Chargor shall ensure all Receivables shall be paid into Proceeds Account.

 

11.6

Failure to comply with obligation

If the Chargor does not comply with its obligations under this Deed, the Chargee may do so on the Chargor’s behalf on such basis as the Chargee may reasonably decide. The Chargor will on demand indemnify the Chargee against the amount certified by the Chargee to be the cost, loss or liability suffered by it as a result of doing so.

MISCELLANEOUS

 

12

Duration of the security

 

12.1

Continuing security

The Obligations of the Chargor under the Finance Documents and the security created by the Chargee Security will continue until the Secured Indebtedness have been irrevocably and unconditionally paid or discharged in full, regardless of any intermediate payment or discharge in whole or in part.

 

12.2

Reinstatement

If any discharge, release or arrangement (whether in respect of the obligations of the Chargor or any security for those obligations or otherwise) is made by the Chargee in whole or in part on the basis of any payment, security or other disposition which is avoided or must be restored in insolvency, liquidation, administration or otherwise, without limitation, then the liability of the Chargor under this Deed will continue or be reinstated as if the discharge, release or arrangement had not occurred.

 

12.3

Avoidance of payments

If the Chargee reasonably determines that there exists a reasonable possibility of the avoidance or invalidation of any payment or repayment of the Secured Indebtedness:

 

  (a)

the Chargee shall be entitled to retain this Deed and not to release any of the Charged Assets from the Chargee Security; and

 

  (b)

if so required by the Chargee (acting reasonably), the Chargor shall promptly provide the Chargee with any evidence (including, if required by the Chargee, a solvency report from the auditors of the Chargor in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Chargee) requested by the Chargee in order that it may determine whether or not at such time there exists such a possibility.

 

12.4

Retention of documents

If the Chargee does determine that there exists such a reasonable possibility it shall be entitled to retain this Deed and not release the Charged Assets for a period of one month plus the relevant statutory period after the Secured Indebtedness of the Chargor shall have been discharged in full. If at any time within such period an Insolvency Event occurs in relation to the Chargor or of any other person that has given or made any relevant assurance, security, guarantee or payment in respect of the discharge of those Secured Indebtedness the Chargee may continue to retain this Deed and not release the Charged Assets for and during such other period as the Chargee in its absolute discretion shall determine.

 

17


12.5

Final redemption

Subject, and without prejudice, to Clause 12.3 (Avoidance of payments), once the Chargee is satisfied that all the Secured Indebtedness have been discharged in full and that all facilities which might give rise to Secured Indebtedness have terminated, the Chargee shall at the request and cost of the Chargor execute and do all such deeds, acts and things as may be necessary to release or (as appropriate) re-assign the Charged Assets from the Chargee Security.

 

13

Expenses, liability and indemnity

 

13.1

Costs and expenses

The Chargor will, on demand, pay all legal and other costs and expenses (including any stamp duty, registration or other similar taxes) incurred by the Chargee or by any Receiver in connection with the Chargee Security. This includes any costs and expenses relating to the enforcement or preservation of the Chargee Security or the Charged Assets and to any amendment, waiver, consent or release required in connection with the Chargee Security.

 

13.2

No liability or costs

Neither the Chargee nor a Receiver nor any of their Officers will be in any way liable or responsible to the Chargor for any loss or liability of any kind arising from any act or omission by it of any kind (whether as mortgagee in possession or otherwise) in relation to the Charged Assets or the Chargee Security, except to the extent caused by its gross negligence or wilful misconduct.

 

13.3

Indemnity to the Chargee

The Chargor will, on demand, indemnify each of the Chargee, a Receiver and their Officers in respect of all costs, expenses, losses or liabilities of any kind which it incurs or suffers in connection with:

 

  (a)

the taking, holding, protection or enforcement of the Chargee Security,

 

  (b)

any matter or thing done or omitted in any way in accordance with the terms of this Deed relating to the Charged Assets;

 

  (c)

the exercise or purported exercise of any of the rights, powers, authorities, discretions and remedies conferred on it under the Chargee Security or by law;

 

  (d)

a claim of any kind (whether relating to the environment or otherwise) made or asserted against it which would not have arisen but for the execution or enforcement of this Deed or if the Chargee Security had not been granted; or

 

  (e)

any breach by any Obligor of the Finance Documents.

 

14

Payments

 

14.1

Payments in full

All payments by the Chargor under the Chargee Security Documents will be made in full, without any set-off or other deduction.

 

14.2

Gross up

If any Tax or other sum must be deducted from any amount payable by the Chargor under the Chargee Security Documents, the Chargor will pay such additional amounts as are necessary to ensure that the recipient receives a net amount equal to the full amount it would have received before such deductions.

 

18


14.3

Default interest

If the Chargor fails to make a payment under the Chargee Security Documents, it will pay interest to that person on the amount concerned at the Default Rate from the date it should have made the payment until the date of payment (after, as well as before, judgment).

 

14.4

Currency indemnity

No payment by the Chargor (whether under a court order or otherwise) will discharge any Obligation of the Chargor unless and until the Chargee has received payment in full in the currency in which the Obligation is denominated. If, on conversion into that currency, the amount of the payment falls short of the amount of the Obligation concerned, the Chargee will have a separate cause of action against the Chargor for the shortfall.

 

14.5

Certificates and determinations

Any certification or determination by the Chargee of an amount payable by the Chargor under this Deed is, in the absence of manifest error, conclusive evidence of that amount.

 

15

Remedies

 

15.1

Rights additional

The Rights created by this Deed are in addition to any other Rights of the Chargee against the Chargor or any other security provider under any other documentation, the general law or otherwise. They will not merge with or limit those other Rights, and are not limited by them.

 

15.2

No waiver

No failure by the Chargee to exercise any Right under this Deed will operate as a waiver of that Right. Nor will a single or partial exercise of a Right by the Chargee preclude its further exercise.

 

15.3

Partial invalidity

If, at any time, any provision of this Deed is or becomes illegal, invalid or unenforceable in any respect under any law of any jurisdiction, neither the legality, validity or enforceability of the remaining provisions nor the legality, validity or enforceability of that provision in any other respect or under the law of any other jurisdiction will be affected or impaired in any way.

 

19


16

Power of attorney

The Chargor, by way of security, irrevocably appoints each of the Chargee and any Receiver severally to be its attorney:

 

  (a)

to do anything which the Chargor is obliged to do under the Chargee Security Documents; and

 

  (b)

to exercise any of the Rights conferred on the attorney by the Chargee Security Documents or by law.

 

17

Notices

 

17.1

Service of Proceedings

 

  (a)

Any notice, request, certificate, demand or other communication required to be given by any party hereto to the other parties hereto shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been so given if addressed to the addressee at its address in Hong Kong herein mentioned or to such other address in Hong Kong as may have been notified in writing by such party to the other parties hereto in accordance with this Clause 17.1.

 

  (b)

Any notice, request, certificate, demand or other communication delivered personally shall be deemed to have been given at the time of such delivery. Any notice, request, certificate, demand or other communication dispatched by letter postage prepaid shall be deemed to have been given forty eight (48) hours after posting. Any notice, request, certificate, demand or other communication sent by telex or facsimile transmission shall be deemed to have been given at the time of dispatch and any notice, request, certificate, demand or other communication sent by cable shall be deemed to have been given twenty four (24) hours after dispatch. Provided always that any notice, request, certificate, demand or other communication to be given by the Chargor to the Chargee shall only be effective upon actual receipt thereof by the Chargee (as the case may be).

 

  (c)

Any legal process including any writ or originating summons or otherwise and any other summons or notice to be served on a party by the other party hereto in any legal proceeding or action in any court or tribunal shall be deemed to be sufficiently and duly served forty-eight (48) hours after having been left or sent by ordinary pre-paid post to the addressee’s registered office or usual place of business in Hong Kong and in proving service it shall be sufficient to prove that the legal process or summons or notice was properly addressed and posted or properly left (as the case may be) irrespective of whether the same is returned through the post undelivered to the addressee.

 

17.2

Administrative details

The initial administrative details of the parties are contained in Schedule 1 (Initial administrative details of the parties) but a party may amend its own details at any time by notice to the other party.

 

17.3

Delivery to registered office

Any notice to the Chargor may alternatively be sent to its registered office or to any of its places of business or to any of its directors or its company secretary; and it will be deemed to have been received when delivered to any such places or persons.

 

18

Counterparts

This Deed may be executed in any number of counterparts, and this has the same effect as if the signatures on the counterparts were on a single copy of this Deed.

 

20


19

Law and jurisdiction

 

19.1

Governing law

This Deed is governed by Hong Kong law.

 

19.2

Jurisdiction of Hong Kong courts

 

  (a)

The courts of Hong Kong have exclusive jurisdiction to settle any dispute arising out of or in connection with this Deed (including a dispute regarding the existence, validity or termination of this Deed) (a Dispute).

 

  (b)

The parties agree that the courts of Hong Kong are the most appropriate and convenient courts to settle Disputes and, accordingly, that they will not argue to the contrary.

 

  (c)

Clause 19.2(a)(Jurisdiction of Hong Kong counts) is for the benefit of the Chargee only. As a result, the Chargee will not be prevented from taking proceedings relating to a Dispute in any other courts with jurisdiction. To the extent allowed by law, the Chargee may take concurrent proceedings in any number of jurisdictions.

 

19.3

Service of process

 

  (a)

The Chargor irrevocably appoints any Hong Kong process agent identified as such on the execution page at its registered office from time to time to receive on the Chargor’s behalf process issued out of the Hong Kong courts in connection with this Deed.

 

  (b)

Failure by the process agent to notify the Chargor of the process will not invalidate the proceedings.

 

  (c)

If this appointment is terminated for any reason, the Chargor will appoint a replacement agent and will ensure that the new agent notifies the Chargee of its acceptance of appointment.

 

19.4

Waiver of immunities

The Chargor irrevocably waives, to the extent permitted by applicable law, with respect to itself and its revenues and assets (irrespective of their use or intended use), all immunity on the grounds of sovereignty or other similar grounds from:

 

  (a)

suit;

 

  (b)

jurisdiction of any court;

 

  (c)

relief by way of injunction or order for specific performance or recovery of property;

 

  (d)

attachment of its assets (whether before or after judgment); and

 

  (e)

execution or enforcement of any judgment to which it or its revenues or assets might otherwise be entitled in any proceedings in the courts of any jurisdiction (and irrevocably agrees, to the extent permitted by applicable law, that it will not claim any immunity in any such proceedings).

 

21


20.

Other matters

 

20.1

Legal Representation: The Parties acknowledge that Messrs. Li, Wong, Lam & W.I. Cheung acts as legal counsel of the Chargee only relating to this Deed. The Chargor will take separate legal advice as it sees fit.

 

20.2

Third Party Rights: Nothing contained herein is intended to grant to any third party any right to enforce any term hereof or to confer on any third party any right or benefit hereunder for the purposes of the Contracts (Rights of Third Parties) Ordinance and any enactment thereof and the application of the said Ordinance is expressly excluded.

This Deed has been executed as a deed, and it has been delivered on the date stated at the beginning of this Deed.

 

22


Schedule 1

Initial administrative details of the parties

 

Party

  

Address

  

Fax number

  

Attention

Chargor

  

Flat 9, 4/F, Beverley

Commercial Centre, 87-105

Chatham Road South,

Tsimshatsui, Kowloon, Hong Kong

   [***]    [Richard Wei]

Chargee

   16/F, K11 Atelier, Victoria Dockside, 18 Salisbury Road, Tsim Sha Tsui, Kowloon, Hong Kong    [***]    [Nicolus Tseng]

 

23


Schedule 2

Bank accounts

 

Bank

  

Account Holder

  

Account Name

  

Account Number

Taipei Fubon Commercial Bank Co., Ltd. HK Branch       ECMOHO (HONG KONG) LIMITED   

***

Taipei Fubon Commercial Bank Co., Ltd. HK Branch       ECMOHO (HONG KONG) LIMITED   

***

 

24


Schedule 3

Permitted Security

 

1

Chargee Security.

 

25


Schedule 4

Notice and acknowledgement of charge

Form of notice and acknowledgement of charge of Bank Accounts

To: [Account Bank]

Date: •

Dear Sirs

Notice of Charge

 

1

We give you notice that, under a deed dated [*] entered into by us in favour of Taipei Fubon Commercial Bank Co., Ltd. (the Chargee), we have charged to the Chargee by way of first fixed charge all of our rights in our [reserve/ Current] account with you (no. [                         ]) (the Account).

 

2

We have agreed with the Chargee not to close the Account or to amend any of the terms applicable to the Account or waive any of our rights under the Account without the consent of the Chargee.

 

3

We instruct you:

 

  (a)

to honour withdrawals from the Account if requested by the Chargee;

 

  (b)

not to honour any withdrawals from the Account if requested by us, unless our instructions are countersigned by the Chargee; and

 

  (c)

to disclose to the Chargee, without further approval from us, such information regarding the Account as the Chargee may from time to time request and to send it copies of all statements and other notices issued by you in connection with the Bank Account.

 

4

These instructions cannot be varied or terminated without the consent of the Chargee.

 

5

Please sign the enclosed acknowledgement and return it to the Chargee at [address] marked for the attention of [*].

 

Yours faithfully
[Name of Chargor]
By:  

 

 

26


Acknowledgement of Charge

To: Taipei Fubon Commercial Bank Co., Ltd.

Date: [*]

Dear Sirs

 

1

We acknowledge receipt of the above notice.

 

2

We have not received notice that any other person has an interest in the Account.

 

3

We will comply with the instructions in the notice.

 

4

We will not, without the Chargee’s consent, permit any amount to be withdrawn from the Account.

 

5

We will not, without the Chargee’s consent, exercise any right of combination, consolidation or set-off which we may have in respect of the Account.

 

Yours faithfully
[Name of Account Bank]
By :  

 

Date :  

 

 

27


Schedule 5

Powers of Chargee and Receiver

The Chargee or any Receiver appointed pursuant to Clause 7 (Enforcement) shall have the right and power, either in his own name or in the name of the Charger or otherwise and in such manner and upon such terms and conditions as the Chargee or the Receiver thinks fit, and either alone or jointly with any other person to:

 

1

Take possession: take possession of, and get in all or any of, the Charged Assets;

 

2

Borrow money: raise or borrow any money from or incur any other liability to the Chargee or others on such terms with or without security as the Chargee or the Receiver may think fit and so that any such security may be or include a charge on the whole or any part of the Charged Assets ranking in priority to this Deed or otherwise;

 

3

Dispose of assets: appropriate, sell by public auction or private contract, transfer, assign, exchange, hire out, lend or otherwise dispose of or deal with all or any of the Charged Assets (including any fixtures, which may be sold separately from any Land) or concur in so doing in such manner for such consideration and generally on such terms and conditions as the Chargee or the Receiver may think fit with full power to convey, sell, transfer, assign, exchange, hire out, lend or otherwise dispose of and so that covenants and contractual obligations may be granted and assumed in the name of and so as to bind the Chargor if the Chargee or the Receiver shall consider it necessary or expedient so to do; any such sale, transfer, assignment, exchange, hiring out, lending or disposition may be for cash, debentures or other obligations, shares, stock, securities or other valuable consideration and be payable immediately or by instalments spread over such period as the Chargee or the Receiver shall think fit and so that any consideration received or receivable shall ipso facto forthwith be and become charged with the payment of all the Secured Indebtedness;

 

4

Contracts: enter into any contract or arrangement in relation to the Charged Assets and perform, repudiate, rescind or vary any contract or arrangement to which the Charger is a party in relation to the Charged Assets;

 

5

Legal proceedings: institute, continue, enforce, defend, settle or discontinue any actions, suits or proceedings in relation to the Charged Assets or any part thereof or submit to arbitration as the Chargee or the Receiver may think fit;

 

6

Right of ownership: exercise and do (or permit the Chargor or any nominee of it to exercise and do) all such rights and things as the Chargee or the Receiver would be capable of exercising or doing if it were the absolute beneficial owner of the Charged Assets and in particular, without limitation, exercise any rights of enforcing any Security by appropriation, entry into possession, foreclosure, sale or otherwise and to arrange for or provide all services which the Chargee or the Receiver may deem proper for the efficient management or use of the Charged Assets or the exercise of such rights;

 

7

Redemption of Security: redeem any Security (whether or not having priority to this Deed) over the Charged Assets and to settle the accounts of any person with an interest in the Charged Asset;

 

8

Spend Money: spend such sums as the Chargee or the Receiver may think fit in the exercise of any of the powers set out herein and the Chargor shall forthwith on demand repay the Chargee or the Receiver (as the case may be) all sums so spent together with interest on those sums at such rates as the Chargee or the Receiver may from time to time determine from the time they are paid or incurred and until repayment those sums (together with such interest) shall be secured by this Deed; and

 

28


9

Execute documents: sign any document, execute any deed (with authorisation to use the common seal for such purpose) and do all such other acts and things as may be considered by the Chargee or the Receiver to be incidental or conducive to any of the matters or powers aforesaid or to the realisation of the security created by or pursuant to this Deed and to use the name of the Chargor for all the purposes aforesaid.

 

29


EXECUTION PAGE

 

Chargor

 

ECMOHO (HONG KONG) LIMITED

The common seal of

  )

the Chargor was affixed

  )

in the presence of:

  )

 

Director : /s/ Zeng Qingchun                                        

Name : ZENG QINGCHUN                                        

Director/Authorised Signatory : /s/ Zeng Qingchun                

Name : ZENG QINGCHUN                                        

Chargee

TAIPEI FUBON COMMERCIAL BANK, CO. LTD.

By: /s/ Ming-Jen Yeng                                                   

Name : Ming-Jen Yeng                                                  

 

30


Execution Version

THIS SUPPLEMENTAL DEED is made on 23 November 2018

PARTIES

 

(1)

ECMOHO (Hong Kong) Limited, a Chargor incorporated under the laws of Hong Kong whose registered office is situated at Flat 9, 4/F, Beverley Commercial Centre, 87-105 Chatham Road South, Tsimshatsui, Kowloon, Hong Kong (“the Chargor” or the “Company”); and

 

(2)

Taipei Fubon Commercial Chargee Co., Ltd., Hong Kong Branch whose principal place of business in Hong Kong is situated at 16/F, K11 Atelier, Victoria Dockside, 18 Salisbury Road, Tsim Sha Tsui, Kowloon, Hong Kong (“the Chargee” or the “Bank”).

Each a “Party” and collectively, the “Parties”.

WHEREAS:

 

(A)

By a facility letter (“Facility Agreement”) dated 18 October 2018 issued by the Bank to the Company and Import it Corp (collectively the “Borrowers”) and duly executed by them, the Bank agreed to provide to the Borrowers revolving credit facility to the extent of USD25,000,000.00.

 

(B)

It is a condition (amongst others) of the Facility Agreement that a charge over Bank Account (the “Charge over Bank Account”) be provided by the Chargor in favour of the Chargee as security for Secured Indebtedness (as defined in the Charge over Bank Account). On 25 October 2018, the Parties has entered into the Charge over Bank Account.

 

(C)

The Parties agree to enter into this Supplemental Deed to vary the Charge over Bank Account as set out herein.

 

1


WHEREBY IT IS AGREED as follows:

 

1.

DEFINITIONS

In this Supplemental Deed, unless the context otherwise requires or unless this Supplemental Deed expressly otherwise provides, all words and expressions as defined in the Charge over Bank Account shall have the same meanings when used or referred to herein.

 

2.

AMENDMENT AND VARIATION TO THE AGREEMENT

The Parties hereby agree to the following amendments and variations to the Supplemental Deed:

 

(A)

The definition of Share Charge shall be deleted in its entirety and be replaced with the following new definition of Share Charge:

“Share Charges” means (i) the first fixed legal charge of 9,393,800 Class B Ordinary Shares of ECMOHO Limited by Behealth Limited in favour of the Chargee as security for Secured Indebtedness; and (ii) the first fixed legal charge of 9,393,800 Class B Ordinary Shares of ECMOHO Limited by Uhealth Limited in favour of the Chargee as security for Secured Indebtedness.”

 

(B)

Clause 7.1 of the Charge over Bank Account shall be deleted in its entirety and be replaced with the following new Clause 7.1:

“Each of the following events shall be an Event of Default:-

 

  (a)

any of the Borrowers makes default in the payment on the due date and in accordance with the terms and conditions under Facility Agreement of any principal or interest or other moneys outstanding and payable by any of them to the Chargee (whether demanded or not);

 

  (b)

any of the Obligors make default in the payment on the due date and in accordance with the terms and conditions relating thereto under any Finance Documents in respect of money and other liabilities;

 

  (c)

any representation, warranty or undertaking by the Chargor is not complied with or proves to have been or to be untrue or incorrect in any material respect when made or deemed to be made;

 

2


  (d)

any representation, warranty or undertaking by any of the Obligors under any Finance Documents is not complied with or proves to have been or to be untrue or incorrect in any material respect when made or deemed to be made;

 

  (e)

any of the Borrowers does not comply with any of its covenants or obligations under the Facility Agreement in any material respect;

 

  (f)

any of the Obligors does not comply with any of its covenants and obligation under any Finance Documents in any material respect;

 

  (g)

a petition is presented or an order is made or an effective resolution is passed or analogous proceedings are taken for the winding up of any of the Borrowers or any Obligor, save for the purposes of an amalgamation, merger or reconstruction the terms whereof have previously been approved by the Chargee;

 

  (h)

any of the Borrowers or any of the Obligors shall without the consent in writing of the Chargee stop payment to creditor when due nor within any originally applicable grace period or (if applicable) the Company or any of the Obligors shall (otherwise than for the purpose of such an amalgamation, merger or reconstruction as is referred to in Sub-Clause 7.1(g)) cease or threaten to cease to carry on its business or any substantial part thereof or shall be unable to pay its debts or disposes of the whole or a substantial part of its undertaking or assets;

 

  (i)

there occurs a material adverse change in any of the Borrowers’ or any Obligor’s financial condition which would, in the reasonable opinion of the Chargee, prevent the Borrowers or any Obligor from performing in any material respect its obligations under this Deed or under any Finance Documents;

 

  (j)

the Chargor purports or attempts to create any Encumbrance over all or any part of the Charged Assets or any third party asserts a reasonable and substantial claim in respect thereof (except as permitted under this Deed);

 

  (k)

the security hereby created or under any Finance Documents or any part thereof fails or ceases for any reason to be in full force and effect or is terminated or jeopardised or becomes invalid or unenforceable or if there is any dispute regarding the same or if there is any purported termination of the same or it becomes impossible or unlawful for any of the Borrowers or any Obligor to perform any of its obligations hereunder or under any Finance Documents or for the Chargee to exercise all or any of its rights, powers and remedies hereunder or under any Finance Documents; and

 

  (l)

a creditor takes possession of all or any part of the business or assets of any of the Borrowers or any Obligor or any execution or other legal process is enforced against the business or any asset of any of the Borrowers or any Obligor and is not discharged within fourteen (14) days.

 

3


(C)

Clause 7.2 of the Charge over Bank Account shall be deleted in its entirety and be replaced with the following new Clause 7.2:

“If an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, the Chargee may:

 

  (a)

declare the Secured Indebtedness, all loans and other moneys, obligations and liabilities hereby secured to be, whereupon they shall become, immediately due and payable without further demand, notice or other legal formality of any kind;

 

  (b)

declare the Credit Facility to be terminated whereupon all obligations of the Chargee to make further advances to the Chargor shall immediately cease;

 

  (c)

demand that the Chargor to provide cash cover to the Chargee for all liabilities of the Chargor to the Chargee, whereupon the Borrowers shall be under an immediate obligation to provide such cash cover; and

 

  (d)

in its absolute discretion enforce all or any part of this security in any manner it sees fit or as the Chargee direct including but limited to the sale and disposal of the Inventories at any price which the Chargee may deem fit. The Company shall not have any right to claim against the Chargee in respect of any loss arising out of any sale pursuant to this Charge of Inventories in the absence of fraud, gross negligence or willful misconduct by the Chargee, however such loss may have been caused and whether or not a better price could or might have been obtained on the sale of any of the Inventories by either deferring or advancing the date of such sale or otherwise howsoever.

 

(D)

Clause 12.5 of the Charge over Bank Account shall be deleted in its entirety and be replaced with the following new Clause 12.5:

“12.5 Final Redemption.

Subject, and without prejudice, to Clause 12.3 (Avoidance of payments), once the Chargee is satisfied that all the Secured Indebtedness have been discharged in full and that all facilities which might give rise to Secured Indebtedness have terminated, the Chargee shall at the request and cost of the Chargor execute and do all such deeds, acts and things as may be necessary to release or (as appropriate) re-assign the Charged Assets from the Chargee Security within fourteen (14) Business Days upon the request and at the cost of the Chargor. For the avoidance of doubt, the Facility Agreement shall be terminated upon the above release.

 

4


3.

EFFECT OF THIS SUPPLEMENTAL AGREEMENT

 

3.1

This Supplemental Deed is and shall be construed as supplemental to the Charge over Bank Account, and the Charge over Bank Account and this Supplemental Deed shall be read and construed as one document and references to “this Charge over Bank Account “ in the Charge over Bank Account and shall be construed accordingly.

 

3.2

Save as expressly amended or varied herein, the other terms and conditions of the Charge over Bank Account (which have not been amended or varied by this Supplemental Deed) shall remain to be valid, subsisting and enforceable between the Parties.

 

4.

GENERAL

This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of Hong Kong and the parties irrevocably submit to the non-exclusive jurisdiction of the courts of Hong Kong.

Remainder of the page intentionally left blank

 

5


IN WITNESS whereof this Deed has been duly executed the day and year first above written.

 

SEALED with the COMMON SEAL of the

Chargor and SIGNED by

 

duly authorized by the Board of Directors, in

the presence of :-

 

)

)

)

)

)

  

 

 

/s/ Qingchun Zeng

[Signature Page]


DATE:    23rd day of November 2018

ECMOHO (Hong Kong) Limited

to

Taipei Fubon Commercial Chargee Co., Ltd.

*********************************************

SUPPLEMENTAL DEED

to

CHARGE OVER BANK ACCOUNT

*********************************************

LI, WONG, LAM & W.I. CHEUNG

SOLICITORS & NOTARIES

22/F., INFINITUS PLAZA,

199 DES VOEUX ROAD CENTRAL,

HONG KONG

Ref. : 033/93398/18/COMM/B/033/147

 

7

Exhibit 10.28

EXECUTION VERSION

Dated the 23rd day of November 2018

BEHEALTH LIMITED

(as the “Chargor ”)

and

TAIPEI FUBON COMMERCIAL BANK CO., LTD.,

HONG KONG BRANCH

(as the “Chargee”)

 

 

SHARE CHARGE

in respect of

9,393,800 Class B Ordinary Shares of the Entire Issued Share Capital of

ECMOHO LIMITED

 

 

Li, Wong, Lam & W.I. Cheung

Solicitors

22/F., Infinitus Plaza,

199 Des Voeux Road Central, Hong Kong

Tel: 3181-6600

Fax: 3181-6699

Ref No.: 033/93398/18/COMM/B/033/147


THIS SHARE CHARGE is made this 23rd day of November 2018

BETWEEN :-

 

(1)

Behealth Limited, a company incorporated under the laws of the British Virgin Islands whose registered office is situated at offices of Sertus Incorporations (BVI) Limited, Sertus Chambers, P.O. Box 905, Quastiky Building, Road Town, Tortola, British Virgin Islands (the “Chargor”); and

 

(2)

TAIPEI FUBON COMMERCIAL BANK CO., LTD., HONG KONG BRANCH, a company incorporated in Taiwan having its principal place of business at 16/F, K11 Atelier, Victoria Dockside, 18 Salisbury Road, Tsim Sha Tsui, Kowloon, Hong Kong (the “Chargee”).

WHEREAS :-

 

(A)

By a facility letter (“Facility Agreement”) dated 18 October 2018 issued by the Chargee to the Borrowers (as hereinafter defined) and duly executed by them, the Chargee agreed to provide to the Borrowers a revolving credit facility to the extent of USD25,000,000.00.

 

(B)

The Chargor is the legal and beneficial over of (amongst other) 9,393,800 Class B Ordinary shares in the capital of ECMOHO LIMITED.

 

(C)

It is a condition (amongst others) of the Facility Agreement that a charge of the Shares (as hereinafter defined) be provided by the Chargor in favour of the Chargee as security for Secured Indebtedness (as hereinafter defined).

NOW THIS DEED WITNESSETH as follows:

 

1.

DEFINITIONS AND INTERPRETATIONS

 

1.1.

In this Share Charge, except where the context otherwise requires:-

 

“Authorisation”    means a consent, permit, license, approval or authorization of any governmental, judicial, regulatory or other authority of any Relevant Jurisdiction.

 

1


“Borrowers”    means ECMOHO (HK) and Import It Corp collectively and “Borrower” means any of them and where the context requires includes their respective successors and assigns.
“Business Day”    means a day, other than Saturdays and Sundays, on which licensed banks in Hong Kong and PRC are both open for business to the public.
“Charge of Inventories”    means (i) a first legal floating charge of Inventories (as therein defined) to be provided by ECMOHO (HK) in favour of the Chargee as security for Secured Indebtedness and (ii) a first legal floating charge of Inventories (as therein defined) to be provided by Import It Corp in favour of the Chargee as security for Secured Indebtedness.
“Charge over
Bank Account(s)”
   means (i) a first legal fixed and floating charge over Bank Account (as defined therein) to be provided by ECMOHO (HK) in favour of the Chargee as security for Secured Indebtedness and (ii) a first legal fixed and floating charge over Bank Account (as defined therein) to be provided by Import It Corp in favour of the Chargee as security for Secured Indebtedness.
“Charge over Receivables”    means (i) a first legal fixed and floating charge over the Receivables (as defined therein) to be provided by ECMOHO (HK) in favour of the Chargee as security for Secured Indebtedness and (ii) a first legal fixed and floating charge over the Receivables (as defined therein) to be provided by Import It Corp in favour of the Chargee as security for Secured Indebtedness.
“Credit Facility”    means the revolving credit facility to the extent of USD25,000,000.00 to be provided by the Chargee to the Borrowers under the Facility Agreement.

 

2


“Company”    means ECMOHO LIMITED, the details of which are set out in Schedule 1.
“Company Shares”    means all shares of whatever class in the capital of the Company.
“Dividends”   

means all dividends, distributions, money, interest and other sums which are or may become payable by the Company to any person in its capacity as shareholder of the Company and includes:

 

(i) the right to receive any and all such sums and all claims in respect of any default in paying such sums; and

 

(ii)  all forms of remittance of such sums and an bank or other account to which such sums may be paid or credited.

“ECMOHO (HK)”    means ECMOHO (Hong Kong) Limited.
“Encumbrance”   

means:

 

(i) any mortgage, charge, pledge, lien, encumbrance, hypothecation or other security interest or security arrangement of any kind;

 

(ii)  any arrangement whereby any rights are subordinated to any rights of any third party; and

 

(iii)  any contractual right of set-off.

“Event of Default”    means any event specified as such in Clause 7.1 and “prospective Event of Default” means any event which with the giving of notice and/or the passage of time would be an Event of Default.
“Facility Agreement”    means the facility letter dated 18 October 2018 issued by the Chargee to the Borrowers relating to the Credit Facility and including its amendments, supplements and replacements.

 

3


“Finance Documents”    means the Facility Agreement, this Deed, the Share Charge (2), the Guarantees, the Charge over Bank Account, the Charge of Inventories, the Charge over Receivables and all other securities and documents relating to the Credit Facility and “Finance Document” means any of them.
“Guarantees”    means collectively (i) the guarantee provided by ECMOHO (Hong Kong) Health Technology Limited in favour of the Chargee as security for all liabilities due by the Borrowers to the Chargee to the extent of USD25,000,000.00 and interest, costs and expenses; and (ii) the guarantee provided by the Company in favour of the Chargee as security for all liabilities due by the Borrowers to the Chargee to the extent of USD25,000,000.00 and interest, costs and expenses.
“Hong Kong”    means Hong Kong Special Administrative Region of the PRC.
“Obligors”    means, collectively, all parties to the Finance Documents other than the Chargee, and “Obligor” means any one of them.
“Parties”    means the parties to this Share Charge, that is the Chargor and the Chargee, and any of them is named as the “Party”;
“PRC”    means the People’s Republic of China, which, for the purpose of this Agreement, does not include Hong Kong, Macau or Taiwan.
“Relevant Jurisdiction”    means the PRC, Hong Kong, British Virgin Islands and Cayman Islands.

 

4


“Secured Indebtedness”    means all moneys, obligations and liabilities whether actual or contingent now or hereafter due owing or incurred to the Chargee by any of the Obligors under Finance Documents in whatever currency denominated and whether alone or jointly and whether as principal or surely when the same are due and including all costs and expenses incurred by the Chargee relating thereto on a full indemnity basis.
“Share Charge (2)”    means a first fixed legal charge of 9,393,800 Class B Ordinary Shares and other shares and rights to be provided by Uhealth Limited in favour of the Chargee as security for Secured Indebtedness.
“Shares”    means (i) 9,393,800 Class B Ordinary Shares in the capital of the Company (“Original Shares”) and (ii) all further shares referred to in Clause 2.4 and all rights attached or accrued thereto or derived therefrom.
“Share Charge”    means and includes this Share Charge as originally executed and as it may from time to time be supplemented or amended in accordance with the terms hereof.
“USD”    means United States Dollar, the lawful currency of the United States of America.

 

1.2.

Unless otherwise stated, references to Clauses are to Clauses of this Share Charge.

 

1.3.

References in this Share Charge to any ordinance shall (except where the context requires) be deemed to include any statutory re-enactment thereof or any statutory modification thereof having substantially the same legal effect but not having retrospective effect.

 

1.4.

Words importing the singular number only shall include the plural and vice versa and words importing the masculine gender shall include the feminine gender and neuter genders and vice versa and words importing persons shall include firms and corporations and vice versa.

 

5


1.5.

References to any Party shall, where relevant, be deemed to be references to or to include, as appropriate, their respective successors or assigns.

 

1.6.

References herein to this Share Charge shall be construed as references to such document and to the same as amended or supplemented from time to time.

 

1.7.

Clause headings are for convenience only and shall not affect the construction hereof.

 

1.8.

For the purpose of this Share Charge, any determination as to whether any event, situation, circumstance, act, deed or thing is “material”, “appropriate”, “necessary”, “expedient” or has a “material adverse effect” shall be made by the Chargee in good faith and in a commercially reasonable manner, whose determination shall be conclusive and binding on the Chargor.

 

2.

CHARGE OF SHARES

 

2.1.

Covenant to pay

The Chargor hereby covenants that it will on demand pay to the Chargee the Secured Indebtedness and discharge all moneys obligations and liabilities whether actual or contingent now or hereinafter due owing or incurred to the Chargee by the Obligors under the Finance Documents in whatever currency denominated and whether alone or jointly and in whatever style name or form and whether as principal or surety when the same are due including all costs and expenses incurred by the Chargee relating thereto on a full indemnify basis. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Chargor’s aggregate liability to pay any amount under this Share Charge shall at no time exceed the realisable value of the Shares, and the Chargee’s recourse against the Chargor under this Share Charge shall be limited exclusively to the proceeds of enforcement in respect of the Shares.

 

2.2.

Security

The Chargor as legal and beneficial owner and as continuing security for the payment and discharge of all Secured Indebtedness hereby charges by way of first fixed charge the Shares in favour of the Chargee.

 

6


2.3.

Deposit of documents

 

  (a)

Forthwith upon the execution of this Share Charge, the Chargor shall deliver to the Chargee:

 

  (i)

all certificates and other documents of title or evidence of ownership in relation to the Original Shares;

 

  (ii)

duly executed but undated Transfer Forms in respect of the Original Shares in favour of the Chargee or its nominees in the form set out in Schedule 2 to this Share Charge and other documents which may be reasonably requested by the Chargee in order to enable the Chargee or its nominees to be registered as the owner or otherwise obtain a legal title to the Original Shares;

 

  (iii)

extract of a duly convened meeting of the board of directors of the Company and duly passed by the requisite votes of directors resolving to (i) approve the charge of Shares by the Chargor as contemplated under this Shares Charge, (ii) convene a shareholders’ meeting of the Company to consider and approves if thought fit, (a) the charge of Shares by the Chargor as contemplated under this Share Charge; and (b) the adoption of a Second Amended and Restated Memorandum and Articles of Association of the Company to facilitate the Share Charge and its enforcement in such form satisfactory to the Chargee;

 

  (iv)

extract of a duly convened meeting of the shareholders of the Company and duly passed by the requisite votes of shareholders resolving (amongst other) to approve (a) the charge of Shares by the Chargor as contemplated under this Share Charge; and (b) the adoption of a Second Amended and Restated Memorandum and Articles of Association of the Company to facilitate the Share Charge and its enforcement in such form satisfactory to the Chargee ;

 

  (v)

a legal opinion issued by a law firm practising in the Cayman Islands (as engaged by the Chargee) to the Chargee advising (amongst other) that (a) this Share Charge does not contravene Cayman laws; and (b) the adoption of a Second Amended and Restated Memorandum and Articles of Association of the Company as aforesaid effected by the requisite votes of the shareholders of the Company is valid and effective under Cayman laws in such form approved by the Chargee;

 

7


  (vi)

a legal opinion issued by a law firm practising in the British Virgin Islands (as engaged by the Chargee) to the Chargee advising (amongst other) (a) that based on the due Authorization as provided, this Share Charge is validly created and binding on the Chargor under the laws of the British Virgin Islands and (b) on the priority of the security constituted by this Share Charge upon registration in the public register of charges maintained by the Registrar of Corporate Affairs, the British Virgin Island, in such forms approved by the Chargee;

 

  (vii)

an undated and executed proxy made in respect of the Shares in favour of the Chargee in respect of all general meetings and written resolutions of the Company in the forms set out in Parts I and II of Schedule 3 (Form of Appointment of Proxy); and

 

  (viii)

an undertaking from the Company to register transfers of the Shares to the Chargee or its nominee in the form set out in Schedule 4 (Form of Undertaking).

 

  (b)

At any time when this security is enforceable, the Chargor further authorises the Chargee to complete any such documents deposited with the Chargee which may be incomplete including, without limitation, undated Transfer Forms in respect of the Shares made out in blank and any other documents of title to the Shares.

 

  (c)

Changes to Rights

The Chargor may not take or allow the taking of any action on its behalf which may result in the rights attaching to any of the Shares being altered or (without the consent of the Chargee) further shares in the Company being issued.

 

  (d)

No Liability for Calls

Nothing in this Share Charge shall be construed as placing on the Chargee any liability whatsoever in respect of any calls, instalments or other payments relating to any of the Shares or any rights, shares or other securities accruing, offered or arising as aforesaid, and the Chargor shall indemnify the Chargee in respect of all calls, instalments or other payments relating to any of the Shares and to any rights, shares and other securities accruing, offered or arising as aforesaid in respect of any of the Shares.

 

8


2.4.

The expression “Shares” includes (i) all Company Shares to be further charged by the Chargor to the Chargee as security for Secured Indebtedness from time to time (“Further Shares”), (ii) all allotments, accretions, benefits and advantages whatsoever at any time accruing in respect of the Original Shares and Further Shares, including without limitation, all stocks, shares and securities which may at any time be issued and/or moneys, rights or property which may at any time accrue or be offered (whether by way of bonus, redemption, preference, option or otherwise) in respect of the Original Shares and Further Shares (the “Additional Shares”), (iii) all certificates or other evidence of title to the Original Shares, Further Shares or any of the Additional Shares now and from time to time hereafter deposited with the Chargee and (iv) all moneys, Dividends and interest at any time arising in respect of the Original Shares, Further Shares or any of the Additional Shares, and accordingly all of the foregoing shall be included in the first fixed charge hereby created. For any Additional Shares which may at any time during the continuance of the security be issued or otherwise acquired, the Chargor shall promptly deposit with the Chargee all such documents set out in Clause 2.3(a) relating to them as the Chargee shall require.

 

2.5.

Registration in Name of Chargee

The Chargor agrees that at any time after the occurrence of an Event of Default which is continuing, the Chargee may, at the cost of the Chargor, register the Shares in the name of the Chargee or its nominee.

 

2.6.

Filing And Registration With Relevant Authority

The Chargor shall:

 

  (a)

immediately after the execution of this Share Charge instruct its registered agent to (i) create and maintain a private register of charges (the Register of Charges) in accordance with all the applicable laws of the British Virgin Islands and to enter particulars of the security created pursuant to this Share Charge in the Register of Charges; and (ii) effect registration of this Share Charge with the public register of charges maintained by the Registrar of Corporate Affairs (the “Registrar”) in the British Virgin Islands;

 

9


  (b)

within 14 days from the date of this Share Charge, deliver or procure to be delivered to the Chargee a copy of the updated Register of Charges; and

 

  (c)

within 28 days from the date of this Share Charge, deliver or procure to be delivered to the Chargee the certificate of registration of charge issued by the Registrar and a copy of the description of charge, stamped as “registered” by the Registrar.

 

3.

CONTINUING SECURITY

 

3.1.

The security hereby constituted is to be a continuing security and accordingly shall remain in operation until all the Secured Indebtedness and all moneys hereby undertaken to be paid or intended to be hereby secured have been paid off or satisfied in full.

 

3.2.

The security hereby constituted shall not be in any way affected, diminished or discharged by the taking, holding, varying, non-enforcement, realisation, release or failure to renew or perfect or enforce by the Chargee of any other security for all or any of the Secured Indebtedness or for all or any of the other sums, payment of which is hereby undertaken to be made or which are otherwise hereby secured, or by any time, indulgence, concession, dealing or other thing done or omitted or neglected to be done by the Chargee in relation to any such other security, or the Chargor, the Borrowers or any other obligors, and is in addition to and not in substitution for any other guarantee, indemnity, undertaking, agreement, pledge, assurance, lien, bill, note, mortgage, charge, debenture or other security which may now or hereafter held by the Chargee for or in respect of the Secured Indebtedness or any part thereof and may be enforced without first having recourse to any such other guarantee, indemnity, undertaking, agreement, pledge, assurance, lien, bill, note, mortgage, charge, debenture or security.

 

4.

REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

The Chargor hereby represents and warrants to the Chargee that:-

 

  (a)

the Chargor is the registered and beneficial owner of the Shares and will during the continuance of this security be the registered and beneficial owner of the Shares, and that such Shares are free from Encumbrance (subject to the first fixed charge created by this Share Charge) and the Chargor will not purport to enter into any agreement to sell or transfer any of the Shares other than to the Chargee or at the Chargee’s direction;

 

10


  (b)

the Chargor will notify the Chargee in writing of appointment of persons (other than the persons who presently constitute the board of directors of the Borrower as of the date of this Share Charge) to the board of directors of the Borrower as soon as practicable after any such appointment;

 

  (c)

the Chargor is a company duly incorporated with limited liability and validly existing under the laws of the British Virgin Islands, and it has the necessary capacity power and authority to enter into and execute this Share Charge and to perform and observe its obligations contained herein;

 

  (d)

the execution, delivery and performance of this Share Charge have been duly authorised by all necessary action of the Chargor and do not contravene the constitution of the Chargor under all applicable laws and regulations of the British Virgin Islands and Hong Kong. This Share Charge, as executed and delivered, constitutes legal, valid and binding obligations of the Chargor, enforceable in accordance with its terms, subject to limitation on enforceability of claims which are made out of time, held to be penalties or subject to the application of discretionary remedies;

 

  (e)

the execution and delivery of, and the performance of the provisions of, this Share Charge by the Chargor do not, and will not during the continuance of this Share Charge (i) contravene any existing applicable law, ordinance, regulation, decree or permit, or any order, judgment, decree or award of any court or any judicial, administrative or governmental authority, department or agency presently in effect and applicable to the Chargor or any of its assets, or (ii) contravene any contractual restriction binding on the Chargor or any of its assets, or (iii) cause any limit on any of the borrowing, guaranteeing, charging or other powers of the Chargor (whether imposed by its memorandum or articles of association, or by agreement, instrument or otherwise), or upon any of the powers of its board of directors to exercise any of such powers, or any other limit affecting the Chargor, to be exceeded, or (iv) create or result in or oblige the Chargor to create any lien, charge, security interest or other encumbrance on the whole or any part of the Chargor’s property, assets or revenues, present or future;

 

11


  (f)

all authorisations required by the Chargor in connection with the entry into, performance, validity and enforceability of, and the transactions contemplated by, this Share Charge have been obtained or effected (as appropriate) and are in full force and effect including but not limited to the requisite approval of the directors and shareholders of the Company;

 

  (g)

every consent, authorisation, licence or approval (if any) of or declaration to, governmental or public bodies or authorities or courts required by the Chargor to execute this Share Charge have been obtained and are in full force, validity and effect, and, as of the date of this Share Charge, no further governmental or other consents, authorities or approvals are necessary for the performance by the Chargor of its obligations hereunder;

 

  (h)

the obligations of the Chargor under this Share Charge are direct, general and unconditional obligations of the Chargor and rank at least pari passu with all the Chargor’s other present and future unsecured and unsubordinated indebtedness and other obligations (including contingent obligations) with the exception of indebtedness and other such obligations mandatorily preferred by law and not by contract;

 

  (i)

there are no litigation, arbitration, administrative or other proceedings pending before any court, tribunal, arbitrator, government agency or administrative body against or threatened against the Chargor or any of its assets which if adversely determined could or would reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect on the business, assets or condition (financial or otherwise) of the Chargor or the ability of the Chargor to perform any of its obligations required by the terms and conditions of this Share Charge (the “Material Adverse Effect”);

 

  (j)

the Chargor is not in breach of or in default under any statutory or other requirements applicable to the Chargor or in default in the payment of any indebtedness or liabilities in respect of borrowed money or in breach of or in default under any other provision of any indenture, deed of trust, agreement or other instrument to which the Chargor is a party and under or subject to which any such borrowed money has been issued and is outstanding which could or would reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect; and no event, condition or act which with the giving of notice or lapse of time, or both, would constitute an event of default under any such indenture, deed of trust, agreement or other instrument has occurred or is continuing which has not been properly waived or remedied thereunder;

 

12


  (k)

the information contained in all accounts, certificates, schedules or other documents (if any) supplied to the Chargee relating to the Chargor or any of the Shares or the Borrowers or any other Obligors is true and accurate in all material respects, and the opinions and forecast expressed therein (if any) are honestly held and have been made on a reasonable basis, and there are no material facts relating to the Chargor or any of the Shares or the Borrowers or any other Obligors which could or might affect the willingness of a reasonable party to rely on a share charge of the Shares from the Chargor in terms similar to the terms of this Share Charge, which have not been disclosed to the Chargee; and

 

5.

UNDERTAKING

 

5.1.

The Chargor hereby further undertakes and/or covenants with the Chargee that:-

 

  (a)

each of the representations and warranties contained in Clause 4 will be true and accurate in all material respects as though made on and as of each day on which Secured Indebtedness shall remain outstanding and as if made with reference to the facts and circumstances subsisting on each such date;

 

  (b)

the Chargor will promptly inform the Chargee of the occurrence of any event of which the Chargor becomes aware which, in the Chargor’s reasonable opinion, might adversely affect the ability of the Chargor, the Borrower or any other Obligor to the other Finance Documents to fully perform their respective obligations under the Facility Agreement, this Share Charge and any of the other Finance Documents;

 

  (c)

the Chargor will endeavour to obtain or cause to be obtained every consent and approval and do, or cause to be done, all other acts and things which may from time to time be necessary for the continued due performance of all the Chargor ’s obligations hereunder; and

 

13


  (d)

while the Credit Facility is available for drawing and for so long as the Secured Indebtedness remains outstanding, this Share Charge will continue to rank at least pari passu with the Chargor’s existing and future unsecured and unsubordinated indebtedness and other obligations (including contingent liabilities) with the exception of indebtedness and other such obligations mandatorily preferred by law and not by contract.

 

5.2.

The Chargor hereby further covenants and undertakes with the Chargee that for so long as the Secured Indebtedness or any part thereof remains outstanding, the Chargor shall provide the Chargee promptly with all financial information relating to the Company as the Chargee may from time to time require, and in particular the Chargor will (a) within 60 days after the end of the first 6 months of each accounting period, provide the Chargee with copy, certified as true and complete copy by a director of the Company, of the unaudited financial statements of the Company for the 6 month period, and (b) within 120 days from the close of financial year of the Company, provide the Chargee with copy of its audited annual financial statements (and consolidated financial statement, if any) for such year duly signed by the directors of the Company.

 

5.3.

The Chargor hereby further covenants and undertakes with the Chargee that for so long as the Secured Indebtedness or any part thereof remains outstanding, the Chargor shall not create or agree to create or permit to arise any subsequent charge over or in respect of the Shares or any part thereof or any interest therein, and shall not sell or transfer any of the Shares without the prior written consent of the Chargee.

 

6.

FURTHER ASSURANCE

 

6.1.

The Chargor shall at any time hereafter (whether before or after the security hereby constituted shall have become enforceable), on request by the Chargee, execute, sign, seal, deliver and do all transfers, contract notes, powers of attorney and other instruments, deeds, agreements, documents, acts and things and give or procure the giving by the directors of the Company of all consents approvals and directions which the Chargee may reasonably require for perfecting the Chargee’s title to the Shares or vesting the same, or any of them, in a purchaser or in any trustee for or nominee of the Chargee.

 

14


6.2.

(a) The Chargor hereby irrevocably and unconditionally undertakes with the Chargee that the Chargor will at any time hereafter (whether before or after the security hereby constituted shall have become enforceable), if and when required by the Chargee, execute, sign, seal, deliver, do and pass, or cause or procure to be executed, signed, sealed, delivered, done or passed such legal or other mortgages, charges, pledges, assignments, transfers, assurances, powers of attorney, letters, resolutions, acts and things in favour or for the benefit of the Chargee as the Chargee shall reasonably require over or in respect of the Shares as further security for the Secured Indebtedness or as the Chargee may reasonably require for perfecting the security hereby constituted and/or for protecting the priority of such security.

(b) Any mortgages, charges, pledges, assignments, transfers, assurances, powers of attorney, letters or resolutions to be executed by the Chargor or any other person pursuant to Clause 6.2(a) above shall be prepared by or on behalf of the Chargee at the cost and expense of the Chargor and shall, in the case of any mortgages, charges or pledges, contain (i) an immediate power of sale without notice upon the security thereby constituted becoming enforceable, (ii) a clause excluding any restrictions imposed by any law on the power of sale, and (iii) a clause excluding any restrictions imposed by any law on the consolidation of mortgages or other securities.

 

7.

ENFORCEMENT OF SECURITY

 

7.1.

Each of the following events shall be an Event of Default:

 

  (a)

any of the Borrowers makes default in the payment on the due date and in accordance with the terms and conditions under Facility Agreement of any principal or interest or other moneys outstanding and payable by any of them to the Chargee (whether demanded or not);

 

  (b)

any of the Obligors make default in the payment on the due date and in accordance with the terms and conditions relating thereto under any Finance Documents in respect of money and other liabilities;

 

  (c)

any representation, warranty or undertaking by the Chargor is not complied with or proves to have been or to be untrue or incorrect in any material respect when made or deemed to be made;

 

15


  (d)

any representation, warranty or undertaking by any of the Obligors under any Finance Documents is not complied with or proves to have been or to be untrue or incorrect in any material respect when made or deemed to be made;

 

  (e)

any of the Borrowers does not comply with any of its covenants or obligations under the Facility Agreement in any material respect;

 

  (f)

any of the Obligors does not comply with any of its covenants and obligation under any Finance Documents in any material respect;

 

  (g)

a petition is presented or an order is made or an effective resolution is passed or analogous proceedings are taken for the winding up of any of the Borrowers or any Obligor, save for the purposes of an amalgamation, merger or reconstruction the terms whereof have previously been approved by the Chargee;

 

  (h)

any of the Borrowers or any of the Obligors shall without the consent in writing of the Chargee stop payment to creditors when due nor within any originally applicable grace period or (if applicable) the Company or any of the Obligors shall (otherwise than for the purpose of such an amalgamation, merger or reconstruction as is referred to in Sub-Clause 7.1(g)) cease or threaten to cease to carry on its business or any substantial part thereof or shall be unable to pay its debts or disposes of the whole or a substantial part of its undertaking or assets;

 

  (i)

there occurs a material adverse change in any of the Borrowers’ or any Obligor’s financial condition which would, in the reasonable opinion of the Chargee, prevent the Borrowers or any Obligor from performing in any material respect its obligations under this Deed or under any Finance Documents;

 

  (j)

the Chargor purports or attempts to create any Encumbrance over all or any part of the Shares or any third party asserts a reasonable and substantial claim in respect thereof (except as permitted under this Deed);

 

  (k)

the security hereby created or under any Finance Documents or any part thereof fails or ceases for any reason to be in full force and effect or is terminated or jeopardised or becomes invalid or unenforceable or if there is any dispute regarding the same or if there is any purported termination of the same or it becomes impossible or unlawful for any of the Borrowers or any Obligor to perform any of its obligations hereunder or under any Finance Documents or for the Chargee to exercise all or any of its rights, powers and remedies hereunder or under any Finance Documents; and

 

16


  (l)

a creditor takes possession of all or any part of the business or assets of any of the Borrowers or any Obligor or any execution or other legal process is enforced against the business or any asset of any of the Borrowers or any Obligor and is not discharged within fourteen (14) days.

 

7.2.

If an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, the Chargee may:

 

  (a)

declare the Secured Indebtedness, all loans and other moneys, obligations and liabilities hereby secured to be, whereupon they shall become, immediately due and payable without further demand, notice or other legal formality of any kind;

 

  (b)

declare the Credit Facility to be terminated whereupon all obligations of the Chargee to make further advances to the Borrowers shall immediately cease;

 

  (c)

demand that the Chargor to provide cash cover to the Chargee for all liabilities of the Borrowers to the Chargee, whereupon the Chargor shall be under an immediate obligation to provide such cash cover; and

 

  (d)

in its absolute discretion enforce all or any part of this security in any manner it sees fit or as the Chargee direct including but limited to the sale and disposal of the Shares at any price which the Chargee may deem fit. The Chargor shall not have any right to claim against the Chargee in respect of any loss arising out of any sale pursuant to this Share Charge in the absence of fraud, gross negligence or willful misconduct by the Chargee, however such loss may have been caused and whether or not a better price could or might have been obtained on the sale of any of the Shares by either deferring or advancing the date of such sale or otherwise howsoever.

 

7.3.

The Chargee shall not be liable, by reason of entering into possession of the Shares, to account as Chargee in possession or for any loss on realization or for any default or omission for which a Chargee in possession might be liable.

 

17


7.4.

No restriction imposed by any ordinance or law in force in Hong Kong or elsewhere on any power of sale or on the consolidation of mortgages or other securities shall apply to this security.

 

7.5.

No person dealing with the Chargee, or with its brokers or agents, shall be concerned to enquire whether the security hereby constituted has become enforceable, or whether the power exercised or purported to be exercised has become exercisable, or whether any moneys remain due upon the security of this Share Charge, or as to the necessity or expediency of the stipulations and conditions subject to which any sale of any of the Shares shall be made, or otherwise as to the propriety or regularity of any sale of any of the Shares, or to see to the application of any money paid to the Chargee, or its brokers or agents, and in the absence of fraud, gross negligence or willful misconduct on the part of such person such dealing shall be deemed so far as regards the safety and protection of such person to be within the powers hereby conferred and to be valid and effectual accordingly, and the remedy of the Chargor in respect of any irregularity or impropriety whatsoever in the exercise of such powers shall be in damages only.

 

7.6.

Upon any sale of any of the Shares, the receipt of the Chargee for the purchase money of the Shares sold shall effectually discharge the purchaser or person paying the same therefrom and from being concerned to see to the application or being answerable for the loss or misapplication thereof.

 

7.7.

(a) All moneys received by the Chargee arising from any sale of any of the Shares under the power of sale hereby conferred shall be applied as follows:-

 

FIRSTLY:    in or towards payment or satisfaction of all costs, charges, expenses and liabilities incurred and payments made by or on behalf of the Chargee, whether governmental, municipal, contractual or otherwise in connection with such sale together with, in every such case, interest thereon at the rate provided for in Clause 10.2;
SECONDLY:    in or towards payment to the Chargee of the Secured Indebtedness (unless the Chargee elects to put such moneys in an interest-bearing suspense account), until the whole of the Secured Indebtedness shall have been certified in writing by the Chargee as having been paid in full and discharged; and

 

18


THIRDLY:    following such payments the remaining balance (if any) shall be paid to the Chargor for its rights and interests or such other person as may be entitled thereto.

(b) At any time after the power of sale has arisen, any Dividends which have been or may be received or receivable by the Chargee may be applied by the Chargee as if they were proceeds of sale hereunder.

 

8.

DIVIDEND AND VOTING RIGHT

 

8.1.

If an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, any Dividends on or with respect of the Shares shall be paid to the Chargee and, shall be applied by the Chargee in discharge of the Secured Indebtedness and, if received by the Chargor shall be paid over to the Chargee forthwith upon receipt and until such payment shall be held by it in trust for the Chargee.

 

8.2.

If an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, the Chargee may exercise at its discretion (in the name of the Chargor or otherwise and without any further consent or authority on the part of the Chargor) any voting rights attaching to the Shares or any of them as if the Chargee were the sole beneficial owner thereof.

 

8.3.

The Chargor by way of security hereby irrevocably authorises the Chargee at any time after an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing to act as its proxy in all general meetings of the Company, and the Chargor hereby agrees to obtain the Chargee’s consent on all issues requiring a resolution of the Chargor as a shareholder of the Company and undertakes to supply to the Chargee all notices issued to it by the board of directors of the Company convening general meetings.

 

9.

RELEASE AND DISCHARGE

 

9.1.

If all the Secured Indebtedness and all other moneys payment of which is hereby undertaken to be made or which are intended to be hereby secured shall have been duly paid, the Chargee shall discharge and release this Share Charge and the security hereby created and release, re-assign and transfer all the Shares to the Chargor as the Chargor shall direct, within fourteen (14) Business Days upon the request and at the cost of the Chargor. For the avoidance of doubt, the Facility Agreement shall be terminated upon the above release.

 

19


9.2.

Any release, discharge or settlement between the Chargor and the Chargee shall be conditional upon no security, disposition or payment to the Chargee by the Chargor or any other person being avoided or reduced pursuant to any provisions or enactments relating to bankruptcy, liquidation, winding-up or dissolution or insolvency, and if such condition shall not be fulfilled the Chargee shall be entitled to enforce this security subsequently as if such release, discharge or settlement had not occurred.

 

10.

COSTS, CHARGES AND EXPENSES

 

10.1.

The Chargor shall pay duly and promptly all calls which may from time to time be made in respect of any unpaid moneys in respect of the Shares and any other moneys which the Chargee may lawfully be required to pay in respect of any of the Shares and in the event of the Chargor’s default the Chargee may, if it thinks fit, make such payments on behalf of the Chargor. Any money expended by the Chargee under this Clause 10.1 shall be deemed to be properly paid by the Chargee. For the avoidance of doubt, it is hereby expressly provided that neither the Chargee nor any trustee or nominee of the Chargee shall incur any liability in respect of any calls, instruments or payments relating to the Shares or any of them.

 

10.2.

The Chargor hereby undertakes with the Chargee to pay to the Chargee, on demand all costs, charges and expenses incurred hereunder by the Chargee (with respect to legal expenses on a solicitor-and-own-client basis) and all other moneys paid by the Chargee in perfecting this security or in respect of the Shares.

 

10.3.

The Chargor shall pay, on demand, all reasonable costs, charges and expenses (including legal fees and out-of-pocket expenses) incurred or to be incurred by the Chargee in connection with the preparation and negotiation, execution of this Share Charge and all costs, charges and expenses (including legal fees on a full indemnity basis and out-of-pocket expenses) incurred or to be incurred by the Chargee in connection with the enforcement of this Share Charge.

 

10.4.

The charge created hereunder to secure the Secured Indebtedness shall be in addition and without prejudice to any and every other right, power, remedy, lien or security which the Chargee may have or but for the said charge would have had for the moneys hereby secured, or any part thereof.

 

20


11.

POWER OF ATTORNEY

 

11.1.

In respect of any instruments of transfer and contract notes relating to any of the Shares, the Chargor hereby irrevocably and by way of security authorises the Chargee at any time hereafter to date any such instruments of transfer and contract notes if the same be undated, and if the same shall have been theretofore in blank to fill in any blanks in favour of the Chargee, or any trustee for or nominee of the Chargee, or any purchaser.

 

11.2.

The Chargor, by way of security, hereby irrevocably authorises the Chargee at any time hereafter to insert the name of the Chargee or its trustees or nominees or of any purchaser or to make any alteration or addition in or to any instruments of transfer, contract notes or documents which the Chargee may require for perfecting its title to or for vesting the Shares in the Chargee or its trustees or nominees or in any purchaser, and to re-deliver the same thereafter, and the Chargor hereby irrevocably and by way of security appoints the Chargee and its successors and assigns to be its attorney (with full power of substitution) and in its name and on its behalf and as its act and deed or otherwise to execute, sign, seal, deliver and do and otherwise perfect any such transfers, contract notes and other documents as aforesaid and all such deeds, assurances, agreements, instruments, acts and things which may be required for the full exercise of all or any of the powers hereby conferred or which may be deemed proper on, or in connection with, any sale, disposition or getting in by the Chargee of any of the Shares.

 

11.3.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, such power shall not be exercisable by or on behalf of the Chargee until an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing.

 

11.4.

The Chargor hereby ratifies and confirms and agrees to ratify and confirm any instrument, deed, act or thing which the Chargee or its successors and assigns may lawfully execute, sign, seal, deliver or do or cause to be executed, signed, sealed, delivered or done pursuant to Clauses 11.1 or 11.2 above.

 

21


12.

SUSPENSE ACCOUNT

 

12.1.

Any money received by the Chargee by virtue of or in connection with this security may be placed to the credit of a suspense account at the discretion of the Chargee pending the enforcement or realisation of any other security held by the Chargee with a view to preserving the rights of the Chargee to prove for the whole of its claims against the Chargor or any other person liable in the event of any proceedings in or analogous to liquidation, winding-up, dissolution, insolvency, composition or arrangement. .

 

12.2.

(a) If the Chargee receives notice of any subsequent mortgage, debenture, charge, pledge, lien, assignment, encumbrance or other disposition affecting the Shares or any of them or any interest therein, the Chargee may open a new account with the Chargor in respect of the Secured Indebtedness.

(b) If the Chargee does not open a new account it shall nevertheless be treated as if it had done so at the time when it received such notice, and as from that time all payments made to the Chargee by the Chargor in respect of the Secured Indebtedness or any part thereof shall be credited or be treated as having been credited to the new account and shall not operate to reduce the amount due from the Chargor to the Chargee at the time when it received notice.

 

13.

NOTICE

 

13.1.

Service of Proceedings

 

  (a)

Any notice, request, certificate, demand or other communication required to be given by any party hereto to the other parties hereto shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been so given if addressed to the addressee at its address in Hong Kong herein mentioned or to such other address in Hong Kong as may have been notified in writing by such party to the other parties hereto in accordance with this Clause 13.1.

 

  (b)

Any notice, request, certificate, demand or other communication delivered personally shall be deemed to have been given at the time of such delivery. Any notice, request, certificate, demand or other communication dispatched by letter postage prepaid shall be deemed to have been given forty eight (48) hours after posting. Any notice, request, certificate, demand or other communication sent by telex or facsimile transmission shall be deemed to have been given at the time of dispatch and any notice, request, certificate, demand or other communication sent by cable shall be deemed to have been given twenty four (24) hours after dispatch. Provided always that any notice, request, certificate, demand or other communication to be given by the Chargor to the Chargee shall only be effective upon actual receipt thereof by the Chargee (as the case may be).

 

22


  (c)

Any legal process including any writ or originating summons or otherwise and any other summons or notice to be served on a party by the other party hereto in any legal proceeding or action in any court or tribunal shall be deemed to be sufficiently and duly served forty eight (48) hours after having been left or sent by ordinary pre-paid post to the addressee’s registered office or usual place of business in Hong Kong and in proving service it shall be sufficient to prove that the legal process or summons or notice was properly addressed and posted or properly left (as the case may be) irrespective of whether the same is returned through the post undelivered to the addressee.

 

13.2.

Administrative details

The initial administrative details of the Parties are contained in Schedule 2 (Initial administrative details of the parties) but a party may amend its own details at any time by notice to the other party.

 

13.3.

Delivery to registered office

Any notice to the Chargor may alternatively be sent to its registered office or to any of its places of business or to any of its directors or its company secretary; and it will be deemed to have been received when delivered to any such places or persons.

 

14.

MISCELLANEOUS

 

14.1.

Modification: This Share Charge may only be varied or modified by supplemental agreement or other document executed by all the Parties.

 

14.2.

Severability: Any provision of this Share Charge prohibited by or declared or adjudged to be unlawful or unenforceable under any applicable law actually applied by any court of competent jurisdiction shall, to the extent required by such law, be severed from this Share Charge and rendered ineffective so far as is possible without modifying the remaining provisions of this Share Charge. Where however the provisions of any such applicable law may be waived, they are hereby waived by the Parties to the full extent permitted by such law to the end that this Share Charge shall be valid and binding and enforceable in accordance with its terms.

 

23


14.3.

Disclosure of Information: The Chargee may disclose to any of its subsidiaries or associated companies, or a prospective transferee or to any other person who may propose entering into, or who has entered into, contractual relations with the Chargee in relation to the Agreement or any of the Finance Documents such information about the Chargor as the Chargee shall consider appropriate solely for the purpose of appraising the transaction contemplated thereby but to the extent of any such information being customarily regarded as confidential by the Chargor, on a confidential and need to know basis by disclosing the information subject to delivery of a confidentiality undertaking.

 

14.4.

Legal Representation: The Parties acknowledge that Messrs. Li, Wong, Lam & W.I. Cheung acts as legal counsel of the Chargee only relating to this Share Charge. The Chargor will take separate legal advice as it sees fit.

 

14.5.

Third Party Rights: Nothing contained herein is intended to grant to any third party any right to enforce any term hereof or to confer on any third party any right or benefit hereunder for the purposes of the Contracts (Rights of Third Parties) Ordinance and any enactment thereof and the application of the said Ordinance is expressly excluded.

 

15.

WAIVER

 

15.1.

Any waiver by the Chargee of any breach of any of the undertakings, terms or conditions contained herein or other relaxation or indulgence granted at any time by the Chargee to the Chargor or any other person, shall, without any express reservation to that effect by the Chargee, be deemed to be without prejudice to and shall not affect the exercise at any time thereafter by the Chargee of all or any of its rights, powers and remedies hereunder as though no such waiver had been made or relaxation or indulgence granted. No failure or delay by the Chargee in exercising or enforcing any right, power or remedy shall operate as a waiver thereof, nor shall any single or partial exercise, enforcement or waiver of any right, power or remedy preclude its further exercise or enforcement, or the exercise or enforcement of any other right, power or remedy. The rights, powers and remedies herein provided are cumulative and not exclusive of any rights, powers or remedies provided by law.

 

24


15.2.

No provision hereof may be waived, discharged or terminated orally, except only by an instrument in writing signed by the Party against whom enforcement of the waiver, discharge or termination is sought.

 

15.3.

No waiver of any of the rights or powers of the Chargee or any consent by the Chargee shall be valid unless signed by the Chargee in writing.

 

15.4.

Time is of the essence of this Share Charge, but no failure or delay by the Chargee in exercising or enforcing any right, power or privilege hereunder shall operate as a waiver thereof, nor shall any single or partial exercise or enforcement of any right, power or privilege preclude any further exercise or enforcement thereof or the exercise or enforcement of any other right, remedy, power or privilege. The rights, remedies, powers and privileges herein provided are cumulative and not exclusive of any rights and remedies powers or privileges provided by law.

 

16.

ASSIGNMENT

 

16.1.

This Share Charge shall be binding upon and enure to the benefit of the Parties and their respective successors and permitted assigns, except that the Chargor may not assign or transfer any of their respective rights, benefits, duties or obligations hereunder.

 

16.2.

If the Chargee shall assign the whole or any part of its rights under the Facility Agreement in accordance with the terms thereof, the Chargee, at its own costs and expenses, may also assign the whole or the appropriate portion of its rights hereunder, in which event references herein to the Chargee shall thenceforth be deemed to include a reference to each assignee to the extent of its interest, provided that the Chargee shall notify the Chargor of any assignment of its rights hereunder within fourteen (14) Business Days of such assignment.

 

16.3.

Any representation, warranty, undertaking and arrangement on the part of the Chargor hereunder shall survive the making of any assignment of the Chargee under the Facility Agreement, hereunder or under any of the other Finance Documents, the change in the name of the Chargee or the Chargee’s amalgamation with, or absorption by, any other corporation.

 

25


17.

GOVERNING LAW AND JURISDICTION

 

17.1.

Governing Law: This Share Charge and the rights and obligations of the Parties shall be governed by and construed and interpreted in all respects in accordance with the laws of Hong Kong, and the Parties hereby irrevocably submit to the non-exclusive jurisdiction of the courts of Hong Kong.

 

17.2.

Jurisdiction: The submission of the Chargor to the non-exclusive jurisdiction of the courts of Hong Kong shall not limit the right of the Chargee to take proceedings against the Chargor in any other courts having, claiming or accepting jurisdiction over the Chargor or any of its assets, nor shall the taking of proceedings in any one or more jurisdiction(s) preclude the taking of proceedings in any other jurisdiction(s), whether concurrently or not.

 

17.3.

Waiver of Immunity: The Chargor agrees that in any legal action or proceedings against it or its assets in connection with this Share Charge, no immunity from such legal action or proceedings shall be claimed by or on behalf of the Chargor or with respect to its assets, and the Chargor irrevocably waives any right of immunity which it or its assets now have or may hereafter acquire or which may be attributed to it or its assets and consents generally in respect of any such legal action or proceedings to the giving of any relief or the issue of any process in connection with such action or proceedings including, without limitation, the making, enforcement or execution against any property whatsoever, of any order or judgment which may be made or given in such action or proceedings.

 

17.4.

Process Agent: The Chargor irrevocably appoints ECMOHO (Hong Kong) Limited, registration no. 2218839, whose registered office is situated at Flat 9, 4/F, Beverley Commercial Centre, 87-105 Chatham Road South, Tsimshatsui, Kowloon, Hong Kong to receive for it and on its behalf, service of process in any proceedings in Hong Kong. Such service shall be deemed completed on delivery to the process agent (whether or not it is forwarded to and received by the Chargor or the Borrowers). If for any reason the process agent ceases to be able to act as such or no longer has an address in Hong Kong, the Chargor irrevocably agrees to appoint a substitute process agent acceptable to the Chargee, and to deliver to the Chargee a copy of the new agent’s acceptance of that appointment within thirty (30) days. Nothing herein shall affect the right to serve any process in any other manner permitted by law.

 

26


[Reminder of this page intentionally left blank.]

 

27


IN WITNESS whereof this Share Charge has been duly executed on the day and year first above written.

 

The Chargor     

SEALED with the COMMON SEAL of

BEHEALTH LIMITED

and SIGNED by

 

 

 

person(s) duly authorized by resolution(s)

of the Board of Directors in the presence

of/whose signature(s) is/are verified by:-

 

)

)

)

)

)

)

)

)

)

  

 

/s/ Ying Wang

[Signature Page]


The Chargee      

SIGNED by

 

for and on behalf of

TAIPEI FUBON COMMERCIAL

 

BANK CO., LTD.,                    )

HONG KONG BRANCH

whose signature(s) is/are verified by:-

  

)

)

)

)

 

    

)

)

  

 

/s/ T.L. Peng

 

29


SCHEDULE 1

DETAILS OF ECMOHO LIMITED

 

Date of Incorporation:    7 June 2018
Place of Incorporation:    The Cayman Islands
Registered Office:    c/o Hermes Corporate Services Ltd., Fifth Floor, Zephyr House, 122 Mary Street, George Town, P.O. Box 31493, Grand Cayman KY1-1206, Cayman Islands
Company number:    338171
Directors:    Zeng Qingchun
   Wang Ying
   Wang Wei
   Weigang Greg Ye
   Sang Lin
   Ng Yum Fai

 

Shareholders and their      
shareholdings:    Name    Number of Share(s) Held
   Behealth Limited    37,575,200 share Class B Ordinary Shares
   Beset Winner Limited    1,072,633 share Class A Ordinary Shares
   Lake Zurich Partners Limited    3,077,408 share Class A Ordinary Shares
   Liberal Rich Limited    6,012,000 share Class A Ordinary Shares
   Uhealth Limited    37,575,200 share Class B Ordinary Shares
   Delta Capital Growth Fund II, L.P.    1,587,783 share Series A Preferred Shares
   Li, Shua-Lien    1,587,783 share Series A Preferred Shares
   Delta Capital Crowth Fund II, L.P.    953,289 share Class A Ordinary Shares
   Li, Shua Lien    714,967 share Class A Ordinary Shares
   Voyager Advisors Limited    441,051 share Class A Ordinary Shares
   STCH Investment Inc.    714,967 share Class A Ordinary Shares

 

30


  Qinghai Partners Limited    1,906,579 share Class A Ordinary Shares
  Behealth Limited    638,106 share Class A Ordinary Shares
  STCH Investment Inc.    529,261 share Series A Preferred Shares
  Voyager Advisors Limited    705,681 share Series A Preferred Shares
  Tim One International Limited    3,528,407 share Series A Preferred Shares
  CID Greater China Fund V, L.P.    4,759,500 share Class A-1 Ordinary Shares
  STCH Investment Inc.    4,759,500 share Class A-1 Ordinary Shares
  CID Greater China Fund V, L.P.    1,423,300 share Class A-2 Ordinary Shares
  STCH Investment Inc.    1,423,300 share Class A-2 Ordinary Shares
  Smart Warrior Limited    5,693,200 share Class A-2 Ordinary Shares
  Canarywharf Capital Limited    2,277,300 share Class A-2 Ordinary Shares
  BabyMe Limited    2,846,600 share Class A Ordinary Shares

 

31


SCHEDULE 2

FORM OF SHARE TRANSFER FORM

ECMOHO LIMITED

(the “Company”)

SHARE TRANSFER FORM

We, [] (the “Transferor”), for good and valuable consideration received from                                                                                        (the “Transferee”) of                                                                                       , do hereby:

(1) transfer to the Transferee      Shares (the “Shares”) standing in our name in the register of members of the Company to hold unto the Transferee, his executors, administrators and assigns, subject to the several conditions on which we held the same at the time of execution of this Share Transfer Form; and

(2) consent that our name remains on the register of the Company until such time as the Company enters the Transferee’s name in the register of the Company.

And we, the Transferee, do hereby agree to take the Shares subject to the same conditions.

As Witness Our Hands

Signed by the Transferor on

the         day

in the presence of:

 

 

  

 

Witness    Transferor
Signed by the Transferee on   
the day of   
in the presence of:   

 

  

 

Witness    Transferee

 

32


SCHEDULE 3

FORM OF APPOINTMENT OF PROXY

Part I

ECMOHO LIMITED

IRREVOCABLE APPOINTMENT OF PROXY

We, [●] hereby irrevocably appoint TAIPEI FUBON COMMERCIAL BANK CO., LTD., HONG KONG BRANCH as our proxy to vote at meetings of the shareholders of ECMOHO LIMITED (the “Company”) in respect of any existing or further shares in the Company which may have been or may from time to time be issued and/or registered in our name and charged to TAIPEI FUBON COMMERCIAL BANK CO., LTD., HONG KONG BRANCH (which expression shall include its successors, assignors and transferees); provided that the security created under the relevant share charge has become enforceable. This proxy is irrevocable by reason of being coupled with the interest of TAIPEI FUBON COMMERCIAL BANK CO., LTD., HONG KONG BRANCH (which expression shall include its successors, assignors and transferees) as chargee of the aforesaid shares.

 

 

[●]
Dated:

Part II

ECMOHO LIMITED

IRREVOCABLE APPOINTMENT OF PROXY

We, [●] hereby irrevocably appoint TAIPEI FUBON COMMERCIAL BANK CO., LTD., HONG KONG BRANCH (which expression shall include its successors, assignors and transferees) as our duly authorised representative to sign resolutions in writing of ECMOHO LIMITED (the “Company”) in respect of any existing or further shares in the Company which may have been or may from time to time be issued and/or registered in our name and charged to TAIPEI FUBON COMMERCIAL BANK CO., LTD., HONG KONG BRANCH (which expression shall include its successors, assignors and transferees); provided that the security created under the relevant share charge has become enforceable.

 

 

[●]
Dated:

 

33


SCHEDULE 4

FORM OF UNDERTAKING

ECMOHO LIMITED

TAIPEI FUBON COMMERCIAL BANK CO., LTD., HONG KONG BRANCH as Mortgagee (as defined in the Deed)

Dear Sirs

ECMOHO LIMITED

We refer to the facility agreement (“Facility Agreement”) dated [date] between, among others, ECMOHO (Hong Kong) Limited and Import It Corp. (“Borrowers”) as borrowers and Taipei Fubon Commercial Bank Co., Ltd., Hong Kong Branch (“Lender”) asLender, as amended from time to time. We also refer to the share charge dated [*] 2018 (as amended from time to time, the “Share Charge”) between BEHEALTH LIMITED as Chargor and Taipei Fubon Commercial Bank Co., Ltd., Hong Kong Branch as Chargee (“Chargee”, which expression shall include its successors, assignors and transferees) whereby, inter alia, the Chargor granted a charge over the Shares (as therein defined) in favour of the Chargee.

Capitalised words and expressions used in this letter which are not expressly defined herein have the meanings ascribed to them in the Share Charge.

This letter of undertaking is given pursuant to clause 2.3 (a) (viii) of the Share Charge.

In consideration of the grant by the Chargee of the Credit Facility under the Facility Agreement referred to above and for other valuable consideration receipt of which is hereby acknowledged, we hereby irrevocably and unconditionally undertake to register in our register of members any and all share transfers to the Chargee or any person(s) nominated by the Chargee in respect of any or all of the Shares submitted to us by the Chargee where such transfer is to be effected pursuant to the Share Charge and the Chargee has notified us that the security thereunder is enforceable.

 

Yours faithfully,
For and on behalf of
ECMOHO LIMITED

 

[●]
Director

 

34


EXECUTION VERSION

Dated the 23rd day of November 2018

UHEALTH LIMITED

(as the “Chargor ”)

and

TAIPEI FUBON COMMERCIAL BANK CO., LTD.,

HONG KONG BRANCH

(as the “Chargee”)

 

 

SHARE CHARGE

in respect of

9,393,800 Class B Ordinary Shares of the Entire Issued Share Capital of

ECMOHO LIMITED

 

 

Li, Wong, Lam & W.I. Cheung

Solicitors

22/F., Infinitus Plaza,

199 Des Voeux Road Central, Hong Kong

Tel: 3181-6600

Fax: 3181-6699

Ref No.: 033/93398/18/COMM/B/033/147


THIS SHARE CHARGE is made this 23rd day of November 2018

BETWEEN :-

 

(1)

Uhealth Limited, a company incorporated under the laws of the British Virgin Islands whose registered office is situated at offices of Sertus Incorporations (BVI) Limited, Sertus Chambers, P.O. Box 905, Quastiky Building, Road Town, Tortola, British Virgin Islands (the “Chargor”); and

 

(2)

TAIPEI FUBON COMMERCIAL BANK CO., LTD., HONG KONG BRANCH, a company incorporated in Taiwan having its principal place of business at 16/F, K11 Atelier, Victoria Dockside, 18 Salisbury Road, Tsim Sha Tsui, Kowloon, Hong Kong (the “Chargee”).

WHEREAS :-

 

(A)

By a facility letter (“Facility Agreement”) dated 18 October 2018 issued by the Chargee to the Borrowers (as hereinafter defined) and duly executed by them, the Chargee agreed to provide to the Borrowers a revolving credit facility to the extent of USD25,000,000.00.

 

(B)

The Chargor is the legal and beneficial over of (amongst other) 9,393,800 Class B Ordinary shares in the capital of ECMOHO LIMITED.

 

(C)

It is a condition (amongst others) of the Facility Agreement that a charge of the Shares (as hereinafter defined) be provided by the Chargor in favour of the Chargee as security for Secured Indebtedness (as hereinafter defined).

NOW THIS DEED WITNESSETH as follows:

 

1.

DEFINITIONS AND INTERPRETATIONS

 

1.1.

In this Share Charge, except where the context otherwise requires:-

 

“Authorisation”    means a consent, permit, license, approval or authorization of any governmental, judicial, regulatory or other authority of any Relevant Jurisdiction.
“Borrowers”    means ECMOHO (HK) and Import It Corp collectively and “Borrower” means any of them and where the context requires includes their respective successors and assigns.

 

1


“Business Day”    means a day, other than Saturdays and Sundays, on which licensed banks in Hong Kong and PRC are both open for business to the public.
“Charge of Inventories”    means (i) a first legal floating charge of Inventories (as therein defined) to be provided by ECMOHO (HK) in favour of the Chargee as security for Secured Indebtedness and (ii) a first legal floating charge of Inventories (as therein defined) to be provided by Import It Corp in favour of the Chargee as security for Secured Indebtedness.
“Charge over Bank Account(s)”    means (i) a first legal fixed and floating charge over Bank Account (as defined therein) to be provided by ECMOHO (HK) in favour of the Chargee as security for Secured Indebtedness and (ii) a first legal fixed and floating charge over Bank Account (as defined therein) to be provided by Import It Corp in favour of the Chargee as security for Secured Indebtedness.
“Charge over Receivables”    means (i) a first legal fixed and floating charge over the Receivables (as defined therein) to be provided by ECMOHO (HK) in favour of the Chargee as security for Secured Indebtedness and (ii) a first legal fixed and floating charge over the Receivables (as defined therein) to be provided by Import It Corp in favour of the Chargee as security for Secured Indebtedness.
“Credit Facility”    means the revolving credit facility to the extent of USD25,000,000.00 to be provided by the Chargee to the Borrowers under the Facility Agreement.

 

2


“Company”    means ECMOHO LIMITED, the details of which are set out in Schedule 1.
“Company Shares”    means all shares of whatever class in the capital of the Company.
“Dividends”    means all dividends, distributions, money, interest and other sums which are or may become payable by the Company to any person in its capacity as shareholder of the Company and includes:
  

(i) the right to receive any and all such sums and all claims in respect of any default in paying such sums; and

  

(ii)  all forms of remittance of such sums and an bank or other account to which such sums may be paid or credited.

“ECMOHO (HK)”    means ECMOHO (Hong Kong) Limited.
“Encumbrance”    means:
  

(i) any mortgage, charge, pledge, lien, encumbrance, hypothecation or other security interest or security arrangement of any kind;

  

(ii)  any arrangement whereby any rights are subordinated to any rights of any third party; and

  

(iii)  any contractual right of set-off.

“Event of Default”    means any event specified as such in Clause 7.1 and “prospective Event of Default” means any event which with the giving of notice and/or the passage of time would be an Event of Default.
“Facility Agreement”    means the facility letter dated 18 October 2018 issued by the Chargee to the Borrowers relating to the Credit Facility and including its amendments, supplements and replacements.

 

3


“Finance Documents”    means the Facility Agreement, this Deed, the Share Charge (2), the Guarantees, the Charge over Bank Account, the Charge of Inventories, the Charge over Receivables and all other securities and documents relating to the Credit Facility and “Finance Document” means any of them.
“Guarantees”    means collectively (i) the guarantee provided by ECMOHO (Hong Kong) Health Technology Limited in favour of the Chargee as security for all liabilities due by the Borrowers to the Chargee to the extent of USD25,000,000.00 and interest, costs and expenses; and (ii) the guarantee provided by the Company in favour of the Chargee as security for all liabilities due by the Borrowers to the Chargee to the extent of USD25,000,000.00 and interest, costs and expenses.
“Hong Kong”    means Hong Kong Special Administrative Region of the PRC.
“Obligors”    means, collectively, all parties to the Finance Documents other than the Chargee, and “Obligor” means any one of them.
“Parties”    means the parties to this Share Charge, that is the Chargor and the Chargee, and any of them is named as the “Party”;
“PRC”    means the People’s Republic of China, which, for the purpose of this Agreement, does not include Hong Kong, Macau or Taiwan.
“Relevant Jurisdiction”    means the PRC, Hong Kong, British Virgin Islands and Cayman Islands.

 

4


“Secured Indebtedness”    means all moneys, obligations and liabilities whether actual or contingent now or hereafter due owing or incurred to the Chargee by any of the Obligors under Finance Documents in whatever currency denominated and whether alone or jointly and whether as principal or surely when the same are due and including all costs and expenses incurred by the Chargee relating thereto on a full indemnity basis.
“Share Charge (1)”    means a first fixed legal charge of 9,393,800 Class B Ordinary Shares and other shares and rights to be provided by Behealth Limited in favour of the Chargee as security for Secured Indebtedness.
“Shares”    means (i) 9,393,800 Class B Ordinary Shares in the capital of the Company (“Original Shares”) and (ii) all further shares referred to in Clause 2.4 and all rights attached or accrued thereto or derived therefrom.
“Share Charge”    means and includes this Share Charge as originally executed and as it may from time to time be supplemented or amended in accordance with the terms hereof.
“USD”    means United States Dollar, the lawful currency of the United States of America.

 

1.2.

Unless otherwise stated, references to Clauses are to Clauses of this Share Charge.

 

1.3.

References in this Share Charge to any ordinance shall (except where the context requires) be deemed to include any statutory re-enactment thereof or any statutory modification thereof having substantially the same legal effect but not having retrospective effect.

 

1.4.

Words importing the singular number only shall include the plural and vice versa and words importing the masculine gender shall include the feminine gender and neuter genders and vice versa and words importing persons shall include firms and corporations and vice versa.

 

5


1.5.

References to any Party shall, where relevant, be deemed to be references to or to include, as appropriate, their respective successors or assigns.

 

1.6.

References herein to this Share Charge shall be construed as references to such document and to the same as amended or supplemented from time to time.

 

1.7.

Clause headings are for convenience only and shall not affect the construction hereof.

 

1.8.

For the purpose of this Share Charge, any determination as to whether any event, situation, circumstance, act, deed or thing is “material”, “appropriate”, “necessary”, “expedient” or has a “material adverse effect” shall be made by the Chargee in good faith and in a commercially reasonable manner, whose determination shall be conclusive and binding on the Chargor.

 

2.

CHARGE OF SHARES

 

2.1.

Covenant to pay

The Chargor hereby covenants that it will on demand pay to the Chargee the Secured Indebtedness and discharge all moneys obligations and liabilities whether actual or contingent now or hereinafter due owing or incurred to the Chargee by the Obligors under the Finance Documents in whatever currency denominated and whether alone or jointly and in whatever style name or form and whether as principal or surety when the same are due including all costs and expenses incurred by the Chargee relating thereto on a full indemnify basis. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Chargor’s aggregate liability to pay any amount under this Share Charge shall at no time exceed the realisable value of the Shares, and the Chargee’s recourse against the Chargor under this Share Charge shall be limited exclusively to the proceeds of enforcement in respect of the Shares.

 

2.2.

Security

The Chargor as legal and beneficial owner and as continuing security for the payment and discharge of all Secured Indebtedness hereby charges by way of first fixed charge the Shares in favour of the Chargee.

 

6


2.3.

Deposit of documents

 

  (a)

Forthwith upon the execution of this Share Charge, the Chargor shall deliver to the Chargee:

 

  (i)

all certificates and other documents of title or evidence of ownership in relation to the Original Shares;

 

  (ii)

duly executed but undated Transfer Forms in respect of the Original Shares in favour of the Chargee or its nominees in the form set out in Schedule 2 to this Share Charge and other documents which may be reasonably requested by the Chargee in order to enable the Chargee or its nominees to be registered as the owner or otherwise obtain a legal title to the Original Shares;

 

  (iii)

extract of a duly convened meeting of the board of directors of the Company and duly passed by the requisite votes of directors resolving to (i) approve the charge of Shares by the Chargor as contemplated under this Shares Charge, (ii) convene a shareholders’ meeting of the Company to consider and approves if thought fit, (a) the charge of Shares by the Chargor as contemplated under this Share Charge; and (b) the adoption of a Second Amended and Restated Memorandum and Articles of Association of the Company to facilitate the Share Charge and its enforcement in such form satisfactory to the Chargee;

 

  (iv)

extract of a duly convened meeting of the shareholders of the Company and duly passed by the requisite votes of shareholders resolving (amongst other) to approve (a) the charge of Shares by the Chargor as contemplated under this Share Charge; and (b) the adoption of a Second Amended and Restated Memorandum and Articles of Association of the Company to facilitate the Share Charge and its enforcement in such form satisfactory to the Chargee ;

 

  (v)

a legal opinion issued by a law firm practising in the Cayman Islands (as engaged by the Chargee) to the Chargee advising (amongst other) that (a) this Share Charge does not contravene Cayman laws; and (b) the adoption of a Second Amended and Restated Memorandum and Articles of Association of the Company as aforesaid effected by the requisite votes of the shareholders of the Company is valid and effective under Cayman laws in such form approved by the Chargee;

 

7


  (vi)

a legal opinion issued by a law firm practising in the British Virgin Islands (as engaged by the Chargee) to the Chargee advising (amongst other) (a) that based on the due Authorization as provided, this Share Charge is validly created and binding on the Chargor under the laws of the British Virgin Islands and (b) on the priority of the security constituted by this Share Charge upon registration in the public register of charges maintained by the Registrar of Corporate Affairs, the British Virgin Island, in such forms approved by the Chargee;

 

  (vii)

an undated and executed proxy made in respect of the Shares in favour of the Chargee in respect of all general meetings and written resolutions of the Company in the forms set out in Parts I and II of Schedule 3 (Form of Appointment of Proxy); and

 

  (viii)

an undertaking from the Company to register transfers of the Shares to the Chargee or its nominee in the form set out in Schedule 4 (Form of Undertaking).

 

  (b)

At any time when this security is enforceable, the Chargor further authorises the Chargee to complete any such documents deposited with the Chargee which may be incomplete including, without limitation, undated Transfer Forms in respect of the Shares made out in blank and any other documents of title to the Shares.

 

  (c)

Changes to Rights

The Chargor may not take or allow the taking of any action on its behalf which may result in the rights attaching to any of the Shares being altered or (without the consent of the Chargee) further shares in the Company being issued.

 

  (d)

No Liability for Calls

Nothing in this Share Charge shall be construed as placing on the Chargee any liability whatsoever in respect of any calls, instalments or other payments relating to any of the Shares or any rights, shares or other securities accruing, offered or arising as aforesaid, and the Chargor shall indemnify the Chargee in respect of all calls, instalments or other payments relating to any of the Shares and to any rights, shares and other securities accruing, offered or arising as aforesaid in respect of any of the Shares.

 

8


2.4.

The expression “Shares” includes (i) all Company Shares to be further charged by the Chargor to the Chargee as security for Secured Indebtedness from time to time (“Further Shares”), (ii) all allotments, accretions, benefits and advantages whatsoever at any time accruing in respect of the Original Shares and Further Shares, including without limitation, all stocks, shares and securities which may at any time be issued and/or moneys, rights or property which may at any time accrue or be offered (whether by way of bonus, redemption, preference, option or otherwise) in respect of the Original Shares and Further Shares (the “Additional Shares”), (iii) all certificates or other evidence of title to the Original Shares, Further Shares or any of the Additional Shares now and from time to time hereafter deposited with the Chargee and (iv) all moneys, Dividends and interest at any time arising in respect of the Original Shares, Further Shares or any of the Additional Shares, and accordingly all of the foregoing shall be included in the first fixed charge hereby created. For any Additional Shares which may at any time during the continuance of the security be issued or otherwise acquired, the Chargor shall promptly deposit with the Chargee all such documents set out in Clause 2.3(a) relating to them as the Chargee shall require.

 

2.5.

Registration in Name of Chargee

The Chargor agrees that at any time after the occurrence of an Event of Default which is continuing, the Chargee may, at the cost of the Chargor, register the Shares in the name of the Chargee or its nominee.

 

2.6.

Filing And Registration With Relevant Authority

The Chargor shall:

 

  (a)

immediately after the execution of this Share Charge instruct its registered agent to (i) create and maintain a private register of charges (the Register of Charges) in accordance with all the applicable laws of the British Virgin Islands and to enter particulars of the security created pursuant to this Share Charge in the Register of Charges; and (ii) effect registration of this Share Charge with the public register of charges maintained by the Registrar of Corporate Affairs (the “Registrar”) in the British Virgin Islands;

 

9


  (b)

within 14 days from the date of this Share Charge, deliver or procure to be delivered to the Chargee a copy of the updated Register of Charges; and

 

  (c)

within 28 days from the date of this Share Charge, deliver or procure to be delivered to the Chargee the certificate of registration of charge issued by the Registrar and a copy of the description of charge, stamped as “registered” by the Registrar.

 

3.

CONTINUING SECURITY

 

3.1.

The security hereby constituted is to be a continuing security and accordingly shall remain in operation until all the Secured Indebtedness and all moneys hereby undertaken to be paid or intended to be hereby secured have been paid off or satisfied in full.

 

3.2.

The security hereby constituted shall not be in any way affected, diminished or discharged by the taking, holding, varying, non-enforcement, realisation, release or failure to renew or perfect or enforce by the Chargee of any other security for all or any of the Secured Indebtedness or for all or any of the other sums, payment of which is hereby undertaken to be made or which are otherwise hereby secured, or by any time, indulgence, concession, dealing or other thing done or omitted or neglected to be done by the Chargee in relation to any such other security, or the Chargor, the Borrowers or any other obligors, and is in addition to and not in substitution for any other guarantee, indemnity, undertaking, agreement, pledge, assurance, lien, bill, note, mortgage, charge, debenture or other security which may now or hereafter held by the Chargee for or in respect of the Secured Indebtedness or any part thereof and may be enforced without first having recourse to any such other guarantee, indemnity, undertaking, agreement, pledge, assurance, lien, bill, note, mortgage, charge, debenture or security.

 

4.

REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

The Chargor hereby represents and warrants to the Chargee that:-

 

  (a)

the Chargor is the registered and beneficial owner of the Shares and will during the continuance of this security be the registered and beneficial owner of the Shares, and that such Shares are free from Encumbrance (subject to the first fixed charge created by this Share Charge) and the Chargor will not purport to enter into any agreement to sell or transfer any of the Shares other than to the Chargee or at the Chargee’s direction;

 

10


  (b)

the Chargor will notify the Chargee in writing of appointment of persons (other than the persons who presently constitute the board of directors of the Borrower as of the date of this Share Charge) to the board of directors of the Borrower as soon as practicable after any such appointment;

 

  (c)

the Chargor is a company duly incorporated with limited liability and validly existing under the laws of the British Virgin Islands, and it has the necessary capacity power and authority to enter into and execute this Share Charge and to perform and observe its obligations contained herein;

 

  (d)

the execution, delivery and performance of this Share Charge have been duly authorised by all necessary action of the Chargor and do not contravene the constitution of the Chargor under all applicable laws and regulations of the British Virgin Islands and Hong Kong. This Share Charge, as executed and delivered, constitutes legal, valid and binding obligations of the Chargor, enforceable in accordance with its terms, subject to limitation on enforceability of claims which are made out of time, held to be penalties or subject to the application of discretionary remedies;

 

  (e)

the execution and delivery of, and the performance of the provisions of, this Share Charge by the Chargor do not, and will not during the continuance of this Share Charge (i) contravene any existing applicable law, ordinance, regulation, decree or permit, or any order, judgment, decree or award of any court or any judicial, administrative or governmental authority, department or agency presently in effect and applicable to the Chargor or any of its assets, or (ii) contravene any contractual restriction binding on the Chargor or any of its assets, or (iii) cause any limit on any of the borrowing, guaranteeing, charging or other powers of the Chargor (whether imposed by its memorandum or articles of association, or by agreement, instrument or otherwise), or upon any of the powers of its board of directors to exercise any of such powers, or any other limit affecting the Chargor, to be exceeded, or (iv) create or result in or oblige the Chargor to create any lien, charge, security interest or other encumbrance on the whole or any part of the Chargor’s property, assets or revenues, present or future;

 

11


  (f)

all authorisations required by the Chargor in connection with the entry into, performance, validity and enforceability of, and the transactions contemplated by, this Share Charge have been obtained or effected (as appropriate) and are in full force and effect including but not limited to the requisite approval of the directors and shareholders of the Company;

 

  (g)

every consent, authorisation, licence or approval (if any) of or declaration to, governmental or public bodies or authorities or courts required by the Chargor to execute this Share Charge have been obtained and are in full force, validity and effect, and, as of the date of this Share Charge, no further governmental or other consents, authorities or approvals are necessary for the performance by the Chargor of its obligations hereunder;

 

  (h)

the obligations of the Chargor under this Share Charge are direct, general and unconditional obligations of the Chargor and rank at least pari passu with all the Chargor’s other present and future unsecured and unsubordinated indebtedness and other obligations (including contingent obligations) with the exception of indebtedness and other such obligations mandatorily preferred by law and not by contract;

 

  (i)

there are no litigation, arbitration, administrative or other proceedings pending before any court, tribunal, arbitrator, government agency or administrative body against or threatened against the Chargor or any of its assets which if adversely determined could or would reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect on the business, assets or condition (financial or otherwise) of the Chargor or the ability of the Chargor to perform any of its obligations required by the terms and conditions of this Share Charge (the “Material Adverse Effect”);

 

  (j)

the Chargor is not in breach of or in default under any statutory or other requirements applicable to the Chargor or in default in the payment of any indebtedness or liabilities in respect of borrowed money or in breach of or in default under any other provision of any indenture, deed of trust, agreement or other instrument to which the Chargor is a party and under or subject to which any such borrowed money has been issued and is outstanding which could or would reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect; and no event, condition or act which with the giving of notice or lapse of time, or both, would constitute an event of default under any such indenture, deed of trust, agreement or other instrument has occurred or is continuing which has not been properly waived or remedied thereunder;

 

12


  (k)

the information contained in all accounts, certificates, schedules or other documents (if any) supplied to the Chargee relating to the Chargor or any of the Shares or the Borrowers or any other Obligors is true and accurate in all material respects, and the opinions and forecast expressed therein (if any) are honestly held and have been made on a reasonable basis, and there are no material facts relating to the Chargor or any of the Shares or the Borrowers or any other Obligors which could or might affect the willingness of a reasonable party to rely on a share charge of the Shares from the Chargor in terms similar to the terms of this Share Charge, which have not been disclosed to the Chargee; and

 

5.

UNDERTAKING

 

5.1.

The Chargor hereby further undertakes and/or covenants with the Chargee that:-

 

  (a)

each of the representations and warranties contained in Clause 4 will be true and accurate in all material respects as though made on and as of each day on which Secured Indebtedness shall remain outstanding and as if made with reference to the facts and circumstances subsisting on each such date;

 

  (b)

the Chargor will promptly inform the Chargee of the occurrence of any event of which the Chargor becomes aware which, in the Chargor’s reasonable opinion, might adversely affect the ability of the Chargor, the Borrower or any other Obligor to the other Finance Documents to fully perform their respective obligations under the Facility Agreement, this Share Charge and any of the other Finance Documents;

 

  (c)

the Chargor will endeavour to obtain or cause to be obtained every consent and approval and do, or cause to be done, all other acts and things which may from time to time be necessary for the continued due performance of all the Chargor ’s obligations hereunder; and

 

  (d)

while the Credit Facility is available for drawing and for so long as the Secured Indebtedness remains outstanding, this Share Charge will continue to rank at least pari passu with the Chargor’s existing and future unsecured and unsubordinated indebtedness and other obligations (including contingent liabilities) with the exception of indebtedness and other such obligations mandatorily preferred by law and not by contract.

 

13


5.2.

The Chargor hereby further covenants and undertakes with the Chargee that for so long as the Secured Indebtedness or any part thereof remains outstanding, the Chargor shall provide the Chargee promptly with all financial information relating to the Company as the Chargee may from time to time require, and in particular the Chargor will (a) within 60 days after the end of the first 6 months of each accounting period, provide the Chargee with copy, certified as true and complete copy by a director of the Company, of the unaudited financial statements of the Company for the 6 month period, and (b) within 120 days from the close of financial year of the Company, provide the Chargee with copy of its audited annual financial statements (and consolidated financial statement, if any) for such year duly signed by the directors of the Company.

 

5.3.

The Chargor hereby further covenants and undertakes with the Chargee that for so long as the Secured Indebtedness or any part thereof remains outstanding, the Chargor shall not create or agree to create or permit to arise any subsequent charge over or in respect of the Shares or any part thereof or any interest therein, and shall not sell or transfer any of the Shares without the prior written consent of the Chargee.

 

6.

FURTHER ASSURANCE

 

6.1.

The Chargor shall at any time hereafter (whether before or after the security hereby constituted shall have become enforceable), on request by the Chargee, execute, sign, seal, deliver and do all transfers, contract notes, powers of attorney and other instruments, deeds, agreements, documents, acts and things and give or procure the giving by the directors of the Company of all consents approvals and directions which the Chargee may reasonably require for perfecting the Chargee’s title to the Shares or vesting the same, or any of them, in a purchaser or in any trustee for or nominee of the Chargee.

 

14


6.2.

(a) The Chargor hereby irrevocably and unconditionally undertakes with the Chargee that the Chargor will at any time hereafter (whether before or after the security hereby constituted shall have become enforceable), if and when required by the Chargee, execute, sign, seal, deliver, do and pass, or cause or procure to be executed, signed, sealed, delivered, done or passed such legal or other mortgages, charges, pledges, assignments, transfers, assurances, powers of attorney, letters, resolutions, acts and things in favour or for the benefit of the Chargee as the Chargee shall reasonably require over or in respect of the Shares as further security for the Secured Indebtedness or as the Chargee may reasonably require for perfecting the security hereby constituted and/or for protecting the priority of such security.

(b) Any mortgages, charges, pledges, assignments, transfers, assurances, powers of attorney, letters or resolutions to be executed by the Chargor or any other person pursuant to Clause 6.2(a) above shall be prepared by or on behalf of the Chargee at the cost and expense of the Chargor and shall, in the case of any mortgages, charges or pledges, contain (i) an immediate power of sale without notice upon the security thereby constituted becoming enforceable, (ii) a clause excluding any restrictions imposed by any law on the power of sale, and (iii) a clause excluding any restrictions imposed by any law on the consolidation of mortgages or other securities.

 

7.

ENFORCEMENT OF SECURITY

 

7.1.

Each of the following events shall be an Event of Default:

 

  (a)

any of the Borrowers makes default in the payment on the due date and in accordance with the terms and conditions under Facility Agreement of any principal or interest or other moneys outstanding and payable by any of them to the Chargee (whether demanded or not);

 

  (b)

any of the Obligors make default in the payment on the due date and in accordance with the terms and conditions relating thereto under any Finance Documents in respect of money and other liabilities;

 

  (c)

any representation, warranty or undertaking by the Chargor is not complied with or proves to have been or to be untrue or incorrect in any material respect when made or deemed to be made;

 

15


  (d)

any representation, warranty or undertaking by any of the Obligors under any Finance Documents is not complied with or proves to have been or to be untrue or incorrect in any material respect when made or deemed to be made;

 

  (e)

any of the Borrowers does not comply with any of its covenants or obligations under the Facility Agreement in any material respect;

 

  (f)

any of the Obligors does not comply with any of its covenants and obligation under any Finance Documents in any material respect;

 

  (g)

a petition is presented or an order is made or an effective resolution is passed or analogous proceedings are taken for the winding up of any of the Borrowers or any Obligor, save for the purposes of an amalgamation, merger or reconstruction the terms whereof have previously been approved by the Chargee;

 

  (h)

any of the Borrowers or any of the Obligors shall without the consent in writing of the Chargee stop payment to creditors when due nor within any originally applicable grace period or (if applicable) the Company or any of the Obligors shall (otherwise than for the purpose of such an amalgamation, merger or reconstruction as is referred to in Sub-Clause 7.1(g)) cease or threaten to cease to carry on its business or any substantial part thereof or shall be unable to pay its debts or disposes of the whole or a substantial part of its undertaking or assets;

 

  (i)

there occurs a material adverse change in any of the Borrowers’ or any Obligor’s financial condition which would, in the reasonable opinion of the Chargee, prevent the Borrowers or any Obligor from performing in any material respect its obligations under this Deed or under any Finance Documents;

 

  (j)

the Chargor purports or attempts to create any Encumbrance over all or any part of the Shares or any third party asserts a reasonable and substantial claim in respect thereof (except as permitted under this Deed);

 

  (k)

the security hereby created or under any Finance Documents or any part thereof fails or ceases for any reason to be in full force and effect or is terminated or jeopardised or becomes invalid or unenforceable or if there is any dispute regarding the same or if there is any purported termination of the same or it becomes impossible or unlawful for any of the Borrowers or any Obligor to perform any of its obligations hereunder or under any Finance Documents or for the Chargee to exercise all or any of its rights, powers and remedies hereunder or under any Finance Documents; and

 

16


  (l)

a creditor takes possession of all or any part of the business or assets of any of the Borrowers or any Obligor or any execution or other legal process is enforced against the business or any asset of any of the Borrowers or any Obligor and is not discharged within fourteen (14) days.

 

7.2.

If an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, the Chargee may:

 

  (a)

declare the Secured Indebtedness, all loans and other moneys, obligations and liabilities hereby secured to be, whereupon they shall become, immediately due and payable without further demand, notice or other legal formality of any kind;

 

  (b)

declare the Credit Facility to be terminated whereupon all obligations of the Chargee to make further advances to the Borrowers shall immediately cease;

 

  (c)

demand that the Chargor to provide cash cover to the Chargee for all liabilities of the Borrowers to the Chargee, whereupon the Chargor shall be under an immediate obligation to provide such cash cover; and

 

  (d)

in its absolute discretion enforce all or any part of this security in any manner it sees fit or as the Chargee direct including but limited to the sale and disposal of the Shares at any price which the Chargee may deem fit. The Chargor shall not have any right to claim against the Chargee in respect of any loss arising out of any sale pursuant to this Share Charge in the absence of fraud, gross negligence or willful misconduct by the Chargee, however such loss may have been caused and whether or not a better price could or might have been obtained on the sale of any of the Shares by either deferring or advancing the date of such sale or otherwise howsoever.

 

7.3.

The Chargee shall not be liable, by reason of entering into possession of the Shares, to account as Chargee in possession or for any loss on realization or for any default or omission for which a Chargee in possession might be liable.

 

17


7.4.

No restriction imposed by any ordinance or law in force in Hong Kong or elsewhere on any power of sale or on the consolidation of mortgages or other securities shall apply to this security.

 

7.5.

No person dealing with the Chargee, or with its brokers or agents, shall be concerned to enquire whether the security hereby constituted has become enforceable, or whether the power exercised or purported to be exercised has become exercisable, or whether any moneys remain due upon the security of this Share Charge, or as to the necessity or expediency of the stipulations and conditions subject to which any sale of any of the Shares shall be made, or otherwise as to the propriety or regularity of any sale of any of the Shares, or to see to the application of any money paid to the Chargee, or its brokers or agents, and in the absence of fraud, gross negligence or willful misconduct on the part of such person such dealing shall be deemed so far as regards the safety and protection of such person to be within the powers hereby conferred and to be valid and effectual accordingly, and the remedy of the Chargor in respect of any irregularity or impropriety whatsoever in the exercise of such powers shall be in damages only.

 

7.6.

Upon any sale of any of the Shares, the receipt of the Chargee for the purchase money of the Shares sold shall effectually discharge the purchaser or person paying the same therefrom and from being concerned to see to the application or being answerable for the loss or misapplication thereof.

 

7.7.

(a) All moneys received by the Chargee arising from any sale of any of the Shares under the power of sale hereby conferred shall be applied as follows:-

 

FIRSTLY:    in or towards payment or satisfaction of all costs, charges, expenses and liabilities incurred and payments made by or on behalf of the Chargee, whether governmental, municipal, contractual or otherwise in connection with such sale together with, in every such case, interest thereon at the rate provided for in Clause 10.2;
SECONDLY:    in or towards payment to the Chargee of the Secured Indebtedness (unless the Chargee elects to put such moneys in an interest-bearing suspense account), until the whole of the Secured Indebtedness shall have been certified in writing by the Chargee as having been paid in full and discharged; and
THIRDLY:    following such payments the remaining balance (if any) shall be paid to the Chargor for its rights and interests or such other person as may be entitled thereto.

 

18


(b) At any time after the power of sale has arisen, any Dividends which have been or may be received or receivable by the Chargee may be applied by the Chargee as if they were proceeds of sale hereunder.

 

8.

DIVIDEND AND VOTING RIGHT

 

8.1.

If an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, any Dividends on or with respect of the Shares shall be paid to the Chargee and, shall be applied by the Chargee in discharge of the Secured Indebtedness and, if received by the Chargor shall be paid over to the Chargee forthwith upon receipt and until such payment shall be held by it in trust for the Chargee.

 

8.2.

If an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, the Chargee may exercise at its discretion (in the name of the Chargor or otherwise and without any further consent or authority on the part of the Chargor) any voting rights attaching to the Shares or any of them as if the Chargee were the sole beneficial owner thereof.

 

8.3.

The Chargor by way of security hereby irrevocably authorises the Chargee at any time after an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing to act as its proxy in all general meetings of the Company, and the Chargor hereby agrees to obtain the Chargee’s consent on all issues requiring a resolution of the Chargor as a shareholder of the Company and undertakes to supply to the Chargee all notices issued to it by the board of directors of the Company convening general meetings.

 

9.

RELEASE AND DISCHARGE

 

9.1.

If all the Secured Indebtedness and all other moneys payment of which is hereby undertaken to be made or which are intended to be hereby secured shall have been duly paid, the Chargee shall discharge and release this Share Charge and the security hereby created and release, re-assign and transfer all the Shares to the Chargor as the Chargor shall direct, within fourteen (14) Business Days upon the request and at the cost of the Chargor. For the avoidance of doubt, the Facility Agreement shall be terminated upon the above release.

 

19


9.2.

Any release, discharge or settlement between the Chargor and the Chargee shall be conditional upon no security, disposition or payment to the Chargee by the Chargor or any other person being avoided or reduced pursuant to any provisions or enactments relating to bankruptcy, liquidation, winding-up or dissolution or insolvency, and if such condition shall not be fulfilled the Chargee shall be entitled to enforce this security subsequently as if such release, discharge or settlement had not occurred.

 

10.

COSTS, CHARGES AND EXPENSES

 

10.1.

The Chargor shall pay duly and promptly all calls which may from time to time be made in respect of any unpaid moneys in respect of the Shares and any other moneys which the Chargee may lawfully be required to pay in respect of any of the Shares and in the event of the Chargor’s default the Chargee may, if it thinks fit, make such payments on behalf of the Chargor. Any money expended by the Chargee under this Clause 10.1 shall be deemed to be properly paid by the Chargee. For the avoidance of doubt, it is hereby expressly provided that neither the Chargee nor any trustee or nominee of the Chargee shall incur any liability in respect of any calls, instruments or payments relating to the Shares or any of them.

 

10.2.

The Chargor hereby undertakes with the Chargee to pay to the Chargee, on demand all costs, charges and expenses incurred hereunder by the Chargee (with respect to legal expenses on a solicitor-and-own-client basis) and all other moneys paid by the Chargee in perfecting this security or in respect of the Shares.

 

10.3.

The Chargor shall pay, on demand, all reasonable costs, charges and expenses (including legal fees and out-of-pocket expenses) incurred or to be incurred by the Chargee in connection with the preparation and negotiation, execution of this Share Charge and all costs, charges and expenses (including legal fees on a full indemnity basis and out-of-pocket expenses) incurred or to be incurred by the Chargee in connection with the enforcement of this Share Charge.

 

10.4.

The charge created hereunder to secure the Secured Indebtedness shall be in addition and without prejudice to any and every other right, power, remedy, lien or security which the Chargee may have or but for the said charge would have had for the moneys hereby secured, or any part thereof.

 

20


11.

POWER OF ATTORNEY

 

11.1.

In respect of any instruments of transfer and contract notes relating to any of the Shares, the Chargor hereby irrevocably and by way of security authorises the Chargee at any time hereafter to date any such instruments of transfer and contract notes if the same be undated, and if the same shall have been theretofore in blank to fill in any blanks in favour of the Chargee, or any trustee for or nominee of the Chargee, or any purchaser.

 

11.2.

The Chargor, by way of security, hereby irrevocably authorises the Chargee at any time hereafter to insert the name of the Chargee or its trustees or nominees or of any purchaser or to make any alteration or addition in or to any instruments of transfer, contract notes or documents which the Chargee may require for perfecting its title to or for vesting the Shares in the Chargee or its trustees or nominees or in any purchaser, and to re-deliver the same thereafter, and the Chargor hereby irrevocably and by way of security appoints the Chargee and its successors and assigns to be its attorney (with full power of substitution) and in its name and on its behalf and as its act and deed or otherwise to execute, sign, seal, deliver and do and otherwise perfect any such transfers, contract notes and other documents as aforesaid and all such deeds, assurances, agreements, instruments, acts and things which may be required for the full exercise of all or any of the powers hereby conferred or which may be deemed proper on, or in connection with, any sale, disposition or getting in by the Chargee of any of the Shares.

 

11.3.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, such power shall not be exercisable by or on behalf of the Chargee until an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing.

 

11.4.

The Chargor hereby ratifies and confirms and agrees to ratify and confirm any instrument, deed, act or thing which the Chargee or its successors and assigns may lawfully execute, sign, seal, deliver or do or cause to be executed, signed, sealed, delivered or done pursuant to Clauses 11.1 or 11.2 above.

 

21


12.

SUSPENSE ACCOUNT

 

12.1.

Any money received by the Chargee by virtue of or in connection with this security may be placed to the credit of a suspense account at the discretion of the Chargee pending the enforcement or realisation of any other security held by the Chargee with a view to preserving the rights of the Chargee to prove for the whole of its claims against the Chargor or any other person liable in the event of any proceedings in or analogous to liquidation, winding-up, dissolution, insolvency, composition or arrangement. .

 

12.2.

(a) If the Chargee receives notice of any subsequent mortgage, debenture, charge, pledge, lien, assignment, encumbrance or other disposition affecting the Shares or any of them or any interest therein, the Chargee may open a new account with the Chargor in respect of the Secured Indebtedness.

(b) If the Chargee does not open a new account it shall nevertheless be treated as if it had done so at the time when it received such notice, and as from that time all payments made to the Chargee by the Chargor in respect of the Secured Indebtedness or any part thereof shall be credited or be treated as having been credited to the new account and shall not operate to reduce the amount due from the Chargor to the Chargee at the time when it received notice.

 

13.

NOTICE

 

13.1.

Service of Proceedings

 

  (a)

Any notice, request, certificate, demand or other communication required to be given by any party hereto to the other parties hereto shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been so given if addressed to the addressee at its address in Hong Kong herein mentioned or to such other address in Hong Kong as may have been notified in writing by such party to the other parties hereto in accordance with this Clause 13.1.

 

  (b)

Any notice, request, certificate, demand or other communication delivered personally shall be deemed to have been given at the time of such delivery. Any notice, request, certificate, demand or other communication dispatched by letter postage prepaid shall be deemed to have been given forty eight (48) hours after posting. Any notice, request, certificate, demand or other communication sent by telex or facsimile transmission shall be deemed to have been given at the time of dispatch and any notice, request, certificate, demand or other communication sent by cable shall be deemed to have been given twenty four (24) hours after dispatch. Provided always that any notice, request, certificate, demand or other communication to be given by the Chargor to the Chargee shall only be effective upon actual receipt thereof by the Chargee (as the case may be).

 

22


  (c)

Any legal process including any writ or originating summons or otherwise and any other summons or notice to be served on a party by the other party hereto in any legal proceeding or action in any court or tribunal shall be deemed to be sufficiently and duly served forty eight (48) hours after having been left or sent by ordinary pre-paid post to the addressee’s registered office or usual place of business in Hong Kong and in proving service it shall be sufficient to prove that the legal process or summons or notice was properly addressed and posted or properly left (as the case may be) irrespective of whether the same is returned through the post undelivered to the addressee.

 

13.2.

Administrative details

The initial administrative details of the Parties are contained in Schedule 2 (Initial administrative details of the parties) but a party may amend its own details at any time by notice to the other party.

 

13.3.

Delivery to registered office

Any notice to the Chargor may alternatively be sent to its registered office or to any of its places of business or to any of its directors or its company secretary; and it will be deemed to have been received when delivered to any such places or persons.

 

14.

MISCELLANEOUS

 

14.1.

Modification: This Share Charge may only be varied or modified by supplemental agreement or other document executed by all the Parties.

 

14.2.

Severability: Any provision of this Share Charge prohibited by or declared or adjudged to be unlawful or unenforceable under any applicable law actually applied by any court of competent jurisdiction shall, to the extent required by such law, be severed from this Share Charge and rendered ineffective so far as is possible without modifying the remaining provisions of this Share Charge. Where however the provisions of any such applicable law may be waived, they are hereby waived by the Parties to the full extent permitted by such law to the end that this Share Charge shall be valid and binding and enforceable in accordance with its terms.

 

23


14.3.

Disclosure of Information: The Chargee may disclose to any of its subsidiaries or associated companies, or a prospective transferee or to any other person who may propose entering into, or who has entered into, contractual relations with the Chargee in relation to the Agreement or any of the Finance Documents such information about the Chargor as the Chargee shall consider appropriate solely for the purpose of appraising the transaction contemplated thereby but to the extent of any such information being customarily regarded as confidential by the Chargor, on a confidential and need to know basis by disclosing the information subject to delivery of a confidentiality undertaking.

 

14.4.

Legal Representation: The Parties acknowledge that Messrs. Li, Wong, Lam & W.I. Cheung acts as legal counsel of the Chargee only relating to this Share Charge. The Chargor will take separate legal advice as it sees fit.

 

14.5.

Third Party Rights: Nothing contained herein is intended to grant to any third party any right to enforce any term hereof or to confer on any third party any right or benefit hereunder for the purposes of the Contracts (Rights of Third Parties) Ordinance and any enactment thereof and the application of the said Ordinance is expressly excluded.

 

15.

WAIVER

 

15.1.

Any waiver by the Chargee of any breach of any of the undertakings, terms or conditions contained herein or other relaxation or indulgence granted at any time by the Chargee to the Chargor or any other person, shall, without any express reservation to that effect by the Chargee, be deemed to be without prejudice to and shall not affect the exercise at any time thereafter by the Chargee of all or any of its rights, powers and remedies hereunder as though no such waiver had been made or relaxation or indulgence granted. No failure or delay by the Chargee in exercising or enforcing any right, power or remedy shall operate as a waiver thereof, nor shall any single or partial exercise, enforcement or waiver of any right, power or remedy preclude its further exercise or enforcement, or the exercise or enforcement of any other right, power or remedy. The rights, powers and remedies herein provided are cumulative and not exclusive of any rights, powers or remedies provided by law.

 

24


15.2.

No provision hereof may be waived, discharged or terminated orally, except only by an instrument in writing signed by the Party against whom enforcement of the waiver, discharge or termination is sought.

 

15.3.

No waiver of any of the rights or powers of the Chargee or any consent by the Chargee shall be valid unless signed by the Chargee in writing.

 

15.4.

Time is of the essence of this Share Charge, but no failure or delay by the Chargee in exercising or enforcing any right, power or privilege hereunder shall operate as a waiver thereof, nor shall any single or partial exercise or enforcement of any right, power or privilege preclude any further exercise or enforcement thereof or the exercise or enforcement of any other right, remedy, power or privilege. The rights, remedies, powers and privileges herein provided are cumulative and not exclusive of any rights and remedies powers or privileges provided by law.

 

16.

ASSIGNMENT

 

16.1.

This Share Charge shall be binding upon and enure to the benefit of the Parties and their respective successors and permitted assigns, except that the Chargor may not assign or transfer any of their respective rights, benefits, duties or obligations hereunder.

 

16.2.

If the Chargee shall assign the whole or any part of its rights under the Facility Agreement in accordance with the terms thereof, the Chargee, at its own costs and expenses, may also assign the whole or the appropriate portion of its rights hereunder, in which event references herein to the Chargee shall thenceforth be deemed to include a reference to each assignee to the extent of its interest, provided that the Chargee shall notify the Chargor of any assignment of its rights hereunder within fourteen (14) Business Days of such assignment.

 

16.3.

Any representation, warranty, undertaking and arrangement on the part of the Chargor hereunder shall survive the making of any assignment of the Chargee under the Facility Agreement, hereunder or under any of the other Finance Documents, the change in the name of the Chargee or the Chargee’s amalgamation with, or absorption by, any other corporation.

 

25


17.

GOVERNING LAW AND JURISDICTION

 

17.1.

Governing Law: This Share Charge and the rights and obligations of the Parties shall be governed by and construed and interpreted in all respects in accordance with the laws of Hong Kong, and the Parties hereby irrevocably submit to the non-exclusive jurisdiction of the courts of Hong Kong.

 

17.2.

Jurisdiction: The submission of the Chargor to the non-exclusive jurisdiction of the courts of Hong Kong shall not limit the right of the Chargee to take proceedings against the Chargor in any other courts having, claiming or accepting jurisdiction over the Chargor or any of its assets, nor shall the taking of proceedings in any one or more jurisdiction(s) preclude the taking of proceedings in any other jurisdiction(s), whether concurrently or not.

 

17.3.

Waiver of Immunity: The Chargor agrees that in any legal action or proceedings against it or its assets in connection with this Share Charge, no immunity from such legal action or proceedings shall be claimed by or on behalf of the Chargor or with respect to its assets, and the Chargor irrevocably waives any right of immunity which it or its assets now have or may hereafter acquire or which may be attributed to it or its assets and consents generally in respect of any such legal action or proceedings to the giving of any relief or the issue of any process in connection with such action or proceedings including, without limitation, the making, enforcement or execution against any property whatsoever, of any order or judgment which may be made or given in such action or proceedings.

 

17.4.

Process Agent: The Chargor irrevocably appoints ECMOHO (Hong Kong) Limited, registration no. 2218839, whose registered office is situated at Flat 9, 4/F, Beverley Commercial Centre, 87-105 Chatham Road South, Tsimshatsui, Kowloon, Hong Kong to receive for it and on its behalf, service of process in any proceedings in Hong Kong. Such service shall be deemed completed on delivery to the process agent (whether or not it is forwarded to and received by the Chargor or the Borrowers). If for any reason the process agent ceases to be able to act as such or no longer has an address in Hong Kong, the Chargor irrevocably agrees to appoint a substitute process agent acceptable to the Chargee, and to deliver to the Chargee a copy of the new agent’s acceptance of that appointment within thirty (30) days. Nothing herein shall affect the right to serve any process in any other manner permitted by law.

 

26


[Reminder of this page intentionally left blank.]

 

27


IN WITNESS whereof this Share Charge has been duly executed on the day and year first above written.

The Chargor

 

SEALED with the COMMON SEAL of

UHEALTH LIMITED

and SIGNED by

 

 

person(s) duly authorized by resolution(s) of the Board of Directors in the presence of/whose signature(s) is/are verified by:-

 

)

)

)

)

)

)

)

)

)

  

 

/s/ Qingchun Zeng

[Signature Page]


The Chargee

 

SIGNED by

 

for and on behalf of

TAIPEI FUBON COMMERCIAL

BANK CO., LTD.,

HONG KONG BRANCH

whose signature(s) is/are verified by:-

 

)

)

)

)

)

)

)

  

 

/s/ T.L. Peng

 

29


SCHEDULE 1

DETAILS OF ECMOHO LIMITED

 

Date of Incorporation:    7 June 2018
Place of Incorporation:    The Cayman Islands
Registered Office:    c/o Hermes Corporate Services Ltd., Fifth Floor, Zephyr House, 122 Mary Street, George Town, P.O. Box 31493, Grand Cayman KY1-1206, Cayman Islands
Company number:    338171
Directors:    Zeng Qingchun
   Wang Ying
   Wang Wei
   Weigang Greg Ye
   Sang Lin
   Ng Yum Fai
Shareholders and their shareholdings:    Name    Number of Share(s) Held
     Behealth Limited    37,575,200 share Class B Ordinary Shares
     Beset Winner Limited    1,072,633 share Class A Ordinary Shares
     Lake Zurich Partners Limited    3,077,408 share Class A Ordinary Shares
     Liberal Rich Limited    6,012,000 share Class A Ordinary Shares
     Uhealth Limited    37,575,200 share Class B Ordinary Shares
     Delta Capital Growth Fund II, L.P.    1,587,783 share Series A Preferred Shares
     Li, Shua-Lien    1,587,783 share Series A Preferred Shares
     Delta Capital Crowth Fund II, L.P.    953,289 share Class A Ordinary Shares
     Li, Shua Lien    714,967 share Class A Ordinary Shares
     Voyager Advisors Limited    441,051 share Class A Ordinary Shares
     STCH Investment Inc.    714,967 share Class A Ordinary Shares
     Qinghai Partners Limited    1,906,579 share Class A Ordinary Shares

 

30


   Behealth Limited    638,106 share Class A Ordinary Shares
   STCH Investment Inc.    529,261 share Series A Preferred Shares
        Voyager Advisors Limited    705,681 share Series A Preferred Shares
   Tim One International Limited    3,528,407 share Series A Preferred Shares
   CID Greater China Fund V, L.P.    4,759,500 share Class A-1 Ordinary Shares
   STCH Investment Inc.    4,759,500 share Class A-1 Ordinary Shares
   CID Greater China Fund V, L.P.    1,423,300 share Class A-2 Ordinary Shares
   STCH Investment Inc.    1,423,300 share Class A-2 Ordinary Shares
   Smart Warrior Limited    5,693,200 share Class A-2 Ordinary Shares
   Canarywharf Capital Limited    2,277,300 share Class A-2 Ordinary Shares
   BabyMe Limited    2,846,600 share Class A Ordinary Shares

 

31


SCHEDULE 2

FORM OF SHARE TRANSFER FORM

ECMOHO LIMITED

(the “Company”)

SHARE TRANSFER FORM

We, [] (the “Transferor”), for good and valuable consideration received from _______________________________________________________ (the “Transferee”) of _______________________________________________________, do hereby:

(1) transfer to the Transferee                     Shares (the “Shares”) standing in our name in the register of members of the Company to hold unto the Transferee, his executors, administrators and assigns, subject to the several conditions on which we held the same at the time of execution of this Share Transfer Form; and

(2) consent that our name remains on the register of the Company until such time as the Company enters the Transferee’s name in the register of the Company.

And we, the Transferee, do hereby agree to take the Shares subject to the same conditions.

 

As Witness Our Hands   
Signed by the Transferor on   

the day

in the presence of:

      
                                                                    
                                                                      
Witness    

Transferor

  
Signed by the Transferee on   
the day of       
in the presence of:                                
                                                                                                                                  
Witness    

Transferee

  

 

32


SCHEDULE 3

FORM OF APPOINTMENT OF PROXY

Part I

ECMOHO LIMITED

IRREVOCABLE APPOINTMENT OF PROXY

We, [] hereby irrevocably appoint TAIPEI FUBON COMMERCIAL BANK CO., LTD., HONG KONG BRANCH as our proxy to vote at meetings of the shareholders of ECMOHO LIMITED (the “Company”) in respect of any existing or further shares in the Company which may have been or may from time to time be issued and/or registered in our name and charged to TAIPEI FUBON COMMERCIAL BANK CO., LTD., HONG KONG BRANCH (which expression shall include its successors, assignors and transferees); provided that the security created under the relevant share charge has become enforceable. This proxy is irrevocable by reason of being coupled with the interest of TAIPEI FUBON COMMERCIAL BANK CO., LTD., HONG KONG BRANCH (which expression shall include its successors, assignors and transferees) as chargee of the aforesaid shares.

 

 

[●]

Dated:

Part II

ECMOHO LIMITED

IRREVOCABLE APPOINTMENT OF PROXY

We, [●] hereby irrevocably appoint TAIPEI FUBON COMMERCIAL BANK CO., LTD., HONG KONG BRANCH (which expression shall include its successors, assignors and transferees) as our duly authorised representative to sign resolutions in writing of ECMOHO LIMITED (the “Company”) in respect of any existing or further shares in the Company which may have been or may from time to time be issued and/or registered in our name and charged to TAIPEI FUBON COMMERCIAL BANK CO., LTD., HONG KONG BRANCH (which expression shall include its successors, assignors and transferees); provided that the security created under the relevant share charge has become enforceable.

 

 

[●]

Dated:

 

33


SCHEDULE 4

FORM OF UNDERTAKING

ECMOHO LIMITED

TAIPEI FUBON COMMERCIAL BANK CO., LTD., HONG KONG BRANCH as Mortgagee (as defined in the Deed)

Dear Sirs

ECMOHO LIMITED

We refer to the facility agreement (“Facility Agreement”) dated [date] between, among others, ECMOHO (Hong Kong) Limited and Import It Corp. (“Borrowers”) as borrowers and Taipei Fubon Commercial Bank Co., Ltd., Hong Kong Branch (“Lender”) asLender, as amended from time to time. We also refer to the share charge dated [*] 2018 (as amended from time to time, the “Share Charge”) between UHEALTH LIMITED as Chargor and Taipei Fubon Commercial Bank Co., Ltd., Hong Kong Branch as Chargee (“Chargee”, which expression shall include its successors, assignors and transferees) whereby, inter alia, the Chargor granted a charge over the Shares (as therein defined) in favour of the Chargee.

Capitalised words and expressions used in this letter which are not expressly defined herein have the meanings ascribed to them in the Share Charge.

This letter of undertaking is given pursuant to clause 2.3 (a) (viii) of the Share Charge.

In consideration of the grant by the Chargee of the Credit Facility under the Facility Agreement referred to above and for other valuable consideration receipt of which is hereby acknowledged, we hereby irrevocably and unconditionally undertake to register in our register of members any and all share transfers to the Chargee or any person(s) nominated by the Chargee in respect of any or all of the Shares submitted to us by the Chargee where such transfer is to be effected pursuant to the Share Charge and the Chargee has notified us that the security thereunder is enforceable.

 

Yours faithfully,

For and on behalf of

ECMOHO LIMITED

 

[●]

Director

 

34

Exhibit 10.29

August 2016 Version

Working Capital Loan Contract

Contract No.: 01611                                                                      

Creditor: Industrial Bank Co., Ltd. Shanghai Xuhui Sub-branch

Borrower: Shanghai ECMOHO Health Biotechnology Co., Ltd.

 

1


Important Notes for Signing

To protect your rights and interests, please carefully read, examine and confirm the following matters before signing the Contract:

I. You have the right to sign the Contract, and have obtained full authorization, if it is necessary to obtain the consent of others;

II. You have carefully read and fully understood clauses of the Contract, and have specially paid attention to the assumption of relevant responsibilities, the exemption from or restrictions to the liability of Industrial Bank as well as contents in bold;

III. Your company and you have fully understood meanings of clauses hereof as well as corresponding legal consequences, and are willing to accept such clauses;

IV. The text of the Contract provided by the Industrial Bank is a model text, with blank lines left for relevant clauses hereof, and includes “Supplementary Clauses” at the end of the Contract for the parties’ amendment, supplement or deletion of the Contract;

V. In case of any doubt about the Contract, please consult the Industrial Bank in time.

 

2


Upon application by the Borrower, the Lender agrees to provide the Borrower with the working capital loan after examination and approval. In order to clarify the rights and obligations of both parties and abide by the credit, both parties hereto, in accordance with the relevant laws and regulations of the People’s Republic of China, hereby enter into the Contract for mutual compliance.

See Paragraph 2 of Article 23 hereof, special clauses, for details of the circumstance where the Lender and the Borrower confirm the loan hereunder.

Article 1 Definitions and Interpretations

Unless otherwise agreed in writing by both parties hereto, the following terms hereunder will be defined and interpreted as follows:

I. “Working capital loan” refers to the loan in RMB and foreign currency that the Borrower applies to the Lender for the daily production and operation of the Borrower.

II. “Creditor’s rights” or “primary creditor’s rights” refer to the creditor’s rights (including the principal, interest, penalty interest, compound interest, liquidated damages, damages, and expenses incurred by the Creditor to realize its creditor’s rights, etc.) formed from the financing provided by the Lender for the Borrower according to the Contract, after the Borrower (Debtor) applies to the Lender (Creditor) and the Lender has approved upon the examination. The creditor’s rights of the Lender against the Borrower hereunder are consistent with the Borrower’s debts against the Lender hereunder.

“Expenses incurred by the Creditor to realize its creditor’s rights” refer to the litigation (arbitration) fees, attorney fees, travel expenses, execution fees, costs of preservation and other necessary expenses for the realization of creditor’s rights paid by the Lender, when the Lender realizes the creditor’s rights in the form of litigation, arbitration, etc.

III. The following words under Article 6 hereof are defined and interpreted as follows:

“Fixed interest rate” refers to the interest rate that remains unchanged during the loan term.

“Floating interest rate” refers to the interest rate that varies according to the cycle and magnitude as agreed by the Borrower and the Lender during the loan term.

“Floating cycle” refers to the frequency of changes in the loan interest rate as agreed by the Borrower and the Lender. In a floating cycle, the loan interest rate is determined based on the benchmark interest rate calculated by the pricing method as agreed herein, and remains unchanged during the floating cycle; when a floating cycle expires and enters the next one, the loan interest rate is determined based on the benchmark interest rate in new floating cycle calculated by the pricing method as agreed herein, and remains unchanged during the floating cycle.

“PBOC RMB Benchmark Lending Rate” means the RMB benchmark lending rate announced by the People’s Bank of China on that day.

“PBOC RMB Deposit Benchmark Rate” refers to the RMB deposit benchmark rate announced by the People’s Bank of China on that day.

“LPR” refers to the loan prime rate calculated and announced by the National Interbank Loans Center based on the best lending rate independently offered by the quoting banks.

“SHIBOR” refers to the Shanghai Interbank Offered Rate calculated and published by the National Interbank Loans Center on the same day.

“LIBOR” refers to inter-bank offer rate in London financial market on the day of T-2, with currencies including USD, EUR and JPY. Among them, “T” is the actual date of loan release, and “T-2” is the first two working days before the actual date of loan release, hereinafter inclusive.

“HIBOR” refers to inter-bank HKD offer rate in Hong Kong financial market on the day of T-2.

 

3


The specific values of “LIBOR” and “HIBOR” are subject to the search result of the Industrial Bank core system.

IV. “Major transactions” as agreed in Article 14 hereof refer to (including but not limited to): any transaction that is determined to occur or potential, and that will seriously affect the basic structure of the Borrower’s company, the change of shareholders of the company, contingent liabilities, cash flow, profitability, core business secrets of the company, core competitiveness of the company, important assets of the company, major creditor’s rights and debts of the company, solvency and ability to perform the Contract, or other transactions that the Lender and/or Borrower deems constituting major transactions.

V. “Significant events” as agreed in Article 14 hereof refer to (including but not limited to): any determined or potential event that will seriously affect the ability of senior officers of the Borrower’s company to perform their duties, the employment and dismissal of employees engaged in the core business of the company, core business secrets of the company, core competitiveness of the company, basic structure of the company, changes in shareholders of the company, contingent liabilities of the company, existence of the company, legal company business, the company’s stability, development, profitability, solvency and ability to perform the Contract, and other events that the Lender and/or Borrower deems constituting significant events.

VI. The “working day” herein refers to the business day of the Lender’s bank. In the contract performance, if a withdrawal or repayment date is a non-business day, it will be postponed to the next business day.

Article 2 Explanations on contracting parties

See Paragraph 1 of Article 23 hereof, special clauses, for details.

Article 3 Loan amount

See Paragraph 3 of Article 23 hereof, special clauses, for details.

Article 4 Loan purposes

See Paragraph 4 of Article 23 hereof, special clauses, for details.

Article 5 Loan term

I. For the loan term, please see Paragraph 5 (1) of Article 23 hereof, special clauses.

II. In case of one-time loan release, the date of loan release shall be subject to the actual date of loan release as stated in the loan IOU and loan note. If the actual date of loan release is later than the date of loan release stated in the preceding paragraph, the maturity date of the loan shall be postponed accordingly.

III. For the plan for the use of loan in installments, please see Paragraph 5 (2) of Article 23 hereof, special clauses.

IV. Subject to the preconditions for withdrawal as stipulated in Article 7 hereof, the Lender shall pay the loan funds in accordance with Article 8 hereof.

V. The Lender has the right to appropriately adjust the plan for the use of loan in installments according to factors including whether the loan meets the provisions of relevant laws, regulations and policies, the preconditions for withdrawal as agreed herein, the conditions for payment of the loan funds, the signing of the guarantee contract corresponding to the Contract and the time of handling the guarantee formalities, and other factors that the Lender considers necessary.

VI. If the loan is draw down in several times, the same maturity date will apply; that is to say, the loans separately released will be subject to the same maturity date as that of the loan determined based on the loan IOU and loan note for the loan granted for the first time.

 

4


VII. If the Lender collects the loan in advance according to the circumstances as agreed herein, it shall be deemed that the maturity date of the loan shall accelerate correspondingly.

Article 6 Loan interest rate and interest collection

I. Loan interest rate

(I) For the pricing benchmark interest rate of the loan, please see Paragraph 6 (1) of Article 23 hereof, special clauses.

(II) For the pricing formula of the loan, please see Paragraph 6 (2) of Article 23 hereof, special clauses.

(III) For the specific implementation of the loan interest rate, please see Paragraph 6 (3) of Article 23 hereof, special clauses.

(IV) The pricing benchmark interest rate corresponding to the loan used in installments hereunder shall take the benchmark interest rate of each loan on the actual date of loan release (or the adjustment date of interest rate, if any) as the standard.

(V) For the loan released hereunder, in case that the state cancels the benchmark interest rate or there are no longer benchmark interest rates on the market, the Lender shall be entitled to re-determine the loan rate based on the interest rate policy of the state for the same period, in the principles of fairness and honesty, and with reference to industry practice, interest rates and other factors; after that, it shall notify the Borrower. If the Borrower has any objection, it shall consult with the Lender. Where the negotiation fails within five working days from the notice date of the Lender, the Lender shall be entitled to recover the loans and the Borrower shall immediately pay off the principal and interest of the remaining loan.

II. Repayment method of the loan interest

(I) Calculation of loan interest. The interest on the loan principal in the foreign currency shall be calculated from the date when the Lender transfers the loan principal to the Borrower’s account as agreed herein. Daily accrued interest on the loan = loan balance on that day × daily interest rate. The conversion of daily interest rate and annual interest rate shall be carried out in accordance with the regulations of the People’s Bank of China and international practices.

(II) For the repayment method of the loan interest, please see Paragraph 6 (4) of Article 23 hereof, special clauses.

III. Interest penalty and compound interest

(I) The Lender has the right to collect the interest penalty. For details of the interest rate on the interest penalty, please see Paragraph 6 (5) of Article 23 hereof, special clauses.

(II) Where a fixed rate is adopted for the loan interest rate, the penalty interest rate will also be a fixed interest rate; where a floating interest rate is adopted for the loan interest rate, the penalty interest rate will also be a floating interest rate, with its floating cycle consistent with the floating cycle of the loan interest rate.

(III) The method for collecting the interest penalty and compound interest shall be implemented in accordance with the repayment method of the loan interest as agreed herein.

Article 7 Preconditions for withdrawal

I. The Borrower may apply to the Lender for the release of loan hereunder after satisfying the following preconditions for withdrawal required by the Lender:

(I) The Borrower X has served the following documents on the Lender, and the information contained in the document has not changed and continues to be effective, or the Borrower has made explanations for the change satisfactory to the Lender:

1. The application for the loan, with its main content including but not limited to: the name, amount, purpose, time limit, repayment plan and repayment source of the loan project;

2. The legal and valid business license of the Borrower, the company’s articles of association, the loan card and the password/credit code, the legal representative, members of the board of directors and principal responsible person registered and filed with the administrative department for industry and commerce, the list of chief financial officers and the signature samples, valid identity documents of legal representative and its authorized representative, or other company documents that the Lender deems necessary;

 

5


3. True, legal and valid resolutions on approving the application to the Lender for the loan hereunder, clarifying the loan purposes and accepting various loan conditions required by the Lender which are made at the board meeting or the shareholders’ meeting convened by the Borrower in accordance with the statutory procedures, and which are adopted by the quorum of directors or shareholders by voting, or other documents that the Lender deems necessary;

4. The past three-year annual report approved by the Lender (attached with audit report and notes thereto), the financial statements for the latest period and the same period of the previous year; in case of the establishment of the Borrower less than three years, the Borrower shall submit the annual statements since its establishment;

5. Information on affiliated enterprises;

6. In case of an application for temporary working capital loan, relevant contracts, vouchers or materials such as procurement contracts, order contracts, debt certificates and so forth shall be provided;

7. Where the mortgage/pledge guarantee method is proposed to be adopted, the ownership certificates of collaterals must be provided, the value report shall be evaluated, and the registration procedures for the collaterals that should be handled in accordance with the relevant laws and regulations have been properly handled, and originals of relevant ownership certificates and registration certificates have been handed over to the Lender for keeping at the request of the Lender; where a third-party guarantee is proposed to be adopted, the relevant guarantee materials shall be provided in accordance with the requirements of aforesaid items 2 to 4, and the guarantee contract has entered into force; the above guarantee shall remain in force;

8. Where the Lender requests the insurance for the collaterals, the insurance procedure with the Lender as the first beneficiary has been completed, and the original of insurance policy has been handed over to the Lender for keeping; and the insurance continues to be valid; where the Borrower provides the mortgage/pledge, the Borrower hereby transfers the claim for insurance benefits enjoyed due to the occurrence of the insurance event to the Lender;

9. Enterprises in special industry must provide the production and operation license in special industry or enterprise qualification grading certificate issued by the authority;

10. If any party hereto requests the handling of the notarization and other formalities, the relevant notarization procedures have been completed;

11. The Borrower has opened an account at the Lender’s office at the request of the Lender, and voluntarily accepts the Lender’s credit supervision and payment settlement supervision;

12. Where the Borrower applies for the loan for foreign exchange projects, it must provide valid foreign exchange loan use certificates and approvals from relevant departments, and comply with relevant foreign exchange management policies;

13. The tax returns of the VAT, business tax and income tax required by the Lender to be provided;

14. Other documents, statements, vouchers and other information requested by the Lender to be provided.

(II) The Borrower is lawfully established with its legal and compliant production and operation, and has the going-concern ability and legitimate source of repayment;

(III) The loan purpose is clear, legal and compliant;

(IV) Representations and commitments made by the Borrower in Article 12 hereof are continuously true and effective; there is no event of default or potential event of default on or before the date of application for the loan release;

(V) The Borrower has completed the IOU or loan note related to the loan release. The IOU or loan note are integral parts hereof and bear the same legal effect as the Contract. Where the loan amount, the loan term and the loan rate and others hereunder are inconsistent with those recorded on the IOU or loan note, the latter shall prevail.

(VI) The Borrower has good credit without any significant record of bad behavior; if the Borrower is a new legal person, the controlling shareholder thereof shall have a good credit without any significant record of bad behavior;

(VII) Other preconditions for withdrawal requested by the Lender.

 

6


II. The Lender’s performance of the obligations hereunder is on the premise that the preconditions for withdrawal as agreed in this article are met. The Lender has the right to unilaterally decide to reduce or waive part preconditions for withdrawal, and the Borrower or Guarantor may not use such condition as the reason for the defense against the Lender.

III. The Lender has the right to appropriately adjust the loan release according to factors including whether the financing project meets the provisions of relevant laws, regulations and policies, the preconditions for withdrawal as required by the Lender, the signing of the guarantee contract corresponding to the Contract and the time of handling the guarantee formalities.

IV. The Borrower hereby agrees that: after the execution of the Contract, if the Borrower fails to meet the preconditions for withdrawal as agreed herein or the payment condition for loan funds in any one withdrawal, the Lender shall have the right to stop releasing the loan or paying the loan funds, or terminate the Contract, the liability or loss arising thereby shall be borne by the Borrower itself. The Lender shall notify the Borrower of the termination of the Contract, and the objection period of the Borrower shall be five working days, counting from the date on which the notice of termination is delivered to the Borrower in the manner as agreed herein. Where the Borrower does not raise any objection, the Contract will be automatically cancelled after the expiration of the objection period. Where the Borrower has an objection but the negotiation between both parties still fails within five working days after the expiration of the objection period, the Lender shall have the right to collect the loan in advance as agreed herein.

V. Upon review by the Lender, if the Borrower meets the preconditions for withdrawal as agreed herein, the Lender shall pay the loan funds in accordance with Article 8 hereof.

Article 8 Account monitoring and payment of loan funds

I. Account monitoring

According to the Interim Administrative Measures for Working Capital Loans promulgated by the China Banking Regulatory Commission, the Borrower commits that the preconditions for withdrawal as agreed herein have been met before the application for loan release, and that it accepts the Lender to supervise the use of loans according to the agreed purpose. The Lender has the right to monitor the basic deposit account, general deposit account and special deposit account opened by the Borrower, and to supervise and control the release and payment of loan funds and repaid funds in accordance with the manner as agreed herein.

The Borrower designates special account for fund return, and provides the inflows and outflows of the funds in such account in a timely manner. For the special account for fund return, please refer to Paragraph 7 (1) of Article 23 hereof, special clauses.

The Lender may, in accordance with the credit status of the Borrower and the financing situation, negotiate an additional account management agreement with the Borrower to clearly stipulate the management of the funds returned to the designated account. The Lender has the right to recover the loan in advance according to the withdrawal of the Borrower’s funds.

II. Payment of loan funds

(I) The Lender is entitled to manage and control the payment of loan funds by using the manner of payment by the Lender upon authorization or payment by the Borrower itself.

1. “Payment by the Lender upon authorization” refers to the act that the Lender pays the loan to the counterparty of the Borrower in a transaction conforming to the purpose as stipulated herein according to the Borrower’s authorization.

In the case of payment by the Lender upon authorization, the Borrower shall, prior to the granting of the loan, provide the relevant transaction materials conforming to the purpose as stipulated in the Contract. After the examination and consent of the Lender, the Borrower shall pay the loan funds to its counterparty through the Borrower’s account.

Under the payment by the Lender upon authorization, after the loan funds are paid to the counterparty of the Borrower, if the loan funds are returned since the underlying transaction contract is canceled, revoked or invalid or for other reasons, the Lender shall be entitled to recover the returned loan funds in advance as agreed in Article 13 hereof.

 

7


2. “Payment by the Borrower itself” refers to the act that the Borrower pays the loan fund to its counterparty in conformity with the purposes as agree herein after the loan fund is granted by the Lender to the Borrower’s account.

In the case of payment by the Borrower itself, the Borrower shall make a summary report on the payment of loan funds to the Lender on a regular basis, and the Lender shall have the right to check whether the loan payment conforms to the agreed purpose by means of account analysis, voucher inspection and on-site investigation.

(II) Payment upon authorization

See Paragraph 7 (2) of Article 23 hereof, special clauses.

(III) During the loan release and payment, in case of the Borrower under any of the following circumstances, the Borrower shall make additional loan grant and payment conditions at the request of the Lender, and the Lender shall have the right to take more stringent loan release and payment conditions and to stop the release and disbursement of the loan funds as well as to take the appropriate measures in accordance with agreements in Paragraph 2 of Article 15 hereof:

1. The credit status has decreased;

2. The profitability of the main business is not strong;

3. The use of loan funds is abnormal;

4. Other circumstances the Lender considers.

Article 9 Repayment of loan principal and interest

I. For the repayment method of the loan principal, please see Paragraph 8 (1) of Article 23 hereof, special clauses.

II. The Borrower shall repay the principal and interest of the loan hereunder in full and on schedule to the Lender on the repayment date and interest payment date as stipulated herein.

III. If the repayment day is a non-business day of the Lender, the repayment will be postponed to the next business day of the Lender, and the non-business day of the Lender will be included in the actual occupation days of the loan. When the Borrower repays the loan principal in the last installment , it shall pay off the loan principal and interest, which shall not be bound by the interest payment date as stipulated in Article 6 hereof.

IV. If the Borrower needs to renew the repayment due to the failure to repay the loan hereunder on time, it shall submit a written application for the loan extension to the Lender. For details, please refer to Paragraph 8 (2) of Article 23 hereof, special clauses.

V. Repayment in advance

See Paragraph 8 (3) of Article 23 hereof, special clauses.

VI. The Borrower hereby irrevocably authorizes the Lender to deduct payments, including but not limited to the loan principal and interest (including penalty interest and compound interest) and related expenses hereunder, directly from any account opened by the Borrower in the Lender’s office, all branches of Industrial Bank and subsidiaries, without going through judicial proceedings, when the Borrower fails to perform or violates the Contract. The Borrower agrees that the Lender has the right to determine the specific deduction order.

Article 10 Guarantee

I. For the guarantee contract hereunder, please refer to Paragraph 9 of Article 23 hereof, special clauses.

II. Before the completion of the signing of the guarantee contract hereunder and the completion of the guarantee procedures, the Lender has the right to temporarily not to perform various obligations hereunder including the loan release.

 

8


Article 11 Rights and obligations of both parties

I. Rights and obligations of the Lender

(I) Rights of the Lender:

1. The Lender has the right to request the Borrower to return the loan principal and interest on time;

2. The Lender has the right to request the Borrower to provide various information related to the loan;

3. The Lender has the right to know the production, operation and financial status of the Borrower;

4. The Lender has the right to supervise the Borrower to use the loan according to the purposes as agreed herein;

5. The Lender has the right to supervise the use of the loan and make a request;

6. The Lender has the right to deduct the loan principal and interest (including penalty interest and compound interest) and related expenses hereunder, directly from any account opened by the Borrower in the Lender’s office, all branches of Industrial Bank and subsidiaries, without going through judicial proceedings;

7. The Lender has the right to transfer all or part of the creditor’s rights and security interests hereunder to a third party at any time without obtaining the consent of the Borrower; Where the Lender transfers the loan and security interests hereunder, the Borrower shall still bear all obligations hereunder;

8. Where the Borrower fails to return the loan principal and interest or to repay the principal and interest as agreed herein, the Lender shall have the right to disclose the same in the credit information system or news media established or approved by the People’s Bank of China, the banking supervision institution or other government departments, and shall take legal measures including clearing and recovering, litigation or arbitration;

9. The Lender has the right to unilaterally decide to recover the loan in advance according to the return of funds of the Borrower;

10. The Lender has the right to enjoy other rights as stipulated by laws, regulations, rules or the Contract.

(II) Obligations of the Lender:

1. The Lender is obliged to grant and pay loan funds as agreed herein;

2. The Lender is obliged to keep confidential the debt, finance, production and operation of the Borrower, except for the following circumstances:

(1) provisions of laws and regulations;

(2) provisions or requirements of the regulatory institution;

(3) circumstance of the disclosure to the Lender’s partner.

II. Rights and obligations of the Borrower

(I) The Borrower has the following rights:

1. The Borrower has the right to withdraw and use all the loans as agreed herein;

2. The Borrower has the right to require the Lender to assume the obligation of confidentiality for its provided information as agreed herein.

(II) Obligations of the Borrower

1. The Borrower is obliged to truthfully provide the documents and materials required by the Lender, as well as the information on all its bank accounts, the bank of deposit and the balance of deposits and loans, and cooperate in investigation, examination and inspection by the Lender;

2. The Borrower is obliged to accept the Lender’s supervision or inspection of the Borrower’s use of credit funds, relevant production, operation and financial activities, and take reasonable measures for the Lender’s recommendations or requirements in a timely manner;

 

9


3. The Borrower is obliged to use the loan as agreed herein, rather than for other purposes, and to guarantee that the loan shall not be used for investment in fixed assets, in areas and for purposes prohibited by the state for production or operation, for investment in equity, for illegal trade of negotiable securities, futures, real estate, etc., for inter-enterprise mutual lending activities and other illegal activities restricted by the state, and that the loan shall not be occupied or embezzled in other ways;

4. The Borrower is obliged to accept the Lender’s monitoring of the Borrower’s account and management of the payment of loan fund as agreed in Article 8 hereof;

5. The Borrower is obliged to repay the loan principal and interest in full and on time in accordance with the Contract;

6. The Borrower may not transfer all or part of debts hereunder to a third party, without the written consent of the Lender;

7. The Borrower may not reduce the registered capital by any means, and may not extend the period for subscribing for the registered capital without the written consent of the Lender;

8. Before the Borrower has major events such as merger, division, equity transfer, external investment, substantial increase in debt financing and so on, the Borrower shall notify the Lender in writing at least 30 working days in advance and obtain the written consent of the Lender, and actively implement the safeguard measures for the full repayment of principal and interest of the loan hereunder on schedule as required by the Lender, including but not limited to:

(1) providing substantial increase in debt financing, including the guarantee for the application for loan or debts to the bank and other third party, for the provision of loan for a third party, or for the debt of a third party, which affects or may affect the return of the loan principal and interest;

(2) carrying out major change in any property or adjust business mode (including but not limited to the conclusion of a joint venture or cooperation contract with a foreign merchant or a merchant from Hong Kong, Macao or Taiwan; revocation, shutdown, suspension of production or change of production; division, merger, acquisition of any other entity or acquisition by any other entity; recombination, establishment of or reconstruction into a joint-stock company or external investment; investment in a joint-stock company or investment company by fixed assets such as buildings, machines and equipment or intangible assets such as trademarks, patents, know-hows or land use rights, or the transaction of property right or business right by lease, contracting, joint operation, custody or any other means);

(3) For the change of equity, please see Paragraph 10 (1) of Article 23 hereof, special clauses.

9. The Borrower shall notify the Lender in writing within 7 working days from the date of the occurrence or the possible occurrence of the following circumstances, and actively implement the safeguard measures for the full repayment of the principal and interest of the loan hereunder on time as required by the Lender:

(1) in the event of major financial loss, asset loss or other financial crisis;

(2) in the event of suspension of business, cancellation of business license, application or being applied for bankruptcy, dissolution, etc.;

(3) in the event of major crisis in aspects of operation or finance of its controlling shareholder and other related companies, which affects its normal operation;

(4) in the event of change of personnel of the Borrower’s legal representative, directors or senior officers, which affects its normal operation;

(5) for the change of equity of the Guarantor, please see Paragraph 10 (2) of Article 23 hereof, special clauses;

(6) in the event of major related party transactions between the Borrower and its controlling shareholders and other related companies, which affects its normal operation;

(7) in the event of any litigation, arbitration or criminal or administrative penalty that has a material adverse effect on its operation or property status;

(8) in the event of other major events that may affect its solvency.

10. At the request of the Lender (the Borrower is informed of the request in advance in a reasonable manner, unless it is unnecessary for the request to be informed in advance, due to the occurrence of an event of default or potential event of default or specific environment), and the Lender’s representative is allowed to engage in the following activities during normal office hours:

 

10


(1) visiting the location where the Borrower conducts business activities;

(2) examining the Borrower’s premises, facilities, factories and equipment;

(3) inquiring the Borrower’s book record and all other records;

(4) inquiring the employees, agents, contractors, and subcontractors of the Borrower who know or may know the relevant information required by the Lender.

11. The Borrower guarantees to maintain the financial status including current assets and net value of assets, asset-liability ratio and asset flow ratio within the scope required by the Lender. For details, see Paragraph 10 (3) of Article 23 hereof, special clauses.

12. For the collection letter or collection document sent by the Lender to the Borrower or sent in other ways, the Borrower must hand over the receipt to the Lender after signing for such letter or document.

Article 12 Representations and commitments of the Borrower

The Borrower voluntarily makes the following representations and commitments, and assumes legal liability for the authenticity of their contents:

I. The Borrower is a legal entity unit established and validly existing under the laws of the People’s Republic of China, and has full capacity for civil conduct. The Borrower guarantees to provide relevant evidences, permits, certificates and other documents required by the Lender as required by the Lender.

II. The Borrower has sufficient capacity to perform all obligations and liabilities hereunder, and its liabilities for liquidation shall not be mitigated or exempted as a result of any change in orders or financial conditions or any agreement signed with any unit.

III. The Borrower has sufficient powers, authorizations and statutory rights to sign the Contract. The Borrower has obtained all the internal approvals and authorizations and completed the performance of other relevant formalities required for the signing and performance of the Contract, and has obtained all necessary approvals, registrations, authorizations, consents and permits of any government department or other authorities and completed the performance of other relevant formalities required for the signing and performance of the Contract. All approvals, registrations, consents, permits, authorizations and other relevant formalities required for the signing of the Contract keep fully legal and effective.

IV. The conclusion of the Contract by the Borrower fully conforms to the articles of association, internal decision as well as the resolutions of the board of shareholders and the board of directors of the Borrower. The conclusion of the Contract does not conflict with or run counter to the articles of association, internal decision, resolutions of the board of shareholders or the board of directors or policies of the Borrower.

V. Execution and performance of the Contract is based on the expression of true meaning of the Borrower. The loan financing complies with the requirements of laws and regulations, and the execution and performance of the Contract does not violate any laws, regulations, regulations or agreements herein that are binding on the Borrower. The Contract is legal, valid and enforceable. If the Contract is invalid due to the defects of right of the Borrower in signing and performing the Contract, the Borrower will immediately and unconditionally compensate the Lender for all losses.

VI. All documents, financial statements and other materials provided by the Borrower for the Lender hereunder are true, complete, accurate and valid, and continue to maintain various financial indicators required by the Lender.

VII. The Borrower agrees that the loan business hereunder is subject to the provisions and practices of the Lender. The Lender has the right to recover the loan in advance according to the withdrawal of the Borrower’s funds.

 

11


VIII. Where the Borrower fails to perform the obligation as agreed herein, the Borrower shall hereby authorize the Lender to deduct the loan principal and interest (including penalty interest and compound interest) and related expenses hereunder, directly from any account opened by the Borrower in the Lender’s office, all branches of Industrial Bank and subsidiaries, without going through judicial proceedings.

IX. Regardless of before or after the signing of the Contract, if the Borrower submits any documents relating to the specific transaction to the Lender for review, and the Borrower guarantees the authenticity of all documents, the Lender will only make a decision on the apparent authenticity of the transaction documents. The Lender neither participates nor knows the specific nature of the transaction undertaken by the Borrower, and does not assume any liability.

X. The Borrower confirms that, except for the circumstance that has been disclosed to the Lender in writing, the Borrower has not concealed any of the following events that has occurred or is about to occur and that may cause the Lender to disagree with the loan release hereunder:

(I) Debt and contingent liabilities assumed by the Borrower, including but not limited to any mortgage, pledge, lien and other debt burdens established on the Borrower’s assets or income that are not disclosed to the Lender;

(II) Major violations of disciplines or laws or claims for compensation involving the Borrower or the main manager thereof;

(III) The Borrower’s breach of the debt contract made by and between the Borrower and any other creditor;

(IV) The Borrower has no pending litigation, arbitration or administrative action against the Borrower or its property that the Borrower knows possibly occur, and has no other similar procedures for the Borrower’s Liquidation or closure of business or others, regardless of whether they are initiated actively or by a third party;

(V) Other circumstances that may affect the Borrower’s financial status and solvency.

XI. The Borrower undertakes to use the loan in accordance with the purposes as stipulated herein, and does not misappropriate it for other purposes or for any other purpose that is contrary to the purpose as agreed herein. The Borrower shall, at any time, accept and cooperate with the Lender in the loan payment management, post-loan management and related inspections, and cooperate with the Lender in supervising and examining the Borrower’s use of loan funds and the borrower’s production and operation, financial activities, material inventory, assets and liabilities, bank deposits, cash inventories, etc., and in making an inventory thereof or other requirements that the Lender considers necessary or appropriate.

XII. The Borrower provides an acceptable guarantee approved by the Lender that is full and valid, or that other Lenders deem appropriate. If the guarantee hereunder involves real estate mortgage, the Borrower agrees to complete the evaluation procedures and undertake the assessment related expenses as the principal. When the Borrower knows that the mortgaged house will be demolished, it shall promptly perform the obligation of notification to the Lender; in case that the mortgaged house is demolished, and the compensation in the manner of exchange of property right is adopted, the Lender shall have the right to require the Borrower to pay off the debt in advance, or reset the mortgage and sign a new mortgage agreement, and shall provide the Guarantor’s guarantee with guarantee conditions, after the original mortgaged real estate is lost and before the new mortgage registration has not been processed; for the demolished real estate under the form of compensation, the Borrower is responsible for requiring the Mortgagor to continue to provide guarantee for the main creditor’s right with the compensation by opening a margin special account or certificates of deposit and other forms.

XIII. The Borrower shall not reduce the registered capital in any way. The Borrower may not transfer all or part of debts hereunder to a third party, without the prior written consent of the Lender. Before the debts hereunder are fully paid off, no debts between the Borrower and other Creditors (other than other branches of Industrial Bank) may be repaid in advance without the written consent of the Lender.

XIV. In the event of major unfavorable events affecting the Borrower’s solvency, the Lender shall be notified in a timely manner. A written consent shall be obtained from the Lender, before major matters such as merger, division, equity transfer, external investment, substantial increase in debt financing and so forth.

 

12


XV. Where the Lender has a lawsuit, arbitration or other dispute with the Borrower or any third party related to the Borrower due to the performance of the obligations hereunder, resulting that the Lender is forced to be involved in the dispute between the Borrower and any third party, litigation or arbitration fees, legal fees and other fees thereby incurred to and paid by the Lender shall be borne by the Borrower.

XVI. For the settlement business hereunder, the Borrower must handle it through the settlement account opened by the Lender.

XVII. The Borrower undertakes that its information published in the National Enterprise Credit Information Publicity System is authentic, complete, legal and effective, and continuously agree that the Lender inquires the information published and not published by it in the aforesaid system. If the Lender requires capital verification, the Borrower will agree about the capital verification as required by the Lender and provide the capital verification report by professional institute.

XVIII The Borrower hereby states and authorizes: the Lender will have the right to make necessary investigations of the credit standing of the Borrower, and may, according to demands for the construction of enterprise and individual credit of government departments, bank regulatory agencies, the People’s Bank of China, etc., submit the credit information, including the information on the Contract and other relevant information, to the credit system established or recognized by the aforesaid departments and agencies; and, hereby allows the legal inquiry about relevant information.

XIX. If the Borrower breaches the Contract, or falls into any circumstance impairing the Lender’s realization of creditor’s right, the Lender will be entitled to require the advance maturity of the subscribed capital contribution obligation of the Borrower and its shareholders, and the Borrower shall make the capital contribution as required by the Lender in a timely way. The Lender will be entitled to require no dividend distribution to the Borrower and shareholders thereof.

XX. For other matters stated and committed by the Borrower, see Paragraph 11 of Article 23 hereof, special clauses.

Article 13 Recovery of the loan in advance

I. During the loan period, the Borrower or the Guarantor (including the Guarantor or the mortgagor or the pledgor, hereinafter inclusive) falls into any one of the following circumstances: the Lender shall have the right to unilaterally decide to stop paying the loan which has not been used by the Borrower and early recover the part or: all loan principal and loan repaid in installments. If the Lender recovers the loan in advance in a certain installment as agreed herein, other unexpired loan shall be deemed to have expired in advance:

(I) Where false materials are provided or important business financial facts are concealed, and any evidence and documents submitted to the Lender and any of the representations and commitments in Article 12 hereof are proved to be untrue, inaccurate or incomplete or deliberately misleading;

(II) Where the original purpose of the loan is arbitrarily changed without the consent of the Lender, and the loan is misappropriated or used to engage in illegal transactions;

(III) Where the false contracts concluded with the related parties are made use of, and the Lender’s fund or credit is obtained by discounting or pledging to the Lender with notes receivable and accounts receivable which have no actual trade background;

(IV) Where the Borrower refuses to accept the Lender’s supervision and inspection over its use of credit funds and related business financial activities;

(V) In the event of major events such as merger, division, acquisition, restructuring, equity transfer, external investment, substantial increase in debt financing, etc., which the Lender believes possibly affecting the security of the loan;

(VI) Where the Borrower intends to evade the creditor’s rights of the Lender through related party transactions;

 

13


(VII) Where the credit status deteriorates, and the liquidity (including contingent liabilities) is significantly weakened;

(VIII) The borrower or its affiliated enterprises and the Guarantor or its affiliated enterprises fall into the cross default as stipulated in Article 16 hereof;

(IX) Where the Borrower fails to repay the principal and interest of any financing hereunder on time;

(X) Where the Borrower stops repaying its debts, or cannot or indicates that it cannot repay the debts due;

(XI) Where the Borrower stops or suspends its business, is declared bankrupt, dissolved, revoked the business license, is revoked, or is subject to deteriorating financial status;

(XII) Where the Borrower fails to perform the obligations as stipulated in Articles 11 and 14 hereof and other obligations as stipulated herein, or the Guarantor fails to perform the obligations as stipulated in the guarantee contract;

(XIII) Where the value of the collateral used for guarantee has been or may be significantly reduced, or the right to pledge must be cashed before the loan expires;

(XIV) Where the Borrower or the legal representative of the Guarantor, the main investor, directors, supervisors, senior officers abnormally change, or are missing or investigated or restricted for personal liberty by the judicial organs according to law, which have affected or may affect the performance of obligations hereunder;

(XV) The Borrower/Guarantor or its controlling shareholder, actual controller or its affiliated person is involved in major litigation, arbitration or other disputes, or its major assets are seized, frozen, deducted, enforced or subject to other measures with similar effects, which may endanger or damage the Lender’s rights;

(XVI) In case of events otherwise stipulated herein, or the circumstances in which the Borrower’s funds are returned, or other events that endanger, damage or may endanger or damage the rights of the Lender.

II. In the case of the above-mentioned recovery of loan in advance, the Lender may unilaterally decide whether to give the borrower a certain grace period depending on the Borrower’s production and operation, financial status and return of funds. If the Lender gives the Borrower a grace period, and the Borrower still fails to take remedial measures or the remedial measures taken by the Borrower do not meet the requirements of the Lender during the grace period, the Lender shall have the right to unilaterally decide to recover the loan in advance; the Lender may also not give the Borrower a grace period, and directly determines to recover the loan in advance.

III. In case of the recovery of loan in advance, the Lender shall have the right to take corresponding measures as agreed in Paragraph 2 of Article 15 hereof.

Article 14 Obligation of the Borrower to disclose major transactions and major events to the Lender

I. The Borrower shall promptly report the major transactions and major events of the Borrower to the Lender in writing.

II. If the Borrower belongs to a group client, the Borrower shall promptly report its related party transactions with more than 10% of net assets to the Lender in accordance with relevant provisions, including but not limited to:

(I) Connected relations among the parties to the transaction;

(II) Transaction project and transaction nature;

(III) Transaction amount or the corresponding proportion;

(IV) Pricing policy (including transactions without amount or only having symbolic amount).

 

14


Article 15 Liability for breach

I. After the validation of the Contract, the Borrower and the Lender shall fulfill obligations hereunder. If either party fails to fulfill any obligation hereunder in whole or in part, the said party shall bear corresponding liability for breach of the Contract.

II. In case of the Borrower failing to use the loan according to the purpose as agreed herein, pay the loan fund in the manner as agreed herein or abide by the matters as stated and committed, or information distortion of its document on the application for loan, breakthrough of the stipulated financial indicators, major cross default events and other non-performance of any clause hereof, the Lender shall have the right to take one or more of the following measures:

(I) requiring the correction of the breach within a prescribed time limit;

(II) stopping issuing loans that have not been issued hereunder, and stopping paying the unpaid loan funds hereunder;

(III) requiring the Borrower to supplement the provision of conditions for loan release and payment which meet the requirements of the Lender, or to cancel the use of the loan by the Borrower in a manner of “payment by the Borrower itself”;

(IV) unilaterally decide to the acceleration of maturity of all or part of the debts;

(V) unilaterally terminating or dissolve the Contract, and requiring the Borrower to pay off the due or undue loan principal and interest and pay or compensate for the relevant losses;

(VI) requiring the Borrower to pay the overdue interest penalty in case of overdue loan; requiring the Borrower to pay the interest penalty for misappropriation in case that the Borrower misappropriates the loan; requiring the Borrower to pay the compound interest on the unpaid interest;

(VII) requiring the Borrower to add or replace the Guarantor, collateral, pledge/mortgage right;

(VIII) implementing or realizing rights under any guarantee related to the loan;

(IX) deducting the payment directly from any account opened by the Borrower in the Lender’s office, all branches of Industrial Bank and subsidiaries, without going through judicial proceedings, or entrusting the Borrower’s bank opening the account to deduct the payment from its account, including but not limited to the loan principal and interest (including interest penalty and compound interest), the relevant expenses hereunder; in case that the currency of the money in the account is different from the loan currency, the Lender shall have the right to convert the it into the loan currency at the middle price announced by the Lender on the day of the deduction, in order to pay off the loan principal and interest;

(X) filing a lawsuit or arbitration to require the Borrower to pay off the loan principal and interest, with the expenses incurred by the creditor to realize its creditor’s rights to be borne by the Borrower;

(XI) The Lender has the right to detain or retain any movable or immovable property, tangible property or intangible property of the Borrower under the control and possession of the Lender or to take other measures deemed appropriate by the Lender;

(XII) Other measures prescribed by laws and regulations or as agreed herein or as deemed appropriate by the Lender.

III. Subject to the preconditions for withdrawal and conditions for payment of loan funds as agreed herein, if the Lender fails to provide the loan according to the agreed date and amount, causing the loss to the Borrower, it shall compensate the Borrower for the direct economic loss arising thereby. However, the Lender shall not be liable for compensating any foreseeable or unforeseen indirect losses of the Borrower arising therefrom.

IV. During the performance of the Contract, if the materials provided by the Borrower are untrue, inaccurate, and incomplete or have other defects, causing the wrong payment by the Lender upon authorization, late payment, the Borrower’s handling of the independent payment in violation of the Contract or other losses, the Lender shall not assume any liability.

V. The Lender shall not bear any liability for the disputes over the loan release or payment or other losses, due to the freeze of the account for granting the loan or the account of payment object as agreed herein, or for other reasons.

VI. Where the Guarantor (i.e. Guarantor, Mortgagor or Pledgor) hereunder falls into any one of the following circumstances, the Lender shall have the right to take measures as agreed in Paragraph 2 of this article:

 

15


(I) Where the Guarantor fails to perform the agreement under the guarantee contract, or the credit status deteriorates, or the event that other guarantee ability is weakened occurs;

(II) Where the Mortgagor fails to perform the mortgage contract, or intentionally damages the collateral, or the value of the collateral may be or have been significantly reduced, or other events damaging the Lender’s mortgage right occur;

(III) Where the Pledgor fails to perform the pledge contract, or the value of the collateral has been or may be significantly reduced, or the right to pledge must be cashed before the loan is paid off, or other events damaging the pledge of the Lender occur;

Article 16 Cross default

In case that the Borrower or its affiliated enterprises and the Guarantor or its affiliated enterprises fall into any one of the circumstances, it shall be deemed as the Borrower’s breach of the Contract, and the Lender shall have the right to recover the loan in advance as agreed Article 13 hereof, and shall require the Borrower to bear the liability for breach as agreed Article 15 hereof:

(I) Where any loan, financing or debt falls or may fall into the default, or is declared to expire in advance;

(II) Where any guarantee or similar obligation fails to be performed, or has the possibility of non-performance;

(III) Where legal documents or contracts relating to the debt guarantee and other similar obligations fail to be performed or is violated, or there is the possibility of non-performance or violation thereof;

(IV) Where the circumstance of inability to pay off the debts due or the loan/financing due occurs or will occur;

(V) Where the Borrower is declared or about to be declared bankrupt upon legal proceedings;

(VI) Where the Borrower transfers its assets or property to other Creditors;

(VII) In the event of other circumstances that endanger the security of the loan principal and interest hereunder.

Article 17 Continuity of obligations

All obligations of the Borrower hereunder are continuous, and bear the full and same binding force on its successor, agent, receiver, transferee and objects after its merger, reorganization and change of name.

Article 18 Advance maturity of the principal and interest

The Borrower agrees that, the Lender has the right to determine any other obligation of the Borrower to the Lender, including the obligation to repay all due and undue loan principal and interest (including interest penalty and compound interest) hereunder, will expire immediately, once the Borrower fails to perform Article 12 hereof, representations and commitments, or fails to perform any of its obligations hereunder.

Article 19 Application of laws, governance and dispute resolution

I. The conclusion, validation, performance, dissolution and interpretation of the Contract and dispute resolution shall be subject to the laws of the People’s Republic of China (for the purpose of the Contract, excluding laws of the Hong Kong Special Administrative Region, the Macao Special Administration Region and Taiwan).

II. See Paragraph 12 of Article 23 Special clauses hereof for dispute resolution methods specified hereunder.

III. In the period of a dispute, clauses not in dispute hereof shall still be performed.

Article 20 Correspondence documents, communications and notices

I. The Borrower agrees and confirms that the following address is the service address of notices given by the Lender as well as dunning and litigation (arbitration) instruments about debts/guarantee obligations hereunder (including but not limited to indictments (or arbitration applications) and evidences, summons, notices of responses to actions, notices of proof, notices of court session, payment orders, judgments (awards), rulings, mediation documents, execution notices, notices of fulfillment within a prescribed time limit and other legal instruments in the phases of litigation or arbitration hearing and execution). See Paragraph 13 of Article 23 hereof, special clauses.

 

16


II. As long as any document, communication, notice or legal instrument is sent as per any of the aforesaid addresses, it will be deemed that it is served at the following date accordingly (the service to the designated collecting agent will be deemed as the service to the addressee):

(I) as for postal delivery (including express mail, regular mail and registered mail), the fifth working day after the posting day will be deemed as service day;

(II) as for fax, e-mail, short message or any other electronic communication address, sending day will be deemed as service day;

(III) as for personal service, the day of signing for receipt by the addressee will be deemed as service day. If the address refuses to receive an instrument, the serving person may record service process by taking picture or video, and leave the instrument, and it will be deemed that the instrument has been served.

III. Where the Lender sends a notice by issuing an announcement at its network, online banking website, phone bank or business outlet, the day of issuing the announcement will be deemed as service day. In any circumstance, the Lender will not need to bear any liability for any transmission error, omission or delay occurring in the post, fax, phone or any other communication system.

IV. The parties agree that their corporate seal, office seal, special seal for finance, special seal for contract and receiving and sending seal, the special seal for credit business of the Lender and so on are effective seals for notices, contacts, the service of legal instruments and letters of the parties. All staff members of the Borrower’s unit are authorized signer of correspondence documents, communications and notices.

Article 21 Contract validity and other matters

I. The Contract shall come into force as of the date when both parties sign the Contract and affix their seals hereon.

II. In the effective period of the Contract, any tolerance, grace, preference or delay in exercise of interests or rights hereunder granted by the Lender to the Borrower or the Guarantor will not damage, affect or restrict all interests and rights enjoyed by the Lender according to relevant laws and the Contract, shall not be deemed as the Lender’s waiver of the rights or interests hereunder, and will not affect any obligation of the Borrower hereunder.

III. In the event that any of the national laws, regulations or regulatory policies changes, leading to the Lender’s performance of the loan grant obligations as agreed herein failing to comply with the laws, regulations or regulatory requirements, the Lender shall be entitled to unilaterally terminate the Contract and announce that all the loans that have been granted will mature in advance; in that case, the Borrower shall immediately repay the loan at the request of the Lender.

IV. If the loan fails to be granted or the payment fails to be handled in a timely manner, due to force majeure, communication or network failure, the failure of the Lender’s system and for other reasons, the Lender shall not bear any liability, but shall promptly notify the Borrower.

V. The Lender shall be entitled to authorize or entrust any other branch of Industrial Bank to fulfill rights and obligations hereunder (including but not limited to authorizing or entrusting any other branch of Industrial Bank to enter into relevant contracts) as per business management demands, or transfer the loan hereunder to any other branch of Industrial Bank for undertaking and acceptance. If the Borrower agrees, it is unnecessary for the Lender to otherwise obtain the consent of the Borrower in respect of aforesaid behaviors of the Lender.

VI. The Borrower agrees that the Lender is entitled to unilaterally increase or decrease or cancel the loan amount unused hereunder in accordance with the Borrower’s production and operation, repayment, credit granting of other financial institutions and other factors. If the Lender decides to increase or decrease or cancel the same, it shall notify the Borrower five working days in advance, but without otherwise obtaining the consent of the Borrower.

VII. Where any clause hereunder is or becomes unlawful, invalid or unenforceable in any respect at any time, the legality, validity or enforceability of other clauses hereunder shall not be affected or impaired.

VIII. The subheadings hereof are added only for the purpose of reading convenience, and shall not be used for the interpretation hereof or for any other purpose.

IX. The appendix hereto constitutes an integral part hereof and bears the same legal effect as the text of the Contract.

 

17


Article 22 Notarization and voluntary acceptance of compulsory execution

I. If either party puts forward a requirement for notarization, the Contract shall be notarized by a notary organ stipulated by the State.

II. The notarized contract has the effect of compulsory execution. If the Borrower fails to perform the debt or the Lender realizes the creditor’s rights as stipulated by laws and regulations and the Contract, the Borrower shall agree that the Lender applies to the notary organ for issuing execution certificate with the effect of compulsory execution, and the Lender shall have the right to directly apply for compulsory execution to the competent people’s court with such execution certificate.

Article 23 Special clauses

I. Notes about contracting parties

 

(I) Lender: Industrial Bank Co., Ltd. Shanghai Xuhui Sub-branch  

 

 

Domicile: No. 238, Zhaojiabang Road  

 

 

Legal representative/Principal: Lu Shen  

 

 

(II) Borrower: Shanghai ECMOHO Health Biotechnology Co., Ltd.  

 

 

Domicile: Floors 2 and 3, No.1000 Tianyaoqiao Road, Xuhui District, Shanghai, China  

 

 

Legal representative/Principal: Wang Ying  

 

II. The Lender and the Borrower confirm that the loan hereunder falls into the first circumstance:

(First) The Contract is a sub-contract of the / Credit Line Contract (i.e. the general contract) with the Contract No. / , and the credit line is equivalent to RMB’00,000,000 only, with the valid period of the credit from mm/dd/yy to mm/dd/yy. The amount of this loan is included in the credit line. Among them, the loan amount in foreign currency shall be included in the credit line by being converted into RMB at the middle price announced by the Lender on the date of signing the Contract.

(Second) The Contract is an independent legal text made by and between the Lender and the Borrower.

III. Loan amount

The Lender agrees to provide the Borrower with a loan (currency) RMB              only (amount in words).

IV. Loan purposes

The loan is used for daily business turnover including purchase of nutritional supplements. The Borrower may not misappropriate the loan for other purposes without the written consent of the Lender.

V. Loan term

(I) The loan term is 12 months, that is, from June 12, 2018 to June 11, 2019.

(II) The plan for the use of loan in installments is:

     RMB’0,000 used on mm/dd/yy; RMB’0,000 used on mm/dd/yy;

     RMB’0,000 used on mm/dd/yy; RMB’0,000 used on mm/dd/yy;

     RMB’0,000 used on mm/dd/yy; RMB’0,000 used on mm/dd/yy;

     RMB’0,000 used on mm/dd/yy; RMB’0,000 used on mm/dd/yy;

     RMB’0,000 used on mm/dd/yy; RMB’0,000 used on mm/dd/yy;

The Borrower shall apply to the Lender for handling the withdrawal procedures within three working days before each withdrawal date or at other time as requested by the Lender in writing.

 

18


If the Borrower fails to withdraw the loan according to the above-mentioned agreed period of using the loan in installment, the Lender shall have the right to require the Borrower to pay the amount equivalent to 0.0X% of the loan amount which should be withdrawn in the current period as the liquidated damages.

VI. Loan interest rate and interest collection

(I) For the pricing benchmark interest rate, the first agreement of the following manners will apply;

(First) One-year PBOC RMB Benchmark Lending Rate.

(Second) / (period) PBOC RMB Deposit Benchmark Rate.

(Third) / (period) LPR.

(Fourth) / (period) SHIBOR.

(Fifth) / (period) LIBOR.

(Sixth) / (period) HIBOR.

(II) For the pricing formula for the loan interest rate, the second method will apply as follows:

(First) Loan interest rate = Pricing benchmark interest rate + / %.

(Second) Loan interest rate = Pricing benchmark interest rate × 1.4.

(III) For the loan interest rate (namely, annual interest rate, hereinafter inclusive), the second agreement of the following manners will apply:

(First) Fixed interest rate. The loan interest rate is determined according to the pricing benchmark interest rate and the pricing formula on the actual date of loan release, with the interest rate unchanged during the loan period.

(Second) Floating interest rate. The loan interest rate is determined according to the pricing benchmark interest rate and the pricing formula on the actual date of loan release and the adjustment date of interest rate. On the adjustment date of interest rate, the A method will apply: A. the floating cycle is a quarter (month/quarter/half a year/year/other cycle). The corresponding date for each full cycle from the actual date of loan release is the adjustment date of interest rate hereunder; if there is no corresponding date in the current month, the last day in such month shall be the corresponding day; B. /        

During the loan period, the Borrower will not be notified of any adjustments to benchmark interest rate.

(Third) Other methods for the interest rate:     / .

(IV) For the repayment method of the loan interest, the first agreement of the following manners will apply:

(First) The loan hereunder agrees that the 21th of the last month of each quarter (month/ last month of a quarter/ last month of half a year/ last month of a year / other cycle) is the interest payment date. The Borrower shall pay the loan interest for the current period to the Lender on the interest payment date, and settle the remaining principal and interest when the loan is due.

(Second) The corresponding date (in case that there is no corresponding date in the current month, the last day in such month shall be the corresponding date) for each full / (month / quarter / half a year / year / other cycle) from the actual date of loan release is the interest payment date of each installment. The Borrower shall pay the loan interest for the current period to the Lender on the interest payment date, and settle the remaining principal and interest when the loan is due.

(Third) The initial interest payment date is on mm/dd/yy. The corresponding date (in case that there is no corresponding date in the current month, the last day in such month shall be the corresponding date) for each full / (month / quarter / half a year / year / other cycle) from the initial interest payment date is the interest payment date of each installment. The Borrower shall pay the loan interest for the current period to the Lender on the interest payment date, and settle the remaining principal and interest when the loan is due.

(Fourth) Other methods of repayment:     / .

 

19


(V) If the Borrower fails to use the loan in accordance with the purposes as stipulated herein, the Lender shall have the right to charge the interest penalty on the misappropriated loan, with the penalty interest rate at the loan interest rate rising by 100%; Where the Borrower fails to repay the loan as scheduled and does not reach an agreement with the Lender on the extension matters, it will constitute delay of loans, in which case, the Lender shall be entitled to collect interest penalty for the delayed loans, with the penalty interest rate at the loan interest rate rising by 50%; For interest that have not been paid on time (including interest before and after the loan expires, interest penalty on the loan misappropriation and overdue penalty interest), the Lender has the right to collect the compound interest at the penalty interest rate of the overdue loan as agreed herein. Where the same loan is overdue and fails to be used as agreed herein, the higher penalty interest rate will apply.

VII. Account monitoring

(I) Account for fund return

The Borrower appoints the following account as a special account for fund return, and provides the inflows and outflows of the funds in such account in a timely manner.

 

Account name: /Account number: /  

 

Bank of deposit: /  

 

(II) Payment upon authorization

For the payment of loan funds under any one of the following circumstances, the method of payment by the Lender upon authorization shall be adopted:

1. The Borrower and the Lender newly establish a credit business relationship and the Borrower’s rating level in the Lender’s unit is below B3 (inclusive). “Newly established credit business relationship” refers to credit business relationship initially established by the Lender and the Borrower or the credit business relationship which has not occurred within 2 years;

2. Working capital loan for replacement;

3. The payment object is clear or single payment amount is more than RMB’0,000 (inclusive) (for the loan in foreign currency, it is converted at the middle price announced by the Lender on the payment date);

4. Others: /.

VIII. Repayment of loan principal and interest

(I) For the loan principal hereunder, the second repayment method will apply as follows:

(First) Repay the loan principal in installments, with the principal amount to be repaid and repayment date as follows:

     RMB’0,000 repaid on mm/dd/yy; RMB’0,000 repaid on mm/dd/yy;

     RMB’0,000 repaid on mm/dd/yy; RMB’0,000 repaid on mm/dd/yy;

     RMB’0,000 repaid on mm/dd/yy; RMB’0,000 repaid on mm/dd/yy;

     RMB’0,000 repaid on mm/dd/yy; RMB’0,000 repaid on mm/dd/yy;

 

/

  °

If the Lender adjusts the plan for the use of loan in installments, the date and amount of repayment of the loan in installments as agreed herein shall be unchanged, and the Borrower shall return the loan principal on time.

(Second) The loan principal is fully repaid in a lump sum on the maturity date of the loan.

(Third) Other methods of repayment of loan principal: /

 

   

 

  .

(II) If the Borrower fails to repay the loan under the loan contract on time and needs to extend the loan repayment period, it shall submit a written application for the loan extension to the Lender before / working day(s) before the expiration date of the loan. Upon examination and approval by the Lender, both parties shall separately sign the Loan Renewal Contract as a supplementary contract hereto.

(III) Repayment in advance

The Borrower shall repay the loan principal and interest thereon on the date as agreed herein.

 

20


If the Borrower requests the return of the loan principal and interest in part or in whole in advance, it shall notify the Lender in writing 10 working days in advance, and obtain the Lender’s written consent. Upon approval of the Lender, after the Borrower repays the loan principal and interest in part in advance, it shall negotiation with the Lender about the repayment installment, time and amount thereafter. For loan principal returned in advance, the interest thereon shall be charged according to the actual period of use and at the loan interest rate as agreed herein. The Lend will no longer adjust the loan interest collected before the repayment in advance.

If the Borrower requests the repayment in advance, the Lender shall have the right to request the Borrower to pay the liquidated damages at /% of the amount repaid in advance.

IX. Guarantee

The following contracts are guarantee contracts hereunder:

(I) The “Guarantee Contract” (contract name), with the contract No. 01611-1, the guarantee method of guarantee, and the Guarantor of Wang Ying;

(II) The “Guarantee Contract” (contract name), with the contract No. 01611-2, the guarantee method of guarantee, and the Guarantor of Zeng Qingchun;

(III) The / (contract name), with the contract No. / , the guarantee method of / , and the Guarantor of / ;

(IV) The / (contract name), with the contract No. / , the guarantee method of / , and the Guarantor of / ;

(V) The / (contract name), with the contract No. / , the guarantee method of / , and the Guarantor of / ;

(VI) The / (contract name), with the contract No. / , the guarantee method of / , and the Guarantor of / ;

X. Rights and obligations of both parties

 

21


(I) The Borrower’s equity changes, with the equity reaching / % (including but not limited to equity transfer, custody, escrow, pledge, etc.).

(II) The Guarantor’s equity changes, with the equity reaching / % (including but not limited to equity transfer, custody, escrow, pledge, etc.).

(III) The Borrower guarantees to maintain the financial status including current assets and net value of assets, asset-liability ratio and asset flow ratio within the following scope required by the Lender:     /    .

11. Other matters stated and committed by the Borrower:    /    .

XII. Dispute resolution

The Borrower and the Lender shall settle any dispute arising from the Contract through amicable negotiation; if the amicable negotiation fails, both parties will agree to settle it by the third method below:

(First) Institute legal proceedings to a people’s court at the domicile of the Lender.

(Second) Apply for arbitration to / Arbitration Committee, and be subject to arbitration rules of the said committee prevailing at the time of arbitration to settle the dispute. Within the scope allowed by the arbitration rules, the parties agree about trial by simple procedures. The arbitral award is final and binding on both parties. The arbitral tribunal selects to open a court session at /.

(Third) Other means: institute legal proceedings to the people’s court at the place where the Contract is concluded.

XIII. Correspondence documents, communications and notices

The Borrower agrees and confirms that the following address is the service address of notices given by the Lender as well as dunning and litigation (arbitration) instruments about debts/guarantee obligations hereunder (including but not limited to indictments (or arbitration applications) and evidences, summons, notices of responses to actions, notices of proof, notices of court session, payment orders, judgments (awards), rulings, mediation documents, execution notices, notices of fulfillment within a prescribed time limit and other legal instruments in the phases of litigation or arbitration hearing and execution).

(I) Address of the addressee:

1. Name of the Borrower: Shanghai ECMOHO Health Biotechnology Co., Ltd.;

Address of the Borrower: 2/F, No.1000 Tianyaoqiao Road, Xuhui District, Shanghai;

Zip code: 200030; Tel.:****;

Contact: Wang Ying.

2. Name of the designated addressee’s agent (if any): / ;

Address of the addressee’s agent:     / ;

Zip code:     / ; Tel.: /      .

(II) The Borrower agrees and confirms that the Lender may send notices by adopting any of the following electronic communication address:

1. By fax, with the number:     / ;

2. E-mail, and address:     / ;

 

22


3. Short message, with the phone number: ****.

(III) In case of a change in any of the aforesaid service address, the Borrower shall promptly notify the Lender in writing and confirm the service address again. If not, it will be deemed that the address is not changed, and relevant liability arising therefrom, if any, will be independently borne by the Borrower.

XIV. The Contract is made in six copies of the same legal effect, respectively five for the Lender, one for the Borrower.

XV. Supplementary terms

If the Borrower requests the return of the loan principal and interest in part or in whole in advance, it shall notify the Lender in writing at least 10 working days in advance, and obtain the Lender’s written consent.

If the Borrower requests the advance repayment, the Lender shall have the right to request the Borrower to pay the liquidated damages according to the formula of “amount repaid in advance * loan interest rate* the remaining natural days of the loan/360”.

In case of any inconsistency between other agreements hereof and the supplementary clauses, the latter shall prevail.

See the Appendix Letter of Confirmation about Service Addresses of Litigation Documents and All Other Documents (No. sd01611) for the service of litigation documents and all other documents; relevant clauses hereof and agreements in the Letter of Confirmation about Service Addresses of Litigation Documents and All Other Documents complement each other. In case of any inconsistency, the Letter of Confirmation about Service Addresses of Litigation Documents and All Other Documents shall prevail.

Lender (corporate seal):

Industrial Bank Co., Ltd. Shanghai Xuhui Sub-branch (Seal)

Principal or owner (signature and seal): Lu Shen (seal)

Borrower (official seal):

Shanghai ECMOHO Health Biotechnology Co., Ltd. (Seal)

Legal representative or owner (signature and seal): Wang Ying (Seal)

Signed on: June 12, 2018

Signed at: No.168 Jiangning Road, Shanghai

 

23


 

Guarantee Contract

(Applicable to corporate single business)

Contract No.: 01611-2                                             

Creditor: Industrial Bank Co., Ltd. Shanghai Xuhui Sub-branch

Guarantor (entity):   /                                               

Guarantor (natural person): Zeng Qingchun

 

1


Important Notes for Signing

In order to maintain your rights and interests, please carefully read, check and confirm the following matters before signing the Guarantee Contract:

I. You have the right to sign the Contract, and have obtained full authorization, if it is necessary to obtain the consent of others;

II. You have carefully read and fully understood clauses of the Contract, and have specially paid attention to the assumption of relevant responsibilities, the exemption from or restrictions to the liability of Industrial Bank as well as contents in bold;

III. Your company and you have fully understood meanings of clauses hereof as well as corresponding legal consequences, and are willing to accept such clauses;

IV. The text of the Contract provided by the Industrial Bank is a model text, with blank lines left for relevant clauses hereof, and includes “Supplementary Clauses” at the end of the Contract for the parties’ amendment, supplement or deletion of the Contract;

V. In case of any doubt about the Contract, please consult the Industrial Bank in time.

 

2


The Guarantor provides guarantee for financing services provided by the Creditor for debtor (see Paragraph II of Article 17 Special clauses hereof for the name of the debtor, the “Debtor”). In order to specify responsibilities and abide by credit, the parties hereby conclude the Guarantee Contract (the “Contract”) upon negotiation.

Article 1 Definitions and Interpretations

Save as otherwise specified hereunder,

I. The “financing” refers to the loan, documentary bills, acceptance, discount, guarantee and other financial services provided by the Creditor for the Debtor pursuant to the main contract.

II. Definitions and interpretations under the Main Contract apply to the Contract.

Article 2 Explanations on contracting parties

See Paragraph I of Article 17 Special clauses hereof.

Article 3 Main contract

I. Basic contents of the main contract for the guarantee hereunder: See Paragraph III of Article 17 Special clauses hereof.

II. In case of any inconsistency between any actual content of the main contract and any of the aforesaid agreement, contents of the certificate of creditor’s right such as loan note shall prevail.

Article 4 Scope of guarantee

I. The scope of guarantee hereunder includes the financing principal, interests (including default interests and compound interests), default fines, liquidated damages and expenses incurred by the Creditor to realize its creditor’s rights hereunder (the “Guaranteed Creditor’s Right”). Expenses incurred by the Creditor to realize its creditor’s rights refer to litigation (arbitration) expenses, attorney fees, travel expenses, execution fees, costs of preservation paid by the Creditor for realizing its creditor’s right by litigation, arbitration, the application to a notary authority for issuing execution certificate and other means, as well as other necessary expenses for realizing the creditor’s right.

II. For the avoidance of ambiguity, all expenses and expenditures (including but not limited to attorney fees and litigation or arbitration expenses) incurred by the Creditor for preparing, improving, performing or compulsorily implementing the Contract or exercising rights hereunder or those relating to that constitute a part of the Guaranteed Creditor’s Right.

Article 5 Guarantee Mode

I. The Guarantor undertakes joint and several guarantee responsibilities hereunder. If there are several guarantors hereunder, the guarantors will undertake joint and several guarantee responsibilities concerning the Guaranteed Creditor’s Right for the Creditor.

II. If the Debtor fails, upon the maturity of the fulfillment period of principal debt, to repay principal and pay interests in accordance with the main contract on time, the Guarantor will undertake joint and several settlement responsibility.

III. If the Creditor declares, in the fulfillment period of the principal debt, the advance maturity of the said period in accordance with the main contract, the Guarantor will undertake the joint and several settlement responsibility for the principal debt mature in advance as well as other debts within the scope of guarantee.

Article 6 Guarantee period

I. The guarantee period is two years as from the date when the fulfillment period of the main debt expires.

II. The guarantee period for the acceptance of bank acceptance bills and that under the L/C and the L/G is two years as from the date when the Creditor advances monies. If the Creditor advances monies by instalments, the guarantee period shall respectively start from the date of each sum of advance.

III. The guarantee period for the discount of commercial bills is two years as from the date of maturity of the discounted bills.

 

3


IV. If the Creditor recovers loan pursuant to the main contract or the Contract in advance, or the fulfillment period of the main debt expires in advance in any circumstance set out in any law or administrative regulations, the guarantee period will be two years as from the date when the debt under the main contract expires in advance as determined by the Creditor.

V. If the main creditor’s right is repaid by instalments, the guarantee period of creditor’s right of each phase will be calculated by phase and be two years as from the date when the creditor’s right of each phase expires.

VI. Where the Creditor and the Debtor reach an agreement about extension of the fulfillment period of the debt under the main contract, the Guarantor will continuously undertake guarantee responsibilities, and the guarantee period will be two years as from the date when the fulfillment period of the debt set out in the extension agreement.

Article 7 Demand guarantee

The debt of the Guarantor hereunder shall be paid on demand. That is to say, as long as the Creditor submits to the Guarantor a debt dunning notice specifying the number of the Guarantee Contract and the amount of main debt, the Guarantor shall immediately fulfill settlement responsibility at the date of receiving the notice.

Article 8 Statements and Warranties of the Guarantor

I. The Guarantor, as an independent legal subject, has the capacities for all necessary civil rights and behaviors, guarantor qualifications and settlement substitution capacity stipulated by law, and is willing to undertake and fulfill guarantee responsibilities.

II. If the Guarantor is an entity, the conclusion of the Contract fully conforms to the articles of association, internal decision as well as the resolutions of the board of shareholders and the board of directors of the Guarantor. The conclusion of the Contract does not conflict with or run counter to the articles of association, contract, resolution of the board of shareholders or the board of directors or policies of the Guarantor.

III. The conclusion and performance of the Contract by the Guarantor does not violate any provision or agreement binding upon assets thereof, the guarantee agreement or other agreement signed by the Guarantor with others or any other document, agreement or commitment binding upon the Guarantor.

IV. All documents, materials, statements, vouchers and so on provided by the Guarantor for the Creditor are accurate, authentic, complete and effective, and the Guarantor accepts the examination and supervision conducted by the Creditor for production and operation activities and financial position thereof.

V. The Guarantor knows and agrees about all clauses of the main contract, and is willing to provide guarantee for the debtor under the main contract and fulfill the joint and several settlement obligation in accordance with the Contract. If the Guarantor is a natural person, the Guarantor further undertakes: if the Guarantor is lost or is declared to be lost, cannot be contacted normally, has his/her whereabouts unknown, or loses the capacity for necessary civil behaviors, his/her guardian and property receiver will undertake the guarantee responsibilities hereunder for the Creditor to the limit of properties of the Guarantor; if the Guarantor is dead or is declared to be dead, his/her guarantee responsibilities for the Creditor hereunder will be fulfilled by his/her legacies.

VI. The Guarantor does not conceal any of the following events which has occurred or is about to occur and may make the Creditor not accept the Guarantor:

1. any event of material discipline violation, illegality or claim relating to the Guarantor or main leader thereof;

2. any outstanding litigation or arbitration event;

3. any debt or contingent liability undertaken by the Guarantor, or any guarantee or mortgage (pledge) guarantee provided for a third person;

 

4


4. any default event of the Guarantor under a contract concluded with the Creditor or any other creditor; or

5. any other circumstance affecting the financial position or guarantee capability of the Guarantor.

VII. After having fulfilled the guarantee responsibilities, the Guarantor has the right to claim monies from the debtor on the premise of no influence on the debtor’s future repayment of debt. If the debtor faces the claim of the Guarantor and any payment requirement of the Creditor under the main contract, the Guarantor will agree that the debtor priorly repays the debt of the Creditor.

VIII. If the debtor and the Guarantor have or will conclude a counter guarantee contract concerning the guarantee obligation under the Contract, the counter guarantee contract will not legally or actually impair any right enjoyed by the Creditor hereunder.

IX. If there is any other guarantee hereunder, the guarantee responsibilities assumed by the Guarantor for the Creditor will not be affected by the guarantee provided by any other guarantor, or be exempted from or decrease due to that, and the guarantee responsibility will not be assumed by the Guarantee on the premise that the Creditor makes a claim or initiates legal proceedings/arbitration/compulsory execution against any other guarantor.

X. If there is any other guarantee (including but not limited to guarantee, mortgage, pledge, standby L/C and guarantee in any other form) under the main contract, the Guarantor will agree: the Creditor may waive some guaranteed real rights or the sequence of guaranteed real rights (including the situation that the collaterals are provided by the debtor), and the creditor and any mortgager/pledgor (including the situation that the mortgagor/pledgor is the debtor) may change under agreement the sequence of guaranteed real rights, the amount of guaranteed creditor’s right and other contents. Even if the Creditor conducts any of the abovementioned behaviors, the Guarantor will still undertake all the guarantee responsibilities in accordance with the Contract.

XI. Before all the obligations hereunder have been fulfilled, if the Guarantor changes any property change or adjusts business mode (including but not limited to the conclusion of a joint venture or cooperation contract with a foreign merchant or a merchant from Hong Kong, Macao or Taiwan; revocation, shutdown, suspension of production, change of production or alteration; division, merger, acquisition of any other entity or acquisition by any other entity; recombination, establishment of or reconstruction into a joint-stock company or investment company; acquisition of or investment in a joint-stock company by fixed assets such as buildings, machines and equipment or intangible assets such as trademarks, patents, know-hows or land use rights, or the transaction of property right or business right by lease, contracting, joint operation, custody or any other means; or, any other institutional change or change in business nature), the Guarantor will notify the Creditor in writing one month in advance. If the Creditor requires the addition or change of guarantee method or subject, the Guarantor will ensure the new guarantee method or subject acceptable to the Creditor.

XII. Concerning any default event occurring under the Contract, or any contract or guarantee contract concluded with any department or organization of the Creditor, any other bank, a non-bank financial institution or entity, or any other contract, the Guarantor will immediately notify the Creditor in writing.

XIII. If the Guarantor handles formalities of establishment, change or deregistration with the state administration for industry and commerce or any other relevant department of the State, the Guarantor will send relevant registration duplicate to the Creditor at once.

XIV. In the period of guarantee, the Guarantor guarantees that it/he/she will not transfer or conceal any property by any means, or waive or negatively exercise the creditor’s rights.

XV. In case of any equity change (including but not limited to equity transfer, custody, escrow or pledge) in the guarantee period, the Guarantor shall immediately notify the Creditor in writing at the date of occurrence; where the percentage of changed equity reaches the percentage agreed upon (see Paragraph IV of Article 17 Special agreements hereof for the specific percentage), the Guarantor shall obtain the written consent of the Creditor in advance.

 

5


XVI. If the Guarantor is an entity, it will undertake that its information published in the National Enterprise Credit Information Publicity System is authentic, complete, legal and effective, and continuously agree that the Creditor inquires the information published and not published by it in the aforesaid system. If the Creditor requires capital verification, the Guarantor will agree about the capital verification as required by the Creditor and provide the capital verification report by professional institute.

XVII. If it is declared that the Guarantor is bankrupt, is dissolved or has its business license revoked, its financial position deteriorates or any other significant event probably affecting or seriously affecting its responsibility fulfillment capacity occurs, the Guarantor will notify the Creditor in writing immediately on the day of occurrence of the event.

XVIII. If the Guarantor is involved into any material litigation or arbitration case or any other material dispute with any third party, or the Guarantor’s material assets are detained, seized, frozen or executed compulsorily or receive any other measure with the same effect, probably affecting or seriously affecting its responsibility fulfillment capacity, the Guarantor will notify the Creditor in writing immediately on the date of occurrence of the event.

XIX The Guarantor hereby states and authorizes: the Creditor will have the right to make necessary investigations of the credit standing of the Guarantor, and may, according to demands for the construction of enterprise and individual credit of government departments, bank regulatory agencies, the People’s Bank of China, etc., submit the credit information, including the information on the Contract and other relevant information, to the credit system established or recognized by the aforesaid departments and agencies; and, hereby allows the legal inquiry about relevant information.

Article 9 Creditor’s rights

I. If the debtor fails to repay the debt under the main contract or the Guarantor fails to fulfill any agreement hereunder, the Guarantor will hereby irrevocably authorize the Creditor to directly deduct monies in any account of the Guarantor to repay the debt within the scope of guarantee, without legal proceedings such as litigation or arbitration. Where the Creditor deducts monies from an account of the Guarantor, if the currency of the monies is different from that of the main debt, the Creditor will convert the monies by the price published by the Creditor on the date of deduction.

II. The Creditor will be entitled to require the Guarantor to provide the financial reports, financial statements and other materials reflecting business conditions and credit standing thereof.

III. Where the main debtor fails to repay the debt according to the contract, no matter whether the Creditor has other guarantee (including but not limited to guarantee, mortgage, pledge, L/G, standby L/C and guarantee in any other form) for the creditor’s right under the main contract, the Creditor will be entitled to first require the Guarantor to fulfill all guarantee responsibilities hereunder, with no need to first exercise any other guarantee right. The Guarantor is willing to waive the plea of requiring the Creditor to firstly exercise the right relating to the guarantee of offerings of the debtor as well as all other pleas against the Creditor under the Guarantee Law and the Real Rights Law.

IV. The Creditor will be entitle to transfer part or all of creditor’s rights under the main contract and corresponding guarantee interests to a third party (or a special purpose vehicle establishing trust or assets management plan), without the consent of the Guarantor. With respect to the creditor’s right already transferred (or the special purpose vehicle establishing trust or assets management plan, etc.) and not transferred (if any), the Guarantor agrees to provide guarantee for the transferee of the creditor’s right (or the special purpose vehicle establishing trust or assets management plan, etc.) and original creditor (if any) in accordance with the Contract.

V. Where the Guarantor is an entity, if it breaches the Contract, or falls into any circumstance impairing the Creditor’s realization of creditor’s right, the Creditor will be entitled to require the advance maturity of the subscribed capital contribution obligation of the Guarantor and its shareholders, and the Guarantor shall make the capital contribution as required by the Creditor in a timely way. The Creditor will be entitled to require no dividend distribution to the Guarantor and shareholders thereof.

 

6


Article 10 Alteration of the main contract

The Guarantor agrees and confirms: As for the amendment to or alteration of the main contract by the Creditor and the debtor through negotiation or the financing extension under the main contract, it will be deemed that the prior consent of the Guarantor has been obtained, with no need to notify the Guarantor, and the Guarantor’s guarantee responsibilities will not be exempted from or decreased for that.

Article 11 Events of default and liability for breach

I. After the validation of the Contract, the Creditor and the Guarantor shall fulfill obligations hereunder. If either party fails to fulfill any obligation hereunder in whole or in part, the said party shall bear corresponding liability for breach of the Contract.

II. If the Guarantor falls into any of the following circumstances, the Guarantor has constituted the breach of the Contract:

(I) any certification or document submitted by the Guarantor to the Creditor or any of statements and warranties in Article 8 hereof is proved to be unauthentic, inaccurate, incomplete or intentionally misleading or is not fulfilled;

(II) the Guarantor closes down, shuts down, is declared to be bankrupt, is dissolved, has its business license revoked, or is revoked, etc.;

(III) the Guarantor or the controlling shareholder or actual controller of the Guarantor is involved into any material litigation or arbitration case or any other dispute, or the Guarantor’s material assets are detained, seized, frozen or executed compulsorily or receive any other measure with the same effect;

(IV) the Guarantor or the legal representative, actual controller, director, supervisor or senior officer of the Guarantor is under criminal detention or receives any other compulsory measure, is lost or is declared to be lost, loses the necessary capacity for civil conduct, cannot be contacted normally, is dead or is declared to be dead, has no successor, legatee or property receiver after decease or declaration of decease, has the succession or legacy rejected by the successor or legatee thereof or the continuous performance of the Contract rejected by the guardian, successor, legatee or property receiver thereof, or transfers or tries to transfer properties thereof by virtue of marital relation, etc., adversely affecting the Guarantor’s solvency;

(V) the Guarantor breaches the Contract, or any financing contract, guarantee contract or any other contract concluded by the Guarantor with any department or organization of Industrial Bank (including any subsidiary of Industrial Bank), any other bank or any non-bank financial institution or entity; or

(VI) any event endangering or damaging or probably endangering or damaging rights and interests of the Creditor or the Guarantor breaches any other clause hereof.

III. If the Guarantor breaches the Contract, the Creditor will be entitled to taken one or several measures below:

(I) requiring the Guarantor to stop breach within a prescribed time limit;

(II) declaring the advance expiration of the fulfillment period of the main debt;

(III) requiring the Guarantor to provide new sufficient and effective guarantee;

(IV) requiring the Guarantor to immediately fulfill guarantee responsibilities;

(V) requiring the Guarantor to pay default fines of a certain percentage of the financing principal under the main contract, with specific agreements set out in Paragraph V of Article 17 special clauses hereof;

(VI) requiring the Guarantor to compensate the Creditor for all losses thereof incurred by default;

(VII) lawfully revoking the behavior of the Guarantor damaging benefits of the Creditor;

(VIII) directly deducting monies from any account of the Guarantor to repay the debt within the scope of guarantee; or

(IX) investigating the Guarantor for default liability by any other legal means.

 

7


The Guarantor undertakes to coordinate about the aforesaid measures taken by the Creditor and waive all defense reasons.

IV. If the Guarantor’s credibility or financial position deteriorates, the Guarantor loses business reputation, the Guarantor’s solvency (including contingent liability) noticeably weakens, or the Guarantor may lose guarantee capability due to any factor other than the Guarantor, the Creditor will be entitled to declare the advance maturity of the main debt, and require the Guarantor to immediately undertake the joint and several guarantee responsibility.

Article 12 Independence of the Guarantor’s Obligations

I. The guarantee established hereunder is independent. In any case, the Contract will survive the invalidation of the main contract. If the main contract is confirmed to be ineffective, the Guarantor will also undertake the joint and several guarantee responsibility for the debt formed by the debtor’s return of properties or compensation of losses.

II. Obligations of the Guarantor hereunder are independent, and are not influenced by any relationship between either party hereto and a third person, save as otherwise stipulated hereunder.

III. The breach of the main contract by the debtor (including but not limited to the creditor’s failure of use the financing capital in accordance with the main contract), if any, will not influence the Guarantor’s guarantee responsibilities, and the Guarantor shall not require the alleviation of or exemption from the guarantee responsibilities for that reason.

Article 13 Correspondence Documents, Communications and Notices

I. The Guarantor agrees and confirms that the following addresses are the service addresses of notices given by creditors as well as dunning and litigation (arbitration) instruments about debts/guarantee obligations hereunder (including but not limited to indictments (or arbitration applications) and evidences, summons, notices of responses to actions, notices of proof, notices of court session, payment orders, judgments (awards), rulings, mediation documents, execution notices, notices of fulfillment within a prescribed time limit and other legal instruments in the phases of litigation or arbitration hearing and execution). See Paragraph VI of Article 17 Special clauses hereof.

II. As long as any document, communication, notice or legal instrument is sent as per any of the aforesaid addresses, it will be deemed that it is served at the following date accordingly (the service to the designated collecting agent will be deemed as the service to the addressee):

(I) as for postal delivery (including express mail, regular mail and registered mail), the fifth working day after the posting day will be deemed as service day;

(II) as for fax, e-mail, short message or any other electronic communication address, sending day will be deemed as service day;

(III) as for personal service, the day of signing for receipt by the addressee will be deemed as service day. If the address refuses to receive an instrument, the serving person may record service process by taking picture or video, and leave the instrument, and it will be deemed that the instrument has been served.

III. Where the Creditor sends a notice by issuing an announcement at its network, online banking website, phone bank or business outlet, the day of issuing the announcement will be deemed as service day. In any circumstance, the Creditor will not need to bear any liability for any transmission error, omission or delay occurring in the post, fax, phone or any other communication system.

IV. The parties agree that their corporate seal, office seal, special seal for finance, special seal for contract and receiving and sending seal, the special seal for credit business of the Creditor and so on are effective seals for notices, contacts, the service of legal instruments and letters of the parties.

Article 14 Application of laws, governance and dispute settlement

I. The conclusion, validation, performance, cancellation and interpretation of the Contract and dispute settlement shall be subject to laws of the People’s Republic of China (for the purpose of the Contract, excluding laws of the Hong Kong Special Administrative Region, the Macao Special Administration Region and Taiwan).

 

8


II. See Paragraph VII of Article 17 Special clauses hereof for dispute settlement methods specified hereunder.

III. In the period of a dispute, clauses not in dispute hereof shall still be performed. The Guarantor shall not refuse to fulfill any obligation hereunder for the reason of dispute settlement.

Article 15 Contract Validity, Amendment and Other Matters

I. The Contract shall come into effect as of affixing of signatures or seals by the parties hereto, and be effective unit the Guaranteed Creditor’s Right is paid off.

II. Any amendment or supplement to the Contract shall be approved by the Guarantor and the Creditor upon negotiation, be made in writing, and come into effect as of affixing of signatures or seals by the legal representatives/principals of the parties hereto or their authorized representatives.

III. The Guarantor has fully read all clauses hereof, and has specially noted those in bold. As required by the Guarantor, the Creditor has explained relevant clauses hereof. The Guarantor has fully known and understood meanings of the clauses hereof and corresponding legal consequences, and is willing to provide the guarantee for the debtor under the main contract, and fulfill joint and several guarantee responsibilities in accordance with the Contract.

IV. In the effective period of the Contract, any tolerance, grace, preference or delay in exercise of interests or rights hereunder granted by the Creditor to the debtor or the Guarantor will not damage, affect or restrict all interests and rights enjoyed by the Creditor according to relevant laws, administrative regulations and the Contract, shall not be deemed as the Creditor’s waiver of the rights or interests hereunder, and will not affect any obligation of the Guarantor hereunder.

V. The Creditor shall be entitled to authorize or entrust any other branch of Industrial Bank to enjoy and fulfill rights and obligations under the main contract and the Contract (including but not limited to entrusting any other branch of Industrial Bank to enter into relevant contract) as per business management demands, or transfer rights and obligations under the main contract and the Contract to any other branch of Industrial Bank for undertaking and acceptance, with no need to otherwise obtain the consent of the Guarantor. In that case, the Guarantor shall still undertake guarantee responsibilities in accordance with the Contract. The Creditor or any other branch of Industrial Bank undertaking and managing rights and obligations hereunder shall be entitled to institute legal proceedings to a court concerning any dispute under the main contract or the Contract, or refer the dispute to an arbitration body for ruling.

VI. If the Creditor opens a L/C, L/G or standby L/C to the debtor under the main contract, any amendment, supplement or extension to the L/C, L/G or standby L/C under the main contract by the Creditor and the debtor or the financing under the L/C, etc. shall be deemed as having been priorly approved by the Guarantor, and the Guarantor shall still undertake guarantee responsibilities in accordance with the Contract.

VII. The appendix (if any) to the Contract is an inalienable part of the Contract with the same legal force as the text of the Contract.

Article 16 Notarization and Voluntary Acceptance of Compulsory Execution

I. If either party puts forward a requirement for notarization, the Contract shall be notarized by a notary authority stipulated by the State, and the notarization will give the effect of compulsory execution of the Contract.

II. If the Guarantor fails to fulfill guarantee responsibilities in accordance with the Contract, the Guarantor will agree the Creditor to apply to a notary authority for the issue of an execution certificate with compulsory execution effect. The Creditor may apply to a people’s court with jurisdiction for compulsory execution by the execution certificate. The Guarantor will waive all defense rights and all rights of refusing to undertake guarantee responsibilities for the Creditor.

 

9


Article 17 Special clauses

 

I. Notes about contracting parties  

 

(I) Creditor: Industrial Bank Co., Ltd. Shanghai Xuhui Sub-branch  

 

Legal representative/Principal: Lu Shen  

 

(II) Guarantor (entity): /  

 

Legal representative/Principal: /  

 

Guarantor (natural person): Zeng Qingchun  

 

Certificate type: ID card                Certificate No.:****  

 

II. Debtor: Shanghai ECMOHO Health Biotechnology Co., Ltd.  
III. Basic contents of main contract for the guarantee hereunder are:  
(I) Contract name: Working Capital Loan Contract  

 

(II) Contract No.: 01611  

 

(III) Financing type: working capital loan    Currency: RMB  

 

(IV) Financing principal: 5,000,000    Interest rate: floating interest rate, see the loan contract for details                                                                                
(V) Performance period of main debt: from June 12, 2018 to June 11, 2019  

 

IV. Where the percentage of changed shares reaches /%, the written consent of the Creditor shall be obtained in advance.
V. In case of default, the Guarantor will be required to pay default fines equal to /% of the financing principal under the main contract.
VI. Service addresses approved and confirmed by the Guarantor:
(I) If the Guarantor is an entity:
1. Entity name: /                ;
Entity address: /                ;
Post code: /                ; Phone No.: /                ;
Contact: /                 .
2. Name of the designated addressee’s agent (if any): / ;
Address of collecting agent: /                ;
Post code: /                ; Phone No.: /                ;
(II) If the Guarantor is a natural person:
Name of addressee: Zeng Qingchun  

 

Address of addressee: 3/F, No.1000 Tianyaoqiao Road, Shanghai;
Post code: 200030; phone No.: ****.
2. Designated collecting agent (if any): /                ;
Address of collecting agent: /                ;
Post code: /                ; Phone No.: /                .
(III) The Guarantor agrees and confirms that the Creditor may serve a document by any of the following electronic communication addresses:

 

10


1. fax No.: /                ;

2. e-mail address: /                ;

3. Short message, with the phone number: ****.

(IV) In case of a change in any of the aforesaid service address, the Guarantor shall promptly notify the Creditor in writing and confirm the service address again. If not, it will be deemed that the address is not changed, and relevant liability arising therefrom, if any, will be independently borne by the Guarantor.

VII. The Guarantor and the Creditor shall settle any dispute arising from the Contract through amicable negotiation; if the amicable negotiation fails, the parties will agree to settle it by the third method below:

(First) Institute legal proceedings to a people’s court at the domicile of the Creditor.

(Second) Apply for arbitration to / Arbitration Committee, and be subject to arbitration rules of the said committee prevailing at the time of arbitration to settle the dispute. Within the scope allowed by the arbitration rules, the parties agree about trial by simple procedures. The arbitral award is final and binding on the parties. The arbitral tribunal selects to open a court session at /.

(Third) Other means: institute legal proceedings to the people’s court at the place where the Contract is concluded.

VIII. The Contract is made in five originals, with four held by the Creditor, one by the Guarantor and / by /, and one duplicate by the debtor, with the duplicate made as per demands. The parties shall properly keep texts of the Contract. If the Contract is notarized, the notary authority will keep a copy.

IX. Supplementary clause:

See the Appendix Letter of Confirmation about Service Addresses of Litigation Documents and All Other Documents (No. sd01611-2) for the service of litigation documents and all other documents; relevant clauses hereof and agreements in the Letter of Confirmation about Service Addresses of Litigation Documents and All Other Documents complement each other. In case of any inconsistency, the Letter of Confirmation about Service Addresses of Litigation Documents and All Other Documents shall prevail.

Creditor (Corporate seal): Industrial Bank Co., Ltd. Shanghai Xuhui Sub-branch (Seal)

Principal or authorized signatory (Signature and seal): Lu Shen(Seal)

If the Guarantor is an entity:

Guarantor (Corporate seal):

Legal representative or authorized signatory (Signature and seal):

If the Guarantor is a natural person:

Guarantor (Signature): /s/ Zeng Qingchun

Certificate type and No.: ****

Special commitments of the Guarantor’s spouse:

I, the Guarantor’s spouse, hereby agree about the conclusion and performance of the Guarantee Contract by the Guarantor, have specially noted clauses in bold hereof and clauses with relevant rights and obligations restricted or exempt from, have fully and accurately comprehended the clauses hereof, and agree to provide joint and several guarantee for the debt under the main contract by properties jointly owned with the Guarantor in accordance with the Contract.

Spouse of the Guarantor (Signature): /s/ Wang Ying

Certificate type and No.: ****

 

11


Signed on: June 12, 2018

Signed at: No.168 Jiangning Road, Shanghai

 

12


 

Guarantee Contract

(Applicable to corporate single business)

Contract No.: 01611-1                                             

Creditor: Industrial Bank Co., Ltd. Shanghai Xuhui Sub-branch

Guarantor (entity):   /                                               

Guarantor (natural person): Wang Ying

 

1


Important Notes for Signing

In order to maintain your rights and interests, please carefully read, check and confirm the following matters before signing the Guarantee Contract:

I. You have the right to sign the Contract, and have obtained full authorization, if it is necessary to obtain the consent of others;

II. You have carefully read and fully understood clauses of the Contract, and have specially paid attention to the assumption of relevant responsibilities, the exemption from or restrictions to the liability of Industrial Bank as well as contents in bold;

III. Your company and you have fully understood meanings of clauses hereof as well as corresponding legal consequences, and are willing to accept such clauses;

IV. The text of the Contract provided by the Industrial Bank is a model text, with blank lines left for relevant clauses hereof, and includes “Supplementary Clauses” at the end of the Contract for the parties’ amendment, supplement or deletion of the Contract;

V. In case of any doubt about the Contract, please consult the Industrial Bank in time.

 

2


The Guarantor provides guarantee for financing services provided by the Creditor for debtor (see Paragraph II of Article 17 Special clauses hereof for the name of the debtor, the “Debtor”). In order to specify responsibilities and abide by credit, the parties hereby conclude the Guarantee Contract (the “Contract”) upon negotiation.

Article 1 Definitions and Interpretations

Save as otherwise specified hereunder,

I. The “financing” refers to the loan, documentary bills, acceptance, discount, guarantee and other financial services provided by the Creditor for the Debtor pursuant to the main contract.

II. Definitions and interpretations under the Main Contract apply to the Contract.

Article 2 Explanations on contracting parties

See Paragraph I of Article 17 Special clauses hereof.

Article 3 Main contract

I. Basic contents of the main contract for the guarantee hereunder: See Paragraph III of Article 17 Special clauses hereof.

II. In case of any inconsistency between any actual content of the main contract and any of the aforesaid agreement, contents of the certificate of creditor’s right such as loan note shall prevail.

Article 4 Scope of guarantee

I. The scope of guarantee hereunder includes the financing principal, interests (including default interests and compound interests), default fines, liquidated damages and expenses incurred by the Creditor to realize its creditor’s rights hereunder (the “Guaranteed Creditor’s Right”). Expenses incurred by the Creditor to realize its creditor’s rights refer to litigation (arbitration) expenses, attorney fees, travel expenses, execution fees, costs of preservation paid by the Creditor for realizing its creditor’s right by litigation, arbitration, the application to a notary authority for issuing execution certificate and other means, as well as other necessary expenses for realizing the creditor’s right.

II. For the avoidance of ambiguity, all expenses and expenditures (including but not limited to attorney fees and litigation or arbitration expenses) incurred by the Creditor for preparing, improving, performing or compulsorily implementing the Contract or exercising rights hereunder or those relating to that constitute a part of the Guaranteed Creditor’s Right.

Article 5 Guarantee Mode

I. The Guarantor undertakes joint and several guarantee responsibilities hereunder. If there are several guarantors hereunder, the guarantors will undertake joint and several guarantee responsibilities concerning the Guaranteed Creditor’s Right for the Creditor.

II. If the Debtor fails, upon the maturity of the fulfillment period of principal debt, to repay principal and pay interests in accordance with the main contract on time, the Guarantor will undertake joint and several settlement responsibility.

III. If the Creditor declares, in the fulfillment period of the principal debt, the advance maturity of the said period in accordance with the main contract, the Guarantor will undertake the joint and several settlement responsibility for the principal debt mature in advance as well as other debts within the scope of guarantee.

Article 6 Guarantee period

I. The guarantee period is two years as from the date when the fulfillment period of the main debt expires.

II. The guarantee period for the acceptance of bank acceptance bills and that under the L/C and the L/G is two years as from the date when the Creditor advances monies. If the Creditor advances monies by instalments, the guarantee period shall respectively start from the date of each sum of advance.

III. The guarantee period for the discount of commercial bills is two years as from the date of maturity of the discounted bills.

IV. If the Creditor recovers loan pursuant to the main contract or the Contract in advance, or the fulfillment period of the main debt expires in advance in any circumstance set out in any law or administrative regulations, the guarantee period will be two years as from the date when the debt under the main contract expires in advance as determined by the Creditor.

 

3


V. If the main creditor’s right is repaid by instalments, the guarantee period of creditor’s right of each phase will be calculated by phase and be two years as from the date when the creditor’s right of each phase expires.

VI. Where the Creditor and the Debtor reach an agreement about extension of the fulfillment period of the debt under the main contract, the Guarantor will continuously undertake guarantee responsibilities, and the guarantee period will be two years as from the date when the fulfillment period of the debt set out in the extension agreement.

Article 7 Demand guarantee

The debt of the Guarantor hereunder shall be paid on demand. That is to say, as long as the Creditor submits to the Guarantor a debt dunning notice specifying the number of the Guarantee Contract and the amount of main debt, the Guarantor shall immediately fulfill settlement responsibility at the date of receiving the notice.

Article 8 Statements and Warranties of the Guarantor

I. The Guarantor, as an independent legal subject, has the capacities for all necessary civil rights and behaviors, guarantor qualifications and settlement substitution capacity stipulated by law, and is willing to undertake and fulfill guarantee responsibilities.

II. If the Guarantor is an entity, the conclusion of the Contract fully conforms to the articles of association, internal decision as well as the resolutions of the board of shareholders and the board of directors of the Guarantor. The conclusion of the Contract does not conflict with or run counter to the articles of association, contract, resolution of the board of shareholders or the board of directors or policies of the Guarantor.

III. The conclusion and performance of the Contract by the Guarantor does not violate any provision or agreement binding upon assets thereof, the guarantee agreement or other agreement signed by the Guarantor with others or any other document, agreement or commitment binding upon the Guarantor.

IV. All documents, materials, statements, vouchers and so on provided by the Guarantor for the Creditor are accurate, authentic, complete and effective, and the Guarantor accepts the examination and supervision conducted by the Creditor for production and operation activities and financial position thereof.

V. The Guarantor knows and agrees about all clauses of the main contract, and is willing to provide guarantee for the debtor under the main contract and fulfill the joint and several settlement obligation in accordance with the Contract. If the Guarantor is a natural person, the Guarantor further undertakes: if the Guarantor is lost or is declared to be lost, cannot be contacted normally, has his/her whereabouts unknown, or loses the capacity for necessary civil behaviors, his/her guardian and property receiver will undertake the guarantee responsibilities hereunder for the Creditor to the limit of properties of the Guarantor; if the Guarantor is dead or is declared to be dead, his/her guarantee responsibilities for the Creditor hereunder will be fulfilled by his/her legacies.

VI. The Guarantor does not conceal any of the following events which has occurred or is about to occur and may make the Creditor not accept the Guarantor:

1. any event of material discipline violation, illegality or claim relating to the Guarantor or main leader thereof;

2. any outstanding litigation or arbitration event;

3. any debt or contingent liability undertaken by the Guarantor, or any guarantee or mortgage (pledge) guarantee provided for a third person;

 

4


4. any default event of the Guarantor under a contract concluded with the Creditor or any other creditor; or

5. any other circumstance affecting the financial position or guarantee capability of the Guarantor.

VII. After having fulfilled the guarantee responsibilities, the Guarantor has the right to claim monies from the debtor on the premise of no influence on the debtor’s future repayment of debt. If the debtor faces the claim of the Guarantor and any payment requirement of the Creditor under the main contract, the Guarantor will agree that the debtor priorly repays the debt of the Creditor.

VIII. If the debtor and the Guarantor have or will conclude a counter guarantee contract concerning the guarantee obligation under the Contract, the counter guarantee contract will not legally or actually impair any right enjoyed by the Creditor hereunder.

IX. If there is any other guarantee hereunder, the guarantee responsibilities assumed by the Guarantor for the Creditor will not be affected by the guarantee provided by any other guarantor, or be exempted from or decrease due to that, and the guarantee responsibility will not be assumed by the Guarantee on the premise that the Creditor makes a claim or initiates legal proceedings/arbitration/compulsory execution against any other guarantor.

X. If there is any other guarantee (including but not limited to guarantee, mortgage, pledge, standby L/C and guarantee in any other form) under the main contract, the Guarantor will agree: the Creditor may waive some guaranteed real rights or the sequence of guaranteed real rights (including the situation that the collaterals are provided by the debtor), and the creditor and any mortgager/pledgor (including the situation that the mortgagor/pledgor is the debtor) may change under agreement the sequence of guaranteed real rights, the amount of guaranteed creditor’s right and other contents. Even if the Creditor conducts any of the abovementioned behaviors, the Guarantor will still undertake all the guarantee responsibilities in accordance with the Contract.

XI. Before all the obligations hereunder have been fulfilled, if the Guarantor changes any property change or adjusts business mode (including but not limited to the conclusion of a joint venture or cooperation contract with a foreign merchant or a merchant from Hong Kong, Macao or Taiwan; revocation, shutdown, suspension of production, change of production or alteration; division, merger, acquisition of any other entity or acquisition by any other entity; recombination, establishment of or reconstruction into a joint-stock company or investment company; acquisition of or investment in a joint-stock company by fixed assets such as buildings, machines and equipment or intangible assets such as trademarks, patents, know-hows or land use rights, or the transaction of property right or business right by lease, contracting, joint operation, custody or any other means; or, any other institutional change or change in business nature), the Guarantor will notify the Creditor in writing one month in advance. If the Creditor requires the addition or change of guarantee method or subject, the Guarantor will ensure the new guarantee method or subject acceptable to the Creditor.

XII. Concerning any default event occurring under the Contract, or any contract or guarantee contract concluded with any department or organization of the Creditor, any other bank, a non-bank financial institution or entity, or any other contract, the Guarantor will immediately notify the Creditor in writing.

XIII. If the Guarantor handles formalities of establishment, change or deregistration with the state administration for industry and commerce or any other relevant department of the State, the Guarantor will send relevant registration duplicate to the Creditor at once.

XIV. In the period of guarantee, the Guarantor guarantees that it/he/she will not transfer or conceal any property by any means, or waive or negatively exercise the creditor’s rights.

XV. In case of any equity change (including but not limited to equity transfer, custody, escrow or pledge) in the guarantee period, the Guarantor shall immediately notify the Creditor in writing at the date of occurrence; where the percentage of changed equity reaches the percentage agreed upon (see Paragraph IV of Article 17 Special agreements hereof for the specific percentage), the Guarantor shall obtain the written consent of the Creditor in advance.

 

5


XVI. If the Guarantor is an entity, it will undertake that its information published in the National Enterprise Credit Information Publicity System is authentic, complete, legal and effective, and continuously agree that the Creditor inquires the information published and not published by it in the aforesaid system. If the Creditor requires capital verification, the Guarantor will agree about the capital verification as required by the Creditor and provide the capital verification report by professional institute.

XVII. If it is declared that the Guarantor is bankrupt, is dissolved or has its business license revoked, its financial position deteriorates or any other significant event probably affecting or seriously affecting its responsibility fulfillment capacity occurs, the Guarantor will notify the Creditor in writing immediately on the day of occurrence of the event.

XVIII. If the Guarantor is involved into any material litigation or arbitration case or any other material dispute with any third party, or the Guarantor’s material assets are detained, seized, frozen or executed compulsorily or receive any other measure with the same effect, probably affecting or seriously affecting its responsibility fulfillment capacity, the Guarantor will notify the Creditor in writing immediately on the date of occurrence of the event.

XIX The Guarantor hereby states and authorizes: the Creditor will have the right to make necessary investigations of the credit standing of the Guarantor, and may, according to demands for the construction of enterprise and individual credit of government departments, bank regulatory agencies, the People’s Bank of China, etc., submit the credit information, including the information on the Contract and other relevant information, to the credit system established or recognized by the aforesaid departments and agencies; and, hereby allows the legal inquiry about relevant information.

Article 9 Creditor’s rights

I. If the debtor fails to repay the debt under the main contract or the Guarantor fails to fulfill any agreement hereunder, the Guarantor will hereby irrevocably authorize the Creditor to directly deduct monies in any account of the Guarantor to repay the debt within the scope of guarantee, without legal proceedings such as litigation or arbitration. Where the Creditor deducts monies from an account of the Guarantor, if the currency of the monies is different from that of the main debt, the Creditor will convert the monies by the price published by the Creditor on the date of deduction.

II. The Creditor will be entitled to require the Guarantor to provide the financial reports, financial statements and other materials reflecting business conditions and credit standing thereof.

III. Where the main debtor fails to repay the debt according to the contract, no matter whether the Creditor has other guarantee (including but not limited to guarantee, mortgage, pledge, L/G, standby L/C and guarantee in any other form) for the creditor’s right under the main contract, the Creditor will be entitled to first require the Guarantor to fulfill all guarantee responsibilities hereunder, with no need to first exercise any other guarantee right. The Guarantor is willing to waive the plea of requiring the Creditor to firstly exercise the right relating to the guarantee of offerings of the debtor as well as all other pleas against the Creditor under the Guarantee Law and the Real Rights Law.

IV. The Creditor will be entitle to transfer part or all of creditor’s rights under the main contract and corresponding guarantee interests to a third party (or a special purpose vehicle establishing trust or assets management plan), without the consent of the Guarantor. With respect to the creditor’s right already transferred (or the special purpose vehicle establishing trust or assets management plan, etc.) and not transferred (if any), the Guarantor agrees to provide guarantee for the transferee of the creditor’s right (or the special purpose vehicle establishing trust or assets management plan, etc.) and original creditor (if any) in accordance with the Contract.

V. Where the Guarantor is an entity, if it breaches the Contract, or falls into any circumstance impairing the Creditor’s realization of creditor’s right, the Creditor will be entitled to require the advance maturity of the subscribed capital contribution obligation of the Guarantor and its shareholders, and the Guarantor shall make the capital contribution as required by the Creditor in a timely way. The Creditor will be entitled to require no dividend distribution to the Guarantor and shareholders thereof.

 

6


Article 10 Alteration of the main contract

The Guarantor agrees and confirms: As for the amendment to or alteration of the main contract by the Creditor and the debtor through negotiation or the financing extension under the main contract, it will be deemed that the prior consent of the Guarantor has been obtained, with no need to notify the Guarantor, and the Guarantor’s guarantee responsibilities will not be exempted from or decreased for that.

Article 11 Events of default and liability for breach

I. After the validation of the Contract, the Creditor and the Guarantor shall fulfill obligations hereunder. If either party fails to fulfill any obligation hereunder in whole or in part, the said party shall bear corresponding liability for breach of the Contract.

II. If the Guarantor falls into any of the following circumstances, the Guarantor has constituted the breach of the Contract:

(I) any certification or document submitted by the Guarantor to the Creditor or any of statements and warranties in Article 8 hereof is proved to be unauthentic, inaccurate, incomplete or intentionally misleading or is not fulfilled;

(II) the Guarantor closes down, shuts down, is declared to be bankrupt, is dissolved, has its business license revoked, or is revoked, etc.;

(III) the Guarantor or the controlling shareholder or actual controller of the Guarantor is involved into any material litigation or arbitration case or any other dispute, or the Guarantor’s material assets are detained, seized, frozen or executed compulsorily or receive any other measure with the same effect;

(IV) the Guarantor or the legal representative, actual controller, director, supervisor or senior officer of the Guarantor is under criminal detention or receives any other compulsory measure, is lost or is declared to be lost, loses the necessary capacity for civil conduct, cannot be contacted normally, is dead or is declared to be dead, has no successor, legatee or property receiver after decease or declaration of decease, has the succession or legacy rejected by the successor or legatee thereof or the continuous performance of the Contract rejected by the guardian, successor, legatee or property receiver thereof, or transfers or tries to transfer properties thereof by virtue of marital relation, etc., adversely affecting the Guarantor’s solvency;

(V) the Guarantor breaches the Contract, or any financing contract, guarantee contract or any other contract concluded by the Guarantor with any department or organization of Industrial Bank (including any subsidiary of Industrial Bank), any other bank or any non-bank financial institution or entity; or

(VI) any event endangering or damaging or probably endangering or damaging rights and interests of the Creditor or the Guarantor breaches any other clause hereof.

III. If the Guarantor breaches the Contract, the Creditor will be entitled to taken one or several measures below:

(I) requiring the Guarantor to stop breach within a prescribed time limit;

(II) declaring the advance expiration of the fulfillment period of the main debt;

(III) requiring the Guarantor to provide new sufficient and effective guarantee;

(IV) requiring the Guarantor to immediately fulfill guarantee responsibilities;

(V) requiring the Guarantor to pay default fines of a certain percentage of the financing principal under the main contract, with specific agreements set out in Paragraph V of Article 17 special clauses hereof;

(VI) requiring the Guarantor to compensate the Creditor for all losses thereof incurred by default;

(VII) lawfully revoking the behavior of the Guarantor damaging benefits of the Creditor;

(VIII) directly deducting monies from any account of the Guarantor to repay the debt within the scope of guarantee; or

(IX) investigating the Guarantor for default liability by any other legal means.

 

7


The Guarantor undertakes to coordinate about the aforesaid measures taken by the Creditor and waive all defense reasons.

IV. If the Guarantor’s credibility or financial position deteriorates, the Guarantor loses business reputation, the Guarantor’s solvency (including contingent liability) noticeably weakens, or the Guarantor may lose guarantee capability due to any factor other than the Guarantor, the Creditor will be entitled to declare the advance maturity of the main debt, and require the Guarantor to immediately undertake the joint and several guarantee responsibility.

Article 12 Independence of the Guarantor’s Obligations

I. The guarantee established hereunder is independent. In any case, the Contract will survive the invalidation of the main contract. If the main contract is confirmed to be ineffective, the Guarantor will also undertake the joint and several guarantee responsibility for the debt formed by the debtor’s return of properties or compensation of losses.

II. Obligations of the Guarantor hereunder are independent, and are not influenced by any relationship between either party hereto and a third person, save as otherwise stipulated hereunder.

III. The breach of the main contract by the debtor (including but not limited to the creditor’s failure of use the financing capital in accordance with the main contract), if any, will not influence the Guarantor’s guarantee responsibilities, and the Guarantor shall not require the alleviation of or exemption from the guarantee responsibilities for that reason.

Article 13 Correspondence Documents, Communications and Notices

I. The Guarantor agrees and confirms that the following addresses are the service addresses of notices given by creditors as well as dunning and litigation (arbitration) instruments about debts/guarantee obligations hereunder (including but not limited to indictments (or arbitration applications) and evidences, summons, notices of responses to actions, notices of proof, notices of court session, payment orders, judgments (awards), rulings, mediation documents, execution notices, notices of fulfillment within a prescribed time limit and other legal instruments in the phases of litigation or arbitration hearing and execution). See Paragraph VI of Article 17 Special clauses hereof.

II. As long as any document, communication, notice or legal instrument is sent as per any of the aforesaid addresses, it will be deemed that it is served at the following date accordingly (the service to the designated collecting agent will be deemed as the service to the addressee):

(I) as for postal delivery (including express mail, regular mail and registered mail), the fifth working day after the posting day will be deemed as service day;

(II) as for fax, e-mail, short message or any other electronic communication address, sending day will be deemed as service day;

(III) as for personal service, the day of signing for receipt by the addressee will be deemed as service day. If the address refuses to receive an instrument, the serving person may record service process by taking picture or video, and leave the instrument, and it will be deemed that the instrument has been served.

III. Where the Creditor sends a notice by issuing an announcement at its network, online banking website, phone bank or business outlet, the day of issuing the announcement will be deemed as service day. In any circumstance, the Creditor will not need to bear any liability for any transmission error, omission or delay occurring in the post, fax, phone or any other communication system.

IV. The parties agree that their corporate seal, office seal, special seal for finance, special seal for contract and receiving and sending seal, the special seal for credit business of the Creditor and so on are effective seals for notices, contacts, the service of legal instruments and letters of the parties.

Article 14 Application of laws, governance and dispute settlement

I. The conclusion, validation, performance, cancellation and interpretation of the Contract and dispute settlement shall be subject to laws of the People’s Republic of China (for the purpose of the Contract, excluding laws of the Hong Kong Special Administrative Region, the Macao Special Administration Region and Taiwan).

 

8


II. See Paragraph VII of Article 17 Special clauses hereof for dispute settlement methods specified hereunder.

III. In the period of a dispute, clauses not in dispute hereof shall still be performed. The Guarantor shall not refuse to fulfill any obligation hereunder for the reason of dispute settlement.

Article 15 Contract Validity, Amendment and Other Matters

I. The Contract shall come into effect as of affixing of signatures or seals by the parties hereto, and be effective unit the Guaranteed Creditor’s Right is paid off.

II. Any amendment or supplement to the Contract shall be approved by the Guarantor and the Creditor upon negotiation, be made in writing, and come into effect as of affixing of signatures or seals by the legal representatives/principals of the parties hereto or their authorized representatives.

III. The Guarantor has fully read all clauses hereof, and has specially noted those in bold. As required by the Guarantor, the Creditor has explained relevant clauses hereof. The Guarantor has fully known and understood meanings of the clauses hereof and corresponding legal consequences, and is willing to provide the guarantee for the debtor under the main contract, and fulfill joint and several guarantee responsibilities in accordance with the Contract.

IV. In the effective period of the Contract, any tolerance, grace, preference or delay in exercise of interests or rights hereunder granted by the Creditor to the debtor or the Guarantor will not damage, affect or restrict all interests and rights enjoyed by the Creditor according to relevant laws, administrative regulations and the Contract, shall not be deemed as the Creditor’s waiver of the rights or interests hereunder, and will not affect any obligation of the Guarantor hereunder.

V. The Creditor shall be entitled to authorize or entrust any other branch of Industrial Bank to enjoy and fulfill rights and obligations under the main contract and the Contract (including but not limited to entrusting any other branch of Industrial Bank to enter into relevant contract) as per business management demands, or transfer rights and obligations under the main contract and the Contract to any other branch of Industrial Bank for undertaking and acceptance, with no need to otherwise obtain the consent of the Guarantor. In that case, the Guarantor shall still undertake guarantee responsibilities in accordance with the Contract. The Creditor or any other branch of Industrial Bank undertaking and managing rights and obligations hereunder shall be entitled to institute legal proceedings to a court concerning any dispute under the main contract or the Contract, or refer the dispute to an arbitration body for ruling.

VI. If the Creditor opens a L/C, L/G or standby L/C to the debtor under the main contract, any amendment, supplement or extension to the L/C, L/G or standby L/C under the main contract by the Creditor and the debtor or the financing under the L/C, etc. shall be deemed as having been priorly approved by the Guarantor, and the Guarantor shall still undertake guarantee responsibilities in accordance with the Contract.

VII. The appendix (if any) to the Contract is an inalienable part of the Contract with the same legal force as the text of the Contract.

Article 16 Notarization and Voluntary Acceptance of Compulsory Execution

I. If either party puts forward a requirement for notarization, the Contract shall be notarized by a notary authority stipulated by the State, and the notarization will give the effect of compulsory execution of the Contract.

II. If the Guarantor fails to fulfill guarantee responsibilities in accordance with the Contract, the Guarantor will agree the Creditor to apply to a notary authority for the issue of an execution certificate with compulsory execution effect. The Creditor may apply to a people’s court with jurisdiction for compulsory execution by the execution certificate. The Guarantor will waive all defense rights and all rights of refusing to undertake guarantee responsibilities for the Creditor.

 

9


Article 17 Special clauses

 

I. Notes about contracting parties  
(I) Creditor: Industrial Bank Co., Ltd. Shanghai Xuhui Sub-branch    
Legal representative/Principal: Lu Shen   

 

(II) Guarantor (entity): /   

 

Legal representative/Principal: /  

 

Guarantor (natural person): Wang Ying  

 

Certificate type: ID card                Certificate No.:****      

 

II. Debtor: Shanghai ECMOHO Health Biotechnology Co., Ltd.   
III. Basic contents of main contract for the guarantee hereunder are:   
(I) Contract name: Working Capital Loan Contract  

 

(II) Contract No.: 01611  

 

(III) Financing type: working capital loan    Currency: RMB  

 

(IV) Financing principal: 5,000,000    Interest rate: floating interest rate, see the loan contract for details                                                                               
(V) Performance period of main debt: from June 12, 2018 to June 11, 2019  

 

IV. Where the percentage of changed shares reaches /%, the written consent of the Creditor shall be obtained in advance.
V. In case of default, the Guarantor will be required to pay default fines equal to /% of the financing principal under the main contract.
VI. Service addresses approved and confirmed by the Guarantor:
(I) If the Guarantor is an entity:
1. Entity name: /                ;
Entity address: /                ;
Post code: /                ; Phone No.: /                ;
Contact: /                 .
2. Name of the designated addressee’s agent (if any): / ;
Address of collecting agent: /                ;
Post code: /                ; Phone No.: /                ;
(II) If the Guarantor is a natural person:
Name of addressee: Wang Ying  

 

Address of addressee: 3/F, No.1000 Tianyaoqiao Road, Shanghai;
Post code: 200030; phone No.:****.
2. Designated collecting agent (if any): /                ;                
Address of collecting agent: /                ;
Post code: /                ; Phone No.: /                .
(III) The Guarantor agrees and confirms that the Creditor may serve a document by any of the following electronic communication addresses:

 

10


1. fax No.: /                ;

2. e-mail address: /                ;

3. Short message, with the phone number: ****.

(IV) In case of a change in any of the aforesaid service address, the Guarantor shall promptly notify the Creditor in writing and confirm the service address again. If not, it will be deemed that the address is not changed, and relevant liability arising therefrom, if any, will be independently borne by the Guarantor.

VII. The Guarantor and the Creditor shall settle any dispute arising from the Contract through amicable negotiation; if the amicable negotiation fails, the parties will agree to settle it by the third method below:

(First) Institute legal proceedings to a people’s court at the domicile of the Creditor.

(Second) Apply for arbitration to / Arbitration Committee, and be subject to arbitration rules of the said committee prevailing at the time of arbitration to settle the dispute. Within the scope allowed by the arbitration rules, the parties agree about trial by simple procedures. The arbitral award is final and binding on the parties. The arbitral tribunal selects to open a court session at /.

(Third) Other means: institute legal proceedings to the people’s court at the place where the Contract is concluded.

VIII. The Contract is made in five originals, with four held by the Creditor, one by the Guarantor and / by /, and one duplicate by the debtor, with the duplicate made as per demands. The parties shall properly keep texts of the Contract. If the Contract is notarized, the notary authority will keep a copy.

IX. Supplementary clause:

See the Appendix Letter of Confirmation about Service Addresses of Litigation Documents and All Other Documents (No. sd01611-1) for the service of litigation documents and all other documents; relevant clauses hereof and agreements in the Letter of Confirmation about Service Addresses of Litigation Documents and All Other Documents complement each other. In case of any inconsistency, the Letter of Confirmation about Service Addresses of Litigation Documents and All Other Documents shall prevail.

 

11


Creditor (Corporate seal): Industrial Bank Co., Ltd. Shanghai Xuhui Sub-branch (seal)

Principal or authorized signatory (Signature and seal): Lu Shen (seal)

If the Guarantor is an entity: Guarantor (Corporate seal):

Legal representative or authorized signatory (Signature and seal):

If the Guarantor is a natural person: Guarantor (Signature): /s/ Wang Ying

Certificate type and No.: ****

Special commitments of the Guarantor’s spouse:

I, the Guarantor’s spouse, hereby agree about the conclusion and performance of the Guarantee Contract by the Guarantor, have specially noted clauses in bold hereof and clauses with relevant rights and obligations restricted or exempt from, have fully and accurately comprehended the clauses hereof, and agree to provide joint and several guarantee for the debt under the main contract by properties jointly owned with the Guarantor in accordance with the Contract.

Spouse of the Guarantor (Signature):

/s/ Zeng Qingchun

Certificate type and No.: ****

Signed on: June 12, 2018

Signed at: No.168 Jiangning Road, Shanghai

 

12

Exhibit 10.30

 

 

Online Self-service Loan Business Contract of Ping An Bank

 

1


Online Self-service Loan Business Contract of Ping An Bank

Contract No.: P. Y. (Shanghai) Z. Y. D. Z. No.A454201806140001

☐under the non-comprehensive credit line (under the single credit line)

☑Under the comprehensive credit line-

Name of the contract: Comprehensive Credit Line Contract

Contract No.: P. Y. (Shanghai) Z. Z. No.A454201806140001

Party A: Ping An Bank Co., Ltd., Shanghai Branch

Address: No.1333, Lujiazui Ring Road, Pudong New Area, Shanghai

Tel.: **** Fax:                       

Person in charge: Leng Peidong             Position: President                

Party B (Borrower): Shanghai Tong Gou Information Technology Co., Ltd.

Address: Room 302, 3/F, No.1000 Tianyaoqiao Road, Xuhui District, Shanghai

Tel.: ****   Fax:                     

Legal representative:  Wang Wei     Position:                     

Whereas Party B applies to Party A for online self-service loan business (hereinafter referred to as the “Self-service Loan” business), Party A will, after examination and approval, under the premise of complying with the conditions stipulated in the Contract, handle the Self-service Loan business for Party B, and grant Party B a certain amount of revocable line of credit (hereinafter referred to as the “Limit of Self-service Loan”). Party A and Party B have concluded the Contract upon consensus in accordance with the provisions of relevant laws and undertaken to abide by all contract terms.

Article 1 Matters related to the Limit of Self-service Loan

1. The maximum amount of the Limit of Self-service Loan: RMB (in words) Four Million Two Hundred Thousand Only.

2. The term of validity of the Limit of Self-service Loan: from June 15, 2018 (natural day, the same below) to June 14, 2019. During such term, the Limit of Self-service Loan may be re-used multiple times, but the sum of the amount of the funds used by Party B each time and its outstanding loan balance shall not exceed the maximum amount of the Limit of Self-service Loan agreed above.

Where the term of validity of the Limit of Self-service Loan expires, the amount that Party B has not used will automatically expire. Party B may re-apply to Party A for the Limit of Self-service Loan.

3. Platform licensing fee for the Self-service Loan: Party B agrees to make the payment of RMB (in words)     /     (including value-added tax) for the platform licensing fee for the Self-service Loan in a lump sum to Party A within     days after the signing of the Contract.

If Party B fails to pay the amount in time according to the agreement, Party B agrees that Party A has the right to terminate the Contract, cancel Party B’s Limit of Self-service Loan and refuse to provide the Self-service Loan business for Party B.

 

2


The above fee will not be refunded if the Self-service Loan business provided to Party B is canceled, suspended or terminated during the term of validity of the Limit of Self-service Loan due to reasons not involving Party A such as Party B’s reasons or judicial freezing.

4. The purpose of the limit: The Limit of Self-service Loan under the Contract is used for     . Without the written consent of Party A, Party B shall not change the purpose of the Limit of Self-service Loan.

Article 2 Use for payment of the Limit of Self-service Loan

1. Conditions

Except for Party A’s waiver in whole or in part, Party A only agrees on Party B’s use for payment of the Limit of Self-service Loan if the following preconditions are met:

(1) where Party B’s provision of guarantee for the Contract is required and the guarantee that meets the requirements of Party A has been in force and continues to be effective; where the completion of formalities for mortgage (pledge) registration is required, the corresponding registration, filing, approval and other procedures have been completed;

(2) where Party A’s provision of the Self-service Loan business for Party B is not prohibited or restricted according to laws, administrative regulations, departmental rules or regulatory policies;

(3) where Party B has registered on the orangebank in accordance with Party A’s requirements;

(4) where Party B has not experienced any breach of contract as stipulated in the Contract or any situation that may harm the security of Party A’s creditor’s rights; and

(5) Other conditions:                     .

2. Application

(1) Within the term of validity and amount limit of the Limit of Self-service Loan stipulated in the Contract, Party B may independently make a single use for payment application via Party A’s orangebank service channel as needed, without prior notice to Party A or special application to Party A;

(2) When Party B makes a single use for payment application, it must correctly fill in the relevant factors such as the amount and the period.

3. Examination

Regarding the examination of the use for payment application for a single loan under the Limit of Self-service Loan, both parties agree to adopt the following method (please fill in the option box with a “✓”):

☐Automatic examination by the system. That is, any single use for payment application independently made by Party B will be automatically examined and determined by Party A’s system. After approval, the fund for single use for payment will be transferred to the designated account of the payee via the system, following such requirements as the record on the single use for payment application and the agreement of the two parties on the collection account:

☐Automatic examination by the system + manual examination as assistance. That is, after approval upon automatic examination and determination by Party A’s system on any application for single use for payment made by Party B, the application must still be examined by Party A’s staff, and after the examination this time, Party A will promptly issue the loan to the designated account of the payee.

If Party B chooses the method of “Automatic examination by the system”, Party A has the right to actively adjust the examination method for Party B’s use for payment application in accordance with the provisions of the regulatory department and the use condition of Party B’s loan, and to cease the use of the Limit of Self-service Loan that Party B has not yet used according to the Contract.

4. Control

(1) Under the Contract, regarding the use for payment and fund transfer of a single loan under the Limit of Self-service Loan, both parties agree to adopt the following method (please fill in the option box with a “✓”):

 

3


☐Payment under entrustment. That is, for any application for use for payment of the Limit of Self-service Loan made by Party B independently and then approved by Party A upon examination, the fund for a single payment shall be transferred by Party A’s system through Party B’s account to the designated account of the payee; Party B’s application for change of such account shall be examined and approved by Party A in advance and then be pre-configured by Party A’s system. Under this payment method, while Party A’s system controlling Party B’s independent application, Party B’s account shall not be used as the account for receiving loan funds.

☐Independent payment. That is, for any application for use for payment of the Limit of Self-service Loan made by Party B independently and then approved by Party A upon examination, the fund for a single payment shall be directly issued via Party A’s system to Party B’s account, and then Party B shall make the payment independently. Under this payment method, Party A does not control the collection account via the system, and Party B, while making the application for use for payment independently, may use its own account as the collection account for receiving the loan.

(2) Regardless of the above (1), Party A and Party B agree that as long as the amount of Party B’s single loan application exceeds RMB     , Party A will control Party B via the system not to use its own account as the collection account for receiving loan funds. That is, Party B may only adopt the method of payment under entrustment.

(3) Term of the single payment

Under the Contract, the maximum term of any single loan under the Limit of Self-service Loan shall not exceed 12 months (360 days). At the same time, Party A and Party B agrees to adopt the following control (please fill in the option box with a “✓”):

☐No control of the minimum term of a single loan. That is, under this method, when Party B makes the application for loan payment, the term of the single loan may be independently selected and filled in as long as it does not exceed the maximum term specified above.

☐Controlling the minimum term for a single loan, that is,      days. That is, under this method, if the term of a single loan does not exceed the maximum term specified above, Party B shall, when making the application for loan payment, select and fill in a loan term that is greater than or equal to the minimum loan term, and Party A’s system will automatically determine and conduct control.

(4) Amount limit for the single payment

Under the Contract, Party A and Party B agrees to adopt the following control regarding the amount limit of single loan payment (please fill in the option box with a “✓”):

☐No control of the spending limit for a single loan. That is, under this method, when Party B makes the application for loan payment, the amount of the single loan may be selected and filled in independently if it does not exceed the unused Limit of Self-service Loan.

☐Controlling the minimum amount of a single loan, that is, RMB     . That is, under this method, when Party B makes the application for loan payment, the amount of the loan selected and filled in must be greater than or equal to the minimum amount, and Party A’s system will automatically determine and conduct control.

☐Controlling the maximum amount of a single loan, that is, RMB     . That is, under this method, the amount of the single loan must not exceed the amount of the unused Limit of Self-service Loan. Where Party B makes the application for the loan payment, the amount of the loan selected and filled in must be less than or equal to the maximum amount set, and Party A’s system will automatically determine and conduct control.

(5) Party A has the right to adjust and change the fund payment and transfer methods for the above-mentioned loan, as well as the control method for single loan term and loan limit, while Party B undertakes not to raise any objection.

(6) If the method of independent payment is adopted, Party B shall, in accordance with the requirements of Party A, collect and disclose information on the payment of the loan funds, and provide information such as the transaction object and payment amount as well as evidentiary materials such as the corresponding business contracts. Party A has the right to verify whether the payment of the loan funds meets the agreed purpose through account analysis, voucher inspection, on-site investigation and other methods, and Party B shall cooperate.

Article 3 Applicable interest rate for a single loan under the Limit of Self-service Loan

 

4


(I) Except as stipulated in Paragraph (V) below, the loan interest rate standard for any single loan under the Limit of Self-service Loan shall be established (filled in) according to Item 1 below:

1. Under the Limit of Self-service Loan, any single loan performs the same fixed interest rate, and the annual interest rate standard is 8%. Under this method, the fixed interest rate is executed regardless of the amount and term of the single loan, and the loan interest rate will not be adjusted within the term of validity of the Limit of Self-service Loan.

2. Under the Limit of Self-service Loan, any single loan is established according to the following standard (please fill in the option box with “✓”):

☐ The benchmark interest rate of the People’s Bank for the same grade loan on the loan issuance date floating ☐upward/☐downward    %.

☐ The benchmark interest rate of the People’s Bank of China for the same grade loan on the loan issuance date ☐+/☐-    % (floating point).

☐ the benchmark interest rate of the People’s Bank of China for the same grade loan on the date of loan release.

☐ ☐ LIBOR ☐ HIBOR on the date of loan issuance ☐+/☐-(base point) (only applicable to foreign exchange loans).

(II) The interest rate adjustment method applies the following Item      (only under the circumstance of the above (I).2):

1. The adjustment method for the loan interest rate under the Contract is (please fill in the option box with “✓”):

☐ Floating on a      (monthly/quarterly/six-month/yearly) basis. The interest rate adjustment date is the following Item     :

(1) The date corresponding to the loan issuance date in     (every month/every three months/every six months/every year); if there is no corresponding date, it is the last date of the corresponding month.

(2) January 1 of each year.

☐ A fixed interest rate will be applied regarding the Contract during the loan term.

Where the loan interest rate fluctuates, the interest will be charged at the adjusted interest rate from the date of interest rate adjustment. However, in case of repayment in installments (including equal repayment on schedule and decreasing repayment on schedule), the interest will still be charged at the interest rate before adjustment for the period in which the interest rate is adjusted, and the interest rate will be charged at the adjusted interest rate from the next period.

2. The details are as follows:

☐In the case of the adjustment of the benchmark interest rate by the People’s Bank of China during the loan term, Party A shall agree on the interest rate under the Contract at the adjusted benchmark interest rate:

☐In case of adjustment on a monthly basis, the adjustment date is the first interest settlement date after the adjustment date of the benchmark interest rate.

☐ In case of adjustment on a quarterly basis, the quarterly adjustment date is the interest settlement date in the month corresponding to the month of loan issuance in each quarter.

☐ In case of adjustment on a six-month basis, the semi-annual adjustment date is the interest settlement date in the month corresponding to the month of loan issuance in the next half year.

☐ In case of adjustment on a yearly basis, the annual adjustment date is January 1.

☐ In case of adjustment on a yearly basis, the annual adjustment date is the interest settlement date in the month corresponding to the month of loan issuance in the next year.

☐ (Others).

☐ A fixed interest rate will be applied regarding the Contract during the loan term.

 

5


(III) If the benchmark interest rate is adjusted several times, Party A shall adjust accordingly at the latest benchmark interest rate on the adjustment date. Where the People’s Bank of China adjusts the floating range of the benchmark interest rate so that the above agreed loan interest rate is lower than the lower interest rate limit set by the People’s Bank of China, the loan interest rate under the Contract will be adjusted to the lower interest rate limit set by the People’s Bank of China. Where the People’s Bank of China no longer publishes the benchmark interest rate, the loan interest rate under the Contract will be adjusted to the industrial recognized loan interest rate or usual same-grade loan interest rate over the same period, unless otherwise agreed by the parties.

(IV) Where the state changes the method of determining interest rates, adjustment methods and interest-bearing methods, the relevant provisions of the state shall prevail.

(V) In the event of any inconsistency between the interest rate applicable to any single loan under the Limit of Self-service Loan and the interest rate recorded in the payment application for a single loan that is submitted by Party B and confirmed by Party A each time, the latter shall prevail.

Article 4 Interest accrual and settlement

1. Interest accrual

Interest is calculated at the actual loan amount and the actual loan term from the date on which the loan is actually issued. The interest on any single loan under the Contract will be charged on a daily basis. The daily interest rate of the pound and Hong Kong dollar is annual interest rate dividing 365, while the daily interest rate of other currencies is also annual interest rate dividing 360.

2. Interest settlement

For the repayment method of any single loan under the Contract, Party A and Party B agrees to adopt the following control (please fill in the option box with “✓”):

☐ Payment of interest by installment and repayment of principal at maturity: the parties agree that the 20th of each month will be the interest settlement date. The loan maturity date is the last interest settlement date, and the interest should be fully paid upon the repayment of the principal.

☐ Payment of interest while repayment of principal: when the principal is repaid, the corresponding interest shall be settled.

Where the interest settlement method applicable to any single loan under the Contract is subject to a separate specific record in the payment application for the single loan confirmed by Party A, the latter shall prevail.

3. Party B shall deposit the interest payable in the designated deduction account before each interest settlement date; otherwise, Party B shall authorize direct deduction from its any account opened in Party A’s banking system. If Party B is unable to pay interest on time and in full, a compound interest shall be charged at the penalty interest rate stipulated in the Appendix from the next day of expiration.

Article 5 Guarantee (fill in the option box with “✓”)

☐ Party B does not need to provide a guarantee for form of credit.

☐ The guarantees under the Contract shall be provided by means of the following method(s) 1 and/or 3 (if the credit granting hereunder is covered by the credit line contract, the guarantee method under the credit line contract also applies):

1. Wang Ying, Zeng Qingchun and Shanghai ECMOHO Health Biotechnology Co., Ltd., which serve as the guarantors for Party B’s all debts under the Contract, bear the joint and several guarantee responsibility and sign a warranty contract with Party A.

2.     serve as the mortgagers for Party B’s all debts under the Contract, mortgaging with all the property or those that it is legally entitled to dispose of them, and a mortgage contract shall be signed with Party A.

3. Shanghai Tong Gou Information Technology Co., Ltd., Beijing Jingdong Century Information Technology Co., Ltd., Beijing Jingdong Century Trading Co., Ltd. and Zhejiang Tmall Technology Co., Ltd. serve as the pledgers for Party B’s all debts under the Contract with their all account receivables, pledging with all their property or those that they are legally entitled to dispose of them, and a pledge contract shall be signed with Party A.

 

6


4. Others:                                                                                                                                                                                                                                     

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                       .

With regard to the guarantees under the Contract, the relevant guarantee contracts signed by the guarantors and Party A shall prevail.

Article 6 Repayment of a single loan under the Limit of Self-service Loan

1. Party B may independently make an application for repayment via the corporate online banking service channel of Party A. After the approval of Party A’s system upon examination, the loan will be automatically repaid for Party B by the system.

2. Party B shall ensure that there are sufficient funds in its designated repayment account on the maturity date of any single loan. Party B irrevocably authorizes Party A to deduct all principal and interest of the loan due or early due from the account opened by Party B in Ping An Bank.

Article 7 After the Limit of Self-service Loan is formally effective, Party A will deactivate Party B’s Limit of Self-service Loan and Self-service Loan business function under any of the following circumstances, and Party B will no longer be able to make a payment application for any single loan:

1. where the period of validity of the Limit of Self-service Loan is expired;

2. where any single loan under the Limit of Self-service Loan is overdue; or

3. any breach of contract as stipulated in Article 13 and other terms hereof.

For the overdue loan, Party B shall complete the full payment in accordance with the requirements of Party A, and then the Self-service Loan business function for Party B will be automatically resumed via Party A’s system; however, if three (including) overdue situations occur within the period of validity of the Limit of Self-service Loan, regardless of whether Party B has made the repayment, Party A will suspend the Limit of Self-service Loan and the Self-service Loan business functions for Party B. In case of a renewal, Party B must apply to Party A.

Article 8 Tax burden

If related taxes and fees are incurred separately or additionally to the transaction due to changes in China’s tax laws and regulations, the Bank shall have the right to separately charge from Party B (client) value-added tax applicable to this business in addition to the contract price for the VAT taxable business under the Contract.

Article 9 Invoice

The Bank will issue a corresponding value-added tax invoice after receiving the relevant payment from Party B (client). If Party B requests the Bank to issue a VAT invoice, it must submit the request to the Bank within     month(s) after payment, and at the same time provide the following information to the Bank. If no request is submitted within the said period, it will be deemed that Party B automatically waives such right:

Company name:                                                                                                  

Taxpayer’s registration No.:                                                                                      

Bank of deposit:                                                                                                  

Account No.:                                                                                              

Address:                                         

Tel.:                                             

Article 10 Handling of specific matters regarding invoices

Except as otherwise stipulated in the Contract, from the date of implementation of the policy of value-added tax in lieu of business tax, when both parties have the need to cooperate with each other in the aspects of the issuance, delivery, custody, invalidation and write-off in red ink of the value-added tax invoice, they may, upon consensus, do their utmost to cooperate with each other to properly resolve the foregoing matters.

 

7


Article 11 Rights and obligations of Party B

(I) Rights of Party B

1. Party B has the right to use the Limit of Self-service Loan according to the conditions and purposes stipulated in the Contract;

2. Party B has the right to refuse Party A and its staff to extort bribes, and refuse and report to the relevant departments for Party A’s violations of the laws and regulations of the state regarding interest rates and charges;

3. Party B has the right to refuse any additional conditions outside the Contract.

(II) Obligations of Party B

1. Party B shall truthfully provide the documents and materials required by Party A, as well as the information on all its bank accounts, the bank of deposit and the balance of deposits and loans, and shall be cooperative in investigation, examination and inspection by Party A;

2. Party B shall report the latest changes to the monthly financial statements and registration status to Party A in a timely manner;

3. Party B shall be subject to the supervision by Party A over its use of credit funds and relevant production, operation and financial activities, and Party B shall submit relevant certificates and supporting materials for the use of funds to Party A within one month after the Limit of Self-service Loan is paid;

4. Party B shall use the loan fund in accordance with the purposes stipulated in the Contract, and shall not use the loan fund in the securities and futures markets or for share capital equity-based investment, or for fixed-asset investment or project investment;

Where Party B’s use of the loan fund violates the laws, regulations and regulatory provisions of the state, or violates the Contract, resulting in Party A’s punishment by the relevant authorities of the state, Party B agrees to assume liability for compensation at least within the scope of Party A’s losses, while Party A has the right to pursue a recovery.

5. Party B shall repay the principal and pay the corresponding interest of the loan in full and on time in accordance with the Contract;

6. Where Party B has a major property right transfer, system change or transfer of creditor’s rights and debts, it shall notify Party A in advance of the relevant matters, and implement the safeguard measures for the safe repayment of the loan principal and interest and all other related expenses under the Contract;

7. Party B shall not withdraw funds, transfer assets or use related party transactions to avoid debts to Party A; shall not use false contracts with related parties to discount the creditor’s rights such as note receivables and accounts receivable without real trade background at the bank, or pledge or fraudulently obtain overdraft funds;

8. Where Party B is a group client, it shall report to Party A in writing within 10 days from the date of the related party transaction with more than 10% of the net assets. The report shall cover the relationship between the parties to the transaction, items and the nature of the transaction, the transaction amount or corresponding proportion and pricing policies (including transactions with no amount or only a nominal amount).

The term “group client” as used in this paragraph refers to an enterprise legal person or institutional legal person with the following characteristics: (1) which directly or indirectly controls or is controlled by other enterprise legal person or institutional legal person in equity or business; (2) which is jointly controlled by a third-party enterprise legal person or institutional legal person; (3) which is directly or indirectly controlled jointly by a major individual investor, key management or their close family members (including direct family relationships within three generations and collateral relationships within the second generation); (4) which has other related relationships and may not transfer assets and profits according to the fair price principle, shall be subject to the credit-granting management as a group client.

 

8


Article 12 Rights and obligations of Party A

(I) Rights of Party A

1. Party A has the right to request Party B to provide information related to the matters involved in the Contract;

2. Party A has the right to request Party B to return the principal and interest of the loan on time;

3. Party A has the right to know Party B’s plans for production, operation, financial activities, management and repayment;

4. Party A has the right to supervise Party B’s use of the loan fund for the purposes specified herein;

5. Party A has the right to directly collect the loan principal and interest from any account opened by Party B in the system of Ping An Bank;

6. Where Party B fails to perform the obligations stipulated herein, Party A shall have the right to terminate the function of Self-service Loan business provided for Party B in accordance with the agreement, and request Party B to return in advance the full loan principal and interest of all unmatured and unliquidated single loans under the Limit of Self-service Loan;

7. In the event of transfer of major property rights, system change or transfer of creditor’s rights and debts by Party B, Party A shall have the right to request Party B to pay off the principal and interest of the loan and all other related expenses hereunder, or to transfer all the debts hereunder under the name of the assignee to Party A’s consent, or provide the guarantee measures agreed by Party A.

(II) Obligations of Party B

1. Party A shall provide the function of the Self-service Loan business for Party B according to the conditions stipulated herein;

2. Party A shall keep confidential the financial, production and operation information of Party B, except as otherwise provided by laws and administrative regulations;

3. Party A shall not offer bribes to or request or accept bribes from Party B and its staff.

Article 13 Party B’s breach of contract and liability for breach

(I) Default

1. any circumstance as stipulated in Article 11 hereof

2. Where Party B violates any obligations stipulated herein, or Party B expressly indicates or indicates through its acts that it will not perform its contractual obligations;

3. Where Party B is forced or voluntarily closed;

4. Where Party B provides false materials or conceals important business or financial facts;

5. Where Party B refuses to accept Party A’s supervision and inspection over its use of credit funds and related business financial activities;

6. Where Party B has a large financial loss;

7. Where Party B uses the false contract with the related party to discount or pledge the debts such as notes receivable without actual trade background, aiming at defrauding funds or credits from Party A or other banks;

8. Where Party B intends to evade bank creditor’s rights through related party transactions or other means;

 

9


9. Where Party B has been subjected to administrative sanctions or is being investigated by the relevant department and may be subject to administrative sanctions due to violation of laws and regulations in operation;

10. Where Party B is involved in such circumstances as division, consolidation, major merger, acquisition and restructuring, liquidation, reorganization, cancellation, bankruptcy and dissolution;

11. Where Party B changes the original purpose without the consent of Party A, misappropriates the loan funds or use the loan for illegal transactions;

12. Where Party B violates other similar contracts (including but not limited to credit granting contracts and guarantee contracts) signed with Party A or other third parties, or is involved in litigation or arbitration due to disputes arising from such contracts;

13. Where the controlling shareholder of Party B transfers the shares held by it in Party B; or where Party B’s controlling shareholder, actual controller, legal representative or senior management is involved in major events, including but not limited to that they have been subject to administrative or criminal sanctions or are investigating by relevant departments and may be subject to administrative or criminal sanctions due to violations of laws and regulations in operation, litigation or arbitration cases, serious deterioration of financial situation, and declaration of bankruptcy or dissolution;

14. Where the guarantor under the relevant guarantee contract breaches the contract, including but not limited to the false information provided by the guarantor on guarantee materials and formalities and the violation by the guarantor of the credit granting contract, guarantee contract or other similar contract signed by it with Party A or any other third party; or litigation or arbitration due to disputes arising from such contracts, forced or voluntary suspension of business, major business errors, having been subject to administrative or criminal sanctions or being investigating by relevant departments or may be subject to administrative or criminal sanctions due to illegal business operations, evading bank’s creditor’s rights, mergers, acquisitions and restructuring, and other circumstances that may weaken its ability to guarantee;

15. Where unfavorable changes occurred in the industry in which Party B is engaged, and Party A believes that such changes have harmed or may harm the realization of the creditor’s rights hereunder;

16. Where Party B has not fulfilled other debts due (including debts due to branches at all levels of Ping An Bank or other third parties), or transfers property at a low price or on a gratuitous basis, deducting third-party debts, or is lazy in exercising creditor’s rights or other rights;

17. Where Party B’s shareholders abuse the independent status of the corporate legal person and the shareholder’s limited liability to evade debts, and Party A believes that this may endanger the security of the creditor’s rights hereunder;

18. Where any preconditions for the use of the Limit of Self-service Loan stipulated herein are not continuously satisfied;

19. Other circumstances relating to Party B that have harmed or may harm the realization of the creditor’s rights hereunder.

(II) Liability for breach

Where Party B has any of the said breaches, Party B shall bear the liability for breach in accordance with the Contract, while Party A has the right to choose or/and use the following methods to investigate Party B’s liability for breach according to the specific circumstances:

1. Refusing Party B to continue to use the unused Limit of Self-service Loan and ceasing providing the function of Self-service Loan business to Party B;

2. Announcing that the outstanding principal and interest of the loan will mature immediately and Party B shall immediately return the principal and interest of the loan and related expenses;

 

10


3. Corresponding adjustment or cancellation or terminating the Limit of Self-service Loan accordingly, or adjusting the validity period of the Limit of Self-service Loan;

4. Where Party B fails to use the loan fund according to the purpose stipulated herein, for the part subject to Party B’s misappropriation, an interest at the penalty interest rate of 100% according to the loan interest rate stipulated herein shall be charged from the date of misappropriation on the basis of the number of days of delay. For interest that cannot be paid on time, the compound interest rate shall be charged at the penalty interest rate; for the loan subject to overdue payment of interest and misappropriation, the penalty interest or compound interest will be charged for the one is larger;

5. Where the loan matures duly or matures in advance, and Party B fails to repay the principal and interest of the loan as agreed, Party A has the right to impose an interest at 50% penalty interest rate on the loan principal according to the loan interest rate stipulated in the Contract from the date of overdue at the actual number of overdue days, and also impose a compound interest at the penalty interest rate on the interest that cannot be paid on time;

Expenses (including announcement fee, service fee, appraisal fee, attorney fee, legal fee, travel expenses, assessment fee, auction fee, property preservation fee, compulsory execution fee, etc.) required by Party A to collect the loan principal and interest, which arise from the failure of Party B to repay the loan principal and interest at maturity, shall be borne by Party B.

6. If the payment for loan principal or interest is overdue for a period less than 90 days (including 90 days), the loan repayment order is: (1) fees; (2) interest (including penalty interest and compound interest); (3) principal. If the payment for loan principal or interest is overdue for a period more than 90 days, the loan repayment order is: (1) fees; (2) the principal; (3) interest (including penalty interest and compound interest).

7. Other remedies that Party A has the right to claim in accordance with the law and the Contract.

Article 14 Statement and undertakings of Party B

1. Party B is a company legally established, validly existing and has a good reputation in the jurisdiction under which it is established. It has all the corporate rights as well as government licensings and approvals to engage in its current business.

2. Party B has completed all the authorizations and approvals required to sign the Contract. Signing the Contract is the true declaration of intention of Party B and will not result in violation of its agreement or commitment with any third party. Party B did not violate any laws, regulations and rules concerning environmental protection, energy conservation, emission reduction and pollution reduction in the signing of the Contract, and undertakes to strictly abide by such laws, regulations and rules after signing the Contract.

3. Except for those in the notice send to Party A by Party A in writing before the signing of the Contract, Party B does not have any procedures, such as litigation, arbitration, enforcement, appeal, reconsideration, and other events or circumstances that may have a material adverse effect on the performance of the Contract.

4. Party B shall provide financial statements, information of all bank accounts and balances of deposits and loans and other relevant materials required by Party A within the time limit required by Party A and ensure that the documents and materials provided are true, complete and objective, without any false records, misleading statements or major omissions, and the financial statements shall be prepared in strict accordance with Chinese accounting standards.

Article 15 Miscellaneous

 

                                                                                                                                                                                                                    

 

                                                                                                                                                                                                                    

 

                                                                                                                                                                                                                    

 

Article 16 Supplementary provisions

 

11


1. ☐Both parties agree to enforce the notarization of the Contract

After the Contract has been subject to a notarization with enforcement effect handled by both parties, if Party B does not perform or does not fully perform the obligations stipulated in the Contract, Party A has the right to apply for an execution certificate from the original notary office, and apply to the competent people’s court (i.e., the people’s court at the domicile of the person subject to enforcement or the people’s court at the place where the property of the person subject to enforcement is located) by virtue of the original notarial certificate and the execution certificate for enforcement.

☐No enforcement of notarization shall be handled for the Contract

2. In addition to the Contract, the payment application, payment voucher and loan IOU for any single loan under the Limit of Self-service Loan formed in the course of handling business by both parties (including all kinds of information retained by Party A’s system), as well as all the notices send by Party A to Party B, form an integral part of the Contract and are binding on both parties.

3. Unless there is evidence to the contrary as determined by the people’s court, Party A’s internal accounting records and system records concerning the principal, interest, expenses and repayment records of the loan, and the documents and payment voucher incurred by Party B in the course of business handling issued or retained by Party A, as well as the records, vouchers and notices on collection and notes from banks, all constitute valid evidence to prove the creditor-debtor relationship between the parties; Party B undertakes to raise no objection.

4. Where Party B has any objection to the electronic loan IOU, business statements and other relevant documents provided by Party A (including by Party A’s system), it shall submit the objection with 10 days after the business occurs. Otherwise, Party B shall be deemed to fully approve the entire content.

5. After the agreement between the two parties, the Contract may be modified or rescinded, and the agreement to modify or rescind the Contract shall be made in writing.

6. During the existence of the Contract, Party A’s tolerance or extension for Party B’s any breach of contract or delay or Party A’s postponement in exercising its due rights hereunder shall not impair, influence or limit all rights due to Party A as stipulated by the Contract and relevant laws, and it shall not be regarded as Party A’s permission or recognition of any breach of this contract, nor shall it be deemed that Party A waives its right to take action against Party B’s existing or future breach of contract.

7. If the Contract becomes invalid in law or part of its terms is invalid for any reason, Party B shall still perform all repayment obligations. In the event of the above, Party A has the right to terminate the Contract and may immediately recover from Party B the principal and interest of the loan hereunder and other relevant funds.

8. Party B agrees and authorizes Party A to inquire Party B’s credit information from the Financial Credit Information Basic Database and other credit reference institutions whose establishment is approved by the credit reference industry regulatory department under the State Council during the credit business application period and business continuity period of Party B for the application of Party B’s credit business and the follow-up management. Party B agrees and authorizes Party A to, in accordance with the provisions of the Administrative Regulations on the Credit Reporting Industry, submit Party B’s enterprise information and credit information, including but not limited to credit loan information and information that negatively affects the credit status of the information subject, to the Financial Credit Information Basic Database and other credit reference institutions whose establishment is approved by the credit reference industry regulatory department under the State Council.

9. Please fill in the option box with “ “ for the option determined on a unified basis.✓

10. The disputes arising during the performance of the Contract by both parties shall be settled through negotiation between the parties; if the negotiation fails, the following Item (2) shall be applied:

 

12


(1) Apply for arbitration to      in accordance with the arbitration rules then effective. The arbitral award is final and binding on both parties.

(2) File a lawsuit to the people’s court of the locality where Party A is located.

11. The Contract shall be governed by the laws of the People’s Republic of China.

12. The Contract shall become effective after it has been signed by both parties (it shall be signed or sealed by the authorized signatory and sealed with the official seal).

13. The original of the Contract is made in quintuplicate, with two for Party A and one each for Party B, ☐ the guarantor and ☐ the registration authority.

Party B hereby confirms that it has carefully reviewed and fully understood all the terms and conditions of the Contract, and signing the Contract is its true declaration of intention.

Party A (Seal):

Signature of person in charge or entrusted agent:

June 15, 2018

Ping An Bank Co., Ltd., Shanghai Branch Seal specific for contract on credit extension to legal person clients (seal)

/s/ Leng Peidong

Party B (Seal):

Signature of legal representative or authorized agent:

June 15, 2018

Shanghai Tong Gou Information Technology Co., Ltd.(seal)

/s/ Wang Wei

 

13


Comprehensive Credit Line Contract

 

 


Comprehensive Credit Line Contract

Contract number: PINGAN BANK (SHANGHAI) Z No. A454201806140001

Party A (the granter of line of credit): Ping An Bank Co., Ltd., Shanghai Branch

Domicile (address): 1333 Lujiazui Ring Road, Pudong New Area, Shanghai

Legal representative (principal): Leng Peidong

Phone: ****

Party B (the applicant for line of credit): Shanghai Tong Gou Information Technology Co., Ltd.

Domicile (Address): Room 302, 3/F, 1000 Tianyaoqiao Road, Xuhui District, Shanghai

Legal representative: Wang Wei

Phone: ****

Party B applies to Party A for a comprehensive credit line, and the two parties hereby enter into this contract upon mutual agreement in accordance with the Contract Law and relevant laws and regulations.

Article 1 Line and Type of Credit

1.1 Party A agrees to extend the comprehensive credit line of (currency) RMB (in number) 4,200,000.00 (in words) four million and two hundred thousand only. Such credit line can be granted in multiple currencies. The currency exchange rate other than RMB is converted at the exchange rate quoted by Party A when each specific business actually occurs.

1.2 The length of maturity comprehensive credit line shall be item 2 below:

(1) From                     to                      .

(2) Twelve months ✓, as of the effective date of this contract.

Within the length of maturity, the credit line can be recycled, however, the total balance of various credit types within the line shall not exceed the sum of the comprehensive credit line. ✓ When the credit line expires, the unused part will automatically become invalid.

The length of maturity of credit line shall mean the specific credit extending period under the credit line (i.e. the determination period of the creditor’s right), of which the commencement date must be within the length of maturity while the specific termination date may be later than such length. The commencement date and closing date of any specific credit extension shall be subject to the provisions of the specific credit extension business contract.

1.3 The credit line shall be extended in the following ways but not limited to:

Loan, borrowing, bill acceptance and discount, overdraft, factoring, guarantee, loan commitment, establishment of a letter of credit, gold lease, derivative products, etc.

Among them, the basic types of derivatives include forwards, futures, swaps (swaptions) and options. Derivatives also include structured financial instruments with one or more characteristics of forwards, futures, swaps (swaptions) and options.

1.4 The specific types/extension method, amount, interest rate, rate and length of maturity under the credit line shall be subject to the single credit extension contract, loan IOU or other credit extension certificates.

1.5 Transfer under the credit line


Party B agrees to transfer this credit line to the following third party for use (i.e., the following subject may also use this line of credit), and shall be jointly and severally liable for all principals, interests, penalty interests and compound interests of the debts (including contingent debts) incurred by the following subject under this line, expenses for realizing the creditor’s right (including but not limited to litigation fees, lawyers’ fees, notarization fees, execution fees, etc.), and other losses and expenses caused to Party A by the debtor’s default. The guarantee period shall start from the effective date of the specific credit extension contract until two years after the expiration of the debt performance period stipulated in the specific credit extension contract (including the early maturity of the debt).

Specific target and amount of credit transfer:

 

  

(transferee), amount: (equivalent)

  

(currency) (in words)

   ;                                                             
  

(transferee), amount: (equivalent)

  

(currency) (in words)

   ;                                                             
  

(transferee), amount: (equivalent)

  

(currency) (in words)

   ;                                                             
  

     

    
    

Article 2 Use of Credit Line

2.1 The signing of this contract by both parties does not constitute Party A’s credit extension commitment to Party B. Party B shall submit a written application to Party A in a case-by-case basis for the specific credit extension business under the credit line. Party A shall have the right to independently decide whether or not to issue the credit line to Party B. If Party A agrees to issue any single credit extension after examination, the parties shall sign a separate single credit extension contract according to the nature of business.

2.2 Conditions precedent for the use of credit line:

(1) Party B has completed government licensing, approval, registration and delivery and other legal procedures (if any) with respect to the credit extension hereunder in accordance with relevant laws and regulations;

(2) The relevant guarantee contract has been in force (if any);

(3) Party B has paid all the fees related to this contract (if any);

(4) Party B has met the credit extension conditions stipulated herein;

(5) There are no adverse changes in the operation and financial status of Party B and the guarantor (if any);

(6) The repayment willingness of Party B and the guarantee willingness of the guarantor (if any) have not changed;

(7) Party B has not violated any provisions hereof.

2.3 Party A has the right to adjust the amount of credit line according to the exchange rate or require Party B to provide additional guarantee.

2.4 Party A shall have the right to supervise the use of credit line and the purpose of credit funds, and Party B shall offer cooperation.

2.5 Before or during the use of the credit line, if Party A is unable to let Party B to use such line due to the change of national macro-control policies, the requirements of Party A’s regulatory department on Party A to control the credit scale or credit direction, or other reasons not attributable to Party A, it has the right to suspend or terminate the use of this line and terminate this contract, and Party B has no objection to this.

Article 3 Repayment

3.1 Party B shall open an account with Party A and deposit the payable amount into the account before the agreed repayment date.

3.2 Party B shall fulfill the debt on schedule upon expiration of each credit extension within the credit line. Or otherwise it will be treated as overdue credit or disbursement.


3.3. Party B hereby irrevocably authorizes Party A to deduct the principal and interest of credit extension and related fees which are due within the credit line from any account opened by Party B in any establishment of Ping An Bank.

Article 4 Party B’s Statements and Undertakings

4.1 Party B is a legally incorporated, validly existing company with good reputation in the jurisdiction where it is located and has all corporate rights and government permission and approval to engage in the business it is engaged in.

4.2 Party B has completed all the authorization and examination and approval required to sign this contract. The signing of this contract is the true intention of Party B and will not result in the violation of the agreement or commitment it has signed with any third party. Party B did not violate any laws, regulations and rules concerning environmental protection, energy conservation, emission reduction and pollution reduction in the signing of the Contract, and undertakes to strictly abide by such laws, regulations and rules after signing the Contract.

4.3 Except for the written notice given to Party A before signing this contract, Party B shall not have any litigations, arbitrations, executions, appeals, reconsiderations and other procedures or other events or circumstances that may have a material adverse impact on the performance hereof.

4.4 Party B shall, within the time limit required by Party A, provide the financial statements, all bank accounts and the balance of deposits and loans as well as other relevant information required by Party A, and ensure that the documents and materials provided are true, complete and objective, and contain no false records, misleading statements or major omissions, and that the financial statements are prepared in strict accordance with Chinese accounting standards.

Article 5 Party B’s Rights and Obligations

5.1 If Party B opens an account with Party A, it shall have priority in handling deposit, settlement and other services with Party A.

5.2 If Party B is a group customer, it shall submit a written report to Party A within ten days after the occurrence of the affiliated transaction with a net asset of more than 10%, which shall include the relationship between the trading parties, the transaction items and the nature of the transaction, the transaction amount or corresponding proportion, and the pricing policy (including the transaction with no amount or only token amount).

Group customers refer to enterprises and institutions that:

(1) directly or indirectly control or are controlled by other enterprises or institutions in equity or operation;

(2) are jointly controlled by third party enterprises or institutions;

(3) are controlled directly or indirectly by major investors, key managers or close family members (including direct kinship up to three generations and collateral kinship up to two generations);

(4) have associated relationships, and, of which assets and profits may not be transferred in accordance with the principle of fair price, are therefore regarded as group customers for credit management.

5.3 In case of any of the following circumstances, Party B shall notify Party A in writing thirty days in advance. If Party A considers that the performance hereof may have a significant impact, Party B shall obtain Party A’s written consent before proceeding:

(1) Major changes have taken place in management system, equity structure, form of property right organization and main business, including but not limited to implementing contracting, leasing management, joint operation, shareholding reform, consolidation (merger) and acquisition, joint venture (cooperation), division, establishment of subsidiaries, custody (takeover), enterprise sale, transfer of property rights, reduction of capital, etc.;

(2) Important assets of which value exceeds 10% of net assets are sold, donated, lent, transferred, mortgaged (pledged) or otherwise disposed of;

(3) Dividends exceed 30% of the year’s after-tax net profits or 20% of the total undistributed profits;


(4) Foreign investments newly added after the credit line comes into effect account for more than 20% of the net assets;

(5) Debt terms with other banks are changed to prepay other long-term obligations;

(6) Debts owed to Party B’s shareholders are repaid;

(7) Application for credit extension from other banks, provision of guarantee to third parties, or reduction or mitigation of third-party debts, involving the amount of debts exceeding 20% of the net assets.

5.4 Party B shall notify Party A in writing within seven working days upon the occurrence or possible occurrence of the following matters, and Party A shall have the right to decide whether to require Party B to provide additional guarantee or directly recover all the loans according to the specific circumstances of the matters:

(1) The business and financial conditions of Party B or the guarantor deteriorates, or major financial losses, asset losses (including but not limited to the asset losses arising from its external guarantee) or other financial crisis occur to Party B or the guarantor;

(2) Party B is subject to administrative penalties, criminal sanctions or major legal disputes due to its illegal operation;

(3) Party B, its shareholders or actual controllers, legal representatives or main management personnel of the guarantor are involved in major cases or major assets of the same are subject to compulsory measures such as property preservation or administrative penalties or criminal sanctions, or other events that have prevented them from performing their duties properly have occurred;

(4) Party B or the guarantor provides a guarantee to a third party, which has a material adverse impact on its financial situation or ability to perform its obligations hereunder;

(5) Party B or the guarantor is subject to division, consolidation, major merger, acquisition and reorganization, major assets disposal, capital reduction, shutdown, suspension of business for rectification, liquidation, restructuring, cancellation, dissolution, bankruptcy or revocation of business license, etc.;

(6) The value of the collateral is obviously reduced, lost or disputed in ownership, or it is sealed, detained, frozen, deducted, retained or auctioned;

(7) Other major events or breach events that can affect the business activities of Party B, guarantor and the loan security of Party A.

5.5 If Party B changes its domicile, mailing address, contact number, business scope, legal representative and other matters, it shall notify Party A in writing within seven working days after the change. If Party B fails to perform the above notification obligations, Party A shall be deemed to have delivered the relevant notices and documents (including but not limited to the notices and documents of both parties during the performance of the contract, relevant materials and documents relating to arbitration or litigation in the course of arbitration or litigation, and relevant materials and documents during the execution of the case) according to the original address and mailing address.

5.6 Party B shall maintain a reasonable financial ratio during the period of use of the credit line.

 

☐      The financial indicators within the period of use meet the following standards:     

 

 

☐ 5.7 Party B agrees to abide by the following provisions if it transacts the “Yidaitong” business:

(1) Party B shall open a settlement account with Party A, among which, for three types of pledge loans of export tax refund account, warehouse receipt, accounts receivable, Party B shall open a collection account with Party A and authorize Party A to directly deduct the funds in the collection account to repay this credit.

(2) After the loan is issued, Party B shall open and use the enterprise e-bank products in Party A.

(3) Party B undertakes to give priority to Party A in undertaking new mortgage and pledge financing.

Article 6 Rights and Obligations of Party A


6.1 If the credit line is more than one year (excluded), Party A shall have the right to evaluate the operation financial status and specific project progress of Party B and the guarantor (if any) according to the credit extension conditions stipulated herein from the second year after the line comes into effect, and adjust the credit amount, length of maturity and interest rate according to the evaluation results.

If there is any collateral (pledge), Party A shall have the right to request an appraisal agency recognized by Party A to evaluate the value of the collateral (pledge) annually. If the value of collateral (pledge) has decreased significantly and is not enough to guarantee the principal contract debt, Party A shall have the right to require Party B to return part of the loan or provide other guarantee measures approved by Party A.

6.2 Party A has the right to request Party B to provide information related to the credit line, enter Party B’s business premises, to investigate, review and check the use of credit line and Party B’s assets, financial status and business situation, for which Party B shall offer cooperation, and to supervise Party B’s use of the loan for the purposes agreed herein.

6.3 Party A shall keep confidential the information provided by Party B, unless otherwise stipulated by laws, regulations or regulatory authorities or otherwise agreed by both parties or the information provided by Party B does not constitute confidential information.

Article 7 Liability for Breach

7.1 Any of the following events shall constitute an event of default in this article:

(1) Interest arrears, overdue payment, disbursement or failure to use credit extension funds for the purposes agreed by both parties;

(2) Party B’s violation of any representations, warranties and commitments made by it;

(3) Party B’s violation of any of its obligations under this contract;

(4) Party B’s concealment of important information that is true;

(5) Party B or the guarantor evades or cancels the creditor’s rights of the bank through affiliated transactions or other means;

(6) Party B or the guarantor is negligent in managing and pursuing the due claims, or disposes of its main property and other assets without compensation, at an unreasonably low price or in other inappropriate ways, or otherwise evade its debts;

(7) Party B makes use of any false contracts and arrangements with any third party, including but not limited to discounting or pledging claims such as notes receivable with no real trade background to obtain funds or credit from Party A or other banks;

(8) Party B or guarantor violates other contracts (including but not limited to credit extension contracts, loan contracts and guarantee contracts) signed with Party A or other banks or any debt securities issued by them;

(9) The guarantor of Party B violates the provisions of the guarantee contract (including but not limited to guarantee contract, mortgage contract and pledge contract) or causes any event of default under the guarantee contract, or the guarantee contract is not effective, invalid or canceled. The value of the collateral is obviously reduced, lost, disputed in ownership, or it is sealed, detained, frozen, deducted, retained or auctioned;

(10) Any of the matters set forth in Articles 5.3 and 5.4 actually occur and Party A believes that it will affect the security of its creditor’s rights.

(11) The operation period of Party B or the guarantor expires within the length of maturity of this credit line, and no extension procedures have been completed.

7.2 In case of any breach of contract, Party A shall have the right to take the following measures:

(1) To adjust, cancel or terminate the comprehensive credit line under this contract, or adjust the term and amount of the credit line;

(2) To announce the immediate expiration of all or part of the credit granted under this credit line and require Party B to immediately repay part or all of the principal, interest and expenses of the credit extension, and from the date of the occurrence of the breach, collect the penalty interest at the penalty interest rate for all the credit principal issued by it until Party B pays off all the credit principal. The expenses shall include but not limited to the attorney’s fees, legal fees, arbitration fees, travel expenses, announcement fees, delivery fees, execution fees, transfer fees and other expenses paid by Party A to realize the creditor’s rights;


(3) To require Party B to deposit a margin in full to cover the outstanding acceptance, guarantee, letter of credit and other credit extension services;

(4) To require Party B to provide new guarantee measures approved by Party A;

(5) To directly deduct from the account of Party B and the guarantor to pay off all debts of Party B hereunder and under specific business contracts (including debts required to be paid off in advance by Party A) without prior consent of Party B;

(6) To exercise the guarantee right and require the guarantor to perform the guarantee liabilities or realize the creditor’s right by disposing of the collaterals and/or pledge;

(7) If Party A claims the right of subrogation from Party B’s debtor according to law, or requests the court to revoke Party B’s waiver of its creditor’s rights due to it or transfer the property without compensation or at an obviously unreasonable low price, Party B shall provide all necessary cooperation and assistance as required by Party A, and all expenses incurred by Party A shall be borne by Party B.

(8) To take other relief measures as stipulated by laws, regulations and contracts.

Article VIII Miscellaneous

(I) The accounts receivable between Party B and the designated buyer shall not be pledged again to any third party other than Party A.

(II) The sole account of payment collection between Party B and the designated buyer shall only be the agreed account of Party A. The enterprise that uses the funds authorizes Party A to inquire and collect its tax invoice information at any time during the business duration, and to directly deduct the funds from the special account for the collection of funds to repay Party A for financing or fill in the credit exposure, or otherwise Party A has the right to recover the loan in advance.

(III) Party B shall undertake to change the specified buyer’s payment collection account to the designated account of Party A within three months, and shall transfer the money paid to other bank accounts by the designated buyer to the designated account of Party A within three days before the account is changed, or otherwise Party A has the right to recover the loan in advance.

(IV) Party A has the right to conduct dynamic monitoring of the account opened by Party B with Party A, and, if any abnormal situation is found in the credit extension business, to take measures including but not limited to freezing, stopping payment and canceling value-added services such as online banking.

Article IX Supplementary Provisions

9.1 ☐ Both parties agree to perform compulsory notarization of this contract

After the Contract has been subject to a notarization with enforcement effect handled by both parties, if Party B does not perform or does not fully perform the obligations stipulated in the Contract, Party A has the right to apply for an execution certificate from the original notary office, and apply to the competent people’s court (i.e., the people’s court at the domicile of the person subject to enforcement or the people’s court at the place where the property of the person subject to enforcement is located) by virtue of the original notarial certificate and the execution certificate for enforcement.

✓This contract is not subject to compulsory notarization

9.2 Applications for single credit extension, credit extension contracts, loan IOUs, credit extension certificates relating to this contract and other relevant documents and materials confirmed by both parties, and the letters of commitment, declarations and other documents unilaterally issued by Party B to Party A shall be an integral part of this contract with the same legal effect.

9.3 Party B agrees and authorizes Party A to inquire Party B’s credit information from the basic database of financial credit information and other credit investigation agencies established according to law during the application stage of Party B’s credit business and during the existence of Party B’s credit business, for purpose of Party B’s credit business application and follow-up management. Party B agrees and authorizes Party A to submit Party B’s enterprise information and credit information, including but not limited to credit information and other information that negatively affects the credit status of information subject, to the basic database of financial credit information and other legally established credit investigation agencies in accordance with the Regulations on the Administration of the Credit Reporting Industry.


9.4 All the determined options shall be determined by marking ✓ in the option box.

9.5 Any dispute arising from the performance of this contract shall be settled by both parties through negotiation. If no agreement can be reached through consultation, the settlement shall be made in accordance with item (2) below:

(1) Apply to    for arbitration in accordance with the arbitration rules in force of the Commission at the time of application. The arbitral award is final and binding on both parties.

(2) File a lawsuit to the people’s court of the locality where Party A is located.

(3) To file a lawsuit to the People’s Court                .

9.6 This contract shall be governed by the laws of the People’s Republic of China.

9.7 This contract shall come into force after it is signed by both parties (signed by the authorized signatory or affixed with seal, together with official seal).

If Party B fails to use the credit line within three months from the effective date of this contract, Party A shall have the right to unilaterally terminate this contract.

9.8 This contract is made in quintuplicate, with Party A holding two and Party B’s ✓ debtors ☐ and registration authority holding one respectively.

Party B hereby declares that it fully understands the terms of this contract (especially those in boldface) and the relevant terms of the guarantee contract and other relevant documents, and have obtained independent legal advice in this regard (if necessary).

Party A(seal):

Legal representative (principal) or authorized agent (signature):

Signed on: June 15, 2018

Seal specific for contract on credit extension to legal person clients—Ping An Bank Co., Ltd., Shanghai Branch (seal)

/s/                    

Party B (seal):

Signature of legal representative or entrusted agent:

Signed on: June 15, 2018

Shanghai Tong Gou Information Technology Co., Ltd. (seal)

/s/ Wang Wei


Supplementary Agreement to the Contract of Comprehensive Credit Line

(Applicable under the orange financing business)

Party A: Ping An Bank Co., Ltd., Shanghai Branch

Address: 1333 Lujiazui Ring Road, Shanghai

Phone: **** Fax:                        

Pincipal: Leng Peidong    Position:                                

Party B: Shanghai Tong Gou Information Technology Co., Ltd.

Address: Room 302, 3rd Floor, 1000 Tianyaoqiao Road, Shanghai

Phone:                             Fax:                         

Legal representative: Wang Wei     Postal code:                              

This supplementary agreement is hereby entered into by and between the parties through consultation, in accordance with the provisions of Contract of Comprehensive Credit Line (No.: PINGAN BANK (SHANGHAI) Z No. A454201806140001) between the parties, and subject to relevant national laws and regulations.

Article 1 If Party B applies to Party A for online financing business through the electronic channels provided by Party A, the parties agree to perform their obligations in accordance with the provisions of this supplementary agreement.

(1) The “Chengyi Financing Platform” referred to herein shall mean an electronic financial service system developed and implemented by Ping An Bank designed to provide online services to all relevant participants in the financing business, with a view to providing customers with more efficient and convenient financing, settlement, fund management, risk management, information services and other comprehensive financial products and services, and maximizing the realization of high transparency and sharing and business flow, logistics, capital flow, information flow and other information, through the integration of the system with the bank’s internal credit management system, accounting treatment system, accounting system and other interacted systems, as well as the coordination and sharing of data information with the relevant business partners. Also referred to herein as “Party A’s Platform”.

Subject to the different business processes and operating rules set by Party A for different financial products and services, Party B can undertake various business operations by electronic signature through Party A’s electronic channels such as orangebank \ Online Banking, including the submission, signing, confirmation and modification of various business applications (such as loan application, acceptance application, pledge application, repayment application, collateral replacement/disposal, guarantee cancellation application and various information service application) and other relevant legal documents corresponding to relevant financial products and services through Party A’s Platform, and inquiry, statistics, early warning of business application or treatment statuses using specific functions of Party A’s Platform.

(2) The term “Online Financing Business” herein refers to financial products and services that all or part of the service functions corresponding to all or part of business processes and operating steps are successfully realized through Party A’s Platform. Including but not limited to: loan, loan with customized line of credit, acceptance, discount, letter of credit, letter of guarantee and other basic financing products; inventory pledge and other financing by assets mortgage and pledge, factoring and other accounts receivable financing, advance payment financing by invoicing/payment before shipping and other supply chain financing business; all kinds of settlement and information value-added services.

 

1


Article 2 Both parties hereby confirm that, before applying for the Online Financing Business, Party B shall have signed an Agreement on Use of Ping An Bank Chengyi Financing Platform (hereinafter referred to as the “Agreement on Use of Platform”) with Party A and ensure the continued validity thereof.

The parties undertake to complete the legal effect of various transactions and electronic order exchange in the form of electronic signature through Party A’s Platform respectively: they acknowledge the manner to submit, confirm or sign any legal documents electronically through Party A’s Platform and the legal effect thereof, and undertake to follow the Digital Signature Law of the People’s Republic of China and other relevant national laws and regulations and departmental regulations, the relevant provisions and standards of national information security level protection, and Internet technical specifications and security specifications formulated by the state.

Article 3 When Party B applies for the loan and acceptance business under the Online Financing Business stipulated in this supplementary agreement, Party A and Party B agree to abide by the “agreement on loan business”, “agreement on the draft acceptance” and other relevant provisions herein.

(1) The parties agree that Party B shall transact the loan and acceptance business under the Online Financing Business through Party A’s Platform by submitting the loan application and acceptance application to Party A through the platform, instead of separately signing a single loan contract or contract on draft acceptance, and that Party A will also review and confirm the applications through the platform.

The parties hereby specify that Party A reserves the right to request Party B not to issue a single business application and sign a specific credit extension contract according to the specific business development conditions, and Party A warrants that Party B’s principal debts hereunder and under any other relevant credit extension contract will not be increased due to the signing form thereof.

(2) When Party B deals with specific credit extension businesses such as note discount, overdraft, factoring and issuing of letter of credit under the Contract of Comprehensive Credit Line, it shall still sign a separate master contract for single credit extension business as required by Party A, or otherwise Party A will be entitled to refuse the credit extension application from Party B.

(3) Party B shall also sign a paper capital payment and acceptance contract as required by Party A when dealing with loan and acceptance business not through Party A’s Platform, or otherwise Party A shall be entitled to refuse the credit extension application from Party B, unless otherwise agreed by both parties.

(4) Party A has the right to adjust the signing form of the contracts / business application forms and other legal documents of Party B to apply for handling credit extension business under the Contract of Comprehensive Credit Line, and Party B promises not to raise any objections and is willing to cooperate unconditionally.

(5) Within the effective period of the line stipulated in the Contract of Comprehensive Credit Line, if Party B electronically signs the business application forms and other relevant legal documents hereunder with its orangebank / Online Banking customer name, customer certificate and password when applying for online financing business, and submits the business application to Party A through the electronic channels provided by Party A (including but not limited to the use of Internet information technology, any electronic service platform or system provided by Party A), such business application, once confirmed by Party A, shall have the legal effect as provided by currently effective laws of the People’s Republic of China, and binding on both parties.

If Party B applies to Party A for business in the foregoing way, it undertakes that it has signed the user service agreement of orangebank and other electronic channels with Party A or otherwise required by Party A, and officially opened the service functions of orangebank and other relevant electronic channels.

(6) Party A and Party B hereby confirm that the parties acknowledge the manner to submit, confirm or sign any legal documents electronically and the legal effect thereof. And the parties undertake to follow the Digital Signature Law of the People’s Republic of China and other relevant national laws and regulations and departmental regulations, the relevant provisions and standards of national information security level protection, and Internet technical specifications and security specifications formulated by the state.

Article 4 Agreement on Loan Business

(1) Party B shall submit any loan application to Party A through Party A’s platform when applying to Party A for a single loan business under online financing business as agreed in this supplementary agreement (see Appendix 1 for reference). The application confirmed by Party A is an integral part of the Contract of Comprehensive Credit Line and the appendixes hereto, and shall be legally binding on both parties.

 

2


(2) If Party A requires Party B to provide full amount of guarantee (including but not limited to third party guarantee, property mortgage and pledge provided by Party B or any third party) before Party A extends the loan to Party B, Party B shall provide guarantee in line with Party A’s requirements and ensure the continuous validity of the guarantee. Both parties shall sign corresponding guarantee contracts and complete guarantee procedures, or otherwise Party A shall have the right to refuse to extend the loan.

(3) When applying for loan business from Party A, Party B shall submit a loan application to Party A, specifying the loan amount, length of maturity, interest rate, date of loan issuance and other loan elements, and such loan application shall be subject to the approval of Party A.

The parties hereby confirm that, in the event of any discrepancy between any of the above elements involved in any loan hereunder and the actual loan issued by Party A to Party B and the elements recorded in the final Loan IOU, the actual system records of Party A shall prevail. Both parties undertake not to raise any objections, nor refuse to assume the agreed obligations on such basis.

(4) Party B shall pay the margin (if any) in the proportion and amount agreed by both parties, prior to actual extension of the loan to Party B, with the specific amount, proportion and interest rate applicable to the margin subject to the records in each loan application submitted by Party B and verified by Party A. Where they are not specified in the loan application, Party A’s actual requirements shall prevail.

Any additional margin added by Party B in the course of business handling shall be deemed to be an automatic modification of the relevant margin provisions hereof without the further confirmation by both parties.

(5) In case of no special agreement, the loan under the single loan application will be issued by Party A to Party B at one time.

(6) Loan interest rate

1. Except as provided in paragraph 5 below, the loan interest rate for any single loan hereunder shall be determined according to the following criteria, and the interest rate of the first installment of each loan shall be subject to the record of the loan IOU printed by the platform (“ ✓” in the option):

☐ The benchmark interest rate of the People’s Bank of China for loans of the same grade on the date of loan issuance ☐ increased by/☐ decreased by    %.

☐ The benchmark interest rate of the People’s Bank of China for the same grade loan on the loan issuance date☐+/☐-    % (floating point).

☐ The benchmark interest rate of the People’s Bank of China for loans of the same grade on the date of loan issuance.

☐ ☐ LIBOR ☐ HIBOR on the date of loan issuance ☐+/☐-(base point) (only applicable to foreign exchange loans).

☐ The benchmark interest rate of LPR loans of the same grade on the date of loan issuance ☐ increased by/☐ decreased by    %.

☐ The benchmark interest rate of LPR loans of the same grade on the date of loan issuance ☐+/☐-    (floating point).

☐ The benchmark interest rate of LPR loans of the same grade on the date of loan issuance.

2. The adjustment method for the loan interest rate under the Contract is (please fill in the option box with “✓”):

☐ Floating by                 (month/quarter/half a year/year). The adjustment day of interest rate shall be                below:

①                (on a monthly/quarterly/semiannual/annual basis) The date corresponding to the date of the loan issuance. If there is no corresponding date, it shall be the end of the corresponding month.

② January 1st of each year.

☐ A fixed interest rate will be applied regarding the Contract during the loan term.

Where the loan interest rate fluctuates, the interest will be charged at the adjusted interest rate from the date of interest rate adjustment. However, in case of repayment in installments (including equal repayment on schedule and decreasing repayment on schedule), the interest will still be charged at the interest rate before adjustment for the period in which the interest rate is adjusted, and the interest rate will be charged at the adjusted interest rate from the next period.

 

3


3. If the benchmark interest rate is adjusted for more than one times, Party A shall adjust the latest benchmark interest rate accordingly. If the People’s Bank of China adjusts the floating range of the benchmark interest rate, causing the agreed lending rate to be lower than the lower limit of the interest rate stipulated by the People’s Bank of China, the interest rate of the loan hereunder shall be adjusted to such lower limit of the interest rate. Where the People’s Bank of China no longer publishes the benchmark interest rate, the loan interest rate under the Contract will be adjusted to the industrial recognized loan interest rate or usual same-grade loan interest rate over the same period, unless otherwise agreed by the parties.

4. If the state changes the method of interest rate determination, adjustment and interest calculation, the relevant provisions of the state shall apply.

5. Party A will not further notify Party B of the above interest rate adjustment.

6. If the loan interest rate applicable to any single loan hereunder is inconsistent with that recorded in each loan application submitted by Party B and confirmed by Party A, the latter shall prevail.

Prior to the issuance of any single loan, Party A shall have the right to negotiate with Party B the specific applicable loan interest rate as the case may be. If both parties fail to reach an agreement, Party A shall have the right to refuse to extend the loan. For a specific single loan business, if the loan interest rate agreed by both parties is inconsistent with the standards and rules agreed in paragraphs (1) to (4) above, the agreed interest rate shall prevail.

(7) Calculation and settlement of loan interest

1. Calculation of loan interest

The interest shall be calculated according to the actual amount of the loan and the actual length of maturity as of the date when the loan is actually issued. The interest rate on the loan hereunder is calculated on a daily basis. The daily interest rate in Pound Sterling and Hong Kong dollars = annual rate /365 and the daily interest rate in other currencies = annual rate /360.

2. Settlement of loan interest

Both parties agree to settle the interest on the 20th of each month. Party B shall make the payment of interest by ☐ month ☐ quarter ☐ year ☐ others. The loan maturity date is the last interest settlement date, and the interest should be fully paid upon the repayment of the principal.

(1) The interest is paid monthly, and the date of settlement is the 20th day of each month.

(2) The interest is paid quarterly. The first interest settlement date is the first 20th day after the date of issue of the loan. Interest is paid every three months from the first interest settlement date.

(3) The interest is paid annually. The first interest settlement date is the first 20th day after the date of issue of the loan. Interest is paid every twelve months from the first interest settlement date.

(4) Interest paid in other ways,                    .

If the interest settlement method applicable to any single loan hereunder is otherwise clearly specified in the loan application confirmed by Party A, the latter shall prevail.

3. Party B shall deposit the interest payable into the designated account before each interest settlement date, and Party B authorizes Party A to deduct directly from any account opened by Party B in Party A’s banking system. If Party B is unable to pay interest on time and in full, a compound interest shall be charged at the penalty interest rate stipulated in the Appendix from the next day of expiration.

(8) Issuance and payment of loan

1. Party A shall have the right to review the following matters before issuing the loan and decide whether to issue the loan or not based on the review results:

(1) Whether or not Party B has completed government licensing, approval, registration and delivery and other legal procedures (if any) with respect to the loan hereunder in accordance with relevant laws and regulations;

(2) Whether or not the relevant guarantee contract is in force (if any);

 

4


(3) Whether or not Party B has paid all the fees related to this contract (if any);

(4) Whether or not Party B meets the loan conditions stipulated herein;

(5) Whether or not there are any adverse changes in the operation and financial status of Party B and the guarantor (if any);

(6) Whether or not the repayment willingness of Party B and the guarantee willingness of the guarantor (if any) have changed;

(7) Whether or not Party B violates any provisions hereof.

2. In the process of loan payment, if Party A finds that Party B’s credit status is declining or its main business profitability is not strong, or abnormal use of loan funds occurs, it has the right to change the payment method of the loan or cease the issuance and payment of the loan funds.

3. Prior to the issuance of the loan, if Party A is unable to issue the loan hereunder due to the change of national macro-control policies, the requirements of Party A’s regulatory department on Party A to control the credit scale or credit direction, or other reasons not attributable to Party A, it has the right to cease the issuance or terminate this contract, and Party B has no objection to this.

4. The disbursement of any single loan shall meet all regulatory requirements, and the loan funds are generally paid in the following three ways:

(1) Full loan entrustment payment, meaning that Party A shall pay the loan funds through Party B’s account to Party B’s counterparties meeting the agreed purpose according to the loan application and payment entrustment of Party B.

(2) Partial loan entrustment payment, meaning that, if the payment object is clear and the single payment amount is more than a certain amount, Party A shall, according to Party B’s application and payment entrustment, pay the loan funds through Party B’s account to Party B’s counterparties meeting the agreed purposes. The rest of the loan funds shall be paid by Party B independently, that is, Party A shall release the loan funds to Party B’s account according to Party B’s application, and Party B shall pay the same to Party B’s counterparties meeting the agreed purposes.

(3) Full independent payment, meaning that Party A shall transfer the loan funds to Party B’s account according to the application of Party B, and Party B shall pay the loan funds to Party B’s counterparties meeting the agreed purpose on its own.

5. Both parties agree on the payment management of loan funds in accordance with the following provisions

(1) Where, it is clearly stipulated in other relevant business agreements signed by both parties that any loan funds granted by Party A to Party B shall be transferred to Party B’s counterparties, both parties agree to transfer the payment of the loan funds in accordance with “full loan entrustment payment”;

(2) If there is no other agreement, Party B agrees that, when the single payment amount reaches more than RMB                (included), the payment amount must be paid directly to Party B’s counterparties in the form of “full loan entrustment payment”;

(3) If any single loan application confirmed by Party A contains other specific provisions on the payment method of loan funds, the provisions in the loan application shall prevail;

(4) If the entrustment payment method is adopted, Party B may ask Party A to pay the loan funds only if the following payment conditions are met:

① Party B has submitted the payment application form and corresponding business contract and other supporting materials as required by Party A, and the transaction object and payment amount listed in the payment application form are consistent with the supporting materials;

② The application for payment conforms to the loan purpose stipulated herein;

③ Party B authorizes Party A to pay the loan funds to any specific transaction object;

Party A has the right to review whether the information on the payment object, payment amount and other information listed in the payment application provided by Party B is consistent with the corresponding business contract and other evidentiary materials, and has the right to reject the payment application that does not meet the loan purpose as stipulated herein.

 

5


(5) If the independent payment method is adopted, Party B shall give a monthly written summary of the loan fund payment to Party A after the loan is issued, providing the transaction object, payment amount and other information as required by Party A and relevant business contract and other supporting materials as required by Party A.

Party A has the right to verify whether the payment of the loan funds meets the agreed purpose through account analysis, voucher inspection, on-site investigation and other methods, and Party B shall cooperate.

6. Change of Payment Method and Triggering Condition of Changes

In case of any of the following circumstances, Party A shall have the right to adjust the entrusted payment standard or change the payment method to full entrustment loan payment:

(1) In case of independent payment, Party B fails to make a regular summary of the loan fund payment to Party A as agreed, or refuses to cooperate with Party A to check whether the loan payment conforms to the agreed purpose through account analysis, voucher inspection or on-site investigation or otherwise;

(2) Party B evades the entrustment payment of Party A by breaking up the whole into parts, in violation of the provisions of this contract;

(3) Party B’s credit status decreases or its main business profitability is not satisfying;

(4) Abnormal use of loan funds;

(5) Regulatory authorities adjust the entrustment payment standard.

7. Account Management

Through negotiation, Party B agrees to open the following account with Party A for Party A’s monitoring:

(1) Party B agrees to open a loan issuing account with Party A as required by Party A, with the account name of                and account number of                . The issuance and withdrawal of loan funds shall be handled through this account. Party A has the right to dynamically monitor the account. When an abnormal situation is found, Party A has the right to take measures including but not limited to freezing and stopping of payment.

2. Party B agrees to open an account for fund return at Party A as required by Party A (fill in the “☐” with “✓”).

☐ The fund withdrawal account shall be the same as the loan issuance account in item 1

☐ The fund withdrawal account shall have the account name of                and account number of                .

The withdrawal of funds from the account shall comply with the following provisions:

      

 

      

 

In the event that Party B fails to repay the loan owed to Party A in time, Party A shall have the right to deduct funds from the fund withdrawal account opened by Party B at Party A and from other accounts opened by Party B with Party A and its subsidiaries to repay the principal and interest of the loan.

(3) Party B agrees that Party A has the right to collect the loan in advance depending on Party B’s fund withdrawal.

(4) In case of any discrepancy between the loan issuing account mentioned above and the record in the single loan application, the record in the loan application shall prevail. Party B undertakes not to raise any objections on the basis of the inconsistency between the loan issuance account and/or the receiving account under the single loan amount provided that Party A has actually extended the loan to Party B, and that the actual debt-creditor relationship between the two parties will not be affected in any way.

(9) Repayment of loan

1. Party B shall repay all principal and interest of the loan on the maturity date, and if the repayment is unable to be made as scheduled, it shall notify Party A at least one month in advance and negotiate with Party A on the repayment.

2. Party B shall repay the principal and interest of the loan in accordance with the repayment method specified in item                below:

 

6


(1) Repayment of principal by installments:

☐ Repayment by ☐month ☐quarter ☐year. The amount of principal payable for each installment shall be subject to the record on Party A’s Platform.

☐ Others                                                             .

(2) One-time repayment of principal at maturity.

3. The principal repayment date shall be the interest settlement date of each month from the month when the loan is issued, in case of principal repayment on a monthly basis, or the interest settlement date every three months after the loan is made, in case of principal repayment on a quarterly basis, or the interest settlement date every twelve months after the loan is made, in case of principal repayment on an annual basis.

4. Party B shall open an account with Party A and deposit the payable amount into the account before the agreed repayment date.

5. Party B shall repay the principal and interest of the loan hereunder in full and on time. If any of the installments fails to be paid in full and on time, Party A shall have the right to require Party B to repay all the loans, and to calculate and collect penalty interest on all overdue loans as of the overdue date.

6. Party B hereby irrevocably authorizes Party A to deduct all the loan principal and interest due or due in advance from the account opened by Party B in Ping An Bank.

7. If Party B needs to make repayment in advance, it shall submit a written application to Party A thirty days in advance for Party A’s written consent. The written application for prepayment shall be irrevocable upon the written consent of Party A.

If Party B makes repayment in advance, it shall pay compensation to Party A. Such compensation shall be paid by Party B to Party A, together with the prepayment principal and the interest payable. The compensation shall be calculated as the amount of prepayment * the number of days in advance * the agreed interest rate herein. The compensation amount shall be calculate and collected by half according to actual number of days in advance, in case of less than thirty days, or be calculated and collected by thirty days in case of more than thirty days.

(10) Party B shall truthfully provide the documents and materials required by Party A, together with all bank accounts and the balance of margins and loans, and cooperate with Party A in the investigation, review and inspection.

(11) Special provisions on liability for breach of contract

In the event of any breach listed in the Contract of Comprehensive Credit Line, or Party B’s failure to use the loan funds as agreed, or evasion of the entrustment payment stipulated in “loan issuance and payment” herein by breaking up the whole into parts, Party A will be entitled to take the following measures:

1. To cease or terminate any amounts not yet disbursed under the contract of line of credit;

2. To announce the early maturity of the credit extension and require Party B to immediately repay part or all of the principal, interest and expenses of the credit extension, and from the date of the occurrence of the breach, collect the penalty interest at the penalty interest rate for all the credit principal issued by it until Party B pays off all the credit principal;

The expenses shall include but not limited to the attorney’s fees, legal fees, arbitration fees, travel expenses, announcement fees, delivery fees, execution fees, transfer fees and other expenses paid by Party A to realize the creditor’s right.

3. To require Party B to provide new guarantee measures approved by Party A;

4. To adjust the amount, length of maturity and interest rate of the loan according to the risk of the loan, and change the repayment method to entrustment payment;

 

7


5. To directly deduct from the account of Party B and the guarantor to pay off all debts of Party B hereunder and under specific business contracts (including debts required to be paid off in advance by Party A) without prior consent of Party B;

6. To exercise the guarantee right and require the guarantor to perform the guarantee liabilities or realize the creditor’s right by disposing of the collaterals and/or pledge.

7. Where Party B fails to repay the principal and interest of the loan as agreed upon when the loan expires or expires in advance, Party A shall have the right to calculate and collect interest at the penalty interest rate of 50% of the loan principal according to the loan interest rate agreed herein from the date of the actual overdue days, and calculate the compound interest at a penalty interest rate where there is any interest that fails to be paid on time.

8. If Party B misappropriates the loan, Party A shall have the right to charge 100% penalty interest rate on the loan principal according to the loan interest rate agreed herein, starting from the date of misappropriating the part used in breach, and calculate the compound interest at a penalty interest rate where there is any interest that fails to be paid on time. In both cases of overdue repayment or misappropriation, the penalty interest or compound interest (whichever is higher) shall be collected.

If the payment for loan principal or interest is overdue for a period less than 90 days (including 90 days), the loan repayment order is: (1) fees; (2) interest (including penalty interest and compound interest); (3) principal. If the payment for loan principal or interest is overdue for a period more than 90 days, the loan repayment order is: (1) fees; (2) the principal; (3) interest (including penalty interest and compound interest).

9. If Party A claims the right of subrogation from Party B’s debtor according to law, or requests the court to revoke Party B’s waiver of its creditor’s rights due to it or transfer the property without compensation or at an obviously unreasonable low price, Party B shall provide all necessary cooperation and assistance as required by Party A, and all expenses incurred by Party A shall be borne by Party B.

10. To take other relief measures as stipulated by laws, regulations and contracts.

Article V Agreement on Draft Acceptance

(I) Party B shall submit any acceptance application to Party A through Party A’s platform when applying to Party A for a single draft acceptance under online financing business as agreed in this agreement (see Appendix 2 for reference). The application confirmed by Party A is an integral part of the Contract of Comprehensive Credit Line and the appendixes hereto, and shall be legally binding on both parties.

(2) If Party A requires Party B to provide full amount of guarantee (including but not limited to third party guarantee, property mortgage and pledge provided by Party B or any third party) before Party A accepts the commercial draft issued by Party B, Party B shall provide guarantee in line with Party A’s requirements and ensure the continuous validity of the guarantee. Both parties shall sign corresponding guarantee contracts and complete guarantee procedures, or otherwise Party A shall have the right to refuse to accept the commercial draft issued by Party B.

(3) When Party B applies to Party A for handling the draft acceptance, it shall submit an acceptance application to Party A, clearly recording the amount of draft, the draft term, the draft date, the draft maturity and other elements, which application shall be verified by Party A.

The parties hereby confirm that, if the draft information and recording elements relating to any draft acceptance business hereunder are inconsistent with the relevant elements of the draft finally accepted by Party A, the draft information recorded in the commercial draft finally accepted by Party A shall prevail. Both parties undertake not to raise any objections and shall not refuse to assume the agreed obligations on this basis.

(4) Before Party A accepts the commercial draft issued by Party B, Party B shall provide Party A with the following guarantee (“ ✓ ” for “☐” before the option to be selected, multiple choices are allowed):

☐ The margin shall be paid in accordance with the proportion and amount agreed by both parties, as the guarantee of the margin pledge provided by Party B to Party A. The specific margin amount, proportion and interest rate applicable to the margin subject to the records in each acceptance application submitted by Party B and verified by Party A.

 

8


Any additional margin added by Party B in the course of business handling shall be deemed to be an automatic modification of the relevant margin provisions hereof without the further confirmation by both parties.

☐ Wang Ying, Zeng Qingchun and Shanghai Ecmoho Health Biotechnology Co., Ltd. act as the guarantors, bearing joint and several guarantee responsibilities and signing the relevant guarantee contracts.

☐ As the mortgagor/pledgor, Shanghai Tonggou Residence Technology Co., Ltd. provides the mortgage/pledge of the receivables (property) of Beijing Jingdong Century Information Technology Co., Ltd., Beijing Jingdong Century Trading Co., Ltd. and Zhejiang Tmall Technology Co.,Ltd. which it owns or has the right to dispose according to law, and signs the relevant guarantee contracts and completes relevant guarantee procedures.

 

☐                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                       

  

 

  

 

(5) Before the maturity of the draft hereunder, Party B shall ensure that the bank acceptance draft payable shall be paid in full to the account designated by Party A.

(6) Upon maturity of the draft accepted by Party A hereunder, Party A shall unconditionally pay the full amount of the draft to the payee or holder in due course.

(7) Upon maturity of the draft accepted by Party A hereunder, if Party B fails to pay the full amount of the draft, Party A shall have the right to charge interest penalty with respect to the insufficient amount (i.e., disbursement made by Party A) at the rate of 0.05% per day from the date of actual disbursement by Party A, which interest penalty shall be calculated and collected according to the actual number of disbursement days (daily interest rate = annual interest rate /360).

The disbursement accounting certificate issued by Party A is a valid certificate of the debt owed by Party B, and Party B has no objection to it.

(8) Any dispute between Party B and the draft holder shall be handled by the two parties, provided that Party B’s obligations hereunder shall not change in any way.

(9) Party B warrants that the margin provided by it is its own monetary fund, and the margin must be transferred into a special margin account specially for the payment of bank notes, and shall not be transferred out of the margin account or used for other purposes

Party B undertakes to provide Party A with the copies of the corresponding VAT invoice/invoice within two months after the draft is issued, and provide the originals for Party A to review.

(10) For any bank acceptance draft transaction hereunder, Party B shall pay Party A an acceptance fee of 0.0    % of the face value. For any acceptance transaction not performing this rate, the rate recorded in the acceptance application submitted by Party B and verified by Party A (and other valid legal documents) shall prevail.

The acceptance fee hereunder shall be paid by Party B in a lump sum when Party A conducts any single acceptance business for Party B. Party B hereby authorizes Party A to deduct from the bank account designated by Party B in the acceptance application. If Party A withdraws the aforesaid amount from other accounts opened by Party B in Party A’s banking system, Party B shall undertake not to raise any objections.

(11) Special provisions on liability for breach of contract

In case of any breach under the Contract of Comprehensive Credit Line, Party A shall have the right to take the following measures:

(1) Drafts not yet accepted shall cease to be accepted;

(2) To require Party B to immediately make up 100% of the balance of all accepted drafts for payment upon maturity;

(3) To require Party B to provide new guarantee measures approved by Party A;

(4) To require Party B to immediately pay off the principal, interest and expenses of the acceptance disbursement;

 

9


Party A shall have the right to directly deduct from any account opened by Party B to pay off Party B’s debts hereunder. Where the amount of such deduction is insufficient to pay off all debts of Party B, and the repayment of disbursement is less than 90 days (included) overdue, the principal and interest thereof shall be repaid in the following order: 1. expenses; 2. interest (including any penalty interest and compound interest); 3. principal. If the repayment of disbursement is more than 90 days overdue, the principal and interest thereof shall be repaid in the following order: 1. expenses; 2. principal; 3. interest (including any penalty interest and compound interest).

(5) To exercise the guarantee right and require the guarantor to perform the guarantee liabilities or realize the creditor’s right by disposing of the collaterals and/or pledge;

(6) If Party A claims the right of subrogation from Party B’s debtor according to law, or requests the court to revoke Party B’s waiver of its creditor’s rights due to it or transfer the property without compensation or at an obviously unreasonable low price, Party B shall provide all necessary cooperation and assistance as required by Party A;

(7) To take other relief measures as stipulated by laws, regulations and contracts.

Article 6 Tax Related Terms

(1) Composition of contract price

All the expenses and prices involved herein have included VAT.

(2) Assumption of taxes

If any additional tax costs of the transaction are incurred or increased due to changes in Chinese tax laws and regulations, Party A has the right to charge Party B a VAT applicable to the business in addition to the contract price for the VAT taxable business involved hereunder,

(3) Terms of invoice

Party A will not issue the VAT invoices until it receives the relevant payment from Party B. If Party B requires Party A to issue a VAT invoice, it shall submit the request to Party A within                month(s) after the payment is made, and Party B shall provide Party A with the following invoice issuing information. Any delay shall be deemed as an automatic waiver of the invoice issuing request:

Company name:                                                                                                              

Taxpayer’s registration number:                                                                                                  

Bank name:                                                                                                                  

Account number:                                                                                                                      

Address:                                                                                                                           

Phone:                                                                                                                   

(4) Handling of invoice specific matters

Except as otherwise stipulated in the Contract, from the date of implementation of the policy of value-added tax in lieu of business tax, when both parties have the need to cooperate with each other in the aspects of the issuance, delivery, custody, invalidation and write-off in red ink of the value-added tax invoice, they may, upon consensus, do their utmost to cooperate with each other to properly resolve the foregoing matters.

Article 7 With respect to matters of which any agreement or special agreement concerning the amount, term, transfer of credit under the comprehensive credit line, breach of contract and liability for breach, dispute resolution and applicable law, statement and undertaking by both parties, the provisions in the Contract of Comprehensive Credit Line shall prevail.

Party A and Party B hereby confirm that, if the appendix attached hereto is inconsistent with the text format and relevant contents displayed on Party A’s Platform, the latter shall prevail.

Article 8 Other matters:                                                                                                                                                                                                             

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                      .

Article 9 This supplementary agreement shall come into force after it is signed by both parties (signed by the authorized signatory or affixed with seal, together with official seal).

 

10


Appendixes: 1. Loan Application (Format)

2. Acceptance Application (Format)

 

Party A (seal):   Party B (seal):
Ping An Bank Co., Ltd., Shanghai Branch Seal specific for contract on credit extension to legal person clients (seal)   Shanghai Tong Gou Information Technology Co., Ltd. (seal)
 

 

Signature of person in charge or entrusted agent:

 

/s/ Leng Peidong

 

 

Signature of legal representative or entrusted agent:

 

Wang Wei (seal)

 

June 15, 2018

 

 

June 15, 2018

 

11


Appendix 1: Loan Application (Format)

(The version submitted by Party B through Party A’s Platform shall be subject to the one actually displayed and recorded on the platform)

Loan Application

 

         

Credit

information

  Name of credit customer:       Name of lender:    
  Number of Contract of Comprehensive Credit Line:       Type of financing:    
  Line of credit:       Exposure limit of credit:    
  Commencement date of credit extension:       Closing date of credit extension:    
  Available line of credit:       Available exposure limit:    
  Used line of credit:       Used exposure limit:    
       
         

Business

  Business number:       Loan currency:    
  Loan amount:       Loan amount (in words):    
  Floating mode of interest rate:       Application date of loan:    
  Maturity date of loan:       Length of maturity:    
  Interest deduction method:       Loan interest rate:    
  Name of the borrower:       Bank account of the borrower:    
  Bank name of the borrower:            
  Amount of self-owned funds:       Minimum proportion of self-owned funds:    
  Purpose of loan fund:       Designated bank settlement account:    
  Whether to authorize the lending bank to transfer its self-owned funds together with the loan amount to the payee’s account:
   
         

Margin

  Usage type of initial margin:       Type of margin:    
  Minimum proportion of initial margin:       Amount of initial margin:    
  Proportion of actual margin:            
  Margin account:       Interest accrual method of initial margin:    
  Account number for margin deduction:       Balance of account for margin deduction:    

 

12


 

Statements and Undertakings

1. This application is bound by the Contract of Comprehensive Credit Line (see the number below) signed by the company and the financing managing bank.
2. If the application is approved/passed, the length of maturity, commencement date of loan, loan amount, loan interest rate or otherwise involved in the loan under the application shall be subject to the accounting documents related to the final issuance of the loan by the lender. The company authorizes the lender to transfer the loan directly to the payee account recorded herein through the company’s account (the “Borrower’s Account” recorded herein). The company will print the relevant receipt of loan business through your bank’s system as accounting voucher.
3. For the self-owned funds provided by the company under this application (if any), the company undertakes that as long as “yes” is selected in the option “Whether to authorize the lending bank to transfer its self-owned funds together with the loan amount to the payee’s account”, the lender shall be deemed to have the right to transfer such self-owned funds from the “bank account of the borrower” recorded herein to the payee account recorded herein. The company ensures that the “bank account of the borrower” is fully available to pay the amount to be transferred. Any disputes and responsibilities that may result from the insufficient account balance or other reasons not attributable to the lender affecting the payee’s timely and full payment, shall not be borne by the lender and shall be resolved by the company itself.
4. The “designated bank settlement account” recorded herein is the payment account determined by the company for paying stamp duty, handling fee and other possible expenses to the lender. As of the date of this application, the company hereby irrevocably authorizes the lender the right to transfer the stamp duty, service fee and other possible expenses payable by the company from the designated bank account in full and in one or more installments, and the company undertakes not to raise any objections.
5. If the application is approved/passed, the company undertakes to be bound by these “Statements and Undertakings” of the application. Whether this application is approved or not shall be determined by the lender independently. Even if the application is not approved, the company shall not be entitled to require the lender to explain on the refusal in any form.

 

13


Appendix 2: Acceptance Application (Format)

(The version submitted by Party B through Party A’s Platform shall be subject to the one displayed and recorded on the platform)

Acceptance Application

 

       
Number of Contract of Comprehensive Credit Line:        Name of the Client:     
       
Commencement date of credit extension:        Closing date of credit extension:     
       
Credit amount:        Available amount:     
       
Exposure amount of credit:        Available exposure amount:     
       
Charge-off currency:        Draft amount:     
       
Date of issue:        Tenor of draft:     
       
Maturity date of draft:        Charge-off serial number:     
       
Business type:        Type of margin:     
       
Margin account:        Interest accrual of margin:     
       
Usage type of margin:        Minimum proportion of initial margin:     
       
Amount of margin:        Proportion of actual margin:     
       
Deposit term of margin:        Interest spread of margin:     
       
Balance of account for margin deduction:        Account number for margin deduction:     
       
Account number of the drawer:        Name of the drawer:     
       
Bank name of the drawer:        Remarks:     

 

Statements and Undertakings:
1. This application is bound by the Contract of Comprehensive Credit Line (see the number below) signed by the company and the financing managing bank.
2. If the “date of issue”, “maturity date of draft” and other relevant elements in this application are inconsistent with the relevant information shown/recorded in the commercial draft finally accepted by the financing managing bank, the elements specified in the accepted commercial draft of the financing managing bank shall prevail.
3. The “account number of the drawer” recorded herein is the payment account determined by the company for paying handling fee and other possible expenses to the financing managing bank. As of the date of this application, the company hereby irrevocably authorizes the financing managing bank the right to transfer the service fee and other possible expenses payable by the company from the bank account in full and in one or more installments, and the company undertakes not to raise any objections.
4. If the application is approved/passed by the financing managing bank, the company undertakes to be bound by these “Statements and Undertakings” of the application. Whether this application is approved or not shall be determined by the financing managing bank independently. Even if the application is not approved, the company shall not be entitled to require the financing managing bank to explain on the refusal in any form. Whether it is approved or not shall be determined by the lender independently. Even if the application is not approved, the company shall not be entitled to require the lender to explain on the refusal in any form.

 

14


Guarantee Contract of Guarantee under the Debt Ceiling

 

 


Guarantee Contract of Guarantee under the Debt Ceiling

Contract No.: P.Y.(Shanghai) Z.Z. No.A454201806140001(E.B.001)

Party A (Pledgee): Ping An Bank Co., Ltd. Shanghai Branch

Address: No.1333, Lujiazui Ring Road, Pudong New Area, Shanghai

Tel.:021-62078504             Fax:                

Person in charge: Leng Peidong     Title: President

Party B (Guarantor): Shanghai ECMOHO Health Biotechnology Co., Ltd

Certificate Type*:                 Certificate Number*:                                                                                                   

(* left blank if Party B is an entity)

Address: 2-3/F, No.1000 Tianyaoqiao Road, Xuhui District, Shanghai

Tel.: 021-61132270         Fax:                                                              

Legal Representative**: Wang Ying             Title**: Chairman and General Manager

(**left blank if Party B is an individual)

In order to ensure the fulfillment of the contract between Party A and Shanghai Tonggou Information Technology Co., Ltd. (hereinafter referred to as the debtor), Party B is willing to provide Party A with the maximum joint and several liability guarantee. Party A and Party B, intending to be legally bound, hereby agree to enter into this Contract upon consensus through negotiation.

Article 1 Guarantee and Guarantee Liability

1.1 Scope of guarantee.

The scope of guarantee of this Contract is as follows (tick the box before the item applicable “✓”):

✓The principal, interest, compound interest and penalty interest of all debts and the cost of realizing the creditor’s rights (including contingent debts) to be borne by the debtor under the Comprehensive Credit Line Contract P.Y (Shanghai) Z.Z. No.A454201806140001 (hereinafter referred to as the “main contract”). The maximum principal amount of the debt (balance) is (equivalent to) RMB (currency) (in words) four million two hundred thousand Yuan only.

☐ The (equivalent to) (currency)(in words) of the principal (equivalent to) (currency) (in words) of the debts (including contingent debts) to be borne by the debtor under the Contract P.Y.Z. No. (hereinafter referred to as the “main contract”) and the corresponding interest, compound interest, penalty interest, and the cost of realizing the creditor’s rights. As long as the debt under the Main Contract is not fully settled, Party A has the right to request Party B to assume the guarantee liability in terms of the debt balance within the purview of the above guarantee.

☐ The performance of all the credit line contracts and specific credit business contracts (hereinafter referred to as the “main contract”) between the debtor and Party A from                to                . The date of execution of the main contract shall be within the aforesaid period, and the performance period of the Main Contract shall not be limited to the aforesaid period. The scope of Party B’s maximum guarantee includes the principal, interest, compound interest and penalty interest of all debts and the cost of realizing the creditor’s rights (including contingent debts) of the debtor under the main contract. The maximum principal amount (balance) of the debt above is (equivalent to) (currency) (in words).

☐ The principal (equivalent to) (currency) (in words) of all outstanding debts borne by the debtor under    Contract P.Y.Z. No. (hereinafter referred to as the “Main Contract”) and the interest, compound interest, penalty interest thereof, and the cost of realizing the creditor’s rights.

Interest, penalty interest and compound interest are calculated according to the Main Contract and such calculation will end on the date of the settlement of the debt. The cost of realizing the creditor’s rights include but not limited to announcement fee, service fee, appraisal fee, attorney’s fee, litigation fee, traveling expenses, assessment fee, auction fee, property preservation fee, enforcement fee, etc.


The currency exchange rate other than RMB is converted at the exchange rate quoted by Party A when each specific business actually occurs.

1.2 Guarantee period of this Contract:

☑ Two years from the effective date of this Contract to the expiration of the debt performance period for each specific credit under the main contract. The guarantee period for each specific credit shall be calculated separately. In the event of extension of any specific credit, the guarantee period shall be extended to two years after the expiration of the extension period.

☐ From the date of the issuance of the loan under the main contract to the date of the completion of the mortgage registration of the property with Party A as the mortgagee and submission of the relevant ownership certificate to Party A.

☐ From the effective date of this Contract until.

Where the creditor declares earlier maturity of the debt under the main contract, the guarantee period shall be from the effective date of the main contract until two years after the date of earlier maturity of the debt. If the debt under the main contract is performed in installments, with respect to each installment of debt, the guarantee period shall be from the effective date of the main contract until two years after the expiry date of the performance period of the last installment of debt under the main contract.

Where Party A transfers its creditor’s rights to a third party in accordance with law during the guarantee period, Party B hereby agrees to continue to assume the guarantee liability within the scope of the original guarantee.

1.3 Where the debtor transfers the credit line granted by Party A to a third party for use, Party B hereby agrees to assume the guarantee liability for the portion of the credit transferred in accordance with this Contract. The specific subject and amount of the transfer are:

1. (transferee), the amount: (equivalent to) (currency) (in words);

2. (transferee), the amount: (equivalent to) (currency) (in words);

3. (transferee), the amount: (equivalent to) (currency) (in words);

 

4.  

 

 
 

1.4 Party B shall independently assume the guarantee liability for the purposes of this Contract. Party A has a prior claim on the guarantee liability against Party B regardless of whether there is any guarantor (including the debtor of the main contract) providing real security or warranty. If Party A waives its security right over the collateral (including the collateral provided by the debtor) or other guarantors, Party B shall still assume full liability for guarantee as stipulated herein.

1.5 This Contract is irrevocable.

1.6 The validity of this Contract is independent of that of the main contract. If the main contract or some terms of the main contract are invalid, this Contract shall remain valid.

Article 2 Performance of Guarantee Liability

2.1 If the debtor fails to perform the due debts (including earlier maturity, the same below) as agreed in the main contract, Party B guarantees to unconditionally repay the debts on behalf of Party A upon receipt of the written notice of claim from Party A. Any document issued by Party A to the effect of the debtor’s failure to fulfill the due debts may be taken as a written notice of claim against Party B.

2.2 Party B hereby irrevocably authorizes Party A to directly deduct the principal and interest of the debtor’s due debts and expenses owed to Party A from any account opened by Party B with all business offices of Ping An Bank. Party A shall notify Party B in writing upon receipt of the deduction notice, and shall have the right to continue to demand repayment of the insufficiency from Party B. If the proceeds from deduction are insufficient to cover all debts due, the repayment on the debtor is overdue for less than 90 days (including 90 days), the repayment order of principal and interest is: (1) expenses; (2) interest (including penalty interest, compound interest); (3) principal. If the repayment on the part of the debtor is overdue for more than 90 days, the repayment order of the advance and interest of the advance is: (1) expenses; (2) principal; (3) interest (including penalty interest, compound interest).


Article 3 Undertakings and Covenants of the Guarantor

3.1 Party B has completed all the authorization and examination and approval required to sign this contract. The signing of this contract is the true intention of Party B and will not result in the violation of the agreement or commitment it has signed with any third party. Party B did not violate any laws, regulations and rules concerning environmental protection, energy conservation, emission reduction and pollution reduction in the signing of the Contract, and undertakes to strictly abide by such laws, regulations and rules after signing the Contract.

3.2 Except for the written notice given to Party A before signing this contract, Party B shall not have any litigations, arbitrations, executions, appeals, reconsiderations and other procedures or other events or circumstances that may have a material adverse impact on the performance hereof.

3.3 If Party B is a legal person:

3.3.1 Party B is a company duly established and existing in the jurisdiction where it is located, with a good reputation, has all the corporate rights and government licenses and approvals required for engaging in the business it is currently engaged in.

3.3.2 Party B shall submit the financial statements, all bank account numbers and balances of deposits and loans and other relevant information as required by Party A within the time limit given by Party A, and shall guarantee that the documents and information submitted are true, complete and objective, and free of any false records, misleading representations or material omissions, and the financial statements are prepared in strict accordance with Chinese accounting standards.

3.4 If Party B is an individual:

3.4.1 Party B has truthfully submitted the information about personal and family income and property and other information as required by Party A, and guarantees the truthfulness, completeness and accuracy of the documents and information submitted.

3.4.2 Party B guarantees to cooperate with Party A in supervision and inspection of its income and credit standing. During the performance of this Contract, if Party A believes that the loan guarantee status has deteriorated, Party B shall provide other guarantee measures approved by Party A.

Article 4 Rights and Obligations of the Guarantor

4.1 Party B shall have the right to require Party A to assume the obligation of confidentiality for the information provided by Party B, except as otherwise stipulated by laws and regulations or regulatory authorities or otherwise agreed by the parties or that the information provided by Party B does not constitute confidential information.

4.2 Party B has carefully read the main contract and acknowledged all the terms and conditions thereof. The individual credit contract or receipt or other credit business voucher under the main contract is not required to be further confirmed by Party B if not exceeding the limit specified in the main contract.

Party A and the debtor may modify the main contract without the consent of Party B, and Party B shall continue to assume the joint and several guarantee liability for the modified main contract. However, in the event of increase in the principal amount of the debt and extension of the term of the loan without Party B’s written consent, Party B shall still assume the guarantee liability in such amount and period as specified in the original main contract.

4.3 Party B accepts and undertakes to cooperate with Party A in the supervision and inspection of Party B’s operation and guarantee capacity, and allow Party A to enter Party B’s premises to check Party B’s assets, financial status and operation.

4.4 In the event of major property right transfer, system change or transfer of creditor’s rights and debts, Party B shall notify Party A beforehand and shall not proceed with the said matters before obtaining the written consent of Party A.

Under any of the following circumstances, Party B shall give a 30-day written notice to Party A. If it may have a significant impact on the performance of this Contract as Party A considers, Party B shall not proceed with it before obtaining the written consent of Party A:


(1) Major changes have taken place in management system, equity structure, form of property right organization and main business, including but not limited to implementing contracting, leasing management, joint operation, shareholding reform, consolidation (merger) and acquisition, joint venture (cooperation), division, establishment of subsidiaries, custody (takeover), enterprise sale, transfer of property rights, reduction of capital, etc.;

(2) Important assets of which value exceeds 10% of net assets are sold, donated, lent, transferred, mortgaged (pledged) or otherwise disposed of;

(3) Dividends exceed 30% of the net profit after tax for the current year or exceed 20% of all undistributed profits;

(4) the additional foreign investment after entry into force of the contract exceeds 20% of the net assets;

(5) Debt terms with other banks are changed to prepay other long-term obligations;

(6) Debts owed to Party B’s shareholders are repaid;

(7) Application for credit extension from other banks, provision of guarantee to third parties, or reduction or mitigation of third-party debts, involving the amount of debts exceeding 20% of the net assets.

4.5 Party B shall notify Party A in writing within seven business days from the date of occurrence or potential occurrence of the following matters. Party A shall have the right to decide whether to request Party B and the debtor to provide additional guarantee or directly recoverall the loans depending on the specific circumstances of the matters:

(1) its business and financial situation deteriorates;

(2) being imposed a heavy fine by the competent authority or involved in a major legal dispute;

(3) Party B, Party B’s shareholders, Party B’s legal representative or key management personnel are involved in major cases or their major assets are subject to property preservation and other mandatory measures, as a result of which Party B’s legal representative or key management personnel are unable to perform their duties properly;

(4) Providing guarantee to a third party that has a material adverse effect on its financial position or ability to perform its obligations hereunder;

(5) Discontinuation of business, suspension of business for rectification, dissolution, closure, bankruptcy, and being revoked of business license;

(6) Deterioration of financial condition, e.g. unemployment, employer bankruptcy or substantial loss of personal property, material adverse changes in personal physical condition, divorce, and other matters that may affect Party B’s ability to perform this Contract.

(7) Other major events or events of default which suffice to affect Party B’s business activities and Party A’s loan security.

4.6 Party B shall notify Party A in writing within seven business days after the change of the domicile, mailing address, telephone number, scope of business, legal representative and other matters of Party B. If Party B fails to perform the above notification obligations, Party A shall be deemed to have delivered the relevant notices and documents (including but not limited to the notices and documents of both parties during the performance of the contract, relevant materials and documents relating to arbitration or litigation in the course of arbitration or litigation, and relevant materials and documents during the execution of the case) according to the original address and mailing address.

4.7 ☐ Party B undertakes to maintain a reasonable financial ratio during the loan period.

☐ The financial indicators meet the following criteria during the loan period:

 

 

 

 

Article 5 Breach of Contract

5.1 Any of the following events may constitute an event of default referred to in these Terms:


(1) Party B fails to perform the vicarious liability of repayment in full and on time;

(2) Party B violates the undertakings and covenants made by it or otherwise fails to perform its obligations hereunder;

(3) Party B transfers property and surreptitiously recovers funds;

(4) Party B defaults under other contracts with Party A or other banks;

(5) Party B’s operating or financial condition has undergone significant adverse changes.

5.2 In case of any breach of contract, Party A shall have the right to take the following measures:

(1) Require Party B to immediately perform the vicarious liability of repayment;

(2) To require Party B to provide new guarantee measures approved by Party A;

(3) Party A claims the subrogation right with Party B’s debtor in accordance with law, or requests the court to revoke Party B’s waiver of its due creditor’s rights or transfer of the property without compensation, transfer the property at an unreasonably low price, Party B shall cooperate with and assist Party A as necessary at Party A’s request, with the costs incurred by Party A therefor borne by Party B.

(4) Take other remedies prescribed by laws and regulations.

Article 6 Miscellaneous

☐ The Bank-Enterprise Guarantee Business Cooperation Agreement (hereinafter referred to as the Agreement) between the parties is the basic legal document that regulates the rights and obligations of the parties. In case of any inconsistency between this Contract with the Agreement, the Agreement shall prevail.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Article 7 Supplementary Provisions

7.1 ☐ Both parties agree to perform compulsory notarization of this contract

After the Contract has been subject to a notarization with enforcement effect handled by both parties, if Party B does not perform or does not fully perform the obligations stipulated in the Contract, Party A has the right to apply for an execution certificate from the original notary office, and apply to the competent people’s court (i.e., the people’s court at the domicile of the person subject to enforcement or the people’s court at the place where the property of the person subject to enforcement is located) by virtue of the original notarial certificate and the execution certificate for enforcement.

✓ This Contract is not notarized for enforceability.

7.2 Party B permits and authorizes Ping An Bank to inquire Party B’s personal (corporate) information and credit information from the Financial Credit Information Basic Database and other legally established credit reference agencies during the application stage and the duration of the debtor’s credit business for the purpose of application and subsequent management of the debtor’s credit business. Party B permits and authorizes Ping An Bank to submit Party B’s personal (corporate) information and credit information, including but not limited to credit information and information that has a negative impact on the credit status of the information subject, to the Financial Credit Information Basic Database and other legally established credit reference agencies in accordance with the Regulations on Credit Reporting Industry.

7.3 Any and all options shall be determined by checking the selected box.

7.4 Any dispute arising between Party A and Party B from the performance of this Contract shall be settled through negotiation by the parties. Should negotiation fails, the dispute shall be settled in the manner as set forth in (2) below:

(1) Apply to         /             for arbitration in accordance with the arbitration rules in force of the Commission at the time of application. The arbitral award is final and binding on both parties.

(2) File a lawsuit to the people’s court of the locality where Party A is located.


(3) File a lawsuit in the                  people’s court.

7.5 This contract shall be governed by the laws of the People’s Republic of China.

7.6 This Contract shall enter into force upon being signed by the parties hereto (if the parties are natural persons, this Contract shall be signed by such parties; if the parties are legal persons or other organizations, this Contract shall be signed or sealed by their authorized signatories and affixed with their official seals).

7.7 This contract is made in quintuplicate, with Party A holding two and Party B’s ✓ debtors ☐ and registration authority holding one respectively.

Party A’s Unit Seal:

Signature of person in charge or entrusted agent:

Friday, June 15, 2018

Ping An Bank Co., Ltd., Shanghai Branch Seal specific for contract on credit extension to legal person clients (seal)

/s/                        

 

Party B (if Party B is an entity) (Seal):    Party B (if Party B is an individual)
Signature of legal representative or entrusted agent:                        or Authorized Agent(Signature):

Date: June 15, 2018

Shanghai ECMOHO Health Biotechnology Co., Ltd (seal)

Ying Wang(seal)


Guarantee Contract of Guarantee under the Debt Ceiling

 

 


Guarantee Contract of Guarantee under the Debt Ceiling

Contract No.: P.Y.(Shanghai) Z.Z. No.A454201806140001(E.B.003)

Party A (Pledgee): Ping An Bank Co., Ltd. Shanghai Branch

Address: No.1333, Lujiazui Ring Road, Pudong New Area, Shanghai

Tel.:021-62078504                  Fax:                

Person in charge: Leng Peidong Title: President

Party B (Guarantor): Zeng Qingchun

Certificate Type*: ID Card        Certificate Number*: ****

(* left blank if Party B is an entity)

Address: ****

Tel.: ****        Fax:                                                                                  

Legal Representative**:                 Title**:                        

(**left blank if Party B is an individual)

In order to ensure the fulfillment of the contract between Party A and Shanghai Tonggou Information Technology Co., Ltd.(hereinafter referred to as the debtor), Party B is willing to provide Party A with the maximum joint and several liability guarantee. Party A and Party B, intending to be legally bound, hereby agree to enter into this Contract upon consensus through negotiation.

Article 1 Guarantee and Guarantee Liability

1.1 Scope of guarantee.

The scope of guarantee of this Contract is as follows (tick the box before the item applicable “✓”):

✓The principal, interest, compound interest and penalty interest of all debts and the cost of realizing the creditor’s rights (including contingent debts) to be borne by the debtor under the Comprehensive Credit Line Contract P.Y (Shanghai) Z.Z. No.A454201806140001 (hereinafter referred to as the “main contract”). The maximum principal amount of the debt (balance) is (equivalent to) RMB (currency) (in words) four million two hundred thousand Yuan only.

☐ The (equivalent to) (currency)(in words) of the principal (equivalent to) (currency) (in words) of the debts (including contingent debts) to be borne by the debtor under the Contract P.Y.Z. No. (hereinafter referred to as the “main contract”) and the corresponding interest, compound interest, penalty interest, and the cost of realizing the creditor’s rights. As long as the debt under the Main Contract is not fully settled, Party A has the right to request Party B to assume the guarantee liability in terms of the debt balance within the purview of the above guarantee.

☐ The performance of all the credit line contracts and specific credit business contracts (hereinafter referred to as the “main contract”) between the debtor and Party A from                to                . The date of execution of the main contract shall be within the aforesaid period, and the performance period of the Main Contract shall not be limited to the aforesaid period. The scope of Party B’s maximum guarantee includes the principal, interest, compound interest and penalty interest of all debts and the cost of realizing the creditor’s rights (including contingent debts) of the debtor under the main contract. The maximum principal amount (balance) of the debt above is (equivalent to) (currency) (in words).

☐ The principal (equivalent to) (currency) (in words) of all outstanding debts borne by the debtor under Contract P.Y.Z. No. (hereinafter referred to as the “Main Contract”) and the interest, compound interest, penalty interest thereof, and the cost of realizing the creditor’s rights.

Interest, penalty interest and compound interest are calculated according to the Main Contract and such calculation will end on the date of the settlement of the debt. The cost of realizing the creditor’s rights include but not limited to announcement fee, service fee, appraisal fee, attorney’s fee, litigation fee, traveling expenses, assessment fee, auction fee, property preservation fee, enforcement fee, etc.


The currency exchange rate other than RMB is converted at the exchange rate quoted by Party A when each specific business actually occurs.

1.2 Guarantee period of this Contract:

☑ Two years from the effective date of this Contract to the expiration of the debt performance period for each specific credit under the main contract. The guarantee period for each specific credit shall be calculated separately. In the event of extension of any specific credit, the guarantee period shall be extended to two years after the expiration of the extension period.

☐ From the date of the issuance of the loan under the main contract to the date of the completion of the mortgage registration of the property with Party A as the mortgagee and submission of the relevant ownership certificate to Party A.

☐ From the effective date of this Contract until.

✓ Where the creditor declares earlier maturity of the debt under the main contract, the guarantee period shall be from the effective date of the main contract until two years after the date of earlier maturity of the debt. If the debt under the main contract is performed in installments, with respect to each installment of debt, the guarantee period shall be from the effective date of the main contract until two years after the expiry date of the performance period of the last installment of debt under the main contract.

Where Party A transfers its creditor’s rights to a third party in accordance with law during the guarantee period, Party B hereby agrees to continue to assume the guarantee liability within the scope of the original guarantee.

1.3 Where the debtor transfers the credit line granted by Party A to a third party for use, Party B hereby agrees to assume the guarantee liability for the portion of the credit transferred in accordance with this Contract. The specific subject and amount of the transfer are:

1. (transferee), the amount: (equivalent to) (currency) (in words);

2. (transferee), the amount: (equivalent to) (currency) (in words);

3. (transferee), the amount: (equivalent to) (currency) (in words);

 

4.                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                    
 
 

1.4 Party B shall independently assume the guarantee liability for the purposes of this Contract. Party A has a prior claim on the guarantee liability against Party B regardless of whether there is any guarantor (including the debtor of the main contract) providing real security or warranty. If Party A waives its security right over the collateral (including the collateral provided by the debtor) or other guarantors, Party B shall still assume full liability for guarantee as stipulated herein.

1.5 This Contract is irrevocable.

1.6 The validity of this Contract is independent of that of the main contract. If the main contract or some terms of the main contract are invalid, this Contract shall remain valid.

Article 2 Performance of Guarantee Liability

2.1 If the debtor fails to perform the due debts (including earlier maturity, the same below) as agreed in the main contract, Party B guarantees to unconditionally repay the debts on behalf of Party A upon receipt of the written notice of claim from Party A. Any document issued by Party A to the effect of the debtor’s failure to fulfill the due debts may be taken as a written notice of claim against Party B.

2.2 Party B hereby irrevocably authorizes Party A to directly deduct the principal and interest of the debtor’s due debts and expenses owed to Party A from any account opened by Party B with all business offices of Ping An Bank. Party A shall notify Party B in writing upon receipt of the deduction notice, and shall have the right to continue to demand repayment of the insufficiency from Party B. If the proceeds from deduction are insufficient to cover all debts due, the repayment on the debtor is overdue for less than 90 days (including 90 days), the repayment order of principal and interest is: (1) expenses; (2) interest (including penalty interest, compound interest); (3) principal. If the repayment on the part of the debtor is overdue for more than 90 days, the repayment order of the advance and interest of the advance is: (1) expenses; (2) principal; (3) interest (including penalty interest, compound interest).


Article 3 Undertakings and Covenants of the Guarantor

3.1 Party B has completed all the authorization and examination and approval required to sign this contract. The signing of this contract is the true intention of Party B and will not result in the violation of the agreement or commitment it has signed with any third party. Party B did not violate any laws, regulations and rules concerning environmental protection, energy conservation, emission reduction and pollution reduction in the signing of the Contract, and undertakes to strictly abide by such laws, regulations and rules after signing the Contract.

3.2 Except for the written notice given to Party A before signing this contract, Party B shall not have any litigations, arbitrations, executions, appeals, reconsiderations and other procedures or other events or circumstances that may have a material adverse impact on the performance hereof.

3.3 If Party B is a legal person:

3.3.1 Party B is a company duly established and existing in the jurisdiction where it is located, with a good reputation, has all the corporate rights and government licenses and approvals required for engaging in the business it is currently engaged in.

3.3.2 Party B shall submit the financial statements, all bank account numbers and balances of deposits and loans and other relevant information as required by Party A within the time limit given by Party A, and shall guarantee that the documents and information submitted are true, complete and objective, and free of any false records, misleading representations or material omissions, and the financial statements are prepared in strict accordance with Chinese accounting standards.

3.4 If Party B is an individual:

3.4.1 Party B has truthfully submitted the information about personal and family income and property and other information as required by Party A, and guarantees the truthfulness, completeness and accuracy of the documents and information submitted.

3.4.2 Party B guarantees to cooperate with Party A in supervision and inspection of its income and credit standing. During the performance of this Contract, if Party A believes that the loan guarantee status has deteriorated, Party B shall provide other guarantee measures approved by Party A.

Article 4 Rights and Obligations of the Guarantor

4.1 Party B shall have the right to require Party A to assume the obligation of confidentiality for the information provided by Party B, except as otherwise stipulated by laws and regulations or regulatory authorities or otherwise agreed by the parties or that the information provided by Party B does not constitute confidential information.

4.2 Party B has carefully read the main contract and acknowledged all the terms and conditions thereof. The individual credit contract or receipt or other credit business voucher under the main contract is not required to be further confirmed by Party B if not exceeding the limit specified in the main contract.

Party A and the debtor may modify the main contract without the consent of Party B, and Party B shall continue to assume the joint and several guarantee liability for the modified main contract. However, in the event of increase in the principal amount of the debt and extension of the term of the loan without Party B’s written consent, Party B shall still assume the guarantee liability in such amount and period as specified in the original main contract.

4.3 Party B accepts and undertakes to cooperate with Party A in the supervision and inspection of Party B’s operation and guarantee capacity, and allow Party A to enter Party B’s premises to check Party B’s assets, financial status and operation.

4.4 ☐ In the event of major property right transfer, system change or transfer of creditor’s rights and debts, Party B shall notify Party A beforehand and shall not proceed with the said matters before obtaining the written consent of Party A.

☐ Under any of the following circumstances, Party B shall give a 30-day written notice to Party A. If it may have a significant impact on the performance of this Contract as Party A considers, Party B shall not proceed with it before obtaining the written consent of Party A:


(1) Major changes have taken place in management system, equity structure, form of property right organization and main business, including but not limited to implementing contracting, leasing management, joint operation, shareholding reform, consolidation (merger) and acquisition, joint venture (cooperation), division, establishment of subsidiaries, custody (takeover), enterprise sale, transfer of property rights, reduction of capital, etc.;

(2) Important assets of which value exceeds 10% of net assets are sold, donated, lent, transferred, mortgaged (pledged) or otherwise disposed of;

(3) Dividends exceed 30% of the net profit after tax for the current year or exceed 20% of all undistributed profits;

(4) the additional foreign investment after entry into force of the contract exceeds 20% of the net assets;

(5) Debt terms with other banks are changed to prepay other long-term obligations;

(6) Debts owed to Party B’s shareholders are repaid;

(7) Application for credit extension from other banks, provision of guarantee to third parties, or reduction or mitigation of third-party debts, involving the amount of debts exceeding 20% of the net assets.

4.5 Party B shall notify Party A in writing within seven business days from the date of occurrence or potential occurrence of the following matters. Party A shall have the right to decide whether to request Party B and the debtor to provide additional guarantee or directly withdraw all the loans depending on the specific circumstances of the matters:

(1) its business and financial situation deteriorates;

(2) being imposed a heavy fine by the competent authority or involved in a major legal dispute;

(3) Party B, Party B’s shareholders, Party B’s legal representative or key management personnel are involved in major cases or their major assets are subject to property preservation and other mandatory measures, as a result of which Party B’s legal representative or key management personnel are unable to perform their duties properly;

(4) Providing guarantee to a third party that has a material adverse effect on its financial position or ability to perform its obligations hereunder;

(5) Discontinuation of business, suspension of business for rectification, dissolution, closure, bankruptcy, and being revoked of business license;

(6) Deterioration of financial condition, e.g. unemployment, employer bankruptcy or substantial loss of personal property, material adverse changes in personal physical condition, divorce, and other matters that may affect Party B’s ability to perform this Contract.

(7) Other major events or events of default which suffice to affect Party B’s business activities and Party A’s loan security.

4.6 Party B shall notify Party A in writing within seven business days after the change of the domicile, mailing address, telephone number, scope of business, legal representative and other matters of Party B. If Party B fails to perform the above notification obligations, Party A shall be deemed to have delivered the relevant notices and documents (including but not limited to the notices and documents of both parties during the performance of the contract, relevant materials and documents relating to arbitration or litigation in the course of arbitration or litigation, and relevant materials and documents during the execution of the case) according to the original address and mailing address.

4.7 ☐ Party B undertakes to maintain a reasonable financial ratio during the loan period.

☐ The financial indicators meet the following criteria during the loan period:

 

 

 

 

Article 5 Breach of Contract

5.1 Any of the following events may constitute an event of default referred to in these Terms:

(1) Party B fails to perform the vicarious liability of repayment in full and on time;

(2) Party B violates the undertakings and covenants made by it or otherwise fails to perform its obligations hereunder;


(3) Party B transfers property and surreptitiously withdraws funds;

(4) Party B defaults under other contracts with Party A or other banks;

(5) Party B’s operating or financial condition has undergone significant adverse changes.

5.2 In case of any breach of contract, Party A shall have the right to take the following measures:

(1) Require Party B to immediately perform the vicarious liability of repayment;

(2) To require Party B to provide new guarantee measures approved by Party A;

(3) Party A claims the subrogation right with Party B’s debtor in accordance with law, or requests the court to revoke Party B’s waiver of its due creditor’s rights or transfer of the property without compensation, transfer the property at an unreasonably low price, Party B shall cooperate with and assist Party A as necessary at Party A’s request, with the costs incurred by Party A therefor borne by Party B.

(4) Take other remedies prescribed by laws and regulations.

Article 6 Miscellaneous

☐ The Bank-Enterprise Guarantee Business Cooperation Agreement (hereinafter referred to as the Agreement) between the parties is the basic legal document that regulates the rights and obligations of the parties. In case of any inconsistency between this Contract with the Agreement, the Agreement shall prevail.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Article 7 Supplementary Provisions

7.1 ☐ Both parties agree to perform compulsory notarization of this contract

After the Contract has been subject to a notarization with enforcement effect handled by both parties, if Party B does not perform or does not fully perform the obligations stipulated in the Contract, Party A has the right to apply for an execution certificate from the original notary office, and apply to the competent people’s court (i.e., the people’s court at the domicile of the person subject to enforcement or the people’s court at the place where the property of the person subject to enforcement is located) by virtue of the original notarial certificate and the execution certificate for enforcement.

✓ This Contract is not notarized for enforceability.

7.2 Party B permits and authorizes Ping An Bank to inquire Party B’s personal (corporate) information and credit information from the Financial Credit Information Basic Database and other legally established credit reference agencies during the application stage and the duration of the debtor’s credit business for the purpose of application and subsequent management of the debtor’s credit business. Party B permits and authorizes Ping An Bank to submit Party B’s personal (corporate) information and credit information, including but not limited to credit information and information that has a negative impact on the credit status of the information subject, to the Financial Credit Information Basic Database and other legally established credit reference agencies in accordance with the Regulations on Credit Reporting Industry.

7.3 Any and all options shall be determined by checking the selected box.

7.4 Any dispute arising between Party A and Party B from the performance of this Contract shall be settled through negotiation by the parties. Should negotiation fails, the dispute shall be settled in the manner as set forth in (2)below:

(1) Apply to     /                 for arbitration in accordance with the arbitration rules in force of the Commission at the time of application. The arbitral award is final and binding on both parties.

(2) File a lawsuit to the people’s court of the locality where Party A is located.

(3) File a lawsuit in the                  people’s court.

7.5 This contract shall be governed by the laws of the People’s Republic of China.


7.6 This Contract shall enter into force upon being signed by the parties hereto (if the parties are natural persons, this Contract shall be signed by such parties; if the parties are legal persons or other organizations, this Contract shall be signed or sealed by their authorized signatories and affixed with their official seals).

7.7 This contract is made in quintuplicate, with Party A holding two and Party B’s ✓ debtors ☐ and registration authority holding one respectively.

Party A’s Unit Seal:

Signature of person in charge or entrusted agent:

Friday, June 15,2018

Ping An Bank Co., Ltd., Shanghai Branch Seal specific for contract on credit extension to legal person clients (seal)

/s/_________

Party B (if Party B is an entity) (Seal):

Signature of legal representative or entrusted agent:        

Party B (if Party B is an individual)

or Authorized Agent(Signature): /s/ Zeng Qingchun

Date: June 15, 2018


 

 

Guarantee Contract of Guarantee under the Debt Ceiling

 

 

 

 


Guarantee Contract of Guarantee under the Debt Ceiling

Contract No.: P.Y.(Shanghai) Z.Z. No.A454201806140001(E.B.002)

Party A (Pledgee): Ping An Bank Co., Ltd. Shanghai Branch

Address: No.1333, Lujiazui Ring Road, Pudong New Area, Shanghai

Tel.:021-62078504                  Fax:                     

Person in charge: Leng Peidong Title: President

Party B (Guarantor): Wang Ying

Certificate Type*: ID Card                Certificate Number*: ****

(* left blank if Party B is an entity)

Address: ****

Tel.: ****                Fax:                                                                              

Legal Representative**:                 Title**:                    

(**left blank if Party B is an individual)

In order to ensure the fulfillment of the contract between Party A and Shanghai Tonggou Information Technology Co., Ltd.(hereinafter referred to as the debtor), Party B is willing to provide Party A with the maximum joint and several liability guarantee. Party A and Party B, intending to be legally bound, hereby agree to enter into this Contract upon consensus through negotiation.

Article 1 Guarantee and Guarantee Liability

1.1 Scope of guarantee.

The scope of guarantee of this Contract is as follows (tick the box before the item applicable ”✓”):

✓The principal, interest, compound interest and penalty interest of all debts and the cost of realizing the creditor’s rights (including contingent debts) to be borne by the debtor under the Comprehensive Credit Line Contract P.Y (Shanghai) Z.Z. No.A454201806140001 (hereinafter referred to as the “main contract”). The maximum principal amount of the debt (balance) is (equivalent to) RMB (currency) (in words) four million two hundred thousand Yuan only.

☐   The (equivalent to) (currency)(in words) of the principal (equivalent to) (currency) (in words) of the debts (including contingent debts) to be borne by the debtor under the Contract P.Y.Z. No. (hereinafter referred to as the “main contract”) and the corresponding interest, compound interest, penalty interest, and the cost of realizing the creditor’s rights. As long as the debt under the Main Contract is not fully settled, Party A has the right to request Party B to assume the guarantee liability in terms of the debt balance within the purview of the above guarantee.

☐   The performance of all the credit line contracts and specific credit business contracts (hereinafter referred to as the “main contract”) between the debtor and Party A from        to    . The date of execution of the main contract shall be within the aforesaid period, and the performance period of the Main Contract shall not be limited to the aforesaid period. The scope of Party B’s maximum guarantee includes the principal, interest, compound interest and penalty interest of all debts and the cost of realizing the creditor’s rights (including contingent debts) of the debtor under the main contract. The maximum principal amount (balance) of the debt above is (equivalent to) (currency) (in words).

☐   The principal (equivalent to) (currency) (in words) of all outstanding debts borne by the debtor under    Contract P.Y.Z. No. (hereinafter referred to as the “Main Contract”) and the interest, compound interest, penalty interest thereof, and the cost of realizing the creditor’s rights.

Interest, penalty interest and compound interest are calculated according to the Main Contract and such calculation will end on the date of the settlement of the debt. The cost of realizing the creditor’s rights include but not limited to announcement fee, service fee, appraisal fee, attorney’s fee, litigation fee, traveling expenses, assessment fee, auction fee, property preservation fee, enforcement fee, etc.


The currency exchange rate other than RMB is converted at the exchange rate quoted by Party A when each specific business actually occurs.

1.2 Guarantee period of this Contract:

☑Two years from the effective date of this Contract to the expiration of the debt performance period for each specific credit under the main contract. The guarantee period for each specific credit shall be calculated separately. In the event of extension of any specific credit, the guarantee period shall be extended to two years after the expiration of the extension period.

☐ From the date of the issuance of the loan under the main contract to the date of the completion of the mortgage registration of the property with Party A as the mortgagee and submission of the relevant ownership certificate to Party A.

☐ From the effective date of this Contract until.

✓ Where the creditor declares earlier maturity of the debt under the main contract, the guarantee period shall be from the effective date of the main contract until two years after the date of earlier maturity of the debt. If the debt under the main contract is performed in installments, with respect to each installment of debt, the guarantee period shall be from the effective date of the main contract until two years after the expiry date of the performance period of the last installment of debt under the main contract.

Where Party A transfers its creditor’s rights to a third party in accordance with law during the guarantee period, Party B hereby agrees to continue to assume the guarantee liability within the scope of the original guarantee.

1.3 Where the debtor transfers the credit line granted by Party A to a third party for use, Party B hereby agrees to assume the guarantee liability for the portion of the credit transferred in accordance with this Contract. The specific subject and amount of the transfer are:

1. (transferee), the amount: (equivalent to) (currency) (in words);

2. (transferee), the amount: (equivalent to) (currency) (in words);

3. (transferee), the amount: (equivalent to) (currency) (in words);

 

4.    
 
 

1.4 Party B shall independently assume the guarantee liability for the purposes of this Contract. Party A has a prior claim on the guarantee liability against Party B regardless of whether there is any guarantor (including the debtor of the main contract) providing real security or warranty. If Party A waives its security right over the collateral (including the collateral provided by the debtor) or other guarantors, Party B shall still assume full liability for guarantee as stipulated herein.

1.5 This Contract is irrevocable.

1.6 The validity of this Contract is independent of that of the main contract. If the main contract or some terms of the main contract are invalid, this Contract shall remain valid.

Article 2 Performance of Guarantee Liability

2.1 If the debtor fails to perform the due debts (including earlier maturity, the same below) as agreed in the main contract, Party B guarantees to unconditionally repay the debts on behalf of Party A upon receipt of the written notice of claim from Party A. Any document issued by Party A to the effect of the debtor’s failure to fulfill the due debts may be taken as a written notice of claim against Party B.

2.2 Party B hereby irrevocably authorizes Party A to directly deduct the principal and interest of the debtor’s due debts and expenses owed to Party A from any account opened by Party B with all business offices of Ping An Bank. Party A shall notify Party B in writing upon receipt of the deduction notice, and shall have the right to continue to demand repayment of the insufficiency from Party B. If the proceeds from deduction are insufficient to cover all debts due, the repayment on the debtor is overdue for less than 90 days (including 90 days), the repayment order of principal and interest is: (1) expenses; (2) interest (including penalty interest, compound interest); (3) principal. If the repayment on the part of the debtor is overdue for more than 90 days, the repayment order of the advance and interest of the advance is: (1) expenses; (2) principal; (3) interest (including penalty interest, compound interest).


Article 3 Undertakings and Covenants of the Guarantor

3.1 Party B has completed all the authorization and examination and approval required to sign this contract. The signing of this contract is the true intention of Party B and will not result in the violation of the agreement or commitment it has signed with any third party. Party B did not violate any laws, regulations and rules concerning environmental protection, energy conservation, emission reduction and pollution reduction in the signing of the Contract, and undertakes to strictly abide by such laws, regulations and rules after signing the Contract.

3.2 Except for the written notice given to Party A before signing this contract, Party B shall not have any litigations, arbitrations, executions, appeals, reconsiderations and other procedures or other events or circumstances that may have a material adverse impact on the performance hereof.

3.3 If Party B is a legal person:

3.3.1 Party B is a company duly established and existing in the jurisdiction where it is located, with a good reputation, has all the corporate rights and government licenses and approvals required for engaging in the business it is currently engaged in.

3.3.2 Party B shall submit the financial statements, all bank account numbers and balances of deposits and loans and other relevant information as required by Party A within the time limit given by Party A, and shall guarantee that the documents and information submitted are true, complete and objective, and free of any false records, misleading representations or material omissions, and the financial statements are prepared in strict accordance with Chinese accounting standards.

3.4 If Party B is an individual:

3.4.1 Party B has truthfully submitted the information about personal and family income and property and other information as required by Party A, and guarantees the truthfulness, completeness and accuracy of the documents and information submitted.

3.4.2 Party B guarantees to cooperate with Party A in supervision and inspection of its income and credit standing. During the performance of this Contract, if Party A believes that the loan guarantee status has deteriorated, Party B shall provide other guarantee measures approved by Party A.

Article 4 Rights and Obligations of the Guarantor

4.1 Party B shall have the right to require Party A to assume the obligation of confidentiality for the information provided by Party B, except as otherwise stipulated by laws and regulations or regulatory authorities or otherwise agreed by the parties or that the information provided by Party B does not constitute confidential information.

4.2 Party B has carefully read the main contract and acknowledged all the terms and conditions thereof. The individual credit contract or receipt or other credit business voucher under the main contract is not required to be further confirmed by Party B if not exceeding the limit specified in the main contract.

Party A and the debtor may modify the main contract without the consent of Party B, and Party B shall continue to assume the joint and several guarantee liability for the modified main contract. However, in the event of increase in the principal amount of the debt and extension of the term of the loan without Party B’s written consent, Party B shall still assume the guarantee liability in such amount and period as specified in the original main contract.

4.3 Party B accepts and undertakes to cooperate with Party A in the supervision and inspection of Party B’s operation and guarantee capacity, and allow Party A to enter Party B’s premises to check Party B’s assets, financial status and operation.

4.4 ☐ In the event of major property right transfer, system change or transfer of creditor’s rights and debts, Party B shall notify Party A beforehand and shall not proceed with the said matters before obtaining the written consent of Party A.

☐ Under any of the following circumstances, Party B shall give a 30-day written notice to Party A. If it may have a significant impact on the performance of this Contract as Party A considers, Party B shall not proceed with it before obtaining the written consent of Party A:


(1) Major changes have taken place in management system, equity structure, form of property right organization and main business, including but not limited to implementing contracting, leasing management, joint operation, shareholding reform, consolidation (merger) and acquisition, joint venture (cooperation), division, establishment of subsidiaries, custody (takeover), enterprise sale, transfer of property rights, reduction of capital, etc.;

(2) Important assets of which value exceeds 10% of net assets are sold, donated, lent, transferred, mortgaged (pledged) or otherwise disposed of;

(3) Dividends exceed 30% of the net profit after tax for the current year or exceed 20% of all undistributed profits;

(4) the additional foreign investment after entry into force of the contract exceeds 20% of the net assets;

(5) Debt terms with other banks are changed to prepay other long-term obligations;

(6) Debts owed to Party B’s shareholders are repaid;

(7) Application for credit extension from other banks, provision of guarantee to third parties, or reduction or mitigation of third-party debts, involving the amount of debts exceeding 20% of the net assets.

4.5 Party B shall notify Party A in writing within seven business days from the date of occurrence or potential occurrence of the following matters. Party A shall have the right to decide whether to request Party B and the debtor to provide additional guarantee or directly withdraw all the loans depending on the specific circumstances of the matters:

(1) its business and financial situation deteriorates;

(2) being imposed a heavy fine by the competent authority or involved in a major legal dispute;

(3) Party B, Party B’s shareholders, Party B’s legal representative or key management personnel are involved in major cases or their major assets are subject to property preservation and other mandatory measures, as a result of which Party B’s legal representative or key management personnel are unable to perform their duties properly;

(4) Providing guarantee to a third party that has a material adverse effect on its financial position or ability to perform its obligations hereunder;

(5) Discontinuation of business, suspension of business for rectification, dissolution, closure, bankruptcy, and being revoked of business license;

(6) Deterioration of financial condition, e.g. unemployment, employer bankruptcy or substantial loss of personal property, material adverse changes in personal physical condition, divorce, and other matters that may affect Party B’s ability to perform this Contract.

(7) Other major events or events of default which suffice to affect Party B’s business activities and Party A’s loan security.

4.6 Party B shall notify Party A in writing within seven business days after the change of the domicile, mailing address, telephone number, scope of business, legal representative and other matters of Party B. If Party B fails to perform the above notification obligations, Party A shall be deemed to have delivered the relevant notices and documents (including but not limited to the notices and documents of both parties during the performance of the contract, relevant materials and documents relating to arbitration or litigation in the course of arbitration or litigation, and relevant materials and documents during the execution of the case) according to the original address and mailing address.

4.7 ☐ Party B undertakes to maintain a reasonable financial ratio during the loan period.

☐ The financial indicators meet the following criteria during the loan period:

 

 

 

 

Article 5 Breach of Contract

5.1 Any of the following events may constitute an event of default referred to in these Terms:

(1) Party B fails to perform the vicarious liability of repayment in full and on time;

(2) Party B violates the undertakings and covenants made by it or otherwise fails to perform its obligations hereunder;


(3) Party B transfers property and surreptitiously withdraws funds;

(4) Party B defaults under other contracts with Party A or other banks;

(5) Party B’s operating or financial condition has undergone significant adverse changes.

5.2 In case of any breach of contract, Party A shall have the right to take the following measures:

(1) Require Party B to immediately perform the vicarious liability of repayment;

(2) To require Party B to provide new guarantee measures approved by Party A;

(3) Party A claims the subrogation right with Party B’s debtor in accordance with law, or requests the court to revoke Party B’s waiver of its due creditor’s rights or transfer of the property without compensation, transfer the property at an unreasonably low price, Party B shall cooperate with and assist Party A as necessary at Party A’s request, with the costs incurred by Party A therefor borne by Party B.

(4) Take other remedies prescribed by laws and regulations.

Article 6 Miscellaneous

☐ The Bank-Enterprise Guarantee Business Cooperation Agreement (hereinafter referred to as the Agreement) between the parties is the basic legal document that regulates the rights and obligations of the parties. In case of any inconsistency between this Contract with the Agreement, the Agreement shall prevail.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Article 7 Supplementary Provisions

7.1 ☐ Both parties agree to perform compulsory notarization of this contract

After the Contract has been subject to a notarization with enforcement effect handled by both parties, if Party B does not perform or does not fully perform the obligations stipulated in the Contract, Party A has the right to apply for an execution certificate from the original notary office, and apply to the competent people’s court (i.e., the people’s court at the domicile of the person subject to enforcement or the people’s court at the place where the property of the person subject to enforcement is located) by virtue of the original notarial certificate and the execution certificate for enforcement.

✓ This Contract is not notarized for enforceability.

7.2 Party B permits and authorizes Ping An Bank to inquire Party B’s personal (corporate) information and credit information from the Financial Credit Information Basic Database and other legally established credit reference agencies during the application stage and the duration of the debtor’s credit business for the purpose of application and subsequent management of the debtor’s credit business. Party B permits and authorizes Ping An Bank to submit Party B’s personal (corporate) information and credit information, including but not limited to credit information and information that has a negative impact on the credit status of the information subject, to the Financial Credit Information Basic Database and other legally established credit reference agencies in accordance with the Regulations on Credit Reporting Industry.

7.3 Any and all options shall be determined by checking the selected box.

7.4 Any dispute arising between Party A and Party B from the performance of this Contract shall be settled through negotiation by the parties. Should negotiation fails, the dispute shall be settled in the manner as set forth in (2)below:

(1) Apply to     /                 for arbitration in accordance with the arbitration rules in force of the Commission at the time of application. The arbitral award is final and binding on both parties.

(2) File a lawsuit to the people’s court of the locality where Party A is located.

(3) File a lawsuit in the                  people’s court.

7.5 This contract shall be governed by the laws of the People’s Republic of China.


7.6 This Contract shall enter into force upon being signed by the parties hereto (if the parties are natural persons, this Contract shall be signed by such parties; if the parties are legal persons or other organizations, this Contract shall be signed or sealed by their authorized signatories and affixed with their official seals).

7.7 This contract is made in quintuplicate, with Party A holding two and Party B’s ✓ debtors ☐ and registration authority holding one respectively.

Party A’s Unit Seal:

Signature of person in charge or entrusted agent:

Friday, June 15, 2018

Ping An Bank Co., Ltd., Shanghai Branch Seal specific for contract on credit extension to legal person clients (seal)

/s/                                     

Party B (if Party B is an entity) (Seal): Signature of legal representative or entrusted agent:        

Party B (if Party B is an individual) or Authorized Agent(Signature): /s/ Wang Ying

Date: June 15, 2018


 

 

Maximum Pledge Guarantee Contract

 

 

 

 

 

1/8


Maximum Pledge Guarantee Contract

Contract No.: P.Y.(Shanghai) Z.Z. No.A454201806140001(E.Z.001)

Party A (Pledgee): Ping An Bank Co., Ltd. Shanghai Branch

Address: No.1333, Lujiazui Ring Road, Pudong New Area, Shanghai

Tel.:021-62078504             Fax:                    

Person in charge: Leng Peidong Title: President

Party B (Pledgor): Shanghai Tong Gou Information Technology Co., Ltd.

Certificate Type*:                     Certificate Number*:                                                     

(* left blank if Party B is an entity)

Address: Room 302, 3/F, No.1000 Tianyaoqiao Road, Xuhui District, Shanghai

Tel.:021-61132270             Fax:                                                                 

Legal representative**: Wang Wei Title**: legal representative (senior executive)

(**left blank if Party B is an individual)

Party B is willing to establish a pledge of the maximum amount in the property lawfully owned by it to Party A as security for the performance of the contract between Party A and Shanghai Tong Gou Information Technology Co., Ltd. (hereinafter referred to as the debtor). Party A and Party B, intending to be legally bound hereby, agree to enter into this Contract upon consensus through negotiation.

Article 1 Pledged Objects and Pledge Liability

1.1 Scope of pledge.

The scope of pledge herein is as follows(tick the box before the item applicable ✓):

✓☐ The principal, interest, compound interest and penalty, the cost of realizing the creditor’s rights of all debts(including contingent debts) and the cost of custody and maintenance of the pledged objects to be borne by the debtor under the Comprehensive Credit Line Contract P.Y. (Shanghai) Z.Z. No.A454201806140001 (hereinafter referred to as the “main contract”). The maximum principal amount of the debt (balance) is (equivalent to) RMB (currency) (in words) four million two hundred thousand Yuan only.

☐ the (equivalent to)(currency) (in words) of the principal (equivalent to)(currency) (in words) of the debts to be borne by the debtor under Contract P.Y.Z. No. (hereinafter referred to as the “main contract”), and the corresponding interest, compound interest, penalty interest, the cost of realizing the creditor’s rights and the expenses incurred in the custody and maintenance of the pledged objects. As long as the debts under the main contract have not been fully settled, Party A shall have the right to request Party B to assume the guaranty liability for the debt balance within the said scope.

☐ The performance of all the credit line contracts and specific credit business contracts (hereinafter referred to as the “main contract”) between the debtor and Party A from                to                . The date of execution of the main contract shall be within the aforesaid period, and the performance period of the Main Contract shall not be limited to the aforesaid period. The scope of maximum pledge guarantee on the part of Party B includes the principal, interest, compound interest and penalty interest of all debts (including contingent debts) of the Debtor and the cost of realizing the creditor’s rights and the cost of custody and maintenance of the pledged objects under the Main Contract. The maximum balance of the debt principal above is (equivalent to) (currency) (in words).

☐ The principal (equivalent to) (currency) (in words) of all outstanding debts borne by the debtor under    Contract P.Y.Z. No. (hereinafter referred to as the “Main Contract”) and the interest, compound interest, penalty interest thereof, and the cost of realizing the creditor’s rights.

 

2/8


Interest, penalty interest and compound interest are calculated according to the Main Contract and such calculation will end on the date of the settlement of the debt. The cost of realizing the creditor’s rights include but not limited to announcement fee, service fee, appraisal fee, attorney’s fee, litigation fee, traveling expenses, assessment fee, auction fee, property preservation fee, enforcement fee, etc.

The currency exchange rate other than RMB is converted at the exchange rate quoted by Party A when each specific business actually occurs.

The details of the pledge are shown in the List of Pledged Objects and the certificate of title in pledge. The List of Pledged Objects is an integral part of this Contract.

It is agreed that Party B shall use the pledged objects hereunder as security for all the debts under the main contract, and Party B shall assist Party A in the registration of the maximum pledge in accordance with the requirements of the registration authority.

1.2 Where the debtor transfers the credit line granted by Party A to a third party for use, Party B shall assume the pledge guarantee liability for the portion of the credit line transferred in accordance with this Contract. The specific subject and amount of the transfer are:

1. (transferee), the amount: (equivalent to) (currency) (in words);

2. (transferee), the amount: (equivalent to) (currency) (in words);

3. (transferee), the amount: (equivalent to) (currency) (in words);

 

4.     
 
 

1.3 Party A has a prior claim on the pledge guarantee liability against Party B regardless of whether there is any guarantor (including the debtor of the main contract) providing real security or suretyship. If Party A waives its security right over the collateral (including the collateral provided by the debtor) or other guarantors, Party B shall still assume full guarantee liability as stipulated in this Contract.

1.4 This Contract is irrevocable.

1.5 The validity of this Contract is independent of that of the main contract. If the main contract or some terms of the main contract are invalid, this Contract shall remain valid.

1.6 During the term of the contract, the pledged objects and the original certificate of title in pledge shall be kept by Party A. After the debtor has paid off the principal, interest of all creditor’s rights and expenses under the main contract, the pledge shall lapse automatically, and Party A shall return the pledged objects and the original certificate of title in pledge to Party B.

Article 2 Delivery of Pledged Objects

2.1 At the request of Party A, Party B shall timely deliver the pledged objects, res accessoria and the certificate of title in pledge to Party A for possession and custody. The specific pledged objects shall be subject to the list signed and confirmed by the parties (or the warehouse keeper).

Where pledge registration is required by law, Party B shall register the pledge as required by Party A, with the original pledge registration documents kept by Party A. The pledge shall be deregistered in accordance with law after full settlement of the principal and interest of all debts and expenses under the main contract by the debtor.

2.2 Where the pledged object is margin, the pledge shall be deemed to have been delivered on the date when the margin is transferred to the dedicated account for the cash deposit. Party B authorizes Party A to directly transfer the margin in such amount as stipulated herein from the settlement account opened by Party B with Party A. In the case of pledge with margin, the pledgor’s increasing the margin or making additional margin and reducing the margin with the consent of the pledgee shall be deemed as the automatic change made by the parties to the amount of the margin in the margin clause, without otherwise agreed by the parties in writing, and shall not affect the effect of pledge guarantee of margin.

The margin account is:                             .

☐ 1. The Deposits bear no interests.

 

3/8


☐ 2. From the date of transfer or deposit, the interest on the margin shall accrue as per the following interest rate in the benchmark interest rate of RMB deposits of financial institutions published by the People’s Bank of China on the same day:

☐ Benchmark interest rate of current deposit

☐ Benchmark interest rate of time deposit of the same grade for the same period corresponding to the deposit term of the margin

☐ 3. The interest on the cash deposit shall accrue as follows:         .

The specific interest accrual and settlement method is subject to the relevant provisions of the People’s Bank of China on the interest accrual and settlement of deposits.

2.3 Where the pledged object is bill, Party B shall go through formalities of endorsement of bill pledge.

Article 3 Insurance

3.1 Party A shall have the right to require Party B to insure the movable property pledged and name Party A as the first beneficiary of the insurance benefits. The sum insured shall not exceed the value of the pledged object and the insurance period shall be no shorter than the debt maturity.

Party B agrees to transfer the right of claim for payment of insurance benefits to Party A, and assist Party A in exercising such right as necessary. The insurance benefits paid by the insurance company shall be first used to repay the debts under the main contract.

3.2 Party B shall pay the premium on time and fulfill the obligations stipulated in the insurance contract.

3.3 Before the principal and interest of the debts and the expenses under the main contract are paid off, Party B shall renew the insurance as stipulated in Article 3.1; otherwise, Party A shall have the right to insure on behalf of Party B with the premium borne by Party B.

3.4 The original insurance policy shall be kept by Party A. After the debtor has paid off the principal and interest of all the debts and expenses under the main contract, Party A shall return the original insurance policy to Party B.

Article 4 Party B’s Undertakings and Covenants

4.1 Party B is a legally incorporated, validly existing company with good reputation in the jurisdiction where it is located and has all corporate rights and government permission and approval to engage in the business it is engaged in.

4.2 Party B has completed all the authorization and examination and approval required to sign this contract. The signing of this contract is the true intention of Party B and will not result in the violation of the agreement or commitment it has signed with any third party. Party B did not violate any laws, regulations and rules concerning environmental protection, energy conservation, emission reduction and pollution reduction in the signing of the Contract, and undertakes to strictly abide by such laws, regulations and rules after signing the Contract.

4.3 Except for the written notice given to Party A before signing this contract, Party B shall not have any litigations, arbitrations, executions, appeals, reconsiderations and other procedures or other events or circumstances that may have a material adverse impact on the performance hereof.

4.4 The pledged objects are legally owned by Party B and are free of any legal disputes and right restrictions, and have not been pledged to any third party before the execution of this Contract.

Article 5 Rights and Obligations of Party B (Pledgor)

5.1 Party B has the right to request Party A to assume the obligation of confidentiality for the information provided by Party B, except as otherwise stipulated by laws and regulations or regulatory authorities or otherwise agreed by the parties or that the information provided by Party B does not constitute confidential information.

5.2 Party B has carefully read the main contract and acknowledged all the terms and conditions thereof. The individual credit contract or receipt or other credit business voucher under the main contract is not required to be further confirmed by Party B if not beyond the main contract.

 

4/8


Party A and the debtor may modify the main contract without the consent of Party B, and Party B shall continue to assume the guarantee liability for the modified main contract. However, in the event of increase in the principal amount of the debt and extension of the term of the loan without Party B’s written consent, Party B shall still assume the guarantee liability in such amount and period as specified in the original main contract.

5.3 Party B agrees that Party A may place the pledged objects in the custody of a third party as it deems necessary.

5.4 Where the pledged objects are offered as security for the credit facility with a term of one year (excluding) or more, Party A shall have the right to request appraisal of the pledged objects by an appraisal institution approved by Party A on an annual basis from the following year of the effective date of this Contract. If the value of the pledged objects has obviously decreased to such an extent as insufficient to secure the debtor’s performance of the debts of the main contract, Party A shall have the right to require Party B to provide other guarantee measures acceptable to Party A.

5.5 If Party B changes its domicile, mailing address, contact number, business scope, legal representative and other matters, it shall notify Party A in writing within seven working days after the change. If Party B fails to perform the above notification obligations, Party A shall be deemed to have delivered the relevant notices and documents (including but not limited to the notices and documents of both parties during the performance of the contract, relevant materials and documents relating to arbitration or litigation in the course of arbitration or litigation, and relevant materials and documents during the execution of the case) according to the original address and mailing address.

5.6 Party B shall bear the insurance premium, custody, maintenance, storage and transportation expenses relating to the pledged objects hereunder.

☐ 5.7 Where the certificate of deposit in a foreign currency is pledged, if the loan-to-value ratio(the principal of the debt of the main contract divided by the principal amount of the certificate of deposit) exceeds % as converted as per the latest daily exchange rate between such foreign currency and RMB, Party A shall have the right to require Party B to provide other guarantee measures recognized by Party A, failing which Party A shall have the right to exercise the right of pledge. If the loan-to-value ratio exceeds % at any time, Party A shall have the right to directly cash the certificate of deposit to repay the principal and interest of the debt of the main contract.

☐ 5.8 Where the certificate of time deposit is pledged, the certificate of time deposit shall be confirmed by the depositor bank thereof, and shall be properly kept by Party A. The information of the certificate of the time deposit is as follows:

Account name:                  ; Opening Institution:                 :

Amount:                  ;Term:                  ; Interest rate:                 %.

Article 6 Realization of Pledge Right

6.1 Under any of the following circumstances, Party A shall have the right to exercise the pledge right:

(1) The debtor fails to repay the debt principal and interest and expenses due (including earlier maturity, the same below)under the main contract in full and on time;

(2) Party B violates any of the undertakings and covenants made by it or otherwise fails to perform any of its obligations hereunder;

(3) The debtor or Party B declares dissolution, bankruptcy or is cancelled in accordance with law;

(4) The value of the pledged objects is likely to decrease to such an extent as to endanger the rights of Party A, and the debtor or Party B fails to provide the guarantee recognized by Party A within the time limit notified by Party A;

(5) The debtor commits any other act in violation of the main contract;

(6) Other circumstances where the pledge right may be exercised as stipulated by laws and regulations.

6.2 Party A shall be paid in priority from the proceeds from the assessment in monetary terms or auction or realization of the pledged objects in accordance with law.

6.3 In the case of pledge of moveable property, Party A may directly authorize auction or realization in accordance with law.

 

5/8


In the case of pledge of rights, Party A may directly cash in, take delivery of goods, sell off or withhold funds. If the cash date or delivery date of the pledged object is prior to the maturity of the main creditor’s right, Party A may cash or take delivery of the pledged object to pay off the debts in advance or put it in escrow, with the escrow cost borne by Party B.

In the case of pledge of certificate of deposit, if the maturity date of the certificate of deposit or deposit is prior to the maturity date of the main creditor’s right, Party B agrees to convert it to time deposit and continue to pledge its corresponding certificate of deposit or deposit without title certificate as security for the main creditor’s right, or cash the certificate of deposit and transfer the proceeds into the dedicated account of margin to provide security for the main creditor’s right by pledge of margin. If the maturity date of the certificate of deposit or deposit is later than the maturity date(or date of earlier maturity) of the main creditor’s right, Party A may directly cash the certificate of deposit or deposit to repay the creditor’s right of Party A.

In the case of bill pledge, Party B shall apply for collection to Party A prior to the maturity of the bill, that is, Party B endorses the bill with the words “entrusted collection” and names Party A as the endorsee. Party B permits and authorizes Party A to transfer the full amount of the bill received to the dedicated account of margin to provide security for the main creditor’s right by pledge of margin.

6.4 Under the circumstances where the pledge right is exercised, Party A and Party B shall determine the manner of realizing the pledge right through negotiation, failing which Party A shall the right to directly apply to the people’s court for auction and sale of the pledged object.

Article 7 Liability for Breach of Contract

7.1 If Party B breaches or fails to fully perform its obligations in this Contract, resulting in failure in establishment of pledge, and Party B fails to provide the guarantee recognized by Party A within the time limit notified by Party A, Party B shall bear the following liabilities for breach of contract:

(1) If Party B is the debtor, Party B shall pay 5% of the principal amount of the debt specified in the main contract to Party A as liquidated damages, which shall not exceed the value of the pledged object specified in this Contract.

(2) If Party B is not the debtor, Party B shall be jointly and severally liable for the outstanding debt principal and interest and expenses unpaid by the debtor under the main contract up to the value of the pledged object specified in this Contract.

7.2 If Party B breaches or fails to fully perform its obligations herein, resulting in decrease in the value of the pledged object, and Party B fails to restore it or provide the guarantee recognized by Party A within the time limit notified by Party A, Party B shall bear the following liabilities for breach of contract:

(1) If Party B is the debtor, Party B shall pay 5% of the principal amount of the debt specified in the main contract to Party A as liquidated damages, which shall not exceed the value of the pledged object specified in this Contract.

(2) If Party B is not the debtor, after Party A has realized the pledge right in accordance with law, Party B shall bear joint and several liability to Party A subject to the difference between the value of the pledged object at the time of realization of the pledge right and the value of the pledged object specified in this Contract, up to the amount of the outstanding debt principal and interest and expenses unpaid by the debtor under the main contract.

7.3 Where Party B conceals the common ownership, dispute, seizure, detention or existing mortgage of the pledged property, causing economic losses to Party A, Party B shall pay 5% of the principal amount of the debt specified in the main contract to Party A as liquidated damages, which shall not exceed the value of the pledged object specified in this Contract.

Article VIII Miscellaneous

The pledge period for accounts receivable is from June 15, 2018 to December 15, 2021.                    

Article IX Supplementary Provisions

9.1 ☐ Both parties agree to perform compulsory notarization of this contract

 

6/8


After the Contract has been subject to a notarization with enforcement effect handled by both parties, if Party B does not perform or does not fully perform the obligations stipulated in the Contract, Party A has the right to apply for an execution certificate from the original notary office, and apply to the competent people’s court (i.e., the people’s court at the domicile of the person subject to enforcement or the people’s court at the place where the property of the person subject to enforcement is located) by virtue of the original notarial certificate and the execution certificate for enforcement.

☐ No enforcement of notarization shall be handled for the Contract

9.2 Party A has the right to transfer the creditor’s right in whole or in part before the creditor’s right is determined under the main contract. Where Party A transfers the creditor’s right in whole or in part, Party B agrees that Party A may transfer the pledge right in whole or in part. Where Party A transfers the pledge right in part, Party A shall notify Party B of the specific share of transfer after determining it through negotiation with the transferee, without obtaining further consent from Party B. Party B is obliged to cooperate with Party A in pledge registration at the request of Party A.

9.3 Party B permits and authorizes Ping An Bank to inquire Party B’s personal (corporate) information and credit information from the Financial Credit Information Basic Database and other legally established credit reference agencies during the application stage and the duration of the debtor’s credit business for the purpose of application and subsequent management of the debtor’s credit business. Party B permits and authorizes Ping An Bank to submit Party B’s personal (corporate) information and credit information, including but not limited to credit information and information that has a negative impact on the credit status of the information subject, to the Financial Credit Information Basic Database and other legally established credit reference agencies in accordance with the Regulations on Credit Reporting Industry.

9.4 Any and all options shall be determined by checking the selected box.

9.5 Any dispute arising between Party A and Party B from the performance of this Contract shall be settled through negotiation by the parties. Should negotiation fails, the dispute shall be settled in the manner as set forth in (2)below:

(1) Apply to    /                for arbitration in accordance with the arbitration rules in force of the Commission at the time of application. The arbitral award is final and binding on both parties.

(2) File a lawsuit to the people’s court of the locality where Party A is located.

(3) File a lawsuit in the                people’s court.

9.6 This contract shall be governed by the laws of the People’s Republic of China.

9.7 This Contract shall enter into force upon being signed by the parties hereto (if the parties are natural persons, this Contract shall be signed by such parties; if the parties are legal persons or other organizations, this Contract shall be signed or sealed by their authorized signatories and affixed with their official seals).

9.8 This Contract is made in five counterparts, with Party A holding two copies, Party B✓ the debtor ☐ and the registration authority each holding one copy.

Party A’s Unit Seal:

Signature of person in charge or entrusted agent:

June 15, 2018

Ping An Bank Co., Ltd., Shanghai Branch Seal specific for contract on credit extension to legal person clients (seal)

/s/                                 

Party B (if Party B is an entity) (Seal):                         Party B (if Party B is an individual)

Signature of legal representative or entrusted agent:                 or Authorized Agent(Signature):

June 15, 2018                

 

7/8


Shanghai Tong Gou Information Technology Co., Ltd. (seal)

/s/                        

 

8/8


List of Pledged Objects

 

   

Pledge name

Quantity, quality

 

   Shanghai Tong Gou Information Technology Co., Ltd., all accounts receivable income with Beijing Jingdong Century Information Technology Co., Ltd., Beijing Jingdong Century Trading Co., Ltd., Zhejiang Tmall Technology Co., Ltd. as the buyer
   

Title of the pledged object

Ownership and title certificate number

    
   
Place of storage of the pledged object     
     

The share of the pledged object owned

by the pledgor

       Names of other co-owners (in the case of co-ownership)     
   
Other information of the pledged object     
   
Remarks     

The pledgor certifies that the statement above is true, accurate and complete. If the pledge is invalid or insufficient in value due to false statements or major omissions, with prejudice to the rights of the main creditor, the pledgor is willing to bear joint and several liability for repayment of all debts of the debtor under the main contract.

 

9/8

Exhibit 10.31

Confidential

To Shanghai Tong Gou Information Technology Co., Ltd.,

Company address: Room 302, 3/F, Tianyaoqiao Road, Xuhui District, Shanghai, China

Addressee: Li Wei

Date: November 15, 2018

Dear Sir / Madam,

Bank credit granting (Letter of credit granting No.: CN11095026159-181011)

On the basis of the recent discussions with you, the Bank hereby confirms that it agrees to grant you the following non-committed bank credits (the “Credit Granting”) in accordance with the specific terms and conditions as set out in the letter of credit granting, after the following guarantees and preconditions have been completed in a satisfactory manner to us.

Although there may be any contrary provisions in this letter, the Credit Granting provided by the Bank is subject to the following conditions:

 

   

The Bank reserves the right to unilaterally suspend or cancel any unused Credit Granting or to decide whether to allow the use of any unused Credit Granting;

 

   

The Bank reserves the right to re-examine the Credit Granting at any time, at least once a year; and

 

   

The Bank reserves the right to request immediate repayment of the relevant loans, including the right to request immediate cash guarantees for expected liabilities and contingent liabilities.

The Credit Granting (if any) that you have used before signing the letter of credit granting are deemed to be Credit Granting under the letter of credit granting and are subject to the relevant provisions of this letter and are guaranteed by the guarantees mentioned in this letter.

This letter of credit granting consists of the main body of the letter, special credit granting terms, comprehensive credit granting terms and relevant appendices (if any).

 

1


Borrower: Shanghai Tong Gou Information Technology Co., Ltd.

Lender: HSBC Bank (China) Co., Ltd., Shanghai Branch

Debtors: the Borrower and each person (the “guarantor”) who provides any guarantee (the “guarantee”) in the “guarantee” paragraph

Credit Granting / Amount: Import Credit Granting of not more than RMB 10,000,000, including:

(a) A post-shipment buyer’s loan credit granting of not more than RMB 10,000,000 for payment to an approved supplier in connection with credit sales or for payment of documents under documentary collection.

Financing documents: this letter of credit granting and each document (“guarantee document”) containing the guarantee.

Guarantee: As a guarantee, in addition to the guarantees (if any) required under the relevant special terms on the Credit Granting, the Bank must also hold:

(1) The deposit pledge provided by Shanghai Tong Gou Information Technology Co., Ltd.;

(2) The warranty issued by Wang Ying and Zeng Qingchun;

(3) The warranty issued by ECMOHO (Hong Kong) Limited and Shanghai ECMOHO Health Biotechnology Co., Ltd.;

(4) Pledge of accounts receivable provided by Shanghai Tong Gou Information Technology Co., Ltd.

The Borrower confirms that it has not owed any debts under the subrogation claim of any foreigner due to performance of any warranties or guarantees provided by the foreigner for the debts that the Borrower has owed to a Chinese domestic creditor (the “Subrogation Debt”). The Borrower undertakes that in the event of any Subrogation Debt, it will immediately notify the Lender and will not use the Credit Granting or conduct or continue any new transactions warranted or guaranteed by foreigners (except as otherwise permitted by the relevant foreign exchange administration) before the irrevocable full settlement of the Subrogation Debt.

Preconditions: Before the Borrower uses any Credit Granting, the Lender should have received the documents and certificates listed below and the form and substance thereof are satisfactory to the Lender:

(1) the copy of all government approvals and supporting documents relating to the status of the Borrower that are certified to be identical to the original.

(2) The original of the Borrower’s internal authorization document or a copy that is proved to be the same as the original, the document is approved in accordance with the Borrower’s articles of association and relevant laws or (authorized by others) the Credit Granting under the letter of credit granting and authorizes a or a number of specific persons to sign and/or submit the letter of credit granting and other documents and notices related to the Credit Granting under the letter.

(3) one or more guarantees are provided for the Credit Granting;

 

2


(a) the original of the guarantee documents duly signed by the parties;

(b) the copy of all government approvals and supporting documents relating to the status of the guarantor that are certified to be identical to the original;

(c) an original copy of the guarantor’s internal authorization document or a copy certified to be identical to the original, which is approved in strict accordance with its organizational documents and relevant laws or (authorized by others) to provide guarantee and one or more specific person are authorized to sign and/or submit the guarantee documents and other relevant documents and notices;

(d) Proof for the guarantee which has been properly created and improved, if applicable; and

(e) If the guarantee is an individual warranty, the original personal net asset statement issued by the warrantor and (if required by the Lender) the corresponding asset certification materials of the warrantor.

(4) Legal opinions issued by the relevant qualified lawyers accepted by the Lender on the relevant matters of the financing documents, if applicable.

(5) If the place of establishment of a guarantor is different from the jurisdiction region of the guarantee document to which it is a party, the guarantor has specified the service agent to the Lender’s acceptance which is appointed for the service of the judicial proceedings of the people’s court of the said jurisdiction region, and the certificate of such appointment.

(6) The Borrower has opened a loan issuance account at the Lender.

(7) other documents or materials required to be submitted by the Borrower before using the credit in the special credit granting terms of certain types of credit granting.

(8) other documents or materials that the Lender may reasonably require in connection with the letter of credit granting or the credit granted under it.

Statement: The Borrower makes the following representations and warranties to the Lender:

(1) The Borrower or any of its subsidiaries and any director, manager, employee, agent or affiliated person thereof does not serve as or owned or controlled by the following persons: (a) the target or subject of sanctions (“Sanctions”) enforced or exercised by the Office of Foreign Assets Control of the US Treasury, the US State Department, the UN Security Council, the European Union, the UK Treasury, the Hong Kong Monetary Authority, or the relevant Chinese authorities, or (b) a country or region that is located, established or residing in a country or region that is the target or subject of Sanctions or whose government is the target or subject of Sanctions, currently including but not limited to the Crimea region, Cuba, Iran, North Korea, Sudan and Syria;

 

3


(2) The Borrower does not know and does not take any actions that may directly or indirectly lead to violations of any applicable anti-bribery laws (including but not limited to the UK Anti-Bribery Act of 2010 (the “UK Anti-Bribery Act”) and the US Foreign Corrupt Practices Act of 1977 (the “FCPA”)) and to its knowledge, that any director, officer, agent, employee or manager of the Borrower or its subsidiaries or other persons acting on behalf of the Borrower or its subsidiaries does not know or take any such action; and

(3) The business practice of the Borrower and (as far as it knows) its affiliates is in line with the UK Anti-Bribery Act, FCPA and other similar laws, regulations or provisions; they have developed and maintained policies and systems to ensure that their business operations will continue this compliance, and such policies and systems are reasonably expected to ensure such compliance.

Commitment: The Borrower shall keep the following commitments during the period in which the Borrower may use the credit granted and as long as there is any outstanding payment under the letter of credit granting:

(1) Without prejudice to any guarantee or other priority (if any) enjoyed by the Lender, the Borrower shall ensure that the credit granted under this letter is at least equal to all current and future unguaranteed borrowings of the Borrower.

(2) Without the prior written consent of the Lender, the Borrower shall not establish or attempt to establish or permit any collateral, floating guarantee, charge, pledge, lien or other prioritized rights on all or any part of its existing or future assets, or permit any liens or other prioritized rights to be generated on such assets (except for liens that are created in accordance with the law in the course of normal transactions).

(3) The Borrower shall immediately submit the audited or (if there is no audited semi-annual financial statements at that time) unaudited semi-annual financial statements and audited annual financial statements of the debtor which are prepared by a qualified accountant to the Lender upon completion. The semi-annual financial statements must be submitted to the Lender at the latest within 90 days after the end of the half-year financial year, while the annual financial statements must be submitted to the Lender within 120 days after the end of the financial year.

(4) The Borrower shall, upon request, provide the Lender with other information on the financial or operating status of the Borrower that is reasonably required by the Lender.

(5) The Borrower shall not directly or indirectly use the credit funds for the following purposes, nor shall it directly or indirectly lend, pay or otherwise supply the credit funds to any subsidiary, joint venture partner or other persons for the following purposes, (a) funding the actions or business of any person who is the target or subject of the Sanctions or the business with such person, or funding any action conducted in the country or region which is the target or subject of the Sanctions or whose government is the target or subject of the Sanctions at that time, or (b) in any other way, causing any person (including any person participating in the Credit Granting, whether as an underwriter, intermediary, investor or any other party) to breach the Sanctions.

 

4


(6) The Borrower shall ensure that no part of the credit funds is directly or indirectly used for payments that may result in a breach of any applicable anti-bribery laws.

(7) The Borrower shall comply with all other commitments (if any) in the special credit granting terms.

(8) The Borrower shall promptly report to the Lender the information of intra-group related party transactions whose total amount reaches 10% of its net assets at that time, and provide details required for the Lender to understand and satisfy the relationship between the Borrower and the counterparty to the relevant contract as well as the nature, transaction volume, size and pricing mechanism of the intra-group related party transactions.

(9) The Borrower shall abide by the borrower’s commitments listed in Article 21 of the Interim Administrative Measures for Working Capital Loans promulgated by the China Banking Regulatory Commission on February 12, 2010.

(10) The Borrower shall open a fund withdrawal account at the Lender, or (in case of a fund withdrawal account opened at a bank other than the Lender), upon request, provide the Lender with the fund inflows and outflows of the account.

(11) In order to ensure and monitor the Borrower’s solvency, according to Article 31 of the Interim Administrative Measures for Working Capital Loans promulgated by the China Banking Regulatory Commission on February 12, 2010, the Borrower shall, within six months after the use of the credit granted, collect 35% of its sales proceeds through the account opened at the Lender, thus facilitating the Lender to monitor the withdrawal of funds.

Governing law: This letter of credit granting is governed by and interpreted in accordance with Chinese laws.

Jurisdiction: The Borrower agrees to accept the jurisdiction of the people’s court at the place where the Lender’s principal place of business is located. The Lender has the right to sue the Borrower in the people’s court in any other jurisdiction for this letter.

Place of performance of the contract: The place where the letter of credit granting is performed is the location of the principal place of business of the Lender.

Address and service: The Borrower confirms that the address listed herein or otherwise kept with the Lender for the purpose of the communication, or the address of the Borrower or its service agent (if applicable) shall be the address of receiving the notice or document (including documents sent by a court or arbitration institution or in connection with a lawsuit or arbitration) hereunder or related to the letter of credit granting or Credit Granting. In the case of any borrower, any such notice or document sent to or retained at or returned from the designated address above will be deemed to have been served on the borrower.

Without prejudice to the Bank’s relevant rights under any other documents, the Bank may disclose any information that you provide or is related to you to any member of the HSBC Group, the assignee or potential assignee of any partial credit granted, any supplier of the Bank or any creditor of you on a confidential basis.

This credit granting offer is valid until the end of business on February 12, 2019. You may accept this credit granting offer during the above period. In the event of no information of acceptance from you in the said period, the credit granting offer will be deemed invalid (unless otherwise agreed by the Bank).

 

5


You are kindly requested to appoint your authorized signatory to sign a copy of this letter and return it to the Bank to show your understanding and compliance with the terms and conditions of the letter of credit granting.

By signing a copy of this letter and returning it to the Bank, you are deemed to have accepted that the credit granted under this letter is a non-committed credit, and any content under this letter, including any terms relating to preconditions, representations and warranties, commitments or breach of contract (if any), will not prejudice the Bank’s right to suspend or cancel any unused credit, to disallow the use of any unused credit or to pursue any credit under the terms of this letter at any time.

The Bank looks forward to establishing mutually beneficial and lasting business relationships with you.

Best

Regards!

HSBC Bank (China) Co., Ltd. Shanghai Branch

/s/ Fan Xiaodan

Position: Business Director of Industry, Commerce and Finance Services

Authorized Signatory: Fan Xiaodan

Accept the above letter of credit granting

Shanghai Tonggou Information Science & Technology Co., Ltd.

Shanghai Tonggou Information Science & Technology Co., Ltd. (seal)

Wang Wei (seal)

Authorized Signatory:

(Official Seal):

Shanghai Tonggou Information Science & Technology Co., Ltd. (seal)

Date:

 

6


Special credit granting terms

Import credit granting

Purpose

This credit granting may only be used to meet the Borrower’s needs for working capital, including the purchase of goods, raw materials and production materials and other needs for working capital recognized by the Lender.

Service conditions for credit granted

1. The currency used for credit granting is RMB or any other currency agreed by the Lender.

2. Credit granted for post-shipment buyer’s loan (also known as unsecured import loan) relating to credit sales or for the payment of documents under documentary collection will be used for the payment by the Lender to the approved supplier which is subject to the decision and alternation independently by the Lender from time to time.

The service term of each credit granted under the Credit Granting will be not more than 90 days.

The Borrower shall submit an service application for credit granting that is satisfactory to the Lender in both form and content, and provide the documents on relevant transactions, including but not limited to copies of invoices, sales contracts, purchase orders and other trade documents, immediately upon submission of such application or upon request by the Lender independently, no matter prior to or after the use of the credit granted.

The Borrower makes the following representations and warranties to the Lender that it has obtained the import or export licenses applicable to and required for each underlying transaction and that in all material respects it will comply with the domestic and foreign laws and regulations of all jurisdictions relating to its operations, the documents it requires to be issued by the Lender and the items covered by such documents (including, if applicable, the transportation and financing of relevant goods).

Interest

The applicable interest rate for each credit granting in RMB under the credit granting for the post-shipment buyer’s loan related to credit sales or used to pay documents under the documentary collection is 122% of the applicable benchmark loan interest rate issued by the People’s Bank of China. During the service term of the credit granted, if the said interest rate changes, the applicable interest rate for the credit granting will remain unchanged.

Expenses

The Borrower shall pay the Lender the following expenses:

Expenses for handling import documents: 0.125%.

Default interest

The Borrower shall pay a default interest on the loan in RMB under the above-mentioned credit granting or the amount of the overdue payment (including the unpaid amount requested by the Lender) under overseas payment on behalf of others, from the payment date stipulated (including the date) to the actual payment date (including a date before or after the judgment), at the following interest rate: 150% of the applicable interest rate for the credit granting as set out above.

 

7


General credit granting terms

1. Description

The following terms apply to the credit granted by HSBC Bank (China) Co., Ltd. (operating through any one or more branches and sub-branches) (the “Bank”) to the Borrower and constitute an integral part of the letter of credit granting that is applicable to the Borrower as amended from time to time (including special credit granting terms and appendices (if any), the “Letter of Credit Granting”).

In the event that the terms and conditions are inconsistent with the rest of the Letter of Credit Granting, the other part of the Letter of Credit Granting will prevail in the case of credit granting under the Letter of Credit Granting.

If the appendix to the Letter of Credit Granting (if any) is inconsistent with the rest of the Letter of Credit Granting, the appendix shall prevail.

If the main text of the Letter of Credit Granting is inconsistent with the special credit granting terms of a certain credit granting, the latter shall prevail in respect of such credit granting (but without prejudice to the Bank’s rights to unilaterally suspend or cancel any unused credit, to disallow the use of any unused credit or to pursue any credit granted under the terms of the Letter of Credit Granting at any time).

2. Definition and interpretation

2.1 Definition

For the purpose of the terms and conditions and the Letter of Credit Granting,

The term “loan” refers to the loan or lending issued or will be issued under the credit granting or the (as the case may be) unpaid principal balance of the loan or lending at that time.

The term “fixing date” means for a calculation period:

(a) in the case of EURIBOR, the fixing date will be the first two TARGET days on the first day of the period;

(b) In the case of HIBOR, the fixing date will be the first day of the period;

(c) in the case of LIBOR, the fixing date will be the first two London working days on the first day of the period.

In any case, if the above information differs from the market practices of the relevant interbank market, the fixing date will be determined by the Lender in accordance with the market practice of the relevant interbank market (if the offer is usually given by leading banks in the relevant interbank market on several different dates, the fixing date will be the last day among these dates).

The term “EURIBOR” refers to any of the following interest rates quoted at 11:00 am on the fixing date for the period in which the period for use of the EUR and the credit granted and for use of the fund, if applicable, is the same for the purpose of a certain credit granting or (if applicable) use of funds:

(a) the applicable interest rate on the screen; or

(b) (in case of no applicable interest rate on the screen for the calculation period of use of the credit granted or (if applicable) use of the fund) the computative interest rate on the screen for use of the credit granted or (if applicable) use of the fund, or the interest rate quoted by the Lender which is applicable in the relevant interbank market for the fund in EUR that may be borrowed in the relevant period (assuming that the Lender is required to accept a reasonable market amount of deposits in EUR provided by the another bank for the relevant period); or

 

8


(c) (in case of no applicable interest rate on the screen for the currency of use of the credit granted or (if applicable) use of the fund) the interest rate quoted by the Lender which is applicable in the relevant interbank market for the fund in EUR that may be borrowed in the relevant period (assuming that the Lender is required to accept a reasonable market amount of deposits in EUR provided by the another bank for the relevant period);

If any such interest rate is below zero, EURIBOR will be treated as zero.

The term “working day” refers to the day when the Bank is generally opened for business in China.

The term “HIBOR” refers to any of the following interest rates quoted at 11:00 am on the fixing date for the period in which the period for use of the HKD and the credit granted and for use of the fund, if applicable, is the same for the purpose of a certain credit granting or (if applicable) use of funds:

(a) the applicable interest rate on the screen; or

(b) (in case of no applicable interest rate on the screen for the calculation period of use of the credit granted or (if applicable) use of the fund) the computative interest rate on the screen for use of the credit granted or (if applicable) use of the fund, or the interest rate quoted by the Lender which is applicable in the relevant interbank market for the fund in HKD that may be borrowed in the relevant period (assuming that the Lender is required to accept a reasonable market amount of deposits in HKD provided by the another bank for the relevant period); or

(c) (in case of no applicable interest rate on the screen for the currency of use of the credit granted or (if applicable) use of the fund) the interest rate quoted by the Lender which is applicable in the relevant interbank market for the fund in HKD that may be borrowed in the relevant period (assuming that the Lender is required to accept a reasonable market amount of deposits in HKD provided by the another bank for the relevant period);

If any such interest rate is below zero, HIBOR will be treated as zero.

The term “HSBC Group” refers to HSBC Holdings plc, its subsidiaries, related companies, associated institutions and organizations and branches thereof: members of or institutions under HSBC Group should give interpretations accordingly.

The term “calculation period” refers to the period of calculation of the benchmark loan interest rate issued by the People’s Bank of China, SHIBOR, EURIBOR, HIBOR or LIBOR, which is set out in the special credit granting terms on use of the credit granted or (if applicable) on use of the fund, in terms of use of a certain credit granted or (if applicable) use of funds.

The term “overseas entities” refers to individuals holding a foreign passport (other than a Chinese passport) or other entities established outside China.

The term “interest period” refers to each period determined under these terms and conditions for the calculation of interest on credit granting.

The term “LIBOR” refers to any of the following interest rates quoted at 11:00 am on the fixing date for the period in which the period for use of the USD and the credit granted and for use of the fund, if applicable, is the same for the purpose of a certain credit granting or (if applicable) use of funds:

(a) the applicable interest rate on the screen; or

(b) (in case of no applicable interest rate on the screen for the calculation period of use of the credit granted or (if applicable) use of the fund) the computative interest rate on the screen for use of the credit granted or (if applicable) use of the fund, or the interest rate quoted by the Lender which is applicable in the relevant interbank market for the fund in USD that may be borrowed in the relevant period (assuming that the Lender is required to accept a reasonable market amount of deposits in USD provided by the another bank for the relevant period); or

 

9


(c) (in case of no applicable interest rate on the screen for the currency of use of the credit granted or (if applicable) use of the fund) the interest rate quoted by the Lender which is applicable in the relevant interbank market for the fund in USD that may be borrowed in the relevant period (assuming that the Lender is required to accept a reasonable market amount of deposits in USD provided by the another bank for the relevant period);

If any such interest rate is below zero, LIBOR will be treated as zero.

The term “London working day” refers to the day on which commercial banks are generally opened for business (including interbank lending) in London (except Saturday and Sunday).

The term “interest rate on the screen” refers to:

(a) In the case of EURIBOR, the Euro Interbank Offered Rate for the relevant period which is displayed on the EURIBOR01 page of the Thomson Reuters screen (or any replacement Thomson Reuters page which displays relevant interest rate) or is displayed on another appropriate information service page that publishes the relevant interest rate in place of Thomson Reuters from time to time (unrevised, recalculated or republished by the administrator), under the management by the European Money Markets Institute (or any other person responsible for managing the interest rate). If the page or service upon agreement no longer provides services, the Lender may, after consultation with the Borrower, designate other pages or services that display the relevant interest rate;

(b) in the case of HIBOR, the Hong Kong Interbank Offered Rate for the relevant period which is displayed on the HKABHIBOR page of the Reuters screen (or any replacement Reuters page which displays the relevant interest rate) or is displayed on another appropriate information service page that publishes the relevant interest rate in place of Reuters from time to time. If the page or service upon agreement no longer provides services, the Lender may, after consultation with the Borrower, designate other pages or services that display the relevant interest rate; and

(c) In the case of LIBOR, the relevant currencies and the London Interbank Offered Rate for the relevant period which is displayed on the LIBOR01 or LIBOR02 page of the Thomson Reuters screen (or any replacement Thomson Reuters page which displays relevant interest rate) or is displayed on another appropriate information service page that publishes the relevant interest rate in place of Thomson Reuters from time to time, under the management by the ICE Benchmark Administration Limited (or any other person responsible for managing the interest rate). If the page or service upon agreement no longer provides services, the Lender may, after consultation with the Borrower, designate other pages or services that display the relevant interest rate.

The term “entities” refers to individuals, enterprises, companies, legal persons or unincorporated entities.

The term “SHIBOR” refers to the Shanghai Interbank Offered Rate.

The term “use of credit granted” refers to loans, overdrafts or other withdrawals or uses of credit granted, or extensions or renewals thereof.

The term “day of using credit granted” refers to the date on which the credit granted is used.

The term “application for use of credit granted” refers to an application or a request for use of credit granted.

 

10


The term “standard trade terms” refers to the standard trade terms of the Bank (as amended from time to time). The Borrower may obtain, read and print standard trade terms on this website www.gbm.hsbc.com/gtrfsll or obtain standard trade terms from its account manager. The “client” mentioned in the standard trade terms refers to the Borrower.

The term “TARGET2” refers to the Trans-European Automated Real-time Gross Settlement Express Transfer that was put into use on November 19, 2007 on the basis of a single sharing platform.

The term “TARGET day” refers to the date on which TARGET2 provides payment and settlement in EUR.

The term “overdraft” refers to the overdraft issued or to be issued under the overdraft credit granting or (as the case may be) the outstanding principal balance of the overdraft at that time.

The term “computative interest rate on the screen” refers to the interest rate calculated on the straight-line basis between the following two items (adjusted to the same decimal place of the two relevant interest rate on the screen) in terms of the EURIBOR, HIBOR or LIBOR for the use of a certain credit granted or (if applicable) use of the fund:

(a) the applicable interest rate on the screen for a period shortening than the maximum period (with an applicable interest rate on the screen for that period) for the calculation period of use of the credit granted or (if applicable) use of the fund; and

(b) the applicable interest rate on the screen for a period beyond the minimum period (with an applicable interest rate on the screen for that period) for the calculation period of use of the credit granted or (if applicable) use of the fund, which will subject to the quotation at 11 am on the fixing date in the currency concerned.

The term “foreign exchange rate” refers to the exchange rate used in the relevant foreign exchange markets and determined by the Bank at that time when one currency is exchanged for another currency at the relevant time. The decision of the Bank is final and binding on the Borrower.

The term “relevant interbank market” refers to the Chinese interbank market (in terms of the benchmark loan interest rate issued by the People’s Bank of China, SHIBOR or Renminbi), the European interbank market (in terms of EURIBOR or EUR), the Hong Kong interbank market (in terms of HIBOR or HKD) or the London interbank market (in terms of LIBOR or USD).

The term “Central Bank” refers to the People’s Bank of China (including its successor).

The term “benchmark loan interest rate issued by the People’s Bank of China” refers to

(a) the RMB benchmark lending rate over the same period with the credit granting for the use of a certain credit granted (except for the use of overdraft credits) issued by the Central Bank that is valid on the date of using the credit granted; and (b) the one-year RMB benchmark lending rate for the daily overdraft balance or the balance of the use of funds on a certain date issued by the Central Bank that is valid on that date.

The term “China” refers to the People’s Republic of China, excluding the Hong Kong Special Administrative Region, the Macao Special Administrative Region and Taiwan for the purpose of the terms and conditions and the Letter of Credit Granting.

The term “fund interruption cost” refers to the difference of Item (a) less Item (b) below (if any):

 

11


(a) the interest that is presumed to be repayable and should have been received by the Bank on the last day of the interest period for a loan repaid in advance, during the period from the date of receipt of the loan to the last day of the current interest period of the loan;

(b) the gains that can be obtained the Lender for issuing a sum equal to the amount of the loan repaid in advance to the relevant interbank market, during the period from the first working day after the date of receipt of the loan to the last day of the above interest period.

2.2 Interpretation

(a) Any reference to the agreement or document refers to the agreement or document as amended, transferred, supplemented, renewed or re-stated from time to time.

(b) Any reference to the laws and regulations refer to the provisions as amended or re-enacted from time to time, including any alternative provisions.

(c) The word in the singular form includes its plural form, and vice versa.

(d) The amount in currency B equivalent to the amount in currency A shall, at any time, be calculated at the purchase price in currency A published by the Bank.

(e) The terms and conditions of the special credit granting of a certain credit granting under a credit granting period (if applicable) shall only apply to such credit under the credit period (if applicable).

(f) If there are two or more Borrowers:

(i) The “Borrower” should make explanation accordingly;

(ii) The Letter of Credit Granting is binding upon each Borrower, even if the Letter of Credit Granting is unbinding upon any other Borrower or any other person to whom it should be binding upon;

(iii) If all or part of the terms of the Letter of Credit Granting is unenforceable to any Borrower at any time for any reason (including any Borrower’s failure to sign the Letter of Credit Granting), the letter of credit is still binding upon other Borrowers and executable as if the letter of credit is only made by such other Borrowers;

(iv) The Bank may deal with any matter separately with any Borrower, including dissolving the Borrower’s liability at any degree without affecting the liability of any other Borrower; and

(v) Any Borrower does not enjoy the rights or relief to which other Borrower is entitled.

3 Calculation and payment of interest and other expenses

3.1 The accrued interest or other fees paid periodically under all credit granting shall be calculated and collected by day according to the actual days on a basis of 360 days a year, but the interest on the amount in GBP or HKD shall be calculated by day according to the actual days on a basis of 360 days a year.

 

12


3.2 The Lender and the Borrower may separately agree on the interest rate for any credit granting, use of any credit granting and any period. The interest rate shall be set out in the relevant application for use of credit granting or (if applicable) renewal notice, interest letter, amendment letter or other documents of the similar effect.

3.3 If any reference interest rate (e.g. LIBOR) used in the Letter of Credit Granting is less than zero, for the purposes of this Letter of Credit Granting, the interest rate shall be deemed as zero.

3.4 (a) The Borrower shall pay the interest arising from the use of the credit at the last day of each interest period for use of each credit under a credit granting. The interest period for use of each credit is equivalent to the initial period for use of the credit, or the duration in the special credit terms separately agreed by the Borrower and the Bank or in the application for use of credit granting for use of such credit. The interest period for use of credit granting begins from the date of using the credit granting or the last day of its previous interest period of used credit.

(b) Notwithstanding the paragraph (a) above, if a used credit is repaid or should be repaid in full, repaid in advance or otherwise paid off in full, or declared to be immediately and fully due and payable by the Bank, the current interest period for use of the credit shall end on the day when the credit is repaid or repaid in advance or paid off or should be paid (as published by the Bank).

(c) Notwithstanding the paragraph (a) above, the Borrower and the Bank may separately agree on the interest payment arrangements for the credit granting in the special credit terms of a certain credit granting.

3.5 The Borrower shall pay the default interest under the Letter of Credit Granting immediately upon request by the Lender.

3.6 The compound interest is calculated based on the unpaid interest (including overdue payments, excess payments or default interest on misappropriated funds) together with the default interest on overdue payments, excess payments or default interest on misappropriated funds for calculating, but should be due and payable immediately at any time.

3.7 If a loan is fully or partially paid off before its maturity date (no matter whether the loan expires early, the Bank exercises its right to repay any credit under the Letter of Credit Granting or the Borrower voluntarily repays the loan in advance), the Borrower should pay the cost of interruption of the funds to the Bank.

4 Issuance of loan, use of credit granting and repayment

4.1 Each credit or all credits under the Letter of Credit Granting are circulating credits. Any money used under such credit may be borrowed again in accordance with the terms of the Letter of Credit Granting, and any credit that have been used and repaid may be reused on the first working day following the repayment in accordance with the terms of the Letter of Credit Granting.

4.2 As for the trade credit, if the relevant transaction does not meet the Bank’s operational requirements for such credit, the Bank may refuse to allow the withdrawals under the trade credit at its discretion.

4.3 The Bank may, at its discretion, allow the Borrower to use the credit in a currency different from the currency contained under the Letter of Credit Granting.

4.4 The application for use of credit granting is irrevocable and will, together with the Letter of Credit Granting, form an agreement with respect to the credit once it is accepted by the Bank. If the application for use of credit granting is inconsistent with the Letter of Credit Granting, as for the use of credit in the application for use of credit granting, the application for use of credit granting shall prevail.

 

13


4.5 The Borrower shall repay or pay off the used credit on the relevant maturity date, unless otherwise agreed in the relevant special credit terms.

4.6 The Borrower shall not pay off any credit in advance. Except as otherwise agreed in the relevant special credit terms.

4.7 The minimum amount of approved advance repayment for some loans is RMB 1,000,000 or other amount agreed by the Bank.

5 Purpose

The Borrower shall use the funds provided by the Bank under the Letter of Credit Granting in strict accordance with the purposes listed in the Letter of Credit Granting and abide by the provisions of the Chinese laws and regulations regarding the use of credited funds. The Borrower shall not use the credited funds for any purpose prohibited by relevant Chinese laws and regulations, including but not limited to the use of credited funds for investment of share capital equity nature, or the use of credited funds for speculative operations in the securities market, futures markets, real estate market and other similar fields.

6 Market interference / increase in costs

In case of any change in any applicable law or regulation (or its interpretation) or the financial market in China, or as required by any regulatory agency/government department (whether or not it has legal effect), the Bank believes that the above factors cause the provision and maintenance of credit or increase in the cost of financing for credit, the changes in basis for calculation of spreads, deviations from the floating range of RMB interest rates allowed by Chinese laws or regulations (or their interpretation), and/or the decrease in net gains obtained by the Bank from credits as stated in this Letter of Credit Granting, the Bank reserves the right to re-determine any spreads, fees, other charges as stated in the Letter of Credit and the applicable term of benchmark interest rate for the central bank loan (if there is a RMB loan). The Bank may, at its discretion, charge a re-determined interest or expense after notifying the Borrower before reaching an agreement on the re-determined spread, fees, other charges or applicable benchmark interest rate. If the above-mentioned changes in laws and regulations or the requirements of any regulatory agency/government department are retroactive, for the added costs and/or reduced net gains of the Bank during the retrospective period, the Borrower should compensate the Bank within fifteen working days after the written notice. Unless the Bank’s compensation requirements conflict with the relevant Chinese laws and regulations or the requirements of the regulatory body/government department, the written notice issued by the Bank regarding such compensation requirements shall be the definitive evidence of the compensation payable by the Borrower to the Bank.

7 Guarantee added

If, in fact, or from the perspective of the Bank, if the Borrower or other Guarantor reduces the value of the guarantee provided for the credit under the Letter of Credit Granting, the Bank may require the Borrower to add a guarantee in the form and the substance satisfactory to the Bank.

The “guarantee” mentioned in this article includes both the guarantee of the object and the guarantee of the person. “Reduction of the value of the guarantee” includes the value not limited to the reduction of the absolute value of the collateral due to the decline in the market price of the collateral, the unfavorable change of the Guarantor’s credit status, and the decrease in value of reduction of guarantee limit or any form of cash guarantee amount or assessed value of the collateral due to fluctuations in exchange rate after conversion of the credit currency.

8 Issuance of loan fund

8.1 Unless otherwise specified in the special credit terms, the issuance of funds under the credit is subject to this clause.

 

14


8.2 The issuance of credited funds under each working capital credit exceeding the payment limit as specified in the special credit terms of the credit shall be subject to “the Bank’s entrusted payment”. The Borrower confirms that the Bank may, from time to time, re-examine and amend the payment limit for “Bank’s entrusted payment”.

Under the Bank’s entrusted payment method, if the Bank receives the following documents three working days before the date of the proposed credit use, and the Bank confirms that the relevant transaction price is due and payable and meets the purposes agreed by the Letter of Credit Granting after reviewing the relevant transaction materials, the Bank will, on the date of the proposed credit use, pay the credited funds to the loan issuance account and the credited fund to the Borrower’s counterparty according to the Borrower’s payment instruction on the same day.

(a) the original application for use of credit for proposed credit use;

(b) a copy of the transaction data as need by the payment supported by the credited funds, which is the same as the original; and

(c) the original of the entrusted payment instruction instructing the Bank to pay the credited funds to the relevant third-party counterparty.

If the Borrower’s self-payment method is adopted, after receiving the Borrower’s application for use of credit granting, the Bank will release the relevant credited funds to the Borrower’s loan issuance account: the Borrower can then pay the credited funds to the third party by itself. The Borrower shall confirm the use of all credited funds independently paid by the Borrower to the Bank on a quarterly basis in the form and content satisfactory to the Bank, and provide the evidence and supporting documents related to the above use at the request of the Bank.

8.3 In respect of the Bank’s entrusted payment, the Borrower hereby promises the following to the Bank:

(a) The Borrower, as the payment obligor under the relevant transaction, shall assume overall responsibility for the appropriateness and/or correctness of each payment made under the Bank’s entrusted payment method. The Bank’s review of the transaction data and act of payment does not relieve or mitigate the Borrower’s liability.

(b) The Borrower shall not direct the Bank to pay any credited funds to the Borrower’s account of the same name in another bank, unless the Borrower’s payment must be made through the account of the same name in another bank and the Borrower must provide the documents satisfactory to the Bank to ensure the use of credited funds paid to the accounts of the same name in another bank is in compliance with the regulations.

(c) The Borrower shall not split a large sum of money into several parts for the purpose of evading the Bank’s entrusted payment.

9 Fees, taxes and deduction authorization

9.1 The Bank and the Borrower shall pay the stamp duty payable on the credit respectively.

9.2 All fees (including but not limited to attorneys’ fees and excluding stamp duty) incurred by the Bank at the request of the Borrower for the modification and reorganization of credit or exercise of the Bank’s rights shall be fully compensated by the Borrower.

9.3 All principal, interest, expenses and other expenditures shall be paid in full by the Borrower and the Borrower shall not deduct any tax payment, taxes, tax revenue, customs duties for any payable by the Borrower or withhold the payment of any nature.

9.4 The Bank may, at any time, offset any due debts owed by the Borrower to the Bank (including but not limited to the principal, interest and other expenses and payments due and payable under the Letter of Credit Granting or in connection with the Letter of Credit Granting) against any due or undue debts owed by the Bank to the Borrower, regardless of whether the payment place, bookkeeping bank or currency type of the above debts is identical. With respect to the above offset, the Borrower needs not to issue further instructions or the Bank needs not to notify the Borrower in advance; therefore, the Bank does not assume any responsibility to the Borrower. If the currency types of the above debts are different, the (related) Borrower authorizes the Bank to exchange any debt for the purpose of the above-mentioned offset and according to the foreign exchange rate in its usual business.

 

15


10 Standard terms of trade

The Letter of Credit Granting and any request for trade services under the Letter of Credit Granting will include the standard terms of trade, as if the standard terms of trade have been fully included in the Letter of Credit Granting or request. Borrower:

(a) confirm that it has read and understood the standard terms of trade; and

(b) agree that the Letter of Credit Granting and any request on trade services under the Letter of Credit Granting will include standard terms of trade, which shall apply to the requested trade services.

11 Transfer

The Bank is entitled to transfer all or any part of its rights and/or obligations in the Letter of Credit Granting or in connection with the Letter of Credit Granting to any person after making written notice to the Borrower(without the consent of the Borrower).

12 Related-party transactions

Article 83 of the Banking Ordinance in Hong Kong and the Administrative Measures of the China Banking Regulatory Commission for Related-party Transactions between Commercial Banks and their Insiders or Shareholders (the “Administrative Measures”) have provided the restrictions on the release of loans made by the Bank to the persons related to the Bank’s directors or employees or with the nature of related transaction. When confirming the Letter of Credit Granting, the Borrower shall, in accordance with Article 83, inform the Bank whether the Borrower has any form of relationship with The Hong Kong and Shanghai Banking Corporation Limited or any of the directors or employees of the bank or whether the Borrower is a “related party” as defined by the CBRC’s Administrative Measures for Related-party Transactions. If the Borrower fails to make the above notice, the Bank will assume that the Borrower has no such relationship. If the Borrower has the above relationship after confirming the Letter of Credit Granting, the Borrower shall immediately inform the Bank in writing.

13 Compliance action

The Borrower knows and agrees:

(a) the Bank and other members of the HSBC Group are required to comply with the laws and regulations of multiple jurisdictions and the requirements of public transit agencies operated in multiple jurisdictions, including laws, regulations and requirements related to the matters as follows: (i) prevent money laundering, terrorist financing, corruption, tax evasion and provision of financing and other services to persons or entities that may be subject to economic or trade sanctions; or (ii) investigate, prosecute or exercise rights as a result of any person violating any laws and regulations;

(b) The Bank may take and may instruct other members of HSBC Group to take actions that the Bank fully and independently considers appropriate (“Compliance Actions”) to prevent or investigate criminal acts or potential violations of the sanctions regime, or the Bank may comply with relevant laws, regulations, sanctions regime, international guidelines, relevant procedures of HSBC Group and/or directives of public, regulatory or industry bodies related to any member of HSBC Group. These compliance actions include: intercepting and investigating any payment, communication or instruction; and further inquiring whether the individual or entity is bound by the sanctions regime; and

 

16


(c) Any loss (including direct or indirect losses, or loss of revenue, data or benefits) or delays undertaken or incurred by any party, in whole or in part, by (i) any action taken by the Bank, or the Bank’s delay in the performance or non-performance of any of the Bank’s obligations under this Letter of Credit Granting, or (ii) any act taken by the Bank or any member of HSBC Group according to the compliance action, the Bank or any member of HSBC Group will not bear any liability to the Borrower.

 

17


Pledge Registration Agreement on Accounts Receivable

The Agreement was signed by the Parties on November 19, 2018:

(A) Pledgor: Shanghai Tong Gou Information Technology Co., Ltd. (hereinafter referred to as “Pledgor”) and

(B) Pledgee: Shanghai Branch of HSBC Bank (China) Company Limited (hereinafter referred to as “the PPledgee”).

About: the Pledge Agreement on Accounts Receivable signed by the Pledgor and the Pledgee on November 19, 2018 (hereinafter referred to as the “Pledge Agreement”)

 

1.

The terms defined in the Pledge Agreement shall have the same meaning as used in the Agreement, except as otherwise defined herein.

 

2.

The Pledgor agrees and confirms:

 

  (a)

For any and all accounts receivable pledged to the Pledgee under the Pledge Agreement, the Pledgor authorizes the Pledgee to register the pledge under the Pledge Agreement in accordance with applicable laws and regulations.

 

  (b)

If the accounts receivable pledged by the Pledgor to the Pledgee under the Pledge Agreement is the Pledgor’s total of existing and future accounts receivable for any account debtor or any assets, the Pledgor authorizes the Pledgee to register the pledge of all accounts receivable within the scope permitted by applicable laws and regulations in a manner as the Pledgee deems appropriate.

 

  (c)

At the request of the Pledgee, the Pledgor shall sign the pledge or transfer notice of the debtor of the accounts receivable for the pledge or transfer of the relevant receivables, and procure the debtor of the accounts receivable to cooperate in and confirm the relevant transfer, pledge and/or registration.

 

3.

For the purposes of the above registration, the Pledgor irrevocably authorizes the Pledgee:

 

  (a)

The pledge registration is extended during the pledge period and before the registration period expires (When the maximum registration period allowed by the registration authority is shorter than the pledge period):

 

  (b)

When the name of the Pledger’s company name and the information of the Pledger recorded in the other registration system are changed, the information on the Pledger in the pledge registration will be changed. For this purpose, the Pledgor shall promptly notify the Pledgee of the relevant changes and submit relevant supporting documents;

 

  (c)

Upload the contents of the Agreement to the registration system as required by the registration authority.

 

4.

The pledge made by the Pledgor according to the Pledge Agreement is an exclusive pledge, while the Pledgor shall not transfer or pledge the relevant accounts receivable to any third party other than the Pledgee.

 

5.

The Agreement shall be governed by Chinese law.

 

6.

The Agreement is an integral part of and supplement to the Pledge Agreement. The matters not covered in the Agreement shall be subject to the Pledge Agreement.


Signed by the Pledgor:

Pledgor: Shanghai Tong Gou Information Technology Co., Ltd.

 

Signature of authorized signatory:

Special Seal for the Finance of

Shanghai Tong Gou Information Technology Co., Ltd. (Seal)

Wang Wei (Seal)

   Signature of authorized signatory:   

Corporate seal

Shanghai Tong Gou Information Technology Co., Ltd. (Seal)

Name:

/s/ Wang Wei

   Name

Signed by the Pledgee:

Pledgee: Shanghai Branch of HSBC Bank (China) Company Limited

 

Signature of authorized signatory:    Signature of authorized signatory:

/s/ Fan Xiaodan

    
Name    Name
Fan Xiaodan     


To: HSBC Bank (China) Co., Ltd. Shanghai Branch

Personal Letter of Guarantee (Single Beneficiary)

 

1.

Definition

 

1.1.

Definition

“Bank” refers to HSBC Bank (China) Company Limited and its successors and transferees, including any of its branches.

“Bank credit” refers to the credit or other credits provided or continuously provided by the Bank for the client or (as required by the client).

“Client” refers to all or any one or more persons whose names and addresses are listed in the appendix.

“Period of determining the creditor’s rights” refers to the period from the date of signing of the Letter of Guarantee to the date of one (1) calendar month after the Bank receives a valid notice of termination.

“Default interest” refers to the interest calculated according to the interest rate specified by the Bank (or the interest rate same as the default interest rate on the guaranteed amount assumed by the client in case of no specified interest rate); if such interest fails to be paid on time as specified by the Bank, the compound interest must be collected monthly.

“Foreign exchange rate” refers to the exchange rate used in the relevant foreign exchange markets and determined by the Bank at that time when one currency is exchanged for another currency at the relevant time. The decision of the Bank is final and binding on the Guarantor.

“Guaranteed amount” refers to (i) all contractual monetary obligations in any currency incurred by the client and owed to the Bank at any time during the period of determining the creditor’s rights; whether such debts are owed payment under the Bank credit, amount related to the Bank credit, payment owed either separately or jointly with any other person, or actual, contingent, current or future owed payment in any capacity (including in the capacity of the principal debtor or the Guarantor), and (ii) all interest (including interest penalty, if any) arising on such debts (before the claim or judgment and after the claim or judgment); In order to avoid ambiguity, all debts owed by the client to the Bank at the beginning of the period of determining the creditor’s rights are parts of the guaranteed amount and are guaranteed under the Letter of Guarantee.

“Guarantor” refers to all or any one or more persons whose names and addresses are listed in the appendix.

“Debt ceiling” refers to the amount of debt ceiling stated in the appendix; if the currency of any guaranteed amount is different from that of the debt ceiling, and the amount expressed in the currency of the debt ceiling equivalent to the guaranteed amount calculated according to the foreign exchange rate applicable at that time increases after the occurrence of guaranteed amount, the debt ceiling shall increase by the same amount of the guaranteed amount.

“Persons” include individuals, firms, companies, legal persons and groups without legal personality.

“China” refers to the People’s Republic of China, excluding Hong Kong SAR, Macao SAR and Taiwan Region for the purposes of the Letter of Guarantee.

“Notice of termination” refers to the notice of termination issued according to Article 3.1.

 

1.2.

Interpretation

 

(a)

In the case of two or more clients, the guaranteed amount shall include all payments and debts owed by the person either separately or jointly with any other person, and the “client” shall be explained accordingly.

 

(b)

In case of two or more Guarantors:

 

  (i)

The “Guarantor” shall be explained accordingly;

 

  (ii)

The obligations of the Guarantor under the Letter of Guarantee shall be joint and several;

 

  (iii)

The Letter of Guarantee may be deemed as a separate guarantee issued by each Guarantor in respect of the guaranteed amount;

 

  (iv)

The Letter of Guarantee is binding upon each Guarantor, even if it is not binding upon any other Guarantor or any other person whom it should be binding upon;

 

1


  (v)

If all or part of the terms of the Letter of Guarantee is unenforceable to any Guarantor at any time for any reason (including due to the failure of any Guarantor to sign the Letter of Guarantee), the Letter of Guarantee shall be still binding upon other Guarantors and executable as if the Letter of Guarantee is only made by such other Guarantors;

 

  (vi)

The Bank may deal with any matter separately with any Guarantor, including dissolving the Guarantor’s liability at any degree without affecting the liability of any other Guarantor; and

 

  (vii)

Any Guarantor shall not enjoy the rights or relief of other Guarantors.

 

(c)

Any agreement or document refers to the agreement or document as amended, transferred, supplemented, renewed or re-stated. A certain legal provision refers to a provision which is amended or re-enacted and includes any subordinate provision.

 

2.

Guarantee

 

2.1.

The Guarantor and the client shall assume several liabilities for the guaranteed amount, and guarantee that the guaranteed amount will be paid immediately to the Bank upon request, provided that the total amount paid by the Guarantor under the Letter of Guarantee does not exceed the debt ceiling under any circumstance.

For the avoidance of doubt, the Guarantor’s warranty obligations under the Letter of Guarantee cover the guaranteed amount owed to any branch of the Bank.

 

2.2.

The Guarantor shall pay the default interest on the guaranteed amount from the date on which the Bank requests the Guarantor to pay the guaranteed amount until the Bank receives the full guaranteed amount. During this period, no matter whether a litigation or other circumstance of restricting the payment of the Guarantor occurs, the default interest shall be continuously calculated.

 

2.3.

The Guarantor shall fully compensate the Bank for all expenses (including the attorney fee) incurred in the execution of the Letter of Guarantee.

 

2.4.

To avoid ambiguity, the Guarantor’s liability under Articles 2.2 and 2.3 shall not be limited to the debt ceiling.

 

2.5.

A certificate of debts signed by any appropriately authorized staff of the Bank shall, in the absence of any obvious error, be a final proof of the unpaid guaranteed amount for the Guarantor.

 

2.6.

Under the Letter of Guarantee, the warranty period for any guaranteed amount shall be two years from the maturity date of the portion as defined in Item (i) of the guaranteed amount.

 

3.

Continuity and additional warranty

 

3.1.

The Guarantor may notify the Bank of the termination of the Letter of Guarantee (“termination”) in writing at least one calendar month prior to the proposed termination date. The Letter of Guarantee is a continuing guarantee and provides guarantee for all guaranteed amount until the expiration of one calendar month after the Bank receives the notice of termination. The Guarantor agrees that the Letter of Guarantee and the period of determining the creditor’s rights will not terminate under any other circumstances (including but not limited to any of the circumstances described in Article 6 below) except as provided in this Article 3. In the event that the Letter of Guarantee or the period of determining the creditor’s rights will be terminated in accordance with the law, the Guarantor shall be deemed to have re-signed the Letter of Guarantee with the Bank immediately upon termination and issue it, and shall indemnify the Bank for all costs, penalties, damages and other losses arising from such termination.

 

3.2.

Notwithstanding the notice of termination, the Letter of Guarantee shall continue to be valid for the actual, contingent or onerous guaranteed amount of the client or the guaranteed amount of the client to be onerous before the termination (together with interest and other payments payable in respect of such guaranteed amount after the termination), and the Guarantor guarantees that the guaranteed amount (together with interest and other payments payable in respect of such guaranteed amount after the termination) shall be paid to the Bank upon request, whether the request is made before, at the end of, or after the termination.

 

3.3.

The notice of termination may not be sent within the shortest period as listed in the appendix hereto, otherwise it shall be deemed to be invalid. In case that the shortest period is not filled in the appendix, this Article 3.3 shall not be applicable.

 

2


3.4.

In the case of two or more Guarantors, the Bank may deem the notice of termination not issued by the entire Guarantors to be only used for terminating the liability of the Guarantor who issues such notice of termination, without affecting or terminating the liabilities of other Guarantors, and the Letter of Guarantee shall continue to be binding on such other Guarantors as if it were made solely by such other Guarantors.

 

3.5.

The Letter of Guarantee is an additional guarantee based on any other warranties, mortgages, pledges or other guarantees held by the Bank, and is not subject to or affected by any such other warranties, mortgages, pledges or other guarantees. Where the Guarantor has provided the Bank with any other guarantee with respect to the guaranteed amount, the limit of the guarantee liability of the Guarantor for the guaranteed amount to the Bank shall be the sum of the “debt ceiling” under all such guarantees (including the Letter of Guarantee), unless otherwise expressly provided in the appendix.

 

3.6.

The Letter of Guarantee shall be not affected by any other warranties, mortgages, pledges or other guarantees held by the Bank, and may be performed, regardless of the existence or waiver of any such other warranties, mortgages, pledges or other guarantees. The Bank has no obligation to execute any other warranties, mortgages, pledges or guarantees (whether they are provided by the client, Guarantor or any other person), exercise any rights or require the client or any other person to make payment, prior to the execution of the warranty hereunder.

 

4.

Payment

 

4.1.

The Guarantor shall pay the Bank as required by the Bank, and shall not have any kind of offset, counterclaim, withholding or condition. However, if the Guarantor is required by law to make such a withholding, the amount payable of the Guarantor needs to be increased, so that the amount actually received by the Bank is equivalent to the Bank’s amount receivable when the above-mentioned withholding is not required to be made.

 

4.2.

The currency of the payment made by the Guarantor to the Bank shall be the same as the currency used for the relevant guaranteed amount, or if the Bank agrees in writing, the Guarantor may pay in another currency. If the payment is made in another currency, such currency shall be exchanged at the foreign exchange rate.

 

4.3.

No payment hereunder paid to the Bank in accordance with any judgment, court order or for other reason may relieve the Guarantor’s liability for payment, unless and until the Bank has received all the payables in the currency specified herein, and when any such payment is made, resulting in the insufficient amount due to the exchange of the currency stipulated in such liability at the exchange rate, the Guarantor shall bear the amount of such shortfall.

 

4.4.

Any amount related to the guaranteed amount paid to the Bank may be used to pay off the guaranteed amount, or it may be credited to the account determined by the Bank (including the temporary account).

 

4.5.

In case of any relevant guaranteed amount paid to the Bank to be returned, or any payment, guarantee or other disposals to be invalid, revoked or returned, due to any law relating to insolvency, bankruptcy or liquidation or for any other reasons, and any exemption, dissolution or arrangement made by the Bank based on such payment, guarantee or other disposals, the Guarantor’s liability hereunder shall continue or be resumed, as if such payment, exemption, dissolution or arrangement had never happened. This article shall remain in force after the termination or expiration of the Letter of Guarantee.

 

5.

Offset

The Bank may use any credit balance on any account of the Guarantor in the Bank to pay off the guaranteed amount at any time without notice, regardless of whether the place of payment, bookkeeping bank or currency is the same thereof. For this purpose, the Bank may use the credit balance of such an account at a foreign exchange rate to purchase other currencies that may be required to be used for paying off the guaranteed amount.

 

6.

Waiver of defense

The Guarantor hereby approve and agree to the following content, and agree that various obligations hereunder shall not be released, weakened, damaged, reduced or adversely affected by any of the following content, and that it may waive any legal or other right (including but not limited to the right to be notified) which may be separately owned, and which is caused by or related to any of the following content:

 

3


  (a)

Any amendment or change to the clauses on the bank credit, or any extension or renewal of the bank credit;

 

  (b)

Any adjustment, grace, extension, grace period, waiver, consent or compromise which may be granted or given by the Bank to the client, the Guarantor or any other person who is obligated to pay any or all of the guaranteed amount;

 

  (c)

Any warranties or guarantees at any time that are in connection with all or any part of the guaranteed amount or that are used to warrant or guarantee the payment for all or any part of the guaranteed amount are discharged, changed, subordinated or lost;

 

  (d)

The Bank or any other person fails to perform the obligation of prudence and reasonable care, when preserving, protecting, executing, selling or otherwise disposing of all or any part of any guarantee;

 

  (e)

In the case of two or more Guarantors, the Bank (i) does not claim to other Guarantors for its rights hereunder or (ii) waives such rights;

 

  (f)

The client is reorganized or merged by any other person or reorganizes or merges with any other person;

 

  (g)

Any terms of the letter of credit, loan contract and/or similar financing documents relating to the guaranteed amount are invalid or unenforceable;

 

  (h)

The Bank suspends or cancels any bank credit to the client, or does not allow the client to use any bank credit, or asks the client to repay the guaranteed amount or any other payment immediately or in advance;

 

  (i)

Bankruptcy or similar procedure of the client, Guarantor or any other person; or

 

  (j)

In case of no this article, any other act or omission of any part of the Guarantor’s obligations hereunder may be exempted.

 

7.

The Guarantor as the principal debtor

The Guarantor’s liability hereunder shall not be relieved or otherwise affected, due to any agreement or arrangement made by and between the Bank and the client or any other person, or any legal restriction which relieves the Guarantor’s liability to any extent in case of no this clause, no legal capacity, legal incapacity or any other actions, omissions or circumstances. The Guarantor’s warranty obligations hereunder shall still cover any guaranteed amount that may not be recoverable from the client for any such reason, and the Guarantor shall fully compensate the Bank for such guaranteed amount immediately upon the request of the Bank, and simultaneously pay the payable default interest as specified in Article 2.2.

 

8.

Subordinate

 

8.1.

Before the Bank receives the full guaranteed amount, the Guarantor may not exercise any subrogation right, right of compensation, right of set-off or counterclaim right against the client, or exercise any participation right of any guarantee held by the Bank for the guaranteed amount, or unless the Bank proposes such request, the creditor’s right may not be proved in the bankruptcy or liquidation of the client. The Guarantor shall enable any payment recovered through the exercise of any such rights to be held by the Bank’s benefit trust, and shall pay such payment to the Bank immediately upon receipt of such payment.

 

8.2.

The Guarantor has not accepted any guarantee from the client, and the Guarantor agrees it will not accept any guarantee from the client before the Bank receives the full guaranteed amount. Any guarantee accepted by the Guarantor in violation of this clause shall be held by the Bank’s benefit trust as a guarantee of the guaranteed amount, and all payments related to such guarantee received at any time must be paid to the Bank immediately upon receipt.

 

9.

No waiver

Any failure to exercise or delay in exercising any right or remedy hereunder shall not be deemed a waiver of such right or remedy, and any separately or part exercise of any right or remedy shall not prejudice any further exercise or otherwise exercise of such right or remedy or the exercise of any other rights or remedies.

 

4


10.

Consent

The Guarantor agrees that the Bank may disclose the information about the Guarantor (including details of all or any transactions or dealings between the Guarantor and the Bank) to the following persons and/or obtain such information from the following persons for the purposes deemed reasonable and appropriate by the Bank:

 

  (a)

Any agent, contractor or third party service provider (whether within or outside China) that provides the Bank with services including administrative, telecommunications, computer, payment, program processing or other banking-related services;

 

  (b)

Credit counseling service institution;

 

  (c)

Any person to whom the Bank is obligated to make disclosure in accordance with any applicable law, regulation or judicial procedure;

 

  (d)

Any company subordinate to HSBC Group, namely, HSBC Holdings plc and all its affiliated companies and subsidiaries at all levels (including any of their agents or

 

  (e)

Any actual or potential participant or sub-participant of the guaranteed amount (or any part thereof).

If such information includes personal or other information of the Guarantor, any third party or individual, the Guarantor shall confirm and warrant that it has agreed and obtained the consent of such third party or individual, agreeing to provide such information for the Bank for such purposes and to disclose the same to persons mentioned in this article. The Guarantor will bear and compensate the bank for all costs, fines, damages and other losses caused by the Guarantor’s violation of any provision of this article.

 

11.

Transfer

The Guarantor may not transfer or assign any of its rights or obligations hereunder. The Bank may transfer all or any part of rights of the Bank hereunder to the person who accepts the transferred all or any part of the guaranteed amount.

 

12.

Severability

Where any clause hereof is or become illegal, invalid or unenforceable in any aspect in any judicial district, the legality, validity and enforceability of other clauses hereof in such judicial district and the legality, validity and enforceability of such clause and other clauses in other judicial district shall not be affected or impaired thereby.

 

13.

Governing laws and jurisdiction

 

13.1.

The Letter of Guarantee shall be governed by Chinese laws.

 

13.2.

The Guarantor agrees to submit the jurisdiction of the Chinese court where the main place of the Bank’s branch indicated on the first page is located. No provision in Article 13.2 restricts the Bank’s right to file a lawsuit against the Guarantor with any other court with appropriate jurisdiction in respect of the Letter of Guarantee.

 

14.

Address and service

The Guarantor confirms that the address listed herein or otherwise kept in in the Bank for the purpose of the communication, or the address of the Guarantor or its service agent (if applicable) shall be the address of receiving the notice or document (including documents sent by a court or arbitration institution or in connection with a lawsuit or arbitration) hereunder or related to the Letter of Guarantee. For the Guarantor, any notice or document sent to, retained in or returned from the above-mentioned designated address, or the domicile or place of residence of the Guarantor will be deemed to have been served on the Guarantor.

 

15.

Signature

The Letter of Guarantee has been executed by the Guarantor on the date set out in the appendix.

 

5


Appendix

Details of the client

 

Name    Address
   
Shanghai Tonggou Information Science & Technology Co., Ltd.    Room 302, 3/F, No.1000 Tianyaoqiao Road, Xuhui District, Shanghai, China

Details of the Guarantor

 

Name    Address
   

Wang Ying

 

  

***

 

   
Name    Address
   
Zeng Qingchun    ***

Amount of the debt ceiling:

 

CNY11,000,000

Minimum period

 

XX month(s) from the execution date of the Letter of Guarantee.

Execution date of the Letter of Guarantee

 

November 19, 2018

 

6


Signed by the Guarantor:

Guarantor: Wang Ying

 

Signature

 

/s/Wang Ying

 

Identity certification type and No.

 

ID card No. ***

Guarantor: Zeng Qingchun

 

Signature

/s/Zeng Qingchun

 

Identity certification type and No.

ID card No. ***

 

7


    

(Cross Border Approach)

 

To:

 

 

HSBC BANK (CHINA) COMPANY LIMITED SHANGHAI BRANCH

 

   (Name of Bank)
  27/F, HSBC BUILDING, SHANGHAI IFC, 8 CENTURY AVENUE, PUDONG, SHANGHAI, CHINA   

 

(Address of Bank’s Office)

LETTER OF GUARANTEE (Limited Amount)

 

1.

Definitions

Bank” means the Bank named above or any person who is entitled at any future date to exercise all or any of the Bank’s rights under this Guarantee;

Banking Facilities” means such facilities as the Bank may make or continue to make available to the Customer or to any other person at the request of the Customer at any branch or office of the Bank and whether now or in the future;

Customer” means all or any one or more persons whose names and addresses are specified in the Schedule;

Default Interest” means interest charged at the rate of 6% per annum over the Bank’s best lending rate or such other rate as the Bank may notify the Guarantor from time to time, compounded monthly if not paid on the dates specified by the Bank;

Exchange Rate” means the rate for converting one currency into another currency which the Bank determines to be prevailing in the relevant foreign exchange market at the relevant time, such determination to be conclusive and binding on the Guarantor;

Guaranteed Monies” means (i) all monies, obligations and liabilities in any currency whenever and however due, owing or incurred, whether with or without the Guarantor’s knowledge or consent and due, owing or incurred by the Customer to the Bank at any branch or office at any time, whether separately or jointly with any other person, actually or contingently whether presently or in future in any capacity including as principal or as surety; (ii) interest (both before and after any demand or judgment), to the date on which the Bank receives payment, at the rates payable by the Customer or which would have been payable but for any circumstance which restricts or prohibits payment; (iii) any amount due under the indemnity in Clauses 9 and 16.03 below; and (iv) all costs, expenses and fees incurred or charged by the Bank in enforcing this Guarantee on a full indemnity basis;

Guarantor” means all or any persons whose names and addresses are specified in the Schedule together with their executors, administrators, successors and assigns;

Maximum Liability” means (i) the Specified Sum; (ii) Default Interest on that sum; and (iii) expenses of the Bank in enforcing this Guarantee on a full indemnity basis; where a liability for Guaranteed Monies is incurred in a currency different from the currency in which the Maximum Liability is stated and the equivalent of that liability in the currency in which the Maximum Liability is stated, calculated at the Exchange Rate, has increased since it was incurred, that increase shall be added to the Maximum Liability;

person” includes an individual, firm, company, corporation and an unincorporated body of persons;

Process Agent” means the person, if any, whose name and address are specified in the Schedule; and

Specified Sum” means the sum specified as such in the Schedule.

 

2.

Interpretation

 

  2.01

Where there are two or more persons comprised in the expression “the Customer” the Guaranteed Monies shall include all monies and liabilities due owing or incurred to the Bank by such persons whether solely or jointly with one or more of the others or any other person(s) and the expression “the Customer” will be construed accordingly.

 

Page 1/10


  2.02

Where the persons comprised in the expression “the Customer” are carrying on business in partnership under a firm name or are trustees of a trust the Guaranteed Monies (notwithstanding any change in the composition of that partnership) shall include the monies and liabilities which shall at any time be due owing or incurred to the Bank by the person(s) from time to time carrying on the partnership business under that name or under any name in succession thereto and includes those due from all persons from time to time being trustees of that trust and the expression “the Customer” shall be construed accordingly.

 

  2.03

Where there are two or more persons comprised in the expression “the Guarantor” the obligations of each such person as Guarantor under this Guarantee shall be joint and several.

 

3.

Guarantee

 

  3.01

In consideration of the Banking Facilities, the Guarantor guarantees to pay the Guaranteed Monies to the Bank on demand.

 

  3.02

The liability of the Guarantor under this Guarantee shall not exceed the Maximum Liability.

 

  3.03

The Guarantor shall, subject to Clause 3.02, pay Default Interest (to the extent that it is not paid by the Customer) on the Guaranteed Monies from the date of demand by the Bank on the Guarantor until the Bank receives payment of the whole of the Guaranteed Monies (both before and after any demand or judgment or any circumstances which restrict payment by the Customer).

 

  3.04

A certificate of balance signed by any duly authorised officer of the Bank shall be conclusive evidence against the Guarantor of the amount of the Guaranteed Monies owing at any time.

 

  3.05

The Bank shall be entitled to retain this Guarantee and any security it has in respect of the Guaranteed Monies until it is satisfied that any repayment of the Guaranteed Monies will not be avoided whether as a preference or otherwise.

 

4.

Continuing and Additional Security

 

  4.01

This Guarantee is a continuing security and shall secure the whole of the Guaranteed Monies until one calendar month after receipt by the Bank of notice in writing by the Guarantor or a liquidator, receiver or personal representative of the Guarantor (in the event of the death of the Guarantor) to terminate it. In the case of the Guarantor’s death, this Guarantee shall remain binding as a continuing guarantee on that Guarantor’s heirs, executors, successors or administrators until the expiry of notice given in accordance with this Clause. Nevertheless and despite the giving of such notice, this Guarantee shall continue to apply to the Guaranteed Monies in respect of which the Customer is or becomes actually or contingently liable up to such termination and the Guarantor guarantees to pay such Guaranteed Monies to the Bank on demand whether that demand is made before, at the time of or after such termination.

 

  4.02

Where there is more than one person comprised in the expression the “Guarantor”, any notice under Clause 4.01 above may be given by any one of the persons comprising the Guarantor. The Bank will treat any such notice as terminating that Guarantor’s liability to the extent provided in Clause 4.01 without affecting or terminating the obligations or liability of any other person comprising the Guarantor and this Guarantee shall continue to bind those persons as a continuing guarantee.

 

  4.03

This Guarantee is in addition to, shall not be affected by and may be enforced despite the existence of any other guarantee or security held by the Bank.

 

  4.04

Where there is more than one person comprised in the expression “the Guarantor”, if for any reason this Guarantee is not or ceases to be binding on any Guarantor, it shall subject to Clause 3.01 remain binding as a continuing security on the remaining person(s) comprising the Guarantor.

 

  4.05

The obligations of the Guarantor under this Guarantee shall not be affected by any of the following:

 

  (i)

any part payment of the Guaranteed Monies by the Customer or any other person;

 

  (ii)

any change in the name or constitution of the Customer, the Guarantor or the Bank;

 

  (iii)

any merger, amalgamation, reconstruction or reorganisation affecting the Customer, the Guarantor or the Bank;

 

  (iv)

the death, mental incapacity, bankruptcy, insolvency, liquidation or administration of the Customer or the Guarantor; and

 

LETTER OF GUARANTEE (Limited Amount)    Page 2/10


  (v)

any other act, omission, event or circumstance which but for this provision would discharge any Guarantor from liability under this Guarantee.

 

5.

Customer’s Accounts

The Bank may, at any time and despite the termination of this Guarantee, continue any existing account and open any new account in the name of the Customer and no subsequent transactions, receipts or payments involving such new accounts shall affect the liability of the Guarantor.

 

6.

Payments

 

  6.01

Payments by the Guarantor shall be made to the Bank as specified by the Bank without any set-off, counterclaim, withholding or condition of any kind except that, if the Guarantor is compelled by law to make such withholding, the sum payable by the Guarantor shall be increased so that the amount actually received by the Bank is the amount it would have received if there had been no withholding.

 

  6.02

Payment by the Guarantor to the Bank shall be in the currency of the relevant liability or, if the Bank so agrees in writing, in a different currency, in which case the conversion to that different currency shall be made at the Exchange Rate. The Bank shall not be liable to the Guarantor for any loss resulting from any fluctuation in the Exchange Rate.

 

  6.03

No payment to the Bank under this Guarantee pursuant to any judgment, court order or otherwise shall discharge the obligation of the Guarantor in respect of which it was made unless and until payment in full has been received in the currency in which it is payable under this Guarantee and, to the extent that the amount of any such payment shall, on actual conversion into such currency, at the Exchange Rate, fall short of the amount of the obligation, expressed in that currency, the Guarantor shall be liable for the shortfall.

 

  6.04

Any monies paid to the Bank in respect of the Guaranteed Monies may be applied in or towards satisfaction of the same in such manner as determined by the Bank or placed to the credit of such account (including a suspense or impersonal account) and for so long as the Bank may determine pending the application from time to time of such monies in or towards the discharge of the Guaranteed Monies.

 

  6.05

If any monies paid to the Bank in respect of the Guaranteed Monies are required to be repaid by virtue of any law relating to insolvency, bankruptcy or liquidation or for any other reason, the Bank shall be entitled to enforce this Guarantee as if such monies had not been paid.

 

7.

Set-off

The Bank may, at any time and without notice, apply any credit balance to which the Guarantor is entitled on any account with the Bank in or towards satisfaction of the Guaranteed Monies. For this purpose, the Bank is authorised to purchase, at the Exchange Rate, such other currencies as may be necessary to effect such application with the monies standing to the credit of such account.

 

8.

Lien

The Bank is authorised to exercise a lien over all property of the Guarantor coming into the possession or control of the Bank, for custody or any other reason and whether or not in the ordinary course of banking business, with power for the Bank to sell such property to satisfy the Guaranteed Monies.

 

9.

Guarantor as Principal Debtor

As a separate obligation, the Guarantor shall be liable as a principal debtor including, but not limited to, where any liability or obligation of the Customer for any of the Guaranteed Monies is or becomes unlawful, irrecoverable, invalid or unenforceable for any reason including by reason of any legal limitation, disability or incapacity or any other act, omission or circumstance which, but for this provision, would discharge the Guarantor to any extent. Any Guaranteed Monies which may not be recoverable from the Customer for any reason whatsoever shall be recoverable by the Bank from the Guarantor as principal debtor by way of indemnity under this separate obligation, on demand, together with Default Interest thereon in accordance with Clause 3.03 above.

 

LETTER OF GUARANTEE (Limited Amount)    Page 3/10


10.

Variation of Terms and Release of Security

The Bank may at any time and without affecting or discharging this Guarantee or the obligations of the Guarantor:

 

  (i)

extend, increase, renew, replace or otherwise vary any of the Banking Facilities;

 

  (ii)

vary, exchange, abstain from perfecting or release any other security or guarantee held or to be held by the Bank as security for the Guaranteed Monies;

 

  (iii)

give time for payment or accept any composition from and make any arrangement with the Customer or any other person;

 

  (iv)

release any Guarantor from that Guarantor’s obligation under this Guarantee or otherwise and give any time for payment, accept any composition from or make any arrangement with any Guarantor;

 

  (v)

make demand under this Guarantee and enforce all or any of the Guarantor’s obligation under this Guarantee without having enforced or sought to enforce any rights or remedies which the Bank may have in respect of the Guaranteed Monies against the Customer, any other surety or in relation to any other security; or

 

  (vi)

do or omit to do any thing which but for this provision would discharge any Guarantor from liability under this Guarantee.

 

11.

Guarantor as Trustee

 

  11.01

The Guarantor shall not, until the whole of the Guaranteed Monies have been received by the Bank (and even though the Maximum Liability of the Guarantor may be limited), exercise any right of subrogation, indemnity, set-off or counterclaim against the Customer or any other Guarantor or person or any right to participate in any security the Bank has in respect of the Guaranteed Monies or, unless required by the Bank to do so, to prove in the bankruptcy or liquidation of the Customer or any other Guarantor. The Guarantor shall hold any amount recovered, as a result of the exercise of any of such right, on trust for the Bank and shall pay the same to the Bank immediately on receipt.

 

  11.02

The Guarantor has not taken any security from the Customer or any other Guarantor and agrees not to do so until the Bank has received the whole of the Guaranteed Monies. Any security taken by the Guarantor in breach of this provision shall be held in trust for the Bank as security for the Guaranteed Monies and all monies at any time received in respect thereof shall be paid to the Bank immediately on receipt.

 

12.

Negligence in Realisations

This Guarantee shall not be affected as security for the Guaranteed Monies by any neglect by the Bank, or by any agent or receiver appointed by the Bank, in connection with the realisation of any other security (whether by way of mortgage guarantee or otherwise) which the Bank may hold now, or at any time in the future, for the Guaranteed Monies.

 

13.

No Waiver

No act or omission by the Bank pursuant to this Guarantee shall affect its rights, powers and remedies hereunder or any further or other exercise of such rights, powers or remedies.

 

14.

Assignment

The Guarantor may not assign or transfer any of its rights or obligations hereunder. The Bank may assign any of its rights hereunder to a person in whose favour it has made an assignment of all or any of the Banking Facilities.

 

15.

Communications

Any notice, demand or other communication under this Guarantee shall be in writing addressed to the Guarantor at its registered office address or at the last address registered with the Bank and if addressed to the Bank at its office specified in the Schedule or such other address as the Bank may notify to the Guarantor for this purpose and may be delivered personally, by leaving it at such address, by post, facsimile transmission or telex and shall be deemed to have been delivered to the Guarantor at the time of personal delivery or on leaving it at such address if sent by post at the time it would, in the ordinary course of post, be delivered, if sent by facsimile transmission or telex on the date of despatch, and to the Bank on the day of actual receipt.

 

LETTER OF GUARANTEE (Limited Amount)    Page 4/10


16.

Debt Collection and Disclosure of Information

 

  16.01

The Bank may employ debt collecting agent(s) to collect any sum due under this Guarantee.

 

  16.02

Without prejudicing the rights of the Bank under any other agreement with the Guarantor, the Guarantor consents to the Bank, for such purposes as the Bank may consider reasonably appropriate, disclosing and/or obtaining information about the Guarantor (including details of all or any transactions or dealings between the Guarantor and the Bank) and this Guarantee, both within and outside the Hong Kong Special Administrative Region, to or from (as the case may be):

 

  (i)

any agent, contractor or third party service provider which provides services to the Bank in relation to the operation of its business (including without limitation administrative, telecommunications, computer, payment or processing services);

 

  (ii)

credit reference agencies;

 

  (iii)

any person to whom the Bank proposes to sell, assign or transfer, or has sold, assigned or transferred, all or any of its rights in relation to this Guarantee or the Banking Facilities;

 

  (iv)

any company within the HSBC Group, being HSBC Holdings plc and its associated and subsidiary companies from time to time or any of its or their agents; or

 

  (v)

any other person, if required or permitted by applicable laws, regulations, regulators’ or other authorities’ guidelines or judicial process to do so.

 

  16.03

If any information disclosed by the Guarantor to the Bank includes information of any third party, the Guarantor confirms and warrants that it has obtained the consent of such third party to the provision of such information to the Bank for such purposes and for disclosure to such persons as referred to in Clause 16.02. The Guarantor agrees to indemnify and hold the Bank harmless from all costs, penalties, damages and other losses incurred as a result of the Guarantor’s breach of this Clause 16.03.

 

17.

Severability

Each of the provisions of this Guarantee is severable and distinct from the others and, if one or more of such provisions is or becomes illegal, invalid or unenforceable, the remaining provisions shall not be affected in any way.

 

18.

Governing Law and Jurisdiction

 

  18.01

This Guarantee is governed by and shall be construed in accordance with the laws of the Hong Kong Special Administrative Region (“Hong Kong”).

 

  18.02

The Guarantor submits to the non-exclusive jurisdiction of the Hong Kong courts but this Guarantee may be enforced in the courts of any competent jurisdiction.

 

  18.03

No person other than the Bank and the Guarantor will have any right under the Contracts (Rights of Third Parties) Ordinance to enforce or enjoy the benefit of any of the provisions of this Guarantee.

 

19.

Governing Version

A Chinese translation of this Guarantee shall be provided to the Guarantor upon request. The English version is the governing version and shall prevail whenever there is any discrepancy between the English version and the Chinese version.

 

20.

Process Agent

If a Process Agent is specified in the Schedule, service of any legal process on the Process Agent shall constitute service on the Guarantor.

 

21.

Headings

In this Guarantee the headings are for guidance only and shall not affect the meaning of any clause.

 

22.

Execution

IN WITNESS WHEREOF this Guarantee has been executed and delivered by the Guarantor as a deed on 19 Nov 2018.

 

LETTER OF GUARANTEE (Limited Amount)    Page 5/10


Schedule

 

Details of Customer

 

1.   

Name (in Block Letters): SHANGHAI TONGGOU INFORMATION SCIENCE & TECHNOLOGY CO., LTD

Address:

ROOM 302, 3/F, 1000 TIANYAOQIAO ROAD, XUHUI, SHANGHAI, CHINA

 

2.   

Name (in Block Letters):

Address:

 

3.   

Name (in Block Letters):

Address:

 

4.   

Name (in Block Letters):

Address:

 

Details of Guarantor

 

1.   

Name (in Block Letters): ECMOHO (HONG KONG) LIMITED

Address:  FLAT/RM 9 4/F BEVERLEY COMMERCIAL CENTRE 87-105 CHATHAM ROAD SOUTH TSIM SHA TSUI KL HK

 
  

Identification Document Type and Number:

Name of Process Agent:

Address of Process Agent:

 

2.     

Name (in Block Letters):

Address:

 
  

Identification Document Type and Number:

Name of Process Agent:

Address of Process Agent:

 

3.   

Name (in Block Letters):

Address:

 
  

Identification Document Type and Number:

Name of Process Agent:

Address of Process Agent:

 

4.   

Name (in Block Letters):

Address:

 
  

Identification Document Type and Number:

Name of Process Agent:

Address of Process Agent:

 

Specified Sum (in relation to the definition of Maximum Liability)

 

     Amount: CNY11,000,000

 

Address of Bank’s Office (for the purpose of Clause 15 only)

 

     27/F, HSBC BUILDING, SHANGHAI IFC, 8 CENTURY AVENUE, PUDONG, SHANGHAI, CHINA

 

LETTER OF GUARANTEE (Limited Amount)    Page 6/10


Execution by Limited Company

 

A. Executed under the Seal of the Guarantor in the presence of the following Director(s) and/or Secretary

 

Name of Guarantor:     

Signature of Director/Secretary

/s/ Zeng Qingchun

  

Signature of Director/Secretary

Ecmoho (Hong Kong) Limited (seal)

 

Full Name (in Block Letters)

ZENG QINGCHUN

 

  

Full Name (in Block Letters)

 

Address

990 Yongfeng Street Donglian County, Tongling, Anhui, China

 

   Address

Identification Document Type and Number

PRC ID ***

 

   Identification Document Type and Number

Duly Authorised by a Board Resolution Dated

2018.11.19.

 

   Duly Authorised by a Board Resolution Dated

Witnessed by:

 

  

Signature of Witness

 

   Signature of Witness

Full Name (in Block Letters)

 

   Full Name (in Block Letters)

Office

 

   Office

Identification Document Type and Number

 

   Identification Document Type and Number
       
Name of Guarantor:     

Signature of Director/Secretary

 

   Signature of Director/Secretary

Full Name (in Block Letters)

 

   Full Name (in Block Letters)

Address

 

   Address

Identification Document Type and Number

 

   Identification Document Type and Number

Duly Authorised by a Board Resolution Dated

 

   Duly Authorised by a Board Resolution Dated

Witnessed by:

 

  

Signature of Witness

 

  

Signature of Witness

 

 

Full Name (in Block Letters)

 

   Full Name (in Block Letters)

Office

 

   Office

Identification Document Type and Number

 

   Identification Document Type and Number

 

LETTER OF GUARANTEE (Limited Amount)    Page 7/10


Name of Guarantor:

Signature of Director/Secretary

 

  

Signature of Director/Secretary

 

 

Full Name (in Block Letters)

 

   Full Name (in Block Letters)

Address

 

   Address

Identification Document Type and Number

 

   Identification Document Type and Number

Duly Authorised by a Board Resolution Dated

 

   Duly Authorised by a Board Resolution Dated

Witnessed by:

 

  

Signature of Witness

 

   Signature of Witness

Full Name (in Block Letters)

 

   Full Name (in Block Letters)

Office

 

   Office

Identification Document Type and Number

 

   Identification Document Type and Number
       
Name of Guarantor:     

Signature of Director/Secretary

 

  

Signature of Director/Secretary

 

 

Full Name (in Block Letters)

 

   Full Name (in Block Letters)

Address

 

   Address

Identification Document Type and Number

 

   Identification Document Type and Number

Duly Authorised by a Board Resolution Dated

 

   Duly Authorised by a Board Resolution Dated

Witnessed by:

 

  

Signature of Witness

 

   Signature of Witness

Full Name (in Block Letters)

 

   Full Name (in Block Letters)

Office

 

   Office

Identification Document Type and Number

   Identification Document Type and Number

 

LETTER OF GUARANTEE (Limited Amount)    Page 8/10


B. Executed as a deed and signed by the following Director(s) and, if applicable, Secretary on behalf of the Guarantor:

 

Name of Guarantor:     
Signature of Director/Secretary   

Signature of Director/Secretary

 

Full Name (in Block Letters)   

Full Name (in Block Letters)

 

Address   

Address

 

Identification Document Type and Number   

Identification Document Type and Number

 

Duly Authorised by a Board Resolution Dated   

Duly Authorised by a Board Resolution Dated

 

Witnessed by:

 

  
Signature of Witness   

Signature of Witness

 

Full Name (in Block Letters)   

Full Name (in Block Letters)

 

Office   

Office

 

Identification Document Type and Number   

Identification Document Type and Number

 

Name of Guarantor:

 

  
Signature of Director/Secretary   

Signature of Director/Secretary

 

Full Name (in Block Letters)   

Full Name (in Block Letters)

 

Address   

Address

 

Identification Document Type and Number   

Identification Document Type and Number

 

Duly Authorised by a Board Resolution Dated   

Duly Authorised by a Board Resolution Dated

 

Witnessed by:

 

  
Signature of Witness   

Signature of Witness

 

Full Name (in Block Letters)   

Full Name (in Block Letters)

 

Office   

Office

 

Identification Document Type and Number   

Identification Document Type and Number

 

 

LETTER OF GUARANTEE (Limited Amount)    Page 9/10


Name of Guarantor:     
Signature of Director/Secretary   

Signature of Director/Secretary

 

Full Name (in Block Letters)   

Full Name (in Block Letters)

 

Address   

Address

 

Identification Document Type and Number   

Identification Document Type and Number

 

Duly Authorised by a Board Resolution Dated   

Duly Authorised by a Board Resolution Dated

 

Witnessed by:

 

  
Signature of Witness   

Signature of Witness

 

Full Name (in Block Letters)   

Full Name (in Block Letters)

 

Office   

Office

 

Identification Document Type and Number   

Identification Document Type and Number

 

       
Name of Guarantor:     
Signature of Director/Secretary   

Signature of Director/Secretary

 

Full Name (in Block Letters)   

Full Name (in Block Letters)

 

Address   

Address

 

Identification Document Type and Number   

Identification Document Type and Number

 

Duly Authorised by a Board Resolution Dated   

Duly Authorised by a Board Resolution Dated

 

Witnessed by:

 

  
Signature of Witness   

Signature of Witness

 

Full Name (in Block Letters)   

Full Name (in Block Letters)

 

Office   

Office

 

Identification Document Type and Number   

Identification Document Type and Number

 

 

LETTER OF GUARANTEE (Limited Amount)    Page 10/10


To: HSBC Bank (China) Co., Ltd. Shanghai Branch

Pledge Agreement on Accounts Receivable

1.     Definition

1.1. Definition

The “Bank” means HSBC Bank (China) Company Limited and its successors and assigns, including any of its branches;

“Bank credit granting” means the loan or other credit provided or continuously provided by the Bank to the Client or (as required by the Client) other persons;

“Customer” means the person whose name and address are listed in Appendix 1;

“Determining period of claim” means the period during which the claims are specified in Appendix 1. The period of determination of such claims may be extended upon the consent of the Pledgor. For the avoidance of doubt, in the event of an event or situation as specified in Article 5.1 of the Agreement, the Bank may, at its discretion, shorten the period during which the claim is determined;

“Debtor of accounts receivable” means a person, listed in Appendix 1, whose name corresponds to the accounts receivable that may bear the payment obligations, or any person whose name is not included in Appendix 1 is likely to bear the payment obligation for the accounts receivable;

“Foreign exchange rate” refers to the exchange rate used by the Bank in the relevant foreign exchange market when the currency is exchanged for another currency at a certain time. The Bank’s decision is final and binding upon the Pledger.

“Maximum debt” means the maximum amount of debt as stated in Appendix 1;

“Persons” include individuals, trade names, companies, legal persons and groups without legal person status;

“Pledgor” means the person whose name and address are listed in Appendix 1;

For the purposes of the Agreement, “China” means the People’s Republic of China excluding the Hong Kong Special Administrative Region, the Macao Special Administrative Region and Taiwan;

“Receipt Account” refers to the accounts opened by the Pledgor at the Bank or specified by the Bank from time to time (whether in the name of the Pledgor or in the name of the Bank), with all accounts receivable deposited in accordance with Article 4.1(b);

“Accounts Receivable” refer to the accounts receivable listed in the description of accounts receivable in Appendix 1, i.e. the Pledgor’s rights of the debtor of accounts receivable that may be generated due to the underlying transaction or under the underlying transaction, including the rights or benefits corresponding to the money debt of the debtor of the accounts receivable (whether existing or existing, or actual or contingent):

“Guaranteed debts” refer to (i) all contractual monetary obligations in any currency incurred by the client and owed to the Bank at any time during the period of determining the creditor’s rights; whether such debts are owed payment under the Bank credit granting, or the amount related to the Bank credit granting, payment owed either separately or jointly with any other person, or actual, contingent, current or future owed payment in any capacity (including in the capacity of the principal debtor or the Guarantor), and (ii) all interest (including interest penalty, if any) arising on such debts (before the claim or judgment and after the claim or judgment); in order to avoid ambiguity, all debts owed by the client to the Bank at the beginning of the period of determining the creditor’s rights are parts of the guaranteed amount and are guaranteed under the Letter of Guarantee.

“Basic Transaction” means a contract, invoice or transaction, as contained in the description of accounts receivable in Appendix 1, that may incur the accounts receivable due to it or under its terms, or if it is not included in the description, it means (to the extent permitted by law) any contract or transaction that may incur accounts receivable due to it or under its terms.

1.2. Interpretation

 

Page 1/10


Any agreement or document refers to the agreement or document as amended, transferred, revised, renewed or re-stated. A certain legal provision refers to a provision which is amended or re-enacted and includes any subordinate provision.

 

2.

Pledge

 

2.1.

The Pledgor, as the creditor and owner of the accounts receivable, agrees to pledge the accounts receivable to the Bank in the form of the first-order pledge as a guarantee for repaying the guaranteed debt. The pledge established under the Agreement is the maximum pledge, and the guaranteed debt guaranteed by it is to the extent of the maximum debt.

For the avoidance of doubt, the pledge established under the Agreement covers the guaranteed debt owed to any branch of the Bank.

 

2.2.

The Pledgor shall fully compensate for all expenditures (including attorneys’ fees) incurred by the Bank for the performance of the Agreement.

 

2.3.

For the Pledger, a certificate of arrears signed by any officially authorized staff of the Bank shall, in the absence of any apparent error, be a final evidence of the amount of the outstanding guaranteed debt.

 

2.4.

In order to protect the interests of the Bank in respect of the guaranteed debt, the Bank is entitled to maintain the guarantees under the Agreement during the period when the Bank proves to the Pledgor that it is appropriate.

 

3.

Continuous and additional guarantees

The pledge under the Agreement is a guarantee that is added to any other warranties, mortgages, pledges or other guarantees held by the Bank and is not subject to or affected by any such other warranties, mortgages, pledges or other warranties, moreover, the pledge under the Agreement may be enforced regardless of the existence or waiver of any such other warranties, mortgages, pledges or other warranties. The Bank has no obligation to perform any other warranties, mortgages, pledges or guarantees (whether provided by the Client, Pledgor or any other person) before the execution of the pledge under the Agreement, exercises any rights or requires the Client or any other person to make a payment.

 

4.

Commitment

 

4.1.

The Pledgor commits that:

 

  (a)

it is the sole creditor and owner of the receivables and there are no guarantees, interests, encumbrances, claims or other benefits on the accounts receivable (other than those arising from the Agreement)

 

  (b)

it will recover the accounts receivable in the normal course of business and cash them, and immediately deposit such proceeds into the collection account upon receipt of any receivables, and ensure that the relevant debtors of the accounts receivable pay the proceeds of the accounts receivable to the collection account until the Pledgor or Bank issues a notice in accordance with Article 4.1(d);

 

  (c)

shall not withdraw, transfer, pledge, limit by encumbrance, transfer or otherwise dispose of or deal with any part of the money in the collection account or any interest thereon;

 

  (d)

At the request of the Bank at any time, in accordance with the format set out in Appendix 2 (or other format required by the Bank from time to time), the notice of the pledge of accounts receivable is issued to the relevant debtor of the accounts receivable, provided that this article does not prevent that the Bank, in the name of the Bank or ( pursuant to the powers conferred by Article 7.1), or in the name of the Pledgor’s agent, issue the pledge notice of accounts receivable under the Agreement to the relevant debtor of the accounts receivable or any other person as it deems appropriate, in the form it thinks fit, (the Pledgor hereby authorizes the Bank to issue such notice);

 

  (e)

shall not transfer, pledge, discount, limit by encumbrance, transfer or otherwise dispose of or deal with any part of the accounts receivable or any interest thereon, or waive or modify any of its interests in such money (except for the payment, receipt and acceptance of such money, except as required by the Bank’s written instructions;

 

Page 2/10


  (f)

shall not engage in any act or omission that may prejudice the validity of the Agreement or the pledge under the Agreement or the rights, interests or powers of the Bank under the Agreement;

 

  (g)

perform the obligations under the basic transaction with due diligence as soon as possible; take all reasonable, prudent and necessary measures to ensure that other participants in the basic transaction properly perform the obligations under the basic transaction; and develop and maintain all procedures required or appropriate for the enforcement of basic transaction or maintenance or protection of the Pledgor’s interest under the basic transaction;

 

  (h)

notify the Bank of the default of the Pledgor and/or other parties to the basic transaction under the basic transaction, any disputes, defenses, counterclaims or offsets filed by the debtor of the accounts receivable with respect to the basic transaction or related to any account receivable, and any legal proceedings for the application, implementation or enforcement of accounts receivable;

 

  (i)

comply with all information protection, privacy and similar laws applicable to the debtor of accounts receivable and in formation of accounts receivable, and take appropriate and reasonable action under these laws to assist and facilitate the Bank’s use, processing and transmission of such information;

 

  (j)

The Pledge Registration Agreement on Accounts Receivable (hereinafter referred to as the “Registration Agreement”) shall be signed in accordance with the content and format required by the Bank, and the Bank giving the authorization shall, according to the Agreement and the Registration Agreement, pledge and register the accounts receivable in the pledge registration and publicity system of accounts receivable of the Credit Reference Center, the People’s Bank of China and the relevant registration shall be the registration of first order; and

 

  (k)

If the Pledgor’s relevant information such as the legal registration name, registered address, registration number, legal representative or name of the person responsible changes, the Bank shall be notified in writing immediately after such change occurs.

 

4.2.

Notwithstanding the provisions of the Agreement, the Pledgor shall still perform all of its obligations under the basic transaction and the Bank shall not be liable for any obligations or responsibility arising out of the Agreement or any reason arising therefrom.

 

5.

Enforcement of guarantee

 

5.1.

If:

 

  (a)

The Client fails to repay any due guaranteed debt (including the debt after expedited expiration);

 

  (b)

The Pledgor violates any term of the Agreement;

 

  (c)

The Pledgor is unable to or acknowledges that it is unable to repay the debt due, or has gone through the insolvency, bankruptcy, liquidation or similar legal proceedings against it; or

 

  (d)

Where the legal proceedings against accounts receivable or other assets of the Pledgor are applied, performed or enforced,

the Bank has the right to perform the Agreement in accordance with any applicable law and without prejudice to the above general provisions, the Bank:

 

  (A)

may receive accounts receivable or enforce payment of accounts receivable;

 

  (B)

may negotiate or reach a compromise with the debtor of accounts receivable;

 

  (C)

may institute any legal proceedings under or in connection with the basic transaction or accounts receivable; and/or

 

  (D)

without making a request, giving notice, initiate legal proceedings or take any other action against the Pledgor, it may retain all or any part of the accounts receivable for its own benefit at any time it deems appropriate, in any manner it deems appropriate, the accounts receivable or the use of all or any part of the accounts receivable for the settlement of the guaranteed debts without any restrictions or claims, and the Bank is not responsible for any losses caused by any of the above actions.

 

Page 3/10


5.2.

If the currency type of the accounts receivable differs from the currency of the guaranteed debt, the Pledgor here irrevocably authorizes the Bank and/or any person designated by the Bank to directly receive the accounts receivable without obtaining the consent of the Pledgor. Converted into a currency of guaranteed debt at the foreign exchange rate for the purpose of repaying the guaranteed debt and sign any documents required for the purpose of such redemption or to take any action for the purpose of such redemption on behalf of the Pledgor.

 

6.

Waiver of defense

The Pledgor hereby approves and agrees to the following contents and agrees that its obligations under the Agreement shall not be dissolved, weakened, damaged, reduced or adversely affected by any of the following, and shall waive any legal or other rights (including but not limited to the right to be notified) that may be caused by any of the following or be related to any of the following:

 

  (a)

Any amendment or change to the clauses on the bank credit, or any extension or renewal of the bank credit;

 

  (b)

any adjustment, grace, extension, grace period, waiver, consent or compromise given by the Bank to the Client, Pledgor, debtor of accounts receivable or any other person who is obligated to pay any or all of the guaranteed debts;

 

  (c)

any warranty or guarantee at any time relating to all or any part of the guaranteed debts or used to secure or guarantee the payment of all or any part of the guaranteed debts are discharged, exchanged, subordinated or lost;

 

  (d)

The Bank or any other person fails to perform the obligation of prudence and reasonable care, when preserving, protecting, executing, selling or otherwise disposing of all or any part of any guarantee;

 

  (e)

the client or Pledgor is reorganized, combined or merged by any other person or reorganized, combined or merged with any other person;

 

  (f)

any terms of the Letter of Credit Granting, loan contract and/or similar financing documents relating to the guaranteed debt are invalid or unenforceable: or

 

  (g)

In case of no article, any action or non-action may exempt the Pledgor’s obligations under any part of the Agreement.

 

7.

Power of Attorney; Further Commitment

 

7.1.

The Pledgor here irrevocably appoints the Bank as its true and legal agent (with full agency power), in the name of the Pledgor and on behalf of the Pledgor, to conclude or sign all rights certificates, agreements or documents, perform its obligations under the Agreement for the Pledgor (including but not limited to the issuance of notices relating to the Agreement) or enable the Bank to enjoy all the benefits of the Agreement and its rights and powers granted hereof and the Bank deems appropriate, and in the name of the Pledgor and on behalf of the Pledgor, take all actions and matters perform its obligations under the Agreement for the Pledgor (including but not limited to the issuance of notices relating to the Agreement) or enable the Bank to enjoy all the benefits of the Agreement and its rights and powers granted hereof and the Bank deems appropriate. The Pledgor agrees and confirms all acts performed by the Bank in its capacity as an agent when exercising or claiming to exercise the powers conferred on it by this article.

 

7.2.

Where the Bank considers that it benefits the Bank to exercise the powers and rights conferred by the Agreement, the Pledgor shall sign the relevant documents and make relevant acts at the request of the Bank.

 

8.

Payment

 

8.1.

Any amount paid to the Bank for the guaranteed debts may be used to settle the guaranteed debt or credited to the account (including the suspense account) determined by the Bank.

 

8.2.

If any payment of the relevant guaranteed debts to the Bank should be returned or any payment, guarantee or other disposal becomes invalid, should be revoked or returned due to any law relating to insolvency, bankruptcy or liquidation or for any other reason, but the Bank makes any exemption, discharge or arrangement in whole or in part based on such payment, guarantee or other disposal, the Pledgor’s liability under the Agreement shall continue or be restored as if such payment, exemptions, discharge or arrangements have never occurred.

 

Page 4/10


9.

Subordinate

 

9.1.

Before the Bank receives the full guarantee debts, the Pledgor shall not exercise any right of subrogation, indemnity, set-off or counter-claims against the Client, or exercise any right to participate in any guarantee of the guaranteed debt held by the Bank; or, unless the Bank requires to do so, the creditor’s rights may not be proved in the course of bankruptcy or liquidation of the client. The Pledgor shall hold any money recovered from the exercise of any such rights for the Bank’s benefit trust and shall pay the money to the Bank immediately upon receipt of the money.

 

9.2.

The Pledgor has not yet accepted any guarantee from the client and the Pledgor agrees to accept any guarantee from the client before the Bank receives the full guaranteed debt. Any guarantee accepted by the Pledgor in violation of the article shall be held for the Bank’s benefit trust as a security for the guaranteed debt and all payments received in respect of such guarantee at any time must be paid to the Bank immediately upon receipt.

9.3. Article 9 applies only the case when the Pledgor and the Client are not the same person.

 

10.

No waiver

Any failure to exercise or delay in exercising any of the rights or remedies under the Agreement shall not be deemed a waiver of such right or remedy, and any exercise of any right or remedy, alone or in part, shall not prejudice any further exercise of that right or remedy or exercise of other means or impede the exercise of any other right or remedy.

 

11.

Consent

The Pledgor agrees that the Bank may disclose to the following persons for the purposes deemed reasonable and appropriate by the Bank and/or obtain information about the Pledgor from the following persons (including details of all or any transactions or dealings between the Pledgor and the Bank):

 

  (a)

Any agent, contractor or third party service provider (whether within or outside China) that provides the Bank with services including administrative, telecommunications, computer, payment, program processing or other banking-related services;

 

  (b)

Credit counseling service institution;

 

  (c)

any person to whom the Bank is obliged to disclose it under any applicable law, regulation or judicial procedure; and

 

  (d)

any actual or potential participant or sub-participant of the guaranteed debt (or any part thereof).

If such information includes personal or other information of any third party or individual, the Pledgor confirms and warrants that it has obtained the consent of such third party or individual and agrees to provide such information to the Bank for such purposes and disclose such information to the persons mentioned in the article. The Pledgor will bear and compensate the Bank for all costs, fines, damages and other losses caused by the Pledgor’s violation of any provision of the article.

 

12.

Transfer

The Pledgor shall not assign or transfer any of its rights or obligations under the Agreement. The Bank may transfer the Bank’s all or part of rights under the Agreement to persons who have accepted the all or any part of bank credit granting and/or guaranteed debts.

 

13.

Severability

If any provision of the Agreement is or is not legal, invalid or unenforceable in any jurisdiction, the legality, validity and enforceability of the other terms of the Agreement in that jurisdiction and such terms and other terms of other jurisdictions should not be affected or impaired therein.

 

Page 5/10


14.

Governing laws and jurisdiction

 

14.1.

The Agreement shall be governed by Chinese law.

 

14.2.

The parties to the Agreement agree to submit the jurisdiction of the Chinese court at the place where the main business place of the Bank Branch indicated on the first page. Article 14.2 will not restrict the Bank’s right to sue against the Pledgor to any other court with competent jurisdiction with respect to the pledge under the Agreement.

 

15.

Address and service

The Pledgor confirms that the address listed in the Agreement or otherwise retained by the Bank for the purposes of communication, or (if applicable), the address of its delivery agent is the receipt of notice or document under the Agreement or in connection with the Agreement (including documents sent by the court or arbitral authority relating to litigation or arbitration). For the Pledgor, any notice or document sent to or retained at the above-mentioned designated address, the Pledgor’s registered address, or returned from the above-mentioned designated address or the Pledgor’s registered address will be deemed to have been served.

 

16.

Signature

The Agreement has been signed on the date set out in Appendix 1.

 

Page 6/10


Signed by the Pledgor:

Pledgor: Shanghai Tong Gou Information Technology Co., Ltd. (seal)

 

Signature of authorized signatory:

 

Special Seal for the Finance of
Shanghai Tong Gou Information
Technology Co., Ltd. (Seal)

Wang Wei (seal)

   Signature of authorized signatory:    Corporate seal

Name

Wang Wei

   Name

Identity certification type and No.

ID card No. ***

   Identity certification type and No.

Signed by the Bank:

Bank: Shanghai Branch of HSBC Bank (China) Company Limited

 

Signature of authorized signatory:    Signature of authorized signatory:
Name: /s/ Fan Xiaodan    Name

 

Page 7/10


Appendix 1

Details of the client

 

Name

Shanghai Tong Gou Information Technology Co., Ltd.

  

Address

Room 302, 3/F, No. 1000 Tianyaoqiao Road, Xuhui District, Shanghai, China

The Pledgor’s details

 

Name

Shanghai Tong Gou Information Technology Co., Ltd.

  

Address

Room 302, 3/F, No. 1000 Tianyaoqiao Road, Xuhui District, Shanghai, China

The date of signing the Agreement

 

November 19, 2018

Determination period of claim

 

From November 15, 2018 to November 14, 2023

Maximum debt

 

RMB 21,000,000.00

Description of accounts receivable (pledged property) (please select the applicable party)

 

  

(1)

  The Pledgor’s existing and future accounts receivable for each debtor of accounts receivables as follows.
   

  

(2)

  Under the contract between the Pledgor and each debtor of accounts receivables as follows (the details of such contracts are listed next to the names of the debtors of such accounts receivables) (including any modifications), the Pledgor’s all existing and future accounts receivables for such debtors of accounts receivable.
   

  

(3)

  Under the invoices issued by the Pledgor listed in the following invoice list or in connection with such invoices, the Pledgor‘s present and future accounts receivable for each debtor of the accounts receivable.
   

  

(4)

  All the Pledgor’s all existing and future accounts receivables.
   

  

(5)

  All existing and future receivables that are generated by the Pledgor from time to time due to the use, operation, sale, supply, lease, license, transfer or other means of disposal of the following underlying assets.
   

  

(6)

  Others (please describe herein):

 

Page 8/10


Details of debtor of accounts receivable and the contract (if Items (1), (2) or (3) is selected in the above description of the accounts receivable, please fill in the name and address of debtor of accounts receivable; if Item (2) is selected in in the above description of the accounts receivable, please fill in the name and date/number of the contract)

 

Name of debtor of accounts receivable

Zhejiang Youji Supply Chain Management Co., Ltd.

   Name of the contract
   

Address of debtor of accounts receivable

Room 701, Building 2, No.11, Keyuan Road, Wuyang Street, Deqing County, Huzhou City, Zhejiang Province

   Date/No. of contract signed

Invoice list (if select (3) in the above description of accounts receivable, please fill in)

 

Invoice number    Debtor of accounts receivable    Billing date    Goods or services    Amount
       
                     
       
                     
       
                     

Underlying assets (if select (5) in the above description of accounts receivable, please describe the relevant assets, such as the address of the real estate or the name/category of the goods)

 

    

 

Page 9/10


Appendix 2

Pledge notice on accounts receivable (format)

To: Zhejiang Youji Supply Chain Management Co., Ltd.

[Pledge Agreement on Accounts Receivable] (“Agreement”) signed on November 19, 2018

We hereby notify you of our rights to you, including the rights or interests (“Accounts Receivable”) related to your monetary debts (whether existing or future, or actual or contingent), have been pledged by the Agreement to Shanghai Branch of HSBC Bank (China) Company Limited (“the Bank”): (please select the applicable one)

 

Any contract or transaction between you and us.

 

The date between you and us is (including any modifications).

 

The invoice issued by our company listed in the invoice list attached to this notice.

Based on the Agreement, you must pay all the amounts under accounts receivable or due amount and amount to be due but payable to the following account in the Bank or other account indicated by the Bank, or the person indicated by the Bank in the manner indicated by the Bank.

 

Account Name: Shanghai Tong Gou Information Technology Co., Ltd.    Bank: Shanghai Branch of HSBC Bank (China) Company Limited    Account number: ***

Without the prior written consent of the Bank, we may not revoke or change the above authorizations and instructions.

Please sign a copy attached to this notice and return it to the Bank to confirm receipt of this notice. By signing a copy of this notice, you acknowledge that you have not received a notice from the third party that you have any interest in the accounts receivable, or that the legal process for accounts receivable has been applied for, implemented or enforced, and you agree to The Bank will be notified in writing of any such notice in the future. .

 

Signed by the Pledgor

Special Seal for the Finance of Shanghai Tong Gou Information
Technology Co., Ltd. (Seal)

Shanghai Tong Gou Information Technology Co., Ltd. (Seal)

Wang Wei (Seal)

   Pledgor name: Shanghai Tong Gou Information Technology Co., Ltd.,
   Date: 11/19/2018

To: HSBC Bank (China) Company Limited Shanghai Branch

We confirm, agree and accept the above.

 

Recipient signing

                            

   Recipient Name: Zhejiang Youji Supply Chain Management Co., Ltd.
   date

 

Page 10/10


To: HSBC Bank (China) Co., Ltd. Shanghai Branch

Deposit Pledge

1. For the purpose hereof:

“Designated account” refers to the account opened by us at the HSBC Bank (China) Co., Ltd. Shanghai Branch (the “Bank”), with details set out in the appendix hereto.

“Foreign exchange rate” refers to the exchange rate used in the relevant foreign exchange markets and determined by the Bank when one currency is exchanged for another currency at the relevant time. The decision of the Bank is final and binding on us.

“Protection and indemnity obligations” refer to, concerning relevant bank document, all debts and costs of any nature which may be incurred to the Bank due to the Bank’s issue, acceptance and performance or promise of payment of relevant bank document, may be borne or suffered by the Bank or occur and are related to the Bank’s issue, acceptance and performance or promise of payment of relevant bank document, or are aroused due to the Bank’s issue, acceptance and performance or promise of payment of relevant bank document in any way, as well as obligations for our arrears for the Bank occurring in any way under any agreement, protection and indemnity, commitment or document as related to or due to the Bank’s issue, acceptance and performance or promise of payment of relevant bank document.

“Loan obligations” refer to, concerning a sum of loan, (1) all obligations to be fulfilled by us for the Bank under or relating to the relevant loan, or agreement, protection and indemnity, commitment or document, no matter whether existing, upcoming, actual or contingent, and (2) interests of such obligations (including default interests, if any), no matter before or after be required or judged by the Bank. For the avoidance of ambiguity, loan obligations include (when applicable) obligations to be fulfilled by us for the Bank in the situation where we exercise the right recourse relating to any discount business at the Bank.

“Persons” include individuals, firms, companies, legal persons and groups without legal personality.

“China”, for the purpose of the Agreement, refers to areas of the People’s Republic of China other than the Hong Kong Special Administrative Region, the Macao Special Administrative Region and Taiwan. “Relevant bank document” refers to:

(a) any L/G, guarantee, protection and indemnity, L/C or standby L/C issued or to be issued by the Bank, or any other commitment or debt burden; or

(b) any bank acceptance bill accepted or to be accepted by the Bank, with details of such documents set out in the appendix hereto.

“Relevant loan” refers to:

(a) any loan, provision, discount or other financing provided or to be provided by the Bank for us or as required by us, with details set out in the appendix; or

(b) any loan, provision, discount or other financing provided or to be provided by the Bank for us or as required by us for the purpose of financing, payment or fulfillment of protection and indemnity obligation.

“Relevant transaction” refers to relevant bank document or relevant loan.

“Guaranteed obligations” refer to protection and indemnity obligations and/or loan obligations.

Any agreement or document refers to the agreement or document as amended, transferred, revised, renewed or re-stated. A certain legal provision refers to a provision which is amended or re-enacted and includes any subordinate provision.

 

1


2.

We hereby unconditionally and irrevocably agree to fulfill the guaranteed obligations relating to each relevant transaction for the Bank, and authorize the Bank to immediately debit a sum of monies from the designated account, such as monies specified in the appendix, as a sum of deposits for the guaranteed obligations (the “Deposits”).

 

3.

The Deposits bear no interests.

 

4.

The Bank is entitled to hold each sum of Deposits and deposit them into any account in the name of the Bank or designated or maintained by the Bank. We agree to pledge the Deposits to the Bank as the guarantee for relevant guaranteed obligations. Each pledge over the Deposits hereunder (the “Pledge”) is an irrevocable and continuous guarantee, and shall be continuously and fully effective before we have fully and finally fulfilled any and all relevant guaranteed obligations in a way satisfactory to the Bank. If the currency of the Deposits is different from that of the guaranteed obligations and the percentage of the Deposits in the guaranteed obligations declines due to a change in the foreign exchange rate, we will unconditionally agree to add the deposits (such deposits constitute a part of the “Deposits” defined hereunder) as required by the Bank, so that the percentage of the Deposits (including such added deposits) in the guaranteed obligations remains unchanged at the time of calculation by the foreign exchange rate applicable at that time.

 

5.

We hereby irrevocably agree and authorize the Bank to directly deduct any deposits at any time for the fulfillment of relevant guaranteed obligations, with no need to notify us in advance. If the currency of the Deposits is different from that of the guaranteed obligations, we hereby irrevocably authorize the Bank and/or any person designated by the Bank to directly convert the Deposits into the currency of the guaranteed obligations by the foreign exchange rate at any proper time as deemed by the Bank and/or the person, with no need to otherwise obtain our consent, in order to immediately fulfill the guaranteed obligations (no matter whether mature or not) or credit them into an account determined by the Bank (including temporary account), and sign any document on behalf of us or take any necessary action for the purpose of such conversion. If the Bank cancels the pledge over the Deposits in whole or in part at its own discretion, the Bank will be entitled to pay relevant Deposits by cash, transfer (to the designated account or any other account determined by the Bank) and/or any other payment instrument. We agree that the partial cancellation of any pledge will not affect or impair the legitimacy, effectiveness or enforceability of the pledge over the remaining Deposits or any other pledge in any respect.

 

6.

A certificate of debts signed by any appropriately authorized employee of the Bank shall, in the absence of any obvious error, be a final proof of the unpaid amount of the guaranteed obligation for us.

 

7.

The pledge hereunder is a guarantee other than any other warranty, mortgage, pledge or guarantee (no matter whether provided by the debtor of the guaranteed obligations) held by the Bank, and is not restricted or affected by such other warranty, mortgage, pledge or guarantee. No matter whether such other warranty, mortgage, pledge or guarantee exists or is waived or changed, our guarantee responsibilities hereunder will not be changed or be exempted from and the pledge hereunder will be still enforceable. The Bank may execute the pledge hereunder, or any other warranty or guarantee (no matter whether provided by the debtor of the guaranteed obligations), exercise any rights or require us or any other person to make a payment.

 

8.

We hereby approve and agree to the following contents, and agree that the pledge under the Document shall not be released, weakened, damaged, reduced or adversely affected by any of the following contents, and waive any legal or other right (including but not limited to the right to be notified) which may be separately owned, and which is caused by or related to any of the following contents:

 

(a)

Any modification or change of the relevant transactions, or any renewal, or extension of the relevant transactions:

 

(b)

Any adjustment, grace, extension, grace period, waiver, consent or compromise that may be granted or given to us or to any other person who is obligated to make payment to any or all the guaranteed obligations:

 

(c)

cancellation, waiver, exchange, subordination or loss of any warranty or guarantee in connection with all or any part of the guaranteed obligations or used to warrant or guarantee the payment for all or any part of the guaranteed obligations at any time;

 

2


(d)

the Bank or any other person failing to fulfill the obligation of prudence or reasonable care, when preserving, protecting, executing, selling or otherwise disposing of all or any part of any guarantee;

 

(e)

our reorganization, consolidation or merger by or with any other person;

 

(f)

Invalidity or unenforceability of any terms or agreements of the relevant transactions; or

 

(g)

in case of no this article, probable exemption from any other act or omission of any part of our obligations hereunder.

 

9.

Any failure to exercise or delay in exercising any right or remedy hereunder shall not be deemed as a waiver of such right or remedy, and any separate or partial exercise of any right or remedy shall not prejudice any further exercise or otherwise exercise of such right or remedy or the exercise of any other rights or remedies. Any content hereof shall not restrict or damage rights obtained by the Bank according to any other agreement or document concluded by and between the Bank and us.

 

10.

Without the prior written consent of the Bank, we will not transfer any of our rights or obligations hereunder. The Bank may transfer all or any of its rights relating to the pledge hereunder to any person accepting all or any of its rights and rights of claim under the relevant transaction.

 

11.

Where any clause or pledge hereof is or becomes illegal, invalid or unenforceable in any aspect in any judicial district, the legality, validity and enforceability of other clauses or other pledges hereof in such judicial district and the legality, validity and enforceability of such clause and other clauses or such pledge or other pledges in other judicial district shall not be affected or impaired thereby.

 

12.

The Document is governed by Chinese laws. We agree about the judicial jurisdiction of the Chinese court where the main place of the branch of HSBC Bank (China) Company Limited indicated on the first page is located. Any provision of this Article 12 does not restrict the Bank’s right to institute legal proceedings against us concerning any pledge hereunder to any other court with proper jurisdiction.

 

13.

The Document is signed at the date specified in the appendix hereto. Each pledge hereunder will take effect as of the date when the Bank receives the Document signed by us and debits relevant Deposits from the designated account.

Note: Only one appendix can be selected as per proper situation, and other appendixes must be deleted.

 

3


Appendix

(Applicable to the relevant loan provided or to be provided by the following bank, excluding the discount of bank acceptance bills)

 

Relevant loan
Type of relevant loan:   

☐   Post-shipment buyer’s loan used for paying for bills under the documentary L/C (also known as the import loan relating to the documentary L/C)

 

Ö   Post-shipment buyer’s loan (also known as unsecured import loan) related to credit sales or used to pay bills under documentary collection

 

☐   Before-shipment buyer’s loan (also known as before-shipment procurement loan)

 

☐   Post-shipment buyer’s loan - trade facilitation and service loan

 

☐   Overseas payment for others

 

☐   Before-shipment seller’s loan - manufacturer’s loan

 

☐   Before-shipment seller’s loan - packing loan

 

☐   Others (please specify: )

Application date:    June 14, 2019
Amount:    CNY 9,409,369.37
Maturity date/term (if any):     
Remarks:    (Please supplement remarks as per relevant application, if necessary)

 

Designated account    715-058202-011
Amount of Deposits    CNY 2,822,810.81

Signing date of the Document

   June 14, 2019

 

4


Signed by: Shanghai Tong Gou Information Science & Technology Co., Ltd.

 

Signature of authorized signatory:

 

/s/ Wang Wei

 

Special Seal for the Finance of Shanghai Tong Gou Information Science & Technology Co., Ltd. (Seal)

   Signature of authorized signatory:   

Corporate seal

 

LOGO

 

Name    Name

Identity certification type and No.

  

Identity certification type and No.

 

5


To: HSBC Bank (China) Co., Ltd. Shanghai Branch

Deposit Pledge

1.     Under the Document:

“Designated account” refers to the account opened by us at the HSBC Bank (China) Co., Ltd. Shanghai Branch (the “Bank”), with details set out in the appendix hereto.

“Foreign exchange rate” refers to the exchange rate used in the relevant foreign exchange markets and determined by the Bank when one currency is exchanged for another currency at the relevant time. The decision of the Bank is final and binding on us.

“Protection and indemnity obligations” refer to, concerning relevant bank document, all debts and costs of any nature which may be incurred to the Bank due to the Bank’s issue, acceptance and performance or promise of payment of relevant bank document, may be borne or suffered by the Bank or occur and are related to the Bank’s issue, acceptance and performance or promise of payment of relevant bank document, or are aroused due to the Bank’s issue, acceptance and performance or promise of payment of relevant bank document in any way, as well as obligations for our arrears for the Bank occurring in any way under any agreement, protection and indemnity, commitment or document as related to or due to the Bank’s issue, acceptance and performance or promise of payment of relevant bank document.

“Loan obligations” refer to, concerning a sum of loan, (1) all obligations to be fulfilled by us for the Bank under or relating to the relevant loan, or agreement, protection and indemnity, commitment or document, no matter whether existing, upcoming, actual or contingent, and (2) interests of such obligations (including default interests, if any), no matter before or after be required or judged by the Bank. For the avoidance of ambiguity, loan obligations include (when applicable) obligations to be fulfilled by us for the Bank in the situation where we exercise the right recourse relating to any discount business at the Bank.

“Persons” include individuals, firms, companies, legal persons and groups without legal personality.

“China”, for the purpose of the Agreement, refers to areas of the People’s Republic of China other than the Hong Kong Special Administrative Region, the Macao Special Administrative Region and Taiwan. “Relevant bank documents” refer to:

 

(a)

any L/G, guarantee, protection and indemnity, L/C or standby L/C issued or to be issued by the Bank, or any other commitment or debt burden; or

 

(b)

any bank acceptance bill accepted or to be accepted by the Bank, with details of such documents set out in the appendix hereto.

“Relevant loan” refers to:

 

(a)

any loan, provision, discount or other financing provided or to be provided by the Bank for us or as required by us, with details set out in the appendix; or

 

(b)

any loan, provision, discount or other financing provided or to be provided by the Bank for us or as required by us for the purpose of financing, payment or fulfillment of protection and indemnity obligation.

“Relevant transaction” refers to relevant bank document or relevant loan.

“Guaranteed obligations” refer to protection and indemnity obligations and/or loan obligations.

Any agreement or document refers to the agreement or document as amended, transferred, revised, renewed or re-stated. A certain legal provision refers to a provision which is amended or re-enacted and includes any subordinate provision.

 

1


2.

We hereby unconditionally and irrevocably agree to fulfill the guaranteed obligations relating to each relevant transaction for the Bank, and authorize the Bank to immediately debit a sum of monies from the designated account, such as monies specified in the appendix, as a sum of deposits for the guaranteed obligations (the “Deposits”).

 

3.

The Deposits bear no interests.

 

4.

The Bank is entitled to hold each sum of Deposits and deposit them into any account in the name of the Bank or designated or maintained by the Bank. We agree to pledge the Deposits to the Bank as the guarantee for relevant guaranteed obligations. Each pledge over the Deposits hereunder (the “Pledge”) is an irrevocable and continuous guarantee, and shall be continuously and fully effective before we have fully and finally fulfilled any and all relevant guaranteed obligations in a way satisfactory to the Bank. If the currency of the Deposits is different from that of the guaranteed obligations and the percentage of the Deposits in the guaranteed obligations declines due to a change in the foreign exchange rate, we will unconditionally agree to add the deposits (such deposits constitute a part of the “Deposits” defined hereunder) as required by the Bank, so that the percentage of the Deposits (including such added deposits) in the guaranteed obligations remains unchanged at the time of calculation by the foreign exchange rate applicable at that time.

 

5.

We hereby irrevocably agree and authorize the Bank to directly deduct any deposits at any time for the fulfillment of relevant guaranteed obligations, with no need to notify us in advance. If the currency of the Deposits is different from that of the guaranteed obligations, we hereby irrevocably authorize the Bank and/or any person designated by the Bank to directly convert the Deposits into the currency of the guaranteed obligations by the foreign exchange rate at any proper time as deemed by the Bank and/or the person, with no need to otherwise obtain our consent, in order to immediately fulfill the guaranteed obligations (no matter whether mature or not) or credit them into an account determined by the Bank (including temporary account), and sign any document on behalf of us or take any necessary action for the purpose of such conversion. If the Bank cancels the pledge over the Deposits in whole or in part at its own discretion, the Bank will be entitled to pay relevant Deposits by cash, transfer (to the designated account or any other account determined by the Bank) and/or any other payment instrument. We agree that the partial cancellation of any pledge will not affect or impair the legitimacy, effectiveness or enforceability of the pledge over the remaining Deposits or any other pledge in any respect.

 

6.

A certificate of debts signed by any appropriately authorized employee of the Bank shall, in the absence of any obvious error, be a final proof of the unpaid amount of the guaranteed obligation for us.

 

7.

The pledge hereunder is a guarantee other than any other warranty, mortgage, pledge or guarantee (no matter whether provided by the debtor of the guaranteed obligations) held by the Bank, and is not restricted or affected by such other warranty, mortgage, pledge or guarantee. No matter whether such other warranty, mortgage, pledge or guarantee exists or is waived or changed, our guarantee responsibilities hereunder will not be changed or be exempted from and the pledge hereunder will be still enforceable. The Bank may execute the pledge hereunder, or any other warranty or guarantee (no matter whether provided by the debtor of the guaranteed obligations), exercise any rights or require us or any other person to make a payment.

 

8.

We hereby approve and agree to the following contents, and agree that the pledge under the Document shall not be released, weakened, damaged, reduced or adversely affected by any of the following contents, and waive any legal or other right (including but not limited to the right to be notified) which may be separately owned, and which is caused by or related to any of the following contents:

 

(a)

Any modification or change of the relevant transactions, or any renewal, or extension of the relevant transactions:

 

(b)

Any adjustment, grace, extension, grace period, waiver, consent or compromise that may be granted or given to us or to any other person who is obligated to make payment to any or all the guaranteed obligations:

 

2


(c)

cancellation, waiver, exchange, subordination or loss of any warranty or guarantee in connection with all or any part of the guaranteed obligations or used to warrant or guarantee the payment for all or any part of the guaranteed obligations at any time;

 

(d)

the Bank or any other person failing to fulfill the obligation of prudence or reasonable care, when preserving, protecting, executing, selling or otherwise disposing of all or any part of any guarantee;

 

(e)

our reorganization, consolidation or merger by or with any other person;

 

(f)

Invalidity or unenforceability of any terms or agreements of the relevant transactions; or

 

(g)

in case of no this article, probable exemption from any other act or omission of any part of our obligations hereunder.

 

9.

Any failure to exercise or delay in exercising any right or remedy hereunder shall not be deemed as a waiver of such right or remedy, and any separate or partial exercise of any right or remedy shall not prejudice any further exercise or otherwise exercise of such right or remedy or the exercise of any other rights or remedies. Any content hereof shall not restrict or damage rights obtained by the Bank according to any other agreement or document concluded by and between the Bank and us.

 

10.

Without the prior written consent of the Bank, we will not transfer any of our rights or obligations hereunder. The Bank may transfer all or any of its rights relating to the pledge hereunder to any person accepting all or any of its rights and rights of claim under the relevant transaction.

 

11.

Where any clause or pledge hereof is or becomes illegal, invalid or unenforceable in any aspect in any judicial district, the legality, validity and enforceability of other clauses or other pledges hereof in such judicial district and the legality, validity and enforceability of such clause and other clauses or such pledge or other pledges in other judicial district shall not be affected or impaired thereby.

 

12.

The Document is governed by Chinese laws. We agree about the judicial jurisdiction of the Chinese court where the main place of the branch of HSBC Bank (China) Company Limited indicated on the first page is located. Any provision of this Article 12 does not restrict the Bank’s right to institute legal proceedings against us concerning any pledge hereunder to any other court with proper jurisdiction.

 

13.

The Document is signed at the date specified in the appendix hereto. Each pledge hereunder will take effect as of the date when the Bank receives the Document signed by us and debits relevant Deposits from the designated account.

 

3


Appendix

(Applicable to the relevant loan provided or to be provided by the following bank, excluding the discount of bank acceptance bills)

 

Relevant loan
Type of relevant loan:   

☐   Post-shipment buyer’s loan used for paying for bills under the documentary L/C (also known as the import loan relating to the documentary L/C)

 

Ö   Post-shipment buyer’s loan (also known as unsecured import loan) related to credit sales or used to pay bills under documentary collection

 

☐   Before-shipment buyer’s loan (also known as before-shipment procurement loan)

 

☐   Post-shipment buyer’s loan - trade facilitation and service loan

 

☐   Overseas payment for others

 

☐   Before-shipment seller’s loan - manufacturer’s loan

 

☐   Before-shipment seller’s loan - packing loan

 

☐   Others (please specify: )

 

Application date:    Monday, May 6, 2019
Amount:    5,541,933.25
Maturity date/term (if any):     
Remarks:    (Please supplement remarks as per relevant application, if necessary)

 

Designated account

   715-058202-011

Amount of Deposits

   CNY1,662,579.98

Signing date of the Document

   May 6, 2019

 

4


Signed by: Shanghai Tong Gou Information Science & Technology Co., Ltd.

 

Signature of authorized signatory:

 

/s/ Wang Wei

 

Special Seal for the Finance of Shanghai Tong Gou Information Science & Technology Co., Ltd. (Seal)

   Signature of authorized signatory:   

Corporate seal

 

LOGO

 

Name

Wang Wei

   Name

Identity certification type and No.

ID card No. ***

   Identity certification type and No.

 

5


To: HSBC Bank (China) Co., Ltd. Shanghai Branch

Deposit Pledge

1. For the purpose hereof:

“Designated account” refers to the account opened by us at the HSBC Bank (China) Co., Ltd. Shanghai Branch (the “Bank”), with details set out in the appendix hereto.

“Foreign exchange rate” refers to the exchange rate used in the relevant foreign exchange markets and determined by the Bank when one currency is exchanged for another currency at the relevant time. The decision of the Bank is final and binding on us.

“Protection and indemnity obligations” refer to, concerning relevant bank document, all debts and costs of any nature which may be incurred to the Bank due to the Bank’s issue, acceptance and performance or promise of payment of relevant bank document, may be borne or suffered by the Bank or occur and are related to the Bank’s issue, acceptance and performance or promise of payment of relevant bank document, or are aroused due to the Bank’s issue, acceptance and performance or promise of payment of relevant bank document in any way, as well as obligations for our arrears for the Bank occurring in any way under any agreement, protection and indemnity, commitment or document as related to or due to the Bank’s issue, acceptance and performance or promise of payment of relevant bank document.

“Loan obligations” refer to, concerning a sum of loan, (1) all obligations to be fulfilled by us for the Bank under or relating to the relevant loan, or agreement, protection and indemnity, commitment or document, no matter whether existing, upcoming, actual or contingent, and (2) interests of such obligations (including default interests, if any), no matter before or after be required or judged by the Bank. For the avoidance of ambiguity, loan obligations include (when applicable) obligations to be fulfilled by us for the Bank in the situation where we exercise the right recourse relating to any discount business at the Bank.

“Persons” include individuals, firms, companies, legal persons and groups without legal personality.

“China”, for the purpose of the Agreement, refers to areas of the People’s Republic of China other than the Hong Kong Special Administrative Region, the Macao Special Administrative Region and Taiwan.

“Relevant bank documents” refer to:

 

(a)

any L/G, guarantee, protection and indemnity, L/C or standby L/C issued or to be issued by the Bank, or any other commitment or debt burden; or

 

(b)

any bank acceptance bill accepted or to be accepted by the Bank, with details of such documents set out in the appendix hereto.

“Relevant loan” refers to:

 

(a)

any loan, provision, discount or other financing provided or to be provided by the Bank for us or as required by us, with details set out in the appendix; or

 

(b)

any loan, provision, discount or other financing provided or to be provided by the Bank for us or as required by us for the purpose of financing, payment or fulfillment of protection and indemnity obligation.

“Relevant transaction” refers to relevant bank document or relevant loan.

“Guaranteed obligations” refer to protection and indemnity obligations and/or loan obligations.

Any agreement or document refers to the agreement or document as amended, transferred, revised, renewed or re-stated. A certain legal provision refers to a provision which is amended or re-enacted and includes any subordinate provision.

 

1


2.

We hereby unconditionally and irrevocably agree to fulfill the guaranteed obligations relating to each relevant transaction for the Bank, and authorize the Bank to immediately debit a sum of monies from the designated account, such as monies specified in the appendix, as a sum of deposits for the guaranteed obligations (the “Deposits”).

 

3.

The Deposits bear no interests.

 

4.

The Bank is entitled to hold each sum of Deposits and deposit them into any account in the name of the Bank or designated or maintained by the Bank. We agree to pledge the Deposits to the Bank as the guarantee for relevant guaranteed obligations. Each pledge over the Deposits hereunder (the “Pledge”) is an irrevocable and continuous guarantee, and shall be continuously and fully effective before we have fully and finally fulfilled any and all relevant guaranteed obligations in a way satisfactory to the Bank. If the currency of the Deposits is different from that of the guaranteed obligations and the percentage of the Deposits in the guaranteed obligations declines due to a change in the foreign exchange rate, we will unconditionally agree to add the deposits (such deposits constitute a part of the “Deposits” defined hereunder) as required by the Bank, so that the percentage of the Deposits (including such added deposits) in the guaranteed obligations remains unchanged at the time of calculation by the foreign exchange rate applicable at that time.

 

5.

We hereby irrevocably agree and authorize the Bank to directly deduct any deposits at any time for the fulfillment of relevant guaranteed obligations, with no need to notify us in advance. If the currency of the Deposits is different from that of the guaranteed obligations, we hereby irrevocably authorize the Bank and/or any person designated by the Bank to directly convert the Deposits into the currency of the guaranteed obligations by the foreign exchange rate at any proper time as deemed by the Bank and/or the person, with no need to otherwise obtain our consent, in order to immediately fulfill the guaranteed obligations (no matter whether mature or not) or credit them into an account determined by the Bank (including temporary account), and sign any document on behalf of us or take any necessary action for the purpose of such conversion. If the Bank cancels the pledge over the Deposits in whole or in part at its own discretion, the Bank will be entitled to pay relevant Deposits by cash, transfer (to the designated account or any other account determined by the Bank) and/or any other payment instrument. We agree that the partial cancellation of any pledge will not affect or impair the legitimacy, effectiveness or enforceability of the pledge over the remaining Deposits or any other pledge in any respect.

 

6.

A certificate of debts signed by any appropriately authorized employee of the Bank shall, in the absence of any obvious error, be a final proof of the unpaid amount of the guaranteed obligation for us.

 

7.

The pledge hereunder is a guarantee other than any other warranty, mortgage, pledge or guarantee (no matter whether provided by the debtor of the guaranteed obligations) held by the Bank, and is not restricted or affected by such other warranty, mortgage, pledge or guarantee. No matter whether such other warranty, mortgage, pledge or guarantee exists or is waived or changed, our guarantee responsibilities hereunder will not be changed or be exempted from and the pledge hereunder will be still enforceable. The Bank may execute the pledge hereunder, or any other warranty or guarantee (no matter whether provided by the debtor of the guaranteed obligations), exercise any rights or require us or any other person to make a payment.

 

8.

We hereby approve and agree to the following contents, and agree that the pledge under the Document shall not be released, weakened, damaged, reduced or adversely affected by any of the following contents, and waive any legal or other right (including but not limited to the right to be notified) which may be separately owned, and which is caused by or related to any of the following contents:

 

(a)

Any modification or change of the relevant transactions, or any renewal, or extension of the relevant transactions:

 

(b)

Any adjustment, grace, extension, grace period, waiver, consent or compromise that may be granted or given to us or to any other person who is obligated to make payment to any or all the guaranteed obligations:

 

(c)

cancellation, waiver, exchange, subordination or loss of any warranty or guarantee in connection with all or any part of the guaranteed obligations or used to warrant or guarantee the payment for all or any part of the guaranteed obligations at any time;

 

2


(d)

the Bank or any other person failing to fulfill the obligation of prudence or reasonable care, when preserving, protecting, executing, selling or otherwise disposing of all or any part of any guarantee;

 

(e)

our reorganization, consolidation or merger by or with any other person;

 

(f)

Invalidity or unenforceability of any terms or agreements of the relevant transactions; or

 

(g)

in case of no this article, probable exemption from any other act or omission of any part of our obligations hereunder.

 

9.

Any failure to exercise or delay in exercising any right or remedy hereunder shall not be deemed as a waiver of such right or remedy, and any separate or partial exercise of any right or remedy shall not prejudice any further exercise or otherwise exercise of such right or remedy or the exercise of any other rights or remedies. Any content hereof shall not restrict or damage rights obtained by the Bank according to any other agreement or document concluded by and between the Bank and us.

 

10.

Without the prior written consent of the Bank, we will not transfer any of our rights or obligations hereunder. The Bank may transfer all or any of its rights relating to the pledge hereunder to any person accepting all or any of its rights and rights of claim under the relevant transaction.

 

11.

Where any clause or pledge hereof is or becomes illegal, invalid or unenforceable in any aspect in any judicial district, the legality, validity and enforceability of other clauses or other pledges hereof in such judicial district and the legality, validity and enforceability of such clause and other clauses or such pledge or other pledges in other judicial district shall not be affected or impaired thereby.

 

12.

The Document is governed by Chinese laws. We agree about the judicial jurisdiction of the Chinese court where the main place of the branch of HSBC Bank (China) Company Limited indicated on the first page is located. Any provision of this Article 12 does not restrict the Bank’s right to institute legal proceedings against us concerning any pledge hereunder to any other court with proper jurisdiction.

 

13.

The Document is signed at the date specified in the appendix hereto. Each pledge hereunder will take effect as of the date when the Bank receives the Document signed by us and debits relevant Deposits from the designated account.

 

3


Appendix

(Applicable to the relevant loan provided or to be provided by the following bank, excluding the discount of bank acceptance bills)

 

Relevant loan
Type of relevant loan:   

☐   Post-shipment buyer’s loan used for paying for bills under the documentary L/C (also known as the import loan relating to the documentary L/C)

 

Ö   Post-shipment buyer’s loan (also known as unsecured import loan) related to credit sales or used to pay bills under documentary collection

 

☐   Before-shipment buyer’s loan (also known as before-shipment procurement loan)

 

☐   Post-shipment buyer’s loan - trade facilitation and service loan

 

☐   Overseas payment for others

 

☐   Before-shipment seller’s loan - manufacturer’s loan

 

☐   Before-shipment seller’s loan - packing loan

 

☐   Others (please specify: )

 

Application date:

 

  

April 24, 2019

 

Amount:

 

  

4,458,066.75

 

Maturity date/term (if any):

 

    

Remarks:

 

  

(Please supplement remarks as per relevant application, if necessary)

 

 

Designated account

 

  

715-058202-011

 

Amount of Deposits

 

  

CNY1,337,420.03

 

Signing date of the Document

 

  

April 24, 2019

 

 

4


Signed by: Shanghai Tong Gou Information Science & Technology Co., Ltd.

 

Signature of authorized signatory:

 

/s/ Wang Wei

 

Special Seal for the Finance of Shanghai Tong Gou Information Science & Technology Co., Ltd. (Seal)

   Signature of authorized signatory:   

Corporate seal

 

LOGO

 

Name

Wang Wei

   Name

Identity certification type and No.

ID card No. ***

   Identity certification type and No.

 

5


To: HSBC Bank (China) Co., Ltd. Shanghai Branch

Deposit Pledge

1. For the purpose hereof:

“Designated account” refers to the account opened by us at the HSBC Bank (China) Co., Ltd. Shanghai Branch (the “Bank”), with details set out in the appendix hereto.

“Foreign exchange rate” refers to the exchange rate used in the relevant foreign exchange markets and determined by the Bank when one currency is exchanged for another currency at the relevant time. The decision of the Bank is final and binding on us.

“Protection and indemnity obligations” refer to, concerning relevant bank document, all debts and costs of any nature which may be incurred to the Bank due to the Bank’s issue, acceptance and performance or promise of payment of relevant bank document, may be borne or suffered by the Bank or occur and are related to the Bank’s issue, acceptance and performance or promise of payment of relevant bank document, or are aroused due to the Bank’s issue, acceptance and performance or promise of payment of relevant bank document in any way, as well as obligations for our arrears for the Bank occurring in any way under any agreement, protection and indemnity, commitment or document as related to or due to the Bank’s issue, acceptance and performance or promise of payment of relevant bank document.

“Loan obligations” refer to, concerning a sum of loan, (1) all obligations to be fulfilled by us for the Bank under or relating to the relevant loan, or agreement, protection and indemnity, commitment or document, no matter whether existing, upcoming, actual or contingent, and (2) interests of such obligations (including default interests, if any), no matter before or after be required or judged by the Bank. For the avoidance of ambiguity, loan obligations include (when applicable) obligations to be fulfilled by us for the Bank in the situation where we exercise the right recourse relating to any discount business at the Bank.

“Persons” include individuals, firms, companies, legal persons and groups without legal personality.

“China” refers to the People’s Republic of China, excluding the Hong Kong Special Administrative Region, the Macao Special Administrative Region and Taiwan for the purpose of the Document,

“Relevant bank documents” refer to:

 

(a)

any L/G, guarantee, protection and indemnity, L/C or standby L/C issued or to be issued by the Bank, or any other commitment or debt burden; or

 

(b)

any bank acceptance bill accepted or to be accepted by the Bank, with details of such documents set out in the appendix hereto.

“Relevant loan” refers to:

 

(a)

any loan, provision, discount or other financing provided or to be provided by the Bank for us or as required by us, with details set out in the appendix; or

 

(b)

any loan, provision, discount or other financing provided or to be provided by the Bank for us or as required by us for the purpose of financing, payment or fulfillment of protection and indemnity obligation.

“Relevant transaction” refers to relevant bank document or relevant loan.

“Guaranteed obligations” refer to protection and indemnity obligations and/or loan obligations.

Any agreement or document refers to the agreement or document as amended, transferred, revised, renewed or re-stated. A certain legal provision refers to a provision which is amended or re-enacted and includes any subordinate provision.

 

1


2.

We hereby unconditionally and irrevocably agree to fulfill the guaranteed obligations relating to each relevant transaction for the Bank, and authorize the Bank to immediately debit a sum of monies from the designated account, such as monies specified in the appendix, as a sum of deposits for the guaranteed obligations (the “Deposits”).

 

3.

The Deposits bear no interests.

 

4.

The Bank is entitled to hold each sum of Deposits and deposit them into any account in the name of the Bank or designated or maintained by the Bank. We agree to pledge the Deposits to the Bank as the guarantee for relevant guaranteed obligations. Each pledge over the Deposits hereunder (the “Pledge”) is an irrevocable and continuous guarantee, and shall be continuously and fully effective before we have fully and finally fulfilled any and all relevant guaranteed obligations in a way satisfactory to the Bank. If the currency of the Deposits is different from that of the guaranteed obligations and the percentage of the Deposits in the guaranteed obligations declines due to a change in the foreign exchange rate, we will unconditionally agree to add the deposits (such deposits constitute a part of the “Deposits” defined hereunder) as required by the Bank, so that the percentage of the Deposits (including such added deposits) in the guaranteed obligations remains unchanged at the time of calculation by the foreign exchange rate applicable at that time.

 

5.

We hereby irrevocably agree and authorize the Bank to directly deduct any deposits at any time for the fulfillment of relevant guaranteed obligations, with no need to notify us in advance. If the currency of the Deposits is different from that of the guaranteed obligations, we hereby irrevocably authorize the Bank and/or any person designated by the Bank to directly convert the Deposits into the currency of the guaranteed obligations by the foreign exchange rate, with no need to otherwise obtain our consent, in order to immediately fulfill the guaranteed obligations, and sign any document on behalf of us or take any necessary action for the purpose of such conversion. If the Bank cancels the pledge over the Deposits in whole or in part at its own discretion, the Bank will be entitled to pay relevant Deposits by cash, transfer (to the designated account or any other account determined by the Bank) and/or any other payment instrument. We agree that the partial cancellation of any pledge will not affect or impair the legitimacy, effectiveness or enforceability of the pledge over the remaining Deposits or any other pledge in any respect.

 

6.

A certificate of debts signed by any appropriately authorized employee of the Bank shall, in the absence of any obvious error, be a final proof of the unpaid amount of the guaranteed obligation for us.

 

7.

The pledge under the Document is an additional guarantee based on any other warranties, mortgages, pledges or other guarantees held by the Bank and free from the restriction or impact of any such other warranties, mortgages. Any pledge under the Document may be enforced regardless of whether any such other warranties, mortgages, pledges or other guarantees exist or are waived. The Bank has no obligation to execute any other warranties or guarantees (whether they are provided by us or any other person), exercise any rights or require us or any other person to make payment, prior to the execution of the pledge under the Document.

 

8.

We hereby approve and agree to the following content, and agree that the pledge under the Document shall not be released, weakened, damaged, reduced or adversely affected by any of the following content, and that it may waive any legal or other right (including but not limited to the right to be notified) which may be separately owned, and which is caused by or related to any of the following content:

 

(a)

Any modification or change of the relevant transactions, or any renewal, or extension of the relevant transactions:

 

(b)

Any adjustment, grace, extension, grace period, waiver, consent or compromise that may be granted or given to us or to any other person who is obligated to make payment to any or all the guaranteed obligations:

 

(c)

Any warranties or guarantees at any time that are in connection with all or any part of the guaranteed obligations or that are used to warrant or guarantee the payment for all or any part of the guaranteed obligations are discharged, exchanged, subordinated or lost;

 

(d)

the Bank or any other person failing to fulfill the obligation of prudence or reasonable care, when preserving, protecting, executing, selling or otherwise disposing of all or any part of any guarantee;

 

2


(e)

our reorganization, consolidation or merger by or with any other person;

 

(f)

Invalidity or unenforceability of any terms or agreements of the relevant transactions; or

 

(g)

in case of no this article, probable exemption from any other act or omission of any part of our obligations hereunder.

 

9.

Any failure to exercise or delay in exercising any right or remedy hereunder shall not be deemed as a waiver of such right or remedy, and any separate or partial exercise of any right or remedy shall not prejudice any further exercise or otherwise exercise of such right or remedy or the exercise of any other rights or remedies. Any content hereof shall not restrict or damage rights obtained by the Bank according to any other agreement or document concluded by and between the Bank and us.

 

10.

Without the prior written consent of the Bank, we will not transfer any of our rights or obligations hereunder. The Bank may transfer all or any of its rights relating to the pledge hereunder to any person accepting all or any of its rights and rights of claim under the relevant transaction.

 

11.

Where any clause or pledge hereof is or becomes illegal, invalid or unenforceable in any aspect in any judicial district, the legality, validity and enforceability of other clauses or other pledges hereof in such judicial district and the legality, validity and enforceability of such clause and other clauses or such pledge or other pledges in other judicial district shall not be affected or impaired thereby.

 

12.

The Document is governed by Chinese laws. We agree about the judicial jurisdiction of the Chinese court where the main place of the branch of HSBC Bank (China) Company Limited indicated on the first page is located. Any provision of this Article 12 does not restrict the Bank’s right to institute legal proceedings against us concerning any pledge hereunder to any other court with proper jurisdiction.

 

13.

The Document is signed at the date specified in the appendix hereto. Each pledge hereunder will take effect as of the date when the Bank receives the Document signed by us and debits relevant Deposits from the designated account.

 

3


Appendix

(Applicable to the relevant loan provided or to be provided by the following bank, excluding the discount of bank acceptance bills)

 

Relevant loan

Type of relevant loan:

  

☐   Post-shipment buyer’s loan used for paying for bills under the documentary L/C (also known as the import loan relating to the documentary L/C)

 

☐   Post-shipment buyer’s loan (also known as unsecured import loan) related to credit sales or used to pay bills under documentary collection

 

☐   Before-shipment buyer’s loan (also known as before-shipment procurement loan)

 

Ö   Post-shipment buyer’s loan - trade facilitation and service loan

 

☐   Overseas payment for others

 

☐   Before-shipment seller’s loan - manufacturer’s loan

 

☐   Before-shipment seller’s loan - packing loan

 

☐   Others (please specify: )

 

Application date:

 

  

1/23/2019

 

Amount:

 

  

¥ 10,000,000.00

 

Maturity date/term (if any):

 

    

Remarks:

 

  

(Please supplement remarks as per relevant application, if necessary)

 

 

Designated account

 

  

715-058202-011

 

Amount of Deposits

 

  

¥3,000,000.00

 

Signing date of the Document

 

  

1/23/2019

 

 

4


Signed by: Shanghai Tong Gou Information Science & Technology Co., Ltd.

 

Signature of authorized signatory:

 

/s/ Wang Wei

 

Special Seal for the Finance of Shanghai Tong Gou Information Science & Technology Co., Ltd. (Seal)

   Signature of authorized signatory:   

Corporate seal

 

Shanghai Tong

Gou Information Science &

Technology Co., Ltd.

(Seal)

 

Name

 

  

Name

Identity certification type and No.    Identity certification type and No.

 

5

Exhibit 10.32

Contract No.: 1809-069382502-01

 

LOGO

Comprehensive Credit Line Contract

Contract version number: FB201701 (applicable for companies)


The Contract was signed by the following parties on September 25, 2018 in Pudong New Area, Shanghai:

Applicant: Shanghai Tonggou Information Technology Co., Ltd.

Domicile (Address): Room 302, 3/F, 1000 Tianyaoqiao Road, Xuhui District, Shanghai                 

Legal representative/person in charge: Wang Wei                                                                              

Tel.: ***                                                                                                                                                

Fax:                                                                                                                                                        

Bank: Fubon Bank Co., Ltd., Shanghai Century Avenue Sub-branch (hereinafter referred to as the “Bank”)

Domicile (Address): 1/F, Block A, 1168 Century Avenue, Pudong New Area, Shanghai                 

Legal representative/person in charge: Su Hang                                                                                  

Tel.: ***                                                                                                                                                    

Fax:                                                                                                                                                            

 

Contract version No.: FB201701 (company)    Page 1/40


Part I General

Chapter I General Terms

Article 1 Contract basis

1.1 Whereas, the Applicant applies to the Bank for comprehensive credit line, according to the Law of the People’s Republic of China on Commercial Banks, the Contract Law of the People’s Republic of China and other laws, regulations and rules, the Parties agree as follows upon negotiations on the basis of equality, voluntariness and integrity.

Article 2 Amount of the credit line and term

2.1 Amount: the amount of the comprehensive credit line that the Bank agrees to provide to the Applicant hereunder is detailed in Article 25.1. When the credit hereunder involves multiple currencies, the amount of the comprehensive credit line is the total amount of foreign currencies.

2.2 The comprehensive credit line can be applied to multi-currency credits. Where the Applicant applies for credit in more than one currency at the same time, the exchange rate of currencies other than RMB is determined by the Bank itself according to its internal credit exchange rate policies. When the application is made one by one, the Bank determines whether it exceeds the comprehensive credit line.

2.3 The balance of each credit business within the comprehensive credit line may not exceed the amount stipulated in Article 25.1, whether it is in RMB or other currencies determined after calculating the exchange rate according to the Bank’s internal credit exchange rate policies.

2.4 The Applicant must apply for quota use to the Bank within the term of the total amount of the comprehensive credit line and the Bank will refuse such application made by the Applicant beyond the due date. For details of the term of the total amount of the comprehensive credit line, please refer to Article 25.2.

The Applicant is fully aware and agrees that:

1) If the Applicant applies for the accounts receivable financing amount, the term of the credit limit will be subject to the letter of consent on pledging accounts receivable claims issued by the Bank, subject to the term of the comprehensive credit line as stipulated in Article 25.2.

2) If the Applicant applies for factoring, the term of the credit limit will be subject to the letter of consent on factoring issued by the Bank, subject to the term of the comprehensive credit line as stipulated in Article 25.2.

Article 3 Business type

3.1 Business types of the comprehensive credit line include:

1) Fixed assets-backed loan business;

2) working capital-backed loan business;

3) accounts receivable financing business (refers to the Applicant’s application for financing from the Bank with the commercial invoice corresponding to the accounts receivable based on the pledge of its own or third-party’s accounts receivable);

4) invoice payable financing business (refers to the Applicant’s application for trade financing from the Bank with the corresponding commercial invoice upon purchase);

5) invoice receivable financing business (refers to the Applicant’s application for trade financing from the Bank with the corresponding commercial invoice upon sales);

6) factoring business (including recourse factoring, non-recourse factoring, etc.);

 

Contract version No.: FB201701 (company)    Page 2/40


7) import and export business (including but not limited to the issue of international letter of credit, the issue of an international letter of credit by correspondent banks, issue of a back-to-back international letter of credit, the import documentary bills under the letter of credit, the import documentary bills under the collection, export documentary bills under the letter of credit, export documentary bills under the collection, packaged loans, overseas payment, guaranteed delivery, etc.);

8) domestic letter of credit business (including but not limited to the issue of domestic letter of credit, the issue of a domestic letter of credit by correspondent banks, issue of a back-to-back domestic letter of credit, the documentary bills under the domestic letter of credit, the documentary bills under the domestic letter of credit, payment on an agent basis at home, packaged loans under domestic letter of credit, etc.);

9) bill business (including but not limited to discounting of bank acceptance bills, discounting of commercial acceptance bills, factoring of trade tickets, issue of bank acceptance bills, etc.);

10) bank guarantee business (including but not limited to opening a letter of guarantee, opening a standby letter of credit, etc.);

11) financial derivatives business (including but not limited to spot foreign exchange, forward foreign exchange, foreign exchange options, foreign exchange swaps, interest rate swaps, etc.).

3.2 The specific credit line is divided into a revolving credit facility and a non-revolving credit line according to whether it can be revolved.

The revolving credit line refers to the revolving amount provided by the Bank to the Applicant. As long as the Applicant’s balance of outstanding credit business including the amount of contingent debt) does not exceed the amount of the credit line, the Applicant can revolve the amount of the credit line.

Non-revolving credit line refers to the application made by the Applicant for handling one or more credit line business to the extent that the accumulative amount of the credit business (including the amount of contingent debt) does not exceed the amount of the credit line. The Applicant must not revolve this type of credit line.

Article 4 Facility use

4.1 The purpose of the specific credit line under the comprehensive credit line, the amount, the currency, the revolving method, the longest period for use of the single business, and the use of the joint control will be the Bank Credit Notice issued by Fubon Bank to the Applicant from time to time (see the attachment for the format).

The Applicant is fully aware and agrees that:

1) If the Applicant applies for the accounts receivable financing amount, regardless of how the contract and the Bank Credit Notice agree, the specific business conditions (including but not limited to the single buyer’s quota, transfer, the trading conditions, etc.) under the quota shall be subject to the Notice on Pledge of the Accounts Receivable Claim issued by the Bank.

2) If the Applicant applies for factoring limit, regardless of how the contract and the Bank Credit Notice agree, the specific business conditions (including but not limited to the granted quota of single buyer, risk-taking percentage, percentage of price disbursed, the trading conditions, etc.) under the quota shall be subject to the Notice on Factoring Business issued by the Bank.

3) If the Applicant applies for the amount of the derivative business, regardless of how the contract and the Bank Credit Notice agree, the specific amount calculated by the Bank based on the derivative risk is only used as a reference for the Bank’s internal approved transaction amount, and cannot be used to identify the amount of the claims or the guaranteed amount. The maximum amount under the financial derivative amount is based on the cumulative amount of the transaction amount stated in the transaction confirmation document for the individual transaction between the Applicant and the Bank.

4.2 Specific business contracts and business applications

 

Contract version No.: FB201701 (company)    Page 3/40


1) If the Applicant applies for the following credit business, it shall sign the corresponding specific business contract and related documents with the Bank, including but not limited to the following specific business contracts:

 

Business

  

Specific business contracts

Accounts receivable financing business    Accounts Receivable Financing Agreement
Factoring business    Factoring Agreement
Opening of the Domestic Letters of Credit and the International Letters of Credit by the Correspondent Banks    Business Contract on Opening of the Letters of Credit by the Correspondent Banks
Bank Acceptance Bills    Acceptance Agreement on Bank Acceptance Bills
Bank Acceptance Bills Discounting    Bank Acceptance Bills Discounting Contract
Commercial Acceptance Bills Discounting    Commercial Acceptance Bills Discounting Contract
Commercial Note Factoring and Discounting Business    Contract on Factoring and Discounting of Commercial Acceptance Bills Drawer
Financial Derivatives Business    Financial Transaction Master Agreement, Derivative Product Risk Disclosure, Derivatives Trader Authorization Letter

2) The Applicant shall promptly sign the reply letter to the Bank Credit Notice issued by from the Bank to the Applicant from time to time and apply to the Bank for the specific credit line as required by the Bank Credit Notice and the credit policy of the Bank.

3) To use the specific credit line, the Applicant need to apply in advance by submitting the relevant business application to the Bank and it can use the same after it is approved by the Bank.

4.3 The above specific business contracts, agreements and related business applications, Bank Credit Notices and corresponding transaction vouchers or confirmation documents issued by Bank are collectively referred to as “specific contracts”. Each specific contract is an integral part hereof and bears the same legal effect as the Contract.

4.4 Each credit provided by the Bank hereunder is independent. The specific contract submitted by the Applicant for the credit shall constitute the final agreement and independent contract between the Applicant and the Bank on the terms and conditions of the credit together with the terms hereof. However, if the business application is inconsistent with other transaction vouchers or confirmation documents issued by the Bank, the Parties agree that other transaction vouchers or confirmation documents issued by the Bank shall prevail.

4.5 Conditions precedent: Unless otherwise agreed in the Bank Credit Notice, each use of the credit line by the Applicant must meet the conditions precedent to the credit line use below and be to the satisfaction of the Bank.

1) The Contract and the guarantee document have been legally valid and the Applicant has signed the Bank Credit Notice and delivered it to the Bank.

2) The Applicant has obtained sufficient authorization and approval from the board of directors or any other competent authority required to sign and perform the Contract, and reserves the corporate documents, documents, seals, relevant personnel list and signature samples related to the signing of the Contract and duly fills in the relevant documents.

3) The Applicant has opened an account with the business outlets of Fubon Bank as required by the Bank to complete the business hereunder.

a) If the Applicant applies for a fixed asset loan quota, the Applicant shall open or designate a fixed asset loan account for the issuance and payment of the loan as required by the Bank; For a project financing loan, it shall re-open or re-designate a project income account as required by the Bank. All project income will be included into the account, and the funds in the account will be paid according to the agreed conditions and methods.

 

Contract version No.: FB201701 (company)    Page 4/40


b) To apply for working capital loans, the Applicant shall as required by the Bank, 1. open or designate loan special accounts for the issuance and use of loans; 2. if the RMB general settlement account is used, in principle, the entrusted payment method will be applied; and 3. specify a special fund withdrawal account.

4) The Applicant has submitted the relevant business application and the supporting documents relevant to the quota use as required by the Bank.

5) The relevant security right or similar priority has been legally established and effective (if any).

6) The Applicant or the Guarantor has completed the insurance procedures (if any) as required by the Bank. The Applicant shall insure the relevant collateral according to the amount, time limit and insurance type required by the Bank and the insurance policy shall indicate the Bank as the first beneficiary. The insurance period may not be shorter than that as required by the Bank. If the insurance period insured by the Applicant is shorter than that as required by the Bank, when the Applicant’s single credit expiration date exceeds or may exceed the insurance period, the Applicant shall make up the insurance period as required by the Bank; otherwise, the Bank will have the right to decide whether to grant the credit to the Applicant.

7) The Applicant has paid in full the fees (if any) as agreed in the Contract.

8) The Applicant has satisfied all conditions as agreed in the Contract.

9) The Applicant has completed the legal procedures (if any) such as government license, approval, registration, filing, and delivery related to the credit granted under the Contract in accordance with the relevant laws and regulations.

10) Comply with the Bank’s and regulator’s requirements for payment control (if any), including but not limited to Article 4.8.

11) Other pre-lending conditions as agreed in the Bank Credit Notice.

12 The Applicant has obtained the government license, approval, registration, filing, etc. required for using the loan hereunder for the fixed asset investment, including but not limited to planning approval, project review, land use approval, environmental impact assessment, etc., if any.

13) Other conditions put forward by the Bank or other documents, projects or evidence required by the Bank.

The establishment of the above conditions does not mean that the Bank is obliged to provide credit when the above conditions are met. However, if the above conditions are not met, the Bank has the right to refuse the Applicant’s application for the credit line.

4.6 Before or during the quota use, if the national macro-control policy changes, or the banking regulator requests the Bank to control the credit scale or the credit investment destination, or other reasons not attributable to the Bank make inability for the Bank to let the Applicant use the quota, the Bank has the right to suspend or terminate the use of the amount, recover the principal and interest of all the loans already issued, and terminate the Contract to which, the Applicant has no objection and it agrees to exempt the Bank’s liability.

4.7 The signing of the Contract between the Applicant and the Bank does not constitute the Bank’s commitment on granting credit line to the Applicant. For the specific credit business under the Contract, the Applicant shall submit a written application to the Bank in advance (or other forms of application approved by the Bank), and the Bank has the right to follow the internal and external actual conditions (including but not limited to external regulatory requirements, the satisfaction of the credit granting conditions of the Applicant, internal credit policies of the Bank, approval opinions, liquidity of funds, etc.) to review and judge whether or not to grant credit to the Applicant, and has the right to review the use of credit by the Applicant per year or from time to time. If the Bank believes that it is necessary to adjust or is not suitable to continue to grant the credit line to the Applicant, the Bank has the right to adjust the comprehensive credit line and its specific period, and/or cancel all unused credits without prior notice to the Applicant.

 

Contract version No.: FB201701 (company)    Page 5/40


4.8 The Applicant shall comply with the following payment control agreement as required by the Bank:

1) The payment review documents submitted by the Applicant to the Bank are as follows:

 

Terms of payment

  

Document

Entrusted payment    The applicant submits to the Bank, 1) payment settlement vouchers; 2) corresponding transaction data for the payment; 3) proof of the availability and use of the principal and/or own funds (if required); 4) proof of progress of the project (if required); 5) other documents that the Bank may require.
Self payment    The Applicant submits to the Bank, 1) payment settlement vouchers; 2) corresponding transaction data for the payment; 3) proof of the availability and use of the principal and/or own funds (if required); 4) proof of progress of the project (if required); 5) list of planned/actual payment; and 6) other documents that the Bank may require.

2) Entrusted payment means the Bank pays the loan money, on basis of the Applicant’ drawdown request and payment instruction, to the Applicant’s counterparty that satisfies the purposes of loan specified in contracts. Self payment means the Bank pays the loan money, on basis of the Applicant’ drawdown request and payment instruction, to the Applicant’s account and the Applicant makes payment to the counterparty that satisfies the purposes of loan specified in contracts.

3) Refer to the Bank Credit Notice for the terms of payment between the Applicant and the Bank for the specific credit line. When the Applicant makes payment to others by using the loan provided by the Bank, the Bank has the right to review on a case-by-case basis and decide whether to pay externally and what terms of payment will be adopted. If the terms of payment in the business application accepted by the Bank is inconsistent with the Bank Credit Notice, the business application accepted by the Bank shall prevail.

4) In the event that the bank of deposit of the counterparty of the Applicant is subject to any refund, making the Bank unable to pay the financing funds to its counterparty in time according to the Applicant’s payment entrustment, the Bank will not bear any responsibility, and the repayment obligations of the Applicant already incurred hereunder will not be affected. For the amount returned by the Applicant’s Counterparty’s bank of deposit, the Applicant will authorize the Bank to freeze it.

5) Notwithstanding the above, the Bank has the right to adjust the terms of payment of any credit in accordance with laws, regulations or regulatory requirements under any of the following cases, and has the right to regard the following event as default event:

a) The Applicant violates the Contract and circumvents the Bank’s entrusted payment requirements by breaking up the whole into parts;

b) the credit status of the Applicant or the profitability of the main business decreases;

c) the use of financing funds is abnormal;

d) The Applicant has not provided the records and information on the use of financing funds in a timely manner as required by the Bank;

e) the Applicant pays the financing funds in violation hereof;

f) repeat financing.

In order to avoid ambiguity, this ruling does not affect the Bank’s rights under other terms hereof.

Article 5 Interest rate and interest

5.1 Calculation and adjustment of interest rates

The interest rate and the methods to adjust the interest rate for the credit business under the Contract shall be subject to each business application accepted by the Bank.

5.1.1 Calculation and adjustment of RMB credit interest rate are as follows:

1) Floating interest rate: The Applicant and the Bank agree that the Renminbi annual interest rate is the Renminbi loan benchmark interest rate set by the People’s Bank of China, plus or less a certain percentage as agreed. The future floating ratio is adjusted according to the Bank’s capital status. The credit interest rate shall be subject to the approval of the relevant business application accepted by the Bank. If the People’s Bank of China adjusts the benchmark interest rate, the credit interest rate will be adjusted accordingly from the date of interest rate adjustment, without further notice to the Applicant. Unless the Applicant and the Bank otherwise agree, for the short-term ( within one year (included) withdrawal, the interest rate adjustment date is the first day of the month next to the effective date of the interest rate adjustment announced by the People’s Bank of China; for the medium and long-term (more than one year (excluded)) withdrawal, the interest rate adjustment date is January 1 of the following year when the interest rate adjustment announced by the People’s Bank of China takes effective.

 

Contract version No.: FB201701 (company)    Page 6/40


2) Fixed interest rate: the Applicant and the Bank agree that the Renminbi annual interest rate shall be subject to the credit business application accepted by the Bank. Each credit rate is not affected by the adjustment of the benchmark interest rate that may occur during the single credit period.

3) Relative interest rate: The Applicant and the Bank agree that the Renminbi annual interest rate is the Renminbi loan benchmark interest rate set by the People’s Bank of China, plus or less a certain percentage as agreed. The interest rate for the credit business under the Contract shall be subject to each business application accepted by the Bank. The interest rate on the date of issuance of the credit is “agreed interest rate”, and the adjustment of interest rate within the period of use of each credit depends on the Bank’s capital status, but the minimum is not lower than the agreed interest rate at the time of use; If the People’s Bank of China adjusts the benchmark interest rate, the credit interest rate will be adjusted accordingly from the date of interest rate adjustment, without further notice to the Applicant. If the People’s Bank of China adjusts the benchmark interest rate, making the interest rate lower than the agreed interest rate, and the credit interest rate is not adjusted with the adjustment of the benchmark interest rate of the People’s Bank of China. Unless the Applicant and the Bank otherwise agree, for the short-term (within one year (included)) withdrawal, the interest rate adjustment date is the first day of the month next to the effective date of the interest rate adjustment announced by the People’s Bank of China; for the medium and long-term withdrawal, the interest rate adjustment date is January 1 of the following year when the interest rate adjustment announced by the People’s Bank of China takes effective.

5.1.2 Calculation and adjustment of foreign currency credit interest rate are as follows: the Applicant and the Bank agree that the interest rate for the credit business under the Contract shall be subject to each business application accepted by the Bank and subject to adjustment depending on the Bank’s fund position.

5.1.3 For the interest rate adjustments made in accordance with Articles 5.1 and 26.3, the Parties do not need to sign an agreement or other written documents separately, and neither party is required to notify the other party or obtain the consent thereof, nor is it necessary to notify the Guarantor or obtain its consent.

5.2 Interest collection

5.2.1 Credit interest payment methods under the Contract are as follows and subject to the Bank Credit Notice specifically:

 

Installments on a monthly basis    The Applicant shall pay the current interest of each credit on the 21st day of each calendar day according to the actual number of days, and pay the Bank the interest that has occurred but not yet paid for each credit on the due date thereof.
Installments on a quarterly basis    The Applicant shall pay the current interest of each credit on the 21st day of the last month of each calendar quarter according to the actual number of days, and pay the Bank the interest that has occurred but not yet paid for each credit on the due date thereof.
Payment upon expiration    The Applicant shall pay the interest of each credit on the due date thereof to the Bank.
Based on specific contract    Calculated according to the interest accrual method of each specific contract.
Direct deduction when use    The Bank has the right to deduct the interest payable by the Applicant directly from the credit applied.

 

Contract version No.: FB201701 (company)    Page 7/40


5.3 Penalty interest rate

The penalty interest rate will apply from the date of repatriation, advances or misappropriation. The RMB portion shall be calculated at the interest rate agreed upon for the credit, plus 50% and the foreign currency portion, the interest rate agreed upon for the credit, plus 3%. If the Applicant does not agree to the interest rate with the Bank when using the credit, the RMB portion will be calculated according to the penalty interest rate of one thousandth of the daily amount of the actual advance, and the foreign currency portion, 0.026% unless otherwise agreed in the specific contract. The Bank reserves the right to compound interest on interest that has not been repaid or paid. If the Bank or the People’s Bank of China stipulates to adjust the above interest rate, the Bank reserves the right to adjust the above interest rate.

Article 6 Expenses

6.1 The Applicant shall bear the relevant expenses under the Contract in accordance with the relevant provisions on the fees and the provisions of the Bank. Other bank fees and other charges uncovered will be implemented by reference to the Bank’s standard rate. The Applicant confirms that the Bank’s charging standards are clearly known.

The Applicant is fully aware and agrees that:

1) If the Applicant applies for the accounts receivable financing amount, no matter how the Bank Credit Notice agrees, the invoicing fees therefor will be subject to the letter of consent on pledging accounts receivable claims issued by the Bank.

2) If the Applicant applies for factoring amount, no matter how the Bank Credit Notice agrees on the fees sharing, the invoicing management fees thereunder will be subject to the letter of consent on factoring issued by the Bank.

6.2 The agreement on fees in the Bank Credit Notice is only for reference. The specific fee is based on the business application and the standard rate published by the Bank. If the agreement in the business application is inconsistent with the standard fee rate published by the Bank, the business application accepted by the Bank shall prevail.

6.3 Except for the taxes and fees to be borne by the Bank as stipulated by laws and regulations, any other taxes and expenses under the Contract shall be borne by the Applicant.

6.4 The Applicant agrees and authorizes the Bank to deduct the relevant fees directly from any account opened by the Applicant in Fubon Bank and the Bank retains the right of recourse against the Applicant for the insufficiency.

Article 7 Guarantee

7.1 The forms of guarantee acceptable to the Bank under the Contract include, but are not limited to, pledges, mortgages, guarantees and other forms of guarantees recognized by the Bank.

7.2 Guarantee corresponding to the specific credit line hereunder is set forth in the Bank Credit Notice.

7.3 The Guarantor provides guarantee for the credit line of the Applicant under the Contract, and signs the corresponding guarantee documents and other documents required by the Bank. The guarantee extends to the credit principal, interest (including penalty interest, compound interest) under the Contract, and the liquidated damages and compensation payable by the Applicant to the Bank and all fees, expenses and losses incurred by the Bank to realize its claims.

7.4 Before the debts hereunder are fully settled, if the Bank believes that the collateral needs to be insured or the insurance procedures shall be maintained, the Applicant shall actively urge the Guarantor to pay the insurance premium in time and take all measures to maintain the renewal and validity of the insurance at any time and provide the payment certificate of the insurance premium to the Bank. Where the Guarantor fails to perform the above procedures in a timely manner, the Bank has the right to take such measures as it deems necessary to maintain the renewal and validity of the insurance and confirm the rights and interests of the Bank with all costs incurred being borne by the Guarantor. If the Guarantor refuses to or cannot pay the fees, the Applicant agrees that the Bank may immediately deduct the aforesaid amount from any account opened by the Applicant in any business outlet of Fubon Bank and retain the right of recourse with respect to any insufficiency.

 

Contract version No.: FB201701 (company)    Page 8/40


Article 8 Repayment

8.1 Repayment method: there are four forms of repayment in the Contract:

 

Payment of interest on schedule and repayment of principal on maturity    The principal is repaid in one lump sum on the expiration date of the credit on an individual basis. Please refer to the Bank Credit Notice for the interest payment method.
   If the provisions in the business application accepted by the Bank are inconsistent with the Bank Credit Notice, the business application accepted by the Bank shall prevail.
Matching the principal repayment    The Applicant’s loan principal will be evenly repaid in installments. The principal repayment date and the interest payment date fall on 21st day in each month, on which, the Applicant pays the principal and interest of the first loan. The Applicant pays the remaining principal and interest on the maturity date of the loan.
Average capital plus interest    The Applicant’s loan principal and interest will be evenly repaid in installments. The principal repayment date and the interest payment date fall on 21st day in each month, on which, the Applicant pays the principal and interest of the first loan. The Applicant pays the remaining principal and interest on the maturity date of the loan.
Repayment of principal and interest according to the repayment plan    Please refer to the Bank Credit Notice for details of the repayment schedule. If the provisions in the business application accepted by the Bank are inconsistent with the Bank Credit Notice, the business application accepted by the Bank shall prevail.

8.2 The specific repayment amount and date will be subject to the confirmation documents issued by the Bank to the Applicant. The Applicant shall deposit the principal, interest and other amounts payable in the current period in the repayment account contained in the business application one working day before the repayment date. The Bank has the right to actively deduct the amount on the repayment date, or ask the Applicant to cooperate with the relevant transfer procedures.

8.3 At the expiration of each credit, the Applicant shall pay the debt on time; otherwise it will be treated as a credit overdue or advance payment.

8.4 The exchange rates among various currencies will be affected by market fluctuations and the laws of the currency issue countries. When the repayment is made in a currency different from the credit currency, there may be fluctuations in the repayment amount at the foreign exchange purchases in the future. The risk will be borne by the Applicant and the Bank will not be liable for the losses incurred by the Applicant.

8.5 If the currency in the repayment account is inconsistent with the actual currency, the deduction will be made on the basis of the exchange rate applicable to the Bank on the deduction date, and the relevant risks and losses will be borne by the Applicant.

8.6 Unless otherwise agreed by the parties, the Applicant shall pay off the Bank’s claims in the following order: 1. the cost of realizing the claims and security rights; 2. damages and compensation; 3. liquidated damages; 4. compound interest and penalty interest; 5. expenses; 6. interest; 7. principal; 8. other payables, but the Bank has the right to change the above-mentioned settlement order.

8.7 Special agreements on repayment for specific credit line are set forth in the Bank Credit Notice. If the provisions in the business application accepted by the Bank are inconsistent with the Bank Credit Notice, the business application accepted by the Bank shall prevail.

8.8 Advance repayment: If the Applicant needs to repay in advance, it must notify the Bank in writing 15 working days in advance, and obtain the Bank’s consent before repayment. Liquidated damages for repayment in advance are stipulated by the Bank Credit Notice. The Applicant shall repay the debt in accordance with Article 8.6, and the interest already charged according to the original agreement will not be refunded. If the repayment is made in advance and in part, the principal and interest will be re-determined based on the remaining principal from the date of partial repayment.

 

Contract version No.: FB201701 (company)    Page 9/40


8.9 Repayment reservation: the Applicant applying for repayment must access to online banking services. With the consent of the Bank, the Applicant shall submit an application for repayment at least seven natural days in advance. The Applicant will remit the repayment principal and interest into the repayment account on three natural days before the scheduled repayment date. Where an Applicant applies for repayment reservation, such applications are irrevocable once being made. The Bank has the right to automatically deduct the repayment principal and interest from the repayment account on the reserved repayment date according to the Applicant’s appointment repayment request. If there is not enough funds in the repayment account, the repayment application fails. If the repayment is made in advance and in part, the principal and interest will be re-determined based on the remaining principal from the date of partial repayment.

Article 9 The Applicant’s guarantee and commitment

The Applicant guarantees and undertakes that:

9.1 The Applicant has been legally established as a legal person in accordance with or validly existing under the relevant laws and it has the right to sign the Contract and fulfill its obligations under the Contract according to the laws of its place of establishment.

9.2 The Applicant signs the Contract without violating any laws, regulations and rules on environmental protection, energy conservation and emission reduction, pollution reduction, land and resources management, safe production, etc., and has obtained all the environmental permits required by it; and promises to strictly comply with such laws, regulations and rules, and comply with environmental permit conditions after signing the Contract.

9.3 The Applicant has obtained the legal and effective authorization and approval of the board of directors or any other authorities required to sign and perform the Contract in accordance with its articles of association or other internal management documents. The signing of the Contract is the true meaning of the Applicant and will not result in a breach of (i) the agreement or commitment signed by it with any third party; or (ii) any law or regulation to which it applies; or (iii) its articles of association.

9.4 The Applicant does not have any procedures, such as litigation, arbitration, enforcement, appeal, reconsideration, and other events or circumstances that may have a material adverse effect on the Applicant or the Applicant’s main property or on the performance of the Contract. The Applicant’s important assets do not involve any enforcement, seizure, attachment, freezing, lien, or regulatory measures, and there are no circumstances that may lead to such measures. If so, the Applicant shall immediately notify the Bank.

9.5 The Applicant has obtained or will obtain all relevant approvals, permits, filings or registrations required for the signing and performance of the Contract, including but not limited to the approval of the State Administration of Foreign Exchange and its branches.

9.6 The Applicant has obtained the government license, approval, registration, filing, etc. required for using the loan hereunder for the fixed asset investment, including but not limited to planning approval, project review, land use approval, environmental impact assessment, etc., if any.

9.7 Loan projects and their loan matters are in compliance with laws and regulations. Working capital loans will not be used for investment in fixed assets, equity, etc., and will not be used in areas and uses prohibited by the state for production and operation. The Applicant promises not to misappropriate the working capital loan and will accept the inspection and supervision in accordance with the Contract.

9.8 The Applicant shall provide financial statements, all account opening accounts and deposit and loan balances and other relevant information required by the Bank within the time limit required by the Bank, ensure that documents, statements, materials and information (including the Guarantor’s documents, statements, materials and information) provided during the signing and performance of the Contract are true, complete, objective, accurate, legal and valid, and do not contain any false records, misleading statements or major omissions. The financial statements are prepared in strict accordance with PRC GAAP. The Applicant further undertakes to agree to provide the financial information or other materials with respect to the Applicant and its subsidiaries, related parties and the Guarantor audited by the auditors from time to time as required by the Bank, and immediately notify the Bank when the business characteristics and scope of the Applicant and its subsidiaries and related parties and the Guarantor change. The Applicant ensures that it continues to meet the financial indexes of the Bank.

For the purpose hereof, with respect to the Applicant, related parties are defined as follows: if one party controls, jointly controls or exerts significant influence on the other party, and two or more parties are under the control, joint control or significant influence of the other party. For the purpose hereof, control means that one party has the right to decide the financial and business policies of the other party, and can benefit from the other party’s business activities. Joint control refers to the common control over an economic activity in accordance with the contract and it exists only when the important financial and operational decisions related to the economic activity require the unanimous consent of the investors sharing control. Significant influence refers to the power to participate in decision-making on the financial and operating policies of an enterprise, but it cannot control or jointly control the formulation of these policies with other parties.

 

Contract version No.: FB201701 (company)    Page 10/40


9.9 The Applicant will strictly abide by the terms of the Contract and fulfill corresponding obligations and commitments.

9.10 Any guarantee provided by the Applicant or the Guarantor will be fully effective upon completion of the improvement procedures and there is no dispute of ownership and no guarantee may be cancelled without the consent of the Bank.

9.11 The background based on which the Applicant applies to the Bank for handling business is real and legal and it will not be used for money laundering and other illegal purposes.

9.12 The Applicant does not conceal any event that may affect the financial status and performance ability of the Applicant and the Guarantor.

9.13 The Applicant and any of its shareholders and related parties did not involve any liquidation, bankruptcy, reorganization, merger, division, reorganization, dissolution, capital reduction or similar legal proceedings, nor did it result in any circumstances that may lead to such legal proceedings.

9.14 If the Applicant has or will sign the counter guarantee agreement or similar agreements with the Guarantor hereto with respect to the guarantee obligations, the agreement will not damage any rights of the Bank under the Contract.

9.15 In addition to the above warranties and commitments, the Applicant further warrants and promises as follows:

1) If the Applicant applies for the fixed assets loan amount, the Applicant guarantees and promises that: a. the capital in the same proportion as the loan is fully available; b. the actual progress of the loan matches the invested amount; c. the Applicant will not evade the entrusted payment method by breaking up the whole into parts; d. under self payment, the Applicant submits the “planned/actual payment list” to the Bank at least quarterly after the loan is issued; e. in the event of project financing loans, in principle, the Applicant’s own funds must be used in the same proportion as the loan or the Applicant’s own funds are used up before using the loan.

2) If the Applicant applies for the working capital loan amount, the Applicant guarantees and promises that: a. the Applicant will not evade the entrusted payment method by breaking up the whole into parts; b. under self payment, the Applicant submits the “planned/actual payment list” to the Bank at least quarterly after the loan is issued.

3) If the Applicant applies for the opening of import letter of credit, domestic letter of credit, guaranteed delivery, import bill, export bill, opening letter of guarantee/standby letter of credit, overseas payment and other credit extension business, the Applicant’s guarantee and commitment must also comply with the relevant provisions of the special terms of the credit business in Chapter II.

4) If the Guarantor is an overseas institution or individual (the “overseas guarantor”), the Applicant guarantees and promises that: a. it always meets the qualifications for foreign-invested enterprises to handle the foreign-invested domestic loan business, and the total foreign debts do not exceed its bets during the entire period from the date of signing the Contract to the date when the Applicant repays principal and interest. The Bank’s review of the Applicant’s conditions and bet difference does not exempt the Applicant from the above warranty obligations; b. to increase new external debt (including but not limited to short-term foreign debt, medium- and long-term foreign debt or new foreign-invested domestic loan business), the Applicant shall obtain the previous consent of the Bank in writing; c. if the Applicant is subject to equity transfer, change of total investment or registered capital, the change of shareholders or the shareholding structure or the change of business scope, etc., it shall obtain the written consent of the Bank in advance, and may not affect its obligations and responsibilities under the foreign-invested domestic loan business, nor will it cause it to no longer have the qualifications for the foreign-invested domestic loan business or make the Applicant’s guarantee performance amount exceeds the allowable registration amount when credit provided by the Bank expires; d. after the overseas guarantor fulfills the guarantee obligations, the Applicant shall promptly handle the foreign debt registration in accordance with the relevant regulations and the requirements of the Bank and within the time limit required thereby. If the foreign exchange administration imposes punishment as the outstanding principal balance of the external debt exceeds the sum of the previous year’s unaudited net assets and the external debts, it shall promptly accept punishment; The Applicant shall promptly perform the repayment obligation to the overseas guarantor, and all the guarantees with respect to the Applicant and the overseas guarantor shall be handled by the parties themselves and may not be involved with the Bank; e. the outstanding principal of the external liabilities formed by the foreign-invested domestic loan business may not exceed the sum of the unaudited net assets of the previous year and its own external debts; f. provide information as required by the Bank (including but not limited to the unaudited net assets of the Applicant in the previous year, the current amount of foreign debts available, the amount of foreign-invested domestic loans with domestic financial institutions, debt defaults, and foreign debt registration and settlement, the outstanding principal of external liabilities arising from foreign-invested domestic loans) and guarantee the truthfulness, completeness, validity and follow-up update of the information and data provided; g. if the Applicant breaches in terms of guarantee under any foreign-invested domestic loan business after the Contract is signed, the Applicant shall promptly notify the Bank and further promises that the Applicant may not make application hereunder unless the Applicant has paid off all external liabilities under the foreign-invested domestic loans in which the guarantee has been performed and it has been approved by the State Administration of Foreign Exchange or its authorized branches.

 

Contract version No.: FB201701 (company)    Page 11/40


5) The Applicant agrees to handle the matters uncovered in the Contract and the related documents according to laws and regulations, the Bank’s related provisions and business practice.

Article 10 The Applicant’s rights and obligations

10.1 The Applicant shall use the loan and/or other credits in accordance with the terms and/or promises hereunder.

10.2 The Applicant shall accept the Bank’s loan payment management, post-loan management and related inspections and supervision, and provide sufficient assistance and cooperation.

10.3 If the Applicant or the Guarantor is subject to any changes in business license, articles of association, business scope, registered capital, or legal representative, the Applicant shall notify the Bank in writing and provide the latest relevant materials within ten natural days from the date of the change.

10.4 In the event of any circumstances that may affect the Applicant’s or the Guarantor’s financial position and ability to perform, including but not limited to mergers, divisions, capital reductions, equity transfers, foreign investments, substantial increases in debt financing, transfer of material assets and claims, and others that may adversely affect the Applicant’s solvency, the Bank’s consent must be obtained in advance.

10.5 If the Applicant knows that the Guarantor has or may have the following circumstances, the Applicant shall immediately notify the Bank and actively cooperate with the Bank to implement the safeguard measures for the safe repayment of the principal and interest of the loan and other credits and all related expenses under the Contract:

1) it incurs difficulty in operations, significant financial loss, loss of assets or other financial crisis;

2) it is subject to business stoppage, liquidation, business stoppage for internal rectification, or its business license is revoked or canceled or application for or being filed for bankruptcy, dissolution and other circumstances;

3) its controlling shareholders and other affiliates suffer from major financial crisis in terms of operation or finance, affecting its normal functioning;

4) there are significant related party transactions between it and its controlling shareholders and other affiliates, affecting its normal operation;

5) in the event of any litigation, arbitration or criminal or administrative penalty that has a material adverse effect on its operation or property status;

6) it carries out any changes in business methods such as joint venture, cooperation, contracting management, recombination, and restructuring;

7) its property or collateral is seized, attached or supervised, or a new guarantee is created on the collateral;

8) its shareholders, directors and current senior officers are suspected of major cases or economic disputes;

 

Contract version No.: FB201701 (company)    Page 12/40


9) the Applicant breaches other contracts;

10) it is divorce, disappears or dead when the Guarantor is a natural person;

11) other circumstances that are materially unfavorable to its operations, financial condition or solvency.

10.6 The Applicant shall repay the principal and interest and related expenses in the same currency as the loan and other credits in full and on time according to the Contract; or deposit the aforementioned funds into the designated account in advance as required by the Bank, and may not withdraw, transfer, pledge or otherwise dispose or create any claims on the funds.

10.7 Any payment made or amount payable by the Applicant to the Bank shall not be deducted from taxes and other fees of any nature. If tax and other expenses are deducted in accordance with laws and regulations, the Applicant shall make up.

10.8 The Applicant agrees to make compensation in full for any disputes, controversies, claims, expenses, losses, expenses and other payments incurred by the Bank in connection with the provision of credit or any services.

10.9 The Applicant may not omit to make management and recover the claims fall due or disposes of claims or properties for free or other improper ways.

10.10 If the Applicant belongs to a group client defined in Article 12.2, it shall timely report the related party transactions involving more than 10% of the net profit to the Bank, including but not limited to the related party relationship of parties, items, nature, trading amount and corresponding proportion as well as pricing policies (including the transactions without amount or with only a symbolic amount).

10.11 The Applicant may not transfer, assign, update or dispose of any of its rights and/or obligations under the Contract or any interest in connection with such rights and obligations without the written consent of the Bank.

10.12 If the Bank needs to make external payment before the following business expires, including providing the Applicant with bank guarantees, issuing international letters of credit and domestic letters of credit, entrusting correspondent banks to open international letters of credit and domestic letters of credit, opening bank acceptance bills, guaranteed delivery, and opening back-to-back international letter of credit and domestic letter of credit, overseas payment, domestic payment, etc. or due to the beneficiary’s call to the Bank, the Applicant shall deposit sufficient amount or deposit for the Bank to make external payment, and the Bank also has the right to debit the Applicant’s foreign currency or RMB account in the Bank as the backup payment; and the Applicant agrees to create pledge guarantee on the margin account for guaranteeing its debts due to the Bank and immediately issues a written pledge confirmation to the Bank after depositing each pledge. Pledge guarantee extends to the debt principal, interest and the expenses incurred by the Bank to realize its claims under the business. The account is only for the Applicant to deposit its cash deposit. Once the money is included into the deposit account and pledge to the Bank by the Applicant in writing, it is deemed as a specialized deposit and constitutes the pledge property. The pledge will take effect from the date of being included into the deposit account and be deemed to be delivered to the Bank in an indirect possession and shall be held and controlled by the Bank on behalf of the Applicant. The Applicant may not use the funds in the deposit account without the consent of the Bank. If the provision or deposit is insufficient for the Bank to make external payment, the Applicant is obliged to pay off the above payment.

10.13 other rights and obligations as agreed hereunder.

Article 11 The Bank’s rights and obligations

11.1 The Bank has the right to review and determine whether to grant a single credit to the Applicant, and to review the use of the credit by the Applicant each year or from time to time. If the Bank believes that it is necessary to adjust or is not suitable to continue to grant the credit line to the Applicant, the Bank has the right to adjust the comprehensive credit line and its specific period, and/or cancel unused credits in full or in part or declare that all or part of the Applicant’s credit under the Contract expire immediately without prior notice to the Applicant.

11.2 The Bank has the right to request the Applicant to provide information related to the credit line, and to investigate the legality, authenticity, completeness and validity of the information and documents provided by the Applicant. The Bank also has the right to investigate the Applicant’s credit standing.

 

Contract version No.: FB201701 (company)    Page 13/40


11.3 The Applicant agrees that the Bank has the right to disclose any of its information to: 1) any intended transferee of the Contract or the party entitled to the rights hereunder; 2) the Bank’s offices, branches and other necessary entities; 3) any government, financial, taxation, regulatory and other administrative agencies or judicial organs; 4) those who provide external professional services to the Bank, including but not limited to lawyers, auditors, etc.

11.4 The Bank has the right to get to know the Applicant’s production, operation and financial activities.

11.5 The Bank is entitled to check the use of the loan and/or other credit lines, the Guarantor’s credit status or the collateral status.

11.6 If the Guarantor provides mortgage or pledge, the Bank has the right to request an assessment agency approved by it to evaluate the value of the pledge. If the value of the collateral (pledge) has dropped significantly and it is no longer sufficient as a guarantee for contractual debts, the Bank has the right to require the Applicant to return part of the credit or provide other guarantees approved by the Bank.

11.7 The Bank has the right to adjust the credit line according to the exchange rate change, require the Applicant to provide other guarantees or immediately repay the excess.

11.8 The Bank is entitled to require the Applicant to repay in full and on time the principal and interest of the loan and other loans extended under the Contract. The Bank is entitled to make deductions from any account opened by the Applicant in any business outlet of Fubon Bank, to repay the debts owed by the Applicant in the Contract.

11.9 For working capital loans, the Applicant agrees that the Bank has the right to recover the loan in advance according to the withdrawal of the Applicant’s funds.

11.10 If the Bank provides the Applicant with bank guarantees, issue bank acceptance bills, guaranteed delivery, issue international letters of credit and domestic letters of credit, entrust correspondent banks to open international letters of credit and domestic letters of credit, open back-to-back international letter of credit and domestic letter of credit and other credit lines, the Bank has the right to pay the amount claimed immediately upon receipt of the demand/claim/payment request, without asking or obtaining the Applicant’s additional consent and the Bank is not obliged to investigate and verify the facts involved in the demand/claim/payment request.

11.11 The Bank is entitled to transfer the rights and obligations under the Contract and the relevant guarantee documents at any time according to the law and without the consent of the Applicant, and take such means as it deems appropriate, including but not limited to fax, post, personal service, announcement in the public media, etc., to notify the Applicant of the transfer. The Applicant shall continue assuming liability to the Bank and its rights transferee and beneficiary in accordance with the Contract. Notwithstanding such assignments, the Contract and related documents will continue to be valid for the Applicant and the Applicant agrees to continue to be bound by such documents. The Bank has the right to provide a copy of the Contract and any information hereunder to any entity/person who intends or has entered into any type of transfer intent with the Bank.

11.12 The Bank is entitled to request the Applicant to explain significant and abnormal funds inflows and outflows and supervise the account involved.

11.13 other rights and obligations as agreed hereunder.

Article 12 Event of default

12.1 Any of the following matters is considered an event of default under the Contract:

1) The Applicant fails to repay in full and on time the principal and interest of the loan and other expenses under the Contract.

2) The Applicant has not used the loan or other credit for the agreed purposes and according to the agreed terms of payment.

3) The Applicant has not obtained the written consent of the Bank to transfer the debt.

4) The materials provided by the Applicant to the Bank (including but not limited to financial statements, vouchers, basic contracts, etc.) or factual statement are false or incomplete or contrary to the facts or conceal any important truth.

5) The Applicant refuses to, hinders from or fails to cooperate with the Bank’s supervision and check of the credit use, the Guarantor’s credit status or the collateral status.

6) The Applicant and its related parties breach the Contract or any other contract or agreement signed with any business outlet of Fubon Bank or any other contract or agreement signed with a third party (including but not limited to other financial institutions).

 

Contract version No.: FB201701 (company)    Page 14/40


7) If the Applicant applies for the fixed assets loan amount, the Bank will determine that the Applicant’s net assets are negative or loss for two consecutive years based on the Applicant’s latest audited annual financial report.

8) The Applicant has not paid any debts under any contract that are due or declared expired before the due date.

9) The Applicant fails to accept the bill issued by it to any other person when it falls due or the guarantee provided to any other person is required to be performed.

10) The Applicant’s business scope or business operations have undergone major changes.

11) The Applicant is subject to insolvency, business stoppage, liquidation or its business license is revoked or canceled or application for or being filed for bankruptcy, dissolution and other circumstances.

12) If the credit status of the Applicant declines, or there is any material adverse event on the management, operation, assets, financial status or solvency, or it breaks through the index constraints or other financial agreements stipulated herein, and it fails to notify the Bank immediately or fails to make improvement within the period as required by the Bank.

13) The Applicant omits to make management and recover the claims fall due or disposes of claims or properties for free or other improper ways.

14) Any guarantee provided by the Applicant or the Guarantor is no longer valid or the title is disputed or becomes unenforceable or the Bank believes that the value of any such guarantee is substantially depreciated.

15) The Guarantor violates the guarantee contract, or breaches other contracts entered with any business outlets of Fubon Bank.

16) The Applicant involves or may be involved in major economic disputes, litigation, arbitration, supervision by the court and other competent authorities or its accounts or assets are seized, attached, frozen, deducted or enforced, or is investigated or punished by the judiciary or tax, industry and commerce or other authorities according to the law, which may or may have affected the performance of its obligations under the Contract.

17) The Applicant’s shareholders, directors, major individual investors or key officers abnormally change, are missing or investigated or restricted by the judicial authorities according to the law or the controlling shareholder’s credit status or operating conditions are abnormal, which may or may have affected the performance of their obligations under the Contract.

18) There are significant and abnormal capital inflows and outflows in the designated funds withdrawal account and the Applicant cannot provide explanatory materials approved by the Bank.

19) The Guarantor (natural person) has no capacity for civil conduct, disappears or is dead without heir, beneficiary, property supervisor (administrator) or guardian, or his heir, beneficiary, property supervisor (administrator) or guardian refuses to perform the Contract; the Guarantor (legal person) enters or may enter into the suspension, liquidation, dissolution, revocation, bankruptcy, merger, reorganization, separation or major litigation, arbitration or administrative procedures, which can affect its ability to guarantee.

20) The Applicant or the Guarantor violates other interim/post loan conditions in the Bank Credit Notice.

21) The Applicant violates Article 4.8.

22) The Applicant breaches any agreements made in specific contracts.

23) Without the consent of the Bank, the Applicant disposes of the assets for the fixed assets investment project or uses the loan under the Contract to establish a guarantee for a third party or allow the existence of the foregoing guarantee.

24) The Guarantor under the Contract has any of the above circumstances or violates the relevant provisions of the Contract or the guarantee contract.

 

Contract version No.: FB201701 (company)    Page 15/40


25) To the Bank’s reasonable judgment, there have been other events that may substantially damage the Bank’s interests under the Contract and have a material adverse effect on the continued performance of the business, which include but not limited to major changes in the market related to the business handling, foreign exchange supervision, other nations’ political situation, financial situation or other force majeure events or significant adverse changes in the performance of other parties involved in the business handling.

 

Contract version No.: FB201701 (company)    Page 16/40


12.2 In addition to the event of default as stipulated in Article 12.1, if the Applicant is a group customer identified by the Bank, the following matters are further regarded as the event of default under the Contract:

1) The Applicant provides false materials or conceals important operating or financial information.

2) The original purpose of the loan changes without the consent of the Bank or the Applicant uses the loan or uses the bank credit to engage in illegal transactions.

3) The Applicant uses false contracts with the related parties, conducts bank discount or pledge to cash funds or credit with the notes receivable, account receivable or other claims with no real trade background.

4) The Applicant refuses to accept the Bank’s supervision and inspection of its use of credit funds and related operating and financial activities.

5) The Applicant is subject to significant mergers, acquisitions and restructurings, etc., which the Bank believes may affect credit security.

6) The Applicant intends to evade the Bank’s claims through related party transactions.

7) Other major breaches identified by the Bank.

A group customer refers to a corporate legal person customer that has one of the following conditions: a) directly or indirectly controlling other corporate legal persons on the equity or controlled by other corporate legal persons; b) jointly controlled by a third-party corporate legal person; c) directly or indirectly controlling other corporate legal persons in terms of major business decisions or business management or controlled by other corporate legal persons; d) directly controlled or indirectly controlled by its major individual investors, key officers, and family members closely related to the foregoing (including direct family relationships within three generations and the kinship within the second generation), among which, the key officers include chairman, legal representative, executive director and general manager; e) there are other associations, that the Bank deems necessary to conduct credit management as a group customer.

Article 13 Treatment in the event of breach

13.1 When an event of breach occurs, the Bank has the right to take any or several of the following measures:

1) Requesting the Applicant and the Guarantor to correct breach within a specified period.

2) Reducing or canceling the credit line under the Contract, or stopping the use of the remaining credit line.

3) Adjusting RMB credit execution interest rate under the Contract to 45% plus the strike rate on the adjustment date and applying it immediately; adjusting foreign currency credit execution interest rate under the Contract to 3% plus the strike rate on the adjustment date and applying it immediately. After the Bank makes a decision to raise the interest rate, it shall notify the Applicant in writing within five working days.

4) Terminating or removing the Contract or terminating or removing other contracts entered into by and between the Applicant and the Bank in whole or in part.

5) Requiring the Applicant to provide a full deposit pledge for the payment of bank acceptance bills, letters of guarantee, standby letter of credit, letter of credit, guaranteed delivery, overseas payment and other credit business that do not fall due. If the Applicant does not provide, penalty interest will incur as agreed in Article 5.3 from the date when the Bank makes payment on its behalf.

6) Requiring the Applicant to provide a separate guarantee, mortgage, pledge or other guarantees approved by the Bank.

7) The loan principal and/or interest that the Applicant fails to pay on time is regarded as overdue loan, for which, penalty interest will incur according to Article 5.3 from the date of delay.

8) Declaring that all or part of the Applicant’s credit under the Contract expire immediately and requiring the Applicant to immediately repay part or all of the loan principal, interest and expenses, and from the date of the breach of contract, all interest and principal that have been issued will be subject to interest at the interest rate specified in Article 5.3 until the Applicant has paid off all debts.

 

Contract version No.: FB201701 (company)    Page 17/40


9) The Bank directly makes deductions from any account opened by the Applicant in any business outlet of Fubon Bank, to offset the debts owed by the Applicant in the Contract without notifying the Applicant in advance. The outstanding amount in the account will be deemed falling due in advance. If the currency in the transfer account is inconsistent with the actual currency, the deduction will be made on the basis of the exchange rate applicable to the Bank on the deduction date, and the relevant risks and losses will be borne by the Applicant.

10) Disposing of the collateral or pledge, paying off the principal and interest of the loan, or recovering the joint liability of the Guarantor according to the law, or recovering from the party providing other guarantees.

11) Requiring the Applicant to compensate the Bank for the losses caused by its breach of contract.

12) Taking other remedies permitted by the laws and regulations and the Contract.

13.2 Under the above circumstances, the Applicant assumes all losses caused to the Bank due to breach of contract. In the event of any of the above cases, the expenses incurred in collecting the principal and interest of the loan, including but not limited to the announcement fee, the service fee, the appraisal fee, the lawyer’s fee, the legal fee, the arbitration fee, the travel expenses, the property preservation fee, etc., will be assumed by the Applicant.

13.3 Where the Bank claims subrogation right against the debtor of the Applicant according to the law, or requests the court to revoke the Applicant’s waiver of its due debt or transfer of the property without compensation, and at an unreasonably low price, the Applicant shall provide all necessary cooperation and assistance as required by the Bank, with all expenses incurred by the Bank being borne by the Applicant.

Article 14 Effectiveness, modification and revocation

14.1 The Contract will enter into force after the legal representatives (persons in charge) or authorized agents of the Parties sign the same and affix their official seals hereon.

14.2 Where the Bank cannot perform the Contract or cannot perform the same as agreed due to changes in laws and regulatory regulations or the requirements of the regulatory departments, the Bank has the right to terminate or change the performance of the Contract in accordance with the changes of the laws and regulatory regulations or the requirements of the regulatory departments. In the event that it thereby terminates or changes the Contract, which makes the Bank cannot perform or perform as agreed, the Bank will be exempted from liabilities.

14.3 Any changes in the terms of the Contract and other matters uncovered will be made through friendly negotiation in writing and changes or modifications constitute an integral part hereof. The modification or supplementary agreement will have the same legal force as the Contract.

Article 15 Miscellaneous

15.1 Rights reserved

The Bank’s tolerance, grace or delay in enforcing or failure to enforce some or all of the rights or benefits of the Bank in the Contract with respect to any breach of contract or delay of the Applicant, will not damage, affect or limit the Bank’s rights and benefits as a creditor under the Contract and relevant laws, or may not be deemed as a license or endorsement by the Bank of any breach of the Contract, nor shall it be deemed as the Bank’s waiver of the rights to take actions for the existing or future default or exemption from the Applicant’s obligations and responsibilities.

 

Contract version No.: FB201701 (company)    Page 18/40


15.2 If and in the event that the Contract becomes void, or invalid in law in part for whatever reason, the Applicant shall assume all the liabilities owed to the Bank under the Contract. In the event of the above cases, the Bank has the right to terminate the Contract and immediately recover all debts owed by the Bank under the Contract from the Applicant.

15.3 The address filled in by the Applicant in the Contract is the confirmed mailing address and the address for service of the legal instruments. If there is any change, the Applicant shall notify the Bank in writing within ten natural days after the change with the postal cost incurred being borne by the Applicant. The original address is still considered valid until the Bank receives the Applicant’s notice of change. If the Bank’s address changes, it only needs to be announced at the business premises or through other channels.

The notices and requirements related to the Contract between the Bank and the Applicant shall be sent by registered mail, EMS or other written forms agreed by them. Any communication or document made or delivered by the Bank to the Applicant under the Contract or for the Contract shall be deemed to be validly served in the following circumstances:

a) If delivered by hand, at the time of delivery by hand;

b) If sent by letter, on the second (2) natural day for the same city, the fifth (5) natural day for different cities after the envelope marked with such address is mailed with postage prepaid;

c) If sent by e-mail or other electronic means of communication, at the time of receipt in a clearly visible form;

d) If transmitted by telex or fax, at the time of completion of the transmission and receipt of the correct number or fax report;

e) In the case of notification of transfer or collection by making an announcement in public media or other means, it shall be deemed to have been served to the other party on the date of the announcement.

The Applicant agrees that the Bank entrusts a courier to send notices, documents or other written documents relating to the Contract. If there is any loss or delay in the process of sending, the Bank will not bear any responsibility. However, the Bank will actively cooperate with the Applicant and take remedial measures to minimize risks and economic losses.

15.4 If any provision hereof is deemed illegal, invalid or unenforceable in any aspect at any time, other provisions hereof will still be valid, and the legality, validity and enforceability thereof may not be affected or impaired.

15.5 If the Bank transfers the claims hereunder, the Contract continues to apply to the Applicant and the assignee.

15.6 During the term of the Contract, if the Bank completes the change of company name in accordance with the relevant procedures stipulated by laws and regulations, it will not affect all rights and obligations of the Bank under the Contract. The Bank agrees to make an announcement on the business outlets and/or the official website after the name change is completed. The Bank’s completion of the aforementioned announcement is deemed to have completed its notification obligation to the Applicant. Except with the consent of the Bank, the Applicant has no right to require the Bank to issue any other form of notice for the change of company name.

15.7 Where, from the date of signing the Contract to the debt satisfaction under the Contract, the Applicant irrevocably authorizes the Bank to handle various credit business for the Applicant, it can check the Applicant’s credit information via the financial credit information base and other credit reporting agencies legally established and use the credit information. The Bank shall not disclose the Applicant’s credit information to any person without the consent of the Applicant in writing, except in the following cases: (1) disclosure made to any court, judging agency, regulatory body, government agency that has jurisdiction and regulatory power over the Bank; (2) otherwise made as required by laws and regulations. Where the Bank enters, inquires or uses the Applicant’s information beyond the above-mentioned scope of use, all the consequences and legal liabilities arising therefrom will be borne by the Bank. The Applicant agrees that the Bank can report the Applicant’s credit information to the financial credit information base and other credit reporting agencies legally established. The Applicant is fully aware of and understands all contents of the above-mentioned terms on authorization and grants authorizations to the Bank on this basis.

 

Contract version No.: FB201701 (company)    Page 19/40


15.8 The valid vouchers supporting the Bank’s claims under the Contract shall be subject to the accounting vouchers issued and recorded by the Bank in accordance with its own business regulations.

15.9 Without prejudice to other agreements under the Contract, the Contract is binding upon the Parties and their respective successors and assignees.

15.10 The headings of the clauses and sub-clauses of this Contract are inserted for convenience only and shall not affect the meaning and interpretation of any clause hereof.

15.11 If the Bank needs to entrust other business outlets of Fubon Bank to fulfill the rights and obligations under the Contract due to business needs, or to transfer its business hereunder to other business outlets of Fubon Bank and the Applicant acknowledges the same. Other business outlets of Fubon Bank authorized by the Bank, or other business outlets of Fubon Bank undertaking the business hereunder have the right to exercise all the rights under the Contract and file a lawsuit or apply for enforcement to the court in connection with the disputes hereunder in the name of the foregoing business outlets.

15.12 The Applicant agrees that the Bank will entrust a third party with the accompanying business (including but not limited to debt collection and other items) related to the Contract, and that the Bank will provide relevant information and materials of the Applicant under the Contract to the above third party for handling the entrustment.

Article 16 Applicable laws and disputes resolution

16.1 The Contract is governed by the laws of the People’s Republic of China (excluding Hong Kong Special Administrative Region, Macao Special Administrative Region and Taiwan region). If a dispute arises between the parties to the Contract in the performance of the Contract, it may be settled through negotiation, failing which, either party may file a lawsuit in the people’s court with jurisdiction where the Contract is signed or the defendant is located. If other forums are selected, it may be determined in the supplementary clause. During the negotiation and arbitration, the clauses in the Contract not involving the disputes shall still be fulfilled.

Chapter II Particular Conditions of Partial Credit Business

Article 17 Special clauses under the business of import letter of credit

17.1 For the purpose hereof, the so-called issue of import letter of credit refers to the act of the issuing bank, at the application of the applicant (hereinafter referred to as the “applicant” in this clause), to issue to exporter (beneficiary) conditional written payment commitment for the payment against a letter of credit within the prescribed time limit.

17.2 The Applicant agrees that the issuing bank will handle all matters under the letter of credit in accordance with the latest version of the International Chamber of Commerce’s Uniform Customs and Practice for Documentary Credits, and assume the obligations and responsibilities arising therefrom.

17.3 The opening of and modification of the letters of credit

1) If the issuing bank accepts the application from the applicant for issue of a L/C, the L/C shall be issued according to the application submitted by the applicant, and the final content shall be subject to that set out in the L/C issued by the issuing bank.

2) The issuing bank’s request against the applicant to submit documents or documents related to the opening of the letter of credit, such as trade contracts, etc. will not be construed as obligatory to open a letter of credit in accordance with such documents.

3) If the applicant needs to amend the letter of credit, it shall submit an application for amendment of the letter of credit to the issuing bank. The Applicant agrees that the issuing bank will handle matters with respect to the amendment to the letter of credit in accordance with the foregoing Uniform Customs and Practice for Documentary Credits, and assumes the obligations and responsibilities arising therefrom. Once issued, the Application for Modification of the Letter of Credit will immediately be binding upon the applicant. However, all changes under the letter of credit will not take effect until the beneficiary and the confirming bank (if any) accept it. If the amendment of the letter of credit involves increasing the amount thereof, deposit or other guarantees shall be provided as required by the issuing bank.

4) The issuing bank has independent judgment on the modification of the letter of credit. It has the right to refuse to accept the application for modification submitted by the applicant, and also has the right to make suggestions on the contents of the amendment. If the amendment of the letter of credit involves the amount, currency, interest rate, time limit, etc., and the issuing bank considers that the obligations of the Guarantor are aggravated, the issuing bank has the right to request the Applicant to increase the deposit or other guarantees, and/or require the Applicant to obtain the written consent of the Guarantor. Otherwise, the issuing bank has the right to refuse to accept the Applicant’s application for modification.

 

Contract version No.: FB201701 (company)    Page 20/40


5) The modification of the letter of credit does not change the Applicant’s other rights and obligations in the Contract.

6) The Applicant shall pay to the issuing bank all the expenses incurred due to the opening and modification of the letter of credit (including the relevant bank fees that the foreign beneficiary refuses to bear) as agreed. Unless otherwise agreed by the Parties, the relevant fees shall be based on the billing standards of the issuing bank.

17.4 External payments under a letter of credit

1) During the validity period of the letter of credit, upon receipt of the notice from the issuing bank, the Applicant shall notify the issuing bank of the handling of the documents within the time specified in the notice. Otherwise, the Applicant will be deemed to have no refusal to pay the letter of credit and agree that the issuing bank makes external payment/accepts the letter of credit/commits to make payment.

2) Where the Applicant shall notify the issuing bank of accepting the documents within the time specified in the notice and the issuing bank agrees with the same, the issuing bank makes external payment/accepts the letter of credit/commits to make payment. The Applicant shall deposit the monies for payment as agreed in the application for opening.

3) If the Applicant informs the issuing bank of accepting the letter of credit, but the issuing bank disagrees, the issuing bank has the right to decide whether to refuse to pay according to whether the documents and letter of credit are in conformity; if the Applicant agrees to provide the issuing bank with sufficient deposit or other payment guarantees, the issuing bank has the right to waive the right to dishonor or to retain the right to dishonor as the case may be.

4) In each letter of credit business under the Contract, the Applicant shall ensure that the relevant payment or acceptance procedures are handled when the issuing bank determines that the documents and the letter of credit are in conformity.

If the payment or acceptance is refused due to the inconsistency of the documents and the letter of credit, the Applicant shall return the full set of documents to the issuing bank in writing within the time limit specified in the issuing bank’s notice, and attach the reasons for dishonor in written form. The issuing bank will determine whether to dishonor according to the international practice. The Applicant acknowledges that the issuing bank has the independent right to determine the reasons for dishonoring the letter of credit, and is entitled to bind the Applicant and the Guarantor accordingly. If the issuing bank believes that the reason for the refusal of the Applicant is not established or the Applicant has not returned the full set of documents or exceeds the time limit specified in the notice, the issuing bank has the right to independently decide to make external payment or accept the letter of credit, in which case, the Applicant still bears the obligation to make payment against the letter of credit and the corresponding interest and expenses to the issuing bank. At the same time, if the reason for the refusal of the issuing bank is determined by the remitting bank or the negotiating bank, the Applicant will assume all the responsibilities and bear the corresponding amounts and interest as well as other items including but not limited to legal fees, attorney fees, etc.

5) Regardless of whether the letter of credit can be dishonored under the Contract, the Applicant shall, at the latest payment date, transfer the amount payable under the letter of credit to the settlement account opened by the Applicant in the issuing bank for the purpose of repaying the Applicant’s debts under the Contract. Otherwise, the issuing bank has the right to deduct any amount from any of the Applicant’s accounts for payment of any money and fees under the letter of credit and to notify the Applicant. If the Applicant’s account balance is insufficient and the issuing bank advances the funds, the issuing bank has the right to charge the Applicants the penalty interest in accordance with Article 5.3 from the date of advance payment.

6) If the provision deposited by the Applicant is insufficient and the issuing bank makes advance payment, Once the payables are paid, it constitutes the debts of the Applicant to the issuing bank under the Contract, and the Applicant shall promptly pay off the debts.

17.5 Supplementary commitments

1) After the letter of credit is issued, if the import and export trade contract amends in relation to the letter of credit, the Applicant shall immediately notify the issuing bank in writing.

 

Contract version No.: FB201701 (company)    Page 21/40


2) After the issuing bank makes advance payment or accepts or honors the letter of credit, the issuing bank is entitled to dispose of the full set of documents/goods under the letter of credit or other security interests or property rights and interests to which it may be entitled in accordance with any applicable laws or regulations. If the right to dispose of the full set of documents/goods under the letter of credit belongs to the Applicant in accordance with the applicable laws, regulations or the judgment of the court or arbitration institution with jurisdiction, the Applicant agrees to unconditionally transfer such right to Party B to the maximum extent permitted by applicable laws and acknowledge all of the issuing bank’s acts and omissions regarding the disposal of the documents/goods. If the right to dispose of the full set of documents/goods under the letter of credit belongs to the issuing bank in accordance with the applicable laws, regulations or the judgment of the court or arbitration institution with jurisdiction, the issuing bank will reserve such right until the Applicant redeems the documents or repays the funds advanced by the issuing bank in full.

3) For forward bills confirmed or deferred payments accepted by the issuing bank, the Applicant will not request the issuing bank to stop payment for any reason, and within the scope permitted by laws and regulations, it will waive its right to for any reason apply for freezing or file a lawsuit with the court requesting for stopping payment under the letter of credit.

4) The risk of loss, delay, error, damage, etc. in the process of postal, telecommunications transmission or other transmission of business correspondence and documents under the letter of credit and the risk arising from the use of third party services by the issuing bank will be borne by the Applicant.

5) The issuing bank has the right to select the advising bank and the negotiating bank of the letter of credit and other banks to handle the relevant business according to the needs of the work.

6) Before the Applicant has paid the full amount of the letter of credit, the title to the documents under thereunder and/or the ownership of the goods represented by the documents belong to the issuing bank. The full amount of the above-mentioned letter of credit includes price for goods of the letter of credit (including the increase as a result of amendment to the letter of credit and/or the increase in foreign overflow), interest, and bank fees (including fees rejected by foreign beneficiaries or bank)

as well as the foreign exchange and RMB funds (including related legal fees, attorney fees, etc.) required for compensating the issuing bank for the letter of credit (including relevant legal fees, attorney fees, etc.).

7) The Applicant agrees to bear the expenses related to the Contract and its letter of credit, unconditionally repay the issuing bank’s advance payment and any other monies and expenses under the letter of credit of the Contract, and bear all losses incurred by the issuing bank, including but not limited to advances in principal and interest, liquidated damages, damages and other related expenses.

8) The letter of credit opened by the issuing bank is independent of any trade contract relationship. The Applicant is responsible for the authenticity and validity of the basic trade contracts and documents concerning the letter of credit and contents thereof. If there is any dispute or fraud in the trade contract involved in the letter of credit, the Applicant will resolve it on its own, and may not make any claims or requirements against the issuing bank in any way.

9) If the application for the issuance shall be completed in English, the Applicant shall bear the responsibility for the translational ambiguity arising from the Applicant’s completion in Chinese and/or the responsibilities and consequences arising from the unclear handwriting or ambiguous meaning.

10) Check is required in time after receiving the copy of the letter of credit and the revised version issued by the issuing bank. If there is any discrepancy, the issuing bank shall be contacted within two working days after receiving the copy. If not notified, it is considered correct.

11) The Applicant will comply with any applicable foreign exchange regulations and will promptly obtain or procure others to obtain any necessary import and export licenses or other licenses, and will compensate the issuing bank if it does not obtain such import or export license or other licenses or if there is any defect thereon or if there is no import or export license or other licenses. The Applicant warrants that no shipment or other transaction will be made in respect of any import L/C in violation of the regulations of the People’s Republic of China or any other applicable countries.

 

Contract version No.: FB201701 (company)    Page 22/40


12) Before the Applicant pays the issuing bank the amount of each import letter of credit and all debts, commissions, fees and interest related thereto, and before it satisfies all obligations to the issuing bank with respect to the import letter of credit and its related goods, the issuing bank may (but not necessarily) give instructions for the shipment, destination and delivery of any such goods as deemed appropriate by the issuing bank, as in the case of the Applicant, and directly reach arrangements (including changes or performance of any contract) as deemed appropriate by the issuing bank with the seller or the shipper or other person. The issuing bank is not liable for any loss arising from any such instructions or arrangements. Any direct intervention by the issuing bank will not affect the Applicant’s obligations to the issuing bank, and the Applicant shall reimburse the issuing bank for all payments made for any of the above interventions.

13) The import letter of credit referred to in the Contract includes any import letter of credit with an increase in the amount, extension or other modifications.

Article 18 Special clauses under the business of guaranteed delivery

18.1 The term “guaranteed delivery” as used in the Contract refers to the case that the applicant for the guaranteed delivery (hereinafter referred to as “the Applicant” in this clause) applies to the issuing bank (accepting bank) for going through the formalities for picking up the goods with the shipping company by producing the guaranteed delivery document signed by the accepting bank, since the arrival of the goods at the port of destination under the import letter of credit is earlier than the arrival of delivery document at the issuing bank.

18.2 The Applicant undertakes to be responsible for the authenticity and validity of the original bill of lading and other relevant documents, notes, applications and their contents corresponding to the guaranteed delivery documents under the Contract, and assumes all responsibility arising therefrom.

18.3 The Applicant undertakes not to create any form of guarantee on the goods to be picked up without the written consent of the accepting bank.

18.4 The Applicant undertakes to, upon receipt of the relevant documents, regardless of whether it is in full conformity with the relevant letters of credit or contracts and the bills and documents under the letter of credit, make payment or acceptance immediately as requested by the accepting bank, and will never propose to refuse to pay or accept for any reason (including but not limited to discrepancies or fraud). After the accepting bank issues a payment notice, if the Applicant fails to make a payment or acceptance as required by the accepting bank, the accepting bank has the right to deduct directly from the Applicant’s account and make payment on time. Once the Applicant applies to the accepting bank for issuing a guaranteed delivery document, it means a waiver of the right to refuse to pay due to discrepancies.

18.5 The Applicant shall, within fifteen days after receiving the original bill of lading, exchange for the original of the guaranteed delivery document under the Contract with the carrier and return it to the accepting bank. Otherwise, the accepting bank has the right to collect handling charges on the Applicant according to the provisions.

18.6 The Applicant undertakes not to refuse to pay the letter of credit or to make other claims against the accepting bank on the grounds that the goods do not conform to the bill of lading or any trade dispute with the exporter.

18.7 When the carrier of the bill of lading and its agent or the right assignee under the Contract claims against the accepting bank as agreed in the guaranteed delivery document, the accepting bank will perform the guarantee liability according to the guaranteed delivery document, and may specifically make payment in any of the following ways:

1) making deductions directly or via the accepting bank from any account opened by the Applicant in any business outlet of Fubon Bank and notifying the Applicant;

2) When the amount of funds in the Applicant’s account is insufficient, the accepting bank will notify the Applicant of making up the difference;

3) making payment by the accepting bank through the realization of counter-guarantee rights;

4) Advance payment by the accepting bank, and recourse against the Applicant and the counter-guarantor. The monies will ultimately assumed by the Applicant.

18.8 In the performance of the obligation to deliver the goods under the Contract to the carrier and its agents or rights assignees, the receiving bank may make external payments without the prior consent of the Applicant, and will only be responsible for the formal examination of supporting documents. It is not liable for the basic contract disputes involved, nor is it affected by any thereof, and is not liable for the authenticity of the relevant claim documents.

 

Contract version No.: FB201701 (company)    Page 23/40


18.9 If the accepting bank needs to advance payment for the performance of its guaranteed delivery document under the Contract, it has the right to charge the Applicant interest on the advance payment from the date of advance payment, and recover from the Applicant or through the realization of the counter-guarantee right the capital and interest, liquidated damages, damages and all other related expenses.

18.10 The Applicant guarantees to compensate for any losses incurred to the accepting bank due to the issuance of the guaranteed delivery document under the Contract, including but not limited to the advance payment, interest and other expenses (including but not limited to legal fees, application execution fees, attorney fees, travel expenses and other expenses to realize claims, etc.) payable for the guaranteed delivery.

Article 19 Special clauses under the business of import bill advance

19.1 For the purpose hereof, the term “import bill advance” means a kind of trade financing operations which the applicant for bill advance (hereinafter referred to as “Applicant” in this clause) applies for financing to the accepting bank when it requests for foreign currency payments due to trade needs, and requires the accepting bank to make external payment first and the Applicant repays the principal, interest and related expenses to the accepting bank on the maturity date, including but not limited to the import bill advance under the letter of credit, the import bill advance under the collection and the foreign exchange bills under the outward remittance.

19.2 If the accepting bank accepts the application from the Applicant for the import bill advance business, it shall deduct the bank fee and other related expenses payable by the beneficiary (if any) and then make payment according to the currency and amount agreed in the application for import bill advance accepted by the accepting bank to the account designated by the remitting bank.

19.3 The Applicant has the right to request the accepting bank to make timely payment in accordance with the Contract after signing the Contract and related documents and accepting the approval of the accepting bank. However, the Applicant must repay the principal and interest and the other expenses and losses that the Applicant should bear in strict accordance with the agreed time limit.

19.4 If the Applicant applies for bill payment to pay the amount of the letter of credit/handling the letter of credit and therefore pays deposit under the letter of credit to the accepting bank, the remaining part is automatically transferred to the deposit for the import bill advance.

19.5 After the accepting bank’s external payment (ie, payment of consideration), the Applicant agrees that the full set of documents/goods under the import business corresponding to the import bill advance business is fully vested in the accepting bank, which may retain such rights until the Applicant fully repays the trade financing provided by the accepting bank.

If the right to dispose of the full set of documents/goods under the import bill advance belongs to the Applicant in accordance with the applicable laws, regulations or the judgment of the court or arbitration institution with jurisdiction, the Applicant agrees to unconditionally transfer such right to the accepting bank to the maximum extent permitted by applicable laws and acknowledge all of the accepting bank’s acts and omissions regarding the disposal of the documents/goods.

19.6 For the Applicant’s application to the accepting bank for holding documents/goods, and repayment to the accepting bank’s financing with sales proceeds, the Applicant only acts as the trustee of the accepting bank, including but not limited to the custody of relevant documents, and handling of the storage, custody, transportation, processing, sales and insurance of the goods under the documents, as well as depositing the money into the account designated by the accepting bank. Therefore, the Applicant promises that the proceeds from the sales of the business under the import bill advance will be used first to repay the principal and other fees and charges of the Applicant at the receiving bank, and the Applicant may not postpone the payment or otherwise dispose of the goods in non-currency manner or below the market price, nor sell them to any person against whom the Applicant is not entitled to claim compensation. In addition, the Applicant shall not pledge/collateralize the goods indicated on the documents to the other person or subject the goods to any lien before the financing principal and interest and the expenses are paid off.

19.7 As entrusted by the accepting bank, at the request thereof, the Applicant shall submit details of the goods including any accounts, sales income or the sales contract related thereto to the accepting bank; the accepting bank shall have the right to inspect the goods at any time or re-occupy the same. In addition, when the Applicant sells the goods to a third party, it shall indicate to the third party the identity of the trustee as the accepting bank, and also notify the accepting bank when entering into the contract for processing the goods with any third party.

 

Contract version No.: FB201701 (company)    Page 24/40


19.8 Except those to be assumed by the accepting bank as required by laws and regulations, all expenses incurred in connection with the goods during the custody of the Applicant (including but not limited to insurance, warehousing, transportation, terminal charges, etc.) shall be borne by the Applicant, who undertakes to insure all possible risks of the goods at the market price thereof, list the accepting bank as the primary beneficiary on the original of the insurance policy. If the insured goods are damaged, the accepting bank is entitled to directly claim from the insurance company.

19.9 Before the full repayment of principal and interest as well as expenses, upon request by the accepting bank, the Applicant shall sign the relevant documents or perform the relevant procedures deemed necessary by the accepting bank to confirm the accepting bank’s ownership of the goods represented by the above-mentioned documents. The accepting bank has the right to dispose of the relevant documents and goods in such manner as it deems necessary, and if the proceeds are insufficient to settle the financing principal and interest, the Applicant shall otherwise raise funds in this regard.

19.10 If the Applicant expressly indicates inability to repay or the accepting bank believes with definite evidence that the Applicant is unable to repay the financing principal and interest and expenses as agreed, the accepting bank has the right to dispose of the relevant goods or related documents and use the proceeds to settle the debts owed by the Applicant. When the above proceeds are insufficient to pay off all debts, the accepting bank still has recourse to the Applicant.

19.11 All records, contents, endorsements, etc. of the relevant documents and the possession and control of the documents by the accepting bank under the import bill advance shall not be regarded as any form of reduction or exemption of the debts owed by the Applicant to the accepting bank, compensation or other forms of reduction thereof. The Applicant undertakes not to claim any compensation, recourse or other rights against the accepting bank for the foregoing reasons.

Article 20 Special clauses under the business of export bill advance

20.1 For the purpose hereof, the export bill advance refers to an act of financing by paying for the goods by the accepting bank to the Applicant before the issuing bank or the importer makes payment, after the Applicant submits the letter of credit and/or relevant documents to the accepting bank upon goods delivery, including but not limited to the export bill advance under the letter of credit and the export bill advance under the collection.

20.2 Once the fund under the export bill advance hereunder is issued by the accepting bank, it constitutes the debts of the Applicant to the accepting bank. The Applicant agrees to transfer the accounts receivable arising from the corresponding export sales contract to the accepting bank. If the accounts receivable are insufficient to repay the accepting bank’s principal, interest and all other losses of the export bill under the Contract, the Applicant agrees and authorizes the accepting bank to deduct the corresponding fund from the remittance from the foreign importer (buyer). The funds shall be used preferentially to repay the principal and interest, fees and all other losses of the accepting bank under the Contract; Moreover, it promises to raise sufficient funds for the repayment of the principal, interest and all other losses of the export bills under the Contract; otherwise, the accepting bank has the right to pursue and recover from the Applicant and directly deduct the corresponding amount from the foreign currency account or any other account with the accepting bank for repayment of the above amount.

20.3 The Applicant shall make sure that there is sufficient funds in the account opened with the accepting bank before the maturity date of the export bill under the Contract, and the accepting bank shall have the right to make deduction from the account. Where the Applicant fails to repay in full debts that fall due to the accepting bank on time, the accepting bank has the right to deduct directly from any of the Applicant’s accounts. If the Applicant fails to pay the amount due, the accepting bank has the right to exercise the security right or to take other measures to realize its claims.

20.4 Prior to the satisfaction of the principal and interest and other expenses hereof, the accepting bank has the right to directly use the proceeds received under the export bill without the consent of the Applicant to repay the principal and interest and other expenses of the export bill until all the debts have been settled.

20.5 If the accepting bank accepts the Applicant’s application for export bills, it shall, in the currency and amount specified by the Application for the Export Bill Advance as accepted by it, pay to the Applicant or the payee designated thereby after deducting the Applicant’s interest, post and telecommunications charges, bank charges (including foreign bank fees) and other related expenses in advance.

 

Contract version No.: FB201701 (company)    Page 25/40


20.6 If the accepting bank simultaneously handles the packaged loan business with the export bill advance under the letter of credit, the Applicant agrees that the loan borrowed for the export bill will be used by the accepting bank first in the order set forth in Article 8.6 to charge against the loan principal, interest and expenses provided by the Applicant for the packaged loan business and the balance will be paid to the Applicant.

20.7 The Applicant agrees that the accepting bank has the right to automatically use the corresponding amount to repay the debt of the Applicant’s export bill after receiving the proceeds from the export bill, without notifying the Applicant.

20.8 Applicant’s confirmation

1) Once the Applicant delivers the documents to the accepting bank and the accepting bank pays the money to the Applicant, the accepting bank will be entitled to dispose of the full set of documents/goods under the L/C/collection or other security interests or property rights and interests to which it may be entitled in accordance with any applicable laws. The accepting bank shall retain such rights and interests until its claims are fully satisfied. When the accepting bank is unable to obtain compensation for various reasons, it has the full right to make an absolute auction, resale and sale of the goods under the documents delivered by the Applicant, and to be compensated by using the proceeds on a priority basis.

2) As for any export bill advance subject to nonconformity between documents and certificates, the accepting bank shall have the right to request the advance repayment by the Applicant under documentary bills and other remedial measures as specified in the Contract, when the recovery of receivables in relation to the exported goods are affected by any factor.

20.9 If the accepting bank requires the Applicant to insure short-term export credit insurance with its approved insurance company (the “insurer”), the Applicant shall abide by the following agreement:

1) If the Applicant changes the terms of payment of the import and export sales contract, the payment term and other contents as agreed in the Contract, it must obtain the prior written consent of the insurer. After obtaining the written consent of the insurer, the Applicant is obliged to submit the revised contract and the written approval document of the insurer to the accepting bank for retention.

2) The Applicant must report all the exports within the scope of the corresponding insurance policy to the insurer in full according to the reporting method and format prescribed by the insurer, and pay the insurance premium in time and in full. At the same time, the Applicant is obliged to entrust all the above-mentioned declared export settlement services to the accepting bank for settlement.

3) The Applicant is obliged to fully perform the obligations under the insurance contract. if there is an insured event under the insurance, the Applicant must promptly notify and claim in accordance with the insurance contract, and submit the Probable Loss Notice, Claims Application and the related claim documents to the insurer. At the same time, the relevant documents will be copied to the accepting bank. If the accepting bank deems it necessary, the Applicant is obliged to authorize the accepting bank to make a claim on its behalf.

4) The Applicant will fully fulfill its obligations under the above insurance policy and other relevant legal documents, and the breach of contract under the above-mentioned legal documents will not occur. Otherwise, it will be treated as the default of the Applicant under the Contract.

20.10 The Applicant’s supplementary commitment

1) Whiling submitting a business application to the accepting bank, the Applicant shall provide the accepting bank with a full set of commercial documents according to the Uniform Customs and Practice for Documentary Credits, the International Chamber of Commerce Publication No. 600, the Uniform Rules for Collection, International Chamber of Commerce Publication No. 522 and the corresponding revised versions, supplementary documents and international practices. The accepting bank will send the documents as required.

2) The Applicant undertakes to abide by the Uniform Customs and Practice for Documentary Credits No. 600, the Uniform Customs Collection No. 522 and the administrative provisions of the accepting bank regarding export bills.

3) There is no relationship between the Applicant and the importer.

4) The Applicant shall provide a timely explanation of the sales of the goods under the export as required by the accepting bank.

 

Contract version No.: FB201701 (company)    Page 26/40


5) The Applicant shall inform the accepting bank in writing of any serious difficulty in the sales of the goods under the export in a timely manner.

6) The Applicant undertakes to assume all responsibility arising from any discrepancies or other problems in the documents submitted by the accepting bank. Whether the document discrepancies raised by the issuing bank or other banks are established, the Applicant agrees to the result of the accepting bank, and the Applicant will assume the resulting risks.

7) Upon receipt of the bill, the accepting bank has the right to process the document as it sees fit. The accepting bank has the right to recourse to the Applicant if the payer fails to pay the full amount of the letter of credit/collection note to the negotiating bank for whatever reasons in a timely manner.

8) The fees and losses suffered by the accepting bank due to the receipt of the repayment of the issuing bank or the reimbursing bank or any measures taken to preserve the goods shall be borne by the Applicant.

9) All matters concerning the export bills not covered are handled in accordance with the relevant provisions of the accepting bank.

10) The Applicant obtains the acceptance bill under the usance letter of credit in a legal, good faith and honest manner.

11) The Applicant is responsible for the authenticity, validity, accuracy and completeness of the documents or letters of credit provided by it, and the bank disclaims any responsibility for verification.

12) The Applicant assumes all responsibilities for the legitimacy of underlying transactions on the bill.

20.11 In addition to the circumstances stipulated in the Contract, the following circumstances also constitute or are deemed as the Applicant’s breach of contract:

1) The foreign bank or payer refuses to pay, delays the payment or makes any deduction due to discrepancies in the documents or any other reasons;

2) The foreign bank or payer refuses to pay, delays the payment or makes any deduction due to the turmoil in the place where the issuing bank or the payer is located, the outbreak of war, the financial crisis, the bankruptcy of the issuing bank or the payer, and the event of force majeure;

3) The foreign bank or payer refuses to pay, delays the payment or makes any deduction due to any loss or delay, failure in telecommunications or other reasons during the delivery of the documents;

4) the bill accepting bank is considered by the accepting bank unable to fulfill payment obligations in view of its deteriorated financial position;

5) the bill accepting bank is or probably is dissolved, revoked, closed down or declared bankrupted;

6) the bill accepting bank is subject to freezing of funds or injunction of dishonor as declared by court;

7) the bill accepting bank fails to make payment on time since it is frozen or stopped by court or prevented by other property preservation measures;

8) the bill accepting bank has its major property damaged, attached, seized, frozen, confiscated, auctioned or disposed or requisitioned;

9) the bill accepting bank is considered by the accepting bank to be affected by any major litigation or arbitration in which it is involved, as to its performance of payment obligation;

10) the bill accepting bank is unable to make corresponding exchange payment due to the foreign exchange control in its country;

11) the bill accepting bank is probably affected by other events in its country as to the accepting bank’s payment ability, as the accepting bank believes.

Article 21 Special clauses under the business of domestic letter of credit

21.1 For the purpose hereof, the domestic letter of credit refers to a commitment of the issuing bank to make payment against the letter of credit at the application of the Applicant.

21.2 Opening and modification of the domestic letter of credit

1) If the Applicant applies for the opening of the letter of credit, it shall fill in an application, the letter of commitment of the Applicant and submit the relevant purchase and sale contract. The matters recorded in the application and the letter of commitment shall be complete and clear, and signed and sealed by the Applicant. The signature and seal shall be consistent with those reserved by the bank.

 

Contract version No.: FB201701 (company)    Page 27/40


2) The domestic letter of credit business that needs to be reported to the relevant administrative department of the country for approval must be approved in accordance with the relevant provisions.

3) If the issuing bank accepts the application from the Applicant for issue of a L/C, the L/C shall be issued according to the application and letter of commitment submitted by the Applicant, and the final content shall be subject to that set out in the L/C issued by the issuing bank.

4) The issuing bank’s request against the applicant to submit documents or documents related to the opening of the letter of credit, such as trade contracts, etc. will not be construed as obligatory to open a letter of credit in accordance with such documents.

5) If the Applicant needs to amend the letter of credit, it shall submit an application and the letter of commitment for amendment of the letter of credit and issue a written certificate proving the benefiary’s consent to the said amendment to the issuing bank. The Applicant agrees that the issuing bank may deal with the modification under the said letter of credit in accordance with the Measures for the Settlement of Domestic Letter of Credit and assumes obligations and responsibilities arising therefrom. Once issued, the Application for Modification of the Letter of Credit will immediately be binding upon the applicant. However, all changes under the letter of credit will not take effect until the beneficiary and the confirming bank (if any) accept it.

6) The issuing bank has independent judgment on the modification of the letter of credit. It has the right to refuse to accept the application for modification submitted by the applicant, and also has the right to make suggestions on the contents of the amendment. If the amendment of the letter of credit involves the amount, currency, handling charges, time limit, etc., and the issuing bank considers that the obligations of the Guarantor are aggravated, the issuing bank has the right to request the Applicant to increase the deposit or other guarantees, and/or require the Applicant to obtain the written consent of the Guarantor. Otherwise, the issuing bank has the right to refuse to accept the Applicant’s application for modification.

7) The modification of the letter of credit does not change the Applicant’s other rights and obligations in the Contract.

8) The Applicant shall pay to the issuing bank all the expenses incurred due to the opening and modification of the letter of credit (including the relevant bank fees that the beneficiary refuses to bear) as agreed. Unless otherwise agreed by the Parties, the relevant fees shall be based on the billing standards of the issuing bank.

21.3 External payments under a domestic letter of credit

1) During the validity period of the letter of credit, upon receipt of the notice from the issuing bank, the Applicant shall notify the issuing bank of the handling of the documents within the time specified in the notice. Otherwise, the Applicant will be deemed to have no refusal to pay the documents and agree that the issuing bank makes an external payment/commits to make payment.

2) Where the Applicant shall notify the issuing bank of accepting the documents within the time specified in the notice and the issuing bank agrees with the same, the issuing bank makes external payment/commits to make payment. The Applicant shall deposit the monies for payment as agreed.

3) If the Applicant informs the issuing bank of accepting the documents, but the issuing bank disagrees, the issuing bank has the right to decide whether to refuse to pay according to whether the documents are in conformity; if the Applicant agrees to provide the issuing bank with sufficient deposit or other payment guarantees, the issuing bank has the right to waive the right to dishonor or to retain the right to dishonor as the case may be.

4) In each letter of credit business under the Contract, the Applicant shall ensure that the relevant payment procedures are handled when the issuing bank determines that the documents are in conformity. If the payment is refused due to the inconsistency of the documents and the letter of credit, the Applicant shall return the full set of documents to the issuing bank in writing within the time limit specified in the issuing bank’s notice, and attach the reasons for dishonor in written form. The issuing bank will determine whether to dishonor according to the Measures for Settlement of Domestic Letter of Credit or its updates as at the issue date of the letter of credit. The Applicant acknowledges that the issuing bank has the independent right to determine the reasons for dishonoring the letter of credit, and is entitled to bind the Applicant and the Guarantor accordingly. If the issuing bank believes that the reason for the refusal of the Applicant is not established or the Applicant has not returned the full set of documents or exceeds the time limit specified in the notice, the issuing bank has the right to independently decide to make external payment, in which case, the Applicant still bears the obligation to make payment against the letter of credit and the corresponding interest and expenses to the issuing bank. At the same time, if the reason for the refusal of the issuing bank is determined by the remitting bank or the negotiating bank, the Applicant will assume all the responsibilities and bear the corresponding amounts and interest as well as other items including but not limited to legal fees, attorney fees, etc.

 

Contract version No.: FB201701 (company)    Page 28/40


5) Regardless of whether the letter of credit can be dishonored under the Contract, the Applicant shall, at the latest payment date, transfer the amount payable under the letter of credit to the settlement account opened by the Applicant in the issuing bank for the purpose of repaying the Applicant’s debts under the Contract. Otherwise, the issuing bank has the right to deduct any amount from any of the Applicant’s accounts for payment of any money and fees under the letter of credit and to notify the Applicant. If the Applicant’s account balance is insufficient and the issuing bank advances the funds, the issuing bank has the right to charge the Applicants the penalty interest in accordance with Article 5.3 from the date of advance payment.

6) If the provision deposited by the Applicant is insufficient and the issuing bank makes advance payment, Once the payables are paid, it constitutes the debts of the Applicant to the issuing bank under the Contract, and the Applicant shall promptly pay off the debts.

21.4 Buyer’s financing rules under domestic letter of credit

1) For the purpose of this clause, the buyer’s financing business under domestic letters of credit includes buyer’s negotiation and domestic payment business under domestic letters of credit.

2) Conditions precedent:

(a) The Applicant shall satisfy the conditions precedent as stated in the Contract before applying to the accepting bank for handling the buyer’s financing business;

(b) It is shall declared in the letter of credit that the Measures for Settlement of Domestic Letter of Credit issued by the People’s Bank of China or a current valid updated version thereof on the issuance date of such L/C apply and the form and substance of the L/C shall be confirmed by the accepting bank.

3) Application: the Applicant needs to submit an application for the buyer’s negotiation/payment under domestic letter of credit for each application (the “buyer’s financing demands”).

4) Terms of payment:

(a) Subject to the satisfaction of the conditions precedent to financing, if the accepting bank accepts the application from the Applicant for the buyer’s financing, it shall deduct the bank fee and other related expenses payable by the beneficiary (if any) from the amount as agreed in the application for the buyer’s negotiation/payment under the domestic letter of credit accepted by it and then make payment to the negotiating bank or beneficiary.

(b) The term of financing and other relevant specific matters shall be subject to the application.

(c) Under the domestic payment service, the accepting bank has the right to choose the agent bank.

5) Applicant’s confirmation:

(a) If the Applicant applies for financing to pay the letter of credit/handling the letter of credit and therefore pays deposit under the letter of credit to the accepting bank, the remaining part is automatically transferred to the deposit for the financing business.

(b) The accepting bank will be entitled to dispose of the full set of documents/goods under the buyer’s financing demands or other security interests or property rights and interests to which it may be entitled in accordance with any applicable laws or regulations. If the right to dispose of the full set of documents/goods under the buyer’s financing demands belongs to the Applicant in accordance with the applicable laws, regulations or the judgment of the court or arbitration institution with jurisdiction, the Applicant agrees to unconditionally transfer such right to the accepting bank to the maximum extent permitted by applicable laws and acknowledge all of the accepting bank’s acts and omissions regarding the disposal of the documents/goods. If the right to dispose of the full set of documents/goods under the buyer’s financing demands/payment business belongs to the accepting bank in accordance with the applicable laws, regulations or the judgment of the court or arbitration institution with jurisdiction, the accepting bank will reserve such right until the Applicant repays the funds financed by the accepting bank in full.

 

Contract version No.: FB201701 (company)    Page 29/40


(c) For the Applicant’s application to the accepting bank for holding documents/goods, and repayment to the accepting bank’s financing/payment with sales proceeds, the Applicant only acts as the trustee of the accepting bank, including but not limited to the custody of relevant documents, and handling of the storage, custody, transportation, processing, sales and insurance of the goods under the documents, as well as depositing the money into the account designated by the accepting bank. The Applicant shall indicate this identity to a third party when selling goods thereto.

(d) All expenses incurred in connection with the goods during the custody of the Applicant (including but not limited to insurance, warehousing, transportation, terminal charges, etc.) shall be borne by the Applicant unless otherwise stipulated in laws and regulations, who undertakes to insure all possible risks of the goods at the market price thereof, list the accepting bank as the primary beneficiary on the original of the insurance policy and submit it to the accepting bank for custody purpose. If the insured goods are damaged, the accepting bank is entitled to directly claim from the insurer.

(e) Without the permission of the accepting bank, the Applicant may not process the goods by way of permitting deferred payment or any non-monetary method or selling them at a rate below market price. The Applicant does not mortgage or pledge the goods to any other person, or create or allow any creation of lien on them. At the request of the accepting bank, the Applicant shall submit details of the goods including any accounts, sales income or the sales contract related thereto to the accepting bank; the accepting bank shall have the right to inspect the goods at any time or re-occupy the same.

6) Supplementary commitment: the Applicant undertakes that proceeds from the sales of goods under domestic letter of credit will be first used to repay the Applicant’s financing to the accepting bank.

21.5 Seller’s negotiation rules under domestic letters of credit

1) Conditions precedent:

(a) The Applicant shall satisfy the conditions precedent as stated in the Contract before applying to the accepting bank for handling the seller’s negotiation business;

(b) It is shall declared in the letter of credit that the Measures for Settlement of Domestic Letter of Credit issued by the People’s Bank of China or a current valid updated version thereof on the issuance date of such L/C apply and the form and substance of the L/C shall be confirmed by the accepting bank.

2) Application: after the Contract takes effect, the Applicant needs to submit an application for the seller’s negotiation under domestic letter of credit for each application (the “seller’s negotiation demands”).

3) Payment: if the accepting bank accepts the application from the Applicant for the seller’s negotiation under domestic letters of credit, it shall deduct the interest, postage, bank fee and other related expenses (if any) from the amount as agreed in the application for the seller’s negotiation under the domestic letters of credit accepted by it and then make payment to the Applicant or the payee designated thereby.

4) The Applicant agrees that the accepting bank has the right to automatically use the corresponding amount to repay the debt of the Applicant after receiving the proceeds from the negotiation, without notifying the Applicant.

5) Interest and expenses: in order to handle the transaction, the Applicant agrees to pay interest and expenses to the accepting bank, subject to the application for the seller’s negotiation demands under the domestic letter of credit.

6) Applicant’s confirmation:

(a) Once the Applicant delivers the documents to the accepting bank and the accepting bank pays the money to the Applicant, the accepting bank will be entitled to dispose of the full set of documents/goods under the domestic letter of credit or other security interests or property rights and interests to which it may be entitled in accordance with any applicable laws and regulations. The accepting bank shall retain such rights and interests until its claims are fully satisfied. When the accepting bank is unable to obtain compensation for various reasons, it has the full right to make an absolute auction, resale and sale of the goods under the documents delivered by the Applicant, and to be compensated by using the proceeds on a priority basis.

 

Contract version No.: FB201701 (company)    Page 30/40


(b) As for the seller’s negotiation subject to nonconformity between documents and certificates, the accepting bank shall have the right to request the advance repayment by the Applicant under domestic letter of credit and other remedial measures as specified in the Contract, when the recovery of receivables in relation to the exported goods are affected by any factor.

(c) If any refusal of payment, deferred payment or deduction from the payer of L/C results from any unconformity in the documents, any loss of documents in the mail delivery, delayed delivery, telecommunications default, or any other reasons not caused by the accepting bank, the accepting bank may press for payment of principal and interest, expenses of and on funds or the insufficiency or all losses. The accepting bank shall also be entitled to dispose of the documents and the goods under the seller’s negotiation under domestic letters of credit by itself at its discretion, compensated from the proceeds and press for payment against the Applicant for the insufficiency.

7) Supplementary commitment:

(a) The Applicant shall provide a timely explanation of the sales of the seller’s goods under the domestic letters of credit as required by the accepting bank.

(b) The Applicant shall inform the accepting bank in writing of any serious difficulty in the sales of the goods under the domestic letters of credit in a timely manner;

(c) The accepting bank has the right to determine the amount, method and time limit, and to collect interest from the Applicant according to the interest calculation method stipulated by the negotiating bank;

(d) The Applicant undertakes to assume all responsibility arising from any discrepancies or other problems in the documents submitted by the accepting bank. Whether the document discrepancies raised by the issuing bank or other banks are established, the Applicant agrees to the result of the accepting bank, and the Applicant will assume the resulting risks;

(e) The fees and losses suffered by the accepting bank due to the receipt of the repayment of the issuing bank or any measures taken to preserve the goods shall be borne by the Applicant;

(f) All matters concerning the seller’s negotiation not covered are handled in accordance with the relevant provisions of the accepting bank;

(g) If the accepting bank simultaneously handles the seller’s negotiation demands under the domestic letters of credit together with packaged loan business, the Applicant agrees that the loan borrowed for the seller’s negotiation will be used by the accepting bank first in the order set forth in Article 8.6 to charge against the loan principal, interest and expenses provided by the Applicant for the packaged loan business and the balance will be paid to the Applicant.

Article 22 Special clauses under the business of letter of guarantee/standby letter of credit

22.1 Opening and modification of the letters of guarantee/standby letters of credit

1) If the bank accepts the Applicant’s application for opening a letter of guarantee/standby letter of credit, the letter of guarantee/standby letter of credit shall be issued as agreed by both parties.

2) The letter of guarantee/standby letter of credit to be issued by the bank shall refer to the application submitted by the Applicant to the bank and the final content shall be subject to that set out in the letter of guarantee/standby letter of credit.

3) The Applicant shall provide a margin guarantee when applying for the opening of the letter of guarantee/standby letter of credit. If the bank accepts the Applicant’s application, the Applicant agrees that the bank has the right to transfer the corresponding margin into the margin account from the agreed margin debit account in accordance with the agreed margin ratio (margin = maximum amount applied * margin ratio). If the currency of the letter of guarantee/standby letter of credit does not match that of the margin, the Applicant agrees that the bank may convert it according to the exchange rate applicable to the bank. Modification of the letters of guarantee/standby letters of credit

Where additional margin is required due to the increase in the amount, this paragraph will apply.

4) If the Applicant needs to amend the letter of guarantee/standby letter of credit, it shall submit a written application for amendment to the bank.

5) If the amendment of the letter of guarantee/standby letter of credit involves the amount, currency, interest rate, time limit or others that the bank deems necessary to increase the guarantee, the bank has the right to request the Applicant to increase the margin and/or require the Applicant to obtain the written consent of the Guarantor. Otherwise, the bank has the right to refuse to accept the Applicant’s application for modification.

 

Contract version No.: FB201701 (company)    Page 31/40


6) The modification of the letter of guarantee/standby letter of credit does not change the Applicant’s other rights and obligations in the Contract.

22.2 The Applicant agrees that in the period of validity of the letter of guarantee/standby letter of credit, if the claim under the letter of guarantee/standby letter of credit occurs, and the beneficiary’s claim file meets the letter of guarantee/standby letter of credit after being reviewed by the bank, the bank has the right to make payment by using the provision directly made by the Applicant. If the provision deposited by the Applicant is insufficient and the bank makes advance payment, once the amount claimed is paid, it constitutes the debts of the Applicant to the bank under the Contract. The Applicant will assume interest penalty as agreed in Article 5.3.

22.3 Supplementary commitments

1) Any commitments made by the bank in the relevant documents of the letter of guarantee/standby letter of credit, any restrictions on the rights, and any expenses incurred shall be made at the request of the Applicant, and therefore any losses suffered by the bank shall be assumed by the Applicant. The bank has the right to directly deduct from any of the accounts opened by the Applicant in each business outlet of Fubon Bank, without prior notice to the Applicant.

2) If the letter of guarantee/standby letter of credit is entrusted to other banks, the Applicant agrees to bear all risks and responsibilities of the bank for the transfer under the transfer of the letter of guarantee/standby letter of credit.

3) The Applicant shall immediately notify the bank of any circumstances affecting the bank’s guarantee liability, such as the basic contract on which the letter of guarantee/standby letter of credit is based, the execution, modification, alteration or termination of the underlying transaction.

4) The Applicant shall cooperate with the bank to handle the relevant procedures at the time of performance under external guarantees.

5) During the validity period of the letter of guarantee/standby letter of credit, if the claim thereunder occurs, the bank may exercise absolute and final discretion to and independently decide whether to make payment or refuse to pay the beneficiary’s claim, without obtaining the written or verbal consent of the Applicant, and without considering whether to cite the Applicant’s defense against the beneficiary or other claimants under the basic contract. Moreover, the bank has the right to directly make payment by using the provision or margin deposited by the Applicant in accordance with the business application. The bank is exempted from the truth, accuracy and validity of the claim file submitted by the beneficiary under the letter of guarantee/standby letter of credit.

6) If the provision deposited by the Applicant is insufficient and the bank makes advance payment, once the amounts demanded are paid, it constitutes the debts of the Applicant to the bank and the Applicant shall promptly pay off the debts.

7) The Applicant shall cooperate with the bank to handle the relevant procedures at the time of performance under external guarantees, and compensate the bank for losses caused by the inability to obtain the approval of the foreign exchange administration in a timely manner. The risk of loss, delay, error, damage, etc. in the process of postal, telecommunications transmission or other transmission of business correspondence and documents under the letter of guarantee and the standby letter of credit and the risk arising from the use of third party services by the bank will be borne by the Applicant.

8) The Applicant shall use the limit under the letter of guarantee/standby letter of credit in accordance with the purposes stipulated in the Contract. The funds under the letter of guarantee/letter of credit issued will not be directly or indirectly through any three parties transferred back for domestic use in the form of borrowing, equity investment or securities investment.

9) If the letter of guarantee/standby letter of credit has no express lapse date, is governed by foreign laws or practices, or has no express guarantee amount, etc., the Applicant agrees to compensate for all risks, liabilities and losses that may be caused to the bank.

 

Contract version No.: FB201701 (company)    Page 32/40


Article 23 Special clauses under the business of overseas agent payment

23.1 Overseas agent payment means the business that the bank entrusts an overseas agent bank to pay the corresponding amount to the designated payee for the payables, and promises to repay the principal, interest, tax and related expenses paid by the agent bank in full and on time. The Applicant agrees that the claim-debt relationship between the Applicant and the bank is constituted when the overseas agent payment makes payment as entrusted by the bank.

23.2 The fees charged by the correspondent agent bank for the overseas payment service will be charged separately according to the agent bank’s charging standard.

23.3 The accepting bank has the right to choose the agent bank.

23.4 If the Applicant fails to repay the principal, tax and related expenses of the agent bank in full and in time, the bank has the right to charge the penalty interest in accordance with Article 5.3 for the above principal and interest, taxes and related expenses.

23.5 Matters not covered by this clause refer to Article 19 on import bill advance.

Article 24 Right to sell

24.1 In the event of any event of default as described in Article 12 of the General Provisions of Chapter I, or where the bank considers it appropriate after considering the achievable value of any or all of the goods or documents referred to in the Contract, the bank may, at its sole discretion, consider to sell or otherwise dispose of such goods or documents in a suitable manner, without making any payment or notifying any person, regardless of whether the Applicant’s contingent liabilities or other liabilities to the bank actually expire or not, except expressly prohibited by applicable laws. The bank or any of its agents will not be liable for any loss that may occur in the exercise of the above right to sell or dispose and the bank will not be held liable for any action or omission by any broker, auction house or other persons employed for any such sale or disposal.

24.2 Any proceeds of sale or disposal, after payment of all expenses and other expenses related thereto and any previous claims, will be used to pay the amount owed by the Applicant at the time or to become owed to the bank. The certificate duly signed by any two authorized officers of the bank with respect to the exercisable right to sell or dispose is the final proof of the fact that any goods or documents may be transferred to any buyer or other person. The Applicant shall compensate the bank for any claims that the buyer or other person may have against the bank for any defects in the ownership of the goods or documents by the Applicant.

(Where the special terms of the credit business in Chapter II are inconsistent with the general provisions of Chapter I, Chapter II will prevail.)

 

Contract version No.: FB201701 (company)    Page 33/40


Part II Special Terms

Article 25 Amount of the comprehensive credit line and term

25.1 The comprehensive credit line provided by the bank to the Applicant under the Contract is equivalent to (currency) RMB (in figures) 5,000,000 (in words: RMB Five Million Only).

25.2 The term of the total credit line hereunder is from September 17, 2018 to September 30, 2021.

Article 26 Miscellaneous

26.1 Specific credit line and conditions hereunder are subject to the Bank Credit Notice (No.069382502-01).

26.2 Alternative clauses

☑ None.

☐ As regards to any credit contract, loan contract or similar agreement originally signed by the Applicant and the bank before the effective date hereof (including any supplements, amendments, changes and additions to it from time to time, the “original credit contract”), the Contract serves to renew and change the original credit contract and will replace it as of the effective date hereof.

However, if the specific business under the original credit contract still has an outstanding balance, it shall be deemed to occupy the amount of comprehensive credit under the Contract.

☐ As regards to any contract (No.XX) signed by the Applicant and the bank (including any supplements, amendments, changes and additions to it from time to time, the “original credit contract”), the Contract serves to renew and change the original credit contract and will replace it as of the effective date hereof. However, if the specific business under the original credit contract still has an outstanding balance, it shall be deemed to occupy the total amount of comprehensive credit under the Contract.

26.3 Notwithstanding Articles 5.1.1 and 5.1.2, when the Applicant applies for the fixed asset loan business, and major changes take place, including but not limited to market interest rate fluctuations and other market changes, regulatory indicators adjustment, and changes in industry conditions, changes in laws and regulations, changes in the country’s currency and/or credit policies, and changes in the project needing funds, the Bank has the right to notify the Applicant from time to time of adjusting the credit interest rate. If the Applicant disagrees with the adjustment, it shall, within ten working days after the bank issues the interest rate adjustment notice, send a written notice of disapproval to the bank, and all the credits it has used expires in advance on the day next to the date when the bank receives the foregoing written notice (hereinafter referred to as “early due date”), in which case, the Applicant shall pay all debts to the bank before the early due date. Within ten working days from the date of the issuance of the interest rate adjustment notice by the bank, the interest on the credit used by the Applicant will be calculated according to the interest rate before the bank’s adjustment; from the day next to the expiration of the said ten working days, according to the bank’s adjusted interest rate. If the bank does not receive the Applicant’s notice on disagreement with the adjustment of interest rate within ten working days after the interest rate adjustment notice, the Applicant will be deemed to have agreed to the adjustment.

 

26.4    
     
     

 

Contract version No.: FB201701 (company)    Page 34/40


(The remainder of this page is intentionally left blank)

Signature Page

The parties hereby confirm that, at the time of signing the Contract, the bank has explained in details all the terms (especially the part in black bold), which are fully discussed by both parties. The Applicant has no doubt about the terms of the Contract and has an exact and unambiguous understanding of the legal meaning of the parties’ rights and obligations, limitations on liability or exemption or authorization clauses.

Applicant (official seal): Shanghai Tonggou Information Technology Co., Ltd. (seal)

Legal representative or authorized agent (signature and seal): Wang Wei (seal)

Bank (signature and seal): Fubon Bank(China) Co., Ltd., Shanghai Century Avenue Sub-Branch (seal)

Legal representative or authorized agent (signature and seal): Su Hang (seal)

Signed in: Pudong New District, Shanghai

 

  Guaranteed by   

Wang Jing (seal)

Niu Xiaoting (seal)

  Guaranteed on    9/25/2018

 

Contract version No.: FB201701 (company)    Page 35/40


Appendix:

Bank Credit Notice of Fubon Bank (Format)

Numbering:

Dear ,

Based on the application materials provided by you to us, we agree to grant you a non-commitment credit line equal to the (currency) (amount), as shown in the table below. This bank credit notice is an integral part of the comprehensive credit line contract (No.XX, including any supplements, amendments, changes and additions to it from time to time). If this notice is inconsistent with the comprehensive credit line contract, the former shall prevail.

 

Sub-limit I:
Name:         
Purpose:         
Currency and amount:         
Revolving or not:    ☐ Revolving ☐ Non-revolving
Maximum term for each credit:    No later than.
Guaranteed by:   

1.  The promissory guarantee equivalent to ___ provided by ___ .

 

2.  Joint liability guarantee provided by ___ (the maximum guarantee contract/joint guarantee/letter of guarantee).

 

3.  ___ deposit pledge guarantee provided based on the risk factor of our financial derivative products.

 

4.  ___ deposit pledge guarantee/overseas deposit pledge guarantee/Hong Kong deposit pledge/financial products pledge guarantee in an amount of ___ provided by .

 

5.  the standby letter of credit in an amount of ___ issued by the financial institution approved by us.

 

6.  pledge guarantee for accounts receivable that is established by ___ for the benefit of us on the accounts receivable claims.

 

7.  pledge guarantee for accounts receivable that is established by ___ for the benefit of us on the rent receivable claims.

 

8.  the bank acceptance bill / commercial acceptance bill pledge guarantee in an amount of ___ provided by ___.

 

9.  The following collateral guarantees.

    

No.

  

Type

  

Location

        
        

 

Contract version No.: FB201701 (company)    Page 36/40


Terms of payment:   

☐ To be reviewed on an individual basis. The entrusted payment standard is handled in accordance with our provisions.

 

☐ Loan funds will be paid by using the entrusted payment.

 

☐ The loan funds individually exceeding 5% of the total investment amount of the project or in an amount of RMB 5 million (or the equivalent in foreign currency) shall be paid by the entrusted payment method. Other loan funds will be self-paid.

 

☐ Others:                                                             

 

☐ Not applicable

 

Annual interest rate:   

1. For Renminbi quotas:

 

☐ Floating interest rate: (up/down) or (plus/minus) % based on the applicable XX-year benchmark loan interest rate announced by the People’s Bank of China on the withdrawal date. If the above interest rate is inconsistent with the application, the final interest rate in the application accepted by us will govern. If the People’s Bank of China adjusts the benchmark interest rate, the credit interest rate will be adjusted accordingly from the date of interest rate adjustment (as defined below), without further notice to you.

 

Interest rate adjustment date: Unless you and the Bank otherwise agree, for the short-term ( within one year (included) withdrawal, the interest rate adjustment date is the first day of the month next to the effective date of the interest rate adjustment announced by the People’s Bank of China; for the medium and long-term (more than one year (excluded)), the interest rate adjustment date is January 1 of the following year when the interest rate adjustment announced by the People’s Bank of China takes effective.

 

☐ Fixed interest rate: (up/down) or (plus/minus) % based on the applicable XX-year benchmark loan interest rate announced by the People’s Bank of China on the withdrawal date unless we agree to make adjustment. If the above interest rate is inconsistent with the application, the final interest rate in the application accepted by us will govern; provided however that, the interest rate set forth in the application may not be lower than the abovementioned rate. Each credit rate is not affected by the adjustment of the benchmark interest rate that may occur during the single credit period.

 

☐ Relatively floating interest rate: not lower than (up/down) or (plus/minus) % based on the applicable XX-year benchmark loan interest rate announced by the People’s Bank of China on the withdrawal date and the final interest rate in the application accepted by us will govern. If the People’s Bank of China adjusts the benchmark interest rate, the credit interest rate will be adjusted accordingly from the date of interest rate adjustment (as defined below), without further notice to you. However, if the People’s Bank of China adjusts the benchmark interest rate, making the interest rate lower than the agreed interest rate, the agreed interest rate will remain unchanged regardless of changes in the benchmark interest rate of the People’s Bank of China.

 

Interest rate adjustment date: Unless you and the Bank otherwise agree, for the short-term ( within one year (included) withdrawal, the interest rate adjustment date is the first day of the month next to the effective date of the interest rate adjustment announced by the People’s Bank of China; for the medium and long-term (more than one year (excluded)), the interest rate adjustment date is January 1 of the following year when the interest rate adjustment announced by the People’s Bank of China takes effective.

 

Contract version No.: FB201701 (company)    Page 37/40


     

☐ To be determined based on the specific contract

 

☐ Not applicable

 

2. For foreign currency quotas:

 

☐ the annual interest rate may not be lower than the interest rate on the withdrawal date (term and interest rate type) plus/minus % (tax included/tax excluded)/the bank’s foreign currency loan interest rate. The final interest rate is subject to the application accepted by the bank.

 

☐ Not applicable

 

Interest-bearing methods:    ☐ Renminbi   

☐ On a monthly basis ☐ On a quarterly basis ☐ Upon expiration ☐ Based on specific contract

 

☐ Direct deduction when use ☐ Others:

 

Contract version No.: FB201701 (company)    Page 38/40


     

☐ Not applicable

 

(For definitions, see Section 5.2.1 of the comprehensive credit line contract)

 

   Foreign currency   

☐ Upon expiration ☐ Direct deduction when use ☐ Others:    

 

☐ Not applicable

 

(For definitions, see Section 5.2.1 of the comprehensive credit line contract)

 

Repayment   

1. Ways to make repayment:

 

☐ the principal will be repaid upon expiration with the interest paid on schedule, subject to the interest-bearing methods described in the sub-limit;

 

☐ Matching the principal repayment;

 

☐ Average capital plus interest;

 

☐ Subject to the following repayment scheme, with the interest-bearing method being listed in the “interest-bearing method”

              

Repayment date

  

Principal to be repaid
(currency and amount)

    
                          
                          
                          
     

☐ Not applicable

 

Regardless of which of the above repayment methods is selected, you are required to repay the full principal and interest on the expiration date of the single credit.

 

2. Advance repayment: If you need to repay in advance, you must notify us in writing 15 working days in advance, and obtain our consent before repayment. You should pay liquidated damages at XX% of the amount repaid in advance at the same time.

 

3. Repayment reservation: ☐ Not applicable. ☐ Applicable, the Applicant shall pay liquidated damages at XX% of the amount repaid in advance on the repayment date.

 

Expenses:   

1) Fee (for reference): .

 

The final rate is based on the fees stated in the application/accounts receivable pledge agreement/ factoring agreement accepted by the bank.

 

2) Other bank fees and other charges uncovered will be implemented by reference to our announced rate.

 

Other pre-lending conditions:            
Other interim/post loan conditions:            

1. The outstanding total balance (whether current or future, and whether actual or contingent) under the Bank Credit Notice shall not exceed (currency) (amount) _________ .

2. At any time, the outstanding total balance under sub-limit XX and sub-limit XX (whether current or future, and whether actual or contingent) under the Bank Credit Notice shall not exceed (currency) (amount) _________ .

3. At any time, the outstanding total balance under sub-limit XX and sub-limit XX under the Bank Credit Notice (No.XX) sent by us to XX (whether current or future, and whether actual or contingent) under the Bank Credit Notice shall not exceed (currency) (amount) _________ .

 

Contract version No.: FB201701 (company)    Page 39/40


4. At any time, the outstanding total balance under sub-limit XX (whether current or future, and whether actual or contingent) under the Bank Credit Notice shall not exceed (currency) (amount) _________ .

Compliance control:

You are kindly advised to complete the relevant legal documents and procedures within six months since XX. Otherwise, we have the right to ask you to update your credit standing for re-examination before the quota is used. TOC

The notice is made in XX and you shall promptly sign the reply letter together with this notice and serve them on us. The credit extension business as set out herein can be applied from the date of delivery of this notice to us. Please note that the relevant legal documents and the relevant procedures shall be completed and the loan conditions, be improved, and the application for specific credit shall be made to us according to the comprehensive credit contract and this notice. If the provisions in the application accepted by us are inconsistent with the notice, the business application accepted by us shall prevail.

The notice is used as a change to the Bank Credit Notice (No.XX) and will replace the original content.

Fubon Bank Co., Ltd.    

Date

 

 

Reply to the Bank Credit Notice

To: Fubon Bank Co., Ltd.    

The Company has received the Bank Credit Notice (No.XX) sent by you. The Company confirms that it knows the credit line granted to the Company and agrees to accept the above credit conditions. The Company will complete legal documents and the relevant procedures and improve the loan conditions as required by you before using the credit and make an application for specific credit according to the comprehensive credit contract and this notice.

Company (common seal):

Legal representative or authorized agent (signature and seal):

Date:             Date

 

Contract version No.: FB201701 (company)    Page 40/40


Wang Ying

Contract No.: 1809-069382502-01-G1

 

LOGO

Maximum Guarantee Contract

Contract version number: FB201603 (Corporate)


This Contract, dated September 25, 2018, was made and entered into by and between by the following parties:

Guarantor: Wang Ying

Domicile (Address): Room 302, 3/F, 1000 Tianyaoqiao Road, Xuhui District, Shanghai

Tel.: 61132270    Fax: ____________________

(For an institution) Legal representative/person in charge: ______________

(For a natural person) Certificate Type: __________ Certificate Number: _______________

Creditor: Fubon Bank (China) Co., Ltd. Shanghai Century Avenue Branch

Domicile (Address): 1168 Century Avenue, Pudong New Area, Shanghai

Legal representative/person in charge: Su Hang

Tel.: 021-20619888    Fax:____________________

 

Contract version number: FB201603 (Corporate)    Page 1 of 11


In order to ensure the smooth performance of the main contract (hereinafter referred to as the main contract) stipulated in Article 13, and ensure the realization of the creditor’s rights, the guarantor is willing to provide the maximum joint and several liability guarantee for the realization of a series of the creditor’s rights under the main contract. The parties, intending to be legally bound hereby, entered into this Contract upon consensus through negotiation in accordance with relevant laws, regulations and rules.

Part I General Terms

Article 1 The secured main creditor’s right

1.1 The main creditor’s right secured hereunder is each creditor’s right under the main contract. The specific type, amounts, term, interest rate, and debt performance period of each single business under the main contract shall be determined by the creditor and the debtor in the specific business under the main contract.

1.2 The maximum principal amount of the creditor’s right secured by guarantee by the guarantor hereunder is set forth in Article 14 hereof. The maximum principal amount of the creditor’s right only refers to the ceiling of the principal balance of the secured debt (as defined in Article 2.1). Given that the principal of the secured debt does not exceed the said ceiling, the guarantor agrees to assume joint and several liability guarantee for all payables within the scope of guarantee stated in Article 2 hereof. The guarantor shall not claim no guarantee liability solely on account of the fact that the total amount of all payables within the scope of guarantee referred to in Article 2 hereof exceeds the maximum principal amount of the creditor’s rights as specified in Article 14 hereof.

Article 2 Scope of Guarantee

2.1 The guarantor’s guarantee covers any debts payable by the debtor to the creditor at any time now or in the future under the main contract, including but not limited to the principal, interest, compound interest, penalty interest, liquidated damages, damages, and other amounts payable by the debtor to the creditor (including but not limited to related handling fees, miscellaneous fees and other expenses), the expenses incurred by the creditor for realization of the creditor’s rights (including but not limited to litigation fees, arbitration fees, security fees, enforcement fees, attorney’s fees, evaluation fees, auction fees, notary fees, announcement fees, service fees, etc.) and other losses (hereinafter referred to as the “secured debt”).

2.2 The single creditor’s right incurred during the determination period (as defined in Article 13) of the main creditor’s right, even if its expiry date exceeds the determination period of the main creditor’s right, or the contingent creditor’s right incurred during the determination period of the main creditor’s right, even if the time of its conversion into the actual creditor’s right exceeds the determination period of the main creditor’s right, fall within the scope of guarantee hereunder.

2.3 The guarantor agrees that in the event of an increase in the principal, interest, penalty interest, and compound interest payable by the debtor as a result of the creditor’s adjustment of the interest rate, interest accrual or settlement method according to the contract or the changes in the national interest rate policy, or the change in the principal amount of the debt actually payable due to changes in exchange rate, the increase shall also fall within the scope of guarantee.

Article 3 Mode of Guarantee

3.1 The guarantee under this contract is joint and several liability guarantee. If there is more than one guarantor under the main contract, each guarantor shall bear joint and several liability for the creditor with respect to the entire secured debt. In case of any event of default under the main contract on the part of the debtor, the creditor shall have the right to directly request any guarantor to assume the guarantee liability within the scope of guarantee.

3.2 Where the creditor declares earlier maturity of the debtor’s debt according to the main contract, the guarantor shall assume the guarantee liability ahead of time.

 

Contract version number: FB201603 (Corporate)    Page 2 of 11


3.3 The guarantor acknowledges that if the debtor fails to perform its debts as agreed in the main contract, regardless of whether the creditor has any other security interest (including but not limited to guarantee, mortgage, pledge, letter of guarantee and other forms of security) in the creditor’s rights under the main contract, the creditor shall have the right to require the guarantor to assume the guarantee liability within the scope of guarantee as stipulated herein, without first exercising the other security interest. The guarantor hereby expressly waives the defense against the claim of first exercising the real security provided by the debtor. If the creditor waives its security interest over the collateral (including the collateral provided by the debtor) or other guarantors, the Guarantor shall still assume full liability for guarantee as stipulated herein.

3.4 The guarantee established herein, as a continuing guarantee for the debtor’s repayment and performance of all the obligations under the main contract, shall not be released by reason of partial payment or repayment of the secured debt, in which case the guarantor shall still assume guarantee liability for the outstanding debt within the scope of guarantee according to this Contract.

Article 4 Guarantee Period

4.1 The guarantee period is two years from the date on which each fund raised under the main contract expires, the date on which the creditor advances the payment, the maturity date of the bill or the similar debt performance deadline (collectively referred to as the “debt performance deadline”).

4.2 Where the main contract stipulates repayment in installments, the Guarantor shall bear the guarantee liability for the repayment obligation in each installment under the main contract respectively. The guarantee period shall be from the expiration of the debt performance deadline of each installment until two years after the expiration of the debt performance deadline of the last installment.

4.3 “Maturity” and “expiration” referred to herein include the case where the creditor declares earlier maturity. Where the creditor declares earlier maturity of the main creditor’s right, the date of earlier maturity announced by the creditor shall be the expiry date of the debt performance deadline.

4.4 The guarantor agrees that if the creditor and the debtor reach an agreement on extension of the debt performance deadline, the guarantee period shall terminate two years after the expiry date of each new debt performance deadline specified in the extension agreement.

Article 5 Performance of Guarantee Liability

5.1 Provided that the creditor submits to the Guarantor a debt collection notice stating the guarantee contract number and the amount of the main debt, the Guarantor shall immediately perform the liquidation obligation upon receipt of the notice.

5.2 Where the Guarantor shall perform the guarantee liability hereunder, the creditor shall have the right to deduct any amount from any account opened by the Guarantor with any business office of Fubon Bank (China) Co., Ltd. for liquidation of the debts due, without giving notice to the Guarantor. Even if all or part of the aforesaid amount has been deposited for a fixed period of time, or it requires a certain period of notice, and the fixed period or notice period has not expired or such notice has not been issued, the above rights of the creditor shall not be restricted or affected in any way, and the creditor is not required to assume any liability or make any compensation to the Guarantor for deducting such undue amount. Unless otherwise agreed by the parties, the creditor shall have the right to determine the liquidation order with the proceeds from deduction. If the currency of the proceeds from deduction is inconsistent with that of the amount to be liquidated, it shall be converted at the exchange rate applicable to the creditor on the same day of deduction, and the exchange rate risk shall be borne by the Guarantor. When the creditor deems it necessary, the Guarantor shall execute all documents and take all actions as necessary to authorize the creditor to deal with the claim and recourse of all due creditor’s right of the Guarantor; and execute all documents and take all actions as necessary to create a pledge in the proceeds therefrom for the creditor.

5.3 The main creditor’s right shall be determined upon the occurrence of any of the following:

(1) the determination period of the main creditor’s right expires;

(2) Any event of default set forth herein occurs and the creditor decides to determine the creditor’s right;

 

Contract version number: FB201603 (Corporate)    Page 3 of 11


(3) The creditor declares earlier maturity of the entire secured debt according to the main contract or applicable laws;

(4) Other circumstances where the secured debt shall be determined as prescribed by law.

Any and all secured debts that are outstanding at the time of determination of the main creditor’s right, regardless of whether the performance deadline of such debt has expired or is conditional, shall fall within the scope of the main creditor’s right. At the time of determination of the main creditor’s right, any and all amounts set forth in Article 2, regardless of whether or not they have occurred then, shall fall within the scope of the main creditor’s right.

5.4 While exercising its rights hereunder in accordance with law, the creditor shall not be liable for any loss incurred thereby to the Guarantor, unless such loss is attributed to its intentional or gross negligence.

5.5 The creditor shall have the right to confirm the liquidation order according to the main contract with respect to the proceeds from the creditor’s execution of the guarantee after payment of the execution fee in priority.

Article 6 Representations and Covenants

6.1 The Guarantor represents as follows:

(1) If the Guarantor is an institution (meaning a legal person or an unincorporated organization, referred to as “institution” herein), the Guarantor is duly registered and existing, and has the full capacity for civil right and civil conduct required to execute and deliver this Contract; if the Guarantor is a natural person, the Guarantor has the full capacity for civil right and civil conduct required to execute and deliver this Contract.

(2) The Guarantor has carefully read and fully understood the content of this Contract, the execution and performance of this Contract is based on the Guarantor’s manifestation of genuine intention; the execution and performance of this Contract will neither contravene the laws and regulations governing the Guarantor, nor violate any agreement, contract, and other legal documents binding upon the Guarantor.

(3) This Contract constitutes a legal, valid and legally binding obligation of the Guarantor. The guarantee set up hereunder is unconditional and is not subject to any other priority.

(4) If the Guarantor is an institution, the Guarantor has obtained legal and valid authorization in accordance with its articles of association or other internal management documents; the Guarantor has obtained or will obtain all relevant approvals, permits, filings or registrations required for execution and performance of this Contract.

(5) All documents, financial statements, vouchers and other materials submitted by the guarantor to the creditor hereunder are true, complete, accurate and valid.

(6) The guarantor undertakes to submit any documents and materials required at any time at the request of the creditor. The guarantor undertakes that all documents and materials submitted to the creditor are accurate, true, complete and valid, and the documents submitted in photocopies are consistent with the original.

(7) The guarantor has not concealed from the creditor any event that may affect its financial condition and ability to perform the contract. In the event of any circumstances that may affect the guarantor’s financial condition and ability to perform the contract, including but not limited to transfer of major assets or equity transfer, incurring significant liabilities, and involvement in major litigation or arbitration cases, or loss of civil capacity, etc, the guarantor shall notify the creditor on the date of occurrence or on the date when being aware that it will occur.

(8) Where the debt under the main contract is not fully settled after the guarantor’s performance of the guarantee liability, the guarantor covenants that its claim (including pre-exercise) of the right of subrogation or recourse against the debtor or any other guarantor shall not harm the creditor’s interests in any way and agrees that the liquidation of the debt under the main contract takes precedence over the realization of the guarantor’s right of subrogation or recourse.

 

Contract version number: FB201603 (Corporate)    Page 4 of 11


(9) The guarantor covenants to supervise the use of the debt by the debtor, and the guarantor accepts and cooperates with the creditor in the verification of its qualification, capacity for performing vicarious liability, credit standing and investment.

(10) The guarantor is willing to assume the guarantee liability with all the property owned. Before the settlement of the secured debt, the guarantor covenants not to provide guarantee to any third party without the written consent of the creditor. If the guarantor’s property then is not sufficient to cover the guarantee liability, the guarantor undertakes to continue to be liable for liquidation of the insufficiency.

(11) The guarantor is not involved in any economic, civil, criminal, administrative proceedings, or similar arbitral proceedings that may have a material adverse effect on it, nor does it have any circumstances that could lead to its involvement in such proceedings or similar arbitral proceedings.

(12) No important assets of the guarantor is subject to any enforcement, seizure, detention, freezing, lien, or regulatory measures, or is under any circumstances that may lead to such measures.

6.2 If the guarantor is an institution, the guarantor further covenants as follows:

(1) None of the guarantor and any of its shareholders and affiliates has been involved in any liquidation, bankruptcy, reorganization, consolidation (merger), spinoff, restructuring, dissolution, capital reduction or similar legal proceedings, and no circumstances that may lead to such legal proceedings has occurred to them.

(2) Submit the financial statements (including but not limited to annual reports, semi-annual reports, quarterly reports and monthly statements) and other relevant materials to the creditor on a regular or timely basis as required by the creditor.

(3) If the guarantor has entered into or will enter into a counter-guarantee agreement or similar agreement with the debtor with respect to its guarantee obligations hereunder, such agreement will not prejudice any rights of the creditor hereunder.

(4) The guarantor cannot undergo merger, spinoff, capital reduction, equity transfer, foreign investment, substantial increase in debt financing, transfer of major assets and claims, and other matters that may adversely affect the guarantor’s guarantee ability unless the prior consent of the creditor is obtained.

(5) Under any of the following circumstances, the guarantor shall promptly notify the creditor:

a) any change in the articles of association, business scope, registered capital, and legal representative;

b) changing the business mode by carrying out any form of joint operation, establishing joint venture with, cooperating with foreign investors, contracting, restructuring, institutional shift, planned listing or otherwise;

c) being involved in a major litigation or arbitration, or having the property or collateral being seized, detained or regulated, or creating a new security interest in the collateral;

d) discontinuation of business, dissolution, liquidation, suspension of business for rectification, being revoked, being revoked of business license, and (being filed) filing for bankruptcy;

e) Any of its shareholders, directors and current officers is suspected of being involved in major cases or economic disputes;

f) an event of default under any other contract;

g) running into trouble in operation and deterioration of financial condition.

6.3 If the guarantor is a natural person, the guarantor represents and covenants as follows:

 

Contract version number: FB201603 (Corporate)    Page 5 of 11


(1) The guarantor accepts the creditor’s supervision and inspection of the financial status of the guarantor, and assists and cooperates with the creditor in this regard. The guarantor shall submit the credit reference documents, including but not limited to individual income tax return, deposit certificate, personal credit report, etc., as required by the creditor.

(2) The guarantor has not concealed from the creditor the significant liabilities that have been borne as at the date of execution of this Contract.

(3) This Contract is not terminated or adversely affected by the guarantor’s death. The guarantor voluntarily assumes the liability for satisfaction with the entire estate. The guarantor’s estate administrator and inheritor are fully bound by the guarantee contract.

(4) Before fulfillment of the debt under the main contract, the guarantor shall not maliciously transfer or damage the personal property.

6.4 The guarantor’s representations and undertakings above shall remain true and correct until full settlement of the secured debt, and the guarantor will submit further documentation as required by the creditor from time to time.

Article 7 Event of Default and Handling

7.1 Any of the following matters shall constitute an event of default event on the part of the guarantor hereunder:

(1) The guarantor fails to (or expressly indicates or indicates by act it will not) duly perform the guarantee liability on time and in full as stipulated herein ;

(2) Any document, information provided by the guarantor or any of the representations, statements, or covenants made by it is untrue, inaccurate, incomplete, illegal or invalid, or is false, fraudulent, contains material omission, material concealment or misleading information;

(3) Occurrence of any circumstance that may affect the guarantor’s financial status and ability to perform the contract , including but not limited to the transfer of major assets or equity, undertaking material liabilities, involvement in major litigation or arbitration or enforcement cases, and material adverse changes in financial condition, generation of unfavorable credit records, loss of civil capacity, disputes or incidents involving changes in marriage, support/dependency/foster relationship relationships, or division of community property;

(4) If the guarantor is an institution, the guarantor terminates business or dissolves, is revoked or goes bankrupt;

(5) If the guarantor is a natural person, the guarantor is deceased, declared deceased, missing or declared missing, or becomes a person with limited capacity for civil conduct or a person without civil capacity;

(6) The guarantor becomes unemployed, undergoes business changes, is subject to administrative, criminal enforcement measures, punishment or other criminal sanctions;

(7) This Contract is made invalid or is revoked for reasons attributable to the guarantor;

(8) other events or acts that have or may have a material adverse effect on the main creditor’s right or security interest on the part of the guarantor;

(9) violation of other provisions herein or occurrence of any other event that will affect its rights hereunder as the creditor considers on the part of the guarantor.

7.2 Upon occurrence of any event of default set forth in the preceding paragraph, the creditor shall have the right to take the following measures separately or simultaneously depending on the circumstances:

(1) require the guarantor to correct its breach of contract within a time limit and fulfill the guarantee liability in a timely manner;

 

Contract version number: FB201603 (Corporate)    Page 6 of 11


(2) suspend or terminate the acceptance of the business application under other contracts between the guarantor and the creditor or other business offices of Fubon Bank (China) Co., Ltd. in whole or in part; suspend or terminate the issuance and processing of the loans that have not yet been issued, and trade financing that has not yet been processed in whole or in part;

(3) Declare immediate maturity of the outstanding credit principal and interest and other payables under other contracts between the guarantor and the creditors or other business offices of Fubon Bank (China) Co., Ltd. in whole or in part, and require the debtor to repay the debts owed;

(4) terminate or rescind other contracts between the guarantor and the creditor in whole or in part;

(5) require the guarantor to compensate for any and all direct and indirect losses caused to the creditor by its breach of contract;

(6) Take the deduction measures specified in Article 5.2 hereof;

(7) Determine the main creditor’s right as stipulated in Article 5.3 and require the guarantor to perform the guarantee liability hereunder;

(8) require the guarantor to provide other guarantees recognized by the creditor;

(9) Other measures as the creditor deems necessary.

Article 8 Relationship with the Main Contract

8.1 The rights and interests of the creditor hereunder shall not be affected in any way by any grace, extension granted by the creditor to the debtor, any revision, modification or substitution made by the creditor and the debtor to any terms of the main contract or the specific contracts or other business documents under the main contract (including but not limited to the change of the terms concerning type, amount, currency, term, interest rate, exchange rate, use, repayment method, rights and obligations of the credit business). If any of the above circumstances occurs, it shall be deemed that the guarantor’s prior consent has been obtained. The guarantor shall assume the guarantee liability for the secured debt after the change, and the guarantor shall not be released from its guarantee liability, without further consent from the guarantor. Where the main contract provides for issuance of a letter of credit, a letter of guarantee or a standby letter of credit by the creditor to the debtor, the creditor and the debtor may modify the letter of credit, letter of guarantee or standby letter of credit under the main contract without obtaining the consent of the guarantor or otherwise giving notice to the guarantor. Such modification is deemed to have been approved by the guarantor beforehand and shall not mitigate or release the guarantor from the guarantee liability. However, where the creditor and the debtor agree upon extension of the valid term of the credit line under the main contract or increase of the amount of the credit line under the main contract without the consent of the guarantor, the guarantor shall only assume the guarantee liability for the debt under the main contract before the change in accordance with this Contract. If the creditor adjusts the fee or rate and the interest accrual method according to the terms of the financing documents or the changes in the national interest rate policy, resulting in an increase in the interest and expenses payable by the debtor, the increase shall also fall within the scope of guarantee on the part of the guarantor.

8.2 The guarantee of this Contract is an unconditional and irrevocable guarantee, and shall not be affected by any agreement or document signed between the debtor and any unit, shall not be affected by any contract, agreement, guarantee, tacit agreement, dispute or controversy between the debtor and the creditor or between the guarantor and the debtor, and shall not change due to the merger, spinoff, reorganization into joint stock company, capital increase/decrease, joint venture, association, renaming, bankruptcy, insolvency, loss of business qualification, change of the organization’s articles of association on the part of the debtor.

Article 9 Reservation of Rights

9.1 If a party fails to exercise some or all of its rights hereunder, or fails to require the other party to perform and assume some or all of its obligations and responsibilities, it shall not constitute the party’s waiver of such rights or exemption of such obligations and responsibilities.

 

Contract version number: FB201603 (Corporate)    Page 7 of 11


9.2 Any grace, extension or moratorium on the rights hereunder granted by one party to the other party shall not affect any of its rights under this Contract and laws and regulations, nor shall it be deemed a waiver of such rights.

Article 10 Governing Law and Dispute Resolution

10.1 This Contract is governed by the laws of the People’s Republic of China (excluding Hong Kong Special Administrative Region, Macao Special Administrative Region and Taiwan).

10.2 Any dispute concerning this Contract shall be subject to the jurisdiction of the competent people’s court as stipulated in the main contract. Any other forum selected may be agreed upon in the supplementary provisions. For the duration of the dispute, the parties hereto shall continue to perform the terms not in dispute. If either party files a lawsuit in the court with respect to any dispute, the litigation cost, the reasonable attorney’s fee incurred by the other party and other expenses arising from the proceedings (including but not limited to property preservation fee, travel expenses, notarization fee, translation fee, evaluation and auction fees, execution fee, etc.) shall be borne by the defaulting party.

Article 11 Entry into Force, Modification and Rescission of the Contract

11.1 This Contract shall enter into force upon signing by the guarantor and the creditor.

11.2 This Contract may be modified or revised in writing as agreed upon by the parties. Any modification or revision shall constitute an integral part of this Contract.

11.3 Except as otherwise provided by laws and regulations or otherwise agreed by the parties, this Contract may not be terminated until all the rights and obligations hereunder have been fulfilled.

Article 12 Miscellaneous

12.1 The headings of the clauses and sub-clauses of this Contract are inserted for convenience only and shall not affect the meaning and interpretation of any clause hereof.

12.2 The valid certificate of the creditor’s right hereunder shall be subject to the accounting voucher issued and kept by the creditor in accordance with its own business regulations.

12.3 Notice

The address of the guarantor set forth herein is the confirmed mailing address and the address for service of legal instruments. In case of any change, the guarantor shall notify the creditor in writing within ten natural days after the change, with the postal cost incurred borne by the guarantor. The original address shall be still deemed valid before the creditor receives the notice of change from the guarantor. If the address of the creditor changes, the creditor only needs to make an announcement at the premises or through other means.

Any notices and requests concerning this Contract between the creditor and the guarantor shall be sent by registered mail, EMS or made in any other written form as agreed by the parties. Any communication or document made or delivered by the creditor to this guarantor under this contract or for the purpose of this contract shall be deemed to have been served under the following circumstances:

a) If delivered by hand, at the time of delivery by hand;

b) If sent by letter, on the second (2) natural day for the same city, the fifth (5) natural day for different cities after the envelope marked with such address is mailed with postage prepaid;

 

Contract version number: FB201603 (Corporate)    Page 8 of 11


c) If sent by e-mail or other electronic means of communication, at the time of receipt in a clearly visible form;

d) If transmitted by telex or fax, at the time of completion of the transmission and receipt of the correct number or fax report;

e) In the case of notification of transfer or collection by making an announcement in public media or other means, it shall be deemed to have been served to the other party on the date of the announcement.

The guarantor agrees that the creditor may entrust the courier agency to send notices, receipts or other written documents relating to this Contract. In case of any loss or delay in the process of sending, the creditor shall take no responsibility. The creditor undertakes actively cooperate with the guarantor and take remedy measures to minimize risks and economic losses.

12.4 The guarantor acknowledges that the creditor may entrust another business office of Fubon Bank (China) Co., Ltd. to fulfill the rights and obligations hereunder, or put the business hereunder under the management of another business office of Fubon Bank (China) Co., Ltd. as required. The other business office of Fubon Bank (China) Co., Ltd. authorized by the creditor, or the other business office of Fubon Bank (China) Co., Ltd. that undertakes the business hereunder shall have the right to exercise all the rights hereunder and have the right to file a lawsuit in or apply for enforcement to the court in the name of the business office with respect to the dispute hereunder.

12.5 The guarantor may not transfer any rights and obligations hereunder to a third party without the written consent of the creditor. Where the creditor assigns the creditor’s right under the main contract to a third party in whole or in part and notifies the guarantor (without otherwise obtaining the consent or approval of the guarantor), the guarantor agrees that the creditor shall transfer the security right set hereunder at the same time, and the guarantor shall assume the guarantee liability to the assignee within the scope of guarantee stipulated herein, and agree to take any action or sign any document to cooperate with the creditor to complete the said assignment. The guarantor shall continue to assume responsibility for the creditor and its assignee and beneficiary in accordance with this Contract.

12.6 Except for the expenses to be borne by the creditor as explicitly stipulated by laws and regulations, any expenses hereunder shall be borne by the guarantor.

12.7 Without prejudice to other terms herein, if the guarantor is an institution, this Contract shall be legally binding on the parties and their respective legal successors and assignees.

12.8 If a clause or a portion of a clause hereof is invalid now or will become invalid in the future, the invalid clause or invalid portion shall not affect the validity of this Contract and other clauses of this Contract or other contents of such clause.

12.9 During the period from the date of execution of the main contract until the settlement of the debt under the main contract, the guarantor irrevocably authorizes the creditor to inquire the guarantor’s credit information with the financial credit information basic database and other duly established credit reference agencies and use such credit information while the guarantor assumes the guarantee liability to the creditor in handling various credit businesses for the debtor. Without the written consent of the guarantor, the creditor may not disclose the guarantor’s credit information to any person except in the following cases: (1) Disclosure to any court, tribunal, regulatory agency, or government agency that has jurisdiction and regulatory power over the creditor; (2) Other disclosures as required by laws and regulations. If the creditor enters, inquires or uses the guarantor’s information beyond the above-mentioned purposes of use, the creditor shall bear any and all the consequences and legal liabilities arising therefrom. The guarantor agrees that the creditor may submit the guarantor’s credit information to the financial credit information basic database and other duly established credit reference agencies. The guarantor is fully aware of and understands the entire contents of the foregoing authorization terms and authorizes the creditor on this basis.

12.10 The guarantor shall notarize this Contract when the creditor deems it necessary. Such notarization shall be enforceable and the guarantor undertakes that the guarantor is willing to accept enforcement in accordance with law in the event of non-performance or partial non-performance of obligations on the part of the debtor or the guarantor.

 

Contract version number: FB201603 (Corporate)    Page 9 of 11


12.11 The guarantor shall compensate the creditor for any and all losses and expenses incurred as a result of the guarantor’s failure to perform its obligations and covenants hereunder.

12.12 The guarantor agrees that the creditor may entrust a third party to handle the accompanying business (including but not limited to debt collection and other matters) related to this Contract in accordance with laws and regulations, and the guarantor agrees that the creditor may submit the relevant information and materials of the guarantor hereunder to the third party for handle the matters entrusted.

12.13 This Contract is made in duplicate, with each party holding one copy, which have the same legal effect.

Part II Special Terms

Article 13 Main Contract

The main contract refers to the comprehensive credit line contract, No.: 1809-069382502-01, concluded by and between the creditor and the debtor Shanghai Tong Gou Information Technology Co., Ltd. (including any revisions, amendments, modifications and supplementations made thereto from time to time). Principal’s claims will be determined between September 17, 2018 and September 30, 2021.

Article 14 Maximum Principal Amount of the Creditor’s Right

The maximum principal amount of the creditor’s right secured hereunder (i.e., the ceiling which the balance of the principal of the secured debt may not exceed) is equivalent to (currency) RMB (amount) five million Yuan only.

Article 15 Other Matters as Agreed upon by the Parties

15.1 ☐ The guarantor agrees to include the unsettled debt of the debtor (including other institutions of the creditor) under the ____________ No. ____________ concluded by and between the debtor and the creditor (including any revisions, amendments, modifications and supplementations made thereto from time to time) in the scope of the maximum amount guarantee of this Contract.

 

15.2     
 
 

[The remainder of this page is intentionally left blank]

 

Contract version number: FB201603 (Corporate)    Page 10 of 11


(Signature page to follow)

Signature Page

The parties hereby acknowledge that at the time of signing this Contract, the creditor has elaborated on all the terms (especially those in bold font) and, through thorough discussion by the parties, the guarantor has no doubt about all the terms of this Contract and has acquired an accurate and correct understanding of the legal meanings of the terms concerning the relevant rights and obligations of the parties hereto and limitation of liability or exemption or authorization.

Guarantor:

[If the guarantee is an institution]

Legal representative or authorized agent (Signature/Seal):

[If the guarantee is a natural person]

The Guarantor or authorized agent (Signature/Seal): /s/ Wang Ying

Official seal:

Creditor:

Legal representative or authorized agent (signature and seal):

Seal:

Fubon Bank (China) Co., Ltd. Shanghai Century Avenue Branch (Seal)

 

   Guaranteed by    Wang Jing (seal)
   Guaranteed on    9/25/2018

 

Contract version number: FB201603 (Corporate)    Page 11 of 11


Contract No.: 1809-069382502-01-G2

 

LOGO

Maximum Guarantee Contract

Contract version number: FB201603 (Corporate)


This Contract, dated September 25, 2018, was made and entered into by and between by the following parties:

Guarantor: Zeng Qingchun

Domicile (Address): Room 302, 3/F, 1000 Tianyaoqiao Road, Xuhui District, Shanghai

Tel.: 61132270    Fax: ____________________

(For an institution) Legal representative/person in charge: _______________

(For a natural person) Certificate Type: ___________ Certificate Number: _______________

Creditor: Fubon Bank (China) Co., Ltd. Shanghai Century Avenue Branch

Domicile (Address): 1/F, Block A, 1168 Century Avenue, Pudong New Area, Shanghai

Legal representative/person in charge: Su Hang

Tel.: 021-20619888    Fax:____________________

 

Contract version number: FB201603 (Corporate)    Page 1 of 11


In order to ensure the smooth performance of the main contract (hereinafter referred to as the main contract) stipulated in Article 13, and ensure the realization of the creditor’s rights, the guarantor is willing to provide the maximum joint and several liability guarantee for the realization of a series of the creditor’s rights under the main contract. The parties, intending to be legally bound hereby, entered into this Contract upon consensus through negotiation in accordance with relevant laws, regulations and rules.

Part I General Terms

Article 1 The secured main creditor’s right

1.1 The main creditor’s right secured hereunder is each creditor’s right under the main contract. The specific type, amounts, term, interest rate, and debt performance period of each single business under the main contract shall be determined by the creditor and the debtor in the specific business under the main contract.

1.2 The maximum principal amount of the creditor’s right secured by guarantee by the guarantor hereunder is set forth in Article 14 hereof. The maximum principal amount of the creditor’s right only refers to the ceiling of the principal balance of the secured debt (as defined in Article 2.1). Given that the principal of the secured debt does not exceed the said ceiling, the guarantor agrees to assume joint and several liability guarantee for all payables within the scope of guarantee stated in Article 2 hereof. The guarantor shall not claim no guarantee liability solely on account of the fact that the total amount of all payables within the scope of guarantee referred to in Article 2 hereof exceeds the maximum principal amount of the creditor’s rights as specified in Article 14 hereof.

Article 2 Scope of Guarantee

2.1 The guarantor’s guarantee covers any debts payable by the debtor to the creditor at any time now or in the future under the main contract, including but not limited to the principal, interest, compound interest, penalty interest, liquidated damages, damages, and other amounts payable by the debtor to the creditor (including but not limited to related handling fees, miscellaneous fees and other expenses), the expenses incurred by the creditor for realization of the creditor’s rights (including but not limited to litigation fees, arbitration fees, security fees, enforcement fees, attorney’s fees, evaluation fees, auction fees, notary fees, announcement fees, service fees, etc.) and other losses (hereinafter referred to as the “secured debt”).

2.2 The single creditor’s right incurred during the determination period (as defined in Article 13) of the main creditor’s right, even if its expiry date exceeds the determination period of the main creditor’s right, or the contingent creditor’s right incurred during the determination period of the main creditor’s right, even if the time of its conversion into the actual creditor’s right exceeds the determination period of the main creditor’s right, fall within the scope of guarantee hereunder.

2.3 The guarantor agrees that in the event of an increase in the principal, interest, penalty interest, and compound interest payable by the debtor as a result of the creditor’s adjustment of the interest rate, interest accrual or settlement method according to the contract or the changes in the national interest rate policy, or the change in the principal amount of the debt actually payable due to changes in exchange rate, the increase shall also fall within the scope of guarantee.

Article 3 Mode of Guarantee

3.1 The guarantee under this contract is joint and several liability guarantee. If there is more than one guarantor under the main contract, each guarantor shall bear joint and several liability for the creditor with respect to the entire secured debt. In case of any event of default under the main contract on the part of the debtor, the creditor shall have the right to directly request any guarantor to assume the guarantee liability within the scope of guarantee.

3.2 Where the creditor declares earlier maturity of the debtor’s debt according to the main contract, the guarantor shall assume the guarantee liability ahead of time.

 

Contract version number: FB201603 (Corporate)    Page 2 of 11


3.3 The guarantor acknowledges that if the debtor fails to perform its debts as agreed in the main contract, regardless of whether the creditor has any other security interest (including but not limited to guarantee, mortgage, pledge, letter of guarantee and other forms of security) in the creditor’s rights under the main contract, the creditor shall have the right to require the guarantor to assume the guarantee liability within the scope of guarantee as stipulated herein, without first exercising the other security interest. The guarantor hereby expressly waives the defense against the claim of first exercising the real security provided by the debtor. If the creditor waives its security interest over the collateral (including the collateral provided by the debtor) or other guarantors, the Guarantor shall still assume full liability for guarantee as stipulated herein.

3.4 The guarantee established herein, as a continuing guarantee for the debtor’s repayment and performance of all the obligations under the main contract, shall not be released by reason of partial payment or repayment of the secured debt, in which case the guarantor shall still assume guarantee liability for the outstanding debt within the scope of guarantee according to this Contract.

Article 4 Guarantee Period

4.1 The guarantee period is two years from the date on which each fund raised under the main contract expires, the date on which the creditor advances the payment, the maturity date of the bill or the similar debt performance deadline (collectively referred to as the “debt performance deadline”).

4.2 Where the main contract stipulates repayment in installments, the Guarantor shall bear the guarantee liability for the repayment obligation in each installment under the main contract respectively. The guarantee period shall be from the expiration of the debt performance deadline of each installment until two years after the expiration of the debt performance deadline of the last installment.

4.3 “Maturity” and “expiration” referred to herein include the case where the creditor declares earlier maturity. Where the creditor declares earlier maturity of the main creditor’s right, the date of earlier maturity announced by the creditor shall be the expiry date of the debt performance deadline.

4.4 The guarantor agrees that if the creditor and the debtor reach an agreement on extension of the debt performance deadline, the guarantee period shall terminate two years after the expiry date of each new debt performance deadline specified in the extension agreement.

Article 5 Performance of Guarantee Liability

5.1 Provided that the creditor submits to the Guarantor a debt collection notice stating the guarantee contract number and the amount of the main debt, the Guarantor shall immediately perform the liquidation obligation upon receipt of the notice.

5.2 Where the Guarantor shall perform the guarantee liability hereunder, the creditor shall have the right to deduct any amount from any account opened by the Guarantor with any business office of Fubon Bank (China) Co., Ltd. for liquidation of the debts due, without giving notice to the Guarantor. Even if all or part of the aforesaid amount has been deposited for a fixed period of time, or it requires a certain period of notice, and the fixed period or notice period has not expired or such notice has not been issued, the above rights of the creditor shall not be restricted or affected in any way, and the creditor is not required to assume any liability or make any compensation to the Guarantor for deducting such undue amount. Unless otherwise agreed by the parties, the creditor shall have the right to determine the liquidation order with the proceeds from deduction. If the currency of the proceeds from deduction is inconsistent with that of the amount to be liquidated, it shall be converted at the exchange rate applicable to the creditor on the same day of deduction, and the exchange rate risk shall be borne by the Guarantor. When the creditor deems it necessary, the Guarantor shall execute all documents and take all actions as necessary to authorize the creditor to deal with the claim and recourse of all due creditor’s right of the Guarantor; and execute all documents and take all actions as necessary to create a pledge in the proceeds therefrom for the creditor.

5.3 The main creditor’s right shall be determined upon the occurrence of any of the following:

(1) the determination period of the main creditor’s right expires;

(2) Any event of default set forth herein occurs and the creditor decides to determine the creditor’s right;

 

Contract version number: FB201603 (Corporate)    Page 3 of 11


(3) The creditor declares earlier maturity of the entire secured debt according to the main contract or applicable laws;

(4) Other circumstances where the secured debt shall be determined as prescribed by law.

Any and all secured debts that are outstanding at the time of determination of the main creditor’s right, regardless of whether the performance deadline of such debt has expired or is conditional, shall fall within the scope of the main creditor’s right. At the time of determination of the main creditor’s right, any and all amounts set forth in Article 2, regardless of whether or not they have occurred then, shall fall within the scope of the main creditor’s right.

5.4 While exercising its rights hereunder in accordance with law, the creditor shall not be liable for any loss incurred thereby to the Guarantor, unless such loss is attributed to its intentional or gross negligence.

5.5 The creditor shall have the right to confirm the liquidation order according to the main contract with respect to the proceeds from the creditor’s execution of the guarantee after payment of the execution fee in priority.

Article 6 Representations and Covenants

6.1 The Guarantor represents as follows:

(1) If the Guarantor is an institution (meaning a legal person or an unincorporated organization, referred to as “institution” herein), the Guarantor is duly registered and existing, and has the full capacity for civil right and civil conduct required to execute and deliver this Contract; if the Guarantor is a natural person, the Guarantor has the full capacity for civil right and civil conduct required to execute and deliver this Contract.

(2) The Guarantor has carefully read and fully understood the content of this Contract, the execution and performance of this Contract is based on the Guarantor’s manifestation of genuine intention; the execution and performance of this Contract will neither contravene the laws and regulations governing the Guarantor, nor violate any agreement, contract, and other legal documents binding upon the Guarantor.

(3) This Contract constitutes a legal, valid and legally binding obligation of the Guarantor. The guarantee set up hereunder is unconditional and is not subject to any other priority.

(4) If the Guarantor is an institution, the Guarantor has obtained legal and valid authorization in accordance with its articles of association or other internal management documents; the Guarantor has obtained or will obtain all relevant approvals, permits, filings or registrations required for execution and performance of this Contract.

(5) All documents, financial statements, vouchers and other materials submitted by the guarantor to the creditor hereunder are true, complete, accurate and valid.

(6) The guarantor undertakes to submit any documents and materials required at any time at the request of the creditor. The guarantor undertakes that all documents and materials submitted to the creditor are accurate, true, complete and valid, and the documents submitted in photocopies are consistent with the original.

(7) The guarantor has not concealed from the creditor any event that may affect its financial condition and ability to perform the contract. In the event of any circumstances that may affect the guarantor’s financial condition and ability to perform the contract, including but not limited to transfer of major assets or equity transfer, incurring significant liabilities, and involvement in major litigation or arbitration cases, or loss of civil capacity, etc, the guarantor shall notify the creditor on the date of occurrence or on the date when being aware that it will occur.

(8) Where the debt under the main contract is not fully settled after the guarantor’s performance of the guarantee liability, the guarantor covenants that its claim (including pre-exercise) of the right of subrogation or recourse against the debtor or any other guarantor shall not harm the creditor’s interests in any way and agrees that the liquidation of the debt under the main contract takes precedence over the realization of the guarantor’s right of subrogation or recourse.

 

Contract version number: FB201603 (Corporate)    Page 4 of 11


(9) The guarantor covenants to supervise the use of the debt by the debtor, and the guarantor accepts and cooperates with the creditor in the verification of its qualification, capacity for performing vicarious liability, credit standing and investment.

(10) The guarantor is willing to assume the guarantee liability with all the property owned. Before the settlement of the secured debt, the guarantor covenants not to provide guarantee to any third party without the written consent of the creditor. If the guarantor’s property then is not sufficient to cover the guarantee liability, the guarantor undertakes to continue to be liable for liquidation of the insufficiency.

(11) The guarantor is not involved in any economic, civil, criminal, administrative proceedings, or similar arbitral proceedings that may have a material adverse effect on it, nor does it have any circumstances that could lead to its involvement in such proceedings or similar arbitral proceedings.

(12) No important assets of the guarantor is subject to any enforcement, seizure, detention, freezing, lien, or regulatory measures, or is under any circumstances that may lead to such measures.

6.2 If the guarantor is an institution, the guarantor further covenants as follows:

(1) None of the guarantor and any of its shareholders and affiliates has been involved in any liquidation, bankruptcy, reorganization, consolidation (merger), spinoff, restructuring, dissolution, capital reduction or similar legal proceedings, and no circumstances that may lead to such legal proceedings has occurred to them.

(2) Submit the financial statements (including but not limited to annual reports, semi-annual reports, quarterly reports and monthly statements) and other relevant materials to the creditor on a regular or timely basis as required by the creditor.

(3) If the guarantor has entered into or will enter into a counter-guarantee agreement or similar agreement with the debtor with respect to its guarantee obligations hereunder, such agreement will not prejudice any rights of the creditor hereunder.

(4) The guarantor cannot undergo merger, spinoff, capital reduction, equity transfer, foreign investment, substantial increase in debt financing, transfer of major assets and claims, and other matters that may adversely affect the guarantor’s guarantee ability unless the prior consent of the creditor is obtained.

(5) Under any of the following circumstances, the guarantor shall promptly notify the creditor:

a) any change in the articles of association, business scope, registered capital, and legal representative;

b) changing the business mode by carrying out any form of joint operation, establishing joint venture with, cooperating with foreign investors, contracting, restructuring, institutional shift, planned listing or otherwise;

c) being involved in a major litigation or arbitration, or having the property or collateral being seized, detained or regulated, or creating a new security interest in the collateral;

d) discontinuation of business, dissolution, liquidation, suspension of business for rectification, being revoked, being revoked of business license, and (being filed) filing for bankruptcy;

e) Any of its shareholders, directors and current officers is suspected of being involved in major cases or economic disputes;

f) an event of default under any other contract;

g) running into trouble in operation and deterioration of financial condition.

 

Contract version number: FB201603 (Corporate)    Page 5 of 11


6.3 If the guarantor is a natural person, the guarantor represents and covenants as follows:

(1) The guarantor accepts the creditor’s supervision and inspection of the financial status of the guarantor, and assists and cooperates with the creditor in this regard. The guarantor shall submit the credit reference documents, including but not limited to individual income tax return, deposit certificate, personal credit report, etc., as required by the creditor.

(2) The guarantor has not concealed from the creditor the significant liabilities that have been borne as at the date of execution of this Contract.

(3) This Contract is not terminated or adversely affected by the guarantor’s death. The guarantor voluntarily assumes the liability for satisfaction with the entire estate. The guarantor’s estate administrator and inheritor are fully bound by the guarantee contract.

(4) Before fulfillment of the debt under the main contract, the guarantor shall not maliciously transfer or damage the personal property.

6.4 The guarantor’s representations and undertakings above shall remain true and correct until full settlement of the secured debt, and the guarantor will submit further documentation as required by the creditor from time to time.

Article 7 Event of Default and Handling

7.1 Any of the following matters shall constitute an event of default event on the part of the guarantor hereunder:

(1) The guarantor fails to (or expressly indicates or indicates by act it will not) duly perform the guarantee liability on time and in full as stipulated herein ;

(2) Any document, information provided by the guarantor or any of the representations, statements, or covenants made by it is untrue, inaccurate, incomplete, illegal or invalid, or is false, fraudulent, contains material omission, material concealment or misleading information;

(3) Occurrence of any circumstance that may affect the guarantor’s financial status and ability to perform the contract , including but not limited to the transfer of major assets or equity, undertaking material liabilities, involvement in major litigation or arbitration or enforcement cases, and material adverse changes in financial condition, generation of unfavorable credit records, loss of civil capacity, disputes or incidents involving changes in marriage, support/dependency/foster relationship relationships, or division of community property;

(4) If the guarantor is an institution, the guarantor terminates business or dissolves, is revoked or goes bankrupt;

(5) If the guarantor is a natural person, the guarantor is deceased, declared deceased, missing or declared missing, or becomes a person with limited capacity for civil conduct or a person without civil capacity;

(6) The guarantor becomes unemployed, undergoes business changes, is subject to administrative, criminal enforcement measures, punishment or other criminal sanctions;

(7) This Contract is made invalid or is revoked for reasons attributable to the guarantor;

(8) other events or acts that have or may have a material adverse effect on the main creditor’s right or security interest on the part of the guarantor;

(9) violation of other provisions herein or occurrence of any other event that will affect its rights hereunder as the creditor considers on the part of the guarantor.

7.2 Upon occurrence of any event of default set forth in the preceding paragraph, the creditor shall have the right to take the following measures separately or simultaneously depending on the circumstances:

(1) require the guarantor to correct its breach of contract within a time limit and fulfill the guarantee liability in a timely manner;

 

Contract version number: FB201603 (Corporate)    Page 6 of 11


(2) suspend or terminate the acceptance of the business application under other contracts between the guarantor and the creditor or other business offices of Fubon Bank (China) Co., Ltd. in whole or in part; suspend or terminate the issuance and processing of the loans that have not yet been issued, and trade financing that has not yet been processed in whole or in part;

(3) Declare immediate maturity of the outstanding credit principal and interest and other payables under other contracts between the guarantor and the creditors or other business offices of Fubon Bank (China) Co., Ltd. in whole or in part, and require the debtor to repay the debts owed;

(4) terminate or rescind other contracts between the guarantor and the creditor in whole or in part;

(5) require the guarantor to compensate for any and all direct and indirect losses caused to the creditor by its breach of contract;

(6) Take the deduction measures specified in Article 5.2 hereof;

(7) Determine the main creditor’s right as stipulated in Article 5.3 and require the guarantor to perform the guarantee liability hereunder;

(8) require the guarantor to provide other guarantees recognized by the creditor;

(9) Other measures as the creditor deems necessary.

Article 8 Relationship with the Main Contract

8.1 The rights and interests of the creditor hereunder shall not be affected in any way by any grace, extension granted by the creditor to the debtor, any revision, modification or substitution made by the creditor and the debtor to any terms of the main contract or the specific contracts or other business documents under the main contract (including but not limited to the change of the terms concerning type, amount, currency, term, interest rate, exchange rate, use, repayment method, rights and obligations of the credit business). If any of the above circumstances occurs, it shall be deemed that the guarantor’s prior consent has been obtained. The guarantor shall assume the guarantee liability for the secured debt after the change, and the guarantor shall not be released from its guarantee liability, without further consent from the guarantor. Where the main contract provides for issuance of a letter of credit, a letter of guarantee or a standby letter of credit by the creditor to the debtor, the creditor and the debtor may modify the letter of credit, letter of guarantee or standby letter of credit under the main contract without obtaining the consent of the guarantor or otherwise giving notice to the guarantor. Such modification is deemed to have been approved by the guarantor beforehand and shall not mitigate or release the guarantor from the guarantee liability. However, where the creditor and the debtor agree upon extension of the valid term of the credit line under the main contract or increase of the amount of the credit line under the main contract without the consent of the guarantor, the guarantor shall only assume the guarantee liability for the debt under the main contract before the change in accordance with this Contract. If the creditor adjusts the fee or rate and the interest accrual method according to the terms of the financing documents or the changes in the national interest rate policy, resulting in an increase in the interest and expenses payable by the debtor, the increase shall also fall within the scope of guarantee on the part of the guarantor.

8.2 The guarantee of this Contract is an unconditional and irrevocable guarantee, and shall not be affected by any agreement or document signed between the debtor and any unit, shall not be affected by any contract, agreement, guarantee, tacit agreement, dispute or controversy between the debtor and the creditor or between the guarantor and the debtor, and shall not change due to the merger, spinoff, reorganization into joint stock company, capital increase/decrease, joint venture, association, renaming, bankruptcy, insolvency, loss of business qualification, change of the organization’s articles of association on the part of the debtor.

Article 9 Reservation of Rights

9.1 If a party fails to exercise some or all of its rights hereunder, or fails to require the other party to perform and assume some or all of its obligations and responsibilities, it shall not constitute the party’s waiver of such rights or exemption of such obligations and responsibilities.

 

Contract version number: FB201603 (Corporate)    Page 7 of 11


9.2 Any grace, extension or moratorium on the rights hereunder granted by one party to the other party shall not affect any of its rights under this Contract and laws and regulations, nor shall it be deemed a waiver of such rights.

Article 10 Governing Law and Dispute Resolution

10.1 This Contract is governed by the laws of the People’s Republic of China (excluding Hong Kong Special Administrative Region, Macao Special Administrative Region and Taiwan).

10.2 Any dispute concerning this Contract shall be subject to the jurisdiction of the competent people’s court as stipulated in the main contract. Any other forum selected may be agreed upon in the supplementary provisions. For the duration of the dispute, the parties hereto shall continue to perform the terms not in dispute. If either party files a lawsuit in the court with respect to any dispute, the litigation cost, the reasonable attorney’s fee incurred by the other party and other expenses arising from the proceedings (including but not limited to property preservation fee, travel expenses, notarization fee, translation fee, evaluation and auction fees, execution fee, etc.) shall be borne by the defaulting party.

Article 11 Entry into Force, Modification and Rescission of the Contract

11.1 This Contract shall enter into force upon signing by the guarantor and the creditor.

11.2 This Contract may be modified or revised in writing as agreed upon by the parties. Any modification or revision shall constitute an integral part of this Contract.

11.3 Except as otherwise provided by laws and regulations or otherwise agreed by the parties, this Contract may not be terminated until all the rights and obligations hereunder have been fulfilled.

Article 12 Miscellaneous

12.1 The headings of the clauses and sub-clauses of this Contract are inserted for convenience only and shall not affect the meaning and interpretation of any clause hereof.

12.2 The valid certificate of the creditor’s right hereunder shall be subject to the accounting voucher issued and kept by the creditor in accordance with its own business regulations.

12.3 Notice

The address of the guarantor set forth herein is the confirmed mailing address and the address for service of legal instruments. In case of any change, the guarantor shall notify the creditor in writing within ten natural days after the change, with the postal cost incurred borne by the guarantor. The original address shall be still deemed valid before the creditor receives the notice of change from the guarantor. If the address of the creditor changes, the creditor only needs to make an announcement at the premises or through other means.

Any notices and requests concerning this Contract between the creditor and the guarantor shall be sent by registered mail, EMS or made in any other written form as agreed by the parties. Any communication or document made or delivered by the creditor to this guarantor under this contract or for the purpose of this contract shall be deemed to have been served under the following circumstances:

a) If delivered by hand, at the time of delivery by hand;

b) If sent by letter, on the second (2) natural day for the same city, the fifth (5) natural day for different cities after the envelope marked with such address is mailed with postage prepaid;

 

Contract version number: FB201603 (Corporate)    Page 8 of 11


c) If sent by e-mail or other electronic means of communication, at the time of receipt in a clearly visible form;

d) If transmitted by telex or fax, at the time of completion of the transmission and receipt of the correct number or fax report;

e) In the case of notification of transfer or collection by making an announcement in public media or other means, it shall be deemed to have been served to the other party on the date of the announcement.

The guarantor agrees that the creditor may entrust the courier agency to send notices, receipts or other written documents relating to this Contract. In case of any loss or delay in the process of sending, the creditor shall take no responsibility. The creditor undertakes actively cooperate with the guarantor and take remedy measures to minimize risks and economic losses.

12.4 The guarantor acknowledges that the creditor may entrust another business office of Fubon Bank (China) Co., Ltd. to fulfill the rights and obligations hereunder, or put the business hereunder under the management of another business office of Fubon Bank (China) Co., Ltd. as required. The other business office of Fubon Bank (China) Co., Ltd. authorized by the creditor, or the other business office of Fubon Bank (China) Co., Ltd. that undertakes the business hereunder shall have the right to exercise all the rights hereunder and have the right to file a lawsuit in or apply for enforcement to the court in the name of the business office with respect to the dispute hereunder.

12.5 The guarantor may not transfer any rights and obligations hereunder to a third party without the written consent of the creditor. Where the creditor assigns the creditor’s right under the main contract to a third party in whole or in part and notifies the guarantor (without otherwise obtaining the consent or approval of the guarantor), the guarantor agrees that the creditor shall transfer the security right set hereunder at the same time, and the guarantor shall assume the guarantee liability to the assignee within the scope of guarantee stipulated herein, and agree to take any action or sign any document to cooperate with the creditor to complete the said assignment. The guarantor shall continue to assume responsibility for the creditor and its assignee and beneficiary in accordance with this Contract.

12.6 Except for the expenses to be borne by the creditor as explicitly stipulated by laws and regulations, any expenses hereunder shall be borne by the guarantor.

12.7 Without prejudice to other terms herein, if the guarantor is an institution, this Contract shall be legally binding on the parties and their respective legal successors and assignees.

12.8 If a clause or a portion of a clause hereof is invalid now or will become invalid in the future, the invalid clause or invalid portion shall not affect the validity of this Contract and other clauses of this Contract or other contents of such clause.

12.9 During the period from the date of execution of the main contract until the settlement of the debt under the main contract, the guarantor irrevocably authorizes the creditor to inquire the guarantor’s credit information with the financial credit information basic database and other duly established credit reference agencies and use such credit information while the guarantor assumes the guarantee liability to the creditor in handling various credit businesses for the debtor. Without the written consent of the guarantor, the creditor may not disclose the guarantor’s credit information to any person except in the following cases: (1) Disclosure to any court, tribunal, regulatory agency, or government agency that has jurisdiction and regulatory power over the creditor; (2) Other disclosures as required by laws and regulations. If the creditor enters, inquires or uses the guarantor’s information beyond the above-mentioned purposes of use, the creditor shall bear any and all the consequences and legal liabilities arising therefrom. The guarantor agrees that the creditor may submit the guarantor’s credit information to the financial credit information basic database and other duly established credit reference agencies. The guarantor is fully aware of and understands the entire contents of the foregoing authorization terms and authorizes the creditor on this basis.

12.10 The guarantor shall notarize this Contract when the creditor deems it necessary. Such notarization shall be enforceable and the guarantor undertakes that the guarantor is willing to accept enforcement in accordance with law in the event of non-performance or partial non-performance of obligations on the part of the debtor or the guarantor.

 

Contract version number: FB201603 (Corporate)    Page 9 of 11


12.11 The guarantor shall compensate the creditor for any and all losses and expenses incurred as a result of the guarantor’s failure to perform its obligations and covenants hereunder.

12.12 The guarantor agrees that the creditor may entrust a third party to handle the accompanying business (including but not limited to debt collection and other matters) related to this Contract in accordance with laws and regulations, and the guarantor agrees that the creditor may submit the relevant information and materials of the guarantor hereunder to the third party for handle the matters entrusted.

12.13 This Contract is made in duplicate, with each party holding one copy, which have the same legal effect.

Part II Special Terms

Article 13 Main Contract

The main contract refers to the comprehensive credit line contract, No.: 1809-069382502-01, concluded by and between the creditor and the debtor Shanghai Tong Gou Information Technology Co., Ltd. (including any revisions, amendments, modifications and supplementations made thereto from time to time). Principal’s claims will be determined between September 17, 2018 and September 30, 2021.

Article 14 Maximum Principal Amount of the Creditor’s Right

The maximum principal amount of the creditor’s right secured hereunder (i.e., the ceiling which the balance of the principal of the secured debt may not exceed) is equivalent to (currency) RMB (amount) five million Yuan only.

Article 15 Other Matters as Agreed upon by the Parties

15.1 ☐ The guarantor agrees to include the unsettled debt of the debtor (including other institutions of the creditor) under the ____________ No. ____________concluded by and between the debtor and the creditor (including any revisions, amendments, modifications and supplementations made thereto from time to time) in the scope of the maximum amount guarantee of this Contract.

 

15.2     
 
 
[The remainder of this page is intentionally left blank]

 

Contract version number: FB201603 (Corporate)    Page 10 of 11


(Signature page to follow)

Signature Page

The parties hereby acknowledge that at the time of signing this Contract, the creditor has elaborated on all the terms (especially those in bold font) and, through thorough discussion by the parties, the guarantor has no doubt about all the terms of this Contract and has acquired an accurate and correct understanding of the legal meanings of the terms concerning the relevant rights and obligations of the parties hereto and limitation of liability or exemption or authorization.

Guarantor:

[If the guarantee is an institution]

Legal representative or authorized agent (Signature/Seal):

Official seal:

[If the guarantee is a natural person]

The Guarantor or authorized agent

(Signature/Seal): /s/ Zeng Qingchun

Creditor:

Legal representative or authorized agent (signature and seal):

Seal:

Fubon Bank (China) Co., Ltd. Shanghai Century Avenue Branch (seal)

 

  Guaranteed by   

Wang Jing

(seal)

  Guaranteed on    9/25/2018

 

Contract version number: FB201603 (Corporate)    Page 11 of 11


ECMOHO

Contract No.: 1809-069382502-01-G3

 

LOGO

Maximum Guarantee Contract

Contract version number: FB201603 (Corporate)


This Contract, dated September 25, 2018, was made and entered into by and between by the following parties:

Guarantor: Shanghai ECMOHO Health Biotechnology Co., Ltd.

Domicile (Address): Room 302, 3/F, 1000 Tianyaoqiao Road, Xuhui District, Shanghai

Tel.: 61132270    Fax: ____________________

(For an institution) Legal representative/person in charge: Wang Ying ___

(For a natural person) Certificate Type: ___________ Certificate Number: _______________

Creditor: Fubon Bank (China) Co., Ltd. Shanghai Century Avenue Branch

Domicile (Address): 1168 Century Avenue, Pudong New Area, Shanghai

Legal representative/person in charge: Su Hang

Tel.: 021-20619888    Fax:____________________

 

Contract version number: FB201603 (Corporate)    Page 1 of 11


In order to ensure the smooth performance of the main contract (hereinafter referred to as the main contract) stipulated in Article 13, and ensure the realization of the creditor’s rights, the guarantor is willing to provide the maximum joint and several liability guarantee for the realization of a series of the creditor’s rights under the main contract. The parties, intending to be legally bound hereby, entered into this Contract upon consensus through negotiation in accordance with relevant laws, regulations and rules.

Part I General Terms

Article 1 The secured main creditor’s right

1.1 The main creditor’s right secured hereunder is each creditor’s right under the main contract. The specific type, amounts, term, interest rate, and debt performance period of each single business under the main contract shall be determined by the creditor and the debtor in the specific business under the main contract.

1.2 The maximum principal amount of the creditor’s right secured by guarantee by the guarantor hereunder is set forth in Article 14 hereof. The maximum principal amount of the creditor’s right only refers to the ceiling of the principal balance of the secured debt (as defined in Article 2.1). Given that the principal of the secured debt does not exceed the said ceiling, the guarantor agrees to assume joint and several liability guarantee for all payables within the scope of guarantee stated in Article 2 hereof. The guarantor shall not claim no guarantee liability solely on account of the fact that the total amount of all payables within the scope of guarantee referred to in Article 2 hereof exceeds the maximum principal amount of the creditor’s rights as specified in Article 14 hereof.

Article 2 Scope of Guarantee

2.1 The guarantor’s guarantee covers any debts payable by the debtor to the creditor at any time now or in the future under the main contract, including but not limited to the principal, interest, compound interest, penalty interest, liquidated damages, damages, and other amounts payable by the debtor to the creditor (including but not limited to related handling fees, miscellaneous fees and other expenses), the expenses incurred by the creditor for realization of the creditor’s rights (including but not limited to litigation fees, arbitration fees, security fees, enforcement fees, attorney’s fees, evaluation fees, auction fees, notary fees, announcement fees, service fees, etc.) and other losses (hereinafter referred to as the “secured debt”).

2.2 The single creditor’s right incurred during the determination period (as defined in Article 13) of the main creditor’s right, even if its expiry date exceeds the determination period of the main creditor’s right, or the contingent creditor’s right incurred during the determination period of the main creditor’s right, even if the time of its conversion into the actual creditor’s right exceeds the determination period of the main creditor’s right, fall within the scope of guarantee hereunder.

2.3 The guarantor agrees that in the event of an increase in the principal, interest, penalty interest, and compound interest payable by the debtor as a result of the creditor’s adjustment of the interest rate, interest accrual or settlement method according to the contract or the changes in the national interest rate policy, or the change in the principal amount of the debt actually payable due to changes in exchange rate, the increase shall also fall within the scope of guarantee.

Article 3 Mode of Guarantee

3.1 The guarantee under this contract is joint and several liability guarantee. If there is more than one guarantor under the main contract, each guarantor shall bear joint and several liability for the creditor with respect to the entire secured debt. In case of any event of default under the main contract on the part of the debtor, the creditor shall have the right to directly request any guarantor to assume the guarantee liability within the scope of guarantee.

3.2 Where the creditor declares earlier maturity of the debtor’s debt according to the main contract, the guarantor shall assume the guarantee liability ahead of time.

 

Contract version number: FB201603 (Corporate)    Page 2 of 11


3.3 The guarantor acknowledges that if the debtor fails to perform its debts as agreed in the main contract, regardless of whether the creditor has any other security interest (including but not limited to guarantee, mortgage, pledge, letter of guarantee and other forms of security) in the creditor’s rights under the main contract, the creditor shall have the right to require the guarantor to assume the guarantee liability within the scope of guarantee as stipulated herein, without first exercising the other security interest. The guarantor hereby expressly waives the defense against the claim of first exercising the real security provided by the debtor. If the creditor waives its security interest over the collateral (including the collateral provided by the debtor) or other guarantors, the Guarantor shall still assume full liability for guarantee as stipulated herein.

3.4 The guarantee established herein, as a continuing guarantee for the debtor’s repayment and performance of all the obligations under the main contract, shall not be released by reason of partial payment or repayment of the secured debt, in which case the guarantor shall still assume guarantee liability for the outstanding debt within the scope of guarantee according to this Contract.

Article 4 Guarantee Period

4.1 The guarantee period is two years from the date on which each fund raised under the main contract expires, the date on which the creditor advances the payment, the maturity date of the bill or the similar debt performance deadline (collectively referred to as the “debt performance deadline”).

4.2 Where the main contract stipulates repayment in installments, the Guarantor shall bear the guarantee liability for the repayment obligation in each installment under the main contract respectively. The guarantee period shall be from the expiration of the debt performance deadline of each installment until two years after the expiration of the debt performance deadline of the last installment.

4.3 “Maturity” and “expiration” referred to herein include the case where the creditor declares earlier maturity. Where the creditor declares earlier maturity of the main creditor’s right, the date of earlier maturity announced by the creditor shall be the expiry date of the debt performance deadline.

4.4 The guarantor agrees that if the creditor and the debtor reach an agreement on extension of the debt performance deadline, the guarantee period shall terminate two years after the expiry date of each new debt performance deadline specified in the extension agreement.

Article 5 Performance of Guarantee Liability

5.1 Provided that the creditor submits to the Guarantor a debt collection notice stating the guarantee contract number and the amount of the main debt, the Guarantor shall immediately perform the liquidation obligation upon receipt of the notice.

5.2 Where the Guarantor shall perform the guarantee liability hereunder, the creditor shall have the right to deduct any amount from any account opened by the Guarantor with any business office of Fubon Bank (China) Co., Ltd. for liquidation of the debts due, without giving notice to the Guarantor. Even if all or part of the aforesaid amount has been deposited for a fixed period of time, or it requires a certain period of notice, and the fixed period or notice period has not expired or such notice has not been issued, the above rights of the creditor shall not be restricted or affected in any way, and the creditor is not required to assume any liability or make any compensation to the Guarantor for deducting such undue amount. Unless otherwise agreed by the parties, the creditor shall have the right to determine the liquidation order with the proceeds from deduction. If the currency of the proceeds from deduction is inconsistent with that of the amount to be liquidated, it shall be converted at the exchange rate applicable to the creditor on the same day of deduction, and the exchange rate risk shall be borne by the Guarantor. When the creditor deems it necessary, the Guarantor shall execute all documents and take all actions as necessary to authorize the creditor to deal with the claim and recourse of all due creditor’s right of the Guarantor; and execute all documents and take all actions as necessary to create a pledge in the proceeds therefrom for the creditor.

5.3 The main creditor’s right shall be determined upon the occurrence of any of the following:

(1) the determination period of the main creditor’s right expires;

(2) Any event of default set forth herein occurs and the creditor decides to determine the creditor’s right;

 

Contract version number: FB201603 (Corporate)    Page 3 of 11


(3) The creditor declares earlier maturity of the entire secured debt according to the main contract or applicable laws;

(4) Other circumstances where the secured debt shall be determined as prescribed by law.

Any and all secured debts that are outstanding at the time of determination of the main creditor’s right, regardless of whether the performance deadline of such debt has expired or is conditional, shall fall within the scope of the main creditor’s right. At the time of determination of the main creditor’s right, any and all amounts set forth in Article 2, regardless of whether or not they have occurred then, shall fall within the scope of the main creditor’s right.

5.4 While exercising its rights hereunder in accordance with law, the creditor shall not be liable for any loss incurred thereby to the Guarantor, unless such loss is attributed to its intentional or gross negligence.

5.5 The creditor shall have the right to confirm the liquidation order according to the main contract with respect to the proceeds from the creditor’s execution of the guarantee after payment of the execution fee in priority.

Article 6 Representations and Covenants

6.1 The Guarantor represents as follows:

(1) If the Guarantor is an institution (meaning a legal person or an unincorporated organization, referred to as “institution” herein), the Guarantor is duly registered and existing, and has the full capacity for civil right and civil conduct required to execute and deliver this Contract; if the Guarantor is a natural person, the Guarantor has the full capacity for civil right and civil conduct required to execute and deliver this Contract.

(2) The Guarantor has carefully read and fully understood the content of this Contract, the execution and performance of this Contract is based on the Guarantor’s manifestation of genuine intention; the execution and performance of this Contract will neither contravene the laws and regulations governing the Guarantor, nor violate any agreement, contract, and other legal documents binding upon the Guarantor.

(3) This Contract constitutes a legal, valid and legally binding obligation of the Guarantor. The guarantee set up hereunder is unconditional and is not subject to any other priority.

(4) If the Guarantor is an institution, the Guarantor has obtained legal and valid authorization in accordance with its articles of association or other internal management documents; the Guarantor has obtained or will obtain all relevant approvals, permits, filings or registrations required for execution and performance of this Contract.

(5) All documents, financial statements, vouchers and other materials submitted by the guarantor to the creditor hereunder are true, complete, accurate and valid.

(6) The guarantor undertakes to submit any documents and materials required at any time at the request of the creditor. The guarantor undertakes that all documents and materials submitted to the creditor are accurate, true, complete and valid, and the documents submitted in photocopies are consistent with the original.

(7) The guarantor has not concealed from the creditor any event that may affect its financial condition and ability to perform the contract. In the event of any circumstances that may affect the guarantor’s financial condition and ability to perform the contract, including but not limited to transfer of major assets or equity transfer, incurring significant liabilities, and involvement in major litigation or arbitration cases, or loss of civil capacity, etc, the guarantor shall notify the creditor on the date of occurrence or on the date when being aware that it will occur.

(8) Where the debt under the main contract is not fully settled after the guarantor’s performance of the guarantee liability, the guarantor covenants that its claim (including pre-exercise) of the right of subrogation or recourse against the debtor or any other guarantor shall not harm the creditor’s interests in any way and agrees that the liquidation of the debt under the main contract takes precedence over the realization of the guarantor’s right of subrogation or recourse.

 

Contract version number: FB201603 (Corporate)    Page 4 of 11


(9) The guarantor covenants to supervise the use of the debt by the debtor, and the guarantor accepts and cooperates with the creditor in the verification of its qualification, capacity for performing vicarious liability, credit standing and investment.

(10) The guarantor is willing to assume the guarantee liability with all the property owned. Before the settlement of the secured debt, the guarantor covenants not to provide guarantee to any third party without the written consent of the creditor. If the guarantor’s property then is not sufficient to cover the guarantee liability, the guarantor undertakes to continue to be liable for liquidation of the insufficiency.

(11) The guarantor is not involved in any economic, civil, criminal, administrative proceedings, or similar arbitral proceedings that may have a material adverse effect on it, nor does it have any circumstances that could lead to its involvement in such proceedings or similar arbitral proceedings.

(12) No important assets of the guarantor is subject to any enforcement, seizure, detention, freezing, lien, or regulatory measures, or is under any circumstances that may lead to such measures.

6.2 If the guarantor is an institution, the guarantor further covenants as follows:

(1) None of the guarantor and any of its shareholders and affiliates has been involved in any liquidation, bankruptcy, reorganization, consolidation (merger), spinoff, restructuring, dissolution, capital reduction or similar legal proceedings, and no circumstances that may lead to such legal proceedings has occurred to them.

(2) Submit the financial statements (including but not limited to annual reports, semi-annual reports, quarterly reports and monthly statements) and other relevant materials to the creditor on a regular or timely basis as required by the creditor.

(3) If the guarantor has entered into or will enter into a counter-guarantee agreement or similar agreement with the debtor with respect to its guarantee obligations hereunder, such agreement will not prejudice any rights of the creditor hereunder.

(4) The guarantor cannot undergo merger, spinoff, capital reduction, equity transfer, foreign investment, substantial increase in debt financing, transfer of major assets and claims, and other matters that may adversely affect the guarantor’s guarantee ability unless the prior consent of the creditor is obtained.

(5) Under any of the following circumstances, the guarantor shall promptly notify the creditor:

a) any change in the articles of association, business scope, registered capital, and legal representative;

b) changing the business mode by carrying out any form of joint operation, establishing joint venture with, cooperating with foreign investors, contracting, restructuring, institutional shift, planned listing or otherwise;

c) being involved in a major litigation or arbitration, or having the property or collateral being seized, detained or regulated, or creating a new security interest in the collateral;

d) discontinuation of business, dissolution, liquidation, suspension of business for rectification, being revoked, being revoked of business license, and (being filed)filing for bankruptcy;

e) Any of its shareholders, directors and current officers is suspected of being involved in major cases or economic disputes;

f) an event of default under any other contract;

g) running into trouble in operation and deterioration of financial condition.

 

Contract version number: FB201603 (Corporate)    Page 5 of 11


6.3 If the guarantor is a natural person, the guarantor represents and covenants as follows:

(1) The guarantor accepts the creditor’s supervision and inspection of the financial status of the guarantor, and assists and cooperates with the creditor in this regard. The guarantor shall submit the credit reference documents, including but not limited to individual income tax return, deposit certificate, personal credit report, etc., as required by the creditor.

(2) The guarantor has not concealed from the creditor the significant liabilities that have been borne as at the date of execution of this Contract.

(3) This Contract is not terminated or adversely affected by the guarantor’s death. The guarantor voluntarily assumes the liability for satisfaction with the entire estate. The guarantor’s estate administrator and inheritor are fully bound by the guarantee contract.

(4) Before fulfillment of the debt under the main contract, the guarantor shall not maliciously transfer or damage the personal property.

6.4 The guarantor’s representations and undertakings above shall remain true and correct until full settlement of the secured debt, and the guarantor will submit further documentation as required by the creditor from time to time.

Article 7 Event of Default and Handling

7.1 Any of the following matters shall constitute an event of default event on the part of the guarantor hereunder:

(1) The guarantor fails to(or expressly indicates or indicates by act it will not) duly perform the guarantee liability on time and in full as stipulated herein;

(2) Any document, information provided by the guarantor or any of the representations, statements, or covenants made by it is untrue, inaccurate, incomplete, illegal or invalid, or is false, fraudulent, contains material omission, material concealment or misleading information;

(3) Occurrence of any circumstance that may affect the guarantor’s financial status and ability to perform the contract , including but not limited to the transfer of major assets or equity, undertaking material liabilities, involvement in major litigation or arbitration or enforcement cases, and material adverse changes in financial condition, generation of unfavorable credit records, loss of civil capacity, disputes or incidents involving changes in marriage, support/dependency/foster relationship relationships, or division of community property;

(4) If the guarantor is an institution, the guarantor terminates business or dissolves, is revoked or goes bankrupt;

(5) If the guarantor is a natural person, the guarantor is deceased, declared deceased, missing or declared missing, or becomes a person with limited capacity for civil conduct or a person without civil capacity;

(6) The guarantor becomes unemployed, undergoes business changes, is subject to administrative, criminal enforcement measures, punishment or other criminal sanctions;

(7) This Contract is made invalid or is revoked for reasons attributable to the guarantor;

(8) other events or acts that have or may have a material adverse effect on the main creditor’s right or security interest on the part of the guarantor;

(9) violation of other provisions herein or occurrence of any other event that will affect its rights hereunder as the creditor considers on the part of the guarantor.

7.2 Upon occurrence of any event of default set forth in the preceding paragraph, the creditor shall have the right to take the following measures separately or simultaneously depending on the circumstances:

(1) require the guarantor to correct its breach of contract within a time limit and fulfill the guarantee liability in a timely manner;

 

Contract version number: FB201603 (Corporate)    Page 6 of 11


(2) suspend or terminate the acceptance of the business application under other contracts between the guarantor and the creditor or other business offices of Fubon Bank (China) Co., Ltd. in whole or in part; suspend or terminate the issuance and processing of the loans that have not yet been issued, and trade financing that has not yet been processed in whole or in part;

(3) Declare immediate maturity of the outstanding credit principal and interest and other payables under other contracts between the guarantor and the creditors or other business offices of Fubon Bank (China) Co., Ltd. in whole or in part, and require the debtor to repay the debts owed;

(4) terminate or rescind other contracts between the guarantor and the creditor in whole or in part;

(5) require the guarantor to compensate for any and all direct and indirect losses caused to the creditor by its breach of contract;

(6) Take the deduction measures specified in Article 5.2 hereof;

(7) Determine the main creditor’s right as stipulated in Article 5.3 and require the guarantor to perform the guarantee liability hereunder;

(8) require the guarantor to provide other guarantees recognized by the creditor;

(9) Other measures as the creditor deems necessary.

Article 8 Relationship with the Main Contract

8.1 The rights and interests of the creditor hereunder shall not be affected in any way by any grace, extension granted by the creditor to the debtor, any revision, modification or substitution made by the creditor and the debtor to any terms of the main contract or the specific contracts or other business documents under the main contract (including but not limited to the change of the terms concerning type, amount, currency, term, interest rate, exchange rate, use, repayment method, rights and obligations of the credit business). If any of the above circumstances occurs, it shall be deemed that the guarantor’s prior consent has been obtained. The guarantor shall assume the guarantee liability for the secured debt after the change, and the guarantor shall not be released from its guarantee liability, without further consent from the guarantor. Where the main contract provides for issuance of a letter of credit, a letter of guarantee or a standby letter of credit by the creditor to the debtor, the creditor and the debtor may modify the letter of credit, letter of guarantee or standby letter of credit under the main contract without obtaining the consent of the guarantor or otherwise giving notice to the guarantor. Such modification is deemed to have been approved by the guarantor beforehand and shall not mitigate or release the guarantor from the guarantee liability. However, where the creditor and the debtor agree upon extension of the valid term of the credit line under the main contract or increase of the amount of the credit line under the main contract without the consent of the guarantor, the guarantor shall only assume the guarantee liability for the debt under the main contract before the change in accordance with this Contract. If the creditor adjusts the fee or rate and the interest accrual method according to the terms of the financing documents or the changes in the national interest rate policy, resulting in an increase in the interest and expenses payable by the debtor, the increase shall also fall within the scope of guarantee on the part of the guarantor.

8.2 The guarantee of this Contract is an unconditional and irrevocable guarantee, and shall not be affected by any agreement or document signed between the debtor and any unit, shall not be affected by any contract, agreement, guarantee, tacit agreement, dispute or controversy between the debtor and the creditor or between the guarantor and the debtor, and shall not change due to the merger, spinoff, reorganization into joint stock company, capital increase/decrease, joint venture, association, renaming, bankruptcy, insolvency, loss of business qualification, change of the organization’s articles of association on the part of the debtor.

Article 9 Reservation of Rights

9.1 If a party fails to exercise some or all of its rights hereunder, or fails to require the other party to perform and assume some or all of its obligations and responsibilities, it shall not constitute the party’s waiver of such rights or exemption of such obligations and responsibilities.

 

Contract version number: FB201603 (Corporate)    Page 7 of 11


9.2 Any grace, extension or moratorium on the rights hereunder granted by one party to the other party shall not affect any of its rights under this Contract and laws and regulations, nor shall it be deemed a waiver of such rights.

Article 10 Governing Law and Dispute Resolution

10.1 This Contract is governed by the laws of the People’s Republic of China (excluding Hong Kong Special Administrative Region, Macao Special Administrative Region and Taiwan).

10.2 Any dispute concerning this Contract shall be subject to the jurisdiction of the competent people’s court as stipulated in the main contract. Any other forum selected may be agreed upon in the supplementary provisions. For the duration of the dispute, the parties hereto shall continue to perform the terms not in dispute. If either party files a lawsuit in the court with respect to any dispute, the litigation cost, the reasonable attorney’s fee incurred by the other party and other expenses arising from the proceedings (including but not limited to property preservation fee, travel expenses, notarization fee, translation fee, evaluation and auction fees, execution fee, etc.) shall be borne by the defaulting party.

Article 11 Entry into Force, Modification and Rescission of the Contract

11.1 This Contract shall enter into force upon signing by the guarantor and the creditor.

11.2 This Contract may be modified or revised in writing as agreed upon by the parties. Any modification or revision shall constitute an integral part of this Contract.

11.3 Except as otherwise provided by laws and regulations or otherwise agreed by the parties, this Contract may not be terminated until all the rights and obligations hereunder have been fulfilled.

Article 12 Miscellaneous

12.1 The headings of the clauses and sub-clauses of this Contract are inserted for convenience only and shall not affect the meaning and interpretation of any clause hereof.

12.2 The valid certificate of the creditor’s right hereunder shall be subject to the accounting voucher issued and kept by the creditor in accordance with its own business regulations.

12.3 Notice

The address of the guarantor set forth herein is the confirmed mailing address and the address for service of legal instruments. In case of any change, the guarantor shall notify the creditor in writing within ten natural days after the change, with the postal cost incurred borne by the guarantor. The original address shall be still deemed valid before the creditor receives the notice of change from the guarantor. If the address of the creditor changes, the creditor only needs to make an announcement at the premises or through other means.

Any notices and requests concerning this Contract between the creditor and the guarantor shall be sent by registered mail, EMS or made in any other written form as agreed by the parties. Any communication or document made or delivered by the creditor to this guarantor under this contract or for the purpose of this contract shall be deemed to have been served under the following circumstances:

a) If delivered by hand, at the time of delivery by hand;

b) If sent by letter, on the second (2) natural day for the same city, the fifth (5) natural day for different cities after the envelope marked with such address is mailed with postage prepaid;

 

Contract version number: FB201603 (Corporate)    Page 8 of 11


c) If sent by e-mail or other electronic means of communication, at the time of receipt in a clearly visible form;

d) If transmitted by telex or fax, at the time of completion of the transmission and receipt of the correct number or fax report;

e) In the case of notification of transfer or collection by making an announcement in public media or other means, it shall be deemed to have been served to the other party on the date of the announcement.

The guarantor agrees that the creditor may entrust the courier agency to send notices, receipts or other written documents relating to this Contract. In case of any loss or delay in the process of sending, the creditor shall take no responsibility. The creditor undertakes actively cooperate with the guarantor and take remedy measures to minimize risks and economic losses.

12.4 The guarantor acknowledges that the creditor may entrust another business office of Fubon Bank (China) Co., Ltd. to fulfill the rights and obligations hereunder, or put the business hereunder under the management of another business office of Fubon Bank (China) Co., Ltd. as required. The other business office of Fubon Bank (China) Co., Ltd. authorized by the creditor, or the other business office of Fubon Bank (China) Co., Ltd. that undertakes the business hereunder shall have the right to exercise all the rights hereunder and have the right to file a lawsuit in or apply for enforcement to the court in the name of the business office with respect to the dispute hereunder.

12.5 The guarantor may not transfer any rights and obligations hereunder to a third party without the written consent of the creditor. Where the creditor assigns the creditor’s right under the main contract to a third party in whole or in part and notifies the guarantor (without otherwise obtaining the consent or approval of the guarantor), the guarantor agrees that the creditor shall transfer the security right set hereunder at the same time, and the guarantor shall assume the guarantee liability to the assignee within the scope of guarantee stipulated herein, and agree to take any action or sign any document to cooperate with the creditor to complete the said assignment. The guarantor shall continue to assume responsibility for the creditor and its assignee and beneficiary in accordance with this Contract.

12.6 Except for the expenses to be borne by the creditor as explicitly stipulated by laws and regulations, any expenses hereunder shall be borne by the guarantor.

12.7 Without prejudice to other terms herein, if the guarantor is an institution, this Contract shall be legally binding on the parties and their respective legal successors and assignees.

12.8 If a clause or a portion of a clause hereof is invalid now or will become invalid in the future, the invalid clause or invalid portion shall not affect the validity of this Contract and other clauses of this Contract or other contents of such clause.

12.9 During the period from the date of execution of the main contract until the settlement of the debt under the main contract, the guarantor irrevocably authorizes the creditor to inquire the guarantor’s credit information with the financial credit information basic database and other duly established credit reference agencies and use such credit information while the guarantor assumes the guarantee liability to the creditor in handling various credit businesses for the debtor. Without the written consent of the guarantor, the creditor may not disclose the guarantor’s credit information to any person except in the following cases: (1) Disclosure to any court, tribunal, regulatory agency, or government agency that has jurisdiction and regulatory power over the creditor; (2) Other disclosures as required by laws and regulations. If the creditor enters, inquires or uses the guarantor’s information beyond the above-mentioned purposes of use, the creditor shall bear any and all the consequences and legal liabilities arising therefrom. The guarantor agrees that the creditor may submit the guarantor’s credit information to the financial credit information basic database and other duly established credit reference agencies. The guarantor is fully aware of and understands the entire contents of the foregoing authorization terms and authorizes the creditor on this basis.

12.10 The guarantor shall notarize this Contract when the creditor deems it necessary. Such notarization shall be enforceable and the guarantor undertakes that the guarantor is willing to accept enforcement in accordance with law in the event of non-performance or partial non-performance of obligations on the part of the debtor or the guarantor.

 

Contract version number: FB201603 (Corporate)    Page 9 of 11


12.11 The guarantor shall compensate the creditor for any and all losses and expenses incurred as a result of the guarantor’s failure to perform its obligations and covenants hereunder.

12.12 The guarantor agrees that the creditor may entrust a third party to handle the accompanying business (including but not limited to debt collection and other matters) related to this Contract in accordance with laws and regulations, and the guarantor agrees that the creditor may submit the relevant information and materials of the guarantor hereunder to the third party for handle the matters entrusted.

12.13 This Contract is made in duplicate, with each party holding one copy, which have the same legal effect.

Part II Special Terms

Article 13 Main Contract

The main contract refers to the comprehensive credit line contract, No.: 1809-069382502-01, concluded by and between the creditor and the debtor Shanghai Tong Gou Information Technology Co., Ltd. (including any revisions, amendments, modifications and supplementations made thereto from time to time). Principal’s claims will be determined between September 17, 2018 and September 30, 2021.

Article 14 Maximum Principal Amount of the Creditor’s Right

The maximum principal amount of the creditor’s right secured hereunder (i.e., the ceiling which the balance of the principal of the secured debt may not exceed) is equivalent to (currency) RMB (amount) five million Yuan only.

Article 15 Other Matters as Agreed upon by the Parties

15.1 ☐ The guarantor agrees to include the unsettled debt of the debtor (including other institutions of the creditor) under the ____________ No. ____________ concluded by and between the debtor and the creditor (including any revisions, amendments, modifications and supplementations made thereto from time to time) in the scope of the maximum amount guarantee of this Contract.

 

15.2    
     
     

[The remainder of this page is intentionally left blank]

 

Contract version number: FB201603 (Corporate)    Page 10 of 11


(Signature page to follow)

Signature Page

The parties hereby acknowledge that at the time of signing this Contract, the creditor has elaborated on all the terms (especially those in bold font) and, through thorough discussion by the parties, the guarantor has no doubt about all the terms of this Contract and has acquired an accurate and correct understanding of the legal meanings of the terms concerning the relevant rights and obligations of the parties hereto and limitation of liability or exemption or authorization.

Guarantor:

[If the guarantee is an institution]

Legal representative or authorized agent (Signature/Seal):    (Signature/Seal): Wang Ying (seal)

Official seal: Shanghai ECMOHO Health Biotechnology Co., Ltd. (seal)

[If the guarantee is a natural person]

The Guarantor or authorized agent

Creditor:

Legal representative or authorized agent (signature and seal): Su Hang (seal)

Seal:

Fubon Bank (China) Co., Ltd. Shanghai Century Avenue Branch (seal)

 

Guaranteed by   Wang Jing (seal), Niu Xiaoting (seal)
Guaranteed on   9/25/2018

 

Contract version number: FB201603 (Corporate)    Page 11 of 11

Exhibit 10.33

2016 edition

No.: 3654012018016

Comprehensive Credit Extension Agreement

 

 

 

 

China Everbright Bank


Contents

 

Chapter 1    Definition and Interpretation
Chapter 2    Maximum Credit Line and Specific Credit Line
Chapter 3    Length of Maturity of Credit
Chapter 4    Maximum Credit Line and Use of Specific Credit Line
Chapter 5    Rate
Chapter 6    Adjustment of Maximum Credit Line and Specific Credit Line
Chapter 7    Guarantee
Chapter 8    Undertakings of Party B
Chapter 9    Undertakings of Party A
Chapter 10    Execution of Agreement
Chapter 11    Dispute and Resolution
Chapter 12    Entire Agreement
Chapter 13    Supplementary Provisions


Comprehensive Credit Extension Agreement

Fiduciary: (Party A) Shanghai ECMOHO Health Biotechnology Co., Ltd.

Domicile: 2nd and 3rd Floors, 1000 Tianyaoqiao Road, Xuhui District

Legal representative: Wang Ying

Tel.:

Fax:

Grantor: (Party B) China Everbright Bank, Shanghai Pudong Sub-branch

Domicile: No.630 Zhangyang Road

Tel.: ****

Fax:/

In accordance with Law of the People’s Republic of China on Commercial Banks, Interim Measures for Administration of Authorization and Credit Extension by Commercial Banks, Guides on Commercial Banks Management of Risks Involved in Credit Extension to Group Clients, and relevant laws and regulations, the fiduciary (hereinafter referred to as “Party A”) and the granter (hereinafter referred to as “Party B”) hereby enter into and abide by this agreement through consultation, based on the principles of equality, voluntariness and good faith.

Chapter 1 Definition and Interpretation

Article 1 Unless otherwise required by the context, the following terms herein shall be defined as follows:

Comprehensive Credit: refers to the conditional commitment of Party B to provide Party A with one or more types of credit support.

Specific Business: refers to the loan, bank acceptance draft, trade financing and other specific credit business provided by Party B to Party A based on Party B’s Comprehensive Credit to Party A.

Maximum Credit Line: refers to the maximum balance of the principal of the debt formed by the Specific Business that Party A may apply to Party B for within the effective period of the Comprehensive Credit as agreed herein, as determined based on Party B’s Comprehensive Credit to Party A.

Specific Credit Line: refers to the maximum balance of the principal of the debt formed by certain Specific Business that Party A may apply to Party B for within the effective period of the Comprehensive Credit as agreed herein, as determined within the Maximum Credit Line.

Used Credit Line: refers to the sum of the principal balance of debts of certain Specific Business outstanding within the Specific Credit Line and within the effective period of Comprehensive Credit agreed herein.

Specific Business Contract: refers to the corresponding contract or agreement signed by the parties on the Specific Business and the use of Specific Credit Line.

 

1


Chapter 2 Maximum Credit Line and Specific Credit Line

Article 2 (I). The Maximum Credit Line provided by Party B to Party A hereunder (total in RMB and foreign currencies, and the foreign currencies shall be converted into RMB at the benchmark exchange rate on the date of signing this agreement) is RMB five million only (in figures: RMB 5,000,000).

(2) Party A and Party B agree that the Maximum Credit Line hereunder includes the outstanding business credit line under the original comprehensive credit line agreement     (agreement             No.: ).

Article 3 In the above Maximum Credit Line, the Specific Credit Line of each Specific Business is as follows:

(1) Ordinary loan: five million yuan only as the Specific Credit Line

(2) Bank acceptance:                                           as the Specific Credit Line    

(3) Trade financing:                                      as the Specific Credit Line  

Party A and Party B shall separately sign a comprehensive credit agreement for trade financing (No.:                  ) or                  agreement (No.:                 ).

(4) Bank acceptance discount (discount before query):                                 as the Specific Credit Line  

(5) Note discount: (if Party A issues the notes as the drawee and the holder applies for commercial draft discount from China Everbright Bank, the line of note discount of Party A hereunder shall be used)         as the Specific Credit Line                            

(6) Others:                             as the specific credit line   Line of credit:      

(7) Other agreements:

Party A and Party B agree that, during the performance hereof, each Specific Business type (including but not limited to the above business types) within the Maximum Credit Line can still be adjusted or changed, and each type can share its line with each other.

Chapter 3 Length of Maturity of Credit

Article 4 Term of the maximum credit line is from December 20, 2018 to December 20, 2019.

The term of the Specific Business shall be subject to the provisions of the Specific Business Contract, but the starting date of the Specific Credit Line under each Specific Business shall not be later than the deadline (included) of the effective term of said Maximum Credit Line.

Chapter 4 Maximum Credit Line and Use of Specific Credit Line

Article 5 Within the Maximum Credit Line agreed herein and its effective term, Party A may apply to Party B for each Specific Credit Line in a lump sum or in batches. Party B shall determine the name, amount and term of the Specific Business applied by Party A according to Party A’s credit status and Party B’s credit policy.

Article 6 With respect to the provisions on revolving line: Party A may use the revolving Specific Credit Line within the effective term of the Maximum Credit Line stipulated in this agreement, that is, after the debts of any Specific Business are fully discharged, the Specific Credit Line occupied by the Specific Business may be used for a new Specific Business of the same kind, except where the circulating use is not allowed by Party B.

 

2


Article 7 Party A and Party B shall sign a Specific Business Contract for a Specific Business. In case of any discrepancy between the Specific Business Contract and the provisions hereof, the Specific Business Contract shall prevail. If Party A is a group customer recognized by Party B in accordance with Guides on Commercial Banks Management of Risks Involved in Credit Extension to Group Clients and other relevant laws and regulations, in case the breach circumstances agreed in the Specific Business Contract does not include those listed in Article IX hereof, those listed in Article IX hereof shall be deemed as the breach circumstances of the Specific Business Contract.

Chapter 5 Rate

Article 8 Any interest rate, exchange rate and rate to be determined for each Specific Business hereunder, and the various fees payable to Party B, shall be separately agreed upon by Party B and Party A in the Specific Business Contract, and shall be subject to each Specific Business Contract signed by both parties

Chapter 6 Adjustment of Maximum Credit Line and Specific Credit Line

Article 9 If any of the following circumstances occurs to Party A during the performance of hereof or of any Specific Business Contract, Party B shall have the right to adjust the Maximum Credit Line, Specific Credit Line and credit period, to terminate the Comprehensive Credit provided to Party A and unilaterally cease the payment of the credit line not yet used by Party A, recover part or all of Used Credit Line in advance, and take other measures according to law:

(1) Major adjustments of national monetary policies;

(2) Major financial risks occurred or latent in Party A’s area;

(3) Major changes in the market related to Party A’s business;

(4) Party A is or will suffer from major business difficulties or risks;

(5) Major institutional changes such as merger, acquisition, reorganization, division, consolidation or termination of Party A that Party B considers may affect the security of the loan;

(6) Party A refuses to accept Party B’s supervision and inspection of its use of credit funds and relevant operating and financial activities;

(7) Party A changes the original purpose of the loan without the consent of the lender, misappropriates the loan or conducts illegal or illegal transactions with the bank loan;

(8) Party A provides false materials or conceals important business financial facts;

(9) Party A transfers property, withdraws funds or evades debts;

(10) Party A, as a group customer recognized by Party B in accordance with Guides on Commercial Banks Management of Risks Involved in Credit Extension to Group Clients and other relevant laws and regulations, uses any false contract with affiliates to apply to Party B for discount or pledge with the notes receivable, payments receivable and other creditor’s rights with no real trading background to obtain funds or credit extension from Party B, or intends to evade or cancel the creditor’s rights of the bank by means of affiliated transactions.

(11) Party A violates the commitments stipulated in this agreement;

(12) The guarantor of this agreement suffers from serious capital shortage or major business difficulties, which seriously affects its guarantee ability;

(13) The mortgaged or pledged property used for the guarantee is damaged or lost, which endangers the security of Party B’s creditor’s rights;

 

3


(14) Any other event or circumstance that, according to Party B’s analysis or judgment, has caused or will cause the decline of Party A’s solvency or the damage to Party B’s rights and interests;

(15) Party A fails to perform any obligation stipulated in any Specific Business Contract.

Article 10 After the signing of this agreement, Party A may apply in writing to adjust the Specific Credit Line, which is subject to the written consent of Party B, without consideration of the above article. Both Party A’s written applications and Party B’s written replies shall be deemed to be an amendment to Article III hereof with the same legal effect as this agreement.

Chapter 7 Guarantee

Article 11 In order to ensure the repayment of the creditor’s rights hereunder, the following guarantee method is adopted:

(1) The guarantors, Wang Ying and Zeng Qingchun, sign certain Guarantee Contract of Maximum Amount with Party B, with a number of 3654012018016-1.

(2) The mortgager                                 signs certain Mortgage Contract of Maximum Amount with Party B.

(3) The pledgor                             signs certain Pledge Contract of Maximum Amount with Party B.

(4) Other methods:                                    

Article 12 Although the method of guarantee for creditor’s rights is stipulated in this chapter, Party B still has the right to require Party A to provide any additional guarantee if Party B deems necessary when the parties handle the Specific Business, and Party A shall not refuse to provide such additional guarantee on the ground that the guarantee has been agreed herein.

Chapter 8 Party B’s Undertakings

Article 13 Party A shall apply for the Specific Credit Line as agreed herein, and Party B will review Party A in accordance with laws and regulations such as the Law of the People’s Republic of China on Commercial Banks and General Provisions of Loans, as well as provisions of Party B’s credit management, and decide, on its own discretion, whether to extend a credit to party, the amount and duration of the credit and other specific contents according to the review results, and Party A shall be informed of the decision in time.

Chapter 9 Party A’s Undertakings

Article 14 It shall pay off the debts and all the payable expenses on time according to the Specific Business Contract.

Article 15 The use of funds within the Specific Credit Line shall comply with the provisions of relevant laws and regulations and the provisions hereof and Specific Business Contract, and be subject to inspection by Party B at any time.

Article 16 Party A shall, within the credit extension period, submit true financial statements to Party B in a timely manner, and provide Party B with the information of main bank of deposit at home, bank account, deposit and loan balance and other relevant operating materials.

Article 17 Where Party A is a group customer recognized by Party B in accordance with Guides on Commercial Banks Management of Risks Involved in Credit Extension to Group Clients and other relevant laws and regulations, Party A shall, within the credit extension period, promptly report to Party B the affiliated transactions with net assets of more than 10%, including but not limited to:

 

4


(I) Connected relations among the parties to the transaction;

(II) Transaction project and transaction nature;

(III) Transaction amount or the corresponding proportion;

(IV) Pricing policy (including the transaction with no amount or only token amount);

(V) Laws and regulations or other circumstances required by Party B.

Article 18 If Party A provides guarantee for any third party within the credit extension period, it shall notify Party B in advance and its ability to repay debts to Party B on schedule shall not be affected.

Article 19 Within the credit extension period, Party A shall undertake the following notification obligations:

(1) If Party A changes its legal representative (principal) or legal person’s domicile or business place, or increases or decreases of registered capital, equity and major investment, it shall notify Party B within 15 days upon such change, and provide relevant information.

(2) During the credit extension period, if Party A involves any major litigation, arbitration or other judicial procedure or administrative penalty procedure, or in case of any major change in Party A’s business situation or financial situation, which may affect the realization of Party B’s creditor’s rights, Party A shall immediately notify Party B.

(3) During the credit extension period, if Party A adopts any form of asset reorganization such as merger, acquisition, division, or any form of contracting, leasing or other activities to change the management right of the enterprise, or undertakes activities to change its organizational structure and operating procedure, or applies for dissolution, bankruptcy or other termination of business activities, it shall notify Party B two months in advance and pay off all debts owed to Party B or fulfill the obligation of debt repayment.

Article 20 Party A’s violation of any provision under this agreement or any Specific Business Contract will constitute a breach of this agreement, in which case Party B shall be entitled to withdraw any funds under the Maximum Credit Line in advance, Reduce or Cancel the Unused Credit Line, and terminate this agreement and the Specific Business Contract.

Party A shall indemnify Party B for all losses caused by Party A’s breach of contract, including but not limited to all financing principal and interest and other payables (including but not limited to legal costs, preservation costs, auction costs and attorney’s fees).

Chapter 10 Execution of Agreement

Article 21 This agreement shall come into force upon being signed or sealed by the legal representatives (principals) of both parties or their authorized agents and affixed with their official seals.

Chapter 11 Dispute and Resolution

Article 22 Any dispute arising from the performance hereof shall be settled through friendly negotiation. If no agreement can be reached through negotiation, either party may bring a lawsuit to the court at the place where Party B is located.

Chapter 12 Entire Agreement

Article 23 Each Specific Business Contract signed between the parties pursuant to this agreement shall be a valid part hereof and constitute an integral part.

Article 24 If Party A fails to perform the obligations stipulated in any Specific Business Contract signed by Party A and Party B pursuant to this agreement, it shall be deemed as a breach hereof, in which case Party B may terminate this contract and withdraw all unexpired creditor’s rights in advance.

Article 25 Party A may, upon the consent of Party B, authorize all or part of the credit line hereunder to other entities and sign a relevant Specific Business Contract with Party B in the name of the authorized entity, of which the specific contents shall be subject to the Letter of Authorization for Use of Credit Line issued by Party A and approved by Party B.

Article 26 Party A need not specify the Specific Credit Line for the Specific Business mentioned in Article 3 in the Letter of Authorization for Use of Credit Line/Letter of Authorization for Use of Buy-back Guarantee Amount.

 

5


Article 27 In the Letter of Authorization for Use of Credit Line, Party A must specify whether the authorized entity may transfer the authorization.

Article 28 Any matters not covered herein may be separately agreed by a written agreement as an annex hereto. Any annex hereto is an integral part of this agreement and shall have the same legal effect as this agreement.

Chapter 13 Supplementary Provisions

Article 29 This credit extension agreement is made in quadruplicate, one for Party A and three for Party B, and all copies shall have equal legal effect.

Article 30 This agreement is signed in Shanghai on December 14, 2018.

Article31 Both parties agree to notarize this contract and undertake to make it enforceable. When Party A fails to perform or fully perform its obligations, or the circumstance that Party B realizes the creditor’s right stipulated by laws and regulations and the provisions hereof occurs, Party B shall be entitled to directly apply to the people’s court with jurisdiction for enforcement. Party A has no objection to Party B’s application for enforcement under this contract. (This clause is optional and the parties choose not to (or to) apply it in this contract.)

Article 32 If at any time, any provision hereof is or becomes illegal, invalid or unenforceable in any way, the legality, validity or enforceability of other provisions hereof shall not be affected or derogated from.

Article 33 In the event of bank acceptance under this agreement,                     /                         (insert the name of branch or institution designated for the branch) shall sign a Bank Acceptance Agreement. The Specific Business will be undertaken by                        (insert the name of branch or institution designated for the branch), and all rights and obligations thereunder shall be assumed by                        (insert the name of branch or institution designated for the branch). (This clause is optional and the parties agree that it is [2] in this contract. 1. applicable; 2. not applicable.)

 

Article 34 Miscellaneous:                                     /                                                                                                                                                                           

 

 

 

6


(This is the signature page of both parties, with no text)

Party A (Seal):

Shanghai ECMOHO Health Biotechnology Co., Ltd. (seal)

/s/ Wang Ying

Legal representative:

(Authorized agent)

Party B (seal): China Everbright Bank    

Legal representative (principal) :

(Authorized agent)

Special seal for loan contract of China Everbright Bank, Shanghai Pudong Sub-branch (seal)

/s/ Liu Hong

 

7


Verification time: 14:21:21, December 19th, 2018; Account number: ***; Account name: Shanghai ECMOHO Health Biotechnology Co., Ltd.; Certificate type: other non-secret certificates; Certificate number:         Security code: none; Verification operator (reviewer): 714212 Chen Li; The first seal (1, 1 official seal [others]): artificial and valid; the third seal (3, 3 personal seals): automatic and valid; Check code: ***

Letter of Commitment to Confirm Address of Service

I/We undertake(s) that in the event of any dispute arising from this contract/agreement, the parties agree to choose the address listed in the service method [1] below as the judicial service address. In case of any change to the following address, the bank shall be notified in writing, failing which shall be deemed as failure to change the address of judicial service.

[1] Address of service in writing: 1000 Tianyaoqiao Road, Xuhui District

[2] Address of service electronically (optional):

Facsimile No.:      

E-mail:   /      

WeChat: 

Made by: Wang Ying (seal)

Shanghai ECMOHO Health

Biotechnology Co., Ltd. (seal)

Date: December 14th, 2018

Verification time: 14:14:45, December 19th, 2018; Account number: ***; Account name: Shanghai ECMOHO Health Biotechnology Co., Ltd.; Certificate type: other non-secret certificates; Certificate number:    Security code: none; Verification operator (agent): 715571 Zhou Qian; The first seal (1, 1 official seal [others]): artificial and valid; the third seal (3, 3 personal seals): automatic and valid; Check code: ***

 

8


Note: This page is only for our filing, not for other parties.

The above signatures has been signed by two persons in person

Leading unit: /s/ Tian Xiaolei    Managing unit: /s/ Liu Hong

The signature and seal of this business contract are true by verification with the Reserved Seal Card for Contract Signature of the customer/the reserved seal at the time of account opening.

Operator:                         Reviewed by:                        

 

9


2018 Revision

No.: 3654012018016-1

Maximum Guarantee Contract

(A natural person as guarantor)

 

 

 

 

China Everbright Bank


Contents

 

Chapter 1    General Provisions
Chapter 2    Definitions
Chapter 3    Secured Main Creditor’s Right
Chapter 4    Mode of Guarantee
Chapter 5    Scope of Guarantee
Chapter 6    Guarantee Period
Chapter 7    Documents to be Submitted by the Guarantor
Chapter 8    Representations and Undertakings of the Guarantor
Chapter 9    Covenants of the Guarantor
Chapter 10    Nature and Effect of Guarantee
Chapter 11    Event of Default
Chapter 12    Miscellaneous
Chapter 13    Governing Laws and Dispute Resolution
Chapter 14    Entry into Force, Modification and Rescission
Chapter 15    Appendix
Chapter 16    Supplementary Provisions


Maximum Guarantee Contract

(A natural person as guarantor)

Guarantor: Wang Ying, Zeng Qingchun

ID Card No.:****, ****

Domicile:

Current address: ****

Post Code: ****

Tel.: ****

Fax:/

Authorized Agent: /

(Power of attorney signed by the Guarantor is required)

ID Card No. /

Domicile:

Current address:

Post Code:

Tel.:

Fax:

Grantor: China Everbright Bank, Shanghai Pudong Sub-branch

Domicile: No.630 Zhangyang Road

Post Code: 200000

Legal Representative/Person in Charge: Liu Hong

Authorized Agent: /

Operator: Tian Xiaolei

Tel.: 63795028

Fax: /

Chapter 1 General Provisions

In order to ensure the performance of the Comprehensive Credit Agreement No. 3654012018016, dated December 14, 2018, between Shanghai EOMOHO Health Biotechnology Co., Ltd. (hereinafter referred to as the “creditor receiver”) and the credit grantor (hereinafter referred to as the “Comprehensive Credit Agreement”), the guarantor is willing to provide the credit grantor with the maximum joint and several liability guarantee to secure the debtor’s repayment of the debt to be incurred by it under the Comprehensive Credit Agreement on time and in full.

 

1


Upon examination, the credit grantor agrees to accept the guarantee provided by the guarantor. In order to specify the rights and obligations of the guarantor and the credit grantor, this Contract is hereby made on the basis of equality and mutual benefit in accordance with the relevant laws and regulations of the State.

Chapter 2 Definitions

Article 1 Unless otherwise stated in the context or otherwise required by the terms of this Contract, for the purpose of this Contract:

Main contract: refers to the Comprehensive Credit Agreement concluded by and between the credit grantor and the credit receiver, and the specific credit business contract or agreement concluded by and between the credit grantor and the credit receiver with respect to each specific credit business under the Comprehensive Credit Agreement.

Specific credit business contract or agreement: refers to the single specific credit business contract or agreement concluded by the creditor grantor with the creditor receiver when the creditor grantor grants on-balance-sheet and off-balance-sheet credit issuance forms to the credit receiver in accordance with the Comprehensive Credit Agreement, including domestic and foreign currency loans, trade financing, discounting, acceptance, letter of credit, letter of guarantee, factoring, guarantee, etc.(collectively referred to as the “specific credit business”).

Chapter 3 Secured Main Creditor’s Right

Article 2 The main creditor’s right secured by the guarantor is the creditor’s right arising under all the specific credit business contracts or agreements concluded by the credit grantor and the creditor receiver in accordance with the Comprehensive Credit Agreement. The maximum principal balance of the secured main creditor’s right is RMB five million Yuan only.

Under the following circumstances, the creditor’s right of the main contract shall be determined:

(1) The period of determination of the creditor’s right as stipulated in the main contract expires;

(2) No new creditor’s right is likely to occur;

(3) The credit grantor and the creditor receiver terminate the main contract or the credit grantor and the guarantor terminate this Contract;

(4) The creditor receiver is declared bankrupt or is deregistered, revoked, cancelled, or dissolved;

(5) Other circumstances where the creditor’s right shall be determined as prescribed by law.

Chapter 4 Mode of Guarantee

Article 3 The guarantee provided by the guarantor hereunder is a joint and several liability guarantee.

Chapter 5 Scope of Guarantee

Article 4 The scope of guarantee hereunder includes: the debt principal, interest (including statutory interest, agreed interest and penalty interest), compound interest, handling fee, liquidated damages, damages, the cost of realizing the creditor’s right(including but not limited to litigation cost, attorney’s fee, notary fee, execution fee, etc.) and all other expenses payable to be repaid or paid by the credit receiver to the credit grantor under the main contract (collectively referred to as “the secured debt”).

 

2


Article 5 The credit grantor’s certificate proving any secured debt or any amount payable hereunder, unless there is any obvious error, shall be the final evidence of the debtor-creditor relationship between the parties and be binding upon the guarantor.

Chapter 6 Guarantee Period

Article 6 The guarantee period for each specific credit business under the Comprehensive Credit Agreement shall be calculated separately, and shall be two years from the expiry date of the debt performance deadline for the credit receiver as set forth in the specific credit business contract or agreement (if the specific credit business contract or agreement expires earlier due to statutory provisions or occurrence of any agreed event, the date of earlier expiration).

Chapter 7 Documents to be Submitted by the Guarantor

Article 7 The guarantor shall make sure that the credit grantor has received the following documents submitted by the guarantor before the credit receiver uses the specific credit business provided by the credit grantor under the main contract for the first time:

1. The original copy of this Contract duly signed by the guarantor or its/his/her authorized agent;

2. The identity certificate of the guarantor;

3. Asset certificate or other information proving the guarantor’s credit standing;

4. Other documents as reasonably required by the credit grantor.

If the above documents are photocopies, they shall be signed by the guarantor or its/his/her authorized signatory to confirm the authenticity, integrity and validity thereof.

Chapter 8 Representations and Undertakings of the Guarantor

Article 8 The guarantor hereby makes the following representations and undertaking to the credit grantor:

1. The guarantor is a natural person with full civil capacity, has full qualifications and rights to execute and perform this Contract, and is able to independently bear civil liability.

2. The guarantor has carefully read and fully understands and accepts the contents of the main contract and this Contract. The guarantor’s execution and performance of this Contract is out of his/her own free will, and all the intentions manifested by the guarantor hereunder are genuine.

3. All documents provided by the guarantor to the credit grantor are accurate, true, complete and valid, and the documents provided in the form of photocopy are consistent with the original.

4. The guarantor’s execution and performance of this Contract does not violate any other contract or agreement to which it is a party and any laws and regulations applicable to it. The guarantee hereunder shall not be restricted in any way.

 

3


5. In order to ensure the legality, validity, or enforceability of this Contract, the guarantor has completed or will complete all required registration, filing or notarization procedures.

6. This Contract is legal and valid and constitutes a legally binding obligation of the guarantor.

7. There are currently no litigation, arbitration or administrative proceedings that involve the guarantor and would have a material adverse effect on the guarantor’s financial condition or the guarantor’s ability to perform its obligations hereunder.

8. No event of default has occurred to or is existing on the part of the guarantor.

Article 9 The representations and undertakings of the guarantor above shall remain true and correct throughout the term of this Contract, and the guarantor shall provide further documents at required by the credit grantor from time to time.

Chapter 9 Covenants of the Guarantor

Article 10 Before full settlement of the secured debt, the guarantor shall comply with the following provisions:

1. The guarantor shall immediately notify the credit grantor of any of the following events:

(1) the occurrence of any event of default;

(2) Any litigation, arbitration or administrative proceeding involving the guarantor or the guarantor’s major assets;

(3) The significant decrease in the guarantor’s income, the loss of economic resources or other circumstance where the guarantor loses or may lose the ability to perform the debt obligations;

(4) Any change in the guarantor’s residential address and contact information.

2. During the term of this Contract, as long as the secured debt has not been fully settled, the guarantor may not sell, transfer, divide or otherwise dispose of any of its major assets unless the prior written consent of the credit grantor is obtained.

3. During the term of this Contract, the guarantor shall not seek recovery from or claim any right to the credit receiver with respect to any amount that it has paid on behalf of the credit receiver or any other creditor’s right it may have to the credit receiver before full settlement of the secured debt.

4. If the credit receiver fails to pay any secured debt due and payable as scheduled, the guarantor shall unconditionally pay such debt to the credit grantor on behalf of the credit receiver in such manner as required by the credit grantor within seven business days of the credit grantor from the date of receipt of the written notice of payment from the credit grantor.

5. If the guarantor fails to pay any amount hereunder on time as required by the credit grantor, the credit grantor shall have the right to directly deduct from any account opened by the guarantor at the credit grantor or any other branch within the credit grantor’s system without prior consent of the guarantor.

 

4


6. Upon request by the credit grantor, the guarantor shall immediately pay or compensate the creditor for the following fees and losses as required:

(1) all costs and expenses incurred by the credit grantor for the realization of the rights hereunder(including but not limited to the attorney’ fee, litigation fee, execution fee and all other actual expenses); and

(2) Any other loss caused to the credit grantor by the guarantor’s breach of this Contract.

Chapter 10 Nature and Effect of Guarantee

Article 11 The guarantee established herein is independent of any other guarantee obtained by the credit grantor for the secured debt. Before exercising the rights hereunder, the credit grantor is not required to execute any other guarantee it holds (whether it is real security or personal security), or take any other remedy to the creditor receiver or any other third party.

Chapter 11 Event of Default

Article 12 Each of the following events and matters shall constitute a breach of contract on the part of the guarantor under this Contract:

1. Any event of default under the main contract;

2. Any of the representations, undertakings or covenants made by the guarantor hereunder is regarded as incorrect or untrue;

3. Any part of the main contract is no longer sufficiently legal and valid for any reason whatsoever, or is terminated or restricted for any reason whatsoever;

4. Occurrence of major litigation, arbitration or administrative proceedings against the guarantor or its material assets;

5. The guarantor’s violation of other obligations hereunder or occurrence of other events that will seriously adversely affect the credit grantor’s rights hereunder as the credit grantor considers.

Article 13 Upon occurrence of any of the events of default above, the credit grantor shall have the right to take one or more of the following measures as appropriate:

1. Exercise the default remedies available to the credit grantor under the main contract and this Contract;

2. Require the guarantor to assume the guaranty liability in accordance with this Contract;

3. Exercise any other security interest that the credit grantor may have in respect of the secured debt.

 

5


Chapter 12 Miscellaneous

Article 14 The guarantor may not assign or otherwise dispose of all or part of its obligations hereunder without the prior consent of the credit grantor.

Article 15 Any grace, concession or moratorium granted by the credit grantor to the guarantor shall not affect, prejudice or restrict any rights available to the creditor grantor under this Contract and laws and regulations; nor shall it be deemed as the credit grantor’s waiver of the rights and interests hereunder, or shall it affect any responsibilities and obligations of the guarantor hereunder.

Article 16 If, at any time, any clause of this Contract is or becomes illegal, invalid or unenforceable in any respect, the legality, validity or enforceability of the remaining clauses of this Contract shall not be affected or impaired.

Article 17 Under this Contract, the guarantor shall pay the secured debt in full, and shall neither make any claim for set-off, nor attach any conditions.

Article 18 The notices and requests given by the parties to each other relating to this Contract shall be made in writing and sent to the address or fax of the party concerned set forth in the first page of this Contract. Either party shall notify the other party in a timely manner in case of any change in its address or fax.

The correspondences between the parties, if delivered by hand, shall be deemed to have been served after delivery; if sent by registered mail, shall be deemed to have been served three days after mailing; if sent by fax, shall be deemed to have been served when it is issued. However, the documents issued by the guarantor to the credit grantor shall be deemed to have been served after being actually received by the credit grantor.

Chapter 13 Governing Laws and Dispute Resolution

Article 19 This Contract and any matters covered herein shall be governed by and interpreted in accordance with the laws of the People’s Republic of China (excluding the laws of Hong Kong, Macao and Taiwan).

Article 20 Any disputes arising from the performance of this Contract or related to this Contract shall be settled through friendly negotiation by the parties. Should negotiation fails, either party may bring a lawsuit to the people’s court where the credit grantor is located in accordance with law.

Chapter 14 Entry into Force, Modification and Rescission

Article 21 This Contract shall enter into force upon being signed by the guarantor or its authorized agent and signed or sealed by the legal representative/principal or authorized agent of the credit grantor and affixed with the official seal or contract seal.

 

6


Article 22 After this Contract enters into effect, neither party may modify or rescind this Contract in advance. If necessary, the modification or rescission of this Contract shall be agreed upon by the guarantor and the credit grantor in writing. The terms of this Contract shall remain in force before the written agreement is reached by the guarantor and the credit grantor.

Chapter 15 Annexes

Article 23 Any matters not covered herein may be otherwise agreed upon by the guarantor and the credit grantor in the form of a written agreement, which shall constitute an annex to this Contract. The annexes to this Contract shall constitute an integral part of this Contract and have the same legal effect with this Contract.

Article 24 The annexes to this Contract include:

1./

2./

Chapter 16 Supplementary Provisions

Article 25 This Contract is made in four copies, with the guarantor holding one copy and the credit grantor holding three copies, which have the same the legal effect.

Article 26 The guarantor and the creditor have this Contract executed in Shanghai on December 14, 2018.

Article 27 The parties hereto agree to notarize this Contract and covenant to make this Contract enforceable. In the event of non-performance or partial non-performance of the debt on the part of the credit receiver or the guarantor or the circumstances for realization of the creditor’s rights and security interest on the part of the credit grantor as stipulated in laws and regulations and this Contract, the credit grantor shall have the right to directly apply for enforcement to the people’s court with jurisdiction. The credit receiver and the guarantor have no objection to the credit grantor’s application for enforcement under this Contract. (This clause is optional and the parties agree that it is [2] in this contract. 1. applicable; 2. not applicable)

 

7


(Signature page to follow)

/s/ Wang Ying

/s/ Zeng Qingchun

The guarantor or its/his/her authorized agent(Signature):

Credit grantor (Seal):

Legal representative (principal) :

(Authorized agent)

Special seal for loan contract of China Everbright Bank, Shanghai Pudong Branch (seal)

/s/                             

 

8


Letter of Commitment to Confirm Address of Service

I/we undertake to agree to take the address listed in the following [1] delivery method as the judicial service address in the event of any dispute arising from this Contract/Agreement (No.: 3654012018016-1) between the parties. In case of any change in the following address, I/we shall notify the bank in writing; otherwise it shall be deemed that the judicial service address has not been changed.

[1] Address for service of process: 2&3F, No. 1000, Tianyaoqiao Road

[2] Address of service electronically (optional):

Facsimile No.:      

E-mail:   /      

WeChat:  

Made by: /s/ Wang Ying

/s/ Zeng Qingchun

Time:

Agreement/Contract No.: 3654012018016-1

Note: This page is only used for filing at our bank and will not be sent to the other party.

The seals of the above-mentioned Zoe Wang, Leo Zeng have been affixed by them respectively in person. The verifier certifies that what is stated above is true and valid, free of any false records.

Verifier(Signature):/s/ Tian Xiaolei                                                                                  Affiliated unit:/s/            

Verifier(Signature):/s/ Qian Leili                                                                                                        Affiliated unit:

 

9


Position:        ☐Branch underwriting position    Position:        ☑Branch underwriting position
                      ☑Account Manager                          ☐Account Manager
                      ☐                              ☐    

 

Verification time:    Verification time:

Please use the following account for verification:

☐ Account number stated in this Contract

☐ Contract Signature/Seal Specimen Card verification system account number:

The signature/seal in this business contract is identical with the client’s Contract Signature/Seal Specimen Card/the specimen signature/seal given at the time of opening the account

Date:                                          Operator:                                          Reviewed by:                                        

 

10

Exhibit 10.34

Loan Agreement

Party A (Lender): Shanghai Focus Brand Management Co., Ltd.

Address: 17/F, 558 East Daming Road

Tel.: 021-63055858

Party B (Borrower): Shanghai ECMOHO Health Biotechnology Co., Ltd.

Address: 3/F, No.1000 Tianyaoqiao Road

Tel.: 64172213

Party C (Guarantor): Wang Ying

ID No.: ****

Domicile: ****

Tel.: ****

Party A and Party B hereby agree as follows upon negotiations in principles of voluntariness, equality and sincerity.

I. Amount: Party B borrows RMB5,000,000 from Party A (in words: RMB Five Million).

II. Purpose: for purchase.

III. Interest: the interest rate is 12% per annum and shall be settled upon repayment of the principal.

IV. Term: the loan term is from October 22, 2018 to October 21, 2019. If the actual release date is not the date mentioned above, the actual date shall prevail. After receiving the loan, Party B shall issue a receipt, which is an attachment hereto and bears the same legal effect as the Agreement.

V. Party A shall transfer the money borrowed into Party B’s account by way of transfer.

Borrower: Shanghai ECMOHO Health Biotechnology Co., Ltd.

Account No.: ****

Bank of deposit: Shanghai Jianguo West Road Branch of Industrial and Commercial Bank of China

VI. Undertakings:

1. The Borrower must use the loan in accordance with the purposes stipulated herein and may not use it for other purposes, or for illegal activities. Otherwise, Party A has the right to request Party B to pay the principal and interest immediately, with the legal consequences arising therefrom being borne by Party B.

2. The Borrower shall repay the principal and pay the interest by the deadline specified in the Agreement. For any delay, the Borrower has the right to recover.

3. Party A may, within one month prior to the loan term, send a notice to withdraw the loan and calculate the interest according to the actual number of days.

4. Party B’s Guarantor (Party C) Wang Ying having an ID card of No. ****, in order to ensure the performance hereof, is jointly and severally liable for the principal and interest repayment with Party B.

VII. Liability for breach

1. If Party B fails to repay the loan in accordance with the Agreement, Party B shall bear liquidated damages and attorney fees, litigation costs, travel expenses and other expenses arising from litigation.

2. Where Party A deems that the Borrower falls into or may fall into any circumstance influencing repayment capacity, Party A will be entitled to recover the loan in advance, the Borrower shall repay the loan in time, and the Borrower and the Guarantor shall not demur on any ground.

VIII. Disputes settlement: disputes arising during the performance hereof will be settled by the Parties through friendly negotiation and may also be mediated by a third party. Where negotiation or mediation fails, a lawsuit may be lodged with the people’s court according to the law where Party A is located.

IX. The Agreement will come into force when the Parties sign it. The Agreement is made in two copies of the same legal effect, respectively one for each party.


Party A (Signature and seal):

 

Legal representative:

Shanghai Focus Brand
Management Co., Ltd. (Seal)

 

/s/ Xu Li

  

Party B (Signature and seal):

 

Legal representative:

Shanghai ECMOHO Health
Biotechnology Co., Ltd. (Seal)

 

/s/ Wang Ying

  

Party C (Signature)

/s/ Wang Ying

Signed on: Date    Signed on: October 22, 2018    Signed on: October 22, 2018

Exhibit 10.35

2018 version

China Merchants Bank Co., Ltd.

Shanghai Branch

Credit Agreement

(Applicable to the case where no loan contract is separately signed for the working capital loan)

 

1


Credit Agreement

(Applicable to the case where no loan contract is separately signed for the working capital loan)

No.: 9602190301

Creditor: China Merchants Bank Co., Ltd. Shanghai Tianyaoqiao Sub-branch (hereinafter referred to as “Party A”)

Main responsible person: Zhu Haoping

Credit Applicant: Shanghai ECMOHO Health Biotechnology Co., Ltd. (hereinafter referred to as “Party B”)

Legal representative / main responsible person: Wang Ying

Upon application by Party B, Party A agrees that it will provide credit to Party B for use by Party B. Party A and Party B have reached the Agreement in accordance with the relevant laws with respect to the following articles after mutual negotiation.

Article 1 Credit line

1.1 Party A provides the amount in an currency equal to RMB 15 million(including other market equivalents, with the exchange rate converted according to the foreign exchange rate announced by Party A when the specific business actually occurs, including the circulating credit line and/or one-time line).

The category of credit business under the credit line includes but is not limited to, loan/order loan, trade financing, bill discounting, commercial bill acceptance, commercial acceptance bill security, international/domestic guarantee, customs tax payment guarantee, corporate account overdraft, derivative transaction, and gold lease and other one or more credit business.

The circulating line refers to the maximum amount of the sum of the principal balances of one or more of the credit business mentioned in the preceding article that Party A provides to Party B during the credit period.

The one-time credit line refers that the cumulative amount of various credit businesses mentioned in the preceding article provided by Party A during the credit period shall not exceed the amount of one-time credit line stipulated in the Agreement. Party B shall not re-use the one-time credit line; the corresponding amount of the multiple credit services applied by Party B shall occupy the one-time credit line until they completely occupy the line accumulatively.

“Trade financing” includes but is not limited to international/domestic letters of credit, import bill advance, delivery guarantees, import collection and bills, packaged loans, export negotiation, export negotiations, export collection bills, import/export remittance financing, credit insurance financing, factoring, bill payment and other business varieties.

 

2


1.2 If Party A handles the import factoring and domestic buyer factoring business with Party B as the payer, Party A’s account receivables accepted from Party B in this business shall occupy the above credit line; if Party B applies to Party A for handling the domestic seller’s factoring or export factoring business, the basic acquisition amount (basic acquisition amount) provided by Party A to Party B with its own funds or other funds of legal source in this business occupies the above credit line.

1.3 Party A, according to the needs of its internal procedures, entrusts other branches of China Merchants Bank to open the letter of credit to the beneficiary after opening the Letter of Credit. The opening of certificate and the documentary bills and delivery guarantee business occurring thereunder occupy the above credit line;

When opening the import license business, if the import bill is actually incurred after the same letter of credit, the opening license for import and the import bill advance will occupy the same amount at different stages. That is to say, when the import bill advance business occurs, the amount recovered after the letter of credit is used for overseas payment is used to handle the import bill advance, which is regarded as the same amount of occupying the original opening license for import.

1.4 The credit line does not include the portion of the credit amount corresponding to the margin or pledge guarantee of deposit receipt provided by Party B or third party under the Agreement for a single specific business, the same as below.

1.5 Where the specific business under (fill out the text name of the Agreement) with No. / signed by and between Party A (or Party A’s affiliated institutions) or / and Party B have an unliquidated balance, it will be automatically included in the Agreement, and directly occupy the credit line under the Agreement.

Article 2 Credit period

The credit period is 12 months, from March 18, 2019 to March 17, 2020. Party B shall submit an application for use of credit to Party A during the period, and Party A shall not accept the application for use of credit submitted by Party B beyond the due date of the credit period, unless otherwise provided in the Agreement.

Article 3 Use of credit lines

3.1 Type and scope of line

The type of credit line under the Agreement (circulating line or one-time line) and the applicable types of credit service, the amount of credit line corresponding to each type of credit service, whether the various types of credit service are adjustable, and the specific conditions of use are subject to the approval of Party A. If Party A makes adjustments to Party A’s the original approval opinions according to the application of Party B during the credit period, the subsequent approval opinions issued by Party A constitute supplements and changes to the original approval opinions, and so on.

3.2 The specific business agreement (whether a single agreement/application or a framework agreement) signed by Party A and Party B with respect to various specific businesses under the credit constitutes an integral part of the Agreement and jointly agree the arrangement for rights and obligation involved in the specific business.

 

3


Party B shall apply for the sum under the credit line one by one and submit the materials requested by Party A, which shall be examined and approved one by one. Party A has the right to comprehensively consider whether to agree in combination with the internal management requirements and the operation of Party B, and has the right to unilaterally refuse Party B’s application for use without bearing any form of legal responsibility for Party B. In the event of any inconsistency between this article and other articles, the agreement in this article shall prevail.

The business elements such as the specific amount, term, interest rate, fee and use of each loan or other credit are determined by the specific business agreement, the relevant business documents confirmed by Party A, and the business records of Party A’s system.

3.3 If Party B applies for a working capital loan within the credit line, Party A and Party B need not separately sign the Loan Contract. When Party B applies for the payment, it shall submit the withdrawal application, the loan note and the information submitted by Party B according to the different requirements of self-payment and entrusted payment (the application, loan note, etc. may be affixed with Party B’s seal in Party A or other ways approved by Party A). Party A shall approve the application one by one. The actual release amount, the period of termination, the purpose, and the interest rate and other matters of each withdrawal shall be subject to the loan note and the business records of Party A’s system. The loan note and the contents not stated in Party A’s system are still subject to the Agreement.

The withdrawal application, loan note and business records of Party A’s system constitute an integral part of the Agreement.

3.4 Each loan or other credit within the credit line shall be determined according to the business needs of Party B and the business management regulations of Party A. The due date of specific business may be later than the due date of the credit period (except as otherwise requested by Party A).

☐ 3.5 During the credit period, Party A shall have the right to conduct an assessment of Party B’s operation and financial status on a regular basis each year, and adjust the credit line available to Party B in conjunction with the assessment (if it is subject to this article, you can choose ✓ in ☐).

Article 4 Provisions on loan interest rate of working capital

4.1 The interest rate of any loan under the Agreement shall be defined by Party B in the corresponding withdrawal application and determined upon examined and approved by Party A. If it is inconsistent with the loan note, the loan note shall prevail.

4.2 Party A has the right to adjust the floating proportion and/or basic point of working capital loans regularly or irregularly in accordance with changes in relevant national policies, changes in domestic credit market prices or changes in Party A’s own credit policies. Once Party A decides to adjust, it shall notify Party B in advance. The adjustments shall take effect after Party A notifies Party B. The relevant loans newly drawn by Party B and the specific floating proportions and/or basic points of the outstanding loans before the notice takes effect are not determined in accordance with Party A’s notice.

In the event of any conflict or inconsistency between the article and any other agreements of the Agreement, the article shall prevail.

 

4


4.3 If Party B fails to use the loan as agreed, the part that is not used according to the agreed purpose shall be subject to 100% interest-bearing on the basis of the original interest rate from the date of change of use. The original interest rate is the interest rate applicable before the loan is changed.

If Party B fails to repay the loan on time, its outstanding portion shall be subject to 50% interest-bearing on the basis of the original interest rate from the date of (overdue loan interest rate). The original interest rate refers to the interest rate applicable before the loan maturity date (including the date of acceleration of maturity) (if the interest rate is the floating interest rate, it will be the last floating period before the loan maturity date (including the date of acceleration of maturity).

If the loan is overdue at the same time and is not used as the agreed use, the interest will be calculated at the higher one as stated above.

4.4 During the loan period, if the People’s Bank of China adjusts the loan interest rate, it will be implemented in accordance with the relevant regulations of the People’s Bank of China.

4.5 Loan interest shall be calculated based on the actual loan amount and the actual number of days occupied from the date of the loan into Party B’s account. Each interest shall be calculated once, and the interest-bearing date shall be the 20th day of the last month of each quarter. The conversion of the daily interest rate is carried out in accordance with the relevant regulations of the People’s Bank of China or international practices.

If the loan maturity date is a holiday or festival, the loan is automatically extended to the first working day after the holiday or festival, and the interest is calculated according to the actual number of days of loan funds.

4.6 Party B shall pay interest on the date of each interest-bearing day, and Party A may directly deduct the money from Party B’s any account in China Merchants Bank. If Party B fails to pay interest on time, it shall calculate the interest rate for the payable but unpaid interest at the overdue loan interest rate stipulated in the article.

Article 5 Guarantee Clause

5.1 All debts owed by Party B to Party A under the Agreement shall be jointly and severally guaranteed by Wang Ying, Zeng Qingchun and Shanghai Tong Gou Information Technology Co., Ltd., which shall issue a separate Letter of Guarantee to Party A. And/or

5.2 All debts owed by Party B to Party A under the Agreement shall be

Mortgaged (pledged) with the property that it is entitled to dispose of according to law, the Parties shall sign a separate guarantee contract.

If the Guarantor fails to sign the guarantee text and complete the guarantee procedures in accordance with the provisions of this article (including where the debtor of accounts receivable raise a plea against the accounts receivable before the pledge of the accounts receivable), Party A has the right to refuse to provide credit to Party B.

 

5


5.3 In the case that the mortgagor provides a real estate mortgage guarantee for all debts owed by Party B to Party A under the Agreement, if Party B shall immediately inform Party A if it knows that the collateral has been or may be included in the government demolition and collection plan, and urges the mortgagor to continuously provide guarantees for Party B’s debts in accordance with the mortgage contract with the compensation goods provided by the demolition party and complete the corresponding guarantee procedures in a timely manner, or take other safeguard measures approved by Party A as required by Party A.

In case the collateral has the above circumstances, if the guarantee needs to be reset or other safeguard measures are taken, the relevant expenses incurred shall be borne by the mortgagor, and Party B shall be jointly and severally liable for the expenses. Party A has the right to deduct these fees directly from Party B’s account.

Article 6 Party B’s rights and obligations

6.1 Party B has the following rights:

6.1.1 it has the right to require Party A to provide loans or other credits within the credit line in accordance with the conditions stipulated in the Agreement;

6.1.2 it has right to use the credit line as stipulated in the Agreement;

6.1.3 It has the right to require Party A to keep confidential the production, operation, property, account and other conditions provided by Party B, except as otherwise provided by laws and regulations or otherwise required by the regulatory body;

6.1.4 After obtaining the consent of Party A, it has the right to transfer the debt to a third party.

6.2 Party B shall bear the following obligations:

6.2.1 it shall truly provide documents and materials (including but not limited to providing their true financial books/statements and annual financial reports in accordance with the cycle required by Party A, major decisions on production, operation and management, and materials on change withdrawals/ use of money, information related to collateral, etc.) required by Party A, as well as all bank of deposit, account numbers and balance of deposits and loans, and cooperate with Party A’s investigation, review and inspection;

6.2.2 It shall be subject to Party A’s supervision over its use of credited funds and related production, operation and financial activities;

6.2.3 Loans and/or other credits shall be used in accordance with the Agreement and the agreed and/or promised purposes of each specific contract;

6.2.4 The principal and interest of loans, advances and other credited debts shall be repaid in full and on time in accordance with the Agreement and various specific contracts;

6.2.5 If all or part of the debts under the Agreement are transferred to a third party, it shall obtain the written consent from Party A;

6.2.6 Under the following circumstances, Party B shall immediately notify Party A and actively cooperate with Party A to implement the safeguard measures for the safe repayment of the principal and interest of loans, advances and other credited debts as well as all related expenses under the Agreement:

6.2.6.1 A major financial loss, asset loss or other financial crisis occurs;

6.2.6.2 Provide loans or guarantees to any third party, or provide the mortgage (pledge) guarantee with their own property (rights)

 

6


6.2.6.3 In the event of suspension of business, revocation or cancellation of business license, application or application for bankruptcy, dissolution, etc.;

6.2.6.4 A major crisis in the operation or finance of its controlling shareholders and other affiliates affects its normal operation;

6.2.6.5 If the related-party transaction between the controlling shareholders and other affiliates has the amount reaching more than 10% of the net assets of Party B;

6.2.6.6 Any litigation, arbitration or criminal or administrative punishment that has a material adverse effect on its business or property status;

6.2.6.7 There are other significant events that may affect their ability to pay their debts.

6.2.7 Do not succumb to the management and recourse of their due claims, or dispose of existing primary properties in a non-reimbursable and other improper manner.

6.2.8 Party B must obtain the written consent of Party A before major matters such as consolidation (merger), separation, restructuring, joint venture (cooperation), transfer of property right (equity), stock system reform, foreign investment and increase in debt financing.

6.2.9 Party B shall (tick “✓“ at ☐) in accordance with the requirements of Party A:

☒ insure the core assets and designate Party A as the first-ranked beneficiary;

☒ it may not sell or mortgage the /assets designated by Party A before the credited debts are settled;

☒ The dividends paid to its shareholders before the credited debts are settled are subject to the following restrictions as required by Party A:

                                                                      /                                                                                                      

☒ Others:                                                                  /                                                                                          

6.2.10 In the case of dynamic pledge of accounts receivable, Party B guarantees that the credit balance at any time during the credit period is less than z% of the balance of the pledged accounts receivable; otherwise, Party B must provide new accounts receivable approved by Party A for pledge or deposit of margin until the balance of the pledged accounts receivable × / % + effective margin > credit balance.

6.2.11 Under the case of Party B providing the pledge of margin, if the balance of the margin account is insufficient to offset the amount of the specific business amount is /% due to fluctuations in exchange rate, Party B is obliged to add the margin of corresponding amount or other guarantee as required by Party A.

6.2.12 Ensure that the sales payment under the import item is returned from the designated account of Party A; under the export negotiation, Party A will transfer the notes and/or documents under the letter of credit.

 

7


Article 7 Party A’s rights and obligations

7.1 Party A has the following rights:

7.1.1 Have the right to request Party B to return the principal and interest of the loan, advance and other credited debts under the Agreement and the specific contract in full and on time;

7.1.2 Have the right to request Party B to provide information related to the use of its credit line;

7.1.3 Have the right to know the production , operation and financial activities of Party B;

7.1.4 Have the right to supervise the use of loans and/or other credits by Party B in accordance with the purposes agreed in the Agreement and the specific contracts; have the right to directly suspend or limit the Bank’s online banking function of Party B’s account (including but not limited to the restrictions such as closing the online banking, presetting the payment object list / single payment limit / staged payment limit ), limiting the sale of settlement documents, or limiting the payment and exchange function of non-counter channels such as telephone banking and mobile banking of Party B’s account as needed by the business;

7.1.5 after accepting Party B’s application for the opening of the letter of credit, have the right to entrust other branches of China Merchants Bank located at the beneficiary’s place to issue the Letter of Credit to the beneficiary according to the needs of its internal processes;

7.1.6 Have the right to directly deduct the money from the account opened by Party B at any institution of China Merchants Bank, to repay the debts owed by Party B under the Agreement and each specific contract (when the credited debts is not expressed in RMB, it has the right to directly return the credit principal and interest and expenses from the RMB accounts of Party B according to the exchange rate published by Party A at the time of deduction.

7.1.7 Have the right to transfer its claims to which Party B is entitled and has the right to notify Party B of the transfer in the manner it deems appropriate, including but not limited to fax, post, personal delivery, announcement in the public media, etc., and require Party B to repay;

7.1.8 Have the right to supervise the account of Party B and entrust other institutions of China Merchants Bank other than Party A to supervise Party B’s account, and control the payment of loan funds according to the loan use and payment scope agreed by the Parties;

7.1.9 Other rights under the Agreement.

7.2 Party A undertakes the following obligations:

7.2.1 Release the loans or other credits to Party B within the credit line in accordance with the conditions stipulated in the Agreement and each specific contract;

7.2.2 Party B’s assets, finance, production and operation shall be kept confidential, except as otherwise provided by laws and regulations and by the regulatory body.

 

8


Article 8 Party B specifically guarantees the following matters

8.1 Party B is formally established and legally existing under the laws of China. Entities with legal personality. Its procedures for registration and annual report publicity are true, legal and valid, and it have sufficient civil capacity to sign and perform the Agreement;

8.2 The signing and performance of the Agreement has been fully authorized by the Board of Directors or any other authorized institution;

8.3 The documents, materials, and vouchers provided by Party B regarding Party B, the Guarantor, the mortgagor (the pledger), and the collateral (pledge) are true, accurate, complete and valid, without any major errors or omissions that are inconsistent with the facts;

8.4 Strictly abide by the specific business agreements and the various letters and related documents issued to Party A;

8.5 There were no lawsuits, arbitrations or criminal or administrative punishment that may have significant adverse consequences for Party B or Party B’s main property at the time of signing the Agreement, and such litigation, arbitration or criminal or administrative punishment will not occur during the execution of the Agreement. If the above occur, , Party B shall immediately notify Party A;

8.6 Strictly abide by the laws and regulations of the State in business activities, carry out various business in strict accordance with the business scope stipulated by the business license of Party B or approved according to law, and go through the formalities for annual check of registration and the procedures for renewal /extension of the business period on time;

8.7 Maintain or improve the existing management level, ensure the preservation and appreciation of existing assets, do not waive any outstanding claims, and do not dispose of existing major assets by unpaid or other improper means;

8.8 Without the permission of Party A, Party B shall not pay off other long-term debts in advance, and / or / ;

Party B guarantees that the financial indicators of Party B during the period of working capital loan are not lower than the following requirements:

                                                                                              /                                                                                  

8.9 At the time of signing and performing the Agreement, Party B did not have any other major events affecting the performance of Party B’s obligations under the Agreement.

8.10 Under the credit, the loan project applied for meets the requirements of laws and regulations, is not used for investment in fixed assets, equity, etc., and is not legally used for speculative buying and selling of securities, futures and real estate, is not used for mutual borrowing for illegal income; not used in areas and uses prohibited by the state for production or operation; not used for purposes other than those specified in the Agreement and the withdrawal application;

If the loan fund is paid by the Borrower’s self-payment method, Party B shall summarize and report the payment of loan fund to Party A on a regular basis (at least on a monthly basis). Party A has the right to pass account analysis, certificate inspection, on-site investigation, etc.

 

9


Way to check whether the loan payment is in accordance with the agreed purpose.

8.11 /                

Article 9 Special provisions on working capital loans

9.1 Withdrawals and payments

The method of using working capital loans by Party B under the Agreement includes self-payment and entrusted payment.

9.1.1 Self payment

The self-payment is that, after Party A releases the loan funds to Party B’s account according to the withdrawal application of Party B, Party B will independently pay Party B’s counterparty in accordance with the agreed use of the Agreement.

9.1.2 Entrusted payment

The entrusted payment is that, Party A, based on Party B’s withdrawal application and payment entrustment, pays the loan funds from Party B’s account to Party B’s counterparty in accordance with the agreed use. For the loan funds using the entrusted payment method, Party B authorizes Party A to pay the loan funds to Party B’s counterparty from Party B’s account on the day of releasing the loan (or the next working day after the loan is released).

9.1.3 Party B shall use the full-amount entrusted payment method unconditionally under the following circumstances;

9.1.3.1 Party B’s single withdrawal exceeds RMB 5 million (including, or equivalent in foreign currency);

9.1.3.2 Party A requires Party B to adopt the method of entrusted payment according to regulatory requirements or for risk management and control needs.

9.1.4 If the entrusted payment is adopted, the external payment it shall be approved by Party A after the loan is released. Party B shall not evade Party A’s supervision by means of online banking, reversing the cheque, and breaking up the whole into parts.

9.2 Early repayment

9.2.1 If Party B applies for early repayment, it shall submit a written application to Party A 7 working days before the date of planned early repayment, and pay Party A the liquidated damages for early repayment. Early repayment of liquidated damages = amount of early repayment × proportion of liquidated damages (/ %). After Party A reviewed and approved Party B’s application for early repayment, Party B shall pay Party A the early repayment of liquidated damages in full within the time required by Party A; otherwise, Party A still has the right to refuse Party B’s application for early repayment. Party A is entitled to but not obliged to properly deduct and exempt the liquidated damages of Party B’s early repayment in accordance with factors such as the remaining period of the loan at the time of Party B’s early repayment.

9.2.2 Where Party B repay the loan in advance, the interest rate shall still be calculated in accordance with the Agreement, and the interest payable shall be calculated according to the actual loan term.

 

10


9.3 Loan extension

When Party B cannot repay the loan under the Agreement on time and needs to the loan extension, it shall submit a written application to Party A one month before the relevant loan expires; if Party A approves the extension upon the review, Party A and Party B shall sign the extension agreement separately. If Party A disagree on the extension, the borrowings and interest payables already occupied by Party B shall be repaid in accordance with the Agreement and the receipt for corresponding borrowings.

☐ 9.4 Special loan account (if applicable, please mark “✓” at “☐”)

The release and payment of all loan funds under the Agreement must be processed through the following accounts:

Account name: Shanghai ECMOHO Health Biotechnology Co., Ltd.

Account No.: ****

Bank of deposit: China Merchants Bank Co., Ltd. Shanghai Tianyaoqiao Sub-branch.

9.5 Monitor of Party B’s loan account

9.5.1 Party A and Party B agree to designate the following account for Party B’s fund withdrawal account:

Account name: Shanghai ECMOHO Health Biotechnology Co., Ltd.

Account No.: ****

Bank of deposit: China Merchants Bank Co., Ltd. Shanghai Tianyaoqiao Sub-branch.

9.5.2 The account monitoring requirements are listed as follows:                  /        

Party A has the right to recover the loan in advance according to the withdrawal of funds from Party B. That is, when the account has funds withdrawn, the loan corresponding to the amount of the funds withdrawn will be considered as early due, and Party A has the right to deduct the funds directly from the account to repay the loan;

9.6 Party B shall provide the receipts and payments of the funds of the above account on a quarterly basis, and cooperate with Party A in monitoring the relevant accounts and funds withdrawn.

Article 10 Event of default and handling

10.1 If Party B occurs in one of the following circumstances, it shall be deemed that an event of default has occurred:

10.1.1 Where Party B fails to perform or violates the obligations set forth in the Agreement;

10.1.2 Where the statement about guarantees in the Agreement are untrue or incomplete, or Party B violates the requirements of this article and fails to make correction according to Party A’s requirements;

10.1.3 Where the loan is not withdrawn or used in accordance with the Agreement, or if the funds of funds withdrawal account fails to be used as required by Party A, or do not accept Party A’s supervision and do not make correction immediately according to Party A’s request;

10.1.4 Where Party B has a major breach of contract under a legally valid contract with other creditors and has not been successfully resolved within three months from the date of default.

 

11


The above-mentioned major breach of contract means that Party B’s creditors have the right to claim compensation amount of RMB/10,000 or more due to its default.

10.1.5 Party B’s new three board listings encountered major obstacles or suspension of listing applications; new three board market issued a warning letter, ordered corrections, restrictions on securities account transactions and other self-regulatory measures to Party B for more than three times or was given a disciplinary punishment and terminated for listing.

10.1.6 There are other situations in which Party A believes that it has damaged the legitimate rights and interests of Party A.

10.2 If the Guarantor has one of the following circumstances, Party A believes that it may affect the Guarantor’s ability to guarantee, so it requires the Guarantor to exclude the adverse impact caused by it, or requires Party B to increase or replace the guarantee condition. If the Guarantor and Party B fail to cooperate, it shall be deemed as having the default event:

10.2.1 Where any circumstance similar to that described in Article 6.2.6 of the Agreement occurs, or Party A’s consent is not obtained when the circumstances described in Article 6.2.8 occur;

10.2.2 When the irrevocable Letter of Guarantee is issued, its actual ability to assume the guarantee responsibility is concealed, or the authorization of the competent authority is not obtained;

10.2.3 Party B fails to go through the annual inspection registration procedures and the extension of the business period/extension procedures;

10.2.4 Be negligent in managing and recovering its due claims, or to dispose of existing major assets by unpaid or other improper means;

10.2.5 The Guarantor fails to perform or violates the obligations stipulated in the Letter of Guarantee/commitment issued by it.

10.3 If the mortgagor (or pledgor) has one of the following circumstances, Party A believes that the mortgage (or pledge) may not be established or the collateral (or pledge) is lack of value, which requires the mortgagor (or pledgor) to exclude the adverse effect arising therefrom, or requires Party B to increase or replace the guarantee conditions, and the mortgagor (or the pledgor) and Party B fail to cooperate, it shall be deemed that the breach of contract has occurred:

10.3.1 There is no ownership or disposition right of the collateral (or pledge), or there is a dispute over the ownership;

10.3.2 The collateral (or pledge) has been leased, seized, detained, supervised, has legal prior priority (including but not limited to priority of construction project payment), and/or the above situation have been concealed;

10.3.3 The mortgagor shall, without the prior written consent of Party A, arbitrarily transfer, lease, re-collateralize or dispose of the collateral in any other improper manner, or use the proceeds from disposal of the collateral to repay the debts owed by Party B to Party A without the written consent of Party A.;

 

12


10.3.4 The mortgagor does not properly keep, maintain and repair the collateral, as a result, the value of the collateral is obviously damaged; or the mortgagor’s behavior directly jeopardizes the collateral, resulting in a decrease in the value of the collateral; or the mortgagor does not insure the collateral at the request of Party A during the mortgage period;

10.3.5 The collateral has been or may be included in the scope of government demolition and collection, and the mortgagor fails to immediately informed Party A and fulfilled the relevant obligations as stipulated in the mortgage contract;

10.3.6 Where the mortgagor uses its mortgage real estate at China Merchants Bank to provide the residual value guarantee for the business under the Agreement, before the Party B pays off the credit under the Agreement, the mortgagor settles its personal mortgage loans in advance without the consent of Party A;

10.3.7 Where the mortgagor (or pledgor) fails to perform or violates the obligations stipulated in the guarantee contract/ letter of commitment signed by it.

10.4 When the guarantee under the Agreement includes the pledgor of the accounts receivable, the debtor of the accounts receivable has obviously deteriorated operation, transferred the property/surreptitiously withdrawn funds to avoid the debt, colluded with the pledgor of the accounts receivable to change the return path, resulting in the returns of accounts receivable does not enter the special account of returns, lose business reputation, lose or may lose the ability to perform the contract or other major events affecting its solvency, Party A has the right to request Party B to provide corresponding guarantee or provide new effective accounts receivable for pledge; if Party B fails to do so, it is deemed that an event of default has occurred.

10.5 In the event of any of the above default event, Party A shall take the following measures, separately or simultaneously:

10.5.1 Cut down the credit line under the Agreement, or stop the use of the remaining credit line;

10.5.2 Recover the principal and interest of the loan that have been issued within the credit line in advance and related expenses;

10.5.3 For the bill of exchange accepted or the Letter of Credit, Letter of Guarantee, and delivery guarantee letter opened by Party A during the credit period, Party A may request Party B to increase the deposit regardless of whether Party A has advanced the payment, or transfer the deposits of Party B’s other accounts opened at Party A to its margin account as a deposit for the settlement of Party A’s advances under the Agreement, or hand over the corresponding funds to a third party for deposit as Party A’s margin advanced for Party B.

10.5.4 For Party A’s claims of unliquidated accounts receivable transferred from Party B under factoring business, Party A has the right to require Party B to immediately fulfill the repurchase obligations and take other recovery measures in accordance with the relevant specific business agreements; Party A’s claims to Party B’s accounts receivable accepted under factoring business have the right to immediately seek recourse from Party B.

10.5.5 Party A may also directly request Party B to provide other property acceptable to Party A as a new guarantee, if Party B fails to provide new guarantee as required, Party B shall bear the liquidated damages equivalent to __% of the credit line under the Agreement.

 

13


10.5.6 directly freeze/deduct the deposits of any settlement account and/or other accounts opened by Party B at China Merchants Bank;

10.5.7 For the working capital loan under the credit line, change the entrusted payment conditions for loan fund, and cancel the use of the loan by Party B in a “self-paying” manner;

10.5.8 Seek recourse in accordance with the Agreement.

10.6 For the funds requisitioned by Party A, the repayment shall be made in the order from the last to the first in accordance with the actual maturity date of each credit. The specific order of repayment of each credit shall be settled in the order of expenses, liquidated damages, compound interest, penalty interest, interest, and principal of credit, until all principal and interest as well as all related expenses are paid off.

Party A has the right to unilaterally adjust the above repayment order, unless otherwise required by laws and regulations.

Article 11 Alteration and dissolution of the Agreement

The Agreement may be changed and dissolved by Party A with written agreement through mutual consultation. The Agreement is still valid until a written agreement is reached. Neither party may unilaterally change, modify or revoke the Agreement without authorization.

Article 12 Miscellaneous

12.1 During the period when the Agreement come into force, Party A shall not injure, influence or limit Party A’s relevant laws in accordance with any tolerance, grace or delay in the execution of Party B’s rights or rights in Party B’s breach of contract or delay. The provisions and the Agreement shall be deemed as a licensee’s license or recognition of any breach of the Agreement, and shall not be deemed as Party A’s right to waive action against existing or future breaches.

12.2 Party B shall be liable for repayment of all debts owed by Party A under the Agreement, when the Agreement it is legally invalid, or some of the terms hereof are invalid for whatever reason. In the event of the above case, Party A has the right to terminate the performance of the Agreement and may immediately recover from Party B all debts owed by it under the Agreement.

If the applicable laws and policy requirements change, resulting in increase in costs arising from Party A’s performance of obligations under the Agreement, Party B shall compensate Party A for the increased costs incurred by Party A.

12.3 Notices, requests or other documents related to the Agreement between Party A and Party B shall be sent in writing (including but not limited to letters, faxes, e-mails, Party A’s online banking, SMS or WeChat, etc.).

Party A’s contact address: No. 86, Tianyaoqiao Road, Xuhui District

 

14


E-mail: zhangzushi@cmbchina.com Fax number: ****

Contact mobile number: **** Entity WeChat number:                 

Party B’s contact address: 2-3/F, No. 1000 Tianyaoqiao Road, Xuhui District

E-mail: ****Fax number: ****

Contact mobile number: **** Entity WeChat number:             

12.3.1 Where the delivery is made by hand (including but not limited to lawyer/notary’s delivery, express delivery, etc.), the recipient’s signature for receipt is deemed to be served (where the delivery is rejected by the recipient, it will be deemed to be served after seven days as of the date of rejection/return or date of being sent (whichever is earlier) ; if it is submitted by postal letter, it will be deemed to be served after 7 days of delivery; where the delivery is made by fax, email, Party A‘s online banking notice, SMS or WeChat and other electronic means, the date on which the sender’s corresponding system displays the successful transmission is regarded as the delivery date.

If Party A informs Party B of the transfer of claim or makes a collection of Party B by means of public announcement, it shall be deemed to have been served on the date of the announcement.

Any party that changes the contact address, e-mail address, fax number or mobile phone number or WeChat number shall notify the other party of the changed information within five working days from the date of the change; otherwise, the other party shall have the right to serve according to the original contact address or information. . If the delivery is unsuccessful because the contact address changes, the date of return or the 8th day after the date of delivery (whichever is earlier) will be deemed to be the date of delivery. The changer is responsible for the losses arising therefrom and does not affect the legal effect of the delivery.

12.3.2 The above contact address, e-mail address, fax number, mobile phone number and WeChat number shall be used as the delivery address of their respective notarization documents and judicial documents (including but not limited to the indictment/arbitration application, evidence, subpoena, responding notice, notice of proof, notice of court session, notice of hearing, judgment/arbitration, ruling, mediation, notice of performance within the deadline and other legal documents at the trial and execution stage, and the appellate court or notary office deliver the documents to the delivery address in the written method as agreed herein is considered as valid delivery (the specific delivery criteria are implemented in accordance with the provisions of Article 12.3.1 above).

12.4 The Parties agree that, with respect to each business application under the trade financing business, Party B shall affix the reserved seal according to the Authorization Letter of Reserved Seal provided by it to Party A, and the Parties shall recognize the validity of the signature.

12.5 The Parties unanimously agree that, if Party B submits various applications or business vouchers of credit business through the online corporate banking system, it shall be deemed as the true meaning of Party B. Party A has the right to fill in relevant business vouchers according to the application information sent online, and Party B recognizes its authenticity, accuracy and legality.

 

15


12.6 The written supplemental agreement reached between Party A and Party B on the matters not covered and changed of the Agreement and the specific contracts under the Agreement are appendixes to the Agreement and constitute an integral part of the Agreement.

12.7 In order to facilitate business processing, Party A’s various operations (including but not limited to the acceptance of applications, data review, release of loan, transaction confirmation, deduction, inquiry, receipt printing, collection, deduction of payment, etc. and various notifications) involving transactions may be handled by any business outlet within Party A’s jurisdiction which generates, signs or issues relevant letters,. the business operations and letters of the outlets within Party A’s jurisdiction shall be deemed to be binding upon Party B.

12.8 The Appendixes to the Agreement form an integral part of the Agreement and are automatically applicable to the specific business that actually occurs between the Parties.

12.9 The Agreement involves notarization (except for the enforcement of notarization) or other matters entrusting a third party to provide services, and the relevant expenses shall be borne by the entrusting party itself. If the Parties jointly act as the principal, they will bear 50% respectively. In the event that Party B cannot repay the debts owed by Party A under the Agreement, Party A shall bear all the expenses such as attorney fees, legal fees, travel expenses, announcement fees, and delivery fees incurred for realizing the claim. Party B authorizes Party A to directly deduct the money from Party B’s bank account in Party A. If there are any shortfall, Party B guarantees to repay the amount after receiving the notice from Party A, without Party A’s provision of any proof.

12.10 /                                                 

Article 13 Applicable law and settlement of disputes

13.1 The conclusion, interpretation and settlement of disputes of the Agreement shall be governed by the laws of the People’s Republic of China (excluding laws in Hong Kong, Macao and Taiwan), and the rights and interests of the Parties shall be guaranteed by the laws of the People’s Republic of China.

13.2 The disputes arising during the performance of the Agreement by Party A and Party B shall be settled by the Parties through negotiation. Any Party may (choose “✓” in ☐ among three) after failure to reach an agreement:

☑ 13.2.1 Prosecute to the people’s court at the place where the Agreement is signed;

☐ 13.2.2 File an lawsuit to the people’s court at the locality of Party A;

☐ 13.2.3 Apply to the arbitration (fill in the name of the specific arbitration institution), with the place of arbitration located at.

13.3 After the Agreement and each specific contract have been processed by Party A and Party B for the notarization of the effect of enforcement, Party A may, in order to recover the debts owed by Party B under the Agreement and each specific contract, directly apply to the competent people’s court for enforcement.

 

16


Article 14 Effectiveness of the Agreement

The Agreement shall come into force after signed (or named) by the legal representative/main principal of Party A and Party B or their authorized agents and affixed with entity’s official seal or special contract seal, and shall expire automatically on the date of expiration of the credit period or on the date when all debts owed by Party B to Party A and all other related expenses are settled on the date of completion of the settlement (subject to the later one of the two)

Article 15 Supplementary provisions

The Agreement is made in quadruplicate, and Party A, Party B and the Guarantor and Shanghai Branch hold one copy respectively and have the same legal effect.

Appendix 1: Special Terms for Yin Guantong (Customs Taxes and dues Fees Payment Guarantee Business)

Appendix 2: Special Terms for Buyer/Import Factoring Business

Appendix 3: Special Terms for Order Loan Business

Appendix 4: Special Terms for Commercial Acceptance Bills

Appendix 5: Special Terms for Derivative Transactions

Appendix 6: Special Terms for the Gold Leasing Business

Appendix 7: Special Terms for Cross-Border Trade Financing Business

 

17


Appendix 1: Special Terms for Yinguantong (Customs Taxes and Fees Payment Guarantee Business)

Article 1 Party B applies to Party A for customs tax payment guarantee business within the credit line. Customs tax payment guarantee business refers that, Party B logins on the electronic port/Shanghai Oriental Electronic Payment Website to send online payment bank guarantee order to Party A. Within the credit limit, Party B will make a commitment on payment guarantee of tax payable to the Customs in the form of electronic payment guarantee documents through the electronic port/Shanghai Oriental Electronic Payment Website (where the payable tax of guarantee will be paid to the national treasury when the tax payment period expires, which is reflected in system, that Party A sends the information about “successful payment” to the electronic port / Shanghai Oriental Electronic Payment Website, to achieve the first customs clearance procedures of goods, and pay the taxes and fees of relevant import and export within the payment period stipulated by the Customs.

Party A’s advance payment (whether or not it occurs during the credit period) and related interest and expenses directly constitute Party B’s financing debts to Party A and are included in the scope of credit guarantee.

Article 2 Party B shall deposit a certain amount of funds in Party A as the margin according to the proportion requested by Party A (the account number shall be automatically generated or entered when the fund is deposited), and provide counter-guarantee for Party A’s tax payment guarantee.

Article 3 Party A shall issue an electronic payment guarantee document to the customs in the capacity of the Guarantor. Party B shall know and confirm that the electronic payment guarantee documents have the nature of independent Letter of Guarantee, and the guarantee liability assumed by Party A to the Customs is the guarantee of independence.

Article 4 Party B shall send a withholding order to Party A through the electronic port/Shanghai Dongfang Electronic Payment Website, and Party A shall make a payment guarantee commitment to the Customs according to the withholding order sent online by Party B. Party B grants Party A the right to deduct the principal and interest of the guarantee commitment from relevant margin accounts and the right to fill in the relevant business certificate according to the withholding instructions issued online.

The specific time and amount of Party A’s commitment to make each payment guarantee within the credit line shall be subject to the Party B’s online payment bank guarantee order (payment guarantee withholding order) received by Party A or saved by its online system. Party B must, during the credit period, send a payment guarantee withholding order to Party A, which will not be accepted by Party A beyond the period.

Party A shall determine the due date of the single payment guarantee commitment according to the “payment period” (i.e. “due date of taxable tax”) specified by the actual deduction order sent to Party A by the electronic port/Shanghai Dongfang Electronic Payment Website.

Article 5 Party B shall not use the credit line for handling the customs taxes and fees payment guarantee business for __ months. After that, Party A has the right to refuse to handle the business for Party B.

 

18


Article 6 Party B authorizes Party A that, when Party B’s tax payable expires, Party A has the right to directly deduct the payment from Party B’s account (including margin account) to Customs without notice to Party B or Party B’s consent. If the account amount is insufficient to pay, Party B guarantees that it will remit all the insufficient amount into the designated account of tax payment within 3 days before the due date of tax payable, for payment upon expiration. If Party B fails to make up the payment in time, Party A shall bear the obligation of payment guarantee commitment and shall have the right to recover from Party B after Party B paying the advance to national treasury, and shall have the right to collects liquidated damages from Party B according to the actual days at the annual interest rate __% from the date of the advance payment.

Article 7 Party A shall collect the guarantee fee from Party B on a quarterly basis according to the actual transaction amount of online payment bank guarantee business according to the __%/year rate standard.

Article 8 If Party B fails to fulfill its obligations under the Credit Agreement or this Appendix, or if any statement, commitment or guarantee made by it is untrue, Party A shall have the right to take the various measures for handling breach of contract as stipulated in the Credit Agreement, and shall be entitled to charge 100% margin from Party B in accordance with the total amount of the guarantee for which Party A has provided a payment guarantee commitment and no claim occurs.

 

19


Appendix II: Special Terms for the Buyer/Import Factoring Business

Article 1 Definition terms

1.1 The buyer/import factoring business refers to that Party A serves as the buyer/import factor . After the seller/export factor accepts the accounts receivable with Party B as the debtor of the accounts receivable under the business contract, to provide comprehensive factoring services including approved payments, collection of accounts receivable and management for the buyer/import factor.

Under the buyer/import factoring business, if Party B’s buyer’s credit risk occurs, Party A shall bear the payment obligation for approval to the seller/export factor; if there is a dispute during the performance of the business contract, Party A shall have the right to transfer the accounts receivable accepted to the seller/export factor.

1.2 The seller/export factor is the party who signs the factoring business agreement with the supplier/service provider (creditor of accounts receivable) under the business contract, and accepts the accounts receivable held by the creditors account receivable. Party A can act as both a buyer/import factor and a seller/export factor.

1.3 Disputes refer to Party B’s defense, counter-claim or offset or similar acts for accounts receivable accepted by Party A among the debtors of accounts receivable and Party B due to the disputes related to the goods, services, invoices or any other business contract, as well as third-party actions such claims for accounts receivable under the Agreement, and application for check, freezing and deduction; any receivables accepted by Party A due to non-buyer credit risk cannot be fully or partially realized, it is considered as a dispute.

1.4 Business contract: it refers to the transaction contract signed by Party B and the creditors of the accounts receivable for the purpose of commodity transactions and/or service transactions, with credit sales as the settlement method.

1.5 Approved payment/guaranteed payment means that, after Party B’s buyer’s credit risk occurs, Party A shall pay the corresponding amount of accounts receivable to the seller/export factor within a certain period after the due date of the accounts receivable.

Article 2 Upon Party B’s application, Party A agrees to handle the buyer’s factoring business for it within the credit line. The money and relevant expenses paid by Party A as the buyer’s factor for performing the approved payment liability shall be deemed as the credit issued to Party B under Party A’s Credit Agreement.

As long as Party A has transferred the accounts receivable during the credit period, Party A has the right to seek recourse from Party B in accordance with the Credit Agreement and the agreement of the business contract, even if Party A performs the approved payment liability within the credit period.

Article 3 Buyer/Importing Factoring Fee

Factoring fee: it refers to the business management fee that should be charged for the buyer/import factoring service provided by Party A. Party A shall charge the fees from Party B at a certain percentage of the amount of accounts receivable at the time of transfer and delivery, the specific rate standard is reasonably determined by Party A in accordance with its business rules.

 

20


Article 4 Party B shall waive the right to argue for disputes arising during the performance of the business contract. In view of this, regardless of whether there are other agreements, if Party B fails to pay out in accordance with the business contract, Party B shall be deemed to have the buyer’s credit risk, and Party A will make the approved payment. Moreover, Party B has no objection to this.

 

21


Appendix III: Special Terms for Order Loan Business

Article 1 The order loan business is that, Party A, based on the business contract (or project contract) signed by Party B and its downstream customers (payers), issues the loan business used for performance of the daily production and operation of the business contract (or performance of the project contract) sales return (or project payment) is the loan business of the first repayment source.

Article 2 Party B shall open a special account for the sale of goods under Party A’s business contract (or project contract). All sales under the business contract (or project contract) for applying for the order must be directly returned to the special account, and may not be used without the approval of Party A, and the special account may not be changed. Party B shall notify the payer that the account is the only account for the sales return. Party A has the right to deduct the funds from the special account for the repayment of the principal and interest, penalty interest and other related expenses of the order loan financing.

Article 3 When the following circumstances occur, Party A may immediately stop the use of Party B’s quota under the Credit Agreement, and take measures to deal with breach of contract in accordance with the Credit Agreement:

3.1 The downstream customers of Party B have delayed the payment for three consecutive periods, and Party A has reasonably judged that their financial situations have deteriorated, which is not conducive to protecting Party A’s claims;

3.2 Party B’s qualification as the supplier has been cancelled by the downstream customer. Party B’s supply of goods to the downstream customer is not timely, the quality of product supplied is unstable, and without the approval of downstream customers, the construction is not completed according to the agreed progress of the project contract, and the practice qualification of Party B is lowered, resulting in its qualifications not meeting the requirements of downstream customers, and Party A reasonably judges that Party B has operational difficulties, its financial situation has deteriorated, or the downstream customers’ collection is less than the total monthly repayment amount of Party B of each financing contract under the credit, or the downstream customers did not make a payment in installments in accordance with the project contract for the consecutive second period.

 

22


Appendix IV: Special Terms and Conditions for Commercial Acceptance Bills

Article 1 The business acceptance bills labeling business is a business in which Party Bdiscounts the commercial acceptance bill accepted by Party B or allows the holder to handle the discount at the any branch of China Merchants Bank (hereinafter referred to as “other discounted acceptance bank”). The holder (hereinafter referred to as the “discount applicant”) may apply to Party A or other discounted acceptance bank for discounting by virtue of the commercial acceptance bill. The discounted business occupies the credit line under the Agreement.

In view of the fact that Party A’s provision for Party B with acceptor’s discounted service of commercial acceptance bills is the precondition for other discounted acceptance banks to accept the ticket holder’s application for discounting. Other discounted accepting banks have the right to transfer the discounted bills to Party A after handling discount, Party A is obliged to accept the transfer, for Party A’s commercial acceptance bills accepted by Party A from other discounted acceptance banks, Party B commits that it will unconditionally pay the bill payment on the expiration date, and the Parties have no objection to this.

Article 2 The commercial acceptance bills mentioned in this article include both paper commercial acceptance bills and electronic commercial acceptance bills (hereinafter referred to as “e-commerce bills”), which includes both commercial acceptance bills with interest paid by discount applicants and commercial acceptance bills with interest paid by the buyer.

The discounted business of commercial acceptance bills with interest paid by the buyer is the discounted business of the bills when the commercial acceptance bills issued and accepted by Party B is discounted, the discount interest is paid by Party B.

Article 3 During the credit period, Party B must open a security account for commercial acceptance bill in Party A (the account number shall be generated or recorded by the Party A’s system when the margin is deposited), and deposit a certain amount into the margin account at the proportion required by Party A as the payment margin for the commercial acceptance bills that they have accepted by it and promised to be discounted by Party A.

Party B shall deposit the full amount of the bill payables in the margin account opened by Party A before the expiration of each commercial acceptance bill for payment of bills upon expiration.

Article 4 During the credit period, the discount applicant may apply to Party A for discount on the commercial acceptance bill accepted by Party B directly, or apply to other discounted acceptance banks for discount. Party A or other discounted acceptance banks have the right to conduct qualification examinations on discount applicants, and have the right to request Party B to conduct audit verification and decide whether to apply for discount at one’s sole discretion.

Other discounted acceptance banks have the right to endorse and transfer the commercial acceptance bills discounted to Party A in accordance with the relevant provisions of China Merchants Bank after the discount is handled. After Party A has discounted or accepted commercial acceptance bills from other discounted acceptance banks, Party B shall pay Party A unconditionally and in full and timely to the Party A when the payment is made by Party B.

Article 5 The opening and discounting of each e-commerce ticket shall be based on the business information stored in the PBOC electronic billing system, or the business records such as customer statements filled or printed accordingly. Party A’s business records are an integral part of the Agreement and have the same legal effect as the Agreement. Party B acknowledges its accuracy, authenticity and legality.

 

23


Article 6 Any dispute arising from the basic contract of the commercial acceptance bills discounted by Party A within the credit line shall be settled by Party B and the relevant parties; before each bill expires, Party B shall still be obliged to pay the margin and bill payment in full and in time in accordance with the foregoing agreement.

Article 7 If Party A has discounted the commercial bill accepted by Party B or has accepted the commercial bill accepted by Party B from other discounted acceptance banks, if Party B fails to deliver the bill payment in full before the expiration date of the commercial acceptance bill, Party A has the right to deduct the money from any deposit account opened by Party B at China Merchants Bank for payment. The advances made by Party A because Party B fails to make complete delivery and its balance of the account is insufficient, Party A shall collect the penalty interest from Party B at 0.05% of advances according to the relevant provisions of the Payment and Settlement Measures.

 

24


Appendix V: Special Terms for Derivative Transactions

Article 1 In respect of a derivative product transaction made with respect to Party A’s acceptation of Party B’s application, it may occupy a credit line according to a certain percentage of the nominal principal/transaction amount of the transaction, or when a floating loss occurs in the derivative product transaction, Party A may, according to the specific agreement of the Parties, add the occupation of Party B’s credit line (when each transaction occurs, Party A determines the amount of credit line to be specifically occupied according to the type, duration and risk of the transaction, and the risk degree coefficient of the business corresponding to the credit line deducted) the amount of the credit line actually occupied shall be subject to the records of the transaction documents such as the quota occupation notice and/or the transaction confirmation/certificate issued by Party A.

Article 2 Where there is a derivative transaction with a balance or loss during the credit period, regardless of whether the transaction occurred within the credit period, the credit line shall be occupied in accordance with the provisions of the preceding article.

 

25


Appendix VI: Special Terms on Gold Leasing Business

Article 1 “Gold leasing” business refers to the physical gold leased by Party A from Party B. After the expiration, Party B will return the gold with the same attribute as the cargo and the same quantity, and pay the lease fee to Party A in RMB on time.

Article 2 Party A may handle the gold leasing business for Party B within the credit period and the credit line according to the application of Party B. The physical gold leased by Party A shall occupy the credit line according to the agreed value of the gold lease agreement signed by the Parties and constitute the debts owed by Party B to Party A.

 

26


Appendix VII: Special Terms for Cross-Border Trade Financing Operations

Article 1 Cross-border linkage trade financing business refers to the cross-border trade financing business applied by Party B to Party A based on the real cross-border trade background between it and the overseas companies, which is provided by Party A and China Merchants Bank’s overseas institutions (hereinafter referred to as “linkage platform”) through the cooperation.

Article 2 The specific varieties of cross-border linkage trade financing business include: back-to-back letter of credit, entrusted issuance of certificate, entrusted overseas financing, bill payment, overseas credit of Letter of Guarantee and cross-border trade financing direct train. The specific meanings and business rules of each business variety are stipulated by specific business agreements.

Article 3 Under the back-to-back letter of credit, the parent certificate applied to be opened by Party B to Party A directly occupies the credit line under the Agreement. Under such the parent certificate, the documentary bill or advances (whether or not the credit period occurs) and the corresponding interest and expenses for Party A’s performance of the obligation to open the certificate constitute Party B’s financing debts owed by Party B to Party A and are included in the scope of credit guarantee.

Under the entrusted opening of certificate/entrusted overseas financing, Party A entrusts the linkage platform to accept the letter of credit applied to be opened by the overseas company or the trade financing provided according to the application of Party B, which occupy the credit line under the Agreement. If Party A issues the import collection documentary bills or the advance payment to Party B for external payment under the import collection, the documentary bill or advances (whether or not the credit period occurs) and the related interest and expenses for Party A’s performance of the obligation to open the certificate constitute Party B’s financing debts owed by Party B to Party A and are included in the scope of credit guarantee.

Under the bill payment, Party A shall directly occupy the credit line under the Agreement to add the payment for Party B’s acceptance bills according to the application of Party B. If Party B fails to cash the bills on time and in full, Party A has the right to directly advance the bills to be paid. Such advances (whether or not they occur during the credit period) and related interest and expenses are included in the scope of credit guarantee.

Under the overseas credit business of Letter of Guarantee, Party A directly occupies the credit line under the Agreement in accordance with the Letter of Guarantee/back-up letter of credit issued by Party B. After the overseas company transfers the collection interest (non-claim right) under the Letter of Guarantee to the linkage platform, if the linkage platform claims against Party A according to the Letter of Guarantee/ back-up letter of credit, advances (whether or not they occur during the credit period) constitute Party B’s financing debts owed by Party B to Party A and are included in the scope of credit guarantee.

Under the cross-border trade financing direct train business, after Party A’s application for approval of its trade financing, Party A’s trade financing provided directly to Party B by the linkage platform occupies the credit line under the Agreement. If Party B fails to repay the trade financing amount of the linkage platform on time and in full, Party A has the right to return it by way of documentary bill or advance, and the relevant documentary bills or advances (whether or not they occurs during the credit period) and related interest and expenses directly constitute Party B’s financing debts owed by Party B to Party A and are included in the scope of credit guarantee.

 

27


Special notes:

All terms of the Agreement (including attachments) are fully negotiated by the Parties. The Bank has drawn the attention of other parties to the provisions on exempting or restricting its liability, unilateral possession of certain rights, increasing the liability of other parties or limiting the rights of other parties, and has a comprehensive and accurate understanding on such provisions. The Bank has provided corresponding instructions to the above provisions at the request of other parties. The Parties to the contract have an understanding of the terms of the Agreement.

(There is no text hereunder)

 

28


(This page is the signing page of the Credit Agreement No. 9602190301)

Party A: (Seal)

China Merchants Bank Co., Ltd. Shanghai Tianyaoqiao Sub-branch (Seal)

Principal or authorized agent (Signature/Seal): Zhu Haoping (Seal)

Party B: (Seal)

Shanghai ECMOHO Health Biotechnology Co., Ltd. (Seal)

Legal representative / principal responsible person or authorized agent (Signature/Seal): Wang Ying (seal)

 

 

Signed on: March 12, 2019

Signing place: Xuhui District, Shanghai

 

29


Guarantee Cooperation Agreement

Numbering:    Year No. 9602190301

Guarantor: China Merchants Bank Co., Ltd. Shanghai Tianyaoqiao Sub-branch (hereinafter referred to as Party A)

Principal /Applicant: Shanghai ECMOHO Health Biotechnology Co., Ltd. (hereinafter referred to as Party B)

The Parties have entered into the Agreement by consensus in accordance with the relevant laws, regulations and rules and regulations. The Agreement is an agreement between Party A and Party B on the rights and obligations of the parties in handling the Letter of Guarantee business, but does not constitute any commitment by Party A to issue a Letter of Guarantee to Party B. Under the Agreement, Party B must apply for one Letter of Guarantee from Party A each time and Party A shall review and grant approval to the Letter of Guarantee one by one. After equal and voluntary consultations between the two parties, the parties agree as follows:

1. When Party B specifically applies for the issuance of a Letter of Guarantee, it is not necessary to sign a separate guarantee agreement with Party A, but it must submit an application for the issuance of a Letter of Guarantee to Party A, and Party A will approve and handle it one by one. Party A has the right to accept or refuse to issue certain letter or letters of guarantee business to Party B as the actual situation.

2. The application and opening of each Letter of Guarantee shall be based on the application for the Letter of Guarantee submitted by Party B and the Letter of Guarantee issued by Party A. (If the two are inconsistent, the Letter of Guarantee issued by Party A shall prevail.) The Letter of Guarantee application is an integral part of the Agreement.

3. If Party B applies for the opening of a Letter of Guarantee online, Party B shall submit an application for a Letter of Guarantee to Party A and sign it at the request of Party A. If Party B affixes a reserved seal to the application for the Letter of Guarantee, Party A and Party B shall approve the validity of the seal. Party B may submit all the information of the guarantee business through Party A’s online banking system, including but not limited to the application for Letter of Guarantee, trade background materials, etc., and the digital signature/electronic signature generated by digital certificate is used as a valid signature for applying for business. Party A has the right to fill in the relevant business documents according to the application information sent online, and Party B recognizes it can be authentic, accurate and legal.

4. Party B is aware that there may be more than one business under the Agreement. Party B may deposit the full amount of deposit at one time or deposit the deposit into the agreed margin account from time to time according to the requirements of the business, as a guarantee for the guarantee business.

When the beneficiary makes a claim against Party A in accordance with the guarantee, Party A shall not be required to notify or obtain the consent of Party B, and shall have the right to deduct the corresponding amount from Party B’s margin account and pay the beneficiary.

 

1


Party B fully recognizes the above operation mode, and confirms that the deposit/deduction of deposit in the same margin account from time to time does not affect the specification of the deposit. Party B continues to provide guarantees for the Letter of Guarantee business with funds in the margin account.

The corresponding deposit/deduction of the specific margin and the corresponding relationship with the guarantee of the margin guarantee shall be subject to the business information/business records held by Party A. Party B recognizes the authenticity, accuracy and legality of such business information/business records.

5. Party B shall, at the request of Party A, provide Party A with the original of the following documents or a copy signed by the representative of Party B and stamped with the official seal to prove true and complete;

5.1 Party B and/or the sponsor’s business license of the legal person;

5.2 Party B and/or the Guarantor’s articles of association;

5.3 Full list of directors and signature samples;

5.4 Agree to Party B’s resolutions of the board of directors or shareholders’ meeting that Party B signs and implements the Agreement;

5.5 The contract signed by Party B or the Guarantor and the beneficiary; or the bidding documents of the beneficiary, the bidder’s bidding documents;

5.6 Party B’s financial statements and audit reports for the previous year, as well as the financial statements for the month prior to the application;

5.7 Ownership documents of collateral or pledge (if collateral or pledge);

5.8 Other information required by Party A.

The above procedures or materials are subject to Party A’s actual requirements and are the rights and obligations of Party A, and the completeness of the procedures or materials does not affect the validity of the Agreement.

6. Party B hereby declares, promises and guarantees to Party A as follows:

6.1 Party B is a legal entity formally established and validly existing in accordance with the laws of the People’s Republic of China, and has sufficient civil capacity to sign and perform the Agreement;

6.2 Party B has the legal qualification to sign and perform the Agreement, and the signing and performance of this contract has been fully authorized by the Board of Directors or any other authorized institution;

6.3 Party B or the Guarantor has the legal right to sign the contract with the beneficiary and has sufficient capacity to perform the contract signed with the beneficiary; Party B guarantees that Party B or the Guarantor will perform the contract signed with the beneficiary and is obliged to notify Party A the performance and problems incurred;

6.4 Party B accepts and approves the contents of the Letter of Guarantee issued by Party A to the beneficiary;

6.5 Party B guarantees that Party A will not suffer any damages and losses due to the issuance of the Letter of Guarantee (including the exchange rate loss suffered by the guarantee currency and the currency of the payment);

6.6 Party B unconditionally agrees that Party A shall handle all matters under the guarantee in accordance with the relevant laws and/or in accordance with international practice without any other agreement, and assume the responsibility arising therefrom;

6.7 Party B guarantees that when the beneficiary claims to Party A, Party B unconditionally assumes the first payment responsibility;

6.8 Party B guarantees that the items under the guarantee letter are in compliance with the relevant national laws and regulations and the legal requirements of anti-money laundering, counter-terrorism financing, anti-tax evasion, and comply with China Merchants Bank’s anti-money laundering policy. All economic and legal responsibilities arising from the project itself shall be borne by Party B and there is no association with Party A;

 

2


6.9 Party B agrees to pay the full amount of the fees payable by Party A under the above guarantees in accordance with the provisions of the Agreement;

6.10 Party B agrees that Party A is only obliged to review the apparent authenticity of the claim documents, documents or certificates (hereinafter collectively referred to as “claim documents”) submitted by the beneficiaries under the guarantee, and is not responsible for the truthfulness of the facts stated in the claim documents;

6.11 Party B agrees that when the funds in the margin account are insufficient due to fluctuations in exchange rates or possible fluctuations or changes in the Letter of Guarantee, Party B will deposit sufficient funds from time to time as required by Party A. The funds shall be deemed to be specific from the date of deposit into the margin account and handed over to Party A’s possession. As Party B’s pledge guarantee for fulfilling the obligations under the Agreement, Party B shall not use the funds without Party A’s permission;

6.12 Party B agrees that Party A shall not be liable for any delays, losses, omissions or other errors in the process of handling the Letter of Guarantee, such as postal and telecommunications;

6.13 If Party B applies for Party A to open a subordinate Letter of Guarantee, Party B agrees that before the original of the Letter of Guarantee will be returned to Party A (or authorized agent of Party A) for cancellation, Party B has no right to request Party A to release the collateral under the application for the Letter of Guarantee/credit agreement or Party B’s credit line. Party A has the right to refuse the acceptance of such application by Party B without any liability to Party B;

6.14 Party B guarantees to submit Party A’s financial statements and other materials required by Party A on a quarterly basis.

7. Claims under the Letter of Guarantee

7.1 Party B irrevocably recognizes: If the beneficiary makes a claim against Party A, Party A has the right to independently judge whether the claim and the amount of the claim meet the guarantee agreement, Party A has the right to independently judge whether to pay or refuse to pay. Party A does not need to notify Party B in advance or obtain the consent of Party B before Party A pays externally or refuses to pay.

7.2 When Party A pays externally, Party A shall have the right to directly transfer funds from Party B’s margin account or other deposit account or entrust other financial institutions to deduct Party B deposits (in the margin or other deposit account) without notice or consent from Party B. (When the funds are different from the payment currency, Party A shall not be required to notify or obtain the consent of Party B, and shall have the right to handle the settlement and sale of foreign exchange / foreign exchange transactions to pay the beneficiary.) If the deposit in the Party B account is insufficient to repay, Party B guarantees that all the insufficient amounts will be remitted to the account designated by Party A within three working days after receiving the notice from Party A to be repaid.

7.3 When Party A pays externally to the beneficiary for the advancement of Party B due to the need to fulfill the guarantee obligation, if Party B’s balances in margin account and other deposit account are insufficient and Party B fails to make up the payment according to Party A’s notice, Party A has the right to dispose the collateral and pledge in accordance with the law, and has the right to seek recourse from Party B and its successors and assignees.

7.4 If Party A refuses to make the compensation, the compensation and/or liability for compensation arising from or that may generate from the refusal of compensation and related expenses (including but not limited to litigation or arbitration fees, etc.), whether or not exceeding the guarantee amount agreed in the Letter of Guarantee or the amount of Letter of Guarantee, will constitute Party B’s debts to Party A under the Agreement and will be included in the scope of guarantee for the relevant counter-guarantee measures that provide guarantees for the debts under the Agreement.

7.5 When the advance payment mentioned in the preceding article occurs, Party A is entitled to charge the liquidated damages from Party B according to the following criteria:

If the advances are given in RMB, the liquidated damages = the amount of the advances × the date of the advance payment and the number of days of the actual advance payment, the benchmark interest rate of the financial institution announced by the People’s Bank of China × 150% × actual days of advance payment/ 360; if is the advance is given in foreign currency, liquidated damages = amount of advances × LBOR for the same period × 130% ×actual days of advance payment / 360.

 

3


Upon receipt of Party A’s notice of recovery, Party B shall immediately and unconditionally repay Party A the principal of the advance payment and interest, penalty interest, compound interest, liquidated damages and related expenses in full.

7.6 Party A has the right to collect the money from Party B by the means that it deems appropriate, including but not limited to fax, post, personal delivery, announcement in public media, etc.

7.7 Special agreement on an independent Letter of Guarantee

If Party B requests A to open an independent guarantee letter to the beneficiary, Party A has the right to independently review the claim documents based on the letter of guarantee. Whether the claim documents submitted by the beneficiary meet the requirements of the letter of guarantee shall be subject to the opinions of Party A. Party A is entitled to accept or reject the discrepancies in the claim form of the letter of guarantee. Where Party A believes that the documents submitted by the beneficiary meet the requirements of the Letter of Guarantee (including the case where Party A accepts the discrepancies in the claim documents), it has the right to directly deduct Party B’s account funds or advances for external compensation without prior notice to Party B or Party B’s consent.

In the event of any inconsistency between this article and other articles of the Agreement, the effect of this article shall prevail.

8. Modification and cancellation of the Letter of Guarantee

8.1 When Party B requests Party A to modify the contents of the Letter of Guarantee, Party A shall submit a written application for modification of Letter of Guarantee to Party A as required by Party A and provide corresponding guarantee/guarantee measures.

8.2 Party A has the right not to accept Party B’s application for modification/cancellation of Letter of Guarantee. Party B has known that the modification and cancellation of the Letter of Guarantee must be confirmed by the beneficiary in writing to be executed.

8.3 Party B may affix Party B’s reserved seal to the application for modification/cancellation of the Letter of Guarantee. Party A and Party B unanimously approve the validity of the seal.

9. Expenses

Party B shall pay Party A the expenses in accordance with the following provisions, and hereby authorizes that Party A shall have the right to deduct the expenses directly from Party B’s deposit account when any of the following expenses becomes payable. If the balance of the deposit is insufficient, Party B shall guarantee that, within seven working days after the receipt of notice from Party A, it will remit the insufficient amount to the account designated by Party A.

9.1 Guarantee fees

The handling fees of guarantee shall be subject to Party A’s standards when specific business is handled, and subject to the agreement of the application for the Letter of Guarantee.

9.2 Other expenses

9.2.1 If the agreement involves notarization (except for the enforcement of notarization) or other matters entrusting a third party to provide services, the relevant expenses shall be independently undertaken by Party B. If the Parties jointly act as the principal, they will bear 50% respectively.

9.2.2 Under the case that Party B cannot return/liquidate the debts (advances) owed by Party A under the Agreement, the attorney fees, legal fees, travel expenses, announcement fees, delivery fees, etc. for the realization of claim shall be borne by Party B in full.

10. Notice

10.1 Notices, requests or other documents related to the Agreement between Party A and Party B shall be sent in writing (including but not limited to letters, faxes, e-mails, Party A’s online banking, SMS or WeChat, etc.).

Party A’s contact address: No. 86, Tianyaoqiao Road, Xuhui District

E-mail: **** Fax No.: ****

Contact mobile number: **** Entity WeChat number:

Party B’s contact address: 2-3/F, No.1000 Tianyaoqiao Road, Xuhui District

E-mail: **** Fax number: ****

Contact mobile number: **** Entity WeChat number:

 

4


10.1.1 Where the delivery is made by hand (including but not limited to lawyer/notary’s delivery, express delivery, etc.), the recipient’s signature for receipt is deemed to be served (where the delivery is rejected by the recipient, it will be deemed to be served after seven days as of the date of rejection/return or date of being sent (whichever is earlier) ; if it is submitted by postal letter, it will be deemed to be served after 7 days of delivery; where the delivery is made by fax, email, Party A‘s online banking notice, SMS or WeChat and other electronic means, the date on which the sender’s corresponding system displays the successful transmission is regarded as the delivery date.

If Party A informs Party B of the transfer of claim or makes a collection of Party B by means of public announcement, it shall be deemed to have been served on the date of the announcement.

Any party that changes the contact address, e-mail address, fax number or mobile phone number or WeChat number shall notify the other party of the changed information within five working days from the date of the change; otherwise, the other party shall have the right to serve according to the original contact address or information. If the delivery is unsuccessful because the contact address changes, the date of return or seven days after the date of being sent (whichever is earlier) will be deemed to be the date of delivery. The changer is responsible for the losses arising therefrom and does not affect the legal effect of the delivery.

10.1.2 The above contact address, e-mail address, fax number, mobile phone number and WeChat number shall be used as the delivery address of their respective notarization documents and judicial documents (including but not limited to the indictment/arbitration application, evidence, subpoena, responding notice, notice of proof, notice of court session, notice of hearing, judgment/arbitration, ruling, mediation, notice of performance within the deadline and other legal documents at the trial and execution stage, and the appellate court or notary office deliver the documents to the delivery address in the written method as agreed herein is considered as valid delivery (the specific delivery criteria are implemented in accordance with the provisions of Article 10.1.1 above).

11. Other matters

11.1 Party B confirms that Party A’s business operations under the Agreement (including but not limited to acceptance of applications, data review, opening of letters of guarantee, advances, confirmation of transactions, deductions, inquiries, printing of receipts, collections and deduction, collection of guarantees) and sending/receiving various types of notices, etc.) can be handled by any business outlet within the jurisdiction of Party A, and the business outlet can generate, issue or issue relevant letters, and the business operations and letters issued by any of the operating outlets within Party A’s jurisdiction shall be deemed as the behavior of Party A, and binding upon the Parties, and Party B has no objection to this.

11.2 If the format of the Letter of Guarantee is provided by Party B or the Guarantor and does not agree to adjust the contents of the Letter of Guarantee, but the content/nature of the Letter of Guarantee is inconsistent with the content/nature stated in the application for Letter of Guarantee submitted by Party B, Party B shall amend the application for the Letter of Guarantee / submit a new application for the Letter of Guarantee to ensure that the content/nature of the application for Letter of Guarantee and those in the Letter of Guarantee are consistent; otherwise, Party A has the right to refuse to accept the application for Letter of Guarantee opened by Party B.

11.3                             /                                                                                                                                                                                 

12. Applicable law and dispute resolution

The Agreement shall apply to and be governed by the laws of the People’s Republic of China In the course of performance of the Agreement, if any controversy or dispute occur, the Parties concerned shall first resolve such controversy or dispute through consultation. If such controversy or dispute cannot be resolved through consultation, it may be necessary to select one of them by means of “✓”:

(✓) “12.1 file a lawsuit to the People’s Court at the locality of Party A; or

(    ) 12.2 Apply to     /         Arbitration Commission for arbitration;

 

5


13. The Agreement shall become effective from the date on which the Parties have the right to sign and affix the official seal of the entity/contract, and automatically apply to all the letters of guarantee issued by Party A for Party B after the signing of the Agreement. Any party intending to terminate the cooperation must notify the other party in writing in advance. The Agreement is automatically terminated after 30 days as of the day when the other party receives the notice, but the outstanding business that has occurred before the termination of the Agreement still applies to the provisions of the Agreement. The Agreement shall remain in force if either party terminates the Agreement without prior written notice to the other party.

14. According to relevant national financial laws and regulations, if Party A is suspected of money laundering, terrorist financing or economic sanctions, Party B is entitled to take corresponding trading restrictions (including but not limited to the termination of business handling, suspension of financial transactions, refusal of transfer, and conversion of financial assets).

Special Note:

All terms of the Agreement are fully negotiated by the Parties. The Bank has drawn the attention of other parties to the provisions on exempting or restricting its liability, unilateral possession of certain rights, increasing the liability of other parties or limiting the rights of other parties, and has a comprehensive and accurate understanding on such provisions. The Bank has provided corresponding instructions to the above provisions at the request of other parties. The Parties to the contract have an understanding of the terms of the Agreement.

 

6


(This page is left for signature)

Party A (Seal):

China Merchants Bank Co., Ltd. Shanghai Tianyaoqiao Sub-branch (Seal)

Main responsible person or authorized agent (signature/seal):

Zhu Pinghao (seal)

Party B (Seal):

Shanghai ECMOHO Health Biotechnology Co., Ltd. (Seal)

Legal representative or authorized agent (signature/seal): Wang Ying (Seal)

Signed on: March 12, 2019

 

7


2017 version

Shanghai Branch of China Merchants Bank Co., Ltd.

Maximum irrevocable Letter of Guarantee

 

1


Maximum irrevocable Letter of Guarantee

No.: 9602190301

To: China Merchants Bank Co., Ltd. Shanghai Tianyaoqiao Sub-branch

In view of the fact that the Bank and Shanghai ECMOHO Health Biotechnology Co., Ltd. (hereinafter referred to as the “Applicant”) signed the “/Credit Agreement” numbered “9602190301” (hereinafter referred to as “the “Credit Agreement”), agreeing to provide the Applicant with a credit line (hereinafter referred to as “credit line”) totaling RMB15 million (including amount equivalent to other currencies) during the credit period stipulated in the Credit Agreement (hereinafter referred to as “credit period”, that is, during the determination period of claim).

Upon request by the Applicant, the Guarantor agrees to issue this Letter of Guarantee and voluntarily assumes joint and several liability for all debts owed to the Bank by the Applicant under the Credit Agreement. The specific guarantees are as follows:

1. This Letter of Guarantee is the maximum Letter of Guarantee.

1.1 During the credit period, the Bank may provide credit to the Applicants in batches. The types of specific credit business and the amount of credit, whether the use of the various types of credit business can be adjusted, and the specific conditions of use are subject to the approval of the Bank. During the crediting period, the Bank makes an adjustment to the original approval opinion according to the application of the Applicant, the subsequent approval opinions issued by the Bank constitute a supplement and change to the original approval opinion, and so on.

The expiration date of each specific business may be later than the expiration date of the credit period as stipulated in the Credit Agreement.

1.2 Upon the expiration of the credit period, if the loan, advance or other credit granted by the Bank to the Applicant still has a balance, the Guarantor shall be liable for the joint liquidation within the scope of the guarantee determined in Article 2 of this guarantee; before the expiration of the credit period, if the Bank seek recourse from the Applicant in advance according to the Credit Agreement and/or the specific contract provisions, the Guarantor shall also bear the joint guarantee responsibility within the scope of the guarantee determined in Article 2 of this Letter of Guarantee.

1.3 The commercial acceptance bills, letter of credit (including entrusted issuance of certificates, transfer of credit, the same as below), Letter of Guarantee, delivery guarantee letter, cross-border linkage trade financing and other credit business provided by the Bank for the Applicant during the credit period, even if no advances have been incurred upon the expiration of the credit period, but after the expiration of the credit period, the Bank actually incurred advances under the aforementioned business, and all the debts incurred by the Applicant shall be jointly and severally guaranteed by the Guarantor with the scope of guarantee as determined by Article 2 of the Letter of Guarantee.

The joint guarantee responsibility shall be borne within the scope of the guarantee determined in Article 2 of the Letter of Guarantee.

1.4 During the performance of each specific business under the “Credit Agreement”, the Bank and the Applicant shall reach an extension schedule or change the relevant terms on the time limit, interest rate and amount of each specific business, or the Bank shall grant the credit according to the credit period during the guarantee period. The agreement and/or the specific business agreement stipulate that the interest rate adjustment may be obtained without the consent of the Guarantor or the Guarantor, and the Guarantor shall approve it without affecting the guaranty liability of the Guarantor under this guarantee.

1.5 If the documents received by the Bank in the letter of credit business under the credit agreement have been discriminated by the Bank, but the Applicant accepts the discrepancies, the principal and interest of the debt incurred by the Bank based on the external acceptance or payment, the Guarantor The warranty liability shall still be borne in accordance with the provisions of this guarantee, and no defense shall be filed because the Bank accepts the discrepancy without obtaining the consent of the Guarantor or notifying the Guarantor.

1.6 The modification of the letter of credit, the Letter of Guarantee (or standby letter of credit) under the credit, the extension of the term of the letter of credit after the acceptance of the forward letter of credit or the commitment to pay the due date, etc., without the consent of the Guarantor or the notification of the Guarantor, and the Guarantor It is recognized that it does not affect the warranty liability of the Guarantor in accordance with this guarantee.

 

2


1.7 The Guarantor confirms that the specific business agreement signed by the Bank and the Applicant for each specific business under the credit (whether a single agreement/application or a framework agreement) constitutes an integral part of the Credit Agreement. Agreement on rights and obligations arrangements involving specific businesses.

The Guarantor confirms that the specific amount, duration, use and other business elements of the actual credit business between the Bank and the Applicant are subject to the specific business agreement, the business vouchers produced by the Bank and the business records of the system.

1.8 In respect of the business of the Letter of Guarantee/customs tax payment guarantee/ticket guarantee paid by the applicant for application for use of credit granting, the transfer of the interest or interest of the relevant guarantee letter does not affect the warranty obligation of the Guarantor under this guarantee. The Guarantor promises not to raise any defense on this ground.

2. Guarantee scope

2.1 The scope of the guarantee provided by the Guarantor is the sum of the loan and other credit principal provided by the Bank to the Applicant within the credit line under the Credit Agreement (the maximum amount is RMB 15 million), and interest, penalty interest, compound interest, liquidated damages, factoring costs and other related expenses to realize claim. including but not limited to:

2.1.1 The balance of the loan principal and the corresponding interest, penalty interest, compound interest, liquidated damages and related expenses issued by the Bank in accordance with the specific contracts under the Credit Agreement;

 

3


2.1.2 The principal of the advance payment and interest, penalty interest, compound interest, liquidated damages and related expenses made by the Bank for the Applicants due to the performance of the commercial bills, letter of credit, Letter of Guarantee/customs tax payment guarantee/ bill payment, delivery guarantee letter, etc. under the Credit Agreement, as well as the debts of the Applicants to the Bank formed by the factoring provided by the commercial bill accepted by the Applicants;

2.1.3 Under the factoring business, the claims of accounts receivable and the corresponding overdue liquidated damages (the overdue fines, fees) accepted by the Bank to the Applicant, and/or the basic purchase amount (basic acquisition amount) paid to the Applicant with the Bank’s own funds or other legal source funds and related factoring fees;

2.1.4 The balance of the advances and payment principal, interest, penalty interest, compound interest, liquidated damages and related expenses made by the Bank as entrusted in the trade finance business under the Credit Agreement;

2.1.5 Under the Credit Agreement, the Bank will handle the cross-border linkage trade financing business such as entrusted issuance of certificate, entrusted overseas financing or cross-border trade direct trains for the Applicants, the documentary bills or advances for return of the linkage platform financing (whether or not it occurs during the credit period) and the interest, penalty interest, compound interest, liquidated damages and related expenses are generated according to the specific business agreement;

2.1.6 After the Bank issues the letter of credit as requested by the applicant, the Bank entrusts other branches of China Merchants Bank to issue the letter of credit to the beneficiary, under the letter of credit, the advances made by the Bank for the Applicant for performance of obligation to issue the certificate and the import bills arising therefrom, the balance of the guaranteed debt for delivery and the interest, penalty interest, compound interest, liquidated damages and related expenses;

2.1.7 The Applicant’s all debts to the Bank under the derivatives transaction, gold leasing business, etc.;

2.1.8 The balance of the specific business under / (fill out the name of the agreement text here) previously signed by the Bank (or its affiliates) or / and the Applicant;

2.1.9 All expenses incurred by the Bank in recovering the debt from the Applicant (including but not limited to legal fees, attorney fees, announcement fees, delivery fees, travel expenses, etc.).

2.2 For the circulating credit, if the loan or other credit principal provided by the Bank to the Applicant exceeds the credit limit amount, the Guarantor shall not assume the guarantee responsibility for the portion of the credit balance exceeding the credit line, and shall be jointly and severally liable for the amount of the loan not exceeding the credit line or other portion of the credit principal and its interest, fines, compound interest, liquidated damages, related expenses, etc.

 

4


Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Guarantor specifies that: even if, during the credit period, the balance of the loan or other credit principal provided by the applicant exceeds the amount of the credit line, however, when the Bank requires the Guarantor to assume the guarantee responsibility, the sum of the principal of various credits does not exceed the credit limit. The Guarantor may not raise a plea on the grounds of the foresaid agreement, and shall bear the joint and several guarantee responsibility for all credit principals and their interest, penalty interest, compound interest, liquidated damages, related expenses, etc. (specifically subject to the scope of Article 2.1).

2.3 During the credit period, the Bank handles the repayment for new loan, conversion of old loans or the debts under letters of credit, Letter of Guarantees, bills, etc. for the Applicants (regardless of such old loans, letters of credit, letters of guarantee, bills and other business occurs within or before the credit period), the Guarantor confirms that the debts arising therefrom is included in its scope of guarantee liability.

2.4 When an Applicant applies for import opening business, if the import bill is actually incurred under the same letter of credit, the import license and the import bill will occupy the same amount according to the different stages. That is, when the import bill business occurs, the amount recovered after the letter of credit is paid out is used for the import bill again, which is regarded as the same amount of the original import license, and the Guarantor confirms this.

3. Guarantee method

The Guarantor confirms that it is jointly and severally liable for all debts of the Applicant within the scope of the guarantee specified in Article 2. If the Applicant fails to timely repay the principal and interest and related expenses of the loans, advances and other credited debts owed to the Bank in accordance with the Credit Agreement and/or the specific contract, or when any other default event under the Credit Agreement and/or the specific contract, the Bank has the right to seek recourse from the Guarantor directly without first having to pursue or file a lawsuit against the Applicant. Even if all the debts of the guarantee Applicant under the Credit Agreement can be repaid in time and there is a separate mortgage or pledge or other guarantee, the Bank is also entitled to seek recourse from the Guarantor with respect to all the debts of the Applicant under the Credit Agreement, without handling the goods, or documents under the collateral, pledge or trade finance, and without recourse from other Guarantors.

The claim notice issued by the Bank is final and the Guarantor has no objection to this. The Guarantor agrees that, it will repay the Applicant all the debts under the Credit Agreement within five days after receiving the written notice of claim from the Bank, without any certificates or other documents issued from the Bank. Unless the obvious and major errors occur, the Guarantor accepts that the amount of money from the Bank’s claim is accurate.

The Bank has the right to urge the Guarantor to make a payment in a manner deemed appropriate, including but not limited to faxing, mailing, special person delivery, public announcements, etc.

4. Period of guaranteed liability

The period of guaranteed liability of the Guarantor is the period from the date of the effective date of this Letter of Guarantee to the maturity date of each loan or other finance under the Credit Agreement or the advance date of each advance payment plus another three years.

 

5


For any specific credit extension, the warranty period will continue until the expiration of the extension period plus another three years.

5. Independence of Letter of Guarantee

This guarantee is independent, continuous and valid, irrevocable and unconditional, and is not affected by the Credit Agreement and the validity of specific contracts, and is not affected by any agreement or document signed between the Applicant and any entity/individual, will also have no change due to the Applicant’s fraud, reorganization, suspension, dissolution, liquidation, bankruptcy, merger (merger), separation, restructuring, expiration of the business period, etc., and is not affected by any time grace and extension given by the Bank to the Applicant or delay in the exercise of the right to recover the amount owed by the Applicant in accordance with the relevant agreement.

In the case of a mortgage, pledge guarantee or other Guarantor at the same time, the Bank shall be entitled to claim the security right separately, successively or simultaneously to the mortgagor/pledgor or Guarantor (including the Guarantor); the Bank’s waiver, change or release of the mortgage or pledge guarantee, or the change or release of the other Guarantor’s guarantee responsibility, or the delay of claiming the right to the mortgagor/pledgor or other Guarantor shall not affect the Guarantor’s guaranty liability under the Letter of Guarantee. The Guarantor is still obliged to bears joint and several liability for all credited debts owed by the Applicant to the Bank according to the Letter of Guarantee.

6. The Guarantor specifically states and guarantees the following:

6.1 The Guarantor is legally established, and a legal person with the Guarantor’s qualification, or other organization with the Guarantor’s qualification, or the Guarantor is a natural person with full civil capacity, and is willing to provide the guarantee with the assets owned or punishable by the Guarantor;

6.2 The Guarantor’s issuance of this Letter of Guarantee has been fully authorized or approved by the authorities including the higher authorities/board of directors;

6.3 The issuance of this Letter of Guarantee is the true meaning of the Guarantor, without factors of fraud or coercion;

6.4 Before the invalidation of this Letter of Guarantee, the total amount of all external guarantees (including foreign currency translation) of the Guarantor shall not exceed the total owner’s equity of the Guarantor;

6.5 Provide financial books/statements and annual financial reports to the Bank in a timely manner as required by the Bank, and promptly inform the Bank of the Guarantor’s major decisions and changes in the production, operation and management;

6.6 The financial information and all other documents provided by the Guarantor to the Bank are true and legal, and the legal representative or other responsible person of the Guarantor has unshakable legal responsibility for this;

 

6


6.7 The letter of “guarantee” is issued according to the requirements of the Bank;

6.8 Any change in the business registration, organization structure, shareholding structure, business operation or financial status of the Guarantor, or debt restructuring, major related party transactions, etc., shall not affect the legal binding force of this guarantee to the Guarantor, such as the above changes The Guarantor is obliged to notify the Bank immediately if it may affect the ability of the Guarantor to perform this guarantee;

6.9 The successor or assignee of the Guarantor is bound by all the terms of this Letter of Guarantee. The Guarantor will not transfer the above warranty obligations without the written consent of the Bank;

6.10 The Guarantor fails to settle the guaranteed debts in accordance with the provisions of this Letter of Guarantee. The Bank has the right to freeze/deduct any funds of the accounts opened by the Guarantor opened at China Merchants Bank or entrust other financial institutions to freeze/deduct the funds of the accounts opened by the Guarantor in the institution (if the guaranteed debt is not RMB, the Bank has the right to purchase the exchange directly from the Guarantor’s RMB account according to the exchange rate announced by the Bank at the time of deduction), until all debts owed by the Applicant to the Bank under the Credit Agreement are paid off. The Bank is entitled to seek recourse for the shortfall from the Guarantor.

6.11 The Guarantor commits that during the validity period of the Credit Agreement, the equity of the Applicant held by the Guarantor will not add the pledge guarantee for the third party other than the Bank.

6.12                                                              /                                                                  

7. Not considered a waiver

During the period of validity of this Letter of Guarantee, the Bank’s any tolerance, grace or delay in implementation of interests or rights to which the Bank is entitled within the Credit Agreement and the Letter of Guarantee shall not damage, influence or limit the interests and rights of the Bank as a creditor in accordance with the relevant laws and this Letter of Guarantee, nor can regard it as the Bank’s waiver of the right to take action against existing or future breaches.

8. Terms

Terms used in this Letter of Guarantee have the same meaning as those specified in the Credit Agreement unless otherwise expressly stated.

9. Notice

9.1 The Bank’s notices, requests or other documents related to the Letter of Guarantee shall be sent in writing (including but not limited to letters, faxes, e-mails, Party A’s online banking, SMS or WeChat).

Contact address of the Guarantor: No.1000, Tianyaoqiao Road

E-mail:     / fax number:         /        

Contact mobile number:     / WeChat number:         /        

 

7


(When the Guarantor is the entity, the entity’s e-mail / WeChat number is retained; when the Guarantor is individual, the personal e-mail/WeChat number is retained)

9.2 Where the delivery is made by hand (including but not limited to lawyer/notary’s delivery, express delivery, etc.), the recipient’s signature for receipt is deemed to be served (where the delivery is rejected by the recipient, it will be deemed to be served after seven days as of the date of rejection/return or date of being sent (whichever is earlier) ; If it is served by postal letter, it will be deemed to be served after 7 days of delivery;

where the delivery is made by fax, email, Party A‘s online banking notice, SMS or WeChat and other electronic means, the date on which the sender’s corresponding system displays the successful transmission is regarded as the delivery date.

If the Bank notifies the Guarantor of the transfer of the Guarantor’s creditor’s right by way of announcement in the public media or urges the Guarantor to make a payment, it shall be deemed to have been served on the date of the announcement.

If the Guarantor changes the contact address, e-mail address, fax number or mobile phone number or WeChat number, it shall notify the Bank of the changed information within five working days from the date of the change; otherwise, the Bank shall have the right to make the delivery according to the original contact address or information. If the delivery is unsuccessful because the contact address changes, the date of return or the 8th day after the date of delivery (whichever is earlier)

will be deemed to be the date of delivery. The Guarantor bears the losses arising therefrom and does not affect the legal effect of the delivery.

9.3 The above contact address, e-mail address, fax number, mobile phone number and WeChat number shall be used as the delivery address of the Guarantor’s notarization documents and judicial documents (including but not limited to the indictment/arbitration application, evidence, subpoena, responding notice, notice of proof, notice of court session, notice of hearing, judgment/arbitration, ruling, mediation, notice of performance within the deadline and other legal documents at the trial and execution stage, and the appellate court or notary office deliver the documents to the delivery address in the written method as agreed herein is considered as valid delivery (the specific delivery criteria are implemented in accordance with the provisions of Article 9.2 above).

10. Transfer

Regardless of whether the claim of the maximum guarantee warranty is determined, the Bank transfers all the claims under the Credit Agreement to a third party, and the maximum guarantee is transferred to the transferee of the claim with right.

After the creditor’s rights guaranteed by this Letter of Guarantee are determined, if the Bank transfers part of the creditor’s rights, the guarantee right of the Guarantor will be transferred accordingly, and the Bank will jointly share the security interest to the Guarantor with the transferee with creditor’s right with the part of the creditor’s right untransferred and partially transferred. Before the creditor’s rights guaranteed by this Letter of Guarantee is determined, if the Bank transfers part of the creditor’s rights, the security interest will be transferred in part, and the maximum amount of the Bank’s main creditor’s right guaranteed by the original maximum guarantee will be reduced accordingly (that is, the maximum amount of the Bank’s main creditor’s right guaranteed by the original maximum guarantee deducting the amount of the creditor’s right partially transferred. After the main creditor’s right untransferred of the Bank is determined, the Bank will jointly share the security interest to Guarantor with the transferee with creditor’s right with the part of the creditor’s right untransferred and partially transferred.

 

8


11. Other terms

11.1 The Guarantor confirms that the operations which the Bank handles the specific business for Applicant and the operations of the Bank involved in this Letter of Guarantee may be processed by any business outlet within the jurisdiction of the Bank, with relevant letters signed or issued. The business operations and letters of the outlets within the jurisdiction of the Bank shall be deemed to be binding upon the Parties.

11.2 /                                    

12. Dispute and dispute resolution

The Letter of Guarantee applies to the laws of the People’s Republic of China (excluding Hong Kong, Macao, and Taiwan laws). Due to disputes and disputes arising from this guarantee, the Guarantor agrees to resolve the dispute resolution method as stipulated in the Credit Agreement.

13. Effectiveness of Letter of Guarantee

13.1 When the Guarantor is a legal person or other organization, this Letter of Guarantee shall take effect as of the date when the Guarantor’s legal representative/ principal responsible person or its authorized agent signs/caps the seal and affixes the Guarantor’s official seal/special contract seal.

13.2 When the Guarantor is a natural person, this Letter of Guarantee shall take effect as of the date of signature by the Guarantor.

14. Supplementary provisions

This Letter of Guarantee is made in quadruplicate, one for the Bank, responsible, Applicant, Guarantor and Shanghai Branch respectively, and has the same legal effect.

Special Note:

All the terms of the Letter of Guarantee have been explained by the Bank to the Guarantor. The Guarantor confirms that its understanding of the terms of this Letter of Guarantee is exactly the same as that of the Bank. At the same time, the Bank has brought the Guarantor’s attention to the terms of exemption or restriction of the Bank’s liability, the Bank’s unilateral possession of certain rights, the increase of the Guarantor’s liability or the limitation of the Guarantor’s rights, and a comprehensive and accurate understanding of it.

(There is no text hereunder)

 

9


(This page is the signing page of the Maximum Irrevocable Letter of Guarantee numbered (9602190301)

Sign this column when the Guarantor is a legal person or other organization:

Guarantor:     (Seal)

Legal representative / principal responsible person or authorized agent (signed or sealed):

Main bank of deposit and account number:

Sign this column when the Guarantor is a natural person:

Guarantor (signature):

/s/ Jia Qingchun

/s/ Wang Ying

Name of Guarantor’s certificate:

Guarantor’s ID card No.:

Guarantor’s nationality:

Guarantor’s bank of deposit:

Guarantor’s settlement account:

Telephone:

Signed on: March 12, 2019

 

10

Exhibit 10.36

NINGBO COMMERCE BANK

Comprehensive Credit Line Contract

Ningbo Commerce Bank

(201812 Version)

 

 

 


Comprehensive Credit Line Contract

(Standard Terms)

Detailed information of Party A and Party B may be found in the subsidiary terms.

On the basis of equality and voluntariness, Party A and Party B have concluded the Contract upon consensus in accordance with the provisions of relevant laws, and are willing to abide by all contract terms.

Article 1 Comprehensive credit line amount:

The amount of the comprehensive credit line is detailed in the subsidiary terms, and this amount may be applied to multi-currency credit granting.

The currency exchange rate other than RMB is converted at the exchange rate quoted by Party A when each specific business actually occurs.

Article 2 Term of the comprehensive credit line: See the subsidiary terms for details.

During such term, it may be recycled several times within the scope of the comprehensive credit line amount determined in Article 1 of the Contract. The method, amount and duration of each use shall be agreed by Party A and Party B, but the sum of the principal balance for each form of credit granting shall not exceed the amount of the comprehensive credit line.

The specific business occurrence date under the credit line must be within the said term (including the starting date and the maturity date of such term), and the maturity date, which is not subject to the term, will be subject to the specific business contract.

Article 3 Comprehensive credit-granting methods

Credit-granting methods for the comprehensive credit line include but are not limited to the following:

loans, lending, bill acceptance and discounting, overdraft, factoring, issuing letter of guarantee, guarantee, issuing letter of credit, outward documentary bill, inward documentary bill, taking delivery of goods upon guarantee, packing credit, forfeiting, acceptance by an agent commissioned by Party A, issuing documents by an agent commissioned by Party A, issuing the letter of guarantee by an agent commissioned by Party A and any means agreed by the parties to occupy the credit line hereunder. The specific credit-granting method is subject to the specific business contract signed by both parties.

Party A may agree with Party B to grant Party B a number of comprehensive credit lines, which are independent of each other.

Article 4 Use of comprehensive credit lines

The application for use of the comprehensive credit line must be submitted by Party B. After Party A’s examination and approval, both parties sign the corresponding business contract. The parties agree that Party A has the right to adjust the amount of the comprehensive credit line (increase or decrease) according to Party B’s credit status, guarantee status, exchange rate changes and other market conditions, as well as Party A’s operating conditions, without the consent of Party B. Once the decision on such adjustment is made, it will take effect immediately.

Article 5 Transfer of credit line granted

Party B agrees to transfer the credit line granted to the third party as agreed in the subsidiary terms (that is, the subject agreed in the subsidiary terms may also adopt the credit line), and to undertake the responsibility of joint and several guarantee for all the debt (including contingent debt) and the principal, interest, penalty interest and compound interest thereon under this credit line suffered by the subject stipulated in the subsidiary terms, the expenses for such subject to realize creditor’s rights (including but not limited to litigation costs, attorney fees, notary fees, execution fees, etc.), as well as other losses and expenses caused to Party A by the debtor’s default, with the warranty period falling under the following circumstances:

1. The warranty period shall be two years from the maturity date of the debtor’s debt performance period as stipulated in the main contract. In the event of maturity in installments of the debt as stipulated by the main contract, the warranty period will be extended as a two-year period from the maturity date of the term for the last installment of the debt.

 

1/8


2. Where Party A and the debtor reach an extension agreement on the performance period for the debt under the main contract, the warranty period will be two years from the maturity date of the debt performance period re-arranged by the extension agreement.

3. The warranty period under the acceptance of bank acceptance bill, import letter of credit, standby letter of credit and bank guarantee will be two years from the date of the advanced payment by Party A.

4. The warranty period under the discount of bank/commercial acceptance bills is two years from the date of maturity of the discounted bills.

5. In case of any matter stipulated by the law, regulation or the main contract, causing an advance maturity of the debt under the main contract, the warranty period will be two years from the date of the advance maturity of the debt.

For details of the specific transferee of the credit line and the maximum amount of credit line to be transferred see the subsidiary terms.

Article 6 Statement, undertakings and commitments of Party B

I. Party B is an organization legally established, validly existing and has a good reputation in the jurisdiction under which it is established. It has all the institutional rights as well as full government licensing and approval to engage in its current business.

II. Party B has legal authorities, rights and authorizations to sign, deliver and perform the Contract.

III. Party B undertakes to conduct effective management of the environmental risks caused by it, abide by laws and regulations on such fields as environmental protection, energy conservation, emission reduction and pollution reduction, accept Party A’s supervision and submit the report on environmental risks according to Party A’s requirements.

IV. Party B undertakes that the information provided to Party A is true, complete, legal and valid, without any false records, misleading statements or major omissions.

V. Party B undertakes to fully perform all its obligations hereunder in good faith.

VI. Party B shall promptly, comprehensively and accurately disclose to Party A the actual controller, the actual beneficiary, the related party relationships, the related party transactions and the relevant matters arising from Party B’s related parties that may adversely affect Party B’s performance of the Contract.

VII. Party B undertakes that, in the event of any change to its domicile, correspondence address, contact number, business scope, legal representative, person in charge, shareholding structure, actual controller or other matters, it will notify Party A in writing within 10 days after the change of the matter concerned.

VIII. Where Party B falls under any of the following circumstances, it shall notify Party A in writing 30 days in advance. If Party A believes that the case may have a significant impact on the performance of the Contract, Party B shall take action after obtaining the written consent of Party A:

 

2/8


1. where Party B sells, gifts, lends, transfers, mortgages, pledges or takes other means to dispose of important assets whose value exceeds 10% of the net assets;

2. where the dividend exceeds 30% of the net profit after tax of that year or exceeds 20% of the total undistributed profit;

3. where the newly-added foreign investment exceeds 20% of the net assets after the credit line is effective;

4. where Party B pays off debts to other banks in advance;

5. where Party B repays the debts to the shareholders of Party B; or

6. where Party B applies for credit granting to other banks, or provides guarantees to third parties, or reduces or exempts third-party debts, involving a debt amount exceeding 20% of the net assets.

Article 7 Special agreement on credit granting to and related party transactions among group clients

I. The term “group client” refers to an enterprise legal person or institutional legal person with the following characteristics:

1. which directly or indirectly controls or is controlled by other enterprise legal person or institutional legal person in equity or business;

2. which is jointly controlled by a third-party enterprise legal person or institutional legal person;

3. which is directly or indirectly controlled jointly by a major individual investor, key management or their close family members (including direct family relationships within three generations and collateral relationships within the second generation);

4. which has other related relationships and may not transfer assets and profits according to the fair price principle, shall be subject to the credit-granting management as a group client.

II. Where Party B is a group client, it shall report to Party A in writing within 10 days from the date of the related party transaction with more than 10% of the net assets. The report shall cover the relationship between the parties to the transaction, items and the nature of the transaction, the transaction amount or corresponding proportion and pricing policies (including transactions with no amount or only a nominal amount).

Article 8 Event of default and liability for breach

I. Event of default

Under any of the following circumstance, an event of default is deemed to have occurred:

1. where Party B or the transferor violates its any due obligations stipulated in the Contract or the single business contract hereunder;

2. where Party B or the transferor indicates expressly or indirectly via its behaviors that it will not perform its obligations under the Contract or the single business contract hereunder;

3. where the relevant certificates and documents submitted by Party B or the transferor to Party A or any statements, undertakings and commitments made by Party B or the transferor are untrue, inaccurate and incomplete with false records, misleading statements or major omissions;

4. where Party B or the transferor arbitrarily changes the use of loan funds, misappropriates loans or uses bank loans to engage in illegal transactions;

 

3/8


5. where Party B or the transferor is involved in litigation or arbitration with Party A or any other third party;

6. where the guarantor of Party B violates the guarantee contract (including but not limited to the guarantee contract, mortgage contract and pledge contract) or the breach of contract under the guarantee contract occurs, or the guarantee contract fails to take effect, is invalid or revoked, or the situation in which the guarantee capacity of the guarantor is reduced or the value of the collateral is reduced occurs;

7. where Party B or the guarantor or the transferor breaches the agreement with other financial institutions or involves in the dispute on a loan or guarantee relationship with other institutions;

8. where Party B or the transferor is negligent in management and pursues the due creditor’s rights, or disposes of its main property on a gratuitous basis or at a unreasonable low price or by other improper means, or engages in other acts for the purpose of transfer of property or evasion of debts;

9. where the business situation of Party B or the transferor has experienced major problems, with financial situation deteriorating severely, or Party B or the transferor has major financial losses, asset losses (including but not limited to asset losses due to its external guarantees), or other financial crises;

10. where Party B or the transferor has been subjected to administrative punishment or criminal sanctions or is being investigated by the relevant department and may be subject to administrative punishment or criminal sanctions due to violation of laws and regulations in operation;

11. where Party B or the transferor is involved in such circumstances as division, consolidation, major merger, acquisition and restructuring, disposal of major assets, capital reduction, liquidation, reorganization, cancellation, bankruptcy, dissolution, suspension or partial suspension of business;

12. where the controlling shareholder or actual controller of Party B or the transferor is changed, and Party A believes that such change has harmed or may harm the realization of the creditor’s rights hereunder; or where Party B’s controlling shareholder, actual controller, legal representative or senior management is involved in major events, including but not limited to that they have been subject to administrative punishments or criminal sanctions or are investigating by relevant departments and may be subject to administrative penalties or criminal sanctions due to violations of laws and regulations in operation, litigation or arbitration cases, serious deterioration of financial situation, and declaration of bankruptcy or dissolution;

13. where unfavorable changes occurred in the industry in which Party B or the transferor is engaged, and Party A believes that such changes have harmed or may harm the realization of the creditor’s rights hereunder; and

14. other circumstances relating to Party B or the transferor that have harmed or may harm the realization of the creditor’s rights hereunder.

II. Liability for breach

In the event of an event of default as described in Paragraph 1 of this Article, Party A shall have the right to take one of the following measures or to take various measures at the same time:

1. adjusting, canceling or suspending the comprehensive credit line hereunder, including the transfer of the credit line, or adjusting the validity period of the credit line;

2. announcing that all or part of the debts of Party B under this credit line will be mature immediately, and requiring Party B to immediately repay all or part of the used credit line, including the business under the credit line transferred;

3. requiring Party B to add additional guarantees or take other measures to ensure that Party A’s legitimate rights and interests are not infringed;

4. being entitled to deduct directly from the account of Party B, the guarantor or the transferor to settle all the debts of Party B or the transferor under the Contract and each specific business contract (including the debts that Party A requires to pay in advance), without the prior consent of Party B, the guarantor or the transferor; and

 

4/8


5. being entitled to exercise the real rights granted by way of security or require the guarantor to perform the guarantee responsibility.

Article 9 Service

I. Party B confirms and declares that the information for service stipulated in the subsidiary terms, which is provided by the personnel recognized by Party B and is accurate and correct, is the address for service and contact information for the legal instruments involved in the comprehensive credit line contract (including the specific business contract, hereinafter the same) regarding such fields as various documents, debt collection, dispute resolution, litigation (arbitration) (including first instance, second instance, retrial, execution and other stages of litigation).

II. Where Party A, the people’s court, the arbitration institution, the notary office and other parties send the documents to Party B according to the address and contact information recognized in the information for service stipulated in the subsidiary terms, and if no one receives or signs the documents, or the mail is rejected, or it falls under any other circumstance under which the addressee does not give feedback, the date of return of the documents will be deemed as the date of service; where the mail is subject to a direct service and Party B refuses to receive, the process server may take a photo or video to record the service process and leave the documents in place, so that it will be deemed as service.

III. Where Party B makes any change to the information for service stipulated in the subsidiary terms before the debt under the comprehensive credit line contract is settled, Party B shall notify Party A in writing within ten working days after the change and provide the contact information and address for service after the change, and the said written notice shall be kept as an appendix to the Contract. After the debt under the comprehensive credit line contract comes to the litigation (arbitration) stage, Party B shall notify the people’s court or the arbitration institution of such change in writing at the same time.

IV. Party B hereby expressly declares that Party A or the people’s court of appeal may serve the document by means of a modern communication method such as sending a text message to the mobile phone in the contact information provided by Party B, sending a fax to the designated fax number or sending an email to the designated email address, and in terms of service by SMS, fax, or email, the date of sending will be the date of service.

V. Where Party B provides incorrect or unclear address for service and contact information or fails to inform the address for service and contact information after change in a timely manner, resulting in the failure to serve or return the document, the date on which the document is returned shall be deemed as its date of service.

Article 10 Party A shall not be liable for any failure to continue to perform the comprehensive credit limit contract or the specific business contract under it due to the change of laws, regulations, rules and policies or the promulgation of emergency measures.

Article 11 The matters not covered in the comprehensive credit line contract and the specific business contracts under it shall be subject to the laws and regulations in force, as well as the relevant provisions of the People’s Bank of China, the China Banking and Insurance Regulatory Commission and Party A.

Article 12 The Contract shall become effective upon signing by the parties.

Article 13 Notes and statements

Party A has drawn Party B’s attention to a comprehensive and accurate understanding of the terms and conditions of the Contract, especially those in bold. At the request of Party B, the corresponding terms of the Contract are explained accordingly. The contracting parties have fully understood the meaning of the terms hereof and their corresponding legal consequences. At the same time, Party B specifically declares that special attention has been paid to the terms that involve its obligations and its disadvantages and it will accept these terms.

(The above is the standard terms of the Contract, while the following is the subsidiary terms)

 

5/8


Comprehensive Credit Line Contract

(subsidiary terms)

Contract No.: N. T. 0202 Z. Z. No.19050501

Party A (Lender): Ningbo Commerce Bank Co., Ltd., Shanghai Branch

Address: 23/F, Building 2, You You Century Plaza, No. 428, Yanggao South Road, Pudong New Area, Shanghai

Tel.: 021-60587888 Fax: 021-60587871

Principal: Zhang Zhengyin Position: Branch President

Party B (Borrower): Shanghai ECMOHO Health Biotechnology Co., Ltd.

Legal representative: Wang Ying

Article 1 Comprehensive credit line amount: (equivalent to) RMB (in words) Two Million Only

Article 2 Term of the comprehensive credit line: May 6, 2019 to May 6, 2020.

Article 3 The specific transferee of the credit line and the maximum amount of credit line transferred:

1.                                          (transferor), amount: (equivalent to)                  (currency) (in words)                             ;

2.                                          (transferor), amount: (equivalent to)                  (currency) (in words)                             ;

3.                                          (transferor), amount: (equivalent to)                  (currency) (in words)                             ;

 

4.                                                                                                                                                                                                                         

 

                                                                                                                                                                                                                             

 

                                                                                                                                                                                                                             

 

                                                                                                                                                                                                                             

Article 4 Service

Address for service: ****

Zip code: 200030    Fax:                                 

Addressee (or agent thereof): Li Wei

Tel.:                     Mobile No.:****

E-mail: ****

 

6/8


Article 5 The Contract is made under and also governed by the laws of the People’s Republic of China. In the event of a dispute arising from the performance of the Contract, the parties shall conduct consultation or mediation; if the negotiation or mediation fails, the dispute shall be settled in the manner specified in Item 1 below.

1. File a lawsuit to the people’s court of the locality where Party A is located.

2. File a lawsuit to the people’s court of the place where the Contract is signed.

3. Apply to the      Arbitration Commission for arbitration.

 

Article 6 Other matters agreed upon by Party A and Party B:                                                                                                                     

 

                                                                                                                                                                                                                         

 

                                                                                                                                                                                                                         

 

                                                                                                                                                                                                                         

 

                                                                                                                                                                                                                         

Article 7 The Contract is made in duplicate with each party holding one, and each copy shall have the same legal effect.

The standard terms and the subsidiary terms of the Contract constitute a complete contract.

Party A’s Seal:

May 06, 2019

Ningbo Commerce Bank Co., Ltd., Shanghai Branch (seal)

Seal specific for credit contract

Zhang Zhengying (seal)

Party B’s Seal:

Signature of legal representative or entrusted agent: /s/ Wang Ying

May 06, 2019

Shanghai ECMOHO Health Biotechnology Co., Ltd. (seal)

Signed in: Shanghai

 

7/8


NINGBO COMMERCE BANK

Loan Contract

Ningbo Commerce Bank

(201406 Version)

 

 

 


Loan Contract

Contract No.: Ning Tong 0202 Loan Contract No.19051704

☐Non-credit line

☑Within the credit line Name of the contract: Comprehensive Credit Line Contract

Line Contract No.: Ning Tong 0202 Comprehensive Loan Contract No.19050507

Party A (Lender): Ningbo Commerce Bank Co., Ltd., Shanghai Branch

Address: 23/F, Building 2, You You Century Plaza, No. 428, Yanggao South Road, Pudong New Area, Shanghai

Tel.: 021-60587888 Fax: 021-60587871

Principal: Zhang Zhengyin Position: Branch President

Party B (Borrower): Shanghai ECMOHO Health Biotechnology Co., Ltd.

Legal representative: Wang Ying

On the basis of equality and voluntariness, Party A and Party B have concluded the loan contract (the “Contract”) upon consensus in accordance with the provisions of relevant laws, and are willing to abide by all contract terms.

Article 1 Loan

I. Loan amount: RMB (in words) One Million Nine Hundred and Fifteen Thousand Six Hundred and Eighty-eight Point Four

II. Loan term: 12 months

The loan term begins on the date when the loan is actually granted. The date of loan release and the maturity date shall be subject to those recorded in the loan IOU.

III. Loan interest rate

1. The loan interest rate hereunder is determined according to the following standards. The interest rate of the first loan is subject to those recorded in the loan IOU (please fill in the option box with “✓”):

☐ the benchmark interest rate of the People’s Bank of China for the same grade loan on the date of loan release.

☐ the benchmark interest rate of the People’s Bank of China for the same grade loan on the loan issuance date ☐ floating upward/ ☐ floating downward              (hereinafter referred to as “interest rate floating ratio”).

☐ Other, specific loan interest rate is 7%.

2. The adjustment method for the loan interest rate under the Contract is (please fill in the option box with “✓”):

☐ Adjustment according to             . The interest rate adjustment date is the following Item     :

 

1/12


(1) Adjustment is made on the corresponding date for each             . In case of no corresponding date, the last day of the              shall be the corresponding date, and the new loan interest rate will be determined and apply at the benchmark interest rate at the time of this adjustment (if the benchmark interest rate is adjusted for two or more times during the period as agreed in this paragraph, the benchmark interest rate at the time of the last adjustment in the period shall prevail) and corresponding interest rate floating ratio;

(2) The new loan interest rate will be determined and apply at the benchmark interest rate at the corresponding interest rate floating ratio on January 1 of each year (if the benchmark interest rate is adjusted for two or more times during the period as agreed in this paragraph, the benchmark interest rate at the time of the last adjustment in the period shall prevail).

 

(3) Other:                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                   
 

☑ Fixed interest rate.

3. Conversion of daily interest rate: daily interest rate = annual interest rate / 360 days

IV. Loan purposes

The purpose of the loan is given in item (1) below:

(1) Turnover of working capital

(2) Borrowing for repaying (enlending)/reorganization, specifically: return of the credit granting under                                  (contract name) with contract No.                             .

 

(3) Others, specific loan purpose is:                                                                                                                                                                                                          
 

Article 2 Loan release and payment

I. Party B may require Party A to issue loans hereunder provided that conditions in the following Item 2 are met:

1. After the Contract comes into effect.

2. The Contract has already taken effect, and the relevant guarantee contracts have been signed. If registration or filing and notarization procedures are required, the relevant procedures have been completed.

 

3.                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                    
   

II. Payment of loan funds

(I) Payment method

Party A and Party B agree that the loan funds are paid in the following manner (fill in the “☐” with “✓”)

☑ Full payment upon authorization refers to the act that Party A, through Party B’s account, pays the loan funds to the counterparty of Party B in a transaction conforming to the stipulated purpose according to Party B’s application for withdrawal and payment entrustment.

 

2/12


☐ Part payment upon authorization refers to the act that Party A, through Party B’s account, pays the loan funds to the counterparty of Party B in a transaction conforming to the stipulated purpose according to Party B’s application for withdrawal and payment entrustment, provided that the payment object is clear and single payment amount is equivalent to more than RMB’0,000 (inclusive); the remaining loan funds shall be paid by Party B independently, that is, Party A shall, according to Party B’s application for withdrawal, issue the loan funds to Party B’s account, and Party B shall independently pay such amount to its counterparty in a transaction conforming to the stipulated purpose.

☐ Full payment by Party B itself refers to the act that Party A shall, according to Party B’s application for withdrawal, issue the loan funds to Party B’s account, and Party B shall independently pay such amount to its counterparty in a transaction conforming to the stipulated purpose.

 

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                  
 

(II) Payment management

1. In case of the payment upon authorization, Party B may request Party A to pay the loan funds on the premise of meeting the following payment conditions:

(1) Party B submits the payment application and the corresponding business contract and other evidential materials as required by Party A, and the information on the transaction object and payment amount listed in the payment application is consistent with the evidential materials;

(2) The payment application conforms to the loan purpose as stipulated herein;

(3) Party B authorizes Party A to pay loan funds to a specific transaction object;

(4)                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                        

Party A has the right to review whether the information on the payment object, payment amount and other information listed in the payment application provided by Party B is consistent with the corresponding business contract and other evidential materials, and has the right to reject the payment application that does not meet the loan purpose as stipulated herein.

2. In case of the payment by Party B itself, Party B shall inform Party A of the payment of the loan funds according to the summary of                 , and provide the information such as the transaction object and payment amount as well as corresponding business contract and other evidential materials according to Party A’s requirements.

3. Party B may not use the loan funds for investment in fixed assets, equity, etc., and shall not be used the loan funds in areas or for purposes prohibited by the state for production or operation.

4. Party B agrees that in the case of the payment upon authorization, Party A shall first transfer the loan to Party B’s account, and then directly transfer the loan to Party B’s transaction object from Party B’s account. During the period of the stay of loan funds on Party B’s account, Party B shall not withdraw the loan funds, and in case that such funds are imposed on compulsory measures, including but not limited to freezing, deduction, etc., Party B shall independently bear the liability which is unrelated to Party A, and Party B shall still be liable for repayment.

5. Regardless of the payment upon authorization or payment by Party B itself, once the loan funds are transferred to Party B’s account according to Party B’s application for withdrawal or entrustment, it is deemed that Party B’s withdrawal is successful hereunder. Party A’s obligation of loan release is fulfilled, and Party B shall repay the loan in accordance with the Contract.

 

3/12


(III) Changes in payment methods and conditions for triggering changes

In the event of one of the following circumstances, Party A shall have the right to adjust the standard for the amount to be paid upon authorization as agreed in Paragraph (1) or change the payment method to full payment upon authorization:

1. In the case of payment by Party B itself, Party B fails to make a regular summary report on the payment of loan funds to Party A as agreed, or refuses to cooperate with Party A to check whether the loan payment conforms to the agreed purpose by means of account analysis, voucher inspection or on-site investigation;

2. Party B evades Party A’s payment upon authorization by the means of breaking up the whole into parts in violation of the Contract;

3. Party B’s credit status declines or its profitability of the main business is not strong;

4. The use of loan funds is abnormal;

5.                                                                                                                                                                                                                                               

Article 3 Account management and financial indicators

I. After negotiation between Party A and Party B, Party B agrees to open the following account at Party A to accept Party A’s monitoring:

1. Party B agrees to open a loan issuance account at Party A as required by Party A, with the account name of                              and the account number of                             . The issuance and withdrawal of loan funds are handled through the account. Party A has the right to dynamically monitor the account. When an abnormal situation is found, Party A has the right to take measures including but not limited to freezing and stopping of payment.

2. Party B agrees to open an account for fund return at Party A as required by Party A (fill in the “☐” with “✓”).

☐ The account for fund return is the same as the loan issuance account in Item 1.

☐ The account name of the account for fund return is                             , with the account number of                             .

 

 

The return of funds in this account shall be subject to the following agreements:                                                                                                              

 

 

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                  

When Party B is unable to repay the loan owed to Party A in time, Party A has the right to deduct the funds which will be used for repaying the loan principal and interest from the account for fund return and other accounts opened by Party B at Party A.

II. Before the loan is fully settled hereunder, Party B’s financial indicators shall meet the following agreed conditions:

 

 

Article 4 Settlement of loan interest

1. Interest is calculated at the actual loan amount and the actual loan term from the date on which the loan is actually issued. The specific interest settlement is subject to the following Item (1):

 

4/12


(1) Settlement is made once a month, and the interest settlement date (the interest payment date) is the 20th day of each month, and the loan principal and interest shall be fully paid off at the same time, when the loan is due (including acceleration of maturity).

(2) Settlement is made once a quarter, and the interest settlement date (the interest payment date) is the 20th day of the last month of each quarter, and the loan principal and interest shall be fully paid off at the same time, when the loan is due (including acceleration of maturity).

(3) Settlement is made once a year, and the interest settlement date (the interest payment date) is December 20 of each year, and the loan principal and interest shall be fully paid off at the same time, when the loan is due (including acceleration of maturity).

(4) Repayment is made in a lump sum when the loan is due (including acceleration of maturity), and the loan principal and interest shall be fully paid off at the same time.

2. Party B shall deposit the interest payable in the deduction account before each interest settlement date, and Party A may conduct the deduction directly from the account opened by Party B in Party A. If Party B cannot pay interest in time, Party A shall have the right to collect the compound interest on unpaid interest.

Article 5 Interest-bearing method for interest rate floating

If the loan interest rate floats, the interest on the loan will be charged at the adjusted interest rate from the date of interest rate adjustment.

Article 6 Loan repayment

1. Party B shall fully repay the loan principal and interest (including acceleration of maturity); if it indeed cannot make the full repayment thereof as scheduled, it must apply in writing to Party A one month in advance, and conduct specific consultation with Party A on the repayment.

2. If Party B repays the loan in advance, it must apply to Party A in advance and be agreed by both parties upon negotiation.

3. Party B irrevocably authorizes Party A to deduct all principal and interest of the loan due or early due from the account opened by Party B at Party A.

Article 7 Rights of Party B

1. Party B has the right to withdraw and use all the loans as agreed herein;

2. After obtaining the written consent of Party A, Party B has the right to transfer the debt to a third party.

Article 8 Obligations of Party B

1. Party B shall truthfully provide the documents and materials required by Party A, as well as the information on all its bank accounts, the bank of deposit and the balance of deposits and loans, and shall be cooperative in investigation, examination and inspection by Party A;

2. Party B shall provide the latest changes to the monthly financial statements and registration status to Party A in a timely manner;

3. Party B shall accept Party A’s supervision and inspection over its use of credit funds and relevant production, operation and financial activities, and cooperate with Party A in the loan payment management, post-loan management and related inspections;

4. Party B shall use the loan in accordance with the purposes as agreed herein;

5. Party B shall fully repay the loan principal and interest on schedule as agreed herein;

6. Where Party B transfers all or part of debts hereunder to a third party, it shall obtain a prior written consent of Party A;

 

5/12


7. If Party B carries out the transfer of major property rights, system change, merger, division, equity transfer, transfer of major assets, substantial increase in debt financing, external investment and other acts that are enough to affect Party A’s rights and interests, it shall obtain prior written consent from Party A, and implement the safeguard measures for the safe repayment of the loan principal and interest and all other related expenses.

8. Party B shall promptly notify Party A when it has any material adverse events affecting its solvency.

Article 9 Statement, undertakings and commitments of Party B

1. Party B is a company legally established, validly existing and has a good reputation in the jurisdiction under which it is established. It has all the corporate rights as well as government licensing and approvals to engage in its current business.

2. Party B has legal authorities, rights and authorizations to sign, deliver and perform the Contract.

3. Party B undertakes that the information provided to Party A is true, complete, legal and valid, without any false records, misleading statements or major omissions.

4. Party B hereby undertakes that it will fully perform all its obligations hereunder in good faith, and that it will not commit any act (including the act which it should commit but it fails to do so, or the act which it should not commit but it do so) endangering the realization of creditor’s rights hereunder, in case that it fails to obtain a prior written consent of Party A.

5. Party B hereby undertakes that, in the event of any change to its domicile, correspondence address, contact number, business scope, legal representative or other matters, it will notify Party A in writing within ten days after the change of the matter concerned.

Article 10 Special agreement on credit granting and related transactions of group clients

I. The term “group client” refers to an enterprise legal person or institutional legal person with the following characteristics:

1. which directly or indirectly controls or is controlled by other enterprise legal person or institutional legal person in equity or business;

2. which is jointly controlled by a third-party enterprise legal person or institutional legal person;

3. which is directly or indirectly controlled jointly by a major individual investor, key management or their close family members (including direct family relationships within three generations and collateral relationships within the second generation);

4. which has other related relationships and may not transfer assets and profits according to the fair price principle, shall be subject to the credit-granting management as a group client.

II. Where Party B is a group client, it shall report to Party A in writing within ten days from the date of the related party transaction with more than 10% of the net assets. The report shall cover the relationship between the parties to the transaction, items and the nature of the transaction, the transaction amount or corresponding proportion and pricing policies (including transactions with no amount or only a nominal amount).

Article 11 Rights of Party A

1. Party A has the right to request Party B to provide information related to the loan;

2. Party A has the right to request Party B to return the principal and interest of the loan on time;

3. Party A has the right to know Party B’s production and operation, financial activities and repayment plan, and to conduct post-loan management and related inspections on Party B;

 

6/12


4. Party A has the right to supervise Party B to use the loan according to the purposes as agreed herein, and to manage the loan payment of Party B. In the case of payment by Party B itself, Party A shall have the right to require Party B to make a regular summary report on the payment of loan funds, and check whether the loan payment conforms to the agreed purpose by means of account analysis, voucher inspection or on-site investigation;

5. Party A has the right to deduct the principal and interest of the loan directly from the accounts of Party B;

6. If Party B fails to perform various obligations as stipulated hereunder, Party A shall have the right to require Party B to repay the loan in advance or stop issuing the loan that has not been used by Party B in accordance with the provisions hereof;

7. Party A has the right to recover the loan in advance according to the return of Party B’s funds;

8. If Party B carries out the transfer of major property rights, system change, merger, division, equity transfer, transfer of major assets, substantial increase in debt financing, external investment and other acts that are enough to affect Party A’s rights and interests, Party A shall have the right to request Party B to pay off the principal and interest of the loan and all other related expenses hereunder, or to transfer all the debts hereunder to the transferee approved by Party A for succession, or require Party B to provide the guarantee measures agreed by Party A.

9. Party A has the right to independently transfer the rights and obligations hereunder to a third party, and Party B shall be deemed to have agreed to such transfer.

10. If Party B conducts large-amount financing, sale of major assets, merger, division, shareholding reform, bankruptcy liquidation, etc., Party A shall have the right to participate in the above matters in order to safeguard its creditor’s rights.

Article 12 Obligations of Party A

1. Party A is obliged to grant the loan to Party B in accordance with the conditions as stipulated herein;

2. Party A shall keep confidential the finance, production and operation of Party B, except as otherwise provided by laws and regulations or otherwise required by the regulatory authorities.

Article 13 Charge clause

1. The expenses incurred for the credit investigation, inspection, notarization, witness and registration related to the Contract shall be borne by Party B.

2. Expenses (including announcement fee, delivery fee, appraisal fee, attorney fee, case acceptance fee, property preservation fee, travel expenses, assessment fee, auction fee, compulsory execution fee, etc.) required by Party A to collect the loan principal and interest, which arise from the failure of Party B to repay the loan principal and interest at maturity (including early maturity), shall be borne by Party B.

Article 14 Party B shall open a settlement account with Party A to settle the economic business transaction through such account.

Article 15 Event of default and liability for breach

I. Event of default

Under any of the following circumstance, an event of default is deemed to have occurred:

1. Where Party B violates any of its obligations hereunder, or indicates expressly or indirectly via its behaviors that it will not perform any of its obligations under the Contract;

2. Where the relevant certificates and documents submitted by Party B to Party A or any statements, undertakings and commitments made by Party B are untrue, inaccurate and incomplete with false records, misleading statements or major omissions;

 

7/12


3. Where Party B arbitrarily changes the use of loan funds, misappropriates loans or uses bank loans to engage in illegal transactions;

4. Where Party B violates the agreement on the payment of loan funds herein;

5. Where Party B breaks through the financial indicators as stipulated herein;

6. Where Party B fails to use foreign exchange loans in accordance with state administration provisions;

7. Where the storage and value of the collateral greatly change;

8. Where Party B is involved in litigation or arbitration with Party A or any other third party;

9. Where the Guarantor of Party B violates the guarantee contract (including but not limited to the guarantee contract, mortgage contract and pledge contract) or the breach of contract under the guarantee contract occurs, or the guarantee contract fails to take effect, is invalid or revoked, or the situation in which the guarantee capacity of the Guarantor is reduced;

10. Where Party B is negligent in management and pursues the due creditor’s rights, or disposes of its main property on a gratuitous basis or at a unreasonable low price or by other improper means, or engages in other acts for the purpose of transfer of property or evasion of debts;

11. Where the business situation of Party B has experienced major problems, with financial situation deteriorating severely, or Party B has major financial losses, asset losses (including but not limited to asset losses due to its external guarantees), or other financial crises;

12. Where Party B has been subjected to administrative punishment or criminal sanctions or is being investigated by the relevant department and may be subject to administrative punishment or criminal sanctions due to violation of laws and regulations in operation;

13. Where Party B is involved in such circumstances as division, consolidation, major merger, acquisition and restructuring, disposal of major assets, capital reduction, liquidation, reorganization, cancellation, bankruptcy, dissolution, suspension or partial suspension of business;

14. Where the controlling shareholder or actual controller of Party B is changed, and Party A believes that such change has endangered or may endanger the realization of the creditor’s rights hereunder; or where Party B’s controlling shareholder, actual controller, legal representative or senior management is involved in major events, including but not limited to that they have been subject to administrative punishments or criminal sanctions or are investigating by relevant departments and may be subject to administrative penalties or criminal sanctions due to violations of laws and regulations in operation, litigation or arbitration cases, serious deterioration of financial situation, and declaration of bankruptcy or dissolution;

15. Where unfavorable changes occurred in the industry in which Party B is engaged, and Party A believes that such changes have endangered or may endanger the realization of the creditor’s rights hereunder;

16. Where Party B fails to handle the settlement or deposit and other related business at Party A’s office as agreed; and

17. Other circumstances relating to Party B that have harmed or may harm the realization of the creditor’s rights hereunder.

II. Liability for breach

In the event of an event of default as described in Paragraph 1 of this Article, Party A shall have the right to take one of the following measures or to take various measures at the same time:

 

8/12


1. Party A may request an advance maturity of the loan, an advance recovery of some or all of the loan principal and interest as well as payment of relevant expenses, including but not limited to the credit investigation, inspection, notarization and other expenses related to the Contract, and Party A’s payment for all such fees as attorney fees, legal fees, arbitration fees, travel expenses, announcement fees, delivery fees, and implementation fees for the purpose of realizing the creditor’s rights;

2. Party A may cease or terminate the issuance and payment of any money that has not been issued or paid under the Contract;

3. Party A may be entitled to deduct the principal and interest of the loan directly from the accounts of Party B and the warrantor;

4. Party A may require Party B to provide new guarantees in accordance with the requirements of Party A for the creditor’s rights under the Contract;

5. Party A may exercise the guarantee right, requiring the warrantor to perform the guarantee responsibility, or realizing the creditor’s rights by disposing the collateral and/or pledge;

6. Where the loan matures duly or matures in advance, and Party B fails to repay the principal and interest of the loan as agreed, Party A has the right to impose an interest at 50% penalty interest rate on the loan principal according to the loan interest rate stipulated in the Contract from the date of overdue at the actual number of overdue days, and also impose a compound interest at the penalty interest rate on the interest that cannot be paid on time;

If the payment for loan principal or interest is overdue for a period less than 90 days (including 90 days), the loan repayment order is: (1) interest (including penalty interest and compound interest); (2) principal. If the payment for loan principal or interest is overdue for a period more than 90 days, the loan repayment order is: (1) the principal (including the part maturing in advance); (2) interest (including penalty interest and compound interest).

7. Where Party B misappropriates the loan, Party A shall have the right to charge interest at the penalty interest rate of 100% according to the loan interest rate stipulated in the Contract at the actual misappropriation amount and the number of misappropriation days from the date of misappropriation, and also charge a compound interest on the interest that cannot be paid on time at the penalty interest rate; and/or

8. Other remedies that Party A has the right to claim in accordance with the law and the Contract.

Article 16 Service

Service shall be subject to the terms of the credit line contract corresponding to the Contract,

☐ specifically:

I. Party B confirms and declares that the following information, which is provided by the personnel recognized by Party B and is accurate and correct, is the address for service and contact information for the legal instruments involved in the Contract regarding such fields as various documents, debt collection, dispute resolution, litigation (arbitration) (including first instance, second instance, retrial, execution and other stages of litigation):

 

Address for service:
 

Zip code:                         Fax:                         

Addressee (or agent thereof):                                     

Tel.:                              Mobile No.:/                            

 

9/12


E-mail:                                              

II. Where Party A, the people’s court, the arbitration institution, the notary office and other parties send the documents to Party B according to the above address and contact information, and if no one receives or signs the documents, or the mail is rejected, or it falls under any other circumstance under which the addressee does not give feedback, the date of return of the documents will be deemed as the date of service; where the mail is subject to a direct service and Party B refuses to receive, the process server may take a photo or video to record the service process and leave the documents in place, so that it will be deemed as service.

III. Where Party B makes any change to the above contact information before the debt hereunder is settled, Party B shall notify Party A in writing within ten working days after the change and provide the contact information and address for service after the change, and the said written notice shall be kept as an appendix to the Contract. After the debt hereunder comes to the litigation (arbitration) stage, Party B shall notify the people’s court or the arbitration institution of such change in writing at the same time.

IV. Party B hereby expressly declares that Party A or the people’s court of appeal may serve the document by means of a modern communication method such as sending a text message to the mobile phone in the contact information provided by Party B, sending a fax to the designated fax number or sending an email to the designated email address, and in terms of service by SMS, fax, or email, the date of sending will be the date of service.

V. Where Party B provides incorrect or unclear address for service and contact information or fails to inform the address for service and contact information after change in a timely manner, resulting in the failure to serve or return the document, the date on which the document is returned shall be deemed as its date of service.

Article 17 Modification and rescission of the Contract

After the agreement between the two parties, the Contract may be modified or rescinded, and the agreement to modify or rescind the Contract shall be made in writing.

Article 18 Miscellaneous

1. During the existence of the Contract, Party A’s tolerance or extension for Party B’s any breach of contract or delay or Party A’s postponement in exercising its due rights hereunder shall not impair, influence or limit all rights due to Party A as stipulated by the Contract and relevant laws, and it shall not be regarded as Party A’s permission or recognition of any breach of this contract, nor shall it be deemed that Party A waives its right to take action against Party B’s existing or future breach of contract.

2. If the Contract becomes invalid in law or part of its terms is invalid for any reason, Party B shall still perform all repayment obligations. In the event of the above, Party A has the right to terminate the Contract and may immediately recover from Party B the principal and interest of the loan hereunder and other relevant funds.

3. The notices and requirements related to the Contract between Party A and Party B shall be made in writing.

4. If a date specified in the Contract or the last day of a period stipulated herein is a statutory holiday, it shall be postponed to the first working day after the statutory holiday.

5. Party A shall not be liable for any failure to fully perform the Contract due to changes in laws, regulations, rules, policies, and the promulgation of emergency measures.

6. Matters not covered in the Contract shall be subject to the laws and regulations in force, as well as the relevant provisions of the People’s Bank of China, the China Banking Regulatory Commission and Party A.

 

10/12


Article 19 Other matters agreed upon by Party A and Party B:                                                                                                                                              

Article 20 Application of law and dispute resolution

The Contract is made under and also governed by the laws of the People’s Republic of China. In the event of a dispute arising from the performance of the Contract, the parties shall conduct consultation or mediation; if the negotiation or mediation fails, the dispute shall be settled in the manner specified in Item 1 below.

1. File a lawsuit to the people’s court of the locality where Party A is located.

2. Apply to the                      Arbitration Commission for arbitration.

Article 21 The Contract is made in duplicate with each party holding one, and each copy shall have the same legal effect.

Article 22 The Contract shall become effective upon signing by the parties.

Article 23 Notes and statements

Party A has drawn Party B’s attention to a comprehensive and accurate understanding of the terms and conditions of the Contract, especially those in bold. At the request of Party B, the corresponding terms of the Contract are explained accordingly. The contracting parties have fully understood the meaning of the terms hereof and their corresponding legal consequences.

At the same time, Party B specifically declares that special attention has been paid to the terms that involve its obligations and its disadvantages. And Party B recognizes and accepts these terms.

Party A’s Seal:

May 17, 2019

Ningbo Commerce Bank Co., Ltd., Shanghai Branch Seal specific for credit contract (seal)

/s/ Zhang Zhengying

Party B’s Seal:

Signature of legal representative or entrusted agent:

May 06, 2019

Shanghai ECMOHO Health Biotechnology Co., Ltd. (seal)

/s/ Wang Ying

Signed in: Shanghai

 

11/12


Appendix:

Demand Note

Ningbo Commerce Bank,

According to the contract (Ning Tong     . Z. No.     ) signed by us and the bank, we apply for a loan fund payment, and irrevocably authorize the bank to pay the loan funds to our designated counterparty. The specific payment object and payment amount are as follows:

 

       
Name    Account No.    Currency      Payment amount (RMB)
       
                    
       
                    
       
                    
       
                    
       
                    
       
                    
       
                    

We will provide such evidentiary materials as the business contract related to this demand note in accordance with the above contract, and guarantee that the above-mentioned evidentiary materials are true, legal and effective.

Applicant:                             

Seal:

Signature of authorized signatory:

Date:

 

12/12


NINGBO COMMERCE BANK

Guarantee Contract of Guarantee under the Debt Ceiling

 

Ningbo Commerce Bank

(2015-03 Version)


Guarantee Contract of Guarantee under the Debt Ceiling

(Standard Terms)

See the subsidiary terms for detailed information of Party A (creditor under the main contract) and Party B (guarantor)

In order to ensure the performance of the contract (hereinafter referred to as the “Main Contract”) between Party A and the debtor, Party B is willing to provide Party A with the guarantee under the debt ceiling for joint and several liability as the guarantor of the debtor under the Main Contract. On the basis of equality and voluntariness, both parties have entered into the Contract upon consensus for mutual compliance.

See the subsidiary terms for detailed information of the debtor.

Article 1 See the subsidiary terms for the scope of the guarantee warranty.

Interest, penalty interest and compound interest are calculated according to the Main Contract and such calculation will end on the date of the settlement of the debt. The expenses for realizing creditor’s rights include but are not limited to announcement fees, delivery fees, appraisal fees, attorney fees, case acceptance fees, property preservation fees, travel expenses, evaluation fees, auction fees, property preservation fees and enforcement fees.

The currency exchange rate other than RMB is converted at the exchange rate quoted by Party A when each specific business actually occurs.

Article 2 Warranty period

1. The warranty period shall be two years from the maturity date of the debtor’s debt performance period as stipulated in the main contract. In the event of maturity in installments of the debt as stipulated by the Main Contract, the warranty period will be a two-year period from the expiration date of the performance term for each installment of the debt.

2. Where Party A and the debtor reach an extension agreement on the performance period for the debt under the main contract, the warranty period will be two years from the maturity date of the debt performance period re-arranged by the extension agreement.

3. The warranty period under the acceptance of bank acceptance bill, import letter of credit, standby letter of credit and bank guarantee will be two years from the date of the advanced payment by Party A.

4. The warranty period under the discount of bank/commercial acceptance bills is two years from the date of maturity of the discounted bills.

5. In case of any matter stipulated by the law, regulation or the Main Contract, causing an advance maturity of the debt under the Main Contract, the warranty period will be two years from the date of the advance maturity of the debt.

6. The warranty period for each specific credit granting is calculated separately.

7. Where Party A, during the warranty period, transfers its creditor’s rights to a third party in accordance with the law, Party B hereby agrees to continue to assume the warranty responsibility within the scope of the original warranty.

Article 3 Where the debtor transfers the credit line granted by Party A to a third party, Party B hereby agrees to assume the guarantee warranty responsibility for the credit to be transferred in accordance with the contract. See the subsidiary terms for the specific transferee and the amount transferred.

Article 4 Warranty responsibility

 

1


Party B shall bear the responsibility for joint repayment according to the scope of the guarantee provided in the Contract. In case of the debtor’s failure in performing its repayment obligation upon expiration (including due expiration and early expiration of the contract) or other events of default as agreed in the Main Contract, Party A may claim compensation from the debtor or directly to Party B. Party B irrevocably authorizes Party A to directly deduct the amount of the creditor’s rights due from Party B’s bank account in Party A. After the deduction, Party A will send a notice to Party B in accordance with the service method stipulated in the terms of service hereof, but the notification is not necessary for the deduction.

Regardless of whether the debtor or a third party provides a guarantee of real right (mortgage/pledge), Party A has the right to request Party B to assume the warranty responsibility without first disposing of the collateral.

Where the debtor or a third party provides the guarantee of real right, and Party A waives or changes such guarantee, Party B’s guarantee liability shall not be waived, and shall still bear full guarantee responsibility.

Article 5 The warranty hereunder is an independent warranty and is not affected by the guarantees provided by other guarantors.

Article 6 The warranty hereunder is irrevocable and will not be affected by any agreement or document signed by the debtor with any unit, or change due to such reasons as the bankruptcy of the debtor, the inability to pay off the debt, the loss of enterprise qualification, and the modification of the articles of association.

Article 7 Event of default and liability for breach

I. Event of default

Under any of the following circumstance, an event of default is deemed to have occurred:

1. Where Party B violates any of its obligations hereunder, or indicates expressly or indirectly via its behaviors that it will not perform any of its obligations under the Contract;

2. Where the relevant certificates and documents submitted by Party B to Party A or any statements, undertakings and commitments made by Party B are untrue, inaccurate and incomplete with false records, misleading statements or major omissions;

3. Where Party B is negligent in management and pursues the due creditor’s rights, or disposes of its main property on a gratuitous basis or at a unreasonable low price or by other improper means, or engages in other acts for the purpose of transfer of property or evasion of debts;

4. Where Party B is involved in litigation or arbitration with Party A or any other third party;

5. where the warranty is invalid or revoked;

6. where the debt under the Main Contract matures duly or matures in advance, and Party A’s debt has not been fully repaid;

7. In case that Party B is a company:

(1) where the business situation of Party B has experienced major problems, with financial situation deteriorating severely, or Party B or the transferor has major financial losses, asset losses (including but not limited to asset losses due to its external guarantees), or other financial crises;

(2) where Party B has been subjected to administrative punishment or criminal sanctions or is being investigated by the relevant department and may be subject to administrative punishment or criminal sanctions due to violation of laws and regulations in operation;

 

2


(3) where Party B is involved in such circumstances as division, consolidation, major merger, acquisition and restructuring, disposal of major assets, capital reduction, liquidation, reorganization, cancellation, bankruptcy, dissolution, suspension or partial suspension of business;

(4) where the controlling shareholder or actual controller of Party B is changed, and Party A believes that such change has harmed or may harm the realization of the creditor’s rights under the Main Contract and/or those under the Contract; or where Party B’s controlling shareholder, actual controller, legal representative or senior management is involved in major events, including but not limited to that they have been subject to administrative punishments or criminal sanctions or are investigating by relevant departments and may be subject to administrative penalties or criminal sanctions due to violations of laws and regulations in operation, litigation or arbitration cases, serious deterioration of financial situation, and declaration of bankruptcy or dissolution.

 

3


8. In case that Party B is an individual:

(1) where Party B has any changes such as disability, unemployment, relocation, position adjustment, and business adjustment, and Party A believes that such change has affected or may affect Party B’s performance of its guarantee obligations;

(2) where Party B is investigated for criminal responsibility in accordance with the law or is subject to other coercive measures in accordance with the law or has been restricted by the relevant authorities to take measures to restrict one of its rights, and Party A believes that any of the said cases has affected or may affect Party B to perform its guarantee obligations; and

(3) where the heir or the devisee of Party B refuses to continue to assume the guarantee responsibility after renunciation of inheritance or bequest or acceptance of inheritance or bequest;

9. other circumstances related to Party B that Party A believes has affected or may affect Party B’s performance of its guarantee obligations.

II. Liability for breach

In the event of an event of default as described in Paragraph 1 of this Article, Party A shall have the right to take one of the following measures or to take various measures at the same time:

1. requiring Party B to assume the guarantee responsibility and having the right to deduct all the debts under the Main Contract directly from Party B’s account;

2. requiring Party B to provide new guarantees that meet the requirements of Party A, including but not limited to the provision of collateral and pledge;

3. requiring Party B to compensate Party A for all losses; and/or

4. Other remedies that Party A has the right to claim in accordance with the law and the Contract.

Article 8 Where the Main Contract or the specific business contract under the Main Contract is legally invalid or part of their terms is invalid due to any reasons, Party A still has the right to request the debtor under the Main Contract to return the agreed credit-granting principal and interest and other relevant funds in accordance with relevant legal provisions. Under the above circumstance, Party A has the right to request Party B to assume the guarantee responsibility for the repayment obligation of the debtor under the Main Contract or directly bear the responsibility for joint repayment according to the conditions stipulated in the Contract.

Article 9 Service

I. Party B confirms and declares that the information provided in the subsidiary terms, which is provided by the personnel recognized by Party B and is accurate and correct, is the address for service and contact information for the legal instruments involved in the Contract regarding such fields as various documents, debt collection, dispute resolution, litigation (arbitration) (including first instance, second instance, retrial, execution and other stages of litigation).

II. Where Party A, the people’s court, the arbitration institution, the notary office and other parties send the documents to Party B according to the address and contact information provided by Party B, and if no one receives or signs the documents, or the mail is rejected, or it falls under any other circumstance under which the addressee does not give feedback, the date of return of the documents will be deemed as the date of service; where the mail is subject to a direct service and Party B refuses to receive, the process server may take a photo or video to record the service process and leave the documents in place, so that it will be deemed as service.

III. Where Party B makes any change to the contact information before the debt hereunder is settled, Party B shall notify Party A in writing within ten working days after the change and provide the contact information and address for service after the change, and the said written notice shall be kept as an appendix to the Contract. After the debt hereunder comes to the litigation (arbitration) stage, Party B shall notify the people’s court or the arbitration institution of such change in writing at the same time.

 

4


IV. Party B hereby expressly declares that Party A or the people’s court of appeal may serve the document by means of a modern communication method such as sending a text message to the mobile phone in the contact information provided by Party B, sending a fax to the designated fax number or sending an email to the designated email address, and in terms of service by SMS, fax, or email, the date of sending will be the date of service.

V. Where Party B provides incorrect or unclear address for service and contact information or fails to inform the address for service and contact information after change in a timely manner, resulting in the failure to serve or return the document, the date on which the document is returned shall be deemed as its date of service.

Article 10 Statement, undertakings and commitments of Party B

1. Party B has legal authorities, rights and authorizations to sign, deliver and perform the Contract.

2. Party B undertakes that the application information provided to Party A is true, complete, legal and valid, without any false records, misleading statements or major omissions.

3. Party B hereby undertakes that, in the event of any change to its domicile, correspondence address, contact number or employment situation (or business scope and legal representative) or other matters, it will warrant to notify Party A in writing within 10 days after the change of the matter concerned.

4. Party B fully understands the actual purpose and risks of the debtor’s borrowing, financing and/or use of bank credit, recognizes the authenticity of the background basic transactions of such borrowing, financing and/or use of bank credit, without any fraud or coercive behavior, and provide joint and several liability warranty guarantee for the creditor’s rights between the creditor and the debtor under the Main Contract on an entirely voluntary basis. All the declarations of intention under the Contract are true.

5. Under the Contract, the two parties agree to carry out the enforcement of the notarization and undertake that they are willing to accept the enforcement of the people’s court upon their failure in performing or fully performing their obligations under the Contract.

Article 11 Modification of the Contract

1. After the agreement between the two parties, the Contract may be modified or rescinded, and the agreement to modify or rescind the Contract shall be made in writing.

2. Where the Main Contract is modified, Party A shall promptly solicit the consent of Party B in writing, and Party B shall continue to assume joint and several warranty liability for the debt under the Main Contract after such change. However, if the modification of the Main Contract causes the debtor’s debt to be alleviated (including but not limited to the reduction of the amount of the debt under the Main Contract, the shortening of the debt term, etc.), Party B shall be deemed to have agreed to the modification, without separate obtainment of its consent, and Party B shall continue to assume the responsibility for warranting the debt under the Main Contract after change.

Article 12 During the existence of the Contract, Party A’s tolerance or extension for Party B’s any breach of contract or delay or Party A’s postponement in exercising its due rights hereunder shall not impair, influence or limit all rights due to Party A as the creditor as stipulated by the Contract and relevant laws, and it shall not be regarded as Party A’s permission or recognition of any breach of this contract, nor shall it be deemed that Party A waives its right to take action against Party B’s existing or future breach of contract.

Article 13 Application of law and dispute resolution

 

5


1. The Contract is made under and also governed by the laws of the People’s Republic of China.

2. The dispute arising from the Contract shall be settled via the method stipulated in the Main Contract.

Article 14 The Contract shall become effective upon signing and sealing by the parties.

Article 15 Notes and statements

Party A has drawn Party B’s attention to a comprehensive and accurate understanding of the terms and conditions of the Contract, especially those in bold. At the request of Party B, the corresponding terms of the Contract are explained accordingly. The contracting parties have fully understood the meaning of the terms hereof and their corresponding legal consequences.

At the same time, Party B specifically declares that special attention has been paid to the terms that involve its obligations and its disadvantages and it will accept these terms.

(The above is the standard terms of the Contract, while the following is the subsidiary terms)

 

6


Guarantee Contract of Guarantee under the Debt Ceiling

(subsidiary terms)

Contract No.: N. T. 0202 E. B. Z. No.19050501

Party A (creditor under the Main Contract): Ningbo Commerce Bank Co., Ltd., Shanghai Branch

Party B (guarantors): Wang Yingand Zeng Qingchun

ID card No. (filled in by natural person): **** and ****

Article 1 Debtor: Shanghai ECMOHO Health Biotechnology Co., Ltd.

Article 2 The purview of guarantee under the Contract is set out in Item 1.

1. the principal, interest, compound interest and penalty interest of all the debt (including contingent liabilities) assumed by the debtor under the comprehensive credit line contract (N. T. 0202 Z. Z. No.19050501) and its supplementary agreement (if any), and the expenses for realizing the creditor’s rights. The maximum amount of debt principal (balance) is (equivalent to) RMB (in words) Two Million Only. As long as the debt under the Main Contract is not fully settled, Party A has the right to request Party B to assume the guarantee liability in terms of the debt balance within the purview of the above guarantee.

2. (equivalent to) currency (in words)          of the principal (equivalent to) currency (in words)      of all the debt (including contingent liabilities) assumed by the debtor under the              contract (N. T.      Z. No.    ) and its supplementary agreement (if any), as well as the corresponding interest, compound interest, penalty interest and the expenses for realizing the creditor’s rights. As long as the debt under the Main Contract is not fully settled, Party A has the right to request Party B to assume the guarantee liability in terms of the debt balance within the purview of the above guarantee.

3. the performance of the debts under all the main contracts signed by and between the debtor and Party A from     ,      to     ,     . The date of the debt under the Main Contract (the date on which the contingent debt occurs is the effective date of the corresponding main contract) shall be within the above-mentioned period, and the maturity date of the debt under the Main Contract shall not be limited by such period. The scope of warranty guarantee provided by Party B includes the principal, interest, compound interest and penalty interest of all debts (including contingent liabilities) under the Main Contract, and the expenses for realizing the creditor’s rights. The maximum balance of the above debt principal is (equivalent to) currency (in words)         . As long as the debt under the Main Contract is not fully settled, Party A has the right to request Party B to assume the guarantee liability in terms of the debt balance within the purview of the above guarantee.

 

4.       
    
 

 

7


Article 3 The transferee of the credit line and the amount of credit line transferred:                                                                       (transferor), amount (equivalent to)         (currency) (in words)                                                                                                           .

Article 4 The information for service provided by Party B:

Address for service: ****

Zip code: ****                Fax:                         

Addressee (or agent thereof): Wang Ying

Tel.:                          Mobile No.: ****

E-mail:                                                                                               

Article 5 The Contract is made in duplicate with each copy having the same legal effect.

 

Article 6 Supplementary provisions:                                                                                                                                                                                                
 
 

The standard terms and the subsidiary terms of the Contract constitute a complete contract.

Party A (creditor under the Main Contract):

/s/ Zhang Zhengyin

Party B (warrantors):

Legal representative or authorized agent:

/s/ Wang Ying

/s/ Zeng Qingchun

Signed on: May 6, 2019 Signed in: Shanghai

 

8


Risk Disclosure Book

Dear client,

Thank you / your company for applying for credit granting or provision of warranty guarantee for the credit granting of others at our bank. We will provide high quality financial services, and once you / your company have / has a malicious breach of contract, we will file a lawsuit or arbitration according to the contract. We will, according to the Several Provisions of the Supreme People’s Court on Issuance of List of Dishonest Persons Subject to Enforcement issued by the Supreme People’s Court and the Memorandum of Understanding on Taking Joint Disciplinary Actions against Dishonest Persons Subject to Enforcement jointly issued by 44 departments including the National Development and Reform Commission and the Supreme People’s Court, take measures to include you in the list of dishonest persons in accordance with the law, and the relevant notice is hereby given as follows:

I. The overdue information of you / your company will be included in the credit reference system of the People’s Bank of China, which will have a significant impact on your future credit;

II. You / your company will be included in the list of dishonest persons of the Supreme People’s Court, which will have a significant impact on your life, investment and other activities, including but not limited to:

1. No enterprise bonds or corporate bonds may be issued;

2. No bonds may be issued in the interbank market;

3. You may not serve as a director, supervisor or senior officer of a financing guarantee company or a financial institution;

4. You may not participate in government procurement activities;

5. You may not pay high premiums to buy insurance products with cash value;

6. Your company may not set up a commercial bank or branches and representative offices thereof or participate in shareholdings of a commercial bank, or acquire a commercial bank;

7. suspension of the equity incentive plan for a domestic state-controlled listed company or termination of the exercise qualification for an equity incentive object;

8. the investment amount will be limited for a qualified foreign institutional investor;

9. It is impossible to get any money for financing from a financial institution;

10. In case of operating difficulties or difficulties in living, it may not be possible to obtain subsidized funds and social security funds;

11. You may not be entitled to preferential policies when conducting investment, taxation, import and export activities;

12. You will turn to a key regulatory object who will be subject to more administrative supervision and management;

13. You may not serve as the legal representative, director or supervisor of a state-owned enterprise;

14. You may not be registered as the legal representative of a public institution;

15. Your information will be disclosed to the public via the “Credit China” website and the National Enterprise Credit Information Publicity System, or via major news websites;

16. You may not be recruited (employed) as a civil servant or a functionary of a public institution;

17. Your company may not be appraised as a civilized unit or moral model;

18. The legal representative, major person in charge, the person directly responsible for causing bad effect on the performance of the debt and the actual controller of the entity subject to enforcement and the dishonest entity subject to enforcement, may not take a plane, a train with soft sleeper, or take any seat in a G-series China Railway High-speed train or a seat of the first class or above in any other China Railway High-speed train, or have the relevant spending acts not necessary in daily life or work;

 

9


19. The legal representative, major person in charge, the person directly responsible for causing bad effect on the performance of the debt and the actual controller of the entity subject to enforcement and the dishonest entity subject to enforcement, may not get accommodation in four or more-star-rated guesthouses and hotels as well as other high-grade and high-consumption guesthouses and hotels; or have spending at night clubs and golf courses, which shall be carried out by the National Tourism Administration, the Ministry of Commerce, the Ministry of Public Security and the Ministry of Culture;

20. The legal representative, major person in charge, the person directly responsible for causing bad effect on the performance of the debt and the actual controller of the entity subject to enforcement and the dishonest entity subject to enforcement, may not purchase house property, land and other real estate; may not participate in transactions involving state-owned property rights such as assets of state-owned enterprise and state assets;

21. The legal representative, major person in charge, the person directly responsible for causing bad effect on the performance of the debt and the actual controller of the entity subject to enforcement and the dishonest entity subject to enforcement, may not participate in the group tour organized by the travel agency, or be entitled to other travel-related services provided by the travel agency, or have spending at tourism companies such as resorts that have obtained travel ratings;

22. The legal representative, major person in charge, the person directly responsible for causing bad effect on the performance of the debt and the actual controller of the entity subject to enforcement and the dishonest entity subject to enforcement, may not send children to private schools with expensive tuition;

23. Leaving the country is not permitted;

24. You may not use state-owned forest land, or apply for key forestry construction projects or key grassland protection construction projects;

25. Your company may not turn to a customs certification enterprise, and your import and export will be closely regulated;

26. Your company may not engage in such industries as pharmaceuticals and food; you may not serve as a main responsible person, director, supervisor or senior officer of a production and operation unit;

27. In case of a lawyer or a law firm, appraisal as an advanced or outstanding individual or unit may not be allowed; and

28. Those who refuse to execute judgments or rulings will be subject to criminal sanctions by the people’s procuratorate and the Ministry of Public Security, and given a punishment for refusing to execute the judgment or ruling.

 

10

Exhibit 10.37

Loan Agreement

Party A (Lender): TECHLONG INTERNATIONAL INVESTMENTS LIMITED

Party B (Borrower): ECMOHO (Hong Kong) Limited

Party C (Guarantor): Shanghai ECMOHO Health Biotechnology Co., Ltd.

Party D (Co-guarantor): Wang Ying

ID No.: ****

In the principle of equality, voluntariness and sincerity, Party A, Party B, Party C and Party D reach the Loan Agreement (the “Agreement”) upon negotiation, and ensure the joint implementation.

I. Loan amount: The total loan amount under the Agreement is (in words) USD three million only, and (in figure) USD 3,000,000.00 (the “Loan”). Within the scope of total amount, Party B shall apply to Party A for loan five working days in advance. The date when Party A agrees about and remits monies is the effective date of the loan.

II. The loan is used as working capital necessary for Party B’s overseas business expansion and routine operation.

III. Loan term and interests:

1. As from the effective date of each sum of loan, the term of the loan will not exceed six months.

2. Interests shall be paid by the annual interest rate of 6%. In the effective period of the Agreement, the interest rate shall not be changed. Interests will be calculated by the number of actual use days, with 360 days for a year as calculation base.

3. Party B shall repay principal and pay all interests by lump sum.

IV. Guarantee clauses:

1. Party B shall pledge to Party A the time deposit certificate with the amount larger than the total of principal and interests of the loan as performance guarantee.

2. Party B shall use the loan for the purpose set out in the Agreement, and shall not use it for any other purpose or conduct any illegal activity by the loan. Otherwise, Party A has the right to request Party B to pay the principal and interest immediately, with the legal consequences arising therefrom being borne by Party B.

3. Party B shall repay principal and pay interests in USD in the period prescribed under the Agreement. Party A shall be entitled to recover the part of the loan not repaid on time, and collect overdue interests by 0.02% of daily interest rate according to the number of overdue days.

4. If Party B obtains the USD loan from a bank in the period of borrowing hereunder, it shall firstly repay principal and pay interests hereunder.

5. In order to ensure the performance of the Agreement, Party B’s repayment Guarantor (Party C), Shanghai ECMOHO Health Biotechnology Co., Ltd., undertakes to pledge the USD time deposit certificate with the amount equal to the total amount of the Loan to Party A and undertake joint and several responsibility for repayment of principal and payment of interests of the loan together with Party B.

6. Party D guarantees that Party B will fulfill responsibilities for repayment of principal and payment of interests pursuant to the Agreement.

7. After Party B repays principal and pays interests of the loan by USD, Party A shall simultaneously return to Party B the time deposit certificate pledged to it.

V. Liability for breach


1. If Party B fails to repay the loan in accordance with the Agreement, Party B shall bear liquidated damages and attorney fees, litigation costs, travel expenses and other expenses arising from litigation.

2. Where Party A deems that the Borrower falls into or may fall into any circumstance influencing repayment capacity, Party A will be entitled to recover the loan in advance, the Borrower shall repay the loan in time, and the Borrower and the Guarantor shall not demur on any ground.

VI. Settlement of a dispute: A dispute occurring in the process of performance of the Agreement shall be settled by both parties through amicable negotiation, or may be mediated by a third person. Where negotiation or mediation fails, a lawsuit may be lodged with the people’s court according to the law where Party A is located.

VII. The Agreement shall come into effect as of the date of affixing of signatures by the parties hereto. The Agreement is made in four copies of the same legal effect, respectively one for each party.

Party B’s designated account:

Payee: ECMOHO (HONG KONG) LIMITED

Opening bank: HSBC, 1Queen’S Road Central, Hong Kong

SWIFT: ****

Receiving account No.: ****

Party A’s designated account:

Account name: TECHLONG INTERNATIONAL INVESTMENTS LIMITED

Bank name: TAIPEI FUBON COMMERCIAL BANK CO., LTD. Hong Kong Branch

Account No.: ****

SWIFT Code: ****


Party D’s designated account:

Account name: Wang Ying

Bank name: China Merchants Bank Shanghai Branch Damuqiao Sub-branch

Account No.: ****

 

Party A (Signature):    Party B (Signature):
      ECMOHO (Hong Kong) Limited (seal)
TECHLONG INTERNATIONAL INVESTMENTS LIMITED (seal)    /s/ Zeng Qingchun
/s/   

Chang, Ching-Yi

  

Party C (Signature):

 

Shanghai ECMOHO Health Biotechnology Co., Ltd. (seal)

  

Party D (Signature):

 

/s/ Wang Ying

 

/s/ Wang Ying

Signed on: [MM][DD], [YYYY]

(There is no text hereunder)


Loan Agreement

Party A (Lender): TECHLONG INTERNATIONAL INVESTMENTS LIMITED

Party B (Borrower): ECMOHO (Hong Kong) Limited

Party C (Guarantor): Shanghai ECMOHO Health Biotechnology Co., Ltd.

Party D (Co-guarantor): Wang Ying

ID No.: ****

In principles of voluntariness, equality and sincerity, Party A, Party B, Party C and Party D reach the Loan Agreement (the “Agreement”) upon negotiation, and ensure the joint implementation.

I. Loan amount: The total loan amount under the Agreement is (in words) USD three million only, and (in figure) USD3,000,000.00 (the “Loan”). Within the scope of total amount, Party B shall apply to Party A for loan five working days in advance. The date when Party A agrees about and remits monies is the effective date of the loan.

II. The loan is used as working capital necessary for Party B’s overseas business expansion and routine operation.

III. Loan term and interests:

1. As from the effective date of each sum of loan, the term of the loan will not exceed six months.

2. Interests shall be paid by the annual interest rate of 6%. In the effective period of the Agreement, the interest rate shall not be changed. Interests will be calculated by the number of actual use days, with 360 days for a year as calculation base.

3. Party B shall repay principal and pay all interests by lump sum.

IV. Guarantee clauses:

1. Party B shall pledge to Party A the time deposit certificate with the amount larger than the total of principal and interests of the loan.

2. Party B shall use the loan for the purpose set out in the Agreement, and shall not use it for any other purpose or conduct any illegal activity by the loan. Otherwise, Party A has the right to request Party B to pay the principal and interest immediately, with the legal consequences arising therefrom being borne by Party B.

3. Party B shall repay principal and pay interests in USD in the period prescribed under the Agreement. Party A shall be entitled to recover the part of the loan not repaid on time, and collect overdue interests by 0.02% of daily interest rate according to the number of overdue days.

4. If Party B obtains the USD loan from a bank in the period of borrowing hereunder, it shall firstly repay principal and pay interests hereunder.

5. In order to ensure the performance of the Agreement, Party B’s repayment Guarantor (Party C), Shanghai ECMOHO Health Biotechnology Co., Ltd., undertakes to pledge the USD time deposit certificate with the amount equal to the total amount of the Loan to Party A and undertake joint and several responsibility for repayment of principal and payment of interests of the loan together with Party B.

6. Party D guarantees that Party B will fulfill responsibilities for repayment of principal and payment of interests pursuant to the Agreement.

7. After Party B repays principal and pays interests of the loan by USD, Party A shall simultaneously return to Party B the time deposit certificate pledged to it.

V. Liability for breach

1. If Party B fails to repay the loan in accordance with the Agreement, Party B shall bear liquidated damages and attorney fees, litigation costs, travel expenses and other expenses arising from litigation.

2. Where Party A deems that the Borrower falls into or may fall into any circumstance influencing repayment capacity, Party A will be entitled to recover the loan in advance, the Borrower shall repay the loan in time, and the Borrower and the Guarantor shall not demur on any ground.


VI. Settlement of a dispute: A dispute occurring in the process of performance of the Agreement shall be settled by both parties through amicable negotiation, or may be mediated by a third person. Where negotiation or mediation fails, a lawsuit may be lodged with the people’s court according to the law where Party A is located.

VII. The Agreement shall come into effect as of the date of affixing of signatures by the parties hereto. The Agreement is made in four copies of the same legal effect, respectively one for each party.

Party B’s designated account:

Payee: ECMOHO (HONG KONG) LIMITED

Opening bank: HSBC, 1 Queen’s Road Central, Hong Kong

SWIFT:****

Receiving account No.: ****

Party A’s designated account:

Account name: TECHLONG INTERNATIONAL INVESTMENTS LIMITED

Bank name: TAIPEI FUBON COMMERCIAL BANK CO., LTD. Hong Kong Branch

Account No.: ****

SWIFT Code: ****

Party D’s designated account:

Account name: Wang Ying

Bank name: China Merchants Bank Shanghai Branch Damuqiao Sub-branch

Account No.: ****

Party A (Signature):

Party B (Signature): ECMOHO (Hong Kong) Limited (seal)

Party C (Signature):         Shanghai ECMOHO Health Biotechnology Co., Ltd. (Seal)

Party D (Signature): /s/ Wang Ying

Signed on: March 28, 2018 (There is no text hereunder)


Supplementary Loan Agreement

Party A (Lender): TECHLONG INTERNATIONAL INVESTMENTS LIMITED

Party B (Borrower): ECMOHO (Hong Kong) Limited

Party C (Guarantor): Shanghai ECMOHO Health Biotechnology Co., Ltd.

Party D (Co-guarantor): Wang Ying

ID No.: ****

In view of the Loan Agreement concerning the total of loan of (in words) USD three million only (in figure: USD3,000,000.00) concluded on September 18, 2017 as well as the Loan Agreement concerning the total of loan of (in words) USD three million only (in figure: USD3,000,000.00) concluded on March 28, 2018, Party A, Party B, Party C and Party D, in principles of voluntariness, equality and sincerity, reach the Supplementary Loan Agreement (the “Agreement”) upon negotiation, and ensure the joint implementation.

Supplementary deposit clause:

Party B pledges to Party A the time deposit certificate with the amount of (in words) USD four million only (in figure: USD4,000,000.00) as the deposit for the performance of the Loan Agreements concluded on September 18, 2017 and March 28, 2018 with the loan totalling (in words) USD six million only (in figure: USD6,000,000.00).

 

Party A (Signature):   

Party B (Signature):

ECMOHO (Hong Kong) Limited (seal)

Party C (Signature):

 

Shanghai ECMOHO Health Biotechnology

Co., Ltd. (Seal)

   Party D (Signature):

Signed on: April 3, 2018

(There is no text hereunder)

Exhibit 10.38

 

LOGO

COMMERCIAL BANKING

(CARM 180910)    

CONFIDENTIAL

The Directors

Ecmoho (Hong Kong) Limited

Shang Hai Shi Xu Hui Qu Tian Yue

Qiao Lu 1000 Hao 3 Lou Xu Hui Yuan

Shang Wu Lou

China

29 October 2018

Dear Sirs

BANKING FACILITIES

With reference to our recent discussions, we are pleased to confirm our agreement to granting you the following facilities. The facilities will be made available subject to (a) the specific terms and conditions outlined herein; (b) the Bank’s Terms and Conditions for Facilities; and (c) the general terms and conditions governing your account(s) with the Bank or (as the case may be) the relationship terms of business. In case of any conflict, the terms of this Facility Letter shall prevail. Definitions contained in the Bank’s Terms and Conditions for Facilities apply to this Facility Letter. The Bank shall have an unrestricted discretion to reduce, cancel or suspend, or determine whether or not to permit drawings in relations to, the facilities. The facilities are subject to review at any time and in any event by 15 October 2019, and also subject to the Bank’s overriding right of repayment on demand including the right to call for cash cover on demand for prospective and contingent liabilities.

In the event of a renewal of the facilities next year or by 15 October 2019, whichever is earlier, the Bank will issue a renewal notification letter to confirm the continuation of the latest available facilities. A review fee will be advised and this shall be debited automatically from the Borrower(s)’s account within 1 month of the issuance of the renewal notification letter.

 

BORROWER(S)   
Ecmoho (Hong Kong) Limited    [Customer No.801-442708]
FACILITIES    Limit
Post-Shipment Buyer Loans *    USD4,000,000.-
(Maximum tenor 90 days)   

Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Bank’s overriding right to demand repayment at any time shall not be affected.

 

*

Partial drawdown is allowed against Charge over Securities and Deposits on a pro-rata basis as per below table:

 

Post-Shipment Buyer Loans Limit

  

Charge over Securities and Deposits amount

USD4,000,000.-

   USD2,000,000.-

USD2,000,000.-

   USD1,000,000.-

USD1,000,000.-

   USD500,000.-

The Hongkong and Shanghai Banking Corporation Limited

Credit Services Team

8/F Tower 2 HSBC Centre 1 Sham Mong Road Tai Kok Tsui Kowloon

Web: WWW.hsbc.com.hk

 

Page 1 of 18


Ecmoho (Hong Kong) Limited    29 October 2018

 

 

SECURITY AND OTHER DOCUMENTATION

The Bank will require to hold the following security document(s) and other document(s) in form and substance satisfactory to the Bank:

 

1.

A Charge over Securities and Deposits (Unlimited Amount) granted by the Borrower(s).

The Bank has sole discretion to determine whether and to what extent any charged securities granted in favour of the Bank shall be relied upon when it sets or reviews the limit for the facilities. For the avoidance of doubt, the Bank is not obliged to take into account the value of any charged securities when deciding the limit of the facilities. “Securities” means (i) all stocks, shares, securities, debentures, bonds, notes, options, warrants, funds, unit trusts, certificates of deposit, money market instruments, other equity, debt and financial instruments of any kind, (ii) all dividends, interest, distributions and other moneys derived therefrom and (iii) all accretions, allotments, and other benefits accruing or arising in respect thereof.

A charge over the Borrower(s)’s deposit(s) for USD2,000,000.- or its equivalent in HKD (on arrival basis, in case Charge over Securities and Deposits is accepted in CNY, 110% of existing Charge over Securities and Deposits to be submitted) placed with the Bank.

In the event of the value of the foreign currency deposit charged to the Bank falling below the required level and upon the Bank’s request, the Borrower(s) should immediately pledge to the Bank additional security acceptable to the Bank to bring the value back to the threshold.

We attach our standard “Charge over Securities and Deposits (Unlimited Amount).” Please arrange to sign and return to us the document(s), together with the supporting board resolution(s).

This “Charge over Securities and Deposits (Unlimited Amount)” needs to be registered with the Companies Registry. Please sign and return the “Charge over Securities and Deposits (Unlimited Amount)” within 5 business days of execution. The related registration fee (currently HKD340.-per document) will be charged to the debit of the Borrower(s)’s account.

 

2.

A Guarantee (Limited Amount) limited to USD5,000,000.- plus default interest and other costs and expenses as further set out in the guarantee from Ms Wang Ying and Mr Zeng Qingchun.

 

3.

A Guarantee (Limited Amount) limited to USD5,000,000.- plus default interest and other costs and expenses as further set out in the guarantee from Shanghai Ecmoho Health Technology Co Ltd 上海易恆健康生物科技有限公司, with registration in State Administration of Foreign Exchange. We attach our standard Guarantee (Limited Amount). Please arrange to sign and return it to us, together with the supporting board resolution(s).

The authorised signatories of Shanghai Ecmoho Health Technology Co Ltd 上海易恆健康生物科技有限公司 should be duly verified by their bankers. Please also let the Bank have a certified copy of Certificate of Incorporation, Articles of Association and List of current directors of Shanghai Ecmoho Health Technology Co Ltd 上海易恆健康生物科技有限公司 for the Bank’s records.

 

Page 2 of 18


Ecmoho (Hong Kong) Limited    29 October 2018

 

 

 

4.

An “Assignment of Receivables – Specific Arrangement” granted by the Borrower(s). We attach our standard “Assignment of Receivables – Specific Arrangement”. Please arrange to sign and return to us the document(s), together with the supporting board resolution(s).

This “Assignment of Receivables – Specific Arrangement” needs to be registered with the Companies Registry. Please sign and return the “Assignment of Receivables – Specific Arrangement” within 5 business days of execution. The related registration fee (currently HKD340.-) will be charged to the debit of the Borrower’s current account.

 

5.

An “Assignment of Receivables – Specific Arrangement” granted by the Borrower(s). We attach our standard “Assignment of Receivables – Specific Arrangement”. Please arrange to sign and return to us the document(s), together with the supporting board resolution(s).

This “Assignment of Receivables – Specific Arrangement” needs to be registered with the Companies Registry. Please sign and return the “Assignment of Receivables – Specific Arrangement” within 5 business days of execution. The related registration fee (currently HKD340.-) will be charged to the debit of the Borrower’s current account.

 

6.

An “Assignment of Receivables – Specific Arrangement” granted by the Borrower(s). We attach our standard “Assignment of Receivables – Specific Arrangement”. Please arrange to sign and return to us the document(s), together with the supporting board resolution(s).

This “Assignment of Receivables – Specific Arrangement” needs to be registered with the Companies Registry. Please sign and return the “Assignment of Receivables – Specific Arrangement” within 5 business days of execution. The related registration fee (currently HKD340.-) will be charged to the debit of the Borrower’s current account.

 

7.

An “Assignment of Receivables – Specific Arrangement” granted by the Borrower(s). We attach our standard “Assignment of Receivables – Specific Arrangement”. Please arrange to sign and return to us the document(s), together with the supporting board resolution(s).

This “Assignment of Receivables – Specific Arrangement” needs to be registered with the Companies Registry. Please sign and return the “Assignment of Receivables – Specific Arrangement” within 5 business days of execution. The related registration fee (currently HKD340.-) will be charged to the debit of the Borrower’s current account.

 

8.

An “Assignment of Receivables – Specific Arrangement” granted by the Borrower(s). We attach our standard “Assignment of Receivables – Specific Arrangement”. Please arrange to sign and return to us the document(s), together with the supporting board resolution(s).

This “Assignment of Receivables – Specific Arrangement” needs to be registered with the Companies Registry. Please sign and return the “Assignment of Receivables – Specific Arrangement” within 5 business days of execution. The related registration fee (currently HKD340.-) will be charged to the debit of the Borrower’s current account.

 

Page 3 of 18


Ecmoho (Hong Kong) Limited    29 October 2018

 

 

Upon successful listing of Ecmoho limited in United States, The Bank will require to hold the following security document(s):

 

9.

A Guarantee (Limited Amount) limited to USD5,000,000.- plus default interest and other costs and expenses as further set out in the guarantee from Ecmoho Limited. We attach our standard Guarantee (Limited Amount). Please arrange to sign and return it to us, together with the supporting board resolution(s).

The authorised signatories of Ecmoho Limited should be duly verified by their bankers. Please also let the Bank have a certified copy of Certificate of Incorporation, Articles of Association and List of current directors of Ecmoho Limited for the Bank’s records.

As Shanghai Ecmoho Health Technology Co Ltd 上海易恆健康生物科技有限公司 and Ecmoho Limited are incorporated in People’s Republic of China and Cayman Islands respectively, the Bank requires a Legal Opinion (in form and substance satisfactory to the Bank) from a qualified lawyer in the jurisdiction of Shanghai Ecmoho Health Technology Co Ltd 上海易恆健康生物科技有限公司’s and Ecmoho Limited’s country of incorporation. confirming the corporate capacity and the authority of Shanghai Ecmoho Health Technology Co Ltd 上海易恆健康生物科技有限公司 and Ecmoho Limited to enter into the facility(ies) / security, and also confirming that all necessary documents have been or will be properly executed. The Legal Opinion. together with the properly executed security documents, should be forwarded to the Bank directly by the solicitor.

FURTHER NOTES

As a condition for granting credit facilities to small and medium size enterprises (“SMEs”), an explicit consent from the related SME must be obtained to enable the Bank to report and retrieve information (whether or not such information is expressly set out in any agreement between you and the Bank) in relation to its banking facilities to and from the Commercial Credit Reference Agency (“CCRA”). Please arrange for the enclosed Customer Consent Form to be signed and returned to the Bank together with the Facility Letter. Please note that if this consent is not given. the Bank will be unable to proceed with the transaction.

Without prejudicing or affecting the Bank’s right to suspend, withdraw or make demand in respect of the whole or any part of the facilities made available to the Borrower(s) at any time or determine whether or not to permit drawings in relation to the facilities, the Borrower(s) will, as the case may be:-

 

1)

give the undertakings set out in the Schedule of Further Notes which will remain in full force until the facilities have been repaid in full: and/or

 

2)

make the representations and warranties set out in the Schedule of Further Notes which will be deemed repeated daily until the facilities have been repaid in full; and/or

 

3)

agree to the further conditions as set out in the Schedule of Further Notes.

 

Page 4 of 18


Ecmoho (Hong Kong) Limited    29 October 2018

 

 

SCHEDULE OF FACILITIES

POST-SHIPMENT BUYER LOANS

DETAILS

 

1.

A Post-shipment Buyer Loans may be granted to the Borrower(s)’s suppliers for a period up to the maximum tenor as stipulated under the heading “Facilities” (less any usance/credit periods granted by the Borrower(s)’s suppliers), on the conditions that:

 

(i)

the Bank receives an undertaking that the purchase of goods is a genuine trade transaction and that no other financing has been or will be requested or obtained from the Bank or any other financial institution against the suppliers’ invoices financed by the Bank.

 

(ii)

the Bank receives the original or certified true copy of the pro-forma invoice, the accepted purchase order or such other document acceptable to the Bank, and which clearly stipulates the advance payment terms,

 

(iii)

the Bank receives written instruction from the Borrower to remit payment directly to the suppliers,

 

(iv)

the Bank receives and the relevant transport documents acceptable to the Bank, which are marked with the relevant Pre-Shipment Buyer Loan Reference Number and

 

(v)

the aggregate outstanding amount outstanding is within the above specific limits.

 

2.

The Bank will settle the invoices direct on the respective due dates and the proceeds will be remitted or credited directly to the suppliers’ accounts. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Bank’s overriding right to demand repayment at any time shall not be affected.

 

3.

Against submission of

 

  (a)

Commercial invoices from suppliers.

 

  (b)

Proof of delivery (i.e. Airway Bill /Bill of lading/ Delivery note or Cargo receipt acknowledged by Borrower)

 

4.

Drawdown is allowed up to 100% of the invoice amount.

 

5.

Post-shipment Buyer Loans proceeds restricted to direct payment to 3rd party suppliers only.

COMMISSION / FEES

Commission in lieu of exchange (to be charged if bills/loans are settled without foreign currency conversion with HSBC), Handling Commission and HKD Bill Commission will be charged at 0.125% at all amounts.

 

Page 5 of 18


Ecmoho (Hong Kong) Limited    29 October 2018

 

 

PRICING

For drawings in HKD

Interest will be charged at Hong Kong Interbank Offered Rate (HIBOR) + 3% p.a.

For drawings in USD

Interest will be charged at London Interbank Offered Rate (LIBOR) + 3% p.a.

For details of benchmark interest rates, please refer to the attached Appendix.

 

Page 6 of 18


Ecmoho (Hong Kong) Limited    29 October 2018

 

 

SCHEDULE OF FURTHER NOTES

This schedule sets out the further points to note for the Borrower(s).

The Borrower(s)’s compliance or otherwise with the following condition(s) precedent, representations, warranties, undertakings or further conditions (as the case may be) will not in any way prejudice or affect the Bank’s right to suspend, withdraw or make demand in respect of the whole or any part of the facilities made available to the Borrower(s) at any time or determine whether or not to permit drawings in relation to the facilities. By signing this letter, the Borrower(s) expressly acknowledge that the Bank may suspend, withdraw or make demand for repayment of the whole or any part of the facilities at any time or determine whether or not to permit drawings in relation to the facilities, notwithstanding the fact that the following conditions precedent, representations, warranties, undertakings and further conditions (as the case may be) are included in this letter and whether or not the Borrower(s) has complied with any of them.

Representation and Warranties

 

1.

None of the Borrower(s), any of its subsidiaries, any director or officer or any employee, agent, or affiliate of the Borrower or any of its subsidiaries is an individual or entity (“Person”) that is, or is owned or controlled by Persons that are, (i) the subject of any sanctions administered or enforced by the US Department of the Treasury’s Office of Foreign Assets Control, the US Department of State, the United Nations Security Council, the European Union, Her Majesty’s Treasury, or the Hong Kong Monetary Authority (collectively, “Sanctions”), or (ii) located, organised or resident in a country or territory that is, or whose government is, the subject of Sanctions, including, without limitation, the Crimea region, Cuba, Iran, North Korea, Sudan and Syria.

 

2.

The Borrower(s) represents that the Borrower’s request for the facility(ies) stated in this letter was not referred to the Bank by any intermediary. The Borrower(s) understands that the Bank does not appoint any third party to handle credit applications from small and medium-sized enterprises.

Undertakings

 

1.

The Borrower(s) will promptly provide to the Bank any financial or other information that the Bank may, from time to time, reasonably request for the purposes of understanding such Borrower’s financial position, business and operations and assessing such Borrower’s ability to meet its obligations and liabilities under this Facility Letter.

 

2.

The Borrower(s) undertakes to direct at least 40% of its annual sales proceeds to the Bank.

 

3.

The Borrower(s) undertakes to maintain average monthly bank balance of no less than USD2,000,000.- and at all the time no less than USD 1,000,000.- with our bank (apart from pledged deposit).

 

4.

The Borrower(s) undertakes that Ms Wang Ying and Mr Zeng Qingchun will maintain no less than 51% shareholding of Shanghai Ecmoho Health Technology Co Ltd 上海易恆健康生物科技有限公司 and the Borrower(s).

 

5.

The Borrower(s) undertakes to have the Bank’s prior consent on dividends declaration.

 

6.

The Borrower(s) undertakes to provide ageing report on quarterly basis within 30 days after each quarter end.

 

Page 7 of 18


Ecmoho (Hong Kong) Limited    29 October 2018

 

 

 

7.

The Borrower(s) undertakes to direct all payments from Alipay to bank account maintained with the Bank.

 

8.

The Borrower(s) undertakes that the Adjusted Tangible Net Worth of the Borrower(s) is not and will not be at any time less than CNY30,000,000.-.

 

9.

The Borrower(s) undertakes that Filing of the Corporate Guarantee of Shanghai Ecmoho Health Technology Co Ltd 上海易恆健康生物科技有限公司 with registration in State Administration of Foreign Exchange to be completed within 15 days of Corporate Guarantee Execution. Completion of registration of the Corporate Guarantee of Shanghai Ecmoho Health Technology Co Ltd 上海易恆健康生物科技有限公司 with registration in State Administration of Foreign Exchange within 3 months of Corporate Guarantee Execution.

 

10.

Sanctions: The Borrower(s) will not, directly or indirectly, use the proceeds of the facilities set out in this letter, or lend, contribute or otherwise make available such proceeds to any subsidiary, joint venture partner or other Person, (i) to fund any activities or business of or with any Person, or in any country or territory, that, at the time of such funding, is, or whose government is, the subject of Sanctions or (ii) in any other manner that would result in a violation of Sanctions by any Person (including any Person participating in the facilities, whether as underwriter, advisor, investor or otherwise).

 

11.

Anti-bribery and corruption: None of the Borrower(s), nor to the knowledge of the Borrower(s), any director, officer, agent, employee, affiliate or other person acting on behalf of the Borrower(s) or any of its/their subsidiaries is aware of or has taken any action, directly or indirectly, that would result in a violation by such persons of any applicable anti-bribery law, including but not limited to, the United Kingdom Bribery Act 2010 (the “UK Bribery Act”) and the U.S. Foreign Corrupt Practices Act of 1977 (the “FCPA”). Furthermore, the Borrower(s) and, to the knowledge of the Borrower(s), its/their affiliates have conducted their businesses in compliance with the UK Bribery Act, the FCPA and similar laws, rules or regulations and have instituted and maintain policies and procedures designed to ensure, and which are reasonably expected to continue to ensure, continued compliance therewith. No part of the proceeds of the facilities set out in this letter will be used, directly or indirectly, for any payments that could constitute a violation of any applicable anti-bribery law.

 

12.

Each of the Borrower(s) shall comply in all respects with all laws and regulations to which it is subject. In particular, the Borrower(s) represent(s), declare(s) and undertake(s) to us that the utilization of any facility or use of proceeds drawn under this Facility Letter do not and will not conflict with any law or regulation applicable to the Borrower(s) (including without limitation those in force in the Mainland). The above representation and declaration is deemed to be made by the Borrower(s) by reference to the facts then existing during the period where the [Facilities] or any part thereof remain outstanding/available.

 

Page 8 of 18


Ecmoho (Hong Kong) Limited    29 October 2018

 

 

Definitions of ratios/figures

“Adjusted Tangible Net Worth” means Tangible Net Worth net of inter group, related Companies, shareholders and Directors transaction / investments.

“Dividend Payments” means the aggregate of final and interim dividend and other distribution declared, recommended or made.

The above ratios/figures will be determined by reference to the latest audited or management accounts or the financial statements provided by the Borrower(s) from time to time. The Bank will calculate the ratios/figures in accordance with the accounting principles, standards and practices on which the preparation of the audited accounts of the Borrower(s) was / were based and in accordance with the latest Statements of Standard Accounting Practice issued by the Hong Kong Institute of Certified Public Accountants. Any calculation made by the Bank will be conclusive.

Further Conditions

Compliance activity: The Bank and other members of the HSBC Group are required to act in accordance with the laws and regulations and comply with requests of public and regulatory authorities operating in various jurisdictions which relate to, amongst other things: (i) the prevention of money laundering, terrorist financing, corruption, tax evasion and the provision of financial and other services to any persons or entities which may be subject to economic or trade sanctions; or (ii) the investigation or prosecution of, or the enforcement against, any person for an offence against any laws or regulations.

The Bank may take, and may instruct members of the HSBC Group to take, any action which the Bank in its sole and absolute discretion considers appropriate to prevent or investigate crime or the potential breach of sanctions regimes or to act in accordance with relevant laws, regulations, sanctions regimes, international guidance, relevant HSBC Group procedures and/or the direction of any public, regulatory or industry body relevant to any member of the HSBC Group. This includes the interception and investigation of any payment, communication or instruction, and the making of further enquiries as to whether a person or entity is subject to any sanctions regime (“Compliance Activity”).

Neither the Bank nor any member of the HSBC Group will be liable to the Borrowers in respect of any loss (whether direct, consequential or loss of profit, data or interest) or delay, suffered or incurred by any party, caused in whole or in part by (i) actions taken, or delays or failure in performing any obligations under this letter by the Bank, or (ii) any steps taken by the Bank or any member of the HSBC Group, pursuant to Compliance Activity.

“HSBC Group” means HSBC Holdings plc, its subsidiaries, related bodies corporate, associated entities and undertakings and any of their branches and member or office of the HSBC Group shall be construed accordingly.

 

Page 9 of 18


Ecmoho (Hong Kong) Limited    29 October 2018

 

 

APPENDIX : DETAILS OF BENCHMARK RATES

 

Benchmark

  

Applicable Currency

  

Definition of Benchmark

Hong Kong Interbank Offered Rate (HIBOR) * and 1    HKD   

“HIBOR” means, in relation to any advance, the applicable Screen Rate at or around 11.00 am Hong Kong time on the proposed date of advance (or such other time or day if the market practice differs in the Hong Kong interbank market, as determined by the Bank), if any such rate is below zero, HIBOR will be deemed to be zero.

 

“Screen Rate” means the Relevant Administrator’s Interest Settlement Rate for Hong Kong dollars and for the relevant period displayed on the appropriate page of the Reuters screen provided that (a) if in the Bank’s sole determination its funding cost is in excess of HIBOR, the Bank may specify the cost of funding any facility or financial arrangement; or (b) if the screen page is replaced, not available or such service ceases to be available, the Bank may specify another page or service displaying the appropriate rate.

 

“Relevant Administrator” means the Hong Kong Association of Banks or any other person to whom the administrator function of the HIBOR fixing process is transferred from time to time.

 

Page 10 of 18


Ecmoho (Hong Kong) Limited    29 October 2018

 

 

 

Benchmark

  

Applicable Currency

  

Definition of Benchmark

London Interbank Offered Rate (LIBOR) * and 1    USD   

“LIBOR” means, in relation to any advance, the applicable Screen Rate at or around 11:00 am London time two Business Days (or such other time or day as determined by the Bank if the market practice differs) before the proposed date of advance and, if any such rate is below zero, LIBOR will be deemed to be zero.

 

“Business Day” means a day other than a Saturday or Sunday on which banks are open for general business in London.

 

“Screen Rate” means the Relevant Administrator’s Interest Settlement Rate for the relevant currency and period displayed on the appropriate page of the Reuters screen provided that (a) if in the Bank’s sole determination its funding cost is in excess of LIBOR, the Bank may specify the cost of funding any facility or financial arrangement; or (b) if the screen page is replaced, not available or such service ceases to be available, the Bank may specify another page or service displaying the appropriate rate.

 

“Relevant Administrator” means ICE Benchmark Administration Limited or any other person to whom the administrator function of the LIBOR fixing process is transferred from time to time.

Note:

 

1

Interpolated rates, which refers to rate calculated using linear interpolation method as recommended by the International Swaps and Derivatives Association (ISDA) for a situation where there is no current quote available for below maturities:-

 

   

LIBOR: 2 weeks, 4 months, 5 months, 7 months, 8 months, 9 months, 10 months and 11 months

 

   

HIBOR: 4 months, 5 months, 7 months, 8 months, 9 months, 10 months and 11 months

 

*

For tenors where fixing is not published by the relevant administrator and the interpolated rate does not apply, the benchmark rate shall be the rate as specified by the Bank in its sole discretion as its cost of funding the relevant facility or financial arrangement.

 

Page 11 of 18


Ecmoho (Hong Kong) Limited         29 October 2018

TERMS AND CONDITIONS FOR FACILITIES

 

1.

Interpretation

These terms and conditions are applicable to banking/credit facilities made available by The Hongkong and Shanghai Banking Corporation Limited (the “Bank” “HSBC” or “we”, which expression shall include its successors and assigns) to the Borrower(s) and shall be read in conjunction with the facility letter, as may be amended from time to time, applicable to the Borrower(s) (together, the “Facility Letter”).

 

2.

Accrual of Interest & Other Sums

All interest and any other amount accruing under the Facility Letter will accrue daily and in each case is calculated on the basis of the actual numbers of days elapsed and a year of 360 days or 365 days, depending on the market practice for the currency (and as may be adjusted in case of a leap year). Notwithstanding any other provision in the Facility Letter, any interest or other amount accruing under the Facility Letter shall be payable on demand.

 

3.

Availability and Utilisation

With respect to trade facilities, documents presented to the Bank for drawings must reflect and relate to a genuine transaction. Where documents presented are not in the original form, copies of such documents presented must strictly conform to the original. Please note that drawings without an underlying transaction, or presentation of forged or fraudulent documentation can render companies and/or persons involved liable to prosecution. The Bank may, at its sole and absolute discretion, refuse to allow drawings under a facility if:

 

  (a)

the drawee is considered to be unacceptable to the Bank, or

 

  (b)

the drawee is not on the Bank’s approved list, or

 

  (c)

the transaction in question does not meet the Bank’s operational requirements in respect of the facilities.

 

4.

Default Interest

Interest will be payable on sums which are overdue, drawings which are in excess of agreed limits and amounts demanded and not paid, at the maximum rate stipulated in the Bank’s tariff book which is accessible at https://www.commercial.hsbc.com.hk/1/2/commercial/customer- service/tariffs. The Bank will provide the Borrower or such relevant guarantor and/or security provider with a hard copy of the tariff book upon request. Interest at the applicable rate will be payable monthly in arrears to the debit of the Borrower(s)’s current account.

 

5.

Payment

All payments shall be made by the Borrower(s), the guarantor(s) and/or the security provider(s) to the Bank without set-off, counterclaim, withholding or condition of any kind. If the Borrower(s), the guarantor(s) or such security provider (where applicable) is compelled by law to make such withholding, the sum payable shall be increased so that the amount actually received by the Bank is the amount it would have received if there had been no withholding.

 

Page 12 of 18


Ecmoho (Hong Kong) Limited         29 October 2018

 

6.

Security and Disclosure

 

6.1

The Bank shall proceed to register (where applicable) in Hong Kong, security provided to the Bank in connection with facilities made available to the Borrower(s) or at the request of the Borrower(s). The costs and expenses, if any, will be charged to the account of the Borrower(s). Where the security provided to the Bank requires registration or filing outside Hong Kong, the Borrower undertakes that it shall, and where applicable, shall procure that such registration or filing of security is attended to and completed in a timely way so as to preserve the security interest of the Bank. The Bank shall be entitled to demand that evidence of such filing and/or registration be provided to it. All costs in connection with the aforesaid overseas filing and/or registration (as the case may be) shall be for the account of the Borrower(s).

 

6.2

By accepting the Facility Letter, the Borrower(s) is deemed to have consented to the Bank providing a copy of the Facility Letter, related security documents, the Borrower’s latest statement of account, related documents evidencing the obligations to be guaranteed or secured by a guarantor or third party security provider, information on the outstanding liabilities (whether actual or contingent) or such other information to (a) a guarantor or third party security provider, such guarantor or third party security provider’s solicitors and other professional advisers; and (b) whom the bank assigns or transfers (or may potentially assign or transfer) all or part of its rights and obligations under the Facility Letter.

 

6.3

Without prejudicing the rights of the Bank under other agreements with the Borrower(s), the Bank is entitled to provide any information relating to any of the account(s) of the Borrower(s) held with the Bank and any facilities which the Bank may provide to the Borrower(s) from time to time or the conduct of such account and/or facilities and/or other information concerning the Borrower(s) relationship with the Bank to any other company or office which belongs to or is part of the HSBC Group.

 

6.4

The Bank shall be entitled to have solicitors of its choice appointed to prepare the necessary documentation relating to the Facility Letter and/or the security to be provided. All their charges and disbursements incurred in this respect will be for the Borrower(s)’s account. Any filing fees and fees incurred in obtaining a legal opinion will also be for Borrower(s)’s account.

 

6.5

If the Bank is satisfied that all liabilities owed by the Borrower(s) to the Bank have been irrevocably paid in full and that all facilities which might give rise to such liabilities have terminated, subject to the Bank’s right to retain any guarantee or security provided to it for such period as the Bank considers (in its sole discretion) necessary, the Bank may, at the request and cost of the Borrower(s) or the relevant guarantor and/or security provider, release, reassign or discharge (as appropriate) such guarantee or security.

 

7.

Costs and Expenses

 

7.1

The Borrower(s) shall promptly on demand pay the Bank the amount of all costs and expenses (including legal fees), stamp duties, taxes, other charges and registration costs incurred by the Bank in connection with the negotiation, preparation and execution of the Facility Letter, security document(s) and/or any documentation relating to the facilities.

 

Page 13 of 18


Ecmoho (Hong Kong) Limited         29 October 2018

 

7.2

If the Borrower(s) requests an amendment, waiver or consent, the Borrower(s) shall, within three business days of demand, reimburse the Bank for the amount of all costs and expenses (including legal fees) incurred by the Bank in responding to, evaluating, negotiating or complying with that request or amendment.

 

7.3

The Borrower(s) shall, within three business days of demand, pay to the Bank the amount of all costs and expenses (including legal fees), stamp duties, taxes, other charges and registration costs incurred by the Bank in connection with the enforcement of, or the preservation of any rights under the Facility Letter, security document(s) and/or any documentation relating to the facilities.

 

7.4

If the effect of or a change in any law or regulation is to increase the cost to the Bank of advancing, maintaining or funding the facility(ies) or to reduce the effective return to the Bank, the Bank may require payment on demand of such amounts as the Bank consider necessary as compensation therefor.

 

8.

Indemnity

 

8.1

Any amount received or recovered by the Bank in respect of any sum expressed to be due to the Bank from the Borrower in a currency other than the currency of denomination in which payment is due (the “Intended Currency”) shall only constitute a discharge to it to the extent of the amount in the Intended Currency which the Bank is able, in accordance with its usual practice, to purchase with the amount so received or recovered in such other currency on the date of that receipt.

 

8.2

The Borrower(s) shall pay and, within three business days of demand, indemnify the Bank against any cost, loss or liability that the Bank incurs in relation to or as a result of:

 

  (a)

a failure by the Borrower(s) to pay any amount due under this Facility Letter on its due date; or

 

  (b)

if this Facility Letter allows prepayment, such loan not being prepaid in accordance with a notice of prepayment given by the Borrower.

 

9.

Assignment

The Bank may assign its rights and transfer all or any part of its rights and obligations hereunder or under any Facility Letter to any person by delivering to the Borrower(s) a notice in writing. Such transfer shall take effect as from the effective date as specified in the notice and the Bank shall thereafter be released from such obligations. No assignment or transfer of any right, benefit or obligation in the Facility Letter shall be made by the Borrower(s) in any way.

 

10.

Pari Passu

The Borrower(s), the guarantor(s) and security provider(s) (where applicable) shall ensure that at all times the claims of the Bank under the facilities rank at least pari passu with the claims of all other unsecured creditors, except for claims preferred by mandatory provisions of law.

 

Page 14 of 18


Ecmoho (Hong Kong) Limited         29 October 2018

 

11.

Prima facie

Any certification or determination by the Bank of a rate or amount under this Facility Letter is, in the absence of manifest error, conclusive evidence of the matters to which it relates.

 

12.

Section 83 of the Banking Ordinance

Section 83 of the Banking Ordinance and the related regulations in Hong Kong have imposed on the Bank certain limitations on advances to persons related to HSBC Group. In accepting the Facility Letter, the Borrower(s) should, to the best of its (their) knowledge, advise the Bank whether it is in any way related or connected to the HSBC Group. In the absence of such advice, the Bank will assume that the Borrower(s) is not so related or connected. The Bank would also ask, that if the Borrower(s) become aware that it (they) becomes so related or connected in future, that the Borrower(s) immediately advises the Bank in writing. You may refer to the reference page for information on whether you may be considered as related or connected to the HSBC Group.

 

13.

Governing Law and Third Party Rights

 

13.1

The Facility Letter (including the schedule(s), where applicable), and these terms and conditions shall be governed and construed in accordance with the laws of the Hong Kong Special Administrative Region.

 

13.2

The Borrower(s) submits to the non-exclusive jurisdiction of the Hong Kong courts.

 

13.3

No person other than the Bank and the Borrower(s) will have any right under the Contracts (Rights of Third Party) Ordinance to enforce or enjoy the benefit of any of the provisions of the terms and conditions of the Facility Letter.

 

14.

Process Agent

Without prejudice to any other mode of service allowed under any relevant law, each Borrower (other than a Borrower incorporated in Hong Kong (if the Borrower is a company) and a Borrower who is domiciled in Hong Kong (if the Borrower is an individual)):

 

  (a)

irrevocably appoints the company stated after the Borrower’s signature below as its agent for service of process in relation to any proceedings before the Hong Kong courts in connection with the Facility Letter, security document(s) and /or documentation relating to the facilities; and

 

  (b)

agrees that failure by a process agent to notify the relevant Borrower of the process will not invalidate the proceedings concerned.

 

Page 15 of 18


Ecmoho (Hong Kong) Limited         29 October 2018

ACCEPTANCE

Please arrange for the authorised signatories of the Borrower(s), in accordance with the terms of the mandate given to the Bank, to sign and return the duplicate copy of this letter with Appendix to signify the Borrower(s)’s understanding and acceptance of the terms and conditions under which these facilities are granted.

An arrangement fee of HKD80,000.- will be charged to the debit of the Borrower(s)’s account upon receipt of acceptance of this Facility Letter whether or not the facilities are drawn or cancelled by the Borrower(s).

The facilities will remain open for acceptance until the close of business on 19 November 2018 and if not accepted by that date will be deemed to have lapsed.

Please return the signed facility offer letter and the relevant security documents to Commercial Banking Hong Kong Office at Level 6, HSBC Main Building, 1 Queen’s Road Central, Hong Kong.

Should the Borrower(s) have any questions please feel free to contact Dawn Lo, Vice President or Kay Lai, Customer Service Officer on telephone no. 2288 1270 or 2288 7898.

Yours faithfully

For and on behalf of

The Hongkong and Shanghai Banking Corporation Limited

/s/ Dawn Lo                                    

Dawn Lo

Vice President

/na

Encl

 

Page 16 of 18


Ecmoho (Hong Kong) Limited         29 October 2018

Acceptance and Confirmation

We, Ecmoho (Hong Kong) Limited, confirm our acceptance of the offer and all terms and conditions contained above (including the Schedules, Appendix and Terms and Conditions for Facilities attached thereto).

For and on behalf of

Ecmoho (Hong Kong) Limited

 

Signature /s/ Zoe Wang                                 Signature /s/ Leo Zeng                               
Name                                                              Name                                                           
Title                                                                Title                                                             
Date                                                                Date                                                             

 

Page 17 of 18


Ecmoho (Hong Kong) Limited         29 October 2018

Reference Page

For the purposes of paragraph 12 (section 83 of the Banking Ordinance) of the Terms and Conditions for Facilities, you may be considered as related or connected to the HSBC Group if you are:

 

(a)

a director or employee of a member of the HSBC Group;

 

(b)

a relative of a director or employee of a member of the HSBC Group;

 

(c)

a firm, partnership or non-listed company in which a member of HSBC Group or director of HSBC Group (or such director’s relative) is interested as director, partner, manager or agent;

 

(d)

an individual, firm, partnership or non-listed company of which any director of HSBC Group (or such director’s relative) is a guarantor;

 

(e)

a firm, partnership or non-listed company which any of the persons listed above is able to control and a person has “control” if such person is:

 

  (i)

an indirect controller, that is, in relation to a company, any person in accordance with whose directions or instructions the directors of the company or of another company of which it is a subsidiary are accustomed to act, or

 

  (ii)

a majority shareholder controller, that is, in relation to a company, any person who, either alone or with any associate or associates, is entitled to exercise, or control the exercise of, more than 50% of the voting power at any general meeting of the company or of another company of which it is a subsidiary.

“HSBC Group” means HSBC Holdings plc, its subsidiaries, related bodies corporate, associated entities and undertakings and any of their branches and member or office of the HSBC Group shall be construed accordingly.

Relative” means:

 

  (i)

any immediate ascendant, any spouse or former spouse of any such ascendant, and any brother or sister of any such spouse or former spouse;

 

  (ii)

any immediate descendant, and any spouse or former spouse of any such descendant;

 

  (iii)

any brother or sister, aunt or uncle and any nephew or niece and any first cousin;

 

  (iv)

any spouse or former spouse, any immediate ascendant of any such spouse or former spouse, and any brother or sister of any such spouse or former spouse,

and, for the purposes of this definition, any step-child shall be deemed to be the child of both its natural parent and of its step-parent and any adopted child to be the child of the adopting parent, and a spouse shall include anyone living as such.

 

Page 18 of 18


LOGO

COMMERCIAL BANKING

(CARM 190425)

CONFIDENTIAL

The Directors

Ecmoho (Hong Kong) Limited

Shang Hai Shi Xu Hui Qu Tian Yue

Qiao Lu 1000 Hao 3 Lou Xu Hui Yuan

Shang Wu Lou

China    20 May 2019

Dear Sirs

BORROWER(S)

 

Ecmoho (Hong Kong) Limited    [Customer No.801-442708]

BANKING FACILITIES—facility letter dated 29 October 2018, as amended or supplemented from time to time (the “Facility Letter”)

With reference to our recent discussions, we confirm that the Facility Letter will be amended as set out below. Save as amended by this letter, the terms of the Facility Letter and (if any) all related documents shall remain unchanged and continue in full force and effect. The Bank shall have an unrestricted discretion to cancel, reduce or suspend, or determine whether or not to permit drawings in relations to, the facilities. The facilities are subject to review at any time and in any event by 15 October 2019, and also subject to the Bank’s overriding right of repayment on demand including the right to call for cash cover on demand for prospective and contingent liabilities.

Unless defined differently, a term defined in the Facility Letter has the same meaning in this letter.

Amendments

The following changes shall be made to the Facility Letter.

SECURITY AND OTHER DOCUMENTATION

The Bank will require to hold the following security document(s) and other document(s) in form and substance satisfactory to the Bank:

 

1.

A Guarantee (Limited Amount) limited to USD4,000,000.- plus default interest and other costs and expenses as further set out in the guarantee from Shanghai Ecmoho Health Technology Co Ltd 上海易恆健康生物科技有限公司, with registration in State Administration of Foreign Exchange. We attach our standard Guarantee (Limited Amount). Please arrange to sign and return it to us, together with the supporting board resolution(s).

The authorised signatories of Shanghai Ecmoho Health Technology Co Ltd 上海易恆健康生物科技有限公司 should be duly verified by their bankers. Please also let the Bank have a certified copy of Certificate of Incorporation, Articles of Association and List of current directors of Shanghai Ecmoho Health Technology Co Ltd 上海易恆健康生物科技有限公司 for the Bank’s records.

The Hongkong and Shanghai Banking Corporation Limited

Credit Services Team

8/F Tower 2 HSBC Centre 1 Sham Mong Road Tai Kok Tsui Kowloon

Web: www.hsbc.com.hk

 

Page 1 of 7


Ecmoho (Hong Kong) Limited         20 May 2019

As Shanghai Ecmoho Health Technology Co Ltd 上海易恆健康生物科技有限公司 is incorporated in People’s Republic of China, the Bank requires a legal opinion (in form and substance satisfactory to the Bank) from a qualified lawyer in the jurisdiction of Shanghai Ecmoho Health Technology Co Ltd 上海易恆健康生物科技有限公司’s country of incorporation, confirming the corporate capacity and authority of Shanghai Ecmoho Health Technology Co Ltd 上海易恆健康生物科技有限公司 to enter into the facility(ies)/security, and also confirming that all necessary documents have been or will be properly executed. The legal opinion, together with the properly executed security documents, should be forwarded to the Bank directly by the solicitor.

 

2.

A Guarantee (Limited Amount) limited to USD4,000,000.- plus default interest and other costs and expenses as further set out in the guarantee from Ecmoho (HK) Health Technology Ltd, We attach our standard Guarantee (Limited Amount). Please arrange to sign and return it to us, together with the supporting board resolution(s).

The authorised signatories of Ecmoho (HK) Health Technology Ltd should be duly verified by their bankers. Please also let the Bank have a certified copy of Certificate of Incorporation, Articles of Association and List of current directors of Ecmoho (HK) Health Technology Ltd for the Bank’s records.

 

3.

An “Assignment of Receivables—Specific Arrangement” granted by the Borrower(s). We attach our standard “Assignment of Receivables—Specific Arrangement”. Please arrange to sign and return to us the document(s), together with the supporting board resolution(s).

This “Assignment of Receivables—Specific Arrangement” needs to be registered with the Companies Registry. Please sign and return the “Assignment of Receivables—Specific Arrangement” within 5 business days of execution. The related registration fee (currently HKD340.-) will be charged to the debit of the Borrower’s current account.

 

4.

An “Assignment of Receivables—Specific Arrangement” granted by the Borrower(s). We attach our standard “Assignment of Receivables—Specific Arrangement”. Please arrange to sign and return to us the document(s).

This “Assignment of Receivables—Specific Arrangement” needs to be registered with the Companies Registry. Please sign and return the “Assignment of Receivables—Specific Arrangement” within 5 business days of execution. The related registration fee (currently HKD340.-) will be charged to the debit of the Borrower’s current account.

In consideration of the above mentioned security being made available, the Bank is agreeable to releasing the following security document(s) and other document(s):

 

5.

A Guarantee (Limited Amount) dated 13 December 2018 limited to USD5,000,000.- plus default interest and other costs and expenses as further set out in the guarantee from Shanghai Ecmoho Health Technology Co Ltd 上海易恆健康生物科技有限公司.

The Guarantee under item 5 will be cancelled after a retention period considered by it (the Bank) to be reasonably appropriate, which is normally six months.

 

6.

An “Assignment of Receivables—Specific Arrangement” dated 13 December 2018 granted by the Borrower(s).

This “Assignment of Receivables—Specific Arrangement” needs to be discharged with the Companies Registry. The related discharge fee (currently HKD 190.- per document) will be charged to the debit of the Borrower(s)’s account.

 

Page 2 of 7


Ecmoho (Hong Kong) Limited         20 May 2019

 

7.

An “Assignment of Receivables—Specific Arrangement” dated 13 December 2018 granted by the Borrower(s).

This “Assignment of Receivables—Specific Arrangement” needs to be discharged with the Companies Registry. The related discharge fee (currently HKD190.- per document) will be charged to the debit of the Borrower(s)’s account.

FURTHER NOTES

As a condition for granting credit facilities to small and medium size enterprises (“SMEs”), an explicit consent from the related SME must be obtained to enable the Bank to report and retrieve information (whether or not such information is expressly set out in any agreement between you and the Bank) in relation to its banking facilities to and from the Commercial Credit Reference Agency (“CCRA”). Please arrange for the enclosed Customer Consent Form to be signed and returned to the Bank together with the Facility Letter. Please note that if this consent is not given, the Bank will be unable to proceed with the transaction.

Without prejudicing or affecting the Bank’s right to suspend, withdraw or make demand in respect of the whole or any part of the facilities made available to the Borrower(s) at any time or determine whether or not to permit drawings in relation to the facilities, the Borrower(s) will, as the case may be:-

 

1)

give the undertakings set out in the Schedule of Further Notes which will remain in full force until the facilities have been repaid in full; and/or

 

2)

make the representations and warranties set out in the Schedule of Further Notes which will be deemed repeated daily until the facilities have been repaid in full.

 

Page 3 of 7


Ecmoho (Hong Kong) Limited         20 May 2019

SCHEDULE OF FURTHER NOTES

This schedule sets out the further points to note for the Borrower(s).

The Borrower(s)’s compliance or otherwise with the following condition(s) precedent, representations, warranties, undertakings or further conditions (as the case may be) will not in any way prejudice or affect the Bank’s right to suspend, withdraw or make demand in respect of the whole or any part of the facilities made available to the Borrower(s) at any time or determine whether or not to permit drawings in relation to the facilities. By signing this letter, the Borrower(s) expressly acknowledge that the Bank may suspend, withdraw or make demand for repayment of the whole or any part of the facilities at any time or determine whether or not to permit drawings in relation to the facilities, notwithstanding the fact that the following conditions precedent, representations, warranties, undertakings and further conditions (as the case may be) are included in this letter and whether or not the Borrower(s) has complied with any of them.

Representation and Warranties

The Borrower(s) represents that the Borrower’s request for the facility(ies) stated in this letter was not referred to the Bank by any intermediary. The Borrower(s) understands that the Bank does not appoint any third party to handle credit applications from small and medium-sized enterprises.

Undertakings

 

1.

The Borrower(s) undertakes that the Tangible Net Worth shall not be less than HKD25,000,000.-.(New)

 

2.

The Borrower(s) undertakes that completion of registration of the Corporate Guarantee of Shanghai Ecmoho Health Technology Co Ltd 上海易恆健康生物科技有限公司 with State Administration of Foreign Exchange and legal opinion by end of July 2019. (Revised)

 

3.

Each of the Borrower(s) shall comply in all respects with all laws and regulations to which it is subject. In particular, the Borrower(s) represent(s), declare(s) and undertake(s) to the Bank that the utilization of any facility or use of proceeds drawn under this [facility letter] do not and will not conflict with any law or regulation applicable to the Borrower(s) (including without limitation those in force in the Mainland). The above representation and declaration is deemed to be made by the Borrower(s) by reference to the facts then existing during the period where the [Facilities] or any part thereof remain outstanding/available.

 

Page 4 of 7


Ecmoho (Hong Kong) Limited    20 May 2019

 

 

Definitions of ratios/figures

“Tangible Net Worth” means the aggregate of:-

 

 

the amount paid up on the issued share capital (other than any redeemable share capital) of the Borrower(s); and

 

 

the capital and revenue reserves (including but not limited to the share premium account, revaluation and retained profits or losses);

but after deducting from such sum :-

 

 

goodwill and all other intangible assets ;

 

 

all minority interests in subsidiaries;

 

 

all amounts set aside for tax;

 

 

any dividend or other distribution declared/recommended;

 

 

the excess of the book value to the market value of the listed investments; and

 

 

any amount standing to the debit of the Borrower(s)’s capital and reserves (including profit and loss account);

 

 

any amount due from the shareholders, directors, and/or related companies.

The above ratios/figures will be determined by reference to the latest audited or management accounts or the financial statements provided by the Borrower(s) from time to time. The Bank will calculate the ratios/figures in accordance with the accounting principles, standards and practices on which the preparation of the audited accounts of the Borrower(s) was / were based and in accordance with the latest Statements of Standard Accounting Practice issued by the Hong Kong Institute of Certified Public Accountants. Any calculation made by the Bank will be conclusive.

 

Page 5 of 7


Ecmoho (Hong Kong) Limited    20 May 2019

 

 

Governing law

This letter shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the Hong Kong Special Administrative Region. No one other than the Bank and the Borrower(s) will have any right to enforce the terms of this letter.

Acceptance

Please arrange for the authorised signatories of the Borrower(s), in accordance with the terms of the mandate given to the Bank, to sign and return the duplicate copy of this letter by 10 June 2019 to signify the Borrower(s)’s understanding and acceptance of the terms of this letter.

Please return the signed facility offer letter and the relevant security documents to Commercial Banking Hong Kong Office at Level 6, HSBC Main Building, 1 Queen’s Road Central, Hong Kong.

If you have any queries, please feel free to contact Dawn Lo, Vice President or Irene Mak, Customer Service Officer on telephone no. 2288 1270 or 2288 3835.

Yours faithfully

For and on behalf of

The Hongkong and Shanghai Banking Corporation Limited

/s/ Dawn Lo

Dawn Lo

Vice President

/kg

Encl

 

Page 6 of 7


Ecmoho (Hong Kong) Limited    20 May 2019

 

 

Acceptance and Confirmation

We, Ecmoho (Hong Kong) Limited, confirm our acceptance of and agreement to all of the terms and conditions set out above.

For and on behalf of

Ecmoho (Hong Kong) Limited

 

Signature /s/ Zeng Qingchun                                            Signature                                                                   
Name                                                                                 Name                                                                         
Title                                                                                   Title                                                                           
Date                                                                                   Date                                                                           

 

Page 7 of 7


To:   The Hongkong and Shanghai Banking Corporation Limited (the “Lender”)    Date:
  The Hong Kong Special Administrative Region

SHARING OF CREDIT DATA - CUSTOMER CONSENT FORM

Customer Information

 

Registered Name in English (as stated in Business Registration Certificate or other Business Identification Document)

ECMOHO (HONG KONG) LIMITED

Business Identification Document Details (please complete as appropriate)

 

Hong Kong Business Registration Certificate Number:

 

Hong Kong Certificate of Incorporation Number:                C2218839

 

Other Business Identification Document Details:

Customer’s Acknowledgement and Consent

 

1.

I/We hereby acknowledge and agree that, subject to paragraph (2), any information with respect to me/us which is provided by me/us at the Lender’s request or collected in the course of dealings between me/us and the Lender may be disclosed to, or used and retained by any credit reference agency or similar service provider for the purpose of verifying such information or enabling them to provide such information to other institutions:

 

  (a)

in order that they may carry out credit and other status checks in respect of me/us in my/our capacity as applicant for, or guarantor of, credit facilities; and

 

  (b)

for the purposes of reasonable monitoring of any indebtedness while there is a current default by me/us as borrower or guarantor.

 

2.

I/We may by giving the Lender 90 days’ notice in writing (which will take effect from the date of receipt by the Lender) revoke the consent contained in paragraph (1).

 

3.

If I/we give notice to revoke the consent given pursuant to paragraph (1) in accordance with paragraph (2):

 

  (a)

subject to paragraphs (3)(f) and (g) below, the Lender may continue to disclose information pursuant to paragraph (1) until the notice of revocation given pursuant to paragraph (2) expires;

 

  (b)

the Lender may notify all persons to whom the Lender is permitted to disclose information pursuant to paragraph (1) of the fact that a notice of revocation has been given pursuant to paragraph (2);

 

  (c)

the Lender may regard the notice of revocation served on the Lender as also applying to the consent I/we have previously given in respect of all other credit facilities granted to me/us;

 

  (d)

the Lender may terminate any facilities extended to me/us with effect from the date to be advised by the Lender;

 

  (e)

the credit reference agency or similar service provider may continue to retain information provided to it by the Lender in its internal archive for its internal use but not for provision of such information to other institutions when they seek credit reports;

 

  (f)

the Lender may continue to provide information relating to hire purchase and leasing transactions and loans to wholesalers and retailers to finance the acquisition of stock in trade to the credit reference agency or similar service provider notwithstanding revocation of the consent referred to in paragraph (2) above; and

 

  (g)

the credit reference agency or similar service provider may continue to provide information relating to hire purchase and leasing transactions and loans to wholesalers and retailers to finance the acquisition of stock in trade and information which is a matter of public record notwithstanding the revocation of the consent referred to in paragraph (2) above.

 

4.

Subject to paragraphs (2) and (3), this consent shall remain in effect:

 

  (a)

as long as I/we maintain an account relationship with the Lender and for a period of five years thereafter;

 

  (b)

if later, for the period of five years after the date of settlement following a payment default of more than sixty days.

 

Member HSBC Group

 


5.

This Form supersedes any previous Customer Consent Form previously signed by me/us. The acknowledgement and agreement contained in this Form are in addition to and do not affect any agreement or consent contained in the Lender’s account documentation and/or standard terms and conditions.

 

             For Bank Use Only
             Date Received
              
             Remarks
/s/ Zeng Qingchun    LOGO        
Signed by for and on behalf of        
ECMOHO (HONG KONG) LIMITED             

 

BOARD RESOLUTION

 

Extract from the Minutes of a Meeting of the Board of Directors of

ECMOHO (HONG KONG) LIMITED (the “Company”)

 

held at (time)

 

  

on (date)

 

at (place)

 

Shang Hai Shi Xu Hui Qu Tian Yue Qiao Lu 1000 Hao 3 Lou Xu Hui Yuan Shang Wu Lou China

The Chairman reported that arrangements were proposed with The Hongkong and Shanghai Banking Corporation Limited (“HSBC”) whereby the Company would be granted banking facilities on the terms and conditions set out in the facility letter(s) (the “Facility Letter(s)”) from HSBC to the Company dated 20 May 2019 which was/were tabled at the Meeting.

The individual Directors then reported the manner in which they were interested in the proposed arrangements, transactions and contracts. The Secretary reported that under the Articles of Association of the Company, the Directors present were empowered to implement the proposed arrangements.

The Board then reviewed the financial position of the Company. Taking into account that the grant of facilities will finance the trading activities of the Company, the Board was unanimously of the opinion that the taking of facilities would be in the commercial interests of the Company.

IT WAS RESOLVED THAT:

 

(i)

the proposed arrangements, the terms of the Facility Letter(s) and the transactions contemplated under the Facility Letter(s) be approved by the Company;

 

(ii)

                                                          be authorised to sign the Facility Letter(s) on behalf of the Company and the signing of the Facility Letter(s) shall be conclusive evidence of the Company’s approval of any amendments which have been made to the Facility Letter(s);

 

(iii)

the authorised signatory(ies) named above be authorised to execute and, where necessary, affix the Common Seal of the Company to any further document and/or do such further acts for and on behalf of the Company as required by or in connection with the Facility Letter(s) and/or in connection with the transactions contemplated thereunder;

 

(iv)

any actions taken by any Director of the Company or the signatory(ies) named above in respect of the transactions before the date hereof be approved, ratified and confirmed in all respect; and

 

(v)

the Chairman be authorised to supply HSBC with a certified copy of this extract of the Minutes of the Board of Directors.


IT IS HEREBY CERTIFIED that the above is a true extract from the Minutes of the Meeting of the Board of Directors of the Company and that the resolution set forth above was duly passed in accordance with and complies with the Articles of Association of the Company and that such resolution will not infringe any restrictions affecting the Company or the Board.

 

Date:        

Chairman of the Meeting/Director

 

      
      
      
      
/s/ Zeng Qingchun     
Signature    Name:

 


 

Dated  

             

TO

THE HONGKONG AND SHANGHAI BANKING CORPORATION LIMITED

 

 

ASSIGNMENT OF RECEIVABLES

- SPECIFIC ARRANGEMENT

 

 

 

Member HSBC Group


To:

The Hongkong and Shanghai Banking Corporation Limited

    

The Hong Kong Special Administrative Region

ASSIGNMENT OF RECEIVABLES - SPECIFIC ARRANGEMENT

 

1.

Definitions

“Arrangement” means the arrangement(s), agreement(s) and/or contract(s) specified in Schedule 1 between the Customer and the Counterparty;

“Bank” means The Hongkong and Shanghai Banking Corporation Limited at any of its offices or branches and its successors and assigns;

“Banking Facilities” means such facilities as the Bank may make or continue to make available to the Customer or to any other person at the request of the Customer;

“Counterparty” means the person(s) whose name(s) and address(es) are specified in Schedule 1;

“Customer” means the person whose name and address are specified in Schedule 1;

“Exchange Rate” means the rate for converting one currency into another currency which the Bank determines to be prevailing in the relevant foreign exchange market at the relevant time such determination to be conclusive and binding on the Customer;

“person” includes an individual, firm, company, corporation and an unincorporated body of persons;

“Process Agent” means the person, if any, whose name and Hong Kong address are specified in Schedule 1;

“Receipt Account” means the Customer’s account with the Bank (or such other accounts as the Bank shall from time to time direct) into which all Receivables shall be paid pursuant to Clause 4.01(c);

“Receivables” means all monies now and from time to time due to be paid or owing to the Customer under the Arrangement and the full benefit of all guarantees, encumbrance, rights of set-off, security reservation of proprietary rights, rights of tracing and liens, and all rights, claims and remedies in respect of such monies and in enforcing the Arrangement; and

“Secured Monies” means (i) all monies and liabilities in any currency owing by the Customer (and, if the Customer is not a partnership but consists of two or more persons at least one of whom is an individual, all of such persons jointly) to the Bank at any time, whether separately or jointly with any other person, actually or contingently, whether presently or in future in any capacity including as principal or as surety; (ii) interest on such monies (both before and after any demand or judgment), to the date on which the Bank receives payment, at the rates payable by the Customer or which would have been payable but for any circumstance which restricts payment, and (iii) all expenses of the Bank in perfecting or enforcing this Assignment on a full indemnity basis.

 

2.

Assignment

 

  2.01

In consideration of the Banking Facilities, the Customer, as beneficial owner and by way of security for the payment of the Secured Monies, hereby assigns, and agrees to assign, to the Bank the Receivables until all the Secured Monies have been paid or discharged.

 

  2.02

A certificate of balance signed by any duly authorised officer of the Bank shall be conclusive evidence against the Customer of the amount of the Secured Monies owing at any time.

 

  2.03

The Bank shall be entitled to retain this Assignment for as long as the Secured Monies remain outstanding, or after repayment of the Secured Monies for such further period as the Bank may certify to the Customer to be appropriate in order to protect the interests of the Bank in respect of the Secured Monies.

 

  2.04

If the Customer creates or purports to create any security (whether fixed or floating) over the Receivables (or any part thereof) or if a person levies or attempts to levy any form of process against the Receivables (or any part thereof), the security created by this Assignment, to the extent that it may be a floating charge, shall automatically and without notice operate as a fixed charge instantly such event occurs.

 

3.

Continuing and Additional Security

This Assignment is a continuing security and is in addition to, shall not be affected by and may be enforced despite the existence of any other security held by the Bank. Any restriction on the right of consolidating securities shall not apply to this Assignment.

 

   Page 1/9   

Member HSBC Group

 


4.

Undertakings

 

  4.01

The Customer undertakes:

 

  (a)

that the Receivables are and shall be in the sole beneficial ownership of the Customer, free from encumbrances and claims except pursuant to this Assignment;

 

  (b)

to perform its obligations under the Arrangement in a prompt and diligent manner, to take all necessary steps which are reasonable and prudent to procure the due performance by the Counterparty of its obligations under the Arrangement, to notify the Bank of any default by the Customer and/or the Counterparty under the Arrangement and to institute and maintain all such proceedings as may be necessary or expedient to enforce the Arrangement or preserve or protect the interests of the Customer under the Arrangement;

 

  (c)

to get in and realise the Receivables in the ordinary course of its business and, until notice is given by the Bank under Clause 4.01 (h), promptly pay into the Receipt Account all proceeds of the getting in and realisation and all moneys which it may receive in respect of the Receivables forthwith on receipt (except to the extent that the Bank may agree otherwise in writing) and, pending such payment, to hold such proceeds and moneys on trust for the Bank;

 

  (d)

if so required by the Bank, execute a charge over the Receipt Account (in such form satisfactory in all respects to the Bank) and charge by way of first fixed charge to the Bank all the Customer’s rights, title, interest and benefit of and in all monies standing to the credit of the Receipt Account and all interest from time to time payable thereon and all right, title and interest of the Customer, present and future, thereto and therein;

 

  (e)

not to withdraw, assign, charge, encumber, transfer or otherwise dispose of or deal with any part of the monies standing to the credit of the Receipt Account or any interest therein, unless and to the extent that the Bank shall agree thereto in writing;

 

  (f)

to deliver to the Bank originals and/or copies of such documents relating to the Arrangement and/or produce reports to the Bank on the Arrangement containing such particulars and at such intervals, in each case, as the Bank may require;

 

  (g)

at any time at the request of the Bank, to give notice of this Assignment to any person in the form set out in Schedule 2 (or in such other forms as the Bank shall from time to time require), provided always that nothing herein shall restrict the Bank from giving notice of this Assignment (and the Bank is hereby authorised to give such notice) to the Counterparty as it may deem appropriate in such form as it thinks fit, whether in the name of the Bank or (pursuant to the powers conferred under Clause 6.01) as attorney for and on behalf of the Customer;

 

  (h)

upon receipt of a notice from the Bank to that effect, to pay to the Bank, or procure that the Bank is directly paid, all Receivables, and that, unless otherwise agreed by the Bank, any Receivables received by the Customer shall be held in trust for the Bank and paid over to the Bank forthwith upon receipt;

 

  (i)

not to assign, charge, factor, encumber, transfer or otherwise dispose of or deal with any part of the Receivables or any interest therein or waive or amend any rights therein (otherwise than by demanding, collecting and receiving the same) except as directed by or with the consent of the Bank in writing; and

 

  (j)

not to take or omit to take any action which might prejudice the Arrangement or the effectiveness of this Assignment.

 

  4.02

Where there are two or more persons comprised in the expression “the Customer”, the above undertakings and all other obligations hereunder of each person shall be joint and several and any reference herein to the Customer shall (except as otherwise specified) be construed as one or more or all of such persons (as the context may require).

 

  4.03

Notwithstanding anything herein contained to the contrary, the Customer shall remain liable under the Arrangement to perform all the obligations assumed by it thereunder and the Bank shall not be under any obligation or liability thereunder by reason of this Assignment or anything arising therefrom.

 

5.

Enforcement of Security

 

  5.01

If (a) the Customer has failed to pay any of the Secured Monies when due or (b) the Customer is in default under any of the terms of this Assignment or (c) the Customer is unable or admits to being unable to pay the debts of the Customer as they become due or is subject to any proceedings in or analogous to insolvency, bankruptcy or liquidation or (d) legal process is applied for, levied or enforced against any Receivables or any other assets of the Customer, the Bank shall be entitled to enforce this Assignment and may, without demand, notice, legal process or any other action with respect to the Customer, retain or apply the whole or any part of the Receivables received by it for its own benefit in or towards settlement of the Secured Monies at any time and in any way it deems expedient, free from any restrictions and claims and the Bank shall not be liable for any loss arising out of such retention or application. In such case, the obligations of the Customer in relation to the Secured Monies shall be deemed paid and extinguished to the extent settled.

 

ASSIGNMENT OF RECEIVABLES - SPECIFIC ARRANGEMENT

 

Page 2/9

 


  5.02

The Bank may, at any time and without notice to the Customer, combine or consolidate any other accounts of the Customer and set off or transfer any monies standing to the credit of such account in or towards satisfaction of the Secured Monies. Where any such combination, consolidation, set off or transfer requires the conversion of one currency into another, such conversion shall be calculated at the Exchange Rate.

 

6.

Power of Attorney; Further Assurance

 

  6.01

The Customer hereby irrevocably and by way of security appoints the Bank (with full power of substitution) to be its true and lawful attorney and in its name and on its behalf to execute, sign and do all deeds, instruments, acts and things whatsoever which may be required and which the Bank shall think fit for carrying out any obligation imposed on the Customer hereunder (including without limitation the giving of notices of assignment hereunder) or for giving to the Bank the full benefit of this Assignment and of the rights and powers hereby granted. The Customer shall ratify and confirm all things done by the Bank as its attorney in the exercise or purported exercise of its powers hereunder.

 

  6.02

At the request of the Bank, the Customer shall execute such documents and perform such acts as the Bank may consider expedient in connection with the exercise of its powers and rights under this Assignment.

 

7.

Receivership

 

  7.01

Appointment of Receiver

 

      

On or at any time after the Bank becomes entitled to enforce this Assignment pursuant to clause 5.01 or otherwise, or if the Customer so requests the Bank in writing, the Bank may, without demand or further notice, legal process or any other action with respect to the Customer appoint under seal or in writing under its hand any one or more persons to be a receiver (the “Receiver”) under this Assignment of all or any part of the Receivables (including any and all books and records of the Customer relating thereto) and may from time to time fix his remuneration (which shall be of such amount as may be agreed from time to time between the Bank and such Receiver) and may remove any Receiver so appointed and/or appoint another in his place or in place of any Receiver whose appointment may for any reason have terminated.

 

  7.02

Receiver as Agent of the Customer

 

      

Each Receiver shall be the agent of the Customer, and the Customer shall be solely responsible for his acts or defaults and for his remuneration.

 

  7.03

Rights of the Receiver

Each Receiver shall have all the rights conferred on any mortgagee and/or receiver under the Conveyancing and Property Ordinance (Cap. 219), as if references therein to the “mortgaged land” were references to the assets over which such Receiver has been appointed hereunder, as well as the following rights:

 

  (a)

to collect and get in all or any of the Receivables, to demand and recover all the income arising from the Receivables, in the name of either the Customer or the Bank, and to give effectual receipts for them, and to take, defend or abandon any proceedings affecting all or any of the Receivables in the name of the Customer or otherwise as may seem expedient;

 

  (b)

to carry on or authorise or concur in carrying on the business of the Customer relating to all or any part of the Receivables and to manage, conduct, reconstruct, amalgamate or diversify such business without being responsible for loss or damage;

 

  (c)

to raise or borrow money from or incur any other liability to the Bank or others on such terms with or without security as such Receiver may think fit and so that any such security may be ranking in priority to this security, provided that a Receiver shall not exercise this right without first obtaining the prior written consent of the Bank;

 

  (d)

to sell by public auction, public tender, private tender or private contract (or a combination of such methods), or otherwise dispose of or deal with all or any part of the Receivables in such manner, for such consideration and generally on such terms and conditions as such Receiver may think fit, with full power to convey or otherwise transfer such Receivables in the name of the Customer or otherwise. Any such consideration may be cash, debentures or other obligations, shares, stock or other consideration and may be payable immediately or by instalments spread over such period or periods as he shall think fit and so that any consideration received or receivable shall immediately be and become charged with the payment and discharge of the Secured Monies;

 

  (e)

to make any arrangement, settlement or compromise or enter into or complete, cancel, abandon or disregard any contracts in respect of all or any part of the Receivables which such Receiver shall think expedient in the interests of the Bank;

 

ASSIGNMENT OF RECEIVABLES - SPECIFIC ARRANGEMENT    Page 3/9


  (f)

to appoint and remunerate any person for any of the purposes of this Assignment and/or to guard or protect the Receivables for such periods as such Receiver may determine and to dismiss the same or any other person appointed by the Customer;

 

  (g)

to do anything which such Receiver shall think necessary or expedient to preserve, protect, maintain or manage the Receivables; and

 

  (h)

to sign any document, execute any deed (with authorisation to use the common seal of the Customer for such purposes) and generally, on behalf and at the cost of the Customer (notwithstanding liquidation of the Customer or any similar event), to do or omit to do anything incidental to the matters referred to in this Clause 7.03 or to the realisation of this security or which the Customer could do or omit to do in relation to the Receivables and to use the name of the Customer for all the above purposes.

 

  7.04

More Than One Receiver

If more than one person is appointed as a Receiver under this Assignment, such persons shall throughout the duration of their office (unless the documents appointing them state otherwise) be entitled to exercise all or any of the powers conferred on a Receiver under this Assignment individually.

 

8.

Customer’s Accounts

The Bank may, at any time, continue any existing account and open any new account in the name of the Customer and no subsequent transactions, receipts or payments involving such new accounts shall affect the liability of the Customer hereunder.

 

9.

Payments

 

  9.01

No payment to the Bank, pursuant to the enforcement of this Assignment or pursuant to any judgment, court order or otherwise in respect of this Assignment, shall discharge the obligation of the Customer in respect of which it was made unless and until payment in full has been received in the currency in which the relevant liability for the Secured Monies is payable. If payment is made in any other currency, then the Customer shall remain liable for any shortfall that remains after conversion of the currency of the payment into the currency of the relevant liability, such conversion to be at the Exchange Rate.

 

  9.02

Any monies received by the Bank in respect of the Secured Monies may be applied in or towards satisfaction of the same or placed to the credit of such account as the Bank may determine with a view to preserving its rights to claim or provide for the whole of the Secured Monies against any person liable.

 

  9.03

If any monies received by the Bank in respect of the Secured Monies are required to be repaid by virtue of any law relating to insolvency, bankruptcy or liquidation or for any other reason, the Bank shall be entitled to enforce this Assignment as if such monies had not been paid.

 

10.

No Waiver

No act or omission by the Bank pursuant to this Assignment shall affect its rights, powers and remedies hereunder or any further or other exercise of such rights, powers or remedies.

 

11.

Transfer

The Customer may not assign or transfer any of its rights or obligations hereunder. The Bank may assign any of its rights hereunder to a person in whose favour it has made an assignment of all or any of the Banking Facilities and/or the Secured Monies.

 

12.

Communication

Any notice, demand or other communication under this Assignment shall be in writing addressed to the Customer at the last address registered with the Bank and addressed to the Bank at its office specified in Schedule 1, or such other address as the Bank may notify to the Customer for this purpose and may be delivered personally, by leaving it at such address, by post, facsimile transmission or telex and shall be deemed to have been delivered to the Customer at the time of personal delivery or on leaving it at such address or on the second day following the day of posting or on the day of despatch, if sent by facsimile transmission or telex, and to the Bank on the day of actual receipt.

 

ASSIGNMENT OF RECEIVABLES - SPECIFIC ARRANGEMENT   

Page 4/9

 


13.

Severability

Each of the provisions of this Assignment is severable and distinct from the others and, if one or more of such provisions is or becomes illegal, invalid or unenforceable, the remaining provisions shall not be affected in any way.

 

14.

Governing Law and Jurisdiction

 

  14.01

This Assignment is governed by and shall be construed in accordance with the laws of the Hong Kong Special Administrative Region (Hong Kong).

 

  14.02

The Assignment submits to the non-exclusive jurisdiction of the Hong Kong courts but this Assignment may be enforced in the courts of any competent jurisdiction.

 

  14.03

No person other than the Bank and the Customer will have any right under the Contracts (Rights of Third Parties) Ordinance to enforce or enjoy the benefit of any of the provisions of this Assignment.

 

15.

Process Agent

If a Process Agent is specified in Schedule 1, service of any legal process on the Process Agent shall constitute service on the Customer.

 

16.

Governing Version

The English version of this Assignment is the governing version and shall prevail whenever there is any discrepancy between the English version and the Chinese version.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF this Assignment has been entered into and delivered by the Customer as a deed on

                       

Schedule 1

Details of Customer

 

Name

ECMOHO (HONG KONG) LIMITED

  

Address

SHANG HAI SHI XU HUI QU TIAN YUE QIAO LU 1000 HAO 3 LOU XU HUI YUAN SHANG WU LOU CHINA

 

Name

  

Address

Details of Process Agent

 

Name   

Address

                    , the Hong Kong Special Administrative Region

  
Address of Bank’s Office (for the purpose of Clause 12 only)

1 Queen’s Road Central, Hong Kong, the Hong Kong Special Administrative Region

 

Details of Counterparty

 

Name    Address
TINY DREAMS GROUP INCORPORATION     

 

Arrangement between Customer and Counterparty dated         relating to
              

 

ASSIGNMENT OF RECEIVABLES - SPECIFIC ARRANGEMENT   

Page 5/9

 


 

 

 

LOGO

Schedule 2
NOTICE OF ASSIGNMENT – Specific Arrangement
To:
(Counterparty)
Assignment of Receivables dated (“Assignment”)
(“Arrangement”)
We hereby give you notice that, by the Assignment, all monies receivable or to be received by us from you under the Arrangement and all other rights, title, interest and benefit to and in the same (the “receivables”) have been assigned to The Hongkong and Shanghai Banking Corporation Limited (the “Bank”).
By reason of the Assignment, you are required to pay to the Bank or as it may direct all monies due and to become due and payable to us into our account number with the Bank or such other accounts as the Bank shall direct or to
such person in such manner as the Bank shall direct.
Please note the authority and instructions herein contained cannot be revoked or varied by us without the prior written consent of the Bank. Please acknowledge receipt of this notice by signing and returning to the Bank the attached copy of this notice. By signing the attached copy of this notice, you also confirm that you have not received notice of the interest of any third party over the receivables. Dated this day of
Signature of Customer
To: The Hongkong and Shanghai Banking Corporation Limited
1 Queen’s Road Central, Hong Kong, the Hong Kong Special Administrative Region
Signature of Counterparty (Acknowledged) Name of Counterparty (in Block Letters)
Date

 

ASSIGNMENT OF RECEIVABLES - SPECIFIC ARRANGEMENT   

Page 6/9


Execution by Limited Company

A. Executed under the Seal of the Customer in the presence of the following Director(s) and/or Secretary:

 

     
Signature of Director/Secretary    Signature of Director/Secretary   

LOGO

         

Full Name (in Block Letters)

 

  

Full Name (in Block Letters)

 

Address

 

  

Address

 

Identification Document Type and Number

 

  

Identification Document Type and Number

 

Duly Authorised by a Board Resolution Dated

 

  

Duly Authorised by a Board Resolution Dated

 

Witnessed by:

 

     

Signature of Witness

 

 

  

Signature of Witness

 

 

  

                               

         

Full Name (in Block Letters)

 

  

Full Name (in Block Letters)

 

Office

 

  

Office

 

Identification Document Type and Number

 

  

Identification Document Type and Number

 

 

     
Signature of Director/Secretary    Signature of Director/Secretary   

LOGO

         

Full Name (in Block Letters)

 

  

Full Name (in Block Letters)

 

Address

 

  

Address

 

Identification Document Type and Number

 

  

Identification Document Type and Number

 

Duly Authorised by a Board Resolution Dated

 

  

Duly Authorised by a Board Resolution Dated

 

Witnessed by:

 

     

Signature of Witness

 

 

  

Signature of Witness

 

 

  

                               

         

Full Name (in Block Letters)

 

  

Full Name (in Block Letters)

 

Office

 

  

Office

 

Identification Document Type and Number

 

  

Identification Document Type and Number

 

 

ASSIGNMENT OF RECEIVABLES - SPECIFIC ARRANGEMENT    Page 7/9


B. Executed as a deed and signed by the following Director(s) and, if applicable, Secretary on behalf of the Customer:

 

Signature of Director/Secretary

 

 

  

Signature of Director/Secretary

 

 

/s/ Zeng Qingchun

 

    

Full Name (in Block Letters)

ZENG QINGCHUN

   Full Name (in Block Letters)
Address    Address

SHANG HAI SHI XU HUI QU TIAN YUE QIAO LU 1000

HAO 3 LOU XU HUI YUAN SHANG WU LOU CHINA

    

Identification Document Type and Number

 

  

Identification Document Type and Number

 

Duly Authorised by a Board Resolution Dated

 

  

Duly Authorised by a Board Resolution Dated

 

Witnessed by:

 

   

Signature of Witness

 

 

  

Signature of Witness

 

 

Full Name (in Block Letters)

 

  

Full Name (in Block Letters)

 

Office

 

 

  

Office

 

 

Identification Document Type and Number

 

  

Identification Document Type and Number

 

 

   

Signature of Director/Secretary

 

 

  

Signature of Director/Secretary

 

 

Full Name (in Block Letters)

 

  

Full Name (in Block Letters)

 

Address

 

  

Address

 

Identification Document Type and Number

 

  

Identification Document Type and Number

 

Duly Authorised by a Board Resolution Dated

 

  

Duly Authorised by a Board Resolution Dated

 

Witnessed by:

 

   

Signature of Witness

 

 

  

Signature of Witness

 

 

Full Name (in Block Letters)

 

  

Full Name (in Block Letters)

 

Office

 

 

  

Office

 

 

Identification Document Type and Number

 

  

Identification Document Type and Number

 

 

ASSIGNMENT OF RECEIVABLES - SPECIFIC ARRANGEMENT    Page 8/9


Execution by Individual

Signed, Sealed and Delivered by the Customer:

 

Signature of Depositor

 

 

LOGO

 

Witnessed by:

 

Signature of Witness   

Name

 

  

Office

 

  

Identification Document Type and Number

 

Signed, Sealed and Delivered by the Customer:

 

Signature of Depositor

 

 

LOGO

 

Witnessed by:

 

Signature of Witness   

Name

 

  

Office

 

  

Identification Document Type and Number

 

 

ASSIGNMENT OF RECEIVABLES - SPECIFIC ARRANGEMENT    Page 9/9


NOTICE OF ASSIGNMENT – Specific Arrangement

 

To:        
       

(Counterparty)

 

 

Assignment of Receivables dated          (“Assignment”)
   
       (“Arrangement”)

We hereby give you notice that, by the Assignment, all monies receivable or to be received by us from you under the Arrangement and all other rights, title, interest and benefit to and in the same (the “receivables”) have been assigned to The Hongkong and Shanghai Banking Corporation Limited (the “Bank”).

By reason of the Assignment, you are required to pay to the Bank or as it may direct all monies due and to become due and payable to us into our

 

account number           with the Bank or such other accounts as the Bank shall direct or to such person in such manner as
the Bank shall direct.

Please note the authority and instructions herein contained cannot be revoked or varied by us without the prior written consent of the Bank. Please acknowledge receipt of this notice by signing and returning to the Bank the attached copy of this notice. By signing the attached copy of this notice, you also confirm that you have not received notice of the interest of any third party over the receivables.

 

 

Dated this

 

     

 

day of

 

   

 

Signature of Customer

 

/s/ Zeng Qingchun

 

To:

The Hongkong and Shanghai Banking Corporation Limited

 

1 Queen’s Road Central, Hong Kong, the Hong Kong Special Administrative Region

 

Signature of Counterparty (Acknowledged)   

Name of Counterparty (in Block Letters)

 

 

    

Date

 

 

 

Member HSBC Group


BOARD RESOLUTION

 

Extract from the Minutes of a Meeting of the Board of Directors of

ECMOHO (HONG KONG) LIMITED (the “Company”)

 

held at (time)

 

  

on (date)

 

at (place)

      SHANG HAI SHI XU HUI QU TIAN YUE QIAO LU 1000 HAO 3 LOU XU HUI YUAN SHANG WU LOU CHINA

 

 

1.

The Chairman reported that arrangements were proposed with The Hongkong and Shanghai Banking Corporation Limited (the “Bank”) whereby the Company would be granted banking facility(ies) on the terms set out in a facility letter from the Bank to the Company dated 20 May 2019 which was tabled at the Meeting.

 

2.

It was a term of the arrangements that the Company would provide security by way of an Assignment of Receivables – Specific Arrangement (the “Security”) in the form tabled at the Meeting.

 

3.

The Directors then reported the manner in which they were interested in the proposed arrangements, transactions and contracts. The Secretary reported that under the Articles of Association of the Company, the Directors present were empowered to implement the proposed arrangements.

 

4.

The Board then reviewed the financial position of the Company. Taking into account that the grant of facilities will finance the trading activities of the Company, the Board was unanimously of the opinion that the taking of facilities and the granting of the Security would be in the commercial interests of the Company.

 

5.

IT WAS RESOLVED that the proposed arrangements, the terms and conditions of the Security, the transactions contemplated thereunder and the exercise by the Company of its rights and performance by the Company of its obligations thereunder be and are hereby approved.

 

6.

(IT WAS FURTHER RESOLVED that the Security be created in favour of the Bank and that ZENG QINGCHUN be authorised to sign the Security on behalf of the Company and having the Security expressed to be executed by the Company as a deed and that the same be forthwith delivered to the Bank.

 

7.

IT WAS FURTHER RESOLVED that the execution of the Security by the authorised signatory named above shall be conclusive evidence of such person’s approval (on behalf of the Company) of any amendments which may have been made thereto.

 

8.

IT WAS FURTHER RESOLVED that the authorised signatory named above shall be authorised to execute and, where necessary, affix the Common Seal of the Company to any further document and/or do such further acts for and on behalf of the Company as required by or in connection with the Security and/or in connection with the transactions contemplated thereunder.

 

9.

IT WAS FURTHER RESOLVED that any actions taken by any Director of the Company or the authorised signatory named above in respect of the transactions considered under these resolutions before the date hereof be approved, ratified and confirmed in all respects.

 

10.

IT WAS FURTHER RESOLVED that the Chairman be authorised to provide the Bank with a certified copy of these Board minutes and/or resolutions.

 

Page 1 of 2


IT IS HEREBY CERTIFIED that the above is a true extract from the Minutes of the Meeting of the Board of Directors of the Company and that the resolution set forth above was duly passed in accordance with and complies with the Articles of Association or the constitutional documents of the Company and that such resolution will not infringe any restrictions affecting the Company or the Board.

 

 

Date:        

 

    

Chairman of the Meeting/Director

 

 

 

/s/ Zeng Qingchun

         
Signature    Name: ZENG QINGCHUN     

 

BOARD RESOLUTION    Page 2 of 2


  Dated                

TO

THE HONGKONG AND SHANGHAI BANKING CORPORATION LIMITED

 

 

ASSIGNMENT OF RECEIVABLES

- SPECIFIC ARRANGEMENT

 

 

 

Member HSBC Group


  

 

To: The Hongkong and Shanghai Banking Corporation Limited

The Hong Kong Special Administrative Region

ASSIGNMENT OF RECEIVABLES - SPECIFIC ARRANGEMENT

 

1.

Definitions

“Arrangement” means the arrangement(s), agreement(s) and/or contract(s) specified in Schedule 1 between the Customer and the Counterparty;

“Bank” means The Hongkong and Shanghai Banking Corporation Limited at any of its offices or branches and its successors and assigns;

“Banking Facilities” means such facilities as the Bank may make or continue to make available to the Customer or to any other person at the request of the Customer;

“Counterparty” means the person(s) whose name(s) and address(es) are specified in Schedule 1;

“Customer” means the person whose name and address are specified in Schedule 1;

“Exchange Rate” means the rate for converting one currency into another currency which the Bank determines to be prevailing in the relevant foreign exchange market at the relevant time such determination to be conclusive and binding on the Customer;

“person” includes an individual, firm, company, corporation and an unincorporated body of persons;

“Process Agent” means the person, if any, whose name and Hong Kong address are specified in Schedule 1;

“Receipt Account” means the Customer’s account with the Bank (or such other accounts as the Bank shall from time to time direct) into which all Receivables shall be paid pursuant to Clause 4.01(c);

“Receivables” means all monies now and from time to time due to be paid or owing to the Customer under the Arrangement and the full benefit of all guarantees, encumbrance, rights of set-off, security reservation of proprietary rights, rights of tracing and liens, and all rights, claims and remedies in respect of such monies and in enforcing the Arrangement; and

“Secured Monies” means (i) all monies and liabilities in any currency owing by the Customer (and, if the Customer is not a partnership but consists of two or more persons at least one of whom is an individual, all of such persons jointly) to the Bank at any time, whether separately or jointly with any other person, actually or contingently, whether presently or in future in any capacity including as principal or as surety; (ii) interest on such monies (both before and after any demand or judgment), to the date on which the Bank receives payment, at the rates payable by the Customer or which would have been payable but for any circumstance which restricts payment, and (iii) all expenses of the Bank in perfecting or enforcing this Assignment on a full indemnity basis.

 

2.

Assignment

 

  2.01

In consideration of the Banking Facilities, the Customer, as beneficial owner and by way of security for the payment of the Secured Monies, hereby assigns, and agrees to assign, to the Bank the Receivables until all the Secured Monies have been paid or discharged.

 

  2.02

A certificate of balance signed by any duly authorised officer of the Bank shall be conclusive evidence against the Customer of the amount of the Secured Monies owing at any time.

 

  2.03

The Bank shall be entitled to retain this Assignment for as long as the Secured Monies remain outstanding, or after repayment of the Secured Monies for such further period as the Bank may certify to the Customer to be appropriate in order to protect the interests of the Bank in respect of the Secured Monies.

 

  2.04

If the Customer creates or purports to create any security (whether fixed or floating) over the Receivables (or any part thereof) or if a person levies or attempts to levy any form of process against the Receivables (or any part thereof), the security created by this Assignment, to the extent that it may be a floating charge, shall automatically and without notice operate as a fixed charge instantly such event occurs.

 

Page 1/10    Member HSBC Group


  

 

 

3.

Continuing and Additional Security

This Assignment is a continuing security and is in addition to, shall not be affected by and may be enforced despite the existence of any other security held by the Bank. Any restriction on the right of consolidating securities shall not apply to this Assignment.

 

4.

Undertakings

 

  4.01

The Customer undertakes:

 

  (a)

that the Receivables are and shall be in the sole beneficial ownership of the Customer, free from encumbrances and claims except pursuant to this Assignment;

 

  (b)

to perform its obligations under the Arrangement in a prompt and diligent manner, to take all necessary steps which are reasonable and prudent to procure the due performance by the Counterparty of its obligations under the Arrangement, to notify the Bank of any default by the Customer and/or the Counterparty under the Arrangement and to institute and maintain all such proceedings as may be necessary or expedient to enforce the Arrangement or preserve or protect the interests of the Customer under the Arrangement;

 

  (c)

to get in and realise the Receivables in the ordinary course of its business and, until notice is given by the Bank under Clause 4.01 (h), promptly pay into the Receipt Account all proceeds of the getting in and realisation and all moneys which it may receive in respect of the Receivables forthwith on receipt (except to the extent that the Bank may agree otherwise in writing) and, pending such payment, to hold such proceeds and moneys on trust for the Bank;

 

  (d)

if so required by the Bank, execute a charge over the Receipt Account (in such form satisfactory in all respects to the Bank) and charge by way of first fixed charge to the Bank all the Customer’s rights, title, interest and benefit of and in all monies standing to the credit of the Receipt Account and all interest from time to time payable thereon and all right, title and interest of the Customer, present and future, thereto and therein;

 

  (e)

not to withdraw, assign, charge, encumber, transfer or otherwise dispose of or deal with any part of the monies standing to the credit of the Receipt Account or any interest therein, unless and to the extent that the Bank shall agree thereto in writing;

 

  (f)

to deliver to the Bank originals and/or copies of such documents relating to the Arrangement and/or produce reports to the Bank on the Arrangement containing such particulars and at such intervals, in each case, as the Bank may require;

 

  (g)

at any time at the request of the Bank, to give notice of this Assignment to any person in the form set out in Schedule 2 (or in such other forms as the Bank shall from time to time require), provided always that nothing herein shall restrict the Bank from giving notice of this Assignment (and the Bank is hereby authorised to give such notice) to the Counterparty as it may deem appropriate in such form as it thinks fit, whether in the name of the Bank or (pursuant to the powers conferred under Clause 6.01) as attorney for and on behalf of the Customer;

 

  (h)

upon receipt of a notice from the Bank to that effect, to pay to the Bank, or procure that the Bank is directly paid, all Receivables, and that, unless otherwise agreed by the Bank, any Receivables received by the Customer shall be held in trust for the Bank and paid over to the Bank forthwith upon receipt;

 

  (i)

not to assign, charge, factor, encumber, transfer or otherwise dispose of or deal with any part of the Receivables or any interest therein or waive or amend any rights therein (otherwise than by demanding, collecting and receiving the same) except as directed by or with the consent of the Bank in writing; and

 

  (j)

not to take or omit to take any action which might prejudice the Arrangement or the effectiveness of this Assignment.

 

  4.02

Where there are two or more persons comprised in the expression “the Customer”, the above undertakings and all other obligations hereunder of each person shall be joint and several and any reference herein to the Customer shall (except as otherwise specified) be construed as one or more or all of such persons (as the context may require).

 

  4.03

Notwithstanding anything herein contained to the contrary, the Customer shall remain liable under the Arrangement to perform all the obligations assumed by it thereunder and the Bank shall not be under any obligation or liability thereunder by reason of this Assignment or anything arising therefrom.

 

ASSIGNMENT OF RECEIVABLES - SPECIFIC ARRANGEMENT    Page 2/10


  

 

 

5.

Enforcement of Security

 

  5.01

If (a) the Customer has failed to pay any of the Secured Monies when due or (b) the Customer is in default under any of the terms of this Assignment or (c) the Customer is unable or admits to being unable to pay the debts of the Customer as they become due or is subject to any proceedings in or analogous to insolvency, bankruptcy or liquidation or (d) legal process is applied for, levied or enforced against any Receivables or any other assets of the Customer, the Bank shall be entitled to enforce this Assignment and may, without demand, notice, legal process or any other action with respect to the Customer, retain or apply the whole or any part of the Receivables received by it for its own benefit in or towards settlement of the Secured Monies at any time and in any way it deems expedient, free from any restrictions and claims and the Bank shall not be liable for any loss arising out of such retention or application. In such case, the obligations of the Customer in relation to the Secured Monies shall be deemed paid and extinguished to the extent settled.

 

  5.02

The Bank may, at any time and without notice to the Customer, combine or consolidate any other accounts of the Customer and set off or transfer any monies standing to the credit of such account in or towards satisfaction of the Secured Monies. Where any such combination, consolidation, set off or transfer requires the conversion of one currency into another, such conversion shall be calculated at the Exchange Rate.

 

6.

Power of Attorney; Further Assurance

 

  6.01

The Customer hereby irrevocably and by way of security appoints the Bank (with full power of substitution) to be its true and lawful attorney and in its name and on its behalf to execute, sign and do all deeds, instruments, acts and things whatsoever which may be required and which the Bank shall think fit for carrying out any obligation imposed on the Customer hereunder (including without limitation the giving of notices of assignment hereunder) or for giving to the Bank the full benefit of this Assignment and of the rights and powers hereby granted. The Customer shall ratify and confirm all things done by the Bank as its attorney in the exercise or purported exercise of its powers hereunder.

 

  6.02

At the request of the Bank, the Customer shall execute such documents and perform such acts as the Bank may consider expedient in connection with the exercise of its powers and rights under this Assignment.

 

7.

Receivership

 

  7.01

Appointment of Receiver

On or at any time after the Bank becomes entitled to enforce this Assignment pursuant to clause 5.01 or otherwise, or if the Customer so requests the Bank in writing, the Bank may, without demand or further notice, legal process or any other action with respect to the Customer appoint under seal or in writing under its hand any one or more persons to be a receiver (the “Receiver”) under this Assignment of all or any part of the Receivables (including any and all books and records of the Customer relating thereto) and may from time to time fix his remuneration (which shall be of such amount as may be agreed from time to time between the Bank and such Receiver) and may remove any Receiver so appointed and/or appoint another in his place or in place of any Receiver whose appointment may for any reason have terminated.

 

  7.02

Receiver as Agent of the Customer

Each Receiver shall be the agent of the Customer, and the Customer shall be solely responsible for his acts or defaults and for his remuneration.

  7.03

Rights of the Receiver

Each Receiver shall have all the rights conferred on any mortgagee and/or receiver under the Conveyancing and Property Ordinance (Cap. 219), as if references therein to the “mortgaged land” were references to the assets over which such Receiver has been appointed hereunder, as well as the following rights:

 

  (a)

to collect and get in all or any of the Receivables, to demand and recover all the income arising from the Receivables, in the name of either the Customer or the Bank, and to give effectual receipts for them, and to take, defend or abandon any proceedings affecting all or any of the Receivables in the name of the Customer or otherwise as may seem expedient;

 

  (b)

to carry on or authorise or concur in carrying on the business of the Customer relating to all or any part of the Receivables and to manage, conduct, reconstruct, amalgamate or diversify such business without being responsible for loss or damage;

 

ASSIGNMENT OF RECEIVABLES - SPECIFIC ARRANGEMENT   

Page 3/10


  

 

 

  (c)

to raise or borrow money from or incur any other liability to the Bank or others on such terms with or without security as such Receiver may think fit and so that any such security may be ranking in priority to this security, provided that a Receiver shall not exercise this right without first obtaining the prior written consent of the Bank;

 

  (d)

to sell by public auction, public tender, private tender or private contract (or a combination of such methods), or otherwise dispose of or deal with all or any part of the Receivables in such manner, for such consideration and generally on such terms and conditions as such Receiver may think fit, with full power to convey or otherwise transfer such Receivables in the name of the Customer or otherwise. Any such consideration may be cash, debentures or other obligations, shares, stock or other consideration and may be payable immediately or by instalments spread over such period or periods as he shall think fit and so that any consideration received or receivable shall immediately be and become charged with the payment and discharge of the Secured Monies;

 

  (e)

to make any arrangement, settlement or compromise or enter into or complete, cancel, abandon or disregard any contracts in respect of all or any part of the Receivables which such Receiver shall think expedient in the interests of the Bank;

 

  (f)

to appoint and remunerate any person for any of the purposes of this Assignment and/or to guard or protect the Receivables for such periods as such Receiver may determine and to dismiss the same or any other person appointed by the Customer;

 

  (g)

to do anything which such Receiver shall think necessary or expedient to preserve, protect, maintain or manage the Receivables; and

 

  (h)

to sign any document, execute any deed (with authorisation to use the common seal of the Customer for such purposes) and generally, on behalf and at the cost of the Customer (notwithstanding liquidation of the Customer or any similar event), to do or omit to do anything incidental to the matters referred to in this Clause 7.03 or to the realisation of this security or which the Customer could do or omit to do in relation to the Receivables and to use the name of the Customer for all the above purposes.

 

  7.04

More Than One Receiver

If more than one person is appointed as a Receiver under this Assignment, such persons shall throughout the duration of their office (unless the documents appointing them state otherwise) be entitled to exercise all or any of the powers conferred on a Receiver under this Assignment individually.

 

8.

Customer’s Accounts

The Bank may, at any time, continue any existing account and open any new account in the name of the Customer and no subsequent transactions, receipts or payments involving such new accounts shall affect the liability of the Customer hereunder.

 

9.

Payments

 

  9.01

No payment to the Bank, pursuant to the enforcement of this Assignment or pursuant to any judgment, court order or otherwise in respect of this Assignment, shall discharge the obligation of the Customer in respect of which it was made unless and until payment in full has been received in the currency in which the relevant liability for the Secured Monies is payable. If payment is made in any other currency, then the Customer shall remain liable for any shortfall that remains after conversion of the currency of the payment into the currency of the relevant liability, such conversion to be at the Exchange Rate.

 

  9.02

Any monies received by the Bank in respect of the Secured Monies may be applied in or towards satisfaction of the same or placed to the credit of such account as the Bank may determine with a view to preserving its rights to claim or provide for the whole of the Secured Monies against any person liable.

 

  9.03

If any monies received by the Bank in respect of the Secured Monies are required to be repaid by virtue of any law relating to insolvency, bankruptcy or liquidation or for any other reason, the Bank shall be entitled to enforce this Assignment as if such monies had not been paid.

 

ASSIGNMENT OF RECEIVABLES - SPECIFIC ARRANGEMENT    Page 4/10


10.

No Waiver

No act or omission by the Bank pursuant to this Assignment shall affect its rights, powers and remedies hereunder or any further or other exercise of such rights, powers or remedies.

 

11.

Transfer

The Customer may not assign or transfer any of its rights or obligations hereunder. The Bank may assign any of its rights hereunder to a person in whose favour it has made an assignment of all or any of the Banking Facilities and/or the Secured Monies.

 

12.

Communication

Any notice, demand or other communication under this Assignment shall be in writing addressed to the Customer at the last address registered with the Bank and addressed to the Bank at its office specified in Schedule 1, or such other address as the Bank may notify to the Customer for this purpose and may be delivered personally, by leaving it at such address, by post, facsimile transmission or telex and shall be deemed to have been delivered to the Customer at the time of personal delivery or on leaving it at such address or on the second day following the day of posting or on the day of despatch, if sent by facsimile transmission or telex, and to the Bank on the day of actual receipt.

 

13.

Severability

Each of the provisions of this Assignment is severable and distinct from the others and, if one or more of such provisions is or becomes illegal, invalid or unenforceable, the remaining provisions shall not be affected in any way.

 

14.

Governing Law and Jurisdiction

 

  14.01

This Assignment is governed by and shall be construed in accordance with the laws of the Hong Kong Special Administrative Region (Hong Kong).

 

  14.02

The Assignment submits to the non-exclusive jurisdiction of the Hong Kong courts but this Assignment may be enforced in the courts of any competent jurisdiction.

 

  14.03

No person other than the Bank and the Customer will have any right under the Contracts (Rights of Third Parties) Ordinance to enforce or enjoy the benefit of any of the provisions of this Assignment.

 

15.

Process Agent

If a Process Agent is specified in Schedule 1, service of any legal process on the Process Agent shall constitute service on the Customer.

 

16.

Governing Version

The English version of this Assignment is the governing version and shall prevail whenever there is any discrepancy between the English version and the Chinese version.

 

ASSIGNMENT OF RECEIVABLES - SPECIFIC ARRANGEMENT   

Page 5/10


IN WITNESS WHEREOF this Assignment has been entered into and delivered by the Customer as a deed on

 

Schedule 1

Details of Customer

 

Name

ECMOHO (HONG KONG) LIMITED

  

Address

SHANG HAI SHI XU HUI QU TIAN YUE QIAO LU 1000 HAO 3 LOU XU HUI YUAN SHANG WU LOU CHINA

    

  
Name    Address
         
Details of Process Agent   
Name    Address
         
     , the Hong Kong Special Administrative Region
Address of Bank’s Office (for the purpose of Clause 12 only)

    1 Queen’s Road Central, Hong Kong, the Hong Kong Special Administrative Region

 

Details of Counterparty

Name

HONG KONG TOPEASY TRADE COMPANY LIMITED

 

   Address
  

 

Arrangement between Customer and Counterparty dated         relating to
           

 

 

ASSIGNMENT OF RECEIVABLES - SPECIFIC ARRANGEMENT   

Page 6/10


 

 

LOGO

Schedule 2
NOTICE OF ASSIGNMENT – Specific Arrangement
To: (Counterparty)
Assignment of Receivables dated (“Assignment”)
(“Arrangement”)
We hereby give you notice that, by the Assignment, all monies receivable or to be received by us from you under the Arrangement and all other rights, title, interest and benefit to and in the same (the “receivables”) have been assigned to The Hongkong and Shanghai Banking Corporation Limited (the “Bank”).
By reason of the Assignment, you are required to pay to the Bank or as it may direct all monies due and to become due and payable to us into our account number with the Bank or such other accounts as the Bank shall direct or to
such person in such manner as the Bank shall direct.
Please note the authority and instructions herein contained cannot be revoked or varied by us without the prior written consent of the Bank. Please acknowledge receipt of this notice by signing and returning to the Bank the attached copy of this notice. By signing the attached copy of this notice, you also confirm that you have not received notice of the interest of any third party over the receivables. Dated this day of Signature of Customer To: The Hongkong and Shanghai Banking Corporation Limited
1 Queen’s Road Central, Hong Kong, the Hong Kong Special Administrative Region
Signature of Counterparty (Acknowledged) Name of Counterparty (in Block Letters) Date

 

ASSIGNMENT OF RECEIVABLES - SPECIFIC ARRANGEMENT   

Page 7/10


Execution by Limited Company

 

A.

Executed under the Seal of the Customer in the presence of the following Director(s) and/or Secretary:

 

Signature of Director/Secretary   

Signature of Director/Secretary

 

LOGO

Full Name (in Block Letters)

    

  

Full Name (in Block Letters)

    

Address

    

  

Address

    

Identification Document Type and Number

    

  

Identification Document Type and Number

    

Duly Authorised by a Board Resolution Dated

    

  

Duly Authorised by a Board Resolution Dated

    

Witnessed by:

 

    

Signature of Witness

    

  

Signature of Witness

    

Full Name (in Block Letters)

    

  

Full Name (in Block Letters)

    

Office

    

  

Office

    

Identification Document Type and Number

    

  

Identification Document Type and Number

    

  
Signature of Director/Secretary   

Signature of Director/Secretary

 

LOGO

Full Name (in Block Letters)

    

  

Full Name (in Block Letters)

Address

    

  

Address

Identification Document Type and Number

    

  

Identification Document Type and Number

Duly Authorised by a Board Resolution Dated

    

  

Duly Authorised by a Board Resolution Dated

Witnessed by:

 

  

Signature of Witness

    

  

Signature of Witness

    

Full Name (in Block Letters)

    

  

Full Name (in Block Letters)

    

Office

    

  

Office

    

Identification Document Type and Number

    

  

Identification Document Type and Number

    

 

ASSIGNMENT OF RECEIVABLES - SPECIFIC ARRANGEMENT    Page 8/10


B. Executed as a deed and signed by the following Director(s) and, if applicable, Secretary on behalf of the Customer:

Signature of Director/Secretary    Signature of Director/Secretary
   
/s/ Zeng Qingchun     

Full Name (in Block Letters)

ZENG QINGCHUN

   Full Name (in Block Letters)
Address    Address

Shang Hai Shi Xu Hui Qu Tian Yue Qiao Lu 1000 Hao 3 Lou

Xu Hui Yuan Shang Wu Lou China

    

Identification Document Type and Number

 

  

Identification Document Type and Number

 

Duly Authorised by a Board Resolution Dated

 

   Duly Authorised by a Board Resolution Dated

Witnessed by:

 

Signature of Witness

 

  

Signature of Witness

 

Full Name (in Block Letters)

 

   Full Name (in Block Letters)

Office

 

   Office

Identification Document Type and Number

 

   Identification Document Type and Number

 

Signature of Director/Secretary

 

  

Signature of Director/Secretary

 

Full Name (in Block Letters)

 

  

Full Name (in Block Letters)

 

Address

 

  

Address

 

Identification Document Type and Number

 

  

Identification Document Type and Number

 

Duly Authorised by a Board Resolution Dated

 

  

Duly Authorised by a Board Resolution Dated

 

Witnessed by:

Signature of Witness

 

   Signature of Witness

Full Name (in Block Letters)

 

   Full Name (in Block Letters)
Office   

Office

 

Identification Document Type and Number

 

  

Identification Document Type and Number

 

 

ASSIGNMENT OF RECEIVABLES - SPECIFIC ARRANGEMENT

   Page 9/10


Execution by Individual

Signed, Sealed and Delivered by the Customer:

 

Signature of Depositor

 

LOGO

Witnessed by:

 

Signature of Witness   

Name

    

  

Office

    

  

Identification Document Type and Number

    

Signed, Sealed and Delivered by the Customer:

Signature of Depositor

 

LOGO

Witnessed by:

 

Signature of Witness   

Name

    

  

Office

    

  

Identification Document Type and Number

    

 

 

ASSIGNMENT OF RECEIVABLES - SPECIFIC ARRANGEMENT

  

Page 10/10

 


NOTICE OF ASSIGNMENT – Specific Arrangement

 

To:

 

  

 

                         (Counterparty)

 

 

 

Assignment of Receivable dated                                                                                         (“Assignment”)
                  

 

                                                                                                                                                   (“Arrangement”)
                                 

We hereby give you notice that, by the Assignment, all monies receivable or to be received by us from you under the Arrangement and all other rights, title, interest and benefit to and in the same (the “receivables”) have been assigned to The Hongkong and Shanghai Banking Corporation Limited (the “Bank”).

 

By reason of the Assignment, you are required to pay to the Bank or as it may direct all monies due and to become due and payable to us into our

 

 
account number   

    

    

   with the Bank or such other accounts as the Bank shall direct or

to such person in such manner as the Bank shall direct.

Please note the authority and instructions herein contained cannot be revoked or varied by us without the prior written consent of the Bank.

Please acknowledge receipt of this notice by signing and returning to the Bank the attached copy of this notice. By signing the attached copy of this notice, you also confirm that you have not received notice of the interest of any third party over the receivables.

 

Dated this   

    

    

   day of     

 

Signature of Customer     
   
/s/ Zeng Qingchun     

To: The Hongkong and Shanghai Banking Corporation Limited

 

1 Queen’s Road Central, Hong Kong, the Hong Kong Special Administrative Region

 

Signature of Counterparty (Acknowledged)

  

Name of Counterparty (in Block Letters)

 

   

 

 

    

  

Date

 

 

 

Member HSBC Group


BOARD RESOLUTION

 

Extract from the Minutes of a Meeting of the Board of Directors of

ECMOHO (HONG KONG) LIMITED(the “Company”)

 

held at (time)

 

  

on (date)

 

at (place)

SHANG HAI SHI XU HUI QU TIAN YUE QIAO LU 1000 HAO 3 LOU XU HUI YUAN SHANG WU LOU CHINA

 

1.

The Chairman reported that arrangements were proposed with The Hongkong and Shanghai Banking Corporation Limited (the “Bank”) whereby the Company would be granted banking facility(ies) on the terms set out in a facility letter from the Bank to the Company dated 20 May 2019 which was tabled at the Meeting.

 

2.

It was a term of the arrangements that the Company would provide security by way of an Assignment of Receivables – Specific Arrangement (the “Security”) in the form tabled at the Meeting.

 

3.

The Directors then reported the manner in which they were interested in the proposed arrangements, transactions and contracts. The Secretary reported that under the Articles of Association of the Company, the Directors present were empowered to implement the proposed arrangements.

 

4.

The Board then reviewed the financial position of the Company. Taking into account that the grant of facilities will finance the trading activities of the Company, the Board was unanimously of the opinion that the taking of facilities and the granting of the Security would be in the commercial interests of the Company.

 

5.

IT WAS RESOLVED that the proposed arrangements, the terms and conditions of the Security, the transactions contemplated thereunder and the exercise by the Company of its rights and performance by the Company of its obligations thereunder be and are hereby approved.

 

6.

IT WAS FURTHER RESOLVED that the Security be created in favour of the Bank and that ZENG QINGCHUN be authorised to sign the Security on behalf of the Company and having the Security expressed to be executed by the Company as a deed and that the same be forthwith delivered to the Bank.

 

7.

IT WAS FURTHER RESOLVED that the execution of the Security by the authorised signatory named above shall be conclusive evidence of such person’s approval (on behalf of the Company) of any amendments which may have been made thereto.

 

8.

IT WAS FURTHER RESOLVED that the authorised signatory named above shall be authorised to execute and, where necessary, affix the Common Seal of the Company to any further document and/or do such further acts for and on behalf of the Company as required by or in connection with the Security and/or in connection with the transactions contemplated thereunder.

 

9.

IT WAS FURTHER RESOLVED that any actions taken by any Director of the Company or the authorised signatory named above in respect of the transactions considered under these resolutions before the date hereof be approved, ratified and confirmed in all respects.

 

10.

IT WAS FURTHER RESOLVED that the Chairman be authorised to provide the Bank with a certified copy of these Board minutes and/or resolutions.

 

Page 1 of 2


IT IS HEREBY CERTIFIED that the above is a true extract from the Minutes of the Meeting of the Board of Directors of the Company and that the resolution set forth above was duly passed in accordance with and complies with the Articles of Association or the constitutional documents of the Company and that such resolution will not infringe any restrictions affecting the Company or the Board.

 

Date:                

Chairman of the Meeting/Director

   
/s/ Zeng Qingchun     

Signature

 

  

Name: ZENG QINGCHUN

 

 

BOARD RESOLUTION    Page 2 of 2


To:

The Hongkong and Shanghai Banking Corporation Limited

The Hong Kong Special Administrative Region

GUARANTEE (Limited Amount)

 

1.

Definitions

“Bank” means The Hongkong and Shanghai Banking Corporation Limited or any person who is entitled at any future date to exercise all or any of the Bank’s rights under this Guarantee;

“Banking Facilities” means such facilities as the Bank may make or continue to make available to the Customer or to any other person at the request of the Customer at any branch or office of the Bank and whether now or in the future;

“Customer” means all or any one or more persons whose names and addresses are specified in the Schedule;

“Default Interest” means interest at such rate as the Bank specifies in its Tariff Book from time to time, compounded monthly if not paid on the dates specified by the Bank;

“Exchange Rate” means the rate for converting one currency into another currency which the Bank determines to be prevailing in the relevant foreign exchange market at the relevant time, such determination to be conclusive and binding on the Guarantor;

“Guaranteed Monies” means (i) all monies, obligations and liabilities in any currency whenever and however due, owing or incurred, whether with or without the Guarantor’s knowledge or consent and due, owing or incurred by the Customer to the Bank at any branch or office at any time, whether separately or jointly with any other person, actually or contingently whether presently or in future in any capacity including as principal or as surety; (ii) interest (both before and after any demand or judgment), to the date on which the Bank receives payment, at the rates payable by the Customer or which would have been payable but for any circumstance which restricts or prohibits payment; (iii) any amount due under the indemnity in Clauses 9 and 16.03 below; and (iv) all costs, expenses and fees incurred or charged by the Bank in enforcing this Guarantee on a full indemnity basis;

“Guarantor” means all or any persons whose names and addresses are specified in the Schedule together with their executors, administrators, successors and assigns;

“Maximum Liability” means (i) the Specified Sum; (ii) Default Interest on that sum; and (iii) expenses of the Bank in enforcing this Guarantee on a full indemnity basis; where a liability for Guaranteed Monies is incurred in a currency different from the currency in which the Maximum Liability is stated and the equivalent of that liability in the currency in which the Maximum Liability is stated, calculated at the Exchange Rate, has increased since it was incurred, that increase shall be added to the Maximum Liability;

“person” includes an individual, firm, company, corporation and an unincorporated body of persons;

“Process Agent” means the person, if any, whose name and Hong Kong address are specified in the Schedule;

“Specified Sum” means the sum specified as such in the Schedule; and

“Tariff Book” means the Bank’s tariff book which is available upon request or accessible at https://www.business.hsbc.com.hk/en-gb/resource-centre/commercial-tariffs or such other source as may replace that webpage.

 

2.

Interpretation

 

  2.01

Where there are two or more persons comprised in the expression “the Customer” the Guaranteed Monies shall include all monies and liabilities due owing or incurred to the Bank by such persons whether solely or jointly with one or more of the others or any other
person(s) and the expression “the Customer” will be construed accordingly.

 

  2.02

Where the persons comprised in the expression “the Customer” are carrying on business in partnership under a firm name or are trustees of a trust the Guaranteed Monies (notwithstanding any change in the composition of that partnership) shall include the monies and liabilities which shall at any time be due owing or incurred to the Bank by the person(s) from time to time carrying on the partnership business under that name or under any name in succession thereto and includes those due from all persons from time to time being trustees of that trust and the expression “the Customer” shall be construed accordingly.

 

  2.03

Where there are two or more persons comprised in the expression “the Guarantor” the obligations of each such person as Guarantor under this Guarantee shall be joint and several.

 

3.

Guarantee

 

  3.01

In consideration of the Banking Facilities, the Guarantor guarantees to pay the Guaranteed Monies to the Bank on demand.

 

  3.02

The liability of the Guarantor under this Guarantee shall not exceed the Maximum Liability.

 

  3.03

The Guarantor shall, subject to Clause 3.02, pay Default Interest (to the extent that it is not paid by the Customer) on the Guaranteed Monies from the date of demand by the Bank on the Guarantor until the Bank receives payment of the whole of the Guaranteed Monies (both before and after any demand or judgment or any circumstances which restrict payment by the Customer).

 

  3.04

A certificate of balance signed by any duly authorised officer of the Bank shall be conclusive evidence against the Guarantor of the amount of the Guaranteed Monies owing at any time.

 

  Page 1/6  

Member HSBC Group


  3.05

The Bank shall be entitled to retain this Guarantee and any security it has in respect of the Guaranteed Monies until it is satisfied that any repayment of the Guaranteed Monies will not be avoided whether as a preference or otherwise.

 

4.

Continuing and Additional Security

 

  4.01

This Guarantee is a continuing security and shall secure the whole of the Guaranteed Monies until one calendar month after receipt by the Bank of notice in writing by the Guarantor or a liquidator, receiver or personal representative of the Guarantor (in the event of the death of the Guarantor) to terminate it. In the case of the Guarantor’s death, this Guarantee shall remain binding as a continuing guarantee on that Guarantor’s heirs, executors, successors or administrators until the expiry of notice given in accordance with this Clause. Nevertheless and despite the giving of such notice, this Guarantee shall continue to apply to the Guaranteed Monies in respect of which the Customer is or becomes actually or contingently liable up to such termination and the Guarantor guarantees to pay such Guaranteed Monies to the Bank on demand whether that demand is made before, at the time of or after such termination.

 

  4.02

Where there is more than one person comprised in the expression the “Guarantor”, any notice under Clause 4.01 above may be given by any one of the persons comprising the Guarantor. The Bank will treat any such notice as terminating that Guarantor’s liability to the extent provided in Clause 4.01 without affecting or terminating the obligations or liability of any other person comprising the Guarantor and this Guarantee shall continue to bind those persons as a continuing guarantee.

 

  4.03

This Guarantee is in addition to, shall not be affected by and may be enforced despite the existence of any other guarantee or security held by the Bank.

 

  4.04

Where there is more than one person comprised in the expression “the Guarantor”, if for any reason this Guarantee is not or ceases to be binding on any Guarantor, it shall subject to Clause 4.01 remain binding as a continuing security on the remaining person(s) comprising the Guarantor.

 

  4.05

The obligations of the Guarantor under this Guarantee shall not be affected by any of the following:

 

  (i)

any part payment of the Guaranteed Monies by the Customer or any other person;

 

  (ii)

any change in the name or constitution of the Customer, the Guarantor or the Bank;

 

  (iii)

any merger, amalgamation, reconstruction or reorganisation affecting the Customer, the Guarantor or the Bank;

 

  (iv)

the death, mental incapacity, bankruptcy, insolvency, liquidation or administration of the Customer or the Guarantor; and

 

  (v)

any other act, omission, event or circumstance which but for this provision would discharge any Guarantor from liability under this Guarantee.

 

5.

Customer’s Accounts

The Bank may, at any time and despite the termination of this Guarantee, continue any existing account and open any new account in the name of the Customer and no subsequent transactions, receipts or payments involving such new accounts shall affect the liability of the Guarantor.

 

6.

Payments

 

  6.01

Payments by the Guarantor shall be made to the Bank as specified by the Bank without any set-off, counterclaim, withholding or condition of any kind except that, if the Guarantor is compelled by law to make such withholding, the sum payable by the Guarantor shall be increased so that the amount actually received by the Bank is the amount it would have received if there had been no withholding.

 

  6.02

Payment by the Guarantor to the Bank shall be in the currency of the relevant liability or, if the Bank so agrees in writing, in a different currency, in which case the conversion to that different currency shall be made at the Exchange Rate. The Bank shall not be liable to the Guarantor for any loss resulting from any fluctuation in the Exchange Rate.

 

  6.03

No payment to the Bank under this Guarantee pursuant to any judgment, court order or otherwise shall discharge the obligation of the Guarantor in respect of which it was made unless and until payment in full has been received in the currency in which it is payable under this Guarantee and, to the extent that the amount of any such payment shall, on actual conversion into such currency, at the Exchange Rate, fall short of the amount of the obligation, expressed in that currency, the Guarantor shall be liable for the shortfall.

 

  6.04

Any monies paid to the Bank in respect of the Guaranteed Monies may be applied in or towards satisfaction of the same in such manner as determined by the Bank or placed to the credit of such account (including a suspense or impersonal account) and for so long as the Bank may determine pending the application from time to time of such monies in or towards the discharge of the Guaranteed Monies.

 

  6.05

If any monies paid to the Bank in respect of the Guaranteed Monies are required to be repaid by virtue of any law relating to insolvency, bankruptcy or liquidation or for any other reason, the Bank shall be entitled to enforce this Guarantee as if such monies had not been paid.

 

7.

Set-off

The Bank may, at any time and without notice, apply any credit balance to which the Guarantor is entitled on any account with the Bank in or towards satisfaction of the Guaranteed Monies. For this purpose, the Bank is authorised to purchase, at the Exchange Rate, such other currencies as may be necessary to effect such application with the monies standing to the credit of such account.

 

GUARANTEE (Limited Amount)    

Page 2/6


8.

Lien

The Bank is authorised to exercise a lien over all property of the Guarantor coming into the possession or control of the Bank, for custody or any other reason and whether or not in the ordinary course of banking business, with power for the Bank to sell such property to satisfy the Guaranteed Monies.

 

9.

Guarantor as Principal Debtor

As a separate obligation, the Guarantor shall be liable as a principal debtor including, but not limited to, where any liability or obligation of the Customer for any of the Guaranteed Monies is or becomes unlawful, irrecoverable, invalid or unenforceable for any reason including by reason of any legal limitation, disability or incapacity or any other act, omission or circumstance which, but for this provision, would discharge the Guarantor to any extent. Any Guaranteed Monies which may not be recoverable from the Customer for any reason whatsoever shall be recoverable by the Bank from the Guarantor as principal debtor by way of indemnity under this separate obligation, on demand, together with Default Interest thereon in accordance with Clause 3.03 above.

 

10.

Variation of Terms and Release of Security

The Bank may at any time and without affecting or discharging this Guarantee or the obligations of the Guarantor:

 

  (i)

extend, increase, renew, replace or otherwise vary any of the Banking Facilities;

 

  (ii)

vary, exchange, abstain from perfecting or release any other security or guarantee held or to be held by the Bank as security for the Guaranteed Monies;

 

  (iii)

give time for payment or accept any composition from and make any arrangement with the Customer or any other person;

 

  (iv)

release any Guarantor from that Guarantor’s obligation under this Guarantee or otherwise and give any time for payment, accept any composition from or make any arrangement with any Guarantor;

 

  (v)

make demand under this Guarantee and enforce all or any of the Guarantor’s obligation under this Guarantee without having enforced or sought to enforce any rights or remedies which the Bank may have in respect of the Guaranteed Monies against the Customer, any other surety or in relation to any other security; or

 

  (vi)

do or omit to do any thing which but for this provision would discharge any Guarantor from liability under this Guarantee.

 

11.

Guarantor as Trustee

 

  11.01

The Guarantor shall not, until the whole of the Guaranteed Monies have been received by the Bank (and even though the Maximum Liability of the Guarantor may be limited), exercise any right of subrogation, indemnity, set-off or counterclaim against the Customer or any other Guarantor or person or any right to participate in any security the Bank has in respect of the Guaranteed Monies or, unless required by the Bank to do so, to prove in the bankruptcy or liquidation of the Customer or any other Guarantor. The Guarantor shall hold any amount recovered, as a result of the exercise of any of such right, on trust for the Bank and shall pay the same to the Bank immediately on receipt.

 

  11.02

The Guarantor has not taken any security from the Customer or any other Guarantor and agrees not to do so until the Bank has received the whole of the Guaranteed Monies. Any security taken by the Guarantor in breach of this provision shall be held in trust for the Bank as security for the Guaranteed Monies and all monies at any time received in respect thereof shall be paid to the Bank immediately on receipt.

 

12.

Negligence in Realisations

This Guarantee shall not be affected as security for the Guaranteed Monies by any neglect by the Bank, or by any agent or receiver appointed by the Bank, in connection with the realisation of any other security (whether by way of mortgage guarantee or otherwise) which the Bank may hold now, or at any time in the future, for the Guaranteed Monies.

 

13.

No Waiver

No act or omission by the Bank pursuant to this Guarantee shall affect its rights, powers and remedies hereunder or any further or other exercise of such rights, powers or remedies.

 

14.

Assignment

The Guarantor may not assign or transfer any of its rights or obligations hereunder. The Bank may assign any of its rights hereunder to a person in whose favour it has made an assignment of all or any of the Banking Facilities.

 

15.

Communications

Any notice, demand or other communication under this Guarantee shall be in writing addressed to the Guarantor at its registered office address or at the last address registered with the Bank and if addressed to the Bank at its office specified in the Schedule or such other address as the Bank may notify to the Guarantor for this purpose and may be delivered personally, by leaving it at such address, by post, facsimile transmission or telex and shall be deemed to have been delivered to the Guarantor at the time of personal delivery or on leaving it at such address if sent by post at the time it would, in the ordinary course of post, be delivered, if sent by facsimile transmission or telex on the date of despatch, and to the Bank on the day of actual receipt.

 

GUARANTEE (Limited Amount)    

Page 3/6


16.

Debt Collection and Disclosure of Information

 

  16.01

The Bank may employ debt collecting agent(s) to collect any sum due under this Guarantee.

 

  16.02

Without prejudicing the rights of the Bank under any other agreement with the Guarantor, the Guarantor consents to the Bank, for such purposes as the Bank may consider reasonably appropriate, disclosing and/or obtaining information about the Guarantor (including details of all or any transactions or dealings between the Guarantor and the Bank) and this Guarantee, both within and outside the Hong Kong Special Administrative Region, to or from (as the case may be):

 

  (i)

any agent, contractor or third party service provider which provides services to the Bank in relation to the operation of its business (including without limitation administrative, telecommunications, computer, payment or processing services);

 

  (ii)

credit reference agencies;

 

  (iii)

any person to whom the Bank proposes to sell, assign or transfer, or has sold, assigned or transferred, all or any of its rights in relation to this Guarantee or the Banking Facilities;

 

  (iv)

any company within the HSBC Group, being HSBC Holdings plc and its associated and subsidiary companies from time to time or any of its or their agents; or

 

  (v)

any other person, if required or permitted by applicable laws, regulations, regulators’ or other authorities’ guidelines or judicial process to do so.

 

  16.03

If any information disclosed by the Guarantor to the Bank includes information of any third party, the Guarantor confirms and warrants that it has obtained the consent of such third party to the provision of such information to the Bank for such purposes and for disclosure to such persons as referred to in Clause 16.02. The Guarantor agrees to indemnify and hold the Bank harmless from all costs, penalties, damages and other losses incurred as a result of the Guarantor’s breach of this Clause 16.03.

 

17.

Severability

Each of the provisions of this Guarantee is severable and distinct from the others and, if one or more of such provisions is or becomes illegal, invalid or unenforceable, the remaining provisions shall not be affected in any way.

 

18.

Governing Law and Jurisdiction

 

  18.01

This Guarantee is governed by and shall be construed in accordance with the laws of the Hong Kong Special Administrative Region (“Hong Kong”).

 

  18.02

The Guarantor submits to the non-exclusive jurisdiction of the Hong Kong courts but this Guarantee may be enforced in the courts of any competent jurisdiction.

 

  18.03

No person other than the Bank and the Guarantor will have any right under the Contracts (Rights of Third Parties) Ordinance to enforce or enjoy the benefit of any of the provisions of this Guarantee.

 

19.

Governing Version

A Chinese translation of this Guarantee shall be provided to the Guarantor upon request. The English version is the governing version and shall prevail whenever there is any discrepancy between the English version and the Chinese version.

 

20.

Process Agent

If a Process Agent is specified in the Schedule, service of any legal process on the Process Agent shall constitute service on the Guarantor.

 

21.

Headings

In this Guarantee the headings are for guidance only and shall not affect the meaning of any clause.

 

22.

Execution

 

  IN WITNESS WHEREOF this Guarantee has been executed and delivered by the Guarantor as a deed on

                              .

Schedule

Details of Customer

 

 

Name: ECMOHO (HONG KONG) LIMITED

 

*Address:         SHANG HAI SHI XU HUI QU TIAN YUE QIAO LU 1000 HAO 3 LOU XU HUI YUAN SHANG WU LOU CHINA

 

*P O Box is not acceptable

 

GUARANTEE (Limited Amount)    

Page 4/6


Details of Guarantor

 

 

Name: ECMOHO (HK) HEALTH TECHNOLOGY LTD

 

*Address:        Rm 2103, Tung Chiu Commercial Centre, 193 Lockhart Road, Wan Chai, HK

 

Identification Document Type and Number: C2715201

Name of Process Agent:

*Address of Process Agent:

 

, the Hong Kong Special Administrative Region  

*P O Box is not acceptable

Specified Sum (in relation to the definition of Maximum Liability)

 

 

    Amount: USD4,000,000.-

 

Address of Bank’s Office (for the purpose of Clause 15 only)

 

 

    1 Queen’s Road Central, Hong Kong, the Hong Kong Special Administrative Region

 

Execution by Limited Company

A.        Executed under the Seal of the Guarantor in the presence of the following Director(s) and/or Secretary:

 

 

Name of Guarantor: ECMOHO (HK) HEALTH TECHNOLOGY LTD

 

 

Signature of Director/Secretary

  

 

Signature of Director/Secretary

 

LOGO     

 

 

Full Name (in Block Letters)

 

  

 

Full Name (in Block Letters)

 

Address

 

 

  

 

Address

 

Identification Document Type and Number

 

  

 

Identification Document Type and Number

 

Duly Authorised by a Board Resolution Dated

 

  

 

Duly Authorised by a Board Resolution Dated

Witnessed by:

 

 

Signature of Witness

 

 

  

 

Signature of Witness

 

Full Name (in Block Letters)

 

  

 

Full Name (in Block Letters)

 

Office

 

 

  

 

Office

 

Identification Document Type and Number

 

  

 

Identification Document Type and Number

 

GUARANTEE (Limited Amount)    Page 5/6


B.

Executed as a deed and signed by the following Director(s) and, if applicable, Secretary on behalf of the Guarantor:

 

   

Name of Guarantor: ECMOHO (HK) HEALTH TECHNOLOGY LTD

 

    
     

Signature of Director/Secretary

 

/s/ Zeng Qingchun

   Signature of Director/Secretary     
         

Full Name (in Block Letters)

ZENG QINGCHUN

 

  

Full Name (in Block Letters)

 

Address

SHANG HAI SHI XU HUI QU TIAN YUE QIAO LU 1000 HAO 3 LOU XU HUI YUAN SHANG WU LOU CHINA

 

  

Address

 

Identification Document Type and Number

  China ID ***

 

  

Identification Document Type and Number

 

Duly Authorised by a Board Resolution Dated

 

  

Duly Authorised by a Board Resolution Dated

 

Witnessed by:

 

     

Signature of Witness

 

 

  

Signature of Witness

 

 

    
         

Full Name (in Block Letters)

 

  

Full Name (in Block Letters)

 

Office

 

  

Office

 

Identification Document Type and Number

 

  

Identification Document Type and Number

 

 

GUARANTEE (Limited Amount)    Page 6/6


BOARD RESOLUTION

 

Extract from the Minutes of a Meeting of the Board of Directors of

ECMOHO (HK) HEALTH TECHNOLOGY LTD (the “Company”)

 

held at (time)

 

  

on (date)

 

at (place)

      Rm 2103, Tung Chiu Commercial Centre, 193 Lockhart Road, Wan Chai, HK

 

 

1.

The chairman reported that arrangements were proposed with The Hongkong and Shanghai Banking Corporation Limited (“the Bank”) whereby Ecmoho (Hong Kong) Limited (“the Customer”), an affiliate of the company, would be granted banking facility(ies) based on the terms set out in a facility letter from the Bank dated 20 May 2019 which was tabled at the Meeting.

 

2.

It was a term of the arrangements of such facility that the Company would guarantee and secure all liabilities of the Customer to the Bank in the manner set out in the guarantee (the “Security”) in favour of the Bank tabled at the Meeting.

 

3.

The Directors then reported the manner in which they were interested in the proposed arrangements as directors or shareholders of the Customer or by virtue of guarantees or in any other manner. The Secretary reported that, under the Articles of Association of the Company, the Directors present were empowered to implement the proposed arrangements.

 

4.

The Board then reviewed the financial position of the Company and of the Customer. Taking into account the close trading relationship between the Company and the Customer, the Board were unanimously of the opinion that the granting of the Security in favour of the Bank would be in the commercial interests of the Company.

 

5.

IT WAS RESOLVED that the terms and conditions of the Security, the transactions contemplated thereunder and the exercise by the Company of its rights and performance by the Company of its obligations thereunder be and are hereby approved.

 

6.

IT WAS FURTHER RESOLVED that the Security be created in favour of the Bank and that ZENG QINGCHUN be authorised to sign the Security on behalf of the Company and having the Security expressed to be executed by the Company as a deed and that the same be forthwith delivered to the Bank.

 

7.

IT WAS FURTHER RESOLVED that the execution of the Security by the authorised signatory named above shall be conclusive evidence of such person’s approval of any amendments which may have been made thereto.

 

8.

IT WAS FURTHER RESOLVED that the authorised signatory named above shall be authorised to execute and, where necessary, affix the Common Seal of the Company to any further document and/or do such further acts for and on behalf of the Company as required by or in connection with the Security and/or in connection with the transactions contemplated thereunder.

 

9.

IT WAS FURTHER RESOLVED that any actions taken by any Director of the Company or the authorised signatory named above in respect of the transactions considered under these resolutions prior to the date hereof be approved, ratified and confirmed in all respects.

 

10.

IT WAS FURTHER RESOLVED that the Chairman be authorised to provide the Bank with a certified copy of these Board minutes and/or resolutions.

 

Page 1 of 2


IT IS HEREBY CERTIFIED that the above is a true extract from the Minutes of the Meeting of the Board of Directors of the Company and that the resolution set forth above was duly passed in accordance with and complies with the Articles of Association or the constitutional documents of the Company and that such resolution will not infringe any restrictions affecting the Company or the Board.

 

 

Date:        

 

    

Chairman of the Meeting/Director

 

 

 

/s/ Zeng Qingchun

         
Signature    Name: ZENG QINGCHUN     

 

BOARD RESOLUTION    Page 2 of 2


To:

The Hongkong and Shanghai Banking Corporation Limited

  

The Hong Kong Special Administrative Region

GUARANTEE (Limited Amount)

 

1.

Definitions

“Bank” means The Hongkong and Shanghai Banking Corporation Limited or any person who is entitled at any future date to exercise all or any of the Bank’s rights under this Guarantee;

“Banking Facilities” means such facilities as the Bank may make or continue to make available to the Customer or to any other person at the request of the Customer at any branch or office of the Bank and whether now or in the future;

“Customer” means all or any one or more persons whose names and addresses are specified in the Schedule;

“Default Interest” means interest at such rate as the Bank specifies in its Tariff Book from time to time, compounded monthly if not paid on the dates specified by the Bank;

“Exchange Rate” means the rate for converting one currency into another currency which the Bank determines to be prevailing in the relevant foreign exchange market at the relevant time, such determination to be conclusive and binding on the Guarantor;

“Guaranteed Monies” means (i) all monies, obligations and liabilities in any currency whenever and however due, owing or incurred, whether with or without the Guarantor’s knowledge or consent and due, owing or incurred by the Customer to the Bank at any branch or office at any time, whether separately or jointly with any other person, actually or contingently whether presently or in future in any capacity including as principal or as surety; (ii) interest (both before and after any demand or judgment), to the date on which the Bank receives payment, at the rates payable by the Customer or which would have been payable but for any circumstance which restricts or prohibits payment; (iii) any amount due under the indemnity in Clauses 9 and 16.03 below; and (iv) all costs, expenses and fees incurred or charged by the Bank in enforcing this Guarantee on a full indemnity basis;

“Guarantor” means all or any persons whose names and addresses are specified in the Schedule together with their executors, administrators, successors and assigns;

“Maximum Liability” means (i) the Specified Sum; (ii) Default Interest on that sum; and (iii) expenses of the Bank in enforcing this Guarantee on a full indemnity basis; where a liability for Guaranteed Monies is incurred in a currency different from the currency in which the Maximum Liability is stated and the equivalent of that liability in the currency in which the Maximum Liability is stated, calculated at the Exchange Rate, has increased since it was incurred, that increase shall be added to the Maximum Liability;

“person” includes an individual, firm, company, corporation and an unincorporated body of persons;

“Process Agent” means the person, if any, whose name and Hong Kong address are specified in the Schedule;

“Specified Sum” means the sum specified as such in the Schedule; and

“Tariff Book” means the Bank’s tariff book which is available upon request or accessible at http://www.commercial.hsbc.com.hk/l/2/commercial/ customerservice/tariffs or such other source as may replace that webpage.

 

2.

Interpretation

 

  2.01

Where there are two or more persons comprised in the expression “the Customer” the Guaranteed Monies shall include all monies and liabilities due owing or incurred to the Bank by such persons whether solely or jointly with one or more of the others or any other person(s) and the expression “the Customer” will be construed accordingly.

 

  2.02

Where the persons comprised in the expression “the Customer” are carrying on business in partnership under a firm name or are trustees of a trust the Guaranteed Monies (notwithstanding any change in the composition of that partnership) shall include the monies and liabilities which shall at any time be due owing or incurred to the Bank by the person(s) from time to time carrying on the partnership business under that name or under any name in succession thereto and includes those due from all persons from time to time being trustees of that trust and the expression “the Customer” shall be construed accordingly.

 

  2.03

Where there are two or more persons comprised in the expression “the Guarantor” the obligations of each such person as Guarantor under this Guarantee shall be joint and several.

 

   Page 1/7    Member HSBC Group


3.

Guarantee

 

  3.01

In consideration of the Banking Facilities, the Guarantor guarantees to pay the Guaranteed Monies to the Bank on demand.

 

  3.02

The liability of the Guarantor under this Guarantee shall not exceed the Maximum Liability.

 

  3.03

The Guarantor shall, subject to Clause 3.02, pay Default Interest (to the extent that it is not paid by the Customer) on the Guaranteed Monies from the date of demand by the Bank on the Guarantor until the Bank receives payment of the whole of the Guaranteed Monies (both before and after any demand or judgment or any circumstances which restrict payment by the Customer).

 

  3.04

A certificate of balance signed by any duly authorised officer of the Bank shall be conclusive evidence against the Guarantor of the amount of the Guaranteed Monies owing at any time.

 

  3.05

The Bank shall be entitled to retain this Guarantee and any security it has in respect of the Guaranteed Monies until it is satisfied that any repayment of the Guaranteed Monies will not be avoided whether as a preference or otherwise.

 

4.

Continuing and Additional Security

 

  4.01

This Guarantee is a continuing security and shall secure the whole of the Guaranteed Monies until one calendar month after receipt by the Bank of notice in writing by the Guarantor or a liquidator, receiver or personal representative of the Guarantor (in the event of the death of the Guarantor) to terminate it. In the case of the Guarantor’s death, this Guarantee shall remain binding as a continuing guarantee on that Guarantor’s heirs, executors, successors or administrators until the expiry of notice given in accordance with this Clause. Nevertheless and despite the giving of such notice, this Guarantee shall continue to apply to the Guaranteed Monies in respect of which the Customer is or becomes actually or contingently liable up to such termination and the Guarantor guarantees to pay such Guaranteed Monies to the Bank on demand whether that demand is made before, at the time of or after such termination.

 

  4.02

Where there is more than one person comprised in the expression the “Guarantor”, any notice under Clause 4 01 above may be given by any one of the persons comprising the Guarantor. The Bank will treat any such notice as terminating that Guarantor’s liability to the extent provided in Clause 4.01 without affecting or terminating the obligations or liability of any other person comprising the Guarantor and this Guarantee shall continue to bind those persons as a continuing guarantee.

 

  4.03

This Guarantee is in addition to, shall not be affected by and may be enforced despite the existence of any other guarantee or security held by the Bank.

 

  4.04

Where there is more than one person comprised in the expression “the Guarantor”, if for any reason this Guarantee is not or ceases to be binding on any Guarantor, it shall subject to Clause 3.01 remain binding as a continuing security on the remaining person(s) comprising the Guarantor.

 

  4.05

The obligations of the Guarantor under this Guarantee shall not be affected by any of the following:

 

  (i)

any part payment of the Guaranteed Monies by the Customer or any other person;

 

  (ii)

any change in the name or constitution of the Customer, the Guarantor or the Bank,

 

  (iii)

any merger, amalgamation, reconstruction or reorganisation affecting the Customer, the Guarantor or the Bank;

 

  (iv)

the death, mental incapacity, bankruptcy, insolvency, liquidation or administration of the Customer or the Guarantor; and

 

  (v)

any other act, omission, event or circumstance which but for this provision would discharge any Guarantor from liability under this Guarantee.

 

5.

Customer’s Accounts

The Bank may, at any time and despite the termination of this Guarantee, continue any existing account and open any new account in the name of the Customer and no subsequent transactions, receipts or payments involving such new accounts shall affect the liability of the Guarantor.

 

6.

Payments

 

  6.01

Payments by the Guarantor shall be made to the Bank as specified by the Bank without any set-off, counterclaim, withholding or condition of any kind except that, if the Guarantor is compelled by law to make such withholding, the sum payable by the Guarantor shall be increased so that the amount actually received by the Bank is the amount it would have received if there had been no withholding.

 

   Page 2/7    Member HSBC Group


  6.02

Payment by the Guarantor to the Bank shall be in the currency of the relevant liability or, if the Bank so agrees in writing, in a different currency, in which case the conversion to that different currency shall be made at the Exchange Rate. The Bank shall not be liable to the Guarantor for any loss resulting from any fluctuation in the Exchange Rate.

 

  6.03

No payment to the Bank under this Guarantee pursuant to any judgment, court order or otherwise shall discharge the obligation of the Guarantor in respect of which it was made unless and until payment in full has been received in the currency in which it is payable under this Guarantee and, to the extent that the amount of any such payment shall, on actual conversion into such currency, at the Exchange Rate, fall short of the amount of the obligation, expressed in that currency, the Guarantor shall be liable for the shortfall.

 

  6.04

Any monies paid to the Bank in respect of the Guaranteed Monies may be applied in or towards satisfaction of the same in such manner as determined by the Bank or placed to the credit of such account (including a suspense or impersonal account) and for so long as the Bank may determine pending the application from time to time of such monies in or towards the discharge of the Guaranteed Monies.

 

  6.05

If any monies paid to the Bank in respect of the Guaranteed Monies are required to be repaid by virtue of any law relating to insolvency, bankruptcy or liquidation or for any other reason, the Bank shall be entitled to enforce this Guarantee as if such monies had not been paid.

 

7.

Set-off

The Bank may, at any time and without notice, apply any credit balance to which the Guarantor is entitled on any account with the Bank in or towards satisfaction of the Guaranteed Monies. For this purpose, the Bank is authorised to purchase, at the Exchange Rate, such other currencies as may be necessary to effect such application with the monies standing to the credit of such account.

 

8.

Lien

The Bank is authorised to exercise a lien over all property of the Guarantor coming into the possession or control of the Bank, for custody or any other reason and whether or not in the ordinary course of banking business, with power for the Bank to sell such property to satisfy the Guaranteed Monies.

 

9.

Guarantor as Principal Debtor

As a separate obligation, the Guarantor shall be liable as a principal debtor including, but not limited to, where any liability or obligation of the Customer for any of the Guaranteed Monies is or becomes unlawful, irrecoverable, invalid or unenforceable for any reason including by reason of any legal limitation, disability or incapacity or any other act, omission or circumstance which, but for this provision, would discharge the Guarantor to any extent. Any Guaranteed Monies which may not be recoverable from the Customer for any reason whatsoever shall be recoverable by the Bank from the Guarantor as principal debtor by way of indemnity under this separate obligation, on demand, together with Default Interest thereon in accordance with Clause 3.03 above.

 

10.

Variation of Terms and Release of Security

The Bank may at any time and without affecting or discharging this Guarantee or the obligations of the Guarantor:

 

  (i)

extend, increase, renew, replace or otherwise vary any of the Banking Facilities;

 

  (ii)

vary, exchange, abstain from perfecting or release any other security or guarantee held or to be held by the Bank as security for the Guaranteed Monies;

 

  (iii)

give time for payment or accept any composition from and make any arrangement with the Customer or any other person;

 

  (iv)

release any Guarantor from that Guarantor’s obligation under this Guarantee or otherwise and give any time for payment, accept any composition from or make any arrangement with any Guarantor;

 

  (v)

make demand under this Guarantee and enforce all or any of the Guarantor’s obligation under this Guarantee without having enforced or sought to enforce any rights or remedies which the Bank may have in respect of the Guaranteed Monies against the Customer, any other surety or in relation to any other security; or

 

  (vi)

do or omit to do any thing which but for this provision would discharge any Guarantor from liability under this Guarantee.

 

GUARANTEE (Limited Amount)       Page 3/7


11.

Guarantor as Trustee

 

  11.01

The Guarantor shall not, until the whole of the Guaranteed Monies have been received by the Bank (and even though the Maximum Liability of the Guarantor may be limited), exercise any right of subrogation, indemnity, set-off or counterclaim against the Customer or any other Guarantor or person or any right to participate in any security the Bank has in respect of the Guaranteed Monies or, unless required by the Bank to do so, to prove in the bankruptcy or liquidation of the Customer or any other Guarantor. The Guarantor shall hold any amount recovered, as a result of the exercise of any of such right, on trust for the Bank and shall pay the same to the Bank immediately on receipt.

 

  11.02

The Guarantor has not taken any security from the Customer or any other Guarantor and agrees not to do so until the Bank has received the whole of the Guaranteed Monies. Any security taken by the Guarantor in breach of this provision shall be held in trust for the Bank as security for the Guaranteed Monies and all monies at any time received in respect thereof shall be paid to the Bank immediately on receipt.

 

12.

Negligence in Realisations

This Guarantee shall not be affected as security for the Guaranteed Monies by any neglect by the Bank, or by any agent or receiver appointed by the Bank, in connection with the realisation of any other security (whether by way of mortgage guarantee or otherwise) which the Bank may hold now, or at any time in the future, for the Guaranteed Monies.

 

13.

No Waiver

No act or omission by the Bank pursuant to this Guarantee shall affect its rights, powers and remedies hereunder or any further or other exercise of such rights, powers or remedies.

 

14.

Assignment

The Guarantor may not assign or transfer any of its rights or obligations hereunder. The Bank may assign any of its rights hereunder to a person in whose favour it has made an assignment of all or any of the Banking Facilities.

 

15.

Communications

Any notice, demand or other communication under this Guarantee shall be in writing addressed to the Guarantor at its registered office address or at the last address registered with the Bank and if addressed to the Bank at its office specified in the Schedule or such other address as the Bank may notify to the Guarantor for this purpose and may be delivered personally, by leaving it at such address, by post, facsimile transmission or telex and shall be deemed to have been delivered to the Guarantor at the time of personal delivery or on leaving it at such address if sent by post at the time it would, in the ordinary course of post, be delivered, if sent by facsimile transmission or telex on the date of despatch, and to the Bank on the day of actual receipt.

 

16.

Debt Collection and Disclosure of Information

 

  16.01

The Bank may employ debt collecting agent(s) to collect any sum due under this Guarantee.

 

  16.02

Without prejudicing the rights of the Bank under any other agreement with the Guarantor, the Guarantor consents to the Bank, for such purposes as the Bank may consider reasonably appropriate, disclosing and/or obtaining information about the Guarantor (including details of all or any transactions or dealings between the Guarantor and the Bank) and this Guarantee, both within and outside the Hong Kong Special Administrative Region, to or from (as the case may be):

 

  (i)

any agent, contractor or third party service provider which provides services to the Bank in relation to the operation of its business (including without limitation administrative, telecommunications, computer, payment or processing services);

 

  (ii)

credit reference agencies;

 

  (iii)

any person to whom the Bank proposes to sell, assign or transfer, or has sold, assigned or transferred, all or any of its rights in relation to this Guarantee or the Banking Facilities;

 

  (iv)

any company within the HSBC Group, being HSBC Holdings plc and its associated and subsidiary companies from time to time or any of its or their agents; or

 

  (v)

any other person, if required or permitted by applicable laws, regulations, regulators’ or other authorities’ guidelines or judicial process to do so.

 

GUARANTEE (Limited Amount)       Page 4/7


  16.03

If any information disclosed by the Guarantor to the Bank includes information of any third party, the Guarantor confirms and warrants that it has obtained the consent of such third party to the provision of such information to the Bank for such purposes and for disclosure to such persons as referred to in Clause 16.02. The Guarantor agrees to indemnify and hold the Bank harmless from all costs, penalties, damages and other losses incurred as a result of the Guarantor’s breach of this Clause 16.03.

 

17.

Severability

Each of the provisions of this Guarantee is severable and distinct from the others and, if one or more of such provisions is or becomes illegal, invalid or unenforceable, the remaining provisions shall not be affected in any way.

 

18.

Governing Law and Jurisdiction

 

  18.01

This Guarantee is governed by and shall be construed in accordance with the laws of the Hong Kong Special Administrative Region (“Hong Kong”).

 

  18.02

The Guarantor submits to the non-exclusive jurisdiction of the Hong Kong courts but this Guarantee may be enforced in the courts of any competent jurisdiction.

 

  18.03

No person other than the Bank and the Guarantor will have any right under the Contracts (Rights of Third Parties) Ordinance to enforce or enjoy the benefit of any of the provisions of this Guarantee.

 

19.

Governing Version

A Chinese translation of this Guarantee shall be provided to the Guarantor upon request. The English version is the governing version and shall prevail whenever there is any discrepancy between the English version and the Chinese version.

 

20.

Process Agent

If a Process Agent is specified in the Schedule, service of any legal process on the Process Agent shall constitute service on the Guarantor.

 

21.

Headings

In this Guarantee the headings are for guidance only and shall not affect the meaning of any clause.

 

22.

Execution

IN WITNESS WHEREOF this Guarantee has been executed and delivered by the Guarantor as a deed on 13 Dec 2018

 

GUARANTEE (Limited Amount)       Page 5/7


Schedule

Details of Customer

 

    Name: ECMOHO (HONG KONG) LIMITED

 

    *Address:            SHANG HAI SHI XU HUI QU TIAN YUE QIAO LU 1000 HAO 3 LOU XU HUI YUAN SHANG WU LOU CHINA

 

 

 

*

P O Box is not acceptable

 

GUARANTEE (Limited Amount)       Page 6/7


Details of Guarantor

 

1.   

Name: WANG YING

 

*Address: ***

 

Identification Document Type and Number: ***

Name of Process Agent:

*Address of Process Agent:

    

 

  

, the Hong Kong Special Administrative Region

 

2.   

Name: ZENG QINGCHUN

 

*Address: ***

 

Identification Document Type and Number: ***

Name of Process Agent:

*Address of Process Agent:

    

 

  

, the Hong Kong Special Administrative Region

 

 

*

P O Box is not acceptable

Specified Sum (in relation to the definition of Maximum Liability)

 

Amount: USD5,000,000.-

Address of Bank’s Office (for the purpose of Clause 15 only)

 

1 Queen’s Road Central, Hong Kong, the Hong Kong Special Administrative Region

Execution by Individual

 

Signed, Sealed and Delivered by the Guarantor:    Witnessed by:
  Signature of Guarantor    1    Signature of Witness
   
  /s/ Wang Ying       /s/ Nina Yao
LOGO        
      Full Name (in Block Letters):
      NINA YAO
      Office: 27/F, HSBC Building, Shanghai IFC, 8 Century Avenue, Pudong, Shanghai, China
  Name of Guarantor: WANG YING         Identification Document Type and Number: ***

 

  Signature of Guarantor    2    Signature of Witness
   
  /s/ Zeng Qingchun        
LOGO        
      Full Name (in Block Letters):
         
        Office:
         
  Name of Guarantor: ZENG QINGCHUN         Identification Document Type and Number:

 

GUARANTEE (Limited Amount)       Page 7/7


To:

The Hongkong and Shanghai Banking Corporation Limited

  

The Hong Kong Special Administrative Region

GUARANTEE (Limited Amount)

 

1.

Definitions

“Bank” means The Hongkong and Shanghai Banking Corporation Limited or any person who is entitled at any future date to exercise all or any of the Bank’s rights under this Guarantee;

“Banking Facilities” means such facilities as the Bank may make or continue to make available to the Customer or to any other person at the request of the Customer at any branch or office of the Bank and whether now or in the future;

“Customer” means all or any one or more persons whose names and addresses are specified in the Schedule;

“Default Interest” means interest at such rate as the Bank specifies in its Tariff Book from time to time, compounded monthly if not paid on the dates specified by the Bank;

“Exchange Rate” means the rate for converting one currency into another currency which the Bank determines to be prevailing in the relevant foreign exchange market at the relevant time, such determination to be conclusive and binding on the Guarantor;

“Guaranteed Monies” means (i) all monies, obligations and liabilities in any currency whenever and however due, owing or incurred, whether with or without the Guarantor’s knowledge or consent and due, owing or incurred by the Customer to the Bank at any branch or office at any time, whether separately or jointly with any other person, actually or contingently whether presently or in future in any capacity including as principal or as surety; (ii) interest (both before and after any demand or judgment), to the date on which the Bank receives payment, at the rates payable by the Customer or which would have been payable but for any circumstance which restricts or prohibits payment; (iii) any amount due under the indemnity in Clauses 9 and 16.03 below; and (iv) all costs, expenses and fees incurred or charged by the Bank in enforcing this Guarantee on a full indemnity basis;

“Guarantor” means all or any persons whose names and addresses are specified in the Schedule together with their executors, administrators, successors and assigns;

“Maximum Liability” means (i) the Specified Sum; (ii) Default Interest on that sum; and (iii) expenses of the Bank in enforcing this Guarantee on a full indemnity basis; where a liability for Guaranteed Monies is incurred in a currency different from the currency in which the Maximum Liability is stated and the equivalent of that liability in the currency in which the Maximum Liability is stated, calculated at the Exchange Rate, has increased since it was incurred, that increase shall be added to the Maximum Liability;

“person” includes an individual, firm, company, corporation and an unincorporated body of persons;

“Process Agent” means the person, if any, whose name and Hong Kong address are specified in the Schedule;

“Specified Sum” means the sum specified as such in the Schedule; and

“Tariff Book” means the Bank’s tariff book which is available upon request or accessible at https://www.business.hsbc.com.hk/en-gb/resource-centre/commercial-tariffs or such other source as may replace that webpage.

 

2.

Interpretation

 

  2.01

Where there are two or more persons comprised in the expression “the Customer” the Guaranteed Monies shall include all monies and liabilities due owing or incurred to the Bank by such persons whether solely or jointly with one or more of the others or any other person(s) and the expression “the Customer” will be construed accordingly.

 

 

  2.02

Where the persons comprised in the expression “the Customer” are carrying on business in partnership under a firm name or are trustees of a trust the Guaranteed Monies (notwithstanding any change in the composition of that partnership) shall include the monies and liabilities which shall at any time be due owing or incurred to the Bank by the person(s) from time to time carrying on the partnership business under that name or under any name in succession thereto and includes those due from all persons from time to time being trustees of that trust and the expression “the Customer” shall be construed accordingly.

 

  2.03

Where there are two or more persons comprised in the expression “the Guarantor” the obligations of each such person as Guarantor under this Guarantee shall be joint and several.

 

   Page 1/7    Member HSBC Group


3.

Guarantee

 

  3.01

In consideration of the Banking Facilities, the Guarantor guarantees to pay the Guaranteed Monies to the Bank on demand.

 

  3.02

The liability of the Guarantor under this Guarantee shall not exceed the Maximum Liability.

 

  3.03

The Guarantor shall, subject to Clause 3.02, pay Default Interest (to the extent that it is not paid by the Customer) on the Guaranteed Monies from the date of demand by the Bank on the Guarantor until the Bank receives payment of the whole of the Guaranteed Monies (both before and after any demand or judgment or any circumstances which restrict payment by the Customer).

 

  3.04

A certificate of balance signed by any duly authorised officer of the Bank shall be conclusive evidence against the Guarantor of the amount of the Guaranteed Monies owing at any time.

 

  3.05

The Bank shall be entitled to retain this Guarantee and any security it has in respect of the Guaranteed Monies until it is satisfied that any repayment of the Guaranteed Monies will not be avoided whether as a preference or otherwise.

 

4.

Continuing and Additional Security

 

  4.01

This Guarantee is a continuing security and shall secure the whole of the Guaranteed Monies until one calendar month after receipt by the Bank of notice in writing by the Guarantor or a liquidator, receiver or personal representative of the Guarantor (in the event of the death of the Guarantor) to terminate it. In the case of the Guarantor’s death, this Guarantee shall remain binding as a continuing guarantee on that Guarantor’s heirs, executors, successors or administrators until the expiry of notice given in accordance with this Clause. Nevertheless and despite the giving of such notice, this Guarantee shall continue to apply to the Guaranteed Monies in respect of which the Customer is or becomes actually or contingently liable up to such termination and the Guarantor guarantees to pay such Guaranteed Monies to the Bank on demand whether that demand is made before, at the time of or after such termination.

 

  4.02

Where there is more than one person comprised in the expression the “Guarantor”, any notice under Clause 4.01 above may be given by any one of the persons comprising the Guarantor. The Bank will treat any such notice as terminating that Guarantor’s liability to tire extent provided in Clause 4.01 without affecting or terminating the obligations or liability of any other person comprising the Guarantor and this Guarantee shall continue to bind those persons as a continuing guarantee.

 

  4.03

This Guarantee is in addition to, shall not be affected by and may be enforced despite the existence of any other guarantee or security held by the Bank.

 

  4.04

Where there is more than one person comprised in the expression “the Guarantor”, if for any reason this Guarantee is not or ceases to be binding on any Guarantor, it shall subject to Clause 4.01 remain binding as a continuing security on the remaining person(s) comprising the Guarantor.

 

  4.05

The obligations of the Guarantor under this Guarantee shall not be affected by any of the following:

 

  (i)

any part payment of the Guaranteed Monies by the Customer or any other person;

 

  (ii)

any change in the name or constitution of the Customer, the Guarantor or the Bank;

 

  (iii)

any merger, amalgamation, reconstruction or reorganisation affecting the Customer, the Guarantor or the Bank;

 

 

  (iv)

the death, mental incapacity, bankruptcy, insolvency, liquidation or administration of the Customer or the Guarantor; and

 

  (v)

any other act, omission, event or circumstance which but for this provision would discharge any Guarantor from liability under this Guarantee.

 

5.

Customer’s Accounts

The Bank may, at any time and despite the termination of this Guarantee, continue any existing account and open any new account in the name of the Customer and no subsequent transactions, receipts or payments involving such new accounts shall affect the liability of the Guarantor.

 

GUARANTEE (Limited Amount)       Page 2/7


6.

Payments

 

  6.01

Payments by the Guarantor shall be made to the Bank as specified by the Bank without any set-off, counterclaim, withholding or condition of any kind except that, if the Guarantor is compelled by law to make such withholding, the sum payable by the Guarantor shall be increased so that the amount actually received by the Bank is the amount it would have received if there had been no withholding.

 

  6.02

Payment by the Guarantor to the Bank shall be in the currency of the relevant liability or, if the Bank so agrees in writing, in a different currency, in which case the conversion to that different currency shall be made at the Exchange Rate. The Bank shall not be liable to the Guarantor for any loss resulting from any fluctuation in the Exchange Rate.

 

  6.03

No payment to the Bank under this Guarantee pursuant to any judgment, court order or otherwise shall discharge the obligation of the Guarantor in respect of which it was made unless and until payment in full has been received in the currency in which it is payable under this Guarantee and, to the extent that the amount of any such payment shall, on actual conversion into such currency, at the Exchange Rate, fall short of the amount of the obligation, expressed in that currency, the Guarantor shall be liable for the shortfall.

 

  6.04

Any monies paid to the Bank in respect of the Guaranteed Monies may be applied in or towards satisfaction of the same in such manner as determined by the Bank or placed to the credit of such account (including a suspense or impersonal account) and for so long as the Bank may determine pending the application from time to time of such monies in or towards the discharge of the Guaranteed Monies.

 

  6.05

If any monies paid to the Bank in respect of the Guaranteed Monies are required to be repaid by virtue of any law relating to insolvency, bankruptcy or liquidation or for any other reason, the Bank shall be entitled to enforce this Guarantee as if such monies had not been paid.

 

7.

Set-off

The Bank may, at any time and without notice, apply any credit balance to which the Guarantor is entitled on any account with the Bank in or towards satisfaction of the Guaranteed Monies. For this purpose, the Bank is authorised to purchase, at the Exchange Rate, such other currencies as may be necessary to effect such application with the monies standing to the credit of such account.

 

8.

Lien

The Bank is authorised to exercise a lien over all property of the Guarantor coming into the possession or control of the Bank, for custody or any other reason and whether or not in the ordinary course of banking business, with power for the Bank to sell such property to satisfy the Guaranteed Monies.

 

9.

Guarantor as Principal Debtor

As a separate obligation, the Guarantor shall be liable as a principal debtor including, but not limited to, where any liability or obligation of the Customer for any of the Guaranteed Monies is or becomes unlawful, irrecoverable, invalid or unenforceable for any reason including by reason of any legal limitation, disability or incapacity or any other act, omission or circumstance which, but for this provision, would discharge the Guarantor to any extent. Any Guaranteed Monies which may not be recoverable from the Customer for any reason whatsoever shall be recoverable by the Bank from the Guarantor as principal debtor by way of indemnity under this separate obligation, on demand, together with Default Interest thereon in accordance with Clause 3.03 above.

 

10.

Variation of Terms and Release of Security

The Bank may at any time and without affecting or discharging this Guarantee or the obligations of the Guarantor:

 

  (i)

extend, increase, renew, replace or otherwise vary any of the Banking Facilities;

 

  (ii)

vary, exchange, abstain from perfecting or release any other security or guarantee held or to be held by the Bank as security for the Guaranteed Monies;

 

  (iii)

give time for payment or accept any composition from and make any arrangement with the Customer or any other person;

 

  (iv)

release any Guarantor from that Guarantor’s obligation under this Guarantee or otherwise and give any time for payment, accept any composition from or make any arrangement with any Guarantor;

 

GUARANTEE (Limited Amount)       Page 3/7


  (v)

make demand under this Guarantee and enforce all or any of the Guarantor’s obligation under this Guarantee without having enforced or sought to enforce any rights or remedies which the Bank may have in respect of the Guaranteed Monies against the Customer, any other surety or in relation to any other security; or

 

  (vi)

do or omit to do any thing which but for this provision would discharge any Guarantor from liability under this Guarantee.

 

11.

Guarantor as Trustee

 

  11.01

The Guarantor shall not, until the whole of the Guaranteed Monies have been received by the Bank (and even though the Maximum Liability of the Guarantor may be limited), exercise any right of subrogation, indemnity, set-off or counterclaim against the Customer or any other Guarantor or person or any right to participate in any security the Bank has in respect of the Guaranteed Monies or, unless required by the Bank to do so, to prove in the bankruptcy or liquidation of the Customer or any other Guarantor. The Guarantor shall hold any amount recovered, as a result of the exercise of any of such right, on trust for the Bank and shall pay the same to the Bank immediately on receipt.

 

  11.02

The Guarantor has not taken any security from the Customer or any other Guarantor and agrees not to do so until the Bank has received the whole of the Guaranteed Monies. Any security taken by the Guarantor in breach of this provision shall be held in trust for the Bank as security for the Guaranteed Monies and all monies at any time received in respect thereof shall be paid to the Bank immediately on receipt.

 

12.

Negligence in Realisations

This Guarantee shall not be affected as security for the Guaranteed Monies by any neglect by the Bank, or by any agent or receiver appointed by the Bank, in connection with the realisation of any other security (whether by way of mortgage guarantee or otherwise) which the Bank may hold now, or at any time in the future, for the Guaranteed Monies.

 

13.

No Waiver

No act or omission by the Bank pursuant to this Guarantee shall affect its rights, powers and remedies hereunder or any further or other exercise of such rights, powers or remedies.

 

14.

Assignment

The Guarantor may not assign or transfer any of its rights or obligations hereunder. The Bank may assign any of its rights hereunder to a person in whose favour it has made an assignment of all or any of the Banking Facilities.

 

15.

Communications

Any notice, demand or other communication under this Guarantee shall be in writing addressed to the Guarantor at its registered office address or at the last address registered with the Bank and if addressed to the Bank at its office specified in the Schedule or such other address as the Bank may notify to the Guarantor for this purpose and may be delivered personally, by leaving it at such address, by post, facsimile transmission or telex and shall be deemed to have been delivered to the Guarantor at the time of personal delivery or on leaving it at such address if sent by post at the time it would, in the ordinary course of post, be delivered, if sent by facsimile transmission or telex on the date of despatch, and to the Bank on the day of actual receipt.

 

16.

Debt Collection and Disclosure of Information

 

  16.01

The Bank may employ debt collecting agent(s) to collect any sum due under this Guarantee.

 

  16.02

Without prejudicing the rights of the Bank under any other agreement with the Guarantor, the Guarantor consents to the Bank, for such purposes as the Bank may consider reasonably appropriate, disclosing and/or obtaining information about the Guarantor (including details of all or any transactions or dealings between the Guarantor and the Bank) and this Guarantee, both within and outside the Hong Kong Special Administrative Region, to or from (as the case may be):

 

  (i)

any agent, contractor or third party service provider which provides services to the Bank in relation to the operation of its business (including without limitation administrative, telecommunications, computer, payment or processing services);

 

  (ii)

credit reference agencies;

 

  (iii)

any person to whom the Bank proposes to sell, assign or transfer, or has sold, assigned or transferred, all or any of its rights in relation to this Guarantee or the Banking Facilities;

 

GUARANTEE (Limited Amount)       Page 4/7


  (iv)

any company within the HSBC Group, being HSBC Holdings plc and its associated and subsidiary companies from time to time or any of its or their agents; or

 

  (v)

any other person, if required or permitted by applicable laws, regulations, regulators’ or other authorities’ guidelines or judicial process to do so.

 

  16.03

If any information disclosed by the Guarantor to the Bank includes information of any third party, the Guarantor confirms and warrants that it has obtained the consent of such third party to the provision of such information to the Bank for such purposes and for disclosure to such persons as referred to in Clause 16.02. The Guarantor agrees to indemnify and hold the Bank harmless from all costs, penalties, damages and other losses incurred as a result of the Guarantor’s breach of this Clause 16.03.

 

17.

Severability

Each of the provisions of this Guarantee is severable and distinct from the others and, if one or more of such provisions is or becomes illegal, invalid or unenforceable, the remaining provisions shall not be affected in any way.

 

18.

Governing Law and Jurisdiction

 

  18.01

This Guarantee is governed by and shall be construed in accordance with the laws of the Hong Kong Special Administrative Region (“Hong Kong”).

 

  18.02

The Guarantor submits to the non-exclusive jurisdiction of the Hong Kong courts but this Guarantee may be enforced in the courts of any competent jurisdiction.

 

  18.03

No person other than the Bank and the Guarantor will have any right under the Contracts (Rights of Third Parties) Ordinance to enforce or enjoy the benefit of any of the provisions of this Guarantee.

 

19.

Governing Version

A Chinese translation of this Guarantee shall be provided to the Guarantor upon request. The English version is the governing version and shall prevail whenever there is any discrepancy between the English version and the Chinese version.

 

20.

Process Agent

If a Process Agent is specified in the Schedule, service of any legal process on the Process Agent shall constitute service on the Guarantor.

 

21.

Headings

In this Guarantee the headings are for guidance only and shall not affect the meaning of any clause.

 

22.

Execution

 

        IN WITNESS WHEREOF this Guarantee has been executed and delivered by the Guarantor as a deed on

                                                    

 

GUARANTEE (Limited Amount)       Page 5/7


Schedule

Details of Customer

 

Name: ECMOHO (HONG KONG) LIMITED

* Address:            SHANG HAI SHI XU HUI QU TIAN YUE QIAO LU 1000 HAO 3 LOU XU HUI YUAN SHANG WU LOU CHINA

*

P O Box is not acceptable

Details of Guarantor

 

Name: SHANGHAI ECMOHO HEALTH TECHNOLOGY CO LTD

*Address:

Identification Document Type and Number:

Name of Process Agent:

*Address of Process Agent:

, the Hong Kong Special Administrative Region  

 

*

P O Box is not acceptable

Specified Sum (in relation to the definition of Maximum Liability)

 

Amount: USD4,000,000.-

Address of Bank’s Office (for the purpose of Clause 15 only)

 

I Queen’s Road Central, Hong Kong, the Hong Kong Special Administrative Region

Execution by Limited Company

 

A.

Executed under the Seal of the Guarantor in the presence of the following Director(s) and/or Secretary:

 

Name of Guarantor: SHANGHAI ECMOHO HEALTH TECHNOLOGY CO LTD 上海易恆健康生物科技有限公司

Signature of Director/Secretary

/s/ Wang Ying

  

Signature of Director/Secretary.

 

Shanghai ECMOHO Health

Biotechnology Co., Ltd.

(seal)

LOGO     

 

Full Name (in Block Letters)

 

  

Full Name (in Block Letters)

 

Address

 

  

Address

 

Identification Document Type and Number

 

  

Identification Document Type and Number

 

Duly Authorised by a Board Resolution Dated

 

  

Duly Authorised by a Board Resolution Dated

 

 

Witnessed by:

 

    

Signature of Witness

 

  

Signature of Witness

 

Full Name (in Block Letters)

 

  

Full Name (in Block Letters)

 

Office

 

  

Office

 

Identification Document Type and Number

 

  

Identification Document Type and Number

 

 

GUARANTEE (Limited Amount)       Page 6/7


B.

Executed as a deed and signed by the following Director(s) and, if applicable, Secretary on behalf of the Guarantor:

 

Name of Guarantor: SHANGHAI ECMOHO HEALTH TECHNOLOGY CO LTD 上海易恆生物科技有限公司

Signature of Director/Secretary

 

  

Signature of Director/Secretary

 

Full Name (in Block Letters)

 

  

Full Name (in Block Letters)

 

Address

 

  

Address

 

Identification Document Type and Number

 

  

Identification Document Type and Number

 

Duly Authorised by a Board Resolution Dated

 

  

Duly Authorised by a Board Resolution Dated

 

Witnessed by:

 

Signature of Witness

 

  

Signature of Witness

 

Full Name (in Block Letters)

 

  

Full Name (in Block Letters)

 

Office

 

  

Office

 

Identification Document Type and Number

    

  

Identification Document Type and Number

    

 

GUARANTEE (Limited Amount)       Page 7/7


BOARD RESOLUTION

 

Extract from the Minutes of a Meeting of the Board of Directors of

SHANGHAI ECMOHO HEALTH TECHNOLOGY CO LTD 上海易恆健康生物科技有限公司 (the “Company”)

 

held at (time)

 

  on (date)

at (place)

    

 

1.

The chairman reported that arrangements were proposed with The Hongkong and Shanghai Banking Corporation Limited (“the Bank”) whereby Ecmoho (Hong Kong) Limited (“the Customer”), an affiliate of the company, would be granted banking facility(ies) based on the terms set out in a facility letter from the Bank dated 20 May 2019 which was tabled at the Meeting.

 

2.

It was a term of the arrangements of such facility that the Company would guarantee and secure all liabilities of the Customer to the Bank in the manner set out in the guarantee (the “Security”) in favour of the Bank tabled at the Meeting.

 

3.

The Directors then reported the manner in which they were interested in the proposed arrangements as directors or shareholders of the Customer or by virtue of guarantees or in any other manner. The Secretary reported that, under the Articles of Association of the Company, the Directors present were empowered to implement the proposed arrangements.

 

4.

The Board then reviewed the financial position of the Company and of the Customer. Taking into account the close trading relationship between the Company and the Customer, the Board were unanimously of the opinion that the granting of the Security in favour of the Bank would be in the commercial interests of the Company.

 

5.

IT WAS RESOLVED that the terms and conditions of the Security, the transactions contemplated thereunder and the exercise by the Company of its rights and performance by the Company of its obligations thereunder be and are hereby approved.

 

6.

IT WAS FURTHER RESOLVED that the Security be created in favour of the Bank and that                      be authorised to sign the Security on behalf of the Company as a deed and the Common Seal of the Company be affixed thereto and that the same be forthwith delivered to the Bank.

 

7.

IT WAS FURTHER RESOLVED that the execution of the Security by the authorised signatory named above shall be conclusive evidence of such person’s approval of any amendments which may have been made thereto.

 

8.

IT WAS FURTHER RESOLVED that the authorised signatory named above shall be authorised to execute and, where necessary, affix the Common Seal of the Company to any further document and/or do such further acts for and on behalf of the Company as required by or in connection with the Security and/or in connection with the transactions contemplated thereunder.

 

9.

IT WAS FURTHER RESOLVED that any actions taken by any Director of the Company or the authorised signatory named above in respect of the transactions considered under these resolutions prior to the date hereof be approved, ratified and confirmed in all respects.

 

10.

IT WAS FURTHER RESOLVED that the Chairman be authorised to provide the Bank with a certified copy of these Board minutes and/or resolutions.

 

Page 1 of 2


IT IS HEREBY CERTIFIED that the above is a true extract from the Minutes of the Meeting of the Board of Directors of the Company and that the resolution set forth above was duly passed in accordance with and complies with the Articles of Association or the constitutional documents of the Company and that such resolution will not infringe any restrictions affecting the Company or the Board.

 

Date:           

Chairman of the Meeting/Director

 

     

 

/s/ Wang Ying    

Signature

 

  

Name: Wang Ying

 

    

 

 

BOARD RESOLUTION      Page 2 of 2  

Exhibit 10.39

FORM OF INDEMNIFICATION AGREEMENT

THIS INDEMNIFICATION AGREEMENT (this “Agreement”) is made as of            , 20     by and between ECMOHO Limited, an exempted company with limited liability incorporated and existing under the laws of the Cayman Islands (the “Company”), and            (the “Indemnitee”).

WHEREAS, the Indemnitee has agreed to serve as a director or executive officer of the Company, and in such capacity will render valuable services to the Company; and

WHEREAS, in order to induce and encourage highly experienced and capable persons such as the Indemnitee to render valuable services to the Company, the board of directors of the Company (the “Board of Directors”) has determined that this Agreement is not only reasonable and prudent, but necessary to promote and ensure the best interests of the Company and its shareholders;

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and mutual agreements hereinafter set forth, and other good and valuable consideration, including, without limitation, the service of the Indemnitee, the receipt of which hereby is acknowledged, and in order to induce the Indemnitee to render valuable services to the Company, the Company and the Indemnitee hereby agree as follows:

1.    Definitions. As used in this Agreement:

(a)    “Change in Control” shall mean a change in control of the Company of a nature that would be required to be reported in response to Item 6(e) of Schedule 14A of Regulation 14A (or in response to any similar item on any similar or successor schedule or form) promulgated under the United States Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder (collectively, the “Act”), whether or not the Company is then subject to such reporting requirement; provided, however, that, without limitation, such a Change in Control shall be deemed to have occurred (irrespective of the applicability of the initial clause of this definition) if (i) Ms. Zoe Wang and Mr. Leo Zeng and their permitted transferees cease to be the “beneficial owner” (as defined in Rule 13d-3 under the Act), directly or indirectly, of securities of the Company representing of 50% or more of the combined voting power of the Company’s then outstanding securities; (ii) the Company is a party to a merger, consolidation, scheme of arrangement, sale of assets or other reorganization, or a proxy contest, as a consequence of which Continuing Directors in office immediately prior to such transaction or event constitute less than a majority of the Board of Directors (or the board of directors of any successor entity to the Company) thereafter; (iii) during any period of two (2) consecutive years, Continuing Directors cease for any reason to constitute at least a majority of the Board of Directors; or (iv) the shareholders of the Company approve a plan of complete liquidation of the Company or an agreement for the sale or disposition by the Company of (in one transaction or a series of transactions) all or substantially all of the Company’s assets.

(b)    “Continuing Director” shall mean an individual (i) who served on the Board of Directors as of the first closing date of the Company’s initial public offering; or (ii) whose election or nomination for election by the Company’s shareholders was approved by a vote of at least two-thirds of the Continuing Directors then in office.

(c)    “Disinterested Director” with respect to any request by the Indemnitee for indemnification or advancement of expenses hereunder shall mean a director of the Company who neither is nor was a party to the Proceeding (as defined below) in respect of which indemnification or advancement is being sought by the Indemnitee.


(d)    The term “Expenses” shall mean, without limitation, expenses of Proceedings, including attorneys’ fees, disbursements and retainers, accounting and witness fees, expenses related to preparation for service as a witness and to service as a witness, travel and deposition costs, expenses of investigations, judicial or administrative proceedings and appeals, amounts paid in settlement of a Proceeding by or on behalf of the Indemnitee, costs of attachment or similar bonds, any expenses of attempting to establish or establishing a right to indemnification or advancement of expenses, under this Agreement, the Company’s Memorandum of Association and Articles of Association as currently in effect (the “Articles”), applicable law or otherwise, and reasonable compensation for time spent by the Indemnitee in connection with the investigation, defense or appeal of a Proceeding or action for the indemnification for which the Indemnitee is not otherwise compensated by the Company or any third party. The term “Expenses” shall not include the amount of judgments, fines, interest or penalties, which are actually levied against or sustained by the Indemnitee to the extent sustained after final adjudication.

(e)    The term “Independent Legal Counsel” shall mean any firm of attorneys, or a member of a firm of attorneys, that is experienced in matters of corporation law and is reasonably selected by the Board of Directors, so long as such firm has not represented the Company, the Company’s subsidiaries or affiliates, the Indemnitee, any entity controlled by the Indemnitee, or any party adverse to the Company, within the preceding five (5) years, in any matter material to any such party (other than with respect to matters concerning the Indemnitee under this Agreement, or of other indemnitees under similar indemnification agreements). Notwithstanding the foregoing, the term “Independent Legal Counsel” shall not include any person who, under applicable standards of professional conduct then prevailing, would have a conflict of interest in representing either the Company or the Indemnitee in an action to determine the Indemnitee’s right to indemnification or advancement of expenses under this Agreement, the Company’s Articles, applicable law or otherwise.

(f)    The term “Proceeding” shall mean any threatened, pending or completed action, cross claim, suit, arbitration, alternate dispute resolution mechanism, investigation, inquiry, hearing or other proceeding (including, without limitation, an appeal therefrom), formal or informal, whether brought in the name of the Company or otherwise, whether of a civil, criminal, administrative or investigative nature, and whether by, in or involving a court or an administrative, other governmental or private entity or body (including, without limitation, an investigation by the Company or the Board of Directors), in which the Indemnitee was, is or will be involved as a party or otherwise, by reason of (i) the fact that the Indemnitee is or was a director (or a director appointee) or executive officer of the Company, or is or was serving at the request of the Company as an agent of another enterprise (as defined below), (ii) any actual or alleged act or omission or neglect or breach of duty, including, without limitation, any actual or alleged error or misstatement or misleading statement, which the Indemnitee commits or suffers while acting in any such capacity, or (iii) the Indemnitee attempting to establish or establishing a right to indemnification or advancement of expenses pursuant to this Agreement, the Company’s Articles, applicable law or otherwise, in each case whether or not the Indemnitee is serving in such capacity at the time any liability or expense is incurred for which indemnification or reimbursement is to be provided under this Agreement.

(g)    The phrase “serving at the request of the Company as an agent of another enterprise” or any similar terminology shall mean, unless the context otherwise requires, serving at the request of the Company as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, limited liability company, trust, employee benefit or welfare plan or other enterprise, foreign or domestic. The phrase “serving at the request of the Company” shall include, without limitation, any service as a director and/or an executive officer of the Company which imposes duties on, or involves services by, such director/executive officer with respect to the Company or any of the Company’s subsidiaries, affiliates, employee benefit or welfare plans, such plan’s participants or beneficiaries or any other enterprise, foreign or domestic. In the event that the Indemnitee shall be a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, limited liability company, trust, employee benefit or welfare plan or other enterprise, foreign or domestic, 50% or more of the ordinary shares, combined voting power or total equity interest of which is owned by the Company or any subsidiary or affiliate thereof, then it shall be presumed conclusively that the Indemnitee is so acting at the request of the Company.

 

-2-


2.    Services by the Indemnitee. [For non-executive directors: The Indemnitee agrees to serve as a director of the Company for so long as the Indemnitee is duly elected or appointed or until such time as the Indemnitee tenders a resignation in writing or is removed as a director; provided, however, that the Indemnitee may at any time and for any reason resign from such position (subject to any other contractual obligation or other obligation imposed on the Indemnitee by operation of law).][For executive officers: The Indemnitee agrees to serve as an executive officer of the Company under the terms of the Indemnitee’s agreement with the Company until such time as the Indemnitee’s employment is terminated for any reason.]

3.    Proceedings by or in the Right of the Company. The Company shall indemnify the Indemnitee if the Indemnitee is a party to or threatened to be made a party to or is otherwise involved in any Proceeding by or in the right of the Company to procure a judgment in its favor, against all Expenses, judgments, fines, interest or penalties, which are actually and reasonably incurred by the Indemnitee in connection with the defense or settlement of such a Proceeding, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, if the Indemnitee acted in good faith and in a manner the Indemnitee reasonably believed to be in, or not opposed to, the best interests of the Company; except that no indemnification under this section shall be made in respect of any claim, issue or matter as to which the Indemnitee shall have been adjudicated by final judgment by a court of competent jurisdiction to be liable to the Company for dishonesty, willful default or fraud in the performance of his/her duty to the Company, unless and only to the extent that the court in which such Proceeding was brought shall determine upon application that, despite the adjudication of liability but in view of all the circumstances of the case, the Indemnitee is fairly and reasonably entitled to indemnity for such amounts which such other court shall deem proper.

4.    Proceeding Other Than a Proceeding by or in the Right of the Company. The Company shall indemnify the Indemnitee if the Indemnitee is a party to or threatened to be made a party to or is otherwise involved in any Proceeding (other than a Proceeding by or in the right of the Company), against all Expenses, judgments, fines, interest or penalties, which are actually and reasonably incurred by the Indemnitee in connection with such a Proceeding, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law; provided, however, that any settlement of a Proceeding must be approved in advance in writing by the Company (which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld); and provided further that Indemnitee acted in good faith and in a manner Indemnitee reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Company and, in the case of a criminal Proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe that Indemnitee’s conduct was unlawful.

5.    Indemnification for Costs, Charges and Expenses of Witness or Successful Party. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement (except as set forth in subparagraph 9(a) hereof), and without a requirement for determination as required by Paragraph 8 hereof, to the extent that the Indemnitee (a) has prepared to serve or has served as a witness in any Proceeding in any way relating to (i) the Company or any of the Company’s subsidiaries, affiliates, employee benefit or welfare plans or such plan’s participants or beneficiaries or (ii) anything done or not done by the Indemnitee as a director or executive officer of the Company or in connection with serving at the request of the Company as an agent of another enterprise, or (b) has been successful in defense of any Proceeding or in defense of any claim, issue or matter therein, on the merits or otherwise, including the dismissal of a Proceeding without prejudice or the settlement of a Proceeding without an admission of liability, the Indemnitee shall be indemnified against all Expenses actually and reasonably incurred by the Indemnitee in connection therewith to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law.

 

-3-


6.    Partial Indemnification. If the Indemnitee is entitled under any provision of this Agreement to indemnification by the Company for a portion of the Expenses, judgments, fines, interest or penalties, which are actually and reasonably incurred by the Indemnitee in the investigation, defense, appeal or settlement of any Proceeding, but not, however, for the total amount of the Indemnitee’s Expenses, judgments, fines, interest or penalties, then the Company shall nevertheless indemnify the Indemnitee for all Expenses, judgments, fines, interest or penalties reasonably incurred by the Indemnitee or on the Indemnitee’s behalf in connection therewith.

7.    Advancement of Expenses. The Expenses incurred by the Indemnitee in any Proceeding (or any part of any Proceeding) not initiated by the Indemnitee or any Proceeding initiated by the Indemnitee with the prior approval of the Board of Directors shall be paid promptly by the Company in advance of the final disposition of the Proceeding at the written request of the Indemnitee, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law; provided, however, that the Indemnitee shall set forth in such request reasonable evidence that such Expenses have been incurred by the Indemnitee in connection with such Proceeding, a statement that such Expenses do not relate to any matter described in subparagraph 9(a) of this Agreement, and an undertaking in writing to repay any advances if it is ultimately determined as provided in subparagraph 8(b) of this Agreement that the Indemnitee is not entitled to indemnification under this Agreement. Advances shall be unsecured and interest free. Advances shall be made without regard to the Indemnitee’s ability to repay the Expenses and without regard to the Indemnitee’s ultimate entitlement to indemnification under the other provisions of this Agreement.

8.    Indemnification Procedure; Determination of Right to Indemnification.

(a)    Promptly after receipt by the Indemnitee of notice of the commencement of any Proceeding, the Indemnitee shall, if a claim for indemnification or advancement of Expenses in respect thereof is to be made against the Company under this Agreement, notify the Company of the commencement thereof in a written request, including therein or therewith such documentation and information as is reasonably available to the Indemnitee and is reasonably necessary to determine whether and to what extent the Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification. The failure and delay to so notify the Company will not relieve the Company from any liability which the Company may have to the Indemnitee under this Agreement unless the Company shall have lost significant substantive or procedural rights with respect to the defense of any Proceeding as a result of such omission to so notify.

(b)    The Indemnitee shall be conclusively presumed to have met the relevant standards of conduct, if any, as defined by applicable law, for indemnification pursuant to this Agreement and shall be absolutely entitled to such indemnification, unless a determination is made that the Indemnitee has not met such standards by (i) the Board of Directors by a majority vote of a quorum thereof consisting of Disinterested Directors, (ii) by a majority vote of a committee of Disinterested Directors designated by a majority vote of Disinterested Directors, even though less than a quorum of the Board of Directors, (iii) the shareholders of the Company by majority vote of a quorum thereof consisting of shareholders who are not parties to the Proceeding due to which a claim for indemnification is made under this Agreement, (iv) Independent Legal Counsel as set forth in a written opinion (it being understood that such Independent Legal Counsel shall make such determination only if the quorum or committee of Disinterested Directors referred to in clauses (i) and (ii) of this subparagraph 8(b) are not obtainable or if the Board of Directors of the Company by a majority vote of a quorum thereof consisting of Disinterested Directors so directs), or (v) a court of competent jurisdiction; provided, however, that if a Change in Control shall have occurred and the Indemnitee so requests in writing, such determination shall be made only by a court of competent jurisdiction or Independent Legal Counsel as set forth in a written opinion.

 

-4-


(c)    In the event the determination of entitlement to indemnification is to be made by Independent Legal Counsel pursuant to Section 8(b) hereof, the Independent Legal Counsel shall be selected as provided in this Section 8(c). If a Change in Control shall not have occurred, the Independent Legal Counsel shall be selected by the Board of Directors, and the Company shall give written notice to the Indemnitee advising Indemnitee of the identity of the Independent Legal Counsel so selected. If a Change in Control shall have occurred, the Independent Legal Counsel shall be selected by the Indemnitee (unless the Indemnitee shall request that such selection be made by the Board of Directors, in which event the preceding sentence shall apply), and the Indemnitee shall give written notice to the Company advising it of the identity of the Independent Legal Counsel so selected. In either event, the Indemnitee or the Company, as the case may be, may, within ten (10) days after such written notice of selection shall have been given, deliver to the Company or to the Indemnitee, as the case may be, a written objection to such selection; provided, however, that such objection may be asserted only on the ground that the Independent Legal Counsel so selected does not meet the requirements of “Independent Legal Counsel” as defined in Section 1 of this Agreement, and the objection shall set forth with particularity the factual basis of such assertion. Absent a proper and timely objection, the person so selected shall act as Independent Legal Counsel. If such written objection is so made and substantiated, the Independent Legal Counsel so selected may not serve as Independent Legal Counsel unless and until such objection is withdrawn or a court of competent jurisdiction has determined that such objection is without merit. If, within twenty (20) days after the later of submission by the Indemnitee of a written request for indemnification pursuant to Section 11(a) hereof and the final disposition of the Proceeding, no Independent Legal Counsel shall have been selected and not objected to, either the Company or the Indemnitee may petition the court of competent jurisdiction for resolution of any objection which shall have been made by the Company or the Indemnitee to the other’s selection of Independent Legal Counsel and/or for the appointment as Independent Legal Counsel of a person selected by such court or by such other person as such court shall designate, and the person with respect to whom all objections are so resolved or the person so appointed shall act as Independent Legal Counsel under Section 12(a) hereof. Upon the due commencement of any judicial proceeding or arbitration pursuant to Section 14(a) of this Agreement, Independent Legal Counsel shall be discharged and relieved of any further responsibility in such capacity (subject to the applicable standards of professional conduct then prevailing).

(d)    If a claim for indemnification or advancement of Expenses under this Agreement is not paid by the Company within thirty (30) days after receipt by the Company of written notice thereof, the rights provided by this Agreement shall be enforceable by the Indemnitee in any court of competent jurisdiction. Such judicial proceeding shall be made de novo. The burden of proving that indemnification or advances are not appropriate shall be on the Company. Neither the failure of the directors or shareholders of the Company or Independent Legal Counsel to have made a determination prior to the commencement of such action that indemnification or advancement of Expenses is proper in the circumstances because the Indemnitee has met the applicable standard of conduct, if any, nor an actual determination by the directors or shareholders of the Company or Independent Legal Counsel that the Indemnitee has not met the applicable standard of conduct shall be a defense to an action by the Indemnitee or create a presumption for the purpose of such an action that the Indemnitee has not met the applicable standard of conduct. The termination of any Proceeding by judgment, order, settlement or conviction, or upon a plea of nolo contendere or its equivalent, shall not, of itself (i) create a presumption that the Indemnitee did not act in good faith and in a manner which he reasonably believed to be in the best interests of the Company and/or its shareholders, and, with respect to any criminal Proceeding, that the Indemnitee had reasonable cause to believe that his conduct was unlawful or (ii) otherwise adversely affect the rights of the Indemnitee to indemnification or advancement of Expenses under this Agreement, except as may be provided herein.

(e)    If a court of competent jurisdiction shall determine that the Indemnitee is entitled to any indemnification or advancement of Expenses hereunder, the Company shall pay all Expenses actually and reasonably incurred by the Indemnitee in connection with such adjudication (including, but not limited to, any appellate proceedings).

 

-5-


(f)    With respect to any Proceeding for which indemnification or advancement of Expenses is requested, the Company will be entitled to participate therein at its own expense and, except as otherwise provided below, to the extent that it may wish, the Company may assume the defense thereof, with counsel reasonably satisfactory to the Indemnitee. After notice from the Company to the Indemnitee of its election to assume the defense of a Proceeding, the Company will not be liable to the Indemnitee under this Agreement for any Expenses subsequently incurred by the Indemnitee in connection with the defense thereof, other than as provided below. The Company shall not settle any Proceeding in any manner which would impose any penalty or limitation on the Indemnitee without the Indemnitee’s written consent. The Indemnitee shall have the right to employ his/her own counsel in any Proceeding, but the fees and expenses of such counsel incurred after notice from the Company of its assumption of the defense of the Proceeding shall be at the expense of the Indemnitee, unless (i) the employment of counsel by the Indemnitee has been authorized by the Company, (ii) the Indemnitee shall have reasonably concluded that there may be a conflict of interest between the Company and the Indemnitee in the conduct of the defense of a Proceeding, or (iii) the Company shall not in fact have employed counsel to assume the defense of a proceeding, in each of which cases the fees and expenses of the Indemnitee’s counsel shall be advanced by the Company. The Company shall not be entitled to assume the defense of any Proceeding brought by or on behalf of the Company or as to which the Indemnitee has reasonably concluded that there may be a conflict of interest between the Company and the Indemnitee.

9.    Limitations on Indemnification. No payments pursuant to this Agreement shall be made by the Company:

(a)    To indemnify or advance funds to the Indemnitee for Expenses with respect to (i) Proceedings initiated or brought voluntarily by the Indemnitee and not by way of defense, except with respect to Proceedings brought to establish or enforce a right to indemnification under this Agreement or any other statute or law or otherwise as required under applicable law or (ii) Expenses incurred by the Indemnitee in connection with preparing to serve or serving as a witness in cooperation with any party or entity who or which has threatened or commenced any action or proceeding against the Company, or any director, officer, employee, trustee, agent, representative, subsidiary, parent corporation or affiliate of the Company, but such indemnification or advancement of Expenses in each such case may be provided by the Company if the Board of Directors finds it to be appropriate;

(b)    To indemnify the Indemnitee for any Expenses, judgments, fines, interest or penalties sustained in any Proceeding for which payment is actually made to the Indemnitee under a valid and collectible insurance policy or other indemnity provision, except in respect of any excess beyond the amount of payment under such insurance or indemnity provision;

(c)    To indemnify the Indemnitee for any Expenses, judgments, fines, interest or penalties sustained in any Proceeding for an accounting of profits (or for the actual accounting of such profits) made from the purchase or sale by the Indemnitee of securities of the Company pursuant to the provisions of Section 16(b) of the Act or similar provisions of any foreign or United States federal, state or local statute or regulation;

(d)    To indemnify the Indemnitee for any Expenses, judgments, fines, interest or penalties for which the Indemnitee is indemnified by the Company otherwise than pursuant to this Agreement;

 

-6-


(e)    To indemnify the Indemnitee for any Expenses (including without limitation any Expenses relating to a Proceeding attempting to enforce this Agreement), judgments, fines, interest or penalties on account of the Indemnitee’s conduct if such conduct shall be finally adjudged to have been knowingly fraudulent or deliberately dishonest or to have constituted willful misconduct, including, without limitation, breach of the duty of loyalty;

(f)    If a court of competent jurisdiction finally determines that any indemnification hereunder is unlawful. In this respect, the Company and the Indemnitee have been advised that the Securities and Exchange Commission takes the position that indemnification for liabilities arising under securities laws is against public policy and is, therefore, unenforceable;

(g)    To indemnify the Indemnitee in connection with the Indemnitee’s personal tax matter;

(h)    To indemnify the Indemnitee with respect to any claim related to any dispute or breach arising under any contract or similar obligation between the Company or any of its subsidiaries or affiliates and such Indemnitee;

(i)    To indemnify the Indemnitee with respect to any reimbursement to the Company pursuant to Section 304 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 (the “Sarbanes-Oxley Act”), Section 306 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act or Section 954 of the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act and the rules promulgated by the SEC thereunder; or

(j)    To indemnify the Indemnitee with regards to any reimbursement of the Company by the Indemnitee of any compensation pursuant to any compensation recoupment or clawback policy adopted by the Board of Directors or any committee thereof, including but not limited to any such policy adopted to comply with stock exchange listing requirements implementing Section 10D of the Act.

10.    No Employment Rights. Nothing in this Agreement is intended to create in the Indemnitee any right to continued employment with the Company.

11.    Continuation of Indemnification. All agreements and obligations of the Company contained herein shall continue during the period that the Indemnitee is a director or executive officer of the Company (or is or was serving at the request of the Company as an agent of another enterprise, foreign or domestic) and shall continue thereafter so long as the Indemnitee shall be subject to any possible Proceeding by reason of the fact that the Indemnitee was a director or executive officer of the Company or serving in any other capacity referred to in this Paragraph 11.

12.    Indemnification Hereunder Not Exclusive. The indemnification provided by this Agreement shall not be deemed to be exclusive of any other rights to which the Indemnitee may be entitled under the Company’s Articles, any agreement, vote of shareholders or vote of Disinterested Directors, provisions of applicable law, or otherwise, both as to action or omission in the Indemnitee’s official capacity and as to action or omission in another capacity on behalf of the Company while holding such office.

13.    Successors and Assigns.

(a)    This Agreement shall be binding upon the Indemnitee, and shall inure to the benefit of, the Indemnitee and the Indemnitee’s heirs, executors, administrators and assigns, whether or not the Indemnitee has ceased to be a director or executive officer, and the Company and its successors and assigns. Upon the sale of all or substantially all of the business, assets or share capital of the Company to, or upon the merger of the Company into or with, any corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other person, this Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and be binding upon both the Indemnitee and such purchaser or successor person. Subject to the foregoing, this Agreement may not be assigned by either party without the prior written consent of the other party hereto.

 

-7-


(b)    If the Indemnitee is deceased and is entitled to indemnification under any provision of this Agreement, the Company shall indemnify the Indemnitee’s estate and the Indemnitee’s spouse, heirs, executors, administrators and assigns against, and the Company shall, and does hereby agree to assume, any and all Expenses actually and reasonably incurred by or for the Indemnitee or the Indemnitee’s estate, in connection with the investigation, defense, appeal or settlement of any Proceeding. Further, when requested in writing by the spouse of the Indemnitee, and/or the Indemnitee’s heirs, executors, administrators and assigns, the Company shall provide appropriate evidence of the Company’s agreement set out herein to indemnify the Indemnitee against and to itself assume such Expenses.

14.    Subrogation. In the event of payment under this Agreement, the Company shall be subrogated to the extent of such payment to all of the rights of recovery of the Indemnitee, who shall execute all documents required and shall do all acts that may be necessary to secure such rights and to enable the Company effectively to bring suit to enforce such rights.

15.    Severability. Each and every paragraph, sentence, term and provision of this Agreement is separate and distinct so that if any paragraph, sentence, term or provision thereof shall be held to be invalid, unlawful or unenforceable for any reason, such invalidity, unlawfulness or unenforceability shall not affect the validity, unlawfulness or enforceability of any other paragraph, sentence, term or provision hereof. To the extent required, any paragraph, sentence, term or provision of this Agreement may be modified by a court of competent jurisdiction to preserve its validity and to provide the Indemnitee with the broadest possible indemnification permitted under applicable law. The Company’s inability, pursuant to a court order or decision, to perform its obligations under this Agreement shall not constitute a breach of this Agreement. If this Agreement or any paragraph, sentence, term or provision hereof is invalidated on any ground by any court of competent jurisdiction, the Company shall nevertheless indemnify the Indemnitee as to any Expenses, judgments, fines, interest or penalties, which are incurred with respect to any Proceeding to the fullest extent permitted by any (a) applicable paragraph, sentence, term or provision of this Agreement that has not been invalidated or (b) applicable law.

16.    Interpretation; Governing Law. This Agreement shall be construed as a whole and in accordance with its fair meaning and any ambiguities shall not be construed for or against either party. Headings are for convenience only and shall not be used in construing meaning. This Agreement shall be governed and interpreted in accordance with the laws of Hong Kong, without regard to the conflict of laws principles thereof.

17.    Amendments. No amendment, waiver, modification, termination or cancellation of this Agreement shall be effective unless in writing signed by the party against whom enforcement is sought. The indemnification rights afforded to the Indemnitee hereby are contract rights and may not be diminished, eliminated or otherwise affected by amendments to the Company’s Articles, or by other agreements, including directors’ and officers’ liability insurance policies, of the Company.

18.    Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in one or more counterparts, all of which shall be considered one and the same agreement and shall become effective when one or more counterparts have been signed by each party and delivered to the other.

19.    Notices. Any notice required to be given under this Agreement shall be directed to the Chief Financial Officer of the Company at 3F, 1000 Tianyaoqiao Road, Xuhui District, Shanghai 200030, The People’s Republic of China, and to the Indemnitee at the address on file with the Company, or to such other address as either shall designate to the other in writing.

 

-8-


20.    Entire Agreement. This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement and supersedes all prior agreements and understandings, both written and oral, between the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof.

[The remainder of this page is intentionally left blank.]

 

-9-


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Indemnification Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

INDEMNITEE

 

Name:
ECMOHO Limited
By:  

 

Name:  
Title:  

[Signature Page to Indemnification Agreement]

 

-10-


FORM OF EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT

This EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT (the “Agreement”) is entered into as of              , 2019 by and between ECMOHO Limited, an exempted company incorporated and existing under the laws of the Cayman Islands (the “Company”) and                 , an individual (the “Executive”).

RECITALS

WHEREAS, the Company desires to employ the Executive and to assure itself of the services of the Executive during the term of Employment (as defined below) and under the terms and conditions of the Agreement;

WHEREAS, the Executive desires to be employed by the Company during the term of Employment and under the terms and conditions of the Agreement;

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and the mutual covenants and agreements herein contained, the Company and the Executive agree as follows:

AGREEMENT

 

1.

EMPLOYMENT

The Company hereby agrees to employ the Executive and the Executive hereby accepts such employment, on the terms and conditions hereinafter set forth (the “Employment”).

 

2.

TERM

Subject to the terms and conditions of the Agreement, the initial term of the Employment shall be              years, commencing on             , 2019 (the “Effective Date”) and ending on             , 20     (the “Initial Term”), unless terminated earlier pursuant to the terms of the Agreement. Upon expiration of the Initial Term, the Employment shall be automatically extended for successive periods of 12 months each (each, an “Extension Period”) unless either party shall have given 60 days advance written notice of nonrenewal to the other party, in the manner set forth in Section 19 below, prior to the end of the Initial Term or the Extension Period in question, that the term of this Agreement that is in effect at the time such written notice is given is not to be extended or further extended, as the case may be (the period during which this Agreement is effective being referred to hereafter as the “Term”).

 

3.

POSITION AND DUTIES

 

  (a)

During the Term, the Executive shall serve as                  of the Company or in such other position or positions with a level of duties and responsibilities consistent with the foregoing, which the Company and/or its subsidiaries and affiliates (collectively, the “Group”) and the Board of Directors of the Company (the “Board”) may specify from time to time, and shall have the duties, responsibilities and obligations customarily assigned to individuals serving in the position or positions in which the Executive serves hereunder and as assigned by the Board, or if authorized by the Board, by the Company’s Chief Executive Officer.


  (b)

The Executive agrees to serve without additional compensation, if elected or appointed thereto, as a director of the Company or any member of the Group and as a member of any committees of the board of directors of any such entity, provided that the Executive is indemnified for serving in any and all such capacities on a basis no less favorable than is currently provided to any other director of any member of the Group.

 

  (c)

The Executive agrees to devote all of his or her working time and efforts to the performance of his or her duties for the Company and to faithfully and diligently serve the Company in accordance with the Agreement and the guidelines, policies and procedures of the Company approved from time to time by the Board. Without the consent of the Board, during the Term, the Executive will not serve on the board of directors, trustees or any similar governing body of any for-profit entity (with the exception of any entity which has been disclosed to the Company on a list provided to the Company by the Executive coincident with the execution of this Agreement). Notwithstanding the above, the Executive will be permitted, to the extent such activities do not interfere with the performance by the Executive of his or her duties and responsibilities hereunder or violate Section 8(a), (b), or (c) of this Agreement, to (i) manage the Executive’s (and his or her immediate family’s) personal, financial and legal affairs, and (ii) serve, with the prior approval of the Board, on civic or charitable boards or committees (it being expressly understood and agreed that the Executive’s continuing to serve on the boards and/or committees on which the Executive is serving, or with which the Executive is otherwise associated, as of the Effective Date (each of which has been disclosed to the Company on a list provided to the Company by the Executive coincident with the execution of this Agreement), will be deemed not to interfere with the performance by the Executive of his or her duties and responsibilities under this Agreement).

 

4.

NO BREACH OF CONTRACT

The Executive hereby represents to the Company that: (i) the execution and delivery of the Agreement by the Executive and the performance by the Executive of the Executive’s duties hereunder shall not constitute a breach of, or otherwise contravene, the terms of any other agreement or policy to which the Executive is a party or by which the Executive is otherwise bound, other than with respect to agreements required to be entered into by and between the Executive and any member of the Group pursuant to the applicable law of the jurisdiction in which the Executive is based, if any; (ii) that the Executive is not in possession of any information (including, without limitation, confidential information and trade secrets) the knowledge of which would prevent the Executive from freely entering into the Agreement and carrying out his or her duties hereunder; and (iii) that the Executive is not bound by any confidentiality, trade secret or similar agreement with any person or entity other than any member of the Group.

 

5.

LOCATION

The Executive will be based in              , China or any other location as mutually agreed by the parties during the Term.

 

-2-


6.

COMPENSATION AND BENEFITS

 

  (a)

Cash Compensation. As compensation for the performance by the Executive of his or her obligations hereunder, during the Term, the Company shall pay the Executive a base salary (inclusive of the statutory benefit contributions that the Company is required to set aside for the Executive under applicable law) pursuant to Schedule A hereto, subject to annual review and adjustment by the Board or any committee designated by the Board.

 

  (b)

Long-Term Incentives. During the Term, the Executive shall be eligible to participate in such long-term compensation arrangements as may be authorized from time to time by the Board, including any equity incentive plan the Company may adopt from time to time at a level determined by the Board in its sole discretion.

 

  (c)

Benefits. During the Term, the Executive shall be entitled to participate in all of the employee benefit plans and arrangements made available by the Company to its similarly situated executives as in effect from time to time, including, but not limited to, any retirement plan, medical insurance plan and travel/holiday policy, subject to and on a basis consistent with the terms, conditions and overall administration of such plans and arrangements.

 

7.

TERMINATION OF THE AGREEMENT

The Employment may be terminated as follows:

 

  (a)

Death. The Employment shall automatically terminate upon the Executive’s death.

 

  (b)

Disability. The Employment shall terminate if the Executive has a disability, including any physical or mental impairment which, as reasonably determined by the Board, renders the Executive substantially unable to perform the essential functions of his or her position at the Company, even with reasonable accommodation that does not impose an undue burden on the Company, for more than 180 days in any 12-month period, unless a longer period is required by applicable law, in which case that longer period shall apply.

 

  (c)

For Cause. The Company may terminate the Executive’s employment hereunder for cause without notice. The occurrence of any of the following, as reasonably determined by the Company, shall be a reason for cause (“Cause”), provided that, if the Board determines that the circumstances constituting Cause are curable, then such circumstances shall not constitute Cause unless and until the Executive has been informed by the Company of the existence of Cause and given an opportunity of ten business days to cure, and such Cause remains uncured (as determined by the Board in its sole discretion) at the end of such ten-business day period:

 

  (1)

continued failure by the Executive to satisfactorily perform his or her duties hereunder (other than such failure resulting from the Executive’s incapacity due to physical or mental illness) after written notice is delivered by the Company to the Executive that sets forth in reasonable detail the basis of the Executive’s failure to perform the Executive’s duties hereunder;

 

-3-


  (2)

willful misconduct or gross negligence by the Executive in the performance of his or her duties hereunder, including insubordination;

 

  (3)

the Executive’s conviction or entry of a guilty or nolo contendere plea of any felony or any misdemeanor involving moral turpitude;

 

  (4)

the Executive’s material violation of any Company policy applicable to the Executive;

 

  (5)

the Executive’s commission of any act involving dishonesty that results in material financial, reputational or other harm, monetary or otherwise, to any member of the Group, including but not limited to an act constituting misappropriation or embezzlement of the property of any member of the Group as determined in good faith by the Board;

 

  (6)

any material or persistent breach by the Executive of this Agreement;

 

  (7)

the Executive being convicted of any criminal conduct; or

 

  (8)

the Executive engaging in any conduct which may make the continued employment of such officer detrimental to our company.

 

  (d)

By the Executive. The Executive may terminate the Executive’s employment voluntarily for any reason or no reason at any time by giving 60 days’ prior written notice to the Company.

 

  (e)

Without Cause by the Company. The Company may terminate the Executive’s employment hereunder at any time without Cause upon 60 days’ prior written notice to the Executive.

 

  (f)

Notice of Termination. Any termination of the Executive’s employment under the Agreement (other than a termination due to the Executive’s death) shall be communicated by a written notice of termination (“Notice of Termination”) from the terminating party to the other party. The notice of termination shall indicate the specific provision(s) of the Agreement relied upon in effecting the termination.

 

  (g)

Date of Termination. The “Date of Termination” shall mean (i) if the Executive’s employment is terminated by the Executive’s death, the date of his or her death, (ii) if the Executive’s employment is terminated due to the Executive’s disability or by the Company for Cause, the date specified in the Notice of Termination, (iii) if the Executive’s employment is terminated by the Executive, the sixtieth day following the date on which the Notice of Termination is given and (iv) if the Executive’s employment is terminated by the Company other than for Cause, the sixtieth day following the date on which the Notice of Termination is given; provided, however, that if the Executive’s employment is terminated by the Executive, the Company will have the right to accelerate such notice and make the Date of Termination the date of receipt of the Notice of Termination or such other date prior to the intended Date of Termination as the Company deems appropriate, which acceleration will in no event be deemed a termination by the Company without Cause.

 

-4-


  (h)

Removal from any Boards and Position. On the Date of Termination, the Executive will be deemed to resign (i) from the board of directors of any subsidiary or affiliate of the Company and/or any other board to which he or she has been appointed or nominated by or on behalf of the Company (including the Board), and (ii) from any position with the Company or any of its subsidiaries or any of its affiliates, including, but not limited to, as an officer and director of the Company and any of its subsidiaries.

 

  (i)

Compensation upon Termination. This Section provides the payments and benefits to be paid or provided to the Executive as a result of his or her termination of employment. Except as provided in this Section 7(i), the Executive will not be entitled to any payments or benefits from the Company as a result of the termination of his or her employment, regardless of the reason for such termination.

 

  (1)

Death or Disability. If the Executive’s employment is terminated by reason of the Executive’s death or disability, the Company shall have no further obligations to the Executive under this Agreement, other than as provided in Section 7(i)(4) below.

 

  (2)

By Company without Cause. If the Executive’s employment is terminated by the Company other than for Cause, the Company shall continue to pay and otherwise provide to the Executive, during the period beginning on the date of receipt of the Notice of Termination and ending on the Date of Termination, all compensation, base salary and previously earned but unpaid incentive compensation, if any, and shall continue to allow the Executive to participate in any benefit plans in accordance with the terms of such plans during such notice period.

 

  (3)

By Company for Cause or by the Executive. If the Executive’s employment is terminated by the Company for Cause or by the Executive, the Company shall have no further obligations to the Executive under this Agreement, other than as provided in Section 7(i)(4) below.

 

  (4)

Compensation Upon any Termination. Following any termination of the Executive’s employment, the Company shall pay the Executive all amounts, if any, to which the Executive is entitled as of the Date of Termination under any retirement, compensation, insurance plan or other benefit plan or program of the Company, at the time such payments are due in accordance with the terms of such plans or programs (including the Executive’s base salary at the rate in effect through the Date of Termination).

 

  (j)

Return of Company Property. The Executive agrees that following the termination of the Executive’s employment for any reason, or at any time prior to the Executive’s termination upon the request of the Company, he or she shall return all property of the Group, which is then in or thereafter comes into his or her possession, including, but not limited to, any Confidential Information (as defined below) or Intellectual Property (as defined below), or any other documents, contracts, agreements, plans, photographs, projections, books, notes, records, electronically stored data and all copies, excerpts or summaries of the foregoing, as well as any automobile or other materials or equipment supplied by the Group to the Executive, if any.

 

-5-


8.

CONFIDENTIALITY AND NON-DISCLOSURE

 

  (a)

Confidentiality and Non-Disclosure.

 

  (1)

The Executive acknowledges and agrees that: (A) the Executive holds a position of trust and confidence with the Company and that his or her employment by the Company will require that the Executive have access to and knowledge of valuable and sensitive information, material, and devices relating to the Company and/or its business, activities, products, services, customers and vendors, including, but not limited to, the following, regardless of the form in which the same is accessed, maintained or stored: the identity of the Company’s actual and prospective customers and, as applicable, their representatives; prior, current or future research or development activities of the Company; the products and services provided or offered by the Company to customers or potential customers and the manner in which such services are performed or to be performed; the product and/or service needs of actual or prospective customers; pricing and cost information; information concerning the development, engineering, design, specifications, acquisition or disposition of products and/or services of the Company; user base personal data, programs, software and source codes, licensing information, personnel information, advertising client information, vendor information, marketing plans and techniques, forecasts, and other trade secrets (“Confidential Information”); and (B) the direct and indirect disclosure of any such Confidential Information would place the Company at a competitive disadvantage and would do damage, monetary or otherwise, to the Company’s business.

 

  (2)

During the Term and at all times thereafter, the Executive shall not, directly or indirectly, whether individually, as a director, stockholder, owner, partner, employee, consultant, principal or agent of any business, or in any other capacity, publish or make known, disclose, furnish, reproduce, make available, or utilize any of the Confidential Information without the prior express written approval of the Company, other than in the proper performance of the duties contemplated herein, unless and until such Confidential Information is or shall become general public knowledge through no fault of the Executive.

 

-6-


  (3)

In the event that the Executive is required by law to disclose any Confidential Information, the Executive agrees to give the Company prompt advance written notice thereof and to provide the Company with reasonable assistance in obtaining an order to protect the Confidential Information from public disclosure. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement or otherwise, nothing shall limit the Executive’s rights under applicable law to provide truthful information to any governmental entity or to file a charge with or participate in an investigation conducted by any governmental entity. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Executive agrees to waive the Executive’s right to recover monetary damages in connection with any charge, complaint or lawsuit filed by the Executive or anyone else on the Executive’s behalf (whether involving a governmental entity or not); provided that the Executive is not agreeing to waive, and this Agreement shall not be read as requiring the Executive to waive, any right the Executive may have to receive an award for information provided to any governmental entity. The Executive is hereby notified that the immunity provisions in Section 1833 of title 18 of the United States Code provide that an individual cannot be held criminally or civilly liable under any federal or state trade secret law for any disclosure of a trade secret that is made (1) in confidence to federal, state or local government officials, either directly or indirectly, or to an attorney, and is solely for the purpose of reporting or investigating a suspected violation of the law, (2) under seal in a complaint or other document filed in a lawsuit or other proceeding, or (3) to the Executive’s attorney in connection with a lawsuit for retaliation for reporting a suspected violation of law (and the trade secret may be used in the court proceedings for such lawsuit) as long as any document containing the trade secret is filed under seal and the trade secret is not disclosed except pursuant to court order.

 

  (4)

The failure to mark any Confidential Information as confidential shall not affect its status as Confidential Information under this Agreement.

 

  (b)

Third Party Information in the Executive’s Possession. The Executive agrees that he or she shall not, during the Term, (i) improperly use or disclose any proprietary information or trade secrets of any former employer or other person or entity with which the Executive has an agreement or duty to keep in confidence information acquired by Executive, if any, or (ii) bring into the premises of Company any document or confidential or proprietary information belonging to such former employer, person or entity unless consented to in writing by such former employer, person or entity. The Executive will indemnify the Company and hold it harmless from and against all claims, liabilities, damages and expenses, including reasonable attorneys’ fees and costs of litigation, arising out of or in connection with any violation of the foregoing.

 

  (c)

Third Party Information in the Company’s Possession. The Executive recognizes that the Company may have received, and in the future may receive, from third parties their confidential or proprietary information subject to a duty on the Company’s part to maintain the confidentiality of such information and to use it only for certain limited purposes. The Executive agrees that the Executive owes the Company and such third parties, during the Term and thereafter, a duty to hold all such confidential or proprietary information in strict confidence and not to disclose such information to any person or firm, or otherwise use such information, in a manner inconsistent with the limited purposes permitted by the Company’s agreement with such third party.

This Section 8 shall survive the termination of the Agreement for any reason. In the event the Executive breaches this Section 8, the Company shall have the right to seek remedies permissible under applicable law.

 

-7-


9.

INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY

 

  (a)

Prior Inventions. The Executive has attached hereto, as Schedule B, a list describing all inventions, ideas, improvements, designs and discoveries, in each case, whether or not patentable and whether or not reduced to practice, original works of authorship and trade secrets made or conceived by or belonging to the Executive (whether made solely by the Executive or jointly with others) that (i) were developed by the Executive prior to the Executive’s employment by the Company, (ii) relate to the Company’s actual or proposed business, products or research and development, and (iii) are not assigned to the Company hereunder (collectively, “Prior Inventions”); or, if no such list is attached, the Executive represents that there are no such Prior Inventions. Except to the extent set forth in Schedule B, the Executive hereby acknowledges that, if in the course of his or her service for the Company, the Executive incorporates into a Company product, process or machine a Prior Invention owned by the Executive or in which he or she has an interest, the Executive hereby grants to the Company a nonexclusive, royalty-free, irrevocable, nonterminable, perpetual, sublicensable (through multiple tiers), worldwide right and license (which may be freely transferred by the Company to any other person or entity) under such Prior Inventions to make, have made, modify, use, offer to sell, sell, reproduce, make derivative works of, distribute, publicly perform, publicly display and otherwise exploit such Prior Invention as part of or in connection with such product, process or machine.

 

  (b)

Assignment of Intellectual Property. The Executive hereby assigns and hereby agrees to assign to the Company or its designees, without further consideration and free and clear of any lien or encumbrance, the Executive’s entire right, title and interest (within the United States and all foreign jurisdictions), to any and all inventions, discoveries, improvements, developments, works of authorship, concepts, ideas, plans, specifications, software, formulas, databases, designees, processes, techniques, know-how and contributions to Confidential Information, in each case, created, conceived, developed or reduced to practice by the Executive (alone or with others) during the Term which (i) are related to the Company’s current or anticipated business, activities, products, or services, (ii) result from any work performed by the Executive for the Company, or (iii) are created, conceived, developed or reduced to practice with the use of Company property, including any and all Intellectual Property Rights (as defined below) therein (collectively, “Work Product”). Any Work Product which falls within the definition of “work made for hire”, as such term is defined in the U.S. Copyright Act, shall be considered a “work made for hire”, the copyright in which vests initially and exclusively in the Company. The Executive hereby unconditionally and irrevocably waives any rights to be attributed as the author of any Work Product and any “droit morale” (moral rights) in Work Product. The Executive agrees to maintain adequate and current records (in the form of notes, sketches, drawings and in any other form that may be required by the Company) of all Work Product and shall immediately disclose to the Company all Work Product. For purposes of this Agreement, “Intellectual Property” shall mean , anywhere in the world, any patent (including design patents) and utility models of any kind, patent applications, including provisional applications, statutory invention registrations, inventions, discoveries and invention disclosures (whether or not patented), and all related continuations, continuation-in-part, divisions, reissues, re-examinations, substitutions, and extensions thereof, published and unpublished works of authorship whether or not copyrightable, including computer software programs, applications, source code and object code, computer formulas, designs, specifications, drawings, data, manuals and instructions and all customer and supplier lists, sales and financial information, business plans and forecasts, all technical solutions and the trade secrets of our company and databases, other compilations of information, manual and other documentation, in each case whether or not registered or sought to be registered, copyrights in and to the foregoing, together with all common law rights and moral rights therein, and any applications and registrations therefor, including extensions, renewals, restorations, reversions, derivatives, translations, localizations, adaptations and combinations of the above, trademark or service mark, trade names, symbols, logos, trade dress, packaging design, slogans, Internet domain names, uniform resource locators, any other similar identifiers of origin, in each case, whether or not registered, and any and all common law rights thereto, and registrations and applications for registration thereof and any goodwill associated therewith, trade secret, know-how, confidential or proprietary information, or any other intellectual property rights and/or proprietary rights protection legally available.

 

-8-


  (c)

Patent and Copyright Registration. The Executive agrees to execute and deliver any instruments or documents, and to do all other things reasonably requested by the Company in order to more fully vest the Company with all rights in the Work Product. If any Work Product is deemed by the Company to be patentable or otherwise registrable, the Executive shall assist the Company (at the Company’s expense) in obtaining letters of patent or other applicable registration therein and shall execute all documents and do all things, including testifying (at the Company’s expense) necessary or appropriate to apply for, prosecute, obtain, or enforce any Intellectual Property right relating to any Work Product. Should the Company be unable to secure the Executive’s signature on any document deemed necessary to accomplish the foregoing, whether due to the Executive’s disability or other reason, the Executive hereby irrevocably designates and appoints the Company and each of its duly authorized officers and agents as the Executive’s agent and attorney-in-fact to act for and on the Executive’s behalf and stead to take any of the actions required of the Executive under the previous sentence, with the same effect as if executed and delivered by the Executive, such appointment being coupled with an interest. The Executive’s obligations under this paragraph will continue beyond the termination of the Employment with the Company, provided that the Company will reasonably compensate the Executive after such termination for time or expenses actually spent by the Executive at the Company’s request on such assistance.

This Section 9 shall survive the termination of the Agreement for any reason. In the event the Executive breaches this Section 9, the Company shall have the right to seek any and all remedies permissible under applicable law.

 

10.

CONFLICTING EMPLOYMENT

The Executive hereby agrees that, during the Term, he or she will not engage in any other employment, occupation, consulting or other business activity related to the business in which the Company is now involved or becomes involved during the Term, nor will the Executive engage in any other activities that conflict with his or her obligations to the Company without the prior written consent of the Company.

 

-9-


11.

NON-COMPETITION AND NON-SOLICITATION

 

  (a)

Non-Competition. In consideration of the compensation provided to the Executive by the Company hereunder, the adequacy of which is hereby acknowledged by the parties hereto, the Executive agree that during the Term and for a period of six months following the Date of Termination, the Executive shall not engage in Competition (as defined below) with the Group. For purposes of this Agreement, “Competition” by the Executive shall mean the Executive’s engaging in, or otherwise directly or indirectly being employed by, associated with or acting as a consultant or lender to, or being a director, officer, employee, principal, agent, stockholder, member, owner or partner of, or permitting the Executive’s name to be used in connection with the activities of, any other business or organization which competes, directly or indirectly, with the Group in the Business; provided, however, it shall not be a violation of this Section 11(a) for the Executive to become the registered or beneficial owner of up to five percent (5%) of any class of the capital stock of a corporation in Competition with the Group that is registered under the U.S. Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, provided that the Executive does not otherwise participate in the business of such corporation

For purposes of this Agreement, “Business” means the provision of wealth management and asset management services and any other business which the Group engages in, or is preparing to become engaged in, during the Term.

 

  (b)

Non-Solicitation; Non-Interference. During the Term and for a period of one year following the Date of Termination, the Executive agrees that he or she will not, directly or indirectly, for the Executive’s benefit or for the benefit of any other person or entity, do any of the following, without the Group’s prior express consent:

 

  (1)

approach the suppliers, clients, customers or contacts or other persons or entities introduced to the Executive in his or her capacity as a representative of the Group for the purpose of doing business with such persons or entities (including prospective suppliers, clients, customers or contacts) that will harm the business relationships of the Group with these persons or entities;

 

  (2)

assume employment with or provide services to any competitors of the Group, or engage, whether as principal, partner, licensor or otherwise, any of the Group’s competitors; or

 

  (3)

seek directly or indirectly, to encourage, advise, request or otherwise solicit the services of any employees of the Group who is employed by us on or after the Date of Termination, or in the year preceding such termination.

 

  (c)

Non-Disparagement. During the Term and thereafter, the Executive will not, in any manner, directly or indirectly make or publish any statement (orally or in writing) that would libel, slander, disparage, denigrate, ridicule or criticize the Company, any of its subsidiaries and/or affiliates or any of their employees, officers or directors.

 

-10-


  (d)

Injunctive Relief; Indemnity of Company. The Executive agrees that any breach or threatened breach of subsections (a) and (b) of this Section 11 would result in irreparable injury and damage to the Company for which an award of money to the Company would not be an adequate remedy. The Executive therefore also agrees that in the event of said breach or any reasonable threat of breach, the Company shall be entitled to seek an immediate injunction and restraining order to prevent such breach and/or threatened breach and/or continued breach by the Executive and/or any and all persons and/or entities acting for and/or with the Executive. The terms of this paragraph shall not prevent the Company from pursuing any other available remedies for any breach or threatened breach hereof, including, but not limited to, remedies available under this Agreement and the recovery of damages. The Executive and the Company further agree that the provisions of this Section 11 are reasonable in both duration and geographic scope and in all other respects. The Executive agrees to indemnify and hold harmless the Company from and against all reasonable expenses (including reasonable fees and disbursements of counsel) which may be incurred by the Company in connection with, or arising out of, any violation of this Agreement by the Executive. This Section 11 shall survive the termination of the Agreement for any reason. In the event that any such provisions should be found to be void under applicable laws but would be valid if some part thereof was deleted or the period or area of application reduced, such provisions shall apply with such modification as may be necessary to make them valid and effective.

 

12.

WITHHOLDING TAXES

Notwithstanding anything else herein to the contrary, the Company may withhold (or cause there to be withheld, as the case may be) from any amounts otherwise due or payable under or pursuant to the Agreement such national, provincial, local or any other income, employment, or other taxes as may be required to be withheld pursuant to any applicable law or regulation.

 

13.

ASSIGNMENT

The Agreement is personal in its nature and neither of the parties hereto shall, without the consent of the other, assign or transfer the Agreement or any rights or obligations hereunder; provided, however, that the Company may assign or transfer the Agreement or any rights or obligations hereunder to any member of the Group without such consent. If the Executive should die while any amounts would still be payable to the Executive hereunder if the Executive had continued to live, all such amounts unless otherwise provided herein, shall be paid in accordance with the terms of this Agreement to the Executive’s devisee, legatee, or other designee or, if there be no such designee, to the Executive’s estate. The Company will require any and all successors (whether direct or indirect, by purchase, merger, consolidation or otherwise) to all or substantially all of the business and/or assets of the Company to expressly assume and agree to perform this Agreement in the same manner and to the same extent that the Company would be required to perform it if no such succession had taken place. As used in this Section 13, “Company” shall mean the Company as herein before defined and any successor to its business and/or assets as aforesaid which executes and delivers the agreement provided for in this Section 13 or which otherwise becomes bound by all the terms and provisions of this Agreement by operation of law.

 

-11-


14.

SEVERABILITY

If any provision of the Agreement or the application thereof is held invalid, the invalidity shall not affect other provisions or applications of the Agreement which can be given effect without the invalid provisions or applications and to this end the provisions of the Agreement are declared to be severable.

 

15.

ENTIRE AGREEMENT

The Agreement constitutes the entire agreement and understanding between the Executive and the Company regarding the terms of the Employment and supersedes all prior or contemporaneous oral or written agreements concerning such subject matter. The Executive acknowledges that he or she has not entered into the Agreement in reliance upon any representation, warranty or undertaking which is not set forth in the Agreement.

 

16.

GOVERNING LAW

The Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the law of The Hong Kong Special Administrative Region, without regard to the conflicts of law principles.

 

17.

AMENDMENT

The Agreement may not be amended, modified or changed (in whole or in part), except by a formal, definitive written agreement expressly referring to the Agreement, which agreement is executed by both of the parties hereto.

 

18.

WAIVER

Neither the failure nor any delay on the part of a party to exercise any right, remedy, power or privilege under the Agreement shall operate as a waiver thereof, nor shall any single or partial exercise of any right, remedy, power or privilege preclude any other or further exercise of the same or of any right, remedy, power or privilege, nor shall any waiver of any right, remedy, power or privilege with respect to any occurrence be construed as a waiver of such right, remedy, power or privilege with respect to any other occurrence. No waiver shall be effective unless it is in writing and is signed by the party asserted to have granted such waiver.

 

19.

NOTICES

All notices, requests, demands and other communications required or permitted under the Agreement shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been duly given and made if (i) delivered by hand, (ii) otherwise delivered against receipt therefor, (iii) sent by a recognized courier with next-day or second-day delivery to the address of the other party; or (iv) sent by e-mail with confirmation of receipt.

If to the Executive:

Address on file with the Company

 

-12-


If to the Company:

ECMOHO Limited

3F, 1000 Tianyaoqiao Road

Xuhui District

Shanghai, 200030

The People’s Republic of China

+86 21 6113 2270

Attention: Chief Executive Officer

 

20.

COUNTERPARTS

The Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original as against any party whose signature appears thereon, and all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument. The Agreement shall become binding when one or more counterparts hereof, individually or taken together, shall bear the signatures of all of the parties reflected hereon as the signatories. Photographic copies of such signed counterparts may be used in lieu of the originals for any purpose.

 

21.

NO INTERPRETATION AGAINST DRAFTER

Each party recognizes that the Agreement is a legally binding contract and acknowledges that such party has had the opportunity to consult with legal counsel of choice. In any construction of the terms of the Agreement, the same shall not be construed against either party on the basis of that party being the drafter of such terms.

[Remainder of the page intentionally left blank.]

 

-13-


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Agreement has been executed as of the date first written above.

 

COMPANY:         ECMOHO Limited
        a Cayman Islands exempted company
        By:  

 

    Name:
    Title:
EXECUTIVE:      
   

 

    Name:  


SCHEDULE A

Base Salary


SCHEDULE B

Prior Inventions

Exhibit 21.1

ECMOHO Limited

List of Significant Subsidiaries

 

1.    ECMOHO (Hong Kong) Health Technology Limited    Hong Kong
2.    ECMOHO (Hong Kong) Limited    Hong Kong
3.    ECMOHO Co., Ltd.    Japan
4.    ECMOHO Co., Ltd.    Korea
5.    Shanghai ECMOHO Health Biotechnology Co, Ltd.    PRC
6.    Yiling (Shanghai) Information Technology Co., Ltd.    PRC
7.    Import - It Corp.    BVI
8.    Yipinda (Shanghai) Health Technology Co., Ltd.    PRC
9.    Xianggui (Shanghai) Biotechnology Co., Ltd.    PRC
10.    Jianyikang Health Technology (Shanghai) Co., Ltd.    PRC
11.    Shanghai Tonggou Information Technology Co., Ltd.    PRC
12.    Hangzhou Duoduo Supply Chain Management Co., Ltd.    PRC
13.    Shanghai ECMOHO Health Technology Co., Ltd.    PRC
14.    Yijiasancan (Shanghai) E-commerce Co., Ltd.    PRC
15.    Shanghai Yibo Medical Equipment Co., Ltd.    PRC
16.    Yang Infinity (Shanghai) Biotechnology Co., Limited    PRC
17.    Shanghai Hengshoutang Health Technology Co., Ltd.    PRC
18.    Shanghai Jieshi Technology Co., Ltd.    PRC
19.    Shanghai Yuyun Information Technology Co., Ltd.    PRC
20.    Yinchuan Xianggui Internet Hospital Co., Ltd.    PRC
21.    Qinghai Hengshoutang Plateau Medicine Co., Ltd.    PRC

Exhibit 23.1

CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

We hereby consent to the use in this Registration Statement on Form F-1 of ECMOHO Limited of our report dated June 28, 2019 relating to the financial statements, which appears in this Registration Statement. We also consent to the reference to us under the heading “Experts” in such Registration Statement.

/s/ PricewaterhouseCoopers Zhong Tian LLP

Shanghai, the People’s Republic of China

September 26, 2019

Exhibit 23.2

 

LOGO   

    1018, Tower B

    500 Yunjin Road

    Shanghai, 200232, China

    Tel: 86 (21) 5407 5836

    Fax: 86 (21) 3209 8500

    www.frost.com

June 21, 2019

ECMOHO Limited

3F, 1000 Tianyaoqiao Road,

Xuhui District

Shanghai, 200030, China

Re: ECMOHO Limited

Dear Sirs,

We understand that ECMOHO Limited plans to file a registration statement on Form F-l (the Registration Statement) with the United States Securities and Exchange Commission (the SEC) in connection with its proposed initial public offering (the Proposed IPO).

We hereby consent to the reference to our name and to the use of data and other information, including quotations and summaries of data and other information, from our research report “Independent Research on Health and Wellness Industry” (the Report) in the Registration Statement and any amendments thereto, any other future filings with the SEC, including filings on Form 20-F or Form 6-K or other SEC filings, on the website of ECMOHO Limited and its subsidiaries, in institutional and retail roadshows and other activities in connection with the Proposed IPO, and in other publicity materials in connection with the Proposed IPO.

We further consent to including the following statement in the “Experts” section of the Registration Statement.

“This prospectus contains information from a report commissioned by us and prepared by Frost & Sullivan, an independent market research firm, which contains data regarding the markets in which we operate. The office of Frost & Sullivan is located at Room 1018, Tower B, No. 500 Yunjin Road, Xuhui District, Shanghai, 200232, the People’s Republic of China.”

In addition, we hereby consent to the filing of this letter as an exhibit to the Registration Statement.


LOGO   

    1018, Tower B

    500 Yunjin Road

    Shanghai, 200232, China

    Tel: 86 (21) 5407 5836

    Fax: 86 (21) 3209 8500

    www.frost.com

 

Yours faithfully,
Frost & Sullivan (Beijing) Inc., Shanghai Branch Co.
By:  

/s/ Charlotte Wang

Name:   Charlotte Wang
Title:   Executive Director

 

2

Exhibit 99.1

ECMOHO LIMITED

Code of Business Conduct and Ethics

Adopted on September 24, 2019

Introduction

This Code of Business Conduct and Ethics (the “Code”) has been adopted by our Board of Directors and summarizes the standards that must guide our actions. Although they cover a wide range of business practices and procedures, these standards cannot and do not cover every issue that may arise, or every situation in which ethical decisions must be made, but rather set forth key guiding principles that represent Company policies and establish conditions for employment at the Company.

We must strive to foster a culture of honesty and accountability. Our commitment to the highest level of ethical conduct should be reflected in all of the Company’s business activities, including, but not limited to, relationships with employees, customers, suppliers, competitors, the government, the public and our shareholders. All of our employees, officers and directors must conduct themselves according to the language and spirit of this Code and seek to avoid even the appearance of improper behavior. Even well intentioned actions that violate the law or this Code may result in negative consequences for the Company and for the individuals involved.

One of our Company’s most valuable assets is our reputation for integrity, professionalism and fairness. We should all recognize that our actions are the foundation of our reputation and adhering to this Code and applicable law is imperative.

Conflicts of Interest

Our employees, officers and directors have an obligation to conduct themselves in an honest and ethical manner and to act in the best interest of the Company. All employees, officers and directors should endeavor to avoid situations that present a potential or actual conflict between their interest and the interest of the Company.

A “conflict of interest” occurs when a person’s private interest interferes in any way, or even appears to interfere, with the interests of the Company as a whole, including those of its subsidiaries and affiliates. A conflict of interest may arise when an employee, officer or director takes an action or has an interest that may make it difficult for him or her to perform his or her work objectively and effectively. A conflict of interest may also arise when an employee, officer or director (or a member of his or her family) receives improper personal benefits as a result of the employee’s, officer’s or director’s position in the Company.

Although it would not be possible to describe every situation in which a conflict of interest may arise, the following are examples of situations that may constitute a conflict of interest:

 

-1-


   

Working, in any capacity, for a competitor, customer or supplier while employed by the Company.

 

   

Accepting gifts of more than modest value or receiving personal discounts (if such discounts are not generally offered to the public) or other benefits as a result of your position in the Company from a competitor, customer or supplier.

 

   

Competing with the Company for the purchase or sale of property, products, services or other interests.

 

   

Having an interest in a transaction involving the Company, a competitor, customer or supplier (other than as an employee, officer or director of the Company and not including routine investments in publicly traded companies).

 

   

Receiving a loan or guarantee of an obligation as a result of your position with the Company.

 

   

Directing business to a supplier owned or managed by, or which employs, a relative or friend.

Situations involving a conflict of interest may not always be obvious or easy to resolve. You should report actions that may involve a conflict of interest to the department designated by the Board of Directors (“Designated Department”).

In order to avoid conflicts of interests, senior executive officers and directors must disclose to the head of the Designated Department any material transaction or relationship that reasonably could be expected to give rise to such a conflict, and the head of the Designated Department shall notify the Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee of the Board of Directors of any such disclosure. Conflicts of interests involving the head of the Designated Department and directors shall be disclosed to the Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee of the Board of Directors.

In the event that an actual or apparent conflict of interest arises between the personal and professional relationship or activities of an employee, officer or director, the employee, officer or director involved is required to handle such conflict of interest in an ethical manner in accordance with the provisions of this Code.

Quality of Public Disclosures

The Company has a responsibility to provide full and accurate information in our public disclosures, in all material respects, about the Company’s financial condition and results of operations. Our reports and documents filed with or submitted to the United States Securities and Exchange Commission and our other public communications shall include full, fair, accurate, timely and understandable disclosure, and the Company has established a Disclosure Committee consisting of senior management to assist in monitoring such disclosures.

 

-2-


Compliance with Laws, Rules and Regulations

We are strongly committed to conducting our business affairs with honesty and integrity and in full compliance with all applicable laws, rules and regulations. No employee, officer or director of the Company shall commit an illegal or unethical act, or instruct others to do so, for any reason.

Compliance with this Code and Reporting of Any Illegal or Unethical Behavior

All employees, directors and officers are expected to comply with all of the provisions of this Code. The Code will be strictly enforced and violations will be dealt with immediately, including by subjecting persons who violate its provisions to corrective and/or disciplinary action such as dismissal or removal from office. Violations of the Code that involve illegal behavior will be reported to the appropriate authorities.

Situations which may involve a violation of ethics, laws, rules, regulations or this Code may not always be clear and may require the exercise of judgment or the making of difficult decisions. Employees, officers and directors should promptly report any concerns about a violation of ethics, laws, rules, regulations or this Code to their supervisors/managers or, in the case of accounting, internal accounting controls or auditing matters, the Audit Committee of the Board of Directors. Interested parties may also communicate directly with the Company’s non-management directors through contact information located in the Company’s annual report on Form 20-F.

Any concerns about a violation of ethics, laws, rules, regulations or this Code by any senior executive officer or director should be reported promptly to the Designated Department and the Designated Department shall notify the Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee of the Board of Directors of any violation. Any such concerns involving the head of the Designated Department should be reported to the Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee of the Board of Directors. Reporting of such violations may also be done anonymously through email to the Company at a designated email address for compliance reporting. An anonymous report should provide enough information about the incident or situation to allow the Company to investigate properly. If concerns or complaints require confidentiality, including keeping an identity anonymous, the Company will endeavor to protect this confidentiality, subject to applicable law, regulation or legal proceedings.

The Company encourages all employees, officers and directors to report any suspected violations promptly and intends to thoroughly investigate any good faith reports of violations. The Company will not tolerate any kind of retaliation for reports or complaints regarding misconduct that were made in good faith. Open communication of issues and concerns by all employees, officers and directors without fear of retribution or retaliation is vital to the successful implementation of this Code. All employees, officers and directors are required to cooperate in any internal investigations of misconduct and unethical behavior.

The Company recognizes the need for this Code to be applied equally to everyone it covers. The head of the Designated Department of the Company will have primary authority and responsibility for the enforcement of this Code, subject to the supervision of the Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee of the Board of Directors, or, in the case of accounting, internal accounting controls or auditing matters, the Audit Committee of the Board of Directors, and the Company will devote the necessary resources to enable the head of the Legal Department or the Designated Department to establish such procedures as may be reasonably necessary to create a culture of accountability and facilitate compliance with this Code. Questions concerning this Code should be directed to the Designated Department.

 

-3-


The provisions of this section are qualified in their entirety by reference to the following section.

Reporting Violations to a Governmental Agency

Employees have the right under applicable law to certain protections for cooperating with or reporting legal violations to governmental agencies or entities and self-regulatory organizations. As such, nothing in this Code is intended to prohibit any employee from disclosing or reporting violations to, or from cooperating with, a governmental agency or entity or self-regulatory organization, and employees may do so without notifying the Company. The Company may not retaliate against any employee for any of these activities, and nothing in this Code or otherwise requires any employee to waive any monetary award or other payment that he or she might become entitled to from a governmental agency or entity, or self-regulatory organization.

All employees of the Company have the right to:

 

   

Report possible violations of applicable law or regulation that have occurred, are occurring, or are about to occur to any governmental agency or entity, or self-regulatory organization;

 

   

Cooperate voluntarily with, or respond to any inquiry from, or provide testimony before any self-regulatory organization or any other national or local regulatory or law enforcement authority;

 

   

Make reports or disclosures to law enforcement or a regulatory authority without prior notice to, or authorization from, the Company; and

 

   

Respond truthfully to a valid subpoena.

All employees have the right to not be retaliated against for reporting, either internally to the Company or to any governmental agency or entity or self-regulatory organization, information which such employee reasonably believes relates to a possible violation of law. It is a violation of law to retaliate against anyone who has reported such potential misconduct either internally or to any governmental agency or entity or self-regulatory organization. Retaliatory conduct includes discharge, demotion, suspension, threats, harassment, and any other manner of discrimination in the terms and conditions of employment because of any lawful act the employee may have performed. It is unlawful for the company to retaliate against any employee for reporting possible misconduct either internally or to any governmental agency or entity or self-regulatory organization.

 

-4-


The Company cannot require an employee to withdraw reports or filings alleging possible violations of national or local law or regulation, and the Company may not offer employees any kind of inducement, including payment, to do so.

An employee’s rights and remedies as a whistleblower protected under applicable whistleblower laws, including a monetary award, if any, may not be waived by any agreement, policy form, or condition of employment, including by a predispute arbitration agreement.

Even if an employee has participated in a possible violation of law, the employee may be eligible to participate in the confidentiality and retaliation protections afforded under applicable whistleblower laws, and the employee may also be eligible to receive an award under such laws.

Waivers and Amendments

Any waiver (including any implicit waiver) of the provisions in this Code for executive officers or directors may only be granted by the Board of Directors or a committee thereof and will be promptly disclosed to the Company’s shareholders. Any such waiver will also be disclosed in the Company’s annual report on Form 20-F. Any waiver of this Code for other employees may only be granted by the Designated Department. Amendments to this Code must be approved by the Board of Directors and will also be disclosed in the Company’s annual report on Form 20-F.

Trading on Inside Information

Using non-public Company information to trade in securities, or providing a family member, friend or any other person with non-public Company information, is illegal. All non-public, Company information should be considered inside information and should never be used for personal gain. You are required to familiarize yourself and comply with the Company’s Policy against Insider Trading, copies of which are distributed to all employees, officers and directors and are available from the Designated Department.

Protection of Confidential Proprietary Information

Confidential proprietary information generated by and gathered in our business is a valuable Company asset. Protecting this information plays a vital role in our continued growth and ability to compete, and all proprietary information should be maintained in strict confidence, except when disclosure is authorized by the Company or required by law.

Proprietary information includes all non-public information that might be useful to competitors or that could be harmful to the Company, its customers or its suppliers if disclosed. Intellectual property such as trade secrets, patents, trademarks and copyrights, as well as business, research and new product plans, objectives and strategies, records, databases, salary and benefits data, employee medical information, customer, employee and suppliers lists and any unpublished financial or pricing information must also be protected.

Unauthorized use or distribution of proprietary information violates Company policy and could be illegal. Such use or distribution could result in negative consequences for both the Company and the individuals involved, including potential legal and disciplinary actions. We respect the property rights of other companies and their proprietary information and require our employees, officers and directors to observe such rights.

 

-5-


Your obligation to protect the Company’s proprietary and confidential information continues even after you leave the Company, and you must return all proprietary information in your possession upon leaving the Company.

The provisions of this section are qualified in their entirety by the section entitled “Reporting Violations to Governmental Agencies” above.

Protection and Proper Use of Company Assets

Protecting Company assets against loss, theft or other misuse is the responsibility of every employee, officer and director. Loss, theft and misuse of Company assets directly impact our profitability. Any suspected loss, misuse or theft should be reported to a manager/supervisor.

The sole purpose of the Company’s equipment, vehicles, supplies and electronic resources (including hardware, software and the data thereon) is the conduct of our business. They may only be used for Company business consistent with Company guidelines.

Corporate Opportunities

Employees, officers and directors are prohibited from taking for themselves business opportunities that are discovered through the use of corporate property, information or position. No employee, officer or director may use corporate property, information or position for personal gain, and no employee, officer or director may compete with the Company. Competing with the Company may involve engaging in the same line of business as the Company or any situation in which the employee, officer or director takes away from the Company opportunities for sales or purchases of property, products, services or interests. Employees, officers and directors owe a duty to the Company to advance its legitimate interests when the opportunity to do so arises.

Fair Dealing and Anti-Corruption

Each employee, officer and director of the Company should endeavor to deal fairly with customers, suppliers, competitors, the public and one another at all times and in accordance with ethical business practices. Each employee has an obligation to comply with the anti-corruption and anti-bribery laws of the People’s Republic of China and any other regions and countries in which the Company operates. No one should take unfair advantage of anyone through manipulation, concealment, abuse of privileged information, misrepresentation of material facts or any other unfair dealing practice. No bribes, kickbacks or other similar payments in any form shall be made directly or indirectly to or for anyone for the purpose of obtaining or retaining business or obtaining any other favorable action. In the event of a violation of these provisions, the Company and any employee, officer or director involved may be subject to disciplinary action as well as potential civil or criminal liability for violation of this policy.

Occasional business gifts to, or entertainment of, non-government employees in connection with business discussions or the development of business relationships are generally deemed appropriate in the conduct of Company business. However, these gifts should be given infrequently and their value should be modest. Gifts or entertainment in any form that would likely result in a feeling or expectation of personal obligation should not be extended or accepted.

 

-6-


Practices that are acceptable in a commercial business environment may be against the law or the policies governing national or local government employees. Therefore, no gifts or business entertainment of any kind may be given to any government employee without the prior approval of a manager/supervisor or the Designated Department.

Except in certain limited circumstances, the United States Foreign Corrupt Practices Act (the “FCPA”) prohibits giving anything of value directly or indirectly to any “non-U.S. official” for the purpose of obtaining or retaining business. When in doubt as to whether a contemplated payment or gift may violate the FCPA, contact a manager/supervisor or the Legal Department before taking any action.

Political Contributions and Activities

Any political contributions made by or on behalf of the Company and any solicitations for political contributions of any kind must be lawful and in compliance with Company policies. This policy applies solely to the use of Company assets and is not intended to discourage or prevent individual employees, officers or directors from making political contributions or engaging in political activities on their own behalf. No one may be reimbursed directly or indirectly by the Company for personal political contributions.

Doing Business with Others

We strive to promote the application of the standards of this Code by those with whom we do business. Our policies, therefore, prohibit the engaging of a third party to perform any act prohibited by law or by this Code, and we shall avoid doing business with others who intentionally and continually violate the law or the standards of this Code.

Accuracy of Company Financial Records

We maintain the highest standards in all matters relating to accounting, financial controls, internal reporting and taxation. All financial books, records and accounts must accurately reflect transactions and events and conform both to required accounting principles and to the Company’s system of internal controls. Records shall not be distorted in any way to hide, disguise or alter the Company’s true financial position.

Retention of Records

All Company business records and communications shall be clear, truthful and accurate. Employees, officers and directors of the Company shall avoid exaggeration, guesswork, legal conclusions and derogatory remarks or characterizations of people and companies. This applies to communications of all kinds, including email and “informal” notes or memos. Records should always be handled according to the Company’s record retention policies. If an employee, officer or director is unsure whether a document should be retained, consult a supervisor or the Legal Department before proceeding.

 

-7-


Anti-Money Laundering

We are committed to preserving our reputation in the financial community by assisting in efforts to combat money laundering and terrorist financing. Money laundering is the practice of disguising the ownership or source of illegally obtained funds through a series of transactions to “clean” the funds so they appear to be proceeds from legal activities.

We have adopted measures to reduce the extent to which the Company’s facilities, products and services can be used for a purpose connected with market abuse or financial crimes. Additionally, where necessary, we screen customers, potential customers and suppliers to ensure that our products and services cannot be used to facilitate money laundering or terrorist activity. If you have any questions about our internal anti-money laundering process and procedure, consult the Legal Department.

Social Media

Unless you are authorized by the Company, you are discouraged from discussing the Company as part of your personal use of social media. While business should only be conducted through approved channels, we understand that social media is used as a source of information and as a form of communicating with friends, family and workplace contacts.

When you are using social media and identify yourself as a Company employee, officer or director or mention the Company incidentally, for instance on Wechat or professional networking site, please remember the following:

 

   

Never disclose confidential information about the Company or its business, customers or suppliers.

 

   

Make clear that any views expressed are your own and not those of the Company.

 

   

Remember that our policy on equal opportunity, non-discrimination and fair employment applies to social media sites.

 

   

Be respectful of your colleagues and all persons associated with the Company, including customers and suppliers.

 

   

Promptly report to the Company’s corporate communications department any social media content which inaccurately or inappropriately discusses the Company.

 

   

Never respond to any information or inquiries without consulting the Designated Department, including information that may be inaccurate about the Company.

 

   

Never post documents, parts of documents, images or video or audio recordings that have been made with Company property or of Company products, services or people or at Company functions or events.

 

-8-


Professional Networking

Online networking on professional or industry sites, such as LinkedIn, has become an important and effective way for colleagues to stay in touch and exchange information. Employees, officers and directors should use good judgment when posting information about themselves or the Company on any of these services.

What you post about the Company or yourself will reflect on all of us. When using professional networking sites, you should observe the same standards of professionalism and integrity described in this Code and follow the social media guidelines outlined above.

Government Inquiries

The Company cooperates with government agencies and authorities. Forward all requests for information, other than routine requests, to the Legal Department immediately to ensure that we respond appropriately.

All information provided must be truthful and accurate. Never mislead any investigator. Do not ever alter or destroy documents or records subject to an investigation.

Review

The Board of Directors shall review this Code annually and make changes as appropriate.

 

-9-

Exhibit 99.2

 

LOGO

中国上海市南京西路1515号静安嘉里中心一座10 200040

10/F, Tower 1, Jing An Kerry Centre, 1515 West Nanjing Road, Shanghai 200040, China

电话 Tel: +86 21 6019 2600 传真 Fax: +86 21 6019 2697

电邮 Email: shanghai@tongshang.com 网址 Web: www.tongshang.com

LEGAL OPINION

 

To:

ECMOHO Limited

3F, 1000 Tianyaoqiao Road, Xuhui District

Shanghai, 200030

People’s Republic of China

September 26, 2019

Dear Sirs:

 

1.

We are lawyers qualified in the People’s Republic of China (the “PRC”) and are qualified to issue opinions on the PRC Laws (as defined in Section 5). For the purpose of this legal opinion (this “Opinion”), the PRC does not include the Hong Kong Special Administrative Region, the Macau Special Administrative Region and Taiwan.

 

2.

We act as the PRC counsel to ECMOHO Limited (the “Company”), a company incorporated under the laws of the Cayman Islands, in connection with (a) the proposed initial public offering (the “Offering”) by the Company of American Depositary Shares (the “ADSs”), representing Class A ordinary shares of par value US$ 0.00001 per share of the Company (the “Ordinary Shares”), in accordance with the Company’s registration statement on Form F-1, including all amendments or supplements thereto (the “Registration Statement”), filed by the Company with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”) under the U.S. Securities Act of 1933 (as amended), and (b) the Company’s proposed listing of the ADSs on the Nasdaq Global Market.

 

3.

In so acting, we have examined the Registration Statement, the originals or copies certified or otherwise identified to our satisfaction, of documents provided to us by the Company and such other documents, corporate records, certificates, approvals and other instruments as we have deemed necessary for the purpose of rendering this Opinion, including, without limitation, originals or copies of the agreements and certificates issued by PRC authorities and officers of the Company (the “Documents”).

 

4.

In examining the Documents and for the purpose of giving this Opinion, we have assumed without further inquiry:

 

  (a)

the genuineness of all the signatures, seals and chops, the authenticity of the Documents submitted to us as original and the conformity with authentic original documents submitted to us as copies and the authenticity of such originals;

 

  (b)

the truthfulness, accuracy and completeness of the Documents, as well as the factual statements contained in the Documents;

 

1


  (c)

that the Documents provided to us remain in full force and effect up to the date of this Opinion and that none of the Documents has been revoked, amended, varied or supplemented except as otherwise indicated in such documents;

 

  (d)

that information provided to us by the Company, the PRC Subsidiaries and the Variable Interest Entities in response to our enquiries for the purpose of this Opinion is true, accurate, complete and not misleading, and that the Company, the PRC Subsidiaries and the Variable Interest Entities have not withheld anything that, if disclosed to us, would reasonably cause us to alter this Opinion in whole or in part;

 

  (e)

all Governmental Authorizations and other official statement or documentation are obtained by lawful means in due course;

 

  (f)

that each of the parties other than PRC companies is duly organized and is validly existing in good standing under the laws of its jurisdiction of organization and/or incorporation (as the case may be);

 

  (g)

that all parties other than the PRC companies have the requisite power and authority to enter into, execute, deliver and perform all the Documents to which they are parties and have duly executed, delivered, performed, and will duly perform their obligations under all the Documents to which they are parties; and

 

  (h)

all documents submitted to us are legal, valid, binding and enforceable under all such laws as govern or relate to them other than PRC Laws.

For the purpose of rendering this Opinion, where important facts were not independently established to us, we have relied upon certificates issued by Governmental Authorities and representatives of the shareholders of the Company, the PRC Subsidiaries and the Variable Interest Entities with proper authority and upon representations, made in or pursuant to the Documents.

 

5.

The following terms as used in this Opinion are defined as follows:

 

ECMOHO Shanghai    means Shanghai ECMOHO Health Biotechnology Co, Ltd. (上海易恒健康生物科技有限公司).
Governmental Authorities    means any national, provincial or local court, governmental agency or body, stock exchange authorities or any other regulator in the PRC.
Governmental Authorizations    means licenses, consents, authorizations, sanctions, permissions, declarations, approvals, orders, registrations, clearances, annual inspections, waivers, qualifications, certificates and permits from, and the reports to and filings with, PRC Governmental Authorities pursuant to any applicable PRC Laws.

 

2


M&A Rules    means the Rules on Mergers and Acquisitions of Domestic Enterprises by Foreign Investors jointly promulgated by the Ministry of Commerce, the State Assets Supervision and Administration Commission, the State Administration of Taxation, the State Administration of Industry and Commerce, China Securities Regulatory Commission (the “CSRC”) and the State Administration of Foreign Exchange of the PRC on August 8, 2006 and became effective on September 8, 2006, as amended by the Ministry of Commerce on June 22, 2009.
PRC Laws    means any and all officially published laws, regulations, statutes, rules, decrees, notices, and supreme court’s judicial interpretations currently in force and publicly available in the PRC as of the date hereof.
PRC Subsidiaries    means ECMOHO Shanghai and Xianggui (Shanghai) Biotechnology Co., Ltd (象龟(上海)生物科技有限公司).
Prospectus    means the prospectus, including all amendments or supplements thereto, that forms part of the Registration Statement.
Variable Interest Entities    means Shanghai Yibo Medical Devices Co., Ltd (上海邑渤医疗器械有限公司) and Yang Infinity (Shanghai) Biotechnology Co., Limited (养无限(上海)生物科技有限公司 ).

Capitalized terms used herein and not otherwise defined herein shall have the same meanings described in the Registration Statement.

 

6.

Based upon and subject to the foregoing and the disclosures contained in the Registration Statement and the qualifications set out below, we are of the opinion that:

 

  (1)

Based on our understanding of the PRC Laws, (i) the ownership structure of the PRC Subsidiaries and the Variable Interest Entities, both currently and immediately after giving effect to the Offering, will not result in any violation of the PRC Laws; and (ii) the contractual arrangements among the PRC Subsidiaries, the Variable Interest Entities and their respective shareholders governed by the PRC Laws both currently and immediately after giving effect to the Offering are valid, binding and enforceable in accordance with the PRC Laws, and do not violate any PRC Laws. However, there are substantial uncertainties regarding the interpretation and application of the PRC Laws and future PRC laws and regulations, and there can be no assurance that the PRC Governmental Authorities will not take a view that is contrary to or otherwise different from our opinion stated above.

 

3


  (2)

The M&A Rules purport, among other things, to require an offshore special purpose vehicles controlled by PRC companies or individuals and formed for overseas listing purposes through acquisitions of PRC domestic interest held by such PRC companies or individuals, to obtain the approval from the CSRC prior to publicly listing their securities on an overseas stock exchange. Based on our understanding of the PRC Laws, the CSRC’s approval is not required for the approval of the listing and trading of the Company’s ADSs on the NASDAQ Global Market, given that (i) the CSRC currently has not issued any definitive rule or interpretation concerning whether offerings under the Prospectus are subject to the M&A Rules; (ii) when the Company set up its offshore holding structure, ECMOHO Shanghai was a then existing foreign-invested entity and not a PRC domestic company as defined under the M&A Rules, and the acquisition by ECMOHO (Hong Kong) Health Technology Limited of the equity interest in ECMOHO Shanghai was not subject to the M&A Rules; and (iii) no provision in the M&A Rules clearly classifies the contractual arrangements among the PRC Subsidiaries, the Variable Interest Entities and their respective shareholders as a type of transaction subject to the M&A Rules. However, uncertainties still exist as to how the M&A Rules will be interpreted and implemented and our opinions summarized above are subject to any new laws, rules and regulations or detailed implementations and interpretations in any form relating to the M&A Rules.

 

  (3)

The statements set forth under the caption “Taxation” in the Registration Statement insofar as they constitute statements of PRC tax law, are accurate in all material respects.

 

7.

This Opinion is subject to the following qualifications:

 

  (a)

This Opinion relates only to the PRC Laws and we express no opinion as to any other laws and regulations. There is no guarantee that any of the PRC Laws, or the interpretation thereof or enforcement therefor, will not be changed, amended or replaced in the immediate future or in the longer term with or without retrospective effect.

 

  (b)

We have not verified, and express no opinion on, the truthfulness, accuracy and completeness of all factual statements expressly made in the Documents.

 

4


  (c)

This Opinion is intended to be used in the context which is specifically referred to herein and each section should be looked on as a whole regarding the same subject matter and no part shall be extracted for interpretation separately from this Opinion.

 

  (d)

This Opinion is subject to the effects of (i) certain legal or statutory principles affecting the enforceability of contractual rights generally under the concepts of public interest, national security, good faith and fair dealing, applicable statutes of limitation, and the limitations by bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization or similar laws affecting the enforcement of creditor’s rights generally; (ii) any circumstance in connection with formulation, execution or performance of any legal documents that would be deemed materially mistaken, clearly unconscionable or fraudulent; (iii) judicial discretion with respect to the availability of injunctive relief, the calculation of damages, and the entitlement of attorneys’ fees and other costs; and (iv) the discretion of any competent PRC legislative, administrative or judicial bodies in exercising their authority in connection with the interpretation, implementation and application of relevant PRC Laws.

This Opinion is rendered to you for the purpose hereof only, and save as provided herein, this Opinion shall not be quoted nor shall a copy be given to any person (apart from the addressee) without our express prior written consent except where such disclosure is required to be made by the applicable law or is requested by the SEC or any other regulatory agencies.

We hereby consent to the use of this Opinion in, and the filing hereof as an exhibit to, the Registration Statement, and to the reference of our name under captions “Risk Factors,” “Enforceability of Civil Liabilities,” “Corporate History and Structure” and “Legal Matters” in the Registration Statement. In giving such consent, we do not thereby admit that we fall within the category of the person whose consent is required under Section 7 of the U.S. Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or the regulations promulgated thereunder.

[The remainder of this page is intentionally left blank]

 

5


[Signature Page]

Yours sincerely,

 

/s/ Commerce & Finance Law Offices

Commerce & Finance Law Offices